il HtNRYK.WAMPOL£&CO.Umited KINC'S AMERICAN DISPENSATORY BY HARVEY WICKES FELTER, M. D. ADJIMT l'Ki>H>»liK I'K I IlKMIMKY, I'llAHMAl Y, AM) ToXiCOI.i K. Y, AX J> rKnKK.--soK UF AN ATiiM V, IN THE ECLECTIC MEDICAL IXSTITITE, CIXCI.NXATI, OHIO; EDITOR OF IXICKE's SYLLABUS OF MATERIA MEDICA AND TIIERAPECTICS; E.X-I>RESH)EXT OF THE OHIO STATR Kc I !•( Tli: MKDTCAI. ASSO< I ATi. IV, KTC. KTI., XTC. AND JOHN URI LLOYD, Phr M., Ph. D. TROFESSOR OF CHEMISTRY, PHAIOIACY, A.VD TOXICOLOtiY, IX THE ECLECTIC MEDICAL INSTITUTE, CIXCINNATI,OHIO; FORMERLY PROFESSOR OP CHEMISTRY AXD PHARMACY IX THE CINCINNATI COLLEGE OF PHARMACY; EX-PRESIDENT OF THE AMERICAN PHARMACEUTICAL association; author of the chemistry of medicines; drugs AXD MEDICINES OF NORTH AMERICA; A STUDY IN PHARMACY; ETIDORHPA, ETC., ETC., ET1\ ENTIRELY REWRITTEX AXE) EXLAROED. NINETEENTH EDITION. THIRD REVISION. IN TWO VOLUMES. VOL. II. C INC INN. ATI: THE OHIO VALLEY COMPANY, 317—321 RACE STREET. 1905. AUTHORIZATION. Resolution passed by the National Eclectic Medical Associa- tion at the annual meeting, in Cleveland, Ohio, June 19, 1879 : Resolved, That this Association adopt The Americas Dispensa- tory as its STANDARD AfTHORITV. Alexander Wilder, M. D., Secretary. 'Authority to use for comment the Phannacopieia of llie United States of Amerim (18SX)) , Seventh Decennial Revision, has been granted by the Committee of Revision and Publication." Authority to print selections from the Xational Formulary, has been granted by the Council of the American Pharmaceu- tical Association. COPYRIGHTS. Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 18.>l. by MOORE, WILSTACH & KEYS, Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1859, by >fOORE, WILSTACH, KEYS & CO. In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States, for the Southern District of Ohio. Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1864, by MOORE, WILSTACH & BAf.DWIN, In the Cleric's Office of the Kistrict Court of the United States. for the Southern District of Ohio. Entered according to Act of Congress, in the years ISTOand 1880. by WILSTACH. BALDWIN i CO. In the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington Copyright, 1898. by THE OHIO VALLEY COMPANY. Copyright, 1900 by TIIE OHIO VALLEY COMPANY. PHINTEO AND BOUND LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. Fin. SAME. SOIRCE. PAGE. 116. Root of Alpinin otticinaruui Frei(ti,.n;ny F & W.), 953 125. lla-inatoxylon campccbianum The Aniciican Cvrl.iii i-.lia i |i". A. it Co.), 972 12i. ti.Miary (F. & W.), 978 12!i. Holiaiithemum cana F. it W. i, 11.32 Itil. Li.|uidanil)ar styraciflua Siandar.l l>i,;inriaiy K. itW.), 1148 lt)2. Litliospermum canescens Standanl Didinnaiv iF.it W.i, 1198 Ki.3. I^l«?lia inflata Lloyd's Drugs and Me.licines of North America, 119i> 164. See.! of Lobelia inHata LloVd's Drugs an.l Medicines of North America, 1199 1C5. Crystals of Inflatin Lloyd's Drugs and Medicines of North .\in«rica, 1201 16(i. Lv'copoilium dayatum ". . .The .\merican Cyclopsedia i D. .V. & Co.i, 1211 167. ^farrubium yulgare Standard Dictionary ( F. it W.i, 1241 165. M..iuha pipirita Standard Dictionary (F. & \V.), 12.54 16!i. .Mentha yiridis The American Cyclogiedia (1). A. & Co.), 1255 170. Crystals of Menthol . . .. Pharmacology of the Newer Mat. Med. (Parke, Dayis & Co.), 1256 171, Mitchellarepens '. The American Cyclopiedia ( D. A. & Co.), 1273 (iii) >IST OF ILLTSTRATIONS. 174. Co 175. M^ 176. sti- 177. Set 178. Xv 179. icti..n;.rV F.&W.i, Standard Hirtioiiarv , Standaril Dictionary ( F. & W.), Standard Dictionary i F. & W. , Frederick Stearns censatory, Pharmacology of the Newer Mat. Med. (Parke, Davis & Co.t, tigmavenenosniii .Aralia Passill IVntliiirniii sedoid PhysDstigma vene Calabar bean ; fruit of Pliy Phytolacca deeandra Poke-root Poke-root (section) Anandrta paniculata Cocculns indicus; fruit of Anamirta paniculata Leaf of Jaborandi. Piscidia Erythrina Podophyllum peltatum(with rhizome and fruit). .Frederick Stearns& Co.'s Catalogue Ptelea trifoliata Anemone Pulsatilla Pyrola rotundifolia Picrrena excelsa Ehamnus cathartica Genuine Cascara sagrada Rhus glabra Rhus Toxicodendron Rosmarinus officinalis Rnmex Acetosa Rume.v Acetosella Ruta graveolens Salvia officinalis Sambucus canadensis Sanguinaria canadensis Saponaria officinalis Sarracenia purpurea Honduras sarsaparilla Mexican sarsaparilla Smilax sarsaparilla root Bamboo brier-root Sassafras varii folium Scroplnilaria nodosa .«cutell:,ri;i lii(<-nfiora Sciit.Hnia vri-sii-olor Kodt .ii l'nl\ L.':ila Senega .\ri>tol,.,liia ^iTpentaria SilphiinH laeiniatnm Hrassica Mii.'ni Snlnine. frum Solanum Carolinense, l>hisagria StiHin;;i;i, section of Datura Stramonium Capsule and seed of Datura Stramouium Nicotiana Tabacum Tanncetum vulgare , Taxus baccata Thea chinensis Tea leaves . The American Cyclopedia (D. A. & Co, Frederick Stearns & Co.'s Catalogue, Standard Dictionarj- i F. & AV. i, The American Cyclopiedia i T). \. & Co. t, The American Cyclopedia ( D. A. & Co. ), Pharra. of the Newer Mat. Med. ( Parke, Davis iV; Co. ), The American Cydopietlia tD. A. * Co.', Johnson's Medical Botany ( Wm. Woo^Is & Co.), Standard Dictionary ( F. & W. ), Standard Dictionary ( F & W. t, Standard I Hctionary i F. & W. ), The American Cyclopaedia i D. A. & Co. I. Standa'rd Dictionarv i F. iV W.i, The American Cvdnpadia I>'. A. A Co.l, Standard I >i,ti. .narv i F. A W. ). Standard 1 'iitii'nary F. & W. ), The American Cvcliipa>dia D. A. A Co. i, : Lillvs Bulletin. LillV's Bulletin, Lillvs Bulletin, Lillys Bulletin, Standanl l>ictionary ( F. & W. ), Lloyd's Drugs and Jledicines of North America, ." Supplement to American Dispensatory, Supplement to .\merican Disjiensatorv. The American Cvcloiuedia i D. A. A Co.'i. Standard Dictionarv F. »V: W. ', Standanl Di.tinnarV ■ F. iV W. i. Standard Dictinnary ( F. A: W.i, Lloyd's figure in .-Vnur. .lour. Pharni., The American Ivclopadia D. A. iV Co.). Standanl Dic'tionary F. A- W. i. The American Cyclopedia D. .\. A Co.), Frederick Stearns iNc Co.'s Catalogue, Lilly's Bulletin. Frederick Stearns A: Co.'s CataK>gue, Frederick Stearns A Co.'s Catalogue. The .\merican Cydona'dia i D. A. Ac Co.), Standartl Dictionary F. A W. ), Standanl Dictionary ( F. A: W. ), Standard Dictionary i F. A W.l, 1295 1298 1301 1313 1314 1318 1319 1326 1347 1369 1375 1.381 1400 14a5 1424 1424 1429 1441 1442 1463 1466 1471 1471 1471 1476 1476 1479 1510 1528 1586 1589 1610 1614 1653 1654 166-3 lti86 1705 1707 170S 1724 172tt 1730 1739 1745 1752 1756 1756 ISOO 1S06 1809 1S.U 18:56 1,*S36 1S38 183S I'XVS 1913 1915 .Fooi(tionary (F. & W.I, 1940 24.S. Trillium i-reituin The .\uurii an Cv ilopadia ( 1). A. & Co. I, 1!»97 249. rstilairo setfetuui The Ainerican C'vclo|He- (F. & W.I, 2038 251. Vanilla plahit..lia The Ameriiaii Cv.loi.ie.lia ( P. A A Co.), 2044 252. VeratnuM allnini Staiidanl DictiMnarv I" >ii \V ', 2049 253. Veratnim \ iri.U' Fred.riik St.anis ^ ( '. - ( ■Mi:il.._i!r. 2051 254. Verbasniin Tliapsus .■v ( .i -ns; 255. Xantlii.xyluiu aniericanum Icross-section) Lilly's liull.iin, ■Jll^^ 259. Xaiitli'ixvluni CUiva-Hereulis (cross-section) Killv's Hiilh'tin. Jii'-s 260. Ziimilur I.tlicinale Fretlerick Stearns it Co.'s Cataln^iie, 2109 ABBREVIATIONS. Endeavor lias! b«?on made to t-xteml full civdit in the text by meane of abbreviations, t of which are self-explanatory. The followinj; selective list may assist some readers: .1. ./. /'., American Jonrnal of I'harniacy. A. P. A., American I'harmaccntical Association. A. J'. A. J'liH-., American I'liarmaccutical Association Proceediugs. Am. Horn. I'hitrm., American Homa-opathic Pharniacopceia. Aiiier. Ifoiii., American Honueojiathist. Aiiifr. Mill. I'Uiiitf, Millspaugh's American Medicinal Plant!;. Ann. lit- r/ii'm. el I'hurm., Annales de Chimie et de Pharmacie. Ann. ilrr i'heiii. iiiiil I'liiirm., Annalen der Cheunc und Pharmacie (Liebig's Annalen). Arch, ilir I'hiiiiti.. .Vrchiv der Pharmacie. Attjitlil, Alttiel'l's Chemistry. .li'., Avoirdupois. B.. BigelowV Ve!n-tal)l.- Materia Miilica and American Medical Botany. B. A. A. S., British Asi^nciaticn Ut the Advaiuiiiiciit of .lc Mat.ria Mcdica ol the United States. B(r. ,1. ,1. ri„m. <;,.<.. Berichic der I icut.'^.lun Cluniiscluii Gesellschaft. Bill. Beij., Botanical Kegister. Br., British Pharmacop.eia. Br. I'hur., British I'liarmacopa-ia. Biichntr'.t liiji.. lUichncr's Repcrtorium fiir die Pharmacie. BiK-lin,r's .\r,i,.t J!,j„rl., Huchiier's Xeues Kcpertiirium liir Pharmacie. C. t'liristisfin's Pi.-^pensatory. °C., Degree Centigrade. Cc, Cubic Centimeter. Cm.. Centimeter. Clum. I'nilriilhl., Chemisches Centralblatt. Chill. Xltj., Chemiker Zi'itung. CMeiilz, Ccjblentz's Newer Kemedies. Com. Did. (if Iiuirijiiim- Sulahililiix, \. .M. Comcy, Oictinnary of Inorganic Solubilities, 1896. Coiiijil. Benil., Comptes Hendus. Co.r(, Coxe's Dispensatory. /> , David Don. I.inn.ian Transactions ami Philosophical Magazine. I>. mill M. Ill S. .1.. l.lovrl's Drugs and Medicines ot North America. Dill... Dublin PlianiKiic'.iueia. Diiniiik. Dymocks \". -itable Materia Medica of Western India: E. i ii'Mi 1 > Specific Medication. Si/Uah. of Mat. Med.. Locke's Syllabus of Eclectic Materia Medica and Therapeutics. By Felter. Syha, Michaux's North American Sylva. T., Thomson's Chemistry of Organic Bodies and Inorganic Chemistry. T. S., Pharmacopoeial Test Solution. Taylor, Taylor's .Medical Jurisprudence. U. S., United States. U. S. P Uiiitf^'f ^ttiti-s Pharmacopoeia. F. >S'., I'l 1 1 Volumetric Solution. Var.,^.u ■ ■ W.,y\' 1 - « U" l; -k of Botany. Webster, \\ ibster s I >ynamical Therapeutics. TT'^iH.,Wittstein's Practical Pharmaceutical Chemistry and Wittstein's Organic Constituents of Plants. Wo., Woodyille's Medical Botany. Fig. 116. GALAN6A.— GALAKOAL. The rhizome of Alpini'a offirinannn, Haucf. Nat. Ord. — Scitaminejv (Ziugiberucea). Common Namks : Colic root, Eati>i.iiiud froiii Hainan, an island diri'otly south of China, but p. ^^g it al.-;o doubtless grows on the adjacent mainland, as the root is largely exported from Shanghai and other Cliina ports. The galangal of commerce is known as I^'sgergahngal; another variety known as Greater galangal, is rarely found in the mar- ket. It is the product of Alphua Galanga, Willdenow, {Ma- .■fintn Galanga, Linne), and grows in Java. The name _^alangal is paid to be derived from the Arabic A'^anAuyVni, which, in turn, is perhaps the perversion of a Chine.se word, signifying mild ginger. Galangal has long been an article of commerce with the Eastern nations, and has been known in Northern „ ,,,,,, _ . Europe since the twelfth century (Hancc). The stem is from Koot<"^'P'"i»officmanm. :! to 4 feet high, erect, and bears a close resemblance to the common cultivated canna, or shot plant. The parallel-veined leaf blades are about a foot long, 2 to 4 inches wide, smooth, entire, and sharply acuminate. They are attached at the base to a scarious, margined sheath, which clasps the stem. The flowers are borne in a terminal dense spike; they consist of a short, tubular, superior cah-x,a white corolla, with 3 lobes, a large ovate labellum marked with red veins, a single anther- hearing stamen, and a pistil with an inferior ovarv and a slender stvle (Bentley and Trimen, Mrd. Plaut^). Description. — The rhizome, as found in market, is in sections of from 1 inch to 4 inch>'.s in length, and of a reddish-brown color, as though covered with rust. The cut ends are usually rounding, while the edges expand outwardly and turn back. Each fr:igment has, generally, one or more short branches, and it is evident that the roots are taken from the ground in masses, and chopped into pieces. Encircling themat intervals of from ^ to ^ inch apart, are corrugated rings of a light color consisting of adhering bases of leaf sheatns. The roots are stout, and break with a granular fracture presenting a brownish-gray color, interspersed throughout which are small ligneous fibers. These fibers project a short distance beyond one surface of the root, thus leaving depressions on the opposite side, resembling pin-holes; the center of the root, for about one-fourth to one-third of its diameter, consists of a bundle of these fibers. Galangal reminds us of ginger, and imparts a pungent taste and an ai'nmatic odor, very similar to that article. In this country, galangal has not come into use among physicians, but has been sold extensively by street-corner venders under such names as "colic root," "the wonderful East India root," etc., and was asserted by them to be a certain cure for toothache, headaclie, cti-. Chemical Composition. — The constituents of galangal are similar to those of ginger. A volatile oil is obtained by distilling the root with water, which ]>os- ."essi-i a camphoraceous smi-ll resembling that of cajcput oil. This is due, accord- ing to Scliimmel & Co. (1890), to the presence of appreciable amounts of cineol. It is soluble in alcohol, and is lighter than water. A soft resin, having a pungent tast<', is extracted by ether, and also a peculiar, crystalline substance, naniefl by Brand-3 (^].8:i^),hTmpfrrid. Jahns (IS.SI) differentiated the k;empferid of Brandes into thr-e cmpounils, all forming yellow crystals, viz., Avrj/ip/fVfW (r„H,.,0,), fus- ing at 2J2° C. (431.6° F.i, almost insoluble in water, and solublewilh difficulty in al.oh..l ; gnlnnghi (C„H,A). fusing at 214° C. (417.2° F.\ soluble in 34 parts of absolute and 68 parts of 90 per cent alcohol; and alpinin (C,,H,,0,\ fusing at 173°C. (34:i.4°F.). K.emjiferid, by oxidation with nitric acid, forms anisic arid (C,H,[0CH,1 COOH), oxalic acid and other products. Gnlangin similarly yields i>enzoic ana oxalic acids {Aimr.Jour. Pharm.,lS82, p. 288). Kostanecki and Harry M. Gordin 906 GALBANUM. (^Dissert., 1897), showed Icsempferid to be a flavonol derivative and established its exact graijhic formula. Probably galangin is similarly constituted. Thresh (Pharm. Jour. Trnns., Vol. XV., 1884, p. 234), announced the presence of a pun- gent principle, which he designaied galangol, and gave tlie tabulated result.-- of a complete analysis of the root,wliich shows as much as 23.7 per cent of starch. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Galangal is a stimulating aromatic, and has been successfully employed to aid the digestive process, preventing fer- mentation and removing/((^ws. It will be found especially useful in some forms of dyspepda, preventing vomiting or sickness of the stomacli, and facilitating digestion. It may be used in all cases in wliich a stimulating aromatic is indi- cated. It has some reputation as a remedy for periveal relnration with hemorrhoids, and for a lax and pendulous abdomen. Its best form of administration is in tinc- ture, the dose of which is from ^ to 1 fluid drachm. The powder may be given in doses of 15 to 20 grains; from 80 to 60 grains may be given in infusion. It is rarely prescribed at the present day. GALBANUM.— GALBANTJM. The gum-resin of Ferula galhaniflua, Boissier and Buhse; Ferula ruhricaulis, Boissier; and probably from other related species. Nat. Ord. — Umbelliferse. Synonym: Gummi-resina galbanum. Illustration : Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 128. Botanical Source. — Ferula galhaniflua is a north Persian plant having a solid, tall stem about 4 or 5 feet high. The leaves are grayish-tomentose, the radical ones being triangular in outline, and decompound-pinnate, pinnatifid, the sec- tions being linear-obtuse. The radical leaves are large and the stem leaves small. The fruit is thin and flat, winged near the face, has slender, prominent ribs, and in the grooves presents single oil-tubes. Sometimes two narrow tubes are pres- ent. The commissure has no tubes. Ferula rubricaidis is a south Persian plant, probably growing to some extent in northern Persia also. It has been classed with the preceding by some botanists, while others accord to it a separate place. It differs chiefly in the greater width of the leaf segments, and in having more numerous and narrower oil-tubes. History and Description. — The plant from which the gum-resin O'dbanum is obtained, is not definitely known. The Britii-hPharmmojKiia (1898) mentions the above-named species and refers to the probability of other species of Ferula yielding it. That the Ferula galhaniflua is believed to yield it is due to the state- ment of F. A. Buhse, a German resident of Persia, w ho relates that in 1848 (see Fliickiger, 1S91), he was informed that the product spontaneously exudes from the plant in question, and was told by the natives that it was the source of gal- banum. Galbanum is imported from the Levant, and from India in cases and chests. It is generally met with in lumps, consisting of large, irregular masses of a brownish or dark-brownish color, and composed of agglutinated tears, some few of which, when broken, are somewhat translucent ; they have a waxy density, but become soft and sticky at a temperature of 3-5° to 37.7° C. (95° to 100° F. \are not pulverizable unless in very cold weather, have a strong, unpleasant odor, and a hot, somewhat acritl, and amarous ta"5te. Occasionally, galbanum is met with in the form of oval, globular, or irregular tears. On account of the impurities it contains, it should be melted and strained previous to employing it. When the color of galbanum is dark-brown or blackish, and when it contains an admix- ture of sand, straw, chiiis of wood, and other foreign matters, the article should be rejected as being inferior. The specific gravity of galbanum is 1.212. Gal- banum is partially dissolved by water, vinegar, or wine, forming therewith an emulsion. Alcohol dissolves about three-fifths of it, the residue being gum and impurities. Diluted alcohol is its best solvent. Chemical Composition.— According to Pelletier, galbanum contains 6 per cent volatile oil, (17 per cent resin, 19 per cent gum, ami 8 per cent foreign matter (11. and II.). The vo!,,iile oil consists mainly of a hydrocarbon of the terj>ene series, C,„H,(. According to Mossmer its boiling point is lietwecii l(iO°and 16.5°C GAI.HANTM. 907 y'620° and 329° F.)- It is dextro-rotatory, colorless, has a specific gravity of 0.S84, and forms crystals with gaseous hydrochloric aciil. I'rohably other hydrocarbons are also present. The yellow-brown imin of galbanuni may be obtained (Fliicki- ger, P/iannarogiwsic, 1S91, p. (>") 1, by extractin;^ galbanuni with alcohul and dis- tilling off the solvent. The residual resin is also soluble in carbon disulphide in commercial but not quite in absolute ether, and in caustic soda. Upon destruc- tive distillation galbauum resin yields an aqueous fraction containing fatty acids, and a thick blue oil of the composition C',uH,„0, or more probably C',„I1.^(), after reiuQving therefrom a hydrocarbon t',„II„ ( Kachler, 1871). The blue oil boils at JBF C. (oo2.2° F. ), and 'holds in solution or suspension a crystalline body which Sommer (1859) named ximbelliferon. This substance is a "common con- stituent of the products of the dry distillation of such gum-resins as asatoetida, sagapenum and opopanax, and those derived from Impcratoria Ostruthium, Angelica Arrhangdica, etc., all being umbelliferous plants, hence the name. An occurrence exceptional to this rule was observed in the non-umbelliferous plant, Daphne Mezciruiii (Zwenger, 1854). Umbelliferon may be abstracted from the blue oil by means of boiling water, or by slightly alkaline water. It may also be obtained from galbanum resin direct by heating it with hydrocliloVic acid to 10U° C. (212" F.), abstracting with chloroform and evaporating the solvent. Umbelliferon (V.jllfi,i, is closely related to couinarin, being pura-oxi/rouinarin. It is hardly soluble in cold, soluble in 100 parts of boiling water, little soluble in ether, soluble in alcohol. It melts at 224° C. (435.2° F.), developing therebj' an aromatic smell. In aqueous solution it exhibits a bluish fluorescence markedly increased by alkalies. Its solution in concentrated sulphuric acid is likewise beautifully fluorescent. When boiled with caustic potash umbelliferon is decomposed into nsorcin (^meta-dwxy-henzene) (CJT,[OH]j), and formic and carbonic acids. Resnnin is likewise formed when galbanum resin is fused with caustic potash, and was discovered by this reaction in 1866, by Illasiwetz and Bartli. It enters into the composition of many dye- stuffs, especially fluoresceine (which see), and has been produced since on the manufacturing scale. When boiled with nitric acid, galbanum resin yields ^n- nitrore--ortf.l fnnu tlu- Levant. It is the eolidified juice of au unknown plant, prol> al)l V a ]■'> rulii, of I'ersian origin. It w (■()iiii)U)nlv in tears aj-'Klutinatcil tot;etlier, iif a brownlsh- j-eiiow ci>lf.r, a liot and bitti-r taste, often alliaceous odor, softens between the fingers, is spar- ingly Boluhle in water, not completely poUihlo in alcohol, and wlun ro;i l)ut no sulphur, and that it is remarkable for the jiermancnt, intense bbie 908 GALEGA. color it aeeumes in the cold when a very small piece is placed in hydrochloric acid (density 1.13). Sagapenum possesses medicinal properties similar to ammoniac and asafoetida ; but is not BO powerful as the last of these. It is sometimes added to discutient plasters as a stimu- lating iugredient. The dose is from 10 grains to i drachm. Oi'OPANAX. — The gum-resin of Opopanax Chimnium, Koch (Paslirutca OpopanuJ-, Linai). Nat. Oed.— Umbellifurae. This plant, called Bouah parsnip, is indigenous to the south of Europe. On wounding the stalk-base, or the root, a yellowish lactescent juice exudes and concretes. This is opopanax. The best grade is that which occurs in irregularly angular pieces, or sub- globular tears, varying in size, and of a reddish or yellowish brown color, i t readily fractures, displaying a waxy interior, and often e.xliibita imbedded fragments of vegetable tissues. Its odor is strong and disagreeiiM'-, and its taste acrid, bitter and balsamic. AVhen warmed it becomes soft, exhaling an oimn-likf ol t. It burns with a bright, non-sooty flaiue. The poorer qualities are not so biti'-r as g' " >d oijopanax, and come in masses larger than a walnut. A specimen of false opopanax has been observed in commerce by J. H. JIarais (see ^1/iier. Jour. Fharm., 1875, p. 39), consisting entirely of gum mj-rrh, which it resembles in appearance. Myrrh changes to a rose color v ith the vapors of nitric acid, while gum opopanax is not altered by the same treatment. It forms a yellow emulsion with water. Besides vegetable impuri- ties it contains starch (4.2 per cent), wax, volatile oil, resin (42 per cent i, and gum (3:5.4 per cent (Pelletier, JJull. de Pharm., 1812, p. 51). It is seldom used in medicine now, but in olden times was one of the gum-resins thought to be applicable to almost all ills, hence the name opopanax, meaning the " all-healing juice." In later times it was used in plasters, and inter- nally in bruiirhiiis with abundant expectoration, asthnui, hysteria, hypochondriasis, arutnorrhaa, etc. Dose, from 15 to 30 grains. Iltruiaria glabra. — .\bout 1885 a demand was made in this city for Hemiaria glabra, the drug being introduced by a specialist for whom the writer procured a supply in England. The remedy is still employed by physiciims, several claiming to derive good results from the fluid extract. This is a very old remedy, popular with the early herbalists of England. Iler- niarinc,t\xe erystallizable body obtained from this plant has been shown to be melhyl-umM- liferon (CioHsOa ). Faronychine, an alkaloid, has been found in small amounts in the plant by Schneegans {Amer.Jour. Pharm., 1890, p. 488). About the only use the plant now has is in catarrhal affections of the bladder. J. H. Schroder (1693) and Samuel Dale {PharmacoltHjin, 7th ed., 1751) refer to the plant as being principally employed to cure hernia (hence its name) and to increase the flow of^ urine. It was also said to increase the flow of bile, and was employed for the cure of jaundice and excess of mucus in the stomach ( probably gastric catarrh i. Inter- nally and externally it was praised in snake-bites, and the powdered plant was employed to kill maggots upon unhealthy sores of horses. It was reputed to "crush " and expel calcidi from the kidneys and bladder, assisting in their expulsion by carrj-ing with them an enveloping coating of "mucus. Its general properties were said to be cooling and drying, and the plant was popularly known as Breast wort and Knot weed. GALEGA.— GOATS RUE. The herb of Galega officinalis, Linne. Nat. Orel. — Leguminosa?. Common Name: Gont'.^ rue. Botanical Source and History. — This is an herbaceous plant, native of south- ern Enio])e. It has an eiett, perennial, glabrous stem, about 3 feet high, and is found growing mostly in sandy soil. Tiie leaves are alternate, oddly pinnate, and furnished at the bas^e with lanceolate stipules. The leaflets are smooth, lanceo- late, and terminate in a mucronate point. The flowers appear in June and July, are blue, and borne in loose, axillary racemes longer than the leaves. The calyx has 5 narrow, equal lobes. Tlie corolla is papilionaceous with an obtuse keel. The stamens are united in one set ; the filament of the tenth, however, is distinct for about one-half its length. The fruit is a dry, round, smooth, many-seeded legume. Tcjihrosia virginiana, Persoon (see Tephro»ia), a. plant formerly referred to the genus Galega, is a native of the United States, and the root, which is slender and very tough, is reinited to be an anthelmintic. We can not find that either of the aforenanii'd plants have been examined chemically. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Galega has a disagreeably bitter taste, and upcin being chewed, imparts a dark-yellowish color to the Riliva. Various properties were attributed to it in fornicr times, in which it was considerably emi>lo\ t(l as a vermifuge, as a stiimilant to the nervous system, as a diuretic and tonic in ti/phnid cDtulitimu, and is also stated to have been of service in the plague, as well as to stimulate the lactiferous vessels to an increased secretion during tlie period of lactation. It is seldom, if ever, prescribed in practice. GALIUM. 909 GALIUM.— CL£AVEBS. The herb of Galium aparine. Limit, and other species of Galium. Nat. l)rd. — Rubiaccae. Common Namks: Cleavers, Goosf-grass, Catch-weed, Bedstratv, etc. Botanical Source. — Gnlium aparine is an annual, succulent plant, with a weak, procumbent, quadrangular, retrorsely-prickled stem, which grows from 2 to G feet long, and is hairy at the joints. The leaves are 1 or 2 inches in length, 2 or 3 lines in width, verticillate in sixes, sevens, or eights; linear-oblanceolate, nearly sessile, mucronate, tapering to the base, and rough on the margins and mid vein ; the peduncles are axillary and 1 or 2-flowered ; the flowers white, small, numerous and scattered. Calyx 4-toothed, corolla rotate and 4-parted, stamens 4 and short, st vKs 2. The fruit is large and bristly, with hooked prickles ( \V. — G.). History, Description, and Chemical Composition.— This plant is common to Europe and the I'nited States, growing in cultivated grounds, moist thickets, and along banks of rivers, and flowering from June to September. Its root con- sists of a few hair-like fibers, of a reddish color. There are several sjiecies of Galium, all of which possess similar medicinal virtues, as Galium us^pniluif), Mi- chaux, Rouijh or Pointed cleavers, which difi'ers from the above in having its leaves in whorls of 4 or 6, and smaller, its fruit smooth, its stem less in length, and is perennial; Galium vcrum, Linne, or Yellow bahlraic, with an erect stem, leaves in whorls of 8, root long, perennial, fibrous, flowers densely paniculate, yellow, and terminal; Galium trifidum, Linne, or Small cleavers, with a perennial root, decum- bent stem, herb smaller than the others, leaves in fours or fives, and white flowers; Galium triflorum, Michaux, or Sweet-scented bcdstraw contains coumarin (C5H5O,), an odorous principle found also in tonka beans, melilotus and other plants; the Galium tinctorium, a variety of the G. trifidum, having a stouter and a nearly smooth stem, leaves of the branches in fours, of the stem in sixes; peduncles 2 to 3-flowered; parts of the flowers usually in fours; G. lanceolatum, Torrey, and G. circaezans, Michaux, are sometimes known as Wild licorice on account of their taste. In a green state these plants have an unpleasant odor, but are inodorous when dried, with an acidulous, astringent, and bitter taste. Cold or warm water extracts the virtues of the plants; boiling destroys them. The roots dye a per- manent red, and the bones of the animals who eat the plant are said to be colored, similar to that caused by madder. The flowers are said to curdle milk, but this is not a constant efiect. Analysis has detected in G. reri(»i and G. aparine rubi- chloric acid, galitannic acid, citric acid, starch, chlorophyll, etc, G. aparine con- tains more citric acid than G. rerum, while the latter ho'lds the most galitannic acid. Oxalic acid may be present. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— A most valuable refrigerant and diu- retic, and will be found very beneficial in manj' diseases of the urinary organs, as suppression of urine, calculous affections, inflammation of the kidneys ana bladder, and in the scalding of urine in gonorrhaa. It is contraindicated in diseases of a passive character, on account of its refrigerant and sedative efiects on the sys- tem, but may be used freely in fevers and all acute diseases. It has been recom- mended in scorbutic and nervous affections, but can not be depended upon. Grotcths or deposits of a nodular character in the skin or mucous membranes are regarded as indications for its use. An infusion may be made by macerating lA ounces of the herb in a pint of warm water for 2 hours, of which from 2 to 4 fluid ounces may be given 3 or 4 times a day, when cold. It may be sweetened with sugar or honey. Equal parts of cleavers, maiden-hair, and elder-blows, macerated in warm water for 2 or 3 hours, and drank freely, when cold, form an excellent drink in acute erysipcUu, scarlatina, and other exanthematous diseases, in their inflammatory stages. The infusion made with cold water is also considered very beneficial in removing freckles from the face, likewise lepra, and several other cutaneous erup- tiotts; the diseased parts must be washed with it several times a day, and contin- ued for 2 or 3 months in case of freckles. It has also been found useful in many cutaneous diseases, as psoriasis, eczana, lichen, cancer, and scrofula, and is more par- ticularly useful in these diseases when they are combined with a strumous dia- 910 GALLA. thesis. The infusion may be prepared and administered as above mentioned. Of specific galium the dose is from 5 to 60 drops. Galium tinctoriuvi is said to be nervine, antispasmodic, expectorant, and dia- phoretic. It has been used successfully in n.sthmn, cough, and chronic bronchitis, and appears to exert an influence principally upon the respiratory organs. The plant has a pungent, aromatic, pleasant, persistent taste. A strong decoction of the herb may be given in doses of from 1 to 4 fluid ounces, and repeated 2 or 3 times a d.iy, according to circumstances. The loot of this plant is said to dye a permanent red. Specific Indications and Uses. — Dysuria, painful micturition; renal and cys- tic irritati,'ilap.'iiis a »(, or for a gargle in indolent ulceration of the fauces, relaxed uvula, and the chronic stage of mercuried action on the mouth. The addition of alum is said to render it more beneficial. Dose of the powder, from 5 to 20 grains; of the tincture, ^ to 1 fluid drachm ; of the infusion, from i to 1 fluid ounce. Gallic and tannic acids have now supplanted it as a medicine. Eelated Galls and Drugs. — Gall.f. Chinenses sep J.\ponic«. Chinese and Japanese galli. This iinportaiit variety of galls, containing 70 per cent of gallotannic, or common tan- nic aci'l, is (k-rivid from tlie Bhus fi-miatata, Murray, being produced upon the leaf or leaf- stalk throiich the agency of the Aphis chinentis, Bell, which punctures the part. These galls are hollow, light, very irregular in shape, more or less lobed, and have numerous protuber- ances. Their shell is thin, horny and translucent, brittle, and breaks with a smooth, glisten- ing fracture. These galls are attenuated toward the base and inflated at the other extrem- ity. The shell is of a red-brown color, densely covered with a velvety gray downy pubescence. Iiie interii>r of the gall contains a number of dead insects. The Japanese galls are simdar but more slender, and have more lobes. Their pubescence is denser than that of the Chinese variety, and of a pale brown color. The Japanese galls are thought to be derived from Rhua japunica, Siebold. Tam.\ri.-k G.\lus. — Product of Tamarix orientalis, Forskal. South and southwest Asia. These are knotty, subglobular, and from i to J inch in thickness. They yield tannin to the extent of 40 to 50 per cent. Tmnarifk a/ricann, Poiret, of northern Africa, yields a similar gall, while the bark and leaves of the Tmnarisk gallica, Linne, are used as astringents in Kurope. Amerk AN XuTGALLs.— .Several species of Quercus, especially Queroiia att>a, Linne, yield inferior liijht, spongy galls, which contain comparatively little tannin. Forty per cent of tan- nin is said to be yielded, however, by aTexan species, the Qnercusvirens, Aiton (see Trimble, The ramii'iu). The 'Qiiercus lobala, Engelmann, furnishes California oak-ijaUs, rich in tannin. Vai.loxea ( Vahnin), Acorn cups. — Several varieties of acorn cups, including many of our indigenous products, are a-stringont. Those of Qnercus Robiir, Linni'', furnish Ihmijaria valoniit, while the Orimiid t'lhinia is the pniduct of several species of Quercus from southwestern Asia and southeast Enrol"-, especially Greece and Asia Minor, such as (iuercus \'allonect, Kotschy, Querent .f^jilupa, Linne, and others. B.vssoRA Gali-s contain on an average 27 per cent of tannin. They are ground and sub- sequently pressed into rectangular cakee. Persia and Asia Minor produce them, and they are employed in tanning. Nance Bars.— Probablv from Malpitjhia qiabra. Contains over 2C per cent of tannin (Hollierg, Amer. Jour. I'harm.,\'i)\. XVI i. Consiilerably employed by the Mexicans in tanning. Bkdeocar. — .\n excrescence, known as Fuwins romrum, produced by the puncture of in- sects {fi/nipi) upon the Eijlimliiu- or Su„t brior and other species of tlie rose family. It is roundish or irregular, atxiut an inch tlirough, and made uji of cavities, each containing a larva. It is feebly astringent ami almost odorless. It was formerly regarded anthelmintic, lithontriptic and diuretic, being given in doses of from 10 to 40 grains. 912 GARCINIA.— MANQOSTEEN. The fruit of Garcinia mangostana, Linne, and other species of Gnrcinia. Nat. Ord.— Guttiferse. Common Names : Mangosteen, Mangostan. Illustrations : Botanical Magazine t., 1847. Of G. indica, Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 32. , . , • , Botanical Sovirce, Description, and History.— The tree furnishing the man- gosteen is large and handsome, liaving elliptic, ohlong or oblong-lanceolate, deep- green glossy leaves. The bark of the tree is bitter and exceedingly astringent. The fruit is brownish or brownish-gray, marbled with yellow, and is crowned by the 4-parted, sessile stigma. There are from 6 to 8 seeds, and the pulp is juicy, white, and delicious in taste and odor. It is about the size of an orange. Garcinia peduncidata, Roxburgh, yields a yellow fruit having an acidulous taste. It is of an inferior quality. Garcinia Ki/dia, Roxburgh, yields a small fruit of a deep-yellow color. It is of better quality than the preceding variety. Garcinia indica, Choisy {Garcinia purpurea, Roxburgh; Brindonia indica, Du- Petit-Thouars).— The fruit of this species is of a dull or purplish-red or purple color, having also a purple, acid pulp. The pulp, dried in the sunlight and slightly salted, is a commercial article, and when fresh the fruit is used in a cur- rie in India, where a purple syrup, for use in bilious affections, is also prepared from it. The juice is occasionally used as mordant for dyeing purposes. ^ The fruit, seeds and bark are all employed in India (Dymock, Mat. Med., Weatcm India). The seeds, when bruised and boiled with water, yield the concrete oil of mangosteen, known as knkam or kokinn butter. It is hard and friable at all ordinary temperatures, has a crystalline structure, and comes pressed in the form of hand- molded, egg-shaped cakes. It has a greenish-white or yellowish color, and pro- duces the unctuous touch of spermaceti. The fat, as found in market, must be strained before being employed in pharmaceutical operations. This removes particles of seed, fruit, etc., with which it is usually mixed. This butter is some- times used for cooking purposes in India, but is more valuable iu the preparation of ointment of nitrate of mercury, for, when added to lard, it gives it a good con- sistence for hot climates (Dymock, Mot. Med., Western India). Garcinia mangostana is found in the Malay islands. It was grown in the gar- dens of the Duke of Northumberland in 1855, and produced both blossom and fruit (.see illustration in Bot. Mag. t., 1847). The fruit of this tree is the famous mangosian or mangosteen, said to be among the most luscious of tropical fruits. Its rind is about the fourth of an inch in thickuess, contains a very astringent juice, from which, during wet weather, a j-ellow gum exudes, which is a variety of gam- boge. The Chinese use the bark of the tree to produce a black dye, and it is also used in dysentery. Chemical Composition.— The bitter and astringent rind of the fruit of Gar- cinia mangostana, according to W. Schmid, contains tannin, resin, and crystal- lizable mungostine (C^H^O,), forming golden-yellow, tasteless scales, melting at 190° C. (374° F.), readily soluble in alcohol or ether, insoluble in water. Basic lead acetate precipitates it from its alcoholic st>lution. Its solution in alkalies reduces gold and silver solutions. The acidity of the fruit is due to malic acid. The resinous exudation of the trunk of the tree was investigated, in 1858, by X. Reitier in Wittstein's laboratory {Viertdjahresschr.f.prakt. PAnrHi.,Vol. VII, p. 170), and found to consist of 88 per cent of resin, soluble in alcohol and in ether. Ammonia differentiates it into a soluble and an insoluble resin. Knkam baiter exists in the seeds of Garcinia purpurea to the extent of 30 per cent, and consists chieflv of tristearin and the glycerides of oleic and myristic acids (./,//(,•,../,. ,/, ,• Pharm:, 1S06, p. 71). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— The rind of the fruit is highly recom- mended for di/scntert/, and has been extensively employed in India lor that dis- ease. A few years ago the rind was introduced into hurope by Gruppe, of Manila, who prepared an extract which was administered in the Vienna liospitals, as an astringent, with success in nitnrrhn! cmuUtions of the thmni, }:Uuldr . , ■■■*>, -n. and CiMTLTHERIA. 913 uterm, etr. Tlie dose of the solid extract is 1 grain, repeated G or 8 times per day, in pill form, or rubbed up with syrup. Related Products.— Koi.a Bittkr or Male Kola. These seeds have a coffee-like, astriugeut ami bittir taste. Tlu»y are produced by the Garcinia Kola, Heckel, of western Africa (see Kola). Mammek AiM'LE. — A subglobular, brownish-yellow fruit, about the size of a large orange, the pulp of which is yellow and aromatic, ami the rind coriaceous and hitter. The seeds are 3 or 4 and rough. It is the product of the West Indian Mammca americana, Linne, .A'«(. Ord.-- (luttifene. Another fruit is also known in the West Indies as mammee. It is the rusty-brown, oblong-ovoid berry of Liiattiia mammosa, Jussieu, of the Nat. Ord. — Sapotacea;. It ha.s one large polished seed of a'vellow-brown color. The pulp of the fruit is sweet and uiucilaginous, and of a yellowish or reddish color. GAULTHERIA.— WINTEROREEN. The leaves of Gaultheria prorumbens, Linne {Gaultiera repens, Rafinesque; Gautlherui humilis, Salisbury). Nat. Ord. — Ericacea-. Co.MMON Namks: Wintergrcen, Mountain tea, Deerberry, Teaberry, Boxbei-ry, a.nd improperly as Partridgeberry and Checkerbemj. iLi.rsTRATioNs : 'Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 164; Bigelow, Medical Botany, 22. Botanical Source. — Gaultheria procumbens is a native, suffruticose plant, with a woody, horizontal root or rhizome, often \ of an inch in thickness. The stems are several, ascending about 3 inches from the rhi- zome, round and downy. The leaves are alternate, ever- ■^'^' ^^'' green, scattered, near the extremities of the branches, coria- ceous, shining, oval or obovate, acute at both ends, revolute at the edge, furnished with a few small serratures, each ter- minating in a bristle. The flowers are few, drooping, axil- lary, white, on round, downy stalks. Bracts 2, concave and cordate. The calyx is white, cleft into 5 roundish, acute seg- ments. The corolla is urceolate, 5-angled, contracted at the mouth; the limb divided into 5 short, reflexed segments. Stamens 10, rose colored; filaments white, hairy, bent toward the corolla; anthers oblong, orange colored, ending in 2 double horns, bursting outwardly for their whole length above the filaments; pollen white. The ovary is roundish, depressed, and 5-angled, resting on a reddish, 10-toothed, glandular disk; styleerectand straight ; stigma simple. The fruit is a small, 5-celled, many-seeded capsule, invested with the calyx, which becomes large, round and fleshy, having the appearance of a bright scarlet berry .-(L.) _ Gaultheria procumbens. History, Description, and Chemical Composition.— This ])lant is a native of the United States, growing from Maine to Florida, and westward to Pennsylvania and Kentucky, in cool, damp woods, sandy soils, and on mountains, flowering from June to October. It does not grow in alluvial soil, nor in limestone countries. The leaves are medicinal, yet the whole plant may be used ; the leaves have a peculiar fragrance and an agreeable, characteristic flavor, with a slight astringency; the berries possess a similar flavor with sweet- ness, and are eaten by many; some wild animals, as deer, partridges, etc., use it for food. Water, by infusion, and alcohol extract the virtues of the plant. The leaves contain an odorous volatile oil, which may be obtained in the same man- ner as oil of peppermint. The specific gravity of the oil is 1.173 at 10°C. (50° F.). It is colorless at first, but subsequently becomes more or less of a iiinkish color, has a hot and aromatic taste, possesses acid properties, and is soluole in alcohol or ether (see Okum Gaultheria:). Mr. J. Oxley, in 1872, found the leaves to contain glucose, chlorophyll, gum, tannic acid, a body analogous to gallic acid, but not yielding pyrogallic acid upon heating, and principles found also in uva ursi and chimaphila, viz.: Arhutin, ericnlin and tirson. A quantitative proximate analysis of the leaves made by F. \V. Droelle {Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1887, p. 289) largely confirmed lliese results. 914 GELATIXA. Volatile oil was found to the extent of i per cent. Gaultheria procumbens was ascertained by Prof. Power and N. C. Werbke to be free from andromedotoxin, a neutral poisonous principle present in several plants of the natural order Eri- cace.e (see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 18S9, p. 361). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Wintergreen possesses stimulant, aro- matic, and astringent properties. It is u.«ed in infusion as an a.«tringent in chronic mucous discharges, as a diuretic in dysuria, as an emmenagogue, as a stimulant in cases of debility, and is said to augment the flow from the lactiferous vessels of nursing women, but this is doubtful. It is also recommended as a valuable rem- edy for articular and muscidar rheumatism. The infusion and the essence both re- lieve irritation of the wethra and bladder, and are adapted to the incipient stages of rennlinflammation. Tubal nephritis is alleged to have been arrested by it even when examination has revealed in the urine the presence of blood corpuscles and tube casts (Webster). Scudder recommends it in spermatorrhaa with increased sexual excitement, and as a sedative in irritation and inflammation of the urethra, prostate gland and bladder. The volatile oil (see Oleum Gaultheria ), or its tinc- ture, is used to render syrups and other preparations more agreeable. The oil allays the pain of carious teeth, and large doses of it administered internally have caused death by producing inflammation of the stomach; the essence of winter- green is a carminative, and is sometimes used in the flatulent colic of infants. An infusion of the leaves or whole plant (,y to water Oj ) may be drunk freely. Dose of essence, 1 to 30 drops; of specific gaultheria, 1 to 20 drops. Specific Indications and Uses. — Cystic and prostatic irritation, undue sex- ual excitement, renal inflammation (early stage). Related Species. — Gaultheria hinpiduln, or Cancer wintergreen, is supposed to Vm- . fficient in removing the carcinomatous taint from the system; used a'lso in fcro/tda and prolapntttUeri. Melastoma Ackermanni. — Colombia. Yields an oil probably identical with oil of winter- green (methyl salicylate). Used provincially as an anti-neuralgic. GELATINA.— GELATIN. Purified glue prepared b}' boiling gelatinous animal tissues in water, evapo- rating and drying the product in the air. Carefully selected fresh bones are preferred. Synonyms : Gelatine, Artifiml isinglass, Ghitin. Source and History. — Gelatin is found in abundance in various animal sul> stances, especially in the skin, cartilages, tendons, membranes and bones. The com- mon gelatin of commerce, called glur, is made from trimmings and scra]>s of skins, ears, bones and hoofs of animals. It may be obtained by boiling these animal part* in water, straining thedecoction, and evaporating it until it forms a jelly on cool- ing. This is divided into thin slices of various sizes, which are allowed to dry in the open air. The purest variety of gelatin is obtained from the air bladder of fishes— e. gr., the sturgeon and codfish — and is named isinglass (see l-hthyocolla). The gelatin used for culinary and pharmaceutical purposes, in photography, etc., usually called gelatin proper, is carefully prepared from the bones of animals from which the fat is previously removed and the earthy matter dissolved out by means of hydrochloric acid. (For a detailed description of the processes of manu- fiicture involved, see Prof. S. P. Sadtler, Lid. Org. Chetn., 1895, p. 334.) Gelatin may also be obtained from the vegetable kingdom, viz. : From certain sj>ecies of sea weeds in Asiatic waters (see, for examjile. Agar Agar). Description and Chemical Composition.— Glue {Colla). Glue of good quality is firm and friable, not easily pulverized, of a light-brown color, and translucent. On the addition of water" it becomes soft and swells up, but does not dissolve except the water be hot or boiling. When dissolved in Imt water, it is much in use for uniting wood and various other substances together, but is too impure for internal employment or for a chemical test. Addition of acetic acid, or boiling with dilute nitric acid, has the effect of destroying the gelatinizing power of gelatin, while its adhesive properties are fully retained. A cement or liquid glue is thus obtained, which does not require the aid of heat to render it fit for use. A strong, liquid glue, very convenient for a number of objects, and even for porcelain, glass, aiul pearl, and which is preferable to that made with vinegar or nitric acid, is prepared as follows: To 3 parts of strong glue well bruised add )S parts of water, and allow them to remain in contact for several hours ; then add i a part of hydrochloric acid, and ^ of a part of sulphate of zinc. Expose the whole for 10 or 12 hours to a temperature of 80° to yO° C. (176° to 194° F.). Gelatin appears in commerce in thin, rectangular, transparent sheets, vari- ously marked by impressions received from the nets upon which the moist jelly is spread in order to dry. It al.so occurs in smooth, transparent pieces, or in thicker, opaque, porous pieces. It is not so thick as pieces of glue. Gelatin comes also in shreds and is often artificially colored. After digestion in hut water it should develop no odor nor should it change color. Dried gelatin, when di.-;- solved in 100 parts of hot water, solidities in the form of a tremulous jelly upon cooling. Prolonged boiling of the aqueous solution causes it to lose its gelatiniz- ing properties. Gelatin diflfers from albuminous bodies in not coagulating in aqueous solu- tion on boiling, nor being precipitated Iw nitric acid or potassium ferrocyanide. Its aqueous solution is precipitated, however, by alcohol and b}' tannic acid. Upon the latter reaction depends the conversion of hide into leather in the process of tanning. Two proximate principles may be distinguished in various forms of gelatin : G'utin, or gelatin proper, which is tlie gelatinous principle of tendons, hides, and the larger bones; and chondrin, v:\nch occurs mostly in the cartilages of the ril>.^ and joints and the young bones while yet soft (S. P. Sadtler). (Uutin has all the aforenamed properties of gelatin, and has a greater adhesive power than chondrin, swelling up in cold and dissolving in hot water, forming a jelly upon cooling. When boiled with diluted sulphuric acid or alkali, glycocoll (CjHjNO.) and leucin (CsHi,NO,) are chiefly produced. The former substance is not formed with chondrin. Dry distillation yields bases of the fatty and the pyridine series. Chondrin is precipitated by alum, lead acetates and metallic salts, not by corrosive sublimate, while glutin is precipitated by corrosive sublimate, but not bv lead acetates, nor by alum or ferric chloride T.S. Action and Medical Uses. — Gelatin probably does not affect the growth of the bodily structures. In the form of jellies it lias been used during convales- cence, but the nutrition derived from these preparations is believed to be due to the sugar, etc., usually employed in preparing them. Gelatin may act as a pro- tective in rectal enemas, in the treatment of din affect urtis, and in cases of poi-wn- ing by corrosive substances. Medicated gelatin (see Gelanthum) is now used to some extent in the treatment of skin (//.sw.sr,'!, particularly those of an eczeinatou3 type, and in the treatment of catarrhal affections of the imsal passages. Gelatin has been introduced here, in consequence of its application in phar- macy, for the purpose of promoting certain useful indications.. Several remedial agents of a valuable character, are unfortunately so repulsive to the palate as to produce nausea and vomiting whenever swallowed, and, as in many instances, it is almost impossible to dispense with them, an imjiortant object is to prepare them so that they may reach the stomach without offending the organs of taste. This has been effected' by inclosing the medicine in a case or cover of gelatin, forming what are cMvd'gclalin capsules, invented in France by M. Mothe. There are several inetho.ls at the present day for making these capsules; thus the end of an iron rod is made bulbous or egg-shaped, and is highly polished; being slightly oiled it is dipped into a hot, concentrated solution of 3 parts of pure gela- tin, i part of sugar, and 6 parts of water. A number of rods are generally used. The rods are then rotated to spread the solution evenly over the mold or bulb, and placed, bull) upward, on a board perforated for the jjurpose; when cool and dry they may be removed by giving to the cap.sule or bulb a pulling and gently twisting motion. These are then filled with the medicine, and the orifice closed over with more of the gelatin solution. Sometimes animal membrane, or fine skin, distended with mercury, is used instead of the iron bulb. (For a detailed method of preparing gelatin capsules, see standard works on pharmacy and Amer. .lour. Pharm.,\o\. IX, p. 20). In this way capsules may be made to contain from 10 to 20 grains of liquid. Since the foregoing appeared in former editions of this Dispensatory, commercial empty capsules of all sizes have become a standard 916 GELATINUM CHONDRL— GELSEMITJM. article of commerce. When received into the stomach the gelatin is dissolved, allowing the medicine to accomplish its therapeutical influences, li soft capsules are demanded a little glycerin added to the gelatin will make the product elastic. Capsules are now largely employed for dispensing quinine and similar medicines of unpleasant taste. These capsules are oblong, rounded and closed at one end, and cut off and open at the other end. It is only necessary to introduce the pow- der and slip a second capsule over the open end of the filled one. Folding or devorati.ve capsules are thin films of gelatin designed to be used like powder-papers, except that after folding upon the powder the edges are made to adhere by mois- tening them. When ready to be taken the whole capsule (and powder) is dipped in water until softened, and then swallowed. Medicinal pearls of gelatin, com- bined with sugar, acacia and honey, are also employed to enclose ether and simi- lar fluids. Gelatin (3 parts) and glycerin (7 parts) is sometimes used as a basis for bougies and rectal and vaginal medicated suppositories. Gelatin is also used for making court-plaster, hectographs, for coating pills, and for estimating the amount of tannin contained in a drug or preparation. A good paste is made by dissolving best white glue, 3 ounces (av.); refined sugar, 1^ ounces; water, 10 fluid ounces, or a sufficient quantity, together by the aid of a water-bath, and, while warm, apply it by means of a suitable brush to the reverse side of the labels while uncut or in sheets. After being dried and moderately pressed they are ready for cutting. Thick paper and not sized will require less water than when thin and well sized, and in all cases it should be quickly and evenly applied. It can only be used while warm. It does not pene- trate the paper and disfigure the labels, is very adhesive, never loosens from glass and leaves no disagreeable impression in the mouth after being moistened with saliva. GELATINUM CHONDRI (N. F.)— IRISH MOSS GELATIN. Preparation. — Formulary number, 18-4 : " Irish moss, one thousand grammes (1000 Gui.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.] ; water a sufficient quantity. Wash the Irish moss with cold water, then place it in a suitable vessel, and add fifty thou- sand cubic centimeters (50,000 Cc.) [about 106 pints] of hot water, and heat it on a boiling water-bath for 15 minutes, frequently stirring. Strain the decoction, while hot, through a strong muslin strainer; return the strained, mucilaginous liquid to the water-bath, evaporate it to a semi-fluid consistence, then transfer it to shallow, flat-bottomed trays, and evaporate it at a temperature not exceeding 90° C. (194° F.), so that the gelatin may become detached in scales. Note. — Irish moss gelatin thus prepared furnishes a mucilage of Irish moss which is opaque, like that made directly from the moss itself. It maybe prepared so as to yield a trans- parent mucilage by following the plan pointed out in the Note to Mucilago Chondri (F. 275) "~(Nat. Form.). Action and Medical Uses.— (See Chondrm.) GELSEMIUM (U. S. P.)— GELSEMIUM. The rhizome and roots of Oclscmium sempcrvirtns (Linno), Persoon. {Gelaemium nitidum, Michaux ; Gelsemium lucidum, Poiret ; Bignonia sempervirens, Linne ; Anotiy- mos sempei-virens,\V alter; and Li^^ianthtis sempervireus, 'SliWer). Nat. Ord. — Logan iacea;. CoM.MON Names: Yellow jasmine, Yellow jessamine. Wild xcoodbiiu, Carolina jag- min or je-mimine. Illustrations: Johnson, Med. Bat. of K ^1., Plate 7; Meehan, Native Flovxrs and Fcrn.'i, I, 9; Hentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 181 ; Millspaugh's Amer. Med. Plants, I'liite 130. Botanical Source. — The Yellow jasmine is a handsome climber growing along banks and in lowlands and woods. The stem is smooth and twining; the leaves opposite, entire, ovate, or lanceovate, nearly evergreen, being dark-green, smooth, and shining on top ; paler beneath. The flowers are in axillary dusters, showy, and of deep-yellow color, and emit an agreeable, but rather narcotic odor. OI.SKMUM. on The i-aiyx is 5-parted and very small, with acute, lanceovate lohes. The corolla is Y to 1^ inches long, with 5-lobed margin; stamens 5, half as long as the corolla, and inserted on it. The style is longer than the stamens, and supports two 2-parted stigmas. The fruit is an elliptical ixhI, 2-celled, 2-valved, and many- seeded. The seeds are flat, and attached to the margins of the valves. Owing to its evergreen leaves, fragrant llowers, pj^ ^^3 and the shade it aflords, it is e.xten- sivelv cultivated in the gardens of the South for ornamentation. History. — This strikingly beautiful climher, peculiar to our southern cities, furnishes one of the most valued and universally used Eclectic remedies. It is a twining vine, flourishing in great profusion from Virginia to Florida, hanging in festoons from the neighbor- ing treesand shrubs, sometimes growing to the height of 50 feet. The average height, however, is from 20 to 30 feet. The plant blooms in early spring— in FloridaduringMarch,and in Mississippi and Tennessee in May and June. Dur- ing the dowering period it perfumes the air with a delightful fragrance similarto thatof the true jasmine. When the vine is abundant, the odor of the flowers is said to be almost overpowering. (.Jel- semium is known by several popular names, as Yellow jessamine, Yellow jas- min, Carolina jessamine, Carolina jas- min, and Wild woodbine. The name gelsemium wasgiven it by Jussieu, and „, . P , . , „ ^ ., Ti 1- 7 • Gelsemium sempervirens. 19 derived from the Italian gelsomina, meaning jasmine. The plant, however, resembles the true jasmine only in its fragrance, and belongs to an entirely different natural order. Mr. E. M. Holmes (Phnrm.Jour. Trau.-:., 1S75, p. 481) states that it is rather unfortunate that it should often be called the Yellow jessamine in America, since there is a true jessamine (Jasininiim fniticans, Linne) with yellow flowers, which is often found in cultivation. If the name jessamine be ajiplied to Gelsemium xcmjicrvircns at all, it should be carefully distinguished as the Carolina jessamine (see also Dr. A. R. i.. Dohme, in Druij.Clrc, 1897, p. 179). Gelsemium was formerly known botanically as Bignonia sempervirens of Linnscus, and the Gelsemium nilidum, of Michaux and Pursh. The name gelsemium, as used exclusively by Eclectics, arose from a typographical error, and was widely copied in various writings, and accepted as autboritv before the mistake was discovered (see Prof. J. U. Lloyd, in Ec. Mai. Joiir.,{oT Jfarch, 1S92). While gelsemium is one of our best remedies, yet, like iris, jihytolacca, and other plants, it suffers from worthless representatives on the market. These prepa- rations, made from old, dried material, will fail to fulfil the expectations of he who administers them for the specific effect. Specific gelsemium, the preparation em])loyeil by Eclectic physicians almost exclusively, fully represents the plant. Prof J. U. Uoyd informs me that, in the preparation of specific gelsemium, the green root only is used. It is gathered in February or in early spring, cut into small pieces, put in barrels, and to the contents of each barrel is added 10 gallons of alcohol. In this condition it is shipped from the Carolinas (where it is gath- ered) to Cincinnati. On arrival, it is dumped into the drug mill and ground, alcohol and all, and from this material the specific medicine is made. He further states that, in one sea.-on, when the winter was uncommonly mild, the continuous growth of the plant caused a large amount of albuminous material to form in the root, and that preparations manufactured from such a product threw y mistake for the gelsemium, resembles it very much in appearance, though it is of a lighter color, and the outer bark is covered with white specks or marks somewhat similar to those on young cherry or peach limbs, and the lower parts of the old vines l)ecome rough, and have small tendrils that fasten upon the bark of trees, and which are never seen on the gel.semium. The bark of the vine is also more brittle, and the leaves are always on long foot-stalks, which are opposite, at the end of which are two opposite leaves, almost exactly resembling the leaf of the Ari.''tolochi(t Serpeutaria. The root is almost white, very tough, brittle when dry, not so fibrous as the true root, straight, about the same length of the medicinal root, and has a slightly bitter, disagreeable, nauseating taste. I never saw any of the flowers, though they are said to resemble the others in shape, but are pale, dirty-white, with a slight unpleasant odor, by no means like that peculiar to gelsemium. The vine is called ]Vhite poison vine and White je-<-<(imine'' ( King). Chemical Composition. — Mr. Henry KoUock, in 1855 (Amer. Jour. Pharm,. Vol. XX\'I1, p. 197 I, found, beside the usual constituents of plant roots, a volatile oil, a dry, acrid resin (the yel--rinciple, owing to the difliculty of obtaining it in crystallized form. Sonnensoliein and Robbins (l.S7fi) gave it the formula C,,H„NO,, while A. W. Gerrard ( .Amer. Jour. Pharm.. 1893, ji. 2')()i. evidentlv obtaining it in much purer form I (mm th.- purified hydrochlori.le), finds C';,H„NO,. I- Spiegel's results 920 (lELSEMIUM. (1893) agree with the latter formula. Finally, Mr. F. A. Thompson (laboratory' of Parke, Davis & Co.) {Pfutrm. Era, 1887, p. 3) believes that, besides this alkaloid, which he calls gelsemine, there exists another in gelsemium root, which he calls gelsiminme; its hydrochloride is more easily soluble in water than that of the first alkaloid. Gelsemine is believed to act as a paralyzing, gel.seminine as a tetanizing, medium. A. R. Cushny (Ber. d. Dcutsrh. Chem. Ges., 1893, p. 1725) corro- borates the existence of the two alkaloids mentioned. Wormley {Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1877, p. 1-50) gives the following directions for obtaining from the fluid extract of gelsemium root the alkaloid, gelseminine {yelse- mine), SLiid gelsemic acid: Acidulate the fluid extract with acetic acid; atld this slowly to 8 times its bulk of water, filter from the resins, concentrate the filtrate on the water-bath to somewhat less than the original volume; then abstract gel- semic acid by ether, and, subsequently, the gelsemine by ether or chloroform, after rendering the fluid alkaline with sodium carbonate. In fluid extracts, pre- pared in the quantity of 480 grains of root to the ounce, Prof. Wormley obtained a yield of 0.2 per cent of gelsemine and 0.4 per cent of gelsemic acid. Comparative analyses of the rhizome, root, and stem of gelsemium, carried out in the laboratory of Prof. L. E. Sayre (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1897, p. 234), showed the total absence of the alkaloid and the acid in the stem, while the rhizome con- tained 0.2 per cent of alkaloid and 0.37 per cent of gelsemic acid, and the root 0.17 per cent of alkaloid and 0.3 per cent of gelsemic acid. The alkaloid, gelseminine (gelsemine of Thompson), is described by Wormley as a colorless, odorless, intensely bitter, basic principle, and was obtained by A. W. Gerrard in crystalline form. When pure, it exhibits no color reaction with sulphuric and nitric acids, as claimed by Sonnenschein. It is sparingly soluble in water, freely soluljle in acids, in chloroform and ether (1 in 25). Its nitrate crystallizes best of all its salts (Spiegel, Amer. Joicr. Pharm., ISOo, y. :^.S1). Gelsemic acid [beta-methyl ;: •■loyed for at least two reasons. First, it is of uncertain strength and quality. Secondly, its name being so similar, both in spelling and sound, to that of the alkaloid, (/e/<*e- miwe, that, through mistake, the latter agent might be supplied and serious results follow. Death has resulted from such a mistake, consequently it should be dis- carded, especially as it is not equal in therapeutic power to the fluid preparations of gelsemium. It may be of interest to state that nearly all of the so-called con- centrations (excepting podophyllin) of the earlier Eclectics have been discarded by the Eclectics of the present day, and are now used almost exclusively by the regular school, and especially by European physicians; also, by that class who believe that a/i the virtues of a remedy reside in concentrations and alkaloidal principles. Clinical experience proves that such preparations do not fulfil the indications as do the fluid preparations containing all the solu'^'e medicinal ingredients of tlie plant. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Gelsemium powerfully impresses the nervous system, though in man it never produces convulsions. Convulsions may occur in the lower animals. Small (medicinal) doses relax the muscles, especially the levator palpebra-, and allay nervous irritation. A pleasant or lan- guid sense of ease and relaxation is usually experienced, accompanied in the case of larger doses by a tendency of the lower jaws to drop, and a difficulty in manag- ing the eyelids. Sometimes sensation is lost first; again, and usually, muscular paralysis is the first to take place. The continued administration of it effects the brain (indirectly), spinal centers, and medulla, causing marked feebleness of mus- cular movements, confusion of vision, and vertigo. Large doses paralyze tlie spinal cord and cause almost complete loss of muscular power. Reflex action is depressed with tiie loss of muscular power, and these and the lack of sensibility, which usually takes place, are due to its action upon the sitinal marrow. Con- sciousness may be lost, but it is usually retained even wlien toxic (loses have been taken. When fatal, however, dissolution is iisually jireceded by lo.on dioxide, the result oi" respiratory paresis. Occasionally, death results from overdoses, and, when it does so occur, is due to asphj'xia. Persons are reported to have been poisoned by eating honey gathered Ijy the bees from gelsemium dowers. Gelsemium is said to increase the tetanizing power of strychnine. The post- mortem appearances after death from gelsemium present nothing specially char- acteristic. Twelve minims of the fluid extract have been asserted to have killed a boy of 3 years, yet recoveries have taken place from much larger doses. Death from gelsemium usually takes place in from 1 to 8 hours. (For report of two fatal cases, see Taylor's Mal.'JurLsp., 1892, p. 164.) In poisoning by gelsemium or its alkaloid, gelsemine, evacuate the stomach by emetics or stomach pump, administer, hypodermatically, morphine and atro- pine, use friction, internal stimulation, hot drinks, external heat, etc. Tannin and the alkalies and their carbonates are reputed chemically antagonistic. Arti- ficial respiration should be resorted to, and the heart should be sustained by digi- talis and similar aicents. As but few cases of poisoning by gelsemium have occurred, tlie antidotal treatment is as yet not well established. rhera[)eutically, gelsemium acts upon the cerebro-spinal nerve centers, dimin- ishing; the blood supply to them, as in determination of the blood to the head and spine, thereby preventing spasmodic action. Consequently, in dde-nnination of the hlood to the hraia and npinalcord and their appendages, or in mJUimmotori/ condi- tion;! of the rerebro-.spinal system, the drug would be clearly indicated. It is never the remedy for congestion. Prof. Scudder has pointed out as the specific indica- tions for it: "The Hushed face, bright eye, contracted pupils, increased heat of head, great restlessness, and excitation." With these may be associated a general headache. Bearing these indications in mind, the drug will be found useful in the diseased conditions named in this article. Gelsemium was first employed in febrile tliseascs, as bilious, remittent, typhoid and malarial feveis. In these condi- tions, it was found tri><7//if catarrhal cottdittoiis of the hiadder. Jnflamnmtimi of the kidneys, bladder or urethra, are relieved by gel- semium. In puerpenU convulsions it has probably been used oftener than any other remedy, excepting morphine and chloroform. In the pelvic disorders of women it is a favorite remedy. With the usual indications it subdues oraritis, metritis, and salpingiti.t. Severe dysmenorrhaa with colicky pains, and uterine colic are promptly relieved by large doses of it. Rigid OS uteri, with thin, unyielding edges, and "a dryness of the parts, is relaxed by gelsemium. In fact, it relaxes all sphincters. "By rectifying such complications it facilitates labor. Free doses should be administered. CJelsemiu.n, alone or combined with pulsatilla, is iiivaluiiblo t<> overcome the marked restlessness evinced V>y some parturients, and gelsemium will often retard a labor that has begun before the parts are ready for the ordeal, i>articularly when the woman is excessively excitable and nervous, and the pains are spurious, or at least jerky and ineffectual. The vervoiis teimon following accouchement is quickly relieved by this drug. After-}jains are controlled by it, and it is serviceable in some forms of lewitrrhau. By blunting peripheral sensibility it allays the itching of erzema, and locally applied (diluted ) is serviceable in pruritjo. Delirium tremetis, mania, and paralysis have been treated successfully with this drug. It has also been employed to some extent as a mydriatic in eye practice. I'rof. King derived considerable ad- vantage from gelsemium in covj u mi i litis, muscular asthenofiia, iritis, and in tiitnitus (iHrtHHi, administered in small doses every 3 or 4 hours; being extremely careful not to carry the influence of the agent to depression or relaxation. Dr. J.Par- rish, of Philadelphia, derived the greatest benefit from tlie administration of this drug, in cases of habitual drunkards and opiuui eaters. Gastro-intestimd irritation and irritative d;/spcpt:ia, with feeling of rawness, heat, and pain, with a sensation of knotty contraction in the stomach, call for gelsemium. In the cxanthimata this remedy is often indicated by the great heat and restlessness. It is nearly always called for in cerebrospinal mcniin/itis. In the recent epidemics oi influenza (In gripjie) probably no one remedy was more extensively used, or oftmer indi- cated. Where there were persistent high temperature and headache, with great excitability, it acted promptly and kindly. Gelsemium has been used quite extensively in vhoojiinci-rough, ^lasmodic cough, spasm of the glottis, o.-^thma, and the cough of htjstcrin. In ejxessire action of the heart, especially in liysterial subjects, it is often serviceable. Gelsemium has also proved beneficial in vertigo, hcmor rhage-^, ague-cake, gout and rheumatism, in the latter disease aiding some of the antirheumatic remedies. Bronchitis, lari/ngitis and albuminuria have also been successfully treated with gelsemium. Externally, gelsemium will be found of service* in neuralgic and rheumatic pains. The usual prescription is from 5 to 15 drops of specific gelsemium in 4 ounces of water. Dose, a teaspoonful. For the larger doses begin with 1 drop, and administer cautiously until the physiological effects are ajtparent. Dose of spi'cific gelsemium, y'^ drop to 10 drops. Specific Indications and Uses. — Gelsemium is indicated by bright eyes, contracted pupils, flushed face, great heat, and restlessness ; mental irritability; insomnia, with excitation ; pain over the whole head; dysuria, with scanty secre- tion of urine; irritation of the urinary tract ; pinched, contracted tissues; thin, dry, unyielding os uteri, with dry vaginal walls; arterial throbbing and exalted sensibility: chilly sensations upon motion; hyperemia; and convulsions. GENISTA.— GENISTA. The young branches and leaves oi Genista tinetoria, Linne. Nat. Ord. — Leguminosa-. Common N.\mks : Dyer's green-weed. Wood-waxen, Green ireed, Dyer's broom. Dyer's weed. Botanical Source and History. — This plant is an erect shrub, about a foot high, and is a native of Central Europe. It is quite common in poor soil throughout England, and has been naturalized, and grows abundantly, in a few localities of the eastern United States. The stem is short, woody, anil sends uj> numerous erect branches. The leaves are simple, a character distinguishing the plant from most of the native leguminous plants. They are narrowly lanceolate, acute, entire, sessile, alternate, and attached to the stem at an acute angle. The flowers are numerous, bright vellow, and are borne in terminal, showy racemes. The calyx is 2-lipped, with a deeply '2-lobed upper, and a 3-lobed lower lip. The corolla is papilionaceous, and the 10 stamens are united into a complete tube at the base. The fruit is a flat, several-seeded pod. There are three English species of Genista, two unarmed; G.tinctoria,yi'\i\i smooth, and (;. pilosa, with hairy, leaves. The armed species, G. angliea, has sharp, eimjile thorns. The leaves of G.purgans, a native of France, are used as a cathartic. 924 GEXTIAXA. Little is known of tlie cliemical history of the several species of GenUta. Dr. Plugge (^Jahresb. dcr Phcmn., 1895, p. 134), investigating the occurrence of the alka- loid cytisine in various species of Papilionacete, found Genista tinctoria and G.pUosa to be free from this substance. Genista tinctoria has been in some little repute as a medicine since the day of Culpepper. The flowers yield an inferior yellow dye. The dried plant possesses scarcely any taste. It must not be confused with Broom tops (Scoparius). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Both the flowers and the seeds have been employed in medicine, in dropsinil, (iffa-tions, and with considerable efficacy. Sixty grains of the powdered seeds })rodu'(e active catharsis, and even emesis,and is the dose generally advised in dropsy. An iiifusicjn of the flowers has been ad- vantageously emploj'ed in gout and rheumatism, and is also stated to have been successful in several cases oi albu in inuria,'u\ doses of 2 tablespoon fuls every 1 or 2 hours. Probaljly a tincture would be found more available. Formerly this plant had an unmerited reputation fi ir the prevention, as well as the cure, of hydrophobia. Specific Indications and Uses. — "Ascites, and cedema with cutaneous dis- ease, or erosion of tlie skin with exudation" (Scudder, Spec. Med.). GENTIANA (U. S. P.)— GENTIAN. "The root oi Gentian a lutea,Lmne"—(U. S. P.). Nat. Ord. — Gentianete. Common Names: Gent inn, Gentian-root. Illustration- : Bcntley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 182. Botanical Source. — This plant has a long, thick, cylindrical, wrinkled, ringed, t'orki'd, perennial root, brown externally, and yellow within. The stem is 3 or 4 feet high, hollow, stout, and erect. ^'^' ^^°- The radical leaves are ovate-oblong, o-nerved, and 2 or 3 inches broad; those on the stem sessile, ovate, and acute; those next the flow- ers cordate, amplexicaul, and concave; all are a pale, bright-green. The flowers are large, bright-yellow, in many-flowered whorls, and peduncled; the calyx is monophyllous. of a papery texture, semitransparent. 3 or 4-cleft, with short, lanceolate, unequal segments. The corolla is rotate, with a very short tube, 0 or 6 green glands at the base. 5 or 6-parted, with oblong, acute, narrow, veiny lobes; the stamens, 5 or 6 in number, are not so long as the corolla; the anthers are subulate, some- what united, becoming distinct; the ovary conical; the stigmas se.«sile and revolute; the capsule stalked, oblong, 2-val ved. and 1-celled, and the seeils are many and flattened, with thin, brownish edges (L.\ History and Description.— This plant is common to the central and southern parts of Europe, especiallv the Pvrenees. Alps, etc., being found from 3,000 to 5,000 feet above the level of the sea. Its root affords the medicinal portion, and is brought to this market from Havre, Marseilles, etc. The U. S. P. describes it as follows : "In nearly cylindrical pieces or longitudinal slices, about 25 Mm. (I inch) thick, the upper portion closely annulate, the lower portion longitudinally wrin- kled; externally deep yellowish-brown; internally lighter; somewhat flexible and tough when damp; rather brittle when dry; fracture uneven; the bark rather thick ; separated from tiie somewhat spongy medituUium by a black cam- bium line; odor peculiar, faint, more prominent when moistened; taste sweetish and persistently bitter" — {U. S. P.). The root imparts its virtues readily to cold or hot water, alcohol, or sulphuric ether. A licjuor iM-ejiart'd from it in some parts of Switzerland is much j^rized a* Gentiana lute GEXTIANA. 925 a stomachic; it is made lij' macerating; tli<- root in cold water, addiiif; some sugar, yeast, and distilling after vinous lermentation has occurred. Fliickiger {Phamui- cofinoitU', 1891 ), states that as a consequence of this use, the plant has almost dis- ai)peared fmni some i)arts of Switzerland. Chemical Composition. — Tlie following three proximate principles are the characteristic constituents of gentian root: Gentiopikrin, of Kromayer ( IS62), to which the root owes its hitterness; gcntUin, of Hlasiwetz and Habermann (1875), a yellow, tasteless substance, whose reactions with ferric chloride seem to have l> -en mistaken for those of tannin (see Maisch, A mtr. Jnur. Pharm., 1876, )i. 4.S6, and iS'^0, p. 1); and gmtlmwse, of Arthur Meyer (1882), a crystallizable, fermentable suiiar, not reducing Feliling's solution, and which occurs in the fresh root only. The root also contains a volatile oil to which its odor is due; fatty and resinous matter, uncrystallizable sugar, large quantities of mucilage, about 8 per cent of ash, but no starch. Drying the root seems to have the effect of increasing the resinous matter (Fliickiger, P/mrmarorinosie, ISltl i. Gkntiopikrin (0„H„0,;\ first olitained pure by Kromayer (Arch, der Pharm., 1S62, Vol. CLX, p. 27), was previously described as gpntianin by Henry and Caven- tou (1821), and later differentiated by Trommsdorfl', Leconte, and Dulk into the bitter gentuinin and the non-bitter acid geutmn or gintuowerful tonic, improves the appe- tite, strengthens digestiim, gives more force to the circulation, and slightly elevates the heat of the body. When taken in large doses it is apt to oppress the stomach, irritate the bowels, and even produces nausea and vomiting, as well as fullness of pulse and headache. Its administration is contraindicated where gastric irrita- bility or inflammation are present. Used in cases of debility and exha^tstimi, and in all cases where a tonic is required, as di/fpepsid, gout, ameiwrrhaa, hysteria, scrofula, interm,ittent*, diarrhfen, worms, etc. A tincture made by percolation of 1 part of podophyllum and 6 parts of gentian, diluted alcohol being the menstruum, was prized by Prof. Scudder as one of the most efficient remedies for "■atony of the Ktonvich and bowels with feeble or slow digestion" (S/iec. Med.). Gentian is valuable to relieve irritation and increase the appetite, after protracted fevers, where the powers of life are depressed and recovery de]>ends upon ability to assimilate food. Dose of the powder, from 10 to 30 grains ; of the extract, from 1 to 10 grains; of infusion, 1 or 2 fluid ounces; of tincture, 1 or 2 fluid drachms; of specific gen- tian a, 5 to 40 drops. Dr. Kiichenraeister believes that impure and nncrystallized gentianin (see previous editions of the Amer. /)(-• second stage of (li/stvUer;/,diarrhaa, and cholera GERARDIA. 929 infnntuni. In bowel disorders it is the chronic or subacute states in wliich it is applicable, anplying the powder to the bleeding orifice, and, if possible, covering with a compress of cotton. With Aletris farinosa in decoction, and taken internally, it has proved of superior efficiency in diabetes, and in Bright's di-^a.^e of the kidney. A mixture or solution of 2 parts of bydrochlorate of berberine and 1 part of extract of gera- nium, will be found of unrivaled efficiency in all chronic vuieous diseases, as in gleet, leucorrhifi, oj'hthalmia, gastric affections, catarrh, and ulceration of the bladdtyr, etc., eic. A decoction of 2 parts of geranium and one of sanguinaria forms an excellent injection for gleet and Uncnrrheea. Dose of the powder, from 20 to 80 grains; of the decoctii'U, from 1 to 2 fluid ounces; of specific geranium, 5 to 30 drops. Specific Indications and Uses. — Relaxed mucous tissues, with profuse, de- bilitatiui; discharges; chronic diarrhcea, with mucous discharges; chronic dysen- tery; diiirrli(_ea, with constant desire to evacuate the bowels; passive hemorrhages. Related Species. — Geranium Eobertianum, Linnt^, or Herb Itoh,rl, grows wild both in Eu- rojHj ami in tlie United States, bnt is rare in this country ; and Pursh states that the Ameri- can plant is destitute of tlie heavy snu-U by which the European is so wpU known, tliough the two agree in all other respects. It has a tapering root, with several round, leafy, branched, re ^ ,. Entdium moechaium, A iton.— .Mediterranean Europe, north and south Africa, and Cali- fornia. Valuable forage plant in dry seasons. It has the odor of musk. Therapeutically it i» dlai)horetic. Other astringents are : \'inra mnjur. Orenl,r jMri winkle ; Vinca minor, Lemr ]>,-riu-inkle.—'EDg]anil. Reputed useful in menorrhwiia and Other hemorrhagic «/«/<•.«. Oroxiil'nm in'licum.—East India. Bark contains an acrid substance and a yellow crj'stal- line principle, oojriflin (Phann. Jour. Traiw., 1890, Vol. XXI, p. 2.57). Bark a powerful sudo- ritie, astringent and tonic. Employed in diarrhcea. Jiaimbd'iUii comhretum. —Atrica. Contains an abundance of tannin. Employed by the Am- cans in h:imnturic bilious ferer. GERARDIA.— BUSHY GERABDIA. The herb of Gerardia pedicularia, I.inn-e {Damfstoma ],edirularia, Beniham). \nt. Ord. — Scrophulariacete. Common Names: Bush;/ gerardia, Lnmeioort, Fever rreed. Amrn'cnn fox-glove. Botanical Source. — This is a perennial plant, whose stem is tall and bushy, with a scattered woolly pubescence, 2 or 3 feet in height, and brachiate-panicled. The leaves are numerous, opposite, ovate-lanceolate or oijlong, pinnatiSd, the seg- ments being doubly cut-dentate. The flowers are large, yellow, axillary, trum- pet-shaped, opposite, and pediceled; the pedicels are longer than the calyx. Calyx 5-cleft, cut-dentate, segments as long as the hairy tube. Corolla yellow, an inch or more in length, subcampanulate, unequally o-lobed, segments mostly rounded, spreading, leaf-like, and woolly inside. Capsule 2-celled, dehiscent at the top (L.-W.). History. — This is a most elegant plant, found growing in dry copses, pine ridges, and barren woods and mountains from Canada to Georgia and Ken- tucky, and flowering in August and September. The whole plant is used. Water or spirit extracts its virtues. It has not been analyzed. There are several varie- ties of the species, which probably possess analogous virtues. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Diaphoretic, antiseptic, and sedative. Used principally in fibrile and infliuamatory diseases; a warm infusion produces a free and copious perspiration in a short time. Dose of the infusion, from 1 to 3 fluid ounces. GEUM.— GEUM. The rhizome and rootlets of Geum rivale, Linne, and Geum virginianum, Linne. Xat. Ord. — Rosacese. Common Na.mes : (1) Water avens, Purple avens; (2) Virginia geum, Throat-root, Chocolat(-root. Botanical Source. — Geum rivale, likewise known as Purple arcus, is a peren- nial, hairy, deep-green herb, with a creeping, blackish, somewhat woody root, run- ning deep into the ground, with numerous fibers. The stems are 1 or 2 feet high, nearly simple, erect, and slightly paniculate at top. The radical leaves are nearly lyrate, uninterruptedly pinnate, with large terminal leaflets on long hairy petioles, rounded, lobed, and crenate-dentate, and from 4 to 6 inches long. The cauline leaves are few, subsessile, from 1 to 3 inches long, and divided into 3 serrate, pointed lobes; the stipules are ovate, acute, cut, and purplish, The flowers are few, sub-globose, nodding, yellowish-purple, on axillary and terminal jieduncles. The calyx is inferior, erect, purplish-brown, with 10 lanceolate, pointed segments, 5 alternately smaller than the others; petals 5, as long as the erect calyx seg- ments, broad-obcordate, clawed, purplish-yellow, and veined. The seeds are oval, bearded, and hooked at the end (L. — W.— -G.). Geum virgininnum, Linne, also known as Throat-root, Ckocokite-ront, etc., is also perennial, with a small, brownish, horizontal, crooked root. The stem is simple or branched, smoothish above, pubescent below, and 2 or 3 feet high. The radical leaves are pinnate, lyrate, or simple and rounded, with appendaged petioles from 6 to 8 inches long; the cauline leaves 3 or 5-lobed, softly pubescent ; all the leaves are unequally and incisely dentate. The flowers are rather small, white, erect, and borne on long, diverging peduncles; the calyx is 5-cleft. with 5 smaller and exterior, alternate bracteoles; the petals 5, about the length of the calyx; the stamens numerous; filaments slender, anthers yellowish and round. The styles are many, persistent, mostly jointed, geniculate, bearded, and hooked after "the upper joint falls away. Tiie fruit is an achenia, aggregated on a dry receptacle, caudate with the style (W.— G.). History and Description. — Geum rivale is common to Europe and this coun- try, and is lound growing in woods, wet meadows, and along streams, especially in the northern and middle states, and flowering in June and Julv. The American species diSers from the European (Geum urbanum, Linne), in having the petals more orbicular on their free margin, the flowers of less size, and its leaves with deeper incisions. The fresh root is aromatic. Geum virgininnum is found in hedges and thickets, and in moist places in most parts of the United States, flowering from June to August. These plants, with some other varieties, have long l)een used in domestic practice. The whole herb contains medicinal properties, but the medicinal and most eflicient portion is the root. The dried root of the G. rivale is scaly, jointed, tapering, hard, brittle. CilLI.KNMA. 931 easily pulverized, of a reddish or jiurplisli color, and inodorous; tliat of the (i. rir- giiiianum, is brown, crooked, tuljerculated, and brittle; both are white internally, and of a bitterish, astringent t;iste. Boiling water or alcohol extracts their vfr- tues, the solution becoming reddish. They have not been analyzed, but probal)ly contain tannic acid, bitter extractive, gum, resin, etc. A weak decoction of the root of G.ra'flfe is sometimes u.sed by invalids as a substitute for tea and coflee. Its constituents are probably the same as those of Aveus {Geum urbanum, I.inne) (seeRelalidShirUs). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Tonic and astringent. Useful in all cases where tlieie is au enfeebled state of mucous tissues, or morbid secretions therefrom. Large doses may cause eniesis. Used in numerous diseases, as passive &ndchronicfiemorihitains recurring upon taking food or exercise" (Scudder). Related Species.— ^fH»io/ht(»i,Gmeliii; }yhilei]eum. United States. Flowers in May and -Vugust. Used in hecuiaches and irritable conditions of the ttomach{Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1883). (iniin vrbaunm, Linne; Amin, Enropeun airun. Kurope, growing in woodlands and shady situations, and has yellow flowers. The rhizome of this plant is hard, dark-brown, fnbercu- lated at t>p, short (1 or 2 inches long and from J to i iueh thick), and has the siimniit beset with hairy, reddish-brown leaf scales. The fresh rhizome resembles cloves in odor, hence has been called radix can/oyln/Uata. Internally the rhizome is whitish, surrounding a central red portion. It has many fibrous roots of a lighter brown hue. It imparts a red color to both water and alcohol. Buchner analysed it in 18-14, and found a considerable amount of tannin and an amorphous and neutral yellow mass, to which he gave the name genia bitter. He also confirmed the observation of Trommsdortf as to the presence of a greenish-yellow volatile oil (0.04 per cent), and found that it has a clove-like odor (Rep. d. Pharm., 1844, Vol. LXXXV, p. 168 to 201). A vens is an astringent tonic considerably employed in European practice, where it is used in intermittent^, dysentery and diarrhaa, jxwiire hemorrhages, and leucorrhaa. It is apt to derange the stomach and induce emesis if given too freely. The dose of the powder is from 20 to 60 grains, but the decoction, made by boiUng 1 ounce of avens in 1 pint of water, is preferable. The doee is 1 or 2 fluid ounces GILLENIA.— INDIAN PHYSIC. The bark of the rhizome of GiUenia IriJ'oliala, Moench (^Spiraea trijoliata, Linne), and GiUenia stipulacea, Nuttall (Spirasa s<())utoa, Willdenow). Nat. Ord. — Rosacea?. Co.M.Mo.v Names: Indian physic, American ipecac, Indian hippo, and sometimes Bowman's mot. Botanical Source. — Indian phj'sic is an indigenous, perennial herb, with an irregular, brownish, somewhat tuberous caudex, from which radiate many long, knotted, delicate fil)ers. The stems are several, from the same root, about 2 or 3 feet in lieight, erect, slender, flexuose, smooth, branched above, and of a reddish or brownish color. The leaves are alternate, trifoliate, subsessile, furnished with small linear-lanceolate and slightly-toothed stipules at the base; the leaflets are lanceolate, acuminate, sharply and unequally toothed, the upper ones often single^ the lower broader at the end, but acuminately terminated. The flowers are white, with a reddish tinge, borne in terminal, loose panicles, few in number, scattered, on long peduncles, occasionally furnished with minute, lanceolate bracts. The calyx is subcampanulate or tubular, terminating in 5 sharp, reflexed teeth. Pet- als 5, the 2 upper ones separated from the three lower, white with a reddish tinge on tlie edge, lanceolate, unguiculate, contracted and approximated at base and •i times as long as the calyx. The stamens are about 20, in a double series within the calyx, with short filaments, and small, yellow anthers. Styles 5, with obtuse stigmas. Capsules 5, connate at base, oblong, acuminate, diverging, gib- l)ous without, sharp-edged within, 2-valved, 1-celled, and 1 or2-seeded. The seeds are oblong, brown, and bitter (L. — B.). History.— The nlant GiUenia trifolinta, sometimes called Boumuin'sroot,\8 found growing fioin Canada to Florida, in rich woods, light, gravelly soils, and in moist 932 GILLENIA. and shady situations; it is more common in the Atlantic States than the West- ern. It blossoms from May to August. The root is the medicinal part, and must be collected in autumn. As met with in commerce it is adry, tuberculated root, 3 or 4 lines in diameter, corrugated lengthwise, and of a reddish-brown color externally; it is composed of a light-colored, ligneous, internal substance, and an easily removed, dense, friable, brownish bark, which is readily reduced to a pow- der, having a similar color. It is nearly odorless, and has a nauseous, amarous taste, and yields its properties to alcohol or water at 100° C. (212° F.). The bark is the active portion, the internal woody substance being nearly inert. The root of G. stipulojcea is larger, tuberculated, and the rootlets present an annulated ap- pearance due to constrictions passing part way around the rootlet, forming semi- circular depressions. Gillenia stipulacea, Nuttall, also called Bowman's root, which is found on the western side of the Allegheny Mountains, growing through Ohio, Indiana, Illi- nois, Missouri, and southward, flowering at the same time as the above, possesses similar properties, but is more efficient in the same doses. It may be distin- guished by its drab-colored and branching stems, its greater size, its large, clasp- ing, ovate-cordate, leafy, gashed, and serrated stipules, its lower leaves being of a reddish-brown color at the tips; the stipules are leafy, ovate, doubly incised and clasping; and the flowers are fewer, smaller, on slender peduncles, hanging in loose panicles. It is seldom met with in limestone or alluvial soils. (_For an interesting article on the nomenclature of Gillenia, see Amer. Jour. Phann.. 1898, p. 501.) Chemical Composition. — According to Mr. Shreeve, gillenia contains starch, gum-resin, wax, a fatty matter, a red coloring substance, a volatile coloring mat- ter, and a peculiar principle soluble in alcohol and diluted acids, but insoluble in water or ether (Ainer. Jour. Pharm. ,Yo\. I, p. 28). Mr.W. B. Stanhope procured griWciuVi from Gillenia trifoliata by making an alcoholic extract of the powdered bark, evaporating to dryness, treating with water, macerating the resinous and bit- ter residue with diluted sulphuric acid for 10 days, filtering, evaporating with excess of magnesia, extracting with alcohol and allowing the solvent to evaporate spon- taneously. The gillenin thus obtained was permanent in the air, very bitter, soluble in water, alcohol, ether, and diluted acids, neutral, giving a fine green color with chromic acid, and blood-red with strong nitric acid. Tannic acid produced no effect, but caustic potash, subacetate of lead, and tartar emetic threw down white precipitates. In doses of i grain it produced emesis, with consider- able vertigo (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1856, p". 200). Mr. Frank AV. White (.4niring about crvstallization, and contact with a crystal already formed will promote this pri>cess. "The cr^-stals, while hard and gritty, are very hvgroscopic. More recently, some specimens, after being melted, were found bv Prof. Trimble to have a high specific gravity (1.2618) (see Wallace Procter, in Amei: Jour. Pharm., 1885, p. 273). Glycerin dissolves many vegetable exudations and resinous substances. It does not dissj^lvo siigar or gum, Init readily mixes with syrups and mucilages. GLYCERINTM. 936 It is insoluble in fatty matter, and can only be incorporated with it mechanically, to effect which it is necessary that the fat should have a soft consistence, which maybe imparted to it by combination with oil of sweet almonds, or some other fixed oil. Glycerin mixes with acetic acid; moistens bodies without rendering them grt-asy, does not become rancid, and is easily charged with the aroma of volatile oils. The solubilities of certain substances in glycerin (Klever) as taken from Chemi- ker Kdlender, 1897, are as follows: One hundred parte (by weight) of glycerin dissolve at 15.5° C. (60° F.) : l-ABTS. PARTS. .\Ium 40 Phosphorus 0.20 Ammonium carbonate 20 PoUissium arsenate 60 .A.muiouiuia chloride 20 Potassium bromide 25 Arsenic trioxide 20 Potassium chlorate 3.5 Arsenic pentoxide 20 Potassium cyanide 32 .\tropine 3 Potassium iixlide 40 Atropine sulphate 33 Quinine 0.5 Barium chloride 10 Quinine tartrate 0.25 Benzoic acid 10 Sodium arsenate 50 Boric acid 10 Sodium biborate 60 Brucine 2.2 Sodium bicarbonate 8 Calcium suli)hido 5 Sodium carbonate 98 Cinchoniiu- 0.5 Sodium chlorate 20 Cinchunine sulphate 6.7 Strychnine 0.25 Cupiic acetate 10 Strychnine nitrate 4 Cnpric sulphate 30 Strychnine sulphate 22.50 Iodine 1.9 Sufphur 0.10 Ix>ad acetate 20 Tannic acid 50 Mercuric chloride (corr.subl.l 7.5 Tartar emetic 5.5 Mercuric cyanide 27 Urea 50 Morphine 0.45 Veratrine 1 Morphine acetate 20 Zinc chloride 50 Morphine chloride 20 Zinc iodide 40 Oxalic acid 15 Zinc sulphate 35 Glycerin dissolves the vegetable acids, aloes, some resinous substances, the deliquescent salts, the sulphates of potassium, sodium, and copper, the nitrates of pota.-^sium and silver, the alkaline chlorides, caustic potash, caustic soda, baryta, strontia, bromine, iodine, and even oxide of lead, and one-tifth part of arsenous acid. It dissolves about 1 per cent of its weight of calcium sulphate, and 2 per cent of chloride of lead. It dissolves tlie salts of morphine, sulphate of quinine, and, when triturated with these, or with the salts of strychnine, veratrine, bru- cine, and other vegetable alkaloids, forms a medicinal cerate very useful for fric- tions and embrocations. It also dissolves sulphides of potassium, of calcium, and of iodine, iodides of sulphur, of potassium, and of mercury, and some chlo-. rides. It promotes the solution of borax in tincture of myrrh, no water being required; added to tincture of kino it retards gelatinizatioii. The vegetable ex- tracts are soluble in it, some of the solutions, as of extract of belladonna, forming useful external applications. Being possessed of strong antiseptic properties, it preserves animal and vegetable substances; meat has been immersed in glycerin for several months and preserved its freshness. It dissolves the carbonate of iron immediately on its formation, giving a deep-green solution. Like sugar it arrests the conversion of the ferrous into ferric salts, and has kei>t iodide of iron for years witliout change. It may be used in tiie preparation of spirits {c»»cncei<) of cloves, cinnain>n, etc, for syrups of phosphate of iron, bromide of iron, and iodide of quinine, for jneserving fresh lemon juice, and for preserving the soft consistence of pill masses and confections. Thus it is seen tliat the solvent powers of glyc- erin, ijoth diluted and undiluted, arc very extensive and important. By oxidation with cold nitric acid, glycerin yields glyceric (uid (CH,OH.CH. OH.COOII ) and a variety of other acids. Potassium permanganate in alkaline solution produces oxalic acid. Upon the latter reaction is based a (|uantitative determination of glycerin by Benedict and Zsigmondv, a process also indicated by Wm. Fox and J. A. Wanklyn (see Am^r. Jnur. Phar'm., 188G, i.. 248). Another niettiod for the quantitative determination of glvci-rin, by L. Legler and O. He'iner Amrr. .h„r. Phann.. 1S87, \>. 4G-1, from The Analy.^t, Jan. and Feb.. 1887\ 936 GLYCERINUM. is based on the fact that glycerin can be completely oxidized to carbonic acid and water by being heated with sulphuric acid and potassium bichromate. Sulphuric acid combines with glycerin to form an ester glycerylsulphuric acid (SO,H.C3H5[OH],). Likewise glycerin combines with phosphoric acid to form a similarly constituted compound CPO,H2.C3H5[OH],). Nitroglycerin is a highly explosive compound that is made by methods safe only on a manufacturing scale and in the hands of qualified men (see Spiritus Glonoini). Glycerin liberates from borax half its quantity of boric acid; thus if blue litmus solution is added to separate quantities of neutral glycerin and borax solution, when mixed, a red color results. W. R. Dunstan (Amer. Jour. Fharra., 188'i, pp. 447-4-56) has shown that the red color turns blue upon warming, and reappears on cooling. Again, when adding glycerin to a mixture of molecular quantities of bicarbonate of sodium and borax, the boric acid liberated by the glycerin will expel with effer- vescence half of the carbonic acid in the bicarbonate, and monocarbonate will remain (with reference to this reaction, see also Mr. L. F. Kebler, Amer. Jour. Phnrm., 1894, p. 428). Glycerin is capable of undergoing fermentation under certain conditions. A. Fitz (1877) obtained, by the action of a certain class of fungi, called Schizomy- cetes, from glycerin diluted with twenty times its bulk of water, large quantities of normal butylalcohol and normal butyric acid ; also ethyl alcohol, capronic acid, hydrogen, and carbonic acid. Freund has also shown that trimethyleneglycol (CjHgOj) is one of the principal products formed. This substance has more recently been demonstrated by A. A. Noyes and W. H. Watkins {Avxer. Jour. Pharm., 1895, p. 633), to occur as a troublesome by-product in the manufacture of glycerin from fats that have undergone spontaneous saponification and sub- sequent fermentation. Tests and Uses. — For medicinal purposes, glycerin only should be used that has been purified by distillation ; an impure glycerin when applied to wounds or ulcers is very apt to cause a burning sensation, and a papular eruption on the skin; when pure it is unirritating. Formerly its impurities were more numer- ous than now, owing to the imperfect method of its manufacture. The process of purifying glycerin by distillation has reduced the proportion of ash consider- ably, which in pure distilled glycerin does not exceed 0.2 per cent, while undis- tilled glycerin from soap lyes may have from 7 to 14 per cent of ash. Impurities liable to occur in glycerin are : water, volatile fatty acids {e.g., formic and butyric acids), added sugar or glucose, empyreumatic substances, oxalic acid, chlorides, sulphates of calcium, magnesium, and heavy metals, as iron, lead, zinc, etc. Siebold (1889) observed the presence of arsenic in glycerin (in one instance, 0.04 per cent), an impurity due to the employment, during manufacture, of sulphuric acid containing it. When present in glycerin, arsenic is exceedingly difficult to remove ; it is claimed that agitating with recently precipitated ferric hydrate ■ will remove this contamination {Amer. Jour. Pharrn., 1890, p. 523 > The presence of iron in glycerin, due, according to Haussmann {Amer. Jour. Fliarm., 189"), p. 84) to its being kept in tinned iron cans, disturbs tiie color of pharmaceutical prepa- rations in which glycerin is coijibined with tannin, or phenols, or salicylic acid. Another impurity occasionally occurring in commercial glycerin is the trimethyl- eneglycol before mentioned. Glycerin, beside answering to the official description given before, should conform to the following tests of the l'. S. P.: "If a fused bead of borax, on a loop of platinum wire, be moistened with glycerin, and then held in the non-luminous flanie, the latter will be transiently tinted deep green. An aqueous solution of glycerin is neutral to litmus paper. When a small por- tion of glycerin is heated to boiling in an open porcelain or platinum capsule, and then gently ignited, it should burn and vaporize so as to leave not more than a dark stain (absence of dextrin and sugar), which would leave a bulky, difficultly combustible, charred mass); and on full combustion no residue whatever should be left (absence of fixed impurities^ If 5 Cc. of glvcerin be mixed with 50 Cc.of water and 10 drops of Hydrochloric acid in a small flask, and heated for half an hour on a boiling water-hath, then 10 Cc. of the hot liquid mixed with 2 Cc.of sodium hydrate T.S. and 1 Cc. of alkaline cupric tartrate V.S.. no yellowish-red cloudiness or precipitate should appear within six hours (absence of sugars). On gently warming a mixture of equal volumes of glycerin and of concentrated GLYCEIMNTM. 037 sulphuric acid in a test-tube, the liquid should not acquire a dark color (absenco of readily carbouizable impurities). On gradually heating 5 Cc. of glycerin with 3 Cc. of diluted sulphuric ai'id in a test-tube, short of boiling, no oflensive or acidulous odor should be evolved (.absence of fatty acids, etc.). No color, cloudi- ness or precipitate should appear when separate portions of its aqueous solution (1 in 10) are treated with hydrogen sulphide or amraoniuni sulphide T.l^. (absence of metals^ barium chli>ride T.S. (.sulphuric acid), calcium chloriile T.S. (oxalic acid), or ammonium oxalate T.S. (calcium salts). If a mixture of 2 C^-. of glycerin with 10 Co. of water, contained in a perfectly clean, glass-stoppend cylinder, be he.tted for five minutes in a water-bath at a temperature of 60° to 60° C. (140' to 140° F, ), then mixed with 10 drops of silver nitrate T.S., and the cylinder set aside, well stoppered, in ditlused daylight, no change of transparency or color should occur in the mixture within five minutes (absence of chlorides, and limit of impurities having reducinsf properties)" — {U.S.P.). The presence of butyric acid may be detected, according to the British Phnrmacopaia (1898 1, by adding a mixture of eipial vt)lurae3 of alcohol (90 per cent) and diluted sul- phuric acid, and gently heating, whereupon the pineai)|>le odor of butyric ether is at once developed. As pure glycerin does not polarize transmitted light, the presence of sugar may be easily recognized also by optical methods. The Briti^'h PhaniMcopiri.i (I5;98)"fixes the limit of arsenic in glycerin by the following test : "2 Cc. diluted with 5 Cc. of a mixture of 1 part of hydrochloric acid and 7 parts of water, 1 Gm. of pure zinc being added, and the whole placed in a long test- tube, the mouth of which is covered by a piece of filter paper moistened with a drop or two of test solution of mercuric cldoride, and dried, should not afiord a yellow stain on the paper, even after 15 minutes (limit of arsenium)" — 'Br. Ph., 1898). (Also see article on arsenic in glycerin, by A. C. Langmuir, Jour. Aintr. Chan. 5o';.,lS99, p. 133.) The most extensive use of glycerin, in the industries and arts, is in the manufacture of nitroglycerin ; large quantities are also used in the making of cosmetics, and for filling wet-process gas meters to prevent the containing fluid from freezing in winter and evaporating in summer. It is also employed as a food preservative, and for the treatment of wine, vinegar and beer (tins process being called scheelizinfi), and in addition to its use in phar- macy and medicine, it is also employed for many practical purposes in the mechanical arts. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Stimulant, antiseptic, laxative and demulcent. Pure glycerin abstracts water from the tissues, leaving them hard and irritated, and if of the skin lialjle to crack; impure glycerin, besides acting in the same manner, is more of an irritant on account of traces of suljjhuric and nitric acids as well as certain organic acids, and other deleterious substances contained in it. In view of these facts only the purest glycerin should be used, and that should be mixed with a certain- amount of water or rose-water before using. Glycerin may be used in prurigo, p.si)ria.'r di'ibitic palicnis by Drs. Pavy and Abbot Smith, as a substitute for cane sugar, lioney, molasses, etc., sweetening tea. cuflee, various drinks, cakes, etc., with it. It is generally regarded as a non-nutritious substance at the present day, and has lost prestige as a food in phthifit< and diaheten, and other e/hiuiKting di'ieases. It can not compare with cod-liver oil lor this purpose, though there is some good evidence tiiat it lessen.s, and in some instances checks, the excretion of sugar in mccharine diahetcs. Large amounts of glycerin act not unlike alcohol, producing intoxication and the same gastric effects. From one-third to one-twelfth of glycerin may be added ty Eli Lilly & Co., Indianapolis, Ind., are rectal suppositories containing i'5 per cent of pure glycerin, covered with an easily removable coating which is impennous and unchangeable, preserving the suppositories in all climates. They are designed to overcome co»wf ipa/i'on, and quickly and easily produce rectal evacuation. GLYCERITA.— GLYCERITES. SyxoxYMs: Glycerina {Bi-.j, Glycerines i^Br.j, (ilycemla, Glyceroles, Glycerolata, Glycerols, Glycerates, Glycemates. By this class of preparations is generally understood solutions of medicinal substances in glycerin, although in certain instances the various Pharmacopoeias deviate to an extent. The term Glycerita as here applied to fluid glycerines, or solutions of agents in glycerin, is preferable to the ordinary names, '^ glyreroles," "glycerates," or" glyceiiiaUs," etc., &nd includes all fluid preparations of the kind referred to, whether for internal administration or local application. Many solu- tions of glycerin or glycerin and water, are apt upon standing to develop micro- scopic cryptogams, unless a certain proportion of alcohol is added to the solutions. On this account, it is better to i)repare many members of this class of solutions in small quantity at a time, and only as they are wanted (see Lotions and Plfismx). Belated Preparation.— GLVcELasiM. This was introediridi,jrruritis, etc. The dose internally is from ^ to 2 fluid drachms. GLYCERITUM ACIDI TANNICI (U. S. P.)— GLYCERITE OF TANNIC ACID. Synonyms: Glycerin of tannin, Glycerolc of tannin. Preparation.—" Tannic acid, twenty grammes (20 Gm.) [309 grs-J: glycerin, eighty grammes (80 Gni.) [2 ozs. av.,3(>6 grs.] ; to make one hundred grammes (100 Cim, ) [:5 ozs. av.,231 grs.]. Weigli the tannic acid and glycerin, successively, into a tared porcelain capsule, avoiding contact with metallic utensils, and apply the heat of a watir-hath, until the acid is completely dissolved. Then transfer the solution to a l.dttlo "— ( I '. S. P.). Action and Medical Uses.— This forms a useful local application in Heeding from nUs, leech bitcf, epistari^t, sore nipple.-<, anal Jis.ntre, chronii- coryza, s}KOiniuin citrate, two hundred and seventy- five graiiuii's I JT') Gm.) [0 ozs. av., 307 grs.] ; stronger water of ammonia ( I '. S. P.), a sutUcient quantity; glycerin, five hundred cubic centimeters (500 Cc.) [16 tis, 435 nil; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 fl.5, 3!»1 TTl]. Triturate the bismuth and ammonium citrate with three hundred and fiftv cubic centimeters (350 Cc") [11 fl.?, 401 1111 of water and 942 GLYCERITUM BOROGLYCERINI—GLYCEEITUM HYDRASTIS. two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (250 Cc.) [8 flg, 218 TTl] of glycerin, and add to it gradually just enough stronger water of ammonia to dissolve the salt, and to produce a neutral solution. Then add the remainder of the glycerin and enough water to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 Q5. 391 TTl], and filter. Each fluid drachm contains 16 grains of bismuth and ammonium citrate. Note. — If glycerite of bismuth should at any time deposit a precipitate, this maybe redissolved by the addition of just sufficient stronger water of am- monia " — (A^nt. Form.). Action and Medical Uses. — Useful as a local application in eczema, excoruitiom, chaps of till' liji-^ o ml lidiuh, in gonorrkosa, vaginitis, chronic granular conjunctivitis, ciliary and glandular hltjjliaritis,etc. It should always be well shaken just previous to using it. GLYCERITUM BOROOLYCERINI (U. S. P.)— GLYCERITE OF BOROGLYCERIN. Synonyms: Glycerite of glyceryl borate, Solution of boroglyceride. Preparation. — " Boric acid, in fine powder, three hundred and ten grammes (310 Gm.) [10 ozs. av., 409 grs.]; glycerin, a sufficient quantity to make one thou- sand grammes (1000 (Jm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Heat four hundred and sixty grammes (460 Gm.) [1 lb. av., 99 grs.] of glycerin, in a tared porcelain cap- sule, to a temperature not exceeding 150° C. (302° F.), and add the boric acid in portions, constantly stirring. When all is added and dissolved, continue the heat at the same temperature, frequently stirring, and breaking up the film which forms on the surface. When the mixture has been reduced to the weight of five hundred grammes (500 Gm.) [1 lb. av., 1 oz.,*279 grs.], add to it five hundred grammes (500 Gm.) [1 lb. av., 1 oz., 279 grs.] of glycerin, mix thoroughly, and transfer it to suitable vessels" — (U.S. P.). This may also be made quickly by dissolving boroglyceride (1 ounce, av.; in glycerin (1 ounce, av.) by gently heating the mixture. Description and Uses. — This preparation is colorless, thick, viscid and sweet. It is antiseptic and possesses marked preservative qualities. BoROGLYCERiN-UM (N. T.), Boroglyccrin, Glycertjl borate, Boroglyceride. — "Boric acid, in pow- der, six hundred and twenty gramme'a (620 Gm.) [1 lb. av., 5 ozs., 381 grs.] ; glycerin, nine hun- dred and twenty grammes (920 Gm.) [2 lbs. av„ 198 grs.]. Heat the glycerin in a tared porcelain capsule to a temperature not exceeding 150° C. (302° F.), and add the boric acid in portions, constantly stirring. When all is added and dissolved, continue the heat at the same tempera- ture, frequently stirring, and breaking up the film which forms on the surface. When the mixture has become reduced to a weight of one thousand grammes (lOOOGiu. ' [2 lbs. av.,3 ozs., 120 grs.], pour it out on a flat surface previously coated with a very small quantity of petrolatum, let it cool, cut it into pieces and transfer them immediately to bottles or jars, which should be well-stoppered. Note.— The official glycerite of boroglycerin may be made from this by adding an equal weight of glycerin to the finished boroglycerin while it is still warm "—(Sat. Form. 1. GLYCERITUM HYDRASTIS (U. S. P.)— GLYCERITE OF HYDRASTIS. Preparation.— " Hydrastis, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes (^1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]; glycerin, five hundred cubic centimeters (500 Cc.) [16 II3, 435 Til]; alcohol, water, each a sufiicient quantity to make one thou- sand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 H.^, 391 111]. Moisten the hydrastis with three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (3-50 Cc.) [11 tl.^, 401111] of alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough akoliol to satu- rate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close tlie lower orifice, and, having closely covere<.l the t>erco- lator, macerate for 48 hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding alcohol until the iiydrastis is practically exhausted. To the percolate add two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (250 Cc.> [8 H5, 218111] of water, and then drive oflf tlie alcohol by evaporation or distillation. After tlie alcohol is driven off, add enough water to the residue to make it me.isure five hundred cubic GLYCEKirrM lODIXII COMPOSITUM -GLYCERITIM PICIS. 943 centimeters (500 Cc.) [16 fl^, 435 111], and set it aside for 24 hours. Then filter, pass enough water through the ifilter to make the filtrate measure five hundred cubic centimeters (500 Cc.) [16 fig, 435 ITl], add the glycerin, and mix thor- oughly"—(T. S. P.). flistory. — This preparation wa^ first elaborated by Prof. J. U. Lloyd, in re- sponse to a call from Dr. L. E.Wickens, of Holly, Michigan. It came into ex- tended use, and the published formula has now found its way into the Xati/nml Fonnii'iiri/ and I 'nilcil Snh.t P/iarmacopwia. Owing to the yellow color it has fallen into gi'iuM-al tiisfuvor. Action and Medical Uses. — (Those of Hi/dmstis.) Dose, i to 1 fluid draclim. GLYCERITUM lODINII COMPOSITUM.— COMPOUND GLYCERITE OF IODINE. Synonyms : Glycerinum iodinii compositum, Covipound glycerin n/ioditx, (Itycerole of iwlinc. Preparation. — Take of iodim, 1 drachm; iodide of potassium, 1 drachm; glycerin. 4 drachms ; thoroughly triturate in a glass mortar the iodide of potassium and glycerin together, then gradually add the iodine, and continue the tritu- ration until it is all di.--5 Gni.) [3 ozs., av.j; hydrochloric acid {V. S. P.). ten cubic centimeters (10 Co [162 Ttl]; purified talcum (F. 395), fifteen grammes (15 Gm.) [231 grs.] ; glycerin, five hundred cubic centimeters (500 Cc.) [16 fl.s, 435 Ttl] ; water, a suffi- cient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc. ) [33 fl.s, 391 111]. Mix the pepsin with four hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (450 Cc.) [15 flg, 104 ni] of^ water and the hydrochloric acid, and agitate until solution has been effected. Then incorjjorate the purified talcum with the liquid, filter, returning the first portions of the filtrate until it runs through clear, and pass enough water through the filter to make the filtrate measure five hundred cubic centimeters (500 Cc.) [16 fl.s,43oTll]. To this add the glycerin, and mix. Each fluid drachm repre- sents 5 grains of pepsin (('. S. P.). iVo<ples,\n ci-zemn, tifhen, iiit>rlrier cent of this principle present in liquorice root. GLYCYRKHIZA. 947 G.;i'i/irhcziii Wiis obtained by Gorup-Besanez by making a cold infusion of the root, and heating the solution to boiling, filtering, evaporating to a smaller bulk, and precipitating with suli)huric acid. The yellow dakes thus obtained are washed with water and further purified by means of ether-alcohol (Husemann and Hilger). Z. Roussiu (ISTo) and Habermann (.1S79) showed that the sweet principle, glycyrrhizin, is the acid aniniouiuin salt of a peculiar nitrogenous tri- basic acid, called glynjrrhizic mid (often tcriucd glycyrrhizinj, to which Haber- mann assigned the formula C„H„NO„. The acid potassium salt of this acid is reniarkiible for its intensely Bwcet taste. The free acid, prepared from the lead salt, forms a brown, gelatinous mass, soluble in hot water, and having a bitter- sweet taste and acid reaction. It decomposes carbonates, swells up in cold water, is easily soluble in glacial acetic acid, but not in alcohol or ether. Habermann (ISSO) found that by boiling with diluted sulphuric acid, it splits into gh/ryrre(in (C„H,,NO,), a white, tasteless powder, insoluble in water, alkali and ether, soluble in alcohol ; and jKiratiMr/iari/: arid (C5H,„0j,which reduces Fehling's solution. Gorup-Besanez believed that dextrose was formed in this reaction. Habermann obtained the arid a mmnniu in glycyrrhizinate (glycyrrhizin proper) by crystallizing the commercial liquorice extract from glacial acetic acid, and subse- quent rccrysUdlization. In the purest state it forms yellow crystals of sweet taste, little soluble in cold water. When dissolved in hot water and then cooled, a stiff jelly is formed. This salt is hardly soluble in alcohol or ether. The amount of glycyrrhizic acid contained in liquorice root is varying. Sestini (1S7S) obtained 3.3 per cent from air-dried root; H. J. MiJller, in 1880, obtained 7.5 per cent from Russian root (Fliickiger, 1891). Mr. L. McCullough {Amer. Jour, riumn., 1890, p. 389), found 7.18 per cent. In commrrrial liqunrire ejtrart gl vcyrrhizin was found by Kremel {Archiv dcr Phann., 1SS9, p. 511) to vary from 6.8" to 11.9 per cent. Peltz {Pharm. Zsrhr.f. Rmslund, 1876, p. 257) records the results of 10 analyses of com- mercial extracts of liquorice root. Glvcyrrhizin was found to vary from 1.33 to 18.14 per cent, starch from 1.33 to 35 per cent. Sestini (1878) found water, 48.7; glycyrrhizin, 3.27; carbohydrates, 29.62; asparagin, 1.25; ash, 2.08. (For methods of valuation of commercial liquorice extracts, see Fliickiger, Pharvinmgnosie,Zde6., 1891, ai\d Alfred Mellor, Amcr. Jour. Pharm., 1898, p. 136.) Glycyrrhizin is stated (Fliickiger) to occur in other plants, e.gi.,^/»-»s preratorim (Berzelius), Axtrngalus glycyphyUos, Poly/jodiuni vuUjnre (Guignct, 18R5), Myrrhis odnmlfi (Schroeder, 1885), GiUiflma »perio.- I, but these statements, according to Fliickiger, require verification. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Liquorice root is emollient, demul- cent, and nutritive. It acts uiion mucous surfaces, lessening irritation, and is conseijuently u.-^eful in coinjhs, cntdrrli.s, irritation of the urinary organs, and pain of the iiitoylint^ in dian-haa. It is commonly administered in decoction, sometimes alone, at other times with the addition of other agents, and which is the prefer- able mode of using it. As a general rule, the acrid bark should be removed pre- vious to forming a decoction. When boiled for some time the water becomes impregnated with its acrid resin ; hence, in preparing a decoction for the purpose of sweetening diet drinks, or covering the taste of nauseous drugs, it should not be boiled over 5 minutes. The elHcieney of the root in old bronchial affections may be due to this acrid resin. The powdered root is also employed to give the proper solidity to pills, and to prevent their adhesion; the extract for imparting the proper viscidity to them. The extract, in the form of lozenge, held in the mouth until it has dissolved, is a very poi)ular and efficient remedy in coughs and pectoral (iffcrlions. An excellent troche or lozenge, very useful in ordinary cough, maybe made by combining together 6 parts of refined liquorice, 2 parts of benzoic aciil, 4 jiarts of pulverized alum, and | a part of pulverized opium. Dissolve the liquor- icii in water, and evaporate to the proper consistence, then add the powders with a few drop.s of oil of anise, and divide it into 3 or 6-grain lozenges. The bitter- ness of quinine, qua.ssia, aloes, and the acrid taste of senega, guaiacum, mezereon and ammonium chloride are masked by liquorice. Related Species.— GlyryrrhUa Ifpidota, which grows in MiBsowi, posseeses the taste of liquorice to a consuierable degree. McCullough (Amrr. Jour. Pharm., 1890, p. :!S;ii found it to contain cvir (1 ((>.:!',)) jicr cent oi ijlyryrrhiziii. 94S GLYCYRRHIZINUM AMMONIATUM-GXAPHALIUM. Ononis spinosa, Liniie, Rest-lmn-ow.—Europe, in sandy situations. The root of this plant is about 2 feet in length, and from less than i to nearly 1 inch in thickness. It is tough, curved, or twisted, and flattened, deeply rugose, and coveretl with a thin, deep grayish-brown bark. It is whitish internally. This has a mucilaginous taste, at first sweetish, then bitter and disagreeable, and on the whole somewhat resembles that of liquorice root. Reinsch (1842) obtained therefrom crystals of ononin (C30HJ4O13), tasteless and colorless, and recognized by Hlasiwetz (1855) to be a glucosid. Another constituent, ononid (CisHjjOg, Hlasiwetz), discov- ered by Reinsch, much resembles glycyrrhizin in its chemical behavior. Hlasiwetz also iso- lated from Reinsch's impure ononin a waxy substance which he called onncerin. Tliis liob was recently found by H. Thorns (Archiv. der P/mrm., 1897, p. 28) to be a secondary air ..h/.; (C26H42[OH],), for which he proposes the altered name onocol. It seems closely related t i (iliyloiilerin {vegetable cholesterin). Aqueous or acetous decoctions of this root are reputed diuretic and lithontriptic, other properties also being ascribed to it. Its principal use is as a diuretic for dropsy, for which it is a popular remedy in France. Other conditions in which it has been employed are as a wash foT ulcen, toothaclie, hemorrhoids, scalp eruptions, hydrocele, enlarged glands, and internally in jaun- dice, gout, and rheumatism, usually combined, in the two latter diseases, with renal depurants. The decoction is made with from 1 to 2 ounces of ononis root to water, 1 pint, the dose of which is a wineglassful several times a day. From 3 to 5 grains of ononin produced a prolonged irri- f»tion and sense of rawness in the mouth and throat (Schroffl. GLYCYRRHIZINUM AMMONIATUM (U. S. P.)— AMMONIATED GLYOYRRmzm. Preparation. — "Glycyrrhiza, in No. 20 powder, five hundred grammes (500 Gm.) [1 lb. av.,1 oz.,279 grs.]; water, ammonia water, sulphuric acid, each, a suffi- cient quantity. Mix four hundred and seventv-five cubic centimeters (475 Cc.) [16 fl5,30TTl]"of water with twenty-five cubic centimeters (25 Cc.) [4061(11] of am- monia water, and, having moistened the powder with the mixture, macerate for 24 hours. Then pack it moderatelj'in a conical glass percolator, and gradually pour water upon it until five hundred cubic centimeters (500 Cc.) [16 85, 435 TTl"] of percolate are obtained. Add sulphuric acid slowly to the percolate, with constant stirring, so long as a precipitate is produced. Collect this on a strainer, wash it with cold water until the washings no longer have an acid reaction, redis- solve it in water with the aid of ammonia water, filter, if necessary, and again add sulphuric acid so long as a precipitate is produced. Collect this, wash it, dis- .solve it in a sufficient quantity of ammonia water previously diluted with an equal volume of water, and spread the clear solutiou upon plates of glass, so that, when dry, the product may be obtained in scales" — ( U. S. P.). Description and Chemical Composition. — "Dark-brown or brownish-red scales, without odor, and having a very sweet taste. Readily soluble iu water and in alcohol. The aqueous solution, when heated with potassium or sodium hy- drate T.S., evolves ammoniacal vapors. If the aqueous solution be supersaturated with an acid, there will be produced a precipitate (glycyrrhizin) which, when dis- solved in hot water, forms a jelly on cooling. This substance, after being washed with diluted alcohol, and dried, appears as an amorphous, yellow powder, having a strong, bitter-sweet taste, and an acid reaction. Upon incineration, ammoniated glycyirhizin should not leave more than atrace of ash" — (U. S. P.). This product consists largely of ammonium glycyrrhizate ([XH,]C„H,,NO,j,) and glycyramarin (CjsHjjNOij), a bitter glucosid, dissolving in ether-alcohol (see G/.i/<"i/rr/iija). This preparation is used mainly for masking the bitterness of quinine salts. It pro- duces with these substances, when in solution, precipitates which contain tlie quinine. Hence, care must be taken to shake the vial before taking a dose. GNAPHALIUM.— WHITE BALSAM. The herb of Gnnphaliuin polycephalum, Linne. Nat. Ord. — Conipositfe. Common Namks: hulian posi/, SwcetsretUed life-€verlasting. Old field hubam. Botanical Source. — This plant is indigenous, herbaceous, and annual, with an erect, whitish, woolly, and much-branchetl stem, from 1 to 2 feet in height. The leaves are alternate, sessile, linear-lanceolate, acute, entire, scabrous above. and whitish tomentose beneath. The flowers are tubular and vellow, borne in GOOUYERA.-GOSSYPK'M PIRIFICATI-M. 949 hf:i(l.-! ilusteivil at tlie summit of Ihe panicled-corymbose branches, ovate-conical before expansion, then obovate. The involucre is imbricate, witli whitish, ovate, and oblong, rather obtuse scales. Florets of ray, subulate — of disk, entire. The receptacle is flat and naked, the pappus pilose "and scabrous capillary (W. — G.). History. — White balsam is found in Canada and various parts of the United States, growing in old fields and on dry, barren lands, and bearing whitish-yellow flowers in July and August. The leaves have a iilcasant, aromatic smell, and a slightly bitter and astringent, but rather agreeable taste. They yield their prop- erties to water. No analysis has been made of them. The AnUnnaria Margo- ritacea, R. Brown, formerly Gnapkalium Murgarilcurum, Linno, <>r pearl-flowere-l life-everlasting, a perennial i)lant, possesses similar properties to the above (see Antennm-ia). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Astringent. The leaves and blossoms chewed, and the juice swallowed, have provetl beneficial in tdrerationg of the moulh and throat. A warm infusion (gss to water Oj), may be used iwfevas to produce diaphoresis, and is of service in quinsy, pulmonary complaints, leucorrkiea, etc.; it may be used internally and as a local application. Likewise used as an infusion in diseases of the bowels, and hemorrhages, and applied in fomentations to bruises, indolent tumors, and other local affections. Prof. Scudder suggests investigation to determine its influence upon the reproductive and urinary stuctures, in actUe and chronic ulceralions, and in digestive disorderts. The fresh juice is reputed an aphrodisiac. GOODYERA.— NET-LEAF PLANTAIN. The leaves of Gnodyera pid)cttrens, Roherl Brown. Nat. Or,/.— Orchidaceffi. CoMMiiN .\ AMKs : Net-leaf plantain. Scrofula iceed. Adder's violet, Rattlesnake-leaf. Botanical Source. — This plant has a perennial root, from which arises an erect, sheathed, and pubescent scape, from 8 to 12 inches in height. The leaves are radical, ovate, dnrk-green, conspicuously reticulated, blotched above with white, about 2 inches in length, and contracted at base into winged petioles scarcely half as long. The flowers are white, numerous, ])ubescent, and borne in a crowded, terminal, oblong, cylindric spike. Lip ovate, acu- minate, saccate, and inflated. Petals ovate. The Goodyera repens, R. Brown, is a reduced variety of the above, the scape g being from 6 to 8 feet in height; leaves less conspicuously reticulated, flowers being on a somewhat unilateral spike, more or less spiral; in other respects about the same as the preceding (W. — G.). History. — This herb grows in various parts of the United States, in rich woods, and under evergreens, and is common southward, while the G. repens is more common northward and on mountains. It bears white or yellowish-white flowers ^^^^ ^^ ^^ in .July and August. The Uavi-s are the parts employed, °° ''"^P" escens. and yield their virtues to ixiiliiig water. No analysis has been made of them. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Net-leaf ]ilantaiu is anti-scrofulous, and is reputee laid on them, and in either case they must be renewed every 3 hours; at the same time a warm infusion must be taken as freely as the stomach will allow. U.sed as an injection into the vagina, and at the same time exhibited inter- nally, the infusion has ])roved beneficial in leucorr/uen, recent prolapsus vicri, and as a wash in ."'rrnndonit uplithalitiia. GOSSYPIUM PURIFICATUM (^U. S. P.)— PURIFIED COTTON. " The hairs of the seed of Gossypium herbaceum, Linne, and of other species of Gossypium (Nat. Ord. — MalvaceaO, freed from adhering impurities and deprived of fatty matter"— (f'. S. P.). y.30 GOSSYPIUM PUKIFICATUM. Synonyms: Gossypium {Pharm., 1880), Absorbent cotton, Bombyx, Lana gossypii, Lanugo gossypii, Pili gossi/pii. Cotton wool. Source and Preparation.— Purified cotton is now made on an enormous scale by manufacturers whose processes, being private and of great personal value, should not be published in justice to the owners. All the absorbent cotton of commerce is purchased by pharmacists and other consumers, none being made on a small scale. It may be prepared from raw cotton by '' mercer izing" the latter, that is, by boiling with weak solutions of alkalies. By union with the fatty ma- terial of the cotton a soap is formed which is removed by repeatedly washing the cotton with water. F. L. Slocum's process (Amer.Jour. Pharm., 1881, p. 53), is as follows: Carded cotton is boiled for one-half hour in diluted solution (5 per cent) of caustic potash (or caustic soda). The soap formed is thoroughly washed out, the cotton expressed and placed for 15 or 20 minutes in a diluted solution (5 per cent) of chlorinated lime. It is tlien washed with water, dipped into water made slightly acid with hydrochloric acid, and again thoroughly washed with water. The cotton is then expressed and again boiled for 15 or 20 minutes with the diluted (5 per cent) alkali (hydroxide of potassium or sodium), washed again with water, next with acidulated water, and lastly with water. The cotton is then expressed and dried rapidly. It requires two boilings with alkalies to completely remove the fats. Mr. Slocum defines absorbent cotton to be cotton entirely freed from all matter (grease), that will obstruct capillary attraction. It is on record that in order to meet a popular demand for pure whiteness and a jieculiar "feel" in purified cotton, the latter, after being freed from fatty and resinous matter, has been covered again with a trace of free fatty acid by passing it through a (diluted) soap solution, and an acid solution afterward (^Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1891, p. 189). Description. — Cotton is tasteless, odorless, highly combustible, and accord- ing to Thompson, is not soluble in alcohol, water, ether, oils, or vegetable acids; weak alkaline liquids have no perceptible action on it, but when very strong they dissolve it by the aid of heat. Tannic acid forms a brown or yellow compound with it; nitric acid decomposes it when assisted with heat, oxalic acid being formed; sulphuric acid dissolves it. The strong mineral acids generally decom- pose it. Gun-cotton (Pyroxylin) a nitro-compound of an explosive character, is prepared from it by means of nitric acid (see Collodium and Pyrojcylinum). Purified cotton is almost pure cellulose. It is officially described as follows : ''White, soft, fine filaments, appearing under the microscope as hollow, flat- tened and twisted bands, spirally striate, and slightly thickened at the edges ; in- odorous and tasteless; insoluble in ordinary solvents, but soluble in copper ammonium sulphate solution. Purified cotton should be perfectly free from all visible impurities, and, on combustion, should not leave more than 0.8 per cent of ash. When purified cotton, previously compressed in the hand, is thrown on the surface of cold water, it should readily absorb the latter and sink, and the water should not acquire either an acid or an alkaline reaction (evidence of proper purification)'"— (T'.S. P.). Action and Medical and Surgical Uses.— Externally, cotton is used as a local application in erysipelas, erythem(i,frts/i burns, wounds, severe bruises or contusions. in rlieumiitir pains, and has been successfully employed in dressing bli^ers. In burns and blisters, it quickly allays pain, but care must be taken that the cotton does not harden and adhere firmly to the part over which it is applied, as it will then cause irritation the same as any other foreign body; this may usually be avoided by first applying some simple oleaginous substance over the surface which is to come in contact with the burn or ulcer. Cotton is supposed to prove etficient by excluding the air from the parts over which it is applied, and also by imbib- ing the secretions. As an application after surgical operations it is unsurpassed, and by taking up the discharges prevents purulent absorption. It is often medi- cated with boracic acid, carbolic acid, etc., for this purpose. Pessaries and tam- pons are often prepared with cotton, but should be frequently removed lest they become foul from absorption of the discharges. Surgeons make extensive use of absorbent cotton to clean surfaces and cavities, and it is specially applicable for use in the nasal and aural passages, both for cleansing purposes and for the intro- duction of medicaments. For packing wounds and cavities and similar surgical uses some of the forms of gauze are preferred. GOSSYPII RAOICIS CORTEX. 951 Cotton Preparations.— GossY PI I M stvi-tutm {'S.F.), Styptic cotton. Formulary number, 190: '-Purilieil cotton ( ('. S. P. ), solution of cliloriae of iroufT. .S. P. >, glycerin, water, of each a sufficient quantity. Mix the liquids in the i>roportion of tive (■">) part.s'of the iron solution, one (1) part ..f jrlvcerin, and four |4) pftrts of water, in such quantities that the purified cotton shall he eunipktelv immersed in the liquid when gently pressed. Allow the cotton to remain in the liquid 1 hour, then remove it, i)res8 it until it 'has been brought to twice its original weight, spread it out in thin layers, in a warm place, protected from dust and light, and when it is sufficiently dry, transfer it' to well-closed receptacles"— i-V(i(. Form.). Hemost.-itii' cotton is prepared by impregnating absorbent cotton with solution of sub- sulphate of iron or mixture ol alum and chloride of iron. £>.\uiYi.ic COTTON or Stilieijlatfl cotton, contains from 5 to 10 per cent of the salicylic acid. Cotton is also imprtu'iiated with other substances, as benzoic acid (benzoic cotton), iodoform (iodoform cotton i, chlorine (chlorinated cotton i, boracic acid (borated cotton), etc. GOSSYPII RADICIS CORTEX (U. S. P.)— COTTON ROOT BARK. "The bark of the root of Gossypium herhaceum, Linne, and of other species of Gomfpium"—(V.S. P.). Nut. *:>/•e the originals. Several species have been named by authors, which Swartz and Macfayden believe to be mere varieties of one species; while Wight, Arnold, and Hamilton believe that there are but two distinct species, the G. album, whose seeds are white, and which furnishes, according to A. W. Chapman, the vplnnd or ghort-stnp'e cotton, and the (r.ii/^ruw, whose seeds are black, and which furnishes long-staple or Sea Island cotton of "the United States. G. harbddeme yields true Sea Island cotton. The various cotton plants dififer considerably in the form of the leaf and its gland, the height of the plant, the hue of the petals, and the elonga- tion and di'licacy of the cotton. The plant can not be profitably cultivated north of the Ohio River, or above that latitude. The leaves are very mucilaginous, aiid have been u:d dissepiment; the lower division 3-celleci, the upper 5 to 9-celled; dissepiments membranaceous; placentie in the lower division at the bottom ; in the upper stretching from the side of the fruit to the middle. The seeds are numer- ous, angular and covered with a bright red, succulent, acrid coat. Embryo oblong; radicle short and acute; cotyledons foliaceous and spirally convolute (L. — W.). History.— The pomegranate grows on the Mediterranean shores, Persia, China, and other countries of Asia, and has been naturalized in the West Indies, and other civilized countries in warm latitudes. It has splendid, dark-scarlet flowers, often doubled, which appear in July and August. The Mowers, called biditu.^) (Fluckiger,P/(a7-7n«- cognosir, 1891). The presence of gallic acid and mannil has been observed by vari- ous authors [jahresb. der Pharm., 1867, p. 139). The bark leaves from 10.5 to 16.5 per cent of ash. It also contains a yellow coloring matter (see above). The an- thelmintic properties of pomegranate burk are due to the presence of several (4) alkaloids, discovered by Tan ret in 1878 and 1S80 (Amer. Jour. Phai-m., 1880, p. 416), and to which he gave the collective name pelletierine, in honor of the cele- brated French chemist Pelletier (1788-1842). C. J. Bender (188.5) proposes^ the more euphonic name pimicine. By mixing the ])owdered bark with milk of lime, exhausting with water, shaking with chloroform, and abstracting this solution with diluted acid, a solution of the 4 alkaloids is obtained. From tiiis solution sodium bicarbonate liberates rnethylpelletierine and pseudiOpelletierine, which are re- moved by chloroform; the addition of caustic potash then sets free jielletierine dLudi. isopelletierine. Pelletierine (CijHjjNjO,) is a colorless liquid, of specific gravity 0.988, rap- idly absorbs ox3'gen, and resinities. It boils at 195° C. (383° F.), is soluble in 20 parts of cold water, and mixes in all proportions with ether, alcohol, and chloro- form. Its salts are crystallizable, but give off the base upon heating either dry or in solution. Its sulphate is la?vo-rotatory. Isopelletierine (C^^li^}\fi.,) is a liquid "^ " ' ' Diling point are the same as with its preceding isomer. Its sulphate is deliquescent and optically inactive, forming salts with acids. Density, solubilities, and boiling optically inactive. Mcthylpelletierine {C^^^^fi^ is a liquid whose boiling point is 215° C. (419° F.). Its hydrochlorate is dextrogyre. The alkaloid dissolves in 25 times its weight of water at 12° C. (53.6° F.), and is soluble in alcohol, ether, and chloroform. Pseudopelletierine {C^^ii^^fi.,) is a crj'stalline body, fusing at 46° C. (114.8° F.), is optically inactive, soluble in water, alcohol, ether, and chlo- roform. The chemistry of this base (called also granatonin) was investigated more recently by Ciamician and Silber (see Jnhresb. der Phann., 1893, p. 532, and 1894, p. 526). Tanret recommended the tnnnate of pelletierine as the most efficient form of application. The bark of the stem contains principally pelletierine, while in the root-bark methylpelletierine predominates (Fliickiger, 1891). As to the yield in total alkaloids, W. Stoeder (1894) obtained from Java root-bark from 1.29 to 1.86 per cent of hydrochlorates of alkaloids, the white-flowering variety yielding the most alkaloid. In 1890 {Jahresb. der Pharm.), the same author had obtained a j'ield as high as 3.75 per cent of hydrochlorates from the white-flowering variety. On the other hand, E. Aweng {ibid., 1890), observed that the alkaloid may entirely disappear from tlie commercial bark upon storing. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — The flowers and rind of the fruit are astringent and have been used for arresting chronic mucous discharges, passive hem- orrhages, aphthous disorders of the mouth, night sueats, colliquatire diarrhaa, etc., but are now seldom employed. The rind has also been found serviceable in intenniUent fever and tapeworm. The bark of the root possesses anthelmintic properties, and is chiefly serviceable in tapeworm. The bark of the wild pomegranate is considered by the French to be more active than the cultivated plant, and the fresh bark is more active than an old bark. It may be given in powder, but the decoction is more frequently used. Pomegranate is one of the oldest of drugs, having been used fronr time immemorial. The bark and its alkaloid pelletierine, are now by common consent, acknowledged as specifics for the removal of tapeworm. Dizzi- ness, imperfect vision, sleepiness, or faintness, benumbing of the extremities, and occasionally convulsions have been produced by it. Foy, as well as Brenton, rec- ommend to prepare the decoction by placing 2 ounces of the root in li or 2 pints of water, and boiling down to 1 pint; this is to be strained, and from 2 to 4 fluid ounces given for a doise every half hour or hour, until the pint of the decoction has been taken. It commonly occasions several stools, an increa.'ied flow of urine, or nausea and vomiting, owing, it is sujiposed, to the agitation into which the worm is thrown from its presence. Sometimes joints of the worm begin to come awnv in less than an hour after the last dose. But often the doses luust be re- GRATIOLA. 955 peated several successive mornings before they take effect, and it is right to repeat them occasionally for 4 or 5 days after the joints have ceased to come away. Laxatives should be atl ministered from time to time. It is said to act with the greatest certainty when the joints of the wi>rm come away naturally. The dose of the rind or tlowers in powder, is from 20 to 40 grains, and in decoction from 1 to 3 riuid ounces. Eclectic physicians, as a rule, follow Prof. Locke's method of administering granatum. According to Dr. Locke, it is the best remedy for the removal of the worm, but as ordinarily recommended, the dose is too small. Its great drawback is its tendency to make the patient vomit, which may, in a meas- ure, be prevented bjr administering a little lemon juice and keeping the patient quiet. When vomiting can be prevented, it seldom or never fails to bring the worm whole. Prof. Locke's method is as follows: Press 8 ounces (av.) of the coarse bark (not powdered), into a vessel, and pour upon it 3 pints of boiling water. Boil, strain, and then boil this down until the finished product will meas- ure 1 pint. First prepare the jiatient by giving him at night a brisk cathartic, such as the antibilious physic, and in the nxirning allow a light breakfast. At about 10 o'clock in the forenoon administer 4 Huid ounces of the decoction. For the purpose of causing it to pass quickly into the intestines and thereby prevent its absorption as much as possible, a fluid drachm of fluid extract of jalap with a drop of oil of anise or cinnamon may be added to the dose. In 2 or 3 hours repeat this dose in the same manner. When its action begins give an enema to hasten its operation (see Locke's S;/llnbusof Mat. Med.). Should this treatment fail the first time, it may be repeated another day. As to treatment with the alkaloid the sulphate of pelletierine was first employed, but was superseded by the tannate which, on account of being tasteless and having less of a tendency to provoke nausea or vomiting, seems the preferable form to employ. The patient should have a light diet, preferably milk, the night previous to taking the medi- cine. Single doses of about 7 grains are now administered upon an empty stomach, the patient being kept quiet in a reclining posture. The dose is usually preceded by a drink of water, and followed at regular intervals by more water. A purga- tive, like fluid extract or compound tincture of jalap, is administered about 2 hours after taking the pelletierine tannate. Some prefer castor oil as an evacuant. To insure the passage of the worm entire it should be received into a vessel of warm water, which will prevent its separation into segments. There seems to be a diversity of opinion regarding the effects of pelletierine upon the system. Undoubtedly it acts pronouncedly upon the nervous system, causing motor paralysis, while the contractility of the muscular fibers and sensa- tion remain unaffected. Itsaction has been compared to that of curare (Dujardin- Beaumetz). Temporary general paralysis is said to have occurred in a woman after a dose of 5 grains. Marked congestion of the retina and diplopia are as- serted to have followed the subcutaneous injection of 6 grains of the alkaloid. On account of its action upon the ocular nerves, it has been successfully used in paralytic states of the sixth and t!iird crduial verves. While many contend that it has a powerful control over certain of the nervous functions, others declare it innocu- uous. As great diversity exists in regard to dosage as to its effects. The dose of pelletierine has been given as ranging from i to 8 grains; the sulphate in about 5-grain doses; the tannate in doses of from 5 to 23 grains, about 7 grains being the average (ll>^;e. Pelletierine ])reparations are usually sold in solution containing enouph f^r one dose. I>oj;.?iV((^ affections, in duses of from 10 to 30 grains ot the pow- dered root. Its use is frequently followed by emesis and diuresis. In large doses its irritant action is pronounced, inducing violent vomiting and purging, the stools often being bloody and attended with severe colic. Gastro-intestinal in- flammation may follow, the rectum being most generally affected. In smaller doses, it has been advised in climnic affections oj the liver, in jaundice, and also in certain vuiiincholic forms ofinMinih/. Splenic engorgement, cerebral fullness and oppres- sion, and other conditions attended with an obstructed circulation are the states in which it is recommended by Prof. Scudder (.Spec. A/cff.), who regards the indi- cations to be "soreness and rawness of the mouth.'' It is an active agent, and should be administered with judgment. An infusion ot 4 drachms to a pint of boiling water, may be given in ^ fluid-ounce doses. Thirty grains act as a drastic cathartic. Probably a tincture of the root might be useful: but every indication for this agent can be fulfilled by one of our indigenous plants, as podophyllum, iris, euphorbia, apocynum, etc. GRINDELIA (U. S. P. i— GRINDELIA. " The leaves and flowering tops of Grindelia riibtista, Xuttall, and of Gn'ndelia squarrosa, Dunal'" — (('. 5. P.). ynl. C>rd. — Compositu'. CoMMu.N Names: 1. Hanli/ grindelia. 2. Seal;/ grindelia. Botanical Source and History.— (^n'ndW/a robusta is an erect perennial plant, native of Calit'ornia. It was brought to the notice of pharmacists and the medical profession generally, by Mr. Jas. G. Steele, of San Francisco, Cal.. through a paper presented to the American Pharmaceutical Association, in 1S75, although Dr.C. A. tanfield, h)ng previously, had noticed it in the Pucific Med. and Surg. Jour. The plant has a smooth, mund, striate stem, much divided into ascending branches, each of which ends in a large, yellow flower-head. The lower leaves are obovate- spatulate, and tapering at the base; the upper are alternate, n.«cendine, and GRINDELIA. 957 have broad, clasping bases. They are of a firm, coriaceous texture, and a light- green color; the margins are coarsely toothed. The flower-heads are large, nearly I of an inch in diameter, and are solitary-, terminating the branches. The in- volucre is very resinous and consists ot many thick, imbricated scales, with recurved tips. The receptacle is fiat, pitted like a honey-comb, and destitute of scales. The ray-flowers are large, yellow, spreading, and arranged in a single series. They are" pistillate and tertile. The disk-flowers are very numerous and perfect. The achenia are smooth, oblong, and slightly 4-angled. The most distinguishing character of the genus Grindelia is the pappus, which consists of 3 or 4 very deciduous awns; they are rigid, more or less curved, white, very smooth, and, when magnilied, have a waxy appearance. In the G.robxjusta they are about half the length of the disk-flowers. A very large variety (var. /((A(/b^i((), of this species of Grindelia is frequent in California, and is often collected. It is much more robust in every particular, having heads over an inch in diameter. The upper stem-leaves are" about an inch broad, and the flower-heads are sur- rounded at the base by a cluster of 3 or 4 leaves. Grindelia squarrom has the general appearance of Grindelia robusta, but is a smaller plant, and h;is lately been considered a variety of this species. It is more widely distributed than G.'robustn, and is quite common on the plains, from the Rocky Mountains west to the Pacific. The mode of growth is diSerent in the two species. In the Griiulelia squarrosa, a perennial root-stalk sends up from its head a cluster of from 4 to 10 slender, erect, sub-parallel, and generally undivided branches, from 1 to 2 feet high. The stem-leaves are alternate, acute, sessile, and slightly clasping at the base, and serrate on the margin. They are about an inch long, one-quarter as wide, and are attached to the stem in an erect position. The scales of the flower-heads are narrow, and have long, slender, recurved points (whence the specific name). In other respects the flower-heads resemble those of the Grindelia robusOi, but are smaller. The pappus of the Grindelia squnrrosa is slender and about the length of the disk-flowers. Grindelia squarrosa was in- troduced as a remedial agent some years after Mr. Steele brought G. robusta into notice. Its sensible properties are exactly like those of G.robxista, and it is often found on the market and substituted largely for G . robusta . Description — Owing to the fact that both species are often indiscriminately gathered, or that the one is frequently adulterated with the other, both are de- scribed by the U. S. P. under the name Grindelia, as follows: •' Leaves about 5 Cm. (2 inches), or less, long, varying from broadly spatulate or oblong to lanceolate, sessile or clasping, obtuse, more or less sharply serrate, often spinosely toothed, or even laciniate-pinnatifid, pale green, smooth, finely dotted, thickis"h, brittle, heads many-flowered, subgloVjular or somewhat conical; the involucre hemispherical, aboutlO Mm. (| inch) broad, composed of numerous imbricated, squarrosely-tipped or spreading scales; ray-florets yellow, ligulate, pistillate; disk-florels "yellow, tubular, perfect; pappus consisting of 2 or 3 awns of the li-n-rth of the disk-florets; odor balsamic; taste pungentlv aromatic and bitter"— r. .^. P.). Chemical Composition. — C. J. Rademaker (Neto Rem., 1876, p. 205), was prob- ably the first to make an analysis of Grindelia robusta, yet with no positive results. G. Lin wood Libby (Pharm. Era, 1888, p. 11), isolated from the same plant an oleoresin and a resin. A complete parallel analysis of G. robusta and G. squarrosa was made by W. H.Clark, in 1888, witii the" result that the constituents were qualitatively the same in both plants except that Grindelia robusta contained tannin ( 1.5 per cent ), while G. squarrosa Sf-emed to be free from it. Volatile oil was found in both. A crvstallizable saponin-like body also occurred in both species (G. robusta con- taintMl 2 per cent, and G. squarro.*a 0.82 per cent), for which the author proposes the name grindetin (Amer. Jour. Pharui., 1888, jip. 433-441). On the other hand, Mr. .lohn L. Fischer applies the name grindeline to a bitter, crystallizable alkaloid which he found in Grindelia robusta, and the name robust ic acid to a crystallizable acid found in the aqueous solution of the alcoholic extract of the same drug (Phnrm. Km, 1888, p. 208). Mr. Clark had obtained contradictory results with re- gard to the i)resence of an alkaloid. Dr. Schnecpans, in 1892, found the saponin- like body to consist of two glucosids, one being identical with, the other closely 958 GRIXDELIA. resembling Kobcrt"s saponin, from senega and quillaja. The )>resence of small amounts of an alkaloid was also indicated {Anier. Jour. Pharni., 1892. p. 370). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — The grindelias leave in the mouth a bitter, acrid sensation, which persists for some time and is accompanied or fol- lowed by an increased fiow of saliva. On account of their irritant effects upon the kidneys, they act as diuretics. The brain and cord are first stimulated Ijy then), followed by motor impairment of the lower extremities and a desire to sleep. The number of respirations are reduced by them. Grindelia robusta has been found especially efficient in asthma, giving prompt relief, and effecting cures in cases previously rebellious to medication. Occa- sionally, however, as is, indeed, the case with all the therapeutical agents, it has failed, but the circumstances attending these failures have not yet been deter- mined. Further investigations regarding its action in this disease, and the cause of its occasional failure are required. It has likewise been found efficient in bronchial affections, in pertussis, and in some renal vialadies. Prof. Soudder wag partial to this remedy as a local application in chronic dmases of the skin with feeble circulation, particularly old chronic and indolent ulcers. Specific grindelia robusta (51 to gii to water Oj), was employed with marked benefit. The fluid extract and sj^ecific grindelia robusta are the preparations generally employed, the former in doses of from 10 to 60 minims, and the latter in doses of 5 to 40 minims, repeated 3 or 4 times a day, as may be required. Children require doses of from 5 to 15 or 20 minims (fluid extract), and 1 to 10 minims (specific grindelia robusta). Grindelia squarrosa has been highly eulogized as an efficient remedy in inter- mittent fever, and in other malarial affections, also to remove the splenic enlargement which so frequently follows those disorders. Why two plants so closely allied as the G. robusta and the G. squarrosa, and possessing nearly identical constituents, should give such discordant therapeutical results, is certainly enigmatical. The fact is, that many physicians have a great proneness to run after new remedies, especially when introduced under some pretentious name, and to place a marvel- ous credulity in the statements of interested parties, who are incapable of deter- mining accurate conclusions as to the value of a remedy. Webster, however, asserts that the remedy has a special action upon the splenic circulation, and points out as thecasefor it one oi splenic congestion associated with sluggish hepatic action and dyspepsia. Dull pain in the left hypochondrium, sallow skin, debility, and indigestion are the symptoms pointing to its selection (Dynam. Therap.K The same author recommends it in chronic dyspepsia due to prolonged malarial influ- ence, gastric pain when the spleen is seemingly involved, and in the splenic conges- tion of vuitarial cachexia. As a local application, the fluid extract is stated to be of value in the ^painful eczematousinflarmnation a.nd vesicular eruption resulting from contact with the poison vine or the poison oak. The dose of the fluid extract is from 15 minims to 1 fluid drachm, repeated every 3 or 4 hours; of specific grin- delia squarrosa, 5 to 40 drops. Specific Indications and Uses.— Grindelia robust.a. : Asthmatic breathing, with soreness and raw feeling in the chest; cough, harsh and dry: breathing labored, with a dusky coloration of the face in plethoric individuals. Locally, old atonic ulcers; full tissues; rhus poisoning. Grindelia sqxjarrosa: Splenic congestion, especially when dependent on malarial cachexia; fullness and dull pain in left hypochondrium, with indiges- tion, pallid, sallow countenance, and general debility; gastric pains associated with splenic congestion. Related Species.— Orindelia glutinosa, Dunal, of California, and Griitdelia hirtutuJa, Hooker and Arnott, have a similar odor and tast^ to Grindelia, and are probably gathered with it. The leaves of the former are smooth. It constitutes the Mexican CalaneapatU ile Pueblo. The second species is found along the Pacific to Puget's Sound. Haplopappus liaylahuen (Hi/sterioiuca Baylahuen). Nat. Ord.: ComiHieitw. — This plant i.« a native of Chili and contains a resin, tannin, and volatile and fixed oils. The resin acts upon the bowels and the essential oil upon the respiratory organs after the manner of the terebin- thinates, without, however, being an irritant to tlie gastro-intestinal tr.ict. The chronic Uhxhiu.^ of the boivels ol tuberculous patients is controlled by it, and the remedy is reputed of value in injfiammation of the bladder. Locallv, the tincture hiis been used on ii/r^rs, uwiiii.f."-, etc. both as a stimulant and protective. The tincture is prt'pared of the strength of 1 part to r>, and the di^se is from 5 to 25 drops. GUAIACI LIGNUM (U. S. P )— GUAIACUM WOOD. "The heart-wood of G^Mtacum officinale, Linn^, and of (luaiacum sanctum Linne"— U'. 5. P.). Nat. Ord. — Zygophyllea^. SysoXYMs: Lignum vita', Lignum sanctuin, Lignum benediclum, PaUm naiirttix. Illi'stration : Beiitley ami Trimen, Med. Plajits, 41. Botanical Source. — Uiuiuirum ^jfi^^-inale. This tree grows very slowly, vary- ing in hii.i:lit from 15 to 50 feet. 'Tlie trunk is u^^ually crooked, with crowdell, knobby, s^hort-jointod, tlexuose, spreading branches, about 4 feet in diameter; the bark is furrowed, spotted, and grayish. The leaves are opposite, bijugate or trijugate; the leaflets sessile, more or "less obovate, rounded at the apex, nerved, and glabrous; the common petiole is terete and clianneled above. The flowers are light-blue, on axillary peduncles, which are an inch long, 1-flowered, filiform, minutely downy, and several together. The calyx of sepals have the 2 exterior, somewhat broader than the others; all are obtuse and hoary with down. Petals 5, thrice the length of the sepals, oblong, bluntish, unguiculate, and internally downy. Stamens 10, without scales ; filaments twice the length of the sepals, grooved ou tlie hack ; anthers bifid at the base and curved. Ovary 2-celled, with nvimeroua suspended ovules, and compressed ; style short, acute and subulate ; stigma simple; capsule obcordate, succulent, glabrous, yellow, 2 to 5-celled ; on short stalks, somewhat fleshy, angular; the seeds are solitary, compressed, round- ish, smooth, and pendulous (L.). GuaiariDii sunrtvm differs from the preceding in its leaflets, 6 or 8 of which compose the leaf, having an oblique-obovate, or rhomboid-ovate outline ; in hav- ing a fruit with 5 cells; and in having smaller wood, which is less compact and lightt-r in color. It grows in Cuba, Bahama, and otlur ^\■^•st India Isles. History, Description, and Chemical Composition.— The tree (Guaiacum offiri)>aU\Linnt) inhabits the West Indian Islands, especially Jamaica, 8t. Thomas and St. Domingo. The wood and resin, or solidified juice, are the parts used in medicine, though the whole tree possesses medicinal virtues. The bark is said to be the most active part of it, but it is seldom met with in commerce. The wood of this tree was used as a medicine by the natives long previous to the dis- covery of the country, and they made it known to the Europeans; by these it was introduced into Eurojje in the sixteenth century, and employed to much advan- tage in syphilitic afiectious. Guaiacum wood, also known asLignum vita:, a name given to it from a belief that its medicinal virtues were of a superior kind, is largely imported into this country from the West Indies for making block-sheaves, wooden pestles, and many other objects, for which it is j)eculiarly fitted by its extraordinary hardness and toughness. It is imported in billets, about a foot in diameter, and generally without the bark. The bark is hard, flat, a few lines thick, of a greenish-black color, with yellowish and grayish spots, inodorous, but very acrid. The wood, used for medicinal purposes, consists of turnings from the workshop of the turner, and is a uniform mixture of the alburnum and duramen, but that used in medicine should consist only of the latter. Tlie alburnum or sap-wood is of a yellow color, that of the duramen or heart- wood, greenish-brown. Guaiacum wood is only odorous wlien burned or rasped, the odor being aromatic; its taste is acrid, aromatic, and amarous, succeeded by a liricking in the throat. It is very dense and tough, and has a specific gravity of 1.833. It is oflicially descrilx'd as follows : "Heavier than water, hard, brown or greenish-brown, resinous, marked with irregular, concentric circles, surroundt-d by a yellowish alburnum, sjilittiiig irregularly; when heated, emitting a balsamic oilor; taste slightly acrid. Guaiacum wood is generally used in the form of rasp- ings or turnings, which should be greenish-brown, containing few ))articles of a whitish color, and shouM acquire a dark l)luish-green color on the addition of nitric acid " — (!'. S. P.). When a very fine powder of guaiacum wood is acted upon by the atmosphere, its color is converted into green. Nitric acid turns it l>luish- green, and a solution of ferric chloride turns it blue. Solution of chlorinated lime eflects no change in other woods, but causes the guaiacum to u.ssume a, green color in a few seconds. These tests may be employed to determine the 960 GUAIACI RESIXA. authenticitj' of the wood. Alcohol takes up its active parts (see Guaiari Resina). dissolving about 21 per cent. Fliickiger {Pharmacognosie, 1891), b)' extracting with ether, obtained 22.12 per cent of resin from the duramen, and only 2.85 per cent from the alburnum. The same authority found a trace of essential oil hy distill- ing the wood with water. Fremy and Urbaiu found vasndose (the incrustating substance in wood) to exist in guaiac wood to the extent of 36 per cent (see Jour. Pharm. C/i/Hi., 1882, p. 325). Several other trees of this family are stated to fur- nish the guaiacum wood, as the G. sanctum (now official), which has a tran.slucent, paler-yellow, and kss heavy and hard wood, and also the G.arboreum. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Taken internallj', guaiacum, both the wood and rrsiii, cuiu imuii y excites a sense of warmth in the stomach, and a dryness of the mouth, with thirst.' They act upon the economy like stimulants, increasing the heat of the body, and accelerating the circulation. If the body be kept warm while using the decoction, which is the form generally preferred, it will prove diaphoretic ; if cool, diuretic. As a diaphoretic and alterative, it has been admin- istered (but usually in compound decoction or sj'rup), in chronic rheumatism, chronic cutaneous diseases, scrofula, and syphilitic disease. As water can not take up much of the active principle in the wood, it is probable that its reputed efficiency was owing principally to the active agents associated with the syrup or decoction. The resin of guaiacum is the active principle (which see). The decoction of guaia- cum shavings may be made by boiling 2 ounces of the shavings in 3 pints of water down to 2 pints, the dose of which is from 2 to 4 fluid ounces every 3 or 4 hours (see Guaiaci Resina). Related Species.— Gcaiaci/m mgustifolium, Engelmann (Porliern atjffustifolia . Gray). Mexico and south Texas. The wood of this tree is emploj'ed like that of guaiac. It is a yel- low-brown, heavy and hard wood, splitting irregularly. Balsam Wood. Pnio batsamo. — A South American tree of unknown botanical origin, the wood of which is thought to contain guaiaein. Upon distillation of the wood, about 6 parts of a thick, sticky, fragrant oil are obtained. This oil contains a crystalline solid, fusing at 91° C. (195.8° F.), and answering closelv to the composition Ci4Ho40 iSchirumel & Co., Seports, 1892). GUAIACI RESINA (U. S. P.)— GUAIAC. " The resin of the wood of Guaiacum officinale, Linne " — ( U. S. P.). Nat. Ord. — Zygophyllea;. Synonyms: Guaiarum, Guaiacum resin, Resina guajaci. Source and Preparation. — The resin of guaiacum, or grina^uafVinim as it i.s erroneously called by some, is procured from the wood of the tree, by natural exudation; by jagging or wounding the tree in several places; by heat applied to the wood sawed into large billets; and by boiling the chips of the wood in water and salt, and skimming oflf the resin as it floats on the surface {Ed. — P.). The last two modes are the most frequent in use. Description and Tests. — Guaiacum is ordinarily met with in amorphous, hard masses of varying sizes, in which are found pieces of wood, dirt, and other foreign matters. It has a sweetish, faintly bitter taste, succeeded by a lasting acrimony, especially in the fauces. It does not soften by the heat of the hand, becomes tough wlien chewed, and is fusible at a moderate heat. Its specific gravity is 1.20 to 1.23. It is readily reduced to powder, becoming somewhat tenacious, and quickly aggregating, by the action of the air. Guaiac resin is officially required to be in "irregular masses, or subglobular pieces, externally greenish-brown, internally of a glassy lustre, and, in recent guaiac, usually red- dish-brown, transparent in thin splinters, fusible, feebly aromatic, the odor be- coming stronger on heating; taste somewhat acrid; powder grayish, turning green on exposure to air. Soluble in potassium or sodium hydrate T.S. and in alcohol; the alcoholic solution is colored blue on the addition of tincture of ferric chloride"— (('. 5. P.). The resin is practically insoluble in water, soluble, although not completely, in ether and oil of turpentine, easily soluble in acetone, amyl alcohol, chloroform and in creosote; fixed and volatile oils scarcely dissolve it, although oil of cloves and cassia oil are capable of dissolving appreciable quantities. Benzin, benzol and carbon disulphide dissolve the resin very sjiaringly. tJuaiac resin is remark- GUAIACI RESINA. 961 able for the blue color reaction it yields in alcoholic solution (1 in 100) with ozoniziis (Sohonbein's ozonide). Ozone, chlorine, bromine and iodine, nitrous aiid, chromic acid, hj-pochlorites, ferric salts, lead and manganese dioxide, etc., and some organic substances, especially vegetable ferments and enzymes of the most obscure kind, <■. gr., the enzymes existing on freshly cut raw potato, etc., (oxitlnttoitjc'iuoits of Schonbein), cause a rapid bluing of tincture of guaiac. Ac- cording to Prof. Ed. Pchaer (Forschungsberiehle iihcr Lltcnt-red solution; nitric acid dissolves it without the aid of heat, and with strong ettervescence yielding oxalic acid upon evaporation. The so-called Peruvian guauic resin, analyzed by E. Kopp {Arehir del- Phann., [3] Vol. IX, p. 193), is entirely difl'erent from guaiac resin, and there- fire does not give the characteristic reaction for this resin. Chemical Composition.— In 1862, Hadelich found the composition of guaiac resin to be as follows: "Guaiaconic acid, 70.3 per cent; guainc-resinic acid, 10.5 per cent; guaiac-heta-resin, 9.8 per cent; guaiacic acid, giiaiac-yellow and impurities, 4 9 per cent; gum, 3.7 per cent; ash constituents, 0.8 per cent" (Fliickiger, Phfirmarognosic, 1891). Tne first three substances may be (liflereutiated from the guaiac resin as follows : To a concentrated alcoholic, solution of the resin (1 i)art ) add a warm alcoholic solution of potassium hydrate (A i>art\ and allow the 962 GUAIACI RESIXA. mixture to stand for 24 hours; a magma of crystals results, consisting of the potassium salt of giudac-resinic acid. Strain through cloth, evaporate the mother liquor to a syrup, add absolute alcohol in order to remove some more of this potassium salt. Now charge the alcoholic solution with carbonic acid gas, which precipitates the potassium as carbonate, filter, add water, acidulate with hydro- chloric acid and distill oflF the alcohol. The residual resin is then washed with warm water and treated with ether. Guaiaconic acid is thereby dissolved, while guniac-beta-resiii remains. The substances thus obtained are then purified by fur- ther treatment, for which see details in Husemann and Hilger, Pflanzenstoffe , p. 857 Guaiaconic acid (C„H,,A\ isolated by Hadelich, in 1862, is the chief constitu- ent of guaiac resin (70 per cent), and is the substance to which is due the blue color reaction with oxidizing agents. Prof. E. Schaer ( Wittsteins Vierteljahrsschrift, 1873, p. 68), however, remarks that guaiaconic acid, when exposed to direct sun- light loses its property of turning blue with oxidizers, even when the air is excluded. It is a tasteless and odorless, brownish, amorphous body, fusible near the boiling point of water, easily soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, acetic ether and acetic acid. It is optically lavo-rotatory, forms soluble amorphous salts with alkalies, decomposable by the carbonic acidof the air, and forms insoluble salts with heavy metals. It dissolves in concentrated sulphuric acid with a cherry-red color, water precipitating violet flakes from this solution. Dry distillation yields an oily distillate. Guaiac-resinic acid (CjoH^Oj) was discovered by Hlasiwetz, in 1859, and is a crystallizable substance, insoluble in water, soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, benzol, carbon disulphide, acetic ether and acetic acid, also in solution of caustic soda or potash, but not ammonia. It melts between 75° and 80° C. (167° and 176° F.). It dissolves in sulphuric acid with a cherry-red color. Watt- r precipitates white flakes from this solution. When heated with hydrochloric acid this substance (as well as guaiaconic acid) yields methyl chloride and pyrocatechin (CeH,[OH];). Fused with caustic potash, it yields protocatechuic acid (CeH3rOH],.COOH ) (Hlasi- wetz and Earth). Upon dry distillation it yields gvaiacol (CjH.OCHjCOH]) (which see), and crjsia\\iza.hle pyroguniacin. The yield of this substance is 0.5 per cent. It melts at 180° C. (356° F.), is soluble in alcohol and ether, insoluble in water, can be sublimed in the form of needles or scales, which turn green with ferric chloride, and blue with warm sulphuric acid. When heated with zinc dust, the hydrocarbon guaicn (CjjH,^) is obtained, forming fluorescing plates. Guaiacic acid (CgHgOj, Deville) was first obtained, in 1837, by Righini from guaiac wood as a white crystallizable substance. In 1S41, Thierry isolated it from both the wood and the resin. It forms white needles, resembling benzoic acid, but is more soluble in water than the latter; also soluble in alcohol and in ether. Only 0.005 per cent of this acid could be obtained by Hadelich from guaiac resin. Deville found this substance upon rapid sublimation to decompose into carbonic acid and gunjaceii(guajol) {C^Hfi), a colorless oil, of the odor of bitter almonds. It was found by Lieben and Zeisel (confirmed by Herzog, Berichtc, 1882. p. 1085) to be identical with tiglhiraldehyde (CH3CH:C[CH.,].CH0), convertil)le by oxidation into tiglic acid, a constituent of Roman chamomile oil, as well as of croton oil (hiaiac yellow was first observed by Pelletier, and obtained by Hadelich (1862) in yellowish quadratic plates of neutral reaction and hitter taste, not easily solu- ble in water, diluted acids and chloroform, soluble in alcohol, ether, carbon disul- phide and alkalies, in the latter with yellow color. With concentrated sulphuric acid it forms a beautiful blue solution, turning green, then yellow. The resin of guaiac, upon dry distillation, yields a brown-red tar containing gtmiacol (C,H^O^) (see Guaiacohuii), pyroguaiacin (Ci.HioOH.OCjH^rOHJ'i, 'puaiol Iguazacen, tigliu-aldehyde, CsHjO), and kreosol {C^l{,fiJ. Fusion witli caustic pot- ash yields protocatechuic arirf, and by distillation with zinc dust, K. Botsch {^Amer. Jbwr. P/m;-m., 1881, p. 60) obtained 50 per cent kreosol, 30 per cent toluol, meta and ii.\r:ixylol, ))>('ucl()oumc)l, and the liydrocarbon guajon or guairn (C,.H„), afore- named, which is iiUiitical with the (luaiacen prepared by Wiesner. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— (See Guaiaci Ligni also.) Guaiac is stimulant. Taken internally it uroduces the same efiects as named in the wood. but in a more active degree. Large doses act as a cathartic. It is used in the same affections as guaiaci ligni or guaiacuin wood. Several practitioners have GUAIACOLUM. 963 founil it luni'licial in (imenorrhan, dymienonhosa, and other uterine diseases, aW of atonic oliaracter, likewise in acute dynenten/, in which its employment is s:iiil lo be lollowed by speedy beneficial results. It is much used in rhronic r/uunidfism, and in the abating stages of tiie acute form, and has proved a most valuable agent in these diseases. It is said to be an antidote to the effects of the tincture of Rlnis Toxicodendron. If the preparations of guaiacuni produce sickne.^^s, defective appetite, and irregularity of the bowels, their use must be discontinued. Guaiac gained its greatest reputation in the treatment of constitutional syphilis, having been liberally used for centuries in the treatment of that malady, but at the present day it is almost discarded as an antisyphilitic. It undoubtedly benefits some cases of rheumatism and is well endorsed as a remedy for rheumatic sore throat or rhcumolir pharyngitis. A tincture of guaiac, or preferably the ammoniated tincture is to be used. The latter preparation, as well as troches of the powder, have been highly endorsed as a remedy to abort tnnsiliiis. For this purpose they must be given early or good effects fail to be produced. In chronic rheumatism, where the circulation of the blood is feeble and the vital functions greatly de- pressed, and the hands and feet are cold, from 30 to 60 drops of the tincture may be used with expectation of benefit. A good tincture is prepared by macerating 8 ounces of guaiac in 1 pint of alcohol. Guaiac is also of some value in atonic dyspepsia, Tprovided no inflammation is present. Certain f/;TO)u'c si- in diseases, re- quiring stimulation, are benefited by guaiac. From ^^ to -Jg- grain of the resin in i ounce of thick malt extract is recommended as a. lemcdy for habitual con.'itipa- tion. Guaiac is a remedy in atonic conditions only. It is contraindicated in all active febrile, plethoric, or inflammatory conditions, or where there is vascular excitment, tending to hemorrhage, or impaired digestion, with tendency to irri- tation (Locke). Dose of the powdered resin, from 5 to 20 grains ; of the tincture, from 1 to 4 fluid drachms, either of which may be repeated 3 or 4 times a day; ammoniated tincture of guaiac, 10 drops to 1 fluid drachm. A mixture of 10 grains each of guaiac and compound powder of ipecacuanha and opium has been found of advantage in rheumati.sm and dysentery. Specific Indications and Uses.— Dryness and stiSiiess of the throat, with tumid, swollen tonsils, painful deglutition, and dribbling of saliva; incipient tousilitis (if used early) ; rheumatic pharyngitis. GUAIACOLUM.— GUAIACOL. Formula: C,HA or C,H..0CH3.0H. Molecular Weight : 123.71. Synonyms : Methyl-pyrocatechin, Catechol nwnomethyl ether. Source and Preparation. — Guaiacol is obtained from beechwood creosote (see Creosotum ), of which it forms from 60 to 90 per cent, the other constituents of importance being creosol (C.Hj.OCHj.OH), and the cresols (C,H,.OH). To obtain it, beechwood tar creosote is subjected to fractional distillation whereby crude guaiacol passes over in the portion distilling between 200° and 20.5° C. (392° and 401° F.). After washing out the acid compounds with weak solutions of ammo- nia, the purified guaiacol is again fractionally distilled, and the lower fraction treated with ether, from which solution potassium-guaiacol is separated by the addition of a strong solution of caustic potash in alcohol. The potassium guaia- col is then thoroughly washed with ether, and the guaiacol liberated by niians of diluted sulphuric acid, after which it is once more rectified. Commercial guaiacol frequently contains cresols. It may be obtained pure by saponification of its ben- zoyl compound, previously purified by repeated crystallization. Guaiacol is also formed in the dry distillation of resin of guaiac (which sec), and may be prepared svnthcticaliy bv heating the potassium salt of methyl-sulphuric acid (CHjSO.K), with i.yrorMtechin (CV,H.[OII]j, and caustic potash, to 1S0° C. (356° F.). Description. — ssy, pale reddish-brown, showing fragments of seeds invested with black- ish-brown integuments; odor slight, peculiar, resembling that of chocolate; taste astringent and bitter. It is partly soluble in water, and in alcohol'"— (['. -?. P.). Cnemical Composition. — Guarana was first analyzed in 1826, by Th. Martius, who discovered in it a crystallizable substance and named it guaraninc; hut the fact of its itlentity with caffeine became known by the researches of Berthemot and Peschastelus {.hur. Phnrm. C/iim., 1840, p. 618), who concluded that it existed in guarana in combinatiim as Unwdle of caffeine, and that it was obtainable in greater quantity from guarana than from any source of caffeine hitherto known. Subsequent researches confirmed the presence of cafleine; Stenhouse {Pfxinn. Jour. TraTis., 18.56, Vol. XVI, )). 2 12), found 5.07 per cent of this substance in gua- rana, and Mr. F.V. Greene (Amn: Jour. Phann., 1877, pp. 338 and 388), obtained about the same amount. Still others claim that the average is only about 3 per cent. The standard established by J. U. Lloyd as proper for fluid extract of guarana, is 4 per cent. The tannic acid of guarana was believed by Fournier (Jwr. P/i^rm. C'/im/i., 1861, p. 291), to be iilentical with cafieotannic acid, and Peckolt (1866), stated that it resembletl kinotannir acid; F. V. Greene (1877;, termed it jiaulfinitanvjc acid. Recently the tannic acid of guarana was more closely studied i>y Ernst Kirmsse (Dissert., Strassburg, 1897). who established its non-glucosidal nature, hence its non- identitv with kino- or caffeo-tannic acids, and i)ointed out its close rehitionship to 966 GUTTA-PERCHA. catechu-tannic acid (see Catechu). The same author confirmed the observation of Peckolt as to the presence of saponin in guarana. By exhausting guarana paste of its caffeine by repeated extraction with chloroform, and subsequently extract- ing with absolute ether, Dr. Kirmsse furthermore obtained 0.05 per cent of a micro-crystalline substance anticipated by Prof. Schaer in 1890 {Arrhiv der Pharm., Vol. CCXXVIII, p. 279), which proved to be catechin (^ratechuic acid), and was dis- tinguished by its discoverer as PauUinia catechin (see Catechu). This substance was mistaken by Peckolt,in 1866, for gallic acid, as Dr. Kirmsse proved by employ- ing Wackenroder's test to distinguish between gallic acid and catechin. This test is based on the fact that the green coloration produced by gallic acid in a freshly prepared solution of ferrous sulphate containing some sodium acetate, does not disappear upon adding acetic acid, while the color produced by catechin disappears under the same conditions. For methods recorded and results obtained in assay of guarana, see Kirmsse's dissf-rtation, H.W. Snow (Amcr. Jour. Pharm., 1886, p. 483), Chas. A. La Wall (ihi.l, is'.iT, p. 350), and method by J. U. Lloyd. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— It is very probable that from the tan- nin contained in guarana, it has effected recovery from diarrhaa, leucorrhcta, etc., of a very mild form; but as we have more prompt and efficient articles for these affections, in which this agent was at first so loudly heralded, it is no longer em- ployed therapeutically, except chiefly for the relief of certain forms of headache. Like coffee and tea, it appears to be a gentle excitant, and is serviceable in cases where the brain becomes irritated or depressed by mental over-exertion, and when there is a sensation of fatigue or exhaustion during very warm seasons; as it has practically the same chemical composition as caffeine and theine, we find it has likewise precisely the same physiological action. It is chiefly in nervous headache, in the cephalalgia sometimes accompanying menstruation, and that following a course of dissipation, in which the most benefit is derived from it. Its use ap- pears to be contraindicated in mo.st cases of neuralgia, neuralgic headache, and chronic headache, and in all cases in which it is not desirable to excite the heart, increase arterial tension, or increase the temperature. Its administration is often followed by dj'suria. The dose of guarana, in powder, is from 10 grains to 1 drachm, but this is an unpleasant and objectionable form of administration. The indications for its use are a feeble pulse, pallid countenance, and expressionless eyes, with sick headache. It is asserted by Foltz to relieve the temporary paralysis oj the third nerve, which occasionally succeeds headache. The smaller doses act better than the excessively large doses, the medium dose of specific guarana being 10 drops. Webster claims that it is serviceable in occipital ncumlgia and lumbago. The fluid extract and specific guarana are probably the most eligible preparations for use; the former may be given in doses of from ^ to 1 teaspoonful, in syrup or sweetened water, repeated 3 times a day; the latter in from 1 to 30-drop doses. M. Gubler states that guaranhie possesses diuretic properties, having tested it with several imtients; in doses of about 7i grains daily, it increased the urine from 27 to G7 and 107 fluid ounces in the course of 2-1 hours. Specific Indications and Uses.— Headache, with pallor of the face, weak circulation, and the pain aggravated by exertion ; sick headache (migraine), with cerebral anemia; headache of menstruation, with cerebral anemia; mental ex- haustion or depression ; headache from dissipation. Related Species.— Timbo. Several leguminous plants of Brazil ai-e known by this naiuu. Thevare usod to stupefy fish. An alkaloid, /iHifcomV, has boen obtained from Paii/- liulu j,liui,il',( by Stanislas Martin {Pharm. Jour. rcer surface bright-green, feather-nerved, under surface brownish-red, from den.se pubescence; the midrib and petiole the same; thepetiole 1 inch long, channeled, nlla; the anthers sagittate, ex- trorse, and affixed by their base to the filaments ; the pollen scanty. The ovary is superior, conical, sessile, seated on a disk, 6-celled, each cell containing a single ovule suspended from a central axis; the funiculus is conspicuous. Style longer than tlie stamens and persistent; stigmas undivided (E. W bite). History and Description.— This substance was introduced in 1842 to the profession, by l>r. William IMontgomerie, a surgeon in the British army in the Indies. The natives cut down the tree, remove its bark, and collect the milky juice in conic receptacles made from the spathe of the Areca palm. The juice soon concretes upon exposure to the air. The product is then put into a pot with water warmed to 70° C. (loS° V.) and kneaded, which removes particles of wood and bark, this process being repeated several times until a uniform mass is obtained. It has been stated that the yield from one tree is 20 to 30 pounds, but according to data given by Prof. Tschirch (Indisc/te Heil vnd Kutzpflanzen, 1892, p. 203) this must be an exaggeration. Dr. Burck, in Buitenzorg (.lava), has shown that by making incisions in living trees 1400 grammes of gutta may be obtained annually, and that this yield may be maintained during a ])eriod of 3 or 4 years. Aa imported it contains various foreign matters from which it should be freed before using it. It is a white or dirty pinkish opaque solid, having a faint odor. no taste, and hardens at 15.5° C. (60° F.). Water, alcohol, alkaline solutions, hydrochloric and acetic acids, and fixed oils have no action on it. It is soluble in coal naphtha, oil of turpentine, benzol, chloroform, boiling ether, and bisul- phide of carbon. Hot water softens it, and a heat of 71.1° C. (160° F.) renders it adhesive and pliable ; when soft it mav be easily cut or molded into various shapes —a temperature of 65° to 60° C. (120° to 128° F.) being the most favorable for this purpose. It resembles caoutchouc, and like this substance, has the ]>ropertj- of combining with sulphur, and is thus capable of being vulcanized for use in the arts (see Elastirn). Its specific gravity is 0.979. Gutta-percha, when in contact with air for some time, oxidizes and undergoes a peculiar change, becoming brit- tle and ultimately losing all coherence. In this process formic acid is lil)erated. The oxidized substance is soluble in cold alcohol. This change does not take place when gutta-percha is kept under water. It is a better insulator for electric wires and cal)les than caoutchouc, and is employed for insulating purposes in large ciuautitiis. Chemical Composition.— When gutta-percha, according to Payen (1852), is purified liy kneading in warm water, dried, and treated with hot absolute alcohol a hydrocarbon, gutta (75 to 82 i)er cent^ remains. From the hot solution an oxy- gen compound, a/6a(i (14 to 16 per cent), falls out upon cooling, while another oxygen compound, _^(t'(fi/ (4 to 6 per cent), remains in solution. To these con- stituents Otto Oe.sterle, in Prof. Tschirch 's laboratory (^rcAiw rf^rPA^rm.. 1892, p. 641), added guttane, an unstable, thread-like body resembling gutta. Crude gutta- percha of commerce also contains tannin, salts and saccharine substances. No volatile oil could be identified. 968 GUTTA-PERCHA. Gutta determines the elasticity of gutta-percha, and its plasticity at elevated temperatures. It is a white, amorphous hydrocarbon of the formula (C,„H,5)n (Oesterle) ; CjoHjj fOudemans, Baumhauer) ; (C\H,jn (Payen), etc., insoluble in alcohol and cold ether, little soluble in benzol and oil of turpentine, easily solu- ble in carbon disulphide and chloroform. It melts at 53° C. (127.4° F.) (Oesterle) and absorbs oxygen rapidly, whereby formic acid is liberated (Payen n Exposed to air and light pure gutta becomes yellow, friable, and partly soluble in alcohol, caustic potash and benzol. Alban is a light powder, not dissolved by water, diluted acids or alkalies, dissolves in boiling, but not in cold, absolute alcohol; readily soluble in ether, chloroform, carbon disulphide, benzol, and oil of turpentine. It has the compo- sition C,|,H|^Oj (Oesterle), yielding a hydrocarbon, alben, by heating with alcoholic Eotassa. It melts at 195° C. (383° F."). The presence of alban does not seem to ave any harmful effect upon the technical properties of gutta-percha. F/jiavU is a lemon-yellow, amorphous body, having the composition (C,oH,50)n (Oesterle), melting between 82° and 85° C. "(179.6° and 18-5° F.), but becoming soft at a much lower temperature. When it occurs in gutta in larger quantities it renders this article brittle. Fluavil is more soluble in the solvents mentioned than the other constituents. Whether alban and fiuavil are decomposition prod- ucts of gutta, was not determined. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Gutta-percha serves several useful ends in medicine, surgery, and pharmacy, and is likewise used fur ornamental and various other purposes. Splints, etc., have been made of it, and employed in cases oi fractures, diseased joinis, and other cases where it is desired to keep "the parts in a permanent position, and it is also formed into bougies, injection jiipes, catheters, pessaries, specula, forceps, handles, etc. Its pliability after having been immersed into hot water renders it especially adapted for the preparation of splints, and such splints are preferable to carved wooden splints. The solution in bisulphide of carbon has been employed by M. Vogel in iround-s eflected by cutting instruments — the fluid evaporates with great rapidity, and leaves a thin layer which protects the wound from atmospheric action, at the same time keep- ing its edges in close contact. Tlie following compound is recommended for the AeHiorMa^e supervening the extraction of teeth: Take of gutta-percha, 1 ounce; best tar, IJ ounces; creosote, 1 drachm; shellac, 1 ounce. Boil these in a cru- cible, stirring or beating them well, until they are blended into a stift', homogene- ous mass. The compound is readily softened between the fingers, and is easily introduced into the bleeding socket. It must be pressed in, and the hemorrhage will be speedily checked. For dental purposes solution of gutta-percha is purified by agitating it with calcium sulphate. Mixed with silica, powdered glass, zinc oxide, and similar mineral substances, to give hardness and the proper consist- ence, it is largely used by dentists to fill the cavities of carious, tath. Mr. Alton recommends the following preparation, applied to the skin in the same manner as collodion, as a protection against poisonous or deleterious vapors or fluids: Add 30 grains of gutta-percha to ^ an ounce of benzene, and expo.-^e to a mod- erate heat; when the gutta-percha" is dissolved, add to it a solution of 5 grains of caoutchouc dissolved in ^ ounce of benzene (benzol). A clear solution ct qutt(v- percha may be made by adding to the solution a mixture of § of a part of finely powdered carl)onate of lead in 2 parts of chloroform ; agitating the whole 2 or 3 times, and then allowing the mixture to stand 10 or 12 days. The carbonate of lead, in becoming deposited, carries with it coloring and insoluble matters; the clear solution should then be decanted and placed in i fluid ounce vials, with closely-fitting gla.ss stoppers (see Liquor (lut((i-pcrch,r). This will be found very valuable as a local ai)|)lication to irritaltd and abraded surfaces, chaps, small voumh, etc., as it fmins a kind of cuticle over the parts. Dr. Maunoury reioiumends mixing 2 parts of chloride of zinc with 1 part of powdered gutta-percha, in a tube or porcelain dish, and gently heating the mix- ture over a lanij). The gutta-percha softens, the itarticles cohere in a spongy mass, which retains the chloride of zinc, and may be made into any convenient shape, which it retains on cooling. This he recommends as a manageable caustic, as it retains its consistence and flexibility, and can be easily inserted into the urethra, nostrils, fistulous or other pa.e mentioned tl:e follow- ing: (Tiilta-fn>-f-io — two l.iiiils — one from I'erek, the other, a caoutchouc, from Borneo, GttlUi- linggarip, Gi(IUi-nimbfco«o, Gaertneri, which grows along the Amazon and Orinoco rivers of .South America. It is very much like gutta-percha, and ia em- ployed sometimes in plasters. Within recent years the demand for this substance has increased enormously in the United States, where the bulk is employed in making chewing gum. GrTTA-PERcn.\ Cements. — An improved cement for uniting the parts of boots and shoes, and in the manufacture of articles of dress in which cement is required, is made of 64 parts, by weight, of gutta-percha, 16 parts of caoutchouc, 8 parts of pitch, 4 parts of shellac, and 8 {tarts of oil. The ingredients are melted together, the caoutchouc having been previously dis- solved. A cement for uniting sheet gutta-percha to silk or other fabrics, is composed of gutta- percha, 40 pounds; caoutchouc, 3 pounds; shellac, 3 pounds; Canada balsam, 14 pounds; liquid styrax, 35 pounds; gum mastic, 4 pounds; and oxide of lead, 1 pound. Another fur uniting it to leather, as soles of shoes, etc., consists of gutta-percha, 50 pounds; Venice tur- pentine, 40 pounds; shellac, 4 pounds; caoutchouc, 1 pound; and liquid st>Tax, 5 pounds. .\ cement for repairing or patching shoes and boots has been in vogue among shoemakers. It is made by dissolving 1 ounce of raw gutta-percha in 1 pound of hisulphide of carbon, and then adding a piece of resin. The leather must be well buffed to make the cement adhere. GYMNOCLADUS.— AlVCERICAN COFFEE-NUT. The seeds and pulp of the pods of Gymnockidus caiuuknsis, Lamarck. yat. Onl. — Leguminosa?. Commcpn X.\mes: American coffee-henn tree. Coffee tree, Kentiirky mahogany. Botanical Source. — This is a slender and unarmed tree, attaining the height of 50 or GO feet, with a trunk from 12 to 15 inches in diameter. For about 25 feet from the ground the trunk is straight and simple, and covered with a rough, scaly bark. The leaves are compound, unequally bipinnate, 2 or 3 feet long, and 1-^ to 20 inches wide; the leallets 7 to 13 in number, ovate, acuminate, and duUtrii' n. the single leaflets often occupying the j)lace of some of the pinna?. The flowers are large, regular, diiecious, whitish, in axillary racemes, succeeded by jmils. Petals 5, oblong, equal, inserted on the summit of the calyx tube. Calyx tul)U- lar, 5-cleft, and equal. Stamens 10, short, distinct, inserted with the petals. Style 1. The legume is 8 to 10 inches long,2 to 2i inches wide, oblong, flattened, curving, pulpy within, and several-seeded. The seeds are from 2 to 4, quite hard, and somewhat egg-shaped, of a dark-olive color externally, slightly compressed, and about ^ inch in bngth by A inch wide (W.— <}.). History and Chemical Composition.— This tree is indigenous to the United States, and is fmiol glowing in ri
  • asted and u^ed by the earlier settlers 970 GYMNOCLADUS. instead of coffee. The trunk is naked for some distance above the ground, above which is a rather small but regular head, formed by a few, quite long branches. The wood is quite hard and strong, is reddish or light yellowish, rather fine grained, and susceptible of taking a very fine polish and presenting a mo.st beau- tiful grained appearance; on this account it is highly prized in architecture and cabinet work. In our eastern cities it has been represented as a wood from Japan and brought most fabulous prices. The pulp and the seeds of the pods are the parts to be used; the former has some reputation as a fly poison. It is greenish and viscid. The active principle of these is taken up by alcohol, which gives a yellowish-brown tincture, or, if the pulp alone be u:^ed, a beautiful green, and, upon standing, crystals are deposited. The tincture lias an unpleasant, bitterish taste, followed by a persistent pungent aci'imony in the fauces. Rafinesque states that the leaves are purgative and contain a principle, cysticine, of a nauseous, bit- ter taste. The seeds are said to produce emesis. S. 8. Mell (1887) obtained from the seeds a yellowish, saponifiable, fixed oil (specific gravity 0.919) to the extent of 10 per cent. • Wax, resin and fat were extracted by ether, some tannin and a glucosid, burning to the taste and possessing a distinctive odor, were abstracted by alcohol. The seeds also contained mucilage, starch, and albuminoids (Avier. Jour. Phorm., 1887, p. 230). J. H. Martin largely confirms these results, but found saponin in all parts of the plant, and concludes that to this principle the physio- logical activity of the plant is probably due. Tannic and gallic acids are absent in the seeds. The pulp surrounding it contains sugar, tartaric and citric acids, and probably saponin {Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1892, p. 558). The carbohydrates of the fruit were investigated bv W. E. Stone and W. H. Fest {Amer. C'hem. Jour., 1893, p. 660). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — The tincture of the pulp and pods, and in some instances of the bark also, has been used with benefit in intermittent j'ever. More recently it has been tried, and with advantage, in cases of abnormal states of the nervous centers, as indicated, among other symptoms, by impaired sense of touch and vision, numbness, dull headache, apathy, and formication. In one case of locomotor ataxia it proved decidedly beneficial, and is valuable in some of the more serious symptoms resulting from excessive masturbation. Recent reports (Dr. N. G.Vassar) confirm its value as a remedy for s/)frm«torrAft'n. Prof. Roberts Bartholow, M. D., investigated physiologically the purified tincture of the leaves as prepared for him by J. U. Lloyd'and found it to be very marked in its qualities. It has likewise been recommended in laryngeal comjh with chronic irri- tation of the mucous lining membrane of the air passages, in erysipelas, in aU/'T«-s presenting a typhoid condition, in puerperal peritonitis, and in the exantliematoxn affections. It is certainly deserving the attention of our practitioners. The tinc- ture is best made by taking 2 ounces of the coarsely bruised seed and 1 ounce of the pulp, and adding to them 8 fluid ounces each of water and alcohol; let it macerate 12 or 14 days with frequent agitation, and then filter. One fluid drachm of this is to be added" to 3 fluid ounces of water, of which the dose is a teaspoon- ful, to be repeated every 3 or 4 hours. Eelated Species. — Cercis canadensis, Linne, Ari<. Ord. — Legumiuosie. The Htd bud or Judos ti;, , is a small tree growin;; in rich woods in the miiUilo states. The flowers expand in earlv spriiiu' In fore the leaves come out. Tliey are borne in lateral clusters and are of a pale- reddish t, possess [lowerfuUy astrin^'Ut propertiee, and maybe administered in cases in which this class of agents is indicated, as in diarrhira and rfi/iX'H/cn/, particularly in the chronic forms, and in chrmiic catarrhal coiulilious : also recom- mended as a local application in chronic gMiiorrhaa, gleet, Itniconrhaa, and chremic conjuuctiritit, and Other aflfections attended with inucoun projiuvia. GYNOCARDIA. 971 GYNOCARDIA.— CHAULMOOGRA. The seeds and oil of fh/nontrdia odoratn, Robert Brown {Chaulnwogra odoratu, Roxburgh ; Hj/dnoi-arpus odorala, Lindley). Nat. Ord. — Bixinetv. Common Names: Chnithnugia seeds, CJiaulmofira. ILI.I-.STKATION : Bfutlcy an"!/«), has been prepared by the interaction of 2 molecules of hjematoxylin and 1 molecule of phtalic anhydride (E. A. Letts, Bcrichte, 1879). Hematoxylin undergoes a remarkable change with ammonia water in the presence of air. It is dissolved with rose-red, then purple-red color. The solution, by absorbing oxygen from the air becomes blackish-red, and upon evaporation, j'ields violet prismatic crystals of luevuitein-ammonia (C,8H,jOj.2XHj). These are soluble in water and alcohol'. When heated to 130° C. (266" F.), ammo- nia is given oflF and furmatein (C^Ji^^O^), is formed. Acetic acid likewise precipi- tates it from the aqueous solution of its ammonia compound. Another method of obtaining it is to add a few drops of nitric acid to an ethereal solution of haematoxylin. It forms a dark-violet, crystalline powder, soluble with difliculty in alcohol and glacial acetic acid, insoluble in chloroform and benzol. It dis- solves at 20^ C. (68° F.\ in water at the rate of 6 in 10,000, and is about twice as solul)le in ether. In alkalies it dissolves with blue color, which changes to brown. HaMuatuxylin has been propr)sed as a delicate test for ammonia; the presence of pnr^inr 1'=^'"^' of ammonia in water is indicated by an orange-red color assumed by blotting pajier saturated with an alcoholic solution of hematoxylin (^see Husemaim and 'iHlger, Pdmizemtoffr). Arthur Weddell likewise recommends hicmatoxylin as a delicate test for calcium bicarbon-ate in water, and for the presence of lead (1 in 200,000 1, in the same medium, by the characteristic color reaction which takes plare in the presence of air (Amrr. Jnur. Phann. ,1884, p. 2\4). L. Siebold (ytm/T. Jour. Pfiartn., 18^7, p.526\was able to detect even much smaller quantities of metals in potable water by this method. For the application of hicmatoxylin 08 an indicator in alkaloidal as.say, see Pror. Amer. Pharm. As-toc, 1806, p. 109. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Logwood is a tonic and unirritating astringent. leatiiig tlian many f>tlier astringents, and is useful in hannr- rhuq'-i ! ■ ni (l.i: nil riix. Imni.^, ami li-nn Is, in «/i/ (luirr/ia'an and ihisciiUrus, in .summer 974 HAMAMELIS. complaint of children, and in night-sweaU. A favorable preparation with many of the older practitioners in cholera infantum, after a proper employment of the syrup of rhubarb and potassa, is the following: Dissolve 2 drachms of extract of log- wood in 4 fluid ounces of boiling water, to this solution add 2 fluid drachms of ammoniated tincture of opium, 3 fluid drachms of tincture of catechu, 1 fluid drachm of compound spirits of lavender, and 4 fluid ounces of simple syrup, or syrup of ginger. The dose is a teaspoonful every 3 or 4 hours. An infusion of logwood taken internally, and also used locally, in form of spray or injection, has effectually cured several cases of obstinate and offensive nzuna. In constitutions broken down by disease, dissipation, or the excessive use of mercury, the decoc- tion of logwood, used freely in connection with the other treatment, will be found highly beneficial. Dose of the decoction, from 2 to 4 fluid ounces ; of the extract, 5 to 30 grains. The use of logwood imparts a blood-red color to the stools and the urine. It should never be combined with chalk or lime-water, as they are incompatibles. Red Ink. — A good red ink may be made as follows : Take of pernambuco woojsentenj, and excessive mucous dischanjes, v^ith full, l)ale, and relaxed tissues. It has been employed with advantage in inrijncnt }>/itlii- nurrhagia and those wasting states so common after abortion, in the early months of pregnancy, he used no remedy that exerted such beneficial effects as witch-hazel. In uterine hemorrhage follow- ing delivery at full term, the remedy is probably not equal to ergot, but in the kind of cases referred to it is a safer agent. In chronic diarrhaa and choltra infan- tum it is a valuable medicine. Hamamelis, both internally and topically, arrests oozing of Hood from mucous surfaces. This action is well shown in non-inflam- ■nuttort/ hemnluria. It is not the remedy for active hemorrhage, but for passive bleeding, as from the lungs, stomach, bowels, renal or genital organs its action is satisfactory. Besides its control over actual hen.aturia, hamamelis is often serviceable in renal affections due chiefly to va.^cular relaxation. Thus in diabetes insipidus it has been of some value, but it is of greater service in mucous projiuvia of the urino- genitnl tract. It is of benefit in vesicid catarrh, with tenesmus, and in irritation of the bladder, due to enlarged and relaxed scrotal veins. It should be used both 976 HEDEOMA. internally and locally to the scrotum. While it relieves varicocele, U>o much must not be expected of it in the way of a cure. In female disorders it is indicated by venous fullness and relaxation. Dull, aching, ovarian pain is relieved by hama- melis, and in leiicorrhaa, v>-ith fullness of the pelvic veins and relaxation of the uterine and vaginal walls, its internal and external exhibition is of marked benefit. It relieves ovarian and testicular congestion. Hamamelis is of pronounced value in hemorrhages into the eye ball, and locally relieves ecchymosis of the lids and conjunctiva. Hamamelis is justly popular as a remedy for sprains, conttisions, vxmnds, swell- ings, etc. A solution of a few grains of asepsin in distilled hamamelis forms an elegant and efficient dressing for hxmis, .scrt W.s, cuts, abrasions, crushed fingers, etc. Ten grains of menthol to 4 fluid ounces of distilled hamamelis are also efficient in burns and scalds (EUingwood). Glycerin and hamamelis, or Lloyd's hydrastis and hamamelis, equal parts, has rendered us excellent service in irritated and inflammatory conditions of the external auditory meatus, especially when due to irrita- tion from the presence of inspissated cerumen. Locally, hamamelis forms an excel- lent soothing application for chafing, dne to excessive discharges; it is likewise useful in diffusive cutaneous inflammations. Few agents are more grateful in vari- ous subacute forms of sore throat, also in sore throat with deep redness and great pain, and it is particularly soothing in scarlatinal angina. It is a very valuable aid, locally, in the treatment of tonsiUt is, phlegmonous ulceration of the throat, diph- theria, and acute catarrh. Chronic conjunctivitis, with vascularity of the palpebral and ocular conjunctiva, has yielded to a decoction of equal parts of hamamelis (bark), hydrastis, and lobelia, boiling the first two ingredients, and adding the lobelia to the hot liquid. Cover, allow to cool, and strain. Hamamelis should not be neglected as a part of the treatment of inflamed breasts, and applied hot it gives great relief to the soreness of abdominal muscles and pelvic parts fol- lowing childbirth. Muscular soi-encss and aching sensations, as of having been bruised, whether from colds, exposures, strains, bruises, or severe muscular action, are greatly relieved by the application of distilled hamamelis, either hot or cold, by means of compresses, while specific hamamelis may be given internally. It forms a good face wash for burning of the skin, for tan and freckles, for dilated facial capillaries, and a good application after shaving. Distilled hamamelis and Lloyd's colorless hydrastis form a safe and efiicient injection for most Ciises of gonorrho'a. Witch-hazel enters into many of the ointments designed for appli- cation Xo piles. An ointment made with lard and a decoction of white oak bark, apple-tree bark, and witch-hazel has been successfully employed for this purpose. Dose of decoction of witch-hazel, from 2 to 4 fluid ounces, 3 or 4 times a day; of distilled hamamelis, 5 to 60 drops; of specific hamamelis, 1 to 30 drops. Specific Indications and Uses.— Venous debility, with relaxation and full- ness; jiale nuicous tissues (occasionally deep-red from venous engorgement, or deep-blue from venous stasis); mucous profluvia, with venous relaxation ; passive hemorrhages; varicoses; capillary stasis; hemorrhoids, with full feeling: relaxed and painful sore throat; dull, aching pain in rectum, pelvis, or female organs; perineal relaxation, with fullness; muscular relaxation; muscular sorene^ and aching and bruised sensation, whether from cold, exposure, bruises, strains, or from physical exertion. HEDEOMA (U. S. P.)— HEDEOMA. "The leaves and tops of Hedeoma pulegioidcs (Linne). Persoon" — (U.S.P.); (Melissa jmlcgioides, Linne; Ounila pulegioides, WiWdenow. Zi:iphcnn piiltgioides, Desfontaines). Nat. 0/(/.— Labiatw. CoMMo.v Namks : Pcnni/royal, American penm/roval. Tick-weed, Squawmint. Ii.irsTitATioNs : Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, '200: Barton, Med. Boi., 4L Botanical Source. — This is an indigenous annual plant. It ha^ a fibrous, j-ellowish root, an erect, branching, pubescent, rather angular stem, from 6 to 12 inches high. The leaves are A inch or more long, opposite, oblong, have 1 or 2 teeth on each side, are smooth above, rough below, narrowed at the b.ise, and borne on short jietioles; the floral leaves are similar. The flowers are quite small, HKi>i:()MA. 977 liglit-blue, ill 6-floweretl, axillary wIkhIs. Calyx ovoid or tubular; gibbous on the lower side near the base, with 13 stria' ; upper lip Stoothed; lower 2-cleft ; throat hairy. The corolla tube is as long as the calyx, downy, and ■J-lipped; upper lip erect, Hat and notched at the apex; the lower y. ^^^ spreading and o-cleft, the lobes being nearly equal. Stamens 2, ascending and tiliforni; the cells of the "anthers diverging. Seeds 4, and olilong ( \V.— (4.— T,.\ History, Description, and Chemical Composition.— This herb was placed i>y l.innaus in th" •.thus .IAV/.^mi, and after- ward t'lNu'/n, from which it \va> leninvt il by I'dsoon, and placed in the gf\H\s Hcde(xma. It must not lie confounded with Meti' Iha Pulttiium, Linn^, or Eumju-nn f>e»ii>/r'njal,v;h\(h has simi- lar action and uses. It is a well-known plant, growing in barren woods and dry fields, and particularly in limestone countries, flowering from June to Septemlxr and October, rendering the air fragrant for some distance around it. It is common to nearly all parts of the United States. It has a peculiar, aromatic oilor, wliich, however, is very offensive to some jiersons, and a hot, pungent, aromatic taste. It imparts its virtues to boiling water by infusion; boiling destroys its activity by evaporating the volatile oil, on which its properties depend. Tlie oil (.-^eo Olmm Hahomu), its chief constituent, maybe obtained bv distillation with wafer, and is often em- ployed, or its tincture, instead of the herb itself; it is of a light- Hedeoma pulegioldes. yellow color, and specific gravity ranging from 0.!t:',0 to 0.940. JJcdcoma tliynwkk-i. Gray, a Texan plant, has similar properties. Tlu- ollicia! diuii is thus described: "Leaves opposite, short-pilioled, about 12 Mm. (^ inch) long, oblong-ovate, ob- scurely serrate, glandular beneath; branches roundish, quadrangular, hairy; flow- ers in small, axillary cymules, -with a tubular-ovoid, bilabiate and five-toothed calyx, and a pale blue, spotted, bilabiate corolla, containing 2 sterile and 2 fertile, exserted stamens; odor strong, mint like, taste warm and pungent''— ( T. .'<'. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Pennyroyal is a stimulant, diapho- retic, emmenagogue, and carminative. The warm infusion used freely, will pro- mote jierspiration, restore svjipres^ed lorhin, and excite the menstrual discharge when recently checked, especially by colds ; it is often used by females for this last purpose, a large draught being taken at bedtime, the feet having been previously Ijathed in warm water. It is an excellent remedy for common colds. A gill of l)rewer"s yeast added to the draught is reputed a safe and certain abortive. The warm infusion may likewise be employed with advantage in the flutulent colic of children. The oil, or its tincture, is also administered as a carminative and anti- emetic, and has been of benefit in h>j-')•")) reports a case of jioisoning in a woman from one fluid drachm of oil of pennyroyal. The symptoms were: Severe headache, dillicult swallowing, intense nausea, with severe retchings without emesis, intolerable bearing down, Ial)or-like pains, abdominal tenderness, constipation, dyspnoea, limbs .^emipara- lytic, and nervous weakness and jirostration ( Millspaugh's Amer. Med. Plnnl.'i). Specific Indications and Uses.— Amenorrh, 96S.) The hlUet hcdcrin is probably identical with hedcratannic acid. The leaves of ivy have a peculiar fragrant odor and an astringent, bitter taste. Mr. F. A. Hartsen, in 1875, by extraction with 85 per cent alcohol, obtained therefrom iu impure form, a glucosid resembling saponin, but differing from the latter by not being soluble in water. L.Vernet {Jour. Phiu-m. Chim., 1881, p. 347), isolated this glucosid (C3,H^0„), which was later named hclixin (■\iiii\in. Jour. P/mrm. Chim.,lSdl, p. 215), by boiling out the bruised leaves with water repeatedly, then extracting them witli alcohol, evaporating the latter, washing with cold benzin, and crystallizing from solution in boiling ace- tone. It forms silky needles melting at 2:v>° C. (4.51.4° F.), insoluble in water, chloroform, and benzin, soluble in warm acetone, benzol, and ether; also in warm alkalies and hot alcohol. It reduces Fehling"s solution only after being heated wi th diluted sulphuric acid, sugar, and a neutral, crvstallizable"substance(C«H.,0,>. melting at 278° to 280° C. (532.4° to 636° F.), being formed. The latter is not fer- mental)le with veast; ^lant Helenium auluvinale, Linne. Xat. Oiil. — Composita'. CoMMiiN Na.mks: Sueezeuort, Sneez^ioeed, Swamp m-njlmcei: Wild sunflower. Ii 1 rsTKATiDN : Meehan's Antiie Fhmers and Fn-ns, II, 113. Botanical Source.— This plant, liicewise called Swamp, or False Bunflowir, is an iiidigen')ns, perennial herb, having a fibrous root, and several erect, branch- ing, angular stems, 2 or 3 feet high, and strongly winged by the decurrent leaves. The leaves are alternate, smooth, or slightly pubescent, elliptic-lanceolate, more or less deeply serrate, and often sprinkled with bitter and aromatic resinous glob- ules. The dowers are large, numerous, bright yellow, terminal in loose, showy corymbs, with flat, drooping, wedge-shaped rays, each ending in 3 obtuse teeth, longer than the large, globose disk. The invohuie is small, reflexed, with the scales linear or subulate. The receptacle is globose or oblong, naked in the disk, and chaffy in the ray only. Achenia top-shaped and ribbed. Pappus of 5 thin and 1 nerved chafly Scales, the nerve e.xtending into a bri.'^tle or point ((4. — W.). History and Chemical Composition.— Sneezewort is a plant common to the United !^t:lt^'s, growing in low, damp fields and meadows, and on alluvial river banks, flowering from August to October. It is nearly inodorous, with a rather acrimonious, amarous taste. It has been analyzed by F. J. Koch (Amcr. Jour. Pharm. ,lS~i, p. 221). It contains a trace of tannin and volatile oil, malic acid, and, besides tlie ordinar^r plant principles, an amorphous glucosid to which the bitter t^iste of the herb is due. When boiled with diluted acid it splits into a bitter, non-crystalline body of acid reaction, and glucose. This glucosid is solu- ble in boiling water, alcohol, and ether. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Tonic, diaphoretic, and errhine. Re- puted valiial>le in chills omlftrrr and other febrile diaea^se^. The whole plant pos- sesses errhine properties, but the flowers, particularly the florets of the disk, are the most active, and may be used, in powder, as a snuflf, in headache, incipient coryza, catarrh, deafness, and other affections where errhines are desired. Eelated S'pecies. ^ ffdenium tnutifoUuni, Sixtt&U. United States, from Georgia west to Texas au.l north to Kansas U'or illustration, see Meelian's yatiie Floiier.i and Ferns, 11, S7y This s|.f. i. < is ]".is(.ii.ius. According to Galloway (.1»(.)-. your. P/inrm.. 18721, spasms, with (leliriiiin aii'l uncnTisciinisness, were produced in fournegroes by this plant, while in animals it resulted in twitching of the muscles, violent convulsions, and death. Helenium parviflorutn, Nuttall.— Georgia. Properties similar to those of IMenium autumnale. HELIANTHEMUM.— FROSTWORT. The plant Helianthcmum canadensc, Michau.x {Ci.'Tugs.—neUantliemum corimbosiim, or Frosiwed, with an erect, branching, canescent stem ; lance-oblong, alternate leaves, canescently tonientose beneath ; flowers in crowded, I'astigiate cymes ; primary ones elongateil, filiform pedicels, and with petals twice longer than the calyx; sepals villous-canescent, outer ones linear, obtuse ; inner ones ovate, acute; is found growing in pine-barrens and sterile sands, in the southern and middle states. It possesses properties analogous to the preceding, and may be indiscriminately em- ployed with it. F. J. Kruell, in 1874 {.Imer. Jour. Phartn.), found it to contain resin, chloro- phyll, gum, extractive, glucose, salts, and a large amount of tannin. Helianthemum vulgare, (jaertner {CUtus BeliaiUhemum, Linn^J. Europe. It has properties similar to the rock-rose. Laudantm, Jienina ladamtm. — This resinous exudate is derived from several species of Cisim, ol the iV«^ Ord. — Cistacese, especially tlie Cistits crflirui'.hinnd; Ci.'e met in commerce. The first form, cuke laManuin, occurs as dark-lirowu or blackish masses, becoming soft and sticky by the warmth of the hands. When fn-shlv broken it hus a grayish ixsp.'ct, soon changing to a darker hue. The second form, C(wi»ioii hiMauum, cotm^a in cylin- driciil sticks, or spiral pieces, which are hard, brittle, light, porous, and of a gray-black csin and a small amount ol volatile oil, 8t) percent; wax, 7 per cent; extractive,! percent; hair, sjind, and other insoluble matter, 6 per cent. Hull hMainnn yieUled to Pelletier, sand, 72 per cent ; and resin, but 20 per cent. I.abdauum was formerly "regardeil diuretic and exi>eotorant, ami was em- ployed in hroncliitis, Irurnrihtta, catarrli, di/.^rnti III. v\f. It is now used only ii\ plasters, and is nearly obsolete as a medicine. Owing to ils agreeable aroma when burned, it was employed by the ancients for fumigating purposes. H£LlANTlir< HELIANTHUS.— SUNFLOWEE. The seeds and stems of Helinnthus ecies of the same genus. Another species should be mentioned here on account of its rhizome having a commercial name liaiile to become confused with IVniinnii ri/((/e (green hellebore\ It is the Hellcborus viridis, Linne. The commercial name of the drug (rhizome and root- lets), is Radix hellebori viridis, or green hellebore root. This species is reg-arded by some as more useful than the black hellebore, and has consequently obtained oflicial recognition in Europe. The medicinal parts of hellebore are the radicles or root fibers, which are generally met with the rhizome attached. It is a many-headed root with a caudex or body seldom over ^ inch in thickness, and several inches long, horizontal, sometimes contorted, uneven, knotty, with transverse ridges, slightly striated longitudinally, its upper surface having the remains of the leaf and flower-stalks, and thickly beset upon the sides and under surface with fibers, which, when uninjured, are from 3 inclies to a foot in length, 2 or 3 lines in diameter, dark brownish-black externally, whitish within, spongy, not wotxly, brittle, with a feeble odor, and a faint, bitter taste (C.^. When fresli they are said to he very acrid and nauseous, occasioning, when chewed for a short time a jnin- HELLEBORL'S. 983 gent, numb sensation, resembling that which accompaDies the eating or drinking of anything hot. Desiccation, as well as age, gradually lessens this acridity. Its properties are taken up by water or alcohol; long-continued heat diminishes its activity. The rliizomes of Adoniif vernnlis, Linno, and Artan s^ica/«, Linn6, of Europe, have lieen emplovcd as adulterants of black hellebore. Chemical Composition —The root and the root-leaves of the various species of IlelkliiMUs contain two glucosids, /itilehnrein, which is a cardiac poison, also having drastic powers, and /idkhnrii), a narcotic poison ; also fatty oil, acrid resins, etc., but no tannin. JJdlihnrus ririilis is stated to yield a more active helleborein than // vi'irr; tlie same plant yields the largest amount of helleborin (.0.04 per cent). i/i''/t/v""//i was discovered in 18()4 by Husemann and MsiTm€ {Avn. Chnn. P//«c»i.,Vol. CXXXV, p. 55). These authors also studied more closely the hf/le- 6o/m discovered in 1S.33 by BAi^tick (riiann.Jour. Tram.). Both substances were carefully investigated quite recently by K. Thaeter (^rcAw urgati\e enicls. In fiualler doses it is a cardiac stimulant, and diuretic and anthelmintic properties are also ascribed to it. In large doses, it is a powerful poison, causing gastro-intestinal inflammation, dizziness, painful spasms, severe emesis, catharsis, heart failure, dilatation of the pupils, thirst with abdominal heat, cold sweats, convulsions, and even death. Death occurs from spasms and exhaustion. The recent root produces rubefaction, and sometimes blisters, when held in contact with the Bkin. Hellebore was formerly used in piil.fV, it is regarded as less useful th:in a|iocynurn. It ba.s been used to reduce dropsy through its purgative action, but since it has been found that small doses of the drug tend to stimulate the heart and increase diuresis, there is reason to believe that we have not yet fnllv nininiint.- 1 tip- power of the drug. Dropsies due to atonic; states of the 984 HEMIDESMUS. bowels, serous effusion alter inflammations, with deficient absorption, and Aydro- ihorax and anasarca following the specific eruptive diseases, are specially mentioned as coming within its curative power. The dose for this purpose should be from a fraction of a drop to 5 drops of specific hellebore. Bryonia, apocynum, and digitalis act well with it. The drug in small doses increases the force of the heart's contraction, slows the pulse, and increases arterial tension. Renal activity is increased under its action, and non-compensatory symptoms in heart affections have rapidly disap- peared under the use of this drug. Prof. Scudder {Spec. Med.) suggests it as an emmenagogue when the patient is annoyed by heat flashes, burning of the sur- face of the thighs and nates, and sensitiveness of the pelvic and perineal tissues. It has been used in bowel disorders with jelly-like passages. The agent requires and deserves restudy. For the specific uses the minute dose is preferable. R Spe- cific helleborus niger gtt. v,aqua flgiv. Mix. Sig. Dose, a teaspoonful every 1,2, or 3 hours. For its old uses as a drastic purgative, etc., the dose of the powder is from 6 to 10 grains; of the tincture, from 1 to 2 fluid drachms; of the extract, 2 to 6 grains. Helleborein, besides possessing similar properties, has been found to be a de- pressant of the nervous functions, and to possess decided ana3sthetic properties. From the fact that it has no apparent eflect upon the pupil, nor affects the intra- ocular tension, it has been preferred by some over cocaine as a local anesthetic in eye diseases, and is reputed more permanent in its effects than the latter. From 3 to 4 drops of a solution, representing in all from ^ to ^^ grain, is thus employed. Owing to its powerful action upon the heart, it is not used subcutaneously to pro- duce local anasthesia. Specific Indications and Uses. — (The minute doses only.) Dropsy, heavy feeling in head, with cold forehead and clammy sweat; amenorrhoea, with flashes of heat, burning oi surface ol thighs and buttocks, and pelvic and perineal sensi- tiveness; discharges of gelatinous mucus from the bowels. Related Species.— fli??fcfcor!« fcelidw. Bear's foot. This European perennial, of fetid odor, is the most active of the hellebores. The acrid, bitterish, and pungent Itavcs and stem- stalks, when chewed, excoriate the membranes of the mouth. It acts as a powerful emetic and purgative, and in large doses is a dangerous agent. It has been used in powder and decoction to expel tapeworm, and in asthma, hij}iochondriasis, and hysteria. Dose of the drug, from 6 to 20 grains; ot the decoction (1 5 oi drug to 8 R5 of water l", a fluid ounce. It contains the same constituents as hellebore. Therapeutically, it is scarcely known in this country. HEMIDESMUS.— INDIAN SABSAPAEILLA. The root of Hemidesmris indints, Robert Brown {Periploca emfiicn. Retzius"). Nat. Ord. — Asclepiadaceffi. Common Names: Indian sarsaparilln, Nunnari. Illustratio.n : Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 174. Botanical Source. — This is a climbing plant with a long and slender root, with few ramifications, covered with rust-colored bark, and with twining, difluse or climbing, woody, slender stems, from the thickne.«s of a crow's quill to that of goo.se's, and nearly smooth. The leaves are opposite, on short petioles, entire, smooth, shining, and of firm texture; they vary much in shape and size, those of the young shoots that issue from old roots", being linear, acute, and striated down the middle with white; while the others are generally broad-lanceolate, some- times ovate or oval. The stipules are 4-fold, small, on each side of each petiole, and caducous. The flowers are small, externally green, internally a deep-purple, in axillary, sessile racemes, which are imbricated with flowers, anil then with scales like bracts. Calyx 6-cleft, with acute divisions: corolla flat, rotate, with oblong, pointed divisions, and rugose inside. Follicles long, slender, and spread- ing (L.-Ro.). History, Description, and Chemical Composition.— This plant is the Peri- plora (fi(^(V(iof Willdenow, and the AscUjii'is ;i,v'n of Roxburgh. It is com- mon all over the peninsula of India. It has long been use*l as a medicine in HEPATiCA. 98.5 India, but was not known to the medical profession of this country ami Kuiojit-, until its introduction by Dr. Ashburner, in l&^l {ImiuI. nnd lAlinh. I'ln/s. Jour., Vol. LXV, p. 189). Its root is loop, tortuous, cylindrical, rugose, furrowed longi- tudinally, and has its cortex divided l)y tranverse fissures into nioniliforin rings. It is brownish externally, has a feeble,"bitter ta-^te, and a peculiar aroniatic odor, somewhat like that of sassafras, but which has been compared to that of mw hay. The cortical ])ortion has a corky consistence, and surrounds a ligneous nieditul- lium. Mr. Ciarden {Lmd. Med. Gnz., 1837, p. 800) obtained from it a volatile, cr^-stallizable acid, on which the taste, smell, and probably the medicinal proper- ties depend. From an erroneous notion of the origin of the root, he called the acid the smilnsjieric anil, but it may with more propriety be termed hemidismic acid or hemldrsmnHV.) (also see.-l,mr..A,„,-. /V,an)(.,Vol. XX, P- 289). Action, MedicalUses, and Dosage.— Indian sarsaparilla has been success- fully employed in rnuruil. (//.vca.-c.M, especially in cases where the South American sarsaparilla has proved iiielHcient. Dr. A.shburner savs that it increases the ap- petite, acta as a diuretic, and improves the general liealth; "plumpness, clear- ness, and strength, succeeding to emaciation, muddines.s, and debility." Likewise said to l)e useful in (ifffctions of tlie kidtiei/.% sn-ofula, cuUincoit.s diseases, aind t/,rush. Notwithstanding these statements it is by no means so eflicient and certain as many of our indigenous remedies. It is used in the form of infusion, as boiling dissipates its active volatile principle. Two ouncis of the root may be infused in a pint of boiling water for an hour, the whole of which may be taken in the course of 24 hours. A syrup of hemidesmus is used for flavoring medicinal mixtures. Related Species.— ^ymrwrna aylvestre, Robert Brown (Atclepias gemirmta, Roxburgh i. This a.sil('i)i;ulao«oii8 climbir is indigenous to India and Africa. The vine is wo«ly and bears little yellow tlowers. The root is nearly an inch, or abont two-thirds of an inch, in tliicknes.s, and is covered with a red-brown, spongy bark. To the taste it is acrid and saline. The leaves of this plant are said to possess the peculiar property of temporarily obliterating the sense of taste for sweetness or bitterness, so that sugar does not tiste sweet, and that quinine tastes like chalk (.Imcr. Juur. I'harm., 18S8, p. 33i»; aKso ihid., 1848, p. \hZ). This property is thought to be due to an acid having some likeness tochrysophanic acid. It was isolated by I>. Hooper, in 1887, and named by him gumnemic acid. The'ta.ste of sour, saline, and astringent substances is not alten'd by thisprincii'Ie. J»r. Hooper also found coloring matter, resins, albumen, vari- ous carljobydrates, tartaric acid, and a bitter neutral bo. HERACLEUil. History and Description.— The Anemone Hepaiica has been viewed as the onl)' species of this genus, the differences observed as to color, form, etc., being De Candolle, however, divided it into two species. These plants are common to the United States, growing in woods and upon elevated situations; the A. Eepatka (H. ainericana'), which is the least coniir.on, being found, as Eiiton state.*, on the side of hills exposed to the north, and the other on that facing the south. They both bear white, blue, or purplish flowers, which appear late in March or early in April, and are among the most beautiful and most sought-for of our vernal flowers. The entire plant is employed. It occurs in market in broken masses of leaves, sometimes intermixed with broken roots, and of a green color. It is odorless, and has a subastringent and viscid taste, and yields its virtues to water. The name livcruoH sometimes erroneously applied to it, belongs to the cryptogam Marchantia polymorphc, and others of the same family. Undoubtedly it was the demand for the latter plant that led to the wonderful "hepatica boom "' about the year 1S80. In 1883, the consump- tion of liverleaf in this country alone was about 450,000 pounds. (For an exhaustive article on hepaiica, the reader is referred to Drugs cnai ^fedi■ cines of North Americn, by J. U. and C. (J. Lloyd, Vol. I, pp."37^4.) According to Prof. J. U. Lloyd, the blunt-lobed variety is seldom found in commerce, and does not form one-fiftieth part of that collected in America, the supply being almost wholly from the acute-lobed hepatica. Chemical Composition.— Rafinesque (1828) stated that the plant contained "tannin, mucilage, extractive," etc. C. B. Smith (186S) demonstrated the exist- ence of tannin in the plant. Prof. J. U. Lloyd and Mr. Harter analyzed it, sum- ming up the result as follows : " It contains none of the classes of active constitu- ents found in medicinal plants, but consists of the usual constituents of plants, such as a tannin, gum, sugar, chlorophyll, and small amounts of a bland oleo- resin (Harter, Pharm. Record, 1884). Ot the substances named, none were in amount sufficient to render them consjncuous. It may be accepted that hepatica does not contain a single prominently marked constituent, and that few herbs present less decided peculiarities"' (.T. U. Lloyd, in Drugs ond Mul. of N. A.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — A mild mucilaginous astringent. It has been used in infusion, taken frt'eW in fevers, hejiatic complaint.t. blefding frotn ot broad, with deciduous involucres. Involucels long-pointed, lanceolate, and manv-leaved. The calyx limb is composed of 5 small, acute teeth. The petals are obcordate, with the point inflexed, the outer larger and radiant, appearing deeplv 2-clefl. HERACLEUM. 1»n, The fruit i^s compressed, oval, with a broad, flat margin, and 3 obtuse dorsal ribs to eacli cari)el; intervals with single vitt;i', and seeds tiat (G. — W. — R.). History, Description, and Chemical Composition. — Found growing in moist meadows and lultivateil frrounds Iruni Labrador to Pennsylvania, and west to Oregon, liowering in J une. The root is tlie jiart used ; is somewhat analogous to parsley in appearance, has a strong, peculiar, unpleasant odor, and an ill-flavored acrimonious taste. The recent root and leaves, when placed in contact with tin- skin, irritate and inflame it; and that which inhabits very damp localities i.< considered poisonous (B.). The leaves and seeds have also been used medici- nally. The root probably contains acrid principles, volatile oil, and resin. The plant is Slated by Nuttall (.-limr. Jour. i'/K/nii., l836,Vol. VII, p. 281) to be hardly distinct from Hcrarleuin sphoitihjliinn, Linm'-, of Europe and Asia. This pl'\nt is also known as Cow-parsnip, and lias similar medicinal properties. The fruits of all species of Heracleum thus far analyzed, abound in volatile oil, free ethyl and methyl alcohol and solid hydrocarbons of the paraffine series. From ILrdrleum giganleum, Gnlzeit obtained 2 per cent of volatile oil, which was differentiated into 10 per cent of a mixture of elhijl-butyrnte and acetate, and 55 per cent of hcryl- butyrate and octyl-acetale. Besides, a crystallizable substance, hcradin (C32H.„0,„), was otitained from the immature fruits. It is a colorless, odorless substance, melting at ISS" C. (365° F.), insoluble in water, not easily soluble in ether, solu- ble in chloroform, boiling carbon disulphide (1:400) and in cold (1:700) and boil- ing (1:60) absolute alcohol {Amer.Jmu: Pli,mn.,18S0, p. 136). The fruits odfim- cleum ephondj/liuni yielded to Zincke (i)/;ss., 1869), 0.3 per cent and to Moslingcr (Jahresb. chr PAncm., 1876, p. 165), 0.8 to 0.9 per cent of a volatile oil. (For a review of its constituents, which are similar to those of H. giganteum, see Husemann and Hilger, Pflanzenstoffc.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Stimulant, antispasmodic, and car- minative. Used in decoction infntulenn/ and di/xjiejisia, and 2 or 3 drachms of the powdert-d root, taken daily in €/jil)jis>/, ivid continued some time, with a strong infusion of the leaves and tops at night, has been found successful. Recent trials with a saturated tincture of the root seem to indicate that it has some power over epilepsy though the conditions in which it is specifically applicable have not yet been determined. Recommended also in asthma, colic, amenorrfKva, dysmenorrha'a, palsy, apoplexy, intermittent^, etc., in doses of 1 drachm. The dose of a strong tinc- ture (3viii of root to Oj of alcohol), ranges from 5 to 60 minims. Belated Species. — Imperalnria Oslmthium. Tlie rootstock of Peucfdmium OstnUhium, Koch [Imperntunn (htridliiuin, Linne), Nat. On/.— Unibelliferie. Masterwii. This dru^ consists of a fioincwliat ti:itt>iied, subconical rootstock, of al)outa finder's thickness, and ranging from 2 to4 iuolii-8 in length. Its surface is wrinkled, scarred, and warty; its uppir portion bus a finely annulati'il appearanci'. Its color externally is a deep bro«u-j;ray ; iutern.ally dirty wliite. It has a large cinlral pith, while its bark is thin, and all parts abound in nsin cells of a brown- ish-yellow hue. Its taste is pungent, aroinalic, aixl bitter, giving a prolonged sense of warmth- to tiie mouth. Its odor is markedly balsamic, somewhat reseuihling aiii,'elii;a. Masterwort is scarcely at all usidin America, ami la noticed here chiefly on account of its having been used as an aduhtriint of aconite ( Holmes). In former years it was much esteemed as a medicine, beiug known, on account of its extensive uses, as diiituim rrmediam. It grows in the moun- tains of central and south Europe, It contains from 0.2 to 0.7 per cent of volatile oil. Osaun and Wackenroder, in IS:'.!, obtained from it iinperalorin, a, principle believed by K. AVagner (18.54) to be identical with peucedanin, obtained from Pmceilanum officinale, Liunt^, an allied species, by Schlatter, in 1«33. However, more recent authors (A. Jassoy, 1890) lulieve it to be identi<-al with oslnilliln (see below l. Piuculnu I niorms colorless, rhombic prisnis, or plates, or fine ni-edli-8, which are odorless and tasteless when pure; they are insoluble in water, but soluble in etlur, chloroform, and alcohol, the latter solution haviiiga faintly bitter taste. The pure sub.stancomrlts at 10.'S^O.c22i>.4°F.) (1'. Ilaensel, IS'.ll). AVh.n concent rali-.l hydrochloric acid 6I. Popper ( l.'^'.i.S), have denionRtrated the forinulaof /,."r«/„„;,. to be ChHihOCHj^.O,, or CmIImO,, wliile ormM-Inn vaa found by Hlasi- wetz and Weidel i.Ihh. Cliem. /'/io8i- tion CnHi,'(JH).Oj, or ChH,/), (see Arrhiv i. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— -Alumroot, as its name would indi- cate, is a powtil'ul astringent ol such intensity as seldom to be ailministered in- ternally, yet it would undoubtedly prove useful in small doses, in all cases where astringents are indicated. An aqueous extract will be found very Wneficial in dinrrfuva and di/sentcri/ in the second stages, in ftcmorrfx^qe^, and other similar dis- eases. Externally the powdered root may be applied to >i,wnr,-h,in,.<, , ,,i..S9 ri'ouiuU, foul and indolent ulcers, etc. The decoction is utseful in ap/Uhous sore vvmlh And soreiie^s of the throat and faiKCJf; it may I'c used as a wash or gargle. Taken internally, in doses of a wineglass half full 3 or 4 times a day, it has been eOicient in didbttt.^, and in bUrding jiile^, employing it, in this last complaint, by injection also. Equal parts of alum-root and black cohosh-root in decoction, form an excellent local application in leiieoT^han and ea-oination of tlie cervix uteri. Some practitioners employ this root indiscriminately with that of the Geranium macu- latum; it is, however, more iiowerfully astrinjrent. HIBISCUS ESCULENTUS.— OKRA. The unripe fruit of the Hibisnts fsndetitus, Linne (Abelmosrhua esculentus of Wiglit and Arnott). Xnt. Ord. — Malvacea:. Common Names: Okrn,Go)nbo, Bendcc. iLLrsTR.xTioN : Beutley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 36. Botanical Source. — This plant is an herbaceous annual, with a stem some- what woody at tiie base, attaining a height of from 3 to 6 feet, and being 3 or 4 inches thick, bearing alternate, serrate leaves of 3 varieties, angular, palmate, and .subdigitate. The tlowers are solitary, large, and showy; of a pale yellow, tinged at the b;i-e a dark crini.son. The herbaceous portions of the plant are clothed with sharp bristles, and often bear purplish spots. Description. — The gombo fruit is a pentagonal, narrow, cylindrical capsule, from 2 to 12 inches long, tapering at the base, and about 1 inch in diameter. It is often cinvcd, and is covered with hairs, especially along the ridges. The pods con- tain several roundish or kidney-shaped smooth seeds in each of the several cells. History. — Okra was well-known to the Spanish Moors and Persians, and as early as 1216 was described by a native Sevillian botanist, Abul-Abbas-el-Nebate, who states that the young and tender fruit was eaten with meat by the people of Egypt, who also employed it medicinally for its emollient properties {Pharmacog- raphia). The Indian Pharmacopoeia has an official decoction of the immature capsules to be employed as a demulcent diuretic in catarrhal affections of the urinary tract, as gononlK ea, and in dysuria, and ardor urinae. Okra is indigenous to tropical Africa, where the natives call itbnmeea, and to the West Indies, and is cultivated throughout the tropical and subtropical regions. It is raised on a large scale near Constantinojile, where the fruit is employed on account of its demulcent properties. The fiber of the bark is used in the arts to make paper and ropes. Its fruit is valued chiefly, and especially in the southern states, for a mucilaginous substance, gotnhine (Landrin, Jahresb. der Pharm., 1874, p. 172), which it imparts to soups, being often used in combination with tomatoes. It is also used for pickles. According to Porcher, the parched seeds are used by the negroes of South Carolina us a substitute for coffee. Action and Medical Uses. — Okra is demulcent, mucilaginous, and the leaves are said to make an e.\( client emollient cataplasm. The seeds of the H.Abelmos- rhus (see below) were formerly considered a stomachic stimulant, antispasmodic, and nervine, but are now employed chiefly by the perfumer. Related Species. — flihlsrus Ahelmosrhtm, Linm'. {AhelmofcliHS 7nosckalm, Moench). .\n evergri-fii tree, iiitroduceil into tropical America, but indigenous to Egypt and southern Asia. The seeds, known a-s yrana j/ionc/mdi, have a musk-like odor, and are warm and spicy to the taste. The odor resides in the teeta of the seeds, an8 to impart a pleasant flavor to their coffee. They are also used to adulterate musk and employed in the making of per- I'unies. In fJombay they are used to protect woolens from the ravages of the moth, and rubbed to a past*- with milk, employed to cure the i/<7i (Dymock, Mnt. Med. of KeMem India). HIERACIUM.— HAWKWBED. The root and leaves of Hieracinm venosii m,hinne. Xnt. Ord. — Composita;. Common Namks ; IlnwhreerJ, Veiny-lenrcd hnwhrcfd, Riiltli.ituilr treed, .'>lriiicd hhioilin):>. 990 HIPPOCASTANUM. Botanical Source. — This plant has a perennial root, with a stem or scape from 1 to 2 feet in height, dark-brown, slender, sometimes naked, sometimes with 1 or more glabrous, cauline leaves, forking above several times into a spreading, loose corymb, with an awl-shaped bract at each division. The radical leaves are obovate or oblong, somewhat acute, nearly entire, subsessile, thin and pale, pur- plish, and glaucous underneath, a little hairy above, often hairy along the midrib, marked with purple veins, and the first that unfold are close to the ground. The heads are very small, in a loose panicle on slender diverging peduncles, 12 tpi>oaG(auum. bark, and a white, not very firm wood. Th leaves are opposite, digitate, long-stalked, and consist of 7 obovate-lanceolate, acumi- nate, bright-green, coarsely and irregularly serrated leaflets which diminish in size from the center. The flowers, which are pink- colored and white, are borne in terminal thyrses, or pyramidal racemes. The corolla is spreading and composed of 5 oblong, un- guiculate, fringed, wavy petals, with a small reddish spot above each claw. The calyx is 5-toothed, bright-green, and campanulate. The stamens are 7 in number, and support reddish-brown, oblong anthers. The fruit is a prickly, thick, and tough capsule, 3-valved, 1 to 3-celled, with usually 2 large, deep chest- nut-brown seeds, and a large broad space forming a hilum. Description.— The B.\kk. Horse-chest- nut bark is of a gray color externally, show- ing leaf scars and wart-like excrescences spar- ingly distributed. The internal surface is whitish and snuxith. Tiie bark is thin, and throughout its internal structure presents a HIPI^^JASTANIM. Vt;»l brown or brownish color. Tlie inner bark has a rough, bitter taste, and i^ nearly odorlees; and is tough and fibrous on fracture. It yields it.s })roperties to water and diluted alcohol. The aqueous infusion is bitter, fawn-colored, and non-astrin- gent. Gelatin separates its tannic acid; iron gives a green precipitate; infusion of galls and tartar-emetic produce no efl'ect upon it. The Nut, when dry, is subglobular, compressed, from 1 to 1 J inches in diame- ter, with a shining, chestnut-brown testa, marked by a reddish or yellowish-gray hilum, nearly an inch in diameter. In the middle (if the hilum is a smaller spot, in the center of which is a slightly roughened elevation. Passing from the hilum around to the oi)posite surface may be observed an elevated ridge terminating in a bulbous extremity, and resting in a horseshoe-shaped depression. The surface of the nut is slightly corrugated. The internal portion is starchy, yellowish-white in color, and has an unpleasant, bitter taste. The nut has a sligiit, peculiar odor. History. — Horse-chestnut is indigenous to certain parts of southern Asia (Persia, northern India), from whence it was conveyed into Europe. It is now common to many p:irts of the United States, where it grows rapidly, Vilossoming from Ai)ril to July, and maturing its fruits in the autumnal months. It is exten- sively cultivated for shade and ornamentation in gardens and along sidewalks. Chemical Composition. ^.\ 11 parts of the plant, especially the bark of the root, trunk, and branches, and thotestaof the seeds, contain a peculiar tannic acid, which forms an uncrystallizable, nearly colorless ni;iss, whose solutions turn red- brown when exposed to the air. Heating with diluted mineral acids to the tem- perature of boiling water jiroducesared p/ilohaphcne, a.suhsteLacewh\ch. also occurs ready-formed in the bark and the leaves ot the tree (Rochleder). yEscidin {C^fi,fi,), discovered by Canzoneri and first obtained pure by Minor (1831\ is a faintly bitter glucosid occurring principally in the bark, also in the testa of the seeds, but not in the leaves (F. 0. Ray, A„wr. Jour. PIir«/<'//(i (C'^HjO,). The latter substance, which is also to be found in the bark, is a diixy-coumarin (C^Ho[OH]oCH:CH.CO.O), and an isomer to d- sia. These conditions pass away when hijjpocastanum overcomes the rectal diffi- culties. Dose of specific horse-chestnut (prepared from the nut only\ from J to 5 minims in water every 1 to 3 hours. Specific Indications and Uses. — Visceral neuralgia, due to congestion; sore- ness of the whole botly, with vascular fullness, throbbing, and general malaise: throbbing, fullness, and aching in the liepatic region ; rectal uneasiness with burn- ing or aching pain; sense of constriction, with itching; large, purple pile-tumors: uneasy sensations and reflex disturbances depending upon hemorrhoids or rectal vascular engorgement. HIRUDO.— LEECH. The !>(/«• .• Annulata. Sub-order : Aitodn. Familij : Uirxxdinete. Description. — The leech belongs to the cla.«s of Vermes in "the Zoological arrangement, and order Annulata. This class is characterized l>yaniore or less elongated body; soft skin, segmented and annulated; articulated members and wings absent, and blood red. The general zoological characters of the order are: "Jaws with 2 rows of pointed, numerous teeth, which are mutually inclined at an acute angle" (Brandt). "Body elongated. Back convex. Belly flat. Extremities somewhat narroweil, furnished with disks or suckers; anterior extremity somewhat narrower than the posterior one. Rings from 90 to 100. Eyes represented by 10 blackish points. HI KUDO. 993 Mouth trirafliate. Jaws cartilaginous, arnicil witii numerous cutting teeth. Anus small, placed on the doi-sum of the last ring" (P.). Two species of leeches are recognized in commerce, the Sanffuvmgn officinal^ {Hirudo njficinnli!!) and the Stiii(juixu(ia nmlicinalU (Hirtidn medicinnlis, Linne; Hiiudo ;)rori)iriVj/w, Carena), tiiough some excellent zoologists consider them to he only varieties of the same species. " Both have a soft extensile body composed of about 98 rings. They vary in length from 1^ to 6 inches when in repose, hut can contract themselves to a third of their length, and stretch themselves out to marly the double of it. They present along the back and flanks 6 continuous or interrupted stripes of a rusty or greenish-yellow color, by which they are easily distinguished from all other species that resemble them. They can attach them- selves by both ends to adjacent objects by means of a particular apparatus. The .S. mattr'inalis is distinguished by a dark-brown or greenish-brown back, with Tusty stripes generally spotted with black, and a grayish or yellowish belly, also more or less speckled with black spots. The S. offiriwdi.'< has a paler greenish-black back, less bright and unspotted stripes, often interrupted and intercommunica- ting, and a paler, more yellowish, or greenish unspotted belly. Tiie former, coni- monly called the English, Ga-man, .S'im/(W), or Sjiakird leech, is a native of Britain, Germany, Poland, Sweden, northern France, and European Russ a. The latter, usually iknown as the Humjnnj, or (ueen leerh, is a, native of that country, and likewise of the south of France.' Both species have 3 converging mandibles, fur- nished at their edge with minute sharp teeth, from 69 to 71 in number in each jaw in the Hungary leech, and from 79 to 90 in the other. By means of these teeth, when the skin is sucked in the mouth, it is pierced with a sawing motion, soas to present 3 incisions meeting in a common center. These incisions often l>euetrate through the whole thickness of the integuments into the cellular tis- sue. The animal becomes filled with blood in the course of 15 minutes, if it be vigorous, and draws about a drachm and a half" (Christison). The American leerh {Hinidn decora. Say), is frequently used in this country, though it does not draw as much blood, by one-third, as the foreign leech. It has a back of a dark- green color, and having 3 rows of quadrangular dots running lengthwise, the cen- tral row being pale brownish-yellow, and the others quite black. The abdomen is also pale brownish-yellow, and interspersed with dark spots. It is ordinarily about 3 inches long, and occasionally longer. (For an account of the repulsive mode of collecting leeches in Greece, see Amer. Druggist, 1891, p. 81.) Preservation.— There is considerable difficulty in preserving leeches, especi- ally on a large scale, as they often die suddenly and in great numbers. Various iiiean.s have been adopted to keep them healthy. The most common cause of their sickness and death is the formation of a slimv matter on their skin, and which they are in the habit of removing by drawing themselves through moss and small stones. Dr. Johnson names certain diseases as a cause of their death, and Brostat describes three epidemic disorders. Leeches are more liable to disease and mor- tality, when kept together in large quantities, than when preserved in small num- bers." They should be keitt in glass or earthenware jars, in clean rain or soft water, which should be changed every day or two, and at the bottom of which is placed some loose mo. l)lied to the remaining ones. M. Allchin has prepared a leech conservatory, in which the leeches were kept in a healthy state, and the water clear and sweet, without changing the water for 10 or 12 months. It consists of a glass tank with a movable glass cover, and arrangement for admitting air through a perforateil metallic i)late. Some coarse gravel is jilaced at the bottom of the tank, which is about half filled with water, and into it are put 1 plant of Valisneria, 10 water snails ( Plawirhiji conieiu<), and about 1(X) leeches. A permanent balance of animal and vegetable life is thus obUiiied, and no necessity occurs for changing the 6.3 <;94 HOMATROPIN.E IIYDR0I5R0MAS. water. It has been tried to propagate leeches in confinement, but in all these cases, after a few years, there remained only those which were placed in the water, and those just hatched. This depopulation of the artificial ponds in which thej' were kept has been attributed, by Dr. Berard, to the "enemies of the leech,"' or those animals which devour tliem, among which he names the pig, the otter, the mole, the hedgehog, the rat, water-shrew mice, teal, ducks, heron, fowls, serpents, toads, fresh-water shrimp, and other crustacefe. The goose, aquatic toad, water-lizard, and frog he does iii)t consider enemies of the leech. If these statements are found to be correct, they will aid materially in determining the best plan by which to preserve and propagate leeches artificially. Artifiridl or mechanical leeches are now to be had. They are in reality small cupping instruments. Action, Medical and Surgical Uses. — Leeches are occasionally used as a substitute for general blood-letting (which is scarcely ever now practiced) among children and delicate adults, or when it is required to abstract blood from some part whose locality or sensitiveness contraindicates the lancet or cupping. The abstraction of blood by means of leeching has, however, a decidedly different effect from that obtained by bleeding. A local impression may be made without seriously disturbing the whole system, as is the case in venesection. They are also very beneficial when applied with care to hemorrhoidal tumor.^, prolapsed rectum, inflamed vulva, etc., watching that they do not creep out of reach within any of the internal cavities of the body, as serious results might ensue. Salt is a speedy poison to the leech, and whenever one gets within the stomach, or other cavity beyond reach, the introduction of a strong solution of salt will destroy it. They are more commonly used in heal inflammations, bruises, etc., in which thej' often render excellent service. In applying them, any hair growing on the part must be removed by shaving, and the part must be thoroughly cleansed by soap and water, followed by clear water. Should the leech not fasten quickly, various means have been advised to overcome this difficulty, as moistening the part with warm milk and water, sugar and water, or with a drop of blood, or by immersing the leech for a moment in porter. It has also been recommended to hold the leech in a dry cloth, direct its head to the selected part, and slowly withdraw it along the skin, thus forcing it to take hold in order to find a firm attachment. But it must be recollected that there are certain states of the body, in which the leech will not attach itself, or speedily perish if it does. In poisoning by nux vomica, strychnine, oxalic acid, etc., and where sulphur has been ustd. the leech dies if it abstracts blood. In order to hold leeches to any part of the body, they are placed in a narrow tube called a leech-glass, which confines them to one spot. When it is desired to remove leeches froua the skin, this maj- be accomplished readily by dropping a little salt upon them, which sickens them. The usual mode is to draw the leech gently through the thumb and index finger, in a direc- tion from its tail to its head, thus forcing out the blood, and tlu-n place the ani- mal in clean water, to remain there for several days before employing it again, frequently renewing the water. Soubeiran and Bouchardat recommend as the best plan, first, to sicken the leech by placing it in a solution of 8 parts of s;Ut to 50 of water, then, holding it by the tail, to dip it into hot water, but which can be borne by the hand, and then to strip it by gently passing it between the fin- gers ; the leech is then to be placed in fresh water, which should be changed every day. A little white sugar dissolved in the water will, it is said, speedily restore them to their original activity. When the hemorrhage from leech-bites is trouble- some, or too long continued, it may be checked by applying tannic acid or other astringents, collodion, eau de Pagliari, or by a very superficial stitch with a fine sewing needle. HOMATROPIN^ HYDROBROMAS.— HOMATROPINE HYDROBROMATE. Formula: C,JI,,iNO,.HKr. Molecular Weight: 355.17. Source and Preparation.— ifoma/rop/Hc (t>ri//o/»v/-'rt>/x'iii«) is the most im- iwrtant of the tropeints (wliich see) — a series produced by heating (mpinf (C.H,. NO) in the presence of diluted hydroihloric acid and certain o'ganio acids. IIOMATU.iIMN .: llYnr.ODUOMAS. 995 Thus liuiiiatro|iiiie is prepared l>y the action of tropine upon mandelic (phenyi- fllyoolic) acid (C^H^O,) (see article on liomatropine by Prof. F. B. Power, in Amer. Jour. Pharii)., IHH2. p. 145). Houiatropine is an alkaloid. forn)ing transitarent, prismatic crystals (Merck, 1880), soluble in ether, alcohol, and chloroform, but less soluble in carbon disulphide, from a solution of which it readily crystallizes. A peculiarity of this alkaloid is that, though hygroscopic and extremely deli- quescent, it dissolves with dillicultv in water. *rhe alkaloid forms salts with hydrorhloric, hydrobromic. and sulpliuric acids; also with picric acid. The most valuable salt of homalropine, therapcuticallv, is liomatropine hydrobroniate. HoM.\TROPi.sE Hyukorrom.\tk (C,sIi„JsO,.HBr.) can be easily obtained in crystallized form by the action of hydrobromic acid upon crude liomatropine and subse(iui lit ri'crystallization from water. Description and Tests. — Homatropine hydrobromate occur.s in small, white, lustrous, non-hygrosctipic crystals, soluble in 6 parts of water and 130 parts of alcohol. The Br. Phann. (1898) for homatropine hydrobromate directs that the solutions should be neutral to litmus. The same authority demands that: " Heated on jilatinum foil it fuses and burns without leaving an appreciable resi- lUie. If 0.2 Cc. of chloroform be shaken with 1 Cc. of a 10 per cent aqueous solu- tion, to which a solution of chlorine has been cautiously added, the chloroform will assume a brownish color. A 2 per cent aqueous solution yields no precipi- tate, nor does the c;iutious addition of solution of ammonia, previously diluted with twice its volume of water, but diluted solution of potassium hydroxide pro- duces in it a white precipitate, soluble in excess of the reagent. Solution of iodine causes a brown, and test solution of mercuric chloride a white precipitate. If about 0.01 Gm. be dissolved in a little water, and the solution rendered alka- line with solution of ammonia, and shaken with chloroform, the separated chlo- roform will leave on evaporation a residue which will turn yellow and finally brick-red, when warmed with about 1.-5 Cc. of a 2 per cent solution of mercuric chloride in a mixture of 5 volumes of alcohol (90 per cent), and 3 volumes of water. When treated with fuming nitric acid and potassium hydroxide, as de- scribed under 'Atropina,' no reddish-violet coloration is developed (distinction from atropine), the residue becoming reddish-yellow. It affords the reactions characteristic of liydnibromides" (Br. P/ki/v/k, 1898). The sulphate, hydrochlo- rate, and salicylate of homatropine, each in white crystals, soluble in water and alcohol, are ocx-asionally employed therapeutically. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— This salt acts very much like atropine, causing a quick, full dilatation of the pupil, but the paralyzing influence upon the muscles of accommodation is much less, and the effects of the agent more transient. Homatropine dilatation seldom lasts over 24 hours, and usually be- gins to diminish after a few hours, whereas atropine dilatation may persist for several days. Homatropine, after the instillation of large doses, imparts a bitter taste, but, unlike atropine, no dryness of the pharynx is induced. Homatropine hydrobromate is a safer agent than atropine, and does not produce such marked systemic disturbances as the latter. A 1 per cent solution is usually preferred for ophthalmic work. The solution is fairly permanent. Under the use of this drug pupillary dilatation takes place in from 15 to 25 minutes, reaches the maximum in about 1 hour, and usually disappears in about 6 hours; accommodation paresis occurs in f to 1^ hours, and passes off before the dilatation is overcome. Instilla- tion of this agent produces some smarting, and occasionally conjunctival irrita- tion results, but these effects are less likely to occur than with atropine. Poison / ing by homatropine and its salts should be treated by means of emetics" and the' stomach-pump, followed by tannin and animal charcoal, and emesis again resorted to. Then a cathartic dose of castor oil is advisable. Heat, stimulation, and arti- ficial respiration should not be neglected. Hartridge advises a combination of cocaine and homatropine for producing quick maximum dilatation. Foltz {Wehster's Dynmii.rherai,.,r>.5S0) states that for use in middle-aged persons, the drug is all that can be desired, but for refractive troubles, particularly of children, with ciliary spa.sm, he regards it of little value. It is contraindicated in glaucoma. The agent is seldom used internally. However, homatropine is now by far the most commonly employed mydriatic for use in refraction work. For oiihtlndinoncopic cininiiKitiom it b:is Impl" ly riplaced atropine, as it has ia estimating refraction in patients over 25 j-ears of age. Homatropine is antago- nistic to muscarine and pilocarpine. Homatropine hydrobromate has been suc- cessfully u.«ed inthevighl-miecls of phthisis. Doses of ^ grain have been advised for this purpose, but the jjractice c:in not be strongly recommended. The dose of homatropine hydrobromate is from y^^ to ^^j grain; the maximum amount for a day being ^^ grain ; as a colly rium, 3 to 4 grains to 1 fluid ounce of water. Belated Preparation. — Mvdrixe. Thi.s is a white powder— a combination of thp alka- loids homatropine and ephedrine — introduced into ocular therapeutics by Dr. Cattaneo, in IS95. It dissolves freely in water, and is employed chiefly in 10 per cent solution. It is promptly mydriatic, scarcely irritant, causing at first sl'^ht burning, and has no effect ujxiu accommodation. Claimed "to be quicker and more transient than other mydriatics, and con- sequently of marked value for diagnostic purposes. HORDEUM.— BAELEY. The decorticated seeds of Hordeum distichm}, Linne. Common Names : Barley, Pearl barley. Illi'stratiox: Bentley and Triinen, Med. PlatUs, 293. Botanical Source. — There are several kinds of barley, the more general ones being the following: Hordeum vulgare, Linne, has an erect, smooth, fistular culm or stem, from 2 to 4 feet in height, with alternate, carinate, lanceolate, linear, and roughish leaves; the sheaths are auriculate at the throat. The flowers are all hermaphrodite and awned; the spikes thick, and about 3 inches long; the spikelets 3, all fertile, 1-flowered, with an awn-like rudiment at the base of the upper palete. Glumes 2, subulate, nearly equal, and awned. Paleiu 2 and herba- ceous; the lower one lance-ovate, concave, and long awned; the upper obtusely acuminate, and bicarinate. The stamens are 3 in number; ovary hairy at the apex. Stigmas 2, sessile, somewhat terminal, and feathery. Scales 2, ciliated. Caryopsis adhering to the palea\ Fruit or seeds in 4 rows (L. — W.). Hordeum di'; fatty mat- iii>i;i>i;rM. 997 ter, 1.93; sugar {innllo.sc), l.ol; dextrin, ().:'>!1; stiin-h, .59.09 ; (i lire, 4.95; as^li, 2.42. The iiitrogeiiouii matter consists of gluten rasein, glulcii-Jihriu, inurcdin, and albu- min. The gliadin contained in wheat being absent, it is therefore imiii>.>isible to obtain gluten from barley (see Ai-cim)- Albumin varies in barley from Of) to 1.77 per cent. As regards carbohydrates, sugar is stated to predominate over de.xtrin in American barley. Stelhvaag (ISSUi found tiie fatty matter in barley to con- sist of 13.62 per cent free fatty acids (coulainiug hurdcie uckl, or lauro-slediir arid of Beckmann, 1855), 71.78 per cent neutral fats, 4.24 per cent lecithin, and 6.08 per cent phyloxterin. J. C. Lermer, in 1863 (Wittstein's Vierteljnhrssrhrift, Vol. XII, p. 4), made a comparative aiuilysis of barley seeds and the malt obtained tiierefrom. and observed a loss in starch of 14.57 per cent, and an increase of sugar by 2.03 per cent, also the fatty oil became reduced in quantity, while dextrin, cellulose, and proteids remained constant. Mr. Frank X. Moerk has more recently (Aimr. Jour. Pharm., 1884, p. 366 and 46.5) made some diligent analyses of Canada barley as well as the malt prepared from it, to which articles the reader is referred. A peculiar, optically lavogyre carbohydrate, .<('/i«W//j! (f,;/n(uilhro>ts; odor aromatic; taste bitter, aromatic and slightly astringent"— (T. S. P.). HUMVLlri. 9;ivi Oaemicdl Composition.— Boiling water takes up the virtues of hops; how- i ver, tliey are iin])aired by long-continued heat. Tlie decoction turns litmus paper red, becomes deep-green with the salts of iron, and turbid with the solution of isinglass. A better solvent than water is diluted alcohol. By distillation with water, ho]>s yield a limjiid vnlnlih- oil (O.S per cent, v. W'agn-r), lighter than water; Payen antl Chevallier (1822) obtained from lupulin 2 ])er cent. Tiie oil in part contains /nimu'tne (a sesquiterpene, C|jH„), and unsaturated hydrocarbons not belniiging to tiie terpene series. The formation o{ buti/ric and vitleritmic uci(U, i>b.*erved in liie distillation of old hops or lupulin with water, is not due to oxi- dation of the volatile oil (A. C. Chapman, Pharm. Ccntmlh., 1899, p. 73). A bit(illow stutl'ed with hops has long been a popular remedy for procuring sleej). Hops, as well as lupulin, are useful in delirium tremens to allay the morbid excite- ment and vigilance, while at the same time it exerts its stomachic effects. It is extremely elficient in dijxpefiKin where restlessness and a brooding disposition are prominent feature.*. Fermeutalire di/spc/isia, with con.seouent eructations, often yields to hops or lupulin. Externally, in the form of a tomentation alone, or coiTibined with boneset or other bitter herbs, hoi>s have jirnved beneficial in 1000 HYDRANGEA. pneutnonia, pleurisy, yastritus, enteritis ; also as an application to painful swellings or tumors. An ointment made by boiling 2 parts of stramonium leaves and 1 of hops, in lard, has proved an effectual application \n. erzema, ulcers, HTui pninftd t'unons. Lupulin exerts a more certain influence than hops, and should be preferred for internal use, as the dose is much less bulky. The properties here ascribed to hops are possessed by lupulin, and the conditions benefited by lupulin are also those in which hops act beneficially. The subject will be further discussed under Lupulin (see Liqndinum). The decoction of hops is seldom employed. Ale, porter, and beer are fre- quently administered in cases of debility in the absence of inflammatory symp- toms, as tonic, stimulant, and nutritive agents. fFor specific indications see Lupulinum.) HYDRANGEA.— HYDRANGEA. The root of Hydrangea arhnrescens, Linne {Hydrnngcd vulgaris, Michaux and Pursh). Nat. Ord. — Saxifragacea-. CoMMo.N' Names: Seven harks, WiM hydrangea. Botanical Source. — This plant is the Hydrangea vulgaris of Michaux and Pursh. It is an indigenous shrub, smooth, or nearly so, attaining the height of 5 or 6 feet, with opposite, petiolale leaves, wliieh are ovate, obtuse at the base, rarely cordate, acuminate, serrate-dentate, nearly smooth, and green on both sides. The flowers are often all fertile, numerous, small, white, becoming roseate, and borne in fastigiate cymes. The calyx tube is hemispherical, 8 or 10-ribbed, and coherent with the ovary; the limb 4 or 5-toothed, and persistent ; the petals ovate and sessile; the stamens 8 or 10, and slender; the capsule crowned with the 2 divergent styles, 2-celled below, and opening by a foramen between the styles; and the seeds are numerous (W. — G.). History and Description.— This elegant shrub grows abundantly in the southern, and middle-western states, in mountains and hills, and on rocks and near streams. The bark is rough, pealing ofl' — each layer being of a difl^erent color, and which has probably given origin to the name "seven barks." It is quite common in the Susquehanna and Schuylkill valleys, and its flowers are often met with in bouquets in the markets of Philadelphia. The rout is the part that has been employed. It is firmed of numerous radicles, sometimes not larger than a goose-quill, and again half an inch or more in diameter, and of consider- able length. These proceed from a caudex, which sends upward numerous diver- gent branches. When fresh, the root and stalks are very succulent, containing much water, and can easily be cut, and the root likewi.se contains a great deal of mucilage, with albumen and starch. When dry they are very tough and resistent, and exceedingly difficult to bruise or cut, hence they should be bruised while fresh, or which is better, cut into short transverse sections, which facilitates the drying. The bark of the dried root has a rather pungent, aromatic, not dis- agreeable taste, somewhat similar to that of cascarilla bark. The stalks contain a pith which is easily removed, and they are used in some parts of the country for pipe-stems. Chemical Composition.— Mr. Joseph Laidley,'of Richmond, Va.(^4Hi molting point to be 228° C. (442.4° F.\ HYnitAUiiYUI (.IILOKIDIM COUUojJlVlM. 10()l Therootof if i/<^ra»(/(aj/ant<«/rt/((,var.pr(in(/j^oro, a shrub frequently cultivated in the northern and iiiiildle states, was analyzed quite rt>rently (A.G. Luebert, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1898, p. 550). A glueosidal, crystallizalile nrinciple was ob- tained, nieltintj at 178° C. (.■^52.4° F. ), and probably not identical with the hydrnn- ijin n{ Bonduraiit. The name 7"/ (<(-/( i/'/'vi »(///! is suggested for this substance. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— This plant w as introduced to the pro- fession by l>r. S. \V. I>utl< r, of Burliiiu'ton, N. J., as a remedy for the removal of riilrulou.itate produced in solutions of mercurous salts with ammonia water, is black. Mercuric chloride is easily reduced to insoluble mercurous chloride (calomel) by such reducing agents as sulphurous acid or stannous chloride. An excess of the latter reagent will further reduce the calomel formed to metallic mercurv. The reactions involved are as follows: 2HgCl.,-^SnCl.,==Hg,Cl,-fSnCl, and Hg,CI,+ SnCL--Hg,+SnCl.. Mercuric chloride forms crystallizable double salts with the chlorides of potas- sium, sodium, and ammonium, and also combines with hydrochloric acid. The Alemhruth Salt of the alchemists was a mixture obtained by evaporating to dryness a solution of equal weights of mercuric chloride and ammonium chloride. Tests. — "If a saturated, acjueous solution of the salt be heated nearly to boil- ing, then completely saturated with hydrogen sulphide, and allowed to stand for several hours in a well-corked flask, it should yield a colorless filtrate, which, on evaporation, should leave no residue (absence of many foreign salts). If the pre- cipitated mercuric sulphide obtained in the last test he washed with water, then shaken for a few minutes with ammonia water, and filtered, the filtrate shouM be colorless, and, on the addition of a slight excess of hydrochloric acid, should afford neither a yellow color, nor a yellow precipitate (absence of arsenic)" — (['. S. P.). The presence of calomel (mercurous chloride) in corrosive sublimate is recosrnized by an insoluble residue being left upon dissolving in water, this residue tuniint,' l)lack with ammonia water. Action and Toxicology.— In this article the action of the mercurials in een- eral will first be given, followed by such special statements as apply to individual members of the group. In the metallic state mercury is inert as a medicine, except when in a state of minute division; but its oxides and other comiwunds possess exceedingly active projjerties. Metallic mercury, undivided, may be taken in con- siderable amount, acting by its weight merely as a purgative. If, however, it l>e retained in the intestinal tract so a< to form soluble salts, or if in prolonged contact with the skin, it will produce the con.'een known to take })lace in less than i hour. The smallest dose known to have killed (a child), is 3 grains; it is thought tlial from 3 too grains or less will kill an adult (Taylor). Death may occur from the external application of tlie drug to tumor^ ulcers, etc.; and soritnis symptoms have followed from the use of the .solutions even when the skin is un)>roken. In the bodies of persons, who, during life had employed mercury or some of its preparations, either internallv or externally, metallic mercury has been found, as in the bones, brain, pleura, liver, cellular" tissue, lungs, kidneys, etc. It has also been detected in the secretions of patients who were under its influence, as in HYDRAKOYin CHLORIDrXl CoUItoSn TM. 1005 the perspiration, urine, saliva, l>iie, gastro-intoetinal secretions, and in the fluids of ulcers. The salivation and gangrenous inflammation of the mouth occasioned by mercurials are best overcome by astringent infusions, as tincture of myrrli, both taken internally and used as a gargle, and the administration of chlorate of pot;issium. Its constitutional eflects are best remedied by vegetable alteratives with iodide of potassium, tonics, attention to the excretions, malic acid, exercise, etc.; though it is rarely the case that a perfect recovery of liealth ensues where the system has sufiered considerably from the eflects of tiie mercury. In the treatment of cases of poisoning by corrosive sublimate, the antidotes must be given promptly, without the least delay. Thus the white and yolks of eggs, well beaten with water; milk, or a niixture of wheat flour, oat-meal, or bar- ky-meal, and water; these f(-rm a compound whose chemical action on the tis- sues are slight when compared w ith that of the poison. One egg is said to be required for every 4 grains of corrosive sublimate swallowed. The above, as well as mucilaginous ^rauiihts should be given freely until relief is aSbrded ; and as soon as possible the stomach sliouUl be evacuated by the stomach-pumj), and like- wise be well washed out. Chemical antidotes, or those which decompose the poi- son, or form harmless compounds with it, should also be used, as a mixture of 2 parts of very fine iron filings, and 1 of fine zinc filings, which is said to reduce the corrosive sublimate to the metallic state; or, the hydrated sulphide of iron, which completely destroys the poisonous quality of the mercurial salt, if given witiiin 10 or 15 minutes after it nas been swallowed. After the poi.sonous symp- toms have been overcome, any inflammation which may remain, must be treated on general principles. Medical Uses and Dosage. — Mercury and its preparations have been little employed by Eclectic pliysicians, and have even been absolutely proscribed by many menil>ers of the Eclectic school. While it is true that the use of the drug has been discouraged by the teachers and writers of our school, it is also true that their ground of opposition is well taken, for these are drugs so pernicious in their etil-ets, as ordinarily employed, that their abuse should be strongly guarded. They should only be used when the S])ecific indications for their employment can be unmistakably pointed out. Therefore it is desirable that we reiterate what has been declared again and again by the leaders and teachers of the Eclectic school, that it is not the «•?<", but the o^!<*e of mercury to which objection is made. The earlier Eclectics, many of whom would not use mercury in any form, sought to find Buljstitutes for the mercurials (as with podophyllin, etc.,for hepatic disor- ders), for, as stated by Prof. King in the original preface to the American Dispensa- tory (\>. 8>, "there is no siugleremedy known to man which has produced agreater amount of mischief by its indiscriminate use than mercury ; nor is there any other drug which has done one-hundredth part as much to create a prejudice against scientitic medicine, to destroy the confidence of the community in its practition- ers, and to repel them from the physicians to the nostrum dealer." That the Eclectic fathers were justified in their objections to the viciously injudicious em- ployment of mercurials prevalent in regular medicine in the early days of our school, is now evident from the position taken by many of the most conspicuous old school authors of to-day, and by the very conservative use of the drug at present by old school physicians, as well as by their kindlier feelings toward their professional brethren, whose opinions relating to some problems in therapy do not agree with their own. In referring to the medical uses of the preparations of mercury, unless attention is called to Eclectic authority, the reader is to under- stand that the uses given in this work are in accordance with the authorities of the regular school, and are designed to give scientific information concern- ing a class of preparations we can do without or replace by better and more kindly remedies. Corrosive sublimate is little used by Eclectic practitioners, either as an inter- nal or external remedy. Nor is its use as extensive among allopathic practition- ers as it was some years back. In fact, in reviewing the old school works upon [)ractice and materia medica of the past and present, one is struck with the com- parative conservatism in the use of these jireparations as compared with former times. Corrosive sublimate has been employed as an alterative in ciitnneom, srrnfu- /■lie, .and rh'umatic dixeascs, nervous disorders, ditvnxcs nj the lione", in ohslinate jmrriijo. 1006 IIYDRARfiYRI CHLORIDCM CORROSIVl'M. aciu, and other eruptions on the face, etc. It was, however, more generally admin- istered, and is still largely used in the treatment oi syphilitic maladies. Atthe pres- ent day, besides its use in syphilis, it is advocated internally in gustri/- ulcer, to pro- mote cicatrization and internally and locally in diphlheria. Murrell advises its use (1 grain to 10 fluid ounces of water; dose, 1 teaspoonful every hourj, in inJuviHe diarrhcea with green, slimy, offensive stools. Externally, it is the chief antiseptic agent for use as a germicide, being used more largely for that purpose than any other drug by these practitionerir. It destroys pcdiruli, and in the form of solu- tion or ointment is largely employed in pnra>^itic skin affertions, in orue, piiyriniiix, chloasma, freckles, gonorrhmi, pruritLs vulvie, in the treatment oiunumh, and in gen- eral surgical, gynecological, and obstetrical manipulations. (For a more detailed ac- count of its employment by the old school profession, consult any "regular'' materia medica.) The solutions employed for general antiseptic purposes should never be stronger than 1 in 2000. Solutions of 1 to 10,000 in vaginal injections during operations have produced violent toxic effects. Death has resulted from solutions of 1 to 1500 employed in surgical operations. Many fatalities have occurred from its employment even in dilutions of 1 to 6000, when used in the peritoneal cavity and in other operations ou the viscera. Used in this way it fre- quently produces albuminuria. For these reasons, corrosive sublimate solutions are rarely used by Eclectic surgeons. Internally, corrosive sublimate has been emploj'ed to some extent by Eclec- tic physicians. Prof. Scudder, who opposed its use chiefly because of the lack of discrimination on the partof physicians, believed that if rightly studied, mercury might fill a valuable place in medicine, but only in chronic cases {Sper. Med., p. 179). He stated that if he were administering it, he would be guided by the small, con- tracted, elongated, and pointed tongue, of natural or more than usual degree of redness, with prominent papilla?. The urine should be of normal specific gravity, depositing no sediment, the lijjs of good color, the circulatiiin good, and the skin elastic. He declared the mercurials were contraindicated by a pale mouth and tongue with absence of papilla?, pale and full fauces, tonsils, and palate, shiny red spots over the tongue, pallid, expressionless face, full lips, and increased secretion of saliva. Prof. H. T.Webster advocates the use of corrosive sublimate ox (adults) to 6x trituration (children), in 2-grain doses every 2 or 3 hours, for its effects upon ■ the mucous membrane of the colon, the vitality of which has been impaired by long-continued inflammation in chronic cholera infantum and dy.^'cntery. llcers of the colon and rectum form, the evacuations are semipurulent, and convalescence lingering. Here he claims that it lessens the pain and tenesmus, checks the evacuations, and restores normal energy to the parts. Externally, solutions of corrosive sublimate have been advised asacoUyrium (1 to 107.2')° C. (675.0.5° V.) it boils, and is con'ipletely volatilized, yielding a colorless mid ver\ |.iiisonous vapor. When globules of mercury are "driipp,d upin'i white jiaper, tin > sli 'uM I'll almut freely, retaining their globular form, and leMvini; Mi>streaks or traces, li sh.iiM In- p. riectly dry and presenta bright surface. On boiling .'i tiiii. of imrcury with .'i (V. nt water and 4.-T"(;ni. of sodium hyposul- phite, in a test-tiihe, lor about 1 luiiiii'te. the mercury shouUl not lose its luster, and should not acquire more than a slightly vellowish sluule (absence of more than slight traces of foreign metids)"— ( ['. .S'. P.). .Mercury, wlien frozen, has the specific gravity 14.931, and crystallizes in octahedra. Mercury is not altered by being kept under water, but its surface becomes gradually tarnished when exposed to the action of tbe air, becoming covered with a black oxide, especially when impure. In order to purify it for certain scientific purposes, e. g., the making of barometers and thermometers, it must be redistilled. By this process such impurities aa lead and tin remain in the residue. It may also be purified by digesting 100 parts of mercury for 3 days in 5 parts each of water and nitric acid, and subsequently washing it well with distilled water and drying it with bibulous paper; or the mercury is allowed to fail in a fine stream through a hiidi column of cliluted nitric acid iL. Meyer). Mercury combines with bromine, I I il • ; i;ii.Mixygcn,lead, phosphorus, sulphur, bismuth, arsi-nic, etc. Gold, silver, tin, ear :iil>iii( with it when cold, forming alloys called (iiiialyams. When heated in (i|m !i i i ts li..ilini; point, mercury unites with oxygen, firoducing the red oxide in scale- ^l i h ■- umi ,|, , i pose water; but if boiled in this iquid it aljsorbs sijj of its weight li i, maii I v, iih lai. or ajitated for a great length of time with water, it is divided to such a l.-i, , as p, 1 ,-. it- m. t ilia In-ter, and then forms a blackish powder, which is the metal in a stat.- oi -i, at Ai\ i-mh ■,,,.., ./i,./ or killed). Two oxides of mercury are knuwn, the hi^lur , Ilgi i ami lower (HgjO^and the two corresponding series of salts are known respectively as nurcuric anil iiiemirous compounds. All soluble compounds of mercury are poisonous, acid in reaction, and disagreeably metiillic to the taste. White is the usual color of the normal salts, while the basic compounds are yellow. .Veirwom salts form a white, insoluble precipitate with soluble chlorides (calomel), which turns black upon the addition of ammonia. They precipitate black with caustic potash or caustic soda, mercurous oxide (IlgjO) being formed." Mercuric salts precipitate yellow with caustic potash or caustic soda. They yield a scarlet precipitate, mercuric iodide (Hglj), if carefully added to solution of potassium iodide, but this precipitate dissolves iu excess of the latter reagent. Mercury, in combination with other substances, may be detected bv dissolving the substance in nitric acid; in the solution place a idece of bright copper, and after some time remove it, and rub it with a clean paper, when, if mercury be present, a silvery stain will he found on the cop|H-r, which is removeil by heat, and niay'bi' collected in a minute globule of qiii<'ksilver if the volatilization be conducteation, biliary derangement, syphilitic diseases, and wherever it is desirable to bring the system under the influence of mer- cury. As an alterative, 2 or 3 grains are given daily, or on alternato days, liedtime being usually preferred for their administration. As a purgative and reputed cholagogue. the dose is from 1 to 3 pills, to betaken on going to bed; when thus given, it iscustomarj- to administer a dose of castor oil, infusion of senna, or other cathartic on the next morning, as recommende,■ l;c|it in well-stoppered, dark amber-colored bottles" — l C.S. P."*. It nia\ ! I ' I n |.;ii,-.l liv .lis-, living red precipitate {Hvdraegyr^tvi aridum rnhnnn) in dilutr.l 1 II .\ 111. i.i.l, iili,riii._' Mild evaporating to cr\-stal"lization. thus: Hg<")4-2HC>>V- HjG • llu' ' N 1 .1 iN ;.i. |iarati<>n from ferrocyanide of jwtassium and nienniric snipliate. See dill. 1 1.. 11- 111 I . s. /., i^iO. I "(_'olorless or white, prismatic crystals. oilorU>R*. and having abitlci', iiu'iillir i:i-ii (ill. salt is exceeilingly ])oisonousl; beroroing dnrk-<"oloredi>ii «xi>ar!i-cyanogt>n with globules of metallic mercurj-. is wholly dissi|>i neutral to litmus paper, ami should not yield, on the gradual addition of a few drops of potassium ioilide T. 8.. either a tvA or a reddish prtx-ipitate. s«-ilnble in an excess of the precipitant, nor should it yield a white precipitate with silver nitmie T.S. ^absenc^• of IIYl)KAI!(iYni C HLORIDl-M rORROSIVUM. 1009 mercuric clilorifle^ " — {U.S. P.). >rcn-uric cyaiiiilo i.s :i corrosive poison, combining also the poisonous effects of prussic aciil, but lias been ust'd in ii iifnal ilinenivf, humid fjunnwig MIrrt, porrigit, and other cutantou* disfrnvf, as well iis in some rlinniic injtummntiotiii. It has also been advocateTcuriiis pnrcipUatitii: ullius, llildrarij\ir° F.). Keep the profbut in well-stoppered bottles, protected fnui light "— i C. S. P.). The washing directed in tli^ I'. S. P. process with ammonia water is for the purpose of re- moving the ammonium chloride. If water only be u,<;ed, the washing must be (Quickly per- formed, and cold instead of hot water employed. This will prevent the change into a basic Sidt — oxii-diinerciir-ammonium clilnride (XII,HgOHgCI i, a lemon-vellow compound. If iodine and ammoniated niercu'V be triturateil together, nitrogen iodide (iodamine), will gradually form and after a time the mixture '■pulfsup." But should iodine and alcohol both be present a dangerous explosion results. Ammoniat'd mercury is officially desorilied as occurring in "white, pulverulent pieces, or a white, amorphous powiler, without odor, and having an earthy, afterward styptic and m-t.dlic t;:ste. Permani nt in the air. Almost insoluble in wateror in alcohol. By pro- long-d w.ishiiig with w;iter, it is gradually decomposed, assuming a yellow color, and becom- ing converted i:itoabasic salt. Readily soluble in w;iT"n Ivlr-Moric, nitric, or acetic acid, and ill a C'l'd sfilution of animoninm carbonate. Also ( ; ' : ' . ~ hilile in a cold solution of solium liy|i i^ulphite, with the evolution of ammoni:! W i ; - solution is heated for a eliort tiim-, red mercuricsuliiliiile i.sseparateil, which, on pr i ik ! I lioiling, turns black. At a temperature below a reil beat tlie salt is decomposed witliout lusiou, and at a red heat it is wholly volatilized. AVheu heat. 1 wiih jLta^siuin or sodium hyilrate T.S., the salt turns yel- low, and evolves vapor of amiie.nia. '11 le .s,,|iitl(m of the salt in "diluted nitric acid, gives with potassium iodide T.S. a red pre< ipitate, w ith silver nitrate T.S. a white one. The salt should be st>luble in hydrochloric acid without etl'ervescence (absence of carbonate), and without leav- ing a residue I absence ol niercurous saltK Its solution in acetic acid should not be rendered turbiil by lyem- ployea in Eclectic practice, but isaconstituent in the popular old Fx'lectic Ophthalmic Balsam. and other offectioiiK of the fl.in, and in ophlhnlmia Uirfi. One part of the salt to 12 parta < or simple cerate, forins an ointment fur application in the aoove-nanied maladies. Ran>lyem- Afcrcuric--ltle, decant the supernatant liquid, transfer the precipitate toaetrainenwashit with warm distilled water, until the wa.shing8 no longer have an acid reacti(jn, and dry it in a moderately warm place. Keep the product in well-stn|ipircd bottles, protected from the light" — ( ('. iS'. /'. '. Boiling the mercury with Bulpliuricaiid and hastening the processby nitric acid, results in the forma- tion of mercuric sulphate. AVlien this is added to boiling water, the basic or oxysulphale pre- cipitates, while a corresponding quantity of sulphuric acid goes into solution. 'Tlie tempera- ture and quantity of the water influences the yield. About 75 per cent is realizf-d. "A heavy, lemon-vellow powder, odorle.ss and almost ta.steless ; permanent in the air. .'^•.luble in about 2000 parts of water at 15°C.(-")0°F.l,and in 600 pait.s of boiling water; insoluble in alcohol: readily soluble in nitric or hydrocbloiic acid. \Vlien heated, the salt turns red, becoming yellow again on cooling. At'a n d heat it is volatilized, evolving vapors of mercury and of sulphur dioxide, and leaving no residue. A solution of the salt in nitric or hydrochloric acid, diluted with water, gives with i)otas?ium iodideT.S. a red precipitate, and v. itli barium chloride T.S. a white one. The salt should be completely soluble, in 10 parts of hydrochloric aciil (absence of mercurous salt or of lead i " — ' U. S. P.). Its aqueous solution is colorle.ss. Its spe- cific gravity is 6.444. Boiled with caustic 6f>da or potash, a red precipitate is thrown down, while the solution contains sulphate of potassium. It was once employed as an emetic, in doses of from 3 to 5 grains, in su-elled teKtide, its nauseating and emetic action being suiMXised to promote absorption; it has also been recommended in vumbranoug croup. In doses of from J grain to J grain per day, it has been given as an alterative. One grain mixed with 5 or 6 grains of some mild powder, has been used as an errh'meinoiihthnlmic of rlirms, chrome cntarth, cerebral difficulties, etc.; it excites sneezing. One part of turpeth mineral triturated with 100orl2o parts of iard, forms an ointment which has been used in frictions, in cases of h- rjjff, slightlg inflammatory tetters, etc. Like other mercurials, this is ajit to cause salivation ; and in improper doses acta as a violent poison. It is seldom used at the present day, and is even condemned as dangerous and superfluous by some of the old school authors. Hydrargvri Pkh-suli'iias (HgSO,), Mercuric sulphate, Persulphate of mercim,, Sutphale of mercury. Normal mercuric sulphate, (inlfas mercuricus, Hydrar(pjrum tulphuricum, ilereuricut ritrio- latw. — This salt is prepared by placing in a porcelain capsule, quicksilver, 10 ounces (av.), in 6 fluid ounces (Imp.), of commercial oil of vitriol; apjily heat and constantly stir with a porce- lain spatula until eflervescence ceases, and nothing remains but a white and dry crystalline salt (Dulj.l. This accords with the iJr. P/iann. process. The salt is a white, opaque S'-.lid, which becomes orange-colored at a dull red heat, but white on cooling ; at a full red heat it is decom- posed. Water decomposes it, producing turpeth mineral (which seel, and a soluble persalt. It is not used as a medicine, but is employed in the manufacture of calomel, corrosive subli- mate, and subsulphate (oxysulphate) of tuercury. Hvi)R.\Ri.via DiPER.NiTR.\s, Bafic mercuric nitrate, Bibasic nitrate of nierrunj. — Prepared by boiling uieicuiy in strong nitric acid until the liquid, when diluted with water, ceases to yielii a white precii)itate (calomel) on the addition of a solution of common salt. Then concentrate until it has the sp.gr. 3.47. This liquor has an acrid, metallic taste, and colors the skin, when ex- posed to light, purplish red. By careful evaporation over concentrated sulphuric aiid, crystals of the normal nitrate (IIg[X03]2)2.H20, are formed. When evaporated to crystallization, the bibasic nitrate Hg,Oi>'03)2+-li2t), separates; if the crystals be washed with cold water, as long as it gives an acid reaction, a heavy yellow powder is obtained, which is a more basic nitrate of mercury (IlgjOjfXOsL); this, when boiled in water, yields a briek-nHi powiler, which is still more basic (HgeOstN'Oj],). The bibasic nitrate of mercury is acridand caas- tic, more so than the nitrate (Hg[X03]2'i, and exerts an influence up<->n the syst.-m similar to that of corrosive suhlimate, into which sjdt it becomes converted by the action of the alkaline chlorides in the alimentary canal. It is now seldom used. ■HvDK.\R(iYRi Pnospn.\s, Mercurous jilm^jihate, Pliofphale of mercury, Protuphitfuhale of mer- n/rv.— This salt is made by triturating 8 i>art3 of dry mercurous nitrate, in a porcelain niortar, witn 16 parts of distilled water, in which is mixed i part of nitric acid, sp. gr. 1.20 ; to this is added ahout 60 parts of pure water, and the w hole gently warmed until dissolved if necessary, the clear solution diluted w ith 8 times its wiijilit i>f jnire water, and tin n treatol with a siihition of crystallized sotlium plins|ihate, so long as a pncipitaie is lorined. Wa>h this carefully with water until it no longer gives ai\ acid reaction, dry with a gentle heat, ami keep in a closed bottle excluded from the light. It is a white, findnry si/[>liil!s, in divsos of J grain or 1 grain in pill form. Phosphate of mercury 4 J grain.'), opium 3 grains, tartar emetic } grain. fornie»l into V pills, with a sullicient quantity of conserve of roses, has been used with asserttnl ad\-iuitagi-. One pill to be taken every nicht ami morning. Hydrahoyki Si'i.pnintM Kiiuu m (HgS. Molecular weight : 2S1.7SV Urd iHemiric tuMid.-. Ilydrurgyri mlphuntuiii rubnan ( C. ^'. 7'., IS70), .Sn/^'/i«ri/ oj'iifr-''- -A-' kv. s>i is I'^.d,, . 1;YI)KARi;YKI tHLORIOlM CORKOSIVL'M. 1011 Uied, oriiVrf ?n//)/iurrt of mercury, Cinnal>ar, Vermilion, Paris rcil, Biiulphuret of mercury, Sulfn- rfhtm hiidrargi/ricum, }lyilrargtirum mlfuratum riiliruiii, I 'innaliarin, yfinium. — This compound is found in large quaniity in nature, and is the chief source from which mercury is pre- pared. The I'. S. ]'. ( IS7(fi. directed for its jireiiuratimi : (.iraduallv add to 8 troy ounces of melted sulphur, 40 troy ounces of mercury; stir continually, and heat until the maiss Coui- mences to swell, then "remove from the fire and cover the vei^sel closely to preveut its taking fire, an. I when cold, powder the uuiss and suliliiiie it. Vermilion may also be j)repareil iu the wet way liy agltatint; mercury with a Sciliition of sulphur in caustic potash. (Kor th<- d. 'tails of Wittsteln's ])riR-ess, see this l>ispensatory,hi.st edition.) When prepared by the first jiniciss, cinnabar forms in dark reddish-brown masses, coinpused of cry.'eing converted into mercuric nitrate, which change is iiccelerateirlli». Two parts of the .salt to .">() of the lard, form an ointment which has been U8era, pmriafi*, etc. In Eclectic practice brown citrine ointment has bi-en useil by Prof. Scudder and others in chronic eczema, nyconiK, harlier's ilili. and some cases of priiritii {S/jec. .Vci»solve each wparately 1012 HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDUM CORROSIVUM. in the least possible quantity of water, mix the solutions, filter, and drj' the precipitate bv a gentle heat. This has 1 leen used in obstinate cutaneous diseases, and in cases where it is desirable to produce the influence of quinine and mercury. The dose is from J grain to 1 grain, everj- 4 or 6 hours, in pill form with opium and erumb of bread. Hydrargyri Bok.^s, Borate of mercury. — Rub together 11 parts of calomel and 13 parts of biborate of sodium, for about 15 minutes, then add small quantities of water from time to time, continuing the trituration throughout; then filter, wa.«h the precipitate till the washings are tasteless, and dry. At one time recommended as a substitute for calomel, in doses of 2 grains daily, increasing gradually. Hydrargy'ri Bromidim, Mercurous bromide {VLg2BT2), Bromide of viercvry. — Toaweak solu- tion of mercurous nitrate add a solution of bromide of potassium so lone as a precipitate falls: filter, wash, and dry by a gentle heat. It forms a white powder resembling calomel. This is given for the same purpose as the iodide of mercurj', in doses of 1 grain per day, gradually increased. A bibromide of mercury (mercuric bromide [HgBr,]), is made by mixing together equal parts of mercury and bromine ; sublime the white powder formed by the mixture. It is white, soluble in water, alcohol, or ether; its solution gives a red or yellow precipitate with alkalies, and nitric or sulphuric acid decomposes it with evolution of vapors of bromine. It is a powerful poison, and has been recommended in syphilis, lepra, etc., in doses of ^ grain, gradually increased to J grain. It may be given in pill. Hydrargyri Acetas, Acetate of mercury.— It forms in rectangular tables and plates, hav- ing their angles frequently truncated. They are white, but become black on exposure to light are inodorous, of an acrid, metallic taste, and almost insoluble in water or alcohol. Heat de- composes it. It has been occasionally used in syphiliticajfections, in doses of from 1 to 5 grains. One or 2 grains dissolved in water, has been used as a wash in obstinate cutaneous affections. This salt is seldom used. Hvi)r.\rgyi;i P.knzoas (Hg[C6H5C00]2-f H,0), Mercuric binfizoate.—A crystalline, white powder, tasteless and odorless, and formed by mutual decomposition between a mercuric com- j)Ound and an alkali benzoate. It dissolves easily in alcohol, solution of common salt, but sparingly in water. It may be used by injection (1 in 1000 or 1 in^OOO), into the urethra for gonorrhoea, or it may be hypcKlermatically administered. For the first purpose it is added to an equal amount of sodium chloride, and for subcutaneous uses, combined with cocaine and sodium chloride (Stukowenkow). Hydrargyri Carbol.^s, Mercuric carbolale (Hg[C,H50]2), Mercuric phenylate (phenate). Hydrargyrum plunylicum, Mercuric dip/if (la/e (Merck's).— -Caustic potash 56 parts, carbolic acid (liquefied), 188 parts. Dissolve by aid of heat in just enough alcohol to eiTect solution, and add, with continual stirring, corrosive sublimate (13-5 parts), dissolved in alcohol. Evaporate. The yellowish precipitate becomes nearly colorless as drj-ness approaches. Wash with water slightly acidulated with acetic acid, and crystallize from boiling alcohol. This compound forms "stable, needle crystals, colorless, soluble in hot alcohol, alcoholic ether, ether, and gla- cial acetic acid ; not soluble in alcohol and water. Reputed antisyphilitic. Dose, i to i grain, twice a day. An inferior, less stable preparation, known also as mercuric phenate, is batic mercuric phenate iHgOHOCjHj) (Gamberini's). Hydrargyrum Bichloratcm Carbamidatum SoLCxrM, Solution of mercuric chloride and urea. — This preparation quickly undergoes change, and is generally directed to be prepared extemporaneously. Dissolve mercuric chloride ( 1 Gm. ) in hot water (100 Cc. ) ; when cola, add urea (o Gm.). Filter. Dose, 1 Cc, equal to i grain, once a day, hypodermatically, for typhilit. Hydrargyrum Formamidatum SoLCTrM,&/i(((ou of mercuric formamide. — This is prepared by dissolving the oxide, freshly precipitated, from 10 Gm. of mercuric chloride, in enoagh formamide to dissolve it, and bringing the measure to lOlX) Cc. with distilled water. Dose, 1 Cc. (16 minims), equal to i grain, liypodermatically, in gyphilis. Hydrargyrum Peptoxatum SolVtum, Solution of nurairicp>'plonate. — Prepared by mixing aqueous solutions of mercuric chloride and dry peptone, filtering, and adding sMiumchloride to the solution, and bringing the whole to the desired strength with water. The do^, hypo- dermatically, is 1 Cc, equal to J grain of mercuric chloride. Gluten pe/'tone ruNimatr, in 1 per cent solution (25 per cent mercuric chloride), has bee.n recommended as a substitute. Hydrargyrum Tannicum O.xydulatum, Mercurous taimate. Hydrargyri lannat. — This was introduced by Lustgarten as possessing advantages over other mercurials in fyphili.: It is pre- pared bv precipitating freshly prepared mercurous nitrate with a strong solution of tannic acid. Three to 5-grain doses are auministered daily until 150 grains have been taken. It is without taste or odor, insoluble in the common solvents, and yields its tannin to alcohol or water. It contains about 50 per cent of mercury. Hydrargyri Salicyi-as, Neutral, or Secondary nifrairic talicylale. — From mercuric chloride (27 parts), precipitate oxide of mercury, wash it well, and rub" with water to a soft magma. Add salicylic acid (15 parts), heat on a" water-bath, and shake frequently until the yellowness . changes to snow-white. Wash the resulting sjilicylate wiih warm water to remove all fret- acid, drain, and dry. It forms an odorless, tasteless, non-crystalline salt, sc cyaoide (Zn,Hg[CX]h)-— .^n insoluble white powder, lauded by Lister as a non-poisonous antiseptic. Hydrargyri O.VYUY.txiDUM, Oxycyanide (>i mercury (Hg,0[CN],V— .K solution in water (1 to 1500) of this compound is recomuienued us an antiseptic iu ocular therapeutics. HYDKARCiYKI (III.oUinrM MITE. 1013 Hydrargyri Pyrobokas, Affrctin/ iiyrohuiale (HgB.O,).— An insoluble, non-crystalline, brown powder, recommendi-il as a tonical agent in fi/phililic and other ulceratiom. Anione other mercurials, the following are newer introductions for use in ki/ji/hVw: Thi/m- olsiJphale 01 iH<>ro(rv ([(CudlisOjHg.HgJjSO,); Tlivmolncelale (V mcrnin/ ( [C'loHisOJ.IIg.Hg'.C, HjOjl; ThtfinolnitraU of mfrnin/ ( [CioHisOlHg.HgNOa); XaphlhoUile of nurrury (iiienury 30.8 per centi, a yellow powder; and Tribmplienul turlule of uirrcury. Hydnirgiiri ml phocifunna or SnlphiMijanntf of merfuni (sulphocyaniae formerly I, is employed in making the trinket, '• Pharaoh's Srjxnl." HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDUM MITE (U. S. P.)— MILD MERCUROUS CHLORIDE. "Obtiiined in the form of jiowder V)y the rajiid condensation of the vapor of niercurons chloride. Mild mercurous chloridu should be kept in dark amber- colored bottles"— (f. 5. P.). Formi'la: HgjClj. Molecular Weight: 470.34. Synonyms: Calomel, Mild chhriile ofmercuri/, Hydrargyri svbchloridum, Hydrar- gi/ri chlnriduin, Hydrargijrtun chhmitum dnlre, Hydnirgynuii vniriaticum dulce. C hlorw- retuin hydrargi/rosuni, Chlorelitui hydrnrgyrosum, Mcrcurius dulcis, Calomelas, Mernuous chloride; Sulichlnride (SuhmuridU) of mercury, Protorhloride of mercury. Preparation. — Calomel is never prepared by the pliarniacist. "Take of per- sulphate of mercury 10 ounces (av.), mercury 7 ounces (av.), chloride of sodium, drieil, 5 ounces (av."), boiling distilled water a sulliciency. Moisten the persul- phate of mercury with some of the water, and rub it and the mercury together until globules are no longer visible; add the chloride of sodium, and thoroughly mix the whole by ci>ntinued trituration. Sublime by a suitable apparatus into a chamber of su("h size that the calomel, instead of adhering to its sides as a crys- talline crust, shall fall as a line powder on its floor. Wash this powder with boiling distilled water until the washings cease to be darkened by a drop of sulphh vdrate of ammonium. Finally, dry at a temperature not exceeding 100" C. (212° F.) '•—(/>>. Fhann., 1885). In this process double decomposition takes place, as follows: 2NaCl+Hg, SO,=X;i,SO,-f-Hg,Cl.,. Mercurous chloride sublimes, and if passed into a small receiver crystalline crusts or masses are obtained ; if in a large receiver, as directed, a fine crystalline powder results. A still softer or finer powder may be olitained if a jet of steam be allowed to pass into the receiver, or, according to Soubeiran, if a blast of cold air be admitted. The best calomel is that produced by aid of the steam vapor, as this agent at the same time dissolves out any mercuric chlo- ride which may lie present, due to possible admixture of the mercurous sulphate employed with mercuric sulphate. Description and Tests. — "A white, impalpable powder, becoming yellowish- white on being triturated with strong pressure, and showing only small, isolated crystals under a magnifying power of 100 diameters. It is odorless and tasteless, and permanent in the air. InsoluV)le in water, alcohol, or etiier, and also in cold dilute acids. When strongly heated, it is wholly volatilized, without melting. In contact with calcium hydrate T.S.,or with solutions of alkali hydrates, or with ammonia water the sait is blackened. When heated with dried sodium car- bonate in a dry glass tube, it yields metallic mercury" — {I'.S.P.). Calomel is incompatible with the alkalies, lime-water, and sulphide of potassium, which blacken it, forming the suboxide or black oxide of mercury (Hg,,0) ; also with anti- mony, copjjcr, iron, lead, etc. It has been stated that if calon'iel be given at the same time with either common salt, nitrohvdrochloric acid, or the alkaline chlo- rides, it may give rise to serious, if not fatal results. This is due to the calomel being soluble in aqueous solutions of alkali chlorides, especially in solution ol chloride of ammonium at 40° to 50° C. (104° to 122° F. ). When warmed for sev- eral hours to this temperature, 100 parts of sodium chloride, dissolved in 833 pirts of water, form 0.33 parts of cornoivo sublimate from 25 parts of calotnel, u'Cjual to 1.2 per cent) (Mialke, in A. M.Comey, Din. of Chen. Snhd.il it i,.^, 1S!»G). Likewise, calomel should never be given in connection with articles containing hydrocyanic acid, either in a free or latent condition, m it may be converted into the bicyanide of mercury, and mercuric chloride. Tlie alkaline earths and car- bonates (calcium carbonate excepted), niid citric aeid, convert it i)artially into lOU HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDUM MITE. corrosive sublimate. Tlie same is effected when it is rubbed with sugar contami- nated with lime, but not when lime-free. Calomel of a gray color contains free mercury. If cold water which has been agitated with it for some time gives, with sulphide of ammonium, a black precipitate, it contains corrosive sublimate. Ether, in this case, readily dissolves out the corrosive sublimate. In testingcaloni' 1 for corrosive sublimate, it must not be treated with boiling water, since calomi 1 is slowly decomposed with boiling water, corrosive sublimate being formed. After 1 hour's boiling of calomel with 20 Cc. of water, 2 Mgr. of corrosive sublimate were insolation (A. M. Come}', see above reference). "If 1 Gm.of the salt be shaken with 10 Cc. of water or alcohol, the respective filtrates should not be affected by hydrogen sulj^hide T.S., or silver nitrate T.S. (absence of mercuric chloride), nor should they leave any residue on evaporation (absence of other soluble impuri- ties). On heating a portion of the salt, in a test-tube, with potassium or sodium hydrate T.S ,it should not evolve the odor of ammonia; and if another portion be shaken with acetic acid, the filtrate should not be affected by hydrogen sul- phide T.S., nor by silver nitrate T.S. (distinction from and absence of ammo- niated mercurv)" — {U.S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — (See remarks under Hydrargyri Chlo- riduvi Corrosivum.) Internally, calomel acts as a purgative, in doses of from 2 to 5 grains ; on account of its uncertainty of action, it is usually given in combination with other purgatives, as jalap, senna, scammony, colocynth, etc. It has been much used as a purgative in torpid states of the bowels, in torpor of the liver, d< ranijed conditions of the biliary organs, jaundice, Bomejehrile disorders, iiorins, dropsij,a.iid vari- ous disordered conditions of the alimentary cnnal uiuiccampanicd by inflamnuitimi. Large doses of calomel, as 20 to 40 grains, every half hour or hour, are said to act as a sedative, and have been administered in yellow fever, dysenter;/, A-erant granulations, and it forms an ingredient of some cancer pow- ders. One drachm of calomel added to a pint of lime-water forms the Black Wash (/-o?M) A^flfrn), which is a favorite application with some old school physi- HYDRARGYni l()niI)lM lUBRrM. 1015 c'ians, to nil syphililic ulrrrs. Soinetinies llie \va.
  • y Webster (-D_v»M HI. TlitTU)/.), in hlhargic stiites characterized chiefly by a long-continued tired feeling, associated with marked diurnal drowsiness and noc- turnal wakefulness. The patient, though apparently in good health, awakens tired in the morning, is averse to exerti'in of any Kind, and retires at night still tired, and the drowsine.*s is of such a pronounced character as to require much effort to remain awake. Such a condition, he states, often follows malarial infection, though he does not consider that it dei)ends upon such a cause. Tlie trouble must be idiopathic and not dependent upon "sympathetic local trouble." The dose is 2 or 3 grains of the 3 x trituration, 3 times a day. Calomel forms an excellent topical application in corneal ulter of a. slnpgii-h character. It should be freely dusted upon the lesions. Phlyctenular conjunct iv it U may be similarly treated. Foltz warns us that it should not be used when cor- neal ulcers are forming, or when they are enlarging. He uses calonnl to provoke irritative action in suiicrjicidl corneal opuritics, thereby inducing reparative fiction. Calomel forms a good application in sj/philitic chf potassium, h-t it be converted into iodide and iodate of mercury. Specific Indications and Uses.— (See under Hydrargyrl Chturidum Corrosivum for general indications for the mercurials.) Tiretl, apathetic, or lethargic condi- tion, with marked drowsiness in daytime, and sleeplessness at night. Locally, to sluggish corneal ulcers and pale chancroids covered with a pultaceous secretion. HYDRARGYRI lODIDUM RUBRUM ^U. S. P.)— RED MEKCURIC IODIDE. FoKMfLA: Hgl,. MoLECDLAR Weight: 452.86. Synony.ms : Biniodide of mercury, Red iodide of mercury, Hydrargyri jieriodidum, Periodide of mercury, Deutiodide of mercury, Hydrargyri iodidi nihrum. Mercuric iodide, loduretuiii hydrnrgyricum, DeiUoioduretum hydrargyri, Biniodidum hydrargyri, Mercu- riua indatos ruber. Preparation. — "Corrosive mercuric chloride, forty grammes (40 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 180 grs.]; potassium iodide, fifty grammes (.50 (Jm.) [1 oz. av., 3o4 grs.]; dis- tilled water, a surticient quantity. Dissolve the corrosive mercuric chloride and thepotassium iodide, each, in eight hundred cubic centimeters (800 Cc.) [27 fls, 25 Til] of distilled water, and filter the solutions separately. Pour both solutions, simultaniMiusly and in a tiiin stream, under constant and very active stirring, into two thousand cubic centimeters (2000 Cc.) [67 fls, 301 111] of distilled water. When the precipitate has subsided, decant the supernatant liquid, collect the pre- cipitate on a filler, and wash it with cold distilled water, until the washing.s give not more than a slight opalescence with silver nitrate test solution. Finally, dry it in a dark place, between sheets of bibulous paper, at a temperature not exceed- ing 40° C. (104° F.). Keep the product in well-stoppered bottles, protected from lighf— ir..S'.i'.). Description and Tests.— Mercuric iodide (^Hgl,) is remarkable for its being f/imor;>/iow.<, J. f. occurring in two different physical modifications. The salt, as obtained by the official process (precipitation), is scarlet red; this is the stable modification, which may be obtained also in quadratic crystals by crystallization from hot alcohol and other solvents. Heat converts this salt into the unstable, yellow modification which assumes the form of rhombic prisms when the salt is subjected to sublimation. These crystals turn red again upon cooling, but should they retain their yellow color upon cooling, friction with a hard body will sud- denly restore it. The official salt is described as "a scarlet-red, amorphous pow- der, odorless and tasteless; permanent in the air. Almost insoluble in water, but soluble in 130 parts of alcohol at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 15 parts of boiling 1016 HVDRARGYRI lODIDfM RUBRUM. alcohol; also soluble in a solution of potassium iodide, or of mercuric chloride, and in a solution of sodium hyposulphite. When heated to about 150° C. ('302° F.), the salt becomes yellow, but again assumes a rfd color on cooling; at 238° C. (400.4° F.), it fuses to a dark yellow liquid, which, on cooling, forms a yellow, crvstalline mass, and at higher "temperatures, volatilizes without decomposition, leaving no residue. On heating the salt with potassium or sodium hvdrate T.S., and adding a little sugar of milk, metallic mercury is precipitated. NVhen it is heated with sulphuric acid and a little manganese dioxide, vapor of iodine is evolved. If the salt be dissolved in hot alcohol, the solution, after cooling, should be colorless; and when this solution is diluted with an equal volume of water, it should not redden blue litmus paper (absence of mercuric chloride). If about 0.5 Gm. of the salt be shaken with 10 Cc. of water, the filtered liquid should not become more than very slightly colored by hydrogen sulphide T.S., nor give more than a slight opalescence with silver nitrate T.S. (limit of soluble chlorides or iodides) " — (U. S. P.). Fixed oils, chloroform, carbon disulphide, mercuric solu- tions, potassium chloride, and some ammonium compounds dissolve it. Red iodide of mercury enters into the formation of Mayer's and Nessler's Te^i Solutions (see List of Reagents). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Mercuric iodide is an active poison, nearly as powerful as corrosive sublimate. In doses of ^V of a grain, carefully augmented to J of a grain, it has been largely employed in syphilitic and scrofulous affections. This is the preparation usually selected by Eclectic physicians when a mercurial is to be employed in constitutional syphilis, and in cutaneous, o<-ular, and aural affections, depending on a syphilitic taint. Its use was particularly advo- Gited by Prof. Howe. The minute doses are usually preferred. The indications are those given under mercuric chloride (which see). In diseases of the eye, of syphilitic origin, as in syphiliticiritis, it has given results when iodide of potas- sium has failed. Similar results are obtainable in keratilis, choroiditis, choroido- retinitis, etc. Locally, it has been employed chiefly as Panas' solution, as in tn- cipient trachoma, and in phh/ctei}ulnr and catarrhal conjunctivitis. This Solution (mer- curic iodide 1 part, absolute alcohol 400 parts, and distilled water 20,CHX) parts) is frequently employed as an irrigating fluid for use previous to operations upon the eye, as in iridectomy, removal of cataract, etc. Di.'ieases of the internal and middle ear, when of specific origin, frequentl}' yield to the judicious use of this drug. Externally, a solution of it, 6 grains to a fluid ounce of distilled water, has been used as a lotion to scrofulous and syphilitic ulcers, etc. An ointment composed of 2 grains of mercuric iodide, 40 grains of cerate, and 20 grains of almond oil, has also been used in obstinate ophthalmia tarsi, with thickening of the meibomian glands, opacity of the cornea, obstinate venereal ulcers, chronic cutaneous diseases, etc. A drachm each, of mercuric iodide, lard, and olive oil, has been successfully em- ployed as a caustic application to lupus. It is to be used in very small quantitie.< at a time, being careful to place it only on a limited amount of diseased surface, repeating its application about once in every week, and extending its action from one part of the disease to another, as the cure progresses (Cazenave, Ann. de Therap., 1852, p. 175). Mercuric iodide may be ailministered in i>ill, trituration, or in solution in alcohol, or ether, to be administered in water. Tlie do efficient in clinmic tuberctdous nffeetion.*, diifptitsia, chronic htoatilis mid fiJfiiilif, ngut- cake, nna.*an-a, ascites, scrofulous aud Sfi/ihilitic distasts, leucorrhaa, and m»-n«e about 16 grains of the iodo-hydi-argyrate of potitssium in this solution, with a slight excess of iodide of potassium. The dose is 2, ;i, or 5 drops, repi-ated o times a d:iy ; it nj.iy l>e given largely diluted with water, or in some vegetable alterative svrun. tlelated Salt. — HvDRARdYKi Iodidcm Fi.avim( r. .S". A". ). )VWo»r mrpdjroiK iVWirf^. (HgjI, =652.tit)l. Hyiirarquri iodidum tiride (Phann., \SSO\, Protiodidf of mercwy, YfUow lor tirrtn) iodide of mercury, Hydrargyri tuhiudidum, Suhiodide of mercury, Proloiodidt of mfrciini. Mide if HYDRARr.YRI OXIDTM FLAVrXI. 1017 mercury, Hydrargyri iodiduin ( f. >'. 7^., 1S50), Jlyilniryyniiii iixlalumfiarum, lodurrtum hydrar- gyrofuiii, Jlydrargyri prvlo-ujduri I inn . " Mercury, fifty prainmus (•'lO Gm.) [1 oz. av., S34 Kf^]; nitric aciil, pt)tassium iinlidi', distilled water, afioliiil, euoli, a eiiflifieiit quantity. Mix twenty culiio cvntinieters (-'OCV.) [:V2'i llll.eaoli.of nitric aiid and distilled water, and, when the liquid is cold, pour it upun the mercury coul;iined in a Bniall glass flask. Set the mixture aside in a cool and dark j>l;u'e, and agitate it occasionally, until the reaction cease8,and a little mer- cury still remains undissolved. Scpanite the crystals of mercurous nitrate, which will have formed, from the mother liquid, allow them to draia in a phiss funnel, and dry them on bibu- 1 >aspaper, in a dark place. When the salt is dry, w.igh oil" forty grammes (40Cini.) [1 oz.av.. 1^0 prs.J of it, and dissolve it in one thousand 'cuhie centini. te'rs (liMK) Cc.) [03 ti.j, SiU HI] ol distille*! water, to which ten cubic centimeters (10 i\-.) [H'lilll] of nitric acid had pr^•vion^ly been added. Having prepared a sohitiiin of twentv-iMur grammes (24 Cim.) [:!70 grs] of potil^- sium iodide in 1000 cubic centimeters ( moo Ce.) [o3 H,v 3i>l lit] of distilled water, slowly pour the solution of potassium iodide into tli;it of tlie nnrcuroua nitrate, with cons'tant stirring, allow the precipitate to subside, deiant the eninrnatant lieinid, and transfer the precipitate, together with the remainder of the liquid, to a filter. ^VIlen the precipitate has drained, wash it with distilled water until the washiuL'S no lon^jcr have an acid reaction ujion litmus paper, and afterward wash it with alcohol, as long a) the char, colorless washinj.'s give any color with hydrogen sulphide test-solution. Lastly, dry the product in a dark place, between sheets of bibulous paper, at a temperature not exceeding 40° C. (104° F.k Keep it in dark amber-colored vials, with the least possible exposure to li;;ht. Instead of weighmg otf forty grammes (40 Om.) [1 oz. av., ISO grs.] of the mercurous nitrate as above directed, the whole of the crystallized salt may be taken aud the amount of potassium iodide, etc., adjusted uu the pnnwrtions given above" — ( I'.S. P.). Theproeess involved is represented by the equation: 2KI-fHg2(X03lj=2KX03 + 2( Hgl). The potassium iodide nmst be added to inot the revei-se) the solution of mercurous nitrate, to prevent the formation of mercuric iodide. The ahohol is employed to wash away traces of the mercuric iodide, should any be present. Its absence will he "shown by the hydrogen sulphide test employed. The ollicial 8;ilt is "a bright yellow, amorphous powder, odorless and tasteless. By ex- posure to light it becomes darker, in proportion as it undergoes decomposition into metallic mercury and mercuric iodide. Almost insoluble in water, and wholly insoluble in alcohol or ether. "When slowly and moderately heated, it assumes at first an orange and then a red color, l>ecoming yellow again on cooling. When quicklyanil strongly heated, it is at tiret par- tially decomposed into mercury aud mercuric ioilide, and finally is completely volatilized. When it is heated with suliilniric acid and a little manganese dioxiile, vapor of iodine is evolved. In contact with a solution of potassium iodiusaiid ciiijiccontimeters (lOOOt'c) [33 flg, 301 lUl of warm distilled water, and filter the solution. Dissolve the soda (which should contain 90 per cent of sodium hydrate), in one thousand cuhic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 H.5, 391 ITl] of cold distilled water, and into this solution pour gradually, and with constant 1018 HYDRAKGYRI OXIDUM FLAVUM. Stirring, the solution of corrosive mercuric chloride. Allow the mixture to stand for an hour at a temperature of about 30° C. ("86° F.), stirring frequently. Then decant the supernatant, clear liquid from the precipitate, and wa.^h the latter repeatedly bv the affusion and decantation of distilled water, using one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 fig, SDl 1U] of water each time. Collect the pre- cipitate on a strainer, and continue the washing with warm distilled water, until a small portion of the washings, when poured on a little mercuric chloride test- solution, no longer produces a yellowish turbidity at tlie line of contact of the two liquids. Then allow the precipitate to drain, and dry it bitween sheets of bibu lous paper, in a dark place, at a temperature not exceeding 30° C. (86° F.). Keeji the product in well-stoppered bottles, protected from thelight'" — ( U. S. P.). Thi- is Dr. Hoffman's process, and is represented by the following equation : HgClj-r (NaOH),— (NaC'lJ2-f-HgO+H,0. An excess of alkali is essential, that brown mer- curic oxychloride be not formed and precipitated with the oxide; for this reason the corrosive chloride must be poured into the alkaline solution. The soda solu- tion must be free from carbonate, else a brownish mercuric carbonate will be formed. If the temperature be too high the tendency is to form a reddish-colored salt, therefore it is best to operate at as low a temperature as practicable, to pro- duce the bright-yellow oxide. Description and Tests. — "A light orange-yellow, amorphous, heavy, impal- pable powder, odorless, and having a somewhat metallic taste ; permanent in the air, but turning darker on exposure to light. Almost insoluble in water, insoluble in alcohol, but readily and completely soluble in diluted hydrochloric or nitric acid, forming colorless solutions. When moderately heated, the salt assumes a red color. At red heat it is completely decomposed into oxygen and metallic mercury, and is finally volatilized, leaving no residue. If 0.5 Gm. of the oxide be digested on a water-bath for 15 minutes?, with a solution of 1 Gm. of oxalic acid in 10 Cc. of water, it will be converted into white mercuric oxalate (distinction from red mercuric oxide). On dissolving 1 Gm. of the oxide in 100 Cc. of diluted nitric acid, the resulting solution should be clear, and should not afford more than a slight opalescence with silver nitrate T.S. (limit of chloride) '" — {('. S. P.). Action and Medical Uses. — This agent has not been employed in Eclectic practice as an internal medicine. It is, however, an important topical remedy in ocular thtrapeutir.-:. For ciliary^ blepharitis the ointment is probably the best local application, especially in chronic cases. The dried scales should te softened and removed by means of an alkaline wash, as of potassium bicarbonate, and the lids dried. Then the ointment should be thoroughly apjilied to the margins of the lids. If too strong, marked irritation and conjunctival hyperemia may be pro- duced. Foltz states that in phlyrtemdar keratitis in children it is indicated in nearly all cases (Webster's Dynatn. Therap.). The ointment is also advised in corneal maruhr, indnhid conical tilcer.'i, conjunetival gnmulntinns, arro.y^v, cpi.9rlcntis, and pannus. Foltz declares it of negative value in supjatratire otitis vtoHa, but has obtained good results from its use to heal the tympanic lesion after the cessation of the discharge. R Yellow oxide of mercury, grs. xxx, petrolatum sj. Mix. An ointment containing 2 per cent each of the yellow oxide and morj^hine sulphate in connection with dry heat is reputed efficient in the earlv stage of/urtmrular in- fiammation of the external auditory canal (see also Ungiientxim "Hydrargyri Oridi flavi). Other Oxides of Mercury.— Hydraegyri Oxinrsi Ribrcm (U.S. P.), Rfdmfrcuric oxide, Peroxide <.:/ nnri-ury, ]!'t- "i-s, prott'Cti'il fiiiuiliglit. This pn-paration is obtaiued by dissolving mercury, 3 rounds, in itric acid, is fluid ounces, and distilled water, 2 pints, with the aid of agi>ntle heat. Kmain if the heat is not sufficiently high ; on the other hand, an excess of heat would cause decom- position of the oxide into mercury and oxygen, and consequent loss of oxide. Officially described, it is in " heavy, orange-red, crystalline scales, or a crystalline powder, becoming more yellow the finer it is divided, odorless, and having a somewhat metallic taste: permanent in the air. Almost insoluble in water, insoluble in alcohol, but n'adily and com- pletely soluble in diluted hydrochloric or nitric acid, forming colorless solutions. When lieated to about 400° ('. (752° r.), it beivtnes dark violet oralmost black, but assumes its origi- UYDUAsTINlN.V; 11 YlHiOCHLUKAS. 1019 nal color on coolinp. At a red heat it is completely iK-composeil into oxyp-ii ami uu-tallic iiu-rcury, ami is finally volatilized, leaving no rewdue. If 0.5 Gni. of the oxide be dinested, on a water-l);ith, with a solution of 1 C-ini. of oxalic acid in 10 Co. of water, it will not change color within 2 hours (distinction from yellow meri'urio oxide). If a little of the oxide be strongly li.ated in a test-tube, the vapors "should not redden moistened blue litmus paper (absence of nitrate). On dissolving 1 Cini. of the oxide in UXl Cc. of diluted nitric acid, tlie resulting solu- tion should Ih' clear, and should not aflord more than a slight opalescence with silver nitrate T.S. ( limit of chloride) "— ( I'. *'. P.). Ki d precipiUtte is a powerful irritant, and when taken internally, even in small doses, readily excites vomiting and |>urging ; large doses cause gastro-enteritis. It is rarely employed internally on account o? these dangerous eflTects, though it has been recommended in ityphititic ./iVd.sfti. The ilosi- of it is from \^t to i grain, combined with i grain of opium, in pill form, to Ik> repeated once or twice a day. It is principally used externally, as an escharotic and stimulant, to Ti'iUwe jungoiin Jlenliy ixcrfscfufn, to onii/iircs, to excite certain syphititif ulcerations, and Imh'liiil iilci-s generally, and principally to reduce c/iroHic o/)/i(/i(i/Hii;vri Oxidu.m Xichc.m, Uydrargyri ..ri/'/(iHi(HgjO) Suboxide nf mercury, Mercurous oxide: also called Protoxide, Gray or Black oxide of mercury, etc. — This oxide is prepared by tn-ating 1 part of finely divided calomel in a porcelain mortar, with 1 part of solution of caustic potash, sp. gr. 1.233, which has previously lieen diluted with 3 parts of water; after rubbing together for about i hour, throw it on a filter, protecting the residue as much as possible from the light, and wash with cold water as long as the filtrate exhibits an alkaline reaction; then dry at the ordinary temperature, and keep in a ves.scl excluded from the light. An excess of |>o'tassa is necessary to insure the entire decomposition of the mercurous chloride; and heat, during the process, must be carefully avoided, as it will cause the protoxide to separate into mercuric oxide and mercury. Nevertheless, with every precaution, a small portion will decom- pose, and during the washing and drying the black rolor becomes tinged with green. Pure mercurous oxide (suboxideof mercury), shuiild he quite black, but from the pres- ence of a little mercuric oxide, it has generally a'green tinge ; it is very heavy, inodorous, with- out taste, insoluble in water, alcohol, or alkalies, but readily soluble ih diluted nitric acid, and acetic acid. It is readily decomposed by light, becomes olive-colored, and is resolved into mer- curic oxide and metallic mercurj-. Heated in a tube it acquires at first a red color, from de- composition into oxide and metal, it then becomes darker, separating into oxvgen and metal, and volatilizes without leaving a residue. Its purity maybe iletermined by tnis last experi- ment. Its solution in diluted hydrochloric acid should give no precipitate with either potassa, or oxalate of ammonium ; if any red oxide had been dis.soIved, the potassa would throw it down as a reiidish or yellowish hydrate ; if calcium be present, the oxalate will give a white precipi- tate. It is one of the least 'irritating of the mercurial i)reparations, when pure, and, like them, }iroduces cnnstitutional effects, especially when its use is continued for a time. In doses of rom i grain to 1 grain per day, it acts "as an alterative; 2 or 3 grains, repeated every 3 or 4 hours, will produce salivation. (!)n account of its varying composition, and tendency to ope- rate severely, owing to the presence of mercuric oxide| it is seldom exhibited internally. One part of the mercurous oxide, well rubl)e(l up with 3 or 4 parts ot lard, has been used as a substitute for unnurial uintineiu. HYDRASTININ.a: HYDROCHLORAS (U. S. P.)— HYDRASTININE HYDROCHLORATE. FoRMrL.\: C„H„N0,HC1. Moi.ecvlar WEroHT: 224.97. " The hydrochlorate" of an artificial alkaloid derived from hydrastiiie, the latter being a colorless alkaloid obtained from hydrastis. Hydrastinine hydro- chlorate should be kept in well-.st()ppered vials" — (U. S. P.). Source.— The colorless alkaloid of hydrastis, hydra-stine, when oxidized by such agents as sulphuric acid and iiianjianese dioxide combined, or with potas- sium pennanganate, platinic chloride, or chromic acid, yields an artificial alka- loid known as hydrastinine, and an iwu], opinnir (trid (M. Freund and W.Will, 1885; also see Schmidt and Wilhelm, 1888). Hydrastinine is introduced into the Pfi(irmncof,iced,is in hemorrhage from the uterus — menorrhagia, metrorrhagia, etc., buying been successfully treated with it. It has likewise been extolled in endometritis of a mild type, and dysmenorrltaa of a congestive form. The weight of testimony- seems to favor the view that it acts upon the small arterial terminals in the Uter- ine mucous surfaces, and that it jjossesses no oxytocic properties. On the other hand, there is good evidence that it produces strong tetanic contractions of the uterine muscles, producing abortion. Several alxirtions have thus been attributed to its use. It is asserted tliat it is jireferable to ergot in controlling uterine hem- orrhage. The astringent action of hydrastine was noticed by Prof J. A. Jean9on in 1886 (see Er. MkJ. Jom-., 18S6, p. 5SG). Hydrastinine hydrochlorate is employed hypoderniatically in doses of J to li grain. Specific Indications and Uses.— To control uterine hemorrhage, especially when due to congestion. HYDRASTIS (U. S. P.)— HYDRASTIS. "The rhizome and roots of Hydrastis canadensis, lAnne" — {U. S. P). Nat. Ord. — Ranunculacea;. Common Names: (See below.) Illustr.'Vtio.ns: Llovd"s Druqs and Med. of X. A, PI. 8; Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants. 1 ; Holder's Mrd. Pflanzen, PI. 180. Botanical Source. — This indigenous plant has a perennial root or rhizome, which is tn-tuous, knotty, creeping, internally of a bright-yellow color, with numerous long fibers. The stem is erect, simple, herbaceous, rounded, pubescent upward, from 6 to 12 inches in height, oecoming purplish, and bearing 2 unequal terminal leaves. The leaves are 2 only, alternate, palmate, with from 3 to 6 lobes, hairv, dark-green, cordate at base, veiny, the lower leaf petiut rather a salt of the above was used— a hydrochlorate of hydrastine (muriate of hydrastine), wliioh was called hydrngline, orneutnit fn/ilrns- tine. It was not sliown to be a salt until after Durand (I'^Sl) gave a i>roce.^-''^^~"iy^ ^i^C ^y^ and alcohol, more soluble in boiling ^ ^ ^ ether, entirely soluble in chloroform and boiling alcohol, but speaks of the crystals as being of a brilliant yellow -;j ,v yf" fO\ color, which was undoubtedly due to ^.i — _^ ^<*Y V^ contamination with traces of berberine. ^^ ^ \} /^ Mr. J. Dy.«on Per r ins {Phnnn. Jour ^ ,,.„;, , , r?^?!.^., May, 1862) was the first to obUin CrystalB of Hydrastine, natural s.ze. j^ ^.^j^'^ ^^^ p ^I^j,,^_ ^^ Chicago, pre- pared it in 1863 (Amcr. Jour. Phnrm.,\o\. XXXV, p. 433;. by adding aqua ainmo- nise in slight excess to the mother liquor from which berberine was previously separated as hydrochlorate by the addition of hydrochloric acid. The crude hydrastine was then purified by recrystallization from alcohol. Also, see paper by Prof. F. B. Power, on the preparation of hydrastine in Prnc. Ainer. Phdrm. Ass'„:,\SM, p. 448. Bydmsdne (C„H„NOe, Freund and Will, Bit. d. Dtut^h. Chevi Ges., 1887, p. 88j is tasteless in the alkaline saliva; it forms salts with acids which, however, are not crystallizahlo. Its soluble salts are acrid, the hydrochlo- rate, and occasionally the citrate, being the preferred medicinal salts. Hydrastine salts in solution are decomjtosed by alkalies, which liberate the alkaloid as a pre- cipitate. A fluorescent body has been found adhering to crystals of fii/drastine, its effects are produced in the presence of alkalies (seeD.nnd M.of N. A., Yo]. I, p. 143). The melting point of hydrastine, according to Prof. Power, is 132° C. (269.6° F.). By reduction with nascent hydrogen, this author obtained crystal- lizable tetrn-hydro-hydrastine. Hydrastine, when oxidized in acid media, is con- verted into opinnic arid (C^}I,.,0J and hydrastinine (C,,H„NO,), Freund and Will, 1888 ; also see E. Schmidt and Wilhelm (Archiv dcr Pharm., 1888, p. 3-53). In alka- line solution viethylamine and hemipinic a.nd nicotinic acids Tesuh. An interesting account of the chemical relationship between hydrastine and narcotine on the one hand, and berberine and papaverine on the other, is given by Dr. Alfred R. L. Dohme in the Wet-tern Drugt^ist, 1895, y). 58. The statement made by Dr. Freund is also recorded, that hydrastine and berberine exist in the root of golden seal, most probably in the free state. C.\XADi.NE (C.„H.,,XO.). In 1873, Mr. A. K. Hale (Ainer. Joiir. Phnnn., 1873, p. 247), announced the presence of a third alkaloid in hydrastis root, resembling berberine, but being darker in color, and behaving diflferently toward solvents. Mr. .bihn C. Burt (.Iwrr.Joiir. PA«;»i., 1875, p. 481), continued these observations. and gave additional reactions. Again, Mr. Herman Lerchen (Amcr. Jour. Phnrm., 1879, p. 470), prepared the new base, naming it xanfhnpurrine, on account of the yellow color of the alkaloid as he obtained it. Lastly, F. Wilhelm, in Prof. Schmidt's lalioratory, incidentally obtained minute quantities of a new alkaloid (.4)rAfy(?friV(ar(;i., 1888, p. 345), which Prof. Schmidt named f'imi«/(iif, ami which he believes to be identical witli tiie third alkaloid of hydrastis obtained by his pre- decessors. More recently, Prof. Schmidt found canadine to be tdni-hydro-berheriuf. havingtheformulaC,„HJ,NO,(.lrcA(0(/f. Schmidt, it bicomes probable that hydrastis root contains in adilition sevcr.il alkaloids rt-latid to those already known, but occur- ring only in minute quant it v. (For a special dissertation on hvdrastis, the reader is referred to Vol. I, ot D. and M. of N. A., by J. U. and C. G. Lloyd, from which j>ublication is derived nuuh of the botanical and chemical material embodied in this ariiele on hydrastis ) Medical History, Action, Uses, and Dosage.— For many years the salts of berberine and p'>wdered hydrastis were the chief forms in which this drug was administered. At the present time tiiese salts and the crude drug are but little used, and in this paper we shall confine ourselves principally to the liquid prepa- rations of hydrastis — chief among which are the specific hydrastis and Lloyd's hydrastis. As there have been many prei)arations of this "drug thrown on the niarket (since Lloyd's was introduced), uiulcr the name "colorless hyilrastis,"and accompanied by the statement that they are preparations of the white alkaloid hydrdKtiiit', it is but fair, in speaking of Lloyd's hydrastis, that we should state that it is not merely a solution oi h;/dra!!tinc,'\\h'\ch' ia probably the lea-=t valuable constituent of hydrastis, but a nn paration containing the cvnduned calorhss con- stitiiatts of t]ie drug. It is a well-known fact, though often overlooked by those who wish to make it appear that the alkaluiclal constituents of a plant are alone the valuable and active therapeutic factors, that the combination or a>sociation of Srinciples formed naturally in the plant, or held together naturally even when erived from the plant, more completely represents the crude drug than do the isolated and forcibly separated alkaloids, and that medicinal virtues are pos- sessid by the former that can not be even approximated by the latter. Thus it is, that Lloyd's hydrastis is much superior as a remedy, than if it were merely a fluid preparation "of the white alkaloid. From some experiments made by Prof J. A. Jean^on {Fc. Mai. Jour., ISSfi, p. 586), with a concentrated solution of the associated colorless principles divested of the alkaloid, hydrastine, it was shown that marked therapeutic effects could be obtained from them alone. It acted principally as an astringent, gradually decreasing and finally arresting hyper- secretion. As an intrauterine astringent he preferred it above all others. In determining its physiological effects, he administered it to animals in health, but could not observe any appreciable eff'ect ujion temperature, pulse, or respira- t' 11 y apparatus. These physiological doses, however, produced constipation and anorexia. Thus, we observe, as is very frequently the case, a marked contrast iietween the almost negative physiological eff'ects and the very positive thera- peutic results. In this connection we can state that Prof. Lloyd has been led, from his great experience in observing the results of the uses of hydrastis, to .seriously consider the advisability of excluding, to the great extent, the white alkaloid from Lloyd's Hydrastis. Reports, unquestionably reliable, indicate that it is often irritating and objectionable. The whole drug, including the alkaloid hydrastine, appears to stimulate the respiratory and circulatory apparatus, imparting increased tone and power. Arte- rial tension is augmented, and blood pressure in the capillaries increased, render- ing it valuable, like belladonna and ergot, in overcoming blood stasis. Its action upon the nervous system has been compared to that of strychnine (Ellingwood). though less energetic, but more permanent. Thus the tone imparted to the heart muscle is permanent, rather than intermittent or spasmodic (ilnd.). The sensibility of the nerve endings is blunted by hydrastis in excessive doses, and in the lower animals large doses of the alkaloid have produced death. No such toxic action, however, has been observed uiwn man. Muscular nutrition is in- creased under the judicious administration of hydrastis, making it a valuable agent in niMndar debility, and in altered states of the muscles, particularly of the unstriped variety. It is a little singular that hydrastis was not mentioned by our earliest writers on indigenous materia medica, for it was in extensive use among certain of the aboriginal trilies of North America, being used both as a medicine and as a color- ing material. Prof. Kenjaniin Smitli Barton in his first edition of "0)//<-rtion« /or 65 1026 HYDRASTIS. an Essay Toward a Materia Medica of the United States'' (1798), refers to the Cherokee use of it as a cure for cancer. Later, he calls attention to its propertie.s as a bitter tonic, and as a local \va.«h for ophthalmia From that time on it was endorsed by Rafinesque, Hand, Smith, and the various writers of the botanic and of the med- ical reform schools. The extensive range of uses given by the foregoing writers was not included in the first edition of tlie Aincrim n Dtxjiemsdtory (1&52), Prof. King evidently believing the virtues of the drug to have been greatly overdrawn. He gave, however, a careful review of its properties and uses, and thus, for the first time, it became firmly established as an Eclectic medicine. At the present time it is a great favorite with Homa'opatliic practitioners and with a large proportion of Allopathic physicians. It was introduced into Horaceopatliic medicine by the late Prof. E. ^I. Hale, M. D., who was familiar with the Eclectic usts of the plant. Hydrastis is bitter to the taste, and induces increased activity of the salivary glands. It sharpens the appetite and aids digestion when indicated. Schatz ha.s shown that it increases contraction of the muscular fibers of arteries without affecting other muscular tissues of the tubular organs. He has also shown that it decreases congestion of the genito-uriuary tract. Rutherford, who investigated it, concluded that it was a hepatic stimulant, and in less degree stimulant to the intestinal tract. Its power as a hepatic stimulant is, however, probably overrated, while as a stimulant of the gastric and intestinal mucous surfaces its action is marked. Hydrastis exerts its chief action upon the mucous and glandular struc- tures, and to some extent, through its white alkaloid, upon the nervi>us system. Hydrastis is a valuable drug in disordered states of the digestive apparatus, especially when functional in character. It is not adapted to all classes of cases, but is rather to be considered as indicated in disorders of a sub-acute charac- ter and in atonic states with increased tl'iwof mucus. In mh-anite and chmnic injlaiiiiiialion tciihfne S(cntion it yiill be found to render good service. Asa gen- eral bitter tonic it resembles, though does not equal calumba and gentian, but is more api)licable to debilitated conditions of mucous tissues. Beginning at the mouth, its beneficial action may be traced throughout the alimentary canal. For aphthous stoiii'ititis it is equaled only by coptis and phytolacca. It is not the remedy in this disorder when the mucous secretions are checked, Vuit is best adapted to subacute forms, bordering on :ichronic state. As a remedy for various gastric disorders it will take a leading place, e>pecially if it be borne in mind that it is never beneficial, but on the contrary, dues harm, in acute inflamma- tory conditions. When, however, the trouble is subacute and semi-chronic, and especially with mucorrhaa, or even secretion of pus, the drug will give good results. It is indicated in gastnc irritability, relieving the irritation, and after- ward restoring the tone of the parts. For years the powdered root was made into acjueous infusion, which, when cold, was enii>loyed with marked benefit, but now we have pleasantcr preparations which give ecjually as good results without entail- ing the unpleasantness of swallowing a large quantity of bitter and crude medi- cine. Lloyd's hydrastis has proved an excellent form of administration in cases of "ire iviilcr dyspepsia,' a. dii^eased condition said to be peculiarly American, on account of the almost universal practice in this country of drinking ice water and iced tea. The hydrastis should oe given in 10-drop doses, before each meal and at bedtime. Chronic giiMritis,\\\{\\ increased secretion (chmnic gastric catarrh), is often promptly met with this drug. It is very valuable in gastric ulnr. Several physicians have observed that it is a very useful remedy to exhibit in cases of gastric catarrh following the inordinate use of alcoholic stimulants. Prof. Bar- tholow, who among the " regulars," has made extensive use of hydrastis, gi>e3 so far as to state that in suflicient doses (tinctur^^^L^id extract >, it is probably the best substitute for alcoholic beverages when ^^^^isired to abandon the use of spirituous stimulants. This statement is riil^HRrby the therapeutic editor of the National Dispensatory. However, it is certain that it is valuable in any form of gastric disorder, no matter what its origin may be, if there be irritation, or subacute infiammatory symptoms vilh innyascd serrction — a condition of alony. In chronic alroholisni it may be associated with capsicum or strychnine, or both, together with a liberal quantity of beef tea and other easily digested food, reg:u- larly administered. Small doses of hydrastis will be found indicated in that form of dysjicpsia exhibiting a belching of jiutrescent gases, and full.iwed by a HYDRASTIS. in27 Wfakue.-s, ur sonsation of "goneness" in the pit of the stomach. If j;reat irrila- hility of the stomach is present, minute doses of the duid preparations or of liydrastine hydrochlorate are to be preferred. When there is less irritation ami great inactivity, po\vdere, and is .specially imlicatdl 1028 HYDUASTIS. where the discharge is abundant. It may be dropped in the ear, or the ear may be cleansed with water to which a quantity of the medicine has been added. About 10 drops of solution (1 to 6 or 8) is about the proper amount to be em- ployed when instilled into tlia aural aperture. Excellent results have been obtained by using it in this manner, mixed with specific hamamelis, to which water is added if too much smarting be produced. This combination has served us well in eczema oj the aural canal and in irritation due to inspissated cerumen, the latter being readily softened by it. Prof. Webstar (_D;/nnui. Therap.) calls attention to the use of specific hydrastis in cases of myalijic tinderncss and soreness. He regards it as indicated where the unpleasant symptoms are masked during rest but aggravated by pressure and by motion. These myalgic symptoms may be due to various causes, often resulting as reflexes from uterine, rectal, and prostatic disorders. He also includes in the cate- gory of myalgic complaints, headac/ies resulting from reflexes in which the scalp- muscles are involved; pcctor(d tenderness due to lacerated cervix uteri; and the vnisculor pains caused by anemia, resulting fnjm uterine, hemorrhoidnl, and other hemorrhages. The dose recommended is fri)ra the fraction of a drop to 1 drop. Taking advantage of the results of Prof. Schatz's investigation of the action of this drug on the circulation, several physicians have employed it in hemorrhagic conditions and in pathological states upon which hemorrhages are likely to depend. Schatz found it useful in hemorrhagefrom uterine Jihrouls (mi/omata); congestive dys- menorrhea; hemorrhage in ?;i?-y»is, persisting even after the use of the curette; hem- orrhages from, subinvolution, endometritis, vietritis, parametritis, cicatrices, stenotic condi- tions, a.nd climacteric hemorrhage. Operations and other means had failed in the cases above mentioned, but hydrastis cured. The dose aeraemia. &nd other forms of cerebral engorgement. Other observers have seen its beneficial action in the cure of fungoid endometritis, lacerated cervix, and pelvic cellulitis. Lo- cally and internally, excellent results are obtained from hydrastis in Icucorrha a. both vaginal and uterine. For gonorrhoea, Lloyd's hydrastis probably enjoys a more extensive use as a local application than any other drug, aud this use of it is not confined to Eclectic practitioners alone. ¥ or gket it is equally as beneficial. For this purpose it may frequently be combined with aqueous thuja. Salts of zinc and lead, in very small amounts, may be added to the solution of hydrastis. If carefully em])loyed, stricture as a result need never be feared. Other prepara- tions of hydrastis will give good results, but their staining qualities coudemn them. To Prof. John King must be accorded the first mention of this use of the drug. He also used it successfully in '■'• mcipunt stricture, i-jiermatorrhaa, and inHam- mation and iilccration of the internal coat of the bladder." As a remedy for cystitis, it may be given internally, and used largely diluted to wash out the bladder. Prof. Jean(,(in,ia discussing tlie concentrated solution of the associated principles of hydrastis (devoid of hydrastine), says: " Formerly, I used to apply locally a tam- l)on or wad of absorbent cotton, well saturated with a solution of the double sul- phate of alumina and copper, in cases of ctrvical erosions and light tHipillary vegetations. Now I apply the cotton saturated with the concentrated solution of tlicse hydrastis substances, and find that the effect is all that can be desired. The eroded "surface becomes smooth, the vegetations disappear, and a fine glistening layer of mucous structure soon makt-s its appearance." Hydrastis has been used to some extent in cutaneous diseases. Prof. Jeanvon cured a stubborn case of eczmut of the scrotum with it. Othtr taj^es of eczeiiui, de- fending upon gastro-intestinal disturbances, have been cured by Us ialernalexlii- bition alone. Ame, seborrhea sicca or oleosa, scmjula, acne rosacta, tuptu<, st/cosi.i, boiU, carhuncUs, and ulcers, wben dependent upon gastric ditliculties, have been greatly benefited and Some cases cured by tlie internal use of the drug alone. The local use at the same time hastens the cure. Eczematous manifestations around the ouili'ts of the body also yield to tlie kindly a< lion of golden seal locally applied ll has been said loiure ((i/u«r, though tliis U>e of the drug is overrated. Still. HYDKASTIS. 1029 many oelieve it to have a beneficial effect in proloiijiiiig life and in mitigating the severity of the disease. On this point Prof. Scudder remarks, " In some cases of cancer with sloughing of tissues, and in malignant ulceration, no application will do more to retard the i)rogress of the disease than an infusion of the crude article or a solution of the alkaloid (,^< //x rnx ). It has been claimed that the internal administration of the remedy alone will prove curative. I am satisfied that in some cases tills use of hydrastis will do much to relieve pain and lengthen life, even if it does not prove curative." Hale and others consider the long-continued use of hydrastis internally excellent in n'Uinhug. ■/- lou-tliie ir.f ,,j Sjuddii, Btrberiite tree. An African tree inhabiting Sierra l.eone, Soudan, and other points in western Africa, which, when wounded, exudes a juice which leaves an in- delible yellow fitain upcin linen, and tinges the saliva yellow. It is used as a yellow dye by the natives, and imparts both color and bitterness tow'ater. Stenhouse has shown the color- ing principle to be (-< rh, rine. Medicinally, it has been used in decoction and powder by the inhahitants of Sierra Leoiio, as a topical dressing for ohsliixile ulcerallom. Preparation of Hydrastis.— I. iqcid Hydrastis. This is a glycerin preparation intn»- diioi'd l>y till' William S. .M.rrfll Chemical Company, of Cincinnati, and is properly a specialty of this iirm. lluid hydrastis is employed l)Oth externally and internally. Related Preparations.— BKREiERiNB and Its Salts. Bniuriun, Berbmne. (Foradi'Bcrip- tion of lurbfiiiie see al)ove.) Herberine is an excellent tonic, and also appears to possess slightly laxative properties. It will be found to exert an efficient action upon all abnormal mucous tissues, and may be employed In ca.se8 where barherry or hydrastis is indicated. It may be used in powder.in doses of "from 2 to 20 grains; or in water, to which citric, tarturii-, or acetic acid baa been added to aid its solution. AcHate qfbrrberiue will be found a very solu- ble salt, and of much efficacy. Beriieri.n.b HvDROcHi-ORAS, Berlnriiie hydrochlorate (see above).— Hydrochlorate of her- berine ia a tonic, with an especial action on diseased nuicoua tissues ; It poRsesses, in an emi- nent degree, the tonic virtues of the root, and was formerly nnich used, ami ia still employed, by some physicians as a substitute for it. It is more benehcial as a tonic durini; lonvalesceiice from exhauf'ting di»eaai», such as biliom and tiiiihuid /ners, acute hriinlitis, (jnitlrlllf, nil' rilh. ilinr- rhirn, di/srnten/, etc. In di/npepKia anil chnmic iiiHiimnialhn of llie itomnch it is very valuahle, and will be found of especial advantage in the treatment of pi»rson» who are int«-mneriite. gradu- ally removing the abnormal condition of the stomach, and in many instances destroying the appetite for lily similar to those of Hie //. Asnitlm. Medical History and Chemical Composition.— In 1852, Dr. Boileau, of India, having been for many years attlicted with leprosy, heard that the American plant, called Chiiichunchulli', v,-i\s of value. This plant was said to resemble the violet, and, while waiting for the arrival of a supply, the doctor experimented with Hydrocotyk Asiatica, and recovered. He subsequentlv used the remedv with other lepers. " His experience was published, the plant \)eing callwl ftriViKi/un. In 18.53 or 18.54, M. Jules Lepine continued the subject in the iVfulle rej)ort3 concerning the efficiency of tliis plant, it has fallen into disuse, and is seldom employed at the present day. The Hydrofotyle gummi/era, growing in Brazil and in the Antilles, has been used in hepatic and re)ial affections. HYOSCINiE HYDROBROMAS (U. S. P.)— HTOSCINE HYDROBROMATE. "The hydrobromate of an alkaloid obtained from Hyoscyamus. It should be kept in small, well-stoppered vials" — (U. S. P.). Formiia: C„H,,N0.HBr-f3IIp. Molkcl-lar Weight: 436.98. Preparation. — The mother licpiors from the preparation of hyoscyamine were found by l.Mclinliuiii, in 18H), to yield the syrupy alkaloid hijosrliie. It is freed from hyoscyamine by jirodming the gold cliloride double salts, and that of hyos- cine is more soluble than its corresponding hvosc\anjine salt, thereby allowing its separation. The melting p..int of the hyoscine salt is 198° C. (388.4° F.). The union of the alkaloid with hydrohromic acid yields hi/oscine hydrobromate. Description.— ''Colorless, transparent, rhombic crystals, odorles.s, and having an acrid, .slightly bitter taste; permanent in the air. Solul)le, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 1.9 parts of water, and in 13 parts of alcohol; very slightly soluble in ether or chloroform. When heated to 100° C. (212° F.), the salt loses its water of crystalli- zation, and fuses to a thick, syrupy mass, which becomes quite fluid at 160° C. (320° F..). When ignited, it is consumed, leaving no residue. The salt is neutral to litmus paper. Addition of ammonia water to the aqueous solution of the salt (1 in 6U) produces no change, but sodium or potassium hydrate T.S., causes a white turbidity. Addition of silver nitrate T.S. to the aqueous solution produces a yellowish-white precipitate, which is insoluble in nitric acid, but, when filtered off and washed, is soluble in ammonia water diluted with its own volume ot water. If 5 drops of fuming nitric acid be added to 0.01 Gm.of the salt, in a small porcelain capsule, and the mixture be evaporated to dryness on a water- bath, a scarcely tinted residue will be left, which, when treated, after cooling, with a few drops of an alcoholic solution of potassium hydrate, will assume a violet color"— (r.S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — (See Hyosq/avius.) HYOSCYAMIN.*: HYDROBROMAS (U. S. P.)— HYOSCYAMINE HYDROBROMATE. "The hydrobromate of an alkaloid ol)tained from Hyoscyamus. It should be kept in small, well-stoppered vials" — (I'.S.P.). Formii.a: C,,H„NO,HHr. Molecular Weight: 369.14. SvNO.w.M: Hyosri/fimiiium hydrobromicum. Description.— 'A yellowisli-white, amorphous, resin-like mass, or prismatic crystals, having, particularly when damp, a tobacco-like odor, and an acrid, nau- seou.s, and bitter taste; deliquescent on exposure to air. Soluble, at 15°C. (59° F.),in about 0.3 part of water, 2 parts of alcohol, 3000 parts of ether, or 250 parts of cldoroform. At 78° C. (172.4"*^ F.), the salt melts, for forming a nearly colorless 1032 HVOSCYAMIN.E SrLPHAS.-HYOSCYASUS. liquid. When ignited, it is consumed, leaving no residue. The salt is neutral to litmus paper. An aqueous Folution of the salt is not precipitated by platinic chloride T.S. (difference from most other alkaloids). With gold chloride T.S. it yields a precipitate which, when recrystallized from a small quantity of boiling "water acidulated with hydrochloric acid, is deposited, on cooling, in minute, lus- trous, golden-yellow scales (difference from atropine). The aqueous solution of the suit yields, with silver nitrate T.S., a yellowi.sh-white precipitate, which is in- soluble in nitric acid; but, when filtered off and washed, is soluble in ammonia water diluted with its own volume of water" — [U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — (See Hyoscyamus.) HYOSCYAMINiE SULPHAS (U. S. P.)— HYOSCYAMIKE SULPHATE. "The neutral sulphate of an alkaloid obtained from Hyoscyamu^. It should be kept in small, well-stoppered vials" — {U. S. P.). Formula: (C„H^N03),H2S0,. Molecular Weight: 674.58. Preparation. — Carefully neutralize an alcoholic solution of hyoscyamine with diluted sulphuric acid and evaporate in the cold. It may also be obtained by slowly concentrating the diluted sulphuric acid solution of hyoscyamine over concentrated sulphuric acid. It is claimed by some that this salt forms in small crystals, but Ladenburg maintains that only hyoscine salts and not those of hyos- cyamine are crystallizable. As found in market both lines of salts are somewhat colored, hut when pure are white or colorless. Description.— -"White, indistinct crystals, or a white powder, without odor, and having a bitter, acrid taste; deliquescent in damp air. Soluble, at 15°C. (o9° F.), in 0.5 part of water, and in 2.5 j)arts of alcohol ; very slightlv soluble in ether or chloroform. At 140° to 160° C. (284° to 320° F.) the salt 'melts, and, upon ignition, is consumed, leaving no residue. The salt is neutral to litmus paper. An aqueous solution of the salt is not precipitated by platinic chloride T.S. (difference from most other alkaloids). With gold chloride T.S. it yields a precipitate which, when recrystallized from a small quantity of boiling water acidulated with hydrochloric acid, is deposited, on cooling, in minute, lustrous, golden-yellow scales (difference from atropine). The aqueous solution of tiie salt vields, with barium chloride T.S., a white precipitate insoluble in hydrochloric acid"— {U.S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — (Bee Hyosq^amm.) HYOSCYAMUS (U. S. P.)— HYOSCYAMUS. " The leaves and flowering ioY>» of Hi/osci/amus /(/(/tv, Linne," "collected from plants of the second year's growth" — (T. S. P.). .-Mso the .seeds <>f Hwn>n/amxti niger, Linne. Nat. Old. — Solanacese. CoM.MoN Name: Henbane. Ili.ustk.^tio.n : Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plant.t, 194. Botanical Source. — Henbane is a biennial jilant, with a long, spindle-shaped, thick and corrugated root, of an internal, whitish color, and e.^ternally brown. The stem is from 6 inches to 2 feet high, erect, tapering scarcely branched, and covered closely with long, weak hairs, tipped with a minute black gland. The leaves are large, oblong, acute, alternate, coarsely and unequally sinuated. occa- sionally somewhat decurrent, stem-clasping at the base, pale dull-green, and slightly pubescent, witii long, glandular liairs upon the midrib. The tlowers are numerous, a.xillary,subsolitary, nearly sessile, and embosomed in the up[>ermost leaves, than which they are much shorter. The corolla is of a dull, dirty yellow, strongly netted with purple veins, deep-purple at the orifice, funnel-shapetl, with a somewhat erect, 5-lobed limb; lobes rounded, spreading, the 2 anterior a little smaller than the others, and separated at base by a deep slit in the tuW. Calyx villous, funnel-shaped, 5-lobed, regular, wider than the corolla, to whose \nW it HYO.S(YAMVS. 1(i:j:} Fig. 139. Hyoscyamus niger. is equal in length and persii^tent ; i;ich lobe is ovale ami acute, with an open lestivation. Stamens 5, deelinate, straight, t^horter than the corolla, the 3 lower longer than the others, filaments juibescent, inserted about llie middle of the lube of the corolla, and inclined; anthers cordate and purple. The ovary is nearly round, shining, pale-green, 2-cellcd, with numerous ovules, adhering to tlie dissepi- ment; style till form, declinate, and )iurple at theape.^; stigma blunt, rouml, and capi- tate. The fruit is an ovate, 2-celled cap- sule, opening transversely by a ci'iivex lid. The seeds are many, small, obovate, and brownish (L. — B.)." The whole plant has a disagreeable, fetid odor, and a repulsive appearance. History. — Henbane is an European herb, naluralized in this country, growing in wiiste grounds and commons, and flow- ering from June to September. Botanists are divided as to whether it is an annual or biennial plant. All parts of tlie plant are medicinal, but the leaves and seeds are the parts usually employed; the former should be collected at the time of its flow- ering, and the latter when perfectly ma- tured. The leaves of the second year's growth of the plant are reputed more active than those of the first year; when fresh they abountl in a viscid juice, and when bruised have a nauseously rank, narcotic smell, and an acrid, oleaginous, disagreeable taste. Upon drying, the smell and taste are almost destroyed. Tlie leaves impart their properties to diluted alcohol; water, alcohol, ether, fixed or volatile oils also take up a portion of their virtues. The aqueous infusion is tasteless, light-yellow, and has the taste and odor of the plant. The leaves should be kept in a dry situation on account of their tendency to absorb moisture. Description. — HYoscY.A.Mrs (V. S. P.). "Leaves ovate, or ovate-oblong, up to 25 Cm. (^10 inches) long and 10 Cm. (4 inches) broad; sinuate-toothed, the teeth lar:_'e, oblong or triangular; grayish-green, and, i)articularly on the lower surface, glandular-hairy; midrib prominent; flowers nearly sessile, with an urn- shaped, 5-toothed calyx, and a liglit yellow, purple-veined corolla; odor heavy, narcotic; taste bitter and somewhat i'.crid" — (U. S. P.). For a microscopical ex- amination of powdered hyoscyamus leaves, see Prof. S. E. Jelifie, in Druggists' CVVat^r, 1899, p. 74. Hyoscyami Semen. Hyoscyamtis seeds. — The seeds were official in the U. S. P., 1870. They are employed for Ihe production of the alkaloid, hyoscyamme. They are small, numerous, oval, obtuse, or somewhat reniform, compressed, finely dot- ted, of a yellowish-gray color, and having the same taste and odor as tlie leaves, hut with oiliness. The interior is whitish, displayingwithin the albumen a figure 'Jshaped embryo. The concavity of the seed is marked by the hiluin. Chemical Composition. — According to Morries, an empj-reumaticand highly poisonous oil is olitainable by the destructive distillation ol henbane {Kdin. Med. (uid^'u/Y/. J'.,(,-.,Vul.XXXlX,p.370), Thechief constituents of hyoscyamus seeds, iiesides fi.xcd oil and fatty matter, gum, starch, albuminous matter, etc., are two alkaloids, /i;/o«r?/a»)U/ie and /(i/o.-ia'xe, the latter having been recognized, in ISSO, by L:idenburg"(/>i<'''.^'"i.,Vol.C'CVl,p.270),and ))reviously (1876) observed by Buch- lieim, and ca.led hy h\m sdcrranine. Mr. F. Mahla obtained nearly 2 p.rcentof nitrate ot potassium from the leaves of henbane (.l/iKr. Jour. Phann., IWil. p. 402). Hyoscvami-SE (C,,H„N03, Ladenl)urg), was found in iienbane (impure) by Peschier (1821; and by Payen (1824), and subsequently purified by tieiger and Hes.se (1838). It is nuire abundant in the .eee^<' C/rrH/ar, 1809, p. 85). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — ^Ilyoscyamus is a powerful narcotic, and is dangerously poi.sonou.';, tliuugh fatalities from it or its alkaloids are rare. In fact, the physiological action of hL-nbane and its bases scarcely differs from that of stramonium and belladonna and their alkaloids, except in degree. It produces the same dryness of the mouth, flushing of the face, pupillary dilatation, quick- ened cardiac and respiratory action, illusions, hallucinations, and delirium occa- sioned by belladonna, only in a lesser degree. No difference is observable in the action of hyoscyamine and atropine upon the mechanism of accommodation and upon the movements of the lungs and heart. Hyoscyamine is more hypnotic and less apt to cause delirium than atropine. The dilatation of the pupils, which, however, does not always take place under hyoscyamine, is caused by stimulation of the sympathetic nerves. When death occurs from liyoscyamus or its alkaloids it is due to respiratory jiaralysis. The alkaloids are eliminated by tlie kidneys. In large doses, but in.sullicient to produce death, the tendency of hyoscyamus is to produce general paralysis of the nervous structures. One patient lost her memory from being poisoned with it. Among the ill eftects of hyoscyamus are: Deranged vision, dilatation of the pupils, giddiness, general excitation, fullness of pulse, flushing of the face, weight in the head, headache, loss of muscular con- trol, with tremulousness, mental confusion, incoheniicy or loss of speech, somno- lency, furious delirium, unconsciousness, coma, irresponsiveness of the pujiila to light, cold sweat, small, frequent, and fecMe pulse, and deep and laborea respira- tion. Tetanic rigidity may be present a portion of the time and sometimes con- vulsions, as well as na"usea,"vomUing, and intestinal pain and purging. The treat- ment of poisoning by hyoscyamus is tiiat indicated yxnAer Belladonna. Chloral is especially recommended for poisoning by hyoscine. Autopsies reveal gastro- intestinal inflammation from poisoning by this drug. When 1^ of a grain of sulphate of hyoscyamine has been subcutaneooslv injected hyoscyamine has been detected in the urine 22 minutes al"terward. ff enough be injected to cause complete dryness of the tongue and hard and soft HYOSCYAMUS. 103o )>iilates, the pulse will increase temporarily in frequency, volume, and power; if this eti'ect upon the tongue is not produced, the pulse will he lessened in fre- (liieiuy without diiiiinution of its volume and force, and giddiness, somnolency, iuul dilat^ttion of tlie pupils will accompany, the patient frequently acting as if intoxicated (Ilarley). (Compare Alrophun Snlji/ias and Dtiboma.) Hyoscyanuis is a cerebro-spinal stimulant, or in the Eclectic meaning of the term, a cerebro-spinal sedative. It relieves pain and promotes sleep. Nervous iiri- tiiti'Di. without congestion, high ft'ver, or disturbance of the circulation in tlie cerebrum is the key-note to its use. Functional disturbances are those best re- lieved by the smaller doses of hyoscyanius. In medicinal doses it is anodyne, liypnotic, calmative, and antispasmodic; allaying pain, soothing excitability, in- ducing sleep, and arresting si>asm. It does ii<>t produce constipation like opium, l>ut has a tendency to act as a laxative. Its sedative effect upon the sympathetic nervous system requires larger doses to produce, and it is more transient anil less powerful than belladonna; its most prominent eflccts are excessive giddiness and somnolency, which is caused by belladonna in only a very secondary degree. Hyoscyamus is a far safer agent for children and old people than opium. It favors the restoration of the normal functions wlun impaired through nerve irri- tability or debility. In this way it often favors the action of the special sedatives. If there is irritation of the gat-tro intestinal trai't it improves the action of the bitter tonics. As a remedy for pain it is less ellicient than opium, and usually requires larger doses. Unlike the latter, it docs not restrain the secretions. Hyoscyamus is usually given in cases where opium disagrees, or where con- stipatii)n must be avoided; in vruralfiic and all sjiiisinodicaff(.'ciions,a3 rcnnl, uterine, hcjKitic and fl. In bronchitis with short, dry, explosive cough, it is a very useful agent, and in pneumonia we have obtained prompt results from small doses, when a con- dition of sub-delirium with widely dilated pupils was present. Dry, irritative coH(jh and the troublesome nervous cough, so-called, aggravated by lying down, are indications for hyoscyamus. As a cough remedy, it is frequently given with syrup of wild cherrj', and la this form renders excellent seiwice in jihthisis. It often renders good service in sjxwmodic asthma, and it should be remembered as an important remedy in uhoopimj-cough. Hyciscyamus is a remedy for spa.vn and pain — particularly for spasmodic pain. When there is nervous irritation, feeble circulation, and tendency to mental aberrations, it is particularly useful in the veuralgia of exhaustion, si/phiiitic bone- pains, di/smenon-hcea, particularly when neuralgic, men.^lrual headache, headache oj debility, and the paim of herpes zosin; pains in tht liver, kidneys, bladder, ovaries, etc. All these cases when showing anemia and nervous depression, will yield to hyoscyamus or its alkaloids. Great unreal, with debility, is relieved by this drug. Hyoscyamus is an excellent agent in irritable conditions of thebladdcr'and urethra, where nerve fscyamine hydrobromate been especially employed in acute mnnia, e]iiUptic mania, delusional insfpochondriasi»,etc. Hyoscine lias hoeti u!• |i iKiti'iii ci til.- ;ilpii\.- nam. iiiailc l>y tri-atiuK narcotic and aromatic plants with olive oil to exilic t their aitivr (■■.iistiiuc iits. It is used ii.s a local application fury/ositc.m (X. F. 1, CiDiifmuml nil of htjmrtinnxn'. Rnhnmum Irnnqvil- /(iii>.— ■•< »il of absinth, oil of laveudi-r, oil of rosemary, oil of sage, oil of thyme, of each, 2 drops; infused oil of hvoscyamus (F. 27"J). one hundred eiibic centimeters (Hxi Cc. I [:i H.^, 1S31TI]. Mix tlieiii. .V.,/^. — Oil of absinth i.s the volatile oil of .liV« i/iiW-i AUxuilhiiim, l.inne 1 wormwood), and oil of sage is the volatile oil of Stilrhi nffinnalin, l.inne. Infu.s«-d oil of hyoseyanms is the (».„,„ Il.i..,.:i„„n of the (nr,wi„ l'h.,mma,iMii.,. The It^mm TrnwiniUe { }i„lmmum Tr,in<,uillnm) of the < .x/. . is a more lomijlex preparation, not identical with the above, but jiossessing about the same prnperties" A"/. Fnrm.). This and the preceding' preparation may lie tuiployed as embrocations for the relief 01 nairolijii-, unjalyii- ami rheumolir jniiiu. 1038 HYPEPJcr>f. HYPERICUM.— ST. JOHNS WORT. The leaves and flowering tops oi Hypericum perforatum. Linne. Nai. Ord. — Hypericacea-. Common Namk: St. Jolm's vort. Illustration : .Johnson's Med. Bot. of X. A., Fig. 112. Botanical Source. — This phint has a perennial, woody, tufted, fusiform, tortuous, somewhat creeping root. Its stem is 2-edged, branchiate, erect above, curved below, branched, and from 1 to 2 feet high. The leaves '^' ■ are very numerous, elliptical or ovate, obtuse, opposite, en- tire, marked with pellucid dots, of a pale-green color, from 6 to 10 lines long, one-third as wide, the ramial leaves being ^ much smaller. Tlie flowers are numerous, of a bright yellow ( < ilor, and borne in dense, forked, terminal panicles. The calyx is persistent; and the sepals are 5, acute, lanceolate, connected ut the base, with 6 dark-colored glands. Petals 5, twice as long as the sepals, ovate, obtuse, yellow, dotted, and streaked with black or dark purjde. Stamens numerous, united at base, divided into 3 sets, with small anthers. Styles 3, short, erect, ; stigmas small. The capsule is roundish, 3-celled and Hypencum perforatum, g.^^lved; the Seeds numerous, small, and roundish. The whole herb is dark-green, with a powerful scent wlun rubbed, and stain the fingers dark-purple, from the great abundance of colored essential oil (L. — W. i. History and Chemical Composition. — St. John's wort is an herb abun- dantly growing in this country and Eurojie, and proving exceedingly annoying ■ It has a pe< binthine odor, and a balsamic, bitterish, rather astringent taste. It imparts its to farmers. The flowers apjitar from June to August. It has a peculiar, tere- properties to water, alcohol, ether, oils, or alkaline solutions. Other species of Hypericum are possessed of medicinal properties, notably the fl)///priVi'/(i mrothra, Michaux, pinc-ivecd or ordnrie-gra.^s, growing in sands, winch has aperient (jualities. An allied plant, the Ascyruni crujc-Andi-eo', Linne, or St. Andrcii's ooa>, has been locally applied to glandular indurations and swellings. Hypericum contains a volatile oil, a resin, tannic acid and coloring matter (Blair, Amer. Jour. Pharm., Vol. II, p. 23). Pectin is also present. The red coloring principle is a resinous body known as hyperimm red. The odor of this principle is similar to that of the'flowcrs. Karl Dieterich (P.^nr»!.. Cc/i^roM., 1891, p. 683) macerated the flowers with 90 per cent alcohol, and obtained a tincture of a rich red color, containing a mixture of two coloring matters, a yellow principle soluble in petroleum ether, and a red coloring matter, insoluble in this solvent. The red principle, in solid form, w:i3 a resinous mass of a green lustre, soluble in alcohol with red color, and resembling nnV/iamm ret/; insoluble in fatty, but soluble in ethereal oils. Acids dissolve it with red, alkalies, chloroform, bejizol and carbon disulphide with green color. The substance does not possess any advantage over other indicators in alkalimetry. W lieu exposed to air in thiu layers, it turns greenish at once. The aqueous extractive matter of the fliMvcrs contains calcium, magnesium, potas- sium, and oxalic, siilphuiic and carbonic acids. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Astringent, sedative, and diuretic. Used in supprest valuable as that of arnica for bruises, etc., and may be substituted for it in many instances. Specific Indications and Uses. — Spinal injuries, shocks, or concussions; throbl)ing of the wIkiIc body uitlmut fever; spinal irritation, eliciting tenderness and burning paiu upon sligiil pressure; spinal injuries, and lacerated and punc- tured wounds of the extremities, with excruciating jiain ; liysteria ; locally to wounds, contusions, etc. HYSSOPUS.— HYSSOP. The flowering tops and leaves of Hi/ssopu.-, nffiriimlis, I.inne. Xat. 0/-(/.— Laliiatcic. CoM.Mo.v Na.mk: Hysso}). Botanical Source. — Hyssop is a perennial herb. Its stems are quadrangu- lar, woody at the base, spreading, verj' much branched, and 1 foot or 2 in height; the branches are rod-like. The leaves are opposite, sessile, usually oblong-linear, or lanceolate, sonielinies ellii)tical, sometimes narrower, acute, entire, punctate, green on each side, rather tliick, and 1 ribbed underneath. The flowers are blu- ish-puri«!e, seldom white, and borne in racemose, second whorls, consisting of from 6 to 15 flowers. The floral leaves are like those of tlie stem, but smaller. Outer bracts lanceolate-linear, acute, scarcely shorter than the calyx. Uj^per lip of the corolla erect, flat, emarginate; lower lip trifid, spreading, with the middle lobe larger. Stamens 4, protruding, and diverging; anthers with linear divari- cating c lis (T,.— W.K History and Chemical Composition. — Hvssop inhabits Europe and this country, being raised jirincijially in gardens. It flowers in Jul}-. The tops and leaves are the medicinal parts; "their odor is pleasantly fragrant, and their taste hot, spicy and somewhat oitter, which pro]ierlies are due to a volatile aromatic oil, which rises in distillation both with water and with alcohol. This oil ojhi/ssnp is limpid, neutral, and of a pale yellow or greenish-yellow color, camphoraccous in ta.~tc, neutral in reaction, and in odor resembling hys- 6op. Alcohol freely dissolves it. Its specific gravity is 0.88 to 0.98. It is an oxy- genated oil, or, according to Stenhouse, a mixture of several such oils (Husemann and llilg. r). Tromni.sdorf has shown Herberger's (1829) hyssopinto be merely an impure sulphate of calcium. Hyssop also contains fat, tannin, resin, mucilage and sugar. Water, by infusion, or alcohol extracts the active virtues of hyssop. It is Slid to contain some bitter principle and sulphur. In Mexico the Stjlvia axill.iris, Pc-sse, is called /inss,,/,. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Stimulant, aromatic, carminative and tonic. Principally used in quiniyy and other sore throats, as a gargle, combined with sage and alum, in infusion sweetened with honey. Also recommended in tiMhmii, roiiij/is, and other aWections of the chest, as an expectorant. The leave.s, applied to' bruisrs, sj)eedily relieve the pain, and disperse every spot or mark from the parts aflected. The infusion (herb, giv to aqua Oj) may be given freely; the volatile oil, in doses of 1 or 2 drops. IGHTHYOCOLLA (U. S. P.)— ISINGLASS. "The swimming-bladder of Acipenser Hu.m, T,inn<', and of other siM-.i.:« of Acipenger" — (f. S. P.). OlfiMj,: Pisces, fjrdtr: Sturioms. 1040 ICHTHYOCOLLA. Source and History. — Isinglass is an almost pure gelatin, being usually procured from the air-bags, sounds, or swimming-bladders of various fishes, chief among which are those furnishing Ru-isiaa isinglass. These are mainly the belugo (Acipemcr Huso, Linne), the sterlet {Acipenser ruthenus, Linnej, the oxseter {Aciptnser GAldcnstluHi, Ratzeburg), and the scwruga, or starred sturgenn (Acipenser sldlutm, Pallas). These sounds are membranous sacs situated under the spine, in the middle of the back, and above the center of gravity. In most fi.-:hes they connect with tiie stomach or a'soi)hagus by the pneumatic duct; these sacs are filled with air, containing about 80 per cent of oxygen, and are composed of a firm, silvery external coat, and two thin and delicate internal coats. The sounds are re- moved from the fi.sh, cut open, carefully washed, and then exjKjsed to the air to dry; then, after being dampened to soften them, they are made into rolls about half an inch in diameter, and folded between three pegs, into the shajie of a horse- shoe, heart, or lyre (long and shoH staple), or folded in the manner book-binders fold printed sheets of ■pa.\)ex {hook isinglass), or dried in single sheets {'>lteet i.siu- gluss). When tlie sound is rolled out it is termed ribbon isinglass. The internal membrane of the sounds is thin and insoluble. Sometimes isinglass is reduced to small shred.s, when it will be scarcely possible for the eye to distinguish the inferior from the finer kinds; the latter may be known by their whiteness, free- dom from unpleasant fishj' odor, solubility in water, and translucency of the jelly obtained on cooling from its hot solution. The above are the best forms; the sheet isinglass is superior to any ; an ounce of water will di^.-^ol ve 10 grains of it, leaving hardly any insoluble matter, and furnishing an excellent jelly. There are other kinds of an inferior character, as the cfie i*/)!';Ai>.*, which is in cakes or round pieces, having an unpleasant smell, and a tawny color, and which is principally used by artists. The Samorey isinglass is prepared in Russia from the Silurus glanis, but it is not so pure as those named above. Isinglass is also made in the eastern states, in this country, from the sounds of the hair (Gadns merluccius, Linne) and cod (Gadus Morrhua Linne, or Morrhua americann), and other fishes. It is in long, flat pieces, known as ribbon isinglass, is very pure, being almost wholly soluble in water, but its piscatory flavor is an objection to its use for domestic or pharmaceutical purposes. A very inferior isingla. of gum ammoniacum, prex iuusly reduced to a fine powder, auhiil. luil evaporaUng the alcoholic Uqui'l 1042 ICHTHYOLLM. Water dissolves it, forming a clear, red-brown fluid, of faintly acid reaction. It is but partially soluble in ether or alcohol, but when these are mixed, volume for volume, complete solution is eflected. The aqueous sfdution yields a tarry layer of the free acid upon the addition of hydrochloric acid. When dried by the heat of a water-bath, it loses nearly half (45 per cent) of its weight. Ichthyol puffs up when heated, and carbonizes, and if the heat be continued sufficiently long it completely volatilizes, leaving no residue. It mixes readily with fats and petrolatum in any proportion. (For a more detailed description of ichthyol and related preparations, see P/ianH.Ce/j^mWa//*', 1883, pp. 113 and 477; and 1886."p. 115.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Owing to the presence of the sulphur contained in it, several dermatologists were led to the use of ichthyol in .4-tn affer- tinns. For a time it was extensively used in almost every form of skin disease, as well as applied to wounds and other accidental lesions. Rlieumntir joinU. ijimtj amcUtions, and iipniim were treated with it, a.^ -were tomUlar enl/irgements and othei glandular hypertrophies. Internally, it was employed for the relief cf throat dU- orders and digestive derangements, particularly those of a fermentative type, but its intolerable odor and taste have led to its abandonment for the latter types of disease. Active germicidal properties are attributed to it, and its use is now largely confined to cutaneous maladies, in which it appears to be no more success- ful than other bodies of a like nature, the extraordinary properties first attributed to it being given but little credence at the present time. It appears, however, to give fair results in erydpelns. The chief skin di.^eases in which it has been employed are ulcerations, rhilblnins, frost-bites, contusions, urticaria, bums, scalds, acne, eczema, psoriasis, and entertrigo. A pomade of 1 part of ichthyol, 2 parts of lanolin, and 6 parts of sweet almond oil, is said to have been signally useful in smallpox. As an inhalation, a 25 per cent aqueous solution of ichthyol may be employed; internally, from 1 to 20 minims ma}' be given in milk or capsule.-: as an oint- ment, it may be used with lanolin or petrolatum in strengths ranging from 22 to 50 per cent. Related Compounds. — Other Ichthtols. When the term ichthyol alone is used it refers to ammoiiixm ichlliyul. There are, however, several other compoumls of ichlhyolsiilphonic {sul- phoichthyolic) acid, known respectively as wiium uhlliyol, lithiniii ichthyol, zinc iihthyol, iiirrciiry ichthyol, etc., prepared liy saturation of the acid with either the oxides or carboniites of these elements. The sodium "salt is the one prepared for pill administration. It dis.«er cent of tumenol and equal quantities of glyc- erin (or water), alcohol, and ether, has been highly endorst'd by Neisser i ISvl ', to control the itching of prurigo, eczema, and parafilic, as well as otlier affections of the fkin. Eczemaious Jiirm» (^ akin dist>riU'r.^ appear to be best influenced by it. IciiTinLiiiN, Ichthyol albuminate.— .\ form of ichthyol for internal use. prepan^d by precipi- tating ichthyol with fresh albumen. Prolongeil heating or washing of the pn-cipitate remo^-s the ichthyol taste and odor. This is an odorless and nearly tjistele.ss. grayish-brown powder, insoluble in water and acid media, but soluble in alkaline media. It is slowly dissolved by the intestinal secretions. Claimed to be more valuable tlian ichthyol for internal us*', but can not supplant it as an external remedy. Said to disinfect and n-gufato the action of the bowels, improve the appetite, and increase assimilation. The dose ranges from o to o<> grains, directly before meals ; (or children, the smaller doses should lie given, mixed with p4>Vdered choco- late. It has iieen used in inteMinal aluuy and catarrh, rachitis, Bcroftila, anemia, etc. IGNATIA.— IGNATIA. The Pt'ed o{ Slryrhno.< Linnlin, Lindley (lijnatia innarn, LiniK? lilius; Stryrhnox hiuitii, Berjiius; Stryr/ino.i p/ulippnjsii', Blsinci'; Ignntinnn philippinirn, Loureiro). Xnt. Ord — Loganiaoeic. Common Names and Synonyms: St. Ir/natiiw bean. Bean nf Si. Ifinniiu-o: Fnhn I(inatii, Sttiun J(ittnti;f. Ili.isthation : Bentley and Trinien, Mnl. Plants, 179. Botanical Source. — Strychnos Jgnatla of Lindley, is a braiu'hing tree, witli long, Inpering, smooth, scrambling branches. The leaves are ovate, acute, i)Ctio- late, veiny, pmooth, and a sjian long. Hooks none. Panicles small, j,. j^^^ axillary, 3 to Sflowored, with short, round, rigid pedicels. The flowers are very long, nodding, white, smelling like Jasmine. The fruit is smooth, pear-shaped, the size of an ordinary apple or a Bonchretien pear; seeds aliout 20, somewhat angular, about 12 lines lonir, and imbedded in a pulp(L. ). History and Description. — This tree is indigenous to the Philippine Islands. Its seeds, the 8t. Ignatius bean of commerce, are about the size of olives, rounded and convex on one side, and somewhat angular on the other, pule brownish externally, with a bluish-gray tint, greenish- hrown internally. Their substance is hard, compnet, and horn-like. They are inodorous and of an exceedioixly lutter taste. Chemical Composition. — The St. Ignatius bean yields its l)roperties to water, but alcohol is its best solvent. Pelletier and Caventou, in 1818, found it to contain the constituents of nux vomica only in different proportions. These chemists found 1.2 per cent of strvchnine and little brucine. On the other hand, how- ever, F. F. "Mayer, in New York {^Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1863, Vol. 36, ^TiSs f^ f u ii^o i p. 219), found it to yield twice to three times as much brucine as strj-chnos ig- of strychnine. More recently, B. Sundblom, in Prof. Fliickiger's '"'"^' laboratory (^rr/ii'y (//■>• P/mn)i.,"l 889, Vol. 227, p. 145), obtained from the seeds 0.178 per cent of strychnine and 0.278 per cent of brucine. (For details regarding these- alkaloids, see Nuz Vomica.) The alkaloids were observed by Pelletier and Caventou to occur in natural combination with igamric arid, a substance identified by Hohn (Arr/iio dcr Phnrm., 1873, Vol. CCII, p. 137) as an iron-greening tannic acid. Mr. Jas. M. Caldwell {Amer. Jour. Phnrm., 18-57, Vol. XXIX, p. 294) notes the absence of starch from the seeds, while albuminous matter is present to the amount of about 10 per cent {Phnrmacographin). Prof. Fliickiger (Arrhiv der Pharm., 1HS9), examining authentic specimens of other parts of the tree, found in the bark of the stem 0..52 per cent of total alkaloids, strychnine predominating, while in the wood of the stem brucine was in larger amount. The root contains considerably less alkaloid, while the leaves are free from it. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — The action and uses of ignatia are very similar to tlmse of mix voniica, but more energetic. It appears also to pos- se.ss an intlueiK-e over the nervous system of a tonic and stimulating character, not bclonjring to nux vomica or strychnine. It is never a remetly for conditions of excitation of the nervous system, but its key-note is atom/; it is the remedy for ncn-ous debility, and all that that terra implies, being one of the best of nerve st iniu- lants and nerve tonics. It was early recognized in this woik as a remedy for nervous d'biHty, ameuorrhcea, chloro.< globular, and 4-celled. Stigmas 4, subsessile, and obtuse. The fruit is a red, globular berry of 4 cells; the nutlets are 4 and striate (G.— W.V History and Chemical Composition.— The holly is foun.i growing throushiiut tlir Initfd States Irom Maine to Louisiana, iicx opaca. j^^ moist woodlands, and llowcring in .Uine. It is quite common to the Atlantic states, especially New Jersey. The viscid substance of the inner bark, like the mistletoe berry, "furnishes an" adhesive material known as hirdHuif. Tlie berries are about as large as a whortleberry, of a red color, and an acrid, liit- ttrish taste. The leaves are the medicinal parts. They have a bitter, somewhat liarsh taste, but no odor, and yield tlieir virtues to water or alcohol. They are believed to contain ilicin (see Related Species), wax, gum, salts, etc. (For the ILEX OI'A( A. 1045 preparation of Rousseau's ilirin, see this Disj,rmalory, last revision.) Mr. D. P. Pancoast {Amer. J(jur. r/mrm., lS.")6,Vol. XXVIII, ]>. 315) prepared from the leaves of American holly an aqueous decoction from which tlie bitterness was removed by charcoal, and subsequently abstracted from the latter by alcohol. An amor- phous, non-hygroscopic, intensely bitter mass resulted upon evaporation of the solvent, partially soluble in water, and completely soluble in alcohol and ether. It could not be obtained in the crystallized state. By the same process the author isolated from the berries a crystallizable, very bitter i)rinciple, soluble in ether, water, and alcohol. Acids precipitate it from aqueous solution. The fruit con- tains tannin. Mr. Walter A. Smith {Amer. Jnur. J'/mnn., \88~, i>. 2'^0) obtained from the leaves, by extraction with benzin, a volatile oil of an acrid, mustard- like odor, and also identitied a glucosid. The leaves contained 4.5 pir cent of ash. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Holly leaves are tonic and febrifuge; said to be verv efl'icient in the treatment of inlcrmillcut fevers, in doses of 60 grains of their powder administered 1 or 2 hours previous to the chill. The infusion has also proved beneficial in icteru-^, pleurilij^. eutnrrh, variola, art/iriti.i, etc. The berries are said to be emeto-cathartic and cholagogue; from 8 to 15 of them will act as a hydragogue. According to Dr. Rousseau, ilicin acts decidedly upon the spleen, liver, and pancreas, producing a sedative effect, and is a cheap substitute for quinine. Its dose is 10 grains in pill form, gradually increased to 30 grains. Belated Species. — lle.r aquifoUum, Linn^, European holly, together with several other species in this country, possess properties similar to tliose of American holly. Dr. F. Molden- hauer has found in the leaves a crj-stalline yellow coloring matter, which is scarce in tlie leaves when they are collected in Januar>', but abundant when gathered in August. It is soluble in alcohol or hot water, but insoluble in ether or cold water, loses its color at 18.)° C. (365° F.), and fuses at 197.7° C. (388° F.), decomposing slightly above this temperature. He gave it the name Hijcanihin (CrHaOn). He also isolated from the aqueous extract the crystallizable cal- cium salt of a syrupy acid, iliac acid. Ilicin is the bitter principle upon which the febrifuge properties of the leaves depend; it has not been obtained as yet in a pure state. The leaves have been used in intermittent fevers and rheumatism, and the berries in dropsy. The leaves pro- duce rastric heat, nausea, anil colic. The berries have emeto-cathartic properties. Ilex Vassine, Walter {Ilex romiloria, of Alton), or South Sea lea, an evergreen shrub, grow- ing in the southern states, is the Cassiite of the Inilians II is also known as Canfena, Yaupon, oi Yotipon. A liquid, called 6/aci rfnuA-, is prepan 1 1 l\ liiilinL' the toasted leaves in water ; in the performance of their religious rites, and on j.'ii :it .Mr;iM,,iis ulien in council, the men only are permitted to drink this, for the purpose of cli aii^in;: lluir systems. The leaves have a rough, aromatic taste, no odor, and in large doses their decoction causes active emesis, cathar- sis, and diuresis; in small quantity it greatly increases the urinary discharge. A few leaves of this plant lessen the injurious influence of saline water, and it is used for this purpose by per- sons along the sea shore in North Carolina. Acconling to the analysis of Dr. F. P. Venable (Amer. Junr. Phann., 1885, p. 390), the dried leaves contain 0.32 percent of caffeine, 7.39 per cent of tannin, and 5.75 per cent of ash. Mr. Henry M. Smith (Amer. Jour. I'hann., Mi'2, p. 216) found 0.011 per cent of a volatile oil, 3.4 per cent of resin, and 0.122 per cent of cafTeine. (For a detailed and exhaustive article on Ilex Va.' per cent ( A. Hobbins, .linn-.Jiiur. /7;i/;hi., 187S, p. 273). 1 i" i. :i^.- ..i.- most aromatic just before the fruit is ripe. Volatile oil, a stearopten, ami a cryslaiiizable acid, matrririilie acid, have also been obtained from the leaves. The infusiun of Paraguay tea is diuretic and gudorilic, and in excessive doses acts as a drastic purgative, itor an interest- ing article on mat; or Para^'uay tea, see Th. I'c lt, Amrr. Jour. J'lutrm., \S&i, p. 570. i 1046 ILLICIUM (U. S. P.)— ILLICIUM. The fruit of lUinum verum, Hooker. Nat. Orel. — Magnoliaceae. Common Names and Synonyms: Star-anise, Star-anise fruit, Chinese anise; Semen bfulinna, Anisi stellatn frurtits. Illustration : Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 10. Botanical Source and History.— The plant bearing star-anise is a small tree or shrub, indigenous to southwestern China, growing in the mountainous eleva- tions of Yunnan. The shrub attains a height of from 8 to 12 feet, and has entire. lanceolate, evergreen leaves, which are pellucid-punctate. The flowers are poly- petalous and of a greenish-yellow color. The fruit is described below. This jilant was introduced into Japan bj' the followers of Buddha, and planted near their temples. Description. — The ['. .S. F. describes star-anise of commerce as follows, giving also the distinctive differences between it and the poisonous fruit of Illicittm ani- satum, Linne : "' The fruit is pedunculate and consists of 8 stellatelj'-arranged carpels, which are boat-shaped, about 10 Mm. (f inch) long, rather woody, wrinkled, straight-beaked, brown, dehiscent on the upper suture, internally reddish-brown, glossy, and containing a single, flattish, oval, glossy, brownish-yellow seed; odor anise-like; taste of the carpels sweet and aromatic, and of the seeds oily. Star- anise should not be confounded with the very similar but poisonous" fruit of Iliicium anisatum, Linne (Illieium rellgiosum, Siebold), the carpels of which are more woody, shriveled, and have a thin, mostly curved beak, a faint, clove-like odor, and an unpleasant taste" — (U.S. P.). This last poisonous fruit is some- times found as a dangerous admixture to true star-anise. Chemical Composition.— The seeds contain, according to Meissner (1818). some volatile oil, resin, and a large amount of fixed oil. The fruit (without the seeds) contains volatile oil, resin, fat, tannin, pectin and mucilage. The volatile oil (oil of star-nnL'- sidal, non-alkaloidal body, sikimin, soluble in hot water, alcohol, and chloroform. For an account of the analysis, see Amcr. Jour. Pharm.. 1881, p. 407. The volatile oil ^yl7 ,>/ rfnr-/, and has a density of 0.i»J<4 10 0,994 at 15° C. (59° F.). The fruit is dcscribe. The fruit is 13-carpelled, and has a disagreeable, anise odor resembling somewhat that ol turpentine. Both fruit and leaves are poisonous. The fruit, leaves, and bark of this 8i)ecies are aromatic, the tirst being occasionally substituted for anise, the last for cascarilla. (bee Henry C.C. Maisch, .1../, r. ./..»,. rifii-iii., 18So, pp. 22S and 27S, for a histological and chemical study of this plant.) //'.,; ..uK.i, Hooker tilius et Thomson.— Malay Peninsula. Fruit U'or 13-carpelled, l>huki.-hl r.« n in Color, and has a taste like mace. ///,.--, ',, jH//i I i. Hooker (iliuset Thomson. —UeuK'al. Fruit 13-carpelled. Taste bitter and acrid, like bay-leaves and cubebs. IMPATIENS.— JEWELWEED. The plants Impatiens pallida, Nuttall, and Iinpatknsfulva, Nuttall. Na(. On/.— Gerauiacea\ CoMMu.N N.\.MKs: I. {Impatiens pnllidn), Balsam jeirelivefd, Balsam weed, Pale Uiuc/i-iii._-ii"t. II, , ]inpati£i\s J'ulva), Speekled jcireU, Spotted tourh-me-nat . Botanical Source. — Jmpatiens pallida is an indigenous annual plant having a smooth, succulent, tender, subpellucid, branching stem, with tumid joints, growing from 2 to 4 feet in height. The leaves are oblong-ovate, coarsely Fig. 144. ^jj^j obtusely serrate, teeth muoronate, from 2 to 5 inches long, petiolate, and about two-thirds as wide. The flowers are large, pale-yellow, sparingly maculate, and mostly in pairs; the ped- uncles, 2 to 4-flowered and elongated. The sepals are appar- parently but 4, the 2 upper united, the lowest gibljous, dilated- conical, broader than long, with a very short, recurved spur. The petals are apparently 2, unequal-sided and 2-lobed, each consisting of a pair united. Stamens 5, short; anthers open- ing on the inner face, connivent over the stigma. Ovary 5-celled ; stigma sessile. Capsules oblong-cylindric, an inch long, 5-valved, bursting at the slightest touch when ripe, and scattering the anatropous seeds (W. — G.). J . ^ Impatient) Jul va is the most common variety; its leaves mpatienspa a. ^^^ rhombic-ovate, obtusish, coarsely and obtusely serrate, with teeth mucronate. The flowers are smaller than in the previous one, deep-orange, maculate, with many brown spots ; ^'^' ^ ' lower gibbous sepals acutely conical, longer than broad, with an elongated, recurved spur. Impatieus balsamina, the Garden balsam, or Ladies^ slippers, is spontaneous about gardens; its leaves are lanceolate, ser- rate, upper ones alternate; peduncles clustered and 1-flowered; spur shorter than the flowers. The flowers are red, white, pur- ple, pink, flesh-color, and scarlet; sometimes they are double. This is an exotic plant, a native of the East Indies, and culti- vated as a Iteautiful garden annual. Its height is from 1 to 5 History. — These plants grow throughout the United States, in moist, sluuly jjlaces, and along rills, in rich soil, flowering from July to Sep- tember. The /.pallida is most common northward and westward, and the I. fulva southward. Both plants pos.sess similar properties. The leaves are astringent. The whole plants are used medicinally, and impart their virtues to water. They contain a yellow coloring matter, buthave not been chemically studied. ActlQn, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — They are aperient and diuretic; a decoction is recoinmended \i\ jiiin,,!;,;. /upntiti.'i, and dropxij. The juice is said to remove wartti, cure rinijininns, snli-r/Kinii. etc., and to cleanse foul ulcere; or it may be applied for these purpdses in the form of a poultice boiled in milk. The bruised plants or the juice ai)plied to parts ;wwo)i<'(i hj/ rhus, give prompt relief It also gives relief from tl>e ett'ects of stinging nettle. The recent plant boiled in lard, forms an excellent ointment (or piles. 1048 INDIGO.— INDIGO. A blue dye-stufif obtained from several species of Indigofera. Nat. Ord. — Leguminosse. Synonyms: iDdirmn. P'Kjmentum indkun. Source and History. — The plants furnishing indigo are quite numerous; chief among them are Lidlgofem tinrioria, Linne, cultivated in India and the East India Islands; Indigofera Anil, Linne, growing in the West Indies, Central and South America, and Indigofera argentea, Linne, cultivated in Egypt and the- French colonies in Africa. To these sources is to be added the commercial product called Woad, prepared from the leaves of hntis tinrtorin and I.lmitanica (Sat. Ord. — Cruci- fera;), plants which were formerly much cultivated in France and Germany, and supplied the demand for indigo before it was introduced into Europe from for- eign countries. Indigo-blue does not pre-exist as such in these plants. . It is developed by the decomposition of the bitter glucosid indiran (CjjHjjNO,,), a colorless chromogene existing therein. This substance also occurs sometimes in pathological urine. When acted upon by diluted acids or ferments, it is said to absorb water and to be hydrolyzed into indigo-hhie {C.^fi^^.honic (e (CjH^NHj). When indigo is acted upon by reducing agents in alkaline solution, «■. J/., by dextrose, or sulphurous acid, or hydrogen sulphide, zinc, etc., a solution of a yellow color is yielded, containing "alkali-soluble iixligo-uhite ((.\^\l,.'S f),). This solution, exposed to the air, precipitates indixjo-Mue again. This reaction is made use of in dyeing; the cloth, being saturated with the alkaline solution con- taining indiqn-u-hite, is exposed to the air, whereby the indigo-blue formed is firnilv tixed in the' fiber. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Indigo and its preparations when ad- ministered, iiavf imjiarted a blue color to the cutaneous and renal secretions. Large doses cause gastro-intestinal irritation, debility, and nervous derangements. The sulphate is reputed an active emnienagogue, and indigo was several years ago tested as a remedy for qnlcp>fi/, but has been abandoned as inefficient and even detrimental. The dose ma_v be stated at from 1 to 20 grains. Synthetic.\i. iNnioo. — Within the last 20 years, several syntheses of indigo-blue and its iliTivatives have been accouiplished. An iiiiportitnt stepping-stone to tliis feat was the syn- tlu-sis !•( In'liil (CgHiX) (the skeleton substance of indigo), by Baeyer and Enimi-rhng, in 1S69. The tirst synthesis of imligo by Baeyer {liir. d. Detiturli. ('hem. TrVx., 1880, p. 22.54), was aecoiu- plished by converting orlho-nitr(>^iiiiia'mlc aciil (CjH^NOj.CHrC'H.COOH) into ortlio-uitro jilu-ni/l pniitiiilir (icit/ (C|,H4[N"Oj].CCiCOOH.l, and this into indiyo-hlw through the reducing agency of sugar in alkahne solution. The graphic formula of iiuligo-liliie (C8H4.NH.CO:C=C:CO. NH.CjH,), elucidated by the researches of Prof. Baeyer and his co workers, suggests to him an analogy with that of the Azndiji.ii which see). More recently additional syntheses of indigo were effected simultaneously by L"Ledererand K. Heumann (see Clumiker Z^ittmi], ]>>90, Oct. 1st anil Oct. Sth; also see .I»i«t. ./ohc P/inrm., 18!)0, p.614) ; likewise some methods for the direct fvntlie-iis of l,uli'j,^,-.iniiii; are uu nodnl (see A. Haas, in -Inifr. Jour. P/if(n»., 1891, p. 406, and li. lieynianii. in 'Pr..!. .-a.ltlerV Jl.nJJ /.-. 1895, p. 4.i2). Related Species and Product.— In addition to the plants above mentioned, indigo is probalily yieliled also hv tlie following plants: (lyinneniti tiiiijois, Sprenfrel, Hindustan; Polygo- num liiirturiiini, Linne, Cliina; Wrightia Inirlorin. Robert Brown, Hindustan; and Chdego liuctoria. Prof. H. Moliseh {Anur.Jour. Pliariii.,imi, |> 494 i. delects the presence of indkan in plants by boiling some fragments of the latter in a test-tulie with a diluted sohition of aqua ammonise, and in another experiment with witi> the Rr. Pharm.. 1S.S.5. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— (See Anthemis.) A useful preparation in the hotcel troubles of dentition. Dose, i to 2 fluid ounces, smaller doses being given to children. It is emetic when warm ; tonic and nervine when cold. INFUSUM APII COMPOSITUM.— COMPOUND INFUSION OF PARSLEY. Preparation. — Take of parslej' roots and seeds, coarsely bruised, carbonate of iron, eacli. 4 ounces; horseradish root, in small pieces, 2 ounces; juniper ber- ries, squill, white mustard seed, mandrake root, and queen of the meadow, of each, finely bruised, 1 ounce; good cider, 6 quarts. Boil the cider and pour it on the rest of the articles mixed together in an earthen vessel; cover the vessel, and digest with a gentle heat for 24 hours. The cider should not be hard, nor too new, but sparkling and pleasantly tart, and, after digestion bv heat, it should be allowed to remain upon the articles without straining it off. fey this course, the liquid becomes still further impreg- nated with tlie properties of the iiieilicines. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — This is a most excellent preparation in several varietie.'s of dropsy, for wiiicli alone it is used. It increases the action of the kidneys, regulates the bowels, improves the digestive functions, and pro- motes activity of the absorbent vessels. The dose is 1 or 2 fluid ounces, 3 times a day. In the summer season, half the above quantity may be made at one time^ as otherwise it becomes very sour and moldy. It should always be used immediately after its preparation (J. King). INFUSUM AURANTII COMPOSITUM.— COMPOUND INFUSION OF OEANOE PEEL. Preparation. — Infuse, in a closed vessel for 15 minutes, } ounce (av.) of bitter orange peel Ccut small) ; 56 grains of fresh lemon peel (cut small\ and 28 grains of liruised cloves, in 10 fluid ounces (Imp.) of boiling distilled water. Strain— (Br. Ph>irm.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Used chiefly as a carminative. Dose, A to 2 fluid ounces. INFUSUM BUCHU.— INFUSION OF BUCHU. Sysosyms: Infiunim diosnur, hfusum hnrosmae. Preparation.— Infuse, in a cll)se< ;» tonic. Dose, 2 fluid ounces, :; tjints a (lay. INFUSUM CUSSO.— INFUSION OF KOUSSO. Synonyms: I,>Ui.'nl. The infusion should be dispensed witliout straining" — (Xtiiig, one-half the ([uantity being given an hour before the second portion, the llowers being swallowed with the infusion. This is the original Aliyssinian method of administering cusso. INFUSUM DIGITALIS (U. S. P.)— INFUSION OF DIQITALIS. Preparation.—" Digitalis, bruLsed, fifteen grammes (1.5 Gm.) [232 grs.]; alco- hol, one hundred cubic centimeters ( 100 Cc.) [3 fl.s, 183 TTl] ; cinnamon water, one hundred and tiftv cubic centimeters (loO Cc.) [5 H.s. 35 Til]; boiling water, five hundred cubic centimeters (500 Cc.) [16 fl.5. 435 ttl] ; cold water, a sufficient t|uantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 flg, 391 HI]. Upon the digitalis, contained in a suitable vessel, pour the boiling water, and allow it to macerate until the mixture is cold. Then strain, add the alcohol and cinnamon water to the strained liquid, and pass enough cold water through the re^iidue on the strainer to make the product measure one thousand cubic centi- meters ( 1000 Cc.) [33 fl5, 391 my — ( r. s. p.). The cinnamon in this preparation is merely added to flavor the infusion, while the alcohol tends to preserve it. Infusion of digitalis throws down a pre- cipitate on standing several hours. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage, — (See Digitalis.) Infusion of digitalis is the mondtr it pleasantly sweet. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— This is a very valuable remedy in (irinrl, in chrnnic caturrh of the Mudder, .-iuppre^sion of urine, high colored or scalding urine, inflammation of the urethra, and other disorders of the urinary organs. In oxidir dcj,o:KINI VIIU.INI AN.K Ut>5 INFUSUM JABORANDI.— INTUSION OF JABORANDI. Preparation.— Iiil'ut-f, in a closeU ve!^¥l■l, lur M iiiuuilf!-, i ouiiLf (uv.; ol jahoraiuli ^^■ut small), in 10 fluid ounces (.Imp.") of boiling distilled water. Strain— I />'/■. I'/mrni.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— (See Pilomrjms.) The large doses ne. - essarv render this infusion somewhat apt to provoke nausea and vomiting, thou^!; it well represents the virtues of jaborandi. Dose, A tV. P/iann.). Each fluid ounce contains 23 grains; that of the U. S. P., 1870, contained 30 grains. Action, Mediced Uses, and Dosage.— (See Aromerw.) Useful in pns-nve fum- I'l-rhages and Hiic-""- i.r..ti, ,,■;,,, !),,<,-, A to 2 fluid ounci's. INFUSUM LINI.— INFUSION OF LINSEED. Synonyms : Infusum lini composUum (C. S. P., 1870), Injmion of flaxseed. Preparation. — Infuse, in a closed vessel, for 2 hours, 150 grains (av.) of lin- seed (whole), and 50 grains (av.) of liquorice-root (No. 20 powder), in 10 fluid ounces (Imp.) of boiling distilled water. Strain— (Br. Phftrm.). The U. S. P.. 1870, process directed flaxseed, A troy ounce; bruised liquorice- root, 120 grains, and boiling water, 1 pint. Macerate 2 hours and strain. The linseed should not be bruised, else the swelling of the seed will prevent .straining, and as the mucilage is in the testa of the .seed, bruising is wholly unnecessary. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— (See Lini Farina.) Useful in acute reispiratury di^oithrs, but the liquorice impairs its usefulness in intestinal inflam- mations. It may be freely used for the administration of magnesium sulphate and quinine salts, though it is employed chiefly for coloring and flavoring pur- poses. Burcal mid fiiitcial inflaminfition.s' and ulceration-^ may be washed with it, and given internally, through the sulphuric acid contained in it, it exerts some con- trol over coUiquntivc mvats. Dose, 1 to 4 fluid ounces. Related Preparation.— Infisi-m Ro-s.e Compositcm (X. F.), Compound infuMon of rw. Fonnnlttrij numUi; 103: "Red rose, thirteen grammes (13 Gm.) [201 grs.] ; ililutcd sulphuric acid ( r. .S'. y.), nine cubic centimeters (9 Cc.) [146 TTl]; sugar, forty grammes (40 Gni.) [1 oz. av., ISO grs.] ; boiling water, one tliousand cubic centimeters i lOOO'Cc.) [33 flj, 391 TTl]. Pour the boiling water upon the rose, in a glass or porcelain vessel, add the acid, cover the vessel, and macerate for an hour. Then di.ssolve the sugar in the liquid and strain. INFUSUM LUPULI.— INTUSION OT HOP. Synonym: Jnfunum humtdi (U. S. P., 1870). Preparation. — Infuse, in a closed ves.«el, for 1 hour, ^ ounce (av.) of hops ii. lo fliiiil oiinr, s ( Imp I of boiling distilltd water. Strain— (Z. INJECTIO APOMORPHINiE HYPODERMICA.— HYPODERMIC INJECTION OF APOMORPHINE. Preparation.— "Take of apomorphine hydrochlorate, 2 grains; camphor water. HKi minims. Dissolve and filter. The solution should be made as required for use. Dose, by subcutaneous injection, 2 to 8 minims" — {Br. Fharm.). Equal to about ^ to i grain of apomorphine hydrochlorate. INJECTIO ERGOTINI HYPODERMICA.— HYPODERMIC INJECTION OF ERGOTIN. Preparation. — '"Take of ergotin, 100 grains (or 1 pa:.-t) ; camphor water, 200 lluiil grams (or 2 fluid parts). Dissolve by stirring them together. The solution should be made as required for use. Dose, by subcutaneous injection, 3 to 10 minims "—(Br. Phami.). Equal to about 1 to 3^ grains of ergotin. INJECTIO MORPHIN.® HYPODERMICA. -HYPODERMIC INJECTION OF MORPHINE. Preparation. — "Take of hydrochlorate of morphine, 92 grains; solution of ammonia, acetic acid, distilled water, of each, a sufficiency. Dissolve the hydro- chlorate of morphine in 2 ounces of distilled water, aiding the solution by gently heating; then a'. P.). Chemical Composition. — The following percentage composition of inula is recorded in Hager's Handbuch der Phann. Praxii',\o\. II, 1886. p. 76: " ImUin, 30 to 40 ; a trace of volatile oil; inula (alaut) camphor, or hclanv. a crystallizable, volatile substance, 0.5; wax, 0.3; acrid soft resin, 2; glutinous bitter extractive. 33; protein bodies, 12.5; cellulose, 9.6; potassium and calcium salts, /iiu'/x (6C,H|,0i + HjO, Kiliani, 1881), an isomer of starch, was discovered in elecampane by Val. Rose, in 1804, and was called by him aUiutin. Sometimes it is also termed Menin. It is a fine, white, starchy powder, very hygroscopic, tasteless, and inodorous; its specific gravity is 1.356. Iodine gives it a yellow color, which distinguishes it from starch, and also renders it insoluble in water. It is soluble in boiling water, from which it is deposited as the solution cools. It is insoluble in alcohol. Diluted acids, upon heating, transform it into hvvulose, the intermediary product^", metinulin and l;ivulin (CjHn,Oj), being formed. Ferments, f. p., dia^itase. yeast, emulsin, saliva, have but a slight sugar-forming eSect upon inulin (DragendorflT, 1870; also see Husemann and Hilger, f^mnni.^offe, 1882, Vol. I. p. 142).' The re- searches of Kiliani made it probable that inulin is chemically tne anhydride of hevulose (see ,4»):, rtxakneg/' of the dujeMiw. orqmix, hepntie torpor, atonic dyspepsui, with flatus, and internally and externally ill 'ettrr. itrh. and Other riUanemi,-i diiea.ie.-<. When added to the compound syrup of spikenard, it should be exhausted by boiling alcohol, and the tincture added to the syrup, instead of boiling it with the other articles, as is usually done. The alcoholic extract, combined with powdered extract of liquorice, benzoic acid, san- guinaria, and morphine, forms a lozenge or pill very valuable in chronie catarrhal, bronrhial. and all pulmonary irri/adons. One drop of the oil of stillingia may be ailded to each lozenge for bronehial and laryngeid affections. Night-sioeats are relieved by inula, as are some cases of humid asthma, and, by its tonic properties, it tends to sustain the strength of the patient in chronic dist)rders of the respiratory tract. Helenin is accredited with a fatal action upon the tubercle bacillus by Korab, Blocq, and others. Inula is somewhat slow in action, and should be used for quite a time to get its full action. That it is an important remedv in irritation of the trachea and bronchise is now well established. It is adapted to cases with free and abundant expectoration, teasing cough, and pain beneath the sternum, conditions frequent in la grippe, and the severer forms of colds. An etficient preparation is that recommended by Prof Locke (Syllah. of Mat. Med.) : R Elecampane, si ; boiling water, 1 i)int. Boil until but 8 ounces remain ; add 4 pound of white sugar. Chronic vesical catarrh has yielded to the kindly ac- tion of elecampane. Both acute and chronic disorders may be treated with inula. It is also useful in leucorrheea, and is especially eflfective in catarrhal mdometritis, with discharge of glairy mucus. Dose of the powder, from 20 grains to 1 drachm ; of the infusion, from 1 to 2 fluid ounces; syrup, 1 to 4 fluid drachms; specific inula, 5 to 40 drops ; fluid extract, 10 to 60 drops; helenin, J, to J grain. Elecam- pane should be restudied in reference to its action in catarrhal atfections of the respiratory organs, and especially in relation to the kind of cough which is men- tioned above. Specific Indications and Uses. — Cough, of a teasing, persistent character, accompanied with substernul pain, and profuse secretion; atony of abdominal viscera, with engorgement and relaxation ; catarrhal discharges. Related Sjfeciea. -Inula luptnrrosa, Bornhanli (Inula Conyza, DeCandoUe; Conyza rtjuar- ',-1. I.imiei. Herl) used in Europe. Diuretic and emmenagogue, and, when charred, eni- ploved an an insecticide. Pnlkdrin ili/KnItrica, Gaertner (Inula liyeenUrica, Linne), ^Vmuwrt.— Properties like those • 'i the preceding species. CVir/iiw «fa'(/M, Linn^. Cariinf i^iiXfe.— Europe. The root, which is unpleasant m odor iid sweet, Iw.t, and tiually bitter to the taste, is the part cmploved. It contain.s volatde oil lid rtsin. Hiuretic and emmenagogue; large doses cathartic. Tlu' de<owiIeing reconi- lODOKiiUMfM. 1061 mended to disguise an ounce of iodoform in ointments or mixturet;. Our expe- rience is to the effect that none of tiiem accomplish the puruose. Kven though they cover the odor in mass, on exposure the rank odor of ioiioform asserts itself. In this connection it may be Siiid tliat Johnson and Johnson have introduced an ioduret of carbon, under the name iodoform odorUsK, which is claimed to be fully as efficient as ordinary iodoform, and free from all odor. Analvsis by Pmf. S. P. Sadtler gave 95.20 per cent iodine. To remove the odor from tfie hands, utensils, and instruments, tirst applv a few drops of oil of turpentine, and afterward thor- ougly wash with water and soap (see also Imloformum Aromali-'Hihim). Iodoform solutions, when exposed to sunlight, liberate iodine. The latter is contained in iodoform to the extent of 98.69 per cent. Gentle heat decomposes it into iodine and hydriodic acid. It is partially decomposed when boiled with solution of potassa, yielding iodide and formate of potassium. It is not likely to contain many impurities. Its chemical decomposition is analogous to that of chloroform. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Ordinarily iodoform, when applied to the sound <>r broken skin, wounds, ulcers, and mucous membranes, is non-irrita- ting, and acts as a topical anasthetic. Occasionally, however, serious poisoning occurs from its absorption, and death has been known to result from such appli- cations. Among the symptoms thus produced are drowsiness and stupor, menin- gitis, delirium, progressive emaciation, high fever, sphincter paralysis, and death. Occasionally an eczematous eruption is caused by it, or an erythema or papular eruption may appear. In one case under our treatment, after the removal of an encysted bullet from the knee, and the dressing of the wound with a 10 per cent iodoform gauze of standard make, an erythematous redness followed in 24 hours, succeeded in 2 days by an extensive and painful eruption of vesicles, filled with a deep, orange-colored serum. Considerable constitutional infection accompanied, with a rise in the temperature of 2 degrees. The whole knee was involved, and had the appearance of a large, rough-skinned orange. The lesion spread rapidly wherever the viscid serum touched the sound surface. It resisted ordinary treat- ment with sodium bicarbonate, borax, etc., until dusted with bismuth subiiitrate, when healing took place rapidly. Applied to the rectum in suppository, iodo- form so far blunts sensibility as to allow unconscious defecation. Iodoform, when employed in large quantities for packing, may become an encapsulated for- eign body, and eventually gives rise to an iodoform "abscess," the contents of which are iodoform and mucus (Murrell). Chorea, suicidal mania, and profuse diarrhiea have followed the local use of iodoform. Internally, small doses (5 or 6 grains, or less) improve the appetite, and iodine quickly appears in the urine and saliva, escaping from the former as an iodide of sodium with a small portion of iodate. The symptoms produced by toxic doses are the following: Faintne.«s, giddiness, headache, mental confusion, drowsiness, burning gastric pain, delirium, convulsions, unconsciousness, a quickened or slowed, small pulse, cold, livid skin with profuse perspiration, and general paralysis (Taylor, Med. Juris., from Br. Med. Jour., 1882). In iodoform poisoning, the use of the drug should be stopped and the alka- line carbonates employed locally and internally together with the internal admin- istration of bromide of potassium, acetate of potassium, or lemonade. Asa rule, iodoform should not be used in conjunction with carbolic acid. Fatty degenera- tion of the kidneys, liver, and heart has been found after death from iodoform. Iodoform has been used to some extent as an internal medicine. M. Righini (1862) stated that the inhalation of its ethereal solution is of great service in re- tarding the progress of phthisis. Foxwell, of Birmingham, England, now regards it as almost specific in the treatment of phlhu'is. From 1-grain pills, 6 times a day, he claims greater results than from any drug or combination he has em- ployed. He has administered as high as 50 grains per day for long periods with- out ill results. The effects reported by Foxwell are : Soothing of nervous erethism, lessening of cough and expectoration, increased nutrition, and improvement of physical signs. Murrell, who endorses Foxwell's treatment in the main, in jilil/iudjt and loiitlcr-coiigh, found that in some cases the large doses had to be abandoned on account of the strong odor imparted to the breath, and the nau.sea and vomiting induced (Murrell, Mat. Med., 1896). It is said to be very efficient in checking pulmonari/ hemorrhage in tuberculosis of the lungs. Internall •, in the dose of 1 to 3 1062 lODOFORMUil. grains, 3 times a day, in pill form, it was forncerly regarded useful in goitre, scrofula, rachitw, glandular tumors, vienstrual derangements, affections of the bladder, etc, hut is now seldom employed for these affections. It is, however, valued by some as an alterative in the same-sized doses, in syphilis and in syphilitic neuralgia. Iodoform is best known as an antiseptic surgical dressing for use in operations, and as an application in various forms of ulcerations, syphilitic and otherwise. Few agents are more useful in the treatment of ulcerated, granulated, or abraded surfaces, than a solution of 1 part of iodoform in 4 parts of glycerin (Locke). In venereal diseases, barring its odor, which may be masked, however, it is one of the most useful of applications. Soft chancres readily yield to it, as do many painful phagedenic ulcers. For these purposes, the pure iodoform in small amount may be dusted upon the ulcers, or the powder proposed bj' Prof Locke may be em- ployed. It is composed of iodoform, 100 parts; thymol, 1 part, and sugar of milk, 200 parts. It is exceedingly useful in syphilitic fissure of the tongue, syphilitic pharyn- geal ulcers, and simple or s^/philitic ozena. It is without a superior in hospital gan- grene, gangrenous vulvitis, ajMhous vulvitis of debilitated children, and in ointment, to temporarily relieve pruritis vulvse. It forms the chief application to suppura- ting buboes. A good form of exhibition is that given by Murrell: R Iodoform, 5j; oil of eucalyptus, flsj ; soft and hard petrolatum, of each, gijss. Mix. In venereal diseases, the more irritable and painful the lesions, the more effectual is iodoform. Go^.wrrhcea and gleet may be well treated with iodoform, bougies con- taining that drug and oil of eucalyptus, being the preferable form for use. It is better adapted to gono-rhcea of the female. However, iodoform is less effectual in this class of diseases than other forms of treatment. Chordee is palliated by it. A 20 per cent ointment is reported to have subdued pain and swelling in acu'te orchitis. Vaginismus and other forms oi vaginal hypersesthe.na are relieved by iodoform. An ointment of 30 to 60 grains of iodoform to an ounce of lard or petrolatum, has been successfully applied to tumors and in certain dry forms of skin diseases, and especially of syphilitic origin. Ringivorm is said to be cured by it. In sup- pository form with cacao butter (iodoform, grs. xxx; cacao butter, 5j. Mix. Make 6 suppositories), it has proved beneficial in cancer of the utenis. Cancer of the breast and other carcinomata are also benefited by it. Its advantages are that- it relieves pain, corrects the offensive odor, retards destruction of tissues, and conserves the strength of the patient. It does not arrest the secretions as does opium. An ointment (1 part to 15 of petrolatum) forms a good application in cracked nipples. The parts, however, should be thoroughly washed befoi'e suckling the child. Pain- ful chronic ulcers should be first destroyed with nitric acid, and then treated with iodoform. Iodoform in ointment or suppositorv is exceedingly useful to subdue pain and promote healing in rectal tilcers, hemorrhoids, und painful anal fi.ssures. It aids greatly by rendering defecation painless. Iodoform forms a good dressing after the opening of boils and carbuncles. The latter are said to have been aborted by the injection of an ethereal solution of iodoform. An emulsion of iodoform has been employed for injecting roW o6«ce.«!f5 and tubercular carii's (Billroth ), and in the treatment 'of cystitis. A solution of iodoform in ether or glycerin has been lauded by some as an injection for emj)yema,ab. to 5 drons, lias been advised in bronchicrtasii: and in laryngeal and pulmonic tuber- riilo.iLs. >iurrell recommends the following powder for insufflation in laryugeiu plithijurposes, the powder or the gjiuze are generally iireferred. It relieves pain and promotes healing. As little should be used as will accom- plish the desired purpose, and never should more than 30 grains be used at one iliessing. Neither should its application be too frequent. Good drainage should be insured, and the parts should not be too snugly V>andageil. Iodoform gauze should be preferred in operations u]>on the intestine'!, and {Peritoneal and other cavUita. lODOFORMUM. 1063 Iodoform is an important agent in nasal, ocular, and aural duieages. As an insufflation powder, a combination of iodoform and tannic acid is effectual in ozena, pont-nanal catarrh, and in soft nasal hyprrtrophu's. A first decimal trituration dusted uj>on the lids with a soft brush, is useful in granular ronjunrtivitis (I.ocke). In eve disorders a 5 to 10 per cent ointment or an impalpable powder should be employed. Aged persons are sometimes toxically impressed by its apiilication in ocular affections. Iodoform may be used after ojitralions ttpnn the n/e or aji]iemlages, in ciliary blepharitis, simple and serpiginous corneal ulcers, hypopyon hrotitis, purulent conjunctivitis, pannits, ophthalmia neonatorum, phlyctenular conjunct iritis, palpebral ulcers, and conjunctival gumma. Iodoform is employed in f^ujipunitice car affections, particularly after the "active phases have paissed. The powiler or gauze may be used after "o/.(;-(i^(0)W upon the aural canal. Foltz {Dynam. Therap.) declares the "pale mucous membrane"' the indication for iodoform, and in suppurative otitis media prefers a mixture of equal parts of boric acid and iodoform. If eye or ear disorders are of syphilitic origin its use is particularly commended. Various combinations of iodoform are employed locally, besides those already mentioned. The following are useful forms: (1) A.ntiseptic powder : Iodoform 11 parts, bismuth subnitrate 4, salicylic acid 4, camphor 1 (Cavazini). (2) Anti- septic p.\ste: Iodoform 1 part, oil of camphor 4, salicylic acid 4, starch, a suffi- cient quantity to form a stifl' paste. (3) Inhalant: Iodoform 1 part, oil of turpentine 8." (4) E.mulsion: Iodoform 10 parts, glycerin 8, distilled water 2, tragacanth 5. Thia may be shaken with water in any quantity desired. Ointments of iodoform (with petrolatum), usually contain from 5 to 10 per cent of the drug. With it may be incorporated some of the deodorants men- tioned, particularly oil of camphor or eucalyptus. Glycerin solutions contain from 5 to 30 per cent; ether solutions, from 5 to 25 per cent; oleaginous solutions (olive oil 1, 10 to 25 per cent; flexible collodion solutions, 5 to 10 per cent; iodo- form gauze, from 10 to 50 per cent, the former being generally preferred; tritu- ration in milk sugar, 10 per cent. The dose of iodoform ranges from i grain to 3 grains, in pill. Other Iodoform Preparations. — C.\RBAsrs Iodoform.^ta (X.F.i./odo/onn jnitz^. Formu- Inry nui,tl>,i; IM '• I.Mlofonn, tin >;iamu)es (10 Gm.) [l.")4grs.]; ether (r'..S. P.), forty (40 Gm. I [1 oz. av., l.SO grs.]; alcofiol, forty grammes (40 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 180 grs.]; tincture of benzoin ( ['. .v. P. i, five grammes (5 Gm.) [77 grs.J; jilycerin, five grammes (5 Gm.) [77 grs.]; gauze mu.«lin, a suffioient quantity. Dissolve the iodoform in tlie ether, then add the alcohol, tincture of benzoin, and glycerin. Immerse in a weighed quantity of this solution, contained in a suitabli- ve.ssel, the exact amount of gauze muslin required to absorb the whole of it, to prooUita ( F. 17) " — (.iY«(. Form.). Ioi)oK()[!ML-M AromatisatC-M (N. F.],Aromalized iodoform. Deodorized iodoform.—" Iodoform, 25 parts; cumarin, 1 part. Mix them intimately by trituration. Ao/c.-^Should cumarin not be available, or should it be objectionable to the patient, the odor of iodoform may also he more or less masked by many essential oils, for instance those of pep|)ermint, cloves, cin- namon, citronella, bergamot, sassafras, eucalyptus, etc. Another etlicient covering agent is freshly roaste. thus holding ('..14 per cent of water. Annidalin was originally one of the names 1064 loDuFuKMr.M. applied to aristol, but it is chemically a rlitbyniol (liio.iifle. Aristol is employed as a cicatrizant and substitute for iodoform, consequently' tlie conditions requiring its use need not be re- peated. Some prefer it to iodoform. Fo'ltz speaks highly of aristol, in dry powder, in aoite, subacute, and chronic siippuniliie otitis media, and in moist eczema of the external avditory canal, with great itching. An ointment of aristol may be used upon corneal tUcers, after active inflammation has been subdued ; and in interstitial keratitis, after subsidence of the acute phases it assists in clearing the cornea. In powder and ointment it has given good results in pklijctenular cn- junctiritis. A 1 per cent solution in almond oil has Ijeen used by injection with apparently good results in pulmonary tuberculosis. Cakvacrol Iodide (CisHisOI). — A yellow-brown powder, which decomposes above the boiling point of water. It results when, in the manufacture of aristol, carvacrol is suljstitnted for thymol. Xeroform, Tribromphenol-bisnmlh (CeHjBrjO — Bi — 0). — A new substitute for iodoform, greater efficiency being claimed for it, besides its comparative lack of odor and the capability of being sterilized without decomposition at 110° C. (2.'!()° F. i. (For its preparation, see Pharm. Cenlralhalle, 1895, p. 309.) It is a neutral, greenish-yellow, fine powder, tasteless, and having but a faint carbolic acid odor. It is not decomposetl by light. Acids and bases decompose it, especially when heated. The claims made for it are : It is antibacterial, rendering poisonous toxines and ptomaines innocuous, and being itself non-poisonous; it limits and prevents the secretion of pus. It is desiccant, deodorant, analgesic, hemostatic, and promotes granulation and cicatrization. Bulk for bulk, it has greater covering power than ioaoform. Having first thoroughly cleansed the parts, it should bi- a|>pli(ound oi varying composition, according to methods of preparation Usually a reddish-brown, light powder, containing 50 per cent of ioiline, soluble in chloroform and alcohol, but not in water. It is prepared by precipitating cinchonine sulphate by means of solution of iodine in ]K>tassium iodide ( Yvon, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1890, p. 493). Solutions of it are employesirable in phlyctenidar coujnnctirilis. It is nion- irritating in tr.iumatic and ulcerate*! ear affections than iodoform. .Vccording to Foltz, it does not produce healthy granulations, and he tleclares it less etticient than boric acid in purulent iutfainmation of the 'middle ,ar. It is, however, said to bo useful in corions suppuration of the e-rlerual auditory canal. Dose, 2 to 20 grains. I^tsoi-UAN (l/>sophane), r/i'-iWo-Hirtdcrcsoi (C'HIjOH.CH,).— This boilo0j H.^.'iUjCti. —\ compound containing ol'.S per cent of iiHline. The potassium salt is i)repared by the acliun of cuuient rated sulphuric- acid upnu jihenol (carVxilic acidi, jniru-jiln iml .■iiilf/huiiii' iKiiMiiiiij; l.inued. Tliis is converted into the potassium sjilt, and the calculated amount of ii)do-cliloride i< aldrd, wlieriliy the .v(C."'»(/o/,-//ii/ti.wi(m is precipitated as n crystalline sub- stance. Soluble with dithculty in' water. It is then imritieil by recrystallization (Oslerinayer, I'hiirm. Vtnlralhiilh; ISSS, p. o-'U). Sozoiodolic aci.l occurs in Bnuill,"pri*'l""tic needle-civstals, easily soluble in water, alcohol, or glyceriu. With metallic ba,«es it forms acid an^l neutral salts,' thi' former of which constitute the medicinal salts generally employed. The four which li.ive come into more prominent use are the following: |1) ISDZoiodolt-sodnuix [fyiiiiiuu fozoiiHlo- I'llf). in colorless, inodorous, astringent-sweetish needles, soluble in water (1 in 20) in alcohol, ami warm glycerin. This is the preparation known simply as Sozoiodole. It is non-toxic, antiseptic, and de.siccant, and has a wide application in venereal Jimrderf,iD oiihlhnlmuloijy, m fi/r.c/ioiix ()/ the nosv and llirnal, and in all cases requiring antiseptic treatment. It is \ised in pow- der of 1 to 10, or pure; and in solutions of 1 to 12 to 1 to 50 of solvent. (2) 5i:(iii>dolt-zinc \Zinc foznuxlolnte). Delicate, prismatic needle-crystids, colorless, otlorless, solubh- in glycerin and alcohol, and in 25 parts of water. More astringent than the prewding, ami being niore irritant and liable to prove escharotic in concentration, must be usez\i., Aluiniimm jMrapheniilsiU^lionale {Sozonale) ( [C|,H, [OHJSOsIb Alj). — Formed by ilouble decomposition between barmm parapbenolsulphonate and aluminum sulphate, or by dissolving aluminum hydrate in paraphenolsulphonic acid. It forms astringent, crystalline granules naving a faint phenol odor. It is quite stable and forms permanent solutions with water, alcohol, or glycenn. It is one of the proposed antiseptic substitutes for iodoform. SrLi'HAMiNOL, nivxt/dijilieyii/lamhie (CisHjOSjX).— .l/rtno.ri/rfip/if7ii//<(»iiHc, boiled with caus- tic BOermanent, like nosophen, owing to the action of the atmospheric carbon dioxide. It has no odor, and is said to be non-irritant and non- poisonous. EuDoxtSK is the bismuth salt of nosophen. It is a tasteless and oh-brown IMjwder, containing .52.9 per cent of ioertrophical, stnimmis. or cachec- tic character. In bronchoeele, it is most serviceable in the early congestive .-Jtage, or in the middle stage of gelatiniforni effusion ; in the indurated stage of the tiiyroid gland it is of little benefit. In this afin.<<'.<, Prof. King found the following a su|)erior remedy: Take of iodine, lA grains; sulphate of morphine, J grain ; extract of geranium, 20 grains; triturate thoroughly together in a mortar, form into a pill-mass with simple syrup or extract of liquorice, and divide into 10 pills; of these 1 pill maybe given every 1 or 2 hours to an adult. In hepnt ir Hud ■■•■j>lenir nffert inn. ■<,i\r\ed extract of leptandra may be substituted for the extract of geranium. In the Mexican diarr/xea, he suc- leeded in curing every case in which the following preparation was employed : Take of iodine, H grains; tannic acid, 10 grains ; distilled water, 5 fluid draclims. Mix together. For an adult, give 1 fluid drachm every 2 hours, in syrup of ginger, or cinnamon water, to be continued daily. Iodine is contraiiulicuted in cerebral congestion and tendency to apoplexy, in menorrhagia, in disordered stomach or bowels, or wherever local diseases become attended with symptomatic fever, or with incidental febrile affections. Externally, iodine is u.*ed in the form of ointment for .strumous w/r«T.v, np/i- thnlmia. and some cutaneou," di.ieases, as lupw. fai-u.% acne, psoriasi.", etc. With collo- dion it forms a good ajiplication ior frost-hite.-'. Subcutaneous injections of iodine arounil the wound, have been found successful in bites of some .*nakes and other poisonom wounds. A cau^ic iodine solution (Lugols) is recommended as an appli- cation to stimulate or destroy soft Sindjungmts granulation.^, and as a remedy for uoli-me-lan^irre. (See Lugol'g .'^lution.) Drs. R. Druitt and B. \V. Richardson recommended the vapor from iodine as a deodorizer and disinfectant. Powdered iodine, or a strong tincture of iodine is place'] in open vessels in various parts of a room, so that the air therein becomes impregnated with the vapor. This is recommended in cases of smallpox, typhoid and other fer'rji, or wherever the atmosphere of a room requires purification, as where there are sinks, sick-chairs, closets, etc. The air thus purified becomes fresh and agreeable to the sen.«e of smell. Inhalations of vapor from iodine have been highly spoken of in the treatment of phthisi.'< (palliative only), rhronir binimjiti.-' and bronrhiti.t. and in aj/honia; the atmosphere of the patient's room to be impregnated with the vapor, so that it can be constantly inhaled day and night. Dr. J. Waring Curran, in the treatment of diphthrria, recommended a fluid drachm, of a compound composed of iodine, iodide of potassium, each, 4 grains ; alcohol, 4 fluid drachms; water, 4 fluid drachms — which he adds to a pint of vine- gar in which a handful of sage has been boiled; this is placed in a teapot or an inhaler, and kept hot over a spirit lamp, and the vapor is inhaled 10 or 12 times a day, for 10 or 12 minutes each time. The dose of the iodine solution must be steadily increased until it reaches i fluid ounce foreach inhalation. The tincture, in 2 or 3-drop doses, in syrup of lemon, is said to improve the condition in diph- theria. In eniiipelntoux inflnmmatityns it has been advi.«ed to paint the inflamed surface with a .strong tincture; likewi.se, in chilblains and rulaneous .icrnfula. Boil.-< may be aborted by painting with tincture of iodine, which application is also useful in carbuncles, ihoxxgh a dilution (1 part to 3 or 4 of water) is le.ss painful, arrests destruction of tissues, and removes the decayed parts. Locally, iodine is useful in chronic uterine eiui'irgrment, chronic induration.i of the remix uteri, uterine ulcerations, leucorrhiea, mtci, phan/ngeal granulation-' and ulcers, spina hifula, and thi' tincture or compound tincture gives relief in laryngeal ulrei-ntions, for which the vapor has been less efficiently em|)loyed. The topical application of iodine i> frequently resorted to in rhronir rheumatism and neuralgia, and applied to the chest in rhronir pleuri-fy to promote the absorption of plastic exudations. An ointment of iodine is of value in hydrarthrosis. Applied in smallpox it is said U> prevent in a measure the full development of the pustules, and thereby prevent extensive pitting. Iodine is an excellent application to buljors, and if applied early may abort them; it is likewise of value in syjihilitir ulritatiims of the tonsil. ■< and faures, and in strelling of Ihr qum* and loo.-ening of the teeth. Ringirnrm. rorns. anry of tlie joinU, hernia, indnlfiii iiliyci>:s, rnrities, sinuses, fistula in ano, etc. hxliiii' ill ^tiuiig solution has been successfully employed in blepharitis cUinrix and in ronjii ,ii-iirl/is. An adhesive iodine paint is used at Moorfield's Ophthalmic Hospital, as an application to chronic inflammations of the eyelids; the mastic pre- vents the paint from spreading on the more delicate structures in the neighbor- hood ; take of alcohol, 2 fluid drachms; spirit of nitric ether, 4 fluid drachms; mastic, i drachm; iodine to saturation. Mix. The vapor of tincture of iodine with camphor, applied by Politzer's method, is said to improve non suppurative otitis media. Occasionally painting the tincture on the mastoid region relieves in mastoid disease, and the same applied to the attic of the tympanum check.? suppu- rative action in those parts. The compound tincture is applied after opening the sac of hematoma aur is, and according to Foltz (Dynam. Thernp.,\>.Q2^),a mixture of glycerin 10 parts, and iodine 1 part, is excellent for the cure of that morbid action giving rise in the canal and fundus of the ear to aggregations of epithelium and pus of a tenacious character. Iodine may be kept in a state of solution when added to mixtures in the form of tincture, by the addition of syrup of orange peel, or a few grains of tannic acid. When given internally to females it is apt to increa^ie the quantity of the menstrual discharge and sometimes to multiply the periods of its appearance; if the symptoms are not very severe or alarming, but little interference will be required, as they will cease after a short time; where this is demanded, a cessation of the use of the remedy will most generally sufl!ice. In the employment of iodine, if the urine is passed in quantity, and on examination is found to contain iodine, and the strength and appetite of the patient gradually return, it may be consid- ered indicative of a beneficial therapeutic influence, and its use should be contin- ued. Dose of iodine, in substance, i grain, 2 or 3 times a day, in pill form; of the tincture, from 5 to 15 drops, twice a day. The best forms for internal use are the compound tincture and compound solution. Some prefer the 3 x trituration. When given in powder, it should be united with opium or hyoscyamus,_and formed into a pill with the extract of liquorice. In poisoning by iodine, first evacuate the stomach, by giving an emetic in starch water, and afterward admin- ister freely starch water, starch paste, flour, or arrow-root in water. Related Preparations.— Iodizeo Puf.noi . T>r. Pircy Boulton intrwluceil to the profee- sion a (■iiliirl(>s sdiition of iodine aii'l .:iil. 11. .iri.l, as possessing stimulant ami antiseptic pro|)(itiis in a ni:iikc i i i : u-eful as a local application i by injection, gargle, l.itinii, Ml spiay inhalation), in 'hrria.oztnii, otorrhnn, fturuletit ophthalmia, /oij/anil i:iil'il' III iilfii:-i,leitcorrha'a, utci I'lh^ / < . . iileri, intental lieHinrrhoidi. lariniyeiil, mul bronchial iijf'cclions, etc. In some instjmcis it will rtijnire to be diUitcd with water, and when the spray is to be inhaled, the glycerin maybe omitted, and the mixture be diluted to the required extent with water. Its tormula is as follows: Take of compound tinctun' of iodim-, 45 minims; crystals of carbolic acid (liquefied), 6 minims; glyeerin. S fluid drachms; distillnl water, 5 fluid (Uinces. Mix. The color disappears in frt>m S hours to 10 days, depending iimm the temperature; the mixture should be kept in a dark jilace. (.See also formula of .HciViini Carboliciiiii /l«/<(^(»l [.V(i(. /•'(//•ni.],p. 41, which preparation has similar us»'s to the prein-ding. ■ Mktiiynoi,.— This agent was introdueed by Prof. J. .\. Jeancon, M. P., acconling to whom it is "a compound of the sodium salts of a systematic series of iodo-phenol acids, in which the hydrogen of iodo-phenol is progressively substituted with imline, carboxyl. and hydnx-arbon /groups, and in which the iodin-! preponderates. The use of methyiiol is inilicated in all forms of venous congrMioii of the skin or of the nuu'ons membranes of the" Iwdy ; in all forms of ulcmi- fioH, of whatever origin ; in inliltrate^l ^tiite.^i ,.( the tissues, whether 'due to stoppage of the venous current and dilation of the lymphatic vessels. or to local obstruction by dimoni/iim.wn', etc. In action this substame is highly .«tiiuulating to vascular activity without having the least elfect on tlie heart. It acts also as an antiseptic and iK>w»rful germicide, its two qualities ronibiniiij; to produce healthy circulation and absorption of inflltrat»tl substances, also di'stiiiying the more or less noxious matter, fornuMi in the stagnant, unhealthv tissues. The use of methynol promptly produces healthy granulations in iiii(o(<'ii( ii/cfTs, checking sup- puration and invigorating the enfeebled tissues; new and invigonUing substance is the result. In pilfs, condylomata, prurilis ani (itching piles), it is equally efficient. In ralmr or r.i;/ii«ii 'u/^iemccretions, in catarrhal «(n(<'» of the primir ri'.r. as well as in that of the uterine ctr>ix. its action prompt and eflective. Old sore fliitif an- readily liealed by daily applic:?'' ■••: 'n.thy- hi/pernecret is both pi I'KCACVANHA. 1U7I r. >!. In pruritif nilrir and /inirigo, jwrrlgo a|>i«licatiuiis of this iliiiv; ami most of tl niiiov.-.l Ipv it. Mctlivnul can bo applie< after tlu- alii-cttii surlai-.-s havi- tirst bet-n lineil witli discaseil mucous membranes hi which arc allowed to remain 1 or 2 hours, produced by the application of the drup. S nhould be applied only after the parts havi chlorate. As the drug is not poisttnous, it cal, nasal, pharyngeal, and larynpe: " he injected without pro8. There is very seldom any pain Should the atTecteil surface he too irritable, methynol ■ been tii-st treateil with a solution of cocaine hyilro- can be safely used (properly diluted i upon the bue- meinbranes. In tiimmx or lumoral );«(iW)i, it max beginning with 5 drojjs of the methynol mixeil willi , as an injection, and gradually increasing the qunn- I with petrolatum or kindred substances, can readily he [■iiiportion desirer divided into a few diverging branches, about as thick p. ^^„ as a goose-quill, ringed, when fresh pale-brown, when drj' umber-colored, blackish-umber-cohjred, or gray- ish brown; tlie cortical integument with a reddish, resinous, glittering fracture, and readily se|)aratin<.' from a central woody axis. The stem is suffniticnsc, from 2 to 3 feet long, ascending, often rooting near the ground, smooth and cinereous at the base, and downy and green near the apex. The leaves are rarely more than 4 or 6 on a stem, oblong-ovate, acute, roughisli with hairs, from 3 to 4 inches long, from 1 to 2 broad; those at the top of the stem are oppo- site, those toward the base alternate. Petioles short and downy. Stipules erect, appressed, membranous, deciduous, and 4 to 6-cleft. Peduncles solitary, axil- lary, downy, erect when in flower, reflexed when in fruit, and about ii inches long. The flowers are small, white, in senugiobose heads, of 8, 12, or more; the involucre is 1-leaved, spreading, deeply 4 to (>-|)arted, with obovate, acuminate, ciliated segments. obovate-oblong, acute, and downy. Calyx minute, obovate, whitish, adliering t the ovary, with 5 bluntish, short teeth. The corolla is wliite, funnel-sliaped, the tube cylindrical, downy on the outside and at the orifice, the liml> shorter than the tube, with 5 ovate, reflexed segments. Stamens 5; filaments fililbrm, white, and smooth; anthers linear, longer than the (ilaments, projecting a little beyon^u^<;^.v^ 18!t7. p. :i4l5.) It is principally imported from CephaSMs Ipecacuanha. v Bracts to eacli flower 1, 1072 IPECACUAXHA. Rio Janeiro, in barrels, seroons, and large packages. The bark of the root is its most active part. Description. — "About 10 Cm. (4 inches) long, and 4 or 5 Mm. (^ to ^ inch) thick ; mostly simple, contorted, dull grayish-brown or blackish, finelj' wrinkled; closely and irregularly annulated, and often transversely fissured; bark thick, brittle, brownish, easily separated from the thin, whitish, tough, ligneous por- tion; odor slight, peculiar, nauseous; taste bitterish, acrid, nauseating. When ipecac is sound and free from moldiness, its quality is proportionate to the thick- ness of the bark, and the thinness of the ligneous portion "—( I'. S. P.). Commer- cial ipecacuanha roots are sometimes distinguished as the grayish-black, the grayish-red, and the grayish-white varieties. The true variety is called Rio ipecac commercially. Ipecacuanha root, when whole, is so characteristic, that it is hardly liable to adulteration. A variety known as the Carthagena, Xeto Granada, or Columbian ipecac {Cephaiiis aruminatn, Karsten), is larger, less markedlj- annulated. and shows a larger number of more conspicuous medullary rays than the ordinary drug. The name radix antidy^enterica, was formerly applied to ipecacuanha root. The pow- der of the genuine article is of a grayish-yellow color, with a faint, bitterish, ob- scurely acrid taste, and a weak, musty, peculiar odor, which becomes stronger and nauseating during the process of pulverization ; in some persons it excites sternu- tation, in others a difficulty of breathing resembling asthma. It yields its prop- erties to water, and still better to alcohol, spirits, or wines. Boiling impairs its virtues. As regards the detection of adulterants of ipecacuanha, see article on the microscopic examination of ipecac root and its possible adulterants in powder form, by Dr. Alfred Schneider {Amer. Druyght, 1897, p. 3). Likewise, some micro- scopical and chemical criteria for true ipecac root were laid down bv Prof. Tschirch and F. F^iidtke ( Archiv dn- Phann., 1888, p. 441). Chemical Composition.— While the root of the ipecacuanha plant is the only official part, its active, emetic principle has been shown to exist also in other ■ parts of the plant, e.g., the stems and the leaves (Hooper. 1892). but not in the seeds (Fliickiger, PAaVmnco_(7nos«', 1891). In 1817 Pelletier and Magendie isolated from true ipecac root an alkaloid which they called emeiine, but the fact that they obtained 16 per cent of this principle demonstrates their product to have been merely a concentrated extract. Upon further experimentation, however. Pelletier succeeded in obtaining a pure alkaloidal product in the amount of 60 grains to the pound, which corresponds to somewhat less than 1 per cent. Subsequently, the chemistry of ipecacuanha root was elaborated bv Reich (1863), Lefort (1869), Podwissotzky (1879), and others. H. Kunz, in 1887 {Jahre.^. da- Phann., 1887, p. 416), found for emetine the formula C3„H^oN.;05, which is now generally adopte. 163), discovered another alkaloid in ipecac root which they called crphacli IPKIAC rAN-Hi» 1073 This is distinguished from emetine piinciiwlly by its hiinj; .soluble in caustic alkalies, and by its melting point, whioh is U)-2° C. (215. (5° F. i. while for ^-mWiii* they found 6S° C. (154.4° F.). Pelletier also had observed that emetine was natu- rally combined with what he took to be {lallio acid, but which was recognized later by Willigk as a new substance, and by him called iptracuan/iir arid. Reich sul)sequently found it to be a glucosid. .*>VIoyed to a.«sist the action of other agent.«, particularly agents to act upon the l»owels, and with other agents which control irritation. Thfc dose of ipecac largely controls its uses. In do.ses of} to A grain, it acts as a tonic, improving digestion, increasing the ai)petite, and is valua&le in irritative 1074 IPECACUANHA. dyspasia. In doses of ^ to 2 grains, administered every 3 or 4 hours, it produces perspiration, and is beneficial in febrile and inflmnvuitory disemes; combined with opium its diaphoretic influence is greatly augmented, as seen in the powder of ipecacuanha and opium. Half-grain doses are expectorant. From 3 to 10 grains will produce nausea, which may be continued for any length of time, and which is attended with more or less depression of the pulse, languor, moisture of the skin, and an increased mucous discharge from all the mucous tissues of the system, which renders it very useful in pulmonary and hepatic diseases. It has been found very useful in typhoid pneu7nonia in combination with sulphate of quinine. In doses of from J to 1 grain, rubbed up with sugar to render it pleasant, it has proved efficient in the pneumonia of children. Doses of from 5 to 15 grains have a tendency to move the bowels, while doses of 20 grains or more act as an emetic. It is stated that an infusion of 2 drachms of ipecacuanha in a gill of hot water and strained, will, if drank warm, prove emetic; then if the same quantity of hot water is again added to the residue, strained and drank cold, it will prove purgative; and the same process repeated the third time, and used cold, becomes a valuable tonic. This, however, requires confirmation. Ipecac is a specific emetic, and the mildest of its class. As such, in 20-grain doses, it operates actively, causing much nausea and continued muscular strain- ing, with a free secretion of mucus; vomiting, however, seldom takes place until 15 or 20 minutes after its administration. It is inferior to no other emetic, being safe even in large doses, seldom producing painful spasms of the stomach or bowels, and causing less prostration of the vital forces than tartar-emetic and similar drugs. It is best employed in combination with other emetics, as in the compound jw^oder of lobelia, which is much used by practitioners, and is preferred to any other emetic in the early stage of febrile disea>^s efficient than that indicated above. F'ornierly, 1 grain each of dried extract of leptandra and ipe- cacuanha, and ^ grain of resin of podophyllum, given every 3 hours until it operated freely, was considered an excellent remedy for dysenteri/. Ipecac is a remedy of first importance in many respiratory disorders. These conditions are similar to those indicating its employment in gastro-intestinal dis- eases, viz., irritation, capillary engorgement, and hypersecretion. Thus, associated with the special sedatives and asclcpias and bryonia, if necessary, it is a very valuable agent, in honrsene-^s or congestion of the vocal cordf, hroncho-pidmnnary con- gestion from colds, irritable and spasmodic coughs, and in the early stage of acute catarrhal affections, dyspnrea of pregnann/, and pertussis. In colds, capillaiy bronchitis, acute bronchitis, and pneumonia, particularly of children, it has an important place. It acts chiefiy on the bronchioles and the parenchyma of the lungs, allay- ing irritation, relieving cough, and diminishing expectoration when profu.^^e (stimulant doses), and aiding expectoration when scanty (nauseant doses). It also answers well in subacute cases. The u.«e of ipecac (emetic doses) in croup has already been referred to. It is also of value in small doses in mucous crouji; it should be combined with aconite. In manbranous croup it has been recom- mendid with bryonia. In dry forms of cough it may be given in nauseant doses; ill hypersecretion, in small or stimulant doses; in spasmodic cough, with bloody f nausea. It relicvis irritative '•onilitions ariBing from too frequent or violent tise nf the voice. 10i6 IPECACUANHA. Owing to its evident action upon the capillaries, it is a valualjlo aj^ent in artive hemorrhages — post-parl" m. hnnnptj/ns, hematemesis, hematurui, eiji'stoxU, and hem- orrhages from the hoicels. Tin- ( -i-i- rolling for ii are usually those of nervous indi- viduals, with marked irrital.iliiy ;uiil vascular excitation. Under similar condi- tions it is of value in mewinhatjia and inetrorrhngin. It is sometimes of value in heiiiorrhoids, especially' when of the bleeding variet\'. It maybe associated with hamamelis, ffisculus, or collinsonia as indicated. In fevers and inflammtitory affections, small diaphoretic doses of ipecac have been highly beneficial. Its action in these cases is also beneficial upon the nerv- ous system and mucous membranes. Excitability and suppres.sed secretion.^ being symptoms, it acts favorably in the erupt iir fevers. Both Dover's Poinle)' and the Diaphoretic Povder are often indicated in inflammatory and febrite dixonhr--. Both are very efficient in the nifjht-ivcats of consumption. Doses of from ^ to -J drop of specific ipecac give prompt relief in the majority of cases o{ phlyctenular diseases of the eye with photophobia, the latter symptom being quickly subdued by it (Webster's Dynam. Therap., p. 588). It will likewise act as a sedative in many local inflammatory diseases, and will be found extremely valuable in peritonitis. even the worst form occurring in puerperal .women. It is also of value in aru^c rheumatism, gold, jaundice from biliary catarrh, and to relax the parts in the pas- sage of small biliary calndi. A liniment of ipecac (R Powd. ipecacuanha, sweet oil, of each, sij; lard, gs.'?; mix well together), to be used with friction, 3 or 4 times a day, afterward cover- ing the parts with flannel until an eruption was produced, was formerly used in the treatment of itiripicnt phl/ii.-is. cfitain rheumatic afferlions, chroi\ic hydrocephalus, chronic injlamination of the .■^i/nnn'nl in> mhrnne of the knee, and infantile convulsions. It has, however, but little tn inomiin ml it. In all cases where this drug as an emetic, can not be given by the luoulh, it may be used in injection, adding 2 drachms of the powder to 1 pint of warm water, for an adult — it will operate kindly and thoroughly as an emetic. The doses of ipecac, for its various uses, have been sufficiently indicated above. However, the range of dosage is from the fraction of a grain to 20 grains; specific ipecac, the fraction of a drop to 20 drops. The usual prescription for specific purposes is R Specific ipecac, gtt.v to xx; aqua, fl^iv. Dose, 1 teaspoonful every 1 or 2 hours. It must be remembered that sometimes powdered ipecac will do that which no fluid preparation of ipecacuanha can accomplish. Specific Indications and Uses.— An emetic for overloaded or foul condi- tions of the stomach, and other conditions indicating emesis; i"n-i/«/(V);!, whether of stomach, bowels, nervous system, or pulmonary tissues; active hemorrhages; irritative diarrhoea; acute bowel disorders with irritation; long, pointed tongue, with reddened tip and edges, accompanied with nausea and vomiting, and with or without fever; dyspncea; irritative cough ; hoarseness from cold; hypersecre- tion, with mucous rales (small doses) ; diminished expectoration (nauseant doses). False Ipecacs and Related Species.— Several emetic roots of the natural orders Ruhia- w.T, Poli/iidhr, autl ]'liilor,;r, ha\i- been at tiiue.s thrown upon the market as varieties of Ipecaru- anlia. "fhey are all known in Brazil as jxxtya, or in the remaining parts of South America as Ipecacuanha. These are: Law;e Striated IPEc.\crANnA. — Derived from the /'xi/<7i.>(riin. It is known also as Ulack ijiecacmvilia, t>irialc; Brazil. The fresh root is white; the diied, iron-grj\y. It is sinuous or undulated, apjH-aring knotty, and is altfrnalily tissured on the siiles. Tts'bark is Ihiek, brittle, white, and starehy, enelosiug a strong, sk-ndcr, llexible, ligneous portion. It contain.-; no emetine. iKis. 1U77 Ixiii vs" IrKCAcrAXiiA. — Another asclcpiiiilai'i'oiis phiiit, the Tiilnjihura iiflhiiiiiliin.Vi,' n:\tt et Arnott (.l*<"/'V""'"""'''<'<'. LiiuiO), furnishes an emetic rout. Indian ipeeae is a twining, s^hruhby species, a native of the Imlian Peninsula, Ceylon, ami the Moluccas. The riMit hag lon^' l>een useil by the Hindus as a medicine; and, in small doses, is cathartii — in large doses, emetic. In conseijuence of its use us a siib.stitnto for ipecac, in India, the plant has acquired tlie name "[luHan i/*C(ic." It has been succ-essfuUy employed as a remedy tor epUlimlr (/;/Krti/»r_i/, and has also been recommended in limiKiriil a»thiii(i. ftilpatrick report* the administration of the leaves, in a jjreat number of cases, with entire satisfaction. The dose of the |>o\vtaine!(irihiiiu cain- panuUiUi, Roxburgh (Nat. Orrf.— Rubiaceiel, of India, yields a purgative and anthelmintic berry. Niiregamia (itatti, Wight and Arnott. Xal. Ord. — Meliacere. Naregamia, Titm/xiui, (inanfte ipecaruunha. Western India. This root contains wax, oxiilizable fixed oil, and imregamine, an alkaloid (D. Hooper). Agpamgine is also thought to be present. It is reputed an expectorant, hepatic stimulant, and emetic. Small d(»e8 of it are given in India in bronchitis, fultilliug the indications for ipecac and senega. The natives of >hdabar employ it in emetic doses in dytenlery, lironchilif, r/ienmalism, and bilioim and dimiepllc flates. The ordinary dose of a strong tincture (1 in 41 is from 5 to 10 drops; as an emetic, 15 to 30 drops. C0CI1.1.AXA. — Cocillana bark is derived from a Bolivian tree, the Sgcornrpuis Rmhifi. Its activity is due to a principle regardeil by Husbyas an alkaloid; by Eckfeldt, a glucosid. Its action closely resembles that of ipecacuanha, vomiting, heavy headache, sneezing, coryza, ilepressioii, and purging having been produced by from 20 to 50 grains. .As an exiieeturant it is reputed more stimulating than ipecac, and in doses of 10 to 20 drops of the fluiil extract, it has been employed in bronchial affections, both acute and chronic, and in ptdmimam coiimmiition, with reputed success. Cyperus arliculatus,Adrue,Guiiua rush. — Antiemetic. Tonic. Dose of fluid extract, 30 drops. Petiveria hexaglochin, Pipi rtxrf.— Reputed diaphoretic and a stimulant expectorant. IRIS (U. S. P.)— IRIS. " The rhizome and roots of Iris versicolor, Linne" — (U. S. P.). Xat. Ord. — Iridese. CoM.MO.v N.\MEs: Blue flag, etc. (see below). Ilu'stratioxs: Meehan, Native Flouas and Ferns, I, 141; Bigelow, American Medical Botany, I, 1.5o ; Millspaugh, American Medicinal Plants, 173. Botanical Source. — Iris versicolor is an indigenous plant, with a fleshy, horizontal root or rhizome. Its stem is 2 or 3 feet in height, terete, flexuous, round on one side, acute on the other, and frequently branched. The leaves are about 1 foot long, i to 1 inch wide, ensiform, striated, erect, and slieathing at the base. Bracts scarious. The flowers are from 2 to 6 in nuniher, generally blue or purple. The ovary is obtusely 3-cornered. The peduncles are of different lengths, and flattened on the inside. The .sepals are spatulate, l)eardless, tlie border purple, the claw variegated with green, yellow, and white, and veined with purple. The petals are erect, varying in shape from spatulate to lanceolate, usu- ally paler than the outer, entire, or emarginate. TJie stignisis are 3, petaloid, pur- ple, or violet, bifid, crenate, and more or less refle.xed at the point. Stamens 3, concealed under the stigmas, with oblong-linear anthers. Capsule S-ceiled, 3-valved. when ripe oblong, turgid, 3-sided, with roundish angles. The seeds are numerous and flat (L.— B.— \V.). History and Description. — Iris versicolor has been desigiuitcd by various names, as Bin, jhi,i, Flmi lihj. Water flag, Liver lily. Snake lily, Flonrr de luce, Poimn flag in contradistinctidu to Sweet flag (^corw-s C«7((mi(.-i), and Larger blue flag io "distinguish it from the other species of this genus. The name /m, from a Greek word meaning "the rainbow deified," was given it by the ancients on account of the brilliancy and diversity of color in its blo.^sonis. Blue flag is one of our most beautiful and interesting common wild flowers, growing throughout the United States in wet, marshy localities, blooming in May and June. The flowers, from 2 to 6 in number, are jarge and showy, of a pur- jjlish. or violet-blue color, variegated witii wiiite and greenish-yellow, intersper-^ed 1078 IRIS. with purple veins. The plant grows from 1 to 3 feet high, having a stout, .some- times branchinfr .'^tpm, angled on one side. The leaves are sword-shaped, from 6 to 8 inclii - liiiit.'. ami f of an inch wide. The root, which resembles that ofAcorus Cnlamiiy. i- tin- jiai t officially used. It has a peculiar odor, augmented by rub- bing and jiulveriziug. The t^. .9. P. thus describes iris: "Rhizome of horizontal growth, consisting of joints, 5 to 10 Cm. (2 to 4 inches) long, cylindrical in the lower half, Hattish near the upper extremity, and terminated by a circular scar, annulated from the leaf-sheaths, grayish-brown ; roots long, simple, crowded near the broad end; odor slight; taste acrid and nauseous " — {(.'. S. P.). The recently dried root varies from a light, pinkish-brown internally, studded over with min- ute white dots, somewhat resembling in color very light sandstone, to a dark red- brown — the latter being unfit for pharmaceutical uses. Care should be exercised as to the locality in which the plant grows. We recently rejected a large lot, more than 2000 pounds, extra fine in external appearance, that came from the South, and was of a dark, red-brown internally, but almost destitute of oleoresin, which principle had been replaced by a red, astringent tannate. Our experience is to the effect that the Ohio raised iris is superior to that of any other locality known to us, and in collecting the drug, for specific iris, many times the market price is paid for the rhizome from one locality in the state. The active properties of iris are taken up by boiling water in infusion, and by alcohol or ether; and its acridity, as well as its medicinal virtues are dimin- ished by age. The fresh root, sliced transversely, dried in an atmosphere not exceeding 39.4" C. (103° F.), pulverized, and then placed in darkened and well- closed vessels to protect it from the action of light and air, will have its medicinal virtues preserved for a L'lcat length of time. Chemical Composition.— The fresh rhizome of iris, when distilled with water, yields an opalescent distillate, from which a white, camphoraceous substance separates, soluble in alcohol, and having a faint odor (C. H. Marquardt, 1876). The rhizome furthermore contains starch, gum, tannin, sugar, oil. and resin. The resiii is of a light-brown color, of a faint odor, and of a taste resembling that of the root; when perfectly freed from oil it is whitish-yellow. Its therapeutic influences are not positively known. It is soluble in chloroform, ether, and boiling alkaline solution, from which acids precipitate it. The oil possesses in a high degree the taste and smell of the root, and is the principle to which it owes its medicinal activity. Cressler (Amer. Jour. Phnrm., 1881, p. 602) found indications of an alka- loid, obtainable by extracting the alcoholic extract of iris with acetic acid, remov- ing fat b}' means of ether, and abstracting the alkaloidal substance by means of amylic alcohol after rendering the fluid alkaline. As early as 1844, Prof John King prejjared and introduced to the profession the o/,'nr).;ystem in small doses, and repeated at short intervals. It seems to act more particularly on the glandular system, exciting them to a discharge of their respective offices. In large doses it evacu- ates and exhausts the system, acting on the liver, and the alimentary canal throughout." Animals, after death from its ingestion, show marked congestion of the gastric and intestinal tissues. By its action upon the nervous system, it has produced neuralgia of the face, head, and extremities. Iris .salivates, but without injury to the gums and teeth. In general practice salivation is not, as a common rule, desired for the cure of disease, yet we have many articles which produce it, and often without the practitioners being aware of the fact, and hence, when it does occur, the cry is at once raised that mercury is used. Salivation caused by vegetable agents may be known from that by mercury, by the absence of mercurial fetor, and no sponginess of the gums or loosening of the teeth. Therapeutically, this agent is alterative and cholagogue. It is one of our best agents to influence the process of waste and repair. It exerts a powerful catalytic action upon the lymphatic glandular system, and the ductless glands, as well as upon the liver, pancreas, and kidneys. In cachectic ttoriasi.% and acne indurata will usually present conditions calling for iris. For lejira: R Specific iris, tisi to flsii; aqua, flgiv, Mi.\. Teaspoonful 4 times a day. The system should first be prepared hy sulphur, or the sulphites, compound tonic mixture, or acid solution of iron, if debilitated. Other remedies may l>e associated with iris in chronic skin diseases wlien indicated, as alnus, apis. Phy- tolacca, or rhus tox. Pu.liV ■ IKIS FLOREXTISA. lOSI conditions of the skin ; disorders of sebaceous follicles ; abnormal dermal i>i.<;iii( n- tation : menstrual wrongs, with thyroid fullness; unilateral facial neuralgia; muscular atrophy and other wastings of the tissues; bad blood. Related Species.— Tliere are st-veral species of iris, as I. rinjiiiieii, l.inne, Bmton irin ; I. hirii^lni', Nuttall ; //IS i,niowders, and to conceal an offengire breiilh I see Irinjlort-iiliitii >. IRIS FLORENTINA.— FLORENTINE ORRIS. The rhizome ci( IrU gtmnanu-a, Linne; IrU fiorentina, Linn^, and Iris pallida, Lamarck. Xat. Ord. — Iridacea\ t'oMMns NA>fKs: Florcniinr m-ris, Orrit-rnnt. Botanical Source and History. — Three species of iris furnish the orris-root of commerce, the Iriit girnuiitirn, or liluf fla(i; the Iris pallida, or Pale flag, and the I ri-i flit rent inn, or White flaq. The first is indigenous to south Europe, and found likewise in Morocco and north- ''^^ em India, and is cultivated near Florence and Lucca, besides being a coiumon flower in London All three species have the general characteristics order, but differ in the color of the flower. " fierninnirn has large, handsome, dark-blue flowers. Iris pallida has flowers of a delicate, pale-blue hue. Though not indigenous, it grows plentifully about Florence and Lucca, and wild in the stonj^ regions of Lstria. Its stem is much taller than that of the /. germanica. The two preceding varieties furnish the bulk of commercial orris- root, the Iris fliirentiiia furnishing but little. The latter is closely related to Iris pallida, but has large, beautiful white flowers, luarked with yellow and brown. They are sweet-scented. The rhizomes of all these species are indiscriminately collected, and are termed by the Tus- can peasants (liaggiolo. They are gathered in August, peeled, and dried by solar heat. The larger sections are replanted. The peasants divide the drug into several grudes, us selertcd,. sorts, raspings, powder, and that made into orrin peait. Irisia. of the Indian bazaars, which is brought into commerce unpeeled, is believed by the authors of Pharmarographin to be the product o{ Iris gennanim. The same source is attributed to an inferior grade from Morocco. The fresh root-stock is jointed, branching, and fleshy. E.>cternally it is yellowish- brown, internally juicy and white. Its taste is acrid, and its odor at first earthy, becoming, as it dries, of a pleasant, violet-like fragrance, which is said to be not fully developed until the root has been dried for two years. The rhizomes of the three species all resemble each other. Description. — Dried orri.s-root comes in sections from 2 to 4 inches in length, and from 1 to U inches in width, being broadest at the apex. The pieces are made uj) of an elongated portion which is irregularly subconical, and sends off at its broader extremity 1, 2, and occasionally 3, branches, and these, having been cut short in trimming, give them the appearance of small cones attached to the main portion by their apices. The rhizome is somewhat bent into an arch, flat- tened, shrunken, grooved, and contorted. Where the small rootlets have been attached to the under surface, little circular .«cars may be seen. The bark is usually absent, leaving a dull, white, heavy, compact texture, which fractures irregularly. Its taste is at first bitterish and aromatic, and finally acrid; its odor suggestive of the violet. Under the microsco|)e the drug exhibits crystals of calcium oxalate. Orris-root Ls sometimes adulterated with other species" of orris, but thev lack its pcciili;ir fragrance. The various starches used to adulterate the pi.wder MKiy iM'dete.ted under the lens. Chemical Composition. — Orris-root contains a large amount of starch, a small (juantity of a cry-stuiline, volatile substance (Dumas), a brownish, soft, acrid 1082 JACARAXDA. resin, and a small proportion of tannin, which strikes green with ferric salts. By distillation with water from 0.60 to 0.80 per cent of a crystaWine oi-ris camphor floats upon the surface of the distillate. Fliickiger (Phamiacographia), has proved this to be chiefly viyristic arid (C„Hj,Oj), intermingled with a small amount of volatile oil. which develops in the drying of the drug. This orris camphor, some- times calliil 'i with pus- bearing and fetid urine, and in gonorrho'a. Carobin, which resembles the active constituent of sarsaparilla, has been used in doses of 1 grain in syphilis and scrofula (Peckolt ). Dr. Lyman Watkins (Ec. .Med. Jmr. ). treated successfully with jacaranda a case of epHrp-j/ at the Eclectic Medical Institute Clinic. The disease was of fourteen years duration, and averaged from 7 to 10 convulsions in a day. From the very outset, through the 3 months during which the patient was treated, not a convulsive attack was experienced. Jacaranda undoubtedly has an influence upon the nervous structures. Epileptic disorders relieved Ijj' it are those super- induced by sexual indiscretions. It is recommended for those of feeble mentality though well-nourished in body, with voracious appetite and addicted to mastur- bation. The usual manner of exhibiting the remedy is as follows : R Specific jacaranda. flji or fl^ii; aqua, fl.^iv. Mix. Sig. Teaspoonful every 4 hours. Fluid extract of jacaranda is given in doses of Irom 15 to 30 minims. 4 times a day, carobin. in 1-grain doses. For local use. R Jacaranda leaves (powdered), 3i to jii; p.-trol:,tiini..5i. Specific Indications and Uses.— Mental enfeeblement, voracious appetite, and i|iili:psy. particularly of niasturbators ; secondary syphilis and syphilitic ulcers. JALAPA lU. S. P.)— JALAP. "The tuberous root of Ipomcea jatapa,'S\itta.\\" — (I'.S.P.); (Ipoman purga, Hayne; Iponuen Schiedennn., Zuccarini ; Exogonium jalnjni, Baillon; Kxagonium ! 'irga, Bentham ; Convolvulus jalupn, Linne; Convolmdu.'< jiurga. WenderothV Sot. Ord. — Convolvulacete. CoMMo.N Name: Jalap. Ii.i.isTKATio.Ns: Bentlev and Trimen, Med. Plants, 186; Boi. ^f,„,„z!l„.\^o\. 73. Plat.-42S(i Botanical Source. — Jalap has a fleshy, tuberous, pyriform root, with numer- ous rouiidisii tubercles. The stems are several, smooth, brownish, very slightly rough, with a tendency to twist, twining alxnit surrounding liodies. The leaves are long jjetioled, the first hastate, the succeeding ones cordate, acuminate, niucro- nate. smooth, deejily incised at base, and conspicuously veined beneath. I'ed- uncles axillary. 2Howered, rarely 3, twisted, as long as the jjetioles. Calyx has 1084 no bracts; composed of 5 smooth, obtuse, mucronate sepals. The corolla is funnel- shaped, purple, with a long, somewhat clavate tube, and an undulated limb, with 5 plaits. Stamens 5; filaments smooth, unequal, and longer than the corolla _. tube; anthers white, oblong-linear, and pro- jecting. Ovary slender, and '2-celled ; stigma simple, capitate, and deeply furrowed. Cap- sule 2-celled ; cells 2-seeded ; seeds unknown (L.-N.). History. — It is only within compara- tively recent years that any certainty has existed in relation to the plant from which jalap root is obtained. It was first spoken of in 1609, as Bryonia meclwfiainn nigrirans, then it was regarded by Ray as Convolvulus 1 iiirrktinuK jahipium dirlut', aft c r which ■ inirnelort, being deceived by persons who --( rted that they had seen the plant grow- ig, referred it to a species oi Mimlnlk. Bal- >iir placed it as iha Emgonivm i,urga, an A .uuiicus named it Convolvulvs julnpa, and thu^ much difference of opinion existed until, in 1S27, when Dr. J. R. Coxe. of Phila- .,,„»..,.,> J... ■.,..> (lelphia, succeeded in obtaining jierftct flow- ''"""' '""' " prs from roots of the true plant furnished to him from their native soils, and thus first made its true character known to the scientific world. The name of Ipoiixvu punjn was bestowed upon the plant by Wenderoth and Hayne, but as the authorities of this country have, undoubtedly, the first claim, it may be viewed as fixed that I.jnlapa, the name originally given to it by Nuttall, is the official plant. The jalap plant is found in a deep, rich, vegetable soil, at an elevation of nearly 6000 feet above the level of the sea, growing in Mexico, near Chicanquiaco and Xalapa, from which last named place it is usually exported, and from which it has also obtained its name. It is generally imported in bags, containing 100 or 200 pounds. The root is the official part, and is gathered in all sea.sons, but principally in March and April, when the young shoots are appearing. The plant may be cultivated in the southern parts of the United States. In 1866, Dr. I). Hanbury planted a root or tuber of jalap in a garden, near London, and ob- tained promising results. It is now successfully grown in Jamaica and in India, especially in the Nilgherry hills of that country. According to Warden (1887), the jalap tubers of India are not of first quality. Jalap is a very varialile drug, much of it being of an inferior quality. The best kind is that known as the Vera Cruz variety. Several related, and often inferior drugs, <•. (/.,Tampico jalap, have appeared on the market {ir.ee Bc/atnl Sperit's). Description. — When fresh, the root is black externally, white and milky within, and varies in size according to its age, from that of a walnut to that of a moderate-sized turnip. It is dried in net bags over the fire, sometimes entire, and sometimes in sections. It is often pre3'ed upon by insects which, however, leave its active part untouched, rendering it con-scquently more eneri;ftic. Jalap thus preyed upon is used for procuring the resin, but should not be given internally, except in much smaller doses than for the ordinary root. Jalap is rather difficult to pulverize, but if triturated with cream of tartar, sugar of milk, or other hard salt, the ]>roce.ss of i)ulverization is facilitated, and the powder rendered much finer. When in powder, the color is a pale grayish-brown, and when in contact with the mucous membrane of the air-tube, causes coughing and sternutation, with an increased discharge of saliva. Its solvents are water, alcohol, or spirits. Water takes up a small portion of its cathartic principle, but considerable of an amylaceous and mucilaginous extractive matter, .\lcohol dissolves the resin, on which its cathartic virtues depend. Kther (mly partially dissolves it. Dilute*! alcohol completely extracts its active properties. The r. S. P. thus describes good jalap, and gives tlie method of valuation of same: "Napiform, pyriform, or oblong, varying in size, the large roots incised. JAI.Al'A. 1085 more or let;.* wrinkled, ilark-hrown. with lighter-colored spots, and short, trans- verse ridges; hard, compact, internally pale, grayisli-l>rown, with niunerous con- centric circles composed of small resin cells; fracture resinous, not fibrous; odor slight, but ])eculiar, snif)ky, and sweetish ; taste sweetish and acrid. On exhaust- ing 100 i)arts of jalap with alcohol, concentrating the tincture to 40 parts, and pouring it into water, a precipitate of resin should he obtained, which, when washed with water, and dried, should weigh not less than 12 parts, and of which not over 10 per cent should be soluble in ether" — ( T. N. P.). .lahip root is seldom adulterated ; if light, whitish internally, spongy, friable, :ind of a dull fracture, it should be rejected. The resin of jalap, met with in commerce, however, is sulyect to falsification, being adulterated sometimes with j;uaiac, colophony, and various inert substances. In the case of colophony, freshly rectitied oil of turpentine will di.-^solve out this atlulteration, while jalap resin is insoluble in this medium (Tromsdorfl). Chemical Composition.— Analysis of commercial jalap shows the presence of starch, uiii'rystallizal)lc sugar (19 per cent, Guibourt), gum, coloring matter, a resin, .-oluble in alcohol, and a soft resin, soluble in ether. From 12 to 18 per cent is the average yield of resin (J'/Kirnuirognijihia), though as high as 22 per cent has been obtained. As stated above, the i'. S. P. demands 12 per cent of total resin, including not more than 1.2 percent of ether-soluble resin. The resin of jalap may be obtained by treating the coarsely-chopped roots with water, which removes such constituents as sugar, gum, and coloring matter, and extracting the resin from the roots by means of boiling alcohol, sjiecific gravity 0.880. This resin consists of two distinct resins. One of these, having the odor and acrid taste of jalap, is soft, of acid reaction, and soluble in ether as well as in alkaline solutions; from the latter it is reprecipitated by acids. Prof. Mai.sch (Amer.Jour. Pharui., 1887, p. 326) considers it a mixture of resins, not deserving a special name until better investigated. The other resin, insoluble in ether, is the purging principle (jfilnpiagin, Maisch, 1887; convolrulin, C^HJ^,^,^!^. Mayer, 18-56; or C„II,„.0.,. A.Krom'er, 1894; rhodeoretin,o{ G. A. Kayser,1844; and ja/rt;)t»i, of Buch- ner and Herberger, 1831). It is hard, white, odorless, and tasteless, while in alco- holic solution it is nauseously acrid. The latter solution is optically la;vo-rotatory. Convolvulin (as it is mostly called) is insoluble, or nearly so, in water, ether, chlo- roform, carbon disulphide, petroleum benzin, oil of turpentine, etc., but dissolves readily in alcohol, acetic acid, acetic ether, in cold nitric acid, and in alkalies; in the case of ammonia being used, the heat of the water-bath effects solution. Upon again acidulating the alkaline solution, no precipitate is formed, owing to the conversion of convolvulin into (-onvolvulic (convolvulinic) acid (Cj.jHj^Ojj, Mayer), an amorphous, white, hygroscopic powder, soluble in water and alcohol, and in- .-olnble in ether. Of this substance convolvulin is the anhydride. Convolvulin, as well as convolvulic fexico and Brazil have been eiuployed as i>iir_'ativef. They are uot, however, articles of general commerce. Ta.miio .1 MM'. Tliis is tlie Mexican Piov/u de .Sirmi Oonfii.aiul is derived from the Ipomad xliiiiihiii.-^, llanliuiv. It mueli resembles the jalap tuber in !ip|H?arance, odor and taste. While it is dilflcult to distiii^'iiish some of the tubei-s from those of trne jalap, most of the Tauipico tubers are smaller and more elongated, more corky ami shrivelled, and show an absence of little scai-s crosswise the roots so noticeable iu true jalap { Phannaci^jixphia). It yields a resiii 1 10 t.. 15 per cent). Fliickiger obtained 10 per cent of it. It is completely solu- iile in ether. S|,ii.r:itis |s7il) named the resin Idinpicin (C«sHioOss). It is converlitf into Unujiirir ,1,1,1 (I VJI, ,M,, i liv means of concentrated alkalies, .\cids resolve it into sug-ar and hiiiipii;,!,,- ,1,1,1 (( .1 l,,|i I,, , ilius showing its glncosidal character, analogously to that of con- njlndiii. It has piirgati\e j)r(iperties. Mirabllls jnlnpa, Linne; Four o'clnrk. — The tubers of this species, which somewhat resem- ble jalap, may be distinguished by the presence of needle-like raphides of calcium oxalate. Tpoiiiceii tiirjictliiijii. K. lirown ; Tiii-i>eln rl. — This is the TitrhUh vrgfOil of the t'lriich Chtifj: It is not verv sunilar in appearance to jalap. It contains a resin (4 per cent>, of which hir- lulhiii, the etiier-soluble |Hiriiiin. a glneosid, behaves like resin of jalap in relation to acids and alkalies. Bases convert it intri /"/71W/11V ociVJ, iiicMi/'-croloiiiV nciV, tnices of formic, and niflhj/l- ellnil;i<;t!r (,ri,ltt. etc. (see articles by N. Kromer, Ofitrrr. Z^lir.f. Phannnri.. ISiCi. N(^. IS to 24 1. liwiiiira nil, Roth {<'iiiii<>ltiiln» iiiV, Linn^ ; Pharbitia iiiV, Choisyl. — Tropical regions an.iti<>n. They yiclil ^ilmrhilinin (identical witli cnnvl inline ami n vnlatiU- oil. The eeeils are r<>asteHi I Phiirhilis triloba, I/wmirti /icc/z-rdccn).— The seeds of the Japanese plant known as hii./«i»/i(, vield cnnnilniliii, and are eiuployed like kiiUnUtim. Mechoacan— this proiluit. probably of a convolvulaceous plant, comes in (:ray or whitish I'ircular seclinns or fragment-", somewhatfarinaceons, autl destitute of the ciR-les of resinous lells. It sometimes occurs as an adulterant of jalap, but its detection is not diflicult. It is feeblv cathartic. Okizaba RiHiT.— This is variously known iis \\'ikh\Mf jnla)), Jiiliiji t;iw or !>hilb<. and is the Mexican'/'io;/.) i/i<(r/.<.. It is deriveil from the 1}i»,ih>'i i.riznlunfix, l.cdanois. This root is fusiform, ami sonu-tinus occurs in comiiierce in transvcrx- slices, but more frc(iuentlv in rectaufiular blocks. Its lon^'itudinal wrinkles ;irc deeper than those of jalap. Its color is also lighter. From the latter it nuiy be know n bv il..' iM.linlions on traiis- verse section, and by leaving, when fractured, projecting bumllcs •■! r i ;- >— i-ls. C'hetnie- ally, it closely resembles jalap. Its chief constituent is jalaitin ( (' , 1 1 ' ' i ( 1 1 :< )32, Poleck), so named by Mayer i/«ini-i7io'/forrti/i of Kayseri, and should not In > i.i ii •; i u iili the jalayin of Buchnerand Herberger, which is convolvulin. Miiyer's JMlapin .iiii. i.-. iioin convolvulin in that ether and acetone freclv dissolve it. Polnk isiii' pn, puses lor it the name orizabhi, as Prof. Maisch has done in 18S7'. .Alkalies <-hange it into water-soluble jn/niiiV ociVf (C88HiisO.-!j,or Hjt'irH^n,, Poleck). Dilutol acids convert it into sii^Mr and ;(i^i;7).in.'!oluble in water; inobably identical with jalapinolic acid (Ccl ler.t >,, or C'leH.TnOj, Poleck, 18921, obtainable frniu -caiumony resin. Jalapin {urizuliin) is oxidized by nitric acid to carbonic, isobutyric, and 11. .(/(>(• (iciW, the latter an isomer of sebacic acid (compare cimoi/cn/iii). Jiiluuiii (Mayer's) has been -liowu bv Spirgatis to be identical with feaininuniii both in chemical ami purgative qualities, a tact more recently confjrmetl by Th. Pohck (see J-ihr.sl,. ,1, ,■ fhin,,., 1892, p. 80i. Iprlio ,n, ck . M,i,i nfthe K'irll,. etc., has a perennial, Very large, tapering rix)t, with several stems from the same root, from 4 to 8 feet long, round, -lender, purplish, smooth or nearly so, trailing or twining. I^eaves 2 or .'J inches long, about tin- same width, broadly cordate at base, acuminate, entire, or wavy, alternate, sometimes pan- hiriform, smooth, deep-green above, paler beneath, on long petioles. Flowers white, dull- |.urple toward the base, large, opening in the forenoon; peduucles axillary, longer than the |ietioles, cymose, branching at th^' top, several-flowered. C'>rolla large, campauulate, 2 or 3 Miches long. Calyx smooth, 5-parted, naked ; si-pals ovate-oblong, stamens white, the U'ngth "f tlie tube; anthers oblong. Style white, thread-like; stigma capitate, bilobed. Capsule "Idong, 2-0 grains of the powdered root. The infusion taken in wineglassful doses every hour, has been etTective in (/m/«v, "''•""(/'("/, and cntcutoun afeclioits. It seems also to exert' an influence over the lungs, liver, and kiilneys, without excessive diuresis or catharsis. The s.tturated tincture is more energetic than the powdered root, ile- coction.or extract. It is asserted that the Indians can handle rattlesnakes with impunity alter wetting their hands with the milky juice of this mot. JEFFERSONIA.— TWINLEAF. The rhizome of Jeffersnnia diphylla, Barton. .\rked feathery style. The top of the ovary, however, presents an obscurely 4-toothed calyx. Within this is a corolla of four narrow lanceolate pttals growing to the sides of the style; the style divides into 2 large, diverging, feather}', rose-colored stigmas, nearly as long as the ovary. The fruit is sometimes single, suspended by a thin, pliable, |)eduncle; sometimes several are together on the sides and extremity of the same peduncle. It is of a green color, brown w-hen ripe, oblong-oval, obtusely pointed, hairy, and extremely viscid. The nut or nucleus is dark-colored, liard, oblong, pointed, carinated on both sides, and its whole surface roughened bv deep indentures and sharp jirominences. The kernel is oily, pleasant-flavored, and edible (L.— W.— B.l. History and Description.— This tree and the Juglnnf nigra or Black walnut a'-e common to North America. The J.cinerea is found throughout the New Kiigland. Middle, and Western states, and Canada, growing in rich woods, on ele- vated river banks, and on cold, uneven, rocky soils, flowering in April and May, and maturing its fruit during the middle of autumn. A saccharine juice, said to furnish a good sugar, is obtained by tapping the trees early in the spring. Butternut wood is light, of a reddish hue. not apt to become worm-eaten, and is frequently used in paneling and for ornamental work. The fruit collected some- time previous to its ripening is used in the form of pickles by many persons; the bark and shells of the nut furnish a dye of a chocolate color, for woolen goods, but as a dye, the bark of the black walnut is preferable. In the recent state, butternut bark is acrid, and when rubbed upon the surface of the body, occasions redness and sometimes blisters. The medicinal parts are its leaves and the inner bark of the root, the latter of which is best when gathered from April to July. The bark of the root is otficial, and this, the Pharmacoptjeia directs, should be gathered in the autumn. The official description of the bark is as follows: " In flat or curved pieces, about 5 Mm. {\ inch) thick ; the outer surface dark-gray and nearly smooth, or deprived of the soft cork and deep-brown; the inner surface smooth and striate; transverse fracture short, delicately checkered, whitish, and brown; odor feeble; taste bitter and somewhat acrid" — {U.S. P.). Its original whiteness soon begins to alter upon exposure to the air, changing from a yellow to a dark-brown color. Water at 100° C. (212° F.), takes up all its active poperties. Chemical Composition. — In the bark of Juglans cnifrea, (Butternut tree), C. O. Thii'liaud found (Amer. Jour. Phnnn., 1872, p. 253), bitter extractive, much oil, crystullizable, orange-yellow jugkindic acid, soluble in benzol, alcohol, and ether, but hardly soluble in water, and probably related to chrysophanic acid ; a crystallizable, colorless acid, and a volatile acid, but no tannin, although ferric chloride gave a dark-colored precipitate. Mr. E. 8. Dawson (1874\ however, estab- li-^ht-d the presence of tannin in the bark, when rapidly and immediately dried after collection. The bark stains the skin persistently brown. A quantitative and comparative analysis of the bark of the root and trunk by E. D. Truman is reci>rde(i in Anier.Jour. P/innd., 1893, p. 426. Juglamlii- arid was obtained by the author in orange-red crystals from the alcohol extract when this was treated with water and the solution abstracted with ether. The crystals turn deep-violet with alkalies, and decompose very readily, resinous products insoluble in water being formed. Perhaps juqlandir acid is identical with nucin or ji/jr/o»t, obtainable from the green leaves ancf pericarps of the Juglam regia, Linne, or European walnut (see Related Sperirn). JiGL.\NoiN is a name once given to a dried extract from the J.cinerea. It was a member of the class of jjreparations introduced and used about 50 years 1090 jroLAXS. ago by the Eclectics under the name resinoids or conrcntmtiom (see Leptandrin and Podophylh'n for special remarks concerning this class). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Butternut in small doses is a mild stimulant t'l the intestinal tract, proving laxative and in larger doses is a gentle and agrctalik' cathartic, causing no griping, nor subsequent weakness of the in- testines. It resembles rhubarb in its effect, but without inducing constipation after its action. It is very valuable in cases of habitual constipation, rolorert it i^, and several other intestinal diseases. It is generally used in the form of an extract, in do.«es of 1 to 30 grains. An excellent combination for chronic constipation is tlie following: R Ext. butternut, 3j ; ext. nux vomica, grs. v. Mix. Ft. Pi 1. No. 40. Sig. Two pills, 3 times a day (Locke). The same pill is very efficient in deficient gastric secretion, in atonic dyspepsia, and in indigestion accompanied with gastric irritation, sour eructations, and flatulent distension of the stomach. Administer 1 pill a day. Juglans is useful in tenesmic, burning, fetid diarrhaa and dysenten/, and should be remembered in inte-- ployed in dyeing. Juglans r(gia,l,inn6; English, or European walnut. — The leaves and green pericarp of the fruit of this species have an astringent, bitter taste and a characteristic odor. They are known in European pharmacy respectively aa tlie Folia juglamlis and Cvrttx frticttu juii'linulK*. The kernels of the ripe fruit, as well as those of the black walnut, butternut, peoam-nut i Oiri/ci olii\ijormis, Nuttall), and the hickory nuts (siiecies of Carya) yield a tixed oil known as nut oil. It isone of the drving oils, and is "bland, of a greenish or light-yellow color, and In oimes of the consistence of lardat near — 18°C. (0° ¥.). ft has a specific gravity of 0.;>2S. and, aceording to Mulder (18651, contains linolcie, ni vristic, and lauric acids. .■V volatile oil was obt^uned from the leaves (0.02!) per Cent i. 1 \ .li-till;i'ti..u with water. It has the flavor of tea, and solidifies at lo°C. (59°F.) (Schimmels /. Juijlon {CmHfOj, ()>.,'.■ -./uimnw, Rornthsen and Lemf>er, 18S5; .Win, of Vogel and Reisehauer, 1856 an I 1^'^ /. /i, of Thipson, 1,S'I6). oix-ure in the grvon pericarps of the European walnut, and is ol't:iinal>le by extniction with carKm disulphide. ether, etc. -Vceording to Bernthsen and Lemper, it is aii oxidation product of /iy(/n);'iij//i.H. which exists in the husks, and can be abstracted therefrom with ether. The ethereal solution shaken with diluted chromic acid, converts it bv oxidation into yellow. i-rystallizaMe i-;.' soluble in .njlHA-JlNirKKlS. 1001 chlorolVirin arul concfiitrateil sulphurii- lu-id with blood-red color, harilly soluble in cold alco- hol and ether. Crj'stals ofjugton are suliliiiial)le, and are ileconiposed by hot water, a brown coloring matter resulting. Jughm .stains the skin brown. Uilutetl alkalies iWefoWe jnglon with an evanesivnt purple color. The periciirp ol the immature fruit contains largi' quantities of tannic acid i luiriutimir acid, of I'hipson ), but the ripe husk is entirely free from this principle (C. Hartwicb, Arcliir A-r I'liunn.. 18>S7, p. IkJS). A crwstflllizable alkaloid, Jii(//(im(/iu, was isolated from the leaves in 1876, by Tanret; it turns black upon exposure to the air. .Yi«i7 (CnHijO. + jHjOj.a non-fermenlable sugar occur- ring in the leaves, was found by Tanret and Villiers ( 1878) to be identical with inosit. Sestini obtained from the root of juglims t'onsiderable quantities of (jlycyrrhizin in the form of potas- sium and calcium salts. The European walnut has been fouml by Prof. Negrier, of Aneere, to be very efficient in ft-i-ofulii. To children hilmring under this disease he administered a strong infusion of the leaves in teacM|iiul dnsts, or the aqueous extract in doses of 6 grains, or a proportionate dose of a syrup pn pared with S grains of the extract to 10 drachms of syrup, repeating the dose from 2 to 5 times a day. All the iilars and «0f<' fi/ts were washed with a strong decoction of the leaves, and the ulcers covered with linen compresses steeped in this decoction, or poultices made with flour and the decoction. Xo injury followed its long-continued administration. The above American species would probably answer as good a purpose. JUJUBA.— JUJUBE-BERRIES. The fruit of Zizypfius vulgaris, Lamarck, and Zizyphus Lotus, Lamarck. Xitl. Onl. — Rhamnacese. Ci>.M.MiiN Name : .hijuhr-hrrries. Botanical Source and History. — The shrubs bearing jujube-berries are cul- tivateil ill Siiain, Italy, and Fnince, and along the Mediterranean. Tlie first spe- cies is indigenous to Syria and Asia Minor, the second grows in the northern part of Africa. Jujube plants are shrubs, sometimes arborescent, and have alternate, serrated, ovate leaves, which are 3-nerved and armed at the base with prickly and spinous stipules. By abortion the fruit is 1-celled and 1-seeded, but it usually has 2 cells and 2 seeds. Description and Chemical Composition.— Jujube-berries are roundish-oval or oblong drupes, about the size of an olive. The skin is vivid-red when fresh, but when dried becomes brownish-red, and is leathery, thin, and wrinkled. The pulp is soft, yellowish, mucilaginous, sweet, and acidulous, and encloses the ovate, pointed stone. The drupe of the Z. Ij)tus is smaller (about | inch) and subglobu- lar. The fruit of an East Indian species, Zizyphus jujuba, Lamarck, possesses like properties, and the shrub gives a stick-lac from which a portion of the shellac of commerce is prepared (fice Amer. Jour. Phartn., 1886, p. 307). Chemically, jujube- berries contain sugar and mucilage, while tannin is a constituent of the bark. (2.8 per cent, D. Hooper, 1894). The fruits of the first two species constitute an article of food in their native countries, being employed like raisins, figs, etc. Preparation. — Jujube Paste. Masm de jujulm. With sufficient water ex- tract juiulii'-licrries, 5 parts, to obtain of the infusion, 35 parts; add sugar, 20 parts; acacia. .'^(J jiarts. Evaporate, add orange-flower water, 2 parts; boil slowly ibr 12 Imurs, and run into molds. This is in accordance with the French Codex. Jujube pa^tf (ill the Cnitcil States), seldom contains jujube. Action and Medical Uses.— Jujube decoction is employed in some countries as a deinulceul pectunil, and like other acidulous and sweet fruits, jujube enters into the composition of tisanes for the relief of throat and bronc/io-pulinonic irri- tatiom. Jujube paste is demulcent, but seldom met with in this country. JUNIPERUS.— JUNIPER. The fruit (berries) of Juniperus cominuni'<, Linne. Xnt. Ord. — Conifera'. C'oMMo.N Name: Juniper berries. Ii.i.rsTKATioN : Beiitley and Trimen, Med. Plnnli, 255. Botanical Source.— This is a small evergreen shrub, never attaining the hei^'ht of a tn-c, with manv very close branches, the extremities of which are smooth and angular. The leaves are attaclied to the stem or branches in threei, 1092 JUXIPKIiUS. in a verticillate manner, linear-acerose, sharplj' mucronate, entire, shining-green on their lower surface, and channeled and glaucous along the center of their upper surface; they are always resupinate, and turn their upper surface toward the ground. The flowers are dioecious, the males in small axillary aments, witli roundish, acute, stipitate scales, inclosing several anthers. The female flowers an- on a separate shrub, having a small, 3-parted involucre growing to the scale-^. which are 3 in number. The fruit is fleshy, roundish-oblong, berried, of a dark- ])urp]ish color, formed of the confluent, succulent scales, marked with 3 promi- nences, or vesicles at top, ripening the second year from the flower, and contain- ing 3 bony, angular seeds (L.). History and Description. — Juniper is common to Europe and this country, growing in dry woods and hills, and flowering in May. The fruit or berries are the medicinal parts ; those which are imported from the southern parts of Europe are the best. The American berries possess less medicinal virtue, and are seldom employed. Juniper berries are about the size of currants, of a purplish-black color, shrunken, marked at the top with a triradiate groove, and at the base with the bracteal scales; they contain 3 seeds. Their odor is peculiar, terebinthine, and aromatic, and their taste terebinthine and sweetish, succeeded by some bit- terness; these qualities are due to an essential oil, which may be obtained by distillation with water. They yield their properties to hot water or alcohol. An empyreumatic oil — oil of cnde (see Oleum Cadinum), or huile de cade, is obtained in France l'\ iliy (lif^tilliition of the wood of Juniperwi Orycednii<, Linne. Chemical Composition. — According to Schimmel & Co., juniper berries con- tain 1.2 (ilt cent of essential oil in Hungarian, and only 0.7 per cent in German fruit (Fliickiger, Pharmnrngvosie, 1891). (Also see Oleum Juniperi.) Steer (1856) isolated from the berries a yellow coloring matter which he QoWeii juniperin. It is soluble in 60 parts of water, also soluble in ether, alcohol, sulphuric acid, and in ammonia with golden-yellow color. Two analyses by Ritthausen and Donath {Juhresh. der Pkarm., 1877, p. 62), gave the following percentage composition : Mois- ture 10.77 (recent), 29.44 (dry); ash 3.37 (R.), 2.33 (D.); dextrose 14.36 (R.), 29.6-5 (D.) ; water-soluble matter, consisting of formic, acetic, and malic acids and a bit- ter substance 11.7 (R.), 3.41 (D.) ; fat, resin, and volatile oil, 12.24 (R.), 11.33 (D.) : protein bodie.s, 5.41 (R.), 4.4.5 (D.) ; cellulose, 31.6 (R.), 15.83 (D. t; nitrogen-free matter soluble in sulphuric acid and caustic potash (pectin, Donath) 10.55 (R.), 0.73 (D.i. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Both the berries and oil are stimu- lating, carminative, and diuretic. The oil is said to act like copaiba in arresting mucous discharges, especially from the urethra. It is contained in the spiritous liquor called Hollands, one of its best forms as a diuretic. Five minims of the oil, with 1 fluid drachm of nitrous ether, given 3 times a day in any common vehicle, produces diuresis in dropsy when other means fail. Combined with an equal part of watermelon seeds, and made into an infusion, I have cured several cases of ascites occurring in children, having them to make free use of it (King l The berries are employed principally as an adjunct to other diuretics, and have been found eflicient in ponorrhcea, gleet, leucnrrhren, cystirrhcea. nffc-tinns of the skin, scorbutic diseases, etc. Pyelitis, ]n/elo-nepfiritis, and ry.- ulin diseases, nwist eczema, and psoriasis. Preparation of Juniper.— Howe's Ji'siper Pomape. This preparation is a compound of laril. nil nf jiuiiiKT aiul l-'owlor'.s solution, tlio proportions of which tiavi- l>etni publisueil iu thi-Kclfhr M,,Ih;iI .Ininn.il. Mui-h i)hiirniaoeutical skill is n'iinirt'vi'nt sulisiquent s<>]i;\i-alion. .T\)nip(>r pomade is useful in "all forms of fcro/m or Idler, it allays the itcliing anil i.vti,.\~ ih, vesicles and scales. The unvruont ma.v l>e usetl upon all parts of the boilv, tin.;, -i ■ . u|ion mucous surfaces. It isemployeil in the nasal cavities with acauiers h:ni i ■ - : iu-ate the symptoms of <-ii/ depending KAI.MIA. 1093 upon thickening of the linings of the Enstacliian tul)e8. Juniper poiiuule softens tlie Koaly patches on the lace which are often tpllhluiiiiiiliiii.t. It hiw proved an excellent dressin).' Inr teller o/llie edtjii ••/ llo I i/t liil.i.v;h\ch leads to' ii ikl Amrj'.'and indnratiun njthe IuimI l^ndeni. The pomade is reliable in the treatment of «//•( iii/»;y/tji in nursiny women; and it will cure chapped hands'" (Prof. A.J. Howe, M. D.i. KALMIA. -MOUNTAIN LAUREL. Fig. 152. Kalmia latlfolia. The leaves of Kalmia latijolia, Linne. Nat. Oni — Ericacea?. Common Namks: Mountain laurel, TMurd, Slirep laurel, etc. (see below). Botanical Source and Description.— This jilant is known by various names ii different sections ol' the couutry, us Laurel, LnnhkiU, Ivy, Big-leaved ivy, Spoomvood, Calicu-hush, MnKntnin l(iur(l,eU\ It is a beautiful shrub, from 4 to 8 feet high, sometimes attaining the height of a small tree, with crooked stems and a rough bark. The leaves are irregularly alternate and ternate, evergreen, coriaceous, very smooth, with under side soiuewhat paler, ovate-lanceolate, acute at each end, entire, on long petioles at the ends of the branches, from 2 to 3 inches long. The flowers are numerous, white or variously tinged with red.very showy, clammy, in splendid terminal, viscid-pubescent, simple or compound corymbs, with opposite branches. The pedicels are glutinous and pubescent, with ovate, acumi- nate bracts. Calyx small, 5- parted, and persist- ent, with oval acute segments. The corolla is large, monopetalous, with a conical tube, a cyathi- form limb, and an erect, shallowy, 5-lobed mar- gin; at the circumference of the limb, on the inside, are 10 niches or pits, accompanied with corresponding prominences on the outside; in these depressions the anthers are found lodged at the time when the flower expands. The stamens are 10. hypo- gynous, bent outwardly so as to lodge their anthers in the niches of the corolla, but liberating them during the period of flowering and striking against the sides of the stigma; anthers 2-celled with 2 terminal pores. The ovary is roundish, supi)orting a slender, declinate style longer than the corolla; stigma obtuse. The fruit is a dry capsule, which is roundish, depressed, 5-celled, 5-valved, the valves alternating with the divisions of the calyx. The seeds rare numerous, and minute (L. — W. — B. — R.). ■ History. — Sheep laurel, or more j)roperly Mountain laurel, inhabits most parts of the United States, on rocky hills and ele- vated grounds, and in damp soil, sometimes forming a dense thicket, with a profusion of beautiful rose-colored flowers which KSmia^iauioUa appear in June and July, forming a contrast with its dark, glossy, green leaves. The leaves are reputed to be poisonous to sheep and several other animals, killing them; while others again, as deer, goats, and partridges, feed upon them without any unpleasant consequences. When par- tridges, which have eaten the laurel leaves, have themselves been cooked and eaten, they are said to have occasioned sickness at stomach, headache, in)pairee added to 4 fluid ounces of water, and the dilution administered in teaspoonful doses every hour. A salve made of the juice of the plant, forms an eflicient local appli- cation for rheumatism. This remedy was a great favorite with Prof. King. esi>e- cially for troubles depending primarily upon syphilitic infection. Specific Indications ana Uses.— Syphilis with excitation of the heart and circulation; rheumatism with sliifting pains; cardiac excitation; cardiac palpi- tation excited retiexly from gastro-intestinal irritation: pain upoti movement of the eves. KAMA I. A. 1095 Related Species and Derivative.— Thrro are othorspocieB of Kalmia, ns fCnImia glaitca, Alton, or s,r„„ij, or /'<(/.• launl, anil Knlmia tnniuiflifolia, LiniK-, or .Ynm.ic-/«'(/ Iniinl, which I>os!8ess similar proiHTties. The K. tingii^tifolia Is siippoeeil liv some to hi- the best of the spe- cies for im-dicinal use. l^awlKS in 1889, found . increased on being rubbed between the fingers, or upon being wanned, but which diminishes with age. In the mouth it is gritty and has a somewhat acrid taste. When exposed to a temperature of 93.3° to 100° C. (200° to 212° F.) it undergoes no apparent alteration ; when a small portion is dropped into a Hame it flashes up instantaneously. Its best solvents are alcohol, ether, and solu- tions of alkalies, from which it is precipitated by water or acid, in the form of a resinous substance. The U. S. P. thus describes the official drug: "A granular, mobile, brick-red or brownish-red powder, inodorous, and nearly tasteless, imparting a deep-red color to alkaline liquids, alcohol, ether, or chloroform, and a pale-yellow tinge to boiling water. Under the microscope it is seen to consist of stellately arranged, colorless hairs, mixed with depressed-globular glands, containing numerous red, club-shaped vesicles. Upon ignition it should leave not more than 8 per cent of ash " — (['. S. P.). Dr. F. A. Fliickiger states that if the glands are caused to roll under water or glycerin, they all ultimately show, to the observer, under the microscope their flat side. In its center we find a very short stalk cell, from which a certain number of small clavate cells radiate in different directions, thus constituting the somewhat globular form of the gland, which is covered by a weak integument. The thicker ends of the small clavate cells within appear at the outside as soft protuberances, upon which partly depends the irregularity of the nearly globular form of the glands. The radiate cells in question .ire arranged around the center of the flat side to the number of from 9 to 30. If only the basal side is examined, they will be seen to be filled with a dark-brown or brown- ish-red resin, the intermediate spaces and the outer membrane being of a light- yellow color. The outline of that side, which is always turned to the ob.server, forms thus an undulated circle or ellipsis, the diameter of which varies from 70 to 120 micromillimeters (thousandth parts of a millimeter), the lieight of till" whole gland being always considerably less. The kamala glands are always accompanied by a tolerable amount of characteristic, stellate, colorless, or brown- ish hairs, belonging equally to the fruits of Mowder. the Ixitanical source of \vhi( Ii is not ilifinitily known, though thought to come from Flemiiiriia Ornhnmiana. This is the Mil.>t:mr.> re i> rri .1 ti) and beautifully illustrated in the paper from whii-h the above quotiition Is. .■ A'//, ii/i, /, ■ ; /yd. /i i is extracted. I>r. Kliickigt-r therein refers to a new kind of kamala, which lie thinks iiuist belong to another plant. It is darker colored, more free from earthy impurities, and its grains are all larger than those of the old or true kamala, anil instead of being globular they are cylindrical or nearly conieal; its cells are not elavate. but simply subcylindrical, and not radiate, and the hairs with which it is mixed are nearly coloi^ less, and not stellate or tufted, as in the true kamala, hut quite simple. When exposed to a temnerature of 93.3° to 100° C. (200° to 212° F.t, the new kamala becomes intensely iihick. Its alconolic tincture, slowly evaporated, leaves microscopic crystals, probably the i-«}//nii, and has some reputation as a carminative stomachio in df/sfK-intia. The natives further I»-lieve that its use, with licorice, tends to strengthen the l««lv, and |>revent the ilU'tleets .•! old age (Dymock, .\fat. Med. Western India). Warden i ISS.'^ is.'.lated Irom it golden-yellow ervstals of im'Micarid (CjIIuOj). It is soluble in al.oliol ami ehlomform, but not in water, Kor M/>'- wiirm, Etnhelia rilies is given in powder i5i to ~)\n) with milk, upon an empty stomach, and followed with a purgative. McsKN'NA, JIesen.sa, Bisissa, or BrssESA. — The bark of .4mcifsiui.\. — Fruit of Mtfsn lanrfolala, Forskal. ..V«(. Onl. — Myrsineie. Abyssinia. A brown- green, resinous drupe, having a bitter, acrid, pungent tjiste, and sometimes causing nausea, emesis, and catharsis. It contains, acconling to .\poiger (1S57I, j>ectin, an iron-greening taii- nin, fatty anil volatile oil, and an acrid boily. Wittstein and Apoiger {Amer. Jour. Phmm., IfviS, !>. I.i9) established the remarkable occurrence of boi-'u- acid among the mineral constituents of this plant. Reputed an ctTective tajniacide. .\dministered in powder. It is said to impart a violet hue to the urine. Tatzr, or Satze.— .\ disagreeable fruit, of a red-brown color, derived from the .l/;/rsi»<; (ij'ricana, Schimper. Tieniacide. Dose, 4 to G drachms. KINO (U. S. P.)— KINO. "The inspissated juice of Pterocarpus Marsupium, Ro.\burgh " — (('. 5. P.). Nal. Ord. — Leguminosa?. Co.MMoN N.ame: Gummi kino, Re.nna kino, Biyn (Bengalese). Illistk.\tion ( of tree) : Beutley and Triiueu, Xfcl. PldtiU, 81. Botanical Source. — For a long time the origin of kino was unknown. It has been a.-icertained to be the product of a lofty tree, growing upon the moun- tains of the Malabar coast of Hindustan, named Plciomrpus Mnrsupiiun,he\ongmg to the A'«/. fc(/. Leguiuinosw. It has an erect, very higii trunk, rarely straight. The outer layer of the bark is brown and spongy, falling ofl' in flakes; the inner red, fibrous, and astringent; branches spreading, horizontal, numerous, and far- extending. The leaves are sub-farious, alternate, pinnate with an odd one, 8 or 9 inches long; leaflets 5, 6, or 7, alternate, elliptic, emarginate, firm, deejj-green, and shining above, less so below, from 3 to 5 inches long, and 2 or 3 broad. The petioles are round, smooth, waved from leaflet to leaflet, 5 or 6 inches long, stipules none. Panicles terminal, very large; ramifications bifarious, like the leaves. Peduncles and pedicels round, a little downy. Bracts small, caducous, solitary below each division and subdivision of the panicle. The flowers are very numerous, white, with a small tinge of yellow. Vexillum with a long, slender claw, very broad ; sides reflexed, waved, curled, and veined; keel 2-petaled, adher- ing slightly for a little way near the middle, waved, etc., same a.s the vexillum. Stamens 10, united near the base, but soon dividing into 2 parcels of 5 each; anthers globose, 2-lobed. Ovary oblong, pedicelled, hairy, generally 2-celled; cells transverse, 1-seeded. Style ascending. The legume, which is borne on a long petiole, is three-fourths orbicular, the upper remainder, which extends from the pedicel to the remainder of the style, is straight, the whole surrounded with a waved, veiny, downy, membranous wing, swelled, rugose, woody in the center, where the seed is lodged, not opening; generally 1, but sometimes 2-celled. Seeds single and renifnrm (L.). History and Description.— Kino is the juice of the tree obtained by making longitudinal inci.-ions in the bark; it flows abundantly, has a red color, and by drying in the sun, cracks into irregular, angular masses, which are then placed into wooden boxes for exportation. It usually reaches this country bv way of England, being originally imported from Bombay or Tollicherry. East India (or Malabar) kino is that recognized by the l'. S. P., which describes it as follows: "Small, angular, dark, brownish-red, shining pieces, brittle, in thiii layers ruby-red and transjiarent, inodorous, very astringent and sweetish, tinging the saliva deeji-red. Soluble in alcohol, nearly insoluble in ether, and only slightlv soluble in cold water" — (C. S. P). Kino burns without fusion or softening, witii but little flame and frothing, leaving a scanty gray a.>'h. Boiling water dissolves a large j)ro|)ortion of it, forming, when cold, a perinanent, intense, blood-red solu- tion, which yields with ferric chloride a dark-green, coarsely flocculent precipitate, which is so abundant as to render the whi)le liquid gelatinous. Acetate of lead produces a gray i)recipitate, and tartar emetic gradually a lake-red, muddy jelly. Cold water, which partly dissolves it, forms with it a clear, cherry-red solution, 1098 KINO. leaving a crumbly, grayish residuum. Alcohol dissolves about two-thirds of it. and forms a deep, brownish-red tincture, which is not disturbed by water. By long standing the tincture gelatinizes, and becomes less astringent. Proof-spirit is a less complete solvent, but the tincture is less apt to gelatinize. Its solubility in water is facilitated by alkalies, but its astringency is thereby lost, and its general eliaiacti-is chan^rcd. Chemical Composition. — The chief constituent of kino is kino-tannic (cocco- (annir) uri,!, whieh ir- |irt'sfnt in the amount of from 45 to 55 per cent (F. E. Mafat. Pharm.Jnur. r/YOi,-*, 1892, Vol. XXIII, p. 146). It is closely related to the Unnin from catecliu; its non-glucosidal nature was established by Bergholz (Dmeri. Dnrpiit, 1884). Unlike cattchu, however, kino yields to ether no catechin (cnte- rkuic arid). This solvent, according to Eissfeldt (1854), abstracts from kino only traces of pijromterh in (C6H,[0H]j). On continued boiling of an aqueous solution of kino or kino-tannic acid, an insoluble, red jjhlobaphene, kino-red, is precipitated. This substance is also formed gradually by prolonged exposure of solutions of kino at ordinary temperature (Gerding, 1851). By fusion with caustic potash, Hlasiwetz (186.5) obtained from kino 9 per cent of phloroglucin (C5H3[OH]3) ; proto- catechuic acid (CeH3[0Hl.C00H) has also been observed in this reaction (Sten- house). Kinoin (CnHuOj is a crystallizable substance obtained by Etti (1878) from Malabar kino, by boiling this with diluted hydrochloric acid, decanting from the kino-red formed, and abstracting the aqueoussolution with ether (see Jahresb. der Pharm., 1878, p. 190). The yield of kinoin is 1.5 per cent. Etti found this substance to be decom- posable by hydrochloric acid into gallic acid (C5H,[OH]3.COOH), pyrocatechin, and methyl chloride. Heated to 130° C! (266° F.), it loses water and is converted into h'7io-ref/ (CjgH^O,,). Kinoin is soluble in alcohol and boiling water, little soluble in ether; its solutions produce with ferric chloride a red coloration, and are not precipitated by gelatin. Kino-red is hardly soluble in water, soluble in alcohol and alkalies; its solutions are precipitated by gelatin, and colored green by ferric chloride. A. Kremel was unable to obtain kinoin by Etti's method; in its place he invariably found protorntechuir arid (see Jahresb. der Pharm., 1884, p. 281). Good kino leaves about 1.5 per cent of ash. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Kino is a pure and energetic astrin- gent, and may be used to fulfil all the indications for which catechu is emploj'ed. It is not considered so efficient in rhronic dysentery as catechu, but is preferred internally in menorrhagia, and as a topical application in leurorrho'a, relaxed sore throat, and aphthae of the mouth or fauces. An infusion thrown into the nostril has suppressed hemorrhage from the Schneiderian membrane; and the powder on iint has suppressed a hemorrhage from a wound in the palate. Dose of the pow- der, from 10 to 30 grains; of the tincture, from i to 2 fluid drachms. Related Drugs. — There are many other exudations known in commerce as Kino, partly derived from plants belonging to entirely different natural orders, c. g., many species of Euca- lyptiLi, Myi-iftica, etc. Among the most important are the African kino, Dhak-tret kino. Botany Kaij kino, Jamaica kino, and .S'o«//i A7nerican kino. African Kino, Gambia kino, until within recent years was very rarely seen in commerce ; from specimens received from Mungo Park, when on his last journey, it was decided to be an exudation from the Plerocarpu.1 eriuaceu,'!, Poiret, a tree growing in niaiiy districts of the .'^negal, Nunez, and along the banks of the Gambia and other streams of West .\frica. Its behavior is similar to that of ordinary kino. According to Th. Christv, of London, this tn-e yields the genuine kiiio that was first introduced into medicine by Dr. tothergill. An authentic commer- cial snecimeii left 1 T.t per cent of ash, and contiiined .=i2 per cent of tannin, while other com- mercial spent leguminous tree of the East Indies. BiUra fHi>ei-ba, Roxburgh, and Buhn ;Hirrirf..ni. Roxburgli. exude a similar product. The juice naturally exudes from tissurt-s in the branches of the trve, and concretes into red tears which become black uniler the action of the sun. Thev art- irrx-gn- larly angular, seldom so largi' as a grain of barley, apparently black and ojwque. but r»-ally of an intense garnet-red color, transparent in thin pieces, and fretpiently have IiIhtb of bark adhering to one of their faces, their taste is very astringent, brittle when chewed. wilJiout adhering to the teeth, and they tinge the saliva lake-red. Their chemical n-actions and solu- bilities are similar to those of the Eivst India variety. Thev contain from 7:5 to W per ctMit of tannic acid, and might be safely substituted for orilinary kino. It rarely reaches England, "nd has not been imported to .\merica. It is termed Onm hitm. KOLA. lU'.lD _ BoTAN-v B.\Y yiel.l a roil juice so urofu.-icly from incisions that CO jrallons mit;ht lie collecttr(ibaly due to jirolonged exposure of the resin to the air before it is gathered. This inferior grade has been used as an adulterant of the li.'tler grades of kino. Mr. Jaseph Bosisto (.4i/i7, p. 1 ) gives the highest yielil at 4 gallons, the average l)eiiig I quart from one tree. On evaporating the juice in a vacuum pan a ruby-red gum is obtained, entirely soluble in water and alcohol. Com- mercial specimens yielded about 47 per cent of tannic acid. The turbidity observed with some of the kinos from Australian eucalyptus including /iT. ros/rd^d), when dissolved in alcohol or water, is ilue to the presence of two crystallizable substances, rudesmiti and aromadendrin. (For details regarding the chemistrv of "these substances, see Henry G. Smith, Anui: Jour. J'lianii., lS9t5, p. 679). .T.w.MC.K, or West Ixdi.\.v Kixo, is obtained from the f>en-iidi> grape (Coccolohn urifera, Linn^), a tree belonging to the Nal. 0/v/.— Polygonacea-. The tree inhabits the seacoast of the West India Islands-and the adjoining coast' of .\merica. .\ decoction is prepared from the leaves, wood, and bark, which are excessively astringent, then evaporated, and the thick fluid poure the saliva wlien masticated, and contain about 41 per cent of tannic acid. Cold water, and alcohol, dissolve nearly the whole of AVest Indian kino, about 6 to 11 per cent remaining undissolved. SoiTii .\merican, Coi.rMBiA, Or CARACAS KiNo, is probably furnished by the same tree as the West Indian, and is likewise probably derived from the Coccohha uvifera, Linne. It is imported in heavy masses, and closely resembles the Jamaica kino in its several properties, excepting that it "is equally .soluble in cold water and alcoliol, is more free from any tenacious siibstanoi' interfering withthe filtration of its watery solution, and contains no resinous body. It is rarely si'en in America. MvKisTKA Kiso { K'il jadikai) is an extract resembling ulliiial kino, obtained as an exu- dation upi>n making incisions into the bark of MyrMcu mnl'ih.i <■,,-,,_ l.:niiarck, a tree growing in southern India. The product was studied in recent ye;ir< by I'n'i. IM. Schaer [Amer. Jour. I'hnrm., IS'.Hi, i>. 546), who found that the myristica kino airncs In all iliaracteristics with true kino, except that no pyrocalechiu could be "abstracted with ether. .\ characteristic constitu- ent of yfi/ristic'i kino, however, was found both in a dry specimen obtained from the Kew (iarden.*, and a semi-liuuid extract prepared for the author in the Buitenzorg (Java) Botanical tiardeu, namely, crystals of calcium tartrate, the presence of which, therefore, seems to indicate Mi/rittica kino, and to distinguish it from the official kino, .yfi/ri^tica sucadaiua seems to yield must of the.se crystals. Ptrrornrpni i/Ky/fK.*, Willdenow. — Philippine Islands and South India. Thisspecics yields a red kino of a fetid character, known as .Saii;; draaon. Ceratopetall'm.— .\ kino-like gum. Is saitf to be obtained from a plant of this genus growing in New South Wales. KOLA.— KOLA. The seed.'! of Sterculin acuminata, I'alisot de Beauvais (^Coln ncuminaln, Roliert Brown ). It has mnny other synonyms. (See Kola, Monograph No. 5, of Frederick Stearns «.t Co.) AW. Ord. — Sterculiacese. Common Names: Kola, Kola nut. Female Ma, Cola (Bism/-l)is»y, triiru. Ver- nacular). Ili.u.stratio.vs: Kola, Monograph No. 5, of Frederick Stearns & Co., Figs. 3, T). 0 and 11 ; A"'/" IHfi^trafed, by Johnson it Johnson. Botanical Source.— This is a tree from 40 to m feet high, somewhat re.'^em- hling til'- Kimnion chestnut tree. The trunk is erect, smooth, and cylindrical. The bark is green and thick. The le.tves are alternate, entire, slightly revolute. Sterculia acuminata. smooth, green, and oblong-acuminate, from 8 to 6 inches long by 1 to 2 inches broad. They are borne on petioles from 1 to 3 inches long. The younger leaves are pubescent. The flowers are polygamous, and borne in both terminal and axil- lary cymose panicles, beset with stellate hairs. The flowers are greeni.sh-j-ellow or white and purple at the margins of the petals. The fruit is composed of follicles, containing from 1 to 10 oblong, obtuse seeds, with acartilaginou.*, pur- plish testa. The cotj'ledons are generally 2 in number (may be 3 to 5), red or greenish- j'ellow, flatly ovate, or auriculate, compressed, and thick. History. — The kola tree grows in a some- what limited locality, comprising that portion of western Africa between Sierra Leone and the Congo and Lower Guinea. It thrives at about or a little higher than the sea level, in hot and moist situations. When conditions of soil and climate are favorable, it grows in- land from the points mentioned olXl or 600 miles. It has been found elsewhere, though undoubtedly introduced, as in Jamaica, where it was distributed by slave traders. The Eng- lish and French have introduced it into many of their possessions, and the gulf and Pacific coast districts of the L^nited States are said to possess the required climate and soil for its growth in this country. The travels of Leo Africanus(in the 16th century) referred to this tree as the Gora or Guru, and he wrote concerning its bitter nut. Clu.-ius ( 1591) described and illustrated the seeds. J. Bauhin first referred to its medicinal use, noting its employment by the natives in fevers. Kola seeds have been used by the African natives from time immemorial as a necessity and a luxury. It fig- ured as an indispensable necessity in manj' ceremonials — social, political, and religious. It was used as a declaration of war (red nut), and as a symbol of peace (white nut). It figured in courtship and marriage, compacts of friendship, as a mark of hospitality, and was put into the graves of the dead to nourish them on their long journey. The natives masticated kola to allay hunger, prevent thirst, promote digestion, and sustain strength. Like the so-called Indian charing nut, it was accredited with the property of purifying and sweetening water. The natives prefer it over tea and coffee, and innumerable are the faluilnus virtues ascribed to it. In civilized countries kola was known chiefly as a curiosity until quite recently. In 1883, Meckel and Schlagdenhauften published a detailed monograi>h ctmcerning it, entitled " Sur les Kolns Africains." It now has an exten- sive commerce in this country. (For exhaustive and instructive matter concern- ing kola consult •' Ao/a,"' by Frederick Stearns & Co., and Koln Illustrfifed. by John- son it Johnson ; see also an interesting illustrated paper bv F. B. Kilmer, on Bi^si/ nuts, the Kol,i of the West Indie.*, in Auu^r. Dni.i., 1S!I4, p. o.56.> Description.— Kola nuts, .so-called, are the cotyledons of the seeds, deprived of their puriilish, cartilaginous testa. The irregular seeds, owing to close nesting in the follicle, have a compressed, somewhat triangular and subtetragonal shape, and bear considerable resemblance to the horse-chestnut. Tlie cotyledons, which may number from 2 to 5, are fleshy and thick, and about 1 iudi in length. They have, when fresji, a bitterish, somewhat astringent taste. Wlicn dried, however, they possess a mild and fiiintly aromatic taste, and an odor that lias been coni- ])ared to that of nutmegs. There are two varieties of kola nut — the irhite kola, which is more nearly "a pale greenish-yellow," and the ml l-nin — both being yielded by the same species, and often occurring in the same nod. Chemical History and Composition.— 0. Dapper, in hisdescrintion of Africa (Amsterdam, U!7«l I, slaits that the kola nut, "as experience teaclietli. eaten in tlie evening, hiuderetli sleep" (J, O. Schlotterbock. in "Koto," publisheil by F. Stearns KOLA. 1101 & Co.). That this effect was clue to the presence o( theinc (c(ifftinc),\\a^ ascer- tained, in 1SG4, by Dr. Daniell, a noted traveller in West Africa, who also sujiplied Dr. Atttield with the drug for tlie purpose of analysis. Beside theine (aiffeinc) (2.13 per cent), starch (42.5 per cent), ash (3.20 per cent), volatile oil, fat, albu- minoids, gum, and sugar were found by the latter chemist {Pharm. Join-. Trans., 1864,Vol. VI, p. 4.50). More recently, Heckel and Schlagdenhauffen (Sur lex Kolm AJricaing, 1883), discovered, in addition, small quantities oi theohmmine (C,H,N,Oj), the chief alka- l.iidal principle ofcacao(77(f'a of debility. It has been administered in//»e«- monia and typhoid fever, when great nervous irritability was present. Its reputa- tion as a remedy for the alcohol habit has not been sustained, though there is good reason to credit the statement that it quickly overcomes acute alcoholi.ym. Evi- dence is not wanting that it sustains the nervous svstem in one attempting to break from the tobacco habit. C. W. Hamilton, M. D. [Brit. Med. Jour.. lS90.Vol. I, p. 1067), claims it an effective remedy in sea sickness. Certain forms of atonic di/.<- pepsia are benefited by it, while for the cure of obstinate chronic dian-hceas, it has long had a reputation. It has been assg /.ed that its action in this respect can not be well understood, as the amount of^nnin in the drug is so small. May it not be due to relieving irritation, and not' to its astringent action ? That form of dys- pepsia, attended with pyrosis, eructations, and sick headache, is amenable to kola. The vomiting of pregnancy is said to be arrested by it. It has also api)eared useful to check Asiatic chole7-n, and has been used in the various forms of diarrhoea preva- lent in the tropics. Kola may be used in feeble conditions of the heart, especially rorrfiVir irrita- bility, the cases being those in which caffeine is useful. Difficult breathing, irregu- lar action, and valvular deficiency are the indications for its use. It forms a good vehicle for the exhibition of other cardiac stimulants. It is said to be of marked value in s^noker's heart. Kola has given good results in migraine, and in those forms o{ neuralgia of debility in which cafi'eine and like agents have proven useful. Dose of powdered nut, 5 to 30 grains; fluid extract, 5 to 30 drops; solid extract, 1 to 6 grains. Various proprietary fluid preparations are ujion the mar- ket. The best form for administration is kola in bulk, the drug to be slowly masticated and the salivary solution swallowed. Substitutes and Adulterations.— The seeds of several plants have been used either ■wholly a.s a substitute fov, or ;is :i(lulteraiits of, true kola. .All ol these, however, are wholly destitute ol the eharacteristic iiriiuijiles of that drug, .\mong these phiuts may he lueutiontxl the following: Giirciiiia AVd, Ileckel. .Yar8 the names of False kola, Male kuh, and liitter kola. False kola \Uk»s not enter comuiercv. hut it is highly esteemed by the natives of .-Vfriea, though devoid of marked stimulant pro|ierties. .\phrodisiac effects are acereiiited the seeds by the Negroes, and, as a masticatory, they employ , them in common colds. They contain tannin,' coloring matter, and a browu and a yellowish- white resin, hut no alkaloids (see also Uaninia Manyoslatia). Hi'citiera lilturoli.'!, Alton. Xal. Ord. — iSterculiaoea^. An orbicular-shaped se«l of a choco- late color, which tnight not to be mistaken for kola, its characteristii-s being suttioiently diflVr- ent. Admixtuie w itli the smaller seeils of kola is possible. This plant prows in India, .\frica. Australia, and the Philippines. It contains none of the characteristio jirinciplesof kola, except- ing a tannin similar to kolatannic acid. It containsi, however, 10 times as much fat. Pcntadesma buli/race.r, Don. Xal. Onf. — Clusiare««. A'aii.i/d. Tn'e growing along west coast of Africa. Found by Heckel and Schlagileidiauffen as a fre<^uent a'cln^titutt■ :i false kola, wbieli has a taste closely resembling that of true kola. The external apiM-aranees, liowever, are entirely ditlereut. J^ponin is present in large amounts, aecoriiiuj; to Heckel uncovery by Ruiz, in 1780. The root is the oflicial part; it is dug up in large quantities after the rains, and after being well dried is exported. In Portugal it h;vs been emi)loyed to adulterate red wines. Sometimes an extract is jtrepared from it, which is exported and used in a similar manner. The I'.S. P. thus de.«cribes rhatany: "From 1 to 3 Cm. (| to 1^ inch) thick, knotty, and sev- eral-headed above, branched below, the branches long; hark smooth. or in the thin- ner i)ieces, scaly, deep, rust-brown, 1 to 2 Mm. (^ to ^ inch) thick, very a.strin- gent, inodorous; wood i>ale brownish-red, tough, with tine meilullary rays, nearly tasteless. The root of Krameria Jximi (Savanilla rhatany) is less knotty and more slender, and has a dark purplish-brown bark, about 3 Mm. (J inch) thick'"— (.{'. S. P.). Cold water or diluted alcohol readily extracts its active constituents. In powder it is of a reddish color. The bark contains more of the medicinal vir- tues than the ligneous or woody part. If the root be macerated in water at 100° C. (212° F.), its medicinal properties will be extracted, but as a little starch and some colored extractive will also be dissolved, the infusion, when cool, will become niuddv, and after a time the above inert substance will be depo.-ited. 11U4 KILVMEHIA. Boiling will extract still more of this matter, and the tannic acid of the root being oxidized by the action of the air, loses all its therapeutical influences. A cold infusion, or an extract from the cold infusion, are the best forms for use. By placing the powdered root in a percolator, and passing water throivgh it, a brick- red, aqueous solution is obtained, possessing all the medicinal qualities of the root, and from whieli an excellent extract maybe procured by a quick, but cautiously conduitid fvapriration. Chemical Composition.— Wittstein ( Vierteljnhrsschrifl , 1854, Vol. Ill, pp. 348 and 485), found the freshly peeled root-bark of rhatany to contain an iron-green- ing tannic acid, and a red decomposition product of the latter, analogous to chinnnt-red; gummy matter, wax, sugar, starch, calcium oxalate, etc. No gallic acid is present. Thf' tannin of rhatany, caUed rafanhm-tnnnir (h-ameria-tmiiii'-) acid, is the mnr-t impoitant constituent. It is a red amorphous powder. Nearly 18 per cent Ava~ i.litiiiia .1 from the Payta variety by Wittstein (1854), while R. G. Dunwody (Anur. Jour. Phann., LS90, p. 166) found in the commercial drug con- siderably less tannin, viz., 8.4 per cent. Tartar emetic causes no precipitate with ■ " " ed pre ~ as a decomposition product in dry distillation; fused with potassium hydroxide it; with gelatin a llesh-colored precipitate is obtained. Pyrornterhin is produceil it yields phloroglucin and protocatechuir acid; and diluted acids acting upon it pro duce sugar and ratanhia-red (C.iell„0^^) , a. product similar in composition to one yielded by hippocastanum and tormentil. The dry extract of rhatany formerly imported from South America yielded to Wittstein a crystalline principle whicii he believed to be identical with tyrodn (C^HjiNO,), an amido acid ; this principle is not contained in ratanhia root. Ruge and Stiideler (1862) found it to have the for- mula CioHjjNOj, and pronounced it to be methyl-tyrosin, and also named itratunhin. Ruge obtained 1 .26 per cent of this substance. Gintl (see Jnhresb. der Phnrm., 1860, p. 165), showed it to be identical with angelin, first obtained by Peckolt in the quantity of more than 86 per cent from the Resina d^ angelim pedra, a natund exudate from the Brazilian tree Ferreira spectahilis, Allemao. It is probable that the South American ratanhia extract in question was derived from tliis tree and not from krameria. 0. Hiller-Bombien {Archiv der Phnrm.,lS^2,\^\t.bVi-oAS). confirmed the identity of ro^ni/(m with niethyl-tyrosin and angelin, and also with the alkaloid surinanmie, obtained in 1824 by Hiittenschmid from Gtoffroya siiri- naryunisi'^. and proposed for it the name andirin, on account of its probable occur- rence in all species ut' Amlini. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Rhatany is a powerful astringent, with some slight tonic virtues. Constipation with slight dyspeptic symptoms maj* be induced by immoderate doses. It may be employed internally with advantage in vwiorrhagia, hematemesis, passive hemmrhages, chronic diarrhra, leucorrliaa, dironir mucous discharges, colliquative persjnration, and incontinence of urine. Internally in small doses. Prof. J. M. Scudder (Spec. Med.) recommends it in '' gastric C(ita)-rh, dys- pepsia, with full, relaxed skin, inmniinence of urine, gleet, prostatorrhita, leucnrrhua. and in some cases of catarrh" (p. 164). It is also used as an energetic styptic in epistaxis, hemorrhage from the cavity of an extracted tooth, or the surface of a wound, and as a local application to prolapsus ani, fis-^'ure of the anu-i, Jissurcd nip- ples, and leuco^rha-a. As an application to spongy and bleeding gums, to redden and consolidate them, as well as to preserve the teethj the following" paste will be found unsurpassed: Take of prepared chalk and powdered cinchona, of each, equal parts; combine them with a sufficient quantity of equal parts of the tinctures of rhatany and myrrh, to form a paste. Use daily with a brush. Dose of the pow- dered rhatany, from 10 to 30 grains; of the tincture, from 1 to 4 Huid drachms; of the infusion, from 1 to 4 fluid ounces ; of the extract, from 10 to 20 grains. Related Drugs.— Bn.vzii.i.vx (Par.v or Ce.\r.\) Rh.xt.vnv is referred by Fh'ickipcr and llanbiuy to Kruinrriii argentea, Martins, of Brazil. Kramrria cistoidfu. Hooker, of Chili, furnishes 11 rhatany closely rosemblinj: the I'ayta pioy tlie A'lii- mcria sec'iindiriura of De CandoUe. Kiaiiirria lanctiilalu, Torrey, of North Aiiurii-n, is richer in tannin and extract than the official prodnct. .\ false rhatany has been nut with, the s<.ni> .• of which is unknown; compared with trne rhatany, its twigs aiv smoother and slightly shin- ing, having also deeper furrows and transverse depn>ssions of an annular form. It is not s.i lougli, breaks more ea.sily and with a short fraetuiv; its l»ark is thicKer and adheres lirndy !.• the wooil, is lighter-colored on its inner surface, and has a glistening aspect when cut wiih a sharp knife. The center, when cut through, is of a dull, {wile-red color, and without the dark points lu.-l with in the true nM.t. It is iniKlonms, more strongly astringent in tiiflte tlian the genuiDe rliatauy. anil gives more abundant precipitate with chemical reagents [Pharm. Jour. atul Trtins. I. LABURNUM.— LABURNUM. Tlie seeds of ('i/li.->se, pendulous racemes. The calyx is canipanulate and two-lipped; the upper lip is entire, the lower one three-toothed. The corolla is papilionaceous, with a large vexillum. Tlie fruit is a brown legume, containing many seeds, and is attenuate at the base. The genus Cytisus is almost exclusively European, and there is no indigenous s|)ecies in the United States. Ct/>.ii-iu< Scojiarius, Link, or "common broom," a very abundant shrub in Great Britain, is extensively used as a diuretic. Chemical Composition. — The ripe seeds of Cytmi.'^ Lolmmum, as well as other species of Cytisus, contain an alkaloid n/^i-'-jnc, discovered and obtained pure in 1864, by Huseniann and Marine. It also occurs in other genera of plants, and was established by A. Partheil (Archiv da- Phnrm., 1892, p. 470), to be identical with K/rW/i, discovered by A. W. Gerrard {Pharm. Jmn: 7Vrt».'*., 1886, Vol. XVIII, J). 101 ), in the seeds of l'le£euroj),Tus. More recently, K. Gorter {Archiv der Phamt., 1897, p. 321), proved its identity with 6oy''//"r/)i''. tlic alkaloid of the root of £o;)- tisiii liiictnrid (which .«ee). Prof. Plugge ( 1>^''1 > :il-i> I'llieves it to be the same sub- stance a-: t-ofdinrin, from Sophora toinenlosd. Ciii'ishk' ( llexine, Bajilitoxine) has the formula C|,H|,N.,0 (Partheil, 1892; Gorter, ISOTi, and when pure crystallizes in large colorless prisms, soluble in water, alcohol, chloroform, and acetic ether; less soluble in benzol, amyl alcohol, and acetone; insoluble in petroleum ether, carbon disulphide,and absolute ether. It melts at 152° to 153° C. (305.6° to 307.4° F.), and can be sublimed by heating in vacuo. It is a d vad base, forming two series of salts with acids. The nitrate (C„H„N,0.HN03-f 11,0) forms large crystals. Par- theil obtained 1.5 per cent of cytisine from laburnum. In the mother liquors he observed the )ircsence ofcholin. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Administered to certain animals, as the dug. cat, etc.. even in small doses. M. Chevallier found laburnum to occasion emesis, muscular debility, increased pulse, accelerated respiration, somnolence, spasms, and finally death." With man, according to Dr. T. S. Gray, Popham, Clout, and others, the bark, the flowers, or the seeds, in large doses, produce a sense of indisposition, drowsiness, followed by vomiting, vertigo, cold sweats, dryness and constriction of the throat, gastric pain, pallor, purging, accelerated respiration, strong contraction of the features, dilatation of the pupils, muscular contrac- tions, quick and agitated pulse, and other symptoms of narcotism. Recovery from these symptoms occurs more or less speedily, and no case is recorded in which death was the result. In cases of poisoning by laburnum. Dr. Gray has ailvised the use of charcoal, though in many severe cases, persons who have suf- fered severely from the symptoms named, have ])romptly recovered w ithout the aid of any antidote. Chevallier. who, having taken 6 or 8 grains of cytisine, found liimself threatened with severe symptoms, drank quite freely of lemonade, and tiiereby checked their further progress. In medicinal do.ses. Dr. Gray recommends the use of the active principles of laburnum in the treatment of i/v/Myw/a attended with vomitings of bile-matters and alternate attacks of diarrluea and constipation ; likewise to check the vomiting of children who eject their food .soon after its in- gestion; to relieve bronchial roufih, and mitigate the severity of the paroxysms of jtertimin and aMh ma, and to prevent the sympathetic vomiting of pregumir;/; hovi- ever, these recommendations have not lieen supported by suljseinienl trials. Prof. 1106 i-A(. J. M. Scudder (Spec. Med.), suggests the small dose (teaspoonful of the solution of 10 drops of a tincture of the recent bark, made with 98 per cent alcohol, in 4 ounces of water), every 1 to 3 hours in irritation of mucous tissues occurring in nervous dyspepsia, in the restlessness and uneasiness which follows mental overwork, and in the excitation of the gastric and hepatic nerves giving rise to frequent and easily excited vomiting. The dose of a decoction, of sp. gr. 1.034, is from 2 to 30 minims; of C3'tisine, from ^ grain to 2 grains (hypodermatically ^ to | grain) ; of laburnine, from 2 to 10 grains. In a case where poisoning occurs, tlie best course to pursue is to remove the contents of the stomach as speedily as po.«sible by means of an emetic well diluted with warm water, and then to administer am- monia, whiskey, or other dififusible stimulants. LAC— MILK. " The fresh milk of the cow. Bos Taurus, Linne"— (Br. Pharm., 1885). Class: Mammalia. Order: Ruminantia. Description. — Cow's milk was official in the former British Pharmacopasiiis, being used in the preparation of Mistura Scammonii. It is a white, opaque fluid, having a density of near 1.030. Its taste is sweet, bland, and to most individuals agreeable; its odor slight and peculiar and its reaction feebly alkaline or neutral. Under the microscope it appears as a transparent fluid in which are imbedded minute globules or corpuscles of a fatty nature, which give to the liquid its opacity and whiteness. According to some observers, these globules are sur- rounded by an albuminous envelope. The globulas being somewhat lighter than the medium in which they are suspended, rise to the surface and cun-titute what is familiarly known as cream. This yellowish-white stratum, which contains also some of the serum and casein, constitutes about 5 per cent of the fluid. When the cream is removed or skimmed ofi", skim-milk remains, containing enough of the globules to give it opacity and a bluish whiteness. If the cream be agitated for a time, as in churning, the fat globules aggregate, or as some contend, the envelope is ruptured, and butter is produced. The serum which remains upon removing the butter, contains some butter and casein, saline matter, and milk sugar in solution, and is the well-known huttermilk. The pleasantly acid taste of butter- milk is due to l((ctic acid formed by the fermentation of some of the milk sugar. If milk be allowed to stand it will become soured on account of the formation of lactic acid, a.nd formi curds or clabber, due to the precipitation of the r. Chemical Composition.— The milk of all mammals has the s.\me composi- tion qualitatively; the ingredients differ only in their relative quantities. Even in one and the same species of animals, there is a marked diversity in the com^Ki- sition of the milk, according to the breed of the animal, the quality and quantity of its food, according to whether the animal is at rest or active, or on the prox- imity to a birth. For cow's milk, Wagner (Haudbuch der Chan. Technologie., 1885), p. 953) gives the following limits in the percentage of its constituents: Total solids, 6.8 to 17.1 (water, 92.2 to 82.9); fat, 1.4 to 7.2; nitrogenous matter. 2.2 to 6.2; milk sugar, 1 to 5.2; salts, 0.1 to 1.7. The following table compiled from data given by J. Kiinig {Die Menschl. Xahrungs und 'ienuss^mittti. 3tl ed., 1S93\ illus- trates the coiiip;initive average composition of a great number of sample!- of milk from various sources: Water Casein Albumin Total nitrogenous matter Kat Sugar of milk 8alt8 Woman. Cow. Coat. Sheep. AM. 87.41 87.17 85.71 80.82 89.64 1.03 3.02 3.20 4.97 0.67 1.26 0..53 1.09 1.56 1..T.T L'.29 3.55 4.29 6.52 2.22 S.-8 3.69 4.78 6.86 1.64 4.88 4.46 4.91 5.99 0.31 0.71 0.76 0.89 0.51 90.78 1.24 0.75 1.!I9 It is evident from thi."! table that cow's milk and woman's milk differs in some respects. Woman's milk is richer in milk sugar, but poorer in salts. Woman's milk also contains more albumin and less casein than cow's milk. The deficiency in the salt contents in woman's milk is probably the cause why its oa.-^ein is pre- cipitated by the add of the gastric juice in the unusual form of fine flakes wliich are more readily digestible than the more lumpy casein precipitate of cow's milk (A. Dogiel, in .J. Konig, lor. cU.). Even richer in salts than cow's milk is the milk of goats and sheep. Much fat (butter) and nitrogenous matter characterize that of the goat and sheep. The milk of the mare and ass, on the other hand, show a marked deficiency in butter and albuminoids, and a relatively larger amount of sugar of milk. "They approach woman's milk in composition. The nitrogenous portion of milk is chiefly composed of rasein a.nA albumin. The latter is eoagulable by heat in the presenceof acids. Reside.s. there are small quantities of pepton-like" bodies present, probably originating in the decomposi- tion of casein or albumin. One of these substances is called Inrto-protein, which is not precipitated by acids, or heat or rennet, but is thrown from solution by alcohol or tannic acid. Casein, which is held in solution probably as a calcium compound (W. Eugling, 1885), differs from albumin in not being eoagulable by heat, but being coagulated by the action of inorganic and organic acids, and by certain ferments, especially a peculiar enzyme (unorganized ferment) contained in rennet, a membrane obtained from the fourth stomach of the calf. The separa- tion of casein al.so takes place spontaneously at ordinary temperatures upon stand- ing, the process being greatly favored by warmth, and being due to the formation of lactic acid. (For Duclaux's views regarding the properties of the protein mat- ters of milk, see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1884, p. 591.) The fatty matter in milk is the butter, which is a rather complex body. The tats are glycerides of butyric, capronic, caprinic, stearic, oleic, palmitic, and myristic acids. Rancid butter is due to the decomposition of the glycerides con- taining the lower fatty acids, and the liberation of the free fatty acids, especially butyric acid, in fluid form. Besides the fats, an odorous substance in small quan- tity'and liirlin (sugar of milk), salts, casein, and water are ])resent in butter. The salts contained in milk are chiefly phos]jhates and chloriiinate (about 5A grains to the quart), cork the bottle tightly, place in water-bath at 90° C. (194° F.). for 4 hours, remove the container, and varnish the cork. Boric acid (1 to 1000) and .salicylic acid (1 to 5000) will prevent for a time the formation of lactic acid in milk. However, preserved milk, even if kept in well-.sealed bottles, is liable to decompo- ^ition and to become intensely bitter, if it is not heated to a sufliciently high temperature or for a suflicient length <«f tim.- (C. Naegeli). This ob.«ervation is 1108 LAC. confirmed by Meissl (1882), who found the milk, after a lapse of one year, to have a somewhat bitterish taste; the fat being somewhat rancid and bleached, the milk sugar (4 to 5 per cent) unaltered, the nitrogenous matter peptonized, and small quantities of leucin, tyrosin, and ammonia were present, but no organized ferment. 0. Loew {Bericlile, 1882; also see Aiwr. Jour. Pharm., 1883, p. 102), found that milk heated to 120° C. (248° F.) will keep for a number of years, while anotlier specimen that was kept for 8 years after having been heated to 101° C. (213.8° F.) for 40 minutes, was intensely bitter, the milk sugar being decomposed into lactose and dextrose, and casein and albumin into peptones, etc. Condensed, or Concentrated Mii.k is now largely used in place of preserved milk. This, as usually found upon the market, appears as a pasty mass, of j-el- lowish-white color and somewhat translucent. When diluted with about 5 parts of water (by weight), it will appear like ordinary milk. There are variou.s brands, and all are prepared b}' varying methods and require different amounts of diluent. The above-mentioned dilution applies to a condensed milk prepared essentially as follows: Milk is poured to a depth of about 2 inches into a flat-bottomed, shallow boiler, and heated by means of a water-bath. Cane sugar is added in the proportion of 1 ounce to the pint of milk. Heat is continued and evaporation favored by constantly stirring the mixture, which is reduced in volume four-fifths, when it is poured into cans and these are hermetically sealed. The cans are then arranged in a boiler and subjected to a steam lieat a little above the boiling point of water. The process is then completed (Lignac). On a manufacturing scale, milk is condensed by evaporation in vacuum apparatus. Sugar is added to the original milk as a preservative. Evaporation can also be carried to dryness, -pro- dueing "milk prnrder.'' (See tabulated results of 21 analvses of condensed milk in Jour. .4n„r. Chein. Sor.. 1899, p. 444.) Adulteration and Detection. — Watered milk maybe known by its relatively low specific gravity, that of milk being 1.030. Skim-milk has a higher specific gravity. To detect adulterations it is first necessary to carefully evaporate the fluid to dryness; the loss will represent the water, the residue the solids. To ascertain the amount of fats, extract the residue with benzin or ether: incineration of the residue now remaining will indicate the amount of salts in ash, while the nitroge- nous matter and sugar are represented by what is lost in incineration. Another method is to treat with alcohol and water the ether-insoluble residue, whereby the salts and sugar are dissolved and the casein remains as residue. S]>ecial instruments have been devised for the rapid determination of the amount of cream, butter, and the density and degree of opacity of milk. These are known as lactometers (creamometers), and lactoscopes. The following process for the deter- mination of fat in milk is recommended in Phnrni. Centralhalle (1899, Y>-27i) as giving exact results: In a glass cylinder 40 Cm. long, provided with a graduation between 15 and 20 Cc. and at 70 Cc, place 10 Cc. of milk, 1 Cc. of 20 per cent ammonia water, and 10 Cc. of 95 per cent alcohol. Add 25 Cc. of ether, shake and add 25 Cc. of petroleum ether, shake again. Allow the ether — petroleum ether solution to separate, measure its volume, evaporate an aliquot part of it to dry- ness. Dry the residual fat at 100° Cc. (212° F.) for 2 hours, and weigh. The presence of siilin/lir aci<•.<■*<.]; also Prof Sadtler's Hondbook of Industi-inl Organic Chemistri/,18S5. p. 264, and s|i€cial literature there indicated.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— The use of milk as a beverage and food arr too well-known to r(()uiri' comment. SuRice to say that in arnle difta^es, with high tiMupeiature and rajjid liurning of the tissues, hot milk. salte milk. Occasionally, some in- dividuals can not partake of milk, claiming that it renders them l>il"ious. This effect is undoubtedly more largely due to a faulty condition of the digestive tract, rendering the digestion of cream" dillicult. In .«uch cases skimmed milk has the i.At. 1109 advantage over whole milk. Milk is treijuently of great advantage in dif/entive derangniuiits, particularly in chronic aflections, reVn-viug gastro-ititexliual irriUUion, un»mne.«>, uivrM, and iimomiiin. Sour or coagulated milk is an excellent agent to meet the indications alluded to under Aridum hirtirum. The so-called "milk cure" has given excellent results in many disorders, chiefly of a chronic character. In certain European centers milk cures have been establishetl, and, while to the fresh milk must be attributed great good, there is no doubt but that hygienic attention, climate, and sanitary surroundings con- tribute much toward a cure. The plan is usually to place the patient upon an exclusive milk diet for at least 3 weeks, from 1 to 2 quarts of milk being con- sumed in a day. This treatment requires great fortitude on part of the patient. Upon taking this treatment, but a short time elapses before a repugnance for milk conies upon the patient, the appetite fails, there is a distressing sense of goneness and emptiness in the stomach, the tongue becomes pasty and furred and tastes badly, and constipation and great weakness ensue. The body steadily loses weight until a certain point is reached, and there it is maintained. Constipation, with dry, scybalous, practically inodorous, and yellowish stools is the rule. The urinary flow is increased, and the quantity of urea greatly lessened. After the third week it is customary to allow a little liread, and then meat, and so on, for a continued period, the chief part of the diet, however, still consisting of milk. Sometimes it is necessary to skim the milk or to boil it, or to add to it lime-water or some of the carbonated alkalies, but where possible the pure milk alone is to be preferred. Coffee, mineral waters, and laxatives are sometimes re- quired to overcome the constipation. The " milk cure"' has been signally eflective in certain obstinate slomark ami bmrel affections, as chronic dysjiepsia, gastric ulcers, gastric catarrh, gastratgia, chronic diarrhiea, chronic dj/senten/, persistent enteralgia, in- testinal indigestion, ascites, diabetes, and desquamatice nephritis, with albuminuria. Gout and eczema are also said to have been cured by an exclusively milk diet. Milk is one of the most soothing of substances for gastric cancer, and sustains the strength of the patient. Co.NDKXSED Milk is stated by Dr. Richard Neale to be of great medicinal value to infants at times, but it should not be given to them as food, as it does not suf- ficiently support vitality {see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1S!^S. i>. i72). Similar experi- ence is" recorded by Dr. Edmund Owen (Amer. Jour. Phurm., 1R84, p. 278). It is evident that if too much sugar has been added considerable dilution with water is necessary, which renders the milk too weak in nutritive constituents. BvTTERMiLK IS signally eflective in many cases oi stomach and bowel disorders; and in diabetc--< and albuminuria. (For indications, see Acidum Lacticum.) Sweet Whey forms an excellent diet drink in acute diseases,feve)-s, and inf ani- mations. The pale tongue indicates it. Sour Whey should be given when the tongue is red. KofMYS is useful in many constitutional and exhausting diseases, as cAronic bronchitis, ^(/iMwm pulmonalis, scrofula, low fevers, chronic diarrhwa and dysenten/, dys- pepsia, neurasthenia, ga.-itric cancer and gastric rdcer, summer bowel disorders of children, and in many adynamic states requiring food and an alcoholic stimulant. It should be borne in mind, however, that on account of the amount of alcohol present, an intemperate habit may be formed or fostered by the continued u.-^e of kouniys. Under favorable conditions, as under the koumys treatment in the steppes of Rus- sia and in Asia, consumptives are reported to have been cured l>y this iieverage. Kefir is very similar in its effects to koumys, though le.-^s stimulating, and may be u.sed in tfie aflections for which the latter is useful. The amount of these two beverages to be consumed will be regulated according to the effect desired or produced. Milk is one of the substonces usually administered in poisoning by the corrosive poisons, particularly those with which it may combine chemically, as with mer- curic chloride; even when not antidotal it forms a .Miothing agent in the after treatment. A bread and sweet milk poultice is in frequent use to hasten suppu- ration in boils, (d>scesses, etc., and milk has i)een employed as a lenitive in .-icveral skin disea.«es, particularly in cases t,t' siml/urn, and as an application in ojJiihalmui and otorrhwi. The practice of milking mother's milk into the eyes of the new- born is to be condemned. 1110 LACCA. Milk Preparations. — Koi-.mvs (i-umii«), a ferment<>d beverage and medicine, :ind useil \>y ccitaiu nomadic tribes of Russia and the inhabitants of Tartarj-, is produced by fermenting' fre.sh mare's milk with yeast. When about 12 hours old it is known as siaumt/fil or ssaumal. Upon standing a few days it becomes much more energetic, acquires a stronger acid taste, and becomes well charged with carbonic acid gas, whicli renders it sparkling. Even when well secured in bottles, and at a low temperature, fermentation having once begun will continue, with an increase of lactic acid, carbon dioxide, and alcohol. The Tartars are said to jirepare koumys also by adding; ^ part of koumys to fresh milk, stirring frequently, and, at the end of 3 or 4 hours, n-movinji the mixture from the tall vessels employed and putting it into champagne l)Ottles, placing them into a cool place for a period of about a week. The product acquiies thereby a peculiar, .sweet, acidulous taste. Cow's milk is free from the unpleasant odor and taste of mare's milk, and is, therefore, to be preferred in preparing koumys. Dr. I,. Wolll' recoimiiends as follows: Take J ounce of grape sugar, dissolve it in 4 ounces of water in a quart champagne bottle, and add to the mixture a solution of 20 grains of compresseil yeast (Fleischmann's), or well-washed and pressed brewer's yea.st; finally, to the whole adil good cow's milk sufficient to almcst fill the bottle. Place the cork and wire it. Put the bottle in a cool place at 10° C. (50° F.), or lower, shake 3 times a day, and allow fermentation to pro- ceed about .S or 4 days. It is then ready for use, and will keep 4 or 5 days. The kumyss of the N'lt'iniirtl Furmulary is prepared as follows : Lai Frkmentatum (N. F.), Fei-nieiiUd milk; Kumyss. — " Cow's milk, fresh, 32 fluid ounces; yeast, scmiliquid, 60 minims; sugar, 1 troy ounce. Dissolve the sugar in the milk contained in a strong bottle, add the veast, cork the bottle securely, and keep it at a temperature between 25° and 32° C. (75° to 90° F'. ) for 6 hours, then transfer to a cold place "— ( Nul. Form., 1 st ed. ), Kefir, or Kephir. — A milk-wine, prepared by certain tribes of the Caucasus from goat's and sheep's milk by fermentation, in a leather bag, with yeast and a peculiar bacterium or fungus. A goat-skin bag is filled with milk, and to it is added "kejjr seed," a tenacious, dark- brown, dry, earthy mass, the origin of which is kept secret, and which contains, according to Kern, the liaoterium Dispora cauca.tica, Kern, with some Saccharomyces cererigia; or yeast fun- gus. The properties of this "seed" are retained for a long period after drying. It is" an article of commerce, and is used in the preparation of kefir from cow's milk, which is preferably ster- ilized by heat before the adding of the kefir seeds (B. Xiederstadt, 1890i. Fermentation en- sues in a few hours after adding the ferment. The changes which take place are chiefly in the casein. Prepared from cow's milk, it is less acid and not so alcoholic as koumys, but c-ontains more albumin, and, by some, is preferred to the koumys preparation, i For directions to pre- pare kefir without the '" kefir seeds," see Dr. Kogelmann, Anier. Jour. Platnn., 1886, pp. 295 and 388.) The comparative percentage composition of gow's milk, koumiss and kefir, is stat«d as follows I Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1887, p. 515) : Cows Milk. Koumiss. Kefir. 4.8 3.8 4.1 1.12 2.05 2.20 i;65 91.83 Butter ... 20 20 Lactic acid Alcohol . .. 08 87.3 Seri-.m L.\ctis Dulce, ir/iei/.— With 200 parts of fresh cow's milk mix 1 part of rennet- wine ; warm to 35° to 40° C. (95° to 104° F.), when coagulation takes place, and the whey may be strained from the curd. Sebum Jj\cTts, or Serum laclU acidum, Acid whey. — Heat 100 parts of fresh, or skim milk, to boiling, and add 1 part of vinegar, or 0.1 part of citric acid, in 1 part of water. When coajru- lation is complete strain, mix the strained fluid with the white of 1 egg, heat to the boiling point, and filter. Seki'm L.^otis T.\>i.\Ri.N'DiN'ATi'M, Tamarind whey. — .K brownish whey, obtaineil by heat- inu; together 4 parts of tamarinds and 100 parts of milk, and straining. Seki M .\i.i MiNATiM, Alum irliei/. — Obtained bv heating to l«>iliiig 1 part of powdere are develoi)ed in tlie exudation, which gradually becomes hard, and, \)oring their way out, make their escape. History and Description. — The principal grades of lacca are ^^VA-Air, f/rnw- lac {g('fd-hir), sliell-lw (s/iellac), and lump-lar ((jrapc-lnc). The thickly beset "resin- nodules enclosing the twigs constitute slirk-hir. This contains about 10 per cent of red coloring matter. When these nodules are detached from the branchlets, and for the most part deprived of their coloring matter by a washing process, they form the seal or grain-lac. The individual tears of the first variety are red- dishbrown and contain in their central portion a deep, blackish-red substance. The taste is subastringent and slightly bitterish. When the young insect has made its escape the exudation is brown. The second variety consists of more or less shiny, small fragments, of a yellowish or reddish color, and are almost taste- less. Slit'l>-I(ir is the product of the preceding varieties after they have been boiled in water and partially deprived of coloring matter, fused, and congealetl upon a polished surface. Or, the crude seed-lac is put into a narrow, sausage-like cloth bag, heated over a charcoal fire, and the cloth slightly twisted until the melted lac apj>ears on the outside ; the bag is then removed from the fire, and the lac scraped off by means of an aloe leaf. The scrapings at once harden, and consti- tute what is known as shellac (.see interesting article on shellac, by Jos. Bosisto, in Amer. Jour. Phnrm., 1886, p. 307). Lump-lac is the same as stick-lac, yet de- prived of the woody portion and melted together. 8eed-lac, in agglutinated mas- ses, is sometimes known as (/rf(^e-/«f. If stick-lac be chewed, it becomes soft, and a beautiful, purple-red hue is imparted to the saliva. Red stick-lac boiled in water, imparts to it its coloring matter. This, when precipitated by alum, and pressed into cakes, constitutes what is known as lac-dye — a purple coloring body. IJme-water likewise precipitates the coloring matter. Caustic soda and potash, sodium biborate, acetic and hydrochloric acids dissolve shellac, also hot alcohol, while cold alcohol dissolves about 90 per cent, leaving a wax-like body undis- solved. With aqua ammonife, if digested in a closed container, it forms a gelati- nous magma. Acids reprecipitate shellac from its solution in alkali. Blenched shellac is obtained by acting with chlorine gas upon shellac in alkaline solution. This yields a product insoluble in alcohol. Alcohol-soluble bleached shellac is obtained by digesting an alcoholic solution of it with animal charcoal. Chemical Composition.— Unverdorben found lac to be a complex material consisting of at least five resins (separable by their behavior toward ether, alcohol, or alkalie.- 1, fat, wax, and coloring matter. According to Hatchet, shellac contains about [»0 |ier cent resin and 4 per cent wax, while scarcely seven-tenths of resin and 10 per cent of coloring matter, also wax, etc., is contained in stick-lac (see Hager, Hnndhuch der Phnrm. Praxis, 1886, Vol. II, p. 330). Shellac contains but little if any coloring matter. The coloring body has been more recently examined by R. E. Schmidt ( 1887), who gives it the formula C|jH,jOs, and names it Inccnic acid. It closely resembles the coloring matter of cochineal, canninic acid, although they are not identical. It forms brown-red, crystalline crusts, is slowly soluble in alco- hol, e:isiiy snlul.lc in amyl alcohol, acetone, and glacial acetic acid; also somewhat solubl.' ill xv^itir, ami insDJuKl.- in ether. It forms colored solutions with alkalies. Action and Medical Uses.— Lacca is slightly astringent, besides po.ssessinj? some f)f tiie properties common to the resins, on which account it was formerly used as a dressing for vounds and ulcers. It is not now used medicinally. Sur- gical si)lints are sometimes prepared from it (see below). Shell-kic Splints.— Take of finely pulverizeil shell-lac, 1 poun«l; alcohol (90 per cent), 1 quart ; mix, ainTixpose it to a moderate heat in a loosely-stopped bottU-, for 48 hours, when till- »hill-la.- will Ik- dissolveii. With this Bolution witnrate woolen cloth, and allow it to dry. Ti> apply and fit tlir cloth to any part, cut it into tin- proper shape, and then liold it near a 1112 LA(JH.NANTHK.S— LACMl'S. fire or hot stove, or dip it into boiling water, when it will become soft and pliable. As soon as it has cooled so as not to burn the patient, apply it to the part, and by holding it for a few minutes, or by the application of the bandage while it is yet pliable, it will assume any form desired, and on cooling, it becomes hard and retains its form exactly. If it is desirable to strengthen the sjdint, take two pieces of the saturated cloth, spread one side of each with a thick coat of the solution, by means of a common paint brush, allow the alcohol to evaporate, and then. placinK these two coated sides together, press them with a hot flat-iron until they have bei'oini' perfectly cemented. This operation may be repeated several times, if it is nec- essary tn iiicri ;)sc the' strength of the cloth or splint. Related Products.— Xanthorrh(^eal cough, tinnitus aurium, and in nervous heid- ache. A fluid drachm of the tincture added to 4 fluid ounces of water, and admin- istered in fluid drachm doses, every 3 or 4 hours, is the proper method of ad- ministering it. LACMUS.— LITMUS. A peculiar blue coloring matter obtained from Rocctlla tinctoria, Acharius, and other lichens. Nat. 0»-rf.— Lichen es. Common Names a.nd Svno.nyms: Litmus, TuriusoU; Tournesol, Ltjcca cimUeti, Lacca musica. LAons. 1113 Botanical Source. — Roccella tinrtoria^or Orcfiilla weed, is a small, dry liclieii, with a rounded, glaucous, nearly erect thallus, forked and subdivided into numer- ous branchy, roundish, gray, yellowish, or brownish threads; the apothecia are scattered, red and elevated; the disks are Hat, csesius, pruinose, and as broad as the border. History, Preparation, and Description.— Koccella tinctoria is found on the Miaritinif rocks of tlic eastern .\ll;ii\tic Islands, as the Azores, Canaries, etc. ; the western coast of Suutli America, south of England, Portland Islands, Seilly Islands, and various otlier countries. Litmus was formerly obtained from this ])lant alone, but other lichens have now in a great measure supplanted it, as the Eoirelln fuciformif, or Amiola ured, from Angola and Madagascar; the I^canora tar- tnmt, or Tartarean mons, from Norway and Sweden ; the Variolaria dealbata, from Auvergne and the Pyrenees, and some others. Lacmis, or /w7hi'(.<, was formerly jjrepared only in Holland, but at present is manufactured from various lichens in Italy, France and Britain. It is made "by niacerating jtowdered lichen for several weeks, with occasional agitation, in a mixture of urine, lime, and potashes, in a wooden trough under shelter. A kiiul of fermentation takes place, and the lichen becomes first reddish, and subse- quently blue. Wiien the pulp has acquired a proper blue color, it is placed in brass or steel molds, and the cakes thus obtained are subsequently dried. An addition of aqueous ammonia answers the same purpose as that of urine in the above mixture. "Litmus is imported in the form of small, rectangular, light and friable cakes of an indigo-blue color. Examined by the microscope, we find sporules and portions of the epidermis, and mesothallus of some species of lichen, moss, leaves, sand, etc. Its odor is that of indigo and violets" (P.). Litmus is usually mixed with chalk or gypsum in order to form it into cakes. Chemical Composition.— The chromogenic bodies in the lichens mentioned are crystailiziiiile i)henols and phenol acids. To the latter class belong lernnnric acid, discovered in 1842 by .Schunck, with which bela-nrsellinir arid of Stenhouse (1848) is identical; crythrinir and rnrcellic arids (Heeren, 1830), !(^"?((> arid.evernic acid, etc. ( For details regarding the.se acids, see Husemann and Hilger, Pftatizeti- stoffcVo]. I, p. 303.) They are in themselves colorless, but become converted into coloring matters by the joint action of water, air, and ammonia. Lecarwrir and (C,jH„0., Gerhardt and Hesse), crystallizes in white stellate needles soluble in 2500 parts of boiling water with acid reaction, more .soluble in liot acetic acid, ako soluble in alcohol and ether. Its melting point is 153° C. (307.7° F. ), and it forms crystallizable salts with acids. Heated with water, alcohol or aqueous alkalies, /^raHoriV arid adds one molecule of water and is converted into crystallizable orselli)iic arid (C\H,0,). This when continuously boiled with water, loses carbonic acid and forms nrrin or dihi/droxy-toluene (C-HjO, or C^H ,.CH,.rOH]j), which is also obtained by dry distillation of lecanoric acid. Orcin is the cliromo- gene body jiroper of this group. It forms colorless needles of sweetish, nausea- ting taste, is easily soluble in water, alcohol, and ether; ferric chloride produces with it a violet coloration. Exposed to light and air it turns reddish. In alka- line solution it changes to red or brown upon exposure to the air. In contact with moist air containing ammonia, it is converted into orcein (C,H,XO;,), a brown substance soluble in aqueous alkalies with purple-red color, being precipi- tated from this .solution by acids. Orcein is the coloring princijjle of orsei lie or archil (see below). Urrin, when exposed to moist and ammoniated air in the presence of alkali carl)onates, is converted into azolitmin, the blue coloring matter of litmus. The coloring bodies in litmus, according to Dr. Kane (C/fem. CeHut in both species, no sooner does the (lowering stem rise above the early leaves than the juice grows milky, very bitter, and of a strong, peculiar, rank odor, not unlike that of opium (see Chemical Composition). Lvtnrn Srariolii, Linne, difl'ers hum L. virosa in having vertical, spinescent, tooth"-d. deeply-cut, or pinnatifid leaves. History.— The Lactucn rimsn, Linne. is the only species recognized by the Br. Phorm.. 188.5, and is directed by the V. S. P. as the source of hictuniriiun (see Lac- tiiJ-ariitm). Several other species, however, yield this product. Lactuvu saliva, ot common lettuce of the gardens, is supposed to be a native of the East Indies; it is e.\tensivelv cultivated in Europe and this country. According to Prof. J. M. Maiscli, the L. canadensis, var. elongata (wild lettuce), of our country po.ssesses nar- cotic i)rinciples similar to the others. Mr. H. Flowers (Amer. Jour. Pliarm., 1879, p. 343) observed in a growing specimen of this plant a strong, narcotic odor of the milky juice, but a remarkable change in the taste, from sweetish to bitter, took place later in the .season. Ixictucarium, or lettuce-opium, s^o-caUei], is obtained from the plants "by cutting the stem of the lettuce at the time of flowering, im- bibing the milky juice that Hows out by a sponge or by cotton, and squeezing it out into a vessel containing a little water. It is then left in a dry place until' it concretes into a solid mass" (Thompson's Orfi. C/iem.). The juice, in drying, loses about half its weight of water. By making another cut a short distance below the first, and so proceeding several times daily, the whole of the juice contained in the plant may be collected. There are several other modes recommended for pro- curing the lactucarium, but no one of them obtains an article equal to that col- lected by the above plan. After the middle period of inflorescence, the juice, becomes" thicker, but deteriorates in its medicinal principles. A single plant of L. saliva is said to yield 17 grains of lactucarium. while a plant of L. virosa gives 56- grains. L. Scariola, or prickly lettuce, yields 25 grains. As found in commerce, lactucarium is in roundish, compact, rather hard masses, weighing several ounces, of a reddish-brown color externally, of a bitter, narcotic, and somewhat acid taste, and an odor approximating that of opium. It is asserted that two species — L. Scariola. Linne. and L. alti.'tsima, Bieberstein — furnish a superior article of let- tuce-opium. Fairgrieve, of Scotland, cultivated the L. virosa, var. montana, and Aubers;ii-r. of France, tlie L. alti.-f nitrous ether, it may be readily incorporated with water (Vogeler). Chemical Composition. — Lactucarium contains neither morphine nor hyos- cyamine, nor any other alkaloid (see Lactuca), but is found to consist of the bitter substances Uicturin, lactuco-picrin, and lactucir arid, large amounts of caoutchouc and laclucerin (Inrturon), a camphoraceous volatile oil (Thieme), sugar, gum, pectic acid, albumen, oxalic acid, mannit, potassium nitrate, etc. Larturln (C,,HnOj, Kromayer, 1861 ), one of the bitter principles of lactucarium, may be obtained by extracting lactucarium with cold alcohol of specific gravity 0.85. It is a colorless, odorless, fusible, neutral substance, crystallizing in rhom- bic plates, or in pearly-white scales. It dissolves in from 60 to 80 parts of water, is slightly soluble in ether, readily so in alcohol, and in acids. It reduces Fehl- ing's solution, but yields no sugar upon hydrolysis. Lactucic arid (Ludwig, Archiv det- Pharm., 1847) is light yellow, very hitter, soluble in water and alcohol, and does not readily crystallize. Alkalies turn its aqueous solution red. By some this acid is considered a prominent active constituent. The mother liquor of lactucin yielded (Kromayer, 1861) lartuco pterin (C„H3,0j,). It is a brown, amorphous, bitter body, faintly acid in reaction, soluble in water and alcohol. It is probably an oxidation product of lactucin. Kromayer regards lactucic acid as the product of the oxidation of lactuco-picrin. By far the most abundant substance in lactucarium is lactucerin (lactucon of Lenoir, 1846) (C.^H^^O, Fliickiger and O. Schmidt, 1875), constituting half or more of its weight. It is obtained b}' extracting lactucarium with cold, then with boiling alcohol, which leaves caoutchouc undissolved; or b}- extracting lac- tucarium with a mixture of 1 part of chloroform and 3 parts of alcohol. It forms odorless, tasteless, colorless needles, soluble in alcohol, ether, benzin, benzol, chlo- roform, and volatile and fixed oils, but not soluble in water. Its exact chemical nature remains yet to be established (see O. Hesse and G. Kassner. J-i/o-M. dfr Phnrm., 1886, p. 37 ; and 1887, p. 65; also Licb. Annnl., 1886 and 1S88). Fliickiger (Pharmarociraphia) calls attention to the fact that it is remarkably analogous to euphorbon (fromeuphorbium),n/)u«!c/io/(C,5H.j,0) (from Ci/nnnchum arntum. Linne), echicerin (from Alstonia), and taraxacerin (from Turaxncum). Lactucarium is lia- ble to be adulterated with bread crumbs, hence the pharmacopoeial test for starch above given. Thrid.^ce is the in.«pissated, expressed juice obtained, in France, from Lactu- carium gallirum s. parisit-^nse, by collecting the stalks near the flowering period, depriving them of their leaves, and then subjecting them to pressure. It is not identical with lactucarium as was at one time supposed. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Lactucarium has never been thor- oughly anil satisfactorily invi>ti>.'ate(l in relation to its theraj^eutical influences; indee■, Medirnted geliitm. Preparation and History. — Under this head the British Pharmacopceia{1885), without giving processes for making them, introduces discs of gelatin, medicated with powerful alkaloids, for insertion under the eyelids for ocular etfects. They weigh aliout -^^j grain and are about i,^ of an inch thick. They are prepared by pouring upon glass or porcelain, sliglitly greased to prevent their adhering, hot solutions of the desired alkaloids in gelatin, allowing them to cool, and finally cutting them into the form of discs. To keep them ])liable glycerin is added. 'I'he following are official in the Britiah Pharmacopwia, 188.5- Lamei.l.k Atropi.n.?:, Di»s of atropine. — " Discs of gelatine, with some glycer- ine, each weighing about 5*5 grain, and containing yjV^r grain of sulphate of atro- pine"—i Br. Phitrm., 1885). Lamei.l.e CoiwiN.E, Discx of cocaine. — "Discs of gelatine, with some glycer- ine, each weighing about ^ grain, and containing j^u grain of hydrochlorate of cocaine"'— (5r. Pharm., 1885). Lamei.l.e Physgstrjmin.t., Disat of physostigminc. — "Discs of gelatine, with some glycerine, each weighing about -^ grain, and containing -j-,^ grain of phy- sostigmi'ne"- (Br. Phnrm., 1885). The BritiJi Pharmnropceia, of 1898, has added the following. L.\MELi-.K HoMATKOPiN.K, Discs of homatropine. — " Discs of gelatine, with some glycerine, each weighing about -jij grain (1.3 milligrammes), and containing -j-^ grain (0.65 milligramme) of homatropine hydrobroniide" — {Br. PAarni., 1898). LAMINARIA.— LAMINARIA. The sea weed I^minaria Clousloni, Edmonston {L.digitata, Lamouroux). N'lt. (),d.—A\gx. f'uMMuN X.\MEs: .%'n liinqlfs, Sea girdles. Botanical Source and History.— This marine plant, together with another, the Liifiiiiiiiriii tlhuit~ LT'iu iipon the rocks in tlic .Atlantic, Pacific, and Arctic Oceans. Description and Chemical Composition. — Laminaria, in commerce, consists of dried, cylindrical portions of the stem, somewhat irregular, deeply corrugated, a half inch or less in thickness, horny in consistence, of great strength and elas- ticity, and breaking with a smooth, corneous fracture. The color is brown, the internal portion being paler than the outer. Its value depends upon its property of softening and swelling to .several times its iliameter when immersed in water, and when in contact with the secretions of the body. A whiter, inner layer is composed of large cells, while smaller cells occupy the outer, brownish portion, F>arge, elongated, mucilage cells are also i)resent. When formed into conical ami cylindrical sticks they are ready for use. Mannit was found in the plant by Sten- h'ouse. Dextrose is likewise present. It contains an abundance of mucilag"-. from 1118 LAPPA. which Schiniedeberg (188-5) isolated laminaric acid, a substance having tlic- prop- erty of swelling up with water to an unusual degree, and laminarin, an indifferent mucilage; and the mineral constituents common to marine plants (see Cliouflnis). The ash of this class of algw (Ldminaria) amounts to about 14 per cent, and the species, i. digitata, is the chief source of the production of iodine on the Norwe- gian coast, containing about 1 per cent of this element (Jensen, Ja^reit. der Phorm., 1888, p. 155). Laminaria, when distilled with sulphuric acid and water, yields a liquid (ftirii.«ol) containing A"/'"'"' (furfurnldehyde, CjHj.CHO) and derivatives {F\\ick\ger, Phaniifirn(iiw^ie,i8^n, 1^.27^)). Action and Uses. — Laminaria was brought forward as a substitute for sponge tents for the dilatation of such parts as the uterine os, urethra, etc. Being of smaller size, and of greater rigidity, they are more easily introduced into small aper- tures and tortuous canals than sponge tents, while, on the other hand, their very rigidity renders them more liable to produce hemorrhage when organic changes occur in the uterus, or when such growths as polypi occlude the os. They readily swell to four times their diameter by the ease with which they absorb fluids, ancl do not so retain the discharges as to induce putrefactive changes. If greater dilatation is desired than is produced by a single tent, several maybe fastened together. Sea tangle tents are considered less eligible than the rubber bag, or the sponge tents, for inducing premature births. Related Plants and Preparations.— /..a»niiinria esciilenia, Lamouroux, as well as the LamiiifirKi s'irrl,.,fn,.i , Lamouroux, which ha.s entire fronds and a flattish stem, and when washed with wat.i becomes sweet, are edible. They likewise yield iodine. Several iilianiiaceutical preparations from various species of laminaria and n-lated algse, were suggested by Mr. James Wheeler (see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1882, p. 124). Tupelo. — Oii account of the greater ease with which absorption of fluids and consequent swelling of tissues take place, the root-wood of two species of Xyssa has been used for tents and bougies instead of laminaria. The tissue is light, spongy, and white, and, when in contact with fluid, doubles in thickness. This root-wood is known as Tupelo, from the trees (of Xai. Ord. — ComaceiB) which yield it, the species being the Xi/sfii (/randidei^tatu, Michaux ijlius, the Cotton-gum, or Large tiipeh ; and tlie Xys-w capitala, Walter, the Sour-gum, Tupelo-gum, or Ogechee lime. They grow near the coast in the southern states. LAPPA (U. S. P.)— BURDOCK. The root and seeds of the Arctium Lappa, Linne {Lappa officinalis, AUioni). The U. S. P. directs: " The root of Arctium Lappa, Linn^, and of some other spe- cies of .<-l )■(•/»/ HI." Nat. Ord. — Compositse. CoM.MON Name : Burdock. Botanical Source.— Burdock is a well-known biennial weed, with a tapering, fleshy, brown-colored root, from 8 to 15 inches in length, throwing ofi" slender Fig. 156. fibers. It has a round, solid, fleshy, juicy stem, 3 feet or more in height, furrowed, hairy, and having many wide-spreading branches. The leaves are large, alter- nate, on very long petioles, and are nearly entire, or slightly dentated, heart-shaped, undulated, veiny, 3-rib- bed at the base, and somewhat hoary and downy be- neath. Tlie lliiwer-heads are axillary and globose ; the florets, anthers, and stigmas of which are purple, and occasionally white. The involucre is composed of im- bricated scales, terminating in recurved or hooked ex- tremities, and, when in fruit easily breaks from the stalk, and is well-known as the "burdock bur," sticking to the hair or clothing of persons who come in contact with it. The fruit is a smooth, oblong, laterally com- Aretinm Lappa. pressed aclienia, transversely wrinkled, with a "short, rough, prickly pappus. The seeds are quadrangular. History. — By I)e Candolle tliis plant is named Lappa minor; by Gaertner, Lappa vtajor; and by Lamarck, lAippa (omcnti^a. The plants named by these bota- nists are now considered as varieties only, apd are all, at the present time, in- LAPPA. 1119 (lulled under the one term Arctinvi Lappa, Linne. Burdock is indigenous to Asia ;ind Europe, and prows freely in uneultivated soils, in waste places, and around dwellings in this c-ountry, flowering in July and August. The root and seeds are the medicinal parts; the root is to be collected in tin- spring, or tlie autumn of its first year, and loses four-fifths of its weight by drying. The root only is otlicial in the V. S. P. A tincture of the seeds (Tiiniiirii L/i;i' Fructus) is prepared by percolating with diluted alcohol (3 of alcohol to 1 of water) 4 ounces ot the ground fruit, to obtain 1 pint. Description. — Radix Lapp.*:. The root is long, tapering, subcylindrical, or fusiform, extiinally black-brown or grayish-brown, internally of a light color. It is fleshy when recent; scaly, and longitudinallv corrugated when dried, and breaks with a horn-like fracture. At the tup of the root the white, silky bases of the leaf-stalks nuiy renuiin as a small, tuft-like crown. It has a weak, unpleasant smell. The bark has a subsaline, and tlie internal, spongy parenchyma a sweet- ish, afterward bitter, mucilaginous taste. FRrcTTs Lapp.?;, Burdock »et'ds. — Small, curved, compressed, angular seeds, of a dark-brown color, or spotted with black, having an oily, spicy, bitter, subacrid taste, but no odor. Chemical Composition.— The root was quantitatively analyzed by G. A. \Veckler(.-lmowder to the quantity of a drachm, or, preferably, in alcoholic form, as in specific lappa oflicinalis. They form a good diuretic alterative, and are used in diseases of the kidnei/s, and to remove hoiU and styes on the eyelids. The action of the seeds upon the urinary tract is direct, relieving irritation and increasing renal activity, assisting at the same time in eliminating morbid products. In chronic disorders lappa may be used to remove worn-out tissues, where the saline diuretics are inadmissible. Drojtsy and yiiinful urination, due to renal ohstructio)i, have been relieved by it. A tinc- ture of the fresh fruit or specific lappa should be employed. It is of marked value in catarrhal and aphthous ulcerations of the digestive tract. A favorable action is obtained from it in dyspepsia. When a cachectic condition of the blood is niani- Test, and where an alterative is demanded, it relieves broncho-jiulmonir irrit(iti(m and cdiigh. Rheumatism, both muscular and articular, when previous inflamma- tions have left no structural alteration, are said to be i)enefite(l by the seeds. Shin ( /(".■»•((.<<■«, depending upon a depraveil state of tiie cutaneous tissues and less upon the state of the blood itself, are conditions in which lappa has gained arejiutation. It has been particularly praised in ;(.'*or(Vi.'rf- binthimi ('(ritiiil)n.-: .\nu^' ILnid At'.'s.\n\. I, p. 2a5. Botanical Source and Description.— Cherry-laurel is a small evergreen tree, native of Asia Minor, and often cultivated as an ornamental shrub in the south- ern part of Europe. The flowers are small, white, and disposed in axillary racemes. which are shorter than the leaves. The fruit is an ovate, acute, purple drupe, with a globular stone. The leaves are very thick and leathery, about 6 inches in length, and one-third as broad, tapering at the apex to a sharp point, and at tht- base to A short leaf-stalk. The margin is denticulated with sharp, appressed, rather distant, serrate teeth. The upper surface of the leaf is of a bright-shining green 1 olor; the lower pale and dull. The tree belongs to the section Or«.*i(.< (Jussieu), which, bv many botanists, is considered distinct from Prunus, chiefly on account of the globular fruit-stone. History. — The leaves are employed in medicine. When fresh and bruisetl. they evolve hydrocyanic acid, but the unbroken fresh leaf is odorless. If th. perfect leaves are dried and then powdered, they do not give rise to hydrocyanic acid, but the addition of a little water at once develops the acid (Hanbury). At a meeting of the Phiirmnreutiml Sorirty of Pari.-<, December 6, 1871, Mr. Marai- stated that a temperature of — 22°C'. (—7.6° F.), applied to the leaves and twigs (irevented subseijuent formation of hydrocyanic acid, although other volatile i)ri) ducts were fonued. Chemical Composition. — The leaves of the cherry-laurel, as well as the bark and the .seeds of the tree, when di.stilled with water, vield a distillate of hi/dr"- r,,anic orirl. and henzoir aldehyde (henzald,h,/de, hitler almond oil. C,H,.CHO). W. A. tilden ( Phnrm.Jour.Tram..\o\.X, l«7o,p. tfil), finds that thees.«ential oil ofcherrv- laurel is not absolutely identical with that of the bitter almond ; it consist.s mainly of l)enzoic aldehyde, and is accompanied by hydroevanic acid, possibly some />e?i- zoir nirohol (CjiyCli,OH), and minute qu.iiitities of a resin having the |)eculiar odor of the cherry-laiirel leaf. Both substances constitute the medicinal i)rinciples i>{ Ai/iia hturoren'mi ( He.) or cherry \n\\Tf\ water (nee A. Lehmann (1X74 i, testing the leaves for 71 1122 LAURUS. amygdalin, obtained 1.3 per cent of crystallizable but deliquescent bitter Imtro- cercmn, which behaved toward the ferment emulsin exactly like amygdalin, yield- ing hydrocyanic acid, benzaldehyde, and dextrose. The similarity also holds good in the products obtained from both when boiled with baryta water; ammoni.i is split off in both cases, and the barium salt of amygdnlic cwid (C^dH^^O,,) is formed, which must not be confused with mandeUr arid (CVH^O.^. With hiuroreraain, hnw- ever, 2 molecules of amygdalic acid were formed for each molecule of ammonia, while amygdalin yielded but one. Hence, Lehmann accepts that 1 molecule of ^/«.- rocerasin (C^Hj^NOj,,) is composed of equal molecules of amygdtdin (anhydrous, Cj„H,,NO„), amygdalic acid (C^J^^^), and 6 molecules of water. Laurocerasin i.^ believed also to exist in the unripe bitter almonds, and to evolve amygdalin during the process of maturing. It is also contained in the bark of Pnnius padu.% the bird-cherry tree, while in its seeds, as well as those of cherry-laurel, amyg- dalin is present. The theoretical yield of hydronjanic arid from laurocerasin (C^oHjjNOjo) is only about one-half of that from cVystallized amygdalin (C„H.,, NOii+SH^O). Fliickiger {Pharmacognosie, 3d ed., 1891,'p. 766), obtained on an aver- age 0.12 per cent of hydrocvanic acid in the distillate of bruised fresh leave.s. The yield also varies with the season, being highest in the spring and lowest late in the fall, being then reduced to about one-half The leaves also contain reduc- ing sugar, an iron-greening tannin, and a fatty or waxy matter. Bougarel (.1877) isolated from the leaves crystallizable phyllic arid, soluble in alcohol and ether, insoluble in water, and melting at 170° C. (338° F.). It also occurs in the leav'es of the apple tree, maple, peach, almond, etc. Young leaves incinerated, yielded to Fliickiger about 7 per cent of ash. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— (See Aqua Laurocerasi.) The bruised leaves are anodyne. LAURUS.— LAUEEL. The leaves, fruit, and oil of Laurus nobilis, Linne. Nat. Ord. — Laurinea;. Common Names : Laurel, Bay, Siceel bay, Siceel bay tree. Illustration : Bentley and Trimen, ^Ied. Plants, 221. Botanical Source. — The bay tree is either a shrub or small tree, usually growing to a height of from 20 to 30 feet. The leaves are short-petioled, oblong- lanceolate or oblong, veined, entire, or occasionally repand. somewhat acute at each end, and alternately affixed. They are smooth, leathery, glossy-green above, and paler beneath. The veins meet the midrib at an acute angle, and by means of small lateral veinlets, form a network which does not anastomose prominently near the leaf-margin. The flowers are dioecious, yellow, or yellowish-white, axij- lary, and borne in umbellate clusters. The fruit is an oval, deep-purple, almost black drupe. History, Decription, and Chemical Composition. — This plant, the well- known ba\- tree, is cultivated in Mexico, but is indigenous to the countries round about the Mediterranean. The leaves, expressed oil, and berries are employed. I. Folia Latri, Laurel leaver. — These, as well as the fruit, have been de- scribed above. When dried they are of a yellow-green or brown-green color, and possess an aromatic, bitter taste, and an aromatic agreeable odor. Their virtues are due to the presence of a volatile oil (J per cent, Fliickiger, Phaimixrognosic, 1891 ; from 0.8 to 2.5 per cent, referred to dried leaves, Schimmel i\: Co.'s Report, October, 1893). It is probably identical with that from the fruit ^which yields 0.8 per cent), but has a finer aroma. Its specific gravity is 0.924. According to Prof. Wallach (1889), the oil both from the leaves and the berries, contains for the most part rincol (eumlyptol), a terpene derivative, and small quantities of the terpene piwnc. (For list of 22 essential oils in which cinenl has Wen found to occur, see Hchimmel & Co.'s Report, 1891, p. 68.) II. Fructus (or BACC.f:) Lai'ri, Laurel or Bay-berrifs. — The dry berries are fragile, wrinkled, green-black, or black-brown, having a thin, friable" integument enclosing an aromatic, oily, bitter, dicotyledonous kernel. Bonastre ( 1824) found the fruits to contain 0.8 per cent of volatile oil, 12.8 per cent of a green fatty oil. and 5.1 per cent of solid fat. According to analysis by Staub ilS79i a variety I.AVANDl LA. 1123 of fatty iiiaiu-rs ait- (.resent, viz., the glycerides of acetic, oleic, liimleic, .steiiric, palmitic, mviistie, ami lauric acids, with small amounts of free acetic acid. III. Oi.EiM L.\iHi, Uil of L/iK/r/.— This is the expressed oil of the fruit, and is known also as Olruin Liitr! Er))rcjinuin, Oleum Liuriiinm, and Oleum Diuri I'lnini- iKwiim. This oil is a green, granular, lard-liko mixture, melting at 40° C. (104° F.), to a dark-green aromatic Huid, and consisting of a semi-solid fat (chiefly Aik/o- ."teitriiie, the glycerylester of laurir acid C,.,H,,03), fragrant ethereal oil of" bitter, balsamic taste, and green chlorophyll, which is permanent toward ammonia. An adulteration with indigo and curcuma can therefore be recognized l)y the forma- tion of a red color upon the addition of ammonia water to an alcoholic extract of the oil. These coloring matters are also insoluble in ether, while oil of laurel is completely solul.le with green color. Colrd. — Labiata*. ('oMjro.v Names: Lavender, Lavender flotvei-s. li.i.i, irritations of the pulmonari/ mtinbrnius. and in di/spcp^in. It increases the urinary flow. Reputed also to possess similar, but less energetic, properties than the Ix-dum pa hu^t re (»ee below), wliich is sujv LEOXUIU'S. 1125 posed to possess narcotic powers. An infusion of the leaves has been success- fully employed in decoction in ]Hrtt(.<<, di/sento-i/. und to nWay jmtn'tir inilatian inexanthematoiis di.-'cnses. In kjironi/, ilr/i,m\(\ scvtrdl (Im-tiseii of the skin, the decoc- tion internally and externally has been beneficially used. Clothes, among which it is strewed, are said to be preserved from the ravages of moths. A strong decoc- tion, used externally, will kill lire and other insects. Dose of the infusion of either of the above plants, from 2 to 4 lluid ounces, 3 or 4 times a day. A tinc- ture may be prepared from the fresh leaves (gviii to alcohol, 98 per cent, Oj). Dose, 1 to 10 minims. Related Species. — L-dum pnliLiire, Liiine, or .VkiWi Un, nl?o known as .\farsh rifiun, II'iW /omi/Ki/'v, ;iiiil /,'m.rin waa established, bv Prof. Plugge and Do Zaaver, to lie absent from Ledum palustre (.li/ifr. /our. PAarm.,1889, 13. 360). LEONURUS.— MOTHERWORT. The tops and leaves of I^on^irii.^ Cardinra, Linne. Xai. Orfl.—l.ahmiif. CoMMdN Xamf. : Motherwort. Botanical Source.— Leo)!»ri,-,-. T/vkk^., Vol. XXV, 1894, p. 181) found the following constituents of L»nu,u.i Cardiara: A bitter principle soluble in alcohol, chloroform, and ether, insoluble in water, benzol, and petro- leum ether; an n/Aa/oiV/((/ substance, not reacting, liowever, with Mayer's Solution; Lconurus Cardiaca. 112t) LEPTAXDRA. a hard resin, a soft resin, fixed oil, wax, and potassium chloride, calcium phos- phate, and citric, malic, and tartaric acids. Some interesting notes on the early literature of Leonurus, b}' E. M. Holmes, precede Mr. Najior"s article. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Motherwort isemmenagogue, nervine. antispasmodic, and laxative. It is usually given in warm infusion in amenorrhcea from coUh; and in suppressed lochia we have found it superior to any other remedy. Also useful in hysteria and chorea (King). The extract is recommended in nervous complaints, pains peculiar to females, in irritable habits, cldirium tremens, typhoifJ stages, with morbid nervous excitability, all chronic diseases attended with restlessness, wakefulne.ss, disturbed sleep, apinal irritation, and neuralgic pains in the stomach and head, and in liver aff'ectioi^s. It is adapted to cases of nervous debility with irritation, nervous unrest, tendency to choreic or spasmodic movements, pelvic and lumbar uneasiness or pain, bearing down pains, and the irritability due to female disorders. Combined with ictodes and resin of black cohosh, it forms a superior antispasmodic, nervine, and emmenagogue. Externally, it maj' be used as a fomentation to the bowels in suppressed and painful menstruation, etc. Dose of decoction, from 2 to 4 fluid ounces, every 1, 2, or 3 hours; of the extract, from 3 to 6 grains, every 2 to 4 hours. The root in infusion is diuretic, and is stated to be efficient in obstinate intermitte^its. The seeds have been given in half- teaspoonful doses in water, in bilious colic, and, it is said, will pass through the bowels when quicksilver will not; they must not be pulverized. This, however, requires more satisfactor}' evidence (King). Related Species. — Slachys pnlustris, Linn^, Hedge nettle. Europe and North America, in wet situations. This, with other species of Slachys, has been employed as a topical and gen- eral stimulant. Bnllola nigra, Linne, Black horehonnd. — New England, naturalized. Has bfen used as a stimulant, antispasmodic, and vermifuge. Galtopfis Tetrahit, Linne, Hemp nettle. — Formerly used in bmnchUi.i and inlermittent fever. LEPTANDRA (U. S. P.)— LEPTANDRA. •'The rhizome and rootlets of Veronica virginica, Linne"" {LeptanJra virginica, Nuttall). Nat. Ord. — Scrophularinea\ Common Names : Black root, Cidver^s root, etc. (see History). Im.ustration : Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 196. Botanical Source. — This is the Veronica virginica, of Linnffus, and Leptandra virginica, of Nuttall. It is an indigenous, perennial plant, with a simple, straight, smooth, herbaceous stem, from 2 to 5 feet in height. The leaves are whorled in fours to sevens, short-petioled, lanceolate, acuminate, finely serrate, and glaucous beneath. The flowers are white, numerous, nearly sessile, in long, terminal, and verticillate, sub-terminal spikes. Spikes panicled and crowded ; bracts very small. Calyx 4-parted. The corolla is small, nearly white, with a deeply 4-cleft, spread- ing border, the lateral or lower segments narrower tlian the others, tubular and l)ubescent inside; the tube of the corolla is longer than its limb, and much longer than the calyx. Stamens 2, very much exserted. Capsule oblong-ovate, not notched, opening by 4 teeth at the apex, and many-seeded (G. — W.). History. — Leptandra is one of the very old Eclectic drugs. Like most medici- nal i)Iants it is known by several popular names, as Black root, Culver"s root. Culver's physic. Bowman root. Tall speedwell, Veronica, T.iU veronica. Physic loot, and Whorlywort. Its name Veronica is jirobably derived from St. Veronica. Hlack root is found more or less plentifully tliroughout the United States, from \'ermont to Wisconsin, and southward, growing in wet, or moist, rich ground near streams, in woods, thickets, glades, and open plains. It is particularly plen- tiful in limestone districts. It is a perennial herb, growing from 1 to 5 feet nigh, with an upright stalk, having whorls of leaves, and surmounted by spikes of crowded white flowers. It blooms in July and August. The rliizome is perennial, and should be gathered in the fall of its second year. When fresh, it has a faint, almond-like odor, and a bitter, nauseous taste, which is somewhat lessened bv drying, and yields its properties to water at 100° C. (212" F.), or still better to alcohol. .Age does not impair its virtues. I-Kl'TANDKA. 1127 This drim was well-known tu the Indian Ht-rl) Doctor Peter Sniilh.and to Dr. Hough. To the former it was known as Culver's, or Brinton's root, and he Ktates that his father "used to cure the iileurisy with amazing si)eed "' with jt. Hough said of it that it was 'a most mild and eflicacious purge in fevers, in dis- orders of the stomach, or the howels, to destroy vicious liumors in tiie hlood, to remove costiveness. or to cool fevers." The \Vy:iiitlots were acciuainted with its virtues, and regarded it a.s "a very good liealing purge." Tlio early Kdectic phy- sicians considered it one of their most valualile therapeutic agents. Si>eciHc I-eptandra, the most extensively used preparation, has a dark-brown color, the peculiar, and markedly so, odor of the drug, and a l)itter taste that is accompanied by the aroma of the root from which it is jirepared. When dropi)ed into water it produces a turbidity or milkincss. If specific leptandra be allowed to evaporate by rubbing a few drops in tlie palm of the hand the skin is impreg- nated with the strong odor of leptandra in an intensified degree. Description.— Leptandra is oflicially described as "of horizontal growth, from 10 to 15 (.111. ,4 to 6 inches) long, and at>out 5 Mm. (i inch) thick, somewhat flat- tened, bent, and branched, deep blackish-brown, with cup-shaped scars on the upper side, hard, of a woody fracture, with a thin, blackish bark, a hard, yellowish wood, and a large, puri)lish-brown, about Grayed pith ; roots thin, wrinkled, very fragile; inodorous; taste bitter and feebly acrid" — (U.S. P.). (See also illustra- tion of the microscopic structure of leptandra, by A. P. Breithaupt. Amei: Jour. P/Kinn.,1897.p.23.5.) Chemical Composition.— The root of leptandra, as well as its preparations, Sossesses a peculiar, strong odor, and yields, with diluted sulphuric acid, an acid istillate of an unpleasant odor, and containing traces of formic acid (F. F. Maver, Anm: Jour. Pharm., 1863, p. 298). Prof. E. S. Wayne i)rocured a bitter principle by the following process: The root, in coarse powder, was treated with water in a percolator until the infusion was no longer bitter; subacetate of lead was added to this, and the precipitate removed by filtration ; carbonate of sodium was then added to remove excess of lead, and the liquid again filtered. The pale-yellow liquid was then allowed to filter through a column of purified animal cha.rcoal. The liquid that passed through was totally devoid of taste and color. The coal was then washed with water until this commenced to have a bitter taste; it was then dried and treated with boiling alcohol, and the alcoholic solution allowed to evaporate spontaneously. It dried to a dark-green mass, no signs of crystalli- zation being observed during the time. It was again dissolved in water, treated with ether, and allowed to evaporate, when a number of bitter, pale-green, needle- shaped crystals were obtained [Amer. Jour. Pharm.,\o\. CXXV, p. 510). G. Steinmann {Amer. Jour. Pliarm., 1887, p. 229) obtained a bitter principle by pouring a concentrated tincture of the root into water, which ])recipitates the resin. The filtrate was acidulated and shaken out with benzol. Upon evapora- tion of this solvent, 0.1 per cent of a crystalline and very bitter residue was left, which was again crystallized from ether. The i)ale, lemon-yellow crystals are in- soluble in petroleum benzin, soluble in alcohol, ether, benzol, hot water, and yield no jnecijtitate with Mayer's solution, nor with tannic acid; neither does it reduce Fehling's solution after being boiled with diluted suli)huric acid. The resinous matter, precipitated by water and purified by repeated precipitation is absolutely inert (see Lij,i(iiiilrin'). The filtrate from the first i)re(ipilation of the resin contains mannit ( E. S. Wayne, Amer. Jour. P/iarm., 1859, j). 557). .1. l^ Lloyd (Amer. Jour. Phurm., 1880, ]>. 491 ) calls attention to the fact that the bitternes.s"of the tincture of leptandra disappears when in prolonged contact with diluted sul- phuric acid, or more rapidly upon boiling. An inert resin is formed in both cases, and the solution contains a great amount of reducing substance. Lkpt.\.ndrix. — Leptandrin was discovered and introduced about the year 1850. by Mr. William Stanley Merreli. It was one of the class of Eclectic con- centrations or resinoids and followed i)odopbyllin, macrotin and irisin, which were i)reviously discovered by Prof John King. As found in commerce it is prepared by pouring an evaporated alcoholic tincture of leptandra, of a thick, syrupy consistence, into cold water. A black, tarry substance is thrown down. This precipitate is then washed with pure cold water and becomes tasteless. This l.rodnct has a deep-black color, resembling asphaltum, and breaks with a shiny 1128 LKPTANDRA. fracture. By this process the bitter principle of leptandra remains dissolved in the water used as a precipitant. The leptandrin made by the foregoing process (Greve) is inferior as a medicine. Prof. Lloyd agrees with Dr. Greve, that a dried alcoholic extract (not precipitated in water) possesses more nearly the medicinal qualities of the drug. He further states that the dried precipitated resin differs so mark- edly from the dried alcoholic extract as to forbid their substitution for each other. If the resin be rubbed with distilled water and filtered the filtrate will be color- less, nearly tasteless, and without bitterness, while the filtrate from the dried alco- holic extract, similarly treated, is dark-colored and extremely bitter. The resin of leptandra, or leptandrin, will not run together nor lump in any temperature or in an}' atmosphere. Under like conditions, or if not well dried, the alcoholic extract will run together and form a hard mass. The root, which should be well dried and at least one year old after collecting, yields about 6 per cent of resin. Of the alcoholic extract the yield is about 10 per cent. The yield of resin in- creases with age and exposure after collection, consequently the roots of two or more years of age are preferable for the production of leptniulrin. Prof John King, to whom maybe ascribed the popularity of leptandra as a medicinal agent, did not employ the so-called " leptandrin," but found the therapeutic value of the drug to depend upon a mixture of the aqueous and alcoholic extracts (see Amer. Pharm. Assoc. Proc, Vol. XXVIII, p. 421). In this connection the following remarks from former editions of this work may be used to indicate the opinion of Prof. King concerning the preparation sold under the na.me leptandrin. " Dr. T. L. A. Greve states that ' under the name of leptandrin various prepa- rations have been sold. Originally, the soft resin was simply dried and powdered but it was found to be nearly inert. The alcoholic extract, dried and powdered, makes a good preparation, and would, probably, be better if deprived of its resin. It is very diflScult, however, to dry it without the addition of magnesia or some other absorbent. Most of the so-called leptandrin made at present for medicinal purposes, is merely a dried aqueous extract, so that our practitioners may observe how much they have been imposed upon heretofore by the representations of some manufacturers of the concentrated principles as to their modes of prepara- tion, etc. (N. B. — The powder known heretofore by the name ' leptandrin," being at this day prepared so as to be nearly worthless, I have substituted the extract for it in nearly all the formulte in this work where its use occurs)'" (King.) At present, neither leptandrin nor other " resinoids " are used to any great extent by Eclectic physicians. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Physiologically, leptandra acts upon the gastric, hepatic, and intestinal apparatus. The fresh root is actively and dangerously cathartic, and has produced violent emesis and bloody purging, ac- companied by vertigo, and administered to the pregnant female has produced miscarriage. In this state, it is totally unfit for a cathartic, but upon drying the root loses its drastic qualities, and becomes a safe cholagogue. laxative, and cathartic. In ordinary doses it does not produce copious alvine discharges, but gently stimulates the functions of the liver. It does not debilitate nor lower the tone of the bowels or the general system, but gently stimulates and strengthens the functional activity of the whole intestinal apjtendages. It favors normal intestinal excretion and improves digestion. Prof Scudder regarded it as a gas- tro-intestinal tonic, and thought it indicated where there is enfeebled circulation with tendency to stasis. The only condition in which tlie green root has been used was for intermittent fever, but as we possess better remedies for this state, its use as a cathartic is at least injudicious. No better laxative can be used in atonic states of the system than leptandra. No matter how great the intestinal atony, it will be found" to operate gently and without systemic disturbance. It is an exceedingly useful drug for conditions depending upon hepatic torpor. Small doses restore the liver to its normal con- dition. The cathartic action of leptandra is beneficial in the forming stages of fevers and in the early stages of di/.ienten/. It relieves tlie constipated upper bowel, increases the biliary secretions, and acts as an unirritating intestinal tonic, and tlie dysenteric discharges are speediiv checked. In acute dr/.-^cntrni it should b« used early. It is an admirable reniei\y for chronic d)/scnten/, with chronic cnteriti.'i, accompanied by dizziness, cold extremities, headache, abdominal and liepatic LEl'TASDUA. 1129 puin, with nu-ntal depression. It is a good agent {or atnnicity »/ the stoiimrh mitl liiTi: Tlio indications pointing to its iis^e are drowsiness, coldness of the extremi- ties, hot, dry skin, sluggish circulation, alidoniinal plethora, dull aching pain in hepatic region and in left shoulder, and dull heavy frontal headache, sallow or yellow skin, with a pale, white-coated, broad, thick tongue, and a bitter, dis- agreeable taste. * Leptandra stimulates the glandular system to activity, and is valuable in r/ronic (//.•«T(.>. For inilkicalion, with deficient secretion and constipation, it may be combined with jMidophyllin triturate (1 in KXl). When the stools are clay-cnlored, with a deticiency of the biliary secretion, it may be used to bring about bilious discharges, even though diarrlnea be already pres- ent. In di/»}icp.^iii, with an unpleasant frontal headache, yellow, furred tongue, with nausea and yellowness of the skin and conjunctiva, specific leptandra will be found an excellent drug. In gastric atony, if necessary, it may be combined with hydra.stis, xanthoxylum, chelone, and the milder bitter tonics in general. Black root is a good reniedy in iliarrhun when indicated. There is a passage of undigested aliment, the liver is inactive, there is dull abdominal pain, and the stools may be of a light clay color. Here leptandra will be found to act kindly. Another condition in which it will prove serviceable, is in the diarrhua of chil- dren passing through the period of dentition. Chamomi'la or rhubarl) may be exhibited with it, when specifically indicated. When the skin shows a jaundiced condition, and there is hepatic tenderness, R Compound syrup of rhubarb and potassa Hjiij. specific leptandra flji. Mix. Sig. Ten to 20 drops every hour until the diarrha-a ceases. Leptandra is a useful remedy in disorders of the liver. It is a valuable agent in that state known as " biliousness.'' In acute ficpnt His combine the dried alcoholic extract with a small portion of diaphoretic powder to relieve the con- gested viscus. An occasional dose is not without good effect in chronir inflamma- tion of the I icer. Specific leptandra maybe employed after the passage of /<(7i«/T/ calru'li. Combined with hydrastis, it will materially alter the condition upon which the formation of the" concretions depends. In jr/iou/ ice it may be combined with dioscorea, chionanthus, or chelidoniuni, as indicated. It has been success- fully employed in nrute muco-enteritis and c/ironic enleiitis. In the formative stage of /cucrjr, particularly /^///oiw/crer, its cathartic action will be appreciated. Many times it checks the morbid process, and puts the patient on the road to recovery. It has been used with advantage in typhoid fever in malarious districts, though it is fjuestionablo whether, as a rule, any agent should be employed which has a tendency to increase the intestinal secretions and alvine evacuations. It is better suited to those cases showing typhoid characteristics, but not evidencing lesions of Fever's patches. Leptandra has been found useful in mnlnria. The chill should first be broken with quinine and followed by a cathartic dose of leptandra. Many contend that by its exhibition in this manner, the abnormal condition producing the chill is rectified and a return of the unpleasantness is wholly averted, while under tlu' induence of quinine alone, though the chill be broken, there is likely to be a return of the malady. Drop.v/ has been quite successfully treated with leptandra. In hydroeeiihalua its cathartic action is desirable. It should be combined with cream of tartar and mentha viridis for this purpose. In ««v7t«, with hepatic con- gestion anil great mental depression, it will be administered both with a view to removing the excess of fluid and to prevent its further accumulation. Pose of the ])owdered root as a cathartic, from 20 to 60 grains, which may be given in sweetened water; of the infusion, in typhoid conditions, i fluid ounce every hour intil it operates, and to be repeated daily. Dose of the alcoholic extract, which is one of its best forms of administration, from 1 too grains in form of pills, ."Specific Icpt.indra. 'l a.s.sages, or day-colored evaoiations; en- feebled portal circulation, with lassitude and gloomy and depre.-^.^ed mental state. 1130 LEUCANTHKMUM.— LIATKI.-. LEUCANTHEMUM— OX-EYE DAISY. The whole plant of Chrysanlhenuim Leucfinthemum, Linn^ {Leucanthemum vul- gare, Lamarck). Nat. Ord. — Compositae. Common N.\mes: Or-n/r rhii.^y. Wlii/f veed, Great ox-eye. Field daisy, Moon daisy. Maudlin ihiisy, Wli'iii ihii.il/. Hor-ii ijinrdi,. (ininde Marguerite, Goldens. Botanical Source. — ('/ii-i/.-iiiiif/iniiinii I^'umnt/icmum, of L\ni'\xus(Leiu:anthemum vtdgare, of Lamarck), generally known as Ox-eye daisy, is a perennial herb, with Fie. 159. ^" erect, branching, furrowed stem, growing from 1 to 2 feet high. The leaves are comparatively few, small, alternate, " ' ' ' amplexicaiil, lanceolate, serrate, and cut-pinnatifid at the base; the lower ones petiolate, with deep, irregular teeth ; the upper ones small, subulate, and those of the middle sessile, deeply cut at base, with remote teeth above. The heads are large," terminal, and solitary. Disk yellow. Rays numerous and white (W.). ^ W\ ^' History. — This plant was introduced into this country *' *" I' from Europe, and is a very troublesome weed to farmers in nearly every section. It generally grows from 1 to 2 feet high. and bears white flowers in June and Jul}'. In the eastern states it is now used for fodder. The leaves are odorous and somewhat acid ; the flowers are bitterish ; they impart their virtues to water. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Tonic, diuretic, and antispasniddie. Large doses emetic. Used as a tonic instead of chamoMiile flowers, and has been found serviceable in u-hnoji- ing-cnug/i, a-^t/ima, and nervous excitability. Very beneficial exter- nally and internally in Icucorrhaea; and its internal use lias been liighly recom- mended in colliquative persjnratinv. When u.«ed locally for the latter purpose, as it sometimes is, it stains the skin. Externally, it has been used as a local application to tvounds, xdcers, scald-head, and some other cutaneous diseases. Dose of the decoction, from 2 to 4 ounces. 2 or 1^ times a day. Said to destroy or drive away fleas. LIATRIS.— LIATRIS. The rhizomes of several species of Liatris. Nat. Ord. — Composite^. Botanical Source and History. — Liatris spicata, Willdenow. Button snake- root. This plant, also known by the names of Gay-feather, Devil's /)//. etc.. has a perennial, tuberous root, an erect, annual stem, 2 to 5 feet in height, mostly stout, and very leafy. The leaves are linear, glabrous, alternate, punctate, ciliate at ba.se, lower ones 3 to 5-nerved, and narrowed at base. The flowers are sessile, of a bright-purple color; the heads many, densely crowded in a long, terminal spike, and from 8 to r2-flowered. The scales of the cylindrical, bell-shaped involucre are ol)long or oval, and appressed, with slight scarious margins. Acnenia pubescent, obconic. Pappus permanent, colored, barbellate, not evidently plumose to the naked eye. Receptacle naked. This plant is found in moist places in the middle and southern states, and in abundance in the prairies (G. — N\ .). Liatris sqdarrosa, Willdenow. or Blazi})g-.i:tar, has a perennial, tuberous root, with a stem 2 to 3 feet high, thickly be.set with long-linear, nerved leaves; the lower ones attenuated at the base. The heads are few, sessile or nearly so, with brilliant purple flowers; the racemes flexuous and leafy; the involucre ovate- cylindric, and the scales of the involucre large, numerous, squarrose-spreading; outer ones larger and leafy, inner ones mucronate-acuminate, and scarcely colored. Pappus plumose. This plant is found in the middle and soutiiorn states, in dry soil, and is known in the South by the name of RatlU\-nak('s masttr{G. — W.). Liatris scariosa, Willdenow, or Gayfcathcr, has a perennial, tuberous root. with a stout, scabrous-pubescent stem, 4 to o feet in height, whitish above. The leaves are numerous, lanceolate, tapering at both ends, glabrous, with rough uiar- i.icrsTRrM. 1131 gins, eiitiif, lower ones on long petioles, 3 to 9 inches long, ujtper ones 1 to 3 inches in lengtli by 1 to 3 lines in width. The hciiils niunber from 5 to 20, an inch in iHanieter, and me dis|>(i8ed in a long raceme, witli 20 to 40 purple flowers. The invohu're is globose-hemispherical ; the scales of the involucre obovate or spatulate, very ol>tuse, with dry and scarious margins, often colored. Pappus scabrous. Tliis plant is found in dry woods and sandy fields from New England to Wisconsin, and extending southward (G. — \V.). Li.\TRis ODORATissiMA, Willdenow. — This plant, known as Dca-'s tongue or r<(??i7/rt;i/(i;i/, has radical and stem leaves; the former are obovate-spatulate, taper- ing below, generally 7-veined, and sometimes slightly obtusely toothed. The stem leaves are oblong aiul clasping. Tlie leaves are more or less glaucous and fleshy. The flower-heads are arranged in a panicle or corymb, and are from 4 to 10-flow- ered, the blossoms being of a vivid purple hue. The involucre lias but few scales. and these are spatulate-oblong, and imbricated. Pappus not plumose, but finely barbollate. The rhizome of this species is not tuberous. Deer's tongue is found from Virginia south, and flowers in Sejitember and October. The leaves, when dry. have a pleasant odor. History and Chemical Composition. — All the above plants are splendid niitives. and llnwiring thnnigh Auu'ii.-t, September, and October. Tiiere are sev- eral other specits of this genus which appear to possess medicinal properties analo- gous to each other, and which deserve further investigation — i'. (/., L. n/lindracea, L. gmmiiiifolin. etc. The roots are the medicinal parts ; they are all tuberous, except L.odoratiisimii, with fibers, and have a hot, somewhat bitter taste, with consid- erable acrimony, and an agreeable, turpentine odor. They appear to contain a resinous substance, volatile oil, and a bitter principle. Their virtues are extracted by alcohol, and partially by hot water in infusion. The leaves of L.odoratis- nma are often covered with glistening crystals of coumnrin (C,HgO,,) (Procter, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1859, p. 556). On account of this constituent, it is used in North Carolina for keeping moths out of clothes. Deer's tongue is also of interest as a reputed adulterant of tobacco, it being said to be especially employed in the making of cigarettes, the deleterious efiects of which have been attributed, by some, to tiie coumarin present in them. Lintris spirnla was analyzed by W. F. Henry (Amer. Jour. Pharm.,1892, p. 603). It contained 0.09 per cent of volatile oil, about 4.5 per cent of resin, 2.3 per cent of a caoutchouc like body, 16 per cent of inulin, also mucilage, glucose, etc.. but no glucosid nor alkaloid. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — These plants are diuretic, with tonic, stimulant, and i innieiiaKogue i)ni|>erties. A decoction of them is very eflicient in (jonorrhiui. ;^), tlif lilacin of Meillet, and gt/ringin \\ tlif fi.iii.-ir'i II of Polex. This l)ody, when pure, is not bitter, iivf . Iiiliitf acids si)lit it into t^ugar and ,«vWii^m'ii (CisHigOj), led mass sohililf in alioliol, but not in etiior and water. The found a bitter glucosi of Bernays, and ident but tasteless (see /-(';/»; an ainorplious, pale an.( 1 fruit kavi mil tc LILIUM CANDIDUM.— MEADOW LILY. Til.' bulb of LUium rn.ulidum. Xr(ilii]>.su.-< uteri, the tltcoclion taken internally and emploj'ed in injei'ti-'ii; it is more decided in its etlccts when combined with senecio. Boiled in milk, it forms an excellent poultice for Hlrei-x,vrtenis were the symptoms produced iu a little girl poisoned \)y the pollen of tiger lily 1 Wviiiim. iMilii. Phormiitin teitax, Forster. Xeiu /ni/iniii jln.r. X.in Zealand hemp. Nat. Ord. — Liliaeese. A tall flowering plant, indigenous to some 01 the (N : Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 54. Official Parts. — I. Limo.nis Cortex {('. S. P.), Lemon peel. "The rind of the recent iVuii of Ciiru.i Litn'in„ l.i,iiniii.<<. The white portion of the rind contains hc>')>erily of citric acid and oil of lemon, or lemon syrup, with a small por- tion of brandy added. Scrotal pruritis and uterine hemorrhage have been benefited by a local application of the juice. Prof. A. J. Howe, M. 1)., states tliat althougii chloroform will arrest a paroxysm of hiecoucih temporarily, yet. if a permanent subsidence of the sjiasmodic action of the stomach and diaphragm be required, lemon juice is superior to all other known remedies ; in several instances he has cured obstinate and dangerous hiccough with it. Both citric acid and lemon juice appear to exert considerable influence in preventing or modifying .i4«flfiV cholera. When the mucous membranes and tongue are very red and the urine alkaline, ?7)ri(Hif(^(.*ni is benefited by lemon juice. One or two daily applications of lemon juice with a camel's-hair pencil will reduce enlarged urula and tonsils. It also gives teiuiiorary relief in hoar.^'ene.^.^, and has benefited some cases of »Hfl/flrin. Specific Indications and Uses.— Fevers and inflammations, with very red membranes; rheumatic pain, with very red tongue and mucous tissues and i.iNAi:iA.-i.ixi>i:i:.\. \i:Vj alkaline luiiu'; obstiuate hiccough; scurvy; ami j^hould br given a trial in Asiatic cholera. Related Varieties.— 'V/nw acUla, Roxburgh. Tlie lime is a tree about 8 feet in height, with a ei.iokea trunk anil ililfuse branche.s witli prickle.s. I-eaves ovate, oliovate, oblong, ami serrate, lining placed uiwn petioles not wingeil as in the orange ami lemon. Flowers small, white. Stamens :!0. Fruit ovate or roundish, pale-yidlow, with a l)os8 at the point, and about 1.1 inches in diameter. Cysts in the rind concave. Pulp very aciil. Mat, slightly bitter. The lime is of cly less size than the lemon, globular or oval, of a similar color, but frequently with a >.'reen or ireiiiish tinge. It.s outer coat is not so thick and rough as that of the lemon, and its internal pulp contains a large amount of juice of an excessively aeid taste. This jnice is chietiy used in the manufacture of citric acid. A variety of the lime tree, C. Limiitii. furnishes a fruit froui the riud of which is obtained the Oiloj Bergamut. [VorvarUlies l)i t'anilolle (Origin of Ciiltinited Platiiss) gives CiVrHs m.ifiVo, Lin ne, as the name of the tree giving rise to the varieties, U-mon, lime, citnin, etc., and gives as such varieties those four enumerated hy Urandis and Sir Joseph Hooker, viz.: I. ( 'I'd-ii.s' )ii,v/icra aericea, Blume. Japan. Tonic ami stimulant. Sourco of the Japanes. ' .„im,. ■"!, nn essential oil distilled from the leaves and voting twigs, and hav- ing inii>i 1. lablc fia-iance (see .'^chiuimel & Co.'s Keport, April, 1897"; also see analysis by W. K\va.-.iiik, Anlii, r: Aiio(l)fi)f potnade. Preparation. —Take of glycerin, diluted hydrocyanic acid, each, 1 fluid dracliMi ; aconitine, 1 grain. Rub tlie glycerin ancf aconitine thoroughly together, and then add the hydrocyanic acid; when thoroughly mixed, put in a well- stoppered vial. 1138 LINIMENTUM AMMONLE.— LIXIMENTIM CAJUPUTI COMPOSITIM. In preparing this, care should be employed not to inhale any of the mixture, and after the addition of the hydrocyanic acid, the mixture should be bottled as quickly as possible. Action and Medical Uses.— Anodyne; to be applied locally by means of a camers-hair pencil, over parts affected with neuralgiuj when painted on the regions about the eye it will allay the pains incident to several affections of the internal coats of the eye (Prof. A. J. Howe, M. D.). LINIMENTUM AMMONIA (U. S. P.)— AMMONIA LINIMENT. Synonyms : Volatile liniment, Common liniment. Preparation. — "Ammonia water, three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (350 Cc.) [11 Hg, 401 m]; alcohol, fifty cubic centimeters (50 Cc.) [1 fig. 3.32 m]; cotton seed oil, six hundred cubic centimeters (600 Cc.) [20 fig, 138 Ttl]. To make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 flg, 391 ftl]. Mix them by agitation in a bottle, which should be well stoppered. This liniment should be freshly prepared when wanted" — (U. S. P.). Or, take of solution of ammonia, 1 fluid ounce; olive oil, 2 fluid ounces. Mix and agitate them well together (Ed. — Lnnd.). The British Pharnarrq>a:ia (1898) formula differs from the latter in adding 1 fluid ounce of almond oil. In this liniment a soap is formed by the union of the oil and ammonia, which is but imperfectly dissolved, and a white oleo-compound of ammonium i.« formed with some glycerin. The U. S. P. formula gives a liniment fluid at ordinary temperature, and dif- fers from that of 1870 in the substitution of cotton seed oil for olive oil. This liniment is liable to separate into two parts. The alcohol is designed to retard this separation. It has been suggested by Prof. Maisch that if ^ portion of olive oil be substituted for a like amount of cotton seed oil, a better liniment would result. Lard oil is said to form quite a uniform mixture. By substituting cam- phor liniment for the olive oil Camphorated volatile liniment (LinimentU)n Ammonise Camphoratum) may be formed. Action and iVIedical Uses. — This preparation is used as a rubefacient in rheumatic and ii>'iir111] of the fluid extract, and then add enough of the latter to make the product measure one thousand cubic centi- meters (1000 ("c") [33 fl.s, 31)1 111]. Mix thoroughly"— (f. S. P.). Action and Medical Uses. — This preparation may be applied locallj* to rheu- matic and neuralgic parts, sprains, and other painful conditianii, particularly when there is also spasmodic muscular action. LINIMENTUM CAJUPUTI COMPOSITUM.— COMPOUND CAJEPUT LINIMENT. Preparation. — Take of oils of sassafras, cajeput, and hemlock, each, 1 ounce; soap, a sufficient quantity. Mix them together and form a liniment. liMMKNTiM cAij is.-linimesti;m camphor.e composita. 1139 Action and Medical Uses. — This forms a valuable stimulating and discu- tient appliration. It is principally used in indolnU (scrofulous tumors, and in the mnmmnri/ hifliimmutiittit nf nursing women (.1. King). LINIMENTUM CALCIS (U. S. P. i— LIME LINIMENT. SyNoNVM : I'xrriiH ml. Preparation— "Solution ol" lime, linseed oil, of each, 1 volume. Mix them In- agitation"— (T. S. P.). Or. take of olive oil, or linseed oil, and lime-water, equal parts. Mix and agitate them together i Ed. — Land.). The lime and oil unite and form a calcareous soap, the oleate of calcium, with some glycerin. It is called Carron oil. Turpentine may be sometimes advantageously added to it. Action and Medical Uses. — This is a very useful and probably the best application to recent hnnig and scalds; it is best applied on carded cotton. It is recommended to prevent the pitting of variola. The following is also reputed beneficial in hiirn-<: Take of lime-water, 2 fluid ounces; oil of turpentine, olive nil, each, 1 fluid ounce. Mi.x. If it be used immediately after the accident, add oil of pennyroyal. 1 lluii! ounce. LINIMENTUM CAMPHOR.® (U. S. P.)— CAMPHOR LINIMENT. Sv.NONY.Ms : Linimentum camphoratum, Camphorated oil. Preparation. — "Camphor, in coarse powder, two hundred grammes (200 l' alcohol with the other ingredients, :uul (li^;^;<.lve tlic solids l.y ajritation. Then add enough alcohol to make one thousand cubic centimeters ( 1CK.X) (.'c.) [33 flg, 3fllTTl]. .Wf.— The proportion of the ingredients above given yields a product practically identical with that prescribed bv the Briti-:li Phnnnacojtwia, l885-—{.\n>. Form.): Action and Medical Uses. — The uses of this liniment are those of iodine (see lodii.inn). Related Preparation.— Liximkntim Ammoxii Iodidi (N. F.),Linimn\tf>j'ammoniiuii ii>dUU. "Iodine, lour firaiuiius i4 (ini.) [(52 urs.]; oil of rosemary, tifteen cubic centimeters (lo Co.) [243 1T\]; oil of lavender, fifteen cubic centimeters (1-t Cc.) [243 TTl]; camphor, thirty prammes (30 Gm.) [4<)3^rs.]; water of ammonia i T. S. Z^.), one humlred and ten cubic cenlinieters (110 Cc.) [3 d5, 34.") Ill]; alcohol, a sufficient quantitv to make one tliousaml cubic centi- meters (1000 (V.) [33 lis, 391 TTl]. Dissolve the io «im.) [270 grs.]; alcoh«.l. two hun- dred and fiftv cubic centimeters (2.50 Cc.) [S fls, 21.S IT]]; oil of pcpiMTinint, twcnty-tivc cubic centimeters (25 Cc.) [40t) TTl]; water of aminonla ( V.S. P.\, three hundred and s.vonty-live cubic centimeters (375 Cc.) [12 fl.s, 327 Til]; oil of turpentine, a sullicient quanlily to make one fliousand cubic centimeters (lOnO Cc) [X\ fl=, 391 TT]]- Kissolve the camphor ami the oil of peppermint in the alcohol, then add the tinctun- of opinm, water of ammonia, and enough oil of turpentine to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [;!3 H,^, 391 TTl]- l^hake the mixture whenever any of it is to be disinnsed. .\W.— This liniment will sepanite a short 1142 LINIMKNTUM PETROLEI COMPOSITUM.— LINIMEXTUM SAPONIS. time after it has been mixed. It may be made somewhat more permanent by adding twenty- five cubic centimeters (25 Co.) [406111] of tincture of quillaja (U.S. P.), to the water of ammonia, before adding it to the mixture" — (Xat. Form.). LINIMENTUM PETROLEI COMPOSITUM.— COMPOUND LINIMENT OF PETROLEUM. Preparation. — Take of American petroleum (sp. gr. 40° to 42° Baume), 6 fluid ouuce.s; aqua ammoniffi, tincture of opium, each, 1 fluid ounce; camphor 60 grains. Mix. Action and Medical»Uses. — This forms a very useful application in rkeu- matkm, njiniiiis, liniis,.^, .^,,n throat, and painful afiections. A Camphorated petroleum for similar iiuriju^^es may Ke prepared by dissolving 1 ounce of camphor in 1 pint of American petroleum (40° to 45° Baume). LINIMENTUM PLUMBI SUBACETATIS (N. F.)— LINIMENT OF LEAD SUBACETATE. Preparation. — "Solution of lead subacetate (C S. P.), three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (350 Cc.) [11 fl.5, 401 lU] ; cotton seed oil, six hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (650 Cc.) [21 flg, 470111]. Mix them." Action and Medical Uses. — This agent was used chiefly as a discutient, and is applicable to c/ulblains, chapped hands, contusions, sprains, and glandular inflammations. It is no longer oflicial. LINIMENTUM POTASSII lODIDI CUM SAPONE.— LINIMENT OF POTASSIUM IODIDE AND SOAP. Preparation. — Powder U ounces (av.) of potassium iodide in a mortar. Then mix with 10 fluid ounces (Imp.) of distilled water, 1 fluid ounce (Imp.) of glycerin, and into the mixture, contained in a porcelain dish, introduce 2 ounces (av.) of curd soap, cut small, and dissolve over a water-bath. Next pour the liquefied soap upon the potassium iodide in the mortar, and triturate briskly until the mixture becomes cold. After setting it aside for 1 hour, rub well into the creamv mixture 1 fluid drachm of oil of lemon. This accords with the British Phnniinrnpu la, 18S5. Action and Medical Uses. — This liniment is designed to give a topical preparation of ioilide of potassium. Probably a concentrated solution of the potassium salt in water alone will be more effectual, being more readily absorbed. LINIMENTUM SAPONIS (U. S. P.)— SOAP LINIMENT. Synonyms : Tinctura saponis camphoratn (f '. 8. P., 1S.50), Camphorated tincture oj snap; Liquid opodeldoc, Spiritus nei-vinus ramphoratus. Preparation. — " Soap, in fine powder, seventy grammes (70 Gm.) [2 ozs. av., 205 grs.]; camphor, in small pieces, forty-five grammes (45 Gm.) [] oz. av.,2o7 grs.]; oil of rosemary, ten cubic centimeters (10 Cc.) [162 TTl]; alcohol, seven liundred and fifty cubic centimeters (750 Cc.) [25 flg, 173 111]; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 fla. 391 HI]. Introduce the camphor and the alcohol into a suitable bottle, and shake until tlie camphor is dissolved. Then add the soap and oil of rosemarv, and shake the bottle well for a few minutes. Lastlv, add enough water to maVe one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 flg, 391 111], and again shake until the liquid becomes clear. Set it aside, in a cool place, for 24 hours, then filter" — (T. 5. P.). On account of its greater solubility in alcohol, soap made from soda and olive oil, and not that made from animal fats, should be employed. Castor oil LIXIMENTUM SAPOXIS CAMTH.— UXIMENTL'M SAPOXIS MOLLIS 1143 (8ayre) has been recommended, as has a potassa-soap prepared with rape-seed oil (Harokhaii. Action and Medical Uses. — This forms a very useful stimulating and ano- dyne application in rr,,iiii.^;„,is, .■oUd opodeklor : '• White castile soap, dried and powdered, seventy-fiv- grammes (75 Gm.) [2 ozs. av., 284 grs.] ; camphor, twenty-five grammes (25 Gn). [386 grs.]; alcohol, nine hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (950 Cc.) [32 tl.v 59 ITl] ; oil of thyme, three cubic centimeters (3 t'c.) [49 lU]; oil of rosemary, si.\ cubic centimeters (6Cc.) [97 TH] ; stronger water of ammonia (f. !^. P.), fifty cubic centimeters (50 Cc.) [1 ns, 332 Ttl]. Introduce the castile soap, camphor, and alcohol, into a flask or suitable bottle, and apply a gentle heat until solution is efifected, taking care that no loss of alcohol be incurred by evaporation. Filter the liquid, while hot, into another flask or bottle; warm again, if necessary, to render the contents liquid, add the oils and stronger water of ammonia, and when the whole has been thoroughly mixed, pour it into small dry vials, which should have been previously warmed, and should immediately be corked and cooled. Note. — The quantity above given is usually divided into from 18 to 20 vials. Solid opodeldoc is directed by the German Pharmacopniu to be prepared with soap made from animal fats; but pure, white castile soap may be used, provided it has been previously deprived of water. The stronger water of ammonia should be of the full -treiil'th prescribed by the U. S. P."—(\at. Form.). Action and MedicalUses. — Camphorated soap liniment is an excellent ano- dyne e!iil'ni,ati'in in all hcd pains, rhcumatkm, rontmions, sprains, sore throat, etc. LINIMENTUM SAPONIS MOLLIS (U. S. P.)— LINIMENT OF SOFT SOAP. Sv.voNYM : Tinctura saponis riridi^ (Pfiarm., 1880). Preparation. — "Soft soap, six hundred and fifty grammes (G-VKun.l [1 lb. av., 6 ozs., 40() grs.]; oil of lavender flowers, twenty "cubic centinu'tcrs (20 Cc.) [325 TTl] : alcohol, three hundred cubic centimeters (300 Cc. ) [in tl.s, ti9 111] ; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 11.^. 391 TTl]. Mix the oil of lavender with the alcohol, dissolve in this the soft soaj. by stirring or agitation, and set the solution aside for 24 hours. Then filter it through paper, and pass enough water through the filter to make the produi t measure one thousand cubic centimeters (10(.>0 Cc.) [33 fl5,391TTl]. Mix thor- oughly'—rr. .< /'.). Action and Medical Uses.— This is Hebra's tincture of green sonp, so-called. It is u«ed in cuiaiwou.^ di.-'orders, especially in eczema, prurigo, lirheii, and pmria*is. [XIMENTUM SINAPIS COMP.-LIXI.MENTU.M SUCCINI COMP. LINIMENTUM SINAPIS COMPOSITUM (U. S. P.)— COMPOUND LINIMENT OF MUSTAED. Preparation. — ■' Volatile oil of mustard, thirtj' cubic centimeters (30 Cc.) I3, 7 TTl] ; tluid extract of mezereuni, two hundred cubic centimeters (200 Cc.) [6 fig, 3661m.] ; camphor, sixty grammes (60 Gm.) [2 ozs. av., 51 grs.] ; castor oil, ^1 lis, 7 TTl] ; Huid extract of mezereuni, two hundred cubic centimeters (200 Cc.) ' \ Til]; camphor, sixty grammes (60 Gm.) [2 ozs. : " _ 1 one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (150 Cc.) [5 fls, 35 TTl]; alcohol, a suffi- cient quantity to made one thou.sand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 fl.5. 391 Ttl]. Dissolve the camphor in live hundred cubic centimeters (500 Cc.) [16 fl.5, 435 ITIJ of alcohol, and add the fluid extract of mezereuni; then add the oil of mustard and the castor oil, and finallv, enough alcohol to make the product measure one thousand cubic centimeters ( 1000 Cc.) [33 fls, 391T11]. Mix thoroughly "— ( V. S. P.). Action and Medical Uses. — This is powerfully counter-irritant, and may be employed as a revulsive. Care should be exercised in its use, however, as the sores produced by both mustard and mezereuni are sometimes productive of great harm, and are difficult to heal. LINIMENTUM STILLINGI^ COMPOSITUM.— COMPOUND LINIMENT OF STILLINGIA. Synonyms : Stillingia liniment, Compound tincture of stilling ia. Preparation. — Take of oil of stillingia, 1 fluid ounce; oil of lobelia, oil of cajeput, of each, ^ fluid ounce; alcohol and glycerin, of each, 2 fluid ounces. Mix in the order named. This formula is that revised by Prof.W. E. Bloyer,and is far preferable to the formula given below. Prepared in this manner, the com- ponent parts of the liniment do not separate as readily as in the old preparation, the formula for which is as follows : Take of oil of stillingia, 1 fluid ounce ; oil of cajeput, i fluid ounce; oil of lobelia, 2 fluid drachms; alcohol, 2 fluid ounces. Mix together. Stillingia liniment is prone to precipitate, and often thickens to a magma or jelly. It should be well shaken before being used. If it has solidified, it should be replaced by a fresh supply. Action and Medical Uses.— This forms a peculiar kind of liniment, pos- sessing stimulant and relaxant properties. It is used in chronic riMhma, croup, epilepsy, chorea, etc. In asthma and croup, the throat, chest, and neck are to be bathed with it 3 or 4 times a day. With Prof Scudder it was regarded as of great value externally in croup, and given internally it forms a good remedy for ii-rita- tive and chronic coughs. It may be given on sugar, discs, or in syrup. In chorea, epilepsy, and spasmodic diseases, the whole vertebral column is to be bathed with it. In rheumatism, sprains, and painful affections, the diseased parts are to be bathed with it. In asthma its action is very prompt and effectual, relieving and ultimately curing some very obstinate cases. In the majority of instances, when applied to the chest, neck, etc., the patient experiences a peculiar taste in the mouth, some- what resemliling that of the lobelia and stillingia combined. It is often used of less strength, as — Take of oil of stillingia, i fluid ounce; oil of cajeput. A fluid ounce; oil of lobelia, 1 fluid drachm; alcohol, 3 fluid ounces. Mix. It is an agent peculiar to Eclectic jwactice, and is very active and efficient (R. S. Newton). The dose of stillingia liniment is from 1 to o'drops. LINIMENTUM SUCCINI COMPOSITUM.— COMPOUND LINIMENT OF OIL OF AMBER. Preparation.— Tako <>( oil of stillingia, rectilied oil of amber, each, 1 fluid ounce; oil of lolnlia. •> tinid drachms; olive oil, 2 fluid ounces. Mix. Action and Medical Uses.— I have found this preparation very efficient in chronic aslhina, croaji, j^rlussis, chore(t,cpileps;/, rhrumatisnuscialira, and various other spasmodic and painful uffectiotis; in many instances being nuicli superior to the compound liniment of stillingia. Its manner of application is tiic same as recoin- LIXIMEXTUM TKRKBINTHIN.K.— LINTEUM. 1145 mended lor the preceding liniment. In very t^evere cases, it maj' be applied everj* liour, or half-hour, and continued until vomiting ensues. It acts as a stimulant, relaxant, and antispasmodic. In many of the above diseases it will effect a cure without the exhibition of any internal medicine, and is especially useful among ehildren to whom it is ditheult to administer remedies by mouth, or in ca.ses where the stomach rejects all medicines. Care must be taken not to use too much of this liniment at any one application. Owing to the presence of stil- linjjia in this preparation, the liniment is prone to precipitation (see remarks concerning: (onijioinid StilUniiin Linim, iil) (J. King). LINIMENTUM TEREBINTHIN^ (U. S. P.)— TURPENTINE LINIMENT. Preparation.— -Resin cerate, six hundred and fifty grammes ((wO Gm.) [1 lb. av..6 o/.s.,406 grs.]; oil of turpentine, three hundred and fifty grammes (3oO Gm.) [12 ozs. av., 151 grs.]; to make one thousand grammes (lOClO Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Melt the resin cerate in a capsule, on a water-bath, then add the oil of turpentine, and mix them thoroughly" — (I'.S.P). This is Ktntiiih liitimetit. In its preparation a low heat should be employed to melt the cerate, after which the oil may be added gradually with constant stirring. Action and Medical Uses. — This was at one time highly praised as an appli- cation to liiini.-' and .il of lemon in a mortar until tin meters <4 Co. I [(i.T Ttl ] ; acetic acid ( U. S. P. I, tweiitv cuhie ciiitiiiietirs ' 20 CV. I [32.^ Ill ' water I I'. S. P. ), eighty-five cubic centimeters (85 t'e. ) [2 tl,v 420 TTl]. Triturate or beat the ' thoroughly mixed. Then incorporate tlie acetie acid and rose-water. .Shake the mixture, whenever any of it is to be Jtamiii(itiim.'< to allay irritation :iiid vomiting. LINTEUM.— LINT. SvNowM:;: f.infiiim niriitinn. '^'/iiir/.i, (i,{ the French). Source, Preparation, and Description.— Originally, lint was prepared by scraping with a kiiifo IiI.mcIi.mI lin.n. mk li ms t.. w. Is. .-^liirt.-. table cloths, sheeti, 1146 Lixr.M. etc., until soft and fleecy. As thus prepared, it was designated hand-made lint, to distinguish it from that afterward made by mechanical appliances, and known as machine-made lint. It is now, however, made almost wholly by machinery from a cloth especially prepared, and is known as patent lint. When prepared from cotton, as is often the case, it is called cotton lint. The latter, however, is not so u.seful as linen lint, for, upon becoming wet, it quickly loses its elas- ticity, and, unless the oil has been well removed, it fails to properly absorb fluids. Besides, the fibers of the linen are much softer and do not irritate like cotton. Good lint should be soft, flocculent, and unirritating, yet firm enough to be torn in any one direction, and also be capable of taking upon its surfaces, cerates, etc., should be sufficiently loose to absorb discharges, and should be compact enough to leave no detached portions in the wound to which it is applied. Patent lint comes in soft, fleecy sheets of considerable thickness. Micro.scopically, the linen lint presents its fibers as long, almost straight, cylindrical tubes, with a small, central cavity; cotton fibers are flattened, often twisted, and have a wide, central canal (see also article on Lint, in Amer. Jour. Phnrm., 1861, p. 359). Tests. — Aside from microscopical diSerences exhibited by cotton and linen fibers, they also present some differences in their behavior toward chemical re- agents. Linen fiber, dipped first in rosolic arid (aurin, yeUow corallin) solution, and afterward in strong sodium carbonate solution, becomes rose-red; while cot- ton, under like treatment, remains colorless. Tincture of madder colors linen orange-red, cotton pale-yellow. Linen fiber becomes translucent when rubbed with a fixed oil, while cotton remains an opaque white. Cotton fiber is destroyed and dissolved in less than two minutes bj' cold sulphuric acid (concentrated), while linen is not appreciably altered in the same time. Linen is turned bright- yellow by boiling caustic potash solution, while cotton is either not altered or becomes but faintly yellow. This test must be quickly applied, as the color fades rapidly. Surgical Uses. — Lint is used as a surgical dressing to protect injured parts, absorb discharges, to prevent too great pressure from surgical appliances and bandages, etc. It should be soft and unirritating. Cotton lint quickly loses its elasticity when wet, and is, therefore, not so useful as cbarpie and linen lint. Related Substances. — .Sp.^Nisn Moss, Pe.\t Moss, and Wool Wood, or Wool C'LOTU.a spongy ti-^-i; i in|"»-,Ml of wood fibre, have been applied like lint. Om I I lame introduced, in 1862, by Dr. L. A. Sayre, of the United States Xavy. It is ci Hill lumpen fibers of old rope impregnated with tar. It is often preferred for wouii! li-rii 11^; I- pus. Tow has been similarly used. (.See Dr. Ruschenbercer, in Amer. Joiir. Phariii., ]sG3, p. 161, for comparative tests of the absorbing power of equal weights of cotton, oakum, tow, coarse-scraped and patent lint. Oakum absorbed only one-fourth, but patent lint seven and a half times its weight of water.) Ch.\rpie. — Strictly speaking, charpie, as used by the French surgeons, consisted of bundles (4 or 5 inches in length") of straight, unravelled threads of linen, but the name has also become synonymous with scraped lint. LINUM (U. S. P.)— LINSEED. "The seed of Linum u-^itati^simum, Linno" — (U. S. P.). Nat. Ord. — Linete. Common Names: Flaxseed, Linseed (Lini smiina, Br. Pharm., 1885). Ii,Lt'STR.\TioN : Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 39. Botanical Source. — Flax is an annual plant, very smooth, with a slender fibrous riiwt. and 1 or more straight, round, leafy corymbose stems, 1 or 2 feet in height. The kaves are small, alternate, sessile," acute, 3-veined, and rather glau- cous; the lowermost short and blunt. The flowers are several, large, blue, erect, borne in a terminal, corymbose panicle, on long footstalks. The calyx is persist- ent, consists of 5 ovate, acute sepals, which are 3-veined at base, and membra- naceous on the margin, Tiie corolla is composed of 5 thin, delicate, roundish, wedge-shaped, crenate petals, which arc glo.-ssy, have numerous veins, and readily drop ofl'. Stamens 5, straight, and awl-shaped. Anthers 2-celled. and arrow- shaped. Ovary ovate, superior; styles 5; stiiant or rancid odor. When extracted with carbon disulphide, it should yield not less than 20 per cent of fixed oil. The filtered infusion of ground linseed, prepared with boiling water and allowed to cool, has an insipid, mucilaginous taste, and should not lie colored blue by iodine T.S. (absence of .'wer8 consist of 2-celled ovaries, subtended by minute scaler, all more Liquidambar etyraci- or less cohering and hardening in fruit, forming a spherical cat- "*■ kin or head. The catkins are racemed, nodding, inclosed in the bud by a -l-leaved, deciduous involucre. Styles 2, long. Fruit a kind of strobile, composed of the indurated scales and capsules. Capsules or pods 2-beaked, 2-celled, opening between the two awl-shaped, or prickly diverging styles. Seeds small, several, amphitropous, with sparing albumen, and a straight embryo: cotvledons foliaceous (G.— \V.). History and Description.— This is a large and beautiful tree, with tine- grained wood, growing tluougliout the United States in moist woods from Con- necticut and New Jersey, southward; but found in greater abundance in the southern and middle states, as well as in Guatemala and Mexico. In warm cli- mates, a whitish-yellow, somewhat limpid juice exudes from the incisions made into the tree, especially during the warm seasons; it hsis the density of thick s^'rup, but by standing it forms a soft, resinous-like, adhesive mass, somewhat like white turpentine, but opaque and almost bl.aok. Or, it may become hard, breaking with a resinous fracture. It is known as Suret-ffum, Gum trax, or FAijuid- amhar (Liqttidum Liquidambar Stynici^fiun); it has a pleiisant, benzoinic odor, and a benzoinic, somewhat bitter, and pungent taste. It is soluble in alcohol, chloro- form, ether, oil, lard, or fats, softens in warm weather, and becomes harder in cold. Its tincture sli^'litly reddens litmus paper. Chemical Composition. — Liquidambar is closely allied in its composition to storii.r, an exndatinn cd' the bark of Liqiiidamhur orinUali^, Miller (^see Stt/rojc). I-KilOKES.— LIQUOR ACIDI ARSENOSI. 1149 William L. Harrisim {Amer. Jour, /'/mj-jii.. 1874, p. 161), from a semiliquiil speci- men collected in Virginia, obtainetl by distillation with an aijueous solution of sodium carbonate 1.5 per cent of volatile xli/rol, a hydrocarbon of a peculiar aro- matic odor. The yield is stated to liave been as high as 7 percent (Bonastre). When extracting sweet-gum with petroleum benzin, a mixture of rlunaniir acid (C,H,CH:CH.COOH) and >-t;/racin {riin,am,/l-ci,nm,nnte, [C.H,CH:CH.C00.C,H,1, discovered by Bonastre, 1S27I, results, from wliicii diluted ammonia extracts all of the cinnamic acid which may be precipitated by means of diluted acids (see Prof. Maisch, .4mkn atis et Bromidi (S.F.),Sohilioti of potassium arsenate ami hromide. Liquor arseuii hn'iNi.li. S,,!,:tl,,n of bromide of arsenic, Clemens' solution. — "Arsenous acid, ten grammes (10 Gm.) [154gr.s.]; potassium bicarbonate, ten grammes (10 Gm.) [154 grs.]; bro- mine, fifteen and one-half grammes (1.5J Gm.) [239 grs.] ; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 fl§, 391 X{\_]. Boil the arsenous acid with the potassium bicarbonate and one hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (12.5 Cc.) [4 flg, 109 ITl] of water, until solution is effected. Allow this to cool, add six hundred and twenty- five cubic centimeters (62.5 Cc.l [21 fig, 64111] of water, then the bromine, and afterward enough water to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 fl5, 391 Tl]]. Let the mixture stand a few hours, agitating it occasionally, then filter. This solution contains an amount of arsenic in combination, corresponding to 1 per cent of arsenous acid. Note. — The title, " Solution of Bromide of Arsenic {Liquor Arsenii Bromidi), ■which is often applied to Clemens' solution or similar preparations, is a misnomer, since arsenic bromide can not exist, as such, in presence of water, but is split up into hydrobromic and arsenous acids. The pro- portions of the ingredients, in the fonnnki uliovr triven, have been adjusted, as closely as practicable, so as to yield definite conii.iuipls. \ iz : arsenate and bromide of ptotassium. In order to prevent injury to the balanet■^ I y \\,i^liiiig a definite amount of bromine, the plan suggested iu the note to Xo. 213 may be applitil tu this preparation, viz. : To prepare such a quantity of the latter at one time as will be commensurate to the actual contents of an origi- nal vial of bromine" — {Xat. Form.). A somewhat similar, but modified, Clemens' solution is the following : Liquor Arsexici Bromidi. — Mix powdered arsenous acid ( 1 part) witli potassium carbon- ate (1 part) and dissolve them in boiling water (10 parts). Add water (80 part*' and bromine (2 parts). Pet aside in moderate atmosphere until the liquid is decolorizeil. and, lastly, add enough water to bring the solution to 100 parts by weight. This solution is probably one of potassium bromide and potassium arsenate. It improves on keeping. Pure ingredients must be used in making it. Liquor Auri et Arsenii Bromidi (X. F.), Solution of bromide of gold and arivmV.—" Arsenous acid, two and one-half grammes (2J Gm.) [39 grs.) ; tribromide of gold, three ami one-fourth grammes (3} Gra.) [.50 grs.] ; bromine water, distilled water, of each, a sntticient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 fig, 391 TTl]. Introduce the arsenous acid and about one hundred and thirty-five cubic centimeters (l:?o Cc.) [4 A%, 271 11X] of bromine water into a flask and heat gentlv until all free bromine has disappeannl. Then adil bromine water, twenty (20) to thirty (30) clrops at a time, until it will be present in slight excess, or until the solution does not become colorless after some time. Transfer the solution to a porcelain capsule, expel the excess of bromine with the aul of gentle heat, dilute it with water to al>out nine hundred cubic centimeters (900 Cc.) [30 fl^, 208 ITl], and dissolve in this the tribromide of gold, adding enough water to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 fl^, 391 Ttl]. Ten ( 10) minims of this solution contains j'j grain of tribromitle of gold and the equivalent of tV grain of tribromide of arsenic. .Vnf<-. — Bromine water is made by shaking bromine with about 30 times its weight of water, occasionally during several hours, and decant- ing the water from the undissolved oromine" — {Xnt. Form.'). LIQUOR ACIDI CARBOLICI.— SOLUTION OF CARBOLIC ACID. Preparation.— Take of carbolic acid (.commercial), 1 part: oil of lemon, 3 parts; aicoliol. 100 iiarts. Mix. Action and Medical Uses. — This forms an intimate and permanent solu- tion, which is deprived of the unpleasant odor of the carbolic acid without im- pairing its properties, bv the presence of the lemon oil. It may be used where- ever carbolic acid is indicated, and may be more or less diluted as required. LIQUOK ACIDI rHR(jMICI.-LlyroR ALIMINI At KTATI.-:. 1151 LIQUOR ACIDI CHROMICI.— SOLUTION OF CHROMIC ACID fVeparation. I'iss.ilvc rlnoiuit' aful, 1 (piuhc mv.) in distilled water, 3 lluiil ounces (Imp. I. Description. — This accords with the Biiti.->/i J'/iarmacoptriu, and, according t«i that authority, contains the equivalent of 25 per cent of chromic anhydride (CrOj) ; or 29.5 \hv cent of real chromic acid (H.CrO,). It is a caustic and strongly acid, odorless, orantre-nd liquid. Action and Medical Uses. — May lie used as a caustic, as it is sinijily an aqueous sohitii)ii '>( (.hroniic acid (see Acidiun f'/innnicum). LIQUOR ACIDI PHOSPHORICI COMPOSITUS (N. F.)-COMPOUND SOLUTION OF PHOSPHORIC ACID. Sy.no.nym: Sty'itdnn oj arul j,/io.-pl>ute-':. Preparation. — " Bone ash, in Hne powder, one thousand grammes ( 1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]; sulphuric acid (sp.gr. 1.830), seven hundred and eighty grammes (780 Gm.) [1 lb. av., 11 ozs., 225 grs.]; water, four thousand cubic centimeters (4IXH.I Co.) [135 H3. 122 TTl]. Mix the bone ash with one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co [33 H5, 3fll TTl] of water, add the suliihuric acid, di- luted with two thousand cuoic centimeters 1 2(.K)0 Cc.) [67 H5, 362 TTl] of water, and mix thoroughly with a porcelain or trlass stirrer. Now add the remainder of the water and set the mixture a.sidf for 24 hours, stirring occasionally. Then transfer the mixture to a strong muslin strainer, and subject this to a gradual pressure (avoiding contact with metals), so as to express as much of the liquid as possible. Lastly, filter this through paper. The specific gravity of this solution is about 1.113 at 15° C. (59° F.). Xote. — The quantity of the product obtained depends on the degree of force used in pressing. By strong pressure about 3500 parts may be obtained. If desired, the magma may also be poured into a glass per- colator, the neck of which contains a layer of fine quartz sand or asbestos, previ- ously deprived of matters soluble in sulphuric or phosphoric acids. On cautiously pouring water on top, so as not to mix it with the magma, the acid solution will be displaced. But the percolation must be interrupted as soon as the specific gravity of the percolate begins to fall below 1.113. The sulphuric acid used in this preparation may be the commercial variety, provided it is free from arsenic, and of a specific gravity not less than 1.830" — (.V«^ Form.). Medical Uses. — (See Afidinii Pfin.^jjhoricum. I LIQUOR ALUMINI ACETATIS (N. F.)— SOLUTION OF ALUMINUM ACETATE. Preparation. — •Aluniinum sulphate, crystallized, three hundred grammes (300 (im.) [10 ozs. av., 2.55 grs.]; acetic acid {I'. S. P.), thvee hundred grammes (.300 Gm.) [10 ozs. av.. 2.55 grs.]; calcium carbonate, one hundred and thirty grammes (130 Gm.) [4 ozs. av., 256 grs.]; water, one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 11.5, 391 TU]. Dis.solve the calcium carbonate in the acetic acid mixed with two hundred cubic centimeters (200 Cc. ) [6 H.s, 3(56 111] ofwatei-.and the aluminum sulphate in eight hundred cubic centimeters (8()'» Cc.) [27 11.^, 2-5 m]. Mix the two solutions, and allow the mixture to stand for 24 hours, agitating occasionally. Then pour oflT the clear solution and filter. The solution contains from 7.5 to 8 per cent of basic aluminum acetate. Note. — Practically identical with the Liquor Aluminii Acetici of the German Pharm." — (a\ (-(t^rtrrrt. Applied on cloths, moistened with it, it has been found useful in hydrocele and mumpjs, and resolves (/landular enlargements and early stage of mammitis. Four parts of the solution added to 28 parts of rose-water and 1 part of tincture of opium, form a very excellent collyriuni in some chronic inflammations of the eye. Its dose is from i fluid drachm to 1 fluid ounce, in some sweetened water, which may be repeated every 3, 4, or 6 hours. Specific Indications and Uses.^ — Impaired capillary circulation, with tardy eruption in the exanthemata; alcoholic intoxication; sick headache with de- pression. Belated Preparations. — The following preparation has been recommended a.s an ele- gant am! plea.SiUit anodyne, and diapfioretic in /eifr*, worthy the notice of the profession: LiQi"i' Ammh.mi .\'cet.\tis et Mokphix.k: Take of solution of acetate of ammonium, 1 fluid drachm ; acet:ite of morphine, 1 grain ; isyrup of lemon, enough to make 1 fluid ounce; mix tf)getlu-r. The dose is from J to 1 fluid drachm, to be taken in water. Each tluid drachm contains J grain of acetate of morphine ( W. S. Merrell). LiQi'OR.\.MMosn .\cET.vTisCoxcEXTBATL's (N.F.), Concenlratfd Solution of ammonium acetate: "Acetic acid ( V. H. P.), five hundred cubic centimeters (500 Cc.) [16 fig, 43.5 Ttl]; ammonium carbonate', water, of each, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 fl,^, 391 TTl]. Neutralize the acetic acid with a sufficient quantity of ammonium carbonate, carefully avoiding an excess. Then add enough water to make the product meas- nn- one thousand cubic centniieters (1000 Cc.) [33 fig, 391 TTl]. iVo(<'.— The product is about 3 times the strength of the official Liquor Ammonii Acetatii. Xote. — It is not recommended to keep this Solution on hand for the preparation of the official Liquor Ammonii Acetatis, as this is preferably uiaile fresh when wanted for use. When it is, however, required or deemed of advantage, to dispense the concentrated solution, it is suggested that it be diluted with carbonic acid water, or be directed to be diluted with this at the time of administration " — (Xat. Form.). LIQUOR AMMONII CITRATIS.— SOLUTION OF CITRATE OF AMMONIUM. Preparation.— Dilute 5 fluid ounces (Imp.) of strong solution of citrate of animoiiiuni with enough distilled water to make 20 fluid ounces (Imp.). Den- sity, 1.1)62. Description.— A clear, colorless fluid, saline to the taste, and should be unaf- fected i)y either litmus or turmeric papers. Keep in bottles free from lead. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — (Same as for Liquor Ammonii Acetatis, which M-...I I ),,-.•. 2 tn (\ tluid drachms. Belated Preparation.— I.iqi'i in .VM.M.'Xit Citratis Forti<>b, Stroyig mluiion of riimic of aminoiiiiim: .Neutralize citric acid, 12ounrH8 (av.) with strong solution of ammonia, 11 fluid ounces (Imp.), or a sufficient amount, and l)y means of distilled water hriuK tbe pnKluct to measure L'O fluid ounces (Imj).). Density, i.-JM. 1 >o»e, •_'.'> to 7.^) minims. Tliis is useil iu preparing the solution of citrati- of aiiiuiDnium. Hoth solutions were oflicial in the liritith /'/iiirm-e .-/««(, 1.S85. (.See al8tilr< or aiiimal.% mnliijtiniit /ii(.v/i//<«. rhtinrrrs. l.IQ. AKSKXI ET HYDKARGYRI lODIDI.-I IQ. ATROPIN.E SULPHATIS. 1155 etc. Having first airefuUy removed the blood, which decomposes it, apply the caustic liquid to the uouvd or tumor by means of a camel's-hair pencil, or on a dossil of lint. This agent is a poison, a charred surface and symptoms of col- lapse resulting from its use. The antidotes are tannin solutions, magnesia, and magnesium and calcium carbonates. These should be followed by demulcent drinks. The agent is not used in Eclectic medicine. LIQUOR ARSENI ET HYDRARGYRI lODIDI i U. S. P. i— SOLUTION OF ARSENIC AND MERCURIC IODIDE. SvX"XVMS: Donovan's solution, Solutio Donovuni, Sf>lution of hydriodiiic of ursenic nnd merruri/. Preparation.— "Arsenic iodide, ten grammes (10 Gm.) [154 grs.] ; red mer- curic iddiih', ten grammes (10 Gm.) [154 grs.] ; distilled water, a sufficient quantitj' to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 fl.5, 391 TH]. Powder the arsenic iodide, and mix it with the red mercuric iodide by trituration. Add one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (150 Cc.) [5 fls, 35 Hi"] of distilled water, and continue the trituration until solution is effected. Filter the solution, and pass enough distilled water through the filter to make the product measure one thou- sand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 flg, 391 TTl]. Mix thoroughly'— ( C S. P.). Description. — A clear, pale-yellowish liquid, without odor, but having a dis- agreeal)le, metallic taste. It is a 1 percent solution each of arsenic iodide and red mercuric iodide (4.5(5 grains each to the ounce). It should be kept in the dark, and should free iodine be apparent, as evinced by its odor, or should it become oran<:(> or yellow-rod. it should not be dispensed. It is not compatible with the soluble c(im])/ iyjihilis. It is said to be useful, in doses of from 10 to 30 drops, 2 or 3 times a day, in lupus, lepra, diisenses of the scalp, psoria^i^, impetigo, venereal eruptions, and other obstinate cutaneous affections. This dose, however, is too large, and the quantities employed for its specific uses are small, the usual projiortion being from 1 to 10 drops in 4 fluid ounces of water, the dose of which solutiun is a teaspoonful. Specific Indications and Uses. — Small, contracted, elongated, and pointed tongue, with i)rominent papilla; and increased redness. Related Preparation.— Lujcor Hvdr.\rgvri et PoT.\ssn Iodidi (N. F.), Solution of iodide of merciiri/ dud init'itsfium. Solution of pntwvsium iodohydrargyrate, Channing's solution. " Red iodide of mereiiry, ten };rammes (10 (Jui.) [154 grs.]; potassium iodide, eight grammes (8 Gm.) [123 grs.]; distilled water, one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 flg, 301 TTl]. Dissolve the salts in the distilled water" — (iW. Form.). LIQUOR ATROPIN.a: SULPHATIS.— SOLUTION OF SULPHATE OF ATROPINE. Preparation. — Dissolve fl grains of sulphate of atropine (1 part) in 16* fluid drachms of camphor water (09 Huid parts). Contains 1 per cent of atropine sul- pliate. This accords with the Briti.[)ine sulpliate. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — (See Atropina.) A drop may be instilled upon the eye for etlecting dilatation of the pupil whenever this is desired for oph- thalmoscoilic examinations, or for operations on this organ. Dose. 1 to 4 minima. Related Liquor.— Liqcor Atropin.e SAiirvi.ATis, Sululion «/ nlmuiue mtici/lnU. Atropine, 2.7 uriiiuH ; salicylic acid, 1.3 grains; distilled wMtir I ..mne This Huliilioii is Miid tn keep f1 TU]. dissolve the bismuth and aniiiinniinii litiate in seven luindnd and lil'ty cubic centimeters (ToOCc.t [2.i fl:, 17;i 111] of distilKd water and allow the solution tostaiida short time. Should any insoluble matter have deposited, pour olt'the clear liquid ami add just enous;h water of ammonia to the re^idue to dissolve it, or to cause it to retain a faint odor of ammonia Then filter the united liquids, add the alcohol, the glvcerin, and enough distilled water to make one thousand cubic it-nti- meters (UHX1 Cv.) [;«fl.^. :«)! ni ]. This prei.anition ^h.luld be freshly made when wanted for use. Kach fluid drachm represents 1 ^'rain of bismuth and ammouiuui citnile" — (.Vnt. /■uri/i.l. I.IQlult r.lIoMl-l.Kjrou CALCI.S. 1157 LIQUOR BROMI (N. F.)— SOLUTION OF BROMINE. Synonym: Smith'.^ nolutwu nj bromine. Preparation.— ■' Bromine, "twenty-five grammes (25 Gm.) [386 gr«.]; potas- sium hmmide. twelve and one-half grammes (12.5 Gm.) [193 grs.] ; water, one hundred cubic centimeters (100 C'c.) [3 tig, 183 111]. Dissolve the potassium bro- mide in the water contained in a bottle, add the bromine, and shake the mixture until this is dissolved. Keep the solution in ghis.*-stoppered vials in a dark place. Xote. — As bromine vapor is very injurious to the respiratory passages and destruc- tive to balances, it is often preferable to take the contents of an original bottle of bromine — weighing the bottle, both before 0]>ening it and after emptying it. in order to ascertain the exivct weight of the bromine contained therein — and then to use a quantity of potassium bromide and of water proportionate to the quan- ties above given" — (Xat. Form.). Uses. — (See Bromine.) LIQUOR CALCIS (U. S. P.)— SOLUTION OF LIME. "A saturated, aqueous solution of calcium hydrate (Ca[OH],=73.83). The per- centage of calcium hydrate varies with the temperature, being somewhat over 0.17 per cent at 15° C. (59° F.),and diminishing as the temperature rises" — (T. X. P.). Synonyms: Aqua ralci.'>, Solution nf calrittm hydrate. Lime-water, Aqua calrariit- iwtfF, (^all-aria >mhita, Onjdum calcicum aqua solutum. Preparation. — "Lime, twelve grammes (12 Gm.l [185 grs.]; distilled water, a sufticient iiuantitv. Slake the lime bv the gradual addition of seventy cubic centimeters (70 Cc') [2 flg, 176 TTl] of distilled water, then add three hundred and sixty cubic centimeters (360 Cc.) [12 H.s, 83 TTl] more of distilled water, and agitate occasionally during i hour. Allow the mixture to settle, decant the liquid, and throw it awav. Then add to the residue thirtv-six hundred cubic centimeters (3600 Cc.) [121 flg, 351 TTl] of distilled water, agitate thoroughly, wait a short time for the coarser particles to subside, and pour the liquid, holding the undissolved lime in suspension, into a glass-stoppered bottle. From time to time shake the bottle, so as to keep the solution saturated. Pour off the clear liquid when it is wanted for use" — (U. S. P.). Description and Tests. — Lime from marble should be preferred if it can be obtained. By theartidn of the water the calcium oxide is converted into cal- cium hydroxide (CapH],), and this is dissolved in the water. As lime is more soluble "in cold than in hot water, the former should be used in making this prepa- ration. The purpose of throwing away the first washings in the above-given offi- cial process, is to get rid of the water-soluble alkali salts frequently contained in ordinary lime. If marble is employed in the preparation of the latter, this f)recaulion is superfluous. The U. S. P. describes Liquor Calf is as "a clear, colorless iquid, without odor, and having a saline and feebly caustic taste. It absorbs car- bon dioxide from the air, so that a pellicle of calcium carbonate forms on the surface of the liquid. On being heated, it becomes turbid from separation of calcium hydrate, which redissolves again when the liquid is cooled. It gives a strongly alkaline reaction with litmus paper''— (U. S. P.). Bottles containing it should always have an excess of lime, and be kept well stopped. It is not a good plan to keep adding water to the excess of lime in the con- tainer as the liquor is poured off, as is done by some pharmacists. "The alkaline reaction of the solution should entirely disappear after it has been saturated with carbon dioxide.and subsequently boiled (absence of alkalies and their carbimates*. In other respect,'* it should conform to the reactions and tests given under lime (see Calx). Fifty cubic centimeters of solution of lime should require, for c<)m- plete neutralization, about 20 Cc. of decinornial oxalic aciil V.S. (corresponding to about 0.14 [0.148] p.-r cent of calcium hydrate), phenolphtalein being used as an indicator ■■—( I'. .■<. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Lime-water is astringent (topical and internal I, and stvutic idit not caustic. Taken internally it counteracts acidity, but is probablv not "all neutralized l.v the gastric .acids, for after pas.«ing the .stomach 1158 LIQUOR CALCIS CHLORINATE. it still acts as an astringent in dinrrhaen. It has been found useful in pyrosis, gastrodynia, and other painful gastric symptoms due to deranged digestion, like- wise in epilepsy, and other spasmodic and chronic diseases, which are accompanieil with acidity of the stomach. It is specifically indicated in indigestvra and dy.-qjepyi'i caused by the development of lactic acid from the decomposition of the food. In scrofula and scrofulous skin affections with deposits in all parts but the Ij'mphatic glands, it is peculiarly effective. In dyspepsia, phthisis, and other forms of disease, where, from acidity or irritability of the stomach, the usual food is rejected, or if retained gives rise to uneasiness and manj' unpleasant symptoms, 1 part of lirat- water added to 1, 2, or 3 parts of good sweet milk, will be found useful as an antacid, calmative and diet. It frequently cures thrush. A tablespoonful of lime-water will often allay troublesome vnmitincj. When in infantile dysjicpsia with passages of green stools, and the child vomits curdled milk, it is specifically indi- cated. Lime-water has proved beneficial as an astringent in chronic diarrhoea and dysentery, and dicd)etes, especiall}' when given in combination with a decoction of white-oak bark. It acts specially upon the subcutaneous cellular tissues, sub- duing inflammation, is a specific in cases of obstinate and repeated formation of boils, and is advantageous in cases where there is an excess of uric acid. It relieves irritation of the cellular tissues, checks determination of blood, and promotes absorption of the exudation products of the inflammatory process. It is some- times u.sed in combination with wormseed oil, or other fluid anthelmintics, for the removal of worms; and will be found more especially efficient in cases attended with great acidity. It has been advantageously used as an injection in gleet, gonorrhoea, leucorrhoea, ulceration, and increased discharges from the bladder, etc., and in fact is a very simple and useful wash for mucous or purulent profluvia from any of the mucous surfaces. Externally, it has been employed as a wash in various affections of the skin, as scabies, prurigo, lejjra, psoriasis, ringworm of the scalp, eczema capiti.% and also in scrofulous and indolent idcers. Mixed with linseed oil, it forms a calcareous soap or liniment, now official and well known as Carron Oil, which is very valuable in scalds and burns, being probably the best immediate application for these accidents. Oil of turpentine is sometimes advantageously added to it. Lime-water has been asserted to dissolve false membranes. Whether this be true or not, the use of a dilution of 1 part of lime-water to 10 or 15 parts of water, used as a spray or gargle, or better still, this proceedure alternated with exposure to the vapor of slaking lime, has contributed as much as any method to what little success has been attained in the treatment of diphtheria, psmdo-^nembranous croup, and allied disorders. Lime-water should not be given during the presence of active inflam- mation ; nor should its use be too long continued, as it weakens the stomach and digestive powers. Its dose is from i fluid ounce to 4 fluid ounces, and maj- be taken alone, in milk, or in some aromatic water. An overdose occasions unpleas- ant symptoms, which are best combated by bland and mucilaginous fluids. Specific Indications and Uses. — Infantile dyspepsia with green stools and vomiting of curdled milk ; successive formation of boils, and other cellular inflam- mations resulting in suppuration; indigestion from the formation of lactic acid from food decomposition. Locally (Carron Oil) in burns and scalds. LIQUOR CALCIS CHLORINATiE.— SOLUTION OF CHLORINATED LIME. Preparation. — "Take of chlorinated lime, 1 pound (,av.); distilled water, 1 gallon (Imp.). Mix well the water and the chlorinated lime by trituration in a mortar, and, having poured the mixture into a stoppered bottle, let it be well shaken several times for the space of 3 hours. Pour out now the contents of the bottle on a calico filter, and let the solution which passes through be preserved in a stouprivcj l.uttle "—(Br. Pharm., 1885). Description. — This liquor has the general properties of chlorinated lime. " Spicillc gravity about 1.055. Eighty grains, by weight, mixed with 20 grains of iodide of potassium, dissolved in 4 fluid ounces of water, when acidulated with 2 fluid drachms of hydrochloric acid, gives a red solution, which requires for LIQUOR CALCIS SILPHUUAT.E.— LlylOR CARMINI. 1159 the discharge of its color not less than 450 grain-measures of the volumetric solu- tion of hvi>o,' water. Then ndil the alum and (M.UiSRium biUrtrate Buccessivelv. heat the mi.xture to boiling in :i capacious vessel, then set it aside to cool, add IIGU LIQUUR COCAINE HYDEOCHLOEATIS.— LlyLOR ELECTKOPOEICUS. to it the glvcerin and alcohol, filter, and pass enough water through the filter to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 flg, 391 r([]"—{Nat. Form.). This agent is used in pharmacy as a coloring substance. LIQUOR COCAINJE HYDROCHLORATIS— SOLUTION OF COCAINE HYDROCHLORATE. Preparation. — "Cocaine hydrochlorate, 33 grains; salicj'lic acid, ^ grain j distilled water, sufficient to produce 6 fluid drachms. Boil the water, add the salic3'lic acid, and then the cocaine hydrochlorate; cool, and add water, if neces- sary, to produce the required volume '" — {Br. Phann. Add., 1885). Each minim contains about yV grain of cocaine, or 5.5 grains to the fluid drachm. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — (See Cocainx Hydrochloras.) Dose, 1 to 5 minims. The custom in America is to make a 4 per cent solution of cocaine hydrochlorate by dissolving 4 grains of the salt in 96 grains of distilled water. The preparation looses its energy by keeping, and must be frequently replaced. LIQUOR CUPRI ALKALINUS (N. F.)— ALKALINE SOLUTION OF COPPER. Synonym : Fehling's solution. Preparation. — I. The Copper Solution. •' Sulphate of copper, pure, thirty- four and six hundred and thirty-nine one thousandths grammes (34.639 Gm.) [1 oz. av.,97 grs.]; di.stilled water, enough to make five hundred cubic centime- ters (500 Cc.) [16 ds, 435 111]. Dissolve the sulphate of copper which, before being weighed, should have been reduced to powder and pressed between blotting paper, in a sufficient quantity of distilled water to produce the volume required by the corresponding formula above given. II. The Alkaline Solution. — " Tartrate of potassium and sodium, one hundred and seventy-three grammes (173 Gm.) [6 ozs. av.,45 grs.] : soda (f. S. P., 1880), sixty grammes (60 Gm.) [2 ozs. av.,51 grs.]; distilled water, enough to make five hundred cubic centimeters (600 Cc.) [16 fls. 43-') TTl]. Dissolve the tar- trate of potassium and sodium and the soda in a sufficient quantity of distilled water to produce the volume required by the corresponding formula above given. Set the mixture aside until the suspended impurities have been deposited; then remove the clear solution with a siphon. " Keep both solutions, separately, in small, well-stoppered vials, in a cool and dark place. For use, mix exactly equal v 'umes of the two solutions by pouring the copper solution into the alkaline solution. Note. — The two solutions should be prepared with cold distilled water, and should be made up to their respective volumes at one and the same temperature. They should also Vie at the same temperature at the time of mixing. On diluting a small quantitv of the mixed reagent with about 3 volumes of distilled water, and heating the liquid in a test- tube to boiling, it should remain entirely clear, without any trace of discoloration or precipitate. After the solutions have been mixed for use, and assuming that they have been prepared and mixed at the average indoor temperature. lOCc. of the mixture, prepared by metric weight and measure, correspond t<> O.Gt Gm. of glucose. Of the mixture, prepared by apothecaries' weight and measure, 210 min- ims correspond to 1 grain of gUicose " — {Xnt. Form.). Uses.— This is the well-known Fehling's test solution for the detection of glu- cose in urine. LIQUOR ELECTROPOEICUS iN. F.)— BATTERY FLUID. A. For the Carbon and Zinc Battery. Preparation.— I. For Ori)in.\kv Use. •Sodium bichromate, in coarse pow- der, one hundred and twentv-five grammes (125 Gm.) [4 ozs. av.. 179 grs.]; sul- phuric aciti, commercial, one lumdred and twenty-five ounic centimeters i, 12o Cc.) LigrOK EPISPASTICIS-I.IWVOR EKUOTIN.K. 1161 [4 ri.5, 109 m]; water, cold, one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 fls, o91 111]. Pour the sulphuric acid upon the powdered bichromate, and stir tlie mixture occassionally during 1 hour. Then slowly add the water" — (Xat. Form.). II. For Use with the Galvano-Cautery. — " Sodium bichromate, in coarse powder, one hundred and forty grammes (140 (J m.) [4 ozs.av., 411 grs.] ; sulphuric acid, commercial, three hundred cubic centimeters (300 Cc.) [10 d,?, 69 TTl]; water, cold, one thousand cubic centimeters ( KXX) Cc.) [33 tig, 391 ll\]. Proceed in the same manner as directed under No. 1. Xotf. — Sodium bichromate is more soluble tlian the potassium salt, and its products of decomposition, in the battery, are also more soluole. As it is also much cheaper, it is now preferred in all large electric laboratories. When it can not be obtained, potassium bichromate may be used in )>lace of it, as heretofore. The two salts may be substituted for each other, weight ior weight.'' B.— For the Leclanche Battery. "Ammonium chloride, three hundred and twenty-five grammes (325 Gm.) [11 ozs. av., 203 grs.]; water, enough to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 Hg, 391 m]. Dis.solve the salt in the water"— (A'cK. Fomi.). Uses.— These fluids are used for charging electric batteries. LIQUOR EPISPASTICUS— BLISTERING LIQUID. Sy.SONV.M: LiidiiKiituin cuitthiiriili.-i. Preparation. — " Take of cantharides, in powder, 5 ounces (av.) ; acetic ether, a suliicit iny. Mix the cantharides with 3 fluid ounces of acetic ether; pack in a percolator, and, at tiie expiration of 24 hours, pour acetic ether over the contents of the percolator, and allow the sitlution to pass slowly through until 20 fluid ounces are obtained. Keep the liquid in a stoppered bottle" — (Br. Pliurm.. 1885). The preparation of the BrilUh Pharmaropceia (1898) has twice the strength of the abov.-. Action and Medical Uses. — This is de'^igned for rapid vesication of the parts to which it is a})plied. It should be used only upon limited areas, and rubbed upon the skin by means of a sponge, or like body, having a handle attached. When the parts become red, enough has been used to raise a blister. LIQUOR ERGOTIN,«.— LIQUOR OF ERGOTIN. Synonym: .1/. Vmn's .<„i,ft,'.,„ nj ,,■()<, tin. Preparation and Description. — Coarsely powder ergot and deprive it of its fixed nil by washing,' it with itctitied disulphide of carbon, then dry it in the open air and protected from the light until the odor of the solvent has entirely disap- l)eared. Introduce this powder into a cylindrical percolator, and exhaust it in the cold by distilled water, to every one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 fls, 39iTtl] of which two grammes (2 Gm.) [31 grs.] of tartaric acid have been added. Heat the liquid obtained, so as to coagulate any albuminous mat- ters that may be present in it, then filter, and by means of a water-bath, evajjorate it to about one-third of its volume. When cool, filter, digest the filtered liquid with a slight exce.*s of recently precipitated carbonate of calcium so as to .saturate the excess of tartaric acid. Filter, evaporate to the consistence of thick syrup, and precipitate with alcohol of sp. gr. 0.822, added in such quantity as to furnish with the aqueous liquid an alcohol of sp. gr. 0.871. Again filter, and then evaiio- rate to drive oft' the alcohol. Exhaust the residuum by the addition of distilled water in quantity slightly less than that of the weight "of the ergot eninloved. a little animal charcoal being used. Again filter, and to the filtered liquitl add, for each one hundred grammes (100 Gm.) [3 ozs. av., 231 gn<.] of ergot employed, fifteen centigrammes (15 Cgm.) [2J grs.J of salicylic acid. Complete the pro- cess by adding distilled water, in such (juantity as to obtain a weight of liquid equal to that of the ergot employed in the preoaration of the solution. Allow this to rest for several days in a cool place, and then pour it into small vials hav- iiiL' well-fitted, ground stojipers. il62 LIQUOR EXTKACTI GLYCYRRHIZ J,.— LIQUOR FERRI ACETATIS. Hypodermatic injections of ergotin have rapidlj' come into favor with the pro- fession, being employed in various forms of disease. One great objection formerly to their employment has been the irritating quality of the solutions used, occa- sioning abscesses and indurations. M. Yvon succeeded in forming a solution wholly free from irritating principles, the jjrocess for preparing which, as described by himself, we have deemed proper to present. The liquid obtained by this pro- cess is of a fine amber color, clear, non-fermentable, and keeps well; all the re- agents of the alkaloids form abundant precipitates with it. One Gm. of this solution represents 1 Gra. of ergot, and it contains the obstetrical and hemostatic principles of this drug. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — (Bee Ergota.) LIQUOR EXTRACTI GLYCYRRHIZ^ (N. F.i— SOLUTION OF EXTRACT OF GLYCYRRHIZA. Synonym: Solution of extract of liquorice. Preparation. — " Purified extract of glycyrrhiza (F. 158), a sufficient quantity ; alcohol, one hundred and twenty-five r'lbic centimeters (125 Cc.) [4 fig. 109111]; glycerin, two hundred and fifty cubic < eutimeters (2-50 Cc.) [8 fls, 218 Dl]; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 flg, 391 lU]. In a small portion of purified extract of glycyrrhiza, weighed into a tared capsule, determine the amount of water, by drying it to a constant weight. Then take of the purified extract a quantity equivalent to two hundred and fifty grammes (250 Gm.) [8 ozs. av., 358 grs.] of dry extract, dissolve this on a water- bath, in two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (250 Cc.) [8 flg, 218 Ttl] of water, add the glycerin, and allow the liquid to cool. Lastly, add the alcohol and enough water to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 fig, 391 Wl Each fluid (Iraclnn represents 15 grains of dry extract of glycyrrhiza" — {Nat. Form.). Action and Medical 'Uses.— (See' Glycyrrhiza.) LIQUOR FERRI ACETATIS (U. S. P.)— SOLUTION OF FERRIC ACETATE. "An aqueous solution of ferric acetate (Fe,,[C,HjOj]e=464.92), containing about 31 per cent of the anhydrous salt, and corresponding to about 7.5 per cent of metallic iron " — (f. S. P.). Preparation. — "Solution of ferric sulphate, one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 ll)S. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]; glacial acetic acid, two hundred and sixty grammes (260 Gm.) [9 ozs. av., 75 grs.] ; ammonia water, eight hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (850 Cc.) [28 flg, 356 Ttl] ; water, distilled water, each, a suffi- cient (juantity to make one thousand grammes (ICiOO Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. .Mi.\ the ammonia water with three thousand cubic centimeters (3000 Cc.) [101 fl.s, 212 111] of cold water, and the solution of ferric sulphate with ten thou- sand cubic centimeters (10,000 Cc.) [338 fls, 66 m] of cold water. Add the latter solution slowly to the diluted ammonia water, stirring constantly. Let the mix- ture stand until the precipitate has subsided as far as practicable, and then decant the supernatant liquid. Add to the precii>itate six tnousand cubic centimeters (6tK)0 Cc.) [202 fls, 424 tn] of boiling water, mix well, and agsiin set the mixture aside, as before. Repeat the washing with successive portions of boiling water, in the same manner, until the washings are no longer aflected by sodium cobaltic nitrite test solution (showing the removal of ammonia and its salts). Transfer the mixture to a wet muslin strainer, allow the precipitate to drain completely, and press it folded in the strainer, until its weight is reduced to seven hundred grammes (700 Gm.) [1 lb. av., 8 ozs., 303 grs.], or less. Now add the precipitate gradually to the glacial acetic acid contained in a tared jar provided with a glass stopper, stirring the mixture after each addition until each portion added is nearly dissolved before adding another portion. Finally, add enough distilled water to make the product weigh one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., LUHOK FKURI IHLORIUI. 116:'. 3 iizs., liiO j;rs.]: mix thoroughly, allow it to become clear by subsidence, ami di'caiit til-' tl.ai solution. Keep the product in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool pUu-.', pr..t.ct,.,l iVoiii iiiiht ■■—(('. N. P.). Description and Tests.— "A dark reddish-brown, clear liquid, of an acetous odor, a s\\>iiish, acidulous, somewhat styptic taste, and a slightly acid reaction. SpeciKc gravity, about 1.160 at 15° C. (5!l° F.). The diluted solution yields a brownish-red precipitate with ammonia water, and a blue one with pota.ssium I'crrocyanide T.S. When heated to boiling the solution yields a brownish-red precipitate, and when heated with sulphuric acid, it emits acetous vapore. If the iron be cumpletely preciiiitated from a portion of the solution by an excess of ammonia water, the filtrate should be colorless, and sliould not yield a white or dark-colored precipitate with hydrogen sulphide T.S. (absence of zinc or copper), nor should it leave a residue on evaporation and gentle ignition (absence ot .salts of the fixed alkalies). If to a small portion of the solution, diluted with about 10 volumes of water, a few drops of freshly prepared potassium ferricyanide T.S. be added, a pure brown color should be produced, without a tinge of green or greenish-blue (absence of ferrous salt). If 1.12 (1.1176) Gm. of the solution be introduced into a glass-stoppered bottle (.having a capacity of about 100 Cc), together with 15 Cc. of water and 2 Cc. of hydrochloric acid, and after the addition of 1 Gm. of potassium iodide, the mixture be kept for half an hour at a tempera- ture of 40° C. (104° F.), then cooled, and mixed with a few droi)s of starcli T.S., it should require about 15 Cc. of decinormal sodium hyposulphite V.S. to dis- charge the blue or greenish color of the liquid (each cubic centimeter of the volumetric solution indicating 0.5 per cent of nietallic iron)" — ((/. S. P.). The LiQfOR FERRr Acetatis of the liritifh Pharmacopcein (1898) has a specific gravity of 1.031, and contains only 1.57 per cent of metallic iron. Action, Medical Uses, and 'Dosage.— (See Tinctura Ferri Acetatis.) Dose, 1 to 15 Miinini.~. LIQUOR FERRI CHLORIDI (U. S. P.)— SOLUTION OF FERRIC CHLORIDE. "An aqueous solution of ferric chloride (Fe.,Cl6— 323.98), containing about 37.8 per cent of the anhydrous salt, corresponding to 62.9 percent of the crys- tallized salt (Fe,Cle+12H.,0=539.5), or to about 13 percent of metallic iron '"— (f.S.P.). Sy.noxyms : Solution of chloride of iron, Strong sohUion of perckloride of iron, Ferrum ^■xtjuichloriitum solutum, Liquor ferri muriatici orydati. Preparation.— " Iron, in the form of fine, bright wire, and cut into small pieces, one hundred and fifty grammes (150 (im.) [5 ozs. av., 127 grs.]; hydro- chloric acid, eight hundred and seventy grammes (870 Gm.) [1 lb. av., 14 ozs., 301 grs.] ; nitric acid, distilled water, each, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Introduce the iron wire into a tlask having a capacity of about two thousand cubic centimeters (20CX)Cc ) [67 flg, 301 m]. pour upon it a mixture of five hundred and forty grammes (540 Gm.) [1 lb. av, 3 ozs., 21 grs,] of hydrochloric acid and two hundred and fifty cubic centi- meters (250('c.) [8 fl.5, 218111] of distilled water, and let the mixture stand in a moderately warm place until effervescence cea.ses ; then heat it to the boiling point, filter it through paper, and, having rinsed the flask and iron wire with a little hot distilletl water, pass the rinsings through the filter. To the filtered liquid add two hundred and eighty grammes (280 Gm.) [9 ozs. av.,384 grs.] of hydrochloric acid, add the mixture slowly and gradually, in a stream, to eighty grammes (80 (Jm.) [2 ozs. av., 360 grs.] of nitric acid contained in a capacious porcelain vessel, and warm gently. After effervescence ceases, apply heat, by means of a sand- bath, until the liquid is free from nitrous odor. Then test a few drops of the liquid, dihited with water, with freshly prepared potassium ferricyani;erved, and evaporate off' the excess. Finally, add the remaining fifty grammes (.50 Gm.) [1 oz. av.,3.34 gi-s.] of hydro- clilnric acid and enough distilled water to make the solution weicb oum fb.msnnd -rammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av.,3 ozs., 120 grs.] "—(U. S. P.). 1164 LIQUOR FERRI CHLORIDI. Description and Tests. — "A reddish-brown liquid, having a faint odor of hydrochloric acid, an acid, strongly styptic taste, and an acid reaction. Specific gravity about 1.387 at 15° C. (59° F.). The diluted solution yields a brownish- red precipitate with ammonia water, a blue one with potassium ferrocyanide T.S., and a white one, insoluble in nitric acid, with silver nitrate T.S. If the iron be completely precipitated from a portion of the solution by an excess of ammonia water, the filtrate should be colorless, and should not yield a white or a dark-col- ored precipitate with hydrogen sulphide T.S. (absence of zinc or copper; ; nor should it leave a fixed residue on evaporation and gentle ignition (absence of salts of the fixed alkalies). On adding a clear crystal of ferrous sulphate to a cooled mixture of equal volumes of concentrated sulphuric acid and a moderately dilute portion of the solution, the crystal should not become colored brown, nor should there be a brownish-black color developed around it (absence of nitric acid). If to a diluted portion of the solution a few drops of freshly prepared po- tassium ferricyanide T.S. be added, a pure brown color should be produced, with- out a tinge of "green or greenish-blue (absence of ferrous salt). On diluting 1 Cc. of the solution with water, to 40 Cc, and boiling, the liquid should remain clear (absence of oxychloride). If 1.12 (1.1176) Gm. of the solution be introduced into a glass-stoppered bottle (having a capacity of about 100 Cc), together with 15 Cc. of water and 2 Cc. of hydrochloric acid, and, after the addition of 1 Gm. of potas- sium iodide, the mixture be kept for i an hour at a temperature of 40° C. (104° F.), then cooled, and mixed with a few drops of starch T.S., it should require about 26 Cc. of decinorraal sodium hyposulphite V.S. to discharge the blue or greenish color of the liquid (each cubic centimeter of the volumetric solution indicating 0.5 per cent of metallic iron) " — {U. S. P.). This preparation is also known as Liquor Ferri Perchloridi and Solution of Perchloride of Iron. It is used mainly for making tincture of chloride of iron, which see. The .solution of this name in the latest British Phnrmnropceia ( Liquor Ferri Perchloridi) has the strength of the tincture in the same work: both are prepared from a strong solution of ferric chloride (Liquor Ferri Perchloridi Fortis), containing 22.5 Gm. of iron in 100 Cc. of the preparation. Action and Medic&l Uses.— {See Fen-i C/doridum.) Solution of ferric chlo- ride may be kept on hand for the preparation of freshly precipitated hydroxide of iron, the antidote for arsenic and its compounds. A solution of Liquor Ferri Chloridi in alcohol forms the well-known niuriated tincture of iron (tincture of iron, or tincture of chloride of iron) (see Tinctura Ferri Chloridi). Related Solution. — Liquor Ferri PROTocRLORini (N. F.), Wu/ion o/pro/ofWonW^o/ iron, Solutidti Df/crniiix cliliiride. " Irou, in the form of fine, bright, and finely cilt wire, one hundred and sixty gniimiies ( 160 (im.) [5 ozs. av., 282 grs.] ; hydrochloric acid ( ('. .^'. P. i. six hundred and twenty-five granimcs (H2-'i (tlii.) [1 lli. av., 6 ozs., 20 ^rs.] ; glycerin, two hundretl and fifty cubic centnneters (2.i0 t'c. i [S t\^, 21S HI ] ; dihited hyiKi|ihosphorous acid i T. .S, P.). ten cubic centimeters (10 CV. I [lli2 \\[]; distilled water a suliie'ient qiuiiititv to make one tliousand cubic centimeters 1 1000 i\\ i [X{ H.s, '-'''.n VC[ ]. To the iron, contained in a fiiisk, add three hundred and fifty cubic ceMtimeteis cr.O CV.) [11 fig, 401 Ttl] of distilled water, and the hyilr.K-hloric •id, ami a|i|>ly a gentle he:it until etl"erves<-ence ceases. Then raise the liquid to boilinp.keep ' rt time so that tlie iron may be brought into solution as far fis High a pellet of absorbent cotton placed in the neck of a fun- a little distilled water. Evaporate the filtrate, over a boiling n to form, anii the escaping vapors cease to redden, or only litmus (laper. Now add the glycerin and the diluteiW.iftV)n of foryfiil- f>hate (}f ( inn ■• SnlplKitc of iron, mie Inindrecl :nid sixtv-tivc L'r:uiimes I Itvi tini.) [.i ozs. av., ;«9 gi-s.] ; nitric acid . T. .s. /', >. one hundred and sixtv-tive .jrannnes (ltv> tim. ' [.> oxs. av..:»!l grs.] : distilled' water, a snllicient cni;mtitv to iiKike one thousand cubic centimeters i lOOOCc.) [;« flg, W'.n W\\ Dissolve the sulpluuc .If iron in eight Inui.lred and liftv cubic centiineteis (8.i0 Cc.) [2S fl.:^. :!.-i(; 1111 "I boiling distilled water, in a flask, graduallyadd the nitric acid, and continue the he;it until the esi-;ipini; v;ipors cease to have a nitrons odor. When the reaction is completed, allow the liquid to cool, nml add enough distilled water to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [:5:i tl.s, SIM ll]] "— ( .V<((. F»,m.\. Howe's .Acid Solction ok Iron.— This solution is prt-paivd by triturating ferrous .sulphate (2 parts) in a mortar, and adding 10 partii of water and I part of iiitric acid. No heat is to be itattbis ten.peia turefoiash possible. Hllci- tli. ■ solution th ncl, and uasi, tin ■ cotton witli water-luuli. until rrvstals h.'t Slightlv allrrl. 111. .istencd blut LIQl'OR FERRI CHLUHIDI. I1G.5 finplov' il. When tht> liquid assumi* a clear, amber color it is to hi- liottled. This (irepnra- tion contiiins excess of nitric acid, ami, nrobalily, also (nirt of the iinexiiellcd nitrons acid. Its medicinal value probably consists in the associated actions of these siiiistances as well as the iron salt. Howe's acid solution of iron is a favorite |irepanition with Kdectic physicians to fulfil the indications for iron and an acid. It is less apt than any other fluid preparation of iion to provoke febrile phenomena. It is an excellent ajient in chrunic cittun-luil ajfa-tiuiiB, iiufmlii, (7i/.iri<,, anil (jfwetil debililit. We have found it l)est adapted to cases exhibiting a pal- lid, waxy skin and cherry-red mucous membranes. The dosi- sliould 1k' alwut 2 dro]*, 3 or 4 times a day. A very pleasant preparation is the following: R .Vcid solution of iron, fi,)i syrnp of orange, ti.siv. Mix. .Sig. Dose, 1 teaspoonful. given preferably before meals and at bedtime. This is tlie best preparation of iron for u.se in iihlhixif and oilier wasting diseases. I.oefflek's Soi.iTiox.— Various solutions, to be u.sod for the disinfection of the throats of tlljihlh' ria patients, have been devi.scd by Prof. I.oettler, of (ireifswald. Chief among these is that pn'pan?d after the following formula: R Menthol, ten grammes llOtim.) [ir)4grs.]; tolnene, a sutficient quantity to make thirty-six cul)icci-ntimeters CitiCc.) [1 ti,^, 104 TTl] ; then add creolin, two cubic centimeters |2 Cc.) [33 HI] ; solution of chloride of iron, lour cubic centi- meters ( 4 Cc. ) [tiii TTl 1 ; alcohol, sutficient to make one hundred cubic centimeters (100 Cc.) [3 flS, 183 Til]. Of all the solutions recommended bv L,oetHer the preceding is preferred for children and sensitive individuals, being applied as I'ollows: .\fter first cleansing the throat of mucus by means of a piece of dry cotton, carrieil by means of forc-eps or wire applicator, neatly wrap" a piece of cotton upon the wire applicator ami saturate it with the solution. Pass "the application to the throat and gently, but firndy. press against the diphtheritic exu- date for 10 seconds, immediately repeating the application. Continue the application everj- 3 or 4 hours for several days, or until the local manifestations have disappeared. This should Ih? foUowetl in the course of 20 minutes with an irrigation of the nose and throat with anti- septic cleansing solutions, such as of hvdrogen peroxide, listerine, lime-water, Dobell's solu- tion, etc. Other solutions recommendeil by Loefner are as follows: (1) Carbolic acid, 1 part ; alcohol, 25 parts; turpentine, 25 parte. (2") Alcohol, 16 parts; toluene, 9 parts. (3) Alcohol, 16 parts: benzene, 9 parts. LuiioR Ferri loDini (X. F.), Solution of iodide of iron. — " Iron, in tlie form of fine, bright, and finely cut wire, two hundrei make one thoiasand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.)J33fl3, 391 Ttl.]. Mix the iron with seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (750 Cc.) [25 fl5, 173 Til] of distilled water in a flask, add about one-half of the iodine, and agitate continuously until the liquid becomes hot. Then moderate the reaction by i)lacing the flask in cold water, or by allowing cold water to flow- over it. meanwhile keeping up the agitation. When the reaction'has moderated, add one-half of the remaining iodine at a time, and carefully moderate the reaction each time, in the man- ner above directed. Finally, raise the contents of the flask to boiling, and filter immediately through moistened pure filtering paper (the point of the filter being supported by a pellet of absorljent cotton) into a bottle contaming the diluted hypopliosphorous acid. When all the liqui [11 ozs. av., 280 grs.] ; sodium hypophospfiite. two hundrtnl and twenty g'rammes (220 Gm.) [7 ozs. av., 333 grs.]; potassium citrate, two hundn'd and fifteen grammes (215 Gm.) [7 ozs. av., 255 grs.]; glycerin, one hundred and fifty cul)ic centimeters (150 Cc. I [5 flg, iiTTl]; water, a suflicient quantity to make one thousantl cubic centimeters ( 1000 Cc. I [3;i flg. .391 TIV]. Dissolve the iron and 'ammonium sulphate, and the sodium hypo phosphite, each, in fifteen hundred cubic centimeters ( 1 500 Cc.) [^50 fl.^, *>41Tl] of water, and, if necessary, filter each solution. Then mix them, and stir thoroughly; after a few minutes transfer the resulting magma to a close linen or muslin strainer,and wash the precipitate with alwut five hundred cubic centimeters (500 Cc. ) [16 fl.g, 435 ITl] of water. Allow it to drain, and then press it forcibly in the strainer, so a.s to remove as much of the liquid as passible. Trans- fer the pn-cipitatf from the strainer to a mortar, add to it the potassium citrate, and triturate until a i)«-rfectly smooth paste results. Then add the glycerin, and gra\'\ the jiotassium citrate and glyc.-rin. and apply q «<-ntle heat, until solution has been ellecled. Allow the li.juid to i-ool, and ail.l enough water 1166 LIQUOR FERRI CITRATIS. to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 fl.s, 391 TH]- Place the solution for sevenil flays in a cold place, if convenient ; then pour oflT the clear solution froi.i any precipi- tate or crystals that may have formed, and Iceep the solution in small, completely-tilU-d and well-corked bottles. About 6 minims of this solution represent 1 grain of hypophosphite of iron (ferric) "— (-V«(. Form.). LIQUOR FERRI CITRATIS (U. S. P.)— SOLUTION OF FERRIC CITRATE. "An aqueous solution of ferric citrate, corresponding to about 7.5 per cent of metallic iron"— (f'. 5. P.). Syno.nyms: Liquor ferri citrici, Citras ferricm liquifh(.i. Preparation.— " Solution of ferric sulphate, one thou.«and and fifty grammes (lft50 Gra.) [2 lbs. av.,5 ozs., 17 grs.] ; citric acid, three hundred grammes (300 Gm.) [10 ozs. av., 255 grs.]; ammonia water, eight hundred and eighty cubic cen- timeters (880 Cc.) [29 fls, 363 ITl]; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thou- sand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av.,3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Mix the ammonia water with three thousand cubic centimeters (3000 Cc.) [101 fls, 212 m] of cold water and the solution of ferric sulphate with ten thoui^and cubic centimeters ( 10,000 Cc.) [338 fls, 66111] of cold water. Add the latter solution slowly to the diluted ammonia water with constant stirring. Pour the mixture on a wet muslin strainer, and allow the liquid to run off and the precipitate to drain. Then remove the moist mass from the strainer, mix it well with six thousand cubic centimeters (60(X) Cc.) [676 fls, 132 ITl] of cold water, again pour it on the strainer, and let it drain. Repeat this washing with several successive portions of cold water in the same manner, until the washings cease to produce more than a slight cloudiness with barium chloride test-solution. Then allow the precipitate to drain com- pletely, transfer it to a porcelain capsule, add the citric acid, and heat the mixture on a water-bath, to 60° C. (140° F.), stirring constantly until the precipitate is dissolved. Lastly, filter the liquid, and evaporate it, at the above-mentioned temperature, until it weighs one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av.,3 ozs., 120 gns.]"— (r.S.P.). In this process ferric hydroxide is first produced, and as this holds a large amount of water, the preparation becomes liquid as the citric acid is added, and citrate of iron is produced. The heat should be maintained at about 60° 0.(140° F.), never more than a few degrees higher, until the ferric hydroxide is dissolved. Description and Tests. — According to the U. S. P., this solution is "a dark- brown liquid, odorless, and possessing a slightly ferruginous ta.10U KERKI MTKATIS. 11G7 LIQUOR FERRI ET AMMONII ACETATIS i U. S. P. )— SOLUTION OF IRON AND AMMONIUM ACETATE. Synonyms: Mii>titra ferri n ammonii arelntii^ (Pfinrm., 1880), Basham's mixture. Preparation. — " Tincture of ferric chloride, twenty cubic centimeters (20 Co.) [825 ITl]: (liluteil acetic acid, thirty cubic centi meters" ( 30 Cc.) [1 fig, TTtlJ; solu- tion ofauHUoniuni acetate, two luuulred cubic ceiitiiuct( is (2(X)('c. ) [fi fl.5,866TTl]; aromatic elixir, one hundred cubic centimeters ( 1(«) (.C.) [:'. tl,^, is:i 111] ; };lveerin, one hundred and twenty cubic centimeters a20C'c.) [4 H5, 281111; water.a suiii- cient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (iO(to Ce ) [8:5 H5, 3!U Til]. To the solution of ammonium acetate (which should not be alkaline) add, suc- cessively, the diluted acetic acid, the tincture of ferric chloride, the aromatic elixir, and the glycerin, and, lastly, enough water to make the product measure one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 tig, 391 ITL]. This preparation should be freshly made when wanted " — (('. S. P.). The reaction here, by double decomposition, produces ferric acetate and ammonium chloride. A large proportion, however, of the ammonium acetate remains uncombined. While this solution may keep for quite a length of time, it should, to insure a good and fresh preparation, be made onlv as needed for use. It is a briirht-red, transparent lluid. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— This agent is diuretic and acts kindly upon the stomach. In doses of^to 1 fluid ounce, it has been administered in aUtuminuria. Said to be most valuable when tubular nephritis is present. LIQUOR FERRI NITRATIS lU. S. P.)— SOLUTION OF FERRIC NITRATE. "An aqueous solution of ferric nitrate (Fe.;[NO,]s=483.1), containing about 6.2 per cent of the anhydrous salt, and corresponding to about 1.4 per cent of metallic irnn "—(,''. S. P.). 8y.no.nyms : Liquor ferriperniiratis, Solution ofpernitrnte of iron. Preparation. — " Solution of ferric sulphate, one hundred and eighty grammes (180 Gm.) [6 oz. av., 153 grsj; ammonia water, one hundred and sixty cubic centi- meters (160 Cc.) [5 fl.5, 197 Til] ; nitric acid, seventy-one grammes (71 Gm.) [2 ozs. av., 221 grs.]; distilled water, water, each, a sufficient quantity to make one thou- sand granimes(1000Gm.)[21bs. av.,3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Mix the ammonia water with five hundred cubic centimeters (500 Cc.) [IG fl.5, 435 Til] of cold water, and the .solution of ferric sulphate with fifteen hundred cubic centimeters (1500 Cc.) [50 fls, 346 Til] of cold water. Add the latter solution slowly to the diluted ammo- nia water, with constant stirring. Let the mixture stand until the precipitate has subsided as far as practicable, and then decant the supernatant liquid. Add to the precipitate one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 fl.5, 391 Ttl] of cold water, mix well, and again set the mixture aside, as before. Repeat the washing with successive portions of cold water, in the same manner, until tlie washings produce but a slight cloudiness with barium chloride test-solution. Pour the washed ferric hydrate on a wet muslin strainer, and let it drain thor- oughly. Then transfer it to a porcelain capsule, add the nitric acid, and stir with a glass rod until a clear solution is obtained. Finally, add enough distilled water to make the finished product weigh one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 OZ.S., 120 grs.]. Filler, if necessary"— (T. S. P.). History.— Mr. William Kerr introduced this prei)aration to the profession in 1832 ( Ed. .Mrd. and Sur;i. .Jour., XXXVII, p. 99). When correctly made it is of a deep-red color (amber-colored if an excess of acid be jiresent), clear, and powerfully astringent. On standing, sesquioxiile of iron forms, which at first destroys the transparency of the liquid, but is finally deposited, ami which may be prevented by the addition of a drachm of hydrochloric acid. On account of the great lia- bility to change in this preparation, various suggestions have been made for the purpose of i)rocuringai)ermanent solution ; among them a process ofi'ered by 1168 LiQr(ji; fkkki sib.scli'Hatis. W. Procter, Jr., of Philadelphia, which forms the basis for the U. S. P. process iAiner. Jour. PAr,rm.,Vol. XXIX, p. 306j. Description. — "A dear, amber-colored, or reddisli liquid, odorless, having an acid, styiitic taste, and an acid reaction. Specific gravity about 1.050 at 15° C. (59° F.j. The solution gives a brownish-red precipitate with ammonia water, and a blue one with potassium ferrocyanide T.S. If a clear crystal of ferrous sulj)hate be added to a cooled mixture of equal parts of the solution and of con- centrated sulphuric acid, the crystal will become brown and be surrounded by a brownish-black zone. If 1.12 (1.1176) Gm. of the solution be introduced into a glass-stoi)pered bottle (having a capacity of about 100 Cc), together with 15 Cc. of water and 2 Cc. of hydrochloric acid, and, after the addition of 1 Gm. of potas- sium iodide, the mixture be kept for | an hour at a temperature of 40° C. (Kt4° F.), then cooled, and mixed with a few drops of starch T.S., it sliould require about 2.8 Cc. of decinorraal sodium hyposulphite V.S. to discharge the blue or greenish color of the liquid (each cubic centimeter of the volumetric solution indicating 0.5 per cent of metallic iron) " — {U. S. P). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Solution of nitrate of iron is astrin- gent, and possesses the projjerty of diminishing tenderness and irritability of the mucous membranes with which it comes in contact. It has been found useful in chronic diarrhoea, where intestinal ulceration is absent, and in the diarrhaa of weak and nervous persons. It is contraindicated if inflammatory symptoms are pres- ent. It has also been used in hcviatevifsis, hemorrhage from the bowels, uterine hemor- rhage, and mennrrhagia, especially in pale, feeble, and languid constitutions. It has also been found advantageous as an injection, and by mouth, in leworrhcea. In the colliquative diarrhau of tuberculous phthisis, it has afibrded much benefit, as well as in chronic diarrhea and cholera infantuvi of anemic or scrofulous patients. The dose is from 5 drops, gradually increased to 15 or 20 drops, or more, suffi- ciently diluted with water, and repeated 3 or 4 times a day ; the ordinary dose to commence with is 10 or 12 drops. Injected into the vagina, it will cause consid- erable irritation, unless previously weakened with water. LIQUOR FERRI SUBSULPHATIS (U. S. P.)— SOLUTION OF FEERIC SUBSULPHATE. An aqueous solution of basic ferric sulphate (of variable chemical compo- sition), corresponding to about 13.6 per cent of metallic iron. Synonyms: Solution of basic ferric sulphate, Monsel's solution. Solution of permd- phnfc of iron (erroneously). Preparation. — " Ferrous sulphate, in clear crystals, six hundred and seventy- five grammes (675 Gm.) [1 lb. av., 7 ozs., 354 grs.]; sulphuric acid, sixty-five grammes (6.5 Gm.) [2 ozs. av., 128 grs.J ; nitric acid, distilled water, each, a suffi- cient quantity to make one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.") [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Add the sulphuric acid to five hundred cubic centimetei-s (500 Co.) [16 fls, 435 ITl] of di.>;tilled water in a capacious j)orcelain capsule, heat the mixture to nearly 100° C. (212° P.), then add sixty-five grammes (65 Gm.) [2 ozs. av., 128 grs.] of nitric acid, and mix well. Divide the ferrous sulphate, coar.*ely pow- dered, into 4 equal portions, and add these portions, one at a time, to the hot liquid, stirring after each addition until effervescence ceases. When all of the ferrous sulphate is dissolved, add a few drops of nitric acid, and, if this causes a further evolution of red fumes, continue to add nitric acid, a few drops at a time, until it no longer causes red fumes to be evolved; then boil the solution until it assumes a ruby-red color, and is free from nitrous odor. Lastly, adil enough dis- tilled water to make the product weigh one thousand grammes (,1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Keep the product in well-stoppered bottles, in a moderately warm place (not under 22° C. or 71.6° F.), protected from light. This solution will sometimes crystallize, forming a semi-solid, whitish mass. When tliis occurs the application of a gentle heat to the bottle will restore the liquid condition. Note. — Solution of ferric subsulphato is to be dispensed when solution of j>erstil- phate of iron lias been prescribed by the jthysician" — (('. S. P.). LIQUOR FERRl TERSDLPHATK-;. 11G9 History— This process is practically that of Dr. E. R. Siiuilib ( IStiiii. The lorrous siil^)hate is changed into ferric sulphate, but as there is m>t a .-iillicii-nt quantity ot the sulphuric acid present to jiroduce the normal ferric sulphate, an oxysulphate. basic or subsulphate is formed, of the approximate composition Fe".tS<\ .OH\. Description and Tests. — "A dark reddish-brown liquid, odorless or nearly so, of an acid, strongly styptic tiiste, and an acid reaction. Specific gravity, about 1.550 at 15° C. (59° F.). Miscible witii water and alcohol, in all proportions, without decomposition. The diluted solution yielils a brownish-red precipitate with ammonia water, a blue one with pota! 4 equal portions, and 117U LiQUOK gutta-perchj:. add these portions, one at a time, to the hot liquid, stirring after each addition until effervescence ceases. When all of the ferrous sulphate is dissolved, add a few drops of nitric acid, and, if this causes a further evolution of red fumes, con- tinue to add nitric acid, a few drops at a time, until it no longer causes red fumes to be evolved; then boil the solution until it assumes a reddish-brown color and . is free from nitrous odor. Lastlj', add enough distilled water to make the product weigh one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Filter, if necessary '' — (U. S. P.). By clear crystals, as directed, is meant the unefHoresced salt. The reaction here taking place is precisely the same as when Liquor Ferri Subgulphati>i is formed, excepting that sufficient sulphuric acid is employed to produce the non-basic or normal ferric sulpliate ( Fe^SOJ,). The equation 6FeSO.+3H,SO.-f 2N03H= 4H,0+3Fr (SO, I,— NO illustrates the reaction. Description and Tests.— "A dark reddish-brown liquid, almost odorless, having an acid, strongly styptic taste, and an acid reaction. Specific gravity, about 1.320 at 15° C. (59° F.). Miscible with water and alcohol, in all propor- tions, without decomposition. The diluted solution yields a brownish-red pre- cipitate with ammonia water, a blue one with potassium ferrocyanide T.S., and a white one, insoluble in hydrochloric acid, with barium chloride T.S. On slowly mixing 2 volumes of the solution with 1 volume of concentrated sulphuric acid, in a beaker, no solid, white mass will separate on standing (difference from sub- sulphate). On adding a clear crystal of ferrous sulphate to a cooled mixture of equal volumes of concentrated sulphuric acid and a moderately diluted portion of the solution, the crystal should not become brown, nor should there be a brown- ish-black color developed around it (absence of nitric acid). If to a small portion of the solution, diluted with about 10 volumes of water, a few drops of freshly prepared potassium ferricyanide T.S. be added, a pure brown color should be produced, without a tinge of green or greenish-blue (absence of ferrous salt). If 1.12 (1.1176) Gm. of the solution be introduced into a glass-stoppered bottle (having a capacity of about 100 Cc), together with 15 Cc. of water and 2 Co. of hydrochloric acid, and, after the addition of 1 Gm. of potassium iodide, the mix- ture be kept for ^ hour at a temperature of 40° C. (104° F.). then cooled, and mixed with a few drops of starch T.S., it should require about 16 Cc. of decinor- mal sodium hyposulphite V.S. to discharge the blue or greenish color of the liquid (each cubic centimeter of the volumetric solution indicating O.o per cent of metallic iron) "— (T. & P.). Action and Medical Uses. — May be used like Monsels solution, but is less desirable because not so astringent, and is more strongly irritant. It should be kept on hand for the preparation of freshly precipitated hydroxide of iron, the antidote for arsenic. LIQUOR GUTTA-PERCH,ffi (N. F.i— SOLUTION OF GUTTA-PERCHA. Preparation.— ■Gutta-percha, in thin slices, fifteen grammes (l-"> Gm.) [231 grs.]; commercial chloroform, one hundred cubic centimeters {\00 Cc.) [3 flj, 183111]; lead carbonate, in fine powder, seventeen grammes (17 Gm.) [262 grs.]. Add tlie gutta-percha to seventy-five cubic centimeters (75 Cc. ) [2 tls, 257 lU] of the chloroform contained in a bottle, cork it well, and shake it occa.*ionally until tiie gutta-percha is dissolved. Tlien add the lead carbonate, previously "mixeil with the remainder of the chloroform, and, having several tinies shaken the whole together, at intervals of ^ hour, set the mixture aside until the insoluble matters have subsided and the solution lias become perfectly clear. Lastly. decant the liquid and preserve it in small, cork-stoppered' vials" — [Xttt. Form.). As chloroform does not make a clear solution of gutta-perclia, Maschke pro- (losed agitation of the solution with water (1 to l\ per cent), to hasten the collec- tion of the impurities at the top of the solution. Others liave proposed heavy, insoluble substances to carry with them in precipitation the insoluble matter. Chief among these was lead carbonate, jtroposed by Win. Hodgson, Jr., in 1861. which, by causing the impurities to subside with it, renders the solution clear and colorless, or nearly so. The liquid may then be decanted. On account of its 1 lyion iiYin:.\K(iYi;i nitkatis. 1171 chiiracler it can not be filtered. Should it b}- evaporation become loi> den:?e, a little chloroform may be added. Under the name TRAi'MATinsK, Aui^pitz, of \'ienna, introduced a solution of jiutta-percha (1 part) in chloroform ( lU parts). Action and Medical Uses. — An adhesive protective. (For usc^. si-i- (intin- pcrchii.) LIQUOR HYDRARGYRI NITRATIS (U. S. P.)— SOLUTION OF MERCUEIC NITRATE. "A li(iuid containing about 60 per cent of mercuric nitrate (Hg[NO,] 323.58), together with about 11 per cent of free nitric acid" — {U. S. P.). Syno.nyms: Liqunr hydrorgyri nitratis acidus, Liquor hydnmiyri uitriri orydnli. Arid sohilidii of nitrate of meirury. Solution of nitrate of mercury, Si^lution of pemitrate of iiurniry, Hjidi-argyrum orydalum nitrirum solutum. Preparation.— " Red mercuric oxide, forty grammes (40 Gm.)"]!^! oz. av., 180 gr:i.]; nitric acid, forty-five grammes (45 Gm.) [1 oz. av.,2.57 grs.]; distilled water, fifteen grammes (15 (ini.) [231 grs.] ; to make one hundred grammes ( 100 Gm.) [3 oz. av., 231 grs.]. Mix the nitric acid with the distilled water, and dissolve red mercuric oxide in the mixture. Keep the product in glass-stopi)ered bot- tles'"—( r. .s'. P.K Description and Tests. — In the foregoing process the mercuric oxide com- bines with the nitric acid as follows: HgO+2HN03=Hg(NO,),,+ H.,0. It is "a clear, nearly colorless, heavy liquid, having a faint odor of nitric acid, and a strongly acid reaction. Specific gravity, about 2.100 at 15° C. (59° F.). On evaporating a few drops of the solution in a porcelain capsule, a white residue is left, which, on being heated, becomes successively yellow, red, and brown, and is finally com- pletely volatilized. On a bright surface of copper, the solution deposits a coating of metallic mercury. The solution, diluted with water, yields with pota.ssiuni or sodium hydrate T'S. a yellow precipitate; and with potassium iodide T.S. a bright red one, soluble in an excess of the reagent. A clear crystal of the ferrous sul- phate dropped into the solution rapidly acquires a brown color, and becomes surrounded by a brownish-black zone. No precipitation or cloudiness should occur in thft solution on the addition of water, or of diluted hydrochloric acid (absence of mercurous salt) " — (f. 6'. P.). When strong nitric acid is added to this solution a deliquescent, crystalline mass of mercuric nitrate may be obtained, and this salt maybe obtained in large crystals, having the composition 2Hg( NO, ),.H,0, by slowly evaporating the solution over sulphuric acid. If alcohol be mixed with this solution and heated, the dangerous ex]p\osi\e,fulminating mercury, is produced, and L'r>:it can- Muir^t be used to avoid such a compound. Action and Medical Uses. — This forms a thick, heavy, very caustic solu- tion, which has been employed with some success in lupuf>, iilreni'ted cenix uteri, obstinate lepra, psoriam, porrigo, /lerjtes excdem, etc., sypliililic and sci-qfuloui ulcerg. It is applied by means of a camel's-hair pencil to a surface not exceeding an inch in diameter at any one time, and over this a pledget of lint is applied, which has been previously dampened with some of the solution. It whitens the part at once, a kind of erysipelatous inHanimation is induced in the neighboring parts, and a scab of yellow color forms and falls off in 3, 4, or 5 days. In ulcerated cervix uteri, one application is said to have materially imjjroved the character of the sore. As salivation has been caused by a single application, Mialhepropo.'^ed to prevent absorption of the mercury by washing the cauterized jiart immediately after the caustic has been aitjilied (l"'.). It is seldom, if ever, employed l>y tin^ Kclectic physicians. Related Preparations.— .Mili.on's Te.st Soi.itio.v. Dissolve by moans cf a m-\nU- luat an equal wiiL'iil ..i in.n nrv in concentrale.l nitric aci.l, adil twice its hulk of water, and .leant from the pn , ipitatc whiclj forms. This reagent, which must contain some unconibinc.l nitric and nitrou.s acid, is employed as a test for proteids, the hitter impartinj: to it n rod coloration upon warming. l-mcoK Hydrargybi Nitrici OXYDI'LATI {Liquor BdliHiii, or Jli/drargi/rum luydiilalum .^--ZiidDii).— Take mercurous nitrate, 100 parts; nitric aci.l, l.^i parts; enough water to make lOOO ))art8. Dis.solve without heat. If exposed to th.- air this s,.luti..n chanir.-s to mercuric nitrate through oxi.lation. 1172 LIQUOR HYDRARGYRI PERCHLORIDI.-LIQUOR lODI COMPOSITT'S. LIQUOR HYDRARGYRI PERCHLORIDI.— SOLUTION OF PERCHLOEIDE OF MERCURY. Synonyms : Liquor liydmrgyri hicJdorkU, Solution of mercuric chloride, Solution of corrosive mhlimate. Preparation. — "Take of perchloride of mercury, chloride of ammonium, of each, 10 grains ; distilled water, 1 pint. Dissolve" — {Br. Pharm., 1885;. The Brituh Pharmacopreia (1898) omits chloride of ammonium. Description.— A colorless liquid having a saline, metallic taste, and contain- ing^ grain of mercuric chloride in the Imperial fluid ounce. It is decomposed l>y the alkalies and alkaline carbonates, medicinal extracts, and the juices of vege- tables. It is a solution of the alchemist's Sal Alembroth. By substituting for the water bitter almond emulsion, (Rowland's Cosmetk Lotion is formed. Van Swieten's Liquor (Liijuein- di- Vnn Siriiiri). of the French Codex), contains mercuric chloride, 1 part; aleuhol, IdO parts; water. '.)(«» ]iarts. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — (See Hydrargyrum Chloridtim Corrn- siviim.) Dose, j to 1 fluid drachm (equal to :j'g to ^ grain of corrosive sublimate). LIQUOR HYPOPHOSPHITUM (N. F.)— SOLUTION OF HYPOPHOSPHITES. Preparation. — "Calcium hypophosphite, thirtj'-five grammes (3-5 Gm.) [1 oz. av., lo:; grs.J sodium hypophosphite, twenty grammes (20 Gm. ) [309 grs.]^: pota.ssiuni hypophosphite, seventeen and one-half grammes (17.5 Gm.") [270 grs.J: citric acid, sixteen grammes (16 Gm.) [247 grs.] ; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 flg, 391111]. Dissolve'the salts and citric acid in water so as to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 fig, 391 TIL] ; filter, if necessary, and pass enough water through the filter to restore the original volume. Each "fluid drachm contains 2 grains of calcium hypophosphite, 1^ grains of sodium hypophosphite, and 1 grain of potassium hypophosjihite" — (Nat. Form.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — (See the respective hypophosphites.) Dose, 1 drachm. LIQUOR lODI COMPOSITUS (U. S. P.)— COMPOUND SOLUTION OF IODINE. Synonyms : Solution of iodine, Lugol's solution. Preparation.^ — "Iodine, five grammes (5 Gm.) [77 grs.]; potassium iodide, ten grammes (10 Gm.) [154 grs.]; distilled water, a sufficient quantity to make one hundred grammes (100 Gm.) [3 oz. av., 231 grs.]. Dissolve the iodine and potassium iodide in a sufficient quantitj' of distilled water to make the product weigh one hundred grammes (100 Gm.) [3 oz. av., 231 grs.]. Keep the solution in glass-stoppered bottles" — (U. S. P.). Metallic iodine is very slightly dissolved by water, but is extremelj' soluble in a solution of iodide of potassium. In preparing this solution. 2 parts of the iodide are generally added with 1 of iodine, forming a concentrated solution of iodine, which is the active medicinal agent in tlie solution. The solution loses its strength by exposure to the air, in consequeneeof the evaporation of the iodine: light al.^^o a])iiears to exert a deleterious influence upon it. It should, therefore, be Kept in well-stojiprrcd bottles, and in a dark place. Description.— Lugol's solution is a deep brownish-red fluid having the char- acteristii', caustic, iodine taste. Starch paste is colored blue by it. A portion of the iodine is driven oft" on boiling it. It may be decolorized by shaking it with ether, chloroform, or carbon disulphide. " If 12.66 Gm. of the solution be mixed with a few drops of starch T.S., it should require, for complete decoloration, from 49.3 to 50 Cc. of decinormal sodium liyposulphitc V.S. (each cubic centimeter of the volumetric solution corresponding to 0.1 i)er cent of iodine) " — ((.'. 5. P.). I.ltiliiK MAiiNKSlI (.•iTKATl>. 1173. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Compound solution «( iodine pos- sesses ;ill the virtues of iodine, and may be used advanUgeously in srrofuldM, syphilitic, and all titherculoiui digeuse^, or wherever iodine is indicated. The dose is 5 drops in a tahUspoonful of water, sweetened if desired, and gradually increased ti) 20 or 30 drops ; the dose to be repeated 3 times a day. Twelve drops are equal to al>out ^ grain of iodine. Related Preparations.— Lugol's Cavstic, Catuiicum iodi. One part eacli of iotline and poUii^siuiii iLMlule, Jissolved in L' parts of water. Meiika's loKixE C.^l'STic— One part each of iodine and iodide of potassium, dissolved in 2 i>nrls of filycerin. LiuioEi Iodi C.M'sticvs (N. F. i, Caustic tolutlon of iodiuf. Iodine rniutic, Churrhill'ii iodine cattMic. — '• loiline, twentv-tive grauinies (ii Gm.i [386 grs.]; potasssiuni iodide, fifty grammes (50 Gm. ) [1 oz. av., XU grs.] ; water, one hundred cubic centimeters ( 100 Cc. i [3 tls, 183 ITl]. Dissolve the potassium iodide and the iotline in the water"— (A(i/. Form.). LlQl'OR Ii>i>i C.vKBoi.ATfS (N. F. I, Oirbotiied mliition of imliiu , BotUlon'n solution, Fniich mi.i- lure. — "Compound tincture of iodine (U.S. P.), fifteen cubic centimeters 1 1.5 Co [243 TTl]; carbolic acitl, liiinefie.l by a pentle heat, five and one-half cubic centimeters (5.5 Cc. i [89 Till ; glvcerin, one hundred and sixtv-five cubic centimeters (U>o Cc. i [5 fi.^, 278 TTl]; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 fl.^, 3',il TTl]. ^li" the glvcerin witli the c;iri)olic acid and compound tincture of iodine, add enough water to make "one thousaiKl cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.i [3:5 flg, 391 TTl], and expose the mixture to sunlight until i; has Ih'coiuo colorless"— i .Vuli.liite. Solution of Chlorinated Magnesia. — This ])reiiniati til water dissolve i pound lav. i, of magnesium sulphate; to this add a solution made hy trituiatin.' in a mortar a like quantity of water and 33 drachms of chlorinated lime. Agitate tla- mixture Meeasionally, and after allowing it to stand I day, pour oif the overlying fluid. Nearly 'J grains of magnesia are contained in each fluid ounee. It was projiosed by its autli'T as an internal medicament, being less irri- tant than its corresponding sodium and pota.ssium .■-. .Inti'ins. LiQi-OR M.MiXEsii SuLiMi.ATis EFFEHVEsei;Ns i X. I'.l, Liijuor magnesia: efen-e.^'Ci'M, Efferve.^C(nt tolution of imKjmviiim sulphate. — " Magnesium sulphate, twc-nty-five grammes (25 Gni.) [386 gre.]; citric acid, four grammes (4 Gm.)[62 grs.] ; syin|i of citric acid i C'. .V /'.'. sixty cubic centi- meters (60 Cc.) [2 flg, 14TTI]; potassium Mc arlionate, crystals, two and one-half grammes (2.5 Gm.) [39 grs.]; water, a sufficient quantity to make three hundred and lifty cubic centi- meters (350 Cc. I [11 flg, 401 Ttl]. Dissolve the inacnesium sulphate iuid the citric acid iu two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (250Cc. i ["^fl^. 21x111] of water, add the syrup of citric acid, and filter the solution into a strong bottle of alwou tliiec hundred and sixtv cubic centimeters (360 Cc.) [12 flg, 83 tri) capacity. Then add cn ejl- " ::t. ■• to nearly fill the' bottle, drop in the crj'stals of potassium bicarbonate, immediate!- 1 - •! 1 ttle with a cork, and secure it with twine. Lastlj', shake the bottle occasional!} un: lystals are dis.solved" — ( Xat. Form.t. LiQiOR ^Ia(;nesii Bro.midi (N. F.),SijIiii. ; ;.,//, bromide. — " Diluted liydrobromic acid I ('. '^'. P. . ' 'lie thousand cubic centimetei-s i iuuu Co [33 fi5, 391 ITl ) ; magnesium carbon- ate, a siitli. iciit .|uantity. .Saturate the diluted hydrobromic acid with a sufficient quantity, about sixt\ -ii\ e -lammes (65 Gm. I [2 ozs. av., 128 grs.] of magnesium carlwnate. When effer- Tese of carlxmic acid. This solution contains nearly 10 grains of the official carfxmate of magnesium in a fluid ounce, or about 2 per cent " — ( Br. I'lmnii.. 1S,S.5). ( Weights, avoirilujwis; measun'S, ImiVTial.l Magnesium carbonate is insoluble in water, hut soluble in carltonic acid water, the fri'shly pre- pared hydrated carlionate being more readily dis.«olved than the normal carbonate which has been prepared for some time. Hence, the directions leading to the production of the oxvcar- bonate of magnesium, 4(MKC03).Mg(OH 1,. This solution is clear, slightlv acidulmts, and free from bitterness. I'pon opening the con- hxiner for the tirst time, it may sliglitly etfervesce, due to the escape of carlxin dioxide. The white residue left upon evaporating a fluid" ounce of the solution to dryness, should, ui>on being cal- cined, weigh about 4 grains, and answer to the tests for magnesm. This is an agrt»eable form iu which to administer magnesia in cases of excessive acidily of the siiMem and where arid depofits occur ill the urine. It is used in England in connlitutiomd ffou't. Doee, 1 to 2 fluid ounces. LIQ. MORPHIN.K ACETATI;; -I.Ui. MOia'HlN.K II YPOPEHMK IS. 1175 LIQUOR MORPHINE ACETATIS. -SOLUTION OF ACETATE OF MORPHINE. Preparation. — "Take of acetate of inoiphiiie, 9 grains; diluted acetic acid, ISmiiiiiiis; leitified spirit, i fluid ounce; distilled water, li fluid ounces. Mix the acid, the si>irit, and the water, and dissolve the acetate of morphine in the mixture" {Br. Pharm.,lSSo). Freshlv prepared acetate of morphine sliould be used. The strength is about 1 in 100. £aoh fluid drachm contains i grain of morphine acetate. The spirit is present as a prfservativt'. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— (See Morpkina.) Dose, 10 to 60 minims. LIQUOR MORPHINE BIMECONATIS.-SOLUTION OF BIMECONATE OF MORPHINE. Preparation. — "Take of hydrochlorate of morphine, 9 grains; solution of ammonia, a sufliciency; meconic acid, 6 grains; rectified spirit,^ fluid ounce; distilled water, a sufficiency. Dissolve .the hydrochlorate of morphine in 2 or 3 drachms of distilled water, aiding the solution liy warmth; then add solution of ammonia until morphine ceases to be precipitated; cool; filter; wash the pre- cipitate with distilled water, until the washings cease to give a i)recipitate with nitrate of silver: drain ; mix the precipitate with sufficient water to produce H ounces; add the rectified s])irit and the meconic acid; dissolve" — (Br. Phann., 1885). fSet- al.-^c) Morfilnna; Birneconn>>, under Morphinn.) Description. — A colorless or nearly colorless solution, each fluid ounce con- taining ali'iut rih grains of morphine himeconate. Solutions of morphine bime- eonate are sometimes colored with burnt sugar. Dose, 5 to 40 minims. The solu- tion mentioned under Morphin.t Buueronns is an excellent preparation. These preparations are free from many of the disagreeable features of morphine sulphate. LIQUOR MORPHINE HYDROCHLORATIS.— SOLUTION OF HYDROCHLORATE OF MORPHINE. Preparation. — "Take of hydrochlorate of morphine, 9 grains; diluted hydro- chloric acid. IS minims; rectified spirit, i fluid ounce; distilled water, lA fluid ounces. Mix the hydrochloric acid, the spirit, and the water, and dissolve the hydrochlorate of morphine in the mixture" — (Br. Pharm., 188.5). This sdluti.'^in contains 1 per cent of morphine hydrochlorate, or 1 part in 100. Each fluid diaclim contains I grain of the morj)hine salt. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— (See J/orpAmrt.) Dose, 10 to 60 minims. LIQUOR MORPHINiE HYPODERMICUS iN. F. )— HYPODERMIC SOLUTION OF MORPHINE. Sv^■o^•v^[: \ffigmdie^s unlulion of morphine. Preparation. — "Morphine sulphate, three and one-half grammes (.3.5 Gm.) [•")4 grs.]; distilled water, warm, one hundred cubic centimeters ( 1(X1 Cc. ) [3 fls, 183 TTl]. Dis.solve the morphine sulphate in the warm distilled water, and filter the solution through a small pellet of absorbent cotton. When the solution is cold, pass a little distilled water through the cotton, if neces.sary, to makethe filtrate measure one hundred cubic centimeters (100 Cc) [3 fls, 183 TTl]. Keep the solution in well-stoppered vials in a dark place. NnU: — Particular care should be taken in dispensing and labelling this solution, so that it may not be mistaken for the so-called United States Solution of ^h^r\^\uw ( I.i'iwir Murphhe SulphoOg, V. S. p., 1870), containing only 1 grain of morphine suli>hate in each fluid ounce, which is ^till u.sed in some parts of this country. The d<'vcIo])mi'nt of fungoid 1176 LIQUOR PHOSPHOKI.— LlyUOlL PLUMBl SUBACETATIS. growths or micro-organisms in this and similar solutions used hypodermatieallj', may be prevented, or at least greatly retarded, by using chloroform water instead of plain distilled water as a solvent. This should, however, be done only with the knowledge, or by the direction, of the physician. Another efficient method to pre.serve such solutions, is to sprinkle a little benzoic acid on the surface of the absorbent cotton, through which the solutions are filtered. Or, about 5 grains of boric acid iii;iv 1m. m.MccI to ciicli iluic dissol veil, and strain tlie solution through muslin '" — {Nnt. Form.). Medical Uses.— (Scf Pir Liipiiiln.) LIQUOR PLUMBI SUBACETATIS iU. S. P.)— SOLUTION OF LEAD SUBACETATE. "An aqueous liquid, containing in solution aiiout 25 per cent of leail >ubace- tate (approximately Pb,0[(',lI,Oj,^546.48) "— f. .•^■. P. Synonyms: Goulard'.i extract, Arf turn plumbirttm, Aretum .■'iiturni, Suimrrtoii plum- fttriM liqukhis, Plumbum hi/drico-areticum solutnm. LUiUOR I'LUMBI SUBACKT A TI.S 1)1 LITIS.— LlylOK rOTASS.fi. 1177 Preparation. — " Lead acetate, one hundred and seventy grammes (170 Gni.) [5 ozs. av.,436 grs.]; lead oxide, one hundred grammes (100 Gm.) [.3 ozs. av., 231 grs.]; distilled water, a .sufficient (luanlilv to make one thousand grammes (10i=. av.,3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Dissolve the lead acetate in eight hun- dred grammes (^800 Gm.) [1 Ih. av., 12 ozs.,t)6 grs.] of boiling ilistilled water, in a glas.-i or porcelain vessel. Then add the lead oxide, previou.-ly jiassed through a tine sieve, and boil lor A hour, o(ea.«ionally adding hot distilled water to mak.). This solution contains basic acetates, the character of it depending upon the relative proportions of the two lead compounds employed. If molecular propor- tions be used (and this is aimed at in the official (process), a basic salt of thecom- l)osition Pb(C,H,0),.Pb(OH), is chiefly formed. This preparation changes on keej>- ing, and in reality, like many similar compounds, has the exact pharmacopieial composition but once in its existence, and that is immetliately after it is finished. Description and Tests.— "A clear colorless liquid, odorless, having a sweetish astringent taste, and an alkaline reaction. On exposure to the air it absorbs car- bon dioxide, which causes the formation of a white precipitate. Specific gravity, about l.U)5 at 1-5° C. (59° F.). When solution of lead subacetate is added to a solution of acacia, it produces a dense, white precipitate (distinction from an aqueous solution of normal lead acetate). In other respects the solution con- forms to the reactions and tests given under lead acetate (see /'/i!//i6/ .4rc^i.<). If 13.67 Gm. of the solution be diluted with 50 Cc. of water, there will be required, for complete precipitation of the lead about 25 Cc.of normal sulphuric acid (each cubic centimeter corresponding to 1 percent of lead subacetate), methyl-orange being used as indicator "—(r. .'^. P.). Action and Medical Uses. — This agent has not been used to any extent in Eclectic practice. By some practitioners it is applied as a topical sedative and astringent to allay inflnininiitid]!, and to les.«en d'm-horqeJ* from relaxed tUmes. Spraim, bruiser, Intrns, ah.rne,s!'eii, i njldm motor)/ ^kin cnt]itiiins,i?tc.,Are asserted to have been benefited by its employment. It should never be given internally, nor should it be applied to denuded surfaces, as excoriations, in which it is occasionally recom- mended, lest lead jwisoning should result from its absorption. The diluted form (see Liijuor Plumbi SubareliUii< Dilutuo), is more generally preferred. LIQUOR PLUMBI SUBACETATIS DILUTUS (U. S. P.)— DILUTED SOLUTION OF LEAD SUBACETATE. Sv.NoNVMs: I.«i(l u-iilrr, A'jiin j,liiiiihi,-(i, .Ujini snlurniiia. Preparation.— •' Solution of lead subacetate, thirty cubic centimeters (30 Cc.) [487111]; distilled water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centi- meters (KXX) Cc.) [33 fl.5, 391 m). Mix the solution of lead subacetate with enough distilled water, jireviously boiled and cooled, to make the product meas- ure one thou.9), containing about 5 per cent of the hydrate'— ( ('. S. P.). Synonyms: Sohdion of iwtassium hydrate. Solution of poUuk, Kali hydricum aolu- tum. Lirin'um ntiuiticum. 1178 LlQLa.red in the following manner: " Potassa, fifty-six gram'mes (56 Gm.) [1 oz. av.,427 grs.]; distilled water, nine hundred and forty-four grammes (944 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 1 oz., 131 grs.]. To make one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Dissolve the potassa in the distilled water. The potassa used in this process should be of the full strength directed by the Pharmacopeia (90 per cent). Potassa of any other strength, how- ever, maybe used, if a proportionately larger or smaller quantity be taken; the proper amount for the above formula being ascertained by dividing .50013 by the percentage of absolute potassa (^potassium hydrate) contained therein. Solution of potassa should be kept in bottles made of green glass, and provided with glass stopjiers (Matrd with paiartin or pftrolatum" — (U.S. P.). Description and Tests.— "Official Liquor Potassa' is a clear, colorless liquid, o(h)rk>r^, having a very acrid and caustic taste, and a strongly alkaline reaction. Specific gravity, about 1.036 at 15° C. (59° F.). It should conform to the same reactions and tests as an aqueous solution of potassa (see Potassa). To neutralize 28 Gm. of snhition of potassa should require about 25 Cc. of normal sulphuric acid (each (uMc ^ ntinu-ter of the volumetric solution indicating 0.2 per cent of abso- lute pnta->iuni hydrate, phenolphtalein being used as an indicator)"— (T. S. P.). A browui.-h color "in liquor potassa' indicates organic matter. It causes a soap-like sensation when rubbed between the fingers, and reddens yellow turmeric paper. It strongly attracts carbon dioxide from the atmosphere, and should, therefore, be kept in closed vessels. It corrodes flint glass, and should be preserved in green glass bottles. According to Dr. A. B. Garrod, liquor potassa? destroys or renders inert the active principle of hyoscj-amus, stramonium, belladonna, etc. ; and other caustic alkalies produce similar results. The carbonates or bicarbonates of these alkalies have not the property of destroying the activity of the plants named. Liquor potassa decomposes all the alkaloidn"! salts, and tannin and compounds derived from it. Wool, skins, animal tissue, and some vegetable structures are destroyed by it. Fats are decomposed by it, a soluble soap resulting. The British PlHiriiMropaiii (1898) retiuires liquor potass.c to be of the specific gravity of 1.0o.*<. and to ciintain "i.s.'i p,.r cent by weight, of hydroxide of pota.-^sium. KOH. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Solution of potassa. wlien rubbed between the fingtis inipart^ t.i them a scnipy sensation, which is due to the union of the caustic potash witii the oily matter of the skin, producing a soft soap. When the stomach is active, as it is alter a meal, solution of ])otas.«a in ordinary doses unites with the free gastric acids; but if the stomach be empty and inactive, the solution is absorbed, enters the circulati-m, neutralizing acidity, and particularly overcoming the acidity of the urine, for it is chiefly eliminated by tlie kidneys. Hence, if its action on the urine be desired, it should be given between meals, when the stomach is at rest. Symptoms closely resembling those of scurvy are the effect of its continued use. (For acute poisoning with Liquor Potassa\ and treatment therefor, see Potassa.) LlQrOlJ I'OTASS.K Kri'KRVESCEXS. 1170 Liquor iwtassa> is used as an antacid in conjunction with a bitter tonic infu- sion in «././(>// ()/■ the stoimich. The solutions of the carlxtnates are, however, preferable ;is an antacid. It has also been recommended to remove the tendency to formatiiin ot arir arid in the urine, but is inferior to the carbonates, which may be used for a longer time, and without debilitating the stomach so soon as the liquor potassie. This fluid has been found useful as a resolvent in indurnlinn and ciiliiqiiiiient of the h/mphittir (jU\iti\s. and especially inexcessive enlnnjemenl of l/ie (/lon- tlnlur /Id iiill.r at the end of the tongue. In uniUling oj't/ic urethrd accomjiany ing ijonor- r/init, combined with 10 or 12 drops of laudanum, liquor pota.-^sa' will 1)V found to afford i>rompt relief It has also been u.-^ed in gout and rheinndli.-^m, attended with uric acid in the urine, to diminish the viscidity of the mucus in c/ironie hronrlutis (injurious in consumption), and in some c/imnir skin difeniaratinn weaker. A fungous vegetation is likewise liable to form in it when long kein. Care should be exercised in the selection of the ansenous acid. Description. — Fowler's solution is at first an opalescent, afterward pinkish or reddish fluid, having an agreeable slight odor of lavender. It is alkaline in reaction. "If 24.7 Cc. of the .solution be boiled for a few minutes with 2 Gm. of sodium bicarlionate, and the liquor, when cold, diluted with water to 100 Co., and mixed with a little starch T.S., it should require from 46.4 to 50 Cc. of deci- normal iodine V.S. to produce the blue tint of iodide of starch (corresponding to 1 Gm. of arsenous acid in 1(X) Cc. of the solution) " — (U. S. P.). Fowler's solution was introduced into medicine by Dr. Fowler, of Stafford, England, to take the place of a remedy then known as ''tasteless ague drop." It is still a question as to whetlier it l)e a solution of potassium arsenite, as many believe, or whether it is simply an alkaline solution of arsenous acid. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — (See Aridum Ar.-'. P.). This preparation is designed to take the place of the less stable, but more agreeable Mi^ura P<>tnass off, will exert no action on blue or red litmus paper. This preparation is similar in medicinal virtue, to the official solution, the citric acid and lemon oil being intended to supply the absence of the lemon juice. It is proper to filter, in order to remove foreign or undissolved substances. This preparation, like solution of ammonium citrate and solution of sodium citrate, has the power of preventing the inkiness that follows the mixing of ferric salts, such as tincture of chloride of iron, and vegetable astringents. The dry citrates have the same property. The preparation known as Tactdcsn Thic- ture of Iron is a mixture of tincture o( chloride of iron and one of the above salts or solutions. It has a greenish color, an insipid, ferruginous taste, and mixes clear with liquids containing vegetalilc astringents. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— This solution is a refrigerant prepa- ration, acting mildly on the skin, i)o\vels, and kidneys. It is very useful in allaying gastric irvilahility. Its sedative and diaphoretic properties may be aug- mented by the addition of aconite or of digitalis; its diuretic influence is ren- dered more certain by combining it with sweet spirit of niter; and in diarrhoea or irrituble boivels, some opium or morphine luay be added to it. It forms a ver}' grateful draught for fever patients, and may be sweetened with sugar if needed. The dose is a tablcpoonful, diluted with about an equal measure of water, and repeated 5 or 6 times, or oftener, in the course of the day. A similar preparation mav be given as an effervescent drink, by forming one solution of lemon juice anJ water, each, i fluid ounce; and another, by dissolving bicarbonate of potas- sium, H drachms in 4 fluid ounces of water. The two solutions are to be mixed, and the whole taken at a draught during the effervescence. Related Preparation.— LiQroR Sonn Citr.\tis (N. F.), Solution of sodium citmte, }fisiura sodii cilrali!:. Srtiiimliii. Pulio rireri {Cut. J'liiiriii.). "Citric acid, twenty grammes (20 Gm.) [309 grs.]; soilium bicarbonate, twenty-five grammes (25 Gm.) [386 gra.]; water, one tliousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 tl5, 391 Ttl]. Dissolve tlie citric acid in water contained in a bottle, adil the sodium bicarbonate, dissolve it by agitation, and immedintclyetopper tlie bottli' securely. This preparation should be freshly prepared when wauti'd for use. Xote. — The Cniuin l''hnrmuitij)art< of alcohol at 1-5° C. (59° F.). When neutralized bj^ an alkali, it is quite solul>le in water. The solution of saccharin is intended to be used for sweetening liquids or solids, when the use of sugar is objectionable, or when a sweet taste is to be imparted to a liquid without increasing its density " — {Nat. Form.). Uses. — (See St^irrharinum.) LIQUOR SOD.ffi (U. S. P. 1— SOLUTION OF SODA. "An aqueous solution of sodium hydrate (NaOH=39.96), containing about 5 per cent of the hydrate " — ( ( '. S. P.). SvNONV.Ms: Solntiiin of .wdium h}/drate. Solution of cau-^tir soda. Preparation. — "Sodium carbonate, one hundred and seventy grammes (170 Gm.) [5 ozs. av., 436 gr.^.J ; lime, fifty grammes (50 Gm.) [1 oz. av.. 334 grs.]; dis- tilled water, a sufKcient quantitv. Di.^solve the sodium carbonate in four hun- dred cubic centimeters (400 Cc.)"'[13 fig, 2-52 ni] of boiling distjlled water. Slake the lime with about thirty cubic centimeters (30 Cc.) [1 fis, 7111] of distilled water, then mix it well with four hundred cubic centimeters (,40ti Cc.) [13 fls, 252111] of distilled water, pour the mixture into a tared flask, and. having heated it to boiling, gradually add tc it the solution of sodium carbonate, and boil dur- ing 10 minutes. Then add enough distilled water to the flask to make the con- tents weigh one thousand grammes (lOtK* Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.J, and set the flask aside, well stoppered, until the contents are cold. Lastly, strain the liquid through linen, set it aside in a well-stopi)ered bottle until it has become clear bj' subsidence, and separate the clear solution by decantation, or by means of a siphon." Solution of soda may also be prepared in the following manner : " Soda, fifty- six grammes (56 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 427 grs.]; distilled water, nine hundretl and forty-four grammes (944 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 1 oz., 131 grs.]: to make one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Dissolve the .-^oda in the dis- tilled water. The soda used in this process should be of the full strength directed by the PharmacopaMa (90 per cent). Soda of any other strength, however, may be used, if a proportionately larger or smaller (iuai\tity be taken; the proper amount for the above formula "being ascertained by dividing 5000 by the percentage of absolute soda (sodium liydrate) contained "therein. Solution of soda should be kept in bottles made of green glass, and provided with glass stoppers coated with paraflin or jietrolatum " — (T. .S. P.). Description. — "A dear, colorless liquid, odorle.. av., 127 grs.]; chlorinated lime, seventy-five grammes (75 Gm.) [2 ozs.av., 2S2 grs.]; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand grammes (U«K» Gm.) [2 lbs.av.,3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Triturate the chlorinated lime with two hundred cul>ic centimeters (200 Cc.) [(jflg, 3(56 111] of water, gradually added, until a uniform mixture results. Allow the heavier particles to subside, and transfer the thinner, supernatant portion to a filter. Then triturate the residue again with two hun- dred cubic centimeters (200 Cc.) [6fl5, 366111] of water, transfer the whole to the tilter. and when the liquid has drained off, wash the filter and contents with one hundred cubic centimeters (100 Cc.) [3 fls, 183 HI] of water. Dissolve the sodium carbonate in three hundred cubic centimeters (300 Cc.) [10 tig, 691(1] of hot water, and add this solution to the previously obtained filtrate contained in a suitable vessel. Stir or shake the mixture thoroughly, and, if it should become jrelatiiious, warm the vessel until the contents liquefy. Then transfer the mix- ture to a new filter, and, when no more liquid drains from it, wash the filter and contiiits with enough water to make the product weigh one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs.av.,3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Keep the solution in well-stoppered bot- tles, protected from light" — {U. S. P.). Mr. Chas. H. La Wall (Amer.Jour. Pharin.,l895,Y>.20i) pointed out that the ]>rocess of the U. S. P. (1880) is preferable to that given above. This conclusion is fully confirmed by our own experience. The process is as follows: Take of ■'carbonate of sodium, 100 parts; chlorinated lime, 80 parts; water, a sufficient quantity to make KKX) parts. Mix the chlorinated lime intimately with 400 parts of water in a tared vessel provided with a tightly fitting cover. Dissolve the carbonate of sodium in 400 parts of boiling water, and immediately pour the latter solution into the former. Cover the vessel tightly, and, when the contents are cold, add enough water to make them weigh 1000 parts. Lastly, strain the mixture through mu-slin, allow the precipitate to subsicle, and remove the clear solution by means of a siphon " — ( f '. S. P., 1880). We prefer, however, to stir the sodium carbonate solution, cold, into the lime magma. The mass gradually thickens, forming a stiff dough, but soon, and rather suddenly, breaks up into a thin li(}uid from which the calcium carbonate readily separates. The clear solu- tion may then be siphoned off and after being a.ssayed, is diluted to its proper strength by the addition of water. The disinfecting power of this preparation was discovered by I-abarraque about 1820. By the above itrocesses double decomposition occurs ; hypochlorite of sodium ancl chloride of sodium are formed in solution, while carbonate of calcium is precipitated according to the equation Ca(C10),+ Na,C(>, -2NaC10+CaC0,. Description and Tests.— "A dear, pale-greenish li(iuid, having a faint odor of chlorine, and a 's folu- LU^l UK tfODII BoKATIS CoMroslTlS— LUiVUK .SODII ETHYLATIS. 1185 tion of sodium urnenate miij' also be prepared us follows; Solution of sodium arse- nate (U. S. P.), ten cubic centimeters (10 Cc.) [162 HI]; distilled water, ninety cubic centimeters (90 Cc.) [3 A3, 21 TU]. Mix the solution of sodium arsenate with the distilled water. This solution contains about A per cent of anhydrous sodium arsenate. Note. — This preparation should not oe confounded with the Liquor Soda ArsennlU (('. S. P.), which is ten times stron<;er than the above prepa- ration. Pearson's .solution is recognized in the Frenr/i P/iarmiirujiaui under the title Soliitt d'Arsi'niile de Sonde (or Sitlulioii Arshicale dc Peormn). It is recommended that Pearson's solution be dispensed only when expressly designated as 'Pear- son's' "—CV((/. Fnnn.'). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— (Uses same as for Fowlers Solution of Arsenic.) Duse :} to .". miniins. LIQUOR SODII BORAHS COMPOSITUS N. F.i -COMPOUND SOLUTION OF SODIUM BORATE. Sv.Ni iN VM : Dohelt's solution. Preparation. — "Sodium borate, fifteen grammes (15 Gm.) [231 grs.]; sodium bicarlioii:ite. fifteen grammes (15 Gin.) [231 grs.]; carbolic acid, crystallized, three grammes i3 Gm.) [46 grs.]; glycerin, thirty-five cubic centimeters (:i5 Cc. ) [1 lis, 88 TTl] : water, a sunicienl quantity to make one thou.sand culjic centimeters ( 1000 Ce. ) [33 U.S. 391 TTl]. Dissolve the salts in about five hundred cubic centimeters (500 Cc. ) [16 rt.^, 445 Ttl] of water, tlien add the glycerin, and the carbolic acid, previouslv liquefied bv warming, and, lastlv, enough water to make one thousand cubic centimeters ( KXV) Cc. ) [33 fl.5, 391 TTl] "— (.Y«^ Form.}. Action and Medical Uses. — Dobell's solution is largely used as a cleansing and anti.-eptic wasli in mtnrrhal affections of the nose and throat. LIQUOR SODII CARBOLATIS N. F.)— SOLUTION OF SODIUM CARBOLATE. Sy.s. in ym : Phi'nol sodique. Preparation.— "Carbolic acid, crystallized, fifty grammes (50 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 334 gr.-.] ; soda (^ 6'. S. P.), three and one-half grammes (3.5 Gm.) [54 grs.] ; water, forty-six and one-half grammes (46.5 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 280 grs.J. Dissolve the soda in the water, add the carbolic acid, and warm gently until it is dissolved. This lireparatioils when heated, giving ofl' alcoholic vapors, leaving a white residue, which, upon lieing heated, strongly chars. Mixed with water and heated, this salt yields alcohol, and, ujion evaporation of the solution, a white resi- due, mostly caustic soda, remains. Water should be kept away from this solution. In warm situations it ha-^ been known to explode. Action and Medical Uses.— This agent has been praised by Richard.son and Hruntoii ;« a lo( al destrmtive agent, limited in action to the part to which it is applied and causing far less pain tlian most similar escharotics. But little effect further than redne.'<8 is produced by its ap])lication to the skin until the agent 1186 LIQUOR SODII ULEATIS.— LKifOR SUDII .'iiLRATlS. begins to abstract the moisture from the tissues, thereby causing the formation of caustic soda, which gradually attacks the part. Should bleeding take place, it is in part at least checked by the coagulating effect of the alcohol upon the albu- minous constituents of the blood. Besides these effects, it is said to prevent the destroyed tissues from putrefactive decomposition. Its action may be controlled, by dropping upon the surface a few drops of chloroform. Vascular nuri have been successfully destroyed by this agent, and mother's marks, tattoo, icarts, naml polypi, ringworm, pile tumors, lupus, vidanntic (jrowths, and hyp/ertrichosis have yielded to its action. It is said to leave but little scarring. It is recommended that poisoned wounds and cystic tumors be treated with it. It should be applied wit)) a camel's-hair pencil, and, if it causes too much pain, tincture of opium may be combined with it (Richardson). Related Preparation.— Sodiuii Ethylate, Caustic alcohol (CjHsNaO). The pure salt is prepared by the action of ab.iolute alcohol upon metallic sodium. It is a white powder, occa- sionally tinted brownish. Water dissolves it with a hissing noise, and even a very small quantity of that fluid causes it to split up into alcohol and sodium hydroxide. LIQUOR SODII OLEATIS (N. F.)— SOLUTION OF SODIUM OLEATE. Preparation. — "White castile soap, dry and powdered, six hundred and twenty-tive grammes C625 Gm.j [1 lb. av., 6 ozs., 20 grs.] ; water, a sufficient quan- tity to make ten thousand cubic centimeters (10,000 Cc.) [338 &l, 66 Ttl]. Mix the castile soap with twenty-five hundred cubic centimeters (2500 Cc. ) [84 fl.s, 2.57 HI] of water, so as to produce a uniform and gelatinous mixture. Then add sixty-five hundred cubic centimeters (6500 Cc. ) [219 fig, 379 Ttl] more of water, apply heat until the soap is dissolved, allow the liquid to cool, and add enough water to make it measure ten thousand cubic centimeters (10,000 Cc.) [338 tig. 66111]. ynte. — This solution is intended to be used in the jireparation ofOlcalcs" — {Xat. Form.). Uses.— (iSee above.) LIQUOR SODII SILICATIS (U. S. P.)— SOLUTION OF SODIUM SILICATE. "Solution of sodium silicate should be kept in well-stoppered bottles" — {U.S. P.). Synonyms : Vitrium soliihile, Soluble glass, Xatrum silieiuvi solutum. Liquid glass. Preparation.^The ingredients used and the proportions vary with the use to be made of the preparation. As a rule, silicate of sodium is prepared by fusing together fine sand (or tlint), 1 part, and dried sodium carbonate, 2 jiaris. The l)roduct so obtained is dissolved in boiling water, filtered, and evaporated. Another method is that of fusing a mixture of charcoal, 1 part : exsic-cated sodium carbonate, 8 parts; and fine sand, 15 parts. It is never prepared by the pharmacist. History.— The base (silicium) of this compound is an important constituent of certain rocks and minerals, always as an oxide, often forming whole mountain chains. Flint, ■•'(ind, (juort:, agntc. rhaUrdnny, nmdhyst. and tridymite, or opal, all contain silicic oxide (8iO,,). This oxide, also known as silica, is pre,serve that a salt of silicon (SiO.;) and salt of tartar (potassium carbonate) would become tluid in the presence of damjiness, and the nuid so produced w;i# called the ••//•/lor nffiiiil.<:" {liquor silicum). Nearly two centuries thereafter (1818>, Fuchs demonstnited that such a solution would render substances incombustible, and soon afterwanl, soda having been substituted for potns.^a, the jireparatiou became an article of impor- LIQCOR SODII S1LICATI.S. 11S7 taiicL- undtT the naiue " soluble (or liquid) glass," the potassium preparation also hiariii}; this name. In medicine, solution of sodium silicate is used chiefly as a protective dressing; in tlie arts it is extensively employed in calico jirintin^;. making artificial stone, is added to the cheaper soaps, used in fresco painting, loi cements, and various other purposes. It is said to have been used instead ot gum Arabic in the i)roduction of cheap gum-drops. SuhsUmces protected with sodium silicate are not readily inflammable, hence the name '' indent ricii I, i, vnrni^fi" owvt' aiii>lied to it. Description.— Sodium silicate is a transparent, glassy mass. With variable amounts ol water of crystallization it may be obtained in crystals of the formula Na.jSiOj. Upon exposure it becomes opaque on the surface. Boiling water slowly dissolves it, and a thick, syrup-like fluid may be obtained by evaporating an alka- line solution of it. The solution is oflicially described as "a semi-transparent, almost colorless, or yellowish, or pale greenisli-yellow, viscid liquid, odorless, hav- ing a sharp, siiline, and alkaline taste, and an alkaline reaction. Specific gravity 1.300 to 1.400 at 15° C. (59° F.). A drop of the solution, when held in a non- luminous flame, imparts to it an intensely yellow color. If a portion of the solu- tion, largely diluted with water, be supersaturated with nitric acid, a gelatinous or pulverulent, white precijutate of silicic hydrate will be produced" — ( T. .S. P.). Sodium silicate falls as a gelatinous deposit upon adding alcohol to it. It should be preserved in glass or stone containers, stoppered with paraflin-coated glass or stone stoppers, or good cork or rubber stoppers may be used instead. The cheap '• oftice mucilage " of commerce is likely to be solution of sodium silicate. In some instances we have known fine plate-glass windows to be ruined by the corro- sive action of the silicate " nuu'ilage" which had been used to stick j)osters thereon. Action and Medical Uses. — When i>ure, this agent is claimed by Lciwenhaupt to lack antiseptic properties. The ordinary solution, however, is endorsed by many as an antiseptic, having extraordinary control over putrefactive processes. Solutions of i of 1 per cent have been used to check the discharges in raginitii, ulceration of the vomb, chronic cydilig, gnnorrhun, and in ozwnn. This agent has also been recommended as a surgical dressing (or f met vre-^. Over the roller, next to the skin, a layer of cotton should be applied, and this should be wound with trashed bandages (lest shrinking should strangulate the parts). The solution should then idage will have dried. To remove the be painted upon the bandage as applied. The limb should remain at rest until 1 or 2 hours have elapsed, when the banc bandage, soften it with warm water and cut with scissors. Related Products.— i^oniiM S^ilico-fixoritie CSaiSiFt). Sodium fluonlicate. If fluor-spar calciuiii Huuriilf, CaFj ) be acted upon bv sulpburic acid in the presence of fragments of glass, and tin- gaseous product — silicon nuoricle (SiF,) — be passed into water, bydrogpn silico-fluo- ride (MjSiF, ) is formed. This, when neutralized with so«n Sn.ic.vs ( Kj.'^iOj l, I'otiifsiniii sitieate, Suluhle gta.*». — This compound resembles the .soilium salt, but it is more readily melted. It is prepared by fusing together charcoal, 1 part; potassium larbunate, 10 parts; and fine sand, 15 parts. This agent has been used forthe same IHirjHises as siHlium silicate. Mm.nk^ii .>^iLiiA.M. — This com|)ounil is native in several minerals, among them being ,ifUfi,,t, uili\ (ir Frtndi chalk (see below ), sometimes known as utealitf ; iiiai-ncliauin (2Mg<1.;i.SiOi I, and nKiitMoiif, a silicate of magnesium and aluminum. The mineral yields a slijipery, soft, tasteless, and insoluble powder. Talc was formerly U8eleiiiaciilsaiuli in ujarking upon ilolli ami for reiuuviiig giease stains. IKJl 1188 LIQUOR STRYCHNIX.K ACETATIS.— LIQUOR STRYCHXINJE NITRATIS. Talci'm PuRiFiCATUM (X. F.), Purified talcum. — "Talcum, in fine powder, 100 parts; hylro- chloric ackl, 15 parts; water, a sufficient quantity. Mix 500 parts of boiling water with the talcum, gradually add 10 parts of the hydrochloric acid, and boil the mixture during 15 minutes. Then allow the suspended talcum to subside, pour oft" the supernatant liquid, and boil the resi- due again with 500 parts of water, mixed with the remainder of the hydrochloric acid. Again allow the mixture to become clear by settling, pour off the supernatant liquid, and wa^li the residue with watti. by repeated decantation, until a portion of the wash-water, filtered and' placed in a tist-tulir, ("i-ases to produce a precipitate with test-solution of silver nitrate acidified with nitric arj.l. 1 luii transfer the magma toaclose linen ormuslin strainer, allow it to draic, and dry it I'v lit-at. yute. — Purified talcum is used as an aid in filtering turbid liquids contain- ing finely-divided matters in suspension, which are apt to pass through the filter, or stop up its pores" — (Nat. Form.). LIQUOR STRYCHNINiE ACETATIS (N. F.)— SOLUTION OF STRYCHNINE ACETATE. Synonym: Hall's solution nf strych-nine. Preparation. — " Strychnine acetate, two and one-tenth grammes (2.1 Gm ) [32gr.«.]; diluted acetic acid (C^. .S. P.), thirty-five cubici 88 TU]; alcohol, two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters i compound tincture of cardamom (U.S. P.), ten cubic cent' water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 fls, 391 111]. Dissolve the strVchnine acetate in about five hundred cubic centi- meters (500 Cc.) [16 fls, 435 TTt]"of water mixed with the diluted acetic acid, then add the alcohol, compound tincture of cardamom, and lastly, enough water to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 fig, 391 Tfl.]. Allow the mix- ture to stand a few days, if convenient, and filter. Each fluid drachm contains J grain of strj'chnine acetate. Note. — "The British Pharmacopoeia (1885) directs a Liquor Strifchninse Hydro- chloratis {viMh synonym: Liquor Strychnia) which is much stronger, and should not be confounded with the above preparation. It should never be dispensed, unless expressly designated. It may be prepared by dissolving 1 grain of crys- tallized str3'chnine (alkaloid) in 80 minims of water with the aid of 2 drops of diluted hydrochloric acid, and then adding 20 minims of alcohol. The product contains I grain of strychnine in each fluid drachm'" — {Nat. Form.). Action and Medical Uses. — (See Strychnina.) One-eighth grain of strych- nine acetate i.s contained in each fluid drachm. LIQUOR STRYCHNINiE HYDROCHLORATIS.— SOLUTION OF STRYCHNINE HYDROCHLORATE. Synonym : Liquor stryrhninse (see note to Liquor Slrychniiiie Aretatis). Preparation. — Mix 14 minims of hydrochloric acid with i fluid ounce of distilled water, and by the aid of heat dissolve in the mixture 9 grains of strych- nine, in crystals. Add rectified spirit, i fluid ounce, and distilled water, 1 fluid ounce (Imperial measure). This accords with the Briti-^h PharutacoiKtio. ISS-'). The Briti.'art of this so'lution added to three parts of distilled water forms an excellent local ajjplication for ^iriikii'xs of the ei/es following intlani- matorv attacks of these organs, lor (jlect,(ioiw,rhet it ;usi.le for a few f thousand cub'ic centimeters (5000 Cc.) [169 tig, 33 Tit]. I>issoIve the zinc sulphate, ferrous sulphate, and cojiiier sulphate, in five thoasand cubic centimeters (5000 Cc.) [169 fl,^, 3:! V([] of boiling watiT. «(M tin- iiaphtliol. and oil of thyme, and shake the mixture occasionally, in a stoppered liottlc, until it is cold. Then add the diluted hypophosphorous acid, filter "the liquid through a wetted filter, and lastly, pass enough water through the filter to make five thousand cubic centimeters (oOOO Cc.) [169 fls, SSITI]- -Vo/*'.— This solution is used as a simple deodorant and antiseptic for common domestic uses when it is unnecessary or impracticable to employ more powerful agents. When a deodorant solution is required for purposes where iron is objectionable, as for instance where woven fabrics are to be steeped in it, the compound solution of zinc and aluminum ( t . 248) may be employed " — ( Nat. Form. K LIQUOR ZINGIBERIS (N. F.)— SOLUTION OF GINGER. Synonym: Soluble e-^-sence of ginger. Preparation. — " Fluid extract of ginger {U. S. P.). three liundred and thirty- five cubic centimeters (335 Cc.) [11 flg, 157 TTl]; pumice, in moderately fine pow- der, one hundred grammes (100 Gm.) [3 ozs. av., 231 grs.,]; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 fi.5, 391 TTl]. Pour the fluid extract of ginger into a bottle, add to it the pumice, and shake the mixture thoroughly and repeatedly in the course of several liours. Then add the water in portions of about one hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (125 Cc.) [4 fl.^, 109 TU], shaking well and frequently after each addition. When ' all is added, lepeat the agitation occasionally during 24 hours, then filter, return- ing the first i)ortions of the filtrate until it runs through clear, and, if necessary, pass enough water through the filter to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 fi.5, 391 mr— ( Xat. Form.). Action and Medical Uses.— (Those of Zinnilxr.) LIRIODENDRON.— TULIP TREE. The bark of Liriodendrmx TuUpifevd, Linne. Nat. Ord. — MagnoliaceEe. CoifMON Names: Tulip tree, Yellow wood, White uood, Poplar, YeJlnw jwplar, Canoe wood. iLLusTR.iTroN : Lloyd's Drugs nud Medicines of North America, Vo]. II, PI. 26. Botanical Source.— This tree is ordinarily about 80 feet high, with a diameter of 2 or 3 feet, but in favorable situations it frequently attains a height of 140 feet, with a diameter of 8 or 9 feet. The trunk is perfectly straight, cylindric, covered with a bark of a brown or grayish-brown color, smooth when young, rough and furrowed when old. At the top it divides rather abruptly into coarse, crooked branches, in somewhat regular order, giving asymmetrical aspect to the tree; the hark of the young branches is bluish or of a reddish tinge. The leaves are large, bright-green, alternate, on long petioles, smooth, sliining, 3-lobed. lateral lobes ovate, middle one truncated, appearing as if cut ofi' by a broad, shallow notch. Lateral lobes of tlie large leaves furnished with a tooth or additional lobe on their outside. There is a variety with the lobes of the leaves not pointed, but very obtuse. The Howcrs are large, solitary, terminal, tulip-shaped, yellowish, and 4 to 6 inches in diameter. The bracts are 2, triangular, falling ofl'as'the flower expands. The calyx is double, the inner and proper sepals being 3, large, oval, concave, veined, of a pale-green color, spreading at first, and afterward reflexed. The corolla consists of 6, 7, or more petals, which are obtuse, concave, veined, of a pale, yellowish-green color, marked with an irregular indented crescent of a bright- orange on both sides toward the ba.se. Stamens numerous, with short filaments, and long linear, adnate anthers. Pistil a large, conical, acute bod\', upper half covered with minute, blackish, recurved stigmas; lower furrowed, l>eingama.KXDRuX. 1191 History and Description.— This is one of the most magnificent and remark- able treis in tiie American forests, on account i)f its size, its elegant ai)|>earanci- when in flowi-r, its thi-rapeutical virtues, and its serviceable wood. It is i'uuiul in rich soils from Maine to the Gulf of Mexico, and reaches its greatest size in tin* middle and southwestern states; its flowers appear in May and June. The wood is compact and lip;ht, and is e.xtensivelj- used as a substitute for pine. It is but slightly aflected by dampness in the air, and is seldom injured by worms. The medicinal part is the bark of the trunk and root. It is whitish, with a yellow tinge when its epidermis is removed, light, tibrous, easily broken, of an unplea.><- aiit, somewhat aromatic odor, and an aromatic, pungent, slightly camphoraceous and amarous taste. The root-bark is colored the darkest. When fresh both kinds of bark are white, that of the root turning orange-colored on the surface next the bark, and finally gives the whole piece a streaked aspect; the tree bark turns yel- lowish. The fresh root bark is much the stronger, being "intensely acrid and bitter, producing, when chewed, a painful, biting sensation approaching to pep- periness" ( Lloyd, in D. and M. of X. A.,Xo]. II, p. 12). The virtues of this bark are somewhat impaired by time, though it may possess some activity after several years' keeping. Water or alcohol take up its active properties, which are dissi- pated by a continued heat at 100° C. (212° F.). The bark should be collected during the winter. Squirrels are fond of the mature flower buds, which have an aromatic, terebinthinate, bitter taste, and a turpentine-like odor. The leaves are purely bitter, and not acrid. dhemical Composition.— Prof J. P. Emmet (Amer. Jour. Plionn., 1831, p. 5) discoveivd in the bark a peculiar, putty-like principle which he named liriodeu- drin, and which he considered as a camphor and intermediate between the vola- tile oils and the resins. Emmet obtained it in colorless scales or in needles, insoluble in cold water, soluble in alcohol, ether, or nitric acid, and having an aromatic, bitter, and somewhat acrid taste. Prof. J. U. Lloyd, as well as Prof. Coblentz, failed to obtain liriodendrin in crystals. Wallace Procter (1872) was likewise unsuccessful. According to Lloyd. " the characteristic principles, aside from the ordinary constituents of plants, an- a bitter extractive, volatile oils, resin, coloring principles, and an alkaloid. Tin- aroma of the frcsli bark depends upon the volatile oils; the acridity upon the resin; the bitterness (especially of the green leaves), upon the bitter extractive matter; the coloring matter and the alkaloid are not perceptible to either tiiste or smell'" (D. ami M. of X. ^.,Vol. II, p. 1.5). The active constituent of the bark, according to the physiological investigations of Prof Roberts Bartholow, is the alkaloid tulifiifertne first obtained by Prof. J. U. Lloyd in 1886. According to Lloyd's description, it is colorless, odorless, tasteless, slightly soluble in water, but freely in diluted acids. Ammonia water in small amount precipitates it from aqueous solution, and an excess of ammonia dissolves it All the alka- loidal reagents aflFord precipitates with solutions of its i^i\\l^ (D.aiid M.oj X. A.. Vol. II, p. 16). (For account of color reactions, by Coblentz and Llnyd, see same authority. "» Tlie alkaloid was small in amount. A small quantity of a glucosid, polulilf in bi'ii/.ol, was separated liy Prof. Coblentz. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Tulip-tree bark is an aromatic stimii- lant toiiir, and li;is proved beneficial in intcnnitteDl-i, chronic rhcvmatiiim, chronir gaMrir and iniiMliiinl r//.>m.*M, vorms, and Injdci-ki. In hyderia, cond>ined with a small ipiantity of laudanum, it is said to be speedy, certain, and ctiectuid, and also (o abate the hectic fecer, night-gireats, and colliquative dian-/inn of p/illiixix. Tin- warm infusion is diaphoretic, and under certain states of the system ha.-^ jiroven diuretic. It is now seldom used. Prof. Bartholow found the alkaloid tuiipiferinr to act energetically upon the nervous system of frogs and rabbits. Hose of tin- powdered bark, from 20 grains to 2 dr.ichms ; of the saturated tincture, which is the be.st form of administration. 1 fluid drachm; of the infusion, from I to 2 fluid ounces; of liriodendrin. from 5 to 10 grains. Belated Dmg.—Cnlyenntliu* floridm.Liniu': Florida nlUpice. Xnt. Or-f.— Calyi-antliac.-n- A shrub, nativi- i.f tin- southern etatcs, ami common in cultivation both in this countrj- nn.l Kuni|M-. The sti-ni is from 6 to 8 f.-et hijrh an.i mucli branched. The l.-av.-H arc o|.i>ot!it<-. entire, coriat-eous, oval, and borne on abort leaf-Htalko. The entire plant i« in-rvaile)! witli an aromatic, camphoraceous odor, which is esiiecially the cam- with the hark and roots. Tlie 1192 LITHII BENZOAS. flowers are nearly sessile and borne near the ends of the branchlets. They are of a brownish- purple color, and exhale, especially when wilted or crushed, an abundant fragrance compared by some to that of the strawbeiTS'. This shrub, in common with other species of Calycanthus, is known also as Carolina all- spice, Sweet-scented shrub, or "Bubby." The C. l^-igatus, Willdenow, and C. gtaucus, are similar plants. The Californian C. occidentalis, Amott and Hooker, is called Spice hufh. The bark con- tains resin, volatile oil, tannin, and an acrid principle, and the seeds of C. fjlaucus yield fixed oils, albumen, starch, and 2.25 per cent of an alkaloid calycanthine, discovered by R. G. Eccles {Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc, 1888, p. 84). It dissolves freely in chloroform and etlier, and but slightly in water, and is easily decomposable by caustic alkalies, a new crystallizable alka- loid resulting. A strong sweet odor like that of oil of ylang-ylang is at the same time devel- oped. The seeds of calycanthus contain no essential oil, while the bark, flowers, and leaves do. Dr. H. W. Wiley {Amer. Chem. Jour., 1889; see also Amer. Jour. Pharm.. 1890, p. 96), con- firms the occurrence'of calycanthine in the seeds of Calycanthus glaucus, as well as the reactions described by Dr. Eccles, and obtained 47 per cent of fatty oil from the seeds. This plant has been suggested for use in medicine as a stimulant, antiperiodic, and aromatic; its virtues in these respects are, very probably, in no way superior to the many agents already named in our materia medicas, possessing similar properties. LITHII BENZOAS (U. S. P.)— LITHIUM BENZOATE. Synonyms : Lithium bcnzoicum, Benzoas litliicus. FoKMrL.\: LiC^HjOj. Molkcular Weight: 127.72. Preparation.— Add carbonate of lithium to benzoic acid mixed with hot water, until elTervescence ceases and the acid is dissolved and saturated; then filter and evaporate the filtrate to drvness upon a water-bath, thus: Li,COj-f 2HC,H50.,=2LiC,HA+H,0-(-CO,. Tlie salt may be obtained in permanent crys- tals, by evaporating the solution and setting the capsule or vessel aside. In our own experience, 32 parts of benzoic acid, mixed with 128 jiarts of water, require 11 parts of carbonate of lithium; and the yield is, practically, about that of the weight of the acid employed. The impurities to be expected are such as accom- pany carbonate of lithium. Description and Tests. — The official salt is " a light, white powder, or small, shining, crystalline scales ; odorless, or of faint benzoin-like odor, and of a cooling, sweetish taste; permanent in the air. Soluble at 15° C. (59° F.), in 4 parts of water, and in 12 parts of alcohol; in 2.5 parts of boiling water and in 10 parts of boiling alcohol. The presence of sodium beiizoate increases the solubility in water and lessens that in alcohol. When heated, the salt fuses; at a higher tem- perature it chars, emits inflammable vapors having a benzoin-like odor, and finally leaves a residue of lithium carbonate mixed with carbon. This residue imparts a crimson color to a non-luminous flame, and its aqueous solution has an alkaline reaction upon litmus paper. The aqueous solution (1 in 20) of lithium benzoate has a faintly acid reaction upon litmus. If 2 Cc. of ferric chloride T.S. lie mixed with a small drop of aaimonia water, and added to 2 Cc. of an aqueous solution of the salt, a voluminous brownish-pink precipitate of basic ferric benzoate will result. If 1 Cc. of diluted nitric acid be added to 0.2 Gm.of lithium benzoate dissolved in 2 Cc. of water, and the precipitated benzoic acid be removed by filtration, the clear filtrate should not be rendered turbid on addition of silver nitrate T.S. (absence of chloride), or of barium nitrate T.S. (absence of suljihate). If a concentrated solution of the salt be mixed with hydrochloric acid, a wiiite precipitate of benzoic acid will be formed, which, after being .separated from the liquid, and thoroughly washed and dried, should respond to the tests of jnirity given under Acidum Bemoinim. If the filtrate from this precipitate be evaporated to dryness and ignited, 1 part of the residue shoidd be soluble in 5 parts of abso- lute alcohol. If to this alcoholic solution an equal volume of ether be added, no precipitate or turbidity should appear (limit of other alkalie,s\ Tiie aqueous solution (1 in 20) of the salt should remain unaffected by hydrogen sulphideT.S., or ammonium sulphide T.S. (absence of arsenic, lead, iron, aluminum, etc.), or bv ammonium oxalate T.S. (absence of calcium), or by sodium cobaltic nitrite T.S. (limit of potassium); nor sh.uild silver nitrate T.S.. or barium nitrate T.S., produce in it more than a very slight turbidity (limit of chloride and .-ulpliate). If 1 Gm.of dry lithium benzoate be thorougfily ignited in a i)orcel.\in crucible, so as to burn off most of the carbonaceous matter, and the residue be mixed with 20 Cc. of water, it should require, for complete neutralization, not less than 7.8 Cc. LITHII UKO.MIDIM. 1193 of normal sulphuric acid (corrcspoiuling to not less than it'J.G per cent of the pun- salt), ni.-th_vl-oranj;e lieiii>; usod a.s iiidiiator "—((.'. N. /'.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— The employnient of lithium com- pouniis ill lueiliciue is tliii' t<> tin- fait that the urate of lithium is much more ?olul>lf tliau the other alkaline urates. Henzoate of lithium was recommended by E. I?. Shuttleworth, as an agent superior to other compounds of lithium in the treatment of gout, and certain difonlfr.t of tlw wiimnj onjdns, more especially when there is an cr'vw oM< '■<''<•<, or of vir arid. It is a stable, noii-delifjuescent prepa- ration, and consistsof acomliinationof two agents, each of which have been found valuable in the treatment of certain forms of urinary ditlicuUies, as well as in chrouk- iiiJinminiUiiiii of the lurk of the bJudilcr. It acts as a diuretic, and is especially useful to prevent gouty paro.xysnis, by preventing the formation and sub-seijuent deposition of insoluble urates in the tissues, to remove the tendency to excessive deposition of uric acid or urates in the urine, and to render this fluid neutral or alkaline. It is useful in c/i/od/*? ?7ir»mi?/.-))i, where uric acid deposits are voided with the urine. It corrects ammoninral urine, relieves n/!<(ic irriUitinn from the presence of gravrl, and is reputed to retard the formation of biliary. odruli, and the consequent hejiatir colic. The dose is from 1 to 30 grains, dissolved in a wine- glassful of water, repeating the dose 3 or 4 times daily. Doses of from 1 to 5 grains are preferable to the laiger doses. Specific Indications and Uses. — Bad taste, fetid breath, and imperfect nutri- tion, associated with continuous urinary irritation ; lumbar uneasiness e.xtending to the bladder, urine bearing mucus and earthy phosphates, j)erineum full and tense with frequent desire to micturate, the urine passing with dilliculty. LITHII BROMIDUM (U. S. P.)— LITHIUM BROMIDE. FoRMiT,.\: LiRr. Molecular Weight: 86.77. Synonyms: Lithium hromalum, Bromuretum lithicum. Preparation.— This salt may readily be prepared as follows: To a given amount of solution of hydrobromic acid, in a glass or porcelain evaporating basin, add grailually, with constant stirring, carbonate of lithium until the acid is satu- rated and etl'ervescence ceases. Then filter, and evaporate the filtrate to drvness. The reaction is represented as follows : 2HBr+Li,C03-^ 2LiBr-(-H,0-f CO.,. Owing to the low atomic weight of lithium, its bromide contains about 92 jier cent of bromine, while the potassium bromide contains nearly 66 per cent, and the sodium bromide about 78 per cent. Its taste is not so disagreeable as that of the potassium salt, but mure so than that of the sodium or ammonium bromides. It is incompatiido with solutions of the carbonates of the other alkali metals, form- ing, bvdecomjiosition, carbonate of lithium (Li.COj). "Lithium bromide should be kept in well-stoppered bottles"— (T. S. P.). Description and Tests. — This salt is otHcially described as "a white, granu- lar salt, odorless, ami having a sharp, slightly bitter taste; very deliquescent. Soluble, at 1-5° C. {Jj\f° F.), in 0.6 part of water, and in 0.3 part of boiling water; very soluble in alcohol, also soluble in ether. At a low, red heat the salt fuses, and at a higher heat it is slowly volatilized. It imjiarts a crimson color to a non- luminous flame. The aqueous solution is neutral to litmus paper. If a few er, etc.), nor by ammo- nium sulphide T.S. (ab.sence of iron, aluminum, etc.). In the aqueous s(dution no turliiditv should be |>roduced bv the ndrlition of barium cliloriile T.S. (ab.xence of iulidiate). If a few drops of s'anh T.S. be added to .5 Cc. of the atjueous solution, 1194 LITIIII CAKBOXAS. then 1 or 2 drops of chlorine water, no hlue color should appear (ahsence of iodide). If 0.3 Gm. of dry lithium bromide be dissolved in 10 Cc. of water, and 2 drops of potassium chromate T.S. be added, it should require 35.3 Cc. of deci- normal silver nitrate V.S. to produce a permanent red color of silver chroraate (corresponding to at least 98 per cent of the pure salt)" — {U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Roubaud, having investigated the action of tliis compound, arrived at tlie following conclusions: That it possesses the litlmntriiJtii; properties common to the lithium preparations; that, like other bromides, it afiects reflex sensibility, with energy, and without that inconvenient action upon the heart usually following the use of bromide of potassium ; and that it is useful as a sedative and autilithic in cases of uric ncid diathesis accom- panied by painful phenomena, or complicating neuroses. E. Levj' considers it to have a beneficial eflfect in gout, but less so than some of the other salts of lithium, although its influence in diminishing the quantity of uric acid is verj' small ; being ver^^ rich in bromine, it is more active than bromide of potassium, having a marked sedative influence upon the cerebro-spinal axis, without affect- ing the heart. Dr. S. W. Mitchell has found it to be a rapid and powerful sopo- rific' ngent, more so than any of the other bromides used in therapeutics, and has (Miii)li>yiil it advantageously in the milder forms oi rjiiUji.^ii, in limdache, insomnia, ir:il:/fii/ii'ss from mental or physical exertion, and in n'miitns nuriuin, attended with pain in the temporal region and sleeplessness. It has likewise been found bene- ficial in certain cases of spermatorrhcen, chronic irrituhility of the neck of the bladder, and in irritable litems. It is a remedy for rlnuiiuiti-ni when dependent on lithsemia. The dose is from 3 to 10 grains, in well-diluted solution, which should be repeated 3 or 4 times a day. Owing to its extreme deliquescence, this salt should be kept in aqueous or alcoholic solutinn. Specific Indications and Uses. — Flushed countenance; mental depression; insomnia, due to mental and physical exhaustion: severe inter-scapular pain; mild attacks of epilepsy; renal inactivity. LITHII CARBONAS lU. S. P.)— LITHIUM CARBONATE. Forjifla: LijCO,. Molecclar Weight: 73.87. Sv.NoNVMs: Carhonas lithicm, Carbonate of Uthin, Normal carbonate of lithium. Preparation. — This salt maj; be prepared by pouring a concentrated solu- tion of chloride of lithium (LiCl) into a solution of ammonium carbonate, in am- monia water, continuing the process until the precipitate ceases to form upon heating. (For its preparation from the lithium-bearing minerals, Icpidolite, peta- lite, ,y)odumene, etc., see C. Thompson, ^mtr. Jour. Phann., 1883, p. 318; also L. F. Kebler, ihid.. 1898, p. 600.) Description and Tests. — "A light, white powder, odorless, and having an alkaline taste; permanent in the air. Soluble in 80 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 140 parts of boiling water; much more soluble in water saturated with carbon dioxide; insoluble in alcohol; soluble in diluted acids with active effer- vescence. At a low, red heat the salt fuses, at a higher temperature it loses some of its carbon dioxide, and is partially converted into lithium oxide. It imparts a crimson color to a non-luminous flame. The aqueous solution ha.< an alkaline reaction upon litmus pajjcr. If 1 Gm.of lithium carbonate be dissolved in 40 Cc. of diluted acetic acid, no insoluble residue should remain. Separate portions of this solution should not be affected by the following reagents: Hydrogen sul- ])hide T.S. (absence of arsenic, lead, etc.), ammonium sulphide T.S. (absence of iron, aluminum, etc.), ammonium oxalate T.S. (calcium), silver nitrate T.S. (chloride), barium chloride T.S. (sulphate), or sodium cobaltic nitrite T.S. (,li'n't of potassium). If 0.5 Gm.of lithium carbonate be dissolved in 2 Cc. of hydnv chloric acid, and the clear solution be evaporated to dryness, the dry residue should completely dissolve in 3 Cc. of absolute alcoliol, and an addition of 3 Cc. of ether should not render the .solution turbid (limit of other alkalies). If O.-'i Gm. of the dry salt be mixed with 20 Cc. of water, it should require, for complete neutrali- zation, not less than 13.4 Cc. of normal sulidiuric acid (corresi>onding to at least 98.98 per cent of the pure salt), methyl orange being used as indicator" — ( T. i**. P.). LlTIIll CAKBOXAS. 11!».", Tlif :ilo>h<)l-ethcr test serves to distinguish litbium carbonate from the more probable iini>urities, carbonates of potassium ami of sodium, the chlorides of which elements are not soluble, especially in the latter of the menstrua named. Carbonate of lithium has been fraudulently adulterated with sugar of milk. This may be detected by its reduction of the copper salt in Fehling's solution ; also by the adulteration emitting a caramel odor and turning black when exposed to calcination heat. Hydro<;kn Lithu'M Carbonate, or the Arid lifhium carbonate (HLiCOJ, is formetl when freshly precipitated normal carbonate of lithium is suspended in water and exposed to a current of carbon dioxide. This salt is more soluble than the common carbonate, about 5 parts dissolving in 100 parts of water. It readily decomposes by exposure, and by evaporation on the water-bath, forming normal carbonate of lithium, carbon dioxide, and water, thus: '2HLiC03=Li,CO,-|-H.p+ C"Oj. The acid salt is not obtainable in solid form, except, perhaps, upon exceed- ingly slow evaporation of the bicarbonate solution (A. Goldammer, Amcr. Jour. Fha7'm.,lSf^6. )>. 347). It is, probably, the form in which it exists in mineral waters. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Carbonate of lithium is considered a diuretic, and an tiicrgi-tio alk:iliziii;.' :igent of the urine. Administered inter- nally, it causes the insoluble urates of the blood to form soluble urates of lithium, and hence has been advised in (/out, and in urinan/ deposils of uric acid and wates, the same as the benzoate and the citrate of this alkali. The action of these agents may fail umler certain conditions of the system, which, after liaving been ascer- tained, should be removed Ijy appropriate measures previous to the administra- tion of the lithium salts. Lithium carbonate is reputed a powerful solvent of false nienibrane. The dose of carbonate of lithium is from 1 to 4 grains, in a gill or so of hot water, repeating it 3 or 4 times a day. Garrod and Charcot advise it to be taken as follows: Water, charged with carbonic acid, 1 pint; bicarbonate of sodium, 3 grains; carbonate of lithium, li grains. Mix, and keep well-stoppered. This quantity is to be used daily, in wineglassful doses, continuing to prepare and use it I'i'r '2 nr •"> consecutive weeks. Specific Indications and Uses.— Indigestion and acid eructations, with uri- nary depo>it.- ; artieular swellings; gout. Lithium and Its Compounds. — Lithium, iiV/ii'iim. Symbol: Li. Atomic Weight: 7.01. Litbium is tlie inetaUic ba.^e ol an alkaline oxide, lithia, and as vet has not been employed in medicine nur in the arts. Tlie name, meaning " stony," is derived from the Greek lilhi>», a stone. The alkali was discovered by Arfvedson, in 1817 ; the element, by Bunsen and Mattliiessen, in 185.5. Lithium is very widely distributed, but in small quantities, a fact brought out by the development of spectrum analysis by Kirchhoff and Bunsen. The important minerals which contain it are trinhyline la phosphate of iron, manganese, sodium, and lithium i, ;«"/hate. has not the slightest solvent action Ujwn uric acid (see .Imcr. ./■m/-. J'hurm. ,]SS'.I, p. ."):;(). and 1s;M. p. .')SS(. LlTllll BoitociTR.ts.— Thne bormitrates of litliinm have hr,-i' pn p^red for medicinal liur- poees— tbemono-.thedi-.and tlietri-boroeitrateotlithiuii,. Th.lii-l C,II,LirBO]0, + H,()) requires for its prrxluction lithium carlionate, 4 part<; l>ori.- :irid, i. part.'*; and citric acid, I'D parts. The second (C,H,I,i,[B(t]50,+l'Hj<)i re(iuirarts. The third ,C,ll.,Li3<)T • Ballot >, i Ih prepar.-. (Mil. 1196 LITHII CITRAS. LiTHii Chloriovm, Lithium chloridf. Symbol: LiCl. Molecular weight: 42.38. This is prepared from lepidoHte. This compound forms anhydrous octohedra, soluble in water and alcohol. Its taste is saline, and it fuses at a red heat. Exposed to the air it readily deliquesces. Evaporation of its aqueous solution produces slight decomposition, traces of hydrochloric acid being evolved, and a corresponding amount of lithium oxide, of an alkaline reaction, being formed. Lithium chloride combines with water of crvstallization in two proportions, forming LiCl + TI,0 an.U.iCI -211,0. LiTiiii \>.\,u is substi- tuted foi Iniilrnl.nniiir (ifiil . Prof. Zeisct, of Vienna, prepared it by double decomposition of ferrous iodide with lithium carbonate (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1882, p. '3081. This salt is crj-stal- line, and forms with ZH^O deliquescent, prismatic crystals whicli, when exposed, have a tend- ency to become yellow, on account of .the liberation of iodine. It dissolves readily in water and alcohol, and should be kept in tightly-stoppered vials. Effervescing Lituium'Carbonate may be prepared by heating in a flat ves.'sel. to 100° C. (212° F.), with constant stirring until agranular product results, a mixture lall well powdered) of lithium carbonate (10 parts), sodium bicarbonate (50 partsi, and citric acid i40 parts. Pass the product through a coarse sieve, and place the granules in clngely-toi.pered vials. LITHII CITRAS (U. S. P.)— LITHIUM CITRATE. Formula: Li3C6H30. . Molecular Weight: 209.57. Synonyms: Lithix citrns. Lithium citricum, Citrate of lithia. Preparation. — Take of carbonate of lithium,! part; citric acid in crystals, 2 parts, or a sufficient quantity; distilled water, a sufficient quantity. Mix the carbonate of lithium with 2 parts of water heated to the temperature of 82.2° C. (180° F.), in a capacious glass or porcelain vessel. Then dissolve the citric acid in 4 parts of water, at the same temperature, and gradually pour a sufficient amount of the acid solution, with constant stirring, into the nii.xture of carbon- ate of lithium and water, to dissolve the carbonate. Then raise the temperature to 93.33° C. (200° F.), and cautiously stir into the solution a few grains of car- bonate of lithium; if eflfervescence ensues, continue adding more of the carbon- ate until it is in slight excess ; now filter the solution, evaporate, at a gentle heat, to the consistence of syrup ; then dry in a warm-air closet, until the salt will pulverize, and inclose it in a well-stoppered bottle. As usually made, citrate of lithium is a very unsatisfactory preparation, from its proneness to deliquesce. To a great extent, this property is derived from the excess of citric acid usually present. We will call attention to the fact that, by reversing the process of the U. S. Phnrmnropceia (1870) and adding the solution of citric acid (q. s.) to the carbonate of lithium, better results apiu'ar to be obtained than with the process of the Pharmacopoeia. Citrate of lithium, prepared as above, may contain aslujht proportion of carbonate of lithium, an uninimportant con- tamination. It is liable to contain all the impurities present in both the citric acid and the carbonate of lithium cm]iloved in its preparation. "Lithium citrate should be kei>t in well-stoppered bottles ''—( T. 6'. P). Description and Tests. — The ('. .S'. P. describes tlie salt to be '"a white pow- der, oe boiled with an equal volume of calcium chloride T.S., a white precipitate will be deposited "—(('. S. P.K Crys- tallizable lithium citrate is not deliquescent. According to Mr. Nunnery it lias the composition Li,,C\H,0.4-4H,0. corresponding to 74.3 per cent of anhydrous salt. (For a valuable resume of the methods of its preparation and analvsis, see C. Thompson, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1883, p. 314.) .\s regards tests, the ('. S. P. directs as follows: "Separate portions of the solution, slightly acidulated with acetic acid, should not be affected l\v hydrogen sulphide T.S. (absence of arsenic, lead, etc.) ; ammonium sul^ihide T.S. (iron, aluminum, etc.) ; ammonium oxalate T.S. (calcium) ; or sodium cobaltic nitrite T.S. (limit of potassium). With barium nitrate T.S., or with silver nitrate T.S. not l.ITHII IITKA> KKIKUVESCKXS.-LITHII SALUYLAS 1197 more than a slight turbiditj- should appear (limit of sulphate ami of chloride). If the retiidue oi)tained l>y calcining the salt at a red heat lie dipsolvetl in a slight excess of diluted hydrochloric acid, and the filtrate evaporated to dryness, a por- tion of the residue, treated with o parts of absolute aleoliol, should completely dissolvr, and the addition of an equal volume of ether should not render the solution tuihid (limit of other alkalies). If 1 gramme of dry lithium citrate he thoroughly ignited in a porcelain crucible, so as to burn ofl' most of the carbona- ceous maiter, and the residue be mixed with 20 Cc. fif water, it should require, for complete neutralization, not less than 14.2 C'c. of normal sulphuric acid (corresponding to at least 90.2 per cent of the pure salt), methyl orange being used as indicator "- ( ('. S. P. ). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Citrate of lithium is employed in the same anrctiiHis as litliiuni cMrbonate, and in the same doses; being the more soluble of the two, it has been preferred to that salt. Its do.«e, as \vith that of the carbonate, may be carried to from 15 grains to even half a drachm; but these large doses an- apt to occasion cardialgic dyspepsia. Lithium citrate is excreted in the urine as a carbonate. The ioilide and sulphate of lithium have occasionally been employed theraiieutically, i)ut no e<|it'cial advantage has yet been derived from tii'ir use. The specilic indi( Mtions lor lithium citrate are those given below. Specific Indications and Uses.— Imlitrestion and acid eructations, with uri- Specinc •V diiio-its nary dipo>its ; articular swellini.'> : t;ont. LITHII CITRAS EFFERVESCENS (U. S. P.)— EFFERVESCENT LITHIUM CITRATE. Preparation.— •■ Lithium carbonMie, seventy grammes (70 Gm.~) [2 ozs. av., 2(t5grs.]; sodium bicarbonate, two hundred and eighty grammes (280 Gm.) E9 ozs. av., 384 grs.] ; citric acid, three hundred and seventy grammes (370 Gm.) 13 ozs. av., 22 grs.] ; sugar, in fine powder, a sufficient quantity to make one thou.'^and grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av.,3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Triturate the citric acid with about two hundred grammes (200 Gm.) [7 ozs. av., 24 grs.] of sugar, and dry the mixture thoroughlj-. Then incorporate with it, by trituration, the lithium carbonate and sodium bicarbonate, and enough sugar to make the pro- duct weigh one thousaml grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Keep the powder in well-stopperetl bottles "— ( U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— (See LUhii Citras.) This furnishes a ()leasantly acidulous form for the administration of lithium citrate. Dose, i to 2 drachms. LITHII SALICYLAS U. S. P.)— LITHIUM SALICYLATE. Formii.a; LiC.HA- Moi.ecilak Weight : 143.68. Sv.NoNv.M : Lithium saliri/lirinn. Preparation. — Heat together, until effervescence ceases, a mixture of lithium carbonate, o jiarts, salicylic acid, 11 parts, and water, 25 parts. Filter, wash, evapo- rate, and dry tin- salt, anil jilace it in a closely -stoppered vial. Description and Tests.— This salt is official as "a white or grayish-white powder, odorless, and having a sweetish taste; deli(iuescent on exposure to air. Very soluble in water and in alcohol. When heated, the salt is decomposed, emitting the odor of phenol, and finally leaving a residue of lithium carbonate and carbon. It imparls a crimson color to a non-luminous flame. The aque- ous solution slightly reddens blue litmus paper. If copper sulphate T.S. be added to an aqueoiis solution (1 in 20j of the salt, the mixture should have a bright-green color. If a small quantity of ferric chloride T.S. be added to an excess of a concentrated aqueous solution (1 in 4) of lithium salicylate, a deep-red color will be produced, which, after the liquitl is largcdy diluted and mixed with more ferric chloride T.S., will change to a deep bluish-vi(det tint. Upon adding to 1 Gm. of the salt, in a test-tube, about 1 Cc. of concentrated sulphuric acid, then cautiously, in droiis, about 1 Cc. of methylic alcohol, and heating the mixture to boiling, the odor of oil of gaultheria will be evolved. Hydrochloric or sulphuric acid produces in the aqueous solution a voluminous 1198 LITHO.-^I'EUMrM. precipitate of salicylic acid, which, when separated and washed, should conform to the reactions ancl tests given under Arlduni Sdlu-yllriaii. The aqueous solution should be colorless (absence of iron and organic coloring matters), and should not effervesce on the addition of diluted acids (absence of carbonate;. If 1 part of the salt be agitated witii lo parts of sulphuric acid, no color should be imparted to the acid within 15 minutes (absence of readily carbonizable, organic impurities). If a portion of the residue, left after ignition, be dissolved in diluted acetic acid, separate portions of the filtrate should not be rendered turbid on the addition of a few drops of barium chloride T.S. (ab.«ence of sulphate), nor be rendered more than slightly turbid by silver nitrate T.S. (limit of chloride). Other j)ortions of the same filtrate should not be affected by hydrogen sulphide T.S. (ab.«ence of arsenic, lead, etc.) ; nor by ammonium sulphide T.S. (aluminum, etc.); nor by ammonium oxalate T.S. (calcium) ; nor by sodium cobaltic nitrite T.S. (limit of potassium). If another portion of the residue, left after ignition, be dissolved in diluted hydrochloric acid, and the filtrate evaporated to dryness, a portion of the residue, when treated with 5 parts of absolute alcohol, should completely dissolve, and the addition of an equal volume of ether should not render the solution turbid (limit of other alkalies). If 2 Gm. of dry lithium salicylate be thoroughly ignited in a porcelain crucible, so as to burn off most oJ the carbonaceous matter, and the residue be mixed with 20 Cc. of water, it should require, for complete neutralization, not less than 13.8 Cc. of normal sulphuric acid (corresponding to at least 99.13 per cent of the pure salt), methvl-orange being used as indicator"— (T. S. P.). M. Julliard (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1887, p. 400) records an adulteration of lithium salicylate with from 12 to 15 per cent of sodium salii'vlate. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — This agent, like the other lithium com- pounds, is (iiiii'.iiyed in (jnut, and, like the sodium salicylate, as a remedy for rheu- matte affections of the joini.-i, chiims having been made that it succeeds where the latter fails. It contains more of the salicylic acid radical than the sodium com- pound, and large doses have been charged with the induction of persistent, painful diarrhoea. Dizziness, tinnitus, impaired hearing and headache, are also effects of immoderate doses, the latter ceasing first. The average dose is from 1 to 8 grains, though as high as 75 grains have been given in a day. Such large doses are unnecessary and unsafe. LITHOSPERMUM.— LITHOSPERMTJM. The roots and seeds of Lithospemium officiitnle, Linne. Nat. Old. — Borraginacese. Common N.\me: Common gromuell. lLi.rsTR.\TroN: ^X oodyiWi'' s Mrdini! /?<./,,, y/, Plate IGo. Botanical Source and Chemical Composition. — This is a large, rough, hairy weed, a native of Kuroiie, and very commdU in some parts; it is rarely Fig. 162. naturalized in the eastern section of the United States, and is found growing in dry and gravelly soils. The stem is from 1 to 2 feet higi), erect, much-branched, and covered with small, stiff hairs. The leaves are numerous, veiny, alternate, sessile, ovate, and acute at the apex. They are covered with a close, grayish pubescence, which is rough and stiff on the upper surface, but softer beneath. The flowers appear in June, and are small, in axillary or terminal, revolute, leafy spikes. The calyx has 5 acute lobes. The corolla is salver- form, slightly exceeds"the calyx, and is of a pale-yellow color. The fruit consists generally of one or two smooth, hard, shiny, gray, ovate nutlets, which are attached to the persistent calyx by the base. A native species of Lithospemium, L.ladfolium. Michaux. closely resembling L. nffirinnle, especially in the smooth, polished nutlets, and considered a variety of it by Willdenow, is common in the open woods of the middle states. It has green leaves, and is more loosely ^ branched than the introduced species. The ash of the seeds, accord- canek'uut. jng to Homberger (1875), is rich iu calcium carbonate (68.2 per cent) and silica (19.39 per cent). The root bark of Lilltns Indum /Hiinl iwj/. Dr. K. C. Elv ( *,'. M.J., 1.SS2 ami 18»ii claims for this plant woinii-rhil bealiii^' properties in culg, iivinulu, old surtf, ijuii.tlu>l uiiund^, icznmi, and huni.''. The uiutiuent is useil. It is prepared by siiumcriug thf root in laril or fresh butter. The oint- ment has a pale-i3urple color, due to a coloring matter identical with alkanet found in the roots of the species of Lithospcrmum. iSee illustration on piiye 1 UKS.) LOBELIA (U. S. P.)— LOBELIA. latter, with a "The leaves and tops of Lobelia inpita, Linne, collecteil after a portion of the capsules have become inflated "—({'. .S. P.). Ant. Ord. — Lobeliacea?. CoM.MON N.\MEs: Lobelia, Lulinn tobacco, etc. (see HiMori/). Ii.i.rsTK.\Tioxs: Lloyd's Drugs and Med. of N. A., Plate 34; Bentlevand Trinien, Med. PI; nt.-<, 295. Botanical Source. — This plant, generally known as Wild, or Indian tobacco, is an annual or biennial indigenous plant, more commonly th" ' fibrous, yellowi.sh-white root, and an erect, angular, pj^ j^gg very hairy stem, in the full-sized plant much branched, and from 6 inches to 3 feet in height. The leaves are alternate, scattered, sessile, ovate-lanceo- late, serrate, veiny, and hairy. The flowers are small, numerous, pale-blue, on short peduncles, each originating from ttie axil of a small leaf. The calyx consists of 5, subulate segments. The corolla is tubu- lar, small, slit on the upper side, ventricose at the base; the limb bilabiate; tube prismatic; segments spreading, acute ; two upper ones lanceolate, three lower ones oval. The anthers are united into an ob- long, curved body, and of a j)urple color; filaments white. Style filiform; stigma curved, 2-lobed, in- closed by tlie anthers. The capsule is 2-celled, ovoid, inflated, striated, 10-angled, crowned with the persistent calyx. The seeds arc numerous, small, oblong, and . bn.wn I 1,.— B.— W.). 'V«» History. — Lobelia is very plentiful llVX throughout the United States, and is ula|| usually found thriving in dry soil |CB along "roadsides, in dry tiel.ls, a-id old '^'^"" '""""• pastures, as well as in woodland grazing grounds. It flowers from July to September, or until frost checks its blooming. It grows from a few inches to 2 feet in height, and is peculiar in that it will blossom when the flowering time arrives, even if it be but an inch in height. The plant has alternate leaves, and flowers of a liglit- blue color, inconspicuous, yet very pretty when closely examined, having the characteristic split corolla tube (along the upper side) of the lAibeliuit. The fruit is an inflated pod, resembling a small balloon, easily compressible, and contains an innumerable number of minute brown seeds. The plant, when broken or cut, exudes an acrid, milky juice, imparting a taste very much resembling that of tobacco. The whole plant is active, but the leaves and .seeds are more usually employed. Tlie root is sup- posed to be more energetic, medicinally, than any other jiart of the ]>lant. The 1200 LOBELIA. proper tiiue for gathering the plant is from the last of July to the middle of October, during which period the seed-vessels are in great abundance. The plant should be dried in the shade, and then be preserved in packages, or covered ve.<- sels, more especially if it be reduced to powder. When dried, it has a faint, nau- seous, rather disagreeable odor, and a strong, acrid, nauseous taste developed by chewing, somewhat similar to that of tobacco, which powerfully affects the throat and fauces, occasioning ptyalism and sickness at stomach. The leaves form a greenish powder; the seeds a brownish. Hot water, vinegar, ether, or alcohol take up its medicinal principles, but boiling dissipates them. Few drugs are more favored among Eclectic physicians than lobelia, and cer- tainly none others have so interesting a history. This plant is vulgarly known as Indian tobacco, though why it should have this name is difficult to say, as there is no distinct record as is the case with other plants (unless we accept the statements made that it was known to the Penobscot tribes), that it was ever employed as a medicine by the natives. As the plant resembles somewhat in taste tiie common tobacco (Xifolinna Tahacuni), and was for this reason called Wild tobacco, the authors of "Drugs and Medicines of North Amerira" advance the opinion that if known as Wild tobacco it was but a step farther to call it Indian tobacco, on the presumption that a tobacco that was wild would be used by the Indians. The earliest botanists did not use a common name for lobelia, and it was not until 1810 that we find the first popular name — Bladder-pod — given it by Alton. Following this came Inflated lobelia and Bladder-pod hjbelia for obvious reasons. So much for names suggested by the plant itself. When it came to be used in medicine a new set of popular names, having reference to its projierties, were ajiplied. Thomson and Cutler called it Emetic weed and Emetic herb. These names suggested those to follow — Puke weed. Vomit weed, and Gag root. Although the term gag root was employed, the root was never used in medicine, statements to the contrary notwithstanding. One of its very old names is Eye-bright — a name properlj' belonging to Euphrasia officinalis, and, from its use as an anti-asthmatic, some writers have referred to it as Asthma weed. Its generic name — lobelia — was given it in honor of Matthias de Lobel (deTObel), a distinguished botanist of the sixteenth century ; its si)ecific name — inflata — on account of its inflated seed pods. Though lobelia grows nearlj^ all over this country, much of the drug supply of commerce comes from the mountainous districts of North Carolina. Lobelia was known to the Penobscot Indians, and was also extensively u.«ed by the people in New England in domestic practice, long before the time of Samuel Thomson, its assumed discoverer. Though used by a few in domestic practice, the credit for the introduction of lobelia into medical practice is due to Drs. Manasseh Cutler and Samuel Thomson. The latter claims to have been the first to employ it and, indeed, it would seem probable that Cutler learned the use of it from Thomson. As before stated, few drugs have been so notoriously historical as the one under consideration. It became widely known to the people during the early part of the present century, through the famous trials of Drs. Thomson and Frost. The name of lol>elia became so odious, that to be known as a '"lobelia doctor" was sufficient to subject the physician to all manner of ridicule. The prosecution of Thomson was brought at the instigation of a jealous jjliysician — Dr. French^ — backed by a jealous ])rofession. While under treatment by Dr. Thomson, om Ezra Lovett, of Beverly, Mass., died after a tedious course of medicine applied after the peculiar method of Thomson. The prosecutors charged the latter witli killing Lovett with lobelia. Thomson deniecl it, claiming the drug employed to be marsh rosemary. The prosecutors showed tlieir ignorance by exhioiting to to the court some of the powder alleged to have been employed, which powder actually proved to be marsh rosemary. Judge Parsons instructed the jury t" acquit Thomson. The memorv of lobelia was again revived, in ISIiT, by the trial of Dr. R. K. Frost, of New York City, for the alleged killing of T. G. French. Th. charge against Frost was that he jiut French into a " vapor batli" and "admini>- tered to nim poisonous decoctions of lobelia, and giving deleterious herbs whicli no reasonable man would administer to a dog." He was tried for manslaughter, the trial lasting ten days, and the jury found him guilty (.in the fourth degree), but recommended him to the mercy of the court. The court sentenced him to three months' imprisonment. i.<.i!i;i.iA 1201 Thf tiist published account of t lie use of lohclui m ic;;ui.ii iiicdiciin', is by the Ri-v. Manasst'li Cutler. LL. D., in his '■Accouiil of JiuligDious lV;/.y'(W,.s" (1785), stating that the leaves, if chewed, '"produce a giddiness and pain in the head, with a trembling agitation of the whole body." Cutler was a great sufferer from asthma and found this drug to give him more relief than any other, and as Thomson had been in the habit of using lobelia for this complaint, and juae- ticing so near to the home of Cutler, in Massachusetts, it is fair to presume tliat the latter derived his knowledge of the drug from Thomson. As early as 1820, the first edition of tlie f. >'. P. recognized lobelia and it has continued official until the present time. Description.— The r. N. P. officially describes lobelia as follows: "Leaves alternate, p.iiolate. the upper ones sessile, ovate or oblong, about 5 Cm. (2 inches) long, irregularly toothed, pubescent, pale-green; brandies hairy, terminating in long racemes of small, pale-blue flowers, liaving an atlherent, 5-loothed calyx, which is inflated in fruit, a bilabiate corolla, and 5 united stamens; odor slight, irritating; taste mild, afterward burning and acrid" — (I'. S. /'.). Lobelia Seed. — Lobelia .seeds are not ofhcial, excepting as included in the inflated pods of the plant. Lobelia seeds, viewed under tlie microscope, are about j'jofaninch in length. ^'5 of an inch in breadth, of a dark-brown color, oblong, with ridges and furrows, somewhat resembling basket-work; the only seeds which resemble them are those of the L. mrdinali.'', which are not so dark-colored, but are oval, or almond-shaped, reticulated with irregular, oblong-S(juare, or rectan- gular reticulations not so well defined, and are of larger size (!'. — F. Curtis). Lobelia in the powdereil form enters into the composition of the compound emetic powder, and is a constituent of the compound tincture of lobelia and capsicum (King's Antisjtasmodic). and the acetous emetic tincture. The oil, as before stated, is contained in the stillingia liniment. Specific lobelia, the pre- ferred preparation of this plant, has a deep wine color and a peculiar fatty odor. When droppetl into water it produces a white turbidity, forming a yellowish- white, milky liquid, when viewed by refiected light. It mixes with alcohol without change. The taste is peppery and persistent, leaving a disagreeable acrid impression in the throat and fauces. A few drops only will sicken some persons and even produce emesis. Specific lobelia contains a large amount of oil of lobelia, which preserves the alkaloid in the preparation. Investigations made by Prof. Lloyd demonstrated that solutions devoid of the oil were inferior, being altered by agt^. Spi'ritic lobelia retains its energies indefinitely. Chemical Composition.— The active principle of lobelia is an acrid, irrita- ting. un~t;iblr alkaloid, called lohe/ine, first obtained by Wm. Procter, Jr. (Amer. Jour.Ph'imt.. 1838, p. 98, and 1841,p.l),asa yellowish liipiid of faintly aromatic taste, soluble in water and exhibiting an alka- line reaction. It exists in combination with a vegetable acid — Inlielic nriil — form- ing precipitates with solutions of metallic salts (Pereira. 1842). Lobelineand its salts are exceedingly active emetics. Though stable when thus combined, it readily decomjioses when freed from contact with the other constituents of the Heat ai>plii(l to either an aqueous j)reparation or an alcoholic tiiutuie of lobe destroys this alkaloid, hence a decoction or hot infusion of this jilant is irratioiud. Ijnheli'ne was obtained by Prof. Lloyd (see D. find M. of X. A., by J. U. and C. G. Lloyd, Vol. II. pp. 75 and 76), by depriving lobelia seeds of fat by means of benzin, abstracting the seeds with alcohol acidulated with acetic acid in a percolator, and evaporating and extracting the alkaloid with ammoniated ether. As thus obtained, lohelitie, after further purification, is a colorless, odorless, amorphous, and non-hygroscopic alkaloid, of an alkaline reaction, Poltil)le in alcohol, chloroform, benzol, ether, and carbon bisulphide. It is also somewhat soluble in water and exhibits in solution alkaloidal reactions. No cry.stallizable salts could be obtained, though Prof. Procter (lor.rii.) alludes to a crystallizable muriate, sulphate, nitrate, and oxalate o(loheliii). Pa.«chkis and Smita oi)tained frtmi lolhUnr benzoic acid by oxidation with potassium i.'rnianganate { Aniei-. Jour, /'/kidii., 18!tO. p. 3311 1202 LUBELIA. H. von Rosen {Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1889, p. 393), isolated two alkaloids, one liquid (lobeline) and another solid. According to Prof. Lloyd, the plant also contains a cr3'Stallizable, non-basic substance, to which he gave the name inflntin. This body exists in the plant, intimately associated with the alkaloid and some volatile oil (see below). Inflatin is tasteless and odorless, " insoluble in water, or glycerin, but soluble in carbon disulphide, benzol, chloroform, ether, and alcohol, in the order given" (^ Lloyd, D. and M. of N. J., Vol. H, p. 78). It is not important in a medical sense. The lobelarrin of Enders (1871), which was obtained in warty tufts of a brown color, was regarded b}' W. H. D. Leurs {Pharm. Jour. Tmiw., Vol. VIII, 1878, \>. 562), as probably lobeliate of lobeline. Lobelia contains a non-acrid, volatile oil of a pungent odor, possessing but little taste and no acridity. It was named hbclinniv by Pareira in 1840. In addition, the plant contains about 30 per cent of non- volatile oily matters. The impure oil (so-called) of lobelia, so extensively em- ployed by Eclectic doctors, is simply a syrupy extract of lobelia made with stronger alcohol, preferably acidulated with acetic acid. This so-called oil is the active constituent of that" favorite Eclectic preparation, the compound stillingia liniment. The pure or true fixed oil of lobelia is non-acrid and bland, but as usually obtained (impure), is acrid and of a green color. The fixed oil of lobelia (impure) may be obtained by bruising the seeds between heated rollers, and press- ing while hot in a strong linen cloth, between proper iron plates. Its consistence is nearly like that of linseed oil, and eminently possesses the drying qualities common to many fixed oils. It posse.'sses all the medicinal properties of the seeds. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Lobelia, in the ordinary sense of the term, is not a poison. Undoubtedly, its injudicious use has, and might produce death, but the same is true of many other drugs that are not ordinarily considered as poisons. That the alkaloid lobeline will kill animals, has been full}- demon- .strated. A drop of the alkaloidal solution placed upon the tongue of a strong, healthy man, instantly vomited him. To this property of its alkaloid, is undoubt- edly due the failure of lobelia to act as a toxic agent. Its emetic action is so prompt and decided, that the contained alkaloid could not, under ordinary cir- cumstances, produce fatal results. Given in cases //) extremi». the resulting exhaus- tion from repeated emesis would very likely hasten death, but death would be more likely due to the act of vomiting exhausting the patient, than to any poison- ous effect of the medicine. If lobelia be chewed, it gives rise to an acrid, prickling, and persistently pungent sensation in the throat and fauces, accompanied by slight nausea and a feeling of warmth and distension along the esojjhageal tract and in the stomach. The sensation is not very unlike that produced by tobacco. The salivary and buccal glands are imjiressed, pouring out saliva and mucus in abundance. A sense of epigastric depression succeeds, followed by profound nausea, and if the amount chewed be large enough, severe and thorough emesis results. The gas- tric mucus is secreted in great abundance and ejected with the contents of the stomach. The emetic action of lobelia is extremely depressing, and is usually' accompanied by profuse perspiration. Oppressive prostration, relaxation of the mu.'^cular system, and a languid pulse accompany the emetic stage. The depres- sion, however, is of short duration, and is immediately followed by a sense of extreme satisfaction and repose. Under its action the mental jiowers are unusu- ally acute, and the muscles are powerfully relaxed. Tiie circulation is enfeebled by large and strengthened by small doses, and the bronchial secretions are aug- mented. When the drug does not prove emetic, it is said tliat it usually purges. Death, when due to lobeline, is said to re.«ult from respiratory paralysis. Lobelia is nauseant, emetic, expectorant, relaxant, antispasmodic, diaphoretic, siaiagogue, sedative, and, secondarily, occasionally cathartic and diuretic and astringent. It is in no sense a narcotic. The earliest use of lobelia, as will be seen from its history, was that of an emetic, and for this purjiose it is still em- ployed when we desire the action of u systemic emetic. Though momentarily depressing, its beneficial after-effects cause it to be preferred above other agents, ipecac not excepted, when such an agent is required. Its action is somewhat modified by combination with ipecacuanha, and other vegetable emetics, and rendered safer and more effectual. Such a combination is the emetic powder. LOBELIA. l-2{)\i It may be usfil in foniiiiig stages of febrik (iffiTtion:<, mul is especially indicated by a general sluggishness of the whole system with an oppressive feeling, and the tongue is heavily and foully coated at the base. In .<;ome chronic diseases its emetic action is salutary in arousing the system from its atonic state. When its emetic action is desired, small do.«es should be frequently administered until profound nausea is induced, and then the drug should rapidly be pushed to emesis. Copious draughts of warm water will hasten its action and render the act of emesis much easier. Spasmodic movement is incompatible with nervous and muscular relaxation, hence we find prompt relief in manj' spasmodic con- ditions by the use of this drug. The powerfully relaxant properties of lobelia render it a very edicient agent in several conditions, whose chief feature is the spriKiinxlir elcincnt. For its control over spasmodic movement, nauseant or emetic do.-^es must be given. For this l)urpose it may be exhibited in chorea, ktatui,-; " ironn /iM " of children, hysteric and hijantile conrvUiiivs, cpilcptij'onii ;ind other convulsive lUsorders. For jnterperni crlnmp- Kin, chloroform by inhalation, and morphine subcutaneously injected, give better results than lobelia, though the latter drug has been used with success in some cases. Lobelia is of value in obstetrical practice. It powerfully subdues muscular rigidity. It is the remedy to overcome a rigid os uteri during parturition, and at the same time it relaxes the perineal tissues. This it does when there is fullness of tissue — a thick, doughy, yet unyielding, os uteri; when, however, the edge of the OS is thin and closely drawn, sharp like ;* knife edge, full doses of gelsemium are indicated. For its antispasmodic action it may be given by mouth and by rectum. Intestinal obstructions have been overcome by lobelia when other agents would have been inadmissible, hence it is of value in the reduction of strangulated hernia, an enema lieiHg employed. Intussusception and te'''d impaction may be treated with this drug when cathartics would result fatally. It is for its antispasmodic effects that it is given in asthmatic pnrorysms, spamnodic croup, and ivhoop in;/ -cough. It has been successfullj' used to overcome the violent convulsions resulting from strychnine jioLwuing. Chloroform and ether excepted, it is the best antispasmodic drug in the materia raedica, and much safer than either of these. In the so-called " rcorm Jits" it should be carried to nausea and then followed by santonin, after which a mild purgative may be given. Lobelia is a stimulant to the sympathetic system. It improves the inner- vation of the ]>arts supplied by both the pneumogastric and sympathetic nerves. The appetite and digestion are improved by small doses of the drug. It will fre- quentl}' be found inilicatcd in indigestion and dyspejisin. We have frequently used it in small doses tor siik headache due to gastric derangement. It is indicated by the feeling of "qualmishness" and nausea present. Though frequently over- looked when we are looking for a drug to overcome imlestinnl atony, lobelia will be founil one of the best drugs at our command for the relief of hahitnal constipation. R Specific lobelia, gtt. i^ij, every 2 hours. Administered with podophyllin it tends to prevent the costiveness so frequently the result after using a "bowel persuader in cathartic doses. It increases peristalsis. Small doses of it relieve infantile colic. Lobelia is the drug for angina jwctori.<, neuntlgia of the hcai-t, and pulmonary apoplexy. Though evanescent in its action, large doses of specific lobelia (about •20 drops), may be administered with the expectation of relieving the patient. Tlie dose may be repeated if necessary. Lobelia is a cardiac stimulant, thus we class it with the sedatives, for all sedatives in medicinal (small) doses are heart stimu- lants. When the circulation exhibits a markedly slow jiulse-wave it will be better corrected by lobelia than by any other drug we possess. In fact the most promi- nent indic.'ition for the drug is the full, opjjres.-^ed, sluggish, doughy pulse. A.^so- ciate this with pra-cordial oppression, thoracic pain, ditlicult breathing, soreness or bruised feeling within the chest, nausea with tongue heavily coated at base, fullness of tissue, and we have before us a fair range of the action of lobelia. It is a good remedy in cardiac congestion. Perhaps the most important use for this drug will be in the treatment of respiratorv affections. For this cla.^s of diseases no remedy is more highly vahud by physicians of our school. '•Lol)elia is an admirable i)ectoral remedy. As a nau.se.ant expectorant it has no cciumI. Wli.ii ini . m.ti. i- il.-li-.d in jiiilmonary 1204 LOBELIA. complaints it is one of the most efficient that can be employed. It has come to bii the first of remedies for spasmodic asthma, and is not without utility in whoop- iitq rnuqh. It improves innervation and the circulation, and is one of the best renieilies to employ in congestive conditions. It is frequently indicated in pl.eu- ris'ii and pleuro-pne'timonia. As a sedative it ranks between veratrum and aconite. Arntr piieuitioiiia, with tendency to congestion, the breathing being o])pre.s-*ed, is quickly relieved by lobelia. All chronic forms of sore throat, especially when ulcera- ted, are Ijenefited by it. Chronic pneumonia, bronchitis, and laryngitis are all con- ditions in which lobelia will be of great service. In asthenic laryngitis of children it is exceedingly useful. It is a remedy of great value in chronic ratarrh, dry. hard, or barking coughs, colds, and all forms of irritation of the respiratory tract. \\\\h oppression. It relaxes the tissues, favors expectoration when a large quantity of mucus is secreted and there is want of power to remove it. The indications for this drug are the full, oppressed, or small, feeble pul^e, prajcordial oppression, with difficult respiration, oppression anywhere in the chest, with accumulation of the bronchial secretions, cough with loud mucous ra/cs within the chest. The "ace- tous emetic tincture," which contains this agent, may be used to fulfil mosi of the indications for this drug. Powdered lobelia seeds or leaves, or the "com- pound powder of lobelia and capsicum," are the best local applications that can be employed in acute pulmonary complaints, and give great relief in chronic cases with a sense of suffocation and fullness, accompanied by soreness within the chest" (Felter). When in the eruptive diseases retrocession takes place, lobelia, by promoting determination of blood to the skin, will promptly bring the eruption to the sur- face. It is also indicated in scarlatina and measles when the eruption is tardy in making its appearance. Lobelia was formerly u.sed to a considerable extent in the eruptire skin di-ieases. In the Wr.^irni MnUnil Rrfnniifr for iSi'.S, we find it lauded as a local wash for "■herpes, til-Ill II. ri-.i'iiiii. iiiiilrrnsli^ ami i ri/xi'j.rlns." There is one condition in which its use should nut \>v overlodkeil, and that is in poisoning by Rhus Toxicodendron. An aqueous solution of specific looelia, or an infusion of the plant should be freely used by wetting the cloths in the lotion and applying frequently to the afiected parts. Externally, the infusion has been found useful in ojththnlmic affec- tions; and the tincture is a valuable local application to sprains, bmises, rheumatic plains, erysipelas, And erysipelatous inflammations, tetter, and other forms of cutaneous diseases. A poultice of povvderey the full, labored, dougliy pulse; the blood moves with difficulty ; pain inchest of a heavy, sore, ^r oppressive character; angina pectoris; cardiac neuralgia; pulmonary apoplexy; mucus accumulation in bronchiic; convulsive movements; rigidity of muscular tissues; rigid os uteri, with thick dough v edges; rigid perineum, or vagi- nal walls; nausea; oppressive sick headache, witVi nausea. As an emetic when tongue is heavily coated at base. Related Species.— There are other species of Ixjbelia, as the Bhif luhelia i Ix>l»li(i nyjihi- litica, l.iiiiii , :ui.l tlir Fiiii Miflia (L. cnrdinalis, L\nn6). The first is iliaphon-tic, emetic, and cathartir ; ;il>" ■liiintic- imd iintisyphilitic, and a strong infusion of it lias cured ynwirrhim. It has liki'W isc lutii ustil iu ilropni/, tliarrlia-a, and (fi/ftiitiry. Tile root is the part used; dose, from 20 to tiO jirains of the i>owcier. The /,. ranliitalif is said to he anthelmintic, nervine, and antispa.smodic. These two varieties are seldom, if ever, used in medicine. Wm. Procter, Jr. (1839) ohtained a hitter, acrid, aromatic, oily, liquid alkaloidal body from this plant. It was probably a mi.\ture of the alkaloid with impurities (see D. mid M. of X. ^•l.,Yol. II, p. 106). UtMia 'Kalmii is the plant shown to Mr. Kalm by Col. Jolinson, as the one used hy the Indians of some parts of North .\merica to cure «,i//J/ii/i,<; and be was likewise informed that syphilis was known among them previous to their acquaintance with the Europeans, and that they cured it very readily, even when "the patient is half rotten and insupportable to be approached " {.General Practice of Phytic, by R. Brookes, M. D., "th ed., 1777, Vol. II, pp. 67-71 ). LOTIONES.— LOTIONS. Synonym : Wm/ies. These comprise all compounds used as external washes and collyria, in which vegetable or mineral substances are dissolved in water or spirits, but which do not strictly class with infusions, liniments, mixtures, or tinctures. Water is most often used in preparing them. Glycerin has been proposed as a vehicle for forming lotions with salts of alkaloids, thus: 1. Morphine lotion. — Take of acetate of morphine. 3 grains; glycerin, 5 drachms (^troy); dissolve. 2. Strychnine lotion. — Take of sulphate of strychnine, 6 grains ; glycerin, 5 drachms (troy). Dissolve the salt in the glyc- erin in a porcelain mortar. A teaspoonful of this lotion is applied by friction in paralysis of the limbs, on the vertebral column iu chorea, and on the temple in certain ca.ses oi amnuroiis. 3. Ver.atrine lotion. — Take of veratrine, 15 grains; glycerin, 5 drachms; diluted hydrochloric acid, a sufficient quantity; dissolve. A teaspoonful, applied by friction in chronic rheumal ic pains of the joints, or in the sacro-lumbar region to relieve painful menstruation. 4. Atropine lotion. — Take of atropine, 6 grains; glycerin, 2i drachms; diluted hydrochloric acid, a suffi- cient quantity. Dissolve and mix. Forty or 50 drops, 3 times a day. rubbed on the track of the infra- and supra-orbital nerves, on that of the facial nerve, etc. Liquid preparations in which glycerin forms a large portion of the men- struum, are termeil " Ghjccrites," Gh/aroles, or Glycerin Solutions (see Glyeeritts, Oint- ments, and Pl'isnur). Other Lotions.— Two mercurial lotions, not employed, however, by Eclectics, are otRcial in the British Pharmnrupieia. They are also found in the Xational Formulary from which we repro!il TH.]. This mixture should lie Well agitated whenever any of it is to be dispensed " — (.\(it. Fiinii.). LoTio Ni<.R.\ (N.F.I, lil'irk l/ition, Blaik inij/i, .li/mi j.liiiij,'hi,ira iiiV/cn.- " Mild chloride of mercury, seven and one-half grammes (7.5 Cini.) [1H> grs.]; water, solution of lime i f. .v. P.J, of each, a sufficient quantitv to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc. ) [;}.3 II.5, 3<,tl TTl]. Triturate the mild chloriile of mercurv with thirtv-five cubic centimetei-s (35 Cc.) [1 fig. ."^S TH.] of water, and graduallv add a sulluient quantity of solution of lime to make one thoiwaml cubic centimeters ( ICKK) Cc.l [:« fl^, 3'.M TTl]. This mixture shouM be well agitatetl whenever any of it is to be dispensed "—1 .S'm. I'miii.K Other lotions are: LoTio .\n.STRlX(iENs iN. F.), .1.^1 riiiy, III l>,li;ii,\\'iin,ii\-> j;ulphuric acid (V.S.P.), thirtv-eight cubic centimeters i;W<-f.i [1 tl5, 1.17 TTl] ; "'• f' tiirm-ntine, thirty- one cubic centimeters (31 Cc. ) [.t(« 111 1 ; alcohol, thirly-oue cubic ceiitinieters [3l Cc. 1 [50:t TTl_]. To the siili.hiiiic aciil, contaiiu .1 in a wedgewood niohar, slowly adil the oil of tur|M'ntine, in small portions at a lime. 1 slanlly stirring, .\llow the mixture to cool, then aild the alcohol ■ 1206 LOTIO .ETHEIU.S COMI'USITA.— LOTIO BOKACIS. cautiously, in the same manner, and continue stirring until no more fumes arise. When the liquid is cold, pour it into a glass-stoppered bottle. Note.— In preparing this mixture caution sliould be used so that the temperature may not rise too high. Particular care is to be observed if a larger quantity of this mixture is to be prepared. In this case it is preferable to prepare it in several portions" — {Nat. Form.). This preparation, under the name Slyplic Jinham, was a favorite with the early Eclectic physicians. LoTio Pllmbi et Oi'II (N. F.), Lotion of lead ami opium, Lead and opium uyi.^h. — " Lead ace- I'enteen and one-half grammes (17.5 Gm.) [270 grs.] ; tincture of opium (U.S. P.: tliirty-flve cubic centimeters (35 Cc.) [1 fl5, 88 TTl]; water, a sufficient quantity to make om- thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 fl5, 391 liTl];_ Dis.solve the lea<* acetate in about six uudred and fifty cubic centimeters ((ioO Cc.) [21 fls, 470 TTL] of water, add the tincture of opium and enough water to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 fig, 391 Til]- This mixture should be well agitated whenever any of it is to be dispensed" — iXal. Form.). LOTIO ^THERIS COMPOSITA.— COMPOUND ETHEREAL LOTION. Synonym: Evaporating lotion. Preparation. — Take of ether, alcohol, solution of acetate of iimmonium, each, lA ounces; ro.se-water, 3^ ounces. Mix together. Action and Medical Uses. — This lotion may be used to produce a refrigerant or Htiinulaiit influence, according to its mode of employment. Applied to the Burface and allowed to evaporate by free exposure, it acts as a r^^V«^era«/, but if the evaporation is prevented by covering the part to which it is applied with the hand or a cloth, it acts as a stimulant. Tiie solution of acetate of ammonium, largely diluted (without the addition of ether or alcohol), is a superior cooling lotion in all cases of fever where there is a hot and dry state of the surface, often of itself inducing diaphoresi.s. LOTIO ALKALINI.— ALKALINE WASH. Preparation. — Take of carbonate of sodium (sal soda), 2 drachms; warm rain-w-ater, 1 quart. Dissolve; or, make a weak ley, by adding hardwood ashes to hot water. Action and Medical Uses. — This wash was formerly extensively employed by physicians, as an application to the surface of the body and limbs in a\l febrile and inflammatory diseases, and in chronic affections. In the former cases it is ap- plied several times a day, especially when the acute symptoms run high ; in the latter affections it is commonly used once or twice a week. The surface should be well rubbed and dried immediately after each application. Frequently, when external stimulus is also required, the above proportion of water is lessened i or i and the balance of the quantity made up by the addition of whiskey or other spirit. LOTIO AMMONII CHLORIDI.— LOTION OF AMMONIUM CHLORIDE. Synonyms: Lolio ammmiix hydrochloras, Lotion of hydrochlorate of amnumium. Preparation. — Take of chloride of ammoniumj 2 drachms ; distilled water. 1 fluid (uuu-e; tincture of conium, 1 fluid ounce. Dissolve the ammoniacal salt in the water and add the tincture. Action and Medical Uses. — This is sedative and resolvent, and is used a.« a local ai)pli(atiiin to iliscuss tumors, etc. Its external use is sometimes associated with its internal exhibition. Professor King always used a saturated solution of ammonium chloride as a vehicle to carry remedies intended to be used liy inunc- tion. His liniments were not fats and oils medicated, luit this solution medi- cated. He claimed for it greater absorptive power, and decidedly greater advan- tage in cleanliness. LOTIO BORACIS.— BORAX LOTION. Synonym: Cooling %ca^h. Preparation. — Take of borax, in powder, 2 drachms; rose water, ^ pint. Dis- Bolvc. In this preparation soft river water may be substituted for rose-water, when the latter can not be obtained (Beach's -4jii wiiich add the tincture of aconite. Action and Medical Uses. — This forms a superior application to the eye in many c:ises of disease in that organ. It may be applied by means ofacamel's- hair pencil, or dropping 1 or 2 minims on the eyeball. Thave likewise found immense benefit in these cases by substituting for the tincture of aconite 1 or 2 fluid drachms of the saturated tincture of black cohosh. Some physicians em- plov the hvdrochlorate of berberine in preparing the above formula, but as this is insoluble i"n water, it can effect but little influence. This preparation, used as a wash or injection, will also be found of service in chronic mucous difficulties, as vagi- nal leucorrhoea, etc. (J. King). LOTIO JUGLANDIS.— WALNUT LOTION. Preparation.— Take of extract of green walnut shells, 6 grains : distilled water, -Ml grains. Mix and dissolve. Action and Medical Uses.— This is recommended as an efficient agent in eidarfieiiunl i--. LOTIO ZINCI COMPOSITA.— COMPOUND LOTION OF ZINC. Preparation. — Take of sulphate of zino, alum, each. 2 gniins;'disiilled water, 2 pints. Mix and, when dissolved, filter. LV PIN US. 1209 Action and Medical Uses. — Tliis lotion is used a^ a stimulating applieaiiun to the eye in cases oi jihn--', ."ueclcs, op(uitiej<,vlc.; to abnormal jrou'^/*.* on mucou.s surfaces; to indolent ulcers with fungous yrowt/is; and to gangrene. LUPINUS.— LUPIN. The seeds o( Lupinus (ill>u.'<. Liim*?. .Wil. Oril. — L('guminosa>. Common X.\mes: White lupin, Lujiin. Botanical Source. — This is an annual with a .«tem nearly 2 feet high, hav- ing 5 to 7 foliate, palmate leaves, with obovate, oblong leaflets, from 1 to 2 inches in length. They are beset with white hairs beneath, but on their upjier surface nre smooth. The large, white, shortpedicelled tlowers are borne in terminal spikes, or racemes. The fruit is a long, compressed pod, containing from 3 to 6 seeds which are flattish, circular, and of a white color. The seeds have no odor, but a bitterish taste. History and Chemical Composition.— This plant is indigenous to west Asia and south Elurope. lusiiUs luinir mt-t with in our gardens. Various species of Lupinus produce in sh»-e]i tlu- su-callcd lupinose disease. Yrom JAipinus albu.i,& very bitter alkaloid, luinnine (or lupinotoxin of C. Arnold, Jnhrc^b. dtr P/ittrw., 1883, p. 277), wa.s isolated by Campani and Betelli ( 1882) ; it was soluble in ether, ben- zol, chloroform, and alkalized water. H. Weiske (Jdhresh.dcr Pharm., 1883) records the comparative percentage of the toxic principle in various species of I.ui)inus; L. Cruih/iankii contained most (1 per cent), L.hirsutus least of it (0.02 per cent), while L. iilbus contained 0.5 per cent. A. Soldaini (Arcliii^ dir Pharm., 1898, p. 321) found an optically inactive alkaloid (C„H,,N.,0) melting at 99° C. (230.2° F.),and a deliquescent alkaloid of the same formula. L. Sherman Davis, in Prof Schmidt's laboratory, ascertained (Archiv dcr Phiinii..lS'.)~. p. 217) that the seeds of Lupinus nlbus conUiin two alkaloids : 1. Dcrlro-lupunin (C,jHj,N._.0), melting at 44° C. ( 111.2° F.) and identical with the deliquescent alkaloid of Soldaini, as well as with the dextro-lupintin obtained by himself from the seeds of the Blue lupin, L.anffusti- foliits. Linne. 2. Imutive lupanin (C:„H^N,0), composed of equal molecules of dextro-kind turo-lupanin, which recalls the analogous isomerism existing in the tar- taric acid series. The seeds of lupinus also contain the ali)uminous bodies cim- glutin and le;iumin (Ritthausen, 1883), soluble in diluted alkali, precipitable by acids, and separable by means of salt solution, in which the former is soluble. By distillation of the seeds of L.albus with water vapor, Campani and Grimaldi (18S8t obtained vanillin. Action and Medical Uses. — The ancients employed lupin medicinally. An enema of .5 ounces of lupin decoction produced, on two occasions, toxic symp- toms, as follows: malaise, unplea.sant sensations in the head, dimness of vision, palpebral heaviness, dizziness, mental excitation, and laryngeal and pharyngeal constriction ( Donnabella[1877],/Vfi'7(7iVMif)). Diuretic, anthelmintic, and emmena- gogue properties have been ascribed to white lupin seeds, and the same, bruised and soaked in water, were formerly applied to ulcers. Belated Species.— /.."yimw hirnulusi, Linne (blue or rose flowersl, ami f.Kjiiiiii.i liii,ii.i, Linne ivi-Hdh- (lowers i, both of south Europe, liave similar properties. /-. /iiZ/us is tl\e species tliat li:iA been niijst frequently investigateil. L. liiTend i/>i.w,,/., MarlMirg, ISStTl estaWislucl in the fcee'ls of this species llie i)resenee of two alkaloids, viz. : crvstallizalile ln/iiniii ([C.iILo NjOjj.liauniert, ISSli and liquM h,,,i,MVi,i if,ni-,Ni. It is excJe.liiii.-ly probable that the alkaloids ..f the various Hi>eeies of Lupiiius stand in close chemical relationship toone another. K. Srobablv as decomposition i.rodiicts fr.im the albuniiuoi4.) LT^Pl'LINXM. LUPULINUM (U. S. P.)— LUPULIN. "The glandular powder separated from the strobiles of Humulus Lupulus, Linne (Xat. O/t/.— Urticacese)"— (T. S. P.). Preparation.— On beating or rubbing the strobiles of hops, and then sift- ing them, a glandular powder is separated, and is known in medicine as Lupulin. The sifting is necessary to remove the broken bracts and other vegetable parts. About 10 jier cent of lupulin is thus obtained from the dried hops. Description. — " Bright brownish-yellow, becoming yellowish-brown, resin- ous, consisting of minute granules, which, as seen under the microscope, are subglobular, or rather hood-shaped, and reticulate; aromatic and bitter. When lupulin is agitated with water and the mixture allowed to stand, no considerable sediment (sand, etc.) should be deposited. When ignited, lupulin should not leave more than 10 per cent of ash'' — {U. S. P.). Lupulin is of a cellular tex- ture and somewhat transparent. The common center around which the cells are arranged, is called the hilum. Lupulin has the odor and taste common to the hop; a gentle heat renders it tenacious; exposed to flame it burns. Owing to the presence of the oil, lupulin, in quantities, is liable to spontaneous combustion (see record of such combustion on board a vessel lying in the Bremen harbor, in Amer. Jour. Pharm.,189d,\). 555). Unless carefully dried it soon loses its proper- ties, which, indeed, under all circumstances are impaired by keeping. It is always preferable to the hop for medicinal purposes. The constituents of lupulin are essentially those described under Humulus (hops), which see. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — (See Humulus also.) Lupulin, or its tincture, is used in delirium tremrn.s, and wakefulness in connection with nervous irritation, anxiety, or exhaustion; it does not disorder the stomach nor cause constipation, as with opium. Also useful in after-pains, to suppress venereal desires, and allay the pain attendant on gonorrhcea. Lupulin has been found espe- cially useful in cases of genito-urinury irritations, irritation of the bladder, as well as in those irritable conditions of the brain and genital organ.^, &o often accompanying nocturnal emissions; it allays the irritation, promotes sleep, and checks the emis- sions, in quite a number of cases; it has also been advised as an efficient remedy in chordee. In these instances it requires to be given in quite large doses, double or triple the ordinary ones. The ethereal tincture of lupulin forms what was formerlj' termed the ethereal oil of lupulin (see Oleoresinn Lupulini) by allowing the ether to spontaneously evaporate. It produces at first a stimulant influence, suc- ceded by a very agreeable, calming sensation, and has been used with advantage in some cases of nervous irritabilitj' where opium and other narcotics failed. It does not, however, appear to possess any narcotic jiroperties. A mixture of oil of chamomile, 1 fluid drachm, and ethereal oil of lupulin, li fluid drachm, dis- solved in sulphuric ether, half a fluid ounce, in doses of from 30 to 60 drops, every 3 or 4 hours, has been found beneficial in d>/.'f'"""-'''<'""'"""' (C,.H,P, or [CH,],CH.CH.CH.C[CH.,].(CH,..,COOII, deryl-Unpmpyl ,wn,lic «-/./), with varying quantities of glvcerin (about .'5 to o i>er cent), and solid fatty acid.s, chieflv nviristirarid. The spores must be jiowdered by trituration with quartz- sand 'if all of the oil is to be extracted ( Phnnii- podium, gtt. x: aijua, fl.^iv. Mix. Sig. Dose, a teaspoonful every 1 or 2 hours. Specific Indications and Uses. — Intractable forms of fever, not of an active tyi>e, showing obscure periodicity, with afternoon exacerbation, and the voiding of a high-colored red urine, staining the clotliing; dyspepsia and indigestion with the same urinary symptoms, or with red, sandy deposits in the urine, palpitation, constipation, borborygmus, and water bra.^h; spasmodic retention of urine in children; cystic catarrh in adults, with painful micturition; urine loaded with LYCOPIS. 1213 mucus «>r l>loo(l, or both, or deposits of red sanil or pliosphntes ; cough witli Klood y expectoration, congestive headache, dizziness, and tendency to fainting. Related Species. — There are several varieties of Lyroi>fKliiitii wliose Fpores are Bonie- tinies oOlectfl witli tlii>?^e ul l..ily K. Hoclek.r ( IS82I. Li/ni/HHliuiii g.iuriiriM. Tills plant is tin- l'ili/copug viniininut, Linnc. .V./r O/v/.— Labiativ." C'oNtMo.s N'.\MF.s: Ihifilewieil, Sweet burjle, U'itdr bugle, etc. (see below). Botanical Source. — Tlii.s ]>lant is an indigenous, perennial herb.with a fibrous root, :uid a smooth.. -liaigiit, obtusely four-angled stem, with the sides concave, pro- duciui; sliMnler runners from the base, and 10 to '20 inches in height. The leaves are opposite, oblong, or ovate lanceolate, toothed, entire toward the base, with glan- ilular dots underneath. The flowers are very small, purplish, in den.^^e, axillary whorls; at the ba.se of each flower are two, small, subulate bracts. The corolla is canipanulate, 4-cleft, tlie tube as long as the calyx, upper segment broadest, and emarginate. The calyx is tubular, 4cleft, longer than the achenia. Stamens 2, distant, diverging, and simple; anthers erect and bilolied ; ovary superior and 4-anglcd : style straight and slender; stigma bilobate ; achenia 4, smooth, oliovate, obliiiucly truncate at apex, compressed, and margins thickened (G. — W. — R.). History. — I.ycopus belongs to a class of perennial herbs somewhat resem- bling the mints, Tnit lacking their aroma and having but 2 perfect stamens. It is found growing in almost all parts of the United States, being very common, and preferring moist, shady, places, showing particular fondness for wet, Ijoggy soils. It grows from 6 to IS inches in height, and, like most labiate plants, has a straight, smooth, scpuire stem (obtusely 4-angled), with concave sides, supporting opposite, oblong, ovate or lanceolate, serrately-toothed leaves, having on their under sur- face small, glandular dots. The entire plant is smooth ami often i.urjilish. and the stem occasionally sends off long, slender runners. The (lowers, which ajipear in midsummer (.July and August), are very small, and arranged in dense, axillary whorls, or cajiitate clusters of a purplish color. The whole plant has an agree- able, yet peculiar balsamic, terebinthinate odor, and to most persons, a disagreeable, slightly bitter, balsamic taste. Its virtues are supposed to depend upon a volatile oil and tannin. Lycopus is popularly known as Bugleweed, Water bugle. Sweet bugle, Water hoarhound, Gypsy-weed, Pauls betony, Green ashangee anil Archangel, though the latter name is oflener applied to another plant — the Archangelun Atrojuu- pumi. The name lycopus originates from two Greek words — (ukm, wolf; and //o(M, foot; hence wolf-foot, so called because of a fancied resemblance of the cut leaves to a wolfs foot. We have evidence that this plant was used early in the present century aa a medicine. Schoe])f, Ive.s, and ZoUikofTer mention" it. In 1828, KatMicsque. whose works were prominently recognized by the early Eclectics, notwithstanding the many liliertie.s he took in his writings on scientific subject.*, gave the best account of its introduction into medicine. He wrote of it that it was an excel- lent sedative, subtonic, subnarcotic, and subastringent. He further states that "it is described as partaking of the properties of digitalis, sanguinaria, cimici- fuga, and spi^elia; but it is neither diuretic nor anthelmintic. anerinirdili-i it quickly subdues the inflammation. It is a good remedy fur cardiac piiliiitdlinn, dependent on irritation of the cardiac nerve centers, or when arising from organic lesions. It is best adapted to those forms of heart disease characterized by irri- tability and irregularity, with dyspno-a and prsecordial oppression. Lycopus powert'ully increases the contraction of the unstriped muscular fibers, particu- larly those of the heart and arteries, hence its value in cardiac dilntntinn and hypertnijihi/ which have been known to undergo marked improvement under its administration. It quickly relieves the suffering and anxiety nearly always expe- rienced in heart diseases. It has favorably influenced cxnphi'haliaic goitre. "Bugleweed is of great value in acute puhnonanj romplnint.^, and of still greater utility in chronic lung troubles. It acts as a gentle sedative and tonic. It reduces the frequency and force of the heart's action, and is indicated in pulmonary lesions with irritation and cough, and with tendency to hemorrhage. It is par- ticularlj' valuable in chronic cases with copious secretion of mucus or muco-pus. It lessens irritation, allays the distressing cough so frequently encountered in chronic hronchitia, pneumonia, and consumption. By its action as a nervine it gives rest and quiets pain. By its control over the circulatory apparatus it slows the pulse and brings down the temperature. Tunudtuou.i action of the heart and consequent increase of the circulation through the lungs are controlled by it. It may be em- ployed in acute cases to control fever and inflammation. Here it gives rest, alleviates the pain, quiets the va.«cular excitement, besides allaying the irritative cough. It is one of our very best remedies for hemoptysis, especially in those cases where the bleeding is small in amount yet freijuent, or it may be administered to prevent the tendency to hemoirhage in ]dilhi.'0 minims. Specific Indications and Uses. — Vascular excitement; hemorrhage, in small amounts, resulting' fii'in d. •termination of blood to the lungs, kidne)-s, or ga.-y its sU'in Ix-ing more acutely 4-aiiKleil, its leaves not s^i hroail, the lower l>ein« soiiiewhiil I'catlur- ileft, its Mowers more chjsely Kroupe.l, and the cjly.x divisioM.s iiresenting chort spinej*. This plant undouhtedly possesses many of the properties of Liirujuit rirginiciu. 1216 LYTHRIM.— MACIS. LYTHRUM.— LOOSESTRIFE. The Lythrum Salicaria, Linne (Lythrum Salicaria, var. pubescens, Pursh). Nai. Orel. — Lythraceaj. ^o^rMON NA>rEs: Loosestrife, Purjilevnllme-herh, Milkmllmc-herb(Herhasnliraruf). Botanical Source. — This plant is a handsome perennial with a woofly root branrliiiii; at the crown, from which arise several erect, acutely quadrangular. either smootli or duwny, leafy, generally simple, reddish stems 2 to 5 feet higli. The leaves are nearly sessile, lanceolate, acute, entire, 3 to 6 inches long, about one-fourth as wide, the upper ones diminished to sessile bracteas, all mostly oppo- site, sometimes in whorls of 3 or 4, in which cases the numt>er of angles on the stem is likewise increased. The flowers are large, numerous, showy, nearly ses- sile, in numerous axillary whorls, six in each, of a variable crimson or purplf, composing long, leafy spikes. The calyx is inferior, cylindrical, striated, the limb with 6 broad teeth, and the same number of alternate, smaller, subulate diverging ones; 6 of the teeth long and reddish. Corolla of 6, equal petals. Stamens 12; anthers conspicuous, red, with green or yellow pollen. Capsule small, elliptical, 2-celled, and many-seeded (L. — W.). History. — This plant grows in several parts of the globe, and is found in wet meadows, ditches, etc., in this country, especially in the northern andieastern states, bearing purple flowers in July anil August. It has no odor, but an herlvlike, astringent taste, and b}' chewing, l)econies very mucilaginous. The ferruginous salts darken its infusion, and boiling water takes from it a large amount of muci- lage, beciiniin<; quite viscid. It yields its pro]ierties to water. It has not been analyzed, as far as we know, but jirolialily contains tannin and much mucilage. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Loosestrife i)ossesses considerable muci- lage, rendering it a demulcent, while at the same time its tannic acid gives to it astringent properties. A decoction of it used freely has been serviceable in various affections of the bowels where this class of remedies was indicated, as in mlorertitu:, suiniDer compl>ii)its of children, dimrha'a, etc. Externally, it is very beneficial as a local application in rhrottir o/ifitlinlmia, ulcers, and some forms of cutaneoti-s di/ten^; also in leucorr/nea, (jleet, chronic yoiwrr/iii'ii, etc., being used either as a wash, or in form of j)oultice. Dose of the decoction, 1, 2, or 3 fluid ounces; of the powder, 30 to 60 grains, repeated every 3 or 4 hours. An infusion is said to be better than a decoction. Belated Species. — Decodon (Elliott), or Lythrum rertirillatum, ( Decodon aquaticvm, Gmelin ; Anoiiymus ayuatica, Wright I, Swamp vUloir-herb, or Grags-poley. bearing jmrple flowers, pos- sesses similar properties to the above; it is said to cause abortion in mares and cow.s brows- ing on it iu winter, and may, perh.ips, exert a medicinal iufiuence on tlie human uterus. It grows in swampS throughout the L nited States and Canada, i;as a stem, wox. The flowers are large, jjurple, in axillary subsessile umbels of 3 or more, apparently whorled, constituting a long, leafy, terminal, and showy panicle. Calyx short, broadly cainpanulate, with 5 erect teeth, and 5 elongated, spreading, horn-hke processes. Petals o or ti. ."^tanieus 10. alternate ones very long; style tiliforur, capsule globose, included, 3-celled, many-seeded W, — O.). Li/lhrnin iilniinii, I'nrsli. North America. I.i/th,io,i „ll„ii„. Kuiith, Texas. Lt/lhrinn liiiin,,l(iiii,ii, I-^lUott. Under the name of ycrfca tfW «iiif[exicans emplo\ these three species in pdiiltices, to be applied to caucei: i'liphitt n«(«issiHi(i, Jacquin. Ab(. 0/-rf. — Lythracese Grows from Massachusetts sf the mitnieg-tree is gathered, tlie out^^i^le fleshy pericarp is either thrown away, or made into a preserve, while the arillus, being cautiously removed from tlie nut, is compressed, exposed to the sun, and wlien dried, mois- tened with salt water, in order to aid in its conservation, and is then packed into sacks, tunning tlie mace of commerce. Description.— "In narrow bands, 25 Mm. (1 inch) or more long, somewhat branched and lobed above, united into broader bands below; browuish-orange; fatty when scratched or pressed; odor fragrant; taste warm and aromatic" — (I'.S.P.). The best mace (.Rek in Amn: Jour. PImrm., 1S82, p. 13, and 1890, p. 398; also P. Soltsien, i7„W.. ISiii:;. 1,. 4o7.. Chemical Composition. — By distillation with water, mace yields from 4 to 15 per cent iif volatile oil, oil of mace (Oleum Mncidis). It is dextro-rotatory, and contains the hvilrocarbons jjinene and dijicnlene (Wallach, 1889), and the stear- opten mi/ri.-'dcin (C,.H,.0,) a crvstallizable bodv melting at 30.25° C. (86.5° F.) (F. W. Semmler, Berichte, 1890;"also see Amer. Jour. Phon.i., 1890, p. 442). Prof. Fliickiger obtained from mace, by extraction with boiling ether, about 24.5 per rent of a soft, resinous, non-fatty mass, and also found uncrystallizable sugar. Tscliirch observed amylodertrin, a body intermediary between starch and dextrin, yielding a red or violet color with iodine. Starch is not present in mace, hence .in adulteration of powdered mace with powdered nutmeg can readilv be detected by the starch reaction (P. Solt^ien, 1891). The ash of mace should not exceed 2.5 per cent referred to air-dry substance. Ti.NCTrR.\ Macidis, or Tincture of mace, is prepared by digesting mace, 1 part, ill alcoh"!. -1 ])arts. Filter. Action and Medical Uses.—' See MyrL-^tica.) MAGNESIA (U. S. P.)— MAGNESIA. For.mii.a: MgO. Molecular Weight: 40.26. Sy.no.sv.ms : Mngt}c.'e continued until a small portion, dropped into dilute aciil. quietly sinks in the liquid, and after a few minutes dissolves without the sliglitest evolution of gas. The contents of the crucible are now emptied on a clean copper or iron plate, and before they are quite cool placed in a well-stop- pered bottle; the crucible, in the meantime, is filled with a fresh portion, and the heating proceeded with as before. Nine parts of the carbonate yield about four parts of calcined magnesia. The process involved is represented by the fol- lowing equation : 4MgCO,.Mg(OH).+5H,0 (Macinesium rarbonate,l'. S. P.) =5MgO -f 6H,0— 4C0,. If the heat is continued after the water and carbon dioxide are expelled, the jiroduct soon loses it lightness and acquires a compact, lumpy form. There are two kinds of magnesia known— the liglit and the heai-y. Tlie former, Magnexin Levis, is designated in the C. .^. P. simply as Magnesia. The heavy cal- cined magnesia, is produced precisely like the light magnesia excejiting that hfini. instead of light magnesium carbonate, is used in its production. The lieavy variit V i- d. signaled bv the V. S. P. as Mugntsin I^mdcro^a, or Haicy mngncMa. Description.— The ollicial descrijition of light and of heavy magnesia is-M n.lf.iws : M.MiNESiA ( r. .?. p.).— "A white, very light, and very fine jHiwder, without gtened with water. ing 1 part of m.ig^ ixture tij stand Ion lent consistence to) IhereJ .-flTuTtTm-tft 1218 MAGNESIA. odor, and having an earthy, but not a saline taste. On exposure to the .lii. it slowly absorbs moisture and carbon dioxide. Almost insoluble in water, and insoluble in alcohol, but soluble in diluted acids. It is not altered by heat, but wben very strongly heated its density is increased. When moistened with water. it has a fajnt.ly ii^lka1infi_rgactjo^upon litmus paperJpT))! stirring 1 part ot m.igA ITWta^ifli 15 part's' oF water, inli'beaker, and allowing the mixti— * '* — ' '• -^ about half an hour, it will form a gelatinous mass of sufficient prevent it from dropping out when the g;lass is inverted. /" A ItttFi -mag»esra in dttnUd uulphunc acid, mixed with ammonium chloride T.S.,and an excess of ammonia water, yields, with sodium phosphate T.S., a white, crys- talline precipitate" — {U. S. P.). Magnesia Ponderosa {U. S. P.), Heavy magnesia.— "A white, dense, and very fine powder, which should conform to the reactions and tests given under Af<'»^- nesia. It difiers, however, from the latter in not readily uniting with water to form a gelatinous hydrate" — {U. S. P.). Magnesia crackles slightly when thrown into water. Unlike lime, it evolves scarcely any heat when water is added to it, although this fluid in small quantity is absorbed by it. Water, in large quantity, dissolves traces of it; on heating the aqueous solution it becomes turbid, but clears again on cooling. Its specific gravity is variously given as 2.3, 3.07, and 3.2. Continued trituration will con- siderably increase its density, so that a bottle which would only contain 1 ounce of it when not triturated, will, by this process, readily hold 4 ounces. It is dis- solved by the dilute acids without effervescence ; if gas-bubbles are given ofl", carbonic acid is present. Magnesia should be kept in well-closed containers. In the form of light magnesia, or still better, the gelatinous hydrate, separated from the solution of sulphate of magnesium by caustic potash, and dried, magnesia has been recommended as an antidote to arsenic (arsenous acid, ASjO,) by Bussy, insoluble magnesium arsenite (AsOjMgH) being formed; and experiments of Christison, as well as Ph. Hoglan (Amer. Jour. Pharm. ,1S80, p. 487 ), show that arsenic is as thoroughly removed from a solution as b}' freshly precipitated ferric hydrate. This treatment must not be employed, however, in the case of arsenous sulphide ASjSj ; the latter is comparatively innocuous because it is insoluble in water, but becomes converted into a soluble, and therefore poisonous, compound upon treat- ment with magnesia {Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1879, p. 153). For solidifying copaiba, magnesia answers best when perfectly anhydrous (Mialhe). Tests. — " If a mixture of 0.2 Gm. of magnesia with 10 Cc. of water be heated to boiling, and, after cooling, 5 Cc. of the supernatant liquid be filtered oflF, this filtrate should not give more than a faintly alkaline reaction with litmus paper, and, when evaporated to dryness, should not leave more than a very slight resi- due (limit of foreign soluble salts). The mrtgne*;ia mixed with water remaining from the jireceding test, when poured into 5 Cc. of acetic acid, should dissolve without the evolution of more than a few isolated gas bubbles (limit of carbon- ate). This latter solution, when filtered, should not be rendered more than slightly opalescent by ammonium oxalate T.S. (limit of calcium), or by barium chloride T.S. (limit of sulphate), or, after the addition of a few drops of nitric acid, by silver nitrate T.S. (limit of chloride). If 0.4 Gm. of magnesia be dis- solved in 10 Cc. of diluted hydrochloric acid, the solution should be colorless, and should not be affected by hydrogen sulphide T.S., nor, after the addition of a slight excess of ammonia water, should it be immediately afi'ected by ammo- nium sulphide T.S. (absence of metallic impurities). If magnesia be exposed to a low red heat in a porcelain crucible, it should not lose more than 5 per cent of its weight (limit of water of hydration)"' — (T. .'^. P.). If iron be present, the addition of tannic acid will occasion a violet or bluisli-black turbidness in the neutral solution in sulphuric acid (Wittstein). Messrs. Keasbey and Mattison, in 1889 (Amer. Jour. Pharm., p. 122), called attention to a spurious commercial brand of English heavy calcined magnesia, which consisted ot 79 percent calcium sulphate and 20.7 per cent of water. An admixture with Roehelle salt is likewi.«e on record [ibid, 1873, p. 13). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Magnesia is antacid, antilithic, and laxative. The stools produced by it are feculent (unless acid is present in large quantities), and arc not strongly oiIokuis. Whenever a laxative is indicatetl, MAGNEt^ll CAKbONAS. 1219 ty of ritnmnr/i and hoiri kimllj', seldom causing nausea, or griping, ft is slow, requiring o or 6 hours, but is mild, thorough, and eHicient. It is one of the prompt remedies for /lenrt- burn. It is useful in dyspeji'^ia until ariditi/, and is preferable to the carbonate as it does not give rise to Halus, and the dose is less; its laxative qualities likewise give it some advantage over alkaline remedies. In all cases attended with acidity and ronstipiition it will be found useful. It acts as an antilithic, first by correct- ing gastric acidit;/, anil secondly, by forming with free lithic acid, or lithate of ammonium, the more soluble lithate of magnesium. It is on this account bene- ficial in gout, and rheunuitic (jaut, frequently giving material relief. When no acid is present in the stomach or intestines, magnesia is liable to lodge in some |)art of them, hence, in such instances, its administration should be followed by a draught or two of lemonade. From 5 to 10 grains of rhubarb mixed with 20 to 40 grains of magnesia, and a few grains of ginger, form an excellent laxative and antacid. Wlien the stools are green and excoriating in young children, give 5 grains of magnesia with 2 or 3 grains of rhubarb. SiA hendarhe, with sour stomach, is often cut short with magnesia, as is occasionally the vomiting of preg- nunry with gastric acidity. Taken in laxative doses night and morning for a long period it is said to remove warts. The following is recommended in cases of poisoning, in which the nature of the poison is unknown : After freely evacuating the stomach by emetics, give the following mixture in a sufficient quantity of water— calcined magnesia, pul- verized charcoal, and hydroxide of iron, of each, equal parts, mixed together. It is perfectly innocuous, and as its ingredients are antidotes to the most active and commonest poisons, it is very likely to be efficient. Dose of magnesia as a laxative, from half a drachm to a drachm; for children, 5 to 10 grains; as an antacid, or antilithic, from 10 to :')0 grains twice a day. Specific Indications and Uses.— Gastro-intestinal acidity, pyrosis, heart- burn ; green, excoriating stools ; constipation with acidity. Related Body. — Indian Yellow. A yellow pigment prepared from an Indian sulv stance known as I'urm. The latter, Sten house believes to be thu juice of some plant mixed with niannc^ia. ami boiled to a solid state ; others regard it as a body deposited ui tlie urine of camels wliioli lu>ve l)ecn fed upon the fruit of the man^o tree, Mawji/era Iiuiica (see I'hihm. iltuj.,\'o\. XXX, and Chem. Gazette, 1855). Purree comes ni erine, and having a sweetish and afterward bitterish taste. Hot idcohol readily dissolves it. In hot water it is quite soluble, but sparingly so in cold water. Nitric acid converts it into yellow needles of uxiipicrk acid (Erdmann). MAGNESII CARBONAS (U. S. P. )— MAGNESIUM CARBONATE. Formula: "Approximately ([MgC0,],.Mg[0H],-f5H,0)"— (f. .'^. P.). Mo- i.Ecii.AuWKrfJiiT: 484.62. SvNoNV.Ms: Carbonate of mngnesin, Carbonicus mngnesicus, Magnesia hydrico-car- bonieo. M'/'iii'sia nHm. Mac/ncni.'e carbonas. Source and History.— Native carbonate of magnesium, or n!ay7n<'.«i?e CMgCO,, in its i>urest form j. lias been found in Moravia; the vicinity of Turin, Piedmont; in the East Indies; and in the island of Eubiea. It constitutes a range of low hills in Hindustan; also in EulMea there are entire hills of it. At one time.upwanl of 2(XX) tons are .said to have been annually exported to Sriiyrna and England. The Euburgative when it meets with an acid in the alimentary canal, but not without. Hence, it is always useful to give it in combination with lemonade or lemon juice. It has the same uses as magnesium oxide. It lias proved use- ful in cases of <«•('rm of magnesium cliloride the clement exists in com|i^n ■ ■ i _. uimn \ m -^ ,1 ua'. 1 . iiml is also a constitui-nt of tlie oiiraiiic world. M.t.i, , ■,,,,_:>. - I w.i- iii-i i-..;,i;. J Irv I'avy. Subsequently it was iilit;iiiio(l by reduc- tion of iiH.licii u.agn. r-iuui rliluiiilf uiih 1111 tallu' sodium. In more recent years it is prepared by electrolytic decomposition of magnesium cldoride (Bunsenl, or certain magnesium min- ei-als, c. g.,canwllil''. Magnesium is a silver-white metal, perniaiient in dry air, but oxidizes on its surface when exposed to moist air. It has the specilic gravity 1 .7."i, and melts at slightly below 800°C. (1472°F.) (Victor Meyer, 1887). In commerce it is found both in ribbon and in iiowder form. When held in a flame, the ribbon ignites and burns with :i brilliant white light, rich in chemically active (actinic) rays; hence its use in flash-light pbulcigraiihy. White magnesium oxide (MjrOl is formed in the combustion of the metal. Magnesium is also used in pyrotechnics as an ingredient i>i ahitr and red fire. (See fornuilie in Aiiiri: Jour. Phnnn., 1880, p. 60-5. 1 It is likewise recoiiim. ii.l. I a-^ a substitute for zinc in the testing for arsenic, by Marsh's test, on account of its biiii_' ii. . 11 iin contaminating arsenic. Magnesium decom- poses water slowly at boiling teminratni.', and dissolves in diluted acids with evolution of nydrogen gas, forming a line of .s.ilts which is of importance in men Cni.oiMDCM, M part.'*. Mix the solutions and tiller from the precipitatesom filt; it also occurs in the form of the mineral kicscritf (^MgSO.-fH.O"), which is found in the celebrated salt-beds of Stassfurt, Germany, with other magnesium-bearing minerals, such as kainiie, polyhnlite, etc. Magnesium sulphate may be prepared from various sources : From the natural bilter-watei-s by evaporation and recry.*- tallization ; from the mother liquors in the preparation of salt from sea water; from ilolnmitc (magnesium calcium carbonate); from kifserite, by calcination, solu- tion in hot water and crystallization, etc. In large quantities it is obtained as MAGNESII Sl'LPHAS. 1223 a ln-pru(luct in the manufacture of carbonic acid gas from inagne»Ue (MgCO,) uitii sulphuric acid. Crab Orchard Salt, obtained by evaporating the water of certain wells in Kentucky, i.« an impure magnesium sulphate, its off-color being due to impurities, inm compounds probably contributing somewhat to the discoloration. Viley ClSTlXfound it to contain maene.yii)iilio.;[ihate (P.O.Mg,,). Impurities and Tests. — This salt is liable to various impurities, the most probable lieiiiir iron and chloride of magnesium. When iron is present the solu- tion gives a violet or bluish-black precipitate with tannic acid, and a blue or bluish-white precipitate with ferrocyanide of potassium. The latter reagent pro- duces a red-brown precipitate if copper is present. If contaminated with chloride of magnesium, the salt will be more or less deliquescent, according to the amount of chloride contained in it. If chloride of calcium be present, oxalate of ammo- nium will cause a precipitate in the salt solution acidulated with acetic acid. The presence of chlorides may be known by the evolution of hydrochloric acid gas when the sulphate is acted on by sulphuric acid. If the salt is of acid reaction, contamination with zinc sulphate or with oxalic acid may be looked for. The r. .9. P. directs the following tests: " When a small portion of the salt is introduced, on a clean platinum wire, into a non-luminous flame, it should not impart to the latter a persistent yellow color (limit of sodium). A 5 per cent aqueous solution of the salt should not be affected by hydrogen sulphide T.S. (absence of metallic impurities); nor produce more than a slight opalescence with silver nitrate T.S. (limit of chloride) ; nor should 20 Cc. of the same solution give any coloration or precipitate on the addition ofO.oCc. of pot.a.«sium ferro- cyanide'T.S. (ali.«ence of iron, zinc, or copper). If 1 Gm.of the i)owdered salt be shaken with 3 Cc. of stannous chloride T.S. (see List of Rraciail.^. Bettendorffs Test for Arsenic), a small piece of pure tin-foil added, and" the test-tube then .«et aside no coloration should appear within 1 hour (limit of arsenic) "—(r. ■<«'. P.). The arsenic test is ollicially given to guard against arsenic being introduced into the salt through the sidphiiric acid u.ii sii.i'His. 1225 a warm situation until it loses in weight from 35 to 37 per cent, and then pugging it througli a fifve. Its properties are those of the erystalline sjilt, heing, of course, of greater strength, bulk for bulk. It is hygro«oopic. and lonseiiuently slundd In- preserved in well-stoppered bottles. MAGNESII SULPHIS.— MAGNESIUM SULPHITE. Formula: MgSO,.GH,0. Molkitlak WEUiiir : 2")").7t>. Synonym : Sulji/nte of mdiineiiiiin. Preparation.—" DisVolve 13(5 parts of freshly prepared crystallized sulphite of .■iodiuiii, free from carbonate and sulphate, in the smallest quantity of hot water; tiller into this hot liquid a concentrated solution of 123 parts of' Epsom salt, and stir the mixture till eold. Drain the mass of fine cry.stals on a strainer, press, and drv them at a moderate heat. The product should weigh 69 parts (J. C. Stieht in Wittstein's Vurteljy numerous physicians in this country and Europe. Their efficacy is due not wholly to the base, but in oart at least to their sulphurous acid radical, which is set free in the stomach, and permeates the whole system, and that without any injury or destruction to the vital jjrinciples; though owing to their deoxidizing qualities, their long-continued us(! is apt to induce opdema and diseases of debility. They are supposed to act l)y destroying vegetable organisms when present, and by preventing the peculiar fermentation that develops zvmotic phenomena; and which j>revention may be due either to destruction of the fermentable material, or to a modification effected in its composition. After having taken them they appear in the urine in 20 minutes, but are gradually ('hanged in the system into sulphates. Under ordinary circumstances they are not decomiiosed in the stomach, but when they are there, there is a manifest production of sulphurous acid gas; when this is the case, the acids of the stomach must be neutralized by a little magnesia. The hyjiosulphites are less efficient than the sulphites are less active azy- motics, are more rapidly oxidized in their pa.«sage through the system, and hence appear ill the urine as sulphates, and often occasion a troublesome diarrho-a. which is not the case with the sulphites. The earlier these are administ«red in the diseases for which they are used, before the blood corpuscles lose the greater part of tlieir vitalit}^, the more prompt will be their salutarj- influences. The diseases among others in which they have been found of specific application are hospital fever, puerperal peritonitis, pyemia, nepticemvi, and aW fevers with putridity and purulent absorption; measles, scarlatina, smatljMX, erysipelas, endemic or miasmatic fevers, typhits fever, irritative fever from absorption of pus, infection from wounds in the dissecting room, pertussui, dysentery, diarrhoea, rholem, influenza, diphtheria, plague, malignant sore throat, and externally in the dressing of foid ulcers or wounds, ichorous, gangrenous, phagedenic ulcers or sinuses, indolent ulcers, and p,arasitiral and other cutaneous diseases. In fevers they do not cut them short, but gradually dimin- ish the intensitj' of the symptoms. They are likewise used as prophylactic.'^ against zymotic action. These remedies are borne well by the stomach, and to obtain their curative effects rapidly and promptly, the system must be saturated with them as speedily as possible, giving moderately large doses daily, so that the fluids of the body, urine, saliva, and sweat, will contain some of the sulphite. As tliey are decomposed by all vegetable acids and many of deoxidizing agents, however weak these may be, their use is contraindicated when the sulphites are being taken ; such as citric, malic, tartaric, oxalic, nitric, and hydrochloric acids, or food or drinks containing them, as fruits, oranges, lemons or lemonade, apple water, acid jellies, and the like. For internal use the sulphite of magnesium is an excellent form ; it may be given in powder in doses of from 1 to 30 grains, and repeated according to the urgencj' of the case, every 1, 2, 3, or 4 hours; it may be taken in water, syrup, or other vehicle not contraindicated. Unlike sodium sulphite, which is indicated by the broad, pallid tongue with white, pasty coat, magnesium sulphite is indicated by the deep-red or dusky tongue, with a dark-brown fur, or a smooth, glistening surface. If diarrhoea or vomiting be present, these must be relieved, otherwise the system will not be saturated; or else injections of the solution must be employed. The sulphite may be combined with opium for diarrhoea, pain. etc.; with" quinine in cases of obstinate periodicity; with iron when anemia is ])resent, and so on. If the remedy is likely to be efficient, a change for the better will occur in a few days (see Sulphite of Sodium). Specific Indications and Uses.— Typhoid and septic states with deep-red, dusky tongue, coated with a brown fur, or smooth and glistening without the brown coating. MAGNOLIA.— MAGNOLIA. The bark of Magnolia glauca, Linne ; Magnolia acuminata, Linne; Magnolia Umbrella, Lamarck, and other species of Magnolia. Nat. Ord. — Magnoliacea?. Common N.\mes: (See below.) Botanical Source and History. — Besides the species herein described, there are four other native species of Magnolia, all probably possessing the same medici- nal properties as those herein mentioned. These four are: Magnolia grandifora, Linne; Magnolia cordaia,'M\chnux ; Magnolia macrophylla. yiichnux; and .Magnolia Fraseri, Waiter. The M. macrophylla and grandiflnra (fruit only), are figured in Lloyd's D. and M. of N. yl.,Vol. II. The Magnolia grandiflnra is the most magnifl- ceiit forest tree of the extreme south. Its flowers are large and very beautiful. The M. tnacrophylla has the largest leaves of any native tree, thev being from 2 to 3 feet in length (C. G. Lloyd). M.\GN0LIA GL.\uc.\. — This tree is known by several names, as White bay. Beaver- tree, Sweet magnolia. Swamp sassafra.9. White, or Red laurel, etc.; it varies in heiglit from 6 feet to 30 or more, being taller in the south and shorter in the north; its average height is about 25 feet. Bark of the trunk smooth, ashn^olored, that of the young twigs a bright, smooth green, scarred with rings at the insertion of the leaves by the fall of the deciduous stipules. Branches crooked, spreading. Leaves alternate, petioled, regularly elliptical, entire, smooth, thick; tlieir under side, except the midrib, of a pale, glaucous color: when young covered with a silken pubescence. Flowers large, solitary, terminal, cream-colored, of a grateful odor, MAGNOLIA. 1227 Oil a short incrassated peduncle. Calyx composed of 3 pjjatulate, obtuse, ci'ii- cave sepals; corolla of 8 to 14 obovate, obtuse, and concave petals, contracted at their base. Stamens very numerous, inserted in common with the petals on the sides of a conical receptacle; filaments very short; anthers linear, niucroiiated, 2celled, opening inwardly. Ovaries collected into a cone, each divided by a fur- row, tipped with a brownish, linear, recurved style. Fruit a cone, consisting of imbricated cells, which open longitudinally at the back for the escape of the seed. Seeds oliovate, scarlet, connected to the cone by a funiculus, which suspends them some time after they have fallen out (L.— B.). "it is found in swamps and nioras.'^es from Massachusetts to the Gulf of Mexico, and always in maritime districts; Howering from May to August, according to the climate in which it is located. .\t the south it is known as ]Vfiilc-hii}/,or I'^uret-bat/. Although the flowers yield a delicate, agreeable odor, yet it sometimes occasions unpleasant symptoms, as diflicult breathing, tendency to faint, etc. M.\<;NoLiA AcfMiNAT.\, or Cnrumhrr lire, sometimes called Blur, and ^fnuntniv marinnlid. is a tree reaching from (jO to 80 feet in height, and 4 or /J feet in diameter, with a jterfectly straight trunk. Leaves oval, acuminate, green, a little pubescent beneath, scattered, about 6 inches long, half as broad. Flowers 5 to 6 inches in diameter, bluish, sometimes yellowish-white, numerous, faintly fragrant; petals (J to it. obovate, obtusish. Cones about 3 inches long, cylindric, bearing some resemblance to a small cucumber. This tree grows near the Falls of Niagara, and in the mountainous regions in the interior of the country from New York to (teorgia ; it is more abundant in the southern states. It is most abundant, how- ever. " in the moist valleys in the northern Allegheny Mountains" (C.G. Lloyd). Its flowers appear in May and June (W. — G. — B.). Magnolia Umbrella, Lamarck, or Cmhrella tree, the Magnolia (ripetala, of Linne, is a small tree not exceeding 30 feet in height, generally having a sloping trunk. Leaves 16 to 20 inches long, by 6 or 8 in width, obovate, lanceolate, pointed at both ends, silky, when young, soon smooth, often appearing whorled at the ends of the branches in the form of an umbrella, displaying a surface 30 inches or more in diameter. Flowers terminal, white, 7 or 8 inches in diameter, with 5 to 12 narrow, lanceolate, acute petals, the 3 outer curved. Fruit conical, rose-colored. 4 to 5 inches in length. This tree is found growing in shady situa- tions, in strong, deep, fertile soil, in the same range of country as the M.nciimi- iintn, being, however, more generally confined to the lower grounds. It also flowers in May and June (W. — G. — B.). Description. — All the species of these trees jjossess similar therapeutical vir- tues, which a're found especially in the bark and fruit. Tlie bark, either of the trunk or root, is the medicinal part; its odor is aromatic, and its taste warm, bitterish, and pungent, though these proj)erties, with the exception of the l)itter- ness, are lost by age. The bark is taken off during the spring and summer; it is ashen, smooth, and silvery externally, white and fibrous internally. The appear- ance of the bark varies inuch, depending upon the species. Magnolia, from these three species, was f nnicrly utlicial. Water or alcohol extracts its virtues. Chemical Composition.— The various sjiecies of Magnolia probably have analogous composition. From the bark of Magnolia Umhrella and M. acuminala, John Floyd, in 1806, obtained small amounts of an aromatic, volatile oil, a resin, and bitter principles. Dr. Stephen Procter (1842) analyzed the bark of M. grandi- flora in search for a substance analogous to liriodendrin of Emmet, and found numerous acicular crystals, a resinous body, and volatile oil. W. H. Harrison (1862) obtained from the bark of M j/Aiwra' a resin, volatile oil, and a crystalli- zable substance; from the fruit, ether extracted much fixed oil, and a jiungent and acrid resin. Wallace Procter {Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1872, p. 14-5), ob.served a deposit of color- less crystals in an evaporated tincture of the fruit of M Umhrella (umbrella tree), which substance he called magnolin, having ascertained it to be difl'erent from liriodeii'lrin of Emmet. Petroleum benzin readily removed it from the extractive and coloring matters. It is a neutral body, ins-oluble in cold, crystallizable in small (luantity from hot water, freely soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, carbon (lisuli)hide and i)etroleum benzin. When jture the crystals are tasteless. A soft, l)Uiigy the author. 1228 MALTUM. Prof. J. U. Lloyd separated from the bark ol Mayiiolin ylauca, three uncrys- tallizable resins, differing in their behavior toward solvents; furthermore, a crys- tallizable glucosid, and a fluorescent substance, probably a product of decompo- sition. The filtrate from the resins and the glucosid gave reactions for alkaloids, but no alkaloid could be isolated. (See D. and M. of X. A.,Vo\. II, pp. 42^5, for the early chemical history.) Mr. W. F. Rawlins (1889) obtained from the leaves of Magnolia glauca a glucosidal, occasionally crystallizable substance, by abstract- ing an evaporated alcoholic extract with water and shaking out with chloroform. It is noteworthy that the leaves of M. glauca produce upon linen an indelible stain (C. E. Hornberger, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1876, p. 279). Analysis of the bark of M. gmndiftora, by B. A. Randolph (1891), showed the presence of volatile oil, tannin, starch, saccharine, and coloring matter; upon incineration, 6i per cent of ash was left. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Magnolia bark is an aromatic tonic bitter, of reputed efficacy, and appears likewise to possess antiperiodic properties. IntermiUmt fevers have been cured by it after cinchona had failed. It is not so apt to disagree with the stomach and bowels, nor to induce fullness of the head as cinchona, and can be continued a longer time with more safety in all respects. Its curative agency is said to be favored by the diaphoretic action which generally follows its administration. In dyspepsia, with loss of tone in the stomach, it is very useful as a tonic, and has also proved of much service in the treatment of remittents with typhoid symptoms. A warm infusion acts as a gentle laxative and sudorific; a cold one as a tonic and antiperiodic, as does also the tincture and powder. The powder is considered the preferable form of administration. The bark of the M. Umbrella, chewed as a substitute for tobacco, has cured an inveterate tobacco chewer of the filthy habit, and deserves a further trial among those who wish to break up the pernicious practice. The bark in powder may be adminis- tered in ^-drachm or drachm doses, to be repeated 5 or 6 times a day ; the infusion may be taken in wineglassful doses, repeated 5 or 6 times a day. It is used in the above forms of disease, as well as in rhronic rheumatism. The tincture, made by adding an ounce of the powder to a i)int of brandy, and allowing it to macerate for 10 or 12 days, may be given in tablespoon doses 3 times a day, for the same purposes. A tincture made bj' adding 2 ounces of the cones to a i)int of brandy, has long been used as a doniestic remedy for dysjn'jisia and chronic rhcumatistn; it is given 3 or 4 times a day in doses of from 1 to 4 fluid drachms. Magnolia is contraindicated whenever inflammatory symptoms are present. Though possess- ing undoubted tonic properties, magnolia is now seldom employed. Related Species. — Telauma me.ricana, Don. This is called, in Mexico, where it alMunds, tlie yolu.riicliitl. Qutrcdrin, volatile oil, resin, t.innin, etc., have been found in the fragrant white bloosoms, which are reputed antispasmodic and tonic. Antiperiodic virtues are ascribed to the bark. MALTUM.— MALT. "The seed of Hordvum di^lichum, Linne {Xat. OnJ. — Graminacea\ caused to enter the incipient stage of germination bv artificial means and dried" — (U.S. P., 1880). Synonyms : Maltum hordci, Barley malt. Preparation. — If barley, or any other grain, be soaked (steeped) in water and thrown into heaps (couched), it will spontaneously generate heat. Hy frequent turning, the heat is prevented from l)cconiing too great. The barley is then spread upon the floors (floored), whereupon germination takes place. Tiie grain, after its germ has attained a certain length (usually one third the lengtii of the seed), is quickly dried in kilns at a temperature not above 71° C (1W° F.), and constitutes what is termed malt. What are known as the varieties — pule molf,i>(ile- amber, amber, and ambcr-broim malt — is the malt to which difiereut degrees of neat have been applied in drying. For medicinal uses only the juile mult ov iialcamber malt should be employed. Black; or roasted malt, is that kind, the integuments of which are deep-brown in color, made so by roasting in rapidly revolving cylin- ders. Should the interior of the grain be of the same hue it is then called crystal- MASGANI DIOXUHM. 1-^29 lizecl malt. (For a very readable, short article on malt and malting, by F. X. Mucrk, ^ee Amer. Jour. Phartn.,lSS4.y.^0.'^: also see special treatises on the" feniK iitatiuu industries. > Description and Chemical Composition.— Malt should have a pale or aml)er color, a sweetish taste, and a Sdiucwliat pleasant odor. Its aqueous infusion should be of a deep-yellowish or brown color. Besides the constituents of liarley, malt contains the terment (Uastwc, dextrin, and sugar. Diastase resembles jitijnUn, in tliat it changes starch into de.xtrin and sugar (mnltoae), and is, therefore, con- sidered liy si>mH as identical with that salivary ferment (also see under /^0)7/<>j- 1 of manganese (MnO,,) occurs in considerable abundance, and consti- tutes tile mineral which Haidinger termed ;j_?//-o/i(6iV<', from whence all the oxide of manganese used in the arts is obtained. It exists in various parts of Europe, and some in the United States, as in Vermont, Massachusetts, and on Red Island in the Bay of San Francisco; also in Nova Scotia. The purest varieties are found in (ireat Britain and Germany. Usually it is more or less impure from the pres- ence iif lime, alumina, baryta, silica, oxide of iron, and brown manijuniti'. Description. — Manganese dioxide occurs in nature in the form of right rhom- bic prisms, or needles, or in amorphous masses. The official article is described as follows: "A heavy, grayish-black, more or less gritty powder, without odor or taste; permanent in the air. Insoluble in water or alcohol. It is not affected by cold, concentrated sulphuric acid, but when heated with the latter it is converted into manganous sulphate, with the evolution of oxygen. When heated with hy- drochloric acid, it is converted into manganous chloride, with the development of chlorine. At a red heat, the dioxide gives off oxygen gas. and is converted into reddish-lirown manganoso-manganic oxide (Mn,0,) '" — (U.S. P.). It is infusible before the Mow-nipe, dissolves in fused borax with effervescence, and gives to the globule an ametnyst color. Its specific gravity is stated to varv from 4.7 to 4.9. Chlorine is also evolved when manganese dioxide is heated with a mixture of common salt and sulphuric acid, the reaction taking place as follows: MnO,+ 2NaCl-f 2H,S0,— MnSO,+ Na,S0,+2H,0-fCl,. On a large scale, the manganous salt formed in this reaction is not thrown away, but is converted back again by oxidation into manganese dioxide by Weldon's process, which was introduced in 1867. (For its detailed description, see Roscoe & Schorlemmer's ChemiMry.) Tests. — Iron is almost always pre.sent in this oxide, the crystals being the most free from it. If the dioxide be digested in hydrochloric acid until chlorine 1230 MAXUANI Sl'LPHAS. -* ceases to be evolved, the addition of ferrocyanide of pot:issium will color it green or blue if iron be present. The C. & P. directs the following tests: "On inti- mately mixing 1 part of the dioxide with 1 part of potassium hydrate and 1 part of potassium chlorate, introducing the mass into a crucible, moistening with water, drying, and igniting, a dark fused mass is obtained, which yields, with water, a green solution, changing to purplish-red on being boiled, or on the addition of diluted sulphuric acid. If a portion of the dioxide be strongly heated in a dry test-tube, no combustion should ensue, nor should any carbon dioxide be evolved (absence of organic impurities). If to another portion of the dioxide, contained in a test-tube, a small quantity of diluted hydrochloric acid lie added, no odor of hydrogen sulphide chould be developed, nor should a strip of paper moistened with lead acetate T.S., and suspended over the mixture, become lilackened (ab- sence of metallic sulphides). After the mixture of the dioxide with hydrochloric acid has been raised to boiling and filtered, the filtered liquid should not give, with hydrogen sulphide T.S., an orange-colored precipitate (absence of antimony sulphide). If 1 Gm. of the finely powdered dioxide, contained in a small, long- necked flask, be mixed with o Cc. of water, then 4.22 Gm. of ferrous sulphate, in clear crystals, added, and subsequently 5 Cc. of hydrochloric acid, the mixture ■ digested for about 15 minutes at a gentle heat, and finally heated to boiling, the cooled filtrate, when immediately tested with freshl}' prepared potassium ferricya- nide T.S., should not acquire a blue color (presence of at lea.«t 66 per cent of pure manganese dioxide)" — (('. S. P.). Some other methods for the valuation of man- ganese dioxide are based on the fact that oxalic acid is quantitatively and readily oxidized to carbonic acid bv a mixture of manganese dioxide and sulphuric acid according to the equation : "CAH,+MnO,-|-H,SO.=MnSO,-f-2H,0-f 2C0,. Action, Medical Uses, and JDosage. — The actions of this oxide upon the system are but iniperfiMtl y unilerstood. Dr. Coupar, of Glasgow, considered it to act as a cumulative poison, producing paralysis of the motor nerves, but without causing colic, constipation, or tremors. It has been used internally in many cuta- neous diseases, as herpes, scabies, and in the scorbutic diathesis. It has likewise been found efficient in scrofvla, chlorosis, sj/philis, and in anemiii. The gastro-intestinal membranes are said to absorb but very little of the salt, but if it be injected into parenchymatous tissues, it is readily taken up and excreted with the feces (Cahn). From 3 to 20 grains maybe given, in pill form, everj- 3 or 4 hours. Externally, 1 drachm mixed with ^ ounce of lard, lias been found advantageous as an appli- cation to itch, porrigo, and old ulcers. One part of binoxide of manganese, added to 5 or 10 parts of chlorate of potassium, and subjected to a moderiue heat in a glass or iron retort, gives out a rapid flow of oxygen gas, which may be collected for various purposes. Dr. J. Kovascy recommends the following formula? : Take of binoxide of man- ganese, 4 grains; extract of savin, extract of aloes, each, 10 grains. Mix, and divide into 6 pills, of which 1 pill may be given 3 times a day. (2) Take of binoxide of manganese, 3 grains ; powdered leaves of digitalis, Igrain ; sugar of milk, 8 grains. Mix, and divide into 6 powders, of which 3 are to be taken daily, preferably after meals. These are said to be useful in properly selected cases of chlorosis and ameHorrh(e(t. MANGANI SULPHAS (U. S. P.)— MANGANESE SULPHATE. Formula: MnS0.-i-4H.,0. Molecular Weight: 222.46. Synonyms: }fangan€sii sulpha^s, Mdm/auous sulphaie, Sulfas manganosus, Mun- ganuM xulfuricinu. Preparation. — This salt may be formed by adding to carbonate of mangsi- nese diluted sulphuric acid, as long as eflervescence continues, then filtering and evaporating the solution to crystallization. Another method is to heat a thin, magma-like mixture of nu»nganese dioxide and sulphuric acid. Evaporate to dryness, heat to redness in a crucible to decompose the ferrous sulphate present. Dissolve out the manganese sulphate with water, and heat the solution with a little carbonate of manganese to precipitate the last traces of iron, filter, evapo rate, and allow to crvstallize. MANliANI SlLl-HAS. 1231 Description. — " Manganous sulphate varies in properties iiccordiuj; to the waiii ol trystullization present. If the salt is orvstallizetl at a lower tenipera- liue than 6° C. (48.8° F.), it will have the conipositi,.ii MnS0..7H,0; between 7° anil 10° C. (44.6° and 50° F.). it is represented hv MnS(),.5H,0; and at from 20° to 30° C. (68° to 86° F.), by iMnS0..3H,0 •'— (Lloyd'.s C/um. of Med., p. 320). The r. .^'. P. describes it as in " colorless, or pale rose-colored, transparent, tetragonal prisms (crystallized at a temperature between 20° and 30° C. [68° and 86° F.], and containing 4 molecules, or 32.29 per cent of water of crystallization), odor- less, and having a slightly bitter and astringent taste. Slightly efflorescent in dry air. Soluble in 0.8 part of water at 15° C. (59° F.),and in 1 part of boiling water; insoluble in alcohol. The aqueous solution is neutral, or very slightly acid to litmus paper, and yields, with ammonium sulphide T.S., a flesh-coloreii precipitate soluble in dilute acids; with potassium ferrocyanide T.S., a reddish- white precipitate; and with potassium ferricyanide T.S., a brown precipitate. With barium chloride T.S., it yields a white precipitate insoluble in hydrochloric acid. If a fragment of the salt lie mi.xed with a littli' sodium hydrate T.S., and the mi.xture then dried and fused, it will yield a durk-greeu mass, dissolving in water with a green color " — (U. S. P.). When the water of crystallization is driven off by heat, a white, friable mass is formed. Sulphate of manganese should be preserved in well-stoppered bottles. Tests. — "A 5 per cent, aqueous solution of the salt, after being heated with a few drops of hydrochloric acid and a little chlorine water, should not be colored red by potassium sulphocyanateT.S. (absence of iron), and should not be affected by hydrogen sulphide T.S. (absence of copper or arsenic). If the manganese be completely precipitated from an aqueous solution of the salt by ammonium car- bonate T.S., the filtrate, on evaporation and gentle ignition, should leave no resi- due (absence of salts of the alkalies, or of magnesium). A solution of 1 Gm., each, of the salt, and of sodium acetate, in 10 Cc. of water, to which a few drops of acetic acid are added, should not be affected by hydrogen sulphide T.S. (absence of zinc). If 1 Gm. of the salt be gently ignited, in a porcelain crucible, it should lo.se not more than 0.323 (tim. in weiirht (distinction from manganese sulphate containing a larger amount of water of crystallization) " — (T. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Sulphate of manganese appears to be a stimulant to the lymphatic system of vessels and glands, and- has been found valuable in (inemic conditions of the system, accompanied with a deficiency of the white corjiuscles of the blood. It acts as a powerful cbolagogue, causing a profuse secretion of bile, and has been used with elKcacy in ^vmj/V/a, chlorosis, jaundice, torpid lictr, diseases of the spleen, and cnchexid. Pro^ .Scudder praised this remedy for its effects in ascites, due to hepatic disease and particularly in old topers. He directed from J- to 1 grain as the proper dose. In jaundice, with /lejxdic enlarge- Kient, with sense of weight and fullness in the hypogastrium, he considered it a useful remedy. He believed small doses to be curative in disorders where the chief symptoms were a pallid, dirty, leaden tongue, gastric fullness, sluggish bowels, and lax, pendulous abdomen. Minute doses, as of the first and second decimal trituration, were recommended by him where the tissues were old and feeble, and the cardiac action and circulation weak. A high dilution (6 x trituration) of manganese, has been recommended by Webster in doses of 2 to 3 grains, every 4 hi>urs, in painful affections of tlie periosleum, associated with subacute inflammation. The dose for its gro.ss action is from 2 to 20 grains, 3 times a day ; for .specific purposes, from Jj to 1 grain. One or 2 drachms dissolved in A or 1 pint of water, will act as a prompt purgative, with scarcely any depression of the system. Large doses, or its long-continued use in small doses, injures the tone of the stomach. On.- drachm of the sulpliat.- mixed with 1 ounce of lard, has been u.-^e.l externally, as an oint iiiriit, in hiil,n,.<. r/mnrn.s. indolent ulcers, and some diiiccises of the skin. Specific Indications and Uses.— Ascites, with hepatic disease, especially the result of spirituous beverages; lax, pendulous abdomen ; pale, dirty, leaden-liued tongue; diarrhoea; small mucous passages, with tormina and tenesmus. Manganese and Its Compounds. — MANci.vNiiiE, .ViiiK/auiKiiim, .Vowjnnum. .Symbol: Mn. Atomic w.inht: 54. S. Miiiii?aii:i: I Mii( I. (N.(,^;/.i//->< /I.- '. in nous ojide; (2) 'Mn203, manganejie seMfiioxUle, i,\- ,,i'iu./-i,.,r ,>, : ^InOj, mangaiu*e (,■;..,;,/,',■ and i\i MuJ>7, """"J'li" ' /";■'.'"■'■. M i The oxide MnO isstrongly basic, dissolving in acids and forming salts with them, known as Ma>i3ario»s safe, which are analogous to fer- rous salts. Their smutions are of a rose-red or flesh color. The oxide, its hydroxide (Mn [OH],), and the carbonate, when moist, easily oxidize when exposed to the air. Solutions of manganous salts become turbid upon standing if exposed to air and light (A. Gorgeu, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1889, p. 522). (2) The oxide MnjOa remains as residue when manganese dioxide (MnOa) is heated in oxvgeu gas. It occurs in nature as the mineral hranuite; its hydrate (MnjOjCOHJj) as manganite. The oxide and its hydrate have weak basic properties; dissolved in acids they j;ield manganic salts, which are analogous to ferric salts, but rather unstable. (3) The red oxide of manganese (MujO,) occurs in nature as the mineral luiusman- nile. It is the form into which the lower and the higher oxides of manganese are converted upon being heated (the lower, when in contact with air). In some respects it is analog<5U8 to red kad {mininm, PbjO,). (4) Manganese dioxide (MnO,) has weak basic and weak acid prop- erties. It forms several salts of (the hvpothetical) maiiganous acid (MnjOnHji. (3) Man- ganese trioxide (MnOj) (see Watte' Dictionary, 1892, Vol. Ill, p. 184) is the anhydride of »i(i>»- ganic ncid (.VInOiHj), which is not known in the free state. Its salts (the manganalfs) are green and are stable only when in contait with an txct-s of caustic alkali. Manganates may be formed from any manganese (nnijiinnd. \>y tiisinL' it with oxidizers — e. y., salt- peter and soda, or potassium chlorate and ran>li( i.nta^li. I'lie green mass is called chame- kon mineral (Scheele), because it undergois a cliant^e "I col.ir from green to blue, violet, and red upon the addition of an excess of water. When the green, fused mass is treated with diluted acids — c.c;., acetic or even carbonic acid — it likewise turns red, being decomposed into insoluble hydrate of manganesium dioxide and soluble permanganate of potassium. This is a delicate reaction for manganese. (6) Manganese heptoxide (MdjO,) is the anhydride of the dark-red liquid and powerfully oxidizing pennaJij/oHic aciti (MnOjH). Its potassium salt is the well-known potasmum permanganate (which see), used as an oxidizing agent, being especially employed in analytical and organic chemistry. When heated with caustic potash, the solu- tion of permanganate turns green ; potassium mauganate is formed with evolution of oxygen as follows: 2KMn04+2KOH=2K2MnO,+0-|-H20. M.\.vG.\Ni loDiDUM, il/a?!5raiiOi/» (Wit Jevers. ^^ 1, 1 OF Ikon and Manganese has been recommended in niinnin, «tomi/.i, i',!'i<'< J : il'inicmenls. Prof.W. Procter, Jr., gives the following formula for its prepn- rii n I ; I i.ilidr of p.ita.ssiuni. 1000 grains; suliihate of iron, ti30 grains; sulphate «l in n Ml mains; iiMii liliiis.'s i free from rust i, lOO grains; t-oarsely-powdered white -n i I 1111-; distill, d water, a sulliii.nt .|iiantity. Triturate the sulphates and the io 1 ih ~, I ill. 1\ to powdir, mix tliem with the iron tilings, and add A fluid ountv of distilley plai'inp the bottle in warm water for a tinn-, then agitating Kach fluid niuice of this syrup contains 50 grains of the mixed anhydrous iiKlidi-s in the projiortion of tlie 3 parts of iodide of iron to 1 pan of iodide of manga'nt.se, and the dose is from 10 lui30 drops [Aiiit'i: Jour. Pharm., lSo3, p. H'l'K Another formula bv I'rof. Lloyd is reeoriled, ibid., 1,S74, p. (i. Maxgani CirLORiDfM, Oilnride of mnngaitfiv, .\t(inijaiiivf dirliloride (MnCl2.4IUO). — Formed l>y dissolving pure dioxide of manganese in hydroehlorir acid, evaporating the solution to dr>' ni'ss. and exposing the white salt that remains to a red beat in a glass tube with a verv nar- row oritice. This comiwund is al^^o obtaineil jis a bv-product in the manufacture ol chlorine gas from manganese dioxide and hydro<'hluric acid. Thus made it is impure, however, and must be deprived of the ferric chloride it contains by i)roi)er pn-eipitation with sodium car- bonate. From the chloride most of the manganese "salts are prepared, the carbonate being made the intermediary proiluct. Manganous chloride consists of thin, broad, delicate, light-pink plates, which fuse in close vi'ssels without alteration, at a red heat, and, when exposed to the air, deliquesce. ISome- times the salt is granular. They are very soluble in water and alcohol, and have the specific gravity 1.50. They are inodorous, and have a sjiline, astringent taste. This salt has been rec- ommended in flirmiir diftusff of llie akin, in »i>rhulir (ificlitiiig. and Ki/ithililic dineiitu-f, in doses of from 3 to 10 grains in watery or alcoholic solution. A drachm or 2 dissolved in 1 pint of water, has l>een used as a gargle iii nyphililii- lUceraliun of the month anj thrwit. The alcoholic solution li;is lieen usi»<(ui«, giving 10 or 20 drops everj- 4 hours, until a feeling of giddines.s is perceivei>ic.s for it.s • ilible fruit. It has "become thorouglilv naturalized in the Wc^t Indies, and i.s forming large groves in wa.ste places in .Jamaica, where negroes, hor.-;e.«, pigs, and fowls feed upon the fruit for nearly four months of the year" (D. Morris, -4 jii#t. 1234 MANGIFERA. Jour. Pharm., 1886, p. 444, from Gard. Chronicle). The leaves are alternate, lanceo- late, entire, from 6 to 8 inches long, and one-quarter as wide. They are petioled, and borne in clusters near the end of the branches. The flowers are small, yel- lowish, and disposed in large, loose, terminal panicles. The calyx-lobes and petals are 5. The stamens are 5, alternate with the petals, and all but one aljortive. The fruit is a reddish-yellow drupe, about the size of a quince, and kidney-shaped; it consists of a hard, fibrous nut, which is surrounded by edible flesh in a manner like the peach, and is known as " mango fruit."' It is largely consumed in tropicjd countries, and forms one of the most highly esteemed fruits. The natives of India use the leaves and leaf-stalks to harden the gums; the wood, together with sandal wood, is used by the Hindus for burning their dead, and an infu.^ion of the bark is employed for various skin diseases. When incisions are made into the bark of the tree, a soft, reddish-brown gum-resin exudes, which hardens by age, an!ugh not better tlian from extract of MAMIIOT. 1235 logwood, or from pinuf! cunadeiisis. In a cast- of albuminuria, the remedy, for a week or two, greatly lessened the amount of albumen discharged; yet it made no decided change for tiie better. The dose of tiie fluid extract is from 15 minims to 1 fluid drachm. Dr. Linguist adds from "2 to 4 Ihiid drachms of the fluid extract to -t fluid ounces of water, and this mixture he administers in leaspoonful doses, repeated every hour or two (J. King). In Brazil, the flowers of the mango are used either in the form of tea or powder for ralarrh of the bUulder (G. Peckolt, .Imo-. ,/'>,,r. P/mn„.18S4.p. (Vi-i). Specific Indications and Uses. — Feeble relaxed tissues; mucous proflu via; . hronic dys^entery with uuKo-purulent passages. MANIHOT.— TAPIOCA. The fecula of the root ol' Man ihol utilissima, I'ohl {Jatropha Mmiihot. Linn^; Janij'liH .\fiinlhi>t, Kunth). Xni. r>A/.— Euphorbiacea?. CuMMuN Namks: Titjii'ica, Tapioca meal, Bmziliim arrow-root. Botanical Source.— This plant is a native of Brazil, and is cultivated in various parts of South America. It has a large, fleshy, oblong, tuberous root, often weighing 30 pounds, and full of a wheyish, venomous juice. The stems are white, crooked, brittle, jointed, pithy, and usually 6 or 7 feet high, with a smooth, white bark. The branches are "crooked, and have on every side, near their tops, leaves irregularly placed on long, terete petioles, broadly cordate in tiieir outline, divided nearly to their base into 5 spreading, lanceolate, entire lobes, attenuated at both extremities. The leaves are dark green above, and pale glaucous beneath ; the midrib is strong, prominent, and yellowish-red below with several oblique veins, connected by lesser transverse ones, branching from it. The stipules are small, lanceolate, acuminate, and caducous. The flowers ar.e borne in axillary and terminal racemes, the pedicels having small, subulate bracts at their base. Male flowers smaller than the female. The calyx is campanulate, and divided into 5 spreading segments, purplish externally, fulvous-brown within. The disk is orange-colored, fleshy, annular, 10-rayed; the stamens number 10, alternating with the lobe of the disk. The filaments, which are shorter than the calvx, are white, filiform, and free, the anthers yellow and linear-oblong. The female flowers have the same color as the male, and are deeply 5-parted, the seg- ments being lanceolate ovate and spreading. The disk has an annular, orange- colored ring, in which the purple ovate, furrowed ovary is imbedded; the style is short. Stigmas 3, reflexed, furrowed and plaited, and white. The capsule is ovate. 3-cornered, and tricoccous; the seeds are elliptical, black, and shining, with a thick, fleshy funiculus (L. — W.). Ristory I— Man i/int utilU-:ima, formerly designated by botanists as Jatropha Mnni/int. furnishes a large amount of food to the inhabitants of southern America, under the names of mnndinc, tapioai, or cassava starch. The juice, mixed with molas.«es, and fermented, produces an intoxicating liquor which is much relished by the negroes and Indians of the West Indies. According to Pohl, there are two distinct species, the 6/»olves it, forming a liquid which yields a blue precipitate with iodine. Under the microscope it is found to consist of aggre- gated starch globules, about ^sz-u of an inch in diameter, partly broken, partly ontire. the broken ones only being soluble in cold water, more uniform than the granules of most other varieties of fecula, with a distinct hilum, which is com- pletely surrounded by rings, and bursts in a stellate manner. The rupture ob- served in some of the granules is owing to the heat employed in drying (C. — P.). (See also an interesting article on Manioc or Cassava, by Dr. E. Cbenery, in Avirr. Jour. Pharm., 1890, p. 359.) Tapioca of commerce is frequently prepared from domestic' sources, surli as potatoes, etc. Chemical Composition. — The poisonous principle in cassava juice was sus- pected to l)e lii/ilroci/fdiir acid as early as 1796, by Dr. Clark, of Dominica, who pronounced the toxic symptoms caused by it in negroes to be similar to those caused by prussic acid. Dr. Fen nor, of Cayenne, shortly afterward isolated the poison by distillation. Subsequently, Messrs. Henry and Boutron-Charlard iden- tified the poison in a specimen of cassava juice as hydrocyanic acid by chemical tests. In recent years, Mr. E. Francis {Amer.Jnur. Pharm., 188i,i). ^5. hom Cfietn. and Drug., 1882), found hydrocyanic acid not only in the bitter but also in the sweet cassava, the latter (15 samples from Trinidad) containing on an average 0.0168 per cent, the former (10 samples), 0.0275 per cent of prussic acid. Dr. Eberhard, of Blumenau, Brazil {Aiwr.Jnur. Phai-m., 1869. p. 301), found the root oi Manihot utilissimu to be composed of starch (13.63 per cent), water (61.7 per cent), lignin (23.49 per cent), and asli (1.18 per cent). The starch flour obtainable from cassava is very pure, being nearly all starch (99.1 per cent), with only about 0.5 per cent of protein substances. Dr. H. W.Wiley (T. S. Dep.ofAfir.. 1895, Bull. No. 44; also see Amer. Jnur. Pharm., 1895, p. 262), found in sweet cas- sava, growing in southern Florida, about 20 to 25 per cent of starch (referred to fresh root), and recommends the cultivation of this root for the economic pro- duction of tapioca, glucose, alcohol, and probably cane sugar. Action and Uses.— Nutritive and demulcent. Used as a light and agreeable nourishment for the sick. It makes an excellent nourishment for infants about the time of weaning, and is less apt to turn sour on their stomach than any other farinaceous food. For the sick and convalescent, its flavor may he improved by raisins, sugar, prunes, lemon-juice, wine, spices, etc.. as may be required. MANNA (U. S. P.)— MANNA. The concrete, saccharine exudation oi Fraxinus Omxts,]^!^^^ i^Onms europan. Persoon) . Nat. Ord. — Oleaceae. Common Name: Manna. Ii.i.rsTRATiox : Bentlej' and Trimen, Med. Pla)\t.<. 170. Botanical Source. — The manna tree, or Flourring afh, is a small tree, usually 20 or :'.<» ftct hiL'h. with a close, round head ; the bark is smooth and grayish. The leaves arc opinisite, unequally pinnated in 3 or4 pairs; the petioles furrowed ; the leaflets petiolate, oblong, acute, serrated, and very hairy, at the base of the mid- rib on the under side. The flowers are white, in dense, terminal, nodding pani- cles, and appear with the leaves. Calyx very small and 4-oleft. Corolla divided to the base into linear, drooping segments. Stamens 2; anthers yellow and incum- bent. The pericarp is a winged key, not dehiscing {L.). The leaves on the same tree are said to be variable. History and Description. — The manna tree is a native of most parts of southern I'liroiie. The ollicial jiart is the juice of the tree, known in connnerce ■■\>i "manna." Manna issues from the tree in part spontaneously from fiijsures, MANNA. 1237 partly from punctures produced by an insect, but more generally from inci:^ion8 daily" made in the tree (one above another) during the warm summer months, from which the viscous, brown, bluish fluorescent, bitterish juice flows out, and speedily hardens, losing thereby its bitterness and becoming white. These inci- sions are repeated annually, and alternately upon opposite sides of the tree, each season, so long as it yields manna. One tree may yiehl manna for 20 years. There are several varieties of manna, which chietly difJer from one another in quality according to the season and mode of gathering. The Sicily vuiDnn {mitima (/rrnri) is the most esteemecl. It is also vnWvd Jfukc manna {manna rannulata) — laa/e and amn II flake — and is procured from the incisions on the upper part of the tree, during the height of the season, when the juice flows vigorously. It is col- lected on straws or twigs, etc., upon which it concretes in stalactitic masses. Long keeping deepens its color. Its fracture is somewhat crystalline, due to the pres- ence of crystals of niannite. The U. S. P. describes good manna as "in flattish, somewhat "3-edged pieces, occasionally 20 Cm. (8 inches) long and 5 Cm. {2 inches) broad, usually smaller; friable; externally yellowish-white; internally white, por- ous, and crystalline; or in fragments of different sizes, l>rownish-white and some- what glutinous on the surface, internally white and crystalline; odor honey-like; taste sweet, slightly bitter and faintly acrid. On heating 5 parts of manna with 100 parts of alcohol to boiling, and filtering,the filtrate should rapidly deposit sepa- rate crystals of mannite. Manna consisting of brownish, viscid masses, contain- ing few or no fragments of a crystalline structure, should be rejected" — (U. S. P.). The ordinary quality is comnimi ntanna, or manna in sorls; this is gathered late in the season when the temperature is diminishing, so that the juice imper- fectly concretes, and has to be exposed to the action of the sun to complete its drying. Pieces of manna picked up from the ground form part of this sort of manna. It is in mas.«es of a similar color to, hut of less size than the flake manna — ^joined by a soft, adhesive substance of a dark, yellowish-brown color; its taste is rather unpleasant. A third variety, termed /«< vxnina, is gathered in the latter part of autumn, when the season is wet and cot)I, and, in consequence of which, it does not readily concrete. A fatty manna is also said to be procured from the incision made in the lower part of the tree, during the warmer months. Fat manna is less solid than the preceding varieties, adhesive, not brittle, of a yellow- ish-red or yellowish-brown color, of a strong honey odor, a mawkish, sweet, un- pleasant taste, and mixed with sand, pieces of bark, and other foreign substances. There is not so much mannite present in this grade, but more of sugar, gum, etc. This is the kind of manna rejected by the Pharmacopn?ia. Manna softens with the heat of the hand, melts at a temperature somewhat higher, and is inflammable, burning with a blue flame, throwing out yellow sparks. Pure manna is almost entirely dissolved in 3 parts of water at 15.5° C. (60° F.), and 1 part at 100° C. (212° F.). From the latter solution it is deposited, on cooling, in crystalline forms. In consequence of the sugar contained in manna it is ca]iaM'- n( under<.:oing fermentation. Chemical Composition. — The principal constituent of pure manna is man- nite (CsH.[C)lI]„i. 110 per cent, with 11 per cent of sugar and about 0.75 per cent of impurities i Vhic^iger, Pharmacotjnosie, IS^l, p. 27). Inferior sorts of manna con- tain mucilage, cane-sugar, hevulose, dextrin (Buignet, 1868; doubted by Fliickiger), bitter substances soluble in ether, and fraxin (C,jH„0|(,), a fluorescent glucosid resembling nifrnlin. iMannite (mannitol) (C,H,[OH]j, or C,H„0,) may be readily prepared from manna by digesting it in hot alcohol; on cooling, the mannite forms in tufts of silky, quadrangular prisms. C. T. Bonsall's method consists in dissolving manna in boiling water (3 parts by weight), precipitation of the gum, etc., by lead sul>- acetate, removal of lead with sulphuric acid or hydrogen sulphide, concentration, and pouring the hot solution in cold alcohol (2 parts), from which the mannite i.s • leposited on cooling. Mannite is sweet, odorless, requiring ai)out 6 part-s of water to dissolve it, is readily dissolved in boiling alcohol, much less so in cold, deli- quesces in the air, and does not dissolve in ether. Its solution posses,«es a feebly lavo-rotatory nolarization. Mannite comi)iiies with bases, dissolves lime, reduces gold from its chloride solution, does not reduce Feb ling's solution, forms oxalic and saccharic acids when him7<' (CjHijOs). The Cali- FOKxiA JIaxxa, described, in 1702, by the Jesuit Father Picolo, is most likely an exudation of »he reed grass, Phragmites commutiis. caused bv insects (see J. U. Lloyd, Amer. Jour. Phann., 1897, p. 329). MARANTA.— ARROW-ROOT. The fecula of the rhizome of Maranta arundinacea,!,!!^^. Nat. Ord. — Marantaceae. CoM.Mo.N Na.mks: Arroxo-root, Bermuda arrow-root. Botanical Source.— This plant has a perennial rhizome, which is tibrous. producing numerous fusiform, fleshy, scaly, pendulous tubers from its crown. The stems are 2 or 3 feet high, much })ranohed, slender, finely hairy, and tumid at the joints. The leaves are alternate, with long, leafy, hairy sheaths, ovate, lanceolate, slightly hairy underneath, and pale-green on both sides. The flowei-s are white, and disposed in a long, lax, spreading, terminal panicle, with long. linear, sheathing bracts, at the ramifications. The calyx is green and smooth ; the corolla white, small, unequal, with one of the inner segments in the form of a lip. The ovary is 3-cplled and hairy. The fruit is nearly globular, with 3 obsolete angles, and the ^^izc of a small currant (1,.). History, Description, and Chemical Composition.— This plant, originally from the West Indies, has been introduced into several mrts of the world, in warm latitudes and moist climates, where it is extensively cultivated. It has also lieen raised in South Carolina and Georgia. The plant is developed by planting por- tions of the root-stock, which gradually increa.>;es in size, and throws out leaves. MARANTA. 1239 whicli witlier when the plant is mature. Arrow-root i? prfiiaiid fiuiu the root whi-n nearly it year old. The tubers are washed, beaten in large, deep vessels tea pulp, this is well stirred in clean water, the fibrous parts being separated by hand and thrown away. The milky liquor, which holds the starch in suspension, is passed through a fine sieve, the starch allowed to subside, the su)>ernatant clear Huid is poured oil" the starch is again washed in clean water and drained, and is then dried on siieets in the sun. This constitutes West India arrow root, of which the finest comes from tlie Bermudas. The crop of the root on this island in 1S91, amounted to 180,000 pounds, yielding 12 per cent of arrow-root. Bermuda arrow-root is now getting very scarce, the attention of tiie Bermuda planters hav- ing turned toward raising early vegetables for the New York market. The island of St. Vincent, in the West Indies, is now the leading district wiiere arrow-root from Mdiimla (irumUnacea is proiUued (see J. W. McDonald, Phnrin. Jmtr. Tram., 1887, Vol. XVII. p. 1042). Arrow-root is likewise obtained from other jjlants, as the .1/. nohilis, M. AUouiu, M. imUca, Tussac (regarded merely as a variety ot Maranta iirundiiiiurii) (L.),and Curcuma amiustifoiia, and C.lcucorrniza, Roxburgh, the last three furnishing the East India arrow-root. West Indi.\ Arrowroot is in the form of a light, opaque, white powder, con- sisting of irregular, friable grains, varying in size from tliat of a millet-seed to a pea. It is inodorous, nearly tasteless, and crackles when rubbed between the fingers. Musty arrow-root should never be purchased (see Prof Wni. Procter, Jr., Amer.J'iuf. P/dfrm., 1841, Vol. XIII, p. 188). Examined by the microscope, arrow- root is found to consist of minute, pearly glolniles, or granules, which are spherical or ovate, and have a diameter varying from 7 to ")0 micromillimeters. The rings are said to be distinct, though fine. In polarized light, very distinct crosses are seen, the junction of the arm of the cross indicating the position of the hiluni. Arrow-root presents all the chemical relations of wheat and potato-starch, though it makes a firmer jell}' with the same quantity of boiling water, 9 parts in this res])ect being equivalent to 14 parts of common starch. According to J. W. McDonald, the tuber consists of 27 per cent starch, 63 per cent water, 1.56 per cent alljumen, 4.10 per cent sugar, gum, etc., 0.26 jier cent fat, 2.82 per cent fiber, and 1.23 percent ash. Arrow-root starch, according to the same authority, con- tains 15.87 jier cent water and 83.70 per cent starch. West India arrow-root is sometimes adulterated with wheat or potato starch, or with starches from sago and tapioca. The (urmnn Pharmaro^iiria of 1872 (seeC. L. Lochman's translation, 1873) recommended the test to shake 1 part of arrow-root for 10 minutes with 10 l)arts of a mi.xture consisting of 2 parts of hydrochloric acid and 1 i)art of water; the greater part of the powder should separate unchanged, and should not become mucilaginous nor yield an herbaceous odor similar to that of green, unripe bean- l)ods. According to Prof Schaer (see Amer. Jour. ]'hle, non-irritating diet in certain chronic disea.ses, during ro»ivitomir<-/roHi/ei' : aromatic and l)itter" — (I'.S.P.). Chemical Composition. — J. A. McMaken, in 1845 {Ama: Jour. P/iarm.,\'o\. XV'II, p. 1), isolated from the herb of i1/.i«///n/e a peculiar crystalline, bitter prin- ciple of neutral reaction, insoluble in water, soluble in ether, and more soluble in hot than in cold alcohol. The principle was again discovered, in 18-55, by Mein, who named' it mnrruhiin. It was subsequcntlv investigated by Harms (1855), Kromaver (1861 and lS63),and more recentlv bv Hertel (Amer. Jmtr. P/i arm., 1890. p. 273),'J. W. Morrison (Ibid., p. 327), and Hai-ry"Mntusbw (ihid., 1897. p. 201). The latter, by extraction with acetone, olitained a yield of 0.8 jier cent, referred to air- dried herb, and gives marrubiin the formula C„H,,0,. The reactions gene'-ally confirm those given bv Kromaver, onlv the melting point he found to be at 154° to 155°C. (309.2° to 311° F.h while Kiomayer finds 160° C. (320° F.). The sub- stance is not a glucosid. According to Morrison, several distinct bitter principles appear to exist in the jjlant. The latlfr also contains traces of volatile oil. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Hoarhound is a stimulant tonic, ex- pectorant, and diuretic. Its stimulant action upon tlie laryngeal and bronchial mucous membranes is pronounced, and it, undoubtedly, also influences the respi- ratory function. It is used in the form of syrup, in rouri/is, cold.<, chronic catarrh, tit.«. The warm infusion will produce diaphoresis, and sometimes diuresis, and has been used with benefit in jaundice, asthma, hoarse- ness, amenorrhcea, and hj/.'iteria; the cold infusion is an excellent tonic in some forms of dy.'fpep.'iia, acts as a vermifuge, and will be found efKcient in checking mercurial ptyalitm. In large doses it purges. It enters into the composition of several syrups and candies. Dose of the powder. 1 drachm ; of the infusion, or syrup, from 2 to 4 fluid ounces; sj)ecific marrubium, 1 to 30 drops. MASS^ PILULARUM.— PILL MASSES. Three pill masses that may be kept in slock, are recognized by the T. N. /'. M.\ss.\ Hydrargyri i V. S. I'.\. .Vim of iiinriini, I'ilnUi hiidrarijiirl, lilue mnm, Blue pill, J/xerin, three gramme.-i iH liiii.i [M< ^t!-.]; luMiey of row, tliirty-tour gramniesuU Gm. ) [1 oz. av.,K7 grs.] ; to make one liinidred gniiniiies (100 liui.' [:i ozs. uv., 2:!1 grs.]. Triturate the mercury with tin- honey of ro^e and glycerin until it is extingiiishe(L Then gra= to 160° C. (311° t<') 320° F. ). the principal constituent of mastic is a resin which was differentiated bv .lohnston (Phil. 7'r(uij<., 1830) into 1244 MATICO. alcohol-soluble alpha-resin (mastichic acid), about 80 per cent, and alcohol-insoluble beta-resin (masticin), the latter being tough and elastic, soluble in ether and in absolute alcohol, also in alcoholic solution of mastichic acid. According to E. Reichardt (Archiv der Pharm., 1888, p. 158), benzin effects the differentiation of mastic resin more readilj- and more completely than alcohol. Old mastic yielded to benzin 66 per cent, while new mastic yielded 90 per cent. Analysis showed that the insoluble resin is formed by the gradual oxidation of the soluble portion. Mastic also contains a bitter principle, soluble in boiling water; it is precipitated by solutioiij; <]f tannic- acid. Action and Medical Uses.— Mastic is seldom employed in medicine, though it was fdnni-rly emijloyed in renal and bronchial catarrhs. The Turks used it as a masticatory to sweeten the breath and strengthen the gums. It is .sometimes employed by dentists to fill the rav Hies of decayed teeth. The following preparation is recommended for this purpose: Take of pulverized mastic, 9 parts; sulphuric ether, 4 parts; mix, and digest for several days, strain it through a cloth, and add native alum, in fine powder, a sufficient quantitj' to form a plastic mass, with which vials holding about 2 drachms are to be filled, having first poured into each about 30 grains of camphorated alcohol, and 15 grains of essence of cloves. This substance, introduced into the cavity of a carious tooth, first well cleansed and dried, is extremely useful on account of the great degree of hardness it acquires, An ounce of mastic, and J drachm of caoutchouc, dissolved in 4 fluid ounces of chloroform, and then filtered under cover to prevent the evaporation of the chlo- roform, forms an elegant microscopic cement. Another formula for dental mastic is as follows: Di.ssolve 4 parts of mastic and 2.5 parts of balsam of Peru in 7 parts of chloroform {Amer. Jour. Pharm., 188-5, p. 241, from Wnion Pharm., 1885). A solu- tion of mastic in alcohol, or oil of turpentine, forms an elegant varnish. Such a solution may be used to arrest slight hemorrhages from wounds, leech bites, etc. Belated Products. — Bombay M.\stic, or East Indian mantic. This exudes from the Pii- lua'a Khiujuk, Stocks, and the Pi.s(>-MASTi('ii. — Acanlho-maalich. .\gslutinated tears of an exudation from the .ttrae- li/lis guinmifera. It comes in masses about the size of a small egg. It is employed in Greece. MATICO (U. S. P.)— MATICO. " The leaves oi Piper august ifolium, Ruiz et Pavon " — ( U. S. P.). (Pip^ elongatum, Vahl ; Stcphcnsia \^Steffensia'\ elongata, Kunth ; Artnnthe elnngata, MiquolV Xat. Ord. — Piperacea\ CoMMO.v N.\MES : Matico, Matira-leaves. Illustr.xtiox ; Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plant.^, 242. Botanical Source.— This plant is the Artanlhe chngata of Miquel, and the Sttphinsid chiiiiatii of Kunth ; it is described as a tall shrub, presenting a singular appearance from the segmentary character of its stems and branches. The leaves MATICU. 1245 are haisli. short-.'^talked, oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, pubescent beneath, tessel- lated or lou^'li on the upper side on account of the sunken veins. The spikes are solitary, (\vliiuhical and opposite the leaves; the bracts lanceolate; the Howers herni;iplin>dite, yellow, minute, and numerous. Tiie fruit consists of small, alnio,-;t black seeds. History and Description. — This is a Peruvian plant, which was brought into notice anicin^' the jll■ot'e^^i^ll of tliis country bv Dr. Iluschenberger, a member of tl»e Unitiil States Navy. The dried leaves are the parts used; they have a strong, rather fragrant odor, not unlike that of cubebs, and a warm, aroniatic, somewhat feebly astringent taste. Tiiey are easily reduced to a powder of a color similar to that of senna leaves. Water takes up their aroma anil a slight pungency, but no astringency. Infusion of galls produces a gray precipitate with infusion of matico; iron causes a deep-green one; tartar-emetic, corrosive sublimate, and gelatin scarcely aflect it. The ollicial description of matico is as follows: "From 10 to 1.5 Cm. (4 to 6 inches) long, short-peti(date, oblong-lanceolate, apex pointed, base unequally heart-shajied, margin very finely crenulate, tessellated above, reticulate beneath, meshes small, and the veins densely-brownish-hairy ; aromatic, spicy, and bitter- ish "—(/'. .'^'. /'.». Chemical Composition.— Dr. Hodges, in 1844, found in the leaves a bitter principle which he ealletl matirin.an aromatic, volatile oil nitrate of jiotassium, a soft, dark-green resin, etc. T. S. Wiegand (]S4()) and John J. Stell (l.'^^S), and more recently, Prof. Fliickiger, doubt the existence of Hodges maticin ; Fliickiger (P/i(triiiitrn(in'i.^ir, 1(S91, p. 748) was also unable to verify the existence of Marcotte's crystallizable urtoiiithir arid (ISfJO). Tannin is i)resent in the leaves. The volatile oil of matico is pale yellow and thick, and exists to the extent of 2.7 per cent. Its optical rotation is slightly right-handed. Most of the oil distills l)etween 180° and 200° C. (3-56° and 392° F.). From the thick residue Prof. Fliickiger obtained upon cooling, large crystals of a peculiar camphor; Kugler(1883) ascribes to the purified substance the formula C,„H,3(C\HjO. It melts at 94° C. (.201.2° F.), and is devoid of odor and taste. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Matico is an aromatic bitter stimulant, whose virtues reside in its resin, volatile oil, and bitter principle. It has been highly reecommended in hleediny from the lungs, stomach, or kulnej/s, and in dysen- tery,hut its use is doubtful in these cases. It has, however, been found advanta- geous in leiu-orrho'n, f/oiiorrhoea, piles, and rhronic murnus dps. the leaves of the Kupatorium and Waltheria are BUllicienlly ilifferent a.s not to bi- rcmfouiided with nuitico. piper t'nrpuuya, Kuiz et Pavou. Peru and Chili. Glossy, leathery leaves used in gaMrk disorden. Piper uiiibellalum, Linn^ ; Piper prilatiim, Linne. Tropical .\merica. The rrlm or peri- IHirnln. Rhizomes, diuretic; leaves emi>loved for tiimort and culanetnit diientet. (ik-e also .4ircu, J'i/vr „iell,:i.'lir„,„. anil /'/>r Bille. i 1246 MATRICARIA. MATRICARIA (U. S. P.)— MATRICARIA. " The flower-heads of Matricaria Chamomilki, Linne '—{U. S. P.). (Chanumiilla nffirinalis, Koch ; Chrysanthemum Chaviomilla, Bernhardi.) Nat. Ord. — Compositse. Common Name: German chamomile. Ili.ustratio.n: Bentley and Tiimen, 3/erf. P/a;i^«, 155. Botanical Source. — A branching annual, having a stem from 1 to 2 feet high, witli alternate, smooth, deep-green, pinnate, orbi-or tri-pinnate leaves, the leaflets of which are small and linear. The numerous small branches bear single, terminal flowers, about f inch in breadth, with spreading ra}'s. The calyx-scales are obtuse, whitish, translucent, and membranaceous near the margins, but green in the cen- ter. The white ray-florets are spreading at first, finally becoming reflected. Th" disc is convex primarily, and later bicoiiies prominently conical and hollow. History and Description. — riii> iilant is found in wastesand fieldsin Europe northward tn Finhuid, and is cul'.ivatrd in this country by our German popula- tion. It is likewise found in Asia in tlie temperate localities, and, through naturali- zation, has become one of the plants of Australia. All parts of the plant are medicinal, but the flowers are generally employed. When dried they are much smaller than the fresh heads. Matricaria is described by the f. .•>. P. as follows: "About 15 to 20 Mm. (^tof inch broad), composed ofa flattish, imbricate involucre, a conical, hollow, naked receptacle, wliich is about 5 Mm. (i inch) high, about 15 white, ligulate, reflexed ray-florets, and numerous yellow, tubular, perfect disk- florets w itliDut paj>pus ; strongly aromatic and bitter. The similar flower-heads of Anthi ini^ arc, n-s, l)Ut its effects are lasting — and for the conditions that threaten inj'nntiie couvuUiom, during dentition, it is one of the most certain of drugs. After the spasms have supervened, it is not equal to gelsemiuni or lobelia. While it has been .«aid that it has two specific fields of action — upon the men- tal and nervous, and up'>n the digestive tract — it must be remembered that tin- nervous manifestations calling for matricaria, are nearly always present in tin' disorders of the latter, while, on the other hand, the nervous phenomena may occur without anj- disturbance of the latter. Hence the veferences to the nervous symptoms of stomach and bowel disorilers, given as specifically calling for the drug. In the .«( HI HKT (?wn-Aft'a of irritation (not of atony), it becomes an impor- tant remedy. The condition will probably not be without call for other specifics, but the indications for matricaria will be distinct. There is marked irritability, the ciiild is peevish and fretful, the stools extremely fetid, and may excoriate around the anus more or less. In appearance they vary — may be watery and green, or slimy, perhaps in yellow and white lumps, or it may be of un.digested curds of milk, imbedded in a green mucus— an appearance aptly compared by Prof Bloyer to "chopped eggs and greens." In sulxirute intldmmnlioii and in congti<. Locally, it has l)een used as a wash for leucor- rhien, iniimmiin/ (disre.tn, ulceratinc/ bubo, and catarrhid conjunrtivitis. For topical application and internal administration, an infusion (5ss to water <)j) may be used. For its gross action, it may be given freely, but for specific pur- poses, tea,oonful doses of au infusion of half the above strength will give the Dest results. S|ii(itii' matricaria is >;ivfn in doses of a fraction of a drop to 30 drops. Specific Indications and Uses.— Nervous irritability, with peevishness, fret- fulness, discontent, and impatience; sudden fits of temper during the catamenial period; muscular twitching; morbid sensitiveness to pain; head sweats easily; alvine discharges, fetid, greenish and watery, and of green mucus with curds of milk, or of yellow and white flocculi, associated with flatulence, colic, and excoria- tion of the anal outlet; a remedy particularly fitted for the disorders of dentition, and to correct the condition threatening to end in dentition convulsions. Related Species.— Anilumionnenm, Linnf: .Vnierica aixl Kurope. Tlie fluwens of this -jiiM-ii's havi- no inlor, but have a bitter, acrid taste. They are possessed of meilioinal <|ualitir8 -iriiilar to antheiiiis and matricaria, but are rcganled less valuahle. I'attone (lS.'>iti loiuul tlie ll.iwirs to contain bitter and crvstallizahle (inlhemic acUl, and a crystallizalile alkaloiil, aiilliemine. Fluckigcr i I'linnniinynosie, M I'd., I.Syl, p. 832) doubts tlie cnrrei-tness of these statements. MEL (U. S. P.)— HONEY. "A saccharine secretion deposited in the honevcomb \ivAj,i.-' uultiUrit. Linm-"— {U.S. P.). C'lii.- )nhr : Hvinenoptera. Source and History.— Tlie yl/)M j)if//i>Vn, or honey-b«>e, belongs to the order Hi/infnoj,in:i. of iIh' class of in.s.cts. In the wild state it dwells in the hollows of 124S MEL. trees in large communities, consisting of males, females, and neuteis. Honey i» a saccharine matter secreted by the nectariferous glands of flowers, which is col- lected by the working bees, and deposited in their crop or honey-bag, from which it is ejected when the insect reaches its hive. The taste, odor, and quality of honey varies according to the age of the bees and the character of the flowers from whicii it is gathered. The presence of pollen grains in honey mostly permits the iden- tification of the flowers from which the honey is taken. There is no dfiubt but the secretions of the crop of the insect, somewhat alter the properties of the honey received into it from the nectaries. It is established, for example, that these secretions contain a ferment which readily converts cane sugar and starch into invert-sugar. Virgin honey is the best kind, and is procured by dripping honey- comb from a hive of young bees before they have swarmed. Honey of a superior quality is obtained by allowing it to ooze from the honeycomb. After the fir.-t honey is thus procured, by subjecting the honeycomb to compression, an inferior variety may be expressed; or it may be obtained b}- fusion in the vapor-bath. Although a large amount of honey is supplied in our own country, yet a great quantity is also imported from some of the West Indian islands. A plea for Cali- fornia honey was made by J. E. S. Bell, in Aincr. Jovr. Phann., 1888, p. 126. The best honey is stated to be produced from linden flowers. On the other hand, cer- tain poisonous plants, especially of the natural order of Ericacea?, yield poisonou- honev, the toxic principle very likelv being andromedotoxin (see interesting paper by L."F. Kebler, Pror. Amer. Pharm. Assoc, 1896, p. 167). Description. — The U. S. P. describes honey as "a syrupy liquid of a light-yel- lowish to pale, yellowish-brown color, translucent when fresh, but gradually becoming opaque and crystalline, having a characteristic, aromatic odor, and a sweet, faintly acrid taste " — (U. S. P.). (See Mel Despumatttm.) The specific gravity of good hone}', on the average, is 1.425 ; it should not be lower than 1 .375 (U. S. P. ). In a great niea.sure it is soluble in water, not so readily soluble in alcohol; hot alcohol dissolves it, but on cooling deposits crystals of grajie sugar. Chemical Composition. — According to J. Konig {Die Metischlirhen Xahrungs- und Genussmittel, 3d ed., 1893, p. 784), the average composition of 100 parts each, in 183 samples of honey analyzed, was as follows: Water, 20.6; nitrogenou> matter, 0.76; Ixvulose (fruit sugar), 38.6-5; dextrose (grapte sugar or ghirose), 34.48: cane siogar (sucrose), 1.76; (maximum in one single instance, 12.91 ; the beehives in this case were situated near a cane sugar manufactory); gum, 0.22; pollen and wax, 0.71; non-sugar substances, 2.82; ash, 0.25; phosphoric acid, 0.028. Thus it i> seen that the bulk of the sugar is present as inirrt sugar (equal molecules of dex- trose and Irevulose) with hivulose somewhat preponderating. Most of the genuini honey therefore, is decidedly la'vo-rotatory. Still, a possible increase in cane sugar, which is dextro-rotatory, or of dextrin-like bodies (sometimes as much as 4 per cent), in natural lioney is liable to change the optical rotation to the right. Pure honey, upon standing becomes semi-crystalline, crystals of dcrtmse (C^Hi.O^-^ H,0) being deposited. A peculiar property of invert sugar, which is made use ot inanalysis by optical methods, consists in'the fact that its optical rotation, which is to the left, becomes zero at a temperature of 87.2° C. (189° F.). Honev, diluted with water, is susceptible to the vinous fermentation, without the addition of yeast; if yeast be added, it forms the alcoholic liquor called jow*?; the i>re.«enct' of albuminous bodies in honey facilitates fermentation ; if nitric acid be allowed to act on honey, oxalic acid results. Honey also contains formic arid, which the bees de]iosit in the honey in order to preserve it. Adulterations and Tests. — Honey is occasionally adulterated with flour or starch, especially the inferior kinds, in order to give it a white apnearance. If the honey be thin and slow to crystallize, it is probably adulterated with water. Honey is also liable to be adulterated by the addition of solution of cane sugar, or of glucose syrup. The presence and (juantity of cane sugar may be established by determining the reducing power of the honey in question upon Fehling"s solu- tion before and after inversion with diluted hydrochloric acid. An increase*! reduction after inversion is due to the presence of cane sugar. The aforenamed adulterants are recognized by the following official tests: " When recent honey is diluted with 2 parts of water, the resulting liquid should be almost clear, not stringy, and should have a specific gravity not lower than 1.100 (^corresponding MKl. liUKAClS. r_'-J9 to a sjiecific gravity of 1.375 for the original honey). Honey ha.< a faintly acid reaction toward litmu.-; jiaper. If 1 part of honey be dissolved in 4 parts of water, a clear or nearly clear solution will result, which should not be rendered more than faintly opalescent by a few drops of silver nitrate T.S. Oi™it of chlorides), or of i)ariuni chloride T.S. (limit of sulphates). If 1 volume of honey be diluted with 1 volume of water, and a portion of this liquid gradually mixed with 5 vol- umes of absolute alcohol, it should not become more than faintly ojialescent (as compared with the reserved portion of the solution), and should neither become opaque, nor deposit a slimy substance on the inner walls and bottom of the test- tul>e. And when honey is incinerated, in small portions at a time, in a platinum crucible, it should not leave more than 0.2 j)er cent of ash (ab.sence of glucose ami foreign inorganic substances). On boiling 1 part of honey with 5 parts of water, the resulting solution, when cold, should not be rendered blue or green on the addition of iodineT.S. (absence of starch) "" — (('. S. P.). Dr. O. Haenle (.4hi.t. Jour. Pharm., 1890, p. 445), employs dialysis and subse- quent polarization of the residual licjuid to prove the presence of glucose syrup in honey; the residue is optically active if glucose (which always contains dextrin- like i)i)dies) is mixed with the honey in question. Yet, genuine honey, being of variaijlf cuuiposilion, may contain, as stated before, large quantities of dextrin as a natural constituent. In this connection, see the elaborate researches on the chemistrv of honey, by 0. Kiinnmann and A. Hilger, in Forschungsberichte, 1896, pp. 2 11-226. In testing honey for chlorides, an excess of chlorides present may in some cases be accounted for by the gathering of honey from flowers grown in " salt marshes"' (see L. F. Kebler, Amer. Jour. Pharm.. 1895, p. 27). The so-called Euca- li/j-fu-f honey of Australia, for which its discoverer, D. Guilmeth, and his followers, daimiil the virtue of containing large amounts of eucalyptol, proved to be a misrepresentation. (Compare Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1887, p. 471, and 1891, p. 517.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Honey is nutritious, antiseptic, diu- retic, and demulcent. L',licatious in aphthous sore throat and mouth, and to local disorders of the female genitalia. It is .said that the Indians make an infusion of the honey bee, and give 1 gill of it every half hour, in stran/iury, suppression of urine, etc. (see Ajtis), and it is further added, that this infusion has the power of destroying the sexual propensity. The latter statement requires confirmation. A tincture of honey bees is matle by collecting a quantity of the living insects in a vial, agitating them roughly so as to irritate them, and while in that condi- tion thev are to be covered with alcohol; in a few days it will be ready for use. In small doses, several times a day, this is a highly useful remedy in many dia- Kises of the bladder and kidneys, as well as in some uterine affect ion.-! (see Api^). Some practitioners assert that it will produce abortion in the pregnant female, if its use be too long continued, or when employed too freely. Though exten- sively used as a food, honey occasionally causes, in susceptible individuals, unpleasant head symptoms, and more often flatulent colic of a peculiar char- acter, and will sometimes produce diarrha?a. MEL BORACIS.— BORAX HONEY. ns of Sv.N'o.NVMs: Mel ."odii lioratis. Honey of fodium horatf. Preparation.— Mix 60 grains of' finely powdered l)(jrax with 8(1 grains o: glycerin, and 4.S0 grains of clarified honev. This accords with the British Phar mnro),iei,i. The jiarts u.^ed are respectively 2, 1. and 16. This is extemooraneously prepared as needed. (See an interesting article on the chemistry of mel boracis, by \V. R. Dunstan, in Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1883, p. 453. from Pharm. Jour. Trans., 1883.) 1250 MEL DESPUMATUM.— MELILOTUS. Action and Medical Uses. — Its uses are practically those of each of the ingredients composing it. It is especiallj' applicable to aphthous romUtiom in young children. MEL DESPUMATUM (U. S. P.)— CLARIFIED HONEY. Preparation. — "Honey, a convenient quantity; glycerin, a sufficient quan- tity. Mix the honey intimately with two (2) per cent of its weight of pa};er- pulp, which has been previously reduced to shreds, thoroughly washed and soaked in water, and then strongly expressed and again shredded. Then api)h- the heat of a water-bath, and, as long as any scum rises to the surface, carefully remove this. Finally', add enough distilled water to make up the loss incurred by evaporation, strain, and mix the strained liquid with five (.5) per cent of its weight of glycerin " — (f. S. P.). Some older processes employed for purification of honey, at boiling heat, the white of eggs, animal charcoal, gelatin, with sub- sequent addition of tannic acid, etc. (see description of these processes in this Dispemcton/, i)receding editions). "Clarified honey should conform to the tests of purity given under honey (see Afel)" — {U. S. P.). Pharmaceutical Uses. — Honey is used in the preparation of pills, confec- tions, oxymels, and medicated honeys. Mellita. — Medicated honeys. Simple mixtures of-drugs with honey, prepared extemporaneously on account of their liability to decompose. OxY.MELLiTA. — Oxyviels. Medicated honeys, containing vinegar, or acetic acid (see Oxyvul). MEL ROS.S (U. S. P. I— HONEY OF ROSE. Preparation. — '"Fluid extract of rose, one hundred and twenty cubic cenii- meters (120 Cc.) [4 fls. 28 TR]; clarified honey, a sufficient quantity to make onu thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Into a tared ve.-sel introduce the fluid extract of rose, then add enough clarified honey to make the contents weigh one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs.. 120 grs.], and mix them thoroughly"— ((/. .^. P.). Action and Medical Uses.— Useful and pleasant addition to mouth-washes and gargles. It is slightly stimulant and astringent, and is adapted to inflnmmatnry ulceratinns of mouth and throat. MELILOTUS.— MELILOT. The leaves and flowering tops of Melilotus officinalis, Willdenow {Melilotiis vul- garis, Eaton and Wright; Trtfolium officinale, Linne). Nat. Ord. — Leguminosae. Common Names: Sv-eet rhver, Yellow mdilot, Yellow melUot clover. lLLrsTR.\Ti(>N : Johnson, Med. Bnt. of .V. A., Fig. 120. Botanical Source, History and Description.— Yellow melilot has an erect, sulcate stem, about 3 (2 to 4) feet high, with spreading branches. Tlie leaves are pinnately trifoliate ; the leaflets obovate-oblong, obtuse and smooth, with remote, mucronate teeth. The flowers are yellow, in one-sided, spicate, axillary, loo.1 than the other petals. It is known as White md Hot, White melilot rlmri; or Swed- s 6 feet high. The leaflets are variable, oval, ovate, ovate-oblong, truncate, and miicninate at the apex, remotely serrate, and 1 or 2 inches long; stipules ceta- ceous. The flowers are white, numerous, the r.icenies more loose and longer than in the first species. The petals are unetiual, the banner longer than wings or keel, and the calyx shorter than the corolla by more than one-half. This plant grows in similar situations willi ^f. deriveil from tlii< W/tteri/r o«f.<«i/i:<. F.^HAJi Leaves. — The leaves of Angreecum Jragrang, belonging to the Orchidacese. They have a strong and delicious aroma, and a sharp, aromatic taste. Introduced at one time in France as a substitute for ordinary tea. Fifteen grains are infused in a cup of cold water, brought to a boil for 10 minutes, poured into a closed container, and sweetened when partaken of. It comes from Mauritius and the Isle of Reunion, and contains animarin. MELISSA (U. S. P.)— MELISSA. "The leaves and tops of Melksa officinalis, Linne" — (U.S. P.). Nat. Orr?.— Labiata\ Common Names: Balm, Lemon balm. Botanical Source. — Balm is a perennial herb, with upright, branching, 4-sided stems, 10 to 20 inches high. The leaves are opposite, broadh- ovate, acute, coarsely crenate-serrate, rugose, petioled, and more or less hairj'. The flowers are pale-yellow, in axillary dimidiate verticils, and subsessile; the bracts are few. ovate-lanceolate, and petiolate. The calyx is slightly gibbous at base, 13-ribbed, flattish above, upper lip 3-toothed, lower one bifid. Corolla with a recurved- ascending tube; upi)er liji erect, flattish, lower lip spreading, 3-lobed, middle lobe mostly broadest. Stamens ascending (W. — G.). History and Description. — Balm is a native of southern France, but is natu- ralized in various parts of Europe and the United States. It grows in fields, along roadsides, and is well-known as a garden plant, flowering from May to August. The whole plant is medicinal, and should be collected previous to its flowering. In the recent state, it has a lemon-like odor, which is nearly lost by drying. Boiling water extracts its virtues. It is oflicially described as follows : " Leaves about 5 Cm. (2 inches) long, petiolate, ovate, obtuse, rounded or subcor- date at the base, crenate, somewhat hairy, glandular; branches quadrangular; flowers in about 4-flowered cymules, with a tubular, bell-shaped, /i-toothed calyx, a whitish or purplish bilabiate corolla, and 4 stamens; fragrant, aromatic; some- what astringent and bitterish" — (['. iS. P.). The Nepeta Catarin, Linne, var. B. citriodora, a powerful emmenagogue, is some- times cultivated and emjiloyed by mistake for balm. It has the same odor, but may be distintruislied by both surfaces of its leaves being hairy. Chemical Composition. — Balm containsabitfersubstance, some tannin, gum. and a i>eiulinr volatile nil, which is yellowish, or reddish-yellow, very limpid, about 0.89 in (lensitv, and i)ossessing the fragrance of the plant in a very high degree. A steaiopten is present in it (Bizio) ; the oil is soluble in 5 parts of alcohol. The yield in oil does not exceed 0.1 per cent. The infusion of oalm is incompatible with nitrate of silver, acetate of lead, and sulphate of iron. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Balm is moderately stimulant, diapho- retic, and antisiiasniiKJie. A warm infusion, drank freely, has been serviceable as a diaphoretic in phn'k' (//.■.rn.-.ix and paiufiil luen.itrunt ion, and to assist the operation of other diajdioretic medicines; in combination with ipecacuanha and potassium nitrate, a valuable diaphoretic is formed. It is also occasionally used to as.«ist menstruation. When given in fevers, it may be rendered more agreeable by the addition of lemon juice. The infusion may be taken ad libitum. Belated Species.— .Vi7i,3 C'llrifiiflln iMiUliln, Lindlev, and ('ulruiulln niixietnia, Ik'Htluiiii, art' cinployol \>y tin- .Mexi- can people as Siubstitutes for balm. J'uijotlimon Patchouli/, Pelletier ( Pnjostfinon stiair, Tenorei. — Eastern India. .\n aroinalic plant, the dried leaves of which vieM the volatile oil uf wilchouty {ixilcfuiuli), niueh eiui)Ioyed in Hiving! lasting; qualities to other odors in perfumes, file first bale of the leaves was oU'e'red in London iu 1844, though the plant was known as early as 182li. Oil of patc-houly is of two grades— that distilled from the selected fresh stock near the Indian plantations^ and that ilistilled in Europe from the importeOL'°C. (■)76°F.). It is also found in the oils of achillea, calamus, alisiniliiiim, niatricaria, etc. The oil of patchouly, upon standing, deposits crystalline prisms ..I i,.:t,l,„nhi ciintjihor (CisHasO), a stearopten which fuses at 511° C. (188.2° F.) when pure (Mont- -■•Uiii 1. The od has a specific gravity of 0.975 to 0.995, according to Schimmel & Co. {Hi-port, April. 1S1I7I, and contains (•(((fiiKvii' and ;K«o/iOH/.i/a/roAo/. The leaves yield from 1 .5 to 4 per cent. The oil is said to be occasionally ailulterated to the extent of (>0 percent with cubeb and cedar oils (see interesting article on Patchouli, by J. C. Sawer, Amer. Jour, i'/iarm., 1S81, n. 187 ; i7)is. MENISPERMUM (U. S. P.)— MENISPERMUM. " The rliizoiiie and roots of McnU-jiermum atnadense, Linne" — (['. 5f. P.). Xitt. Ord. — Meiiisperinacca'. Co.M.Mo.N X.A.MK.s : Yellow parilla, Cnnndian vwonseed, Moonseed sarsnparilld, Texas mrgni^irilla.Viiu' mnple. Botanical Source. — This plant has a perennial, horizontal, woody, very long root, of a beautiful yellow color externally, and a round, striate, climbing stem, irreenish-yellow when young, 8 to 12 feet in length. The leaves are roundish, cordate, peltate, 3 to 7-angled or lobed, smooth, the i)etiole inserted near the base, 3 to 5 inches long, white lines radiating from the petiole on the upper surface to each angle, glaucous green above, paler below, entire, 4 or 5 inches in diam.eter. The flowers are small, yellow, and in axillary clusters; sepals, 4 to 8, in a double row; petals 4 to 7, minute, retuse, and shorter than the sepals. Stames 12 to 20 in the sterile flowers ; anthers 4-celled. Pistils 2 to 4 in the fertile flowers, raised on a short stalk, 1 or 2 rij)ening into round drupes. Imperfect stamens are some- times fouiul in the fertile flowers. The drupes are about 4 lines in diameter, black, with a bloom resembling frost-grapes, and 1-seeded. The seeds are crescent- shaped and compressed (W. — G.). History. — This is a valuable American remedy, not in extensive use among physicians. It grows in woods and hedges near streams, from Canada to Caro- lina, and west to the Mis.sissippi, flowering in July. The rhizome, with its roots, is the official part. It has a bitter, persistent, butnot unpleasant acrid taste, and yields its virtues in water or alcohol. The root of this plant has been offered in our markets as a Tents sarsaparilla (see Amer. Jour. Plinrm.,yo\. XXVII, page 7). Description. — The P. .S'. P. describes yellow parilla as follows: "Rhizome several feet long, about 5 Mm. (J inch) thick, brown or j-ellowish-brown, some- what knotty, finely wrinkled longitudinally, and beset with numerous thin, rather brittle roots; fracture tough, woody ; internally yellowish, the bark rather thick, the wood-rays broad, porous, and longest on the lower side ; pith distinct. Nearly inodorous: taste liitter"— (^f. .'^. P). Chemical Composition. — Prof. J. M. Maisch found in it a small amount of berberine, and a larj,'.' (piantity of a white, amorphous, bitter alkaloid, which is soluble in ether, alcohol, and in much water with alkaline reaction (.iHitr. Joitr. /'/(((nil., 1863, p. 303). It does not dissolve in benzene or alkaline solutions, but dissolves in 20 parts of chloroform, H. L. Barber (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1884, p. 401) has shown it to differ in its properties from mcnixjicrmine (from Coi-rului^ indiciis) and ori/iicfinlhine (from Bcrbrri.i ruLjarUi). Maisch has named it vieiiispiue; its taste is a pure bitter, like that of gentian. Tannin, gum, resin, and stJirch are also present in thp drug. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Yellow parilla is tonic, laxative, altera- tive,and diuictic. In small (1m.wels. In 1254 MENTHA PIPERITA. excessive doses, purging and vomiting will follow, but no other unpleasant effect. It is a superior laxative bitter. It acts quite prominently upon the glandular structures. It was formerly much esteemed as a remedy in scrofulous, cutaneous, arthritic, rheumatir, syphilitic, and mercurial diseases. Likewise employed in dyspepsia, general debility, and chronic inflammation of the viscera. Externally, the decoction has been used with good effect as an embrocation in gouty and cutaneous affection^. Indications seem to point to its probable value in leucocythxmiu, especially whei; the spleen is prominently involved. Dose of the decoction, from 1 to 4 flui': ounce.s, 3 times a day; f)f the extract, from 2 to 6 grains, 3 or 4 times a day; <•:' the saturated tintturc, from A to 1 fluid drachm. Specific Indications and Uses. — "Skin brown, tongue coated at the bas(. tip red. irregular ajjpetite, constipation " (Scuddsr, lAst of Specific Indications). Related Drug. — Puvgium eduk. East India. Contains an alkaloid which lias been com- pared to meniyienniuf. Anthelmintic ami narcotic, and, in large doses, toxic. MENTHA PIPERITA (U. S. P.)— PEPPERMINT. " The leaves and tops of Mentha piperita, Smith " — ( T. S. P.). Nat. Ord. — Labiate. Common Name: Peppermint. Illustration : Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 203. Botanical Source. — This herb is a perennial, with procumbent, ascending, branched, reddish stems, quite smooth, or fringed, with a few spreading hairs, fur- Fie 168 rowed and quadrangular, and 2 or 3 feet in height. The leaves are ovate-oblong, or somewhat lanceolate, rounded at the base, deep-green, smooth or hairy on the under side, serrate, and borne on ciliated petioles. The flowers are in whorls, small, J H^^ ^"^^ purplish; upper floral leaves small, lanceolate-subulate, if fr^^ shorter than the flowers. The whorls are few, lax, uppermost ii '^^^ in a short, oblong, obtuse, reddish spike; lowermost remote, , ^^j/^B*- with the cymes shortly stalked. Bracts subulate, outer ones fJ ri^^f' ^^ ^°"8 ^^ ^^® calyx. Pedicels quite smooth. Calvx 5-toothed, * * il teeth liispid, subulate, erect. The corolla is 4-cleft, tubular, with the broadest segment emarginate. Stamens 4. awl-shaped, straiglit, and distant; anthers with 2 parallel cells. Achenia .smooth (L.— W.—G.). Mentiia piperita Hlstory, Description, and Chemical Composition.— Pep- permint is indigenous to England, and has been extensively cultivated in various parts of Europe and throughout the United States. It grows wild in damp places, and flowers from .July to Sejitember. In order to preserve the fragrance of this plant, the roots require to be reset triennially, perhaps oftener. Care must also be taken to keep out the weeds, especially Erigeron canadense, Linne; Erechtiteg hicracl- /o/(V(, Rafinesque, and ^wiirosirt lant is carefully dried, these properties are preserved for a long time. Its virtues are due to a volatile oil (see Oleum Mentha; Viridia), which may be obtained In' distillation with water. Alcohol extracts its virtues, also water by infusion. It contains n little tannin. Description.— '• Leaves about 5 Cm. (2 inches) long, subses.sile, lance-oyate, acute, senate, glandular, nearly smooth; branches quadrangular, mostly light- green ; lluu.rs in terminal, interrupted, narrow, acute spikes, with a tubular, sharply 5-tonthed, ralyx, a light-puri.lish 4-lobed corolla, and 4 rather long sta mens: odor aromatic ; taste pungint "— ( T. .'^'. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — The carminative, antispasmodic, and stimulant properties of spearmint are somewliat inferior to those of ])e]ipermint; Mentha rlrldls. 1256 MENTHOL. its principal emplo^'ment is for its diuretic and febrifuge virtues. As a febrifuge, it is superior to peppermint, and may be used freely in warm infusion. The cold infusion is beneficial in high color, or scalding of urine, diffirvlt micturition, etc.; it may be used alone or in combination with marsh-mallow root. In fact, it is one of the best of simple diuretics, and acts nicely with potassium acetate. A saturated tincture of the fresh herb with gin has been found serviceable in gnnor- rhcen, iipera.iceni, Holmes, and MrnfJin cnnadrnsis, Linne, var. (jlnlinitn, Holmes. Nat. Ord. — Labiata;;. Menthol should he k.]it in well-stoiipcied I'.ottles, in a cool place"— (K S.P.). Source and Preparation.— Menthol is the solid constituent of oil of pepper- mint, to which its characteristic odor is due, and was formerlj' known as pepper- mint camphor. It occurs in largest quantity in the oils of ^'~ ^"" peppermint known as the Chinese and Japanese oils. Our home-grown i)epi)ermint (Mentha pijierita) yields about 20 per cent of an excellent article of menthol, of a pure mint odor, and known in trade as pip-menthol. It forms hand- some, dry crystals, and was first prepared in this country by Mr. A. M. Todd, of Nottawa, Michigan. Analysis bv the bite Prof. Henry Trimble (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1884, p." 405) shows it to conform to the above formula more closely than Japanese menthol, which still contained traces of liquid hydrocarbons and also showed a slightly reduced melting point on this account. According to Mr. Todd ( Amrr. Jour. Pharm., 1886, p. 159), menthol is obtained by subjecting the distilled oil of i)ei>permint to a temi>erature (^i — 11° C. ( — 7.6° F.), by the aid of a freezing mixture. Tlie menthol crystallizes out in satiny crystals, and the mother liquor is removed while the low temperature is maintained. In rare instances, the distillate congeals at — 4.4°C. (24° F.V Description.— The r. .'>'./'. describes menthol as form- ing "colorless, acicular or prismatic crystals, having a strong and pure odor of npermint, and a warm, aromatic taste, followed by a sensation of cold when air rawn into the mouth. Menthol is only slightly soluble in water, but imparts to the latter its odor and taste. It is freely soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, carbon disulphide, or glacial acetic acid. It melts at 43° C. (109.4° F.) to a colorless liquid, boils at 212° C. (413. G° F.), and volatilizes slowly at the ordinary tempera- ture. When it is triturated with about an equal weight of cami)hor, "thymol, or chloral hydrate, the mixture becomes liquid. Its alcoholic solution is neutral to litinns ]);'iiMr,and deviates polarized light to the left" — {U.S. P.). Chemically, iiuntliol is a secondary alcohol of the formula CeH,(OH)CH,C,H..H„or/«w-/iy(f»^)- (-.17/ jiiira-ri/hirnc, yielding, upon oxidation, a mobile, dextro-rotatory fluid {mcnthoi}e, C,„II,|,0), which is a ketone, and bears the same relation to menthol as Japan cam- phor does to hornml (see Cuinphora). Reversedly, menthol may be obtained from menthone by reduction with metallic sodium. The hydrocarbon (»ir»?/ioit', C,„H,J is obtained by heating menthol with zinc chloride, or other dehydrating agents. Tests. — " If a little menthol be heated in an open capsule, on a water-bath, it should gradually volatilize without leaving any residue (absence of wax.jtaraftin, or inorganic sul>stances). If a few crystals of menthol be di.^olved in 1 Co. of glacial acetic acid, and then 3 drops of sulphuric acid and 1 drop of nitric acid added, no green color should be produced (absence of thymol) '" — t^l'. S. J'. '. Cones Crystals of MenthoL MKXYANTHE.S. V2o7 or pencils of menthol, whicli are so extensively sold as a remedy for headache, neuralgia, ete., are usually kirgely mixed with wax. parallin, or other foreign admixture, the pi-esence of which is ncou'iiiztd by tlie above test. Mr. L. F. Kebler (.•lmrr../')((r. 7'/i(i;-;/i., is;t7, i>. 180) recommends the quantitative deterniiiiation of menthol hy a modification of the process given by Prof. I'ower and Dr. Kleber in i'/idrw. A'»»(/.«7i(ji(, 1S!)4, p. 157. According to this process, the cnin>>i,ifil menthol — /.f., occurring in tlie form of esters — is first determined hy saponification of the oil with a known amount of caustic soda solution. The Mat mentiiol is then dctenuined h}' forming an acetyl ester of mentliol, and saimnify- ing the iiroduct by a known excess of caustic soda. The amount of fne menthol is then ri-presented by the diflerence hetween the total and the combined men- thol. (For tlie de4iils of tliis process, consult tlie interesting jiapers quoted.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Menthol jutssesses the general proper- ties t>f peppermint oil soim-what intensifi^'d. It undoubtedly has active germicidal and jironounced tonic properties. It exerts considerable an:esthetic power over parts to which it is applied, and is frequently added to ether, chloroform, etc., when they are to he used in spray for the relief of Inail jxiins. Paralysis of tiie spinal nerve centers and nerves, involving a loss of both sensation and motion, has resulted from large doses of menthol. When applied in solid form to the skin or mucous tissues, it first produced a sharp, burning sensation, soon followed by a sense of coldness with decreased sensibilit\' of the parts. It forms a good applica- tion to UrhiiKj surfarc)), and in pruritU vulne a weak solution in olive oil has given us excellent satisfaction. It is largely used for itch'uKj of the surftice, cellular injlam- inati'»is, and loral pains — such as occur in bnm-^, scalds, insert biles and sdnys, eczema, ringworm, urticaria, toiHhache, earache, neuralgia, sciatica, boils, carbuncles, etc. In boils of the external auditor;/ canal, a 20 per cent solution in oil may be applied on cotton, renewing every 24 hours. A petrolatum ointment of menthol (20 per cent) has been recommended as a stimulating agent wliere there is a lack of secre- tion of cerumen. Cdi-yza and luiy Uci r are frequently treated with the vapor or the direct application of a 10 to 20 per cent solution "to the nostrils, and a solution of the latter strength has been recommended where thickening of the membranes give rise to oliat ruction or stenosis of the Eu.-roduct o( tlie action of chlorine upon methane (»i(ir.-.7i ya.<),CH„ the first jiroduct being gaseous methyl chloride, or chloromelhane, CHjCl. It was discovered, in 1S40, by Regnault ; Dumas and Peligot having prepared chloride of methyl about five years previouslv. It is difficult to prepare, and is seldom found in commerce. It is formed w1ien chlorine gas is passed into di-iixlome- thane covered with water, the retort containing it being at the s;ime time heated ; iodine separates in crystals, and an oily Viqwid (dichloromethane), with impurities, passes into the cooled 'receiver. This is purified by prolonged conUict with chlo- rine, then distilling from solution of potash, agitating with calcium chloride, and MKTHYI.KXl URHLultlUVM. 1259 K-ilistillinfi to separate water. It may also be made (Regnault's process) by chlo- rination of methyl chloride (CH,C1)," bringing tlie g;isv.i together in the Funlight. and afterward separating the metliene dicblori,!.' l)y fractional cdndcnsation ; also by the action of chlorine on methvl iodide, tiuis: CH,l-i-fl C'H,C1,+ HI. Another process consists in treating chloroform in alcoholic solution with zinc and sulphuric aci.l as follows: CIU'1,,+H,^CH,C1,+ HC1. Description and Adulterations.— D/r/iZorit/e ojmdhene is a colorless liquid, of a sweet, cliiF.) It is tllus obtained as a colorless gas, with an ethereal smell. Ignited it burns with a green-edg.d llanie. .\l— 2:rC. (— !».4'' F.) it condenses to a tiuid. Likewihc a pressure of ."> atiiinsnhen s, at ( iniou tenn>erature, reroduced synthetically. It should be kept in well-stop- pered bottles, protected Irom liixht'"'— (LI S.P). Synonyms: ArtijirinI (ov Siml/uiic) oil ofu-'mtergrcen. Preparation. — G. iM. Beringer's {Amer. Jour. Ph. 8) method is essentiall}'- as follows: In 2 fluid ounces of absolute methylic alcohol dissolve ^ ounce of salicylic acid, and add gradually to the solution 1 fluid ounce of sul- phuric acid. Heat gently for a day. Distill from a retort into which a jet of steam is injected. Wash the distillate thoroughly and decant the product. The odor of the product is said to improve by time. In the bark oi Betula laitu methyl salicylate results from the decomposition of f/rti(///)rri)),a bitter, crystallizable glu- cosid discovered, in 1843, by Prof. Procter, and recentlj' investigated by Schnee- gans and Gerock. (See review by F. X. Moerk, in .4»i^p(.'Q\es of Daphne"— {U.S.P.). Xat. 0,>/.— Thymeheacea'. Common Name .\nd Synony.ms: Mezereon-bnrk; Mezerei cortex, Cortex mezerei, Cortex thnni'^ca-. Cortex rnrrngnidii. Ii.i.i-rii.vTioN : Bentley and Trimen, Med. Pl. Bread crumb is employed as a pill- excipient, and is a constituent of the former British charcoal poultice and of sev- eral emollient cataplasms. Corn meal is gcniMally used in this country in making charcoal poultice. MIMULUS.— HAIRY MONKEY-FLOWER. The plant Mimulu« i)j7o«i^]>er lip. and a 3-lobed lower lip, bearing 2 purple spots. The calyx is bell- .rhtly shorter than the corolla-tube, and has o unequal teeth. The fruit is a dry, 2-celled capsule, containing many seeds. This plant has never been examined clieniic;illy. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— This plant is of rather recent intm- ductiou to the profession, nnd deserves further investigation. A local application of the ))lant. in the form of a cataplasm, made either bj' bruising the leaves, or by steeping them in hot water, is reputed very efficient in luail inHunnnations and jiainjul affertiom, as in r/uuiiKtti.^m. neimilgia, rn/xijielai^, hum.-', etc. A tincture of the plant, in the dose of from 3 to 10 minims, repeated 3 or 4 times a day, will like- wise be found beneficial in rheiuixtli.'nn, iKuralijia, and other painful disorders. In 'itrdinc iiffertions, the sequence of rheumatic attacks, it has proved very serviceable, in several cases. In ob.-:tinat€ hroiirhial and lan/nf/cul >, although compounds not easily classified, as will be seen below, are included under the elastic term vii.rture. Szs. av., 128 grs.] ; diluted acetic acid (f '. .*>'. P.). eight hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (850 Cc.) [28 fl3, 356 TTl]. Dissolve the copper sulphate and zinc sulphate in the 1264 MISTURA ALTEEANTI^ COMP.— MISTURA CAJUPUTI COMP. diluted acetic acid, add the solution of lead subacetate, and agitate thoroughly. Set llie mixture aside so that the precipitate maj' subside. Then decant, or siphon off, the clear liquid and preserve it for use. Note. — In attempting to pass the liquid through a filter, it will usually be found that the finely divided pre- cipitate of lead sulphate will partially pass along with it. This may be prevented (in this and many similar cases) by adding to the mixture a small quantity of starch, thoroughlj' incorporating this by agitation, and pouring the mixture on the previously wetted filter. The first portions of the filtrate are poured back until it runs through clear "—(Aa/. Fonii.). Action and Medical Uses. — This fluid mixture is designed as an astringent and escharotic. MISTURA ALTERANTIiE COMPOSITA.— COMPOUND TONIC MIXTURE. Preparation. — Take of sulphate of iron, 1 drachm ; phosphate of sodium, 6 drachms; sulphate of quinine, 192 grains; strychnine, 6 grains ; white sugar, 14 ounces; diluted phosphoric acid, 14 fluid ounces; aqua ammonia, diluted sul- phuric acid, water, boiling water, each, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the sul- phate of iron in 1 fluid ounce of the boiling water, also dissolve the i)liosphate of sodium in 2 fluid ounces of the boiling water. ^lix these 2 solutions, and wash the precipitate (phosphate of iron) until the washings pass tasteless. Dissolve the sulphate of quinine in 2 fluid ounces of the water, with the aid of a sufficient quantity of the diluted sulphuric acid, and then add the solution of ammonia, a sufficient quantity, to precipitate the quinine, and thoroughly wash this precipi- tate. Add the phospliate of iron and the quinine thus obtained, together with the strychnine, to the diluted phosphoric acid, and when they are dissolved, add the sugar: dissolve without heat. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Of this mixture, which is similar to the syrup of Kaston, Prof. .J. M. Scudder observes: "A very important object in the treatment of many forms of chronic disease, is to restore the tone of the stomach and bowels, and give better innervation through the ganglionic nerves. The loss of power in the worst cases (as in secondary syphilis) is sometimes .so great that it requires powerful means to accomplish the object. It is in these cases espe- cially, that this combination will be found most effective. This is one of the most powerful combinations I have ever employed to restore the action of the ganglionic sy.stem of nerves, the appetite, and the functions of digestion and nutrition. It maj' be emplo^-ed in any rachertic diseases, or where the blood is deficient in quantity and quality, with imperfect innervation. It is also an excellent remedj' in periodical diseases, as well as a prophylactic against them. Thi- dose is from 15 minims to 1 fluid drachm." MISTURA CAJUPUTI COMPOSITA.— COMPOUND CAJEPUT MIXTURE. Synonym : Himn'.-i droj,s. Preparation.— Take of dUs u{ eajeput, cloves, peppermint, and anise, each. 1 fluid (luncc; rectified alcoliol, 1 fluid ounces. Dissolve the oils in the alcohol. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— This is a very valuable stimui,int and antispasuiiMlic |ir(|iarati(in, and has been successfully used in col ir, r ramp of the ftoiiiiir/i. nv ilsiwhere. ftatulcnre, pain.< in the stomach or hourls, jxiiuful diarrhoea. r/iiilrni iiuir/iii.-^, A.^intir cholera, And in all cases where stimulant and antispasmodic action is desired. During the cAo/n-a of 1849-51, it was extensively used in Cin- cinnati for the purpose of overcoming violent spasmodic action, in the doses of 1 or 2 fluid drachms, every 10 or 15 minutes; 1 or 2 doses generally succeeded in relieving the pains and spasms when all other means had failed. Tlu> ordinary dose is from 10 drops to i fluid drachm. It should be given in simple syrup. mucilage of slippery -elm, or in hot brandy and water sweetened. Care slionld In- taken not to give too much of this preparation, as a large amount would produce inflammation of the stomach. It is a very valuable agent when properly used, and should be kept by every physician anddruggist (.T.King). MISTIKA CAMI'llUU.K CUMr.— M ISTVRA LlIKNOl'Ul'U COMP. rJG.} MISTURA CAMPHOR-S COMPOSITA— COMPOUND MIXTURE OF CAMPHOR. Prepairation.— Take of camphor water, peppermint water, and spearmint water, each. 1 Muid uunce: camplioratcil tincture of opium, 2 fluid drachms. Mix. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— This is a very ethcient agent in allay- ing ;i'n(.v"i ami cniu'Iiki. It was extensively and successfully employed in Cincin- nati in the nausea ami voniitinjr attending A-vnlir rfmleni. "it possesses the virtues of the several articles entering into its comi>osition, without the stimulating influ- ence of the alcohol (which enters into their tinctures), upon already partially- inflamed mucous surfaces. The dose is from a teaspoonful to a tabiespoonful, every 5 minutes, if the patient be vomiting, and every 10 minutes if he be only nauseated (.I.King). This preparation maybe employed in pa ni/wi states due to gaseous distension of the intestines. Other Camphor and Diarrhoea Mizttires. — Mi.«TrRA Camphors Acida (N. F.), Acid cnmphnr mijiim. Misinni aitliili/tfiilnka, //-//» 's iiii.iiiirt: " Nitric acid ( U. S. P. i, seventeen and one-hull cubic centinietei-s 1 17.5 C'c. i [284 Ttl ] : tincture of opium ( U. S. P. ), twelve cubic cen- tiiiicti-rs r_* IV. [U'5 TTl]; camphor water (i'. S. P. i, a sufficient quantity to make one thou- saii.l ciiliir centimeters 1 1(KK) Cc.) [:i:; rt.5, 391 TTl]. Mix the nitric acid with about five hun- dred cul>i.- ccutiineters (500 Cc. ) [l(i fig, 4:55 TTl] of camphor-water, add the tincture of opium, and, la.stlv. enou;jh camphor water to make one thousand cubic centimeters ( 1000 Cc.) [33 tig, 39ini]"-i.V'. P. I, tincture of capsicum ( U. .S'. P. ), tincture of rhubarb ( V. S. P.), spirit of cam- phor ( U.S. P.), spirit of peppermint ( U. S. P.), of each, twenty cubic centimeters (20 Cc.) [325 lit]- ^'ix them and filter. .Yo(<'.— The formula above given, which appears to be that in most (leneral use, is also known under the name of ' Sun Jlixture.' Of other similar prepa- rations, in more or less general use, the following may be mentioned here : 2. Lioinis' dinrrhieii ?;ii.r(i/r/'.—" Tincture of opium ( L^. .S. P. 1, twelve and one-half cubic centimeters 1 12.5 Cc. i [20:! ITl] ; tincture of rhubarb ( f '. ,S. P.)\ twelve and one-half cubic centi- meters (12.5 Cc.) [203 ITl]: couipound tincture of catechu (U.S. P.), twenty-tive cubic centi- metere (25 Cc.) [40»> 111,]; "'• of sassafras, one cubic centimeter (1 Cc.j [16111] ; compound tinc- ture of lavender i U. S. P. ), fortv-nine cubic centimeters (49 Cc.) [1 A5, 315111]. 3. fiqiiihb'a liinrrhm mixlii're.—" Tincture of opium ( U. S. P. ), twenty cubic centimeters (20 Cc.) [325 ril]; tincture of capsicum (U.S. P.), twenty cubic centimeters (20 Cc.) [325111]; spirit of camphor 1 U. .S'. P.), twenty cubic centimeters (20 Cc.) [325 TH] ; chloroform ( U. S. P.) seven and one-half cubic centimeters (7.5 Cc.) [122 IH] ; alcohol, thirty-two and one-half cubic centimeters i32.5 Cc. I [1 flg, 47TI1]. 4. ThitUmnniii diarrhoea wi.rtur?.— "Wine of opium ( r.S.P.), twenty-five cubic centimeters (25 Cc. I [4nti 111] ; tincture of valerain 1 U. S. P.), thirtv-seven and one-half cubic centimeters (37.5 Cc. I [I fl.?, 1219111]; ether ( U. S. P.), twelve and one-half cubic centimeters (12.5 Cc.) [203m]; "11 of peppermint, three cubic centimeters (3 Cc.) [491TI]; Anid extract of ipecac ( U. S. P. I, three-fourths of a cubic centimeter (0.75 Cc.) [12111] ; alcohol, twenty-one and one- fourth cubic centimeters ( 21 .25 Cc.) [345 HI ]. This preparation is practically identical with the Mistura Thielemanni of the Saedifh Pharm. 5. Velji'nu'f rllarrhaa muddv.—" Tincture of opium ( U.S.P.), compound tincture of catechu ( r. .S'. P.i, spirit of camphor 1 f. .V P.i, of each, thirtv-three and one-third culiic centimeters (33.33 Cc. 1 [1 R%. CI m] -'X'-il. F:r,n . MISTURA CHENOPODII COMPOSITA.— COMPOUND WORMSEED MIXTURE. Synonym : Worm mixlmr. Preparation.— Take of castor oil, 1 fluid ounce; wormseed oil, anise oil, and tincture nf nivrrh. f)f each 1 fluid drachm. Mix (Beach's Amer. Prar.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— This is an excellent vermifuge, and mav be used in doses of one teaspoonful for an adult, to be repeated three or four times a dav, and after having been taken for three successive days, to be fol- lowed by a cathartic. This somewhat re.sembles F'(/l/«•.•<^"•A■'.s rrniiiYi'f/', which is said to be composed of castor oil, 1 fluid ounce; oil of wormseed, 1 fluid ounce; oil of anise, A fluid ounce; tincture of mvrrh, A fluid drarosents about 7i minims of chloroform ; 7A minim.* of tincture nf Indian lannabis; 3.f minims of tincture of capsicum; and 1 of a lirain of murjihine suliiliate" — (.Vo^ Foi~m.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— This mixture is employed for the relief of palnjid comUtions, and is similar to the various preparations that have l)t'en known as Chlorodyne. The average dose is 1 fluid drachm (see aX&o Mi»tura Vidorojormi et Opii [N. F.], which is also called Chloroform anodme). MISTURA COPAIB.*: COMPOSITA.— COMPOUND COPAIBA MIXTURE. Synonym : Diuretic drops. Preparation. — Take of spirit of nitrous ether and oil of almonds, each, 1 fluid ounce; copaiba and oil of turpentine, of each, i fluid ounce; camphor, in powder, 10 grains. Mix the liquids, then add the camphor, and agitate briskly (Beach's Amer. Prac). MISTIIIA ( r.KoSMTI.-MISTURA CKCT.E. 1267 Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — This forms a diuretic mixture, whicli has been sueeessl'uUy and extensively used in gonorrfuaa, gkii, sctildiiig oj'uriiw, and urinary (iffodmiii. The dose is 1 Huid drachm three times a day, in some tea or mucihige. It siiould be well agitiitcd previous to administration. Other Copaiba Mixtures. — Tliere are various inixturt's of copaiba in use for tlie cure of (/oiior./i.iii. :inil as scvi-nil oi them have beeu found i-tfieii-nt, I give the formulas for pre- paring them : 1. Tako of copaiba, spirit of nitrous ether, oonn)oun. P.), thirtv-flve cubic centimeters (35 Cc.) [1 flg, SSTTL]; sugar, two hundred and fifty grammes (2.i0' Gm.) [8 ozs. av., 3.58 grs.]; chloroform i U. .S. P.i, ten cubic centimeters (lO'Cc.) [162Ttl]; oil of peppermint, three cubic centimeters (3 Cc.) [4Vi 1U]; alcohol, one hun- dred and sixty cubic centimeters (160 Cc.) [5 flg, IHT TT[] , water, a eufflcient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters < 1000 Cc. ) [33 flg, 391 rfl]. Add the purified extract of glycyr- rhiza and sugar to six huii.lr.M ru\<\r centimeters (600 Cc.) [20 flg, 13S ITl] «* water, containepcrinint water, bring the measure to 12^ fluid ounces. Then add ■\ liuid ounce of tincture of orange-peel, and 3 fluid ounces of compound tincture of canlamonis. (Weight, avoirdupois; measure, Imperial.) Preserve in tightly- stoppered bottles. This accords with the formula of the Briti.-'li Ph'iriiui<-«j.iiia, 18S5. It is a £;reenisli-l>lack fluid, and is properly a compound infusion. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Excellent tonic for debilitated and ntwmic indifiihoil.s. Do.-e, 1 to 2 lluid ounces. MISTURA KERKI COMPOSITA.— MIJ^TrR A. GLYCYRRHIZ.K COMPOSITA. 1J«9 MISTURA FERRI COMPOSITA U. S. P. i— COMPOUND IRON MIXTURE. Synonym: iirqhl'i'-< tmxturr. Preparation.— •• Ferrous gulphate, in clear crystals, six grammes (6 Gm.) [i>o grs.]; myrrh, in small pieces, eighteen grammes (18 Gm.") [278 grs.] ; sugar, eighteen grammes (18 Gm.) [278 grs.]; j>otassium carhonate, eight grammes (8 Gm.) [124 grs.]; spirit of lavender, sixty ciihic centimeters (6(i Cc.) [2 tl.s, 14 TH.]; rose water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousaml cuhic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 Hs, 391 mi Rub the niyrrh, sugar, anil pota.(^i^''m.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — This agent was formerly much used in infantile colir. The average dose is from 10 to 20 minims. This preparation contains yts P^J'* o^ laudanum. Related Preparations.— Mistura Carminativa (N. F.), Canninntire mutvre, Dalbi/'f car- viinaliK. ■• .MaL'in'sium carbonate, sixty-five grammes {Ho Gui.i [U ozs. av., 128 grs.]; potas- siuui lailmuatr, tliree grammes {?■ Gm. ) [46 gre.] ; tincture of opium i T. .S. P. C twentj--five cubic ci-utimctcrs (l'5 Cc.) [406 TTl] ; oil of caraway, one-half cul)ic centimeter (0..5 Cc.l [8 HI] ; oil of fennel, one-half cubic centimeter (0.5 Oct [STll]; oil of pejipermint. one-half cubic cen- timeter (0..5 Cc. I [8 TTl] ! syrup ( U. S. P.), one hundred and sixtv cubic centimeters 1 160 Co.) [5 fl,^, 197 TH.] ; w.ater, a sufficient quantity to make one thousaml cubic centimeters 1 1000 Cc.) [33 fl5, 391 ITl]. Triturate the oils with ab.iiit ten grammes ( 10 Gm.) [154j;n!.] ot magnesium carbonate, and seven liundiicl and til'ty ciilue eintimeters iT.^O Cc.) [25 65. 173 111] of water gradually added. Tlieii ad.l Wu- rmiaiiidiT ol the magnesium carbonate ami the other ingre- dients, and lastly, aildeiioutrh water to make one thousand cubic centimeters iIOOOCc. 1 [33 fl^, 391 TTl]. This preparation "should be freshly made, when wanted for use. Each fluid ounce represents about 1 grain of opium"— (iN'd'. Fimn.). MisTVRA Sassafras et Opii (N. F.), Miituie 0/ sassafras and opium, Mistura opii alkaliua, Go(ifrci/'s cordiaJ. — "Oil of sassafraB, one cubic centimeter (1 Cc.) [16 TTl]; tincture of opium {L'.'.S. '/'.I, thirty-five cubic centimeters i35 Cc.) [1 flg, 88 Til]; alcohol, fifty cubic centimeters (50 Cc.) [1 fls, 332111]; potassium carbonate, eight grammes (S Gm.) [123 grs.]; molasses, three hundreii and twentv-five cubic centimeters (:525 Cc.) [10 iAx. 475 TTl ] ; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.> [:« fls,391 TTl]- Mix the tinc- ture issolvr the i.ola.ssinm carbonate iu about five hundred cubic centimeters ^o00 Cc. 1 [16 fl3, 4.'{') 111] >^>' water, mix this with the mola.vses, then add the niixtnrt' first jirepared. and lastly, enouj:h water to make one thousand cubic centimeters ( 10l)0 Cc.) [:i3 fi,^.391 TTl]. ••Vllow the mixture to become clear by standing, then pour ott" the liquid portion aiwl preserve it for usi-. K.;ich lluid drachm contains 2 minims of tincture of opium, corn'sj>onding to aliout t grain of opium " — .V(i(. Form.). Mi~Tri;.\ (M.rdurM cami'IIi'Uata. mistika sancimnaki.t: tomi'. 1271 MISTURA OLEORUM CAMPHORATA.— CAMPHORATED MIXTURE OF OILS. Preparation. — Take of oils of cloves, eajeinit, ami amber (rectified), and cam- phor, CMC li. I (uiiitc-. Mix the oils together, and dissolve camphor in the mixture. Action and Medical Uses. — This is intended for the relief of foo^/inlied to the part; continue application 2 or 3 times in the same manner, and leave the last in the tooth. This lias proved very eflicient, and has been e.xtensively sold througiiout the country as^Piiiiscu'sVefjctdlile Spcrijic." It will not be amiss to give at this place, another preparation ior toothache, which I have found of service. Take of opium and saltpeter, each, 2 ounces ; cam- phor, lA ounces; galls, in powder, 4 ounces; alcohol, lA pints. Place the articles in the "alcohol, macerate for 14 days, and filter. To be applied the same as the preceding mixture. Various other agents, as solution of tannic acid, or gallic acid in alcohol, etc., have also been recommended for relieving toothache (J. King). MISTURA OLEORUM COMPOSITA.— COMPOUND MIXTURE OF OILS. Sysonym : I V;»i (;«;/{' 0(7. Preparation. — take of castor oil and wormseed oil, each, 1 ounce; oil of tur- pentine, and oil of anise, of each. A ounce. Mix. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — This forms an eflicient remedy for ipor»)<-', and may be given in teaspoonful doses to an adult, and repeated every'i hours. -After its employment for 2 or 3 days, a purgative must be administered (T.V.Morrow). MISTURA RHEI ET SODiE (U. S. P.,— MIXTURE OF RHUBARB AND SODA. . Preparation. — " Sodium bicarbonate, thirty-five grammes (35 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 103 grs.]; (iuiil e.vtract of rhubarb, fifteen cubic centimeters (15 Cc.) [243 111] ; fluid extract of ipecac, three cubic centimeters (3 Ce.) [49111]; glycerin, three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (350 Ce.) [11 fls, 401 111]: spirit of pepper- mint, thirtv five cubic centimeters (35 Co.) [1 fl.^, 88 1)1] ; water, a sufficient quan- tity to make one thou.sand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 flg, 391 in.1 Dissolve the sodium bicarbonate in about four hundred cubic centimeters (400 Cc.) [13 fls. 252 111] of water. Then add the fluid extracts, the glycerin, and the spirit of peppermint. ano.«it.\ (N. P.), Compound mijiuye of rhubarh, .Sfjuilih':! ihiil'iirl, iiil.iinri: " Fluid extract of rhubarb ( ('. ,S'. J'.), twelve cubic ceiitiuioters (12 Cc.) [lii.5 m ] ; Huiil cxtrait of ipecac ( C.^'. 7'.), two cubic centimeters (2 Cc.) [33111]; podium bicarbonate, t went v-fnur jrrainmes (24 Gm.) [870 grs.]; glycerin, two hundred and ti It y cubic ccntinieteix -.'.-.OCV.! [S fl.^, 218 IIL]; peppennint water ( T. .V. /'.), a sufficient quantity to make on.' tlionsand cubi,- centiiiieU'rs ( 1(X)0 Cc.) [33 fl^, 3itl ITIJ. Hissolve the Boiliuni bicarlmnate in alji.iit live hundred Cubic centimeters (5()0 Cc.) [Ui fls, 43') Til] ff peppennint water, then ad"l tlie fluid extracts and glycerin, and la.-tlv, enough peppermint water to make one thou- eand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [:« flg, 3!ll 111]"— (.V-//. Form.). This i)reparalU)U must not be confused with the well-known ueutraliziug cordial, which iu some respects it resembles. MISTURA SANGUINARLffi COMPOSITA.— COMPOUND MIXTURE OF BLOODROOT. Sy.nonvm: Ctnifjh drop.-'. Preparation.— Take of syrup of ipecacuanha, syrup of squill, tincture of bloodroot, syrup of balsam tolu, camphorated tincture of opium, each, 1 ounce. Mix (.J.Kingj. 1272 MI.STURA SCAMMONII.— MISTURA SPIRITVS VIXI GALLICI. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — This is a very eflBcient preparation in severe mugh-'i from colch, aitarrlial, or bronchud irritations. The dose is from ^ to 1 fluid drachm whenever the fit of coughing is severe. I have used it for many years in practice, with much benefit. A very pleasant preparation for cough is composed of oil of anise, oil of sweet almond.s," tincture of balsam of tolu. Canada balsam, Madeira wine, each, 1 ounce. Mix (Beach's Amer. Prac). The dose is from 10 to 20 drops, 3 or 4 times a day, in a little elm or flaxseed infusion. It assists expectoration, and affords great relief in tickling coughs (J. Kingj. MISTURA SCAMMONII.— SCAMMONY MIXTURE. Synonyms : Tmc scnmmonii, Emulsio purgans cum scaminonia. Preparation. — Make a uniform emulsion by triturating together 6 grains of powdered scammony and 2 fluid ounces of milk. This is really an emulsion, and has a fine appearance, and is not unpleasant to the taste. The formula accords with that of the British P/iarvuicopceia, 1885. It should be made only when needed for immediate use. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — (See Scammonia.) The above mixture is intended for a single dose for an adult; for a child the dose is one-third of this mixture. MISTURA SENN.ffl COMPOSITA.— COMPOUND MIXTURE OF SENNA. Preparation. — Dissolve, by means of gentle heat, 4 ounces (av.) of magne- sium sulphate in 15 fluid ounces (Imp.") of infusion of senna, and add 1 fluid ounce of liquid extract of liquorice, 2^ fluid ounces of tincture of senna, and 1^ fluid ounces of tincture of cardamoms. This is the British form (i?/-. Pfiarm., 1885) of compound infusion of senna, or bl'trk draught (see Infumm Sennw Com- positum for American hlurk dniuqJit). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Same as for Compound Injmion of Senna. Dose, from 1 to li fluid minces (Imp.). MISTURA SOD.® ET MENTHiE (N. F.i— MIXTURE OF SODA AND SPEARMINT. Synonym : Snda mint. Preparation. — Sodium bicarbonate, fifty grammes (50 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 334 grs.]; aromatic spirit of ammonia (['. 8. P.), ten cubic centimeters (,10 Cc.) [162 ni] ; spearmint water {U. S. P.), a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 fl5, 391 TTl]. Dissolve'the sodium bicarbonate in about seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (750 Cc.) [25 fls. 173 1U] of spearmint water, add the aromatic spirit of ammonia and enough spearmint water to make one thousand cubic centinietei-s (lOOOCc.) [33 fl5-391 ITl]. Filter, if necessary" — {Xdf. Form.). Action and Medical Uses. — Antacid and carminative. MISTURA SPIRITUS VINI GALLICI.— MIXTURE OF FRENCH BRANDY. Synonym : Brandy mixture. Preparation. — Take of brandy, cinnamon water, each, 4 fluid ounces: the yolks of two eggs; refined sugar, ^ ounce ; oil of cinnamon, 2 minims. Mix — (Lond.). Tliis is identical witli tiie present formula of the Briti.
  • rojects beyond the throat of the corolla (Amer. Jour. IViarm.,18G8, p. 554). History. — This plant is indigenous to the United States, growing in dry woods, among hendock-timber, and in swampv places, flov.ering in June anil July. The leaves hear fiome resemblance to clover, and remain green through the winter. The fruit or ijerry is bright scarlet, edible, but nearlv tasteless, dry, and full of stonv seeds, and al.so remains through the winter. 'l*he whole jdant is medicinal, and; i iparLs its virtues to l)oiling water or alcohol. 1274 MOXARDA. Chemical Composition.— E. Breneiser found in this plant a saponin-like body, frothing in aqueous solution; the water-soluble part of an ether extract of the plant containeil a principle forming a precipitate with tannic acid and with picric acid ; but it was neither an alkaloid nor a glucosid. No volatile oil was present (Amer. .hnn: I'h.inii.. 18S7, p. 229 >. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Partridgeberry \s parturient, diuretic, and astringent. Used in iln>j,.<,/. suiqiris.^imi of urine and diarrhoea, in decoction. It seems to have an e.^picial atlinity for the uterus, exerting a powerful tonic and alterative influence upon this organ, and has hence been found highly beneficial in many uterine derangements, as in amenorrhoea, some forms of dysnunorrhcea, vKiiorrhagia, chronic congestion of the uterus, enfeebled uterine nervous system, etc. It is said that the squaws drink a decoction of this plant for several weeks previous to their confinement, for the purpose of rendering parturition safe and ea.sy. Similar virtues have been ascribed to it by competent physicians of our time. The remedy is peculiarly American, not Ijeing noticed or used by foreign practi- tioners. Dose of a strong decoction, from 2 to 4 fluid ounces, 2 or 3 times a day. The berries are a popular remedj' for diarrhcea and dysuria. Used as follows, par- tridgeberry is highly recommended as a cure for sore' nipples : Take 2 ounces of the herb, fresh if possible, and make a strong decoction with a pint of w-ater, then strain, and add as much good cream as there is liquid of the decoction. Boil the the whole down to the consistence of a soft salve, and when cool, anoint the nipple with it every time the child is removed from the breast. MONARDA.— HOESEMINT. The leaves and flowering tops of Monarda punctata, Linne. Nat. 0/y/.— Labiatte. Common N.\me: Horsemint. iLLrsTRATioN : Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 208. Botanical Source. — Horsemint is an indigenous perennial or biennial herb, with a filjrous root. The stems are obtusely angled, hoary pubescent, branched, and 2 or 3 feet high. The leaves are oblong-lanceolate to oblong, remotely and obscurely serrate, narrowed at base, punctate, and petioled. The flowers are yel- low, with brown or purple spots, in numerous, dense, axillary whorls. The bracts are large, yellow, and red, lanceolate, obtuse at the base, sessile, and longer than the whorls. The corolla is nearly smooth, ringent, tubular, upper lips spotted with purple, lower lip reflexed, 3-lobed. Calyx elongated, cylindric, 15-nerved, subequally 5-toothed, and hairy in the throat; the teeth are short and rigid, awnle.'^s. Stamens 2, elongated, ascending, inserted in the throat of the corolla; anthers linear, cells divarii-ite at base, and connate at apex (G. — W.). History and Chemical Composition.— This plant is found growing in sandy fields and barrens from New England to the Gulf of Mexico, and westward beyond the Mississippi, flowering during the summer. The entire plant has a rather fra- grant odor, and a pleasant, pungent, slightly bitter ta^Jte. It contains an abun- dance of essential oil (Oleum Monardie, V. S. P., 1870) on which its active virtues depend. The oil may be obtained by distillation of the recent herb with wat*r. The plant yields its virtues to alcohol, or boiling water by infusion. Oleim Monarda, or 0(7 o/^or,on ilistilktion 3.39 uer cent of oil, while more recently, Kremers and. W. E. lltiulri>k> [P/inrm. Atr/iices, lSfln,Vol. II, p. 73), obtained only 1 per cent of oil from a Howiring specimen of the plant. In the latter case, 60 per cent of phenols wiTe present, mostly thymol. Its isomer, rnrvdcml, may be occa.sionally present in siuall quantity. The non-phenol part of the oil contained 10 i)er cent of an alcobul; furthermore, ci/ineiic, and a small (juantity of dextro-rotatory limoiinie. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Horsemint is stimulant, carminative, sudorific, diuretic, and anti-emetic. The infusion or essence is used in //«/«/«!<•<•. nausea, vomititxj, and as a diuretic in mppnvgian of the urine, and otlier urinary disorders. The warm infusion is a stimulating diaphoretic, and has acquired some celebrity as an emmenagogue; it may be drank freely. The oil is extremely sharp and pungent, and applied to the skin, excites heat and redness, and if too long or too closely applied, will produce a painful blister. It is used like pepper- mint oil internally, and is employed locally in embrocations to relieve pain. The full strength oil may be used upon neuralgic parts. The M.didynia and M.fistulom may be used as substitutes for the above. Related Species.— .V"n(f Mununht jiitncltiln, cariacrol taking the place of its isomer, tht/imil, contained in the latter plant. Le.ss than 2 per cent of thymol is present in the oil of .V.Jiitliilosa. The latter also contains a ervstalline red coloring matter reseiiihling alizarin (see E. J. Jlelzner and Edward Kremers. Pi-oc. Amer. Pharm. .Isv-x., lS9ia. MoxEsiA {Exlrnctum Monefrur), the extract of the foregoing bark, w.is intro- duced to notice in 1839, in an article written by Dr. St. Ange, and published in the Paris Moliral Gazette {Br. Pharm. Joitn, Vols. Ill and IV). The extract anpeared in the form of brown, brittle cakes of about 1 pound each, insoluble in ether, partly soluble in alcohol, but more so in water; forming with the latter menstruum, a frothv, soap-suds-like solution. Monesia extract, when prejiared in the cold is of a dark-red color, and is considered in Brazil to be superior in quality. T. Peckolt reports (.Pharm. Ruivlsrhau, 1888, p. 30) that the extract is not now exported to any considerable extent. 1276 MOXESIA. Chemical Composition. — Shortly after the introduction of monesia bark Derosae and Henry examined it, and found it to contain chlorophyll, v:a.x,glycyr- rhizin, iron-bluing tannin, and red coloring matter. The supposed active prin- ciple, which is acrid, they named nionexin; although it is probable that the tannin and other substances are of therapeutic value. Monesin is regarded as identical with saponin (Cj^HyO.J. It forms transparent yellow scales, insoluble in ether, but soluble in water and alcohol, and produces in aqueous solution, upon shaking, an abundant froth. It is odorless. l»ut has a bitter, acrid taste. Peckolt's analysis of the bark (lor.cU.) shows the presence of vionesia-tannic acid, 6.2 per cent; red coloring matter, 2.2 per cent; starch. 1.97 per cent; monesin, 0.28 per cent; glyn/rrhiiin-, 1-5 per cent; crystallizable hkurahein {lucumm^, 0.009 per cent, etc. The latter substance is bitter, insoluble in cold water, soluble in ether and hot alcohol. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Monesia appears to possess slightly stimulating and astringent properties. In doses of from 2 to 10 grains, repeated 2 or 3 times a day, it acts as a gentle excitant of the stomach, improving the appe- tite and the digestive functions. In larger doses, it causes a burning sensation in the epigastric region, gastric uneasiness, and costiveness. It has been found advantageous in certain atonic forms of rfy^epm, as a stimulant and tonic; and as a tonic and astringent in diarrhosa and hemorrhciges, as from the lungs, stomach, and kidneys, in hemorrhoids, and in profuse menstruation. In chronic bmnrfiitis, attended with considerable expectoration, and in the catarrhal affection.^ and uinter cough of persons in advanced years, it has proved useful. As an alterative, it has been advised in scrofulous und scorbutic affections, though it is somewhat doubtful as to its good effect in these cases, although it is stated to have been eflectual in the purpura of scurvy. It has been advised a.s a tonic in convalescence from malarial fevers and in incipient consumption. As a local application, in the form of powder sprinkled upon the parts, in aqueous solution, tincture, or ointment, it has proven valuable in obstinate indolent ulcers, in anal and buccal fism. res. in scor- butic or other unliealthy condition of the gums, in vaginal leucorrhcea, and in nasal hemorrhage; it may be applied on lint, as a wash, by injection, or by spray. The dose of monesia is from 2 to 10 or 15 grains ; of monesin, from ^ to ^ grain. These may be given in pill, or powder, and in some syrup or other convenient vehicle. The tincture may be made of any desirable strength, from 1 to 4 ounces of monesia extract to a pint of alcohol. The ointment may be made by tritu- rating 1 drachm of the extract with 7 drachms of cerate, or purified lard. Belated Species. — Lncuma salicifoUa, Kunth. The Zapote amarillo or Z. horracho of the Mexicans. The fruit produces sleep and the seeds are employed by the natives in pleuritit. Several Brazilian species yield food or medicines. Bosnia longifolia, Linii^ ; Elloopa-tree. — East India. A nutritious jellv is prepareil from the fruit and flowers of this tree, which also furnishes valuable timber. TYie bark, leaves, and a fixed oil from tlie seeds have antirheumatic virtues and have been used in fkin Ji^rdm. Elloopa oil is greenish and odorous. Bassia InUyracea, Roxburgh. — The seeds yield a butyraceous substance known as/u/uxj- biUter. It is used like the oil of the preceding species. Baiuiia parkii yieMs .sV/ki Imtid: i\fimu.iops Elengi, Linne. — India. The sweet fruit of tliis species is eaten, and the tree furnishes an excellent timber. A pleasant perfume is obtained from the flowers, and the seeds yield a drying fixed oil. Bark and root are reported astringent and tonic, and are em- ployed" as such in India. The juice of the unripe fruit and the bark are used to fix colors in silk dveiiifi i DyinockK 'Mini . " ' ( ./ I, Roxburgh. — Fruit eaten. I'ses same as for preceding. .1/ ^ '■ and .1/. A-"//i»i..ki plum \ /dtiiolilla i or BuUy frcf.— West Indies, >iiiuli \iii, i n i. and naturalized in western India, where the natives eat the quince- flavored fniit lallid by them Vliikhi OT hyiiaOi. As a preventive ag-ainst jfl'rile and bilioiit attach, the inhaliitants of the Concan eat the fruit wliich has l>een soak.d over night in melted butter. Tlie bark is regarded astringent, tonic, and febrifuge; the seeds diuretic and aperient. Bernou ( 1883) obtained a crj-stalline alkaloid, .•^iikiHh,. from the bark i ■\tiK>tl!la Burk); it is insoluble in water, but dissolves" in alcohol, cliloroform, and ether. He als«> found two resins, and a largi' amount of sapotannic acid, the Uist giving the bark its astriugeucy .see Dymock, Mat. M<(l. of We^ern India). G. Michaud ilSi»U obtainetl from the seeerchii ami i/.« liehilai Products; also see Amei: Juur. I'harm., KSS3, l>. 52:;, on Pteudu Uullroximate leaves or bracts, and bearing a large, white, terminal, solitary flower, which is at first nodding, but becomes upright in fruit. The calyx is represented by two to four scale-like deciduous bracts, the lower rather distant from the corolla. The corolla is permanent, of 5 distinct, erect, fleshy petals, which are narrowed below with a small, nectariferous pit at the base. Stamens 10, sometimes 8; anthers short on the thickened apex of the hairy filament, 2-celled, opening by transverse chinks. Stigma 5-crenate, deprtssed, and beardless. Pod or capsule 5-celled and 5-valved; the seeds numer- ous, and invested with an arillus-likf membrane (\V. — G. — Eaton). History and Chemical Composition. — This is a singular plant, found in various parts of the Union from Maine to Carolina, and westward to Missouri, growing in shady, solitary woods, in rich, moist soil, or soil composed of decayed wood and leaves", and near the base of trees, on whose roots it is said to be para- sitic. The whole plant is ivory-white in all its parts, resembling frozen jelly, and is very succulent and tender,'so much so that when handled it dissolves and meltsaway in the hands like ice. The flowers are inodorous, and appear from June until September; their resemblance to a pipe has given rise to the names IniUnn jilpc or Pipe-plant. The root is the part used; it should be gathered in September and October, carefully dried, pulverized, and kept in well-stoppered bottles. A. J. M. Lasche (Phnrm. RumWhau, 1889, p. 208) has found in this plant a crystallizable pol^onous jirinciple, wliicli also occurs in several other ericaceous plants; it is named nii^lmmeihit. ,.,■;,, ((' ,H„0,„). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Ice-plant root is a tonic, sedative, nervine, and antispasmodic. It has also been employed \n febrile di»ense», zs a. sedative and diaphoretic. The powder has been employed in instances of rest- lessness, pains, nervous irritability, etc., as a substitute for opium, without any deleterious influences. It is reputed to have cured remittent and intermittent fevers, and to be an excellent antiperiodic. In convulsions of children, epilepsy, chorea, and other .s//(7.*Hiof/jV- affections, its administration has been followed with prompt suc- cess; hence its common name. Fit or Conrulsion root. The juice of the plant, alone, or ombined with rose water, has been found an excellent application to obstinate ojihthalinie inftiunmntinn, to iileer.i, and as an injection in gnnorrhien, and inflammation and ulreratio'n of the bladder. Dose of the powdered root, from i to 1 drachm, 2 or 3 times a day. It has been used as a substitute for opium. This plant is undoubtedly one of value, and deserving of more confidence and attention than is at present bestowed upon it. It is, however, seldom or never used at the ]jresent day. It is not the Me.^rmhryanthemum rn/stallininn (see F/<-».<, p. 8;)1 ). or Ice-plant of Europe, which has a creeping stem a foot or more in length, with large, ovate, wavy, frosted leaves, and white flowers; and the whole plant is covered with frost-like, warty protuberances, which give it a singular aspect. MORUS RUBRA.— RED MULBERRY. The fruit of Mnni.-< r>d,ni, Linne. S„i. 0,v/.— rrticarea-. Common Xamk: lied nut llicm/. Botanical Source. — Morus "rubra, or the Red mulberry, is but a shrub in the north. HI and New England states, lo to 20 feet high, but in the middle and 1278 MORPHINA. western states it attains an elevation of 50 to 60 feet, with a diameter of 2 feet, and covered with a grayish, furrowed, much-broken bark. The leaves are alter- nate, rounded or subcordate at base, acuminate, equally serrate, either ovate or 3-lobed, rough above, pubescent beneath, thick, dark-green, 4 to 6 inches long, and about two-thirds as wide. The flowers are small, niomecious, rarely dioecious; sterile ones in loose spikes; calyx 4-parted ; fertile ones in dense spikes; styles 2, filiform, stigmatic down the inside. The ovary is 2-celled, one of the cells smaller and disappearing. Achenium ovate, compressed, inclosed within the succulent, berry-like calyx. Fertile spikes cylindric, constituting a dark-red, thickened, oblong and juicy, compound berry or fruit. The sterile spikes are rather slender (W. — G.). History. — The red mulberry is indigenous to the United States, growing in rich woods, flowering in May, and ripening its fruit in July. The wood of the tree is fine grained, strong, and durable. The fruit is oblong-oval, of a dark-rod color, and is compounded of a great number of small berries, which are very juicy, inodorous, and of an agreeable sweetish and acidulous taste; in appearance it very much resembles the fruit of the blackberry. This species is fully equal in value to the Morus nigra, Linne, of Europe (figured ^* ' • in Bentley and Trimen,\V«/. Plnnte, 229). the juice of which was oflicial in the British Pharmacopoeia, 1885, under the title Moki Succus. The Morus nigra, Linne, possesses similar proper- ties. It is probably a native of the Levant, though cultivated in Europe, and to some extent in the United States. This species, and that following, is a tree of about 30 feet in height, and has a purplish, black, berry-like fruit. Its leaves furnish food for silk-worms. The Morus albci, Linne, a native of China, with white fruit which is more saccharine and less pleasant than Morus nigra. ^^^ preceding species, is one of the trees upon the foliage of which the silk-worm feeds. This species is naturalized in this country. Chemical Composition. — Mulberries are said to consist of bitartrate of potas- sium, pectin, sugar, woody fiber, coloring matter and water. They contain rather more grape-sugar than the ordinary berries, such as strawberries, blackberries, currants, etc., being exceeded only by the cherry and grape. Fresenius found mulberries of the following percentage composition : sugar, 9.19 : malic acid with a little tartaric, 1.86; albuminous matter, 0.361 ; gum, pectin, and fatty matter, 2.31; woody fiber, 0.91 ; ash, 0.66; water, 84. 7L Wright and Patterson {Pharm. Jour. Trans.,Yo]. VIII, 1878, p. 540) found the solid matter in the juice of the unripe berries to amount to 70.16 Gm. to the liter. A large proportion (26.SH Gm.) of this was citric acid, and a smaller quantity (7.82 Gm.) was malic acid. G. Goldsmith (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1882, p. 456) observed .■>hia. Source and History.— Morphine, the first alkaloid identified, was discovered and its alkaline quality made known in 1816, by Sertiiruer, a Hanoverian chemist, MORPHIN'A. 1279 though Derosne and Seguin. two French chemists, had separated it, as well as narcotiiu', as far back as 18<)3 and 18()5, without recognizing, liowever, their dirter- ences or establishing their alkaloidal nature. Its only source thus far known, is opium, obtained by inspissalion of the milky juice exuding from incisions into the unripe capsules of the poppy l^Pnpnvei- somniferum, Linne) and its varieties. Morphine is also said to occur in the milky sap of the Pajxiver orieiilaU\Liniie, and o{ Argeiiwii)' mexirnmi, Linne. Preparation. — Numerous processes have been devised to isolate morphine from opium, the aim being to free it chiefly from contaminating vterouir arid, codeinf (.methyl morphine) narrotine, and the other opium bases, and resinous and coloring matters. In Gregory-.Vnderson's process, originated by Robertson, an aqueous extract of opium is neutralized witli marble dust, the fluid evai)orated to a syrup, and the latter boiled for a sliort time with e.xce.,ri:il liia.liii_-s. till IT MIC <'lheT Si\)ts, such as {he nilmtCfplioi'jilhil' nuA iiirtniU: lUtv an- \>n^ MORPHIN.K ACETAS. 1281 iMivii like the acetate, by substituting the nspeetive noide. Doees, same as acetate. The last-nnnied salt iiecurs in warly, needle crystals, very soluble in aU-nliDl and water, and pre- feritil bv some to the sulphate lor li\ potlerniatic use, on account of its jrreater soluliilitv. .Mn"iiniiN.F. IlYOHionAs.— //v''nn(/.(/. (!(■ mm/.AiV (Ci7!ln,NOj.HI.-'Hj()) may be 'made by mixiujir together sironj; solutions of hydrochlorate of morphine,'.' parts, an^l of iodide of p>tassiui.ii. rather more than 1 part. Wash the pn-cipitate with a little cold water; press it Wtween foUls of blotting pai)er, redigsolve it in Imt water, and crystallize. It may also be prepared with morphine and warm hyilriodi<> acid. Long, silky needles, sparingly soluble in water. Tliis Sidt, according to K. Schmidt, is probably iilenticjl with Winckler's /«(oses of tUese, same as the acetate. MoKPiii.N.t: Hydhobkom\s, M,,q.h\iie h;i'irol,n>mart8 of cold water. MoRiMiix.K rmiiAi \-, 1/ y'llmliilr. — To a hot solution of pure phthalic acid add pure morphine as I..111.' as the hui. 1 is dissolvt'd. Filter and evaporate. This salt dissolves in 5 parts of water, forming niiitnd solutions, and is recommended for hypodermatic use. MoKpiiis.K Lui .\s , C, - 11 iijM >3.C3 Hj* )3 ).— -V.-r/./i./ic hiiiole crvstallizes in prisms soluble in water (1 in 8), and alcohol (1 in Sl:!i (see D. B. Dntt, Aimi: Jour. I'harm., 188«, p. :«{i. MoRPHi.v.E V.\i.Eni.\x.\s. — Morphine neutralizeil with valerianic acid, forms Valerianate of mnrphiiie, a salt which is used to some extent in tienxtus diseases, restlessness in feien, etc. The dose is the .same as for the sulphate of morphine. MoRfHix.fi Bi>iE<.os.\s, Morplime fiimiCoiiale.—X preparation called Solulioti of Bimeconate of Moi-phin was at one time introdu<-ed into this country from England, and at a very high price, and was stated to pos.ses8 all the therapeutic eflect of opium without any of its disagree- able inrtuences, as well as to be serviceable in those cases where from idiosyncrasy or other causes the crude drug or its ordinary preparations could not be employed, when these were indicated (see P. Squire. Amer. Jour. Pluirm., Vol XI, ISiil, p. 166). In the Loudon Phartnaceulical Journal, on page L'NS Vol. XV, 1885, the following formula for this solution is giveii : "Take of bimeconate of morphine, 10 grains; alcohol. I fluid drachm; distilled water, 13 fluid drachms. Mix." But there is no formula Imt- tlir liimeconate itself. If there be such a salt, it may probably be made by the aildition oi im ( (niic ;u iil to a solution of morphine. Accoriling to Prof. \V. Procter. .Jr., tin- luoipliiiK- liimeconate may be prepared as follows: Macerate opium in powder lor dry enoui;h to [.ow.ln ."1 troy ounces in distilled water, a pint, with agitation lor three days, .strain with rxpics-iou, tiiid a^'aiii macerate in successive portions of distilled water, a i)int each time, for 24 Incurs, mitil 4 i.ints liave been used, and the opium is sutlicientlv ixhausted. Kvai)orate the licjuors (aritullv to the measure of a pint, filter, and add sulitii.n of acetate of lead until it ceases to produce "a precipitate. Collect this on a filter, thoroughly wash it with water, suspend it in a pint of warm distilled water, pass a current of hydrogen "sulphide through the mixture until the lead is entirely precipitateti, htat and filter tile solution of meconic acid tliat remains, until deprived of sulphuretted odor. Meanwhile, take the liquid filtere.,yo\. IX, 1S7!II. o. 8S3, endeav- oring to prejiare the meconates of morphine, could obtain only one well-defined crystallizable salt, namely, the neutral (/in!or;)/iiiic mccoiin/e, of the formula iCitH, „Ntl3)2C;lI,( I;.. ">ll;n. It i- easily prepared bv dissolving the equivalent quantities of morphine and meconic acid in I'oijing water and aflowing the solution to cool. The author was unabh', however, to prepare .1 crvstallizable monomorphine meconate {morphitu- bimecouale ) and, therefore, doubts its existence Imer. Jour. Phanii., 1887, p. 188). MORPHINiE ACETAS (U. S. P.)— MORPHINE ACETATE. Formila: (VH^Nor H n :;ll ( i. M,,i.|.;r, i..ku \Vki.;ht: ;V.iS.1-_>. "Morphine acetate .shoukl he keid in dark amiier-ctdored, well-stoppered vials "— ( r. 8. A). Synonyms: Morphi;r (irrtni, Mnrphinm nrt'tinim, Morjihinum (irrtinnn, Actintc of wirjiliid, Arelfis innrjJiini.-, Ahine to the fluid drachm.) MORPHIN.® HYDROCHLORAS U. S. P. —MORPHINE HYDROCHLORATE. Formula: C„H„N0,HC1 + 3H,0. Moi.KrfLAR \Vku;ht: 374.6;V Synonyms: Morphiif murins, Hydrochhntii moiyfiicufi, Murias m(rr]ihirui>. Murinte of morphia. Morphia' hydrovhloros. Preparation.— " Take of pure morphine, 2 part^; rub in a porcelain dish with water, 5 parts; heat to the boiling point, and add pure liydrochloric acid until the morphine is dissolved (1 part of acid, sp. gr. 1.130, will suflioe), and tlien allow it to cool. After standing a day, the crystals which form are separated from the supernatant li(|uiil, wbicli is evaporated'to further crystallization. Tlio MORPHIN.K sn.I'HAS. 1283 Sill is j^oreiul on filterinj; paper and dried ; about 2i parts by weight should bf obtained " (Wittstein). The nydrochloric acid must be added gradually, and the mixture be constantly stirred." The process of the l'. S. P. (1870) was essentially the same. The process of the British Phormnropif in {\SSo) is biised on Dr.Wm.Gregorvs method of obtaining tlie hydrochlorate from opium as tiie starting point, by this process the meconate of morphine existing in the opium is decomposed by chloride of calcium, which forms, through double decomposition, a precijtitate of meconate of calcium, leaving hydrochlorate of morphine in solution, which is obtained in crystals by evaporation ; these are purified by repeated solution, con- centration, ;in(l ciystiiUization, and lastly, decolorization with animal charcoal. (Also compare Mnr/./iiini.) Description and Tests. — Hydrochlorate of njorphine is descrilied by the ('. 5. P. as occurring in "white, feathery needles of a silky luster, or minute, color- less, cubical crystals, odorless, and having a bitter taste; permanent in the air. Soluble at 15° C. (50° F.), in 24 parts of water, anfl in 62 jiarts of alcohol ; in 0.5 part of boiling water, and in 31 parts of boiling alcohol. Very slightly soluble in ether or chloroform. When heated at 100° C. (212° F.), the salt loses'its water of crystallization (14.38 per cent » ; at 300° C. (572° F.), it coheres slightly, but does not completely melt; and ui>on ignition it is consumed, leaving no residue. The salt is neutral to litmus paper'" — (f. .S'. P.). Hydrochlorate of morphine also dis- solves in 20 parts of glycerin and 800 parts of olive oil. This salt contains of crystallized morphine, 80.7 per cent; of anhydrous morphine, 75.9 per cent. Hydrochlorate of morphine is decomposed by diluted sulphuric acid, with disen- gagement of hydrochloric acid. "The addition of potassium or sodium hydrate T.S. to an aqueous solution of the salt causes a white precipitate, soluble in an excess of the alkali, and conforming to the reactions and tests of morphine (see Morphinn). The aqueous solution of the salt yields, with silver nitrate T.S. , a white precipitate insoluble in nitric acid" — {('. S.P.). The British Phnnnncnpaid directs that this salt should dissolve " without coloration in strong sulphuric acid ; the addition of a small quantity of sodium arsenate to a portion of this solution causes a bluish-green coloration, and a small quantity of bismuth oxynitrate added to another portion, givt»s a purplish-brown coloration " — {Br. Phartn., 1898). White sugar is said to have entered sometimes into hydrochlorate of morphine as an adulteration. The fermentation test will serve to discover it. Hydrochlorate of mori>hine should be cntirelv sulnMc in water, giving a colorless solution; its loss of w.ight at W>° C. i212° F.), should not exceed 14.3S j.er cent. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Hydrochlorate of morphine possesses properties similar to the other salts of morphine, having essentially all the actions of opium. It is much more extensively used in Great Britain than in this coun- try; and may be emploved as a substitute for opium, or the acetate or sulphate of morphine. It.s dose is from ^ to ^ grain ; ^ of a grain represents about 1 grain of opium. A solution of the hydrochlorate of morphine {TAiiuor Mirrphii>;i Ht/dro- rhloratvi) is made by dissolving 4 grains of hydrochlorate of morjjhine in distilled water, 4 fluid ounces. If it does not readily dissolve, 5 minims of diluted hydro- chloric acid may be added. The do.se is from ^ t<^ 2 fluid drachms. Alcohol, 1 or 2 fluid drachms, mixed with the water forming this solution, will prevent spontaneous decomposition (see also Liquor Morphinx H//drork(oriili [/ir. Pfinrm , 1898], which is four times as strong as the foregoing solution.) MORPHIN.E SULPHAS (U. S. P. i— MORPHINE SULPHATE. Foumii.a: .C„H„NO,.,ll,SO.-r-')II,0. MoLEri-i,.vR Wki..mt; 756.3.V Sv.No.wMs : M'irjifii.i' siUp/i'«//l of the Br. Pharm. (188-5; are essentially' the same. Morphine is here saturated with sulphuric acid, of which saturation its complete solution in the water is an indi- cation. As in the preparation of the acetate of morjjhine, the heat must not be too high iluriiiK evaiimation of this salt, else it will be decomposed. Description and Tests. — Morphine sulphate is officiallj' described as occur- ring in " u iiite, featlici V, acicular crystals of a silky luster, odorless, and having a bitter taste; permanent in the air. Soluble at 15° C. (59° F.j, in 21 parts of water, ami in 702 parts of alcohol; in 0.75 part of boiling water and 1-14 parts of boil- ing alcohol; almost insoluble in ether. When heated for some time at 100° C. (212° F.), the salt loses 3 molecules (7.12 per cent) of water of cry,stallization ; the remaining 2 molecules (4.75 per cent) are gradually expelled by raising the tem- lierature to 130° C. (266° F.). At 255° C. (491° F.) the salt melts, and upon igni- tion, it is consumed, leaving no residue. The salt is neutral to litmus paper. The addition of potassium or sodium hydrate T.S. to an aqueous solution of the salt causes a white precipitate, which is soluble in an excess of the alkali, and which conforms to the reactions and tests of morphine (see Morphina). The aqueous solution yields, with barium chloride T.S. , a white precipitate insoluble in hydrochloric acid" — (U.S. P.). Morphine sulphate is also soluble in glycerin (1 in 5). It contains of crystallized morphine, 79.94 per cent; of anhydrous morphine, 75.19 per cent. D. B. Dott (1877) found a certain commercial specimen of morphine sulphate to consist of more than one-third of anhj'drous sulphate of sodium. Analysis of the mixture thrown on the market in 1898, under the name " Husa," showed that it contained large amounts of morphine sulphate (see J. U. hl.iyd, Anin: .hmr. Pharm.. IS'.K.i. p. 210). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— The effects of morphine and its salts are practically those ofnpiuiii, which see. Being bat one of the constituents of that drug, however, slight differences in action have been observed. Much depends also, upon the manner of administering it. The indications are those given under Opium. Morphine is not so soluble as its salts, which are usually employed; the principal ones are the sulphate, hydrochlorate, and acetate. Pereira says that in comparing the morphine salts with opium, we observe that they are le.«s stimu- lant, and le.ss disposed to cause sweating, constipation, headache, and dryness of the tongue; the feelings which they excite are less agreeable, and hence they are not adapted to be substituted for opium- by the eaters of this drug; they more readily affect the bladder than opium. Morphine is more likely to provoke nausea and vomiting than opium. If given by mouth for any length of time it induces diarrha?a, while opium does not, but the bowels cease to be costive. Hypoder- matically, morphine constipates. Morphine primarily diminishes the frequency of the pulse, while opium increases it. Morjihine lowers the temperature, while opium often increases it. Less stimulation of the nervous and circulatory sys- tems are observed under morphine, and itching of the surface is far more readily produced by the alkaloid. Finally, the narcotic action of the morphine is com- paratively less profound than that of the parent drug. A weak and oppressed heart is always embarrassed by opium and its alkaloids. Enormous amounts of morphine are C(Uisumed by morphine habitues (see Opium). Many cases are reported in which the daily allowances were H. 16, IS, 40. 50 grains, and even 80 grains have been taken for a few days. A case is reported in which a woman took, hyi)odermatically, 2o grains at one time, and a case came under our care in which a one-legged habitue attempted suicide by the injection of 24 grains, besides shooting himself through the lower edge of tlie left lung, the bullet lodging in the skin of the back. Every inspiration forced frothy blood out of the bullet wound. He recovered. His arms, left leg, and side of body pre- sented a tattooed appearance from the habitual injections to whidi lie had been accustomed. The uses of morphine have been considered mainly under the head of opium (see Opium). It may be well, however, to briefly enumerate some of tlie conditions there mentioned, and to add a few others. It should be borne in mind, however. that unless contraindicated, it is the drug for sttddrn, acute pnin, nwd pain from viiinuh, liiirxf!, and snilih. It is useful, therefore, following the indications given under Opium in ■jiucrpernl r"iiri(/.rostrating stage of ty/i/ius and typhoid feiYrs, and to check unhealthy discharges, opium is to be jtreferred to morpnine. Morphine salts are always used to relieve the excessive operation of strychnine. The dose of morphine and its salts, is from ^ to J grain; and ^ of a grain represents about 1 grain of ordinary opium. The various salts of niori)hine, dis- solved in water, are used b^- subcutaneous injection. A dose of from j^ to i grain of the selected salt, in solution, is injected at once, rei)eating the operation in 1 or 2 days, or even every 3 or 4 hours, if the urgency of the case requires. Vomit- ing, nausea, or uneasiness, sometimes follows the injection, but soon passes away without injury to the patient. Sulphate of morpnine is probably more often employed in this country than any other of the salts of this alkaloid, and is considered to be more uniform in its effects on the system. It ))ossesses the usual properties belonging to morphine and its various salts, and is used in cases where these are indicated. The dose is from 4 to J grain, which may be given in pill or solution, or hypodermatically. A solution of sulphate of moi^hine (Li'/imr Morphia Sulph,itu<, I'. S. P., 1870), is made by dissolving 4 grains of the sulphate of morphine in 4 fluid ounces of distilled water. This forms a convenient solution, in which the morphine may be administered in minute or ordinary doses to suit the occasion; it will keep for a long time unaltered. A fluid drachm of this solution is eriual to about ^ of a grain of the sulphate (see also Litpior Morphin.r Snlphatis [Br. PA^rwi., 1885], which is four times as strong as the f '. S. P. [1870] solution.) MOSCHUS (U. S. P.)— MUSK. "The dried secretion from the preputial follicles of Moschus mosrhiferus, Linne"'— (f. .S'. P.). Class: Mammalia. Order: Ruminantia. Source and History. — This article is obtained from the male of Mosrhvs mas- chiferus or Mn.sk deer, a wild ruminating animal, rather larger than the domestic goat, and approaching the deer in its characters, and which is an inhabitant of Central Asia. At the posterior part of its abdomen, there is a small sac situated immediately under the skin, which opens a little in front of the i)reputial orifice, and which is filled with a thick fluid, abounding particularly in the rutting season. This fluid, in the dried state, is musk. It is removed from the animal in its con- taining bag, and dried in tliis state for exportation. The musk-bag, or pod, is usually plano-convex; and in general the plane surface is a bare membrane, while the convex surface is covered with stiff" hairs; but sometimes the hairy and mem- branous parts are reversed. It weighs along with its contents, between 5 and nearly 10 drachms, and contains on an average 2 1 drachms of musk, /.«., from 26 to 52 per cent. Two kinds of musk are met with in American commerce. The Chinese, Thibet, or Ton(in!n musk is the variety that should always be preferred. It occurs in commerce in lots of about 25 ))ai)er-wrapped sacs, shipped in lead- lined boxes (caddies). The yellowish or brownish hairs are cut short. It comes to U8 partly from Tonquin, but for the greater part, from the Cliincse province of Yun-Naii, and is shipi)ed from the Chinese port, Shangli,ii, lience the name Chinese musk. A consular report from Shanghai, in 188.'), stated tb.' annual export to lie about 3000 caddies, each containing, on an average. 20 (.ods, thus renresent- ing an annual decimation of the animal by about 60.000. Siberian mi(,4-is also called Russian musk; it is exported fron* St. Petersburgh. It re-sembles the pre- ceding, yet often is of a much inferior k is prepared, by carefully adding, drop by drop, 3 parts of fuming nitric acid to 1 of unrectilied oil of^amber. The aci.l is decom|K»ied and the oil converted into an acid resin, which must be kneaded under pure water until all excess of acid is removed. The sutwtance which remains is of a yellowish-brown color, visciil, ami of an odor similar to musk, for which it may be used as a sul'istitntc, iu doses of from 13 to :» grains. 1288 ilUCILAGLNiis.— MUCILAGO AMYLI. JIo.scHus Factitius, Artificial jniisi.— The artificial musk introduced by Dr. A. Baur, and known commerciallv as^'Mmk Baur," is Irinitroso-bntyl-tohienf ! CeH.CH3.C[CH3]j. [NO, jj), pre- pared by the interaction of tertiary butyl-toluene tC,H,.CH3.C[CHi]3 i.and a mixture of sul- phuric and nitric acids. It forms yellowish-white needles uieUing at 96° to 97° C. '204.8° to 206.6° F.), insoluble in water, but soluble in alcohol, chloroform, ether, benzol, ami li^rlit petro- leum ether (see Amer. Jour. J'liann., 1890, p. -189, and 1892, p. 31 1. The action of this body is similar to, but less energetic, than that of musk. The dose for a small child is from i to 1 grain, every2 or 3 hours; for an adult, 10 grains. Ofatincture (Sjtogxof alcohol, the dose is 1 fluid drachm. Hauner, of ilunieh, praises it in spai^m of the glottig in children. VixiET.\BLE Musk.— On account of the higli price of musk, and its liability to adulteration. Dr. Hannon (Jour, de Pharm., 1854) sought for a vegetable substitute, which he thinks he has found in a Columbian plant, cultivated in Belgium, .Vimui((« )/iOjsc/i«i mil iuriamiixitinn.t that can 1)6 reached by an enema. It is ( liiftly cnnployed as a vehicle for anodyne applications (as laudanum) in ih/seutery, and for this purpose but small quantities, 2 or 3 fluid ounces, should be employed >u that the patient may be able to retain the medicament until its etiects are produced. MUCILAGO CHONDRI iN. F.i— MUCILAGE OF IRISH MOSS. Preparation. — "Irish mo.'i.s thirty grammes ^:',U Gm.) [1 oz. av.. 25 grs.] ; water, a sutlicient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [■VA ri.s, ;>;n lll]. wash the Irish moss with cold water, then place it in a suitable ve.-sel, adiarmnri)]>(hifi. The hair-dressing mucilage known as Bmnlolin, is prepared by macerating, in 1 pint of water, 2 drachms of quince-seeds (unbroken ), and adding cologne water, 1 ounce. Other perfumes may \>e substituted, if preferred. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Quince-seed mucilage is soothing and protecting, and adapted Uir injidiiiiitdtions nj mucous mrfacct. It is therefore valu- able in (in.-'tro-iiit'.-'tinul iujinmuiation^i, irritntiou of bronchopulmomiri/ Irac/, with cough, ri/Mitl^ and other unite uriunn/ di.wrdcr.^, and cuduwni.^ and conjundivitf iiilhiuimntions. U may I.e freely use.l. MUCILAGO DEXTRINI iN. F. MUCILAGE OF DEXTRIN. Preparation. — " Dextrin, three hundred and thirty-five grammes (335 Gm.; ni oz- av.. ;i.37 grs.]; water, a suflBcient quantity to make one thousand cubic 1290 MUCILAGO SALEP.— MLCILAGO TRAGACAXTH.E. centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 flg, 391 lU]. Mix them in a tared vessel, and heat the mixture, under constant stirring, to near boiling, until the dextrin is dissolved and a limpid liquid results. Then restore anj^ loss of water by evaporation, strain the liquid through muslin, and allow it to cool short of gelatinizing, when it will be ready for immediate use. Note.—U the mucilage is not at once to be used for preparing emulsions or other mixtures, transfer it, while hot, to bottles, which should be filled to the neck. Then pour into each bottle a sufficient quan- tity of olive oil to form a protecting layer, and when the mucilage has gelatinized, securely cork the bottles, and keep them in a cool place, in an upright position. When "gelatinized mucilage of dextrin is to be used for the preparation of emul- sions and other mixtures, pour oft' the j)rotecting layer of oil from the surface, remove the remainder of the oil by a pellet of ab.sorbent cotton, and warm the bottle gently, until the mucilage is liquefied. Then allow it to cool short of gelati- nizing. The kind of dextrin suitable for this preparation is the commercial, white variety, provided it still contains some unaltered or only partially altered starch, and forms a jelly on cooling, when made into a mucilage after the formula above given. The yellow variety, which is completely soluble in about 2 parts of cold water, will not answer the purpose" — (Nat. Form.). MUCILAGO SALEP (N. F.)— MUCILAGE OF SALEP. Preparation. — 'Salep, in fine powder, ten grammes (10 Gm.) [154 grs.]; cold water, one hundred cubic centimeters (100 Cc.) [3 fls, 183 TTl] ; boiling water, nine hundred cubic centimeters (900 Cc.) [30 flg, "208111]. Place the powdered salep into a flask containing the cold water, and shake until the powder is divided. Then add the boiling water, and shake the mixture continuously until it has cooled to 25° C. (77° F.), or below this temperature. The cooling may be hastened by frequent and brief immersion of the flask in cold water. Mucilage of salep should be freshly made, when wanted for use. Note. — If sugar or syrup is prescribed in the same'mixture with mucilage of salep, it is preferable to tritu- rate the required quantity of powdered salep with either of the former, as the case may be, and then to add rapidly the proportionate amount of boiling water" — (Nut. Form.). Action and Medical Uses.— (See Snlep.) MUCILAGO SASSAFRAS MEDULLiE (U. S. P.)— MUCILAGE OF SASSAFRAS PITH. Preparation.— ■■ Sassafras pith, two grammes {2 Gm.) [31 grs.J : water, one hundred cubic centimeters (100 Cc.) [3 flg, 183 Til]. Macerate the sassafras pith in the water during 3 hours, and strain. This preparation should be freshly made, wlun wanted "— ( U. S. P.). Sassafras mucilage has a bland taste, is thickish, colorless, and transparent. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— This is a soothing and refreshing drink for intldininutory conditions of viuroits mrj'aces and in febrile disordas. It is especially applicable in dysentery. Locally, it is applied in conjunct iritis (acute), enifliciiui, and various inflammatory skin disorders. It mi iammatory skin disorders. It may be freely used. MUCILAGO TRAGACANTHiE (U. S. P.)— MUCILAGE OF TEAGACANTH. Preparation. — "Tragacanth, six grammes {& Gm.) [93 grs.]; glycerin, eigh- teen grammes (18 Gm.) [278 grs.] ; water, a suflicient quantity to make one hun- dred grammes (100 Gm.) [3 ozs. av.,231 grs.]. Mix the glycerin with .«eventy- five cubic centimeters (75 Cc.) [2 flj, 257 TTl] of water in a tiired ve.^^el, heat the mixture to boiling, add the tragacanth, and let it macerate during 24 hours, stirring occasionally. Then add enough water to make the mixture weigli one hundred grammes (100 Gm.) [3 ozs. av., 231 grs.], beat it so as to make it of uui- MlllLAGO CLMl.— SlUCUXA. 1201 fi.rm consistence, and strain it forcibly through muslin"— (C. S. P.). Tragatauth it: but partly s-oluble in water. The mucilage is viscid and thick. Action and Medical Uses. — This ha.s been applied locaUy to burm, scahh, u//".-«il\iii:r prei>aratiun is desired, as in troches, and in laxatives and non- irritatiiiij mixtures. It is also used as a pill excipieut. MUCILAGO ULMI (U. S. P.)— MUCILAGE OF ELM. Preparation.— ■' Elm, bruised, six grammes (6 Gm.) [93 grs.] ; water, one hundred cubic centimeters (.100 Cc.) [3 fl.^, 183 TH]. Digest the elm with the water, on a water-bath, in a covered vessel, during 1 hour, then strain. This preparation should be freshly made, when wanted" — ([/. S. P.). Though this ful- fils the idea of the framers of the Pharmacopoeia, inasmuch as it produces what is understood by the term " mucilage," it does not produce the kind of a muci- lage most useful and most grateful to the patient. By a mucilage, the ('. 5. P. refers to a kind of opaque semifluid, gelatinous product, having more or less of a viscid or adhesive quality. It is often a solution in water ot a gum, or some material closely related to it. The subst^ince wanted in this mucilage is the mucilaginous constituent of the elm-bark, and that is best extracted by means of very mid uaUr. Therefore, the best method to pursue in making mucilage of slip- i>ery-elm for the patient, is as follows : Take fresh slipjjery-elm, or, if it can not be obtained direct from the trees, use the dried strips as found in the drug houses. Shred these, longitudinally, so that the individual pieces will be about the width of an ordinary lead pencil". Now, after bundling together the smaller strips, tie them at oneend so that the other ends maybe left free after the manner of a whisk-l)room. In tying the pieces together leave a long piece of cord by which to suspend the bundle of shreds. Prepare a pitcher of ice-cold water, and place a stick across the top of the vessel and from the stick suspend the shredded bark in the water. If particles of ice be floating in tlie water, so much the better. In a short time the water will be found to have assumed a thick, ropy, mucilaginous consistence. This preparation should be prepared often, and kept in an ice-cold condition. Furthermore, it should be placed in a situation remote from the sick- room, outdoors if necessary, on account of the great facility with which it absorbs gases and noxious emanations of the sick-chamber. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.^ Prepared by the second method, a good mucilage of slippery-elm is obtained, and will be found a grateful drink for patients undergoing /finY* and injiiunmntoni dUmses, &s well as those who coitjrA much and complain of dn/iii.ecie.'! of Corylus are indigenous to lone cultivated ini tlic riiitcil States, one of which has covering the involucre i^piculie. wliich arc employed like nuiciiua, as a vermifuge. Tliey belong to the natural order ' x/.K/i/cr.T. Cnyht.i iiiitlratii, Aitou, litakril h(t:il. — Canaila, nnrthem I'nitcd States, ami ali'Ug the .\ppalaciiian range;-. ShniU 2 to.i feet high. Fruit indoscil in a Ions, s»-aly involiu-rt-. which is hirsute, ami terminates in a prolonged, fubc-likc beak. The spiculse are reputed to act as a mechanical vermifuge. Corylus amfrlcdtm. Walter.— Xorth Americ.in thickets. Fruit wide and long, surroundtnl by an involucre at least double the length of the fruit. Cori/liis (iirlliiiKi, biniic, Ifii;,l. -Eurojie, Nurth .\sia, in wood ami thicket.*. t"ulti\-atCHl in the United States. .V shruU, from 10 to 15 feet high. Ilowering in early sprins; and hsaring fruit in 1.06 autunni. The fruit is known as the^/'xr/, and is a hard nut, witli a jiiiK'-Kiowii, ligaoon-^ shell, surrounding a sweetish, oleaginous, white kernel. It is alxmt an inch long. The s»'ed< yield about ">0 per cent of ImzelmU oil, a. light-yellow, tixtnl oil, without odor, but tastin>: sonu-- what like the nuts. It is composed of oleiu, palmitiu, aracbiu, and stearin, freesiug at near the zero point, 0° F. (—17.8''C.). MVKICA. 1293 MYRICA.— BAYBERRY. Tho I'ark and wax of Mi/rira ccrifa-a, Linne. yul. C'v/.— Myricaceii-. CoMMiiN Namks: W'ar-mi/rtlc, Bai/beny, Cmtdle betfy, Waxberry. Botanical Source.— This plant is a branching, half-evergreen shruh. 1 to 12 feet ill lieight. and covered with gruyish-bark. Tlie leaves are glabrous, ciMi(>ate- laui'.nlate, rather acute or obtuse, distinctly jietiolate, margin entire, but more freijui'iitly remotely dentate, particularly toward the end, paler, with distinct veinlets beneath, generally twisted or revolute in their mode of growth, shining, resinous, dotted on both sides, H to 2i inches in length, and from ^ to ij of an inch wide. The Howers appear in May, before the leaves are fully expanded. The males grow in amenti-, are sessile, erect, 6 to 9 lines in length; originating from the sides of the last year's twigs. Every flower is formed by a concave, rhomboidal scale, containing 3 or 4 pairs of roundish anthers on a branched foot- stalk. Females on a ditt'erent shrub, less than half the size of the males, consist of narrower scales, with each an ovate ovary, and 2 filiform styles. To these aments succeed clusters or aggregations of small globular fruits, resembling ber- ries, which are at first green, but finally become nearly white, and consist of a hard stone inclosing a dicotyledonous kernel, studded on its outside with small, black grains, resembling fine gunpowder, over which is a crust of dry, greenish- white wax, fitted to the grains, giving the surface of the fruit a granulated appear- ance. The fruit is persistent fur 2 or 3 years (L. — P. — W. — G.). History and Description. — This i)lant is found in dry woods, or in open fields, from Lanatla to Florida. The bark of the root is the preferred part; boil- ing water extracts its astringent and alcohol its stimulating principles. Baybekky Bark. — As met with in commerce, the bark is in curved or quilled pieces, from 1 to 6 or 7 inches long, covered with a thiu, grayish, mottled epi- dermis, with slight transverse fissures, beneath which the true bark is of a dull reddish-brown color, rugged, darker internally, breaking rapidly with a short frac- ture, and giving, when pulverized, a light brown jjowder, of a pungent, peculiar, spicy odor, a bitter taste succeeded by astringency, acridity, and a stinging sensa- tion which gradually extends to the fauces, where it leaves an unplea.sant feeling and a sense of constriction ; it is powerfully sternutatory, excites cough, and forms a dense froth when briskly agitated with water. Water takes up its active proper- ties; diluted alcohol is its best menstruum. The root should he collected late in the fall, cleansed from dirt and foreign substances, and then, while fresh, pounded with a hammer or club to separate the bark, which should be thorougldy dried without exposure to a wet or moist atmosphere, then pulverized, and 6ept in darkened and well-closed vessels. Bavberry-tallow, or Myrtle Wax (Bayberry wax.) — This substance is yielded by the berries and is obtained by boiling them in water, upon the top of which it floats, and from which it is removed when it has become cold and hardened ; it is a concrete oil or fatty substance of a pale-green color, with a tend- ency to dirty gray, of moderate hardness and consistence, having tiie tenacity of beeswax, but more brittle and not so unctuous to the touch, of a faintly balsamic and pleasant odor which is increased by burning it, and of an astringent, Ijitter- ish taste. It fu.ses at a temperature of from 47° to 49° C. (116.6° to 120.2° F. i (Moore), burns with a clear, white flame, producing little smoke, and lias the spe- cific gravity 1.004 to 1.006. Water does not act upon it ; boiling alcoliol dissolves aV)out four-fifths of its weight, but deposits it again upon cooling; but ether also di.-.«olves it, and on cooling deposits it in crystalline plates like spermaceti; the ether Itecomes green, leaving the wax nearly white; oil of turpentine, aided by heat, dis.-;olves it sparingly; alkalies and acids act upon it nearly as upon beeswax Suli)huric acid, a.ssi8ted by heat, di-ssolves about one-twelfth of its weight, and converts it into a thick, "dark-brown mass. A bushel of bayberries will yield about 4 ]ii>unds of the wax. Chemical Composition.— According to George M. Hambright (1863), bay- berry bark C'Hitains albumen, tannic and gallic acids, starch, gum, red colorini: matter, trace* ..foil, an acrid resin soluble in alcoliol or ether, an a.-;trini.'ent re-in 1294 MYRICA. soluble in alcohol, insolulile in ether; myricink acitl, etc. The latter substance is granular, and when shaken with water, produces a bulky froth, hence i> analo- gous to saponin. It is persistentlj' acrid in taste. Ammonia, added to its aque- ous solution produces a rapid change of colors from deep green to red, and finallv to yellow (Amer. JoHi: P//rrr,H., 1863, p. 193). The fruit yielded (Dana; solid fat, 32 per cent; st.uch, 4") ]ier cent; and resin, 5 i)er cent. According to G. E. Moore {185'2), baybn-ri/iii/lnir is composed of pnhnitin,! part, and ptdmitic ficid, i parts, with a little Imirir ti,-i,l {/nuriii). A more recent analysis by G. Schneider (1890) shows this wax to be chiefly composed of palmitin (70 per cent), raj-ristin (8 per cent), and lauric acid (4.7 per cent), mostly in the free state (see G. M. Beringer, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1894, p. 221). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Bayberry Ijark is astringent and stimu- lant, ami as such is valuable in debilitated conditions of the mucous membranes; in drnclim e used both for its antiseptic and stimulating effects (Locke). The powdered bark, combined with bloodroot, forms an excellent application to indolent ulcers, and has likewise been employed as a snuff for the cure of some forms of nasal p)olypus. In the form of poultice, with elm or alone, it is a valuable application to scrofulous tumors or xilcers. The decoction is beneficial as a gargle iu sore mouth and throat, and is of service in injection, in leucoi-rhcea awA fistula, and a,lso as a wash for ulcers, tinea capitis, etc. It also forms an excellent gum wash for tender, spongy, and bleeding gums. The leaves are reputed astringent, and useful in scurvy Sind spasmodic affections. V rohahXy ihv M.pennsy Ivan ica, M. earn/ iticnsis, aad M. Gale, possess similar properties. Bayberry or myrtle wax, has been used by Dr. Fahnestock in epidemic djiscntcry with typhoid symptoms, with considerable success; it possesses mild astringent, with some narcotic properties. It is also used in the form of plaster, as an application to scrofulous and other vlcer.t. Dose of the powdered bark, from 20 to 30 grains; of the wax, 1 drachm: of the decoc- tion of the leaves or bark, from 2 to 4 fluid ounces; specific myrica. 2 to 20 drops. Bayberry bark was a constituent of ''Thomson's Composition Potrdrr or .V". 6." Specific Indications and Uses.— Profuse mucous flows; catarrhal states of the gastro-inlestinal tract ; atonic diarrlK^a, typhoid dysentery, atony of the cuta- neous circulation; full ojjpressed pulse. Locally and internally — sore mouth; spongy, flabby, bleeding gums; sore throat of scarlet fever when enfeebled and swollen. Related Species.— J/vrira Gale, Linn^. Siivet gale, or Diilch mt/rth. a smaller plant than the baytiiiry, is foinul in swampy places in northern portions of Asia and Eurupe, and in tlie United States Inmi the Carolinas to Canada. Its subcoriaeeous leaves, pubeseent-ilowny beneath, and its fniit are dotted with a yellow resin. The ta.ste of the leaves and twijre is aromatic, bitterish, and a.stringent; the odor .•^tningly balsamic. .\ volatile oil, seven-tenths of which is a .stearopten, was obtained in small quantity by Ravenhorst i lS3t>' from sweet-gale leaves. It solidilies at 12°C. i53.l>° F.). Mi/rictt ucuha, a widely distributed shrub, in the Brazilian province of Para, furnishes a fruit whose seeds yield Ocuha icd.r. It has been used in Brazil in the manufacture of cheap candles. Mt/ricn jalapeii.'!!.'), Kunth.— .\ solid fat, is obtaineil from the fruit by Vioilini! it with water, and the bark of the root i.-? astringent and acrid, and in larger doses emetic. The fat is r»>adilr sapouitiable with alkalies, has probably the same imposition as myrtle wax from .tfynVa cerifera, and is given internally ni powder for diarrhmi and jriMKH irasrunt.. cned, whitish cylinder, about as long as the calyx, the upper half covered by about 10 linpar-ol)long, 2-celled antliers, free at their base, opening longitudinally. The female flowers are scarcely ditterent from the male, except that the pedicel is verj' frequently solitary. Pistils solitary, shorter than the calyx, broadly-ovate. :i little tapering upward into a short style, bearing a 2-U)bed, persistent "stigma. The fruit is a fiVshy pericarp, nearly spherical, of the size, and somewhat of the -liape, of^a small pear; flesh astringent, yellowish, almost white within, 4 or 5 iiies thick, opening into 2, nearly cciual, longitudinal valves. The arillus (mace) is thick, lietween horny and fleshy, much laciniated, folded and anastomosing toward the extremity, almost enveloping tlie nut, and so tightly as to form inequalities on its surface; when fresh, brilliant scarlet; when dry, much more horny, of a yellowish-brown color, and very brittle. The nut is oval or broadly- ovate, with a hard, rugged, dark-l)rown, glos.^y shell, pale, smooth within, about half a line thick. The seed, or nutmeg, is oval, pale-brown, quite smooth when fresh, l»ut soon becomes shriveled, with irregular, vertical lines or furrows on its surface. Its substance or albumen is firm, fleshy, whitish, being traversed by veins of a red brown color, abounding in oil. Near the base of the albumen, imbedded in a cavity in its substance, is the embrj'o, which is small, fleshy, yillowish white, rounded below, and where is found-the hemispherical radicle; cotyledons of 2, large, somewhat foliaceous, plicate lobes, in the center of which is seen the plumule (L.). History and Description.— This tree has received several botanical names, as M.iiiH'iiitili'.i, Linne, M. nioxr/iit/a,Thunherg, M. a imm it ira, Lamnrvk, and M.fm- firnn.<<, Jlouttuyn; this last is the one now generally adopted by botanists. The nutmeg tree is indigenous to the Molucca Isles, and is raised in i^uniatra, French Guiana, the Mauritius, and various West Indian Ishuuls. The nutmeg tree is propagated by planting the uninjured seed ; when it has attained the age of about 9 years, it commences to blo.ssom, and continues to yield fruit for about tiireequarters of a century, requiring hardly any attention from its cultivators. The seeds are frequently s"i)read in tlie Handa IsJes by certain species of pigeons, which thus contrilnite to the propagation of the tree. In the eighteenth cen- tury this was the cause of much disaster to the natives of these islands in their ntrols passive uterine hemorrhage. The pow-der, dusted upon a larded cloth, is ellectual as an applicjition to the chest in }tiuHmonic complaints and colds, and to the bowels in cholera infautum, and over the stomach to allay vomiting. Dose of nutmeg or mace, from 5 to 20 grains. Larger doses possess decided narcotic Qualities, and in doses of 2 or 3 drachms, dangerous symptoms have been producea. Deatli followed the eating of two nutmegs by a boy of 4 years. The symptoms produced in various cases of nutmeg piu.s»ming vary. The chief symptoms, liowever, are lieadache, coldness and collapse, drowsi- MYUOBALANUS. 1297 iic'ss, in(li^;pc)!Jition to muscular nioveiucnt, ami increased diurcj-i.-^. In lalal cases till' urine has lueu sui)i)ressed d^vi' r:\t-f at' Mi/rislica poisoninq, Kc. Mul. Jour., IS[)1. p. 125: also .I,,,,,-. Jo-',-. /•/„.,■,».. 1S8.-). p. 2;^.). Related Species and False Nutmegs. .V//ri.s/(V(i argenlea, Warburg, (trows in New (tuiiu:i . )~ i I - 111- .-ilviTV l>ol(i«, lii'iir.' llii> luiiiii'. The imtiin')» in liiiigiT iiihl iiarrowfi- tlian tli.it < ; '/ alter wlii<-li it raiik.s mxl in (-..iminTcial iiiii«ortaiii-i'. Ill^t^•all of this .■^pirics 1/ I! .'M\ 11, plowing; in tin- .Mi.liina l>laiuls, lias fur a Ions tinu- Imi-ii imto- lu-oiisly 1 \. I I • \ i.lil the \i>\\^ niitiiii';,' of (-niiiinci-ce. The seed of jU./duces a seed of an agreealile, cacao-like o .Im.v. Jour. J'Imrm , 1886, \\ 8St fonml tlic dried kernels to yield 7:>.7 per cent of an aromatic fat. chiefly the glycerides of nivristic aiul oleic a(-ids with free'uiyristic acid. .1/. .■'iinniiui.n.ils. ijolan.l.— Eeinier and Will found in the seeds 73 per cent of a slightly aromatic fat. ni.-lr j ..: 1""(" 1 i:!°F.), and consisting of myristin and 6.5 per cent of niyristic acid (Aiiier. X'" . i . i--- . p. SS). .V. W-./-I/"- . 1 I K i- helieved to yield JJomiaynincf (see jVa<-i«). Prof. Schaer (1896) found in thr iiis|.i-~ai. 1 . \i;:i. i of the bark a new kino (see Kiuoi. C\L\B.\sii NiTMK'i. nr .I.\M MCA XiT.MEG, is the pp "1 Hit . i '/ ii Mi/rinUca ; Plcme, or Xew Holl.\xd XiTMEc;, from .lf/i(V(«ii>erm« moschohi ; anl I i i \ : i .., from Ayatliophylhtm 'iromaticdiii. I For species yielding oils, see also 0/ci(»i .1/;;' / '.) Califobxh Nctmeg. — The seetl of a California cuniki, liij J'-r-ya ra/i/ora ico, Torrey ( Torreyii Mi/ri^ica, Hooker). It has a terebinthinate taste, is oljloug, its testa "smooth, browii and thin, and the seed upon cross-section is marbled. MYROBALANUS.— MYROBALAN. The fruit of TermiuaHn C/itliala, Retzius; MyrobnUinus Vhebula, Gnertner. Xiit. O/-'/.— Coiiibretarea'. Common X.vmk: Myivhcdans. Botanical Source. — Terminalia Chebula is a tree whose trunk towers from 40 to 70 feet, its verticillate branches giving the tree a syniinetrical head. The leaves are short-petioled, alternate, entire, or slightly dentate, arranged on the ends of the branches (hence the name Terminnlid), coriaceous and sjiotted. The lO-stanietied flowers are white or yellowish, and borne in racemes or spikes. The fruit is a diupe about the size of a large plum. History. — ."Several other species yield commercial myrobalans, but the fruit is almost unknown in Western commerce. In India and China, where the spe- sppcie-s are indigenous, the fruit is highly valued for almost every ill that flesh is heir to. The hard wood takes a fine polish and is useful in cabinet work. The creamy, fragrant juice of the T. «)((/».•*( //b/t«, Wight, when dried, is used in Indian temple worship as an incense. The tree is regarded sacred, and has interesting historical and mythological connections. The celebrated Indid Ink is the product of the bark and leaves of T. rattnpa, Linne. All the species yield a tanning bark. The leave-, bark, and fruit yield a dye, which with iron gives a rich black, and with ahun a tine yellow color. Description. — Chebula myrohalnns are ovoid or oblong, about the size of the prune, yellow-brown, marked with 5 or 6 obtuse angles, and riblied. The light- brown endocarp is resin-dotted. The single seed is white. The Mi/mbalnni citriii.r, or Yellnii} mi/rolmlnns, are smaller, orange or yellow-hued, and of a more jironoiinced bitter taste. They have been sold as jrhite gully. The unripe fruit is known as }fi/n>ba>iinivifirfK,'or lilark myrobnlfim. They are blackish, shrivelled and brittle, glossy on fracture, and contain either none or an imperfect seed. They are astrin- gent and somewhat ^oiii-. Chemical Composition. — The fruit, as well as all other parts of the tree, contains taimiii. Ac-, oniing to E. Mafat {Phnrm. Jour. 7'm7w.,Vol. XXI 11, l.S!)2, p. 14-5), til- amount of tannin in chebulic myrobalans varies from 1S.2 to 52 jier cent. Stciihouse (1843) found 45 per cent of "tannin, gallic aciil, mucilage, and a brown yellow coloring matter. The black variety contains much sugar. Apery (IN.S81 isolated from black myrobalans a green oleoresin soluble in alcohol, ether, 1298 MYRRH A. petroleum spirit, and oil of turpentine. He named it myrobalanin. A. Campbell Stark {Pharm. Jour. Trnm., 1892, Vol. XXIII, p. 253) making a complete analy- Bis of myrobalans, observed the same oil and obtained only 20.6 per cent of tannin. ' Dr. G. Zolffel (Archiv der Phar,n.,lSQL p. 123) found the tannin matter of myrobalans to be identical with that of aUjarohUla, the astringent fruit of Ca;sa//)i»)ia 6ret)(/b/tV(, Bentham, a Chilenian plant. It consists of two ])rinciples which differ in both plants only with regard to their relative i)roportions. Accordingly, the tannin matter of iiivrobalans is a mixture of predominating eUagf/en-tannk acirf (C„H,„0,„, Loewe, 1875, orC,H.,.COOH.[OH]., O.O.CO.Cen.,[OHl„ Zolffelj, and a smaller quantity of (I'lllic acid glmosiil, yielding, upon hydrolysis, gallic acid and dextrose. Gallic acid also preexists in i)art in myrobalans. £llag- f/en-taniiic acid, isolated by Loewe (1875) from the fruits of C'xmlpinia Coriarin, Willdenow (Divi-divi), as well as from myrobalans, decomposes, upon hydrolysis, into water and ellngic acid (C^,Hfi^-ir2E'.fl). Fridolin's crystallizable chebulinic acid (1884), ui)on liydrolysis, splits into 2 molecules of gallic, and 1 molecule of tannic acid. It is no doiibt closely r(l:ited to the tannic principles aforenamed. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Myrobalans were known to the ancients who appear to have valued them highl}' in innumerable complaints for which they are never now employed. They impart a green color to the saliva, and have an astringent, sourish taste. Like rhubarb, they have been found to possess both cathartic and astringent properties (Apery), and are reputed of some value in the chronic forms of diarrha;a, dysentery, and catarr/inl disea.ses of the bovxls. The dose is from 2 to 5 grains, in pill or capsule, every 2 to 4 hours. Other Myrobalans.— Belleric Mybobal.\xs. Siibglobular, t^maller than the chebulic myro)>alans. slhut-stalkt'd, tomentose, and of a red-brown color. The pntamen is light-brown, 5-8ided, odnilcss, liitter, and astringent. The flesliy part of the fruit is resinous. It is the prod- uct of Terminalia bellerka, Roxburgh (see its analysis in Phnrmacographin Iniiicn. Vol. II, 1890, p.7). Several other species of Terminalia yield astringent barks and are employed in tanneries. Emblic Myrobal.\ns. — This is furnished by an entirely different plant from the Termi- nalia, the Phyllanthus Emblica, Linn6 (Emhliai offitinalia, Gaertnerl ; Nat. Ore/.— Eui>horbiacese. India. Subglobular, drupaceous fruit, having' 6 grooves, deeply furrowed between grooves, 3-celled, each cell enclosing 2 glossy, brownish-red seeds. The taste of this fruit is astringent and sour. MYRRHA (U. S. P.)— MYRRH. "A gum-resin obtained from Commiphora jl/yrr^a (Nees), Engler " — (^U.S.P.). (Bakamodendron Myrrha, Nees.) Nat. Ord. — Burseracefe. Common Name: Myrrh (Gummi-resina myrrha). Ilmtstr.^tion : Bentley and Trimen, Mrd. Plants, 60. Botanical Source. — The Commiphora Myrrha {Bakamodendron Myrrha), has a shrubby, arborescent stem, with squarrose, spinescent branches, a very pale-gray .p._^ \^^ bark, and a yellowish-white wood. Its leaves are ternate, on short petioles; leaflets obovatc, obtuse, somewhat tooth-letted at the apex, the lateral smooth. The flowers are unknown. The fruit is ovate, smooth, brown, somewhat larger than a pea, surrounded at base by a 4-toothed calyx, and supported on a very short stalk (Nees — De Candolle). History. — Until recent years much doubt was entertained as to the true botanical source of myrrh. Nees von Esenbeck exam- ined specimcn.s of the supposed myrrh tree brought from Ghiznu (Arabia), in 182(), bv Ehren berg, and named it Bal^^nmnil, ndron Myr- rha. D. Hanbury, in 1873 (see his Science Pajms, ]>. 378), described four districts, all situated around the Gulf of Aden and the Red Sea, which have been mentioned by various travelers as bt-ingthe home of the myrrh tree. Still the species from which the bulk of com- mercial, especially Somali, niyrrli is derived, is not as yet known with exactness. Authorities, including the T. .'^. P., however, accept that the drug is derived from Commiphora Myrrha (^Nees). Engler. Mr. E. M. Holmes (see Amer. Jour. P^drm., 1897, p. 110) believes that Arabian myrrh at least is derived from Bnhnmc-lcndnm .Vi/rrAn, Nees. and that in tracing MYRRHA. 1299 the botanical origin of other commercial varieties, the taste and peculiar oil<>r of myrrh may reasonably serve as a guide, since these qualities undouiitedly exist in the plants themselves. An exceedinglv useful descrij)tion of tin- plants pos- Diblv vielding mvrrli and bdellium, bv Mr. K. M. Holmes, is recorded in Pharm. Jour. Tran><., 1898," Vol. VII, p. 547, and "iSlH), Vol. VIII, j.p. 26 and 77. The region south of the gulf of Aden, the country of the Somalis, furnishes almost the etitire commercial drug. Formerly, myrrh was known in commerce as Turhi/ myrrh, as it formerly entered commerce from Kgyi't and the Mediter- ranean ports; but now it goes first to Berbera (ancient Mosylon) and Aden, and from thence to Bombay, where the bags are ojUMied and sorted ; the best grades going into European and American commerce, while the inferior sorts are sent to China to be used as incense. What was formerly known as Indin nn/rrh is the 6t.«rt hnl o( the Somalis (se^ Otfici- Mi/rrhx). True tnyrrh is known in its native country as Mur (Arab). Mulmul (Somali), Heinibole (Indian), names also applied to an Arabian product from the tree known as Ditlthin, a tree identical with that furnishing African mvrrh. (Also see commercial classification and descrijjtion of the drug, by Mr. ft. M. Holmes, in Phy oxidation and acquires the ajipearance and consistence of myrrh. Formic acid is said to be developed in this process. Myrrhnl, dissolved in carbon disulj)hide and subsequently treated with bro- mine or nitric acid, gradually assumes a permanent violet-blue coloration. The resin gives the same reaction due to the presence of some volatile oil. F"liickiger also abstracted, by means of water, a. billcr (ili(ro.iid from the resin as obtained by alcohol. It is amorphous, brittle, and brown, and sparingly .soluble in water, producing an exceedinglv bitter, yellowish solution { P/ianiiiirnifr. 1300 MYRRHA. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Mj-rrh is stimulant, especially to mucous tissues. It also exerts an antiseptic influence, and is used to promote expectoration, as well as menstruation. It has also been used as a vermifuge. Internally, the smaller do^es promote digestion. Large doses accelerate the pulse, augment the heat of the body, cause gastric heat and burning, great sweating and marked prostration ; occasionall}' it causes nausea, vomiting, and purgation. It is not antispasmodic, and is contraindicated in internal inflammations. It is generallj' used in enfeebled conditions of the body, and has been found useful in cases of excessive mucous secretion, as in gleet, chronic gonarrhan, and chronic catarrh ; also in laryngitis, bronchitis, humoral asthma, and other diseases of the air-tubes accompanied with profuse secretion, but expelled with difficulty. Its property of restraining the mucous discharges is observed to be most pronounced upon the renal and bronchial tract. As an expectorant, it acts best by combining it with such agents as squill, giving to both an increased force possessed by neither alone. Chronic re-^piratory disorders axe the cases for its exhibition, it being indi- cated in chronic bronchitis with unhealthy and exhausting secretions, relaxed mu- cous tissues, and difficulty in raising the sputa. It is contraindicated by arterial excitement or fever. For use in the above condition, the following combination, an excellent alterative expectorant and stimulating tonic, is recommended bj- Prof. Locke: R Syr. prunus virg., syr. senega, aa flsij ; Comp. tinct. of myrrh and capsicum fl^ij. Mix. Sig. Teaspoonful every 3 hours. The same may also be used in the adhma of the aged. Cough and expectoration are lessened, the secretions reduced in quantity, and the consequent exhaustion incident to pro- fuse expectoration prevented. Besides, it acts kindly on the stomach, and other- wise sustains the strength of the patient. Myrrh has some rejjutation as an emmenagogue. It is adapted to female dis- orders accompanied with weight, dragging, and leucorrhcea. It is reputed useful in suppressed menses, and in some cases of anemia. In either instance, however, it is not efficient unless exhibited with some form of iron, aloes, etc. Locke recom- mends for amenoirhoea, and particularly if the uterine torpor be associated with constipation, the following prescription : R Pulv. myrrh, grs. xxx ; aloes, grs. x; macrotin, grs. x. Mix. Make 20 pills. Sig. Dose, 1 or 2 pills three times a day. Myrrh is of value in chronic gastritis and atonic dyspqisia with full, pallid tongue and mucous tissues, and with frequent, mucous alvine discharges accom- panied with flatulence. Here myrrh and gentian act well, and if nervous symp- toms are prominent, an equal quantity of valerian may be used with them. " The dose of the combination of equal parts of these tinctures is from o to 20 drops. Chronic mucous fluxes, from the bowels or urinary tract, are benefited by myrrh. Myrrh was formerly used as a dressing for indolent ^ilcers to promote granu- lation and alter the character of the discharges. It was at the same time given internally also. Topically, it is a very useful application to indolent sores, gangre- nous idcers, and aphthou,s or sloughy sore throat, spongy or tdreraied condidons of the gums, caries of the teeth, etc. In chronic pharj/ngitis, with tumid, pallid membranes, elongated uvula, and spongy, enlarged tonsils.. it is an exceedingly useful topical agent. It overcomes the bad breath of dysjuptics and scorbutics. It is sometimes combined with hydrastis and capsicum, in aphthae. The dose of myrrh, in pow- der or pill, is from 6 grains to J drachm ; of the tincture, from 20 drops to 2 fluid drachms. Specific Indications and Uses. — Chronic bronchitis, with profuse secretion of mucus or nuKo-jius, with diflicult expectoration; memliranes lax and pallid, tonsils enlarged and siiongy. throat pale and tumid; sorene.«s and sponginess of the gums; reproductive disorders of women, with weight and dragging in the parts, and leuci)rrhoea. Other Myrrhs.— Bissa Bol ( liymhole, BhesnM), Hebballiade. Hnbaghadi. This species of myrrli was ioniierly known as Ea.'si-mbles //(Vrti Wor true myrrh, but has a somewhat ilitfen'nt odor, ivcalling that of the mu:ihi\>tmj. Its taste id almost "acrid, and its resin is paler than that of myrrh. Carbon disulphide but sparingly dis- solves it ; it is almost insoluble in petroleum ether. B»>sidfs it ditVoi-s from myrrh in InMug nnaflected by bromine, the latter proilucing an intense violet hue with mvrrli in caiKin ilisul- phide solution. W. Tucholka (.Jrc/ii'i- rf«T P/idrm., 1897, p. JIK)' propofos tlic following cliarac- MYRTCS. 1301 teristic ti'St for Bisnlwl uiyrrh: tl ilrops of a petroleum ether oxtrnot (its conwiitration not to exceed 1:15) are uiixeil in a test-tube with 8 Cc. of ghtoini aci-tic aciil, and 3 t'r. of concen- trated sulphuric acid are cautiously addeil so as to form a lower layer. A beautiful rose-reil color becomes apparent at the zone of contact : shortly afterwanl the wliole acetic layer will be of a permanent rose-red. If the petmleuin ether extract i.s more coneentrateil, the result- ant color is brown. True myrrh, under the same conditions, produces merely a laint rose-red coloration of the acetic layer, and a green coloration at the zone of contact, turning brown with green fluorescence upon standing. Analysis of bisabol .showed the following percentage composition: (.iuni, soluble in water, 22.1 ; giim, .soluble in soda .solution, 2n.!S5; resin, 21.5; bitter principle (crmlel, 1.5; ethereal oil, giving the above reaction plainly, 7.8; water, 3.17; vegetable and iiiorgjinic matter, 13.4. An.\iii.\N MvKRU. — This product occurs in irregular pieces very much resembling com- mon myrrh, though it lacks the wliitish markings on fnicture, is less unctuous, and has a gummy ajipiaiance externally. With broudne it reacts like myrrh. It comes from Aden, being Vulliited in .Xiabia by the Somalis. Related Drugs. 1?dk'li,iim. t'hietiv two varieties of this product are known in com- raenv, huli-m and Airinui. Imlhn Inhlliiim, or Ensl IikHuu Ixblliiuii, is believed to be the proosed to the air. Fritz AVeiss (Jahresb. der Pharm., 1888, p. 80) found it to consist of about To pec cent of iiiiune (Cinll \e,\. 15 per rent of cineol (CioHiaO), and 10 per cent of undetermined higher boiling frac- tion TI ^ 1^ :i\ IS, freed from the essential oil, yielded to the author the following substances: Cix ( I i ' L; lion (CwHhOs), insoluble in water, soluble in hot alcohol; amorphous, non- piM ' I'Hter, soluble in all ordinary solvent.s except water and petroleum-ether; (/i./, ,,,, 111(1,), crystallizing in yellowish plates, and probably being a di-phenol, and chikiiiiliii iCiilljOn-fHjO), forming' yellowish, olive-colored crystals, probably relattM to qucroetin. Tlie mother liquor finally contained large amounts of sugar ami a small amount of r/i(i///i(', whicli tends to explain, the formation of the volatile base c/iii ruli}lf. Ftiilitiiii liuajiuu, l.inno /'- ' ,, l.liine, and J'siiUum pifriferum, Linn^l. — West Indies and tlie tropics. The ari'lul..ii~ ii mi i these species is the (/"(irii, mueli employed by the natives in jellies, etc. The anunatic leaves and astringent bark are reputed febrifujie. They contain 12 per cent of tannin, ami a resinous substance guavin (Bertherand, 1888) ; the latter is believed to be the active principle. Eii'jttii'i Jnmbolnna, Lamarck i Sii:iiiiinm .Ifiiiitxilaniim, PeCanilolle ; Cnli/jitranlheit JamMana, Willdenow). .Yfi/. On/.— Myrtacew. jambiil, JuinliiKi, .hii;i jiliiiii.—TUe seeds of this plant are reputed a reuieily for i/iiiM.'s. The suUicid frnit is largely eaten by the natives, and a vine- gar prepared from it i.s regarded as carminative, stomachic." and diuretic. The whole plant is astringent, the bark being employed where astringents are indicated. The bark exterjjally is fissured and gray: internally tibVons ami red. It has a very astringent taste and the oilor of oak-bark Pymock). The fruit is pnrpli-. of the shape and' size of an olive, ami excessively astringent unU'.s-s altered by cultivation. The fruit is employelinrt. nodding, with an 8-cleft calvx, and 12 florets; it is about 2 feet high, with purple llowersiW. -(;.). History and Chemical Composition. — This plant is found in moist woods and shades, in rich soils, iVoin New England to Iowa, and from Canada to Caro- lina, dowering in August. The v uriety N. fWpevtaria is common to the moun- tainous districts of Virginia, North Carolina, and other sections of the United States, and is considered more active than the X "■-■. The root, leaves, and juice of tiie plant are emi)Ioyed. According to N. B.Williams ( .-Im/'r. Jowr. Phann.. 1887, p. 117>. the rhizome contains tannin, gum, resins, etc., and the leaves 12 per cent of MViic.>(C,„H,. NO.j); these in turn are converted by reduction into crystaliizable ii.i/./-/i//(i»iiWji (C,oH,.NH.). With sulphuric acid it" yields sulpho-acid.-". By substituting naph- NAPHTOL. 1306 talin hydrogen by one or more phenol groups (OH), the various iihor.'" •moth balls," etc. It also finds exten.«iv<' application in the preparation of a jircat number of organic dye-stufls (see^l?///i)(c Colnrii). Applied to the sound integument it exerts no action upon it,butif the skin be broken it causes heat and smarting, and if the raw surfaces are secreting, decom- position of tiie discharges is prevented. Some contend that as high as 75 grains may be taken day after day for a long time without any untoward results, owing to its limited absorption into the system. On the other band it is claimed that even 5 grains liave produced unplea.>;ant urinary symptoms and positive suffering, witii frequent, burning, painful micturition, tenesmic pain in the bladder, and a reddening of the meatus urinarius has i)een induced by 15-grain doses. Collapse with facial i)allor has been observed in its employment for the (//(((v/cm; of infants. To tlie taste it is sharp, acrid, and burning, and occasions an abundant secretion of froth-like or ropy s]nita, on which account Dupasquier, a half century ago, brought the drug forwanl as an expectorant in rhrotur hronchitis. It is now used in vapor form in the bronchnn-hiea and rhrnnir brourhinl i))tlininiifitions of the aged, and in pert tuts i-f. Naphtalin possesses decided antiseptic jiroperties. It is for this action that it ha.s been valued in fUarrhn as causei.] l)y fermentative changes and catarrhal states, and by the ulcerations of Peyer's patches in entrrir fever. Intesti- nal uorrtis have been expelled under its influence. Externally and to mucous tracts the drug has been ajiplied for the i)urpose of preventing putrescency. In this manner inninds And foul ulrer.t have been treated with it. An ointment of lard, green soap, chalk, and naphtalin is used in .-tedhiex. and a 5 per cent oint- ment has been lauded in ;)/i(r/(7f> and other skin affections, while Sj)cf7(/i.<, 6nuW, etc.. have been treated with its alcoholic solution. A watery emulsion of naph- talin is occasionally employed in purulent ophthnlmin, reducing the redness and swelling of the eyelids, without however, materially lessening the discharge. For local use. an ointment containing from I-t to 2.5 grains to the ounce of lard or other base may be used; for internal use the powder should be given in capsules in doses ranging from 3 to 30 grains. It has been very little used in Eclectic medicine. Related Product.— Diosv-N-.\pnTALEN-E (CicHgO,). Several isomers of tli is body are known, all being di-plienols. The chief are ((//*/i«- and tirta-iVioxy-naphtalenei. Lepine found it to lie active in the lower animals, producinfr. severe convulsions. Three grains of it a day are said by Lepine to increa.se power in astlienic individuals. NAPHTOL (U. S. P.)— NAPHTOL. Formula: C,„H,0H. Molecplar Weight: 143.66. "A phenol occurring in coal-tar, but usually prepared artificially from naph- talin. Xaphtol should be kept in dark, amber-colored, well-stoppered bottles" — (,r. .S'.P.). Synonyms : Beta-naphtol, B-nnphtol, ho-nnphtol, Nnphtol. Preparation.— Schiiffer first prepared naphtol in 1S69. By acting upon naph- talene at 20'J° (', (:592° F.) with strong suli)huric acid. l)eta-naphtalene sulphonic acid (C,„H,.IIS03) is formed. This high temperattirc insures the conversion into the beta variety. At a low temperature, near 80" C. (176° F.), the niphn acid is <'hietly produced, and is converted into the Z^e/rt acid by elevation of the tem]iera- lure. The product is dissolved in water, milk of lime added to saturation, and the calcium compound crystallized out and redissolved, this aqueous solution being then acted upon bv sodium carbonate, yielding sodium naplitalene sulpho- nate iC',„H.80,N'a). The" sodium compound is then a.lded to melted caustic soda, so.lium naphtol fr,„H,0Na) and sodium sulphite (Xa,80,) resulting. To the sodium napiitol hvdrochloric acid is added, resulting in the production of sodium chloride and nai)htol. To purify the beta-naphtol it is sublimed and re<;rystal- lized from hot water or petroleum ether (lienzin). Description and Tests. -'Colorless, or pale bufT-colored. shining, crystal- line lamiuic, or a white or yellowish-white, crystalline powder, having a faint phenol-like odor, and a sharp and pungent, but'not persistent taste. Permanent 1306 NAPHTOL. in the air. Soluble at 15° C. (59° F.), in about 1000 parts of water, and in 0.75 part of alcohol; in about 75 parts of boiling water, and very soluble in boiling alco- hol. Also very soluble in ether, chloroform, or solutions of caustic alkalies. When heated, naphtol sublimes easily. It is also volatilized witli the vapors of alcohol or water. It melts at 122° C. (251.6° F.), and b.iils at 286° C. (546.8° F.;. On ignition, it is consumed, leaving no residue. It is neutral to litmus paper mois- tened with alcohol. A cold, saturated, aqueous solution of naphtol, when mixed with ammonia water, exhibits a faint bluish fluorescence. Chlorine or bromine water, added to the aqueous solution, produces a white turbidity, which disappears on adding ammonia water in excess. On adding about 0.1 Gm. of naphtol to about 5 Cc. of an aqueous solution (1 in 4) of pota.ssium hydrate, then about 1 Cc. of cliloroform, and gently w'arming, the aqueous layer will acquire a blue lint, changing after a while to green and brown. Ferric chloride T.S. colors the aqueous solution of naphtol greenish, and after some time, causes the separation of white flakes, which turn brown upon the application of heat. A piece of pine wood, dipped into an aqueous solution of naphtol, and afterward moistened with diluted hydrochloric acid, becomes green on exposure to daylight. Naphtol should dissolve in 50 parts of ammonia water without leaving a residue (absence of naphtalin), and the solution should not have a deeper tint than pale yellow (absence of various other organic impurities). If 0.1 Gm. of naphtol be mixed, in a test-tube with 1 drop of syrup and 5 Cc. of water, and about 3 Cc. of concentrated sulphuric acid be then poured into the tube held in a slanting position, so that the liquids may form separate layers, a yellowish-brown color will appear at the zone of contact, which becomes darker on standing (absence of, and distinction from, alpha- naphtol, which produces at once a crimson color, turning deep blue in the upper part of the zone on standing)" — (f. S. P.). By E. Leger's test, the presence of nlpha-naphfol in betn-naphtnl maybe ascertained by the following delicate reaction: Rub the naphtol in a mortar with water, until a saturated solution i.-; obtained; then add to 10 Cc. of this solution 2 drops of a solution of sodium hi/iiobrnmiWytre- pared by adding 30 Cc. of soda solution, 36° B., to 100 Cc. of water, and adding 5 Cc. of bromine. The nlpha-naphlnl produces a violet color and precipitate which is still noticeable in dilution, whi\e'l"t° F.l. The hydronaphtol of onumenv is said to be merely impure beta-naphtol (see Amcr. Jour. Pharm., 1S8<>, pp. 93 and liiSi. This agent was rocomiuended as a sulwtitute for carlwlic acid, having mucli greater antiseptic KAKCISSUS. 1307 power, 19 non-corrosive, non-toxic, and not destructive to garments. Organic matter is said not to deComi-osi- it. Tlie ii.-arasite producing llnin limnuram. Ilnxzo-N M'liTiii., or B-NAPiiTOL Benzoatk (C'li.ll;! >.('( )('„ll., ..—This coni)>ound of l>euzoic nriil ;iud beta-iiaplilol is pnidiu-fd by acting upon biiniKiplitol with benzoyl chloride ^CjHi CU.C'l). A crj-stalline white powder or louj;, acicular. l;isUK'ss and odorless crystals, insolulilc in cnM watir. soluble in chloroform and hut ahohul, little .-..liible in ether. It melts at 1 10° V. {■SM-V. . This a^^?nt slows the action of the heart ami liin^n', reiliices teiiiperaturc, and iii- cn a.-^is the renal secretions. It i> used as an antiseptic and diuretic. The dose has Ijeeii variously given as from 4 to .>< ^'lains, .-nspenilcil in water c.r syrup, while others give, as the daily dose, oO to 70 grains. Care should he rx. rrised in its use, as it is somewhat toxic. i;-.NAi-iiTOL .SAt.ieVLATE I ('„ H,( )H .(.I " > ( lul 1 ; i,/>', /.i/, Xii^thtnhl , SaUwtuhlol, XtiiihtomM.— This Iwdy is analogous to salol, shlittiii^ up in the intestines hv action of the alkaline pan- creatic fluid into heta-naphtol and salicylic acid. Comparing molecular weights, betol contains about 10 jier cent less of .salicylic acid t"lian .salol. It has a higher fusing point, t)5°C. (L'03° K.), (salol at 4o^ C. < 109.4° V. i, anil is prepared like salol (whii^h see), excepting thatsodium naph- lol is suhstitutcd for sodium phenol. .\n odorless and nearly tasteless, lustrous, crystalline po« !• r. - ■ ; :.■ in ether. I.oilini.' alcoliol. benzol, and warm linseed oil, soluble with diincnlly i:i C-: i . Ill tnrprntine; not at all solulile in li.it or cold water ami ^ihcerin. CoM conr. ;,'■ ■ i .:~ Mr diluted alkalii's scarcely allect it. but when heated with concentrated alkali;. - ':;.-. it i.s sai.onilied into heta-napbtid and salicylic acid. Concentrate.l sulphuric acid, whin pill. . proiluces with betol a leinoii-yellow solution. This, upon the addition of a minute <.|uaiitity of nitric acid, becomes an olive- or brownish-green. No such changes take place with .salol un.ler like treatment. This agent is pleasant to the taste, and is not consid- ered toxic. In tloses of 4 to 8 grains, in syrup or mucilage, it is administered in rltetamithin "/ the joiiih, ci/alic oilanli, yonorrhaal ci/Hlili^ when the urine is animoniacal, and in inlfntimil dhor- (/.•rs, chiefly of children. It is eliminated by the urine, which, when treated with ferric chlo- ri.le, exhibits a violet color. DiioDO Bi;T.\-.\APnTOL(N'APiTTot-AitisToi 1 -A solution of iodine and potassium iodide (2.4 parts each! is mixed with a solution . .nfinniiiL' beta-naiilitol (U parts), and sodium carbonate (4 part.si. .\ solution of soilium hvpn. M riii. in . ipitates the naphtol-aristol from the mixture. .\ greenish-yellow, ta.steless, ami o.l. il.>s . .iiii|..iiin.l. evolving violet vapoi-s when heated, ihloroform dissolves it freely; alcohol, ar. tic a. il. ;iiii.,C'ilcliim betn-n/ip}itoison. Wlien mixed willi wafer and applied surgically, it is apt to be deposited in the wounds, making it an undesirable renie.ly. NARCISSUS.— DAFFODIL. The bulb oi Narmms Pamdo-NnrrUsus, Linne. Sot. Ord. — Ainaryllidaceie. Common Namk: Daffixlil. Botanical Source and History.— This is a perennial, bullHius plant, native of the reiitral ainl iiortliern jiart.s (d" Europe, and a coinnion plant in moist woods in Kiiglaii.l. It is orteii oiillivated in this country, especially the form with double 1308 NECTANDRA. flowers, and is among the first of spring flowers. The bulb is globular, white in- ternally, and has a blackish coat. The leaves are all radical, linear, and about a foot long. The scape, which is a little longer. than the leaves, is erect, and bears a large, terminal, nearly nodding flower of a yellow color. The flower is inclosed in bud in a membranous spathe, which splits lengthwise when the flower expands, and remains persistent at the base. The perianth has a funnel-form tube and six acute segments, about an inch long; near the mouth of the tube is borne a large bell-shape cup, about the length of the perianth segments, and with a crisped, 6-lobed margin. The stamens are 6, attached to the perianth tube, and included in the flower. The pistil consists of a 3-celled, inferior ovary, a slender style,'and a 3-lobed stigma. The seeds are numerous. Narcissus poeticus, Linne, Pvefs narciss^is, is an allied species, native of central Europe, and naturalized in raanj' places in England; it is one of the most com- mon of spring flowers in cultivation in this country. The ovate bulb has a brown skin, and possesses medicinal properties similar to the bulbs of X I'sendo- Narciesus. The perianth segments are spreading, and of a pure white color. The cup is very short, and has a crenate, crimson margin. Xarrmiis Jonquilla, Linne. — Jonquil has a scape bearing from 2 to 5 fragrant, yellow flowers. Chemical Composition. — M. Jourdan has described a white, deliquescent, active principle, po:^sessing emetic properties, which he named " T)«-/-riV(;if." and M. Caventou obtained from the flowers an odorous, yellow coloring matter, which he termed '' nrirrissine.'' From the bulbs, Mr. A. W. Gerrard (Pliarm. Jour. Trans., 1877, Vol. VIII, p. 214) obtained a small amount of a neutral crystalline body, and a non-crystalline alkaloid, somewhat analogous to atropine, to which the n&me 2^fenefit in severe catarrh. The cases for narcissus are those exhibiting epileptoid niove- ments of the muscles, in chorea, in rhemnati.-in, showing muscular contractions, and in cerebral diseases, with dull eyes and dilated pupils. A tincture of the bulbs by maceration in 98 per cent alcohol, may be given in doses of J drop to 10 drops. Dose of dried flowers or bulbs, in powder, from 10 to 60 grains; from 1 to 3 grains of the aqueous extract provokes vomiting. A syrup, ethereal oil, and acetous tinc- ture have also been em]doyed. Specific Indications and Uses. — E])ileptiforMi inovements and muscular contractions; eyes dull, pupils dilattil. NECTANDRA.— BEBEERU-BARK. The bark of Neie in alcohol, soluble in ether, sparingly soluble in water. Xe< TANDKiXE (Cj„Hj.,XO„ Maclagan and Gamgee) is a white, amorphous pow- der of an intensely bitter taste, fuses in boiling water, is very soluble in chlo- roform, but is much less soluble in ether than beberine. One part beberine requires 104.2, 1 part nectandrine, 2o(X) parts of ether. When heated with strong sulphuric acid and manganese clioxide, a magnificent green color is developed, which clianL'cs to violet 1 similar to the analogous strychnine reaction). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— The sulphuric acid salt of the alkaloid beberin,']^ emploved as a sul)stitute for quinine, in preference to the bark itself (seeB>hrr;„;f Sulp/ins). Related Species.— Ocotea opi/era, Aublet (Oreodapkne opifera, Nees). Brazil. .Source of canell'i ilf rh,!,". The I'niit yields a volatile, aromatic oil, used "as a liniment. O.'jl.'i (jiii'i,', . Aiii.l.t Bark employed in decoction for n/»srfs.vx. Crijiii^i'-iiri'i I;. Mil. Ill], L'lnrJ.'Mareliin Ixiylaunl, Grai/ sassafras. — Australia. In- sects dislik.- till- \' ;■ . mt of it.^^ oil.,r. Bark persistently bitter through the presence of an alkaloi,!, « hi, n , i \ -i:,;]/. s from solution in stellate masses. It is toxic, producing in warm-blolored externallv. pale-lirown internallv, iiiti-rspeised with oil ci-lls, and yellow in color. The small seeil are darkest in color. Both tjLste aii.l odor are aromatic, recalling the (Nimbined churacteristic- of sassafras and nutmeg, .^tanli, giiin, hutyratvous fat {pifhiiriiiijul) containing laurostearin, solid fat, and volatile oil. po.^sihly containing gafrol. The " native oil of sassafras or laurel," from Venezuela, an oleoresin, descril)ewder or infusion, pichurim lieans are u'ivcii as a stimulant lonie in n-.ild iiitrrlliml ili.:,,riU-rf, as iit»i,ii- iliurrliira and 1310 NICCOLI SULPHAS. dysentery of a subacute or cliioiiir ciiaracter, and in inteiftinnl vrnlinim vithfiatulenee. The bark, in doses of from 20 to 4il jiraiiis, lias been employed in li/j,holil rlhurdcr*, chronic romithuj, dyg- pep^ia, intermltteiils, ami ulunic mi uMruul deraiu/ements, NICCOLI SULPHAS.— NICKEL SULPHATE. Formula: XiSO,.7H,,0. MoLEcri,.A.R Weight : 280.14. Preparation and Description.— This salt is easily formed by di.ssolving metallic nickel or carbonate of nickel in diluted sulphuric acid, and concentra- ting the solution. When the solution contains an excess of acid, the crystals are l)luish-green, quadratic pyrainids of the composition XiSO,+ 6HjO. When it is neutral, the crystals are rhombic prisms, isomorphous with Epsom salts, sulphate of zinc, ferrous sulphate, etc., and having the composition NiS0,+ 7H,.0. The color of the salt is a fine, deep emerald-green, its taste is sweetish, styptic, slightly acrid and persistent. At 15.5° C. (60° F.), 100 parts of water dissolve 75.6 parts of these crystals. Neither alcohol nor ether dissolves them. Exposed to the air, the rhombic prisms lose a little water, but the square prisms do not. When heated, they swell up but do not melt. At 100° C. (212° F.) a salt of the compo- sition NiSOj+HjO remains. The last molecule of water can not be expelled under temperatures above 280° C. (536° F.). Alrkc'l-dinmonmm sulphate {l'SHJ.,^\[S0,'].,.611fi) is precipitated when nickel sulphate solution is mixed with an excess of saturated ammonium sulphate solu- tion. It is a blue-green compound, cliieflj^ employed in the electroplater's art. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Nickel sulphate has been asserted to act much like iron and manganese compounds, and to be less apt to nauseate than the corresponding salts of copper and zinc. However, in doses of 5 grains, both nausea and giddiness were produced by it. It appears to be a mild tonic, and pain-relieving agent, though soporific properties are not attributed to it. Sulphate of nickel was recommended by Prof. Simpson, of Edinburgh, as a tonic, in doses of from ^ grain to 1 grain, repeated every 4 or 5 hours, and given in pill form. He found it quite efficient in jici-iddiral cqihnlakjin (Braithwaites Retrospect, Vol. XXVII, p. 446). Chronir rntarrh of the Momach,' irregular heart nrtion due to valvular lesions, (Unrrhmt, and rheumatic paim, are other conditions in which it has been thought useful. The dose should not exceed 3 grains. Nickel and Its Compounds. — Niccoi.im, Xickel. Symbol : Ni. Atomic AVi-ight : 58.6. Nickel was first prepared from nkcolite [hiii/er-iiicM. NiAs), a mineral known since 164(4. The metal was discovered in 17.51, by Crons'tadt, and the discovery confirmed in 1774, by Bergmann. Nickel occurs to a slight i-xtent in the waters of certain "mineral springs, and iii combination with sulphur, iron, cobalt, antimony, and arsenic, in various ores in several parts of Europe, as well as in the United -States and Canada. The ore from New Caledonia is free from cobalt. It is a silicate of nickel and magnesium, and is called giiri)itrilr. Nickel is |>repape«i from its ores by converting them into oxides by roasting and calcinating, and subsi-quently reducing the oxide formed by strongly heating with charcoal. A purer product is obtained when procecdini; in the wet way (see Ro3Coe and .^■horlemiiier"s (7i»i/ii,'<ose ore by calcination and reduction as stated alwve) gaseous nickel- earboiiyl is foriiii'd, while cobalt remains behind. On heating the gas, pui-e nickel separates, while the relorined carbon nioiio.xide is nseil over and over again. A curious fai-t aK>nt this metallic cerature lower than ihloroform, 4:!° C. (Ul!).4° V.K (Adapted from ir,. I XijDj l. Only the monoxide forms salts. Nickel is nsed in eleclro- platiiii;, and forms an ess<-ntial part in" certain alloys, (•.(/., '>"»THirtii jiiVivr tcopixr. nickel, and zini', ill the proportion of alii>nt .")::!:'.'i, and the lower" coins in some countries, including the Ciiited Stiites. Our .">-cent coin consists of U'.> parts of nickel and 75 partsof copin-r. Nickel is also u.sed in the nianiil'actnre of iiic/ ill water, aleoliol, iiiiil itlier. Its :u|Ueous st>lutii>n dei-onipiwes on exposiin-, wiili tlie s\i..(osr i.l inaiiularturiii^' aniline colors, by acting ui)on benzene with a mixture of nitiie and sulphuric acids, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.); or, l>y decomposing nitrate of sodium in contact with benzene, b}' means of sulphuric acid. In the former case, the sulphuric acid .seems to con- centrate the nitric acid, by abstracting wat< r from it; and, in the latter case, it liberates nitric acid from its combination with sodium. It was discovered by Mitscherlich (1834), and was originally made by slowly adding benzene to warni, fuming nitric acid. An oily liquid separates on cooling, \vi)ich is washed with water, then with (austir soda, and then distilled from chloride of calcium. Description and Tests. — Nitrobenzene is a yellowish, oily liquid, having the odor (d' I'ittir almond oil, and a sweet but burning taste. Its specific gravitvis 1.208 at 15"C. <5!:»° F.i.and itsboilinsr point is 206° to 207° C. (402.8° to 404.6° "F.) (Prof. S. P. Sadtler, Handbook I,HJii.'ud. Phnrm.,hur., Sept., 1863), and whether its toxical eflects be due to internal or external employment, occasioning vertigo, nervouH and muscular prostrations, spa.sm.s, convulsions, dilatation of the pujuls, dyspncea, irregular action of the heart, and eventually death: con.sciousness lieing retained the most of the time. These symptoms vary in .severity and in rapidity of appearance, according to the amount "of the dose emiiloyed, and are supposed to be owing to the conversion of the nitrobenzol in the system into aniliin-. The pathological conditions after death are, congestion of the'lungs. heart, an.l brain, 1312 NITROGEXII MONOXIDl-M. ami a ilark, tarry appearance of the venous blood. It should never be employed in tliirapeutics, though it has been advised as a local remedy in the treatment o( ilfli ami jiiinisifir cutaneous maladies; but even in these affections dangerous symp- toms lia\ !■ followed its employment. The best means to employ in cases of poi- soning by this agent, are stimulants internally, as carbonate of ammonium, etc., and externally, electro-magnetism, frictions, and baths as hot as can be used with- out impairing the integrity of the skin, together with the application, at the same time, of cold douches to the head and along the vertebral column. NITROGENII MONOXIDUM.— NITROUS OXIDE. Formula: N.p. Molecular Weight: 43.98. Synonym: Langhing c/as. Source, Histoid, and Preparation. — Nitrous oxide was discovered by Priest- ley, in 1776. It remained of interest to the experimental chemist onlj' until some time after Davy, in 1800 (Elements of Chemistry, by Lavoisier, 1802, Vol. U;, discovered its wonderful action when inhaled. Then it became a curiosity, and under the name of laughing gas, remained such until a recent period. At present it is in extensive use throughout civilized countries for the purpose of producing temporary insensibility in dental operations. It is best to prepare it from fused nitrate of ammonium. At a certain temperature this substance splits up into water and nitrous oxide gas (NHjN03=N,0+2H,0). If the nitrate of ammonium be free from chloride, no special precautions are necessary further than washing the gas with warm water; but if, as is often the ca.se, the ammonium nitrate is impure, precautions must be taken to separate the impurities. For this purpose the following process is recommended: Into a spacious retort introduce fused nitrate of ammonium to one-third its capacity. Connect it by means of glass tubes, with two consecutive wash bottles. The first bottle should be half filled with solution of sulphate of iron, the second with solution of caustic potash. Connect the latter bottle with the gas bag, or with a pneumatic trough containing warm water. Apply heat to the retort, and. when the temperature approaches 200° C. (392° F.), nitrous oxide gas will be abundantly disengaged. As the reaction progresses the temperature may be cau- tiously increased. The traces of nitric oxide will be retained by the solution of ferrous sulphate, and the free chlorine (if present) by tlie solution of caustic potash. Description. — Nitrogen monoxide, or nitrous oxide, is a colorle.ss gas, having a sweet taste and a pleasant odor. Its specific gravity is 1.52 (Colin), 1.6 (Dalton). It is somewliat soluble in cold water, and more so in alcohol. When the gas is compressed by 30 atmospheres, at 0° C. (32° F.), it liquefies to a colorless liquid. Wills has solidified it to a snow-like formation (Jmtr. Chem. Snc.,lS7A). The gas supports combustion, in consequence of its ready decomposition at liigher tem- peratures, with liberation of oxygen, which, in reality, is the combining agent. It derived the name laughing gas, from the curious eflect it produced upon the sys- tem when mixed with" oxygen and inhaled. At present, nitrous oxide gas may be obtained in our cities compressed into cylinders, and readv for use, and for dental purpo.ses it is extensively employed in this form, and tlie dentist is thus saved tlie trouble of its ]ireparation. O.ri/genoiu^ nrnted icuter is & solution of this gas in water, inrparcd uihIit a fi-atmospbere pre.«sure. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Sir Humphrey Davy (1800) discovered that nitrous oxide iiosscsscd anaesthetic properties, and Dr. Horace Wells (,1844\ of Hartford, Conn., first used it to annul pain during the eitrnrtion oftath. Among anastlutics it stands remarkable for its quickness and brevity inaction, and it>; comparative safety. The death rate from this agent is estimated at I in 100.000. Though seldom fatal, occasionally untoward results follow it.* administralion. among them being convulsions, coma lasting several days, paralysis, hvsteria.and albuminuria, though these effects are exceedingly rare. Tlie "first effect of thr inhalation is a general stimulation of the bodywitli accelerated, strong pulse, quick, shallow breathing, a tingling sensation throughout tlie system, uncommon mental activity, and a pale countenance. After inhaling the gas for a period less NVXVOMUA. 13K5 tliau 2 inimites in duration, stertorous breathing ensues, the face becomes cyanotic, and liiss of consciousness and sensation follows. If the inhalation be withdrawn before the latter effects are produced, a stage of intoxication is produced. Mus- cular rigidity or twitchings are sometimes observed under this agent, and occa- .sionally hysterical njanifcslaiidiis and even erotic actions are observed. The high state of excitement produced, causing the individual to sing, make speeches, or to laugh immoderately, has given to this agent the poi>ular appellative of "laughing gas."' Occajsionally one becomes violent under its influence. Its effects are quickly over as soon as the agent is withdrawn. Nitrous oxide is obviouslj' employed only where transient or quick ojteratiou.-: are to be performed. It may be safely administered to young or old, and scarcely any condition contraindicates its use. The operative stage may be known by the loss of sensation when the conjunctiva is touched, and by the stertorous breath- ing. It is i)est inhaled by a mouth-piece having a valve to permit expiration, the apparatus being connected by tubing to the container, which is generally a rui)ber bag, or wrought-iron cylinder. The nostrils should be held closed. The chief use to which it li.i* been put is in dentistry to allay the pangs of teeth extraction. Opening of nk-^inses, operations for catornct, and other operations requiring not more than 20 minutes' time, may be performed under its influence. It has been used to mitigate the sufferings of labor, to relieve neuralgia and oiher painful affec- ulp. The seeds are 5, nidulant, discoidal, with a central jirominpnce. covered with a fine woolly substance, but whitish and hard like horn intf rnallv (I,.). History and I)escription. — The nux vomica tree inhabits India, along the Coromandel coast, Ceylon, and other jjarts of the East Imlics. The wood is exceedingly bitter, especially that of the root, which is said to cure intermittent fevers and bites of venomous snakes. The pulp of the fruit is grecdilv eaten by various birds. The Ligvum rnhilniimm, or Snakr-imnil, which is generally referred 83 1314 NUX VOMICA. feeert of '^tryrhnos to the Strychnoi colubrinn, is also derived from the nux vomica wood. The bark contain.s ;i large proportion of brucine and some strychnine, and i.< .said to be TP;„ ,,^ identical with tlie false angustura bark, which at one time ap- peared on the market. The characteristic seeds are the parts used in medicine, the Bombay variety being considered the best commercial sort. As described by the U. S. P., nux vomica is "about 25 Mm. (1 inch) in diameter, orbicular, grayish or green- ish-gray; soft-hairy, of a silky lustre, with a slight ridge extend- ing from the center of one side to the edge; internally horny, somewhat translucent, very tough, with a large circular cavity, into which the heart-shaped, nerved cotyledons jiroject. It is inodorous and persistently bitter" — (J\'S. P.). The seeds are with difficulty reduced to a powder. An efficient method is that of the {orinev Edinburgh Pharmacopma, which directs them to be softened well with steam, and then sliced, dried, and ground. By another process the seeds may be dried whole fa- a few days in a drying oven, and, after breaking them into fragments, dried again by the action of warm air, and lastly powdered. The powder "has a fallow-gray color, a bitter taste, and a peculiar odor, similar to that of liquorice. Concentrated sulphuric acid blackens it; nitric acid renders it a deep, orange-yellow color. Hot water and diluted alcohol dissolve the bitter, active ingre- dients; the last solvent acts most energetically. Ether takes up a concrete oil and some wax. The aqueous decoction is of a pale, grayish-yellow color, and intensely bitter, and becomes orange-yellow on the addition of nitric acid, and emerald-green by sesquioxide of iron, the color disappearing on the addition of h3^drochloric acid. Tannic acid, or infusion of nutgalls, produces in the aqueous decoction a copious precipitate. Chemical Composition. — The chief constituents of nux vomica are s^rj/rAHf/ie (see Strijchnina) and brucine, both existing in combination with i(/asvric arid (Pel- letier and Caventou), a tannic principle identical with caffeo-tnnnicncid (G.Sander, 1897). A crystallizable glucosid {loganin, C.^^Hj^O,,) was discovered by Dunstan and Short (Pharm.Jour. rm»s.,1884, Vol. XIV, p. 1025), in the pulp surrounding the seeds, the dried pulp containing between 4 and 5 per cent. Loganin was also found in the seeds in small amounts. When gently heated with a few drops of strong sulphuric acid, a handsome red color is developed, changing to purple on standing. When boiled with diluted acids, it splits into glucose and liuianetin. Loganin is readily dissolved by alcohol or water, but is less soluble in ether, chlo- roform, and benzene. A supposed third alkaloid, ((/K.-fi/rZ/i (Desnoix. .-I //«/•. Jour. Phnrm., 1854, p. 31), according to Shenstone (ibid. ,'[881, p. 610) is probably nothing but impure brucine. The seeds also contain a fatty substance (/i to 4 per cent), yellow coloring matter, nitrogenous matter (11 per cent), gum, sugar, and about 1.5 per cent of ash. The amount of total alkaloids in the seeds, usually contain- ing strychnine and brucine in about equal proportions, has been found to vary from about 2 to 5 per cent. Dunstan and Short (Pliann. Jour. Trans., 1884,Vol. XV, p. 6) found specimens of Ceylon nux vomica especially rich in alkaloids, ihe latter amounting on an average to 1.7 per cent of strychnine and 3.2 per cent of bru- cine ; the total amount in one instance was 5.34 per cent. Brucine (C.,3H,5NjO,-l-4H50) was discovered by Pelletier and Caventou in 1819. It exists in the bark and seeds of nux vomica, and in St. Ignatius" bean (see Ignutia). It was obtained by its discoverers from false angustura bark (for- merly thought to be the bark of Brurca antidyscntcrim, Miller — hence the term6ru- rlne), but is now obtained as a by-product in the preparation of strvchnine from nux vomica (see Stryrhnina). Shenstone (hr. rit.) prepared it pure l\v converting the base (contaminated with small amounts of strychnine) into the hydriodide, and recrystalli/.ing the latter from alcoiuil repeatedly. Bruriuc slowly crystflllizes in colorless, transparent, oblique, 4-sidcd prisms, or by rapid evaporation in pearly scales. It is odorle.^s, intensely and persistentlv bitter, slightly etliorescing in the air, and fusible a little above 100° C. (212° F.)." When anhydrous, it i.* soluble in alcohol (1.5 part.«), chloroform (7 parts), and glycerin (70 "parish, in S.50 parts of cold water, and 500 parts of bi th ivilrous alkaloid (411 O) is soluble r-."jx VOMICA. 1315 in 320 parts of cold ami 150 parts of hot water and in aqua aninionia ; sparingly soluble in fixed and volatile oils, and insoluble in ether. Brucine forms crystal- lizable salts with acids. In chlorine water brucine entirely dissolves, assuming a rose color, which ammonia converts to a dirty yellow. Nitric acid dissolves it, also with decomposition, forming a deep rose-scarlet or blood-red color, which, on warming, becomes yellow; if stannous chloride is now added a purple-violet color and precipitate is formed. This behavior toward stannous chloride distinfruislus brucine from morphine. Strychnine can be quantitatively separated from bru- cine by Gerock's jirocess, which consists in converting the mixture of stryciinine and brucine into picrates, and warming with nitric acid of specific gravity 1.0.5G, which destroys the picrate of brucine only. Brucine may likewise be destroyed in its mixture with strychnine by merely warming it for half an hour with nitric acid of the strength mentioned (see. I. B. Nagt4voort-Fluckiger,i?e((rttO)i«, Detroit, 1893. p. 137; and Pro,-. Amrr. Pl„inn. .!.«.»•., 1S93, p. 1(>5). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Nux vomica is an energetic poison, exerting its inthu-nce chiefly upon the cerebro-spinal system; it affects the spinal cord principally, l)ecause the division of this cord does not prevent its poisonous influence, and, again, because when the cord is destroyed by the introduction of a piece of whalebone into the spinal canal, the convulsions immediately cease. In poisonous doses, nux vomica produces violent tetanic convulsions, without impairing the functions of the brain, with asphyxia and death. Wlieu given in •loses sufliciently large to influence the system, a sensation of debilitj* and heavi- ness is experienced, the spirits become depressed, the limbs tremble, and a slight rigidity or stiffness comes on when it is attempted to move. Frequently, the person can not stand erect ; he staggers, and if at this time he be suddenly tapped on the ham while standing, a slight convulsive attack will often ensue, with an inability to stand. In the most severe paroxysms caused by this medicine, the patient retains his mental faculties, and the slightest motion, noise, or even a breath of wind passing over him, will excite convulsions anew, every time these occur. Sometimes, even with small doses, there will be sudden starts resembling shocks of electricity, which will be more or less severe, Occasioning him to jerk the muscles acted on in this manner. It frequently occasions priapism. Of course, these symptoms vary with dififerent persons, in proportion to their sus- ceptibility to "the influence of the medicine, and to the quantity swallowed. The usual effects of nux vomica are about as follows: in poisonous doses, stiff- ness, weariness, pain or rending in the limbs, violent tetanic convulsions, with short intervals of repose, acute sensibility, dreadful alarm, and finally death; in small doses, twitching of the muscles, restlessness, anxiety, and increa.se of urine, perspiration, etc. ; when the doses are rather large, there will be more active spasm of the muscles, a tendency to lockjaw, with the preceding symptoms more or less severe. Heat in the epigastric region, constriction of the throat, headache, dizziness, and impairment of vision with closely contracted pupils, are often caused by small do.ses; and more especially with the corpulent and apoplectic, there will be i)ainful sensations in the skin compared to an electric shock, or to the creeping of insects over the surface, with more or less perspiration, slight involuntary spasms of the muscles, and a very disagreeable, dreamy or vague con- dition of the lirain. The pulse may or may not be increased in frequency. Chlo- roform is beneficial in poisoning by nux vomica. (For other effects, and treatment of poisoning by nux vomica and strj'chnine, see aXso Strnchninie Sulphds.) In medicinal doses, nux vomica is tonic, and increases the action of the various excretory organs; it should always be given, as well as its alkaloids, in doses to fall short of any immediate sensible effects upon the system. The key- note to its use is atony. It was formerly employed in cases where there is a want of nervous energy, as in the treatment of ;wini(i/)!cr)in than in hemiplegia, and also in locid jMiralynen, as of the bladihr, in iimnurotit. -1316 NIX VOMICA. impotence, spermatorrhcea, tremor of the muscles produced by habitual intoxicatio)i. etc. It has also been beneficially employed in neuralgia, chorea, proUipms of the rrctum, horhorygmi of females, colica pictonum, etc. A small quantitj' added to cathar- tics frequently increases their energy. Rheumatisvi, hysteria, mania, and uorms liave been successfully treated by the use of this agent. As a remedy for atony of the gastro-intestinal tract, few agents equal, and none exceed nux vomica in value. The condition must not be one of irritation or inflammation, though it may be one of irritability due to atony. Often there ' is an enfeebled spinal innervation. The tongue is pallid and expressionless, there is nausea or vomiting, a yellow or sallow circle is about the mouth, and there is evidence of a disordered liver. There maj' be a yellow, pasty coating upon the tongue, j'cllowness of the conjunctiva, pain or fullness in the hepatic region, pain in shoulder, and colicky pains pointing to the umbilicus. With any or all of these symptoms it becomes a remedy of first importance, both for the ailments of adults and children. When nausea is due to irritating material in the stomach, nux will not be apt to relieve, but if due to simple atony, it is a posi- tive agent. Used as above indicated, it is very valuable in cholera infniUum, cholera morbus, Asiatic cholera, constipation, chronic dysentery, diarrhoea of atony, nervous debility of the stomach, the gastric irritability of the dipsomaniac {with good food and capsi- cum), and in chronic non-inflammatory infantile diarrhoea. It is especially used in obstinate and habitual constipation due to atony. A drop of nux vomica should be taken in a glass of cold water upon rising in the morning, and a regular habit of going to stool be encouraged. Nux relieves constipation due to spasmodic con- ditions of the bowels, and to some extent, that arising from the effects of lead. Nux is a remedy for heartburn, flatulent colic, colic of atony in infants, in all of which the pain centers near the umbilicus. It relieves the vomUing of pregnancy, of hys- teria, and of phthisis pulmonnlis. In chronic dyspepsia of an atonic character, or associated with dilatation, or flatulent distension, it is one of our best remedies. Drop doses are of great benefit in the dyspepsia of inebriates. Though usually con- traindicated by congestion, it is nevertheless a remedy for hepatic and splenic conges- tion, or other parts supplied by the creliac axis. It stimulates the sluggish portal circulation and thereby relieves the congestion dependent thereon. It is the remedy for "biliousness," for hepatic colic, y/hen not due to calculi, and for chronic jaundice due to atony. In stomach and liver disorders requiring nux, there is always a feeble and slug- gish circulation, and enfeebled spinal and sympathetic innervation. These condi- tions are overcome by nux vomica more quickly than by any other agent. Nux vomica is more largely used in disorders of the gastro-hepatic tract than strych- nine, while strychnine is generally preferred in nervous, sexual, and bladder dis- orders. Nux vomica frequently acts as a sedative and antiperiodic. This it does when the conditions above referred to are present. Thus it has proved exceed- ingly useful when nerve force was low, as in typhoid fever, and in asthmatic seizures, in both of which there was impaired spinal innervation and difficulty in breath- ing. It is adapted to cases where the patient awakens suddenly from sleep, with a sense of suffocation ; where breathing seems to depend largely on the will power. Here strychnine is valuable. When respiration flags in j»««(moHta, nux or strychnine is demanded. Nux and strychnine are of great value in the %irinal incontinence of children, when not due to irritation, and the same in the aged when due to a relaxed or paralyzed sphincter with feeble circulation. It is also a remedy for jwra lytic )retention of urine. It is often of value in catarrh of the bladder. It is a remedv for uterine inertia, and is said to lessen tlie VuxhiVity' to post part urn hemorrhage. Nux has long been used in scnuil atony, as a remedy for impotence, spcrmatorrhaa, sexual frigidity in the female, etc. In aiiienorrhaa it serves well with iron if there is weak- ness, constipation, anemia, and torpor. When in dysmenorrhaa, the discharges are premature and associated with cramps and chilliness, or in vienstruid colic with sharp, cramp-like pain and marked atony, nux vomica is the remedy to be used, ymall doses Ijenefit leucorrhaa with a lieavy, yellow discharge, and great torpor of the system. Nux vomica has been praised in amblyopia when due to excessive use of toliacco or alcoliolics, in nervous affections of the lids, and in mu^rular asthenopia NUXVOMKA. 1317 (Foltz). Where atony of the general syj^teni contributes toward tile aggravation of eye and ear disorders mix should he iulniiiiistered. It often aiiis in the cure of coDJunrlhitU and })fil}/iiciinl/«/on(»i, Liune, Clearing ntUi', Indian gum nnte, Chilbiii::. — India. The seeds of this species are subglobular, and of a brown-gray color. They are insipid in taste, and do not contain any alkaloid (I'ruc. Amer. Pharm. .K<.-v«-., isn:?, p. Stiot, but an "abundance of an albumin- ous body ujion the presence of which their innportie.^ most likely depend. They are used in India to' clear inndily water, and as an emetic, aud in i^.v.v n/triV- disorders. Strf/chiiO» Tieitlf, Lesrhenault. — A diiiiliiiit; plant ol Java. A decoction of the root-bark, mixed with onions, garlic, pepper, and other siibstaucts, constitutes the arrow ]>oison iiimt lieute. Strychnine (about 1.5 per cent i and viry little brucine are the toxic principles contained in it. The seeds are lighter in color, and siualler than those of nux vomica. The seeds and the leaves, acconling to Itoorsma, also contain 1.4 per cent of strychnine. Akrnga, Ikuju, .VBounilmi, (Jmii, Ihijn, Ifijn, Bomuhtt. — .According to Pecholier and .~^aint-Pierre,of France, this is believed to b.- a shrub of the family of Apocynacese, which, aa with some other plants of tlie same family i .V- rium Oleamh,-. Ino\ etc.), is used in the prepara- tion of a violent arrow poison. .More recently, however, it was ascertaine-nl). IpoH.-At one tini.> l»-lievi-.l to !»• derived from T, ,;■;.■, ,11;,, lim „r Ttil„i r.«./. The arrow- poison of the Malavs ami lish p..is.iii of .Tava. lis activ.- constitu< nt.an aci.l r.sin. ./. m-/, is n-puted intenselv poi.«onous, gnl.l-li^h b.ing stup.-fi.-d by r.„„),,.„,T part, death f.illowinu in 30 minutes. Receii'tlv 1S92>. I|H.h has bcin ascertained to be identical with f/.'n. (ii.d.o-, from 1318 NYMPHiEA. The pygmies of Central Africa ine (also see Arrow-poisons under Anliaris ioxicaria (see Wray,P/ior»i. Jo«c. Trans., 1892, p. 613). use an arrow-poison containing both slrychnine and erythrojMa ,Slro}iliiiiilhus\. Hedwigia hahamifera. — Habitat, the Antilles. Contains a resin and an alkaloid. The extract from root and stems acts powerfully upon the nervous system. The alkaloid acts upon the sjiinal cord, inducing convulsions ; the resin is a paralyzer. Hif.rnanchf rjlobosa ( Toxicodendron capense). — South Africa. Contains a powerfully poison- ous, bitter, neutral principle hyananchine, acting much like strychnine, except that it markedly allects the cerebrum, the convulsions being of centric origin i see Engelhardt, JahreA. derPhanu'., 18'JL', p. .5.51. NYMPHiEA.— WATER LILY. The rhizome of Xyiii///Mii odorntd (Dryanderj, Aiton f^Castalia odorota. Dry- ander). Nat. Ord. — Nymphseacea?. CojiMON ^'a.mes: Wdter lily, Pond-lily, ]mte pond-lily. Sweet-scented water lily, Watrr 'ni/m/Ji. Wn/.r cabbage. Botanical Source. — White pond-lily has a blackish, large, fleshy, perennial rhizome, growing iu mud, where the water is from 3 to 10 feet in depth. It is often as thick as a man's arm, sending up leaves and flowers to the surface. The petioles are long, somewhat semi-circular, perforated throughout by long tubes or air-vessels which serve to float them. The leaves are floating, orbicular, some- iiiies almost kidney-shaped, peltate, cordate- It at the base quite to the insertion of the iiiole, lobes on each side prolonged into an acute point, entire, reddish, with prominent veins beneath, dark shining-green above, 5 or 6 inches in diameter. The flowers are large, white or rose-colored, beautiful, and fragrant. Sepals4, lanceolate, green without, white within. Petals numerous, lanceolate, 1 to 2^ inches long, of the most delicate texture, white, sometimes tinged witli i>urple on the outside. Stamens numerous ami yellow, in several rows; filaments dilated graduullj' from the inner to the outer series so as to pass insensibly into petals. Anthers in 2 longitudinal cells growing to the filaments, and opening inwardly. Stigma with 12 to 24 rays, very much resembling abortive anthers, at first incurved, afterward spreading. The pericarp is berrv-like, many-celled, and manv-seeded (L. — •■••" - W.-G.). History and Chemical Composition. — This i)lant grows in ponds, marshes, and shiL'iii^h streams, in most parts of the United States, flowering from June to SeiJteniher; the flowers shut at night and open about sunrise, and the seeds ripen under water. It is one of the most beautiful of flowei-s, and commands a ready sale among flower-lovers. The root is the medicinal part, and becomes liglit, spongy, and friable on drying. It has an astringent and mucilaginous, bittt r taste, and readily imparts its virtues to water. The root should.be collected in tli«^ tall, freed from dirt, cut into slices and carefully dried. Nympluva is said to contain tannic and gallic acids, with starch, mucilage, resin, sugar, tartaric acid, etc. It pnil)alily ccintains several non-to.xic alkaloids {see Related S/xriV,*). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— The root is astringent, demulcent, ano- d3'ne, and antisiiot'ulous. Used in dy!, the 3 outer yellow inside, the 3 inner entirely yellow. Petals numerous, small, yellow, fur- vetl externally, inserted with the stamens on the torus. .Stamens numerous, truncated, linear. Stigma sessile, dis<-oid, with prominent rays. Fruit an ovoid, naked pericarp, many- celled, many-Seeded. It is a very ionimon jilant in ponds, ditches, muddy lakes, and mostly in shallow water 1 \V.—(;.). Xi/iiijilntit iitlia, Linne, Eurojxtiii nnlrr litij. — The flowers of this species are official in the French >'ift..f as Shtuphar htnuc. Dragendorflf O^"**. and W. (iriining {Archiv der Pharm., \SS2.p.iyiH found in the rhizome an amorphous alkaloid probablv closely related to, but not identical with, nupharin. The rhizome, according to Griiuing, also contains several tannic principles, viz., ether-soluble lanm>-iiymph.vin (CwHsjOse^ n;/mplix(>-phliibaphene (CsslUsOae), and niimphxa-tnnnic acid proper (CmHssOss). (See .Inier. Jour. Pliann., 1883, j). 96. ) This drug was formerly employed as an aphrodisiac. X'uphar liiieum, of Smith, contains a non-toxic alkaloid, mipharine, a white, amorphous borfi, „ .,. ., , (K piirvtflnra, (L. cntciald, and (I/, rnnf^rrns. v> lien growing in retired, isolated places, a white substance appears on the leaves, rendering them apparently very downy. By cultivating the plant, its flowers improve, growing much larger, and acquiring a darker hue. Each flower ojiens at the dusk of eve- ning, and does not close till about 9 or 10 o'clock the next morning, after which 1320 _ OLEA. tliey do not open again. Pursh remarks that he has " frequently observed a sin- gularity in this plant, and it might be interesting to make further inquiry into its cause; it is that in a dark night, when no objects can be distinguished at an inconsiderable distance, this plant, when in full flower, can be seen at a great dis- tance, having a bright white appearance, which probably may arise from some phosphoric properties of the flowers." The bark, leaves, and twigs are the parts used. Their taste is very viscid, with a subsequent slight acrimony, which last is diminished by desiccation. Water takes up the properties of the plant. Chemical Composition. ^The stem of this plant contains tannin ' Braconnot). Mucilage is abundant. The (enotherin of Chicoisneau (1834) is composed of several substances, and has not been well studied. The alcoholic extract of CE. biennis sometimes deposits crystals of potassium nitrate {Amer. Jour. Phann., 1884, p. 365). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — An ointment made by boiling the twigs, leaves, and bark, in lard or tallow — or a strong decoction of these — has been found very efficient in curing tetter, milk-scall, and other cutaneous affections of infants. Collect the material when the plant is in flower. In fomentation, or when recent, the bruised leaves form an excellent application to ulrfr^. Inter- nally, cenothera has been used for a number of purposes, and its specific field of action seems none too well established. It has, however, been accorded a place in the treatment oi gastro-intestinnl (lisorde-rs oi & ixmciional character. Dr. Scud- der points out as the indications for it, a sallow, dirty skin, with full and expres- sionless tissues, an expressionless face, an unnatural and large tongue, having the sallow, dirty hue of the skin, and the patient's mentality is of a gloomy and de- spondent character. Under these conditions he has employed it with success in dyspepsia, hepatic torpor, splenic and mesenteric glandular enlargements, and in female disorders, with torpor and pelvic fullness. The dyspepsia met by it is that form associated with vomiting, distressing sensations after taking food, restle5.?ness at night, and frequent desire to pass urine. When cholera infantum and uatcry diar- rhceas assume a choleraic form, it has been asserted to act-well, as it does in dysen- tery, with marked tenesmus and bloody stools. The intestinal irritation and con- sequent liability to destructive inflammation of Peyer's patches, in enteric fever, is said to be lessened by the timely administration of cenothera (Webster). It relieves difficult respiration and chronic asth ma, \yith gastric complication. The dose of the fluid extract ranges from 5 to 30 drops; of a strong tincture of the recent plant (98 per cent alcohol), from 1 to 15 drops. Specific Indications and Uses. — Sallow, dirty skin, tissues full and expres- sionless, tongue unnatural in size and color, being large and of the dirty color of the skin, face dull and apathetic ; dyspepsia, with vomiting of food, and gastric distress, with desire to urinate frequently; choleraic and dysenteric discharges; nocturnal restlessness ; innervation feeble : patient gloomy and despondent : atonic reproductive wrongs of the female, with pelvic fullness. OLEA.— OILS. The term Oil applies to a number of unctuous bodies not miscible with water, from both the vegetable and animal kingdoms, which are fluid at ordinary or slightly elevated temperature. When placed upon paper they render it translu- cent, or impart to it a greasy stain. Oils may be conveniently divided, with reference to their volatility, into two great classes : FiarJ or fatty oils Rndfatg, to which also belong the waxes (see Cera), and volatile or es-'cntial oik. Intermediate between the two, although chemically unlike either, stand the mineral o/7,< and mineral n-are.9, or paraffins (see PetnilatHm). Olea Fixa. — Fi.xkd or F.\ttv Oils (Olea pinquia). Fixed oils derive their name from not being volatilized by the vapors of boiling water. The difference between fatty oils and fats is merely one of consistencv, the former being liouid, the latter solid or semisoliil at ordinary temneratures. Li the vegetable kingaom, fixed oils are mostly derived from tlie seeiis of dicotyledonous plants, although monocotyledonous ]>lunts, such as tlie palm trees, furnish several of the techni- cally important fixed oils. The oil often constitutes a large proportion of the seeiis, e. g.. not less tlian 25 per cent in linseed, 50 per cent in walnuts, about as OLEA. 1321 much in almonds, as against about 2 per cent in cereals. It is obtained from tlie crushed oil-bearing material, either by cold or warm pressure, in hydraulic presses, or by extracting with such solvents as carbon disulphide, or by boiling the crushed material with water, whereby the oil floats on top and may be con- vt-niently collected. The residual press-cakes, obtained in the first process (oil dikes), are valuable feed material for cattle, since they contain much nitrogenous and fattv matter (^see table in Prof S. P. Sadtler's Handbook of Indmt. Org. Chem., 2d ed.,1895, p. 70). The oils and fats derived from the animal kingdom, are obtained from vari- ous organs of the animal; thus, bone-oil from bones, by boiling witii water, or extraction with solvents; neat's-loot oil from the feet of oxen by Ijoiling with water; cod-liver oil and shark oil, from the respective livers, by spontaneous exudation and gentle expression ; tallow and lard from the internal abdominal fat of sheep and hogs (see Scvum and Ai), etc. The crude oils and fats as obtained in the manner alluded to. are mostly of a yellow, brown or even black color, and frequently retiuire more or less purihcation. This is often effected by mechanical treatment, such as filtration with or without charcoal, etc., but more frequently, by chemical processes, especially treatment with 1 or 2 per cent of strong sulphuric acid (applicable, for example, to linseed oil), or with zinc chlo- ride, or alkalies, tanning materials and oxidizers, such as potassium bichromate, hydrogen peroxide, etc. Tiie fatty oils of marine animals, and those from most vegetable sources, are fluid at ordinary temperature ; pahn oil, cacao-butter, nutmeg butter, cocoanut oil, and othei-s, are semisolid like butter. When exposed to cold, fixed oils solidify at temperatures varying with the oil. Fatty oils are insoluble in water, rendering that Huid milky when agitated with it, but the oil finally rises upon the surface; if a mucilaginous substance, or alkaline carbonate be added, the oil is prevented from rising, and a permanent milky mixture called an emuhion is formed. With the exception of castor oil and croton oil, fatty oils are nearly insoluble in cold alcohol. They dissolve readily, however,.in ether, carbon disul- phide, chloroform, benzol, petroleum benzin, amyl alcohol, acetone, and oil of turpentine, and freely mix with one another, as well as with resins and volatile oils. They are all lighter than water, their specific gravities ranging from 0.879 to 0.968. Fatty oils are not volatile as such, but can be heated to boiling (at about 315° C, or 600° F.) whereby decomposition takes place, acrid fumes oi acro- lein (see Glycerin) being evolved, together with carbonic acid gas, some volatile organic acids and inflammable hvdrocarbons. Upon condensing the vapors, an empyreumatic oil is obtained. \Vhen in the state of vapor, fixed oils take fire upon tiie approach of an ignited body ; the products of combustion are water and carbonic acid gas. As to their chemical nature, most fatty oils are mixtures of salts of the triva- lent alcohol ijh/rerin (C,Hj[OH],), with the saturated palmitic (CijHj.O,,) and stearic acids (C„H.„Oj, l)oth higher homologues of acetic acid, of tiie general formula CnH,.,0,„ and the unsaturated oleic acid (CisH^O,), which represents the series CnHj, — ,0j. The salts are called (ihjcerin esters, or glyeerldes, and are known re- spectively as prilmitin, uteorin, and olein. The former two are solid and preponder- ate in solid fats — e. ;/■• lard — while olein is liquid and nredominates in liquid fats — e. jr., olive oil and almond oil. The solid and liquid constituents of a fatty oil are frequently separated by subjecting the oil to hydraulic pressure at about the temi)eratiire of melting ice. Olive oil, for example, is differentiated into a purified olive oil and solid olive oil stearin, lard into lanl oil ami lard stearin, .sperm oil (from the head oi Physeter macrocq,h<) into purified sperm oil and solid *;>«•- maceti (see Cctuccum), etc. In some fats — e. f/., butter— part of the fatty acid is replaced by lower fatty acids — e. _oth occurring as glycerin esters, Intt'yrin, valcrin, respectively (see also Glycerin and Adejis). In drying oils (see below), oleic acid is in i)art replaced liy the still more unsaturated linoleic acid ((■„H,..0,, of the type C'nH, ,—,(),), the chief con- stituent of linseed oil, which is the type of drying oils. The waxes have an analo- gous, yet different composition (see Tc/vi and Vv/rircKjii). The iiresence of certain albuminous matters in fatty oils, and other causes as well, often induce the lib- eration of free fatty acid, especially the ill-smelling lower volatile acids. Thus butN-ric acid is formed in old butter, causing what is known as rancidity. Oiive oil, palm oil, etc., are also liable to become rancid with age. Oils which have 3 tend- ency to liberate free fatty acids are undesirable for lubricating purposes. Neat's- foot oil hardly possesses" this tendency. Mineral oils (see Petrolatum) are now fre- quently employed as lubricants, owing to their indifferent chemical nature. When fatty oils and fats are treated with caustic alkalies, they are decomposed {mponifi&l) into glycerin and the alkali salts of the fatty acids that were combined with glycerin. These alkali salts are called Miajm, and the process is that oi saponi- Jiniti'iiK Analogous decomposition may also be effected by means of caustic lime, or oxides of heavy metals (see Emplnstrum Pluinbi), or by superheated steam (see Gli/rerinum and Sapo). For analytical purposes, this reaction is likewise of great impiMtance. Since each ester requires a definite amount of caustic potash solu- tion for saponification, values expressing the number of grammes of the fat or oil which are saponifiable by one gramme-equivalent of the caustic alkali employed, have been obtained for all fatty oils and waxes (Koettstorfer's Saponification Equiva- lent). The values obtained present some striking differences in various classes of oils, and may serve as useful guides in the detection of adulterations by certain oils. Thus, paraffin oils, on account of being hydrocarbons, are unaffected by caustic alkali, and, if mixed with fatty oils, will raise the saponification equiva- lent of the latter upon saponification of the oil. Washing out the soap with water will allow of the recovery of the admixed paraffin oil (see table and comment, by A. H. Allen, Commercial Organic. Analy.<utter contains glycerides of lower aciiis, notably butyric aciil. Includes tallow (suet , lanl. bone fat, wool fat (suinti, butter fat, oleomargarine, and manufactured stearin. X. Wn.\i.E-oiL Group. — .Vm-iii.' wiimal oih. Offensive fishy odor, especially on warming : Reddish-brown color upon warming with caustic alkali. Dries more or less upon exposure, and yields but little elaidin. Includes whale, porpoise, seal, menhaden, cod-liver, and shark- liver oils. XI. ^per^i-oilGhoip.— Liquid waxes. Are not glycerides, but are esters of higher mon- atomic alcohols of the methane series. Yield solid elaidins. Includes sperm oil, bottle-nose oil (diegling oil ', and dolphin oil. XII. SpER.M.\cETi GRorp. — Wajres pro/x-r. Are esters (organic salts t of higher monatomic alcohols with higher fatty acids in free state. Includes spermaceti, beeswax, Chinese wax, and carnauba wax. In the early days of Eclecticism a few plant preparations in which the natu- ral oil of the drug was intimately associated witk other proximate constituents, were introduced under the name oil, and as such are still employed. Among these may be named oil of stillingia, oil of capsicum, and oil of lobelia. These preparations are made by exhausting the thoroughly dried drug (stillingia root, capsicum, and lobelia seed) with official alcohol, and then distilling the alcohol until the residue is sj'rupy. This product in each case is a mixture that carries the therapeutical <|ualities of the drug in a marked degree of concentration, but consists largely of foreign substances. The "oil of stillingia" is prone to gelatinize, but the I ith'er.'^ keep fairly well. (Compare O/fo/vsi/w.) Olea Volatilia. — Volatile Oils (Essei>U'(il oil'^). Volatile oils (essential oils) are aromatic lifjuids of vegetable origin, practically insoluble, or but slightly eoluble in water, and capable of being distilled with more or less facility in the vapors of boiling water, even though their own boiling points lie considerably higher. Like fatty oils, they render paper translucent, but the oily stain pro- duced gradually disappears upon exposure. With one exception {Oil of A^pidium) e.-sential oils have been obtained from phanerogamous plants only, in which, as a rule, they occur read\-- formed. Some oils.c. ;/.. of bitter almond, black mustard, or sweet birch, originate in definite compounds contained in the plants {amyg- dalin, i'inuirin, gnultherin respectively), and are evolved therefrom in the presence of water liy the action of certain ferments or enzymes {ennthin, myrosin, bdulase) that are likewise present. All parts of a plant, leaves, flowers, fruits, stems, and roots may yield essen- tial oils, although the oil is in most cases derived only from one or two of these organs. In a few cases, such as Chinese cinnamon (Cassia cinnamon), oil of uni- form qualit)' may be obtained in fair quantities from various parts of the plant, while reversedly. in Ceylon cinnamon (L'inimmiminn zcyhintnun) the oils yielded by the bark, the leaves, and the root differ materially in their chemical composition. Some essential oils, c ;/., of bitter orange, oil of lemon, etc. (which see), are prepared by expressing the rind of the fruit containing the oil. Certain oil.-.- used in perfumery, which are sensitive to heat, e. g., the odoriferous principles of hya- cinth, jasmine, etc., are obtained by maceration, especially by abstracting tiu- aroma by means of liquid fats orsemisolid paraffins (('/(rf/c/o;// ). Again, synthetic oils, such as artificial methyl salicylate, are obtained by laboratory processes which are briefly described under" tlieir respective headings. All other oils are obtained by distillation with the vapors of boiling water. Directions for the pharmaceu- tical preparation of essential oils were given by tlie older pharmacojxeias, for example, the Eflinburgh and the Dublin Pharmumpaio* (see Xh\s Dispcnmtonj, pre- ceding editions). Tiie technical preparation of essential oils in the different countries produc- ing them is carried out by distilling the oil from the oil-bearing material, mixed 1324 OLEA. with water, b\' means of steam, which either runs into the material direct, or Ib applied to the vessel externally by means of a steam-jacket. In some cases {e.g., eucalyptus oils) the oil-bearing material is deprived of its oil by direct steam without previous maceration. Rectification of the crude oils thus obtained is effected by fractional distillation either at atmospheric pressure, or, if decompo- sition is to be feared, at reduced pressure, whereby the boiling point is lowered. The advances made within comparatively recent years in the theoretical study of essential oils has been the cause of a simultaneous development of this branch of chemical industry. By operating upon the basis of exact physical and chemical investigation, the manufacture of essential oils has been carried to a degree of refinement well illustrated by the classical work now before us, DU ^T^herischen Oele, by E. Gildemeister and Frederick HofiFmann, published within recent months by Messrs. Schimmel & Co., of Leipzig. We are greatly indebted to this invaluable work, which we freely consulted in the preparation of this paper, but which, in its complete form, should be in the hands of every pharmacist. Most essential oils are colorless or yellowish, although some are greenish or bluish-green, while others, like oil of thyme, soon acquire a dark red-brown color. Some oils deposit a crystalline body upon standing, often called a stcuropten or camphor; the fluid portion lieing termed an elseopten. Such deposits are formed, for example, in the oils of neroli, chamomile, matico leaves (Fluckiger"s mniico cam- phor), elecampane {alant camphor), etc. Other oils produce crystalline deposits at low temperatures, e.g., anise oil deposits ancthol, American peppermint oil menthol; Japanese peppermint oil is a semisolid mixture of menthol and liquid oil. The specific gravities of essential oils vary more than those of fatty oils. While all of the latter class are lighter than water, a number of essential oils, such as those of bitter almond, cassia, cinnamon, cloves, 6as.«afras, mustard, and wintergreen, are heavier than water. The specific gravities vary from 0.800 for oil of heracleum and 0.833 for oil of rue, to 1.187 for oil of wintergreen. .A. 11 essen- tial oils are soluble in absolute alcohol, ether, chloroform, benzene, benzol, carbon disulphide, etc. ; most of them also form clear solutions with weaker alcohol, of even as low strength as 70 per cent by volume. This property assists us in recog- nizing many adulterations, cr/., mineral oils and most fatty oils. An important agency in the identification of an essential oil consists in its behavior toward a ray of polarized light, which is determined by means of polar i meters (pohri»coi>eg). (See article on " The Polarimeter and Its Use in Pharmacy,' l>y Dr. Charles Symes, in Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1880, p. 44, where there is also appended a list of specific gravities and optical rotations for a number of essential oils.) ^lost essential oils readily undergo a change in color, consistency, and com- position if exposed to air and light, and gradually change in odor; hence the necessity of keeping them in well-stoppered bottles, preferably of amber color, protected from air and light. The constituents of essential oils are of a far greater variety than those of fatty oils, and may be conveniently classed as follows (adapted from the work above qitoted) : I. HvnRoc.^RBONs.— Poca^««(CnH2„-(-,), and o/«/iij«>( unsaturated paraffins CnH,n— «) are sometimes found in essential oils, such as arnica flowers, matricaria {mntrkurHi-cjmphor), oil of bay (tiii/n-ni, CioHie), etc. t)tlKT livdrocarbon.s of Decisional occurrence are/xira cvmi (CioHul in oil of thyme, etc., and .•) /f;iWi-<»f (CioHnO), liquid, in oil of fennel ; (7) ihnjoue {tiimicetoite) (CioHkO), in oil of thuja ; (S) pithnom (CioHnU), in oil of pennyroyal; (9) menthone (CwHwO), in oil of peppermint; (10) irone (CisHjoO), in oil of orris root. V. Acins.— .I, propionic, buli/rir, rnleriaiilc. tiglinic aciih, iseldom free, mostly ae esters, combined with higher alcohols. Furthermore. /»7ii(, ;ind riiuifniiic aciih. Laitoxes. — cmimiiiiii anil li!i'lnict-lfirtuiii [lultiiiin in oil of elecan)pane ; O.vide-s. — Vinml {eiica- lyptol CiiiHi.(.t , oecuring in many oils, especially from Artemii-ia cimi, cajeput and eucalyptus. VI. I'liEXOL-s and Phexoi.-ether.s. — (I) ] auHliii ; (2 \ anethol ; l3) pani-iTi-fil iiitlli'i/Mlier (CjHj.C'Ha.OCHa). in ylang-ylang oil ; l-Jl inirari-ul { iso-propijl ortho-creMjIt, in oil of Moiiarda j£itfu/i«i<(,etc. ; (o I Ihiimul ( iso-propul meta-rrcfol), in oil of thyme, etc.; 1 6) clitirirol { pani-allpl-plifnol), in Java hetel-leaf oil, and oil of bay ; (7) mftliiil-chavicnf, in anise oil ; (8) eiujeiuA {alli/'l-yuaiacol) (CjHs.C'sHj.OCHjOH I, in oil of cloves ; 19) mafrol tCioHioOj), in sassafras and camphor oils ; (10 1 atnr.jii (.'("IIisOj), in oil of .1*1 ram eurnpuii'in ; (11) (lyd'o/ (CuHuO, >, from oil of parsley. VII. MisTARD Oii^. — Contain sulphur compounds. The more important of these constituents will be briefly described under the oils wherein tney chiefly occur. Since the chemical nature of essential oils is in many cases well-defined, it often permits of a more or less exact quantitative determination of their characteristic constituents. Thus, ei7e«,e. e detected by distilling the essentia! oil witli the vapors of boiling water, and heating a portion of tiie residue on ].latinum foil, or in a dry test- tube with acid potassium sulphate, whereby the irritant vapors of acrolein are evolved. Treatment with 70 i)er cent aliohoj, in which all fatty oils, including castor oil, are insoluble, will also reveal their presence in manv oils. Mineral oils (petroleum) are easily separated and recognized by reason of their insolubility in alcohol, their low specific gravity, nud tluir inability to saponify with alkalies. I32(i OLEA INFUSA.— OLEANDER. Suiue essential oils as stated above, contain small quantities of paraffins as regu- lar constituents. Oils of reiJnr, aipaiha, and gurjun balsam, are also used as adul- terants of essential oils, and are detected with difficulty. They dissolve with difficulty in alcohol of 70 to 90 per cent, are strongly la^vo-rotatory, and boil at temperatures above 2oO° C. (482° F.;. OLEA INFUSA (N. F.)— INFUSED OILS. Preparation.— "The dry herb, in moderately coarse (No. 40) powder, two hundred grammes (200 Gm.) [7 ozs. av., 24 grs.]; alcohol, one hundred and fifty grammes (150Gm.) [5 ozs.av., 127 grs.]; water of ammonia (T. .S. P.), four grammes (4 Gm.) [62 grs.]; lard oil, five hundred grammes (500 Gni.) [1 lb. av., 1 oz.,279 grs.J; cotton seed oil, five hundred grammes (500 Gm.) [1 lb. av.. 1 oz., 279 grs.]. Moisten the powdered herb with a sufficient quantity of the alcohol and water of ammonia previously mixed, then pack it tightly into a stone or enamelled iron vessel of suitable capacity, pour on the remainder of the ammoniated alcohol, cover it well, and allow the mixture to macerate for 24 hours. Then add one hundred and twenty grammes (120 Gm.) [4 ozs. av., 102 grs.] of the mixed oils, digest, under frequent agitation, during 12 hours, at a temperature between 50° and 60° C. (122° and 140° F.), transfer the mixture to a strainer, and express strongly. To the residue, returned to the vessel, add the remainder of the oils, digest and express in the same manner, and unite the expressed portions. Xote. — This process is a modification of that prescribed by the Germnn Pharmacopeia. The alcohol and free ammonia are dissipated during the digestion. Infused oils are usualh' prepared only from so-called narcotic plants, but it is known that only a portion of their active constituents is taken up by the oil. The above process is to be used for the preparation of Oleum Hyoscyami of the German Phar- macopceid , and similar infused oils" — {Xat. Form.). _ The uses of the infused oils will be those of the ingredients which enter into their composition. OLEANDER.— OLEANDER. The leaves of Nerium Oleander, Linn(-. Xiit. (JriJ. — Apocynacete. CciMMo.N N.\MEs; Oleander, Laurier rose. Botanical Source. — The oleander bush is an arborescent shrub, having branches teruately divided, and coated with an almost smooth bark of a grayish Fig. 180 °^" gi"eenish-gray color. The smooth, coriaceous, deep-green, almost sessile leaves, are in whorls of three: ab(_ive. the}' are glossy; beneath, grayish or pale-green. They are linear- 'ifi^'^s;,. , lanceolate, acuminate, entire, marked with delicate, feather {I i^^'^"^^ veins, and about 4 to 6 inches long. The flowei-s are beau- '"' tiful. and of a rose or white color, and waxy appearance. History and Chemica. Composition.— The leaves of I his iirnamental sbrub, ltow wild in northern Africa, western Asia, and the south of Europe. They have been used in the treatment of epilepsy, but without ajiparent benefit. All 1 of the shrub are cardiac poisons. The acrid and bitter leaves of? N'erium Oleander contain, according to Sclnniede- Nermm Oleander. j^^^^ {18S2), three glucosids. namely : non-basic, amorphous, poisonous oleandrin, discovered by Leukowsky (1864). who believed it to be an alkaloid ; nerein (neriin), considered by Scliiiiiedci>erg to be identical with lUgiiaUin (seeD/f/zVa//-^), and crystallizable neriniit/iin, free from'nitrogen. (For details regard- ing the study of Oleander, sec Husemann and Hilger, Ptianzcnstofie. 18S4. p. 1331.) From the bark of Nerium Oleander, E. Pieszczek (.-IrcAnM/o- P/idrm., 1890, p. 352) isolated a new, poisonous, nitrogen-free glucosid, msagiiuu. in the form of warty crystals, melting at 171° C. (339.8° F.), soluble in strong alcohol with neu- tral reaction, nearly insoluble in water, petroleum etlicr, ciilorofomi and ether if free from alcohol. In addition were obtained, bitter, amorplious mriin, of OLEANDKS. 1:>J7 Schiniedcheig, iiitrogeii-free, lemon-yellow, soluble in water and absolute alcoliol with neutral reaction, insoluble in ether and petroleum ether, and producing a purple-violet coloration when dissolved in concentrated sulphuric acid and brought into contact with bromine vapor ; a volatile oil of an unpleasant odor, and a crystallizal>le, Huorescenl body occurring more pronouncedly in chler l)ark, probably identical v.itli iiiiilitllifiroii.' The oleander of Algeria, upoii incision of the twigs, yields n poisonous exudate which is said to contain glroiihunt/iin (Amfr. Jour. Pfidrm., 1899, p. 281). The Howers of the oleander are reputed to y'eld a poisonous honev. The exhalation of the flowers of oleander in bedrooms is said to have caused death (see Picszczck, lor.rii.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— According to Orfila, Kurzak, and others, all p;irts of the oleander plant are poisonous. From experiments upon birds and the lower animals, it was determined that both the voluntary and involuntai-y muscles were paralyzed by it, and the voluntary muscles were some- what convulsed. When death ensues, respiration is first arrested and then the heart's action stops. The action of the active constituents has been compared to that of digitalis. Water in which oleander leaves have lain, is said to have caused the death of animals, and the flesh of fowls has been rendered sufficiently toxic to be fatal to man. Rats are said to be poisoned by the bark, and ijedicu'li destroyetl by a decoction of the leaves. In fatal cases, the heart has been found flaiciii, and the larger venous trunks filled with a dark-colored blood. The chief theraueulic use that has been made of oleander, is in (/-/A/wy, and it has been abandoned in that malady as useless. From its decidedly toxic power over the heart, it seems worthy of an investigation as a cardiac remedy. In fact it has been found to act well in vnlvulnr aff'irtions, rapidly slowing the heart's action, reducing the oedema, and relieving the dyspncea. Some have preferred it to digitalis in atheromatous states. It is actively diuretic, and occasionally purges. The dose, in infusion or tincture, represents from 1 to 3 grains of fresh bark or dried fruit. Related Species. — Xerium odnrum, Alton {Nerium odoratum, Lamarck). India. Wild .in^l cultivated. Closely resembles the preceding plant, but its flowers are fragrant, its leaves longer, anil has a para'coroUa which is fringed. Greenish, in 18sl, isolated two toxic, bitter gliicosids, and a fixed oil, Xermdorin is a yellow, tenaeious, transparent varnish, soluble in ebloroform, somewhat le-^ss in alcohol, and little soluble in water. According to Sehniiedeberg, it is analogous to oleandrin, while iierioJoriin is a lemon-yellow powder, insoluble in chloro- form, but soluble in water ami alcohol, and resembling neriin. Neither are dissolved by car- bon disulphide, benzin or benzol. Geiiinuitperinum hie, Baillon. — A Brazilian tree known in its habitat as pai'> jxreira. The bark is verv bitter, and contains three alkaloids. Geiisospermine {Cwlin'SM2-\-'aiO, O.Hesse. !S77), crystiillizable, melting at 180° C. (320° F.), is insoluble in water and ether, not easily soluble in cold, but readily soluble in warm alcohol; soluble in concentrated sulphuric acid to a colorless liquid which soon turns blue ; it is poi.^jonous, and causes ileatli l)y paralysis. Fireirine (CisHmNjO, O. Hesse), an ainorjilmus alkaloid, soluble in alcuhol. ether, chforo- lorni. nearly insoluble in water. Nitric a. i I li— ..1 . - it with bl(jod-red ciilor which does not turn violet witli stannous ddoride (dill' i n ^ ','((/(„, see Sn.r Vimticn t. Large doses cause paralysis, fever, and death. IV/'- ' I! - ii. M, Freund and Fanvet, Ja/(rtv»6. rfer Phttrm., lS'.»:i, p. .518. and 189.5, p, 44(1) is a w. li . , ■, -iai, / ihi.- alkaloid, insoluble in water, soluble in chloroform, alcohol, warm benzol and prtnileuni beiizin, partly soluble in ether. Accon.1- ing to analysis by T. Peckolt (ifriV/., 1896, p. 40), the air-dried bark contains pereirine, '2.7'2 per cent ; (/fijww/"; /o'li, , 0.125 [ler cent; was, starch, resin, etc. The leaves, but not (he bark, con- tained tannic acid. The bark is an antiperiodic also. I'arameri't luhirrnria, Hadlkofer.— Philippine Islands. A climbing plant, the bark and leaves of which, when boiled in cocoanut oil, yield a peculiarly odorous, yellow substance known as Cffm hultmn (finhnino rie Tiujuktwaij \ . .\n aromatic resin", 3 per cent, and caoutcliouc, 8.5 per cent, are yiebled by the bark of tlie root (Zipperer, .liryiir (/l nrlieriil. It is a cardiac poison. TheirlM nrrliioll'i, De Cundolle ( ' •rhrrn Thn; lin, Linne '. \V.*t In.lies, Bark of this shrub used as an antiperiodic. It yields the crvstallizable gluc(.sid fA.iv/i»i, discovered byDeVrij. By treatment with diluted acids, it splits int.. siniar and a resin..id bo.ly. th.rmfi,,. Theivtin (OmHmOj,) is bitter, odorless, soluble to some extent in cold water, nior.- soluble in alcoliol and acetic acid. Tluvcretin (C«H;o()i;) is a white powder, and is but slightly dissolved by 1328 OLEATA.— OLEATCM VERATRIX^. hot water. Both principles are toxic. Thevetin is a cardiac, and to some extent a re.spiratorj' paralyzer. Its eflFects are practically identical with those of digitalin. Its identity with cerberin and t'nnghtne has been questioned. Tlie latter is the ^ctive constituent of the " Madagascar ordeal bean," from the Tanghiuia reufniffrn; the former, the active constituent of Cerbera odal- Inm, Gaertner. Thevetia ovata, De Candolle, and Thevetia cutieifotia, De CandoUe, have proper- ties similar to yccolli, and are known as narcisos amarillos and also ae joyoU. This bark is a drastic cathartic, and the fruit causes emesis. OLEATA.— OLEATES. M. L'hermite (1854) propo.^ed solutions of alkaloids in olei/j acid as substitutes for the oleaginous and glycerinic solutions of these bases. He objected to the oils from their incapability of dissolving the alkaloids, and to the glycerin from its not possessing unctuous properties. His suggestions passed largely unnoticed until the matter was revived, in 1872, by Prof. John Marshall. Oleic acid tritu- rated with the alkaloids dissolves these and their salts perfectly, and the solu- tions, if desired, may be perfumed. When either alkaloids or metallic oxides are treated with oleic acid, a salt known as an oleate, is produced. The oleates, as em- ployed medicinally, are solutions of these normal salts (true oleates) in an excess of oleic acid. Heat should be avoided where possible, though in many instances a moderate degree of heat is permissible. Oleates, especially of the metallic oxides, are also prepared by double decom- position between a salt of the base selected and a sodium or potassium oleate or castile soap (sodium oleo-palmitate), with the last-named soap yielding an impure oleate. Prof J. M. Good (Proc. Mo. Phnnn. j4.ssor.,1891) suggests dissolving the alkaloids in just sufficient oleic acid to efifect solution, and then diluting with almond oil or other bland oil. The oleates possess the properties of their bases, and are employed like the ointments of the same bodies, being, however, more cleanly and finer in appear- ance, and, on the other hand, more irritating, unless diluted with some bland oil. They should not be applied with friction, but should be gently applied with the finger or brush. (For a short treatise on the oleates, see G. M. Beringer, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1889, pp. 593-600 ; also see John V. Phoemaker, The Oleato-^. Phila., 1885.) OLEATUM VERATRINiE (U. S. P.)— OLEATE OF VERATRINE. Preparation. — " Veratrine, two grammes (2 Gm.) [31 grs.]; oleic acid, ninety- eight grammes (98 Gm.) [3 ozs. av., 200 grs.]. To make one hundred grammes (lOO Giu.) [3 ozs., 231 grs.]. Rub the veratrine with a small quantity of oleic acid, in a warm mortar, to a smooth paste. Then add the remainder of the oleic acid, previously warmed, and stir frequently until the veratrine is dissolved " — (I'.S.P.K This preparation contains 2 per cent of veratrine. The other alkaloidal oleates may be made after this formula, when a 2 per cent strength is desired: should a 5 per cent preparation be wanted, as is usually the case with cocaine and mor- phine, use 5 parts of the alkaloid and 95 parts of oleic acid. Quinine oleate is usually 25 i)er cent in strength; for making this use 25 parts of the alkaloid and 75 parts of oleic acid. Action and Medical Uses. — This oleate is just half the strength of irmtrine ointment. It is employed in localized neuralgia, and well adapted for inunction purposes. Where it is desired that the alkaloid shall not be absorbed the oint- ment is preferable. Other Oleates.— Oi.E.tTfM Acokitin-.e (X. F.), OUatfofaconitine. "Aconitine, alkaloid, two grammes (2 Gm.) ['M grs.]; oleic acid, ninetv-eight grammes (9S Gm.) [3 ozs. av.,2(X) grs ]. Triturate the aconitine with a small portion of the oleic acid in a mortar, then incorixirate the remainder of the oleic acid, and stir the mixture frequently until the alkaloid is dissolved. Note. — The market affords a variety of aconitines made by different protvsjses, by differi-nt inanu- fiicturers, and of greatly different potency. Only the "pure crystalliieil or cr\-etallizable alka- loid, prepared by Duauosnel's method, or at least one equal to it in st rength, should lx> used for this preparation " — (Nal. Form.). Tliis agent, in very small amountfi, is employed a.<5 a topical application for lix'al neuralgias (see article bv E. R. Squibb, in .iiiu-r. .four. Pharm., 1SS2, p. 572i. This jireparation is a y ounoo* of bismuth oxide, dried at 100" C. (212° F.l until it no longer loses weight, and mix thoroughly OLEATUM ZINCI. 1329 with i7">.> grains of purified oleic aciil. Add water, 2 parts, nml boil until complete eapoiiifi- cation taki s place, adding water to replace tliat lost by evaporation. Wbi'n the process liiis so far proceeded that a portion of the oleate, when droppeil into water, assumes an ointment-like consistence, without separating any free oleic acid, the oiieration may bo considered finished. This nutliO'l W!18 proimsed by G. M. BeringiT (.Imo. y.-ur. i'/uirHu, 188'J, p. oUU). The usi.s of the oleate are those of bismuth oxide. Ole.itim llYiiitARi;YKi ( f". N. J'.\, Oli'ole of iiurrun/, J/trci(ric olfaU: — "Yellow mercuric oxide, thoroughly dried, two hunilreil grammes "( 2W) Gni. l [7 ozs. av., 24 grs.] ; oleic acid, eight hundred grammes ."00 Um. ) fl lb. av., 12 ozs., IMi gre.] ; to make one thousand grammes ( 1000 (Jin.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs.. 120 grs.J. Introduce tlie oleic acid into a capacious mortar, and gradu- ally add to it the yellow mercuric oxide by silting it upon the surface of the acid, and incor- porate it bv continuous stirring. Then set the mixture aside in a warm place, at a tempera- ture not exceeding 40° C. ( 104° F.\ and stir frequently, until the oxide is dissolved "— ( T. .S. /'. ). Contact with metals must be avoide, two thousand cubic centimeters (2000 Cc.) [67 fl5. oOl 111]; acetic acid ( C. S. P.), water, each, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the lead acetate in four thousand cubic centimeters (4000 C'c. i [lo.'j fig, 122 111] of water. Should the solution be turbid or opalescent, add to it acetic acid, in drops, until it has become clear. Then filter, if necessary, through a pellet of absorbent cotton placed in the neck of a. funnel, and mix it .-lowly, and under constant stirring, with the solution of .sodium oleate. Heat the mixture to boiling, transfer it to a strainer, and when the liquid has drained ofi", wash the resi- due with four thousand cubic centimeutei-s ( 4000 Cc. ) [135 85. 122 Til] of boiling water. Lastlv, take Uie mass from the strainer, remove any occluded water by pressure, and transfer it, while warm and soft, to suitable vessels. This product contains an amount of lead corresponding to about 2S per Cent of lead oxide. Xole. — The theoretical yield of lead oleate obtainable from 75 grammes of lead acetate is 143 grammes; in practice, about 125 grammes will be obUuned. Lead oleate prepared by the above process is of about the consistence of lead plaster, and may be converted into an ointment by mixing with it such a proportion of oleic acid as may be required " — (Xat. Funii.). Its uses are practically those of lead acetate, locally applied. Ole.\ti-m Qt:i.\i.N.E (X. F.), 0/«i(.— "Zinc acetate, crystallized, one hundred and fifteen grammes (115 Gm. I (4 ozs. av., 25grs.]; solution of sodium oleate, five thousand cubic centi- meters (5000 Cc. I [169 fl.5, 3:; ni] ; Wiiter. a sufficient quantitv. Dissolve the zinc act^tate in ten thousand cubic centimeters 1 10,IX)0 Cc. 1 [338 H5. CtJlll J of cold water, filtertlie solution, if neces- sary, through a pellet of absorbent cotton nlaced in the neck of a funnel, ami tin 11 mix it slowly, and under con.stant stirring, with the solution of sodium oliate. Transfer tin- ndxturetoa wette>l muslin strainer, and when tlie liquiil lias dr.iined oil. wash the precijiilnte with water, until the washings are practically tjisteless. 1-istly, dry the precipitate, spn^ad on i)a|ier, by exposure to ilust-tree air, without heat. Tin- product contains au amount of zinc corn-simnding 1330 OLEORESIN^.— OLEORESINA ASPIDII, to about 13 per cent of zinc oxide. iVbte.— The theoretical yield of zinc oleate obtainable from 115 grammes of zinc acetate is 287.5 grammes; in practice, about 265 grammes will be obtained. Zinc oleate, prepared by the above process is in the form of a soft, white powder, and may be converted into a plaster or ointment by mixing it with such a proportion of oleic acid as may be required " — ( Xat. Form.). Powdered Zixx Oleate. — Dissolve castile soap, 1 ounce, in water, 2 pints ; also dissolve zinc acetate, 360 grains, in water, 4 pints. Both solutions being cold, add the soap solution slowly to the zinc solution, with constant stirring. The precipitate should now be collected, washed well with cold water, and dried without heat. This is the method of Parsons. OLEORESIN^.— OLEORESINS. Oleoresins are those substances obtained from vegetable medicines by means of ether (sometimes alcohol, etc.), which consist principally of a fixed or volatile oil and a resin. In some ca.ses the resin will be held in solution in the oil, while in others it will be deposited upon standing, and will require agitation to again diffuse and suspend it in the oil. A third case occurs in which the oil and resin form a more or less permanent mixture, having the consistence of a very soft extract. The resins in these preparations, like the essential oils, are generally mixtures of two or more resins, but which on account of their unequal solubility in different menstrua, may frequently be isolated from each other. Often the resins are formed by the oxidation of the essential oils contained in the plants, or of a certain portion of these oils. In many instances, especially with the oleo- resins obtained from alcoholic tinctures, it will be better not to distill oflF the remaining third of the alcohol from the water, until the oleoresin has sponta- neously precipitated and been separated from the liquid, because an elevated or too prolonged heat will injure the preparation. All these oleoresins should be kept in well-stopped vessels. Mr. N. H. Rittenhouse, in the process for obtaining oleoresins. recommends the use of li ounces of ether for each ounce of drug treated, followed by suflScient benzin to make the amount of percolate equal to the amount of ether'employed, as both economical and satisfactory (Pror. Amer. Pharm. Assoc, 1866. p. 208). Tht expense may be considerably reduced by recovering a part of the ether distilled for employment in future operations. The suggestion of Mr. George M. Beringer {Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1892, p. 145), to use acetone in place of ether can not but be regarded favorably. It is equally as efhcient, has a higher boiling p<.int than ether, and is much less expensive. OLEORESINA ASPIDII (U. S. P.)— OLEORESIN OF ASPIDIUM. Synonyms : Oleoresin of mak fern, Liquid extract of male fern. Oleum Jiliris viaris, Oleoremnn filicis, Extractum jUlicis liquidxim, Oleoresin of fern, Ahereal eitrart of fern. Preparation. — "Aspidium, recently reduced to No. 60 powder. fiveHundred grammes (500 Gm.) [1 lb. av., 1 oz., 279 grs.]; ether, a sufficient quantity. Put the aspidium into a cylindrical glass percolator, provided with a stop-cock, and arranged with cover and receptacle suitable for volatile liquids. Press the drug firmly, and percolate slowly with ether, added in successive portions until the drug is exhausted. Recover the greater part of the ether from the percolate by distillation on a water-bath, and, having transferred the residue to a capsule, allow the remaining ether to evaporate spontaneously. Keep the oleoresin in a well- stoppered bottle. Note. — Oleoresin of aspidium usually deposits on standing, a granular-crystalline substance. This should be thoroughly mixed with the liquid portion before use" — {U. S. P.). Or, by percolation, exhaust coarsely powdered root of male fern, any quan- city, with'etlier, a sufficient quantity. Distill off three-fourths of the ether, and, laving placed the remainder of the solution in an evaporating dish, allow it to evaporate spontaneously. Description. — A thick, deep-green or brownish-green liquid, having a bitter- ish, nau.^cuus, subacrid taste, and the odor of male fern. On standing it deposits filinc firid in granules, hence the above pharinacojxeial direction to shake the oleoresin before use. Only such parts of the rhizomes a? are greenish in color ULKORESINA CAPSICI.— OLEOKESIXA CUBEB.E. 1331 shoultl be employed in milking this oleoresin; the rhizome with the stipes gives a brown pnuliut. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— This may be used in all cases where male tern is iiuliiatcd, lor whiili mc Af:pUUuiii. Six grains in capsule, with or without a like iiuaiitity of ether, may be given every quarter hour until U or 2 drachms have been taken. OLEORESINA CAPSICI ^U. S. P.)— OLEORESIN OF CAPSICUM. Synonym : Etlureal extract of cajisirum. Preparation.— "Capsicum, in No. 60 powtler, five hundred grammes lotiO Gm.) [1 lb. ay., 1 ex., 279 gr^<.]; etlier, a suirieient quantity. Put tiie eaitsicum into a cylindrical glass percolator, provided with a stop-coek, and arranged with cover and receptacle suitable for volatile liquids. Press the drug firmly, and perco- late slowly with ether, added in successive portion.^, until the drug is exhausted. Recover tlie greater part of the ether from the percolate by ilistillation on a water- bath, and, having transferred the residue to a capsule, allow the remaining ether to evaporate spontaneously. Then pour off the liquid jiortion, transfer the re- mainder to a strainer, and, when the separated fatty matter (which is to be rejected) has been completely drained, mix the liquid portions together. Keep the oleoresin in a well-stoppered bottle"— (T. ^'''. 7'.). Or, e.xbaust finely powdered capsicum, any quantity, in a percolating appa- ratus, by ether, a suflicient quantity. Distill off three-fourths of the ether, and, having placed the remainder of the solution in an evaporating dish, allow it evaporate spontaneously. Description.— This oleoresin consists of a thick oily liquid holding the active principle (((/K-a/f/n (see C(ip-'rei>aiatii>ii lonnerly made by our manufacturers. Pr. H. H. Hill prepared it as follows: Make a tincture of the coareely powden-d leaves auii roots of Siucin, with alcohol of 76 per cent. Distill oil" the alcohol until the liquid is of the consistence of a tluid extract, add to it several times its Weight of water, and precipitate with a solution of alum. Wash tlie precipitate to free it from the alum, and dry it in the open air without heat. It forms a dark-green powder, having a jieculiar, herhaceous, strong, unpleasant, somewhat resinous and senna-like taste and odor, is soluble in water, partially soluble in alcohol, and more so in ether. It is said to pos- sess the virtues of the plant, and may be given in doses of from 1 to 5 grains, 3 or 4 times a day I J. King, OLEORESINA XANTHOXYLI.— OLEORESIN OF XANTHOXYLUM. S v.Ni I.N V-M- : Oleore.owdered prickly ash bark, any quantity, with alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Distill ofl' two-thirds of the alcohol, and add the residue to two or three times its volume of water. By distilling off the remainins: alcohol, or by allowing the mixture to stand, the oleoresin precipi- tates. Collect it. wa-h it in clear water, allow it to subside, and then separate it from the water by devaluation and filtration. History and Description. — The profession is indebted to Mr.Wm. S. Mer- rell for the preparation of this valuable agent, which appears to possess all the medicinal properties of the bark in a concentrated form. When in mass it is blacki., forming a solution with a soapy feeling; soluble in ether, from which aqua ammoniiv removes a por- tion without much change of color; soluble in oil of turpentine, and to a greater or less extent in oil of savin, and some other essential oils; soluble in alcohol, from which water precipitates it, forming a dirty-white solution. Acetic, nitric, sulphuric, and hydrochloric acids, when added to the alcoholic solution, occasion no precipitate. •■Xaii'ho.n/lin " in powder is prepared somewhat similar to the process named for " tV/^t/i ■' in jjowder; as a rule all these so-called dry oleoresins (?) are nearh' inert, ami not as active as the powdered crude article from which the\- are made. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Oleoresin of prickly ash bark is stimu- lant, toni<-. alterative, andsialagogue, and may be used in all ca.ses where it is desired to stiiiiulat"- and strengthen mucous tissues. It forms an excellent remedy for rhe\naiiii-'tn unaccompanied with intiammation, or where there is an asthenic con- dition of the system, and I have often used it for this purpose with resin of black cohosh, in doses of 1 grain of each, every 1, 2, or 3 hours, with much advantage. Combined with quinine, it will be found very beneficial in cases where quinine alom- appears to exert no influence, and will prove a valuable agent in (b/ttpep»m, accompanied with loss of appetite, flatulence, and distress after eating, given in conjunction with oleoresin of ptelea. In low typhoid Jerer, oleoresin of prickly ash bark will be found a valuable and permanent stimulating tonic, and may, wlien necessary, be added to laxatives in that di.*ease, to prevent too much prostration —it must, however, be employed only during the stage of prostration. It may be used alone as a stimulating tonic and alterative. When a stimulating tonic is required for children after dinrrhcrn, (hjxetitery, or other (l>li it Hating iliionsf.-'. a com- bination of hvdrochlorate of berberine with oleoresin of prickly ash bark will admirably fulfil the indication. In chronic rheumatism I have found the following preparation highly beneficial : Take of resin of cimicifuga, oleoresin of prickly ash bark, and extractof apocynuni, each, 1 drachm; proof spirits or whiskey, 1 pint. -Mix. Of this, the dose is a tablespoonful 3 times a day, or sufficient to slightly 133G OLEORESINA ZINGJEEKIS.— OLEUM ADIPIS. afifect the head, at the same time attending to the surface and the excretory func- tions. Sometimes I add 2 drachms of guaiacum to the above. The dose of the oleoresin of prickly ash bark is from 1 to 3 grains, 3 or 4 times a day (J. King). OLEORESINA ZINGIBERIS (U. S. P. i— OLEORESIN OF GINGER. .Synonyms: Extrnrlum zingiberi.'< prthereum, Ethereal cftract of ginger. Preparation. — "Ginger, in No. 60 powder, five hundred grammes (500 Gm.) [1 lb. av., 1 oz., 279 grs.]; ether, a sufficient quantity. Put the ginger into a cylin- drical glass percolator, provided with a stop-cock, and arranged with cover and receptacle suitable for volatile liquids. Press the drug firmly and percolate slowly with ether, added in successive portions until the drug is exhausted. Recover the greater part of the ether from the percolate by distillation on a water-bath, and, having transferred the residue to a capsule, allow the remaining ether to evaporate spontaneously. Keep the oleoresin in a well-stoppered bottle" — (f. .">'. P.). Description and History. — This substance \s Xha piperoid of ginger oi Beral. It is a clear, thickish, deep-brown liquid, having the sharp pungency and the flavor of ginger root. Less oleoresin is obtained from the uneoated Jamaica gin- ger, but it has a more pleasant flavor, a lighter color, and greater fluidity when obtained from the latter. Acetone extracts the full amount of it. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Same as for ginger. Dose. 1 minim, well diluted. OLEOSACCHARA (N. F.i— OIL-SUGARS. Synony.m : Elfeosncrharn {Ger. Pharm.). Preparation. — "Any volatile oil, one drop (1 drop); sugar, two grammes (2 Gm.) [31 grs.]. Triturate the sugar ^vith the volatile oil to a fine powder. This preparation should be freshly made when wanted for use. Xote. — When Elaromccha- rum Anisi, E.Fieniruli, E. Menthie piperitfe,etc.,are prescribed, these are to be pre- pared from the corresponding essential oils, according to the above formula " — {Nat. Form.). OLEUM ADIPIS ( U. S. P.)— LARD OIL. A fixed oil expressed from lard at a low temperature. Preparation.— If lard be enclosed in stout bags and exposed to a very low temperature, about that of freezing, and then subjected to a gradually increased, yet powerful pressure, the olein separates from the stearin and yields a little over 60 per cent of lard oil. The residual stearin is utilized in the manufacture of soap. Lard oil chiefly contains olein, with some palmitin and stearin. Its com- position is similar to that of olive oil. Description and Tests. — Lard oil, according to the ['. 5. P., is "a colorless or pale-yellow, oilv liquid, having a peculiar odor, and a bland taste. Specific gravity, 0.910 to 0.920 at 15° C. (59° F.). At a temperature a little below 10° C. (,50° F.) it usually commences to deposit a white, granular fat, and at or near 0° C. (32° F.) it forms a semisolid, white mass. When it is brought in contact with concen- trated sulphuric acid, a dark reddish-brown color is instantly produced. If 5 Co. of the oil be thoroughly shaken in a test-tube, with 5 Cc. of an alcoholic solution of silver nitrate (made by dissolving 0.1 Gm. of silver nitrate in lOCc. of deodorized alcohol, and adding 2 drops of nitric acid), and the mixture heated for about five minutes in a water-bath, the oil should remain nearly or quite colorless, not acquiring a reddish or brown color, nor should any dark color be produced at the line of contact of the two liquids (absence of more than about 5 per cent of cot- ton-.seed oil). If 5 Cc. of tiie oil, contained in a small flask, be mixed with a solution of 2 Gm. of potassium hydrate in 2 Cc. of water, then 5 Cc. of alcohol added, and the mixture heated for about 5 minutes on a water-bath, with occa- sional agitation, a i)erfectl\' clear and complete solution should be formed, which, on dilution with water to the volume of 50 Cc, should form a transi>arent, light- OLKIM -KXHEREUM.-OLEUM AMYGDALJi AMAR^. 1337 yellow liquid, without the 'separation of an oily layer (absence of appn-ciahle quantities of mratlin oib)" — {C. S. P.). Medical Uses. — Lard oil is used chiefly in pharmacy. In the absence of other l';Us it luiu'lit l>e employed in poisoning by the caustic alkalies. OLEUM .ETHEREUM U. S. P. i— ETHEREAL OIL. ••.\ volatile liiiui.l eonsisting of equal volumes of heavy oil of wine and ether"— if. .s'./*.\ Preparation.— "Alcohol, one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Cc.) [33 fl§, 39nU]: sulphuric acid. one thousand cubic centimeters (lOOOCe.) [33 flg.Sfll ITl], distilled water, twenty-five cubic centimeter (2-5 Cc.) [406 111]; ether, a sutiicient quantity. Add the acid slowly to the alcohol, mi.x tliein thoroughly, and allow the mixture to stand, in aclosed flask, for 24 hours, or until the liquid is clear; then pour the clear liquid into a tubulated retort of such capacity that the mix- ture snail nearly fill it. Insert a thermometer through the tubulure. so that the bulb shall he deeply immersed in the liquid, and, having connected the retort with a well-cooled condenser, and also having connected with- the receiver a bent glass tube for conducting the uiicoudensed ga>;es into water, distill, by means of a sand-bath, at a temperature between 1-50° and 160° ('. (302' and 320° F.), until oily drops cease to come over, or until a black froth, which forms on the surface, begins to rise in the retort. Separate the yellow ethereal liquid from the distillate, and expose it to the air for 24 hours, in a shallow capsule. Then transfer it to a wet filter, and wlien the watery portion has ilraiiied oti; wash the oil which is left on the filter with the distilled water, which should Ije as cold as possible. When this also has drained oft", transfer the oil to a graduated measure, and add to it an equal \'olume of ether. Keep the product in small, glass-stoppered vials, in a cool place""— (f'.'^". P.). Description and Chemical Composition.— Ethereal oil is officially described as "a transparent, nearly colorless, volatile liquid, of a peculiar, aromatic, ethereal odor, a pungent, refreshing, bitteri.sh taste, and neutral to dry litmus paper. Spe- cific gravity, 0.910 at 1.5° C. (.59° F.) ""- ( U. S. P.). The chemical composition of this oil is tersely stated by Bruno Hirsch (Uni- versal Phiirmiirnpma, 1890, No. 2109) as follows: "The heavy oil of wine which constitutes one-half of the finished product, is to be considered a solution of solid ,rtheriii and liquid letheml, both of the empirical formula C..H,.in>/!-s)i/pi)iiroiiii a/-j(/ ( [C ,H JjSO,) and diethid-sulphuric acid ([C,HJ,SO,) in variable quantities, the proportions of which are not vet determined." (Also see Prof. J. M. Maisch, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1865, p. 100; and Charles L. Diehl, «"/)i"f?., p. 126.) Uses. — This oil is used only for pharmaceutical purposes. It is a constituent of compound spirit of ether. In moderate doses ethereal oil stimulates the vasomotor centers, and if the dose be sufficiently large, this is followed by paraly- sis of the tunics of the blood vessels. OLEUM AMYGDALA AMARM (U. S. P.)— OIL OF BITTER ALMOND. "A volatile oil obtained frnm bitter almond by maceration with water, and subsequent distillation. It should be kept in small, well-stoppered bottles, pro- tected from ligbt'"—(r. .er wire when moistened with the oil in question, the col- oration being due to the vapors of copper chloride (F. B. Power, lo<\cit..). OLEUM AMYGDALA EXPRESJUM. 133» Artificial Oil of Bitter Almond, or pure henzcddehyde (benzoic alde/iydi) C,H,0. oi C^Hj.COH, is now extensively iireparcd, in Europe, from certain chlorine BubstitutiiMi inoducls, e. p.. I'Ciizdlrhlnrii'lc itVH,,.CHCl,),of the fluid coal-tar hydro- carbon tnhiin, (C^Hj.CH,). This artificial product is now frequently used; it is naturally free from hydrocyanic acid. t>ut has a slightly i)cculiar smellowing to the presence of tracvs of chlorine coiminunds, wliich arc difficult to remove (sec Te^tn). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— The medicinal uses of this agent are those named under diluted hydrocyanic acid, which see. It is used in the art.'^ to give flavor ami odor to candies, and in pharmacy to flavor castor and cod-liver oils. It i.s extremely poisonous, 1 drop having proved fatal to small animals, and 16 drops to an adult. Locally (oil, 1 drop, to water, 1 flg) it allays itching. The maximum dose internally should not exceed one-half minim, given in emulsion with sugar, water, and acacia. OLEUM AMYGDALA EXPRESSUM (U. S. P.)— EXPRESSED OIL OF ALMOND. "A fixed oil expressed from the bitter or sweet almond. It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place" — (C. 5. P.). 8y.n"o.n VMS : Oleum nmi/g/lohr {Br.), Oleum amycidalx dukis, Oleum amygdalarum, fij/zro-"/ "/' iijiilmond. Sweet oil ofulmoud. Preparation. — Both bitter and sweet almonds deprived of the adherent browni^li dust by means of rubbing or sifting, and freed from inferior pieces, are bruised or ground, put into a bag, and strongly pressed between perfectly smooth and slightly warmed steel plates. The heat should not be greater than 30° C. (86° F.T. The margins of the press-cake, if again powdered and expressed, yield an additional quantity of oil. At first the oil is turbid. It is allowed to stand, and the clear oil is then decanted. The yield is from 40 to 55 per cent for sweet almonds; about 30 to 50 per cent for bitter almonds. Th'e highest yields are obtained only by strong hydraulic pressure. If almonds be immersed in hot water, deprived of their cuticular covering, oven-dried and then expressed, a color- less oil is oljtained. but it is more liable to become rancid than if prepared as above directed, and to develop a pnissic acid odor. Description and Chemical Composition.— 'A clear, pale straw-colored or colorless, oilv licjuid. almn.-t inodorous, and having a mild, nutty taste. Specific gravity, 0.9lb to 0.920 at 15° C. (oi)'' K.). Only slightly soluble in alcohol, solu- ble in ether and in chloroform in all proportions. It remains clear at — 10° C. (14° F. ). and does not congeal until cooled to near — 20° C. ( — 1° F.)"' — (f. 8. P.). Almond oil is non-drying and when exposed to the atmosphere is liable to become rancid and acrid. Benzin and the fixed oils readily dissolve it in all pro- portions. The coloring matter, together with a small portion only of the oil, is dissolved by alcohol. According to G. M. Beringer {Amer. Jour. Phm-ni., 1889, fi.232), 1 part of oil of almond is completely dis.solved in 4 parts of boiling abso- ute alcohol, and in 34 parts of the same solvent at ordinary temperature, while 42 parts of boiling alcohol of the specific gravity 0.820, are required for comi>lete solution. Expres.sed oil of almond consists principally of the glyceride of oleic acid with appreciable amounts of the glyceride of linoleic acid (see A. Hazura, in Amer. Jour. Phnrm., 1889, p. 471). Tests.— "If 2 Cc. of the oil be vigorously shaken with 1 Cc. of fuming nitric acid and 1 Cc. of water, a whitish, not red or brownish, mixture, should be formed, which, after standing for some hours at about 10° C. (50° F.), should separate into a solid, white ma.~s, and a scarcely colored liquid (distinction from the fixed oils of apricot and peach kernels, and from sesamum, cotton-j'ccd and i)0^)py-seed oils). If 10 Cc. of the oil be mixed with 15 Cc. of a 15 ner cent solution of sodium hydrate and 10 Cc. of alcohol, and the mixture allowed to stand at a temperature of 35° to 40° C. (05° to 104° F.), with occasional agitation, until it becomes clear, and then diluted with 100 Cc. of water, the cU-ar .solution thus obtained, upon the Bubseciucnt addition of an excess of hydrochloric acid, will set free a layer of oleic acid. This, when separated from the aqueous liquid, waslicd with warm water, and clarified in a water-bath, will remain liquid at 15° C. (59° F.). although some- times depositing particles of solid matt»-r and becoming turbid. One part of this 1340 OLEUM ANETHI.— OLEUM AXIMALE ^THEREUM. oleic acid, when mixed with 1 volume of alcohol, should give a clear solution, which, at 15° C. (59° F.) should not deposit any fatly acids, nor become turbid on the further addition of 1 volume of alcohol (distinction from olive, arachis, cotton- seed, sesamum, and other fixed oils) "—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — A non-poisonous, bland oil of agree- able ta^te, which may be given like olive oil, in dose of 1 to 8 drachms in muci- lage or egg emulsion for the relief of c/ironie coughs. OLEUM ANETHI.— OIL OF DILL. The volatile oil distilled from the fruit of Anethum graveolens, Linne. Nat. 0,'/.— Umbellifera'. Preparation and Description. — The yield of the oil, obtained by distillation with water, is from 2.5 per cent (East Indian) to 4 per cent (Russianj (Schim- mel it Co.). The residual herb is rich in nitrogenous and fatty matter, and in dried form is used as feed for cattle. The oil is pale j-ellow, having a sweetish, sharp, burning taste, and a penetrating odor resembling that of the fruit. It gradually becomes darker in color. The odor of East Indian dill oil diflFere markedly from that of the German product. The density is 0.905 to 0.915 (as high as 0.07(1 for East Indian) (Schimmel & Co.). Optical rotation, -|-70° to +80°; East Indian, ^41= :;n'. Chemical Composition.— Oil of dill contains from 40 to 60 percent ofcarvone {(•arvol), identical in optical rotation and other physical and chemical properties with that from oil of caraway (see A. Beyer, Amer. Jour. Phann., 1884, p. 324). Furthermore, the terpene hydrocarbons, dexlro-limonene, and sometimes phellan- ilrene are present. The East Indian dill oil contains a peculiar heavy constituent, ascertained by Ciamician and Silber (1896) to be an isomer of apiol from parsley oil and named by these chemists dill-npiol (C,.,H,,0.) (Gildemeister and Hoffmann, Die .Etherm-hrn Oek, 1899). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Carminative and local anodyne. Useful in Jiatulent colic. Dose, 5 to 10 drops in sweetened hot water. OLEUM ANIMALE ^THEREUM.— ANIMAL OIL. Synonyms: Oleum animale Dippelii, Dippel's animal oil, Oleum cornu cervi rectifi- catum. History and Preparation. — J. C. Dippel, in 1711, first obtained this oil hy the destructive distillation of dried blood. It is now produced by the rectifi- cation of ('/•(((/(• (or fetid) animnl oil {Oleum Cornu Cervi, or Bone oil). When animal substances, such as bones (previously freed from fat), hoofs, horns, blood, hide, etc., are subjected to dry distillation, th'e following substances are chiefly produced: Carbonic acid gas and combustible gaseous products, a sublimate of carbonate of ammonium {mlt of hart,'^jfirifu.i Cornu Cervi), containing ammonium salts of carbonic and hydrocyanic acids, ammonium sulphide, and empyreumatic oils; furthermore, a black-brown, fetid Vat {Oleum Cornu Cerri), and a residue of charcoal containing nitrogen. The tar chiefly con- sists of ])yridine bases, such ns p}/ridine (CjHjN),;//(V'/(/i<- (CsH.N), lutidiiie (,C.H,X), co//tV//»r (CJ1||N), etc., and yields upon repeated rectification Pi ppel's ethereal oil. According to llager (Handhuch der Phann. /V<(j-/,<, Vol. 11, 1886. p. 568\ the crude oil is first distille(l from a glass retort by the lieat of a sand-bath, as long as a thin oil passes over. The distillate is mixed with four times its bulk of distilled water, and this mixture distilled from a metallic retort. The distillate separates into an aqueous and au oily layer; the latter is drawn oft' and run into small bottles, securely sealed and "put" into a dark and cool place. The yield is about 15 to 20 per cent. Description.— Medicinal, or rectified animal oil is a thin, colorless, or but faintly yellow, oily body, the average specific gravity of which is O.StX Its odor is ethereal, not fetid, and powerfully penetrating; its t«ste acrid and sharp, with a cooling, bitter after-taste. Water (SO jiarts), volatile and fixed oils, alcohol, and OLEUM ANI8I. 1341 ether. (li-:-:olve it. When expofsed to the atmo.sphere and light its color deepens nipidlv. iiiul the oil a>smnes a ilenser I'on.sistence. Its rcactimi is feebly alkaline. chemical Composition. — Tlii.s oil is a mixture of many siibstance.s which are I'Ut [larth known, Besides several hydrocarbons, methyl-, propyl- and butTl- aniine, aniline. /.//''"/(t'.H.X), pyriilliiliiir (C'.I1,,N >, eti-., are jiresent i .Vnderson). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Animal oil is not now employed to any e.\tent in llierapy. Formerly it was employed, alone or combined, by fric- tion, for the same purposes as liniments. From 5 to oO drops were fornierlj' used internally, combined with sugar, ether, and Hotlinann's anodyne, for the expul- sion i>t' tapeuorini<, and in chorea, epilepfj/, purali/gk, liyiv mostly used ; they yield, according to Schimmel & Co. {Rejiorts, April, 1897), from 2.4 to 0.2 percent of oil; Italian fruit (Bolognese) yielded as high as 3.5 i)er cent. Over 90 per cent of the oil consists of anethd {para-m€thn.rij-propenyl-bein')f, C^Jitfi, or C,H,[OCHj].CH:CH.CH,), which is the essential aroniatic constituent of the oil. It was obtained synthetically, in 1877, by Perkin. It is a snow-white, crys- tailizable body, of sweet taste, nielts at 21.5° C. (69.8° F.), and is optically in- active. The liquid constituent of anise oil if melhyt-chnvirol, an isomer nf anethol. Both anethol and methvl-chavicol also occur in the oil of star-anise(///(V/i///i ra-um) (Schimniers Report. Oct., 1S95) ; anethol is also found in fennel oil (Cahours, 1841). In oil (>( star-anise, (lexlrn-pincne and Uevo-jJn llaiulrenewere also found. Description and Tests.— The f/. &'. P. describes the oil as follows: "A color- less or pale-yellow, thin, and strongly refractive liquid, having the characteristic odor of anise, and a sweetish, mildly aromatic taste. Specific gravity, about 0.980 to 0.990 at 17° C. (62.6° F.), increasing with age. At a low temperature, usually between 10° and 15° C. (50° antl 59° F.), it solidifies to a white, cryslal- line m'ass. Soluble in an equal volume of alcohol to a clear solution (absence of most fixed oils and oil of turpentine). This solution is neutral to litmus paper, and should not assume a blue or browni.sh color on the addition ofadrou of ferric chloride T.S. (absence of some volatile oils containing phenols). When the oil is dropped into water, without agitation, it should not produce a milky turbidity rMb'^ence of ale„l„.ir-(r .V /',. 1342 OLEUM AXTHEMIDIS.-OLEUil AUEANTII CORTICIS. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Both oil of anise and oil of etar-aniw, are carminative and antispasmodic, and especially adapted to flatukncy and colic nfinfantii. They likewise, in connection with aqua ammonite, "ammonium chlo- ride, or ammonium carbonate, afford relief in ■■'i,n.,' C',II,(),. Ilcat converts the former into the latter add. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Oil of chamomile is tonic and anti- spasmodic; and lias been found very serviceable in spa.wi ojihe »tontach, painj'ul dysmenorrhcea, hiccough, piertussis, to allay nausea and vomiting, and to prevent or les.sen the griping influence of some cathartics. The dose is from 5 to 10 drops. The Matricaria Chainomilla furnishes a thick, deep-blue oil, becoming brown by age, and which is frequently substituted for the oil of chamomile. It is less antispas- modic than the true chamomile oil. It is an ingredient of some liniments for painful affections. OLEUM AURANTII CORTICIS (U. S. P.)— OIL OF ORANGE PEEL. "A volatile oil obtained by expression from the fresh peel of either the bitter orange, Citrus vulgaris, Risso, or the sweet orange. Citrus Aurantium, Linu6 {Nat. Ord. — Rutacese). It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place"— {U.S. P.). Synonym : Essential oil of orange peel. Source and Preparation. — There are in commerce two oils of orange peel, viz. : Oleum Aukantii Dru is. Oil if su-eet orange peel, and Oi-ETM Avrantii Amari, Oil of bitter orange peel, lioth are included in the official oil. They ate prepared in southern Europe by at least five different methods: (1) by rupturing the super- ficial portion of the rind, thus liberating the oil from the glands; (_'> by forcioly twisting the fresh rind and collecting the oil upon sponges, and afterward squeez- ing the contents of the saturated sponges into a suitable vessel; io> by grating the exterior of the rind and expressing; (4) by putting the scrapings into hot water and skimming off' the oil; (5) by distillation of tne residues after expres- sion, which yields an inferior product. OLEUM ADRANTU FLORUM. 1343 Chemical Composition. — Both oils are composed chiefly (to 90 ptr cent) of Uxtro-timoiitiif (W'aliach, 1S84). In addition tht- oil ol'swecl orange iteel contains, according to Sennnler (1891), a small quantity of ()ei-mii(d (^ritral), and an alde- hyde of lower boiling point (Power, Etf.-^tnlial OiU). The oil of orange peel is under further chemical investigation. Ninety per cent of the oil distills between 175" and 180° C. (847° and 3-54° F.). Dextro-limoxene occurs chiefly in orange and lemon oils; also found in oils of caraway, dill and elsewhere; l.Tfo-limm)rne in American oil of peppermint and a few other oils. Both modifications are iilentical in every respect except their optical antagonism. Combined in equi-molecular quantities, they form a terpene nearly identical with dipmlene which is inactive. Limonene is a colorless liquid of a plea.*ant lemon odor; its specific gravity at 15° C. (59° F.^ is 0.S46; boiling point 175° to 176° C. (347° to 348.4° F.). Being an unsaturated terpene,! mole- cule absori)s 4 atoms of Viromine, forming therewith a characteristic addition prod- uct which melts at 104.5° C. (220° F.\ ( Wallach. 1887). Description and Tests. — Chemically, and in most other particulars, these two oils are similar. Their flavor difl'ers somewhat, and that from the bitter oranges undergoes change more quickly on exposure. Oil of sweet orange peel is gener- ally preferred in making elixir of orange. The best is the Sicilian oil, though not all is made in Sicily. That from Bigarade orange is known in France as Essence de Bigamde, and regarded the most valuable; that from the Portugal or Sweet orange is called Esst-nce de Portmjnl. Oil of orange peel is oflicially described as "a pale yellowish liquid, having the characteristic, aromatic odor of orange, and an aromatic and, when obtained from the bitter orange, somewhat bitter taste. Specific gravity, about O.SoO at 15° C. (59° F.). Its optical rotation should not be less than 95° to the right in a 1(X) Mm. tube, and at a temperature of about 15° to 20° C. (59° to 68° F.). Soluble in about four times its volume of alcohol, this solution being neutral to litmus paper; also soluble in all jnnportions, in absolute alcohol or in carbon disulphide, and in an equal volume of glacial acetic acid. When kept for some time the oil should not ilevelop a terebinthinate odor or taste (absence of oil of turpentine or of other oils containing pinene)" — (U.S. P.). Both oils have the same specific gravity (0.84'=: to ().<54, Schimmel i\: Co.). Action and Uses.— This agent is employed for perfuming or flavoring medi- cines. Its properties are those of an irritant, and it is somew'hat narcotic. Tho.se who prepare the oil are subject to mental confusion, muscular debility, neural- gia, headaches, disordered digestion, and erythema, pai)ulcs, and vesicles upon the skin. OLEUM AURANTII FLORUM (U. S. P.)— OIL OF ORANGE FLOWERS. "A volatile oil distilled from the fresh flowers of tJie bitter orange, Citni.t vul- garis, Risso (Xnt. Ord. — Rutacese). It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected from light" — (f. iS. P.). Syxo.\y.ms : Oil ofvcroli. Es-oenrc ofneroli. Preparation and History.— This oil is obtained in the making of orange- flower water, the oil floating ui)on the surface of the fluid in small amounts. It is best when prepared from the petals rather than from the whole flower. As found in commerce it is usuallj' adulterated with oil or e.'re of petit fimin. The latter is the volatile oil of the leaves, shoots, and the young fruits of the Bigarade orange. The term oil or essence of petit (jm in, was at one time apjilied to the oil ol)tained by distillation from small, immature oranges, but is now referred to the oil i)roduced as above stated. Description.— "A yellowish or brownish, thin liquid, having a very fragrant odor of orange fltnvers, and an aromatic, somewhat bitter t;uste. Specific gravity, 0.875 to 0.890 at 15° C. (59° F.). Soluble in an ecjual volume of alcohol, the solu- tion being neutral to litmus paj)er. If a little alcohol be poured on the surface of the oil, and the mixture gently undulated, a bright, violet fluorescence will usu- ally be observed. In contact with a ,«aturated solution of sodium bisulphite it jissumes a handsome and ])ermanent purplish-red color" — {U. S. P.). The oil has a slight right-handed optical rotation. 1344 OLEUM BERGAMOTT^. Chemical Composition. — Orange-flower oil contains an odorless stratoptt;;. formerly called neroli camphor; it is a paraffin, melting at 55° ( 131° F..P//f/mj'/'o- grnphin). Tiemann and Semmler, in 1893, obtained by fractional distillation <■( the oil limonene, Ixvo-linalool, linaloyl acetate, and geraniol. Schimmel & Co., in 1894, discovered in the oil small quantities of anthranUir acid methyl-estfr fNH,.CjH,. COOCH,), melting at 25° C. (77° F.), to the presence of which the fragrance and the fluorescence of the oil are due (see Report, April, 1899, p. 32). An artificial b"dy, many times stronger than oil of neroli, and used quite extensively by soap- makers and perfumers, is on the market under the name nerolin. It is a white powder, soluble in fixed oil and alcohol, but not in water. Uses. — Oil of orange flowers is used chiefly in manufacturing perfumes, and has been suggested for perfuming local applications. OLEUM BERGAMOTT.ffl (U. S. P.)— OIL OF BERGAMOT. "A volatile oil obtained by expression from the rind of the fresh fruit of Citrus Berriiiiiiia, Risso et Poiteau (Nat. Orel. — Rutacese). It should be kept in well- stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected from light" — (U. S. P.). Syxonym : OInim bergamii (Phnrm., 1880). Botanical Source, iPreparation, and History.— Oil of bergamot exists in the rind of the ripe fruit of Citrus Berrirt^'d. Description and Tests. — Bergamot oil is sometimes erroneously called essence of bergamot. The ('. S. P. describes it as "a greenish or greenish-yellow, thin liquid, having a peculiar, very fragrant odor, and an aromatic, bitter taste. Specific gravity, 0.880 to 0.885 at 15° C. (59° F.). Its optical rotation should not be more than 20° to the right in a 100 Mm. tube, and at a temperature of about 15° to 20° C. (59° to 68° F.). Two volumes of the oil, when mixed with 1 volume of alcohol, should give a clear solution of a slightly acid reaction, and this solution should not become turbid on the further addition of alcohol (distinction from oil of orange or oil of lemon). The oil should also be soluble at 20° C. (68° F.\ with- out the separation of oily drops, in 1.5 to 2 volumes of alcohol of 80° per cent by volume. It is soluble, in" all proportions, in glacial acetic acid. If about 2 Gm. of the oil be evaporated in a small, tared capsule, on a water-bath, until the odor has comjiletely disappeared, a soft, green, homogeneous residue should be left, amount- ing to not" more than about 6 per cent of tlie oil (absence of fatty oils) "—{U.S.P.). Chemical Composition.— The fragrance of oil of bergamot is due to the aretir ester of /;/ n,-ll,iiil,,nl. its quantity varying in the oil from 36 to sometimes 40 per cent. Tlio fully matured fruits yield most of this ester. Furthermore, free linalool, dextro-limonme, perhaps dipentcne, and 5 per cent of inodorous bergamot cam- phor or hergapten (C,.jH,0,) are present. According to Pomeranz (1891), it is the mono-mcthj/t-ether of dior;/-coumnri7i, derived from phloroghtcin (Gildemeister and HoS'mann, hr. rit.). Action and Medical Uses. — Gently excitant, but is used almost wholly in perfunury. sonps, and for scenting toilet preparations and ointments. Related Oils.— On. of Lemon GK.\!<%Olfmn atxlronogon cilrall. An essential oil.. sometimes calleii oit ufr.rliimi. derived from several species of .fl)iii, particularly. liirfr-ii-H/c^n ntmtu$, cultivated in Indin. Ceylon, Malayan penin.sula, and near SinjiajHire. It is yellowish-brown witli a shar|i tnste and peculiar odor, used only in perfumes in this aiuntry.but a.« a stimulant and eannin;itive in the Eiist. When treate.l with :> s:iturated solution of sodium hisulphito. it vields a ervstalline eoinjwuind. The known eonstituents of this oil are the aldehyde nV.-n/ "(OinHisO '. an unsntuniteil ketone mettoit-tuptenom {(.\UuO\ and in the highest boiling fractious the alcohol geniniul {Cv>\l\iOy OLEUM BETIL.E VOLATILK.-OLKIM HIBILIM. 1345 Oil >'F Citroxella, (ilnim audm^igoii uanli. — The volatile oil distilled Iroin a [dant ia cultivatiiin in Ceylon, in the Straits Settlement, ami loajJt of Malabar. The natives of Ceylon are enpijied in the treatment of the plant, whieh is distilled by steam in suitiible apparatus. It is a yellowish-green oil, slightly lievo-rotatory, of the speeitie gravity 0.8f*t) to O.IKX), has a sharp taste and characteristic (.»lor. With alcohol, it mixes in all proportions. Two or two and one-half volumes of alcohol iSO per cent i should mi.\ perfectly transparent with 1 volume of the oil, lit a temperature not lower than L'0°C. (t)S°F. . If the' mixture Ije clouily it indicati s the presence of tixed oils. If oily drops form upon standing, when .'> to 10 volumes of 80 per cent ak'ohol are ailded, the presence of petroleimi is indicated. Citronella oil contains about 50 per cent of iji-rauiol, vitrotullnl. an aMehyde iCioHisOi which .'^enmiler i 1S91 > succ-eeded in wmverting intoVi/nnicf/ic arid i t'loHigO; i : fiirtlieruioiv lK,nitiil (1 to 2 per cent i, nnilijil-liiiitiiiitii,-, acHic iiiu\ )--il. i-innic aciih in the form of estirs. The higher specific gravitv observed m L>aru-XTYJ. 228) "summarize the diflfer- ences between oil of wintergreen and oil of sweet birch as follows: (1) '^ Oil of wintergreen (Gonltheria) contains about 99 per cent of methyl salicylate, together with a small amount of a paraffin, which is probably tritirontan (C^Hj,.), an alde- hyde or ketone, an apparently secondary alcohol (CjH|«0), and an ester (C„H,,0,). a" pure, fresh oil of gaultheria deviates a ray of polarized light to the left, and the extent of this rotation should not be less than — 0° 25' in a tube of 100 Mm. (2) Oil of ft)rert birch (Betubi),\n its unrectified state, contains about 99.8 per cent of methyl salicylate, together with a very small amount of the above-mentioned paraffin "(C,<,H„)", an aldehyde or ketone, and the ester (C„H.,0,), but does not con- tain the alcohol (C,H„0), "which is found in gaultheria oil. The oil of sweet birch is alwavs opticallv inactive. (3) Both of these oils have a specific gravitv varying from 1.180 to 1.187 at 15° C. (59° F.). Both of them, as well as synthetic methyl salicylate, form a clear solution with five times their volume of 70 per cent alci>- hol, 'at 20° to 25° C. (68° to 77° F.). Neither the oil of gaultheria nor the oil of sweet birch contains any trace of benzoic acid or its esters, nor do they contain any terpene or sesquiterpene." Volatile oil of betula " has the same properties and conforms to the same reactions and tests as methvl salicvlate"— (T. S. P.). (See Methyl Saliajlas; a\so Oleinn (l.ni'fh.r;:,.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Same as Oleiim Gmilthcrijr {■Khich see). OLEUM BUBULUM.— NEAT'8-FOOT OIL. The oil obtained from the feet of the Box domenlirit.i. SySONVMs : Ohinii ,„,hii,i >:iii,i. Arn iini.i ,,ahim liiuri. 1346 OLEUM CADIXUM.— OLEUM CARBOLATUM. Preparation. — Having removed the skin and hoof from ox feet, subject them to the long-continued action of water at 100°C. (212'' F.); the fa ttj' matters which rise and float upon the surface must be skimmed off from time to time, placed into another portion of clear water, and the whole be heated to about 90.6° or 93.3° C. (195° or 200° F.). The oil again floats upon the surface, and may be taken therefrom. The oil may be still further purified, if necessary, by placing it in clean water, and subjecting it, for 20 or 2.5 hours, to a temperature which will be just sufficient to isolate the oil from its fat ; upon the cooling of the water, and after the solidification of the fat, the thin oil which remains should be passed through a coarse charcoal filter. Description. — Good neat's-foot oil has no smell, a mild ta.«te, an oily feel, and is of a white or pale-yellowish color. According to Hager (/ffnif/^M/-/;. 1886), it does not become rancid, even after a lapse of one year; its use for hair pomades is therefore suggested. Its specific gravity at 15° C. (59° F.) is 0.915. It does not readily solidify remaining fluid at very low temperatures, and is used for lubri- cating purposes, likewise by saddlers and shoemakers, to soften and preserve leather and prevent its cracking. Glycerin, oleic acid, and a small portion of stearic acid, are yielded upon saponification. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— This oil is emollient and relaxant, and maybe applied with advantage to the breast and throat, in fro!,;* or rougA, rub- bing it on with brisk friction. It likewise enters into various extemporaneous liniments and poultices. Dr. C. R. Hall stated in the Ty>ndon Jounml. of Medicine, that he has used this oil in the place of cod-liver oil, in tuhercuhn.^ di^a-ses with much efficacy; the dose is the same as that of the cod-liver oil. and occasionally proves laxative. He found it especially useful among those patients with whom the fish oil occasioned nausea. The oil used was merely freed from foreign parti- cles; it was of a yellowish-brown color, and thick and opaque with stearin, like honey not over clear. It does not, however, find favor at the present day, on account of its taste and odor, and its tendency to purge. It is now largely used for rendering leather soft and pliable. OLEUM CADINUM (U. S. P.)— OIL OF CADE. "A product of the drv distillation of the wood of Juniperm Orycedrus, Linne (Nat. Orrf.— Conifera-) "— ( f. S. P.). Synonym : Oleum jmiijM ri rmpi/reiniKitinim. Description and Chemical Composition. — "A brownish or dark-brown, clear, thick liquid, having a tarrv odor, and an empvreumatic, burning, some- what bitter taste. Specific gravity, about 0.990 at 15"° C. (59° F.). It is almost insoluble in water, but imparts to it an acid reaction. It is only partially solu- ble in alcohol, but is completely soluble in ether, chloroform, or carbon disul- phide"— (r.RP.). It is inflammable, and is prepared in France in a manner similar to that for making tar. Common juniper-wood oil is often substituted for it. Oil of cade contains ])henols and large iiuantities of the sesquiterpene cndinene (C,.H,.) (Wallach, 1887). h f k ■»"„ Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Oil of cade has been much used in France as a renunly in manj- cntnnavi'< rably erect hut crooked trunk; a sdl't, ihi'.k, spongy, whitish, ash- colorcd hark; and .^cntiercd l>ranches, with the slen- der twigs often drooping' as completely as in the weeping wiilow ( .sVj//.r y>'r('). The leaves are alternate, most freijiiently vertical, short-stalked, nnr- ro\v-lanceo!ate, while young, sericeous, sometimes slightly falcate, entire, from 3 to o inches long, and from i to J of an inch hroad ; and very aromatic when bruised. The flowers are ternate, sessile, '^ small, white, scentless, in terminal and axillary, ^- downy spikes; the bracts are solitary, lanceolate, silky, and caducous. Cajy.x urceolate. Corolla white and orbicular; filaments 30 to 40, much longer thAn the petals; anthers ovate-cordate, with a yellow gland on the apex. The style is somewhat longer than the stamens; the stigma obscurely 3-lobed. The capsules are 3-celled and 3-valved; the seeds numer- ous, and angularlv wedsre-shaped (L.). This tree is , , , . . the Melaleiiro O.juputi of Rox burgh, and the Melaleuca ■"^""'^"'^'' u-ucadendron. minor of DeCandolle. By Bentham, it is regarded as a variety of Melaleuca Leu- radendron. Several other species of Melaleuca, as M. latifolin, M. viridifolia, and M. /n/piririfiilirt. yield closely related oils, while an extract prepared from the M.piinniinii/eiuis has liten ustd in rheumatic and allied complaints. Preparation and Description.— Oy«j}!(< nil is obtained by distillation of the leaves, which are collecte-iiu^ or cvfiinps of the slomnrh or boivels, cholera morbus, Asiatic cholera, congestive dy>- hol. Its l.oilinj; jioint is between 175°and 230°C. (347° and 446° F.). Chemical Composition. — Oil of caraway is chiefly composed of two constitu ents, the hvdrocarhon dcxtro-limoncne (Schweizer's ca'rvcne, 1841), and the ketone dcxtro-carvone (C,„H,.0, Volckel, 1840; Wallach, 1S93), formerly called carvol. The latter is the peculiar odoriferous principle of oil of carawayi and occui-s therein to the extent of 60 to 60 per cent. Carrone is official in the'Germnn Phnnnacopceia under the name of Oleum. Card or Carvol, specific gravitv 0.96, boiling point 224** C. (435.2° F.); according to Schimmel & Co.. 229^ to 230° C. (444.2° to 446° F.) if OLEUM CAKYOPHYLLI. 1:549 mercurial column is surrounded by the vapors. Cnrvane is soluble in 20 parts of 50 per cent alcohol to a clear liquid; the presence of 2 per cent oi carvenf is indicated by turbidity (Sehimmel ct Co.). Corrone, if exposed to air, turns yellow, and then produces a red-violet coloration with a il ilutal i\o\ution of ferric chloride. Cnrvonc is an unsaturated ketone, forms a crystallizable compound with hydrogen sulphide (C,„H|,O.H.S), by means of which it can be isolated and iiurilied; with hi)drnxyUuninc (NH.OH) it forms a crystallizable, not vcrv volatile o./-('//ic (C|,jH„: NOH)', melting at 72° C. (.161.6° F.). E. Kremers and 0. Schreiner {Plutrm. HevieiB, 1896, p. 76) estimate tlie quantitj' of carvone in oil of caraway by converting it into the oxime and separating the latter from the volatile carvene by distillation with steam. Carvone, when heated with sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid, chloride of zinc, or alkalies, etc., is converted into its isomer rnrvacrol {Uopropyl-nrtho crexo[) which is also an isomer of thi/mol, the principal constituent of oil of thyme. Carvacrol occurs chiefly in Oliion Orignni (which see), and occasionally in the oil of Monarda punctdlii (.sue Monnrdii). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Oil of caraway is a warm diffusible stimulant and carminative. It is frequently used to allay the griping and sicken- ing effects of medicines, also to increase their tiavor. Like oil of anise it allays flatulent colic, and is a local anodvne. The dose is from 1 too or 10 drops. Carva- crol, placed on cotton and introduced into the cavity of a carious tooth, is said to give prompt relief. OLEUM CARYOPHYLLI (U. S. P.)— OIL OF CLOVES. A volatile oil distilled from the immature flower-buds of Eugenia nrodintica (Linne), 0. Kuntze {Eugenia caryophxjllata, Thunberg). Nnt. Ord. — Myrtaceje. " It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected from thelight-— (T. 5. P.). Preparation.— Oil of cloves is procured by submitting cloves, with water, to repeated distillation; to extract the whole of the oil from cloves, they must be subjected to repeated cohobations. The addition of common salt is often resorted to to raise the point of ebullition. On an average they yield from 17 t« 22 per cent of volatile oil. At the present time nearly all the oil is produced by mean.s of superheated steam. The bulk of the oil used in this country is distilled here from South American cloves. In Europe clore-Malk.t are said to furnish a portion of the oil. The vield from this source is 5.5 to 6 per cent, and the specific gravity l.a>5 t.) 1.06-5 (Sehimmel i72 at 14.5° C. (58.1° F.). Bv oxidation it yields vanillin, which is also a constituent of the oil. Like the typical phenol (carbolic acid), eugenol dissolves in solution of caustic alkalies, forming phenolates, whereby its odor is lost; the eugenol mav be lib- erated again by the addition of acid. On account of its being an orthodijdieno!- derivative, it tiirns blue in alcoholic solution with ferric chloride (compare Ciuain- colum). Canjoplnjllcne (C,.H,., Church. 1875; Wallach, 1802^ is a col,.rl.'ss ILjuid of 1350 OLEUM CHENOPODII. a faint odor; it forms a crj-stallizable compound with 1 molecule of water {caryo- Ijhyllene hydrate, C,-^.,p), melting at 96° C. (204.8° F.). Caryophyllene also occurs in oil of copaiba. Minor constituents of oil of cloves are salicylic acid (Scheuch, 1863; Erdmann, 1897), 'methyl alcohol, furfural (furfur-aldehyde,CJi,O.CB.O),to the presence of which is prol)ably due the turning brown of oil of cloves upon expo- sure, and viethyl-amyl-kdone, having an ethereal fruit odor (see Gildemeister and Hoffmann, Die Mheri^chen Oele, 1899). Tests. — The U. S. P. directs the following tests for oil of cloves: "When shaken with an equal volume of a concentrated solution of potassium hydrate, or of stronger ammonia water, it forms a semisolid, j-ellowish mass. If 2 drops of the oil be dissolved in 4 Co. of alcohol, and a drop of ferric chloride T.S. added, a bright green color will be produced; and if the same test be made with a drop of dilute ferric chloride T.S., prepared by diluting the test-solution with four times its volume of water, a blue color will be produced which soon changes to yellow. If 1 Cc. of the oil be mixed with 2 Cc. of a mixture of 2 volumes of alcohol and 1 volume of water, it should form a clear and perfect solution (absence of petro- leum, most fatty oils, oil of turpentine, and similar oils). If 1 Cc. of the oil be shaken with 20 Cc. of hot water, the water should show a scarcely perceptible acid reaction to litmus paper. If, after cooling, the aqueous layer be passed through a wet filter, the clear filtrate should yield, with a drop of ferric chloride T.S., only a transient grayish-green, but not a blue or violet color (absence of carbolic acid)" — (r. S. P.). A markedly lower specific gravity than that given above, points to the addition of lighter oils, as oil of turpentine, etc. Oil from clove- stalks is difficult to identify chemically ; according to Gildemeist€r and Hoffmann {loc.cit.), it differs from oil of cloves in being devoid of aceto-eurienol. The eugenol contents of oil of cloves maj' be determined quantitatively, according to H. Thorns (1891), by converting it into its benzoyl compound and weighing the latter; or, according to Umney (Phnrm. Jour. Trans., Vol. XXV. 1895, p. 950), by adding a 10 per cent (better a 4 to 5 per cent) solution of caustic potash to a definite quantity of the oil, and measuring the volume of the oil above the eugenol-potas-ium layer. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Oil of cloves is stimulant and irritant, and is much used as a corrector of other medicines, and as an external counter- irritant. It is frequently inserted on cotton into the cavity of a carious tooth to alleviate toothache, and in the external auditory meatus to relieve earache. Its dose is from 2 to 5 drops on sugar, or in emulsion. One part of oil of cloves mixed with 3 parts of linseed oil, and given in doses of 6 or S drops in milk. 2 or 3 times a day, has been found useful in allaying pain, palpitation, and other annoying symptoms common to some forms of heart disease. It preserves mucilage of traga- canth prepared for adhesive purposes. Derivatives of Eugenol.— Eigenol-acetamide (C.Hj.CjHj.OCHa.OCHjCOXHj). This body is said to Ije obtainod by the interaction of concentrated solution of ammonia and eugenol- aoctic-ethyl-ether. It forms shining, crystalline needles or scales, which melt at 110°C. (2:50° F.). Water and alcohol dissolve it. It is reputed antiseptic and alocal ana^thetic, acting somewhat like cocaine. It is a patented preparation (see /'harm. Cfntralhallr, 1S>I2. p. 441 ). BKNzoYL-Kt. OLEUM CHENOPODII (U. S. P.i— OIL OF CHENOPODIUM. "A volatile oil distilled from chenopodium. It should be kept in well-stojv pered bottles, in a cool place" — (f ''. 5. P.). Svxo.NVM : 0(7 of American wonmced. Preparation, History, and Description. — Oil of wormseed is prepared in this country ; that jiroduced near the litv of Baltimore is the most esteemed. It is nht.Tiiied by distillation of the bruised seed or ripe tops of the plant with OLEUM CINNAMOMI. 1351 water, and when first obtained is of a light-yellcnv color, but becomes darker by iige. It possesses the odor and taste of the plant, and has a varying specific gravity which may become higher i\v age. An oil of less strength is prepared in the western states from the leaves, stalks, and seeds of the matured plant, and probably possesses similar properties when given in larger doses. That from the seeds always commands the highest price. Thirteen ounces of the seeds gave 3i drachms of volatile oil, according to Engelliardt, which corresponds to a yield of about 3.4 per cent. Gildemeister and Hotl'mann (loc. rit.), however, report a much smaller yield from the .seeds, namely, 0.6 to 1 per cent. The herb of C.amhi-o.;fl,y! vields 0.2.5 per cent of oil, of' specific gravitv 0.901 (Schimmel & Co.'s Report. A\M-\\, 1897). The oil is soluble in alcohol and "ether. The U. S. P. describes it as "a thin, colorless or yellowish lii^uid, having a peculiar, penetra- ting, somewhat camphoraceous odor, and a pungent and bitterish taste. Specific gravity, al>out 0.970 at lo°C.(.59° F.). One Cc.of the oil should form a perfectly clear sulutinn with 10 Cc. of a mixture of 3 volumes of alcohol and 1 volume of water"— I I'. .'^'. P.). The oil is slightly la^vo-rotatory. Chemical Composition. — This oil has not been recently investigated. Accord- ing to (ianiLTU's .I,,,-,-. Jmir. /V/.w//i., I&"i4, p. 40-1 ), it co"ntains a hydrocarbon (C,„H,,, i. l.niliii- at 17f;!^ C. ( ;^4S 8° F. ), probably limonnir, and a body (C',„U,fi). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — This oil is used onlv as an anthelmin- tic. Its dose is from 3 to 6 drops for a child, repeated twice a day for 4 or 5 days, and then followed by an active cathartic. It forms the basis of several popular nostrums for wo/-m,s. "Poisonous efifects have been observed, from its immoderate use. It has also been used in dygpejisia of stomach and boivets, and in certain spas- modic nervous disorders. OLEUM CINNAMOMI (U. S. P.)— OIL OF CINNAMON. "A volatile oil distilled from cassia cinnamon. It should be kept in well-stop- pered bottles, in a cool place, protected from light" — (U. S. P.). Synonyms: Oil of cassia, Oleit,m cinnamomi cassias, Oleum cassine, CTiinese oil of cinnamon. Source, Preparation, and Description. — There are several oils of cinnamon the chiet' romiiifrcial varieties of which are the Oil of Chinese Cinnamon, and the Oil of C- 1/'"" f'innuiiiun; the former alone is recognized by the present edition of thei'. .S'.P. I. Oi.EVM CiNNAMO.Mi Zeylahici, Oil of Ceylon cinnamon. — Oil of cinnamon is obtained in Ceylon, by macerating refuse bark and chips, reduced to a coarse powder, in sea-water for two days, adding chloride of sodium, and then distilling off the water. Part of the oil floats, and the other part sinks in the water which cf)mes over; the whole amounting on an average to 8 ounces from 80 pounds, avoirdupois, of recently prepared cinnamon (0.5 to 1 per cent, Schimmel & Co.). The color of oil of cinnamon is pale-yellow, or wine-yellow, which slowly passes to cherry-red. Its taste is at first sweetish, afterward burning and aromatic. It is readilv soluble in alcohol, also clearly soluble in 3 parts of 70 per cent alcohol. Its sp'ecitic gravity varies from 1.024 to 1.040 (about 1.040, f. S. P., 1880). This oil has the finest aroma of all cinnamon oils; the chemical nature of the aro- matic principle, however, is not known. The oil contains 65 to 75 percent of cinnnmir aldehyde, and about 4 to 8 per cent of eugenol, both of which form the heavv distillate; the lighter distillate contains the hydrocarbon pheUandrene. Tliis'..il is often adulterated with the oil from the leaves, which are frequently distille.l along with the bark; the oil of the leaves (1.8 per cent) is characterized by a much higher percentage of its eiKjenol contents (70 to 90 per cent), and con- sequentlv bv a higher specific gravitv (1.044 to 1.065). II. "Oi."ei-.m Cinnamomi Cassi.>:.— O/Zo/raxs/n, or Chinese oil of cinnamon, resem- bles the Ceylon oil in color, odor, and taste, but it is much inferior. Its chemical reactions are similar to those of the oil of cinnamon, as well as are its medicinal virtues. The Chinese oil is optically inactive, while the "^eylon oil is slightly hevo-or dextro-gvrate. According to Schimmel & Co. (AV/wrt, Oct., 1892), this oil is obtained mainly from cas.sia leaves mixed with stem, twigs, and refuse iior- tions uf the trees. Schimmel A- Co. {Snni- Annual i?«7)o»-r, Oct., 1892 and Oct., 1893) OLEUM CINNAMOMI. obtained bj' separate distillations of various parts of cassia, the following per- centages of cinnamic aldehyde : 88.9 80.4 92 90 1.5 1.55 1.64 0.2 0.54 0.77 1.035 at 20° C. Cassia buds Cassia biKl-sticks Ci^sii l>i-infh tops 1.026 at 20° C. 1.046 at 1.5° C. 1 045 at 15° C Caseiu k'avfs.ieal'-staiks.aud young twigs, mixed. l.a56 at 15° C. 1.055 The U. S. P. describes the official oil as follows: "A yellowish or brownish liquid, becoming darker and thicker by age and exposure to the air, having the characteristic odor of cinnamon, and a sweetish, spicy, and burning taste. Spe- cific gravity, 1.055 to l.OGo at 15° C. (59° F.). Soluble in an equal volume of alco- liol, the solution being slightly acid to litmus paper; also soluble in an equal volume of glacial acetic acid. When shaken with a saturated solution of sodium bisulphite, it solidifies to a crystalline mass. If 4 drops of the oil, contained in a test-tube, be cooled to 0° C. (32° F.\ and then siiaken with 4 drops of fuming nitric acid, crystalline needles or plates will be formed " — {U. S. P.). In the latter reaction, the cinnamic aldehyde of the oil and the nitric acid unite to forma decomposition product, decomposable by water. Chemical Composition and Tests. — The chief constituent of cassia (Chinese) oil is rinnamir ,thJJr,i,le ( c, II ,CII:(HCHO ), discovered, in 1834, by Dumas and Peligot. It is a liglit-yt-llou- liqiii.l, of specific gravity 1.064 at 15° C. (59° F.), forming a crystallizable compound, as stated above, with nitric acid, also with sodium bisulphite. Upon the formation of this compound is based a method for the valuation of cinnamic aldehyde in oil of cassia, devised by Messrs. Schim- mel & Co. (For a description of this process, see Gildemeister and Hoffmann, Die .Ether i^ch en Oele, 1899.) Other constituents of oil of cassia are cinmnni/l-aretale (C<,H,.C,,H,0,) (Sc'himmel & Co., 1889), and 1 per cent of free ciiniamir oriii. formed by oxidation of cinnamic aldehyde. The presence of this acid causes corrosion of the leaden containers in w'hich the oil is shipped. Oil of cassia was at one time much adulterated with colophony and petroleum. The U. S. P. directs the following tests: " If a portion of the oil be shaken with water, and tlie liquid passed through a wet filter, the clear filtrate should give, with a few drop.s of basic lead acetate T.S., a white turbidity, without a yellow color (ab.sence of oil of cloves). If 4 drops of the oil be dissolved in 10 Cc. of alcohol, the subsequent addition of a drop of ferric chloride T.S. should produce a brown, but not a green or blue, color (absence of oil of cloves or of carbolic acid). If 1 Cc. of the oil be mixed with 3 Cc. of a mixture of 3 volumes of alcohol and 1 volume of water, a clear solution should result; and if to this solution there be gradually added 2 Cc. of a saturated solution of lead acetate in a mixture of 3 volumes of alcohol and 1 volume of water, no precijtitate should be produced (absence of jietroleum. or of colophony )"—(( '. .•>;. P. 1. The Inttor test is that of Hirschsohn ( ISiX)). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Oil of cinnamon is stimulant, aro- matic, antispasmodic, and carminative. It is frequently used to modify the taste of medicines, and is given as a stimulant \n fliituU tit colic, cramps of the ^tomnr/i, paralysis of the tongue, etc. It exerts an inllnence upon the uterus, and is one of the most valuable of agents, in the form of alcoholic tincture, in uterine hemor- rhac/c. The tincture of the bark is frequently administered for this purpose, but we know from experience, that although destitute of astringency. yet the tinc- ture or essence of the oil has the same, if not a better action, in such cases ; again it is an unsafe remedy to exliibit during pregnancy, as it is very ai>t to proaucc miscarriage. The essence, or even cordial of cinnamon, stimulates the gt-nerative organs, and produces an aphrodisiac infiuence. Tincture of oil of cinnamon combined with ergot, iiiecac, eriger(ni, or lycopus, as indicated, is an excellent remedy for hcmopti/sis. The dose of oil of cinnamon is 1 or 2 drops, given in emul- sion ; of the essence from i to 1 Huid drachm, given in a wine-glass of sweetened water. Ten drops of oil of cinnamon added to a fluiil drachm of olive oil, gently Ul.KlM OlOiS -ULKIM (Ui-AIH.K. 1353 iieated and rubbed upon tbe spine, will frequently quiet a restless, fretful ehild sufteriiig witli fiiihilenre or colic, and cause it to sleep; if the rubefacient power requirts to be increased, 10 drops of atjua annuonia' may be added. Related Oils.— Oleim Cin.sam(i>ii KAnicis, Oil a/ ciuummn rwl. Distilled from the root- bark oi" I'iiiiHinioiiiiim ZtiiliDiiciim, Breyn. This oil is nearly colorless, lm.« a cinnamon-like and camiihoraceous oilor, anil a camphor-like taste. It is not bo heavy as water, and at ordinary temperature separates common camphor. It also contains ciinMinic ulilihi/dt: Olecm (.'isxa.momi Foliobu.m, Oi7 o/ci)i»((Hiy)i /((IIC.11.— Distilled from the leaves of ri'ioK/. Zeylaiiicnm. This is a bright, limpid, nale-ycllow oil, with a combined cinnamon-dovt il, Kafrol, ana ciit'naii otior. Its constituents are eugtiuil, nafrul, and ciiinamic aldehyde, sometimes replaced hy hmu- aldehi/de {also see Olfttin Cintiamomi Zciiliuiiri). Oil of Civn.\.mo.n- from the bark of a north Indian tree, the Cinnamomum WUjIitii. of JIeis.. O,-,/.— Falnue. Synonyms : Ohmn roroin, Cnrnanut butter: Botanical Source and History. — The cocoanut tree (Cocoanut pnlm) yields the cocoanut (properly coconut), much used in this country for culinary pur- poses, and in tbe confectioner's art. The tree is met with in most tropical climes, growing from 50 to 100 feet high. The narrow, long, rigid leallets compose the leaves, which are of great length (12 feet or more), and borne in a cluster at the apex of the tall trees. The Howers are yellowish-white and the fruits, borne in Clusters of from 10 to 20, are the well-known cocoanuts. When unripe they are filled with a sweetish liquid. As many as 120 of these large nuts are sometimes to be found on the tree. The uses of the cocoanut palm, aiul its products, are probably more extensive than those of any other plant. (For an account of its varied uses, see Practical Flora, by 0. R. Willis ; i'^eful Native Plants of Australia, by Maiden ; Treasim/ of Botany; and Materia Medica of ]f'estern India, by Dymock.) The oil is obtained by boiling in water, or preferably by hot expression. Description. — Cocoanut oil must not be confused with ^^o/oi o//, or with mroo butter. It is white, butyraceous, of a mild, bland taste, and a peculiar odor. It is capable of forming a hard, white soap, which is not precipitated by salt, and there- fore may be used with sea-water. On exposure to the atinosi)here, it becomes ran- cid. Its melting point ranges from 20° to 28° C. (68° to 82.4° F.),the cold expressed oil having the lowest melting point. When fused it is thin, yellowish, and trans- parent, congealing again between 14° and 23° C. (57.2° and 73.4° F.). It may retain its fluidity for many days after having been subjected to a heat of 240° C. (469° F.). Tlie soap combines with much water when mixed with it near the congealing point. Chemical Composition. — This oil contains a small amount of oleic acid, as glyceride (olrin). The hulk of the oil consists of a glyceride sometimes called coconiii (rocinule off/li/rerin), which is a mixture of several glycerides (Oudemans), chiefly /(£'.( /-m, the glycerin ester of lauric acid. MyrisUn, palmitin, ai^d stearin are likewise present, as well as the glycerides of caproic, caprinic, and caprylic acids. The oil is separable by hydraulic pressure into a solid portion utilized in candle- making, and an oily i)cirtion used for salad dressings, illuminating purposes, the manufacture of so.ips. etc Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Besides the commercial uses above referred to, cocoanut oil has been employed, but without success, as a substitute for cod-liver oil. The dose is about A ounce. OLEUM COPAIBA (U. S. P.)— OIL OF COPAIBA. "A volatile oil distilled from copaii>a. It should i)e kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place"— ( f. .s'. P.). Preparation. — The oil is obtained by distilling coiiaiba balsam with water. "Take of copailja, 12 ounces; water, 2 gallons. Distill, preserving the water; 1354 OLEUM CORIAXDRL— OLECM CUBEB.E. when most of the water has passed over, heat, return it into the still, and resume the distillation ; repeat this process so long as a sensible quantity of the oil passes over with the water" {fJh). Description and Chemical Composition.— The more recent the copaiba bal- sam, the greater the amount of volatile oil obtained. Usualh' about 33 to 50 per cent of oil may be distilled from copaiba, and it is stated that one specimen yielded 80 per cent (Amer. Jour. Phnrm.,\o\. XXII, p. 289). It is inflammable, soluble in ether and sulphide of carbon; its boiling point i.s 243.3° C. (470° F.); it dissolves caoutchouc; absorbs hydrochloric acid gas, artificial camphor being deposited in crystals. The U. S. P. describes the oil as " a colorless or pale yellowish liquid, liaving the characteristic odor of copaiba, and an aromatic, bitterish, and pun- gent taste. Specific gravity, 0.890 to 0.910 at 15° C. C59° ¥.), increasing with age. Soluble in about ten times its volume of alcohol, forming a slightly turbid liquid, which is neutral to litmus paper"— (L'. S. P.;. Potassium may be preserved in the oil unchanged. When droi)ped on iodine, hy-driodic acid "is produced with sudden development of heat. It dissolves sulphur, iodine, and phosphorus, and is converted into a resinous substance by nitric and sulphuric acids. It has a left-handed optical rotation. It is composed mainly of the hydrocarbon far2,ci^Ay/- Icne {C^Ji.,^). (Compare Oil nf Cloven; also see Copaiba.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— The oil of copaiba exerts an influence upon the system similar to that of copaiba, to which it is preferred on account of the smaller dose required, and its non-tendency to cause nausea. It enters into many of the nostrums of the day for the cure oi gonorrhmi. It is also reputed useful in bronchial catarrh. The dose is 10 or 20 drops, which should be given in syrup, peppermint, or cinnamon water, mucilage, or emulsion. OLEUM CORIANDRI (U. S. P.)— OIL OF CORIANDER. A volatile oil distilled from the fruit of Coriandrum Sdtintin.Linni:. i\v,/. O'v/.— Uml)ellifera\ " It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place'" — (f. 5. P.). Preparation. — This is obtained by distilling ground coriander fruit with water or by steam. The yield ranges from 0.2 per cent (East Indian) to 0.8 to 1 per cent (Russian) (Schimmel A- C'o.i. Description and Chemical Composition.— "A colorless or slightly yellowish liquid, having the characteristic, aromatic odor of coriander, and a warm, spicv taste. Specific gravity 0.870 to 0.885 at 15° C. (59° F.). One Cc. of the oil form's a perfectly clear solution with 3 Cc. of a mixture of 3 volumes of alcohol and 1 volume of water, the solution being neutral to litmus paper. The oil is also soluble in an equal volume of glacial acetic acid" — {U. S. P.). The oil is dextro- gyrate ( + 4° to +13°) and contains about 5 per cent of deriro-pinenr; the bulk consists of the dextro-rotatory modification of linahwl (C|oH|,0). formerly called roriandrol. Neither of these constituents nor their mixture exhibits the peculiar odor of coriander. The flowering herb distilled yields an oil of a repulsive bed- bug odor, which disappears, however, upon standing. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— This oilis carminative, aromatic, and anodyne. It may he used locally for )iei(rnl in an equal volume of alcohol (distinction from oil of fireweed [derived from Ererhtite:< hiirarifnlin, Rafinesque, Xat. Ord. — Compositjv] and from oil of turpentine), this solution being neutral or slightly acid to litmus; also soluble in an equal volume of glacial acetic aciil. It distills for the most part between 175° and 180° C. (347° and ;i56° F.)"— (f. S. P.). Oil of erigeron waa introduced into practice l>y Eclectic physicians. 1356 OLEUM EUCALYPTI. Chemical Composition.— This oil is mainly composed of dextro-lirmnene (see Fritz \V. Mtissner. Aimr. Jour. J'/iiirm., 1893, p. 420;, and terpincol (Kremers and Huilkfl. I'/inn„. Hunrlsr/nn,, Vol. XIII. ISHo, p. 137). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Oil of fleabane is hseniostatic, stimu- lant, and carminative, with scarcely any perceptible astringency. It appears, notwithstanding, to exert a vtry remarkable influence on the .«y?tem in hemor- rhages, to check which it is chiefly used. It is of superior value in all hemorrhages, but more especially when from the uterus. Further investigations with this remedy are required in order to know its proper therapeutic action. The dose is from 2 to 10 drops, dissolved in alcohol, and administered in mucilage or sweet- ened water. It should be repeated, according to circumstances, every 1-5 or 30 minutes, or every 1, 2, or 4 hours. Combined with 5 or 6 parts of castor oil, or of stramonium ointment, it forms a valuable application to -jnles. (For further uses, see Erigeron.) OLEUM EUCALYPTI (U. S. P.)— OIL OF EUCALYPTUS. "A volatile oil distilled from the fresh leaves of Eucalyptus glnbuhts, Labillar- diere; Eucalyptus oleosa, F.von Mueller, and some other species of EucalypAus (_Xat. Ord. — MvrtaceaO. 'It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, pro- tected from tho light ■■— I r. ,'?. P.). History and Description. — When the leaves are distilled with steam, and the distillatf purified by treatment with caustic soda solution and again rectified, a fragrant, yellowish oil is obtained, which becomes brown and resinous from oxidation, when exposed to the atmosphere. Eucalyptus tar is the soap-like, brown residue from the purification of the crude oil with caustic soda. It is sometimes used as a cheap disinfectant. The flower buds yield eucalyjitusoil in great quan- tity, and even when dry are found to contain numbers of large oil glands filled with oil. As described by the U. 8. P., it is " a colorless or faintly yellowi^h liquid, having a characteristic, aromatic, somewhat camphoraceous odor, and a jiungent, spicy, and cooling taste. Specific gravity, 0.915 to 0.925 at 15° C. (59° F.i. Solu- l)le, in all proportions, in alcohol, carbon disuli)hide, or glacial acetic acid. Its alcoholic solution is neutral, or slightly acid, to litmus paper. If 1 Cc. of the oil be mixed with 2 Cc. of glacial acetic acid, and 1 or 2 Cc. of a saturated, aqueous solution of sodium nitrite be gradually added, the mixture, when gently stirred, should not form a crystalline mass (distinction from oils of eucalyptus containing a considerable portion of phellandrene)" — (U. S. P.). The oil, if rich in cineol, solidifies when surrounded by a freezing mixture; it dissolves resins readily, but does not dissolve gutta-percha. The oils of various species of Eucalyjitus differ in many respects. Since 1854, the manufacture of eucalyptus oil has been estab- lished in A ustralia by Joseph Bosisto, and it is now an article of considerable com- merce. ( In this connection, see an interesting article bv Mr. E. M. Holmes, on the manufaeture, etc., of eucalyptus oil, in Phanii. Jour. Tra,is.,yol. XXV, 1S94. p. 501.) Large (|u:iiitilii s ol' the oil are now also produced in Algeria. ChemicalComposition.— Tlie oil of 7::i'(V(/(/^,?((.<(/toii(/i(.-( contains (VH<-r./(C,„H,80, Jahns, 1884), formerly called eucabiplol (Cloez, 1870). It is the chief constituent of this oil, as well as oil of cajuput (which see), and occurs in smaller quantities in a number of other oils (see enumeration, in Gildemeister ami Hoflmann, lor. rit.). It is a colorless fluid of a characteristic camphoraceous odor, and crvstallii- ing slightly below the freezing point of water. It boils at 177° C. i 350.6' f".), and is optically inactive. It forms crystallizabie addition compounds, chiefly with hydrobroniic acid gas and with concentrated phosphoric acid, wliich serve in the isolation, and perhaps tiie quantitative determination of cineol. The oil of Eucalyptus globulus also contains the hydrocarbon dr.^iro-pinciif (W'allach and Gildemeister, 1884), formerly called ewntypinu; and other hydro- carbons. The crude oil contains ralerir, butyric, and cny.m/c aldehyde^, to which the acrid odor of the oil is due. The oil of the Australian £". (iiii.i/.'/'/n/iti'i. I.abil- lardiere, or 1(7//^? and Broun pcjipermint fire, contains chWAy phellandretir. witjj little cineol. The aldehyde citromllal (C,„H„()) is the principal constituent vHl to 90 per cent) of the oil of F^.cilriodorti. Hooker, and other species; and ritral (C,(,H„0) i> found in large (piantity in tiie oils from Eucalyptus Staitjcriaim. F.von Mueller, OLEUM FCEXK TLI.-OI.ErM GAri.THEIM.K. l.iJT and Biiihlinii.-'in cilrindorn, F. vor. Mueller. E.olcn.sn, F. von Muelk-r, contains <•(««); and rii,„i(i-iililrli>iili\ (For al>iiiiii:iiit information rejiarding eucalyjitus oils, see Gil.l.'nuister and Hoflniann. Jh. .hihrrisr/,,,, 0,l,; 189<).) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— ( Ft>r n., in a cool place, and, if it ha,s jiartly or whollj' solidified, it should be com- pletely liquetied by warming before being dispensed" — ( I'.S.P.). Cescription. — Oil of fennel is prepared from brui.«ed fennel seed.s, by distil- lation v/itli water. The yield from difi'erent sources (Saxon. Galician, Moravian, Roumanian) varies from 4 to (> per cent. As officially described, the oil is "a I'olorless or pale-yellowish liijuid, having the characteristic, aromatic odor of fen- nel, and a sweetish, mild, and spicv taste. Specific gravity, not less than 0.960 at 1.5° C. (oO'' F.). Betwe<'n 5° and 10° C. (41° and 50° F.) it usually solidifies to a crystalline mas'?, but occasionally it remains liquid at a considerably lower tem- perature. Soluble in an einial volume of alcohol, the solution being neutral to lit- mus pai)er: also soluble in an equal volume of glacial acetic acid" — (I'.S.P.). Chemical Composition and Tests. —Oil of fennel contains from 50 to 60 per cent of mutliol (see OUinn Aidsi) which crystallizes out upon cooling, and deilrn-hnr/ione (C,(,H,„0, Wallach and Hartmann, 1890), an oily, camphoraceous ketone of bitter taste, solidifying above the temperature of melting ice, Ijoiling at 192° to 193°C. (377.6° to 379.4° F.) and forming with hydroxyiamine a crys- tallizable orune (C,(,H,^:N.OH), characterized by its melting point, 164° to 165° C. (327. "2° to 829° F.). Furthermore, (lixtro-jiivene and dijuntene ai-e jiresent. Tardy (1897) found in a specimen of French fennel oil, in addition, mdliyl-rhavknl (see Oleum Aiii--i), and perhaps ani^e-keUme (CJi,.0('lI .< 11 ('( M'H,). The relative amounts of the.se constituents vary according to th' li n.;iaphical sources of the oil; thus, fenchone is entirely absent in sweet or Knniau linnel from southern France and Macedonia, while Sicilian fennel {Fa niruhtia pijieritinn, DeCandoWe) contains but traces of anethol. Oil of bitter fennel, growing wild in France, Spain, and Algeria, contains princij)ally dextm-phelhindreue, and traces of fenchone and anethol. According to Gildemeister and Hoflmann (Die .Eth< rUrfiev Of/p, p. 740), oil of fennel from which part of its anethol is removed b}' refrigeration, does not solidify at or above 3° C. (37.4° F.). An addition of alcohol or oil of turpentine reduces the specific gravity of the oil. The specific gravities, accord- ing to Schimmel & Co. (Rejiort, April, 1897), range from 0.920 (Spanish fruit) to 0.987 ( .Vsia Minor or Aleppo fruit). The T. 5. P. gives the following tests for the jiurity of oil of fennel: "The oil is not colored by the addition of a drop of ferric chloride T.S. (absence of some foreign oils containing phenols, and of car- bolic acid i. If the oil be dropped into water, without agitation, it should not j>rodu a milky tiirbidity (atiscnce of alcohol)" — (f '. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. —Oil of fennel is principally used as a (■arm illative, and lor the piirjinse of ciTrecti ng' or concealing the unpleasantness of other iiiidicini's. It is emmenagogue, and increases the lacteal secretions. The dose is from o to '-'U drops. OLEUM GAULTHERIiE (U. S. P.)— OIL OF GAULTHERLA.. 'A volatile oil distilled from the leaves of GnuUherin j>rontmhni<, Linne ( Win- lergrrrn, Nut. Ord. — Ericacea-\ consisting almost entirely of methyl salicylate (CH , ('.HjO, = lol.64), and nearly identical with volatile oil of betula. It shoulil 1m- kept in well-stoppered bottles, protected from light" — (('. S. P.). SVNO.W.MS : Oil ofvinliiijrecn. Oil of tenhrrr)/, Oil of fxirtridgfhern/. History. — This volatile oil is not' peculiar to gaultheria alone, but has been derived also from the bark of Betula leulu, ihe root of Poli/r/oln j,intrifnli(i,i\m\ the stems ami roots of Sjilnm Clmari'i. Siiirini lolmtti, the leaves of (Imdt/ierin /li^/dduln, Gaulthirin Iruriirnrjni. (loidt/itriti ]>u)icl(itti,and from Monolrojia H>/jioj,ili^i<. Gaultheria 1358 OLEUM GOSSYPII SEMIXIS. procumbens i.s a small, herbaceous plant, growing in the United StaUs along the Atlantic coast as far south as Georgia and Alabama, and westward as f.:r as Min- nesota. The oil was first distilleil earl_v in this centurj-, in the states of Pennsyl- vania, New Jersey, and New York, but its production has gradually ho* n super- seded, to a great extent, b}' the distillation of the oil from Betula Icntu, and lat-r by the manufacture of artificial methyl salicylate, which is the chief constituei;t of both oils, a fact discovered almost simultaneously by Wm. Procter, Jr. ri84"2;, and Cahours, in France (1844). Oil of gaultheria w'as first mentioned in American literature by Jacob Bigelow, in 1818 (see historical notes in Phnrw. Rerieir, 1898, p. 176; and especially Dr. Frederick Hoffmann, in Die .Ether ischni Ode, 1899, p. 765). Description.— "A colorless or yellow, or occasionally reddi.sh, liquid, having a characteristic, strongly aromatic odor, and a sweetish, warm, and aromatic taste. Specific gravity, 1.175 to 1.185 at 15° C. (59° F.). Boiling point, 218° to 221° C. (424.4° to 429.8° F.). It deviates polarized light slightly to the left. In other respects it has the same properties and conforms to the same reactions and tests as methyl salicylate (see Methyl Salin/l/i.s; aho Oleum Betuhe Volntile)" — (T. S. P.). Oil of gaultheria is the heaviest essential oil known. It dissolves in 6 parts of 70 per cent alcohol, which is not the ca.se if the oil is adulterated with ]petroleuni oil. An addition of the latter also reduces the specific gravity of the oil. Its odor distinctly differs from that of synthetic methyl salicylate. The only physical difference between the oils of gaultheria and sweet birch, consists in the optical inactivity of the latter. Chemical Composition. — According to Power and Kleber {Pharm. RuntUchnu, 1895, p. 228), 98.05 percent of the oil consists of methyl salicylate, and maybe removed by shaking the oil with solution of caustic potash (7.5 per cent) ; this converts the salicylate into the water-soluble potassium-methyl-salicylate (CjH,. OK.COOCH,). The remainder, a semisolid, insoluble mass, was differentiated into the paraffin triarnntan (C.Jig,); an aldehyde or ketone, possessing the odor of fenanth-aldehyde; its corrre.sponding alcohol (0.11,^0); and an ester (C„H„0,), saponifiable into the same alcohol (C^Hi^O), and an acid (CjH,„0,). Both alcohol and ester possess the characteristic odor of wintergreen not to be found in the artificial oil (Gildemeister and Hoffmann, lor. cit.). The terpene (inuHherilene, observed by Cahours (1844) in the quantity of 10 per cent, must have been due to an adulteration of his specimen with oil of turpentine. Oil of gaultheria, according to recent investigations (see Oleum BetuUv Volatile), is formed in the plant by decomposition of the glucosid gnultherin, under the influence of a pecu- liar ferment; but some oil, at least, must exist ready-formed, judging from the odor it emits when rubbed between the fingers. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— This oil is stimulant and aromatic, and is largely tiu]ilc)yed to correct or disguise the taste of other medicines. The essence, or the oil dissolved in alcohol, is stated to have been found effectual in curing intermittent fcccr. Oil of wintergreen possesses decidedly active properties, and in \ ounce doses has produced death. It acts much like" salicylic acid, but death is preceded by coma. Congestion of the kidneys, stomach, and duodenum, and black fluid blood, are revealed upon autopsy. The symptoms j)roduced are drowsiness, cerebral congestion with throltbing of the arteries, delirium, visual impairment with contracted or dilated pupils, tinnitus, paresis, somnolence and coma. Oil of wintergreen has been more recently largely employed in gonorrhaen, and in (jonorrhiKil and other forms of rheumnti.-im, in trigeminal neuralgia, tie doulou- reux, and in suhamte and ehronie cyMiti-i. As large doses as can be borne should be given in rheumatic disorders, but like salicylic acid and the salicylates its action upon the heart must be closely watched. Locally used, it relieves pain. The dose of the oil is from 5 to 10 to 30 drops on sugar, in capsules, or in emulsion. OLEUM GOSSYPII SEMINIS U. S. P. -COTTON-SEED OIL. "A fixed oil expressed from the seed of Gasstipium herhaeeum, Linue, and of other species of Gof.v/pium (Xat. Onl. — Malvaceae), and subsequently purified. It should be kept in weH-closed vessels" — (f. 5?. P.). Syno.ny.ms: Oleum gossi/pii. Oil of Mlon, Cotton oil. Source and Preparation. — Cleaned cotton seeds are about ^ inch long and ^ intli wide, irregularly ovoid, covered with a hard, somewhat fragile, brown testa marked with a conspicuous raphe. Internally, tlie cotyietlons are folded, and. imbedded throughout their substance are a number of resin-glands of a blackish color. The embryo is whitish. To obtain the oil, of which 2 giiilons are yielded V)y 1 bushel of the seeds, the testa is crushed by machines especially designed fur this purpose, the fragments winnowed out, the kernel ground, placed in bags, and expressed by powerful hydraulic pressure. Purification. — Cotton-seed oil, when freshly expressed, is thick, turbid, of a ruby-red to dark-brown color, and contains much albuminous matter. Upon standing it deposits a considerable cjuantityof it.s impurities, leaving tlie oil as a clear orange-yellow liquid. This is known as rlarijieil oil. The albuminous constituents may be coagulated by heating the oil by means of boiling water. .\iiother methodof purifying the crude oil consists in agitating tlie oil in thecold with a weak solution of caustic soda, which removes the characteristic coloring matter of the oil (see Chcmiral Cnmpositiou), and forms with part of the oil a soap which settles upon standing, in the form of a black deposit. Thus the oil becomes of a much lighter color and constitutes rejiiud oil. The loss by this process is about 4 to 7 per cent, sometimes considerably more. Bleaching agents are also frequently employed in the refining of cotton-seed oil. Description and Tests. — This oil is officially described as "a pale yellow, oilv liquid, without odor, and having a bland, nut-like taste. Specific gravity, 0.920 to 0.030 at lo° C. (59° F.). Very sparingly soluble in alcohol, but readily soluble in ether, chloroform, or carbon disuljjhide. On cooling the oil to a tem- perature below 12° C. (58.6° F.), particles of solid fat will separate. At about 0°to-^ C. (32° to 23° F.), the oil solidifies"— (T. S. P.). This oil stands intermediate between the non-drying and drying oils; it thickens upon exposure, but does not become solid. Strong solntions of alkalies readily saponify cotton-seed oil. Purifietl cotton-seed oil is largely employed for culinary purposes, e. ;;., as salad oil, as a butter substitute, one of its chief uses being to adulterate other oils, especially olive oil. It also serves in the manufac- ture of soap, in the preparation of woolen and Morocco leather goods, and has taken a prominent place in pharmaceutical preparations, displacing, in a measure, olive and almond oils. The crude oil may be easily recognized by the beauti- ful purple or violet coloration (cotton -seal blue) which the soap prepared from it iissumes upon exposure to the air. For the purified cotton-seed oil there are sev- eral color tests, in addition to the requirements of specific gravity and other phys- ical constants. A red color is observed upon treating the oil with strong solution of lead acetate and allowing it to stand; S. S. Bradford {Amcr. Jour. Pharm., 1882, p. 481) regards it an easy test for the detection of this oil as an adulterant of olive oil. The l'. .S. P. tests are as follows: "When the oil is brought in contact with concentrated sulphuric acid, a dark reddish-brown color is instantly produced. If 6 Gm. of the oil be thoroughly shaken, in a test-tube, for about 2 minutes, with a mixture of 1.5 Gm. of nitric acid and 0.5 CJm. of water, then heated ia a bath of boiling water for not more than 15 minutes, the oil will assume an orange or reddish-brown color, and, after standing for 12 hours at the ordinary temiierature, will form a semisolid mass. If 5 Cc. of the oil be thoroughly shaken, in a test- tube, with 5 Cc. of an alcoholic solution of silver nitrate (man-.n back, and have a rough, hard, brownish-gray testa, inclosing a kernel of a creamy white hue, and tasting .somewhat like alinonils. It is considerably used in making a cream-syrup for soda fountain uses. The. ker- nels yield over CO per cent of a fixed oil used by the natives as a burning fluid, as an adulterant of coi)aiba, and in unguents. It is a bland oilof a light-yellow color, readily becoming rancid. At — 1°C. (30° F.) it congeals. It is ouiuposiMl chiefly of olt-in, palmitiii. and stearin. Oil of Sapucaya Nut.s. — An oil .-iinil^ii to Brazil-nut oil is obtained from the nuts '!<(ipu- cay lints) oi LfCythis Znbncajo, Auliln. a i;i:i/ili:in tree. Oleum Fagi, Beech oil, Bufh-,."! i./'. Tli.- fruit of the beech tree of Europe i Fa<7t« tiiU vaticci. lAnni ( Nat. Ord. — CupulilVni' , yi. lil> :i yellow oil, mild if prepared by cold expression, and acrid if heat be employed; in tlii- i a> it 1. 1 comes mild after a time. It is obtained from the kernels deprived of the inteL'iimciits, the vicld biintr ;iliont 22 per cent. Its specific gravity is 0.021 to 0.923; it.s coiiireuliiig j.oint near— 17..') f. i -.•'>°F.l. A soft soap may be obtained from it by saponification. It doc s not readily become rancid. The oil contains stearin and palmitin, but is composed chiefly of olein. The press-cake, while eaten with impunity by fowls and swine, is said to produce untoward eflTects in horses or cattle. (See also interestingdata on beech-nut oil by Charles H. La Wall, .1 /»>•/■. Jo"c. /'/lorm., I.>er cent from dried leaves and herb. Description. — "A )>ale-vellowish, limpid liquid, having a characteristic, pun- gent, niiiu-like odor and taste. Specific gravity, 0.930 to 0.040 at l-'i" C. (59° F.). The oil should form a perfectly clear solution with twice its volume of a mixture of 3 volumes of alcohol and 1 volume of water, this solution being neutral or slightly acid to litmus paper. It is also readily soluble in carbon disuljihide, or in glacial acetic acid" — d'.S.P.). By means ofthistest,adulterat ion with petroleum.ini of tur- pentine,etc, may be recognized. The oil is optically dextrogyrate ( -^ 18°to -^22°^. Chemical Composition.— Tl)oi>riiicipal constituentof oil of pennyroyal ispu/r- flroji/'. iden tilled by Habiiegger (. I »i. Besides there nr<- present two ketones (Ci^Hi^O). one hfdtomol. the other probably mnUhoyf; further- OLEIM jrNII'EKI.-oI.KlM .irNIl'KUl VII!(;iXI.\N.i:. 1:?61 more, small quantities of formic. luctio, and isohentvlic acids (C,n„0,) (E. Kremers, Proc. An,.,-. ri,.e due to an ester, because it outlasts sa])onification. Juniper-camjihor, frequently observed by older chemists, forms crystalline deposits in the higher fractions of the oil when expo.«ed to cold. One "such deposit of needles, upon purification, melted at 16-')° to 166° C. (829° to 330.8° F.) (Gildemeister and Hotlmanu, Die .Et/ieriM-lini (>rlr.]>.'X')(\). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage,— Oil of juniper is a stimulant diuretic, and is employed to arrest chrouir vtwon" d i.-iiharqex. especially from the urethra. It may also be used as a diuretic with other agents in cases n{droj>.- i Rousset, 1897), and cedrene (CijH24l. OLEUM LAVANDUL.® FLORUM lU. S. P.)— OIL OF LAVENDER FLOWERS. "A volatile oil distilled from the fresh flowers of Lavandula officinalis, Chaix (Nat. 0«/.— Labiatese). It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected from light'' — {U.S. P.). Preparation. — Oil of lavender is distilled in France, from wild-growing, in England, from cultivated flowers. Distillation in France is effected by means of portable copper stills, in which the flowers are heated with water by direct fire, wood being used as fuel. The stills are carried to the fields where the flowers grow, because it is believed that tlie flowers deteriorate upon tran.«portation. (.In this connection, see an excellent illustration of such a ili.^tillerie umliuliintein Gilde- meister and Hoffmann, Die .Etheriau:n i IMlii.. and Srhiinmel \- Co. (IS'X) ;ind ISO.'^), consists of large quanti- ties of /JH,i .»-/ U',„1I,.0, or CH,.C[CII,]:(;ii.ClI,.ClI,.C[CH,]OH.CH:CH,), l-lina- li)i/l-a. 20.) Large amounts of cineol in lavender oil indicate adulteration by oil of spike; jnnene, by oil of turpentine. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Oil of lavender possesses stimulant and carminative prdpertiis. and is suujt linns administered in hysteria, nervous debititi/, and hoiihirfir. Its fragrance renders it an important article in perfumery, in which it is principally used. Its dose is from 1 to 6 drops. Related Oils.— Oil of Spike. The broad-leaved variety of lnvender {Laiaruhtla gpica. Do Camlollei furnishes the OHo/stpike; it is not so fragrant as the preceding oil, and has a camphoraceous oilor. Its specific gravity is 0.;>05 to 0.920; optical rotation, +3° (Schimmel it Co. I. It is chiefly used iu the manufacture of varnishes for artists, in painting on porcelain, and in veterinary practice. With 3 vokunes of 70 per cent alcohol at 20° C. (68®F.),acconiing to Power { Essenl'utl Oitt), it should produce a clear solution (absence of turpentine*. It con- tains cim/)/i<(r (Kane, 1838), ci»foi (10 }^t cent.), piiiew (f), c.amphene, linalool,bonieol, aud possibly geranxol and lerpineol. Oil OF Lav.vxdul.x ST(Ecn.\.s,Linn^.— Distills between 180° and 245° C. (356° and 473° F.); specific gravity, 0.942; odor, rosemary-camphor; known constituent, cineol. Oil of I!..vvasdcl.\ dentat.\, Linn6. — Distills almost entirely between 170° and 200° C. (338° and 392° F.) ; specific gravity, 0.926; known constituent, cineol. OLEUM LIMONIS lU. S. P.i— OIL OF LEMON. "A volatile oil obtained by expression from fresh lemon i)eel. It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, "in a cool place, protected from light"' — (U. S. P.). Preparation. — Oil of lemon is obtained by lightly grating the fresh rind of the lemon, placing it in a fine cloth bag, and then subjecting it to pressure; the sediment is allowed to settle, and the clear oil is pourecl off (C). It may also be obtained by distillation, but this mode is not advisable, because the distilled oil readily decomposes. Other methods, such as the process of rupturing the oil glands and gathering the product upon sponges, etc., are likewise followed (see Oleum Auntnlii Cortiri.-<). The oil is imported from the southern parts of Europe, as Italy, Portugal, etc. Description and Tests.— Oil of lemon as officially described, is " a pale yel- low, limpid liquid, having the fragrant odor of lemon, and an aromatic, some- what bitterish taste. Specific gravity, 0.858 to 0.&59 at 15" C. (59° F.). Its optical rotation should not be less than 60° to the right in a 100 Mm. tube, and at a tem- perature of about 15° to 20° C. (59° to 68° F.). Soluble in three times its v«dunie of alcohol, the solution being neutral or slightly acid to litmus paper; also soluble, in all proportions, in absolute alcohol, carbon disulphide, or glacial acetic acid. When kept for some time, the oil should not develop a terebinthinate odor or taste (alisenceof oil of turpentine, or other oils con.sistingchieHy of pinene)"— ( U.S. P.). When exposed to light and air, oil of lemon readily decomposes, becoming thicker, and forming a brown, stickv sediment. Oil of lemon is frequently adulterated by alcohol, the fixed oils, or more fre- quently oil of turpentine. Alcohol may be detected by the milky fluid which forms iipon agitating the oil with water." The fixed oils may be known by leav- ing a residue of more than 5 i)er cent upon cvaiiorafinn of the oil. Well rectified coal oil has its odor entirely covered when added to oil of lemon, but the adul- teration may be detected by the difference in specific gravity, and by the almost complete insolubility of the coal oil in alcohol. Oil of turpentine maybe detected by the turpentine odor evolved when the impure oil is evaporated from heated paper. Its presence can be more accurately established by its diminishing influ- ence u]K)n the optical rotation of the oil. Oil of lemon contains no pinene (Schinimel et Co., 1897). Chemical Composition. — Ninety per cent of oil of lemon consists of tei- penes, the thief constituent of which is rf«rt>-o-/(»io/!e/!e (Wallach, 188-5 ; TildenV ritreiie, 1^77 ), with a small quantity of phellandrene (Schimrael 6: Co., 1897). The highest fractions contain a sesquiterprne (Olivieri, 1891). The agreeable fragrance of lemon oil is due to oxygen compounds, especiallv citral (C,„H,eO, or CHj.C [CH,]:CH.CR,.CH,.C[CH3]:CH.CH0), a doubly unsaturated aldehyde, present in the quantity of about 7 to 10 per cent (J. Bertram, 1888). Its chief occurrence is in lemon-grass oil (70 to 80 per cent). It is a golden-vellow fluid, optically inactive, boiling with slight decomposition at 228° to 229° C. (442.4° to 444.2° F.), under atmospheric pressure. It is the aldehyde of geraniol (see Oleum Roue), and forms a crystallizable compound with sodium bisulphite. It is convertible into ionone, an isomer of irone,Doth possessing the essential odor of orris root (see Gildemeister and lioffma.nu, Die ui:iherkchen Oele, \).2\o). Oil of lemon further- more contains the fragrant aldehyde ntronellal (C,(,H„0), and small amounts of the esters qeranyl-acetnte{\n Messina and Palermo oih), and linaloyl-acetnte in the latter oil alone (Umney and Swinton, /%-;/•»!. Jour. 7'm7i.s.,Vol.VII, 1898. pp. 196 and 370). The non-volatile lemon camphor is not a uniform substance. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Stimulant and aromatic. Its chief use is in perfumery, and to impart an agreeable flavor to medicines. It has been recommended in certain affections of the eye, as a. local application. A very agree- able drink for the summer and for febrile patients may be made of white sugar, 4 ounces; oil of lemon, 10 drops ; triturate together,and add citric acid, 2 drachms; a teaspoonful of this to a tumbler of water forms a pleasant, refreshing draught. Tartaric acid may be substituted for the citric, if desired. OLEUM LINI (U. S. P.)— LINSEED OIL. "A fixed oil expressed from linseed without the use of heat. It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles" — (U.S. P.). Synonym : Oil of flaxseed. Preparation.— M'hen prepared by cold expression the yield varies from 15 to 20 per cent. Prepared by the aid of heat, the gummy substance in the tegu- ment of the seeds is often removed by roasting or steaming them previous to expression, and after expression, the oil in the expressed fluid se]iarates and floats above the mucilaginous w^ater. The yield by hot expres^ion varies from 24 to 28 per cent. For medicinal purpose only that prepared without heating is admis- sible, because otherwise it has a darker color and an acrid taste. The press-cake remaining in the expression of .the oil is known as 0(7 cake (see Linion'). The oil as first obtained is called raio oil, and is mostly purified by agitation with about 1 ]>er cent of strong sulphuric acid, the latter being removed by boiling water. The oil thus obtained is called refined oil. Description.— The U. S. P. de.*cribes linseed oil as a "yellowish, or yellow, oily liquid, having a slight, peculiar odor, and a bland taste. When exposed to the air, it gradually tliiikens, and avquires a strong odor and taste; and if spread, in a thin layer, on a glass plate, and allowed to stand in a warm place, it is pradu- allv converted into a hard, transj)arent, resin-like mass (absence of non-tlrving oils). Specific gravitv 0.".>30 to 0.940 at 15° C. (59° F.\ It does not congeal al>ove —20 C. ( — 1° F.). SoluMe in ahont 10 parts of absolute alcohol, and, in all pnv portions, in ether, chloroform, henzin, carbon disulphide. or oil of turpentine" — ( ( '. S. P. ). When cooled to —27° C. (—16.6° F.^ linseed oil congeals to a yellowi.«h mass. Upon exposure to the air, old oil is liable to become rancid. On account of its drying properties, fiicilitated by warmth, linseed oil is a most important article, being used in the nniking ofjtaints and varnishes, of printer's ink. oil- OLEUM LIXI. 1365 cloth, etc. Its atlinily for tlie oxygen of the air is so great that it is liable to inflame cotton waste and other fibrous material soaked with it. Boiled Lixseed Oil. — For technical purposes, the raw oil absorbs oxygen and hardens too slowly. Tliis process is piouioled by heating the oil to a tempera- ture of 130° C. ("266° F.) while a current of air is made to pass through it; ita temperature is then raised until bubbles arise, due to decomposition of the oil. Then it is called lutiUd oil, as contra.'ited with tlie rmo or unhaiUd oil. Boiled oil is thicker, darker, has a somewhat higher specific gravity (0.!)39 to 0.9.50) and dries more rapidly than raw oil, hence is preferred by painters for outside work when it is desired that the paint dry rajiitlly. The drying properties arc materially increased by incorporating during the process certain metallic oxides, as jitiiarge, ferric oxide, red lead, manganese dioxide, esiiecially lead acetate, manganous borate, etc., whose function seems to be partly to facilitate the transmission of oxygen, and partly to form more readily oxidizable metallic salts of the fatty acids. The nature of these substances, as well as the mode of manipulation, is usually kept secret. Of late, oil-soluble "driers" or "siccatives" have come into use — namely resinates of certain metals, as lead and manganese. (Concerning these, see A. H. Allen, Cnmrnrrciid Cynnir Anu!>/.-tained. If this licjuid be diluted with water to the measure of 50 Cc.then cooled, and shaken with 50 Cc. of ether, the clear, ethereal layer, after having separated, should not shijw abluisii fluorescence, and, when carefully decanted, and allowed to evaporate spontaneously, should leave not more than a slight, and not oily, residue (absence of paratlin oils) " — (['. .S'. P.). Rancid linseed oil may be again maer cent are free menthol. Bj' distilling menthol with phosphoric anhydride, a colorless liciuid of an agreeable odor, vicuthcne (C,oH,J results. This hydrocarbon has been said to occur in Russian oil of peppermint; the American oil does not contain it. According to a detailed research on American peppermint oil by F. B. Power and C. Kleber (P/iorm. i?t/;i/.'^il/l'.^■ .l/ocrAidi, Liini^. and of other species of Cadn^i (Cla.-^s, Pisces; Order, Teleostia; Family, Gadida^. It should be kept in well-stoppered and perfectly dry bottles" — U'. S. P.). Syxony-Ms : Oleum jccoris aselli, Cod oil. Oleum hepatis morrhu-ir. OLKIM MOKUHlJi. \:.Q0 Source and History. — The common codfish is the Oadm ilmihun uf Linnaus, or Mn,r/i,i(i ruliiitris and A.-<(lliis iiiajor of other naturalists. It is a fisii 2 or 3 leet iu Icngtli, having a gray Inick with yil- lowish si>iits, and a white abdomen. Tlie body is somewhat flattened, and symuiet- rioal ; tlie ventral fins are pointed ami placed under the throat. There are 3 dor sal and 2 anal fins, and a cirrus or bean at the end of the snout. The teeth arc pointed and unequal, and are disposed in several rows. The large gills are 7-rayetl. On the external surface of the body are "~ scales, rather soft, and not of large size. It is an inhabitant of cold or temperate seas, and is found, at certain seasons of the J'ear, in abundance on the coast of Norway, in the neighborhood of Iceland, in the Russian Arctic Sea, and on the New England and Newfoundland coasts. The Norwegian oil, from the Lofoten Archipelago, is the most famous, and much of it is consumed in this country; but in recent years, the oil from the Newfoundland coast is graduallj' gaining iu favor, owing to improvements in its manufacture. Other species of Gadus from which cod-liver oil is sometimes obtained, are coal-fish (G. ca/-6o/iori«.3, Linne, or Merla))(ius atrbonaritis, Cuvier), dorsch,or dorse {(j.cnllarius,Linne)^ tuihoti Rhombus mnximus, Cuvier), and occasionally from the pollack (Gadus pollachius, Linne, or Merlnnqus pollnch ius, Cuvier), hake (Gadus Merluccius, Linne, or Merluccius communis, Cuvier), whiting(GV(f/H.* Mcrlaiujus, Linne, or Akrlam/u.^ •(;«/(/(( w, Cuvier), ling (Gadtis M'llva, Linne, or Lota Molni, Cuvier), and haddock (Gadtis leylifinus, Linne). In the Lofoten Islands, the codfish come in innumerable quantities in the month of January to deposit their spawn, all other fishes disappearing as if by enchantment. The codfishing commences about the early part of January and terminates about the middle of April ; there being no less than 25,000 persons engaged in the busi- ness, and the quantity of the fish is prodigious, incalculable. The annual pro- duction in the Lofoten Archipelago alone is on an average about 400,000 gallon.s. Three barrels of liver yield 1 barrel of first quality oil, and ^ barrel of brown oil obtained by heat and expression. (For details regarding the Norwegian codfish- eries, we refer those interested to an exceedingly readable monograph entitled Cod- liver Oil and Cheiiii.< to l.:;2 iht cent); i7i llf.^rh,..!,,, (..i \V. Kahne,to which, in part, the color reaction with sulphuric acid is due; Salkowsky. 1»7 ; iS' volatile bases: Ixitiil-amiiir. iim,il-,n„n,.\ )„ njl-amini:, dihiiilro-lulitiine; (9) non-vohitiJe alkaloids— n and jVroWc acids, both free and as glycerides, become rapidly oxidized when exposed to air, espe- ciallv if heated at tiie same time. Thev are converted into hvdroxvacids winch OLEUM MORRHUJi:. 1LJ71 the author demonstrates to be the cause of rancidity in the oil, hitherto ascribed to the presence of free fatt}' acids. These hydroxyacids are thus shown to be jdiysiologicallj' undesirable, hence the necessity of absolutely excluding the air in the preparation of the oil ; this is done by a patented process, in which an inert gasU;\rlionic acidl ri'inains in contact with the oil during its manufacture. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Cod-liver oil is nutritive and alterative. It has l^iifj; been us.!>y depends upon a scrofulous and debilitated condition, cod-liver oil often proves a good remedy (Locke). In rickets, given internally and applied locally to the spine, it is one of our best remedies. Fistula in ano, serofulnus enlarge- meiUs, and srmjuj.ous vfcei-ations call for it. It undoubtedly prolongs the consump- tive's life, but it should not be forced if the stomach persistently refuses to toler- ate it. In some cases it does not seem to derange the stomach, but nauseates by its unpleasant taste. In these cases the didiculty is sometimes overcome by per- sisting in the use of the remedy or by changing from one to another preparation of the oil. In all cases where it can be tolerated, the pure oil should be preferred over the emulsions. The diseases, besides those enumerated, in which it is said to be most effi- cient, are struairnis diseases, strumous ophthalmia, pnewh-syphilis, in scrofulous constitu- tions, and various chronic cutaneous diseases, as in eczema, impetigo, prurigo, lichen, squa- mous affections, piti/riasis, ichthyosis, etc. Gout, and occasionally caries, it is said, have yielded to its influence. It is also asserted to have been (bund useful indiseases of the joints and spine, lupus, obstinate consti}iation,irorms,a.nd incontinence of urine; and may be advantageously employed in all chronic cases, in which the disease appears to consist mainly in impaired digestion, assimilation, and nutrition. Kxternally used in opxirities of the cornea, a drop or two placed on the cornea with a camel's-hair pencil; also in various chronic czttaneous diseases, rhagades, chaps, eczema, exrorintions, and fissures. Its use is contraindicated in plethora, or where there is a strong tendency to it, lest hemorrhage be provoked. When long used, it is said to frequently occasion an eruption on tne surface of an eczematous character. But little advantage will be apparent from tlie administration of cod- liver oil, until its use has been jiersevered in for 5 or 6 weeks, though it often commences earlier. The light-colored oil is the best. Some prefer the darker colored oils. The dose of cod-liv^r oil is i fluid ounce, twice a clay, or more; but it is best to begin with small doses at first, say 1 drachm only, in order to lessen the risk of nau.«ea and vomiting. Patients soon accustom themselves to its use without repugnance. It is best given alone, followed by some claret, or a little sugar and cinnanum jiowder, or i)repared with aromatic oils, the same as castor oil (wbiih sec). It may be given in coffee, milk, or brandy, and for consumptives in Bourbon. A pinch of salt sometimes renders it ])alatable, while others advise the chewing of a small portion of smoked herring. Tomato catsup, and particu- larly the froth of malted i)everages appears to mask the unj)leasantne.«s of the oil. (For various methods of rendering the oil palatable, see Emulsio Old Morrhufe.) 1372 OLEUM SIYRCI^. Dr. Alexander Wallace recommends a mixture of equal parts of lime-water and cod-liver oil, well shaken together, as a tonic, sedative, antacid, and nutrient; it forms a thick, milky emulsion, palatable, especially when taken with a little sherry wine, and may be used in all the forms of disease in which cod-liver oil is recommended. In Germany a ferruginous cod-liver oil is much employed ; it is prepared by first making a soda soap, from which its glycerin is removed by conrentrated solution of sea salt, giving as the result an iron soap by double decomposition — this last soap is dissolved in sixteen times its weight of cod-liver oil. The oil thus prepared is brown and holds in solution -g^ of iron, the taste of which is hardly discernible. Related Oils.— Ohvivyi B..\}m, Ray, or Skate oil. From the liv(n of Raja Butif, Linni. Spe- cific gravity, 0.928. Odor and taste, fishy ; color, bright or pale-yellow; reartion, neutral. Said to contain a greater quantity of iodine than cod-liver oil. It i.s used by the Belgians and French as a substitute for cod-liver oil. Oleu.m Bal^.n*, l!7iafe oil, Train oil. — Obtained from the blubber of Balsenn niijMicetui, Linn6, Greenland whale; and Balsena australis, Desmoulins, Cape uhak. Specific gravity, 0.926. Odor, fishy; taste, disagreeable. At 10° C. (■50°F.) it deposits a solid material, palmitin'. Some whale oils contain notable quantities of valerin. Menhaden Oil.— Obtained on the New England coast from the Atom ilen]iailen, Cuvier. It constitutes one of the oils known as ihefish oils or uhaJe o(/«, and is used in the niauuiacture of leather. The term train oih now includes all oils from the fleshy parts of the seal, shark, »od, and like fishes or marine mammals. Oleum Squali, Shark oil. — Specific gravity varies from 0.911 to 0.928. Taste, acrid ; color, palt-ycllnw. M — 6° C. ( 21.2° F. ) it is still a limpid fluid. It is obtained from the liver of .'<er yields, upon saponification, chiefly oleic acid and dodecatyl alcohol ( CisHssOH ). It is a valualile lubricant Oulacho.v Oil, or Ei'lachox Oil. — A proposed substitut* for cod-liver oil. yielded abun- dantly by the Catulle-ti.- which is about i inch in thickness, and is often made into gelatin ) is found a layer of adipo.«e tissne, Which vields from 4 to 16 gallons of oil, according to the -size of the dugong. This oil is very palatable, and is acceptable to the most sensitive stomach, and has obtained somewhat of a reputation as a substitute for cod-liver oil. The oil is fully as nutritious as cod-liver oil, and may be administered in all forms of tidiercidoiis and wafting di.<.i'A''v/, and U'ilil rloir Ircf. Its branches are 4-an!:led. and sujv OLEUM MYRISTICiE. 1373 port broad-ovate, almost obtuse, short-petiolate, gtrongly-veiiied, entire, leathery leaves. Tbese are dotted with pellucid oil-glands, and when bruised give ofla pleasant, clove-like aroma. The Howers are small and redtlish, and the fruit is a smooth, subglobular berry. 0(7 of hay and Spirit of bay, or Bay rum, are distilled from this plant. Preparation. — This oil is obtained partly in the islands from tlie fresh leaves, but mostly in the United States, from the dried leaves, h^ distilling them witli water, or by means of steam. An oil lighter than water first distills over, followed by another heavier than water. The commercial oil consists of a eoui- i)inatinn of those two fractions. Description and Tests.— "A yellow or brownish-yellow liquid, having an aromatic and somewhat clove-like odor, and a pungent, spicy taste. Specific gravity, O.'.tTo to 0.990 at 15° C. (59° F.). With an equal volume of alcohol, gla- cial acetic acid, or carbon disulphide, it yields slightly turbid solutions. The alco- holic solution is slightly acid to litmus paper. When nii.xed with an equal volume of a concentrated solution of sodium hydrate, it forms a semisolid mass. If 2 droiis of the oil be dissolved in 4 Cc. of alcohol, and a drop of ferric chloride T.S. be added, a light-green color will be produced ; and if the same test be made with a drop of diluted ferric chloride T.S., prepared by diluting the test-solution with four times its volume of water, a light-bluish coloration will be produced, which soon disappears. If to 3 drops of the oil, contained in a small test-tube, 3 drops of concentrated sulphuric acid be added, and, after the tube has been corked, the mixture be allowed to stand for i hour, a resinous mass will be obtained. On adding to this mass 4 Cc. of diluted alcohol, vigorously shaking the mixture, and gradually heating to the boiling point, the liquid should remain nearly colorless, and sliould not acquire a red or purplish-red color (distinction from oil of pimenta and oil of cloves). If 1 Cc. of the oil be shaken with 20 Cc. of hot water, the water shoulil not give more than a scarcely perceptible acid reaction with litmus paper. If, alter cooling, the liquid be passetl through a wet filter, the clear filtrate should produce, with a drop of ferric chloride T.S., only a transient grayish-green, but not a blue or violet color (absence of carbolic acid)" — (U. S. P.). The test for dis- tinguishing between this oil and oil of pimenta, above given, is regarded by Schiiiiin.l i\: Co. ( Trot'. F. R. Power, Essential Oils, 1894) as unreliable. Chemical Composition. —The following substances, arranged in the order of their relative jiroportions, have been ascertained to occur in oil of bay: (1) Euge- /lo/, tirst observed in this oil by Prof. Markoe (1877) ; (2) w^/zvoi (Ci^HJ, a liquid, unsaturated, open-chain hydrocarbon (olefne) of a characteristic .odor, specific gravity 0.S02, and convertible by hydration into linalool; (3) chavicol (C;,H,„0) ; (4) vufJn/l-i'ugenol; (5) inrtliyl-rhnvim!; (6) l-pheilandrene; (7) citral. No pinene is present, hence oil of turpentine umy easily be recognized if present as an adul- terant (Gildemcister and Uui\niann, Die .Etfio-i^chen Oelc, p. 6fi9). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — This oil is chiefly employed in per- fumes, and is a constituent of Spiritus Myrciie, or Bay rum. OLEUM MYRISTICffi (U. S. P.)— OIL OF NUTMEO. '■A volatile oil distilled froui Xudiiaj. It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected from light" — ( T. .S'. P.). Synonyms: Oleumnuci-ide mthercum, Volulile oil of nutmeg. Preparation.— This oil is oljtained by distilling ground nutmegs by means of steam. Itmuv be prepared as suggested bvCloez(18(>4),by exhausting the nuts with carbon disulphide or ether, and finally distilling the extract thus ol)taincd with the aid of stt-am. Nutmegs yield from 8 to 15 per cent (Scliiminel A Co.) of oil. Description and Chemical Composition.— The U. S. P. descriius oil of nut- meg as "a thin, colorless or i>ule yellou i>h liiiuid, having the characteristic odor of nutmeg, and a warm, spicy taste It becomes darker and thicker by age and exposure to the air. Specific gravitv, 0.S70 to 0.900 at 15°C. (59° F.). Soluble in an equal volume of alcohol, the so'lution being neutral to litnuis paper; also soluble in an e(|ual vohime of glacial acetic acid, and in carbon disulphide in all pioportions" — (('. .S. P.). 1374 OLEUM MYRISTIC.E EXPRESSUM. The specific gravit}' nt 15° C. (59° F.), according to Schimmel & Co., may he as high as 0.920. It is dextrogyre (+14° to +30°), fulminate.s with iodine, and forms a clear solution with 3 parts of 90 per cent alcohol. Oil of nutmeg con- sists of (l)?n((«ne(Wallach,1884; Schacht's ma^ew, 1862) ; (2)flipfntr'„p: C3 i Glad- stone's myrutknl (C,„H„0: Wright, C,„H,„0) boiling at 224° C. (43-5.2° F.); .'specific gravity, 0.9466 convertible into cymol, (4) myrkticin (komyrislirln) fC,.,H„0,) in the highesi fractions, melts at 30°"C. (86° F); its specific gravity is l.loO" at 25° C. (77° F.),and it has a strong odor of mace; (5) vxyriMic arid (C„H2,0,), formerly called 7)iyristicin, often forms a sediment (.«tearopten) in old oils. Oil of nutmeg contains more terpenes tlian oil of mace, otherwise their composition and proper- ties are alike (Gildemeistev and Hiifl)iiann, Die ^Ethcrhchen Oele). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Rarely used in medicine. In 2 or 3-drop doses it may be used for the .«ame puiposes as nutmeg. OLEUM MYRISTIC^ EXPRESSUM.— EXPRESSED OIL OF NUTMEG. The fixed oil obtained from nutmegs. SYNONY.^rs : Adeps myristicas, Adeps nucista?, Enlmmum nucistse, Butyrum nucktse, Nutmqi Ii)ifti /■, fVi'ini) niir/'s/;,- erprcs-"!! m, f'liiicnlr oil i:f miiiDirj, Preparation, Description, and Chemical Composition.— The powder of nut- megs, beatt'ii toapulp with a little watrr, and prt'->ed liet ween heated plates, yields from 20 to 30 per cent of a fragrant, orange-colored, concrete oil, mottled with white, sometimes, but incorrectly, called oil nfmace. It may also be obtained by extracting the bruised nutmegs with disulphide of carbon. This oil is imported from the East Indies (Penang and Singapore) in the form of rectangular cakes about 2^ inches wide and thick, and 10 inches long, enveloped in bast-fiV)ers or pisang leaves. The best grade is the Java article. Much oil is also obtained in Europe from unsalable nutmegs. The fat has the consistence of suet, and possesses the odor and taste of the nutmeg. It is inflammable, burns with a bright, nearly smokeless flame, and, when free from tallow, etc., does not emit a tallow odor when the flame is extinguished. Nutmeg butter is soluble in boiling alcohol and ether, depositing myristin upon cooling; its specific gravity is about 0.995; its melting point is given by the German Pharmmcopceia as 45° to 51° C. (113° to 123.8° F.). The crude article, when melted, leaves a sediment of foreign matters, and must therefore be purified by melting and sedimentation. Nutmeg butter consists chiefly (to 40 or 50 per cent) o( myristin (Playfair, 1841), the glyceride of myristic acid {C^.H^JJ.^). It melts at 55° C. (131° P.), and is insoluble in cold alco- hol or ether. The fat also contains free myristic acid, some p'dmitin, nn<\ olein, aljout 6 ))er cent of volatile oil, and a red-brown coloring matter. Factitious nut- meg butter has been made by melting together tallow, spermaceti, etc., flavoring this with essential oil of nutnaeg, and coloring it with .safi"ron. Adulteration with fat is recognized by its being left in the residue when treated with hot alcohol; smaller quantities 'of fat which go into solution, fall out with the myristicin upon cooling, and reduce its melting point. Action and Medical Uses.— This oil is bland, and does not readily become rancid; hence it turn i.-^lies a good vehicle for topical applications. It has been eniployed alone by friction for the relief of rheiimati^n. Related Fats.— BErrin.\T.\LLow (i?iVi(/ii6n fat, or B.baham). This fat is obtained from the KtHHls of a liiiizilian sjieoies Mi/riilica Benihiiho. Schott, by expression. It resembles ex- prosscil oil of nntinef;, except in its taste, wliioh is sharp and acidulous. Fusinj: point, ■47''C. (110.(i°F.). Aiooliol but partially dissolves it. OiTRA W\x, or VntoL.v T.vllow. — A subcrystalline, yellowish fat, meltinjj at 45°to 50° C. fl]3°to ll"2°F.), (lis.^olvinf; wholly in alcohol," obtained from the fruit of a Para shrub, tlie I'n-n/it s.hif, ,;i, .VuMet (.Vi/Ws/ico fi'Oifira, SwartzK 0\;,\\\ I'.niKH.— Obtained froiu the fruit of .Vi/riXicarin^ly dissolves them. UcumiiA Fat.— .V yellow solid fat obtained from Lciiliuba nuts, the fruit of yfitnMicn luri- (Conipare .\fi/rlflicn, Rilatni Species.) OLEUM OLIV^.— OLIVE OH,. Olea curopa^a. "A fixed oil expressed froiu tlie ripe fruit ofOloi (iiroj,;i(t, Linne (Xut. Ord. — OleacejeV It should l>e kept iu well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place" — ({'. S. P.). Syxosym : Hiceet oil. iLi.rsTRATiON : (Tree) Bentley and Trinien, Med. Phtnlx, 172. Botanical Source.— The olive-tree is an ever<;reen, from 12 to 20 feet high, with lioary, ri;.:id branches, and a grayish bark. The leaves are opposite, lanceo- late, or ovate- hinceolate, mucronate,short-petioled, green above, anil hoary on the underside. The flowers are small, in short, axillary, erect racemes, very nnich shorter than the leaves. The corolla is short, white, with 4 broad, ovate segments; the calyx short and 4-tuiithed. Stamens 2, rather projecting; style very short; stigma bifid, with emarginate segments. The fruit is a drupe about the size of a damson, smooth, purple, 2-celled, with a nauseous, bitter flesh, inclosing a sharp-pointed stone (L.). History. — The native country of the olive-tree is unknown ; it is supposed to have been originally from Asia, since it is mentioned in the Bible. At present it is extensively cultivated in the south of Europe, especially in Spain, France, Sicily, Italy, Calabria, and Apulia. It has been introduced into South America, California, and our southern states; in the latter section it does not thrive successfully, but in California it promises to have a commercial future. The tree commences yielding fruit in its third year; in its sixth year it is very productive, and remains so /or an indefinite length of time. Varieties of the tree are based on the size, color and taste of fruit, and character of the foliage. The bark of the tree was formerly used in medicine, as well as the leaves, which have a bitter and acrid ta.ste. In the warmer prov- inces of Europe a substance exudes from the bark, which has been called (Vo)/iHi« d' Olivier, and which, according to Pelletier, consists of a peculiar resin containing a small quantity of benzoic acid, and a peculiar crystalline principle, which he called olivin or olivile. This was at one time used as a remedial agent. The fruit, gathered when not quite ripe, is very solid, bitter, and acrimonious; but when steeped for several days in a lye of wood ashes, and then pickled in brine, it constitutes the olive of commerce, much valued by many as a food. Accord- ing to Fliickiger, the bitterish seeds yield a bland, non-drying oil, which, when obtained together with that of the pulp, amounts to ■j\ of the whole quantity. The leaves and fruit of this tree, before maturing, contain mannit, but when the fruit has ripened this substance has wholly disappeared. Preparation. — The oil is obtained by expression from the fleshy pericarp of the fruit. The fruit is carefully collected immediately previous to its ri]iening, or when it assumes a reddish hue, one day usually completing the gathering; if the olives be collected when fully ripe, the tree will bear only every other year. Witliout delay, the drupes are passed thmugh a mill, having its stones so arranged as not to break the olive nuts; the pulpy mass tlius obtained unrcss-cake, steeping it in water, allowing it to remain fur 10 or 12 days, until it begins to ferment, and then expressing it, an inferior oil is obtained, which is used in lamps, and for making plasters, inferior soaps, etc. Carbon disul- phide is sometimes used to extract residual oil in marc that has already been treated with i)ressure and water. Such an oil is very inferior. Tlic pioces.^ here described is followed in more or less modified form in the different olive-growing countries. Description. — The best grade of olive oil comes from the south of France (Prnnnr,' oil), SLud from IU\.\y ( Lurra oil, Galli/ioli oil, etc.). Spain and, recently, California vield good grades of olive oil. Olive oil that is dark in color, cloudy. 1376 OLEr>r OLiv.E. having a pronounced acrid after-ta^tc, easily becomes rancid, and congeal.- at a point lower than that given below, is inferior in quality and should have no place in medicine. The U. S. P. describes the best oil as follows : ''A pale-yellow, or light greenish-yellow, oily liquid, having a sliglit, peculiar odor, and a nutty, oleaginous taste, with a faintly acrid after-taste. Specific gravity, 0.915 to 0.9iS at 15° C. (59° F.). Very sparingly soluble in alcohol, but readily soluble in ether, chloroform, or carbon disulphide. When cooled to about 10° C. (50° F.), the oil begins to become somewhat cloudy from the separation of crj-stalline particles, and at 0° C. (32° F.) it forms a whitish, granular mass"— (C.-S'.'/".). Olive oil is little soluble in alcohol if free from uncombined oleic acid. It is soluble in petro- leum benzin and benzol, and in 5 parts of acetic ether. If e.\ posed to light and air, olive oil becomes rancid and liberates oleic acid. Olive oil is the type of non- drying oils, and is therefore much used as a lubricant, although its tendency to become rancid prevents its unrestricted ajjplication for this purpose. Pure olive oil is also charactfrizeil by giving the elaidia reaction (see TeMs below). Chemical Composition. — Olive oil may be differentiated by cold and pressure into about 30 per cent of a solid fat, chiefly consisting oi paljnifin, stenrin, and a small amount of ff!Y(r/(/,(, the glyceride of omrAtc acid ([C.,,H,„0.,], a constituent of earthnut oil), and about 70 per cent of a fluid oil composed of o/«/i with about 7 per cent ot linolcin (the glyceride of linnkic oririnciple, it increases tiie peril of the patient. As an article of diet it is generally harmful to dysi>eptics. Olive oil is largely used by workers in lead to prevent nmatipiiiion and le, particularly to control exrehenols, one being rnrvacrol, yvere found in the oil by Jahns (1880) in small quantity, not exceeding 0.1 per cent. The bulk of the oil is prol)ably composed of terpenes (.C,„H,5). Its chemical examination is incomipj' t'-. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Oil of origanum is stimulant and rube- facient, ami is ciiictly employed in tlie form of liniment as an application to various parts sullering from puinful (iffrrHnns. As with many other essential oils, it affords relief in toothache upon being applied to the decayed tooth by means of lint or cotton. It is very seldom administered internallj-. Related Oils.— Oleum Majoran.k. The Oil of mvet mnrinnwi, obtflini'il by dlBtillation of the O, /./.iM'd/i ni'ijwmia, Linni?, is a pale yellow or {jreenish-yellow oil with the strong odor and ta.'iH' ot .Kwcft uiarjoram, and on standini^' deposits a cainjihor. lis specific gravity is 0.890 to O.'tl . ( )ptical rotation -f 17° W (iSchinimel A Co.). Acconlins; to W. Biltz ( 1.S98), tliis oil c-ou- taiiis 40 per cent of terpenes, chiefly terpinene, and in addition, dtxlrii-lrrpinfol, partly in the fipriii of ester. It is employed as a medicine and as a perfume for suaps. It is seldoni used in the fnited States. Oi.KLM Dhio.xm Cretici, PrrtiVid oi7 (./' ori;/'(/.»m.— This herb is di.'tilled from several spe- cies of Oriann>im,aa O.cnlirum, \AUn(-, O.'hirMl'ini, Link; ". mnrnuilniln/iiiii. Link, nnd ". iiuf)a- iJiirhyuiit, Link. .\ tfolden-vellow oil when flesh, ber; yellowish or bro-.vnish with ace. It h:ia an aromatic, penetrating, thvme-like odor. Si.ecitic gravity, O.lHiO to O.;»ti0 ( I'owen. The Tri«ous tnlor, prepared from the seeds of" the Oiow ncii/cd/d, Jacquin, of the .\merii-an tropical belt. OLEUM PHOSPHORATUM (U. S. P.)— PHOSPHORATED OIL. Preparation. — "Phospliorus, one gramme (,1 Gm.) [lo.o grs.l; expressed oil of almond, ether, each, a suHicient quantity to make one humired grammes (100 Gm.) [3 ozs. av.,23l grs.]. Introduce a sutlicient quantity of exjirt-ssed oil of almonds into a flask, heat it on a sand bath to 2'>0° C. (482° F.\ and keep it at that temperature for 15 minutes. Then allow it to cool, and filter it. Put ninety OLEIM riClS LlQriD.E.-OLEl'M PIMENT.E. 1379 grammes (90 Gm.) [3 ozs. iiv., 76 grs.] of the filtered oil together with the i.hos- phorus, previously well dried by filtering paper, into a dry, tared bottle capable of holding about one hundred and twenty cubic centimeters ( 120 Cc.) [4 Hg, 28 111]; insert the stopper, and heat the bottle in a water-bath until the phos- phorus melts. TluMi agitate it until the phosphorus is dissolved, allow it to cool, add enough ether to make the mixture weigh one hundred grammes (100 Gm.) [3 ozs. av.,231 grs.], and agitate again. Lastly, transfer the solution to small glass stoppered vials, which should be completely filled and kept in a cool and dark place"'— (f. .S. P.). To prevent the oxidation of the jihosphorus the oil is tieatetl to expel any moisture or air that may be present. Dr. Squibb advises that the phosphorus be dissolved in the oily fluid only in the presence of carbon dioxide. In this way he prepares a solution of 1 part of thoroughly dried phosphorus in 99 parts of cod-liver oil. The ether is present to preserve the preparation by preventing oxidation, and to impart a more agreeable taste. In the British Pharmacoijoja formula ether is omitted, hence the strong phosuhorescence of the British official product, which fumes in the air through combination of the phosphorus with atmospheric oxygen. The U. S. P. oil contains 1 per cent of phosphorus, that of the Briti>:/i Pli(innamp(eia, 0.99 per cent. Description. — The f '. .^'. P. describes phosjihorated oil as "a clear, yellowish liquid, having the odor of phosphorus and ot ether, but not jdiosphorescent in the dark. It should be perfectly free from any particles of undissolved phos- l>horus" — I r. >'. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — This is a convenient form for the administration of Pliosphorvs (which see). OLEUM PICIS LIQUIDS (U. S. P.)— OIL OF tAR. "A volatile oil distilled from tar'' — {U. S. P.). Preparation. — When common wood-tar is distilled, that portion of less den- sity than water passing over, is called nil nf tar; a residue known as pitch is left in the retdit. Description and Chemical Composition. — "An almost colorless liquid when freshly distilled, but soon ac(juiring a dark reddish-brown color, and having a strong, tarry odor and taste. Specific gravity, about 0.970 at 15° C. (59° F.). It is readily soluble in alcohol, the solution being acid to litmus paper" — (U. S. P.). The" density of oil of tar is apt to vary according to the amounts of its various constituents present. If prepared from coniferous tars turpentine is likely to form a large portion of the oil. Oil of tar contains empyreumatic substances, several acids, among them acetic acid, and a number of hydrocarbons. Action and Medical Uses. — This oil has the uses of Tar (which see). It is applied locally in scaly and other forms of skin diseasex. It has been used for the relief of chroinc roucihy! The dose is 1 to 5 drops in emulsion or capsule. OLEUM PIMENT.fi (U. S. P.)— OIL OF PIMENTA. A volatile oil distilled from Pimenta officinalis, Lindley. " It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected from light" — (U. S. P.). Sv.Nu.SV.MS: Oi/ iifdil.y/lin; Oil of jiiiiunlo. Preparation, Description, and Tests. — When unripe and sun-dried allspice or pimento berries arc brui.-^ed and disiilled with water, they yield a volatile oil to the extent of from about 3 to 4.5 per cent. The ripe fruits are nearly odorles.s. The oil is heavier than water, its lowest densitv being given as 1.024 (Schinimel it Co.'s Report, April, 1899). The ollicial oil is -a colorless, or pale-yellow licpiid, having a strong, aromatic, clove-like odor, and a pungent, spicy taste. It^becomes darker and thicker bv age and exposure to the air. Specific gravity, 1.045 to 1.055 at 15° C. (59° F.). \Vith an et color (alisence of carbolic acid)" — (U. S. P.). Chemical Composition.— This oil contains over 60 per cent of the heavy cugenol (CgHcCjH ,[<)H][t K'H,]), the chief constituent of oil of cloves (which see;, and a sesquiterpeuu of the composition C,-H,,„ boiling at 255° C. (491° F.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Oil of piinenta is stimulant and aro- matic, and may he used for similar purposes as the other oils of like character, in doses of from 2 to 10 drops. OLEUM PINI SYLVESTRIS.— FIR-LEAF OIL. The volatile oil distilled from the Pinus sylvestris (jsilvestris), Linne. Nat. Orrf.— Coniferw. Synony.m: Okuia folii pini sylvestris, Fir-wool oil, Pine-needle oil, Oleum pini foliar}! III. Preparation and History. — This oil is in use in various parts of Europe, and is distilled in Scotland, Sweden, and Germany, from the leaves o( Pinus in/lrestri^, or ^^Srolch pine," which is found in the highlands of Scotland, where it occurs, as tree or shrub, according to the locality of its growth. The oil was admitted into the Phil rmacnpaia of the Throat Hospital, London (1872). It must not be confounded witho(7o/^((/7)e«;/yic, which is abundantly produced i'roni the trunk of same tree. This oil is, like that from the other species of pine, also known as pine-needle oil, and is i)repared by distilling with water the leaves pounded into a fibrous condi- tion, and then known as fir-woo!. The yield is about 0.5 per cent. Scotch leaves yielded in winter U.13 ])er cent. Description and Chemical Composition. — Fir-leaf oil is a limpid, greenish- j'ellow fluid, soluble in about 10 volumes of 90 per cent alcohol. It has a strong, but agreeable, coniferous odor, combined somewhat with that of lavender. The German and Swedish oils are dextro-rotatory (about + 10°), but the Scotch oil is IsBVO-rotatory (about — 8° to — 19°). The s})ecitic gravities of the German and Scotch oils vary from 0.884 to 0.889 ; that of the Swedish is 0.872. The German oil contains dcxtro-pinene, d-.*ylvestrene, cadinene, and probably bornyl-or itrpinyl-nvetate (about 3.5 per cent). The Swedish and English oils are similarly constituted. except that the hydrocarbons occur in the left-handed modification, in the English oils. (For other pine-needle oih, see table of oils in Schimmel & Co.'s Report. April, 1897, and esi.eciaily (iildemei.^ter and llotrmann, Die .Etherij>rhcn Oele, 1899.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— It is said that fir-kaf oil is largely sold in Eimlaiid and on the continent, as a patent liniment for the cure of rheumatism. In iiio!iii!i<< nfthe thrnnt it may l)e administered internally in the dose of a few drops, diJuted, and likewise locally applied to the throat and chest. OLEUM RICINI (U. S. P.)— CASTOR OIL. "A fixed oil expressed from the seed of RiciniDi communii, hiun^ (Xr-oillm.-, alternate, deeply divided into 7 or 9 lanceolate segments, peltate, ml mate, serrate, 4 to 12 lines in diameter, and on long, tupering, purplish jM>tioles. Tlie Howei-s are borne in long, green, and glaucous spikes, springing fnnn the OLEUM RICIXI. Ricinus communis. divisions of the branches; males from the lower part of the spike, females from the upper. The capsule is prickly, 3-celled, and 3-seeded ; the seeds ovate, shin- ing, and Wark (lotted with gray (L. — \V.) History.— Hicinus communis, or Palmn Christi, is an East Indian plant, in which country it attains the size of a tree. In the United States, where it haa become naturalized, it seldom grows higlier ^_ ,o^ than 8 or 10 feet, flowers in July and August, and matures its seeds in August and Septem- ber. The plant is much grown in California for its oil, also in Italv. The fixed oil of the seeds is the castor oil of commerce, and was known to the ancient Egyptians. The seeds are poisonous, about 4 lines in length, 3 lines in width, and about li lines in thickness, and consist of a smooth external coat, covering a thick, hard, and dark-brown shell, composed of two layers which inclose the white nucleus or oleaginous kernel, which has within it a large, dicotyledonous, leafy embryo. A non- griping cathartic oil, Tanibnr oil, is obtained from a Central American euphorbiacea, Oin- phah'a ofrifem, Hemsley. (For a detailed his- torical account of the castor-oil plant, see H.Stillin:uk-s dissertation on /?/(•/». 1S89.) Preparation. — Castor oil may be obtained by several methods, mostly by warm or cold pressure after the seeds are deprived of their husks. The cold-drmcn oil is the most esteemed, although the ('. .9. P. does not expressly demand it. In'order to remove the acridity of the fresh oil, and to coagulate albuminous matter, the oil is purified by repeatedly boiling it with water. By cold expression the seeds yield 40 to 45 per cent of oil, and a smaller quantity upon subsequent warm expression. The latter oil, however, is not used medicinalh'. The poisonous principle contained in the seed remains in tl.e ])ress-cake, and is destroyed by boiling with water. Description and Tests. — Castor oil, as" demanded by the T. 5!. P., is "a pale- yellowish or almost colorless, transparent, viscid liquid, having a faint, mild odor, and a bland, afterward slightlv acrid, and generally ofl'ensive taste. Specific gravity, 0.950 to 0.970 at 15° C. ("59° F.). Soluble in an equal volume of alcohol, and in all proportions in absolute alcohol, or in glacial acetic acid; also soluble at 15° C. (59° F.J, in three times its volume of a mixture of 19 volumes of alcohol and 1 volume of water (absence of more than aljout 5 per cent of most other fixed oils). With an equal volume of benzin, it forms, at 15° C. (59° F.>. a turbid mix- ture, but at 17° C. (62.6° F.), it yields a clear solution. When exposed to the air in a thin laver, it slowly dries to a varnish-like film. When cooled to 0° C. (32** F.), it becomes turbid, with the separation of crystalline flakes, and at about —18° C. (—0.4° F.) it congeals to a yellowish mass. If 3 Cc. of the oil be shaken for a few minutes with 3 Cc. of carbon disulphide and 1 Cc. of sulphuric acid, the mixture should not acquire a blackish-brown color (absence of many foreign oils) ■•-( r. .^■. P.). . This oil is one of the heaviest and most viscid of the fixed oils, and is dis- tinguished from all other oils except croton oil, by its ready solubility in alcohol and acetic acid in the cold. Its remarkable insolubility in an excess of benzin (see above) may be overcome by the admixture of a third Aittv oil, e.j;., lard oil. When exposed to the air in bulk, its viscidity increa.^es, and the oil becomes rancid; in thin layers it .slowly dries, it also yielils with nitrous acid (according to Phnrmnrngrnphia, 6 parts of castor oil warmed with 1 part of starch and 5 parts of nitric acid of specific gravity 1.25) solid ricin-elnidin. Tims castor oil shares the conspicuous properties of both drying and non-drying oils. Unlike most other fixed oils, some speciniens of castor <)\\,e.g., East Indian oils, sliow a nght- haniL Leaves.— .\ccording to Dr. J. O. MoWilliani, the natives of the Cape Verde Islands use the leaves of the castor-oil plant, which they term "linfareira," for accelerating and increasing tlie flow of milk, in cases where it is tardy inappearing or deficient in quantity, and also in cases of emergency, where tlie females are not child-boaring, or have not suckled a child for many years. The u'liile plant, known bv the light-green color of the leaf-stem, is used in.stead of the i-ee distant, or causing their immotlerate flow if their advent be near. Exposure to cold is carefully avoide to 6.(M(0 j)ounds of flowers, or about 0.02 per cent. Description.- The official oil of rose is thus described: "A pale-yellowish, transparent liquid, having the strong, fragrant odor of rose, and a mild, slightly sweetish taste. Specific gravity, 0.86.5 to 0.8S0 at 2(i° C. (68' F.). It is but slightly soluble in alcohol, and neutral to litmus paper moistened with alcohol. The con- gealing and melting points of the oil are subject to some variation, depending upon the amount of stearopten, but, when slowly coded to a tem))erature, usually lietween 16° and 21° C. (60.8° and 6!).S° F. >, it becomes a transi>arent solid, inter- spersed with numerous slender, shining, iridescent, scale-like crystals. Tpon the 1384 OLEUM ItOSMARIXI. application of the heat of the hand, the crystals should float in the upper portion of the liquefied oil" — (L'. S. P.). It is combustible, and its vapor is said to form an explosive mixture with oxygen. The pharmacopoeial description is that of the Bulgarian oil. The German oil is stated to have a much stronger rose odor than the Bulgarian, and to be of ab.solute purity (see Power, Essential Oils. p. 30). At ordinary temperatures, it is a .semisolid, soft mass, congealing between 27° and 37° C. (80.6° and 98.6° F.), and containing from 26 to 34 per cent of stearopten, while Bulgarian oil contains from 10 to 15 per cent. Chemical Composition. — Rose-stenropten, or rose camphor, is odorle.=s. and waa recognized by Fliickiger i 1869) to be a paraffin hydrocarbon. It may be differen- tiated, bv di>tillatiun in vacuo, into two paraffins, one melting at 22° C. (71.6° F.), the other at 40° and 41° C. (104° and 105.8° F.). The presence of thi.-= paraffin renders the oil partly insoluble in alcohol. The liquid portion of oil of rose con- tains as its chief constituent the alcohol yeraniol (Bertram and Gildemeister. 1894; U. Eckart's rhodinol, 1891). Geraniol is a colorless liquid, boiling at 230° C. (446° F.), of a rose-like odor, having the formula C,„H,,0 or (CH3.C[CHJ:CH.CH,,.CH,.C[CHJ:CH.CaOH). It is a primary alcohol, and yields, upon oxidation, the aldehyde citrnl (C,Jiifi). It is likewise the principal constituent of East Indian geranium, ro.-^e geranium, citronella, and lemon-grass oils. It forms a characteristic, crystallizable addition compound with dry calcium chloride insoluble in the usual organic solvents, but decomposable by water; this regenerates therefrom geraniol, which may be obtained chemically pure by this method. Oil of rose furthermore contains about 20 per cent of l-citronellol (Tiemann and Schmidt, 1896). Both geraniol and citronellol are, for the smaller part, combined in the form of ester (about 3 per cent). The exact honej'-like odor of rose oil has not yet been obtained by a combination of the constituents enumerated. Adulterations and Tests. — Owing to its high price, oil of rose is subject to adulteratiuu ; the aildititm.-; lo it are mostly the oils of palma rosa (East Indian geranium frcnn .4 ndiojuxion) and of rose geranium (from Pelargonium ). A deficiency in rose camphor, resulting from the addition of the.«e oils, is sometimes made up by adding spermaceti. The addition of these oils, if carried out intelligently, is very diflScult to detect. Crude adulterations may be recognized liy determining the following constants: Specific gravity, optical rotation, congealing point, amount and chemical nature of stearopten, saponification, and acetylation (see details of these determinations in Gildemeister and Hoffmann, Die ^Etlterischen Oele, pp. 566-570). The U. S. P. gives the following color tests for the purity of oil of rose: "If to 5 drops of the oil, contained in a test-tube, 5 drops of concentrated sul- phuric acid be added, a reddish-brown, thick mixture will be produced, but no white fumes or tarry odor should be developed, and the fragrant odor of the oil should not be destroyed. If this mixture be then shaken with 2 Cc. of alcohol, the resulting liquid may be turbid, but should be nearly colorless, and should not at once assume a red or reddi.-'h-brown color (absence of oil of ginger-grass or Turkish oil of geranium, from Andropncfon Srhienonlhus, Linne [Xat. On}. — Gra- minea'], and from oil of rose geranium, from Pdnralinatian Islands in the Adriatic Sea. The Frencli oil has the finer aroma. The yield from Dalmatian leaves is 1.4 to 1.7 ]ier cent, iVom dry French leaves 2 per cent, from the flowers 1.4 per cent (Schinimel i^' Co., Rcji'ni/. OvUt\)er, 1893 and 1807). The commercial oils are often adulterated with oil of turpentine. The ('. S. P. gives the following description of oil of rosemary: "A C()lorle.«s or pale yellow, limpid liquid, having the characteristic, pungent odor of rosemary, and a warm, somewhat camphoraeeous taste. Specific gravity, 0.895 to 0 915 at 15° C. (59° F.). Soluble in an equal volume of alcohol, the solution being neutral or very slightly acid to litmus paper; also soluble in an equal volume of glacial acetic acid" — (U. S. P.). Oil of rosemary is optically dextro-rotatory, but is never hevo-rotatory, unless adulterated with oil of French turpentine. The oil requires from 2 to lO" volumes of alei>liol of 80 per cent (by volume) for complete solution. Chemical Composition and Tests.— Pure oil of rosemary contains camphor (LalleuKUKi. 18(3(1 1 ; hormo' (Rruylants, 1879), about 18 per cent"(Gildemeister and Stephan, 1897): rineot (E.Weber, 1887); il-ntid l-pimne and ra );i;//ieeific gravity and .solubility in alcoliol render useful aid. Action, MedicalUses, and Dosage. — Oil of rosemary is stimulant and rube- facient; it is principally employed, however, in perfumery. It maybe used in colic, nervous disorders, debilit)/, pninjnl or tardt/ memtruatinn, etc., and locally to pain- fulpurts. The dose of oil of rosemary is from 2 to 10 drops. A very pleasant cologne may be made as follows : Take of oil of rosemary, oil of lemon, each, 2 duid drachms; oil of lavender, oil of bergamot, of each, 1 fluid drachm; oil of cinnamon, oil of cloves, oil of rose, of each, 8 niinims; alcohol, 1 pint. Mix, agitate well, and after allowing the mixture to stand for a few days, with fre..Vol. VIII, p. 85; Anier. Jour. Pliarm., 1864, p. 375). I have reduced the weights and measures in the above (J. King). OLEUM RUT^.— OIL OF RUE. The essential oil distilled from RiUa gravcolens, Linn^. Xat. Or./.--Rutacea'. Preparation and Description. — The fresh leaves and tops of Rtita graveolens, Linne. an herl)aceous plant indigenous to the Mediterranean countries, yield, when distilleil with water, about 0.06 per cent of volatile oil (Gildemeister and Hoffmann, /"-•. cit.). It is a colorless to yellow liquid, of a strong, penetrating, persistent odor. Its specific gravity is 0.8:^3 to 0.840, this being nearly the lowest of all e.s.sential oils. It is slightly dextro-rotatorv ( -rO°30'to +2° lO"'). and con- geals between 8° and 10° C. (46.4° and 50° F.). The' bulk of the oil distills iietween 2l5°and 232° C. (419° and 449.6° F.); 5 per cent distills below 200° C. (392° F.) (Umney, 1895 and 1897). The oil forms a clear solution with 2 to 3 volumes of 70 per cent alcohol. Chemical Composition and Tests. — About 90 per cent of oil of rue consists ni inethul-ii'myl k.iniir ( CH ,1 '().( ,,11,^, Ciesecke, 1870; Gorup-Resanez and Grimm, 187i). " Below 15° C. (.■)9° K.) it i^ .«olid. boils at 224° C. (4*5.2° F.), and lia.s a spe- cific gravity of 0.8295 at 17.5° C. (63.5° F.). The oil is also said to contain lnuric aldehyde (C,jH„0) (C.G.Williams, 1858). No terpene is present in oil of rue. Adulterations with other essential oils increase tlie specific gravity and decrease 1386 OLEUM SABIX.E.— OLEUM SA.NTALI. the congealing point of oil of rue. Petroleum and oil of turpentine may be recog- nized b}' being insoluble in alcohol of 70 per cent by volume. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Oil of rue is stimulant, antispasmodic, and emmenagogue. It has decidedly active properties. Locally it is irritant, and internally, even in . tissues, and |>owerl'ully deranges the nervous system. It may induce gastro-intestinal inllanimation, vesical tenesmus and strangury, congestion of the pelvic organs, fever, mental excitation and intoxication, coma, and death. Oil of savine is an emmenagogue, and is .«eldom used for any otiier purpose, save as a liniment to the lumbar and sacral regions, and internally in amennrrhim from tor- por of the reproductive organs, in which it is sometimes very etlicient. It also acts as a stimulant and abortivant. Ten drops of the oil on sugar, repeated 3 times a day. will, it is stated, positively produce abortion in from 1 to 3 weeks; but. as with all other agents le wood, which, with the chips and sawdust, are preserved for distillation, or for burning in the native temples. The sapwood and branches are worthless" — {Phannncofimjihin, \>. 601). Saxt.\l-wood (Lignum snntaii album, SanUilum (ilbum, Lignum santnli citrinum), Yelhw or While samlers wood. — Wliitish or brownish-yellow billets, from 3 to 9 inches thick, and 3 or 4 feet long, hard, heavy, of a bitterish, subacrid, aromatic taste, and an agreeable, rose-like odor (when rubbed or rasped). On transverse section the wood has a lustrous, waxy appearauce, showing alternate light and dark, irregularly-concentric circles, which are, however, sometimes not well marked. The medullary rays are delicate and the vessels very fine. The darker-colored wood is most highly valued (that from the root being the best quality), and the taste and odor vary according to the source of the wood. In the Chinese markets three grades are known : South Sea Island, Timor, and Malabai; the last far exceed- ing the others in price. Preparation. — Santal oil is procured by distilling the wood with water or by means of steam. The most and best oil is obtaine .Elhrrkrhen Oele, 1899, p. 446). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Oil of santal is an active substance of agreeable u.i. a- employed in the treatment of imbacute and rhronicaffertioug of mwvm tissues, particularly gonorrhii-d after the active symptoms have been mitigated. Chrmiic bronchitis, with fetid expectoration, chronic niwous dinrrhirji, chronic injiam- iiiation of the bladder and pyelitis are also said to be benefited by it. It occasionally disturbs the gastro-intestinal tract, and, like copaiba, which it was introduced to supersede, it will occasion cutaneous eruptions. The dose ranges from 5 to 20 drops, in capsules or emulsion. Related Products. T, 0;nii; -^i-.i w--: ■;- Tii.- followina species furnish varieties ofsantal-" : r i /' - ^ /?"/.,■",„., " Sun!., ■ - , :. : -.: . ,; : ■, ,„iau Isles. S',<>y. -jii'iA i' ii ■■' II. i-A.iiiau Isles. Sant.'i .'r(,i,Vu(;(,Veiell.—Xcw Caledonia. Fux'in I; \\io\\-n (Sanlalum i:aidal-wood. The source ■ i ! - sh.m.-wood is unknown. West Ixdi.vs .'^.vxd.\l-wood is de- rived from . I wiy-' - ' i ! 1 111', not belonging to Sanlataax (.'Schimmel & Co., 1899). The wood luim-hi;,- in It-t-nained oil is called ]'etwzueta sandal-iioiHl. The Er,ia„i,),ila inih:}olli, Bentham {Serature; specific gravity. 1.022; con- stituent, a crystallizable alcohol, melting at 101° to 10;!°C. i2l:!..'<°to 217.4° F.i; yiel'd.o jxTcent Oiu oi-Samai. I .l./"iMri/("i.— Botanical source unknown. From Madagascar. Color, ruby- red ; spei iiir. .1 I , it\ . e M.i, , . ,ii.-iecific gravity, O.Uti:? to (I 'II' I . ,, : ;i'. ; ...ImhU 4 211°; yield, I .."> to :!.."i per cent. On (ii >v\i\i I II • I -•ni!hn) from Swan Kiver.— From Santalum fi/(7noniiii, Miquel {Fumniis fpinitii.K, H, Hi-.iwiO. Specific gravity, 0.95;<; optical rotation, 4 5° 20'"; «lor, resinous, empyreumatic, and sharp; vield, 2 per cent; seems to contain 75 per cent saiidiW (EL J. Parry, 1898). OLEUM SASSAFRAS (U. S. P.)— OIL OF SASSAFRAS, .V volatile oil di.^tilled from tiie hark of the root of .'Ni.<.<(irni,< nirii/'>'i>n>i i Salis- burv), O. Kuntz (.'^^d.^.yi/V'i.s ^i^V/iin/c, Necs). "It shiiuld be kept in well-stoppered bottles, protected from light"— (T. & P.). \nt. Onl. — Laurineie. OLEIM SESAMI. 1389 History and Preparation. — The sassafras tree grows in North America from Canaila to h lorida and Alabama, and westward as far as Kansas, and early attracted the attention of the American Indians on account of its jjeculiar ami pleasant aroma, and its supposed power to purify the blood. Until aljout 18(50, oil of sa-^-ea- fras was distilled from the root-bark in the states of Pennsylvania, Maryland, and \'irginia. often in a rather primitive manner; since then, the oil has been manu- facturt'd on a large scale in other states, as New Jersey, New York, Tennessee, and the Niw England states. In large plants, one charge consists of 20,000 pounds of wood, which is exhausted of its oil in about 48 to 50 hours. The yield is from (J to !) prr cent, the wood of the root yields only about 0.!1 per cent. (For inter- esting details regarding the history of sassafras and the preparation of its oil, see Dr. Frederick Hoffmann, in Die Jjthrrischen Oele, 1899, \). 514 ; also see J. U. Lloyd, "An Historical Study of Sassafras," in .4 mer«V(i« X)n(?, 1898, p. 258.) Description. — According to Prof W. Procter, Jr. {Amer. Jour. Pharm. ,1866,.\). 4Sl),a ivMisli colored oil is yielded from the bark of old stump roots, while young roots aiv >aid to yield a colorless oil. The U. S. P. describes the oil as "a yellow- ish or reddi-^h-yellow liiiuid, having the characteristic odor of sassafras without the odor of caniphor, and a warm, aromatic taste. It becomes darker and thicker by age and exposure to air. Specific gravity. 1 .070 to 1 .090 at 15° C. (59° F.). Solu- liie, in all proportions, in alcohol, the solution being neutral to litmus paper; also soluble, in all proportions, in glacial acetic acid, and in carbon disulphide. If to 5 drops of the oil 5 drops of nitric acid be added, a violent reaction will take place, producing at first a red color, and finally converting the oil into a red resin. If to a few drops of the oil a drop of sulphuric acid be added, a deep-red color will be produced at first, which soon becomes blackish "'—(['. S. P.). The oil is slightly dextro-rotatory (-1-3° to +4°). The above reaction with nitric acid, first pbs.ived by Bonastre (1828), is attended with emission of flame: •<3heinical Composition. — Oil of sassafras, according to Gildemeister and HofTmann (^/oc. nV., p. 522 !, has the following percentage composition, ascertained by Power and Kleber (Phnrm. Review, 1896, p. 101) : safrnl (C,oH„0,), SO per cent; p'inene {■■ per cent; evgenol (Pomeranz, 1890), 0.5 per cent; sesquitei-pene in the highest fractions, and residue, 3 per cent. S.\FR0L is a colorless or yellowish liquid, possessing the pure sassafras odor, and becomes solid upon moderate cooling; it melts again at 11° C. (51.8° F.). It was first observed by Binder, in 1821, as a deposit from the oil. Its specific gravitv is 1.108, its boiling point 233° C. (451.4°). Chemically, it is the mcthijlene ether o"f an allyl-pijrocatechin (C8H,.C3Hj.OOCH;), and also occurs in large ((uantity in caiuiihor oil, and in oils of star anise and cinnamon leaves. Adulteration. — The substitution of sassafras oil by camphor oil is very diffi- cult to drtc-ct, since the constituents of both are the same; sometimes deviations in specific gravity will point to substitution. Artificial oU of sasmfras \% thought to be a fraction of camphor oil having the same specific gravity as oil of sassafras (see Gildemeister and Hoffmann, loc. cit., p. 522). Oil of sassafras is rarely adul- terated in this countrv with oils of turpentine, cloves, or lavender. Action, Medical tJses, and Dosage. — Sassafras oil is stimulant, diuretic, car- minativ I. alterative and diaphoretic It maybe U.sed for all the purposes for which the bark is n-conunended. It is said to be an eflicient application to »viw. It is much used as a local application to rheumatic and other ;/((//(.•<, and has proved advantageous when given internally in chronic goiiorrhwa and ci/.'flirrhd'd. Its dose is from 3"to 12 drops on sugar, or in emulsion. It is stated by Dr. Sheli)y, of Hunts- ville, that oil of sassafras will not only prevent the injurious effects of tobacco, but speedily renvn* them when produced; he has verified this either by combining the tobacco with some sassafras bark, and by smoking tobacco, in a strong pipe, to which a few drops of the oil has been added (lioston Jour. C/i<»»i.,1860). OLEUM SESAMI (U. S. P.)— OIL OF SE8AMUM. "A fixed oil expressed from the seed of Seinmnm iiulirum, Linne (Nal. Ord. — I'edaliacea*). It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles" — (T. S. P.). SvsosvMs : Semme oil, Ted or Til oil, Bcnnc oil, Giitijili or Jinijili nil 1890 Ol.EUM 8ESAMI. Preparation. — This oil is obtained by expressing the seeds, the yield being about 50 iier cent by weight. When pure, it is one of the least alterable of oils (Fiiickiger). Germnn .^mimc nil is derived from Cameliiia sntivn, Crantz. Description and Tests. — Oil of sesamum stands intermediate between the drying and the non-drying oils. It shares with castor oil and croton oil the property of being optically active; it is dextro-rotatory. The U. S. P. describes the oil as "a yellowish or vellow, oily liquid, inodorous or nearly so, and having a bland, nut-like taste. Specific gravity, 0.919 to 0.923 at 15° C. (59° F.j. When cooled to— 3° C. (26.6° F.) it becomes thick, and at— 5° C. (23° F.) it congeals to a yellowish-white mass. Concentrated sulphuric acid converts it into a brownish- re^l jelly. If 5 Cc. of the oil be shaken with an equal volume of concentrated hydrochloric acid, the latter will usually assume a bright emerald-green color, especially if the oil has been exposed for some time to the action of air and light; and, on "the subsequent addition of about 0.5 Gm. of sugar, and again shaking the mixture, a blue color, changing to violet, and finally to deep crimson, will be produced '"- (T. S. P.). The latter test is that known as Bniuloin's Tat. It was modified by Villaveccbia and Fabris {JahrcHb. der P/inrm., 1893, p. 693) who ob- served that furfurol is the active principle in Baudoin's test. They proceed as follow.-^: Mix 0.1 Cc. of a solution of 2 Gm. furfurol (C,H,O.CHO) in 100 Cc. of alcohol with 10 Cc. of the oil, and shake with 10 Cc. of hydrochloric acid (specific gravity, 1.19) in a test-tube. As little as 1 per cent of sesame oil may be recog- nized by the crimson coloration produced in the aqueous layer. This test is char- acteristic for oil of sesame (also see Amer. Jnxir. Phann., 1894, p. 99). Another color reaction with nitro-sulphuric acid, discovered by Behrens (1852), is mentioned in Phnrmncoqraphin. In this connection, see J. F. Tocher's seiamin iAmer. Jour. Phann., 189l', p. 142. and 1893, p. 194). Chemical Composition and Uses.— Fiiickiger found the oily portion to con- tain 76 per cent of o/c/,;, and a small quantity of a peculiar resinoid substance giving the above color test of Behrens. The solid portion of oil of sesamum con- sisted of iiaiinttin, stearin, and myristin {P/ianuurograpltia). The oil also contains small quantities oUinolein, to the presence of which its partial drying qualities are due. According to Villaveccbia and Fabris (see Jahresb. der Pharm.. 1893. p. 693), there are present crj'stallizable sesamin (C,,H,.,03), melting at 123° C. (253.4° F.); an alcohol (C.,jH„0)," melting at 137° C. (278.6° F.) ; and a non-nitrogenous oil to which the color reaction (in Baudoin's test) is due. Oil of sesamum is used for cooking purposes; in Germany, an addition of 10 per cent sesamum oil to oleo- margarine is required in order to facilitate the detection of adulteration of butter. Sesamum oil is also used in soap manufacture, for illuminating purposes, and as a substitute for almond and olive oils. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— (See Sesamum.) Related Oils.— Oi.eu.m Araciiis, P,aiuU oil, Ground-nut oil, Earth-nut oil, Arachinoil. This non-drying oil is obtained from the nutritiou,>! oily seeds known i\s jifanut.^. and derived from the leguminous plant Araehts hi/pogcen.Lmui. The yield is nearly 50 per cent. It is obtained bv cold expression. When the seeds are first warmed an inferior oil is obtained. It is thin, almost colorless, or pale yellow, has a faint, pleasant odor, anhin\. .At :;-C. :)7.4° F.) it is turbid; at— 3° to — 1°C. (26.6°to 24.8° F. lit concretes, and hardi-ns at— 7°C'. > 19.4° F.'. Expo- sure to air slowly causes it to thicken; even in closed containers it l>ej'onies disagrveabljr rancid {Phnnmicographia). It is composed of the glyceriiles o! four fatty acids, chiefly o/rtc acid. The other acids which are present in the form of glyceritles, are palmltif, gt.arlc, arachic (CjoH^oOj), hjipogu'ic (CieHaoO;), and liiioleic noi'rf.i. This oil is oHicial in India where it is largely consumed as a substitute for "olive oil, under the name of Ktitchuuti oil. It is extensively em- ' ploved in soap-making, and the Chinese use it for illuminating purposes. Sov Oil.— A yellowish, bland oil, furnished to the extent of l.S per ct-nt by the edible seeds of Soja hi»pida, Moeneh {Dolicliof Soja, T.inne) { .Yn/- '■■rijia arboriii, Roxburgh! (.Yd/. Orrf.— Legumiiiix'yel. A tr\H' of tW East Imlies. The oil is vil'low and thiokish, bei-omes turbid at about 7°C. (44.t>° F.». and has a s|>ecifie gravity of 0.1M5. riie leaves and root of this tree have been used in medicine: the oil in utin rfi'.v.i.*.*. NuKER-.sEKD Oil. — Bond ur-n III!!, the seeds of a tropical vine, the «'.T.«i/yiiMiii Rmductlla, Koxburgh [GuiUmdiua BondHCilla, Linn^), yieM, by expression, an oil which is use».i in lini- OI.EIM SINAIMS VOI.ATILK. 1391 monts by the natives of India. There the seeds, as well as the root-hark, are emplovid as an antiperiodic and tonic. The seed is varionslv Iciiown as Senifu hxuhu-dla^, St'iiieii ijiiildiKliii.r, (imi nicker »<(■ii(/;i, the seeds oi .Voriiiga pleri/gmtptnna, Giertner {Moringn nleifira, Lamarck, ami Oiiilandhw .Voriiiga. Linn^), of the i\rt/. Ord. — Morin- gaceie, is a palatable product, more employeil in the arts than in medicine. The tree lurnishing tlie seeds is .ut is fornieil in the deconi)iosition of its glucosid itMu'^/rm by a process of fermentation (see ( 'In miciil Cnnifisiiinn ). The fixed oil is first removed bj' hydraulic pressure, the press-cake is crushed, digested with water at a tempera- ttirenot exceeding TO^C. (15S° F.), and the volatile oil of mustard is then dis- tilled off with steam. The yield is about 0.5 to 0.75 per cent. White mustard seed does not yield a volatile oil when thus treated (see Siruipis). The volatile oil of mustard thus obtained is "a colorless or pale-yellow, lim- pid, and strongly refractive litiuid. having a very pungent and acrid odor and taste. Specific gravity, 1.018 to 1.0-29 at 15° C. (59° F.). Boiling point, 148° to 150° C. (298.4° to 302° F. ). Freely soluble in alcohol, ether, or carbon disulphide, the solutions being neutral to litmus paper" — {U. S.P.). The oil is soluble in from 160 to 300 parts of water, and in 10 parts of 70 per cent by volume of alcohol. Exposed to light, volatile oil of mustard decomposes, turning reddish-brown, and depositing a thin brown film on the walls of its containing vessel. Chemical Composition. — The principal constituent of volatile oil of mustard is allyl-isot/i inn/a II ide (^alh/l-viuslard oil, S:C:N.C3H5), with small amounts of allyl cyanide (CN.C^Hj and carbon disulphide (CS,,), the latter being of somewhat obscure origin. Allyl-cyanide is formed by decomposition of allyl-mustard oil, which takes place, for example, when the oil is in prolonged contact with the copper of the still, thus: SCNC,H^+Cu- CuS+CNCjH,. Notable quantities of this compound, which has the specific gravity 0.835, may render the volatile oil of mustard lighter tlian water (Will, 1863). Allyl-isothiocyanide is formed by the decomposition of the glucosid sini- rp-in {or potimiuin myronate C,„H,„NS,,KOJ, under the influence of the albuminous ferment ji!?/m-/;i, both being constitutnts of black mustard seed. The reaction, as elucidated' bv J. Gadamer anhocyanide ( NCSK), and allvl iodide (C',II I) in" alcoholic solution, whereby a molecular rearrangement from N-.'C.i^.CW Jnll>/l-l/>in.rynnide) to fi.:C:'S.C,U,(iillyl-L- (Jm. of the oil 6 Gni. of sulphuric acid be graduallv added, the liquid being kept cool, the mixture, upon subsequent addition, will evolve sulidnir dioxide, but will remain of a light-yellow color, and at first perfectly 1392 OLEUM SUCCINI. clear, becoming afterward thick, and occasionally cr3'stalline, while the pungent odor of the oil will disappear"^{7. S. P.)- The final product in this reaction is svJphate of alhjlamine (C^H^NH^). " If a portion of the oil be heated in a flask connected with a well-cooled cm- denser, it should distill completely between 148° and 150° C. (298.4° and 302° F.), and both the first and the last portion of the distillate should have the same spe- cific gravity as the original oil (absence of alcohol, chloroform, carbon disulphide, petroleum, or fatty oils). If a small portion of the oil be diluted with 5 times its volume of alcohol, and a drop of ferric chloride T.S. be added, no blue or violet color .should be produced (absence of phenols). If a mixture of 3 Gm. of the oil and 3 Gm. of alcohol be shaken, in a small flask, with 6 Gm. of ammonia water, it will become clear after standing for some hours, or rapidly when warmed to 50° C. (122° F.), and usually deposit, without becoming colored, crystals of thiosijinmine {allyl-thin w?-ea,CS.N.,H3[C3H5]). To determine the proportion of thio- sinaminc ot)tainable from the oil, decant the mother water from the crystals, and evaporate it gradually in a tared capsule, on a water-bath, adding fresh portions only after the ammoniacal odor of each preceding portion has disappeared. Then add the crystals from the flask to tho.se in the capsule, rinsing them out of the flask with a little alcohol, and heat the capsule on a water-bath until its weight remains constant. The amount of thiosinamine thus obtained from 3 Gm. of the oil should be not less than 3.25 Gm., nor more than 3.5 Gm. After cooling, thiosinamine forms a brownish, crystalline mass, fusing at 70° C. (158° F.),and having a leek-like, but no pungent (idor. The mass should be soluble in 2 parts of warm water, forminp a sdlutimi which should not redden blue litmus paper, and whirh imi-scsscs a scnuewlKit biiti-r. not persistent taste" — {U.S.P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— (See SinnpU.) OLEUM SUCCINI.— OIL OF AMBER. The volatile oil obtained by dry distillation of amber and purified by recti- fication. Preparation. — The crude oil of amber (Oleum Succini Crudum) is obtained by destructive distillation of amber as a by-product in the preparation of succinic acid from this source (see yl oifter, below). It is of a syrupy consistence, dark-brown, and of an unplcasiint. cnipyreumatic, persistent odor. In order to make rectified oil of amber {Oh mn Surrlni Rirtijicdium), the U. S. P. (1870) directs to mix in a glass retort, oil of amlitr, 1 pint; water, 6 pints, and to distill until 4 pints of water have passed with the oil into the receiver; then separate the oil from the water, and keep it in a well-stopped bottle. According to Hager, the yield is from 65 to 70 per cent of the crude oil. Description. — The oil thus obtained is thin, colorless or pale-yellow, but turns brown and viscid if not carefully kept. It has an empyreumatic, balsamic. yet disagreeable odor, and a bitter and acrid taste. Its specific gnivitv varies from 0.88 to 0.93; Power {Essential Oils) records 0.975 for crude, and 0.915 for the rectified oil. The latter is readily dissolved in absolute alcohol, chloroform, ether, disulphide of carbon, or the fixed oils ; alcohol of 90 per cent by volume dissolves only about one-fifth of it. It is not soluble in water, thoughthis fluid acquires its taste and odor in a slight degree. It is a solvent for caoutchouc. It is princi- pally a mixture of hydrocarbons containing some phenols (Power\ and has no constant boiling point. It does not fulminate with iodine. Fuming nitric acid added gradually forms with it a balsamic resin, called artifirial mu.5, p. 149j. It may be owing to this adulteration that piles are cured by a locaJ application of it to them, as named by Prof. Procter in Amet:Join: Pharm'.. 1866. p. 217. as I have known numerous instances where persons have cured or relieved tlit-Uiselvts of pilt-s by the application of ordinary coal-oil (J. King). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Rectified oil of amber is the only form in which oil of amber should be employed tor internal use. It is stimulant, diu- retic, and antispasmodic; and has been employed with benefit in nrntnoi-rha'a, hys- teria, d}/siii' iiorrhaa, tetanus, epikju^y, pertussin, inj'antik mnrhkions, &nd various other fjia^inodir affection.^. The dose is from o to 30 drops on sugar, repeated as often as required. Applied externally it is a rubefacient, and has been efficaciously used as a liniment in palsy. ch)-onic rheumatism, peiiussis. and infantile convulsions; in the latter affection it should be rubbed along the spine, either alone or combined with an equal part of laudanum aud 3 or 4 parts of olive oil. Roches Embrocatiox. for pertUi4° F. I. evolving an agreeable aromatic odor, and burning with a clear yellow flame. It can not be fused without undergoing some chemical change By destructive distillation in a retort, aml>er yieMs first an acid liquor, which contains succmic aiid acetic acids; then some succinic acid is deiKisite(- rnmi'hor. .\n inflammable gas is evolved during the whule time ol the operation. The ivsidue in the retort cvmsists of a brown resin ci,lo)iU p«-r cent of sulphur in HX) parts of aml>er. Riniiixiuinu muUi yielded ti^ O. Helm ( .Imcr. Jijur. Plian,,.. 1881, p. 442) 1.15 l)er cent of sulphur, and .5.2 i>er cent of sue cinic at id. .SiW/i.m ainl^r yielded only 0.4 per cent of the latter acid, and a dark variety of aml>er. ratleil glttitc, had a specific gravity of only 1.015 to 1.027. and yielded no succinic arid ui>on dry dLstillation. .\ml>er is not U8er brown, with a smoky, acid taste, and have the odorof amber oil. They may be purified by boiling with nitric acid, of specific gravity 1.32. Succinic acid is soluble in 20 parts of cold, 2 parts of hot water, less soluble in alcohol, and nearly insoluble in ether. The pure acid melts at 180° C. (3.5t)° F. ). Its salts are called succinates. It was formerly used to considerable extent in medi- cine, but it is now^ seldom employed. It lia.s but little action except to accelerate the pulse and promote cutaneous and bronchial exc'reti( m. The dose of succinic aciil is from 5 to lb grains. Succinate of A>i.monium has been employed in spasmodic condilious ami as a remedy for delirium tremens, hysteria, rheumatism, anA bronchitis. A liquor of succinate of ammonium, known also as Liquor Cornu Ceni Succinici, ha.s been considerably employed in Germany for similar purposes. OLEUM TANACETI.— OIL OF TANSY. The very poisonous, oxygenated volatile oil distilled from Tanacetum vulgare, Linni- ( .V-v/. "O,-,/.— Composita'). Description and Chemical Composition.— Oil of tansy is prepared by dis- tilling tlie dowering herl) with water. It is usually yellow, sometimes of a green color, turning brown on exposure to air and light, a warm, extremely bitter taste, and an odor like that of tansy, but more intense. An oil distilled from English cultivated tansy (Schimrael & Co., Report. Oct., 1895) had a camphoraceous odor resembling rosemary, and upon cooling to 0° C. (32° F.) deposited part of its cam- phor. It also differed from American and German oils by being lavo-rotatory ( — 27°), the former exerting a right-handed optical rotation (+30° to +45°). Oil of tansy is soluble in alcohol; the American oil, when pure, forms a clear solution also with 70 per cent alcohol. The specific gravity of oil of tansy (fresh plant) varies from 0.925 to 0.940; dry herb 0.955. The yield of oil ranges from 0.10 to 0.20 per cent for fresh, and 0^20 to 0.30 per cent "for dry herb (Schimmel it Co.). The characteristic odor of oil of tansy is due to its" chief constituent thujone or tnnaretnne (Bruylants, 1878; Semmler, 1892). It is a ketone (C,(,H„0) boiling at 203° C. (397.4°"F.), and combines with sodium bisulphite, and forms an oxime with hydroxylamine. The oil also contains preformed (.Schimmel it Co.) the Uvvo-rotatory modification of camphor (C,„H,jO) with small quantities oiborneol; a terj^enr boiling at 1(50° C. (320° F.) is likewise present (Bruylants). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Oil of tansy possesses the properties of the plant 1 see Tn mi return), but is seldom employed internally on account of its bitternes."^. It has been employed to produce abortion, but almost always with fatal results. Dose of the oil from 2 to 5 drops. According to Peyraud ( 1S87\ the oil produces in animals a disease similar to hydrophobia, called "rage tanacetique" (Gildcmeister and Hoflfmann, Die .Ellm-i.-^rhrn Orlr. 1S>)!), p. S!(0\ OLEUM TEREBINTHIN.ffi: (U. S. P.)— OIL OF TURPENTINE. "A volatile oil distilled from turpentine"— (T. 5. P.). (See Tcrehinfhina.) "Oil of turpentine should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. protected from" light' •—( r. N. P.). ^ . _ Synonyms: Sjiirit.-i of turpentine, K'i«huric or nitric acid. A quantitative separation of mineral oils from oil of turpentine, may l)e effected (Burton, 1890; Allen, 1890) by means of fuming nitric acid which destroys the latter oil only. 1396 OLEUM terebinthixj:. Chemical Composition.— Oil of turpentine consists chiefly of hydrocarbons {ter/jene-^), of the formula C,oH|g (Houton-Labillardiere, 1817). Among these, 2 inene, boiling point 155° to 156° C. (311° to 312.8° F.), is the most prominent. Camphenc. melting point 50° C. (122° F.), boiling point 159° to 160° C. (318.2° to 320° F.), and probably /c>if/if/!<', boiling point 154° to 156° C. (309.2° to 312.8° F.), are also regular constituents of oil of turpentine, as well as dipenlene, boiling point 175° to 176° C (347° to 348.8° F.), and sesquiterpenes, boiling at higher temperature*. Certain pine-needle oils also contain the hydrocarbons l-limonene, dijientene, d-»t/[- _ vestrene, l-pheUandrene und cadineiie, and the fragrant ester bornyl {borneol) ucetah. PiNENE occurs in two modifications which are chemically identical. Lxvu- pinene (Wallach, 1885 ; Berthelot's terebentene) is the principal constituent of the French oil of turpentine, while dextro-pinene (Berthelot's auMralene) occurs, as a rule, in the American oil. It is a colorless, mobile liquid, which, to some extent. resinifies and absorbs oxygen when exposed to the air. It is an unsaturated hydrocarbon with one double bond. Accordingly, it combines, when surrounded by ice, with dry hydrochloric or hydrobromic acid gas, the former yielding the solid compound C,oH,g.HCl, which has the odor of camphor, hence is called arti- ficial camphor. It melts at 125° C. (257° F.), the bromine compound at 90° C. (194° F.). Pinene is best identified by the melting point of its nitroso-chloride (C,oH„.NOCl) which lies at 103° C. (217.4° F.). When heated to 250° to 270° C. (482° to 518° F.), pinene is changed into dipcntenc, the inactive (racemic) modi- fication of c/- and l-limo7iene, hoiUng a.t 176'' C. (348.8° F.). Alcoholic sulphuric acid converts pinene into terpinokne and terpinene. Pinene in prolonged contact with diluted mineral acids, is converted into crj'stallizable teiyin hydrate (C,„H,8 [OHJjH.O) (see Terpini Hydras). By the action of sulphuric and glacial acetic acids, pinene forms the alcohol ta-pineol (C|(,H„0), which has the odor of hyacinth and is much used in perfumery. By the action of diluted nitric acid, or chromic acid, pinene is oxidized with formation of the lower fattj' acids, and tcrephtalic (CjHgOj) and terebcnk (C;H,„0,) acids. By distillation with sulphuric acid, pinene is converted into inactive lerebcuc (see Turhcnum). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— The actions of oil of turpentine are complex. It is irritant, stimulant, cathartic, diuretic, vermifuge, and, in rela- tion to chronic mucous discharges, astringent. Given in large doses it occasions fullness of the head, or giddiness, with a feeling similar to that of intoxication, or a state resembling trance; sometimes it gives rise to pain in the stomach, nausea and vomiting, and more frequently it gives rise to violent strangury, bloody urine, and other symptoms of renal "or vesical irritation. In small doses long continued, or when absorbed from its external application, or its vapor inhaled, it produces in the urine an odor resembling that of violets, and some- times produces strangury. Its most constant eSect is purgation, and when this occurs, the other effects seldom present themselves. In medicinal doses it warms the stomach, elevates the temperature of the surface, quickens the pulse, and when given at short intervals, in slight doses, it acts upon the kidneys, causing an increased urinary discharge. In the typhoid stage 0/ fehrile disei(se.<. especially when intestinal idccration is diagnosed from the .symptoms, the tongue V>ecoming dry and dark-colored, the skin dry and husky, and tympanites is present, with occasionally mental derangement, small doses given at short intervals and con- tinued for some time, will act as a stimulant and remove all these symptoms. It i.^ supposed, in these instances, to normally influence the ulcerated "tissues. It is likewise recommended in neu7-algia, chronic rhcinnati'ression of urine, )werito)iitis, or otiier diseases — chorea, hysteria, croup, colic, jaundice, Aud in cases where gravel is habitu- ally carried ofiF by copious discharge of lithic acid and lilhate of ammonium. it has a tendency to diminish excessive mucous discharges, and has been employed with advantage in chronic catarrh, chronic hronchiti.-', fetid tronf/iiV/.*, and pulmonary gangrene (in lung troubles by inhalation as well as internally), cAtwiiV dysentery, chronic dian-hiva, chronic inflammation of the bladder, gleit. chronic gonor- rhaii, and leucoirhmi. The dose in ordinary cases is from 0 drops to i fluid «lrachm, and even to 1 drachm, at intervals of an hour or two in acute and everv 3 or 4 hours in chronic diseases. In the course of its action it is absorbwl. and imparts its odor to the breath and perspiration. In doses varying from 20 ul.ia.M TKUKBlNTlll.V.i;. loi)? iiiiiiiins to 1 tluul drachm, according to the urgency of the syniiitonis, and repeated every 3 or 4 hours, it is a most efficacious astringent, and may be used in epistaxis, hemuteincsk, hemopiy-iiit, and other sanguineous discharges. It may be administered in water, flavored with some agreeable aromatic syrup, or in infu- sion of niatico, in hemoptysig; in the decoctions of uva ursi, epigaa, or eupa- toriura, etc., in hematuria; or in the decoction or infusion of cinchona, in },Hijnira hemorrhagica. Where much arterial blood has been lost, tincture of chloride of iron will form a valuable adjunct. Combined with castor oil, it is an ixcellcnt vermifuge. It probably prevents the formation of biliary calculi. K.\ternallv it is a rubefacient, and is used as a counter-irritant in the form of liniment in rheu- matism, parah/si^, neuralgia, inflammation of internal or(ian.i,in the neighborhood of indolent tumors, to chilblain--:, indolent and cn/.-fipelatoua ulcers, caries, sloughing, espe- cially from pressure in exhausting diseases, gangrene, chronic inflammation of the edge of the eyelids, and, combined with linseed oil, in recent burns or scaldx. 'Turpentine, locally and internally, has given signal results in diphtheria and sciatica. In the latter" atfection about 30 drops, 3 times a day, is the proi)er dose. It forms a good local application in mamn>itis, pleu,ri.'ning by phosphoru.<. Belated Oil.— .\bieten-e (C,IIi«). This hifthly volatile and very inflammaMe oil whh obtairie-l !>>■ Prof. \V. T. Wenzell i .Inter. Jour. l%irm..\X7-2, p. l\~) from the tereliintliinoiw exiidati- "f till- Xiit pine or I)iij(/ir i>iiir i I'iiiiig .■^iiliiiiidiiii, nonirlasl of California. Tlie nut of this Bp»-cie8 is eaten 1)V tin- I "ivrL'-r' Indians. The cnuli- oil \h colorleKs anil lioils from 101 'to ll.Vf. (•.'i:{°to239°F. ; tlu- boiling point ot the largest frnetion iHlorC. iL'i:i°K.i. its sp.iilir t'ravily is O.WH ; its odor i>fni-tratin){, stronjt, ami oranet-like. .\ciordin(; to T. K. Thorpe ( ' /-' ///. .V- «t, 1S79), it is identieal with luiiUtiie iCTllu.one of the low-boiling petrolium hydrocarbons. 1398 OLEUM TEEEBINTHIN.E EECTIFICATUM.— OLEUM THEOBKOMATIS. Ahietene (heptane) dissolves both bromine and iodine without fulmination, and is soluble in 95 per cent alcohol (5 parts). According to Prof. Sadtler (A/ner. Jour. Phami., 1879, pp. 176 ami 293), an oil of the same composition is furnished by the Califomian Pinus ponderom, of Douglas. OLEUM TEREBINTHIN^ RECTIFICATUM (U. S. P.)— RECTIFIED OIL OF TURPENTINE. Preparation. — "Oil of turpentine, a convenient quantity; lime-water,a suffi- cient quantity. Shalie the oil thorough]}' with six (6j times its volume of lime- water, and introduce the mixture into a copper still connected with a well-cooled condenser. Then distill, until about three-fourths of the oil have passed over, and separate the clear oil from the water. Keep the product in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected from light " — (['. S. P.). Description. — "A thin, colorless liquid, having the general properties men- tioned under oil of turpentine (see Oleum TerebinthiiuT). Specific gravitv, 0.8-55 to 0.865 at 15° C. (59° F.). Boiling point, about 160° C. (320° F.). Its alcoholic solution should be neutral to litmus paper. If about 10 Cc. of the oil be evapo- rated in a capsule on a water-bath, no weighable residue should be left " — {U.S. P.). "Rectified oil of turpentine should always be dispensed when oil of turpentine is required for internal use " — {U. S. P.). OLEUM THEOBROMATIS (U. S. P.)— OIL OF THEOBROMA. "A fixed oil expressed from the seed of Theobroma Cacao, Linne (_Xat. Ord. — Sterculiacese)"— (r. S. P.). Synonyms; Oleum theobromse {U. S. P., 1880), Butter of cacao, Oleum cacao, Buty- rum rarno. Preparation and Description.— 5h«(t of cacao must not be confounded with cocoanut oil from Cnco.i inicifcra; with pnlm oil from Elieis guiiieensis; nor with coco. the dried leaves of Eryt/iroxylon Coca; it is obtained by two or three processes, one of which is to roast the seeds, and, after removing the testa, grind the seeds, put them in canvas bags, expose them to steam, and press between hot iron plates. The butter thus expressed may be purified by melting it in hot water, by passing it through hot animal charcoal, or by the use of acids, and then running it into molds. The seeds contain about 45 per cent of this fat, 6 to 11 percent of starch, 1 to 4 per cent oUheobromine, nitrogenous matter, cacao-red, ash, etc. The yield of cacao butter is about 30 to 35 per cent. Butter of cacao is officially described as "a yellowish-white, solid, having a faint, agreeable odor, and a blaiid, chocolate-like taste. Specific gravitv, 0.970 to 0.980 at 15° (59° F.). Readily soluble in ether or chloroform , also soluljle in 100 parts of cold and in 20 parts of boiling absolute alcohol, all these .solutions being neutral to litmus paper. It is brittle at 15° (59° F.), and melts at 30° to 33° C. (86° to 91.4° F.), to a clear liquid "— (T. S. P.). The melted fat solidifies again at 20.5° C. (68.9° F.), accompanied by a sudden rise of temperature to about 27° C. (80.6° F.). It i.s not easily liable to become rancid. Chemical Composition. — Butter of cacao consists of tlie glycerides^^ffiriH and o/('//(, with small (juantities of laimn,palmitin, and ararhin. Kingzett's t/icohromir arid ((',JI,„(),, 1S77) ciuild not be reobtained (M. C. Traub, Airhir der Phunn.,l8SS. !>. 19). P. (iraf {Arr/iir dcr Phann.. 1883, p. 830) ahso found small quantities of foriDic, iiniir, and huti/rir drills, and rhol,\-lASrt-.\ii BcTTER. — From the seeds of the Indian iJtuisUi lati^'ulia of Roxburgh. The oil is yellowish or greenish. Its fusing point is near 4.5° C. 1 1 13° F.). '1 he flowers of this species are fleshy and said to yield 50 per cent of sugar, and are employed by the natives in the making of a spirituous ht- verage, and for food. ( For other species of Bassiu, see .\fouesia.) Mafck.\ Bctter.— The seeds of the Trichiliaemetica,\'ah\ { Mafiireiradleijtra, Bert^ro) (Nat. Ord. — MeliaceseK an- bitter and have the characteristic oilor of cacao-beans, and yield a fat much resembling cacao-butter. It is yellow, not so soft as tallow, is mild in taste, and has the odor of cacao-butter. It fuses at 42°C. (107.6° F.). Olein and palmilin are its constituents, and when saponifii-il it yields a large amount of palmitic acid. The oil is obtained in tropical Africa by boiling the seeds in water. OLEUM THYMI (U. S. P.)— OIL OF THYME. "A volatile oil distilled from the leaves and dowering tops of Thymus vulgaris, Linne (Xnt. Ord. — Labiatie). It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected from the light" — (('. S. P.). Preparation. — This oil is chiefly obtained in southern France, where the plant grows in immense quantity-. Spain also produces oil of thyme, although this is of somewhat diflerent physical and chemical characters. The crude prod- uct is known as red oil of thyme, and is usually sold under the name of oil of origa- num (see (Jleum. Origani). The rectified oil is known as uhite oil of thyme. In southern France these two grades are known respectively as /iUiVe roMj/e t/e <%?>(€ &nd huile blanche de thyme. In this connection, Gildemeister and HoS'mann (Z)je ./Etherischen Oele, 1899, p. 817) point out that rectified oil of thyme, unless rectified under especial precautions, soon acquires the red color of the crude oil again. The permanently pale French oil is stated to be produced by distilling the crude. oil with an excess of oil of turpentine ; hence such oils contain at most 5 per cent of phenols, as against 20 to 25 jper cent, sometimes 42 per cent in normal oils. The yield of oil of thyme varies from 0.3 to 0.4 per cent (fresh herb, German) to 1.7 per cent drv, German), and 0.9 per cent (fresh, French) to 2.5 and 2.6 per cent (dry, French i. Description. — "A yellowish or yellowish-red liquid, having a strong odor of thyme, and an aromatic, pungent, afterward cooling taste. It becomes darker and thicker by age and exposure to the air. Specific gravity, 0.900 to 0.930 at 15° C. (59° F.). It does not fulminate with iodine. The oil is soluble in half its volume of alcohol, forming a clear solution which is neutral or only very slightlv acid to litmus paper. The oil is also soluble, in all proportions, in carbon disui- phide, and in glacial acetic acid. With a drop of ferric chloride T.S. the oil yields a greenish-brown color, which changes to reddish " — ( f '. S. P.). French and German oil of thvme is soluble in 1 or 2 volumes of alcohol of 80 per cent, but 15 to 30 vol- umes of 70 per cent are required for complete solution, while the Spanish oil, prob- ably from another botanical source, forms a clear solution with the latter solvent. Chemical Composition and Tests. — The characteristic constituents of oil of thvme are the .-iolid thi/mol himI the liquid mrwcro/, two isomeric phenols of the formula C,oH,.0 (see Thymol). As .stated l>efore, the total amount of phenols in oil of thyme (French aiid German oils) is 20 to 25 per cent, seldom as high as 42 per cent'; thymol is usually the only phenol present; sometimes it is either entirely or to a small extent, replaced" by carvnrrol. The Spanish oil contains from 50 to 70 per cent of carvacrol exclusively (compare Oleum Orignni). The correct formula for thymol was established by Lallemaiid (1853). He also found oil of thyme to contain the hydrocarbons r(/"/iio/ (C|„H|,), and a small quantity of l-thymene, which was identified by Schimmel A- Co. ( 1894) as l-ninene. The latter .•Uso established the presence ofhoDirol and limdrxd \\\ the higner fractions of oil (if thyme: these results were confirmed by I.abl»'' ( lS98j. 1400 OLEUM TIGLII. The presence of oil of turpentine in oil of thj'nie may be recognized by the specific gravity being lower than 0.900, or by the diminished solubility in alcohol, and the deficiency in the phenol contents of the oil. A convenient method for determining the amount of phenols in oil of thyme consists in shaking a given volume of the oil (e. g., 10 Cc.) in a burette with an equal volume of a 5 pt- r cent caustic soda solution, allowing to stand from 12 to 24 hours, and rueasuring the volume of the remaining non-phenols (compare Oil oj Cassia). By drawing off the aqueous phenolate, and rendering acid with sulphuric acid, the regenerated l)henols will solidify upon standing when consisting of thymol, but will remain fluid when they consist of carvacrol. An iodometric method for the estimation of phenols in oil of thyme was devised by E. Kremers and 0. Schreiner '^see Pharm. Rci-irw. 1896, p. 221). The C S. P. directs the following test: "If 1 Cc. of the oil be shaken with 10 Cc. of hot water, and, after cooling, the liquid be pa.-sed through a wet filter, the filtrate should not assume, with a drop of ferric chloride T.S.,a bluish or violet color (absence of carbolic acid)" — ( U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— (See Thymus and Thymol.) Related Oils. — Oleum Serpylli, Oil of wild thynu. The essential oil distilled horn Thy- mus Sirpi)lhim, Linn^. A colorless or golden-yellow, lievogyrate oil of the specific gravity 0.905 to 0.930. ' Odor slightly like thyme, but more like melissa. Constituents, chiefly cijiwA (CioHu), with 1 per cent of thymol, ccn-vncnl, and probably other phenols. Oil OF Thymus capitatus. — Has a pronounced thyme-like odor; specific gravity, 0.901 ; constituents, thymol (6 per cent), cymol, pinene, dipentene, bornyl-acetate, and possibly cnn-acrol (.Schimmel & Co.'s Report, October, 1889). Produced in Spain. , Oil op Thv.mus camphoratus. — Specific gravitv, 0.904. Constituent, carmcrol (Power, Essential Oils). OLEUM TIGLII (U. S. P.)— CROTON OIL. The expressed fixed oil of the seeds of Croton Tujlium. Linne; Tiglium officinale, Klotzsch. Nat. Or(?.— Euphorbiaceaj. Illustration : Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plant,^, 239. Botanical Source. — Croton Tiglium is a middle-sized tree, the young branches of which are terete, smooth, shining, and somewhat furrowed toward the extremi- ■p. j^gg ties. The leaves are alternate, petiolate, oval, oblong, acute, 3 to 5-nerved at the base, acuminate at the apex, with shallow, glandular serratures; thin, memljranous. with 2 glands at their base, and covered when young with very minute, scattered hairs, dark-green above, and paler below. The petioles are about one-third the length of the leaf, channeled, having stellate hairs when quite young, but soon losing them. The flowers are downy, in erect, terminal racemes: male flowers at the apex, female below. The male flowers have a 5-cleft calyx, 5 lanceolate, woolly, straw-colored petals, and 15 distinct stamens: female have a 5-cleft, permanent calyx, with long and bifid styles. The fruit is a smooth, oblong, obtu.«ely triangular capsule, about the size of a hazel-nut, closelv covered with <^*°"'''^'" minute, stellate hairs, with 3 cells, each of wliiih is completely filial with a solitary seed. The skin of the seeds is of a pale, dull-liriiwn col(M-, niul nvi'rlics a harder, dark integument (L. — \Vi.). History and Preparation. — This tree is a native of the East Indies, growing in Ceylon, in the Molucca Islands, in China, etc., and is cultivated in Japan ana ICuropean countries. The tree was probably first known in Ciiina. Its wood h'/iittm paro>i!i) and seei.h (pini nwlci mi>lurrnni) wer^ made known t<> the Euro- uans in lri7S, hy the Portuguese physician. Christobal Acosta. Like the various OI.EU.M TIGLII. 1401 plants of tliis natural order, it is inilnied in all its parts (root, bark, leaves, seeds) with a sharp, energetic, drastic cathartic element. The oil obtained from the seeds is the official part. The seeds are of an ovoid form, about the size of a pea, reddish-brown when recent, grayish-brown when old, sometimes brownish-black. Tiiey consist of a thin, brittle, ligneous shell; a delicate, white, membranous in- tegument; and an oleaginous kernel composed of a pale, yellowish-white albu- men, and a beautiful embryo, with large, leafy cotyledons. The oil, which con- stitutes about 50 to 60 per cent of the kernels, is obtained by removing the shells from the seeds, bruising these to a pulp, and subjecting the pulp to a strong pressure. By digesting the residue with suljihuric ether, filtering, and expelling the etiier by a gentle heat, an additional quantity of oil is often obtained. The residual jn-e.ss-cakes must be burned up in order to guard against accidents that might jwssibly result from handling them. Or, the seeds may be extracted alto- gether with sulphuric ether, or with carbon disulphide, and the solvent evapo- rated. These methods, however, are not recognized by the V. S. P. A.H.Allen {Com. Org. vln<(/.,Vol. II, Part I, 1S99, p. 161) reports that extraction with ether removes three times as much oil as when the oil i.s expressed, or extracted with alcohol. Expression yields a pale oil, ether a light-brown, and alcohol a dark- brown oil, containing twice as much free acid as the specimens obtained by the other methods. Its saponification value is also much higher. Description and Tests.— The croton oil of commerce is partly imported from India, and partly expressed in England from the imported seeds. English rroinn oil IS of a reddish-i)rown color, and forms a uniform, transparent mixture with equal parts of ab.solute alcohol, without the aid of heat. The East Indian croton oil is pale-yellow, like Canada balsam, and mixed with equal parts of abso- lute alcohol, forms an opaque, milky solution, which is rendered transparent and uniform upon the application of heat. The East Indian is the official oil, and is described as "a pale-yellow or brownish-yellow, somewhat viscid, and slightly fluorescent liquid, having a slight, fatty odor, and a mild, oily, afterward acrie. It is extracted with carbon disuiphide, and deposits a crystalline body on standing. Crntun oblongijolius, Roxburgh, has similar seeds, wiiile the seeds of C'rotun morij'olius, of Mexico, yield an oil, mildly catiiartic in 2 or Sdroj) doses. Chemical Composition. — I. The Seeds. These, according to Fliickiger, con- sist of .31.6 p( r cent of iiu.sks, and 6S.4 per cent of kernel.-;, the latter containing from 50 to 60 j.er cent of croton oil. The husks hold about 1.6-5 ]Mr cent of oil (^Zinnel, Anur.Jour. I'l,.i>-„, . ],s'.mi, ].. \2'I'. 'I'lip -^ 1-i contain, beside tli.' cil :nid 1402 OLEIM TIGLII. the usual seed constituents, two powerfully poisonous albuminous bodies, croton- glohuUii and croton-albumin (Ufstrand, 1897). The poisonous principle remains to some extent in the press-cake (H. Stillmark"s Dissertation, Ueber Rkin, 1889, p. 146). II. The Oil.— Croton oil was found by Schlippe (18.58) to contain the glycrr- idcs of. stearic, palmitic, lauric, myristic, and oleic acids, and a vesicating resinous prin- ciple crotonol. The additional angelic acid, of Schlippe, was found by Guenther and Fnjhlich (1870) to differ from true angelic acid in melting point, and was named ti'jlinic acid. Schmitt and Berendes (1878) found this acid to be identical with Frankland and Duppa's metfiylcrotonic arid (C5H^0,),and also established the presence of isohutyric and isovaleric acids in croton oil. Acetic acid was previously shown by Guenther and Frohlich to be present. Regarding the active principles of croton oil, it has long been known (Nimmo, 1823) that alcohol differentiates the oil into an alcohol-soluble vesicant part and an alcohol-insoluble, purgative part (Harold Senier, Pharm., Jour. Trans., 1878, p. 705 ; and 1883, p. 446). In 1857, Buchheim and Krich, by saponification of the purgative portion, isolated therefrom a vesicant principle; hence a close relation must exist between the alcohol-soluble and insoluble portions of the oil. Kobert and von Hirschheydt, in 1890 {Ueber die Crotonol-suure, R. Buchheim's), came to the conclusion that the efficacy of the alcohol-soluble, vesicant part is due to the l)resence of free crotonoleic acid, a rather unstable body, while the alcohol-insoluble part contains it as a glyceride. The authors also demonstrated, by experiment, that the neutral oil (insoluble in alcohol) is decomposed bj- the pancreatic fer- ment, whereby the vesicating crotonoleic acid is liberated. More recentl}'. Prof. W. R. Dunstan and Miss L. E. Boole {Pharm. Jour. Trans., 1895, p. 5) investigated crotonoleic acid. After separating therefrom some inert oily acids, the last frac- tion contained a powerfully vesicating resin, croton re^in, a hard, light-yellow, brit- tle substance, nearly insoluble in water, readily soluble in alcohol, ether, and chloroform. Prolonged boiling with caustic alkalies destroys its vesicating power. (Adapted from an article on Croton Tiglium, by J. U. Lloyd, in The Western Druggist, April, 1898.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Croton oil is a powerful irritant and cathartic. In large doses it is a dangerous poison, occasioning emesis, painful gripings, hypercatharsis, and other serious symptoms. Its action is prompt, fre- quently causing catharsis within an hour; and, from the smallness of its dose, it is especially adapted to cases where medicines requiring large doses can not be given, as in trismus, coma, insanity, congestive apoplery, etc. In most cases, catharsis may be produced by placing a drop or two on the "back part of the tongue. It is principally used as a purgative when the bowels are very torpid; in comatose con- ditions a.-i a revellant ; and in dropsy as a hydragogue. It is admissible in d>stinate constipntion when no inflammation exists, and is the most efficient purgative in lead colic. It is likewise asserted that, irrespective of its cathartic property, it possesses efficacious influences in spasmodic a.m\ painful nervous affections. It may be used in all cases where prompt and active purgation is indicated. It is distin- guished from other powerful cathartics by occasioning much borborygmus or rumbling of wind, by its action commencing speedily and ending soon, and by the ]nirgative effect, however exhausting at the tinie, being followed bv little (ioliility. In certain forms of diarrhwa and other enteritic nffectinns. I have derived gnat l)enefit by dissolving croton oil,* fluid drachm, in alcohol, 2 fluid ounces, and administering it in doses of from'5 to 15 drops, according to circumstances (.1. King). Externally, it produces erythematic redness, intense burning, and an eruption of minute vesicles. A croton-oil liniment is made by mixing 1 part of croton oil with 4 or 5 parts of olive oil, or 6 parts of turpentine ; it is rubbed on the skin several times a day, to cause redness and a pustular eruption; it is very beneficial \i\ follicular dise^v^ of the throat, affections of the larynx, bronchial vessels, and lungs, indolent tumors, and all painful attacks. The dose of croton oil is from 1 to 6 drops, which is best given on sugar, or made into a pill with crumb of bread, in order to avoid the dis;igreeable, acrid sensation it occasions in the throat, with a constant tendency to hawk, as well as to prevent nausea or vomiting. Four drops of the oil, thoroughly rubbed around the navel, will, it is said, produce catharsis. Croton oil is now seldom used externally; it was once very po]nilar as a counter-irritant. ?oul>eiran rec- ULKl'.M VAI.EKIAX.K— ULIBANTM. 1403 omnieiuls the following lozenges: Take of vanilla chocolate, A ounce; sugar, 2 drachms: starch, 40 grains; croton oil, 10 drops; mix thoroughly together, and form into 60 lozenges. Related Bmg.—Bocconia. South American natives emplov several species of this genus !is i)ur:rativf, :ibortitaiii-uts, ami topical irritant? ill. H. Rusby, 6h//. o/"/V«(r»i.,1891). OLEUM VALERIAN^.— OIL OF VALERIAN. Tlie f.*sential oil di.-lilkHl iVoiii the root of Valeriana officinalis, Lim\e. Xit. '/'■'/. — \';ileriaii:U'fa-. Preparation and Description. — The root of Valeriana oflScinalis distilled with watf r yields about 1 per cent of volatile oil. When freshly prepared it is a yellowisii-irreen, faintly acid, thin liquid, the odor of which is not unpleasant. Upon cxpo.sure to the air it becomes dark-brown, viscid, strongly acid, and of a very disagreeablf (xlor. i>winfr to the liberation of valerianir arid (C-^}i,jO..). Fresh oil of vaitTJan lia> a specific gravity of 0.93 to 0.96 and is optically lievo-rotatory. Chemical Composition.— The characteristic constituent of oil of valerian is bontyl-^honienl-) m/(r(-(/i<(^ (Hruylants, 1878), an ester which undergoes spontaneous decomposition into borneol and valerianic acid when the oil is exposed to air. The stearopten sometimes deposited in old oil is borneol. According to Gerock (1892), alwut 9.5 per cent of this ester is present, with 1 per cent, each, of bornyl- fonnintf. nrttate. and hutyrate. Upon saponification of these esters with caustic alkali and fractionating the resultant oil, the hydrocarbons l-pinene and l-camphene were found in the lowest fractions, then foWowed l-horneol,terpineol, a sesquiterjjene, and an alcohol, C,,H,jO (Olivieri, 1893). From the saponification water, Olivieri iso- lated a crystaliizable, l»vo-rotatory alcohol (C,„H.^,0.,), melting at 132°C. (269.6° F.). The highest fractions of oil of valerian, according to Prof. Fliickiger (1876), con- tain a blue oil (Gildemeister and Hoflmann, Die ^Etherigchen Oele, 1899); its taste is warm and camphoric. Caustic alkalies saponify the oil uniting with its vale- rianic acid to form valeriiuiates. Action, MedicalUses, and Dosage. — Oil of valerian possesses the properties of the r.Mt in a concintniti d ilc-irree. and uiaj' be substituted for it in all cases where the roshaped, pear-shaped, or irregular tears, and usually covered by 1404 OXOS.MODIUM. a whitish, farinaceous substance produced by the pieces rubbing agains-t each other. It has a sub-acrid, terebinthinate, bitter taste, and a pleasant, resinous odor, and wlien burned, it produces a brilliant flame, and diffuses an agreeable aroma. It melts with difficulty, not without decomposition, becomes soft and adhesive by chewing, forms an incomplete, white emulsion when rubbed up with water, and is dissolved by alcohol to the amount of about 65 per cent. It has a specific gravity of 1.22. Chemical Composition. — Olibanum consists chiefly of an acid resin (56 per cent), soluble in alcohol and having the formula C.,„H,.,0, (Hlasiwetz. lS67j; it yields no benzene derivatives when fused with caustic potash. When burned, it emits an agreeable odor. Water removes from it a bitter, viscid substance, little soluble in ether. Olibanum ako contains yum (30 to 36 per cent), insoluble in alcohol, and resembles ordinary gum arable. With 3 parts of water it forms a thick mucilage (Pharmacographia). Finally, olibanum contains about 3 per cent of ash, and from 4 to 7 per cent of a. volatile oil. According to Kurbatow (1874), it con- sists chiefly of a terpene olibene (C|„H,s), boiling at 158° C. (316.4° F.). Fluckiger found it hevo-rotatory, and Wallach (1889) identified it as l-pineue, and in addition found dijifiiti-iii. Sehininiel it Cu.also report the occurrence of phellandrene in the oil (Gildeni.-ist.M- and H.-ti'iuaiin. Di, .Kthcrischcn Oele, p. 641). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Olibanum is a stimulant, producing results similar to those from the tolu and Peru balsams; it is principally used as a fumigating article, and occasionally forms an ingredient of plasters. The dose, when used internally, is from 5 to 40 grains, in emulsion. Related Species. — Another gum-resin is obtained from an unidentified tree inhabiting the neighljorhood of the Red Sea; it k'ows upon the bare rocks, without any otiier support than the virv round, thick substance, of a nature hetweeu bark and wood, w'hicli is thrown out from the I'asi' i.f the trunk, and which adheres very firmly to the rocks. Kempthorne (18431 alhi.lis tn this species as being the tree furnishing olibanum. Bdfii; III. I f, n-.ila, Koxburgli, is tlie Bosivellia llnirifera, Colelirooke, a leafy forest tree of the Coromaudel coatts and other parts of India. Though formerly thought to furnish olibanum, this tree is not the source of that drug, but yields a soft odorous resin which slowly banlens within a period of a year, and is used only by the natives as incense. Bosviilin pnpi/nfem, Richard, yields a transparent resin, probably destitute of gum, though thought t< i fi ntnin a' volatile oil. It grows in western Abyssinia. Bi"' r '. Wrdwood, the Ffffcinr of the Somklis, yieldsafragrant resin of a lemon odor. It r - 1 _iiiii, and is employed in the East as a masticatory. //ides, half as long as the corolla. Corolla oblong-tubular, with a ventricose, half o-cleft limb, with lance-subulate segments clothed externally with long hispid hairs. Sta- mens 5, with very short, flattened filaments supporting included, sagittate apicu- late anthers. Style much exserted and smooth. Achenia ovoid, smooth and shining, fixed by a flat base(G. — W.). History. — This plant is found growing from New York to Florida, in dry, hilly grounds, flowering from June to September. The root and seeds are the parts employed, and yield their virtues to water. There are two other species of this genus which possess similar properties (see next page). OPiVM. 14(1.5 Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Diuretic aiul t«>nic. Said to (lis.. History, Commercial Sources, and Description.— Opium was known to the ancient Greeks, being mentioned in the writings of Theophrastus (about 370 to 2>ri(m,'Kohs\ex. In the north- western provinces of Asia Minor, opium cultivation is in the hands of small holders of land, owing to the scarcity of hired labor. The poppy requires a naturally moist and rich soil, much manure, and diligent hoeing and weeding, which i.s done mostly by women and children, yet the opium crop is very uncer- tain, because the poppy may be injured or destroyed by spring frosts, drought or locusts. About the eiul of May the plants begin to ripen, and a few days after the petals have fallen, the head'or capsule is ready for incision. This is done on hot afternoons in order that the exuding juice may dry rapidly. A transverse cut is made with a knife in the lower part of the capsule, the incision being car- ried round to near its starting point. Great care must be taken not to cut too deep, (.f., to avoid penetrating the interior wall of the seed-vessel, because in this case the juice would flow into the inside and be lost. The following niorn- ing, the capsules are scra|ied off with a blunt instrument and the dried juice E laced on a leaf. Night-dew promotes tlie flow of juice and increases the yield, ut the opium is darker than when the night is dry. A high wind is also harmful, becau.-e of the dust it throws on the opium. A crop of .5 to ^i pounds of opium, and 200 pounds of poppy-seed, from 1 t<>h},.in of land (IGtX) stjuare 1406 OPIUM. yards), is considered a good yield ; in some years only a litile over i pound has been obtained. After the opium i.s collected, the seeds are shaken out, expressed in hand presses, and the oil thus obtained is used for burning and for eating pur- poses. Part of the poppy-seeds are sold to Smyrna merchants who find a market for them in Europe. The opium, before it is marketed, is wrapped in poppy leaves, and dried in the shade, and then put into thin cotton bags which are sealed and placed into round baskets. These are sent to Smyrna, carried by mules, each animal carrying two baskets, weighing from 130 to 162 pounds each. Most of these baskets also contain about 5 per cent of inferior grade.*, partly adul- terated with sand, pounded poppy-heads, half-dried apricots, dried grape-juice mixed with flour and sometimes turpentine, figs, or gum tragacanth. The bags are opened in Smyrna, examined by a government official, and the Uiwest grades {chicantee, chikinti) are rejected and sold at cheaper rates to manufacturers of mor- phine. Upon repacking, the seeds of some Rumex species are strewn between the opium cakes, in order to prevent their agglutinating together. Mr. Sidney H. Maltass, who gives the foregoing information {Phann. Jour. Trnns..\o\. XIV, 1855, pp. 395-400), also states that the distinction usually made between Constan- tinople and Smyrna opium does not really exist, as the opium from the inter- mediate districts may be sent to both places. At the time of his report, prefer- ence was given to Smyrna, because the opportunities for smuggling were greater in the latter place. (For additional information on Smyrna opium, see an excel- lent article by E. R. Heifter, Amrr. Jour. Pharni., 1S68, p. 362, and translation of an official Turkish bulletin on poppy-growing, Amer. Jour. Pkarm., 1S83. p. 413, from Pharm. Jour. Trans.) Good commercial opium is described by the U. S. P. as occurring "in irregu- lar or subglobular cakes, with the remnants of poppy leaves and fruits of a spe- cies of Rumex adhering to the surface ; plastic, or of a harder consistence; chest- nut-brown or darker, and somewhat shining; internally showing some tears and fragments of vegetable tissue. It has a sharp, narcotic odor, and a peculiar, bitter taste" — ( U. S. P.). The Smyrna opium cakes vary in weight from about 300 to 700 grammes, or about i to 2 pounds; in rare cases, they weigh as much as 3 kilo- grammes, or over 6 pounds (Fluckiger, Ph a rmaro(inosie,dd ed.,1891, p. 178). The only change that good opium undergoes by keeping, is that of becoming gradu- ally hard ; too moist varieties are apt to become moldy. Persian Opium. — This variety first appeared on the market in the later fifties. It is chiefly grown in the provinces of Kermanshah and Ispahan, from the variety Pnpnvcr somnifeniin, Linne. var. album (Papuver officinale, Gmelin ), and is said to contain, when pure, from 13 to 16 per cent of morphine, while the Smyrna opium contains, at best, little over 13.5 per cent (Amer. Jour. Pharm.. 185-5, p." 36). Persian opium, however, has greatly lost in favor, owing to its being frequently adulterated. It is mixed, for example, with evaporated grape must, or linseed oil (8 to 10 per cent), probably in order to facilitate its being rolled into small balls or cylinders. W. Stoeder {Jahreab. dcr Phann., 1884, p. 335) found the best variety to contain about 12 per cent of morphine. It occurs in commerce in the form of cones, weighing about 180 to 300 grammes, or in brick shape, or in circular, flat cakes of 600 grammes weight, or in the form of small cylinder.* wrapped in glazed paper, and weighing about 15 grammes (see Reveil, P/m/-)ii. J.xo-. Tm»i.<., Vol. II, 1860, p. 271). It is shipped from the Persian ports Bushahr and Bender Abbas, and now and then reaches the London market, it being used chiefly in the preparation of pure morphine. East India Opium.— About 1770 the Calcutta authorities embarked upon the cultivation of opium and its exportation into China, in order to raise revenue for the benefit of the government ofiicials. The astonishing financial success of this measure, however, induced the East Indian Company to assume entire control of this trade, and to exercise strict supervision over the production and disposi- tion of opium (see K. von Scherzer, Fuch. Bcrichte u. d. (E>t. I 'np. K>]i. ii. Siam, China and Japan, 1872). For the last 30 years, this trade has been gradually falling off, owing to the competition of the Chinese products (see Phann. Jour. Tram., Vol.III, 1896, p.465). Altlu>ugh East India opium is raised in greater quantity than any other kind of opium. i)robably, except the Chinese, it reaches tiie western markets only in oniM. 1-107 >iniill quantities. The principal varieties are the Bcnt/fil ami Mulimfi opiums. The />'< ngttl o)num is raised in the Central (Jangt-s territory between Patna and Benaret^, and is fully controlled by the government. The opium growers must obtain a license, and must sell their product, which must jiossess a specified consistency (70 per cent of dry substance\ to the gtuernment. It is produced in nearly the same manner and under the same precautions as Smyrna opium. The capsules are repeatedly cut by means of a knife with several parallel blades tied together. The opium growers bring their product to the government factories where it is roughly assayed, mixed in vats and filled into previously prepared shells of agglu- tinated poppy leaves. The balls thus formed weigh about 2 kilogrammes each; they are then rolled in '' poppy-trash," /. c, broken leaves, capsules, and stalks, then dried by exposure to the air and in drying rooms, and finally put in chests, each holding 40 balls. (See an explicit description of the Bengal opium manu- facture, and the mode of its official supervision, bv W. C. B. Eatwell, Plinrm. Jour. 7'/7(H.^.,Vol. XI, 18.51, pp. 269, 306, and 359; also J.R. Jackson, Pliann. Jour. Trans., Vol. 1,1871, p. 782.) This opium is a rather inferior grade, owing to possible fer- mentation, during the several months which are consumed in its manufacture. It contains only from 3 to 4 per cent of morphine, and about as much narcotine. A better grade "is the Fatna c/arden opium (see Guibourt, Hist. d. Drogues. 1876), which is said to reach Smyrna opium in quality. Mahcah opium is made in Central India ; its cultivation is free, only the product has to pay a tax upon delivery at Bombay, from whence it is shipped. It is formed in balls of about 300 grammes each. Malwah opium has been most esteemed by the Chinese. The opium in- tended for export to China, is called in India provi.-5 per cent morphine, and 6 4« per cent narcotine (W. E. Matthews, yl»iorating to dry- ness with potassium carbonate, abstracting the moridiine with alcohol, and ajiply- ing to it the tests as given under morphine (see .Mnrjiliiun). Test the nrecipitate for meconic acid by suspending it in water and decomposing the lead salt l>ya current of hydrogen sulphide gas or with diluted sulphuric acid: filter, ami in the first case, expel the excess of gas by warming on tlie water-bath, and apply to the solution the tests for meconic acid (see Meconic Acid.\>. 1413). Purchasers of opium in former years relied almost exclusively on external characters, as color, odor, taste, texture, moisture, and freedom from obviou- admixture. In recent years, the quality of a given opium is judged mainly by it< mori)hine contents, ascertained by reliable assay methods. As stated above, the ['..'?. P. demands good opium to contain, in its nntuniL moist condition, not less than 9 per cent of morphine. This is to be ascertaiiiele upon a wetted "filter having a diameter of 12 Cm., and, when the liquid has drained ofl", wash tiic residue with water, carefully drojtped upon the edges of the filter and the contents, until 150 Cc. of filtrate- an- obtained. Then carefully transfer the moist opium back to the bottle bv means of a spatula, add 50 Cc. of water, agitate thoroughly and repeatedly during 15 minutes, and return the whole to the filter. When the liquid has"drained oH', wash the residue, as before, until the second filtrate measures 150 Cc, and finally collect about 20 Cc. more of a third filtrate. Evaporate in a tared capsule, first, the second filtrate to a small volume, then add tin- first filtrate, rinsing the vessel with the third filtrate, and continue the evaporation until the residue weighs 14 Gm. Rotate the concentrated solution about in the capsule until the rings of extract are redi.*solved, pour the liquid into a tared Erlenmeyer flask having a capacity of ahout 100 Cc. and rinse the capsule with a few drops of water at a time, u"ntil the entire solution weighs 20 Gm. Then add 10 Gm. (12.2 Cc.) of alcohol, shake well, add 25 Cc of ether, and shake again. Now add the ammonia water from a graduated pipette or burette, stopper the flask with a sound cork, shake it thoroughly during 10 minute.*, and then set it aside, in a moderately cool place, for at least 6 hours, or over night. "Remove the sto]iper carefully, and. sliould any crystals adhere to it, brush them into the flask. Place in a small funnel two rapidly acting filters, of a diameter of 7 Cm., plainly folded, one within the other (the triple fold of the inner filter being laid against the single side of the outer filter), wet them well with ether, and decant the ethereal solution as completely as possible upon the inner filter. Add 10 Cc. of ether to the contents of the flask, rotate it, and agaiii decant the ethereal layer upon the inner filter. Repeat this operation with another portion of 10 Cc. of ether. Then pour into the filter the liquid in the flask, in portions, in such a way as to transfer the greater portion of the crystals to the filter, and, when this has passed through, transfer the remaining crystals to the filter by washing the flask with several portions of water, using not "more than about 10 Cc. in all. Allow the double filter to drain, then apph- water to the crystals, drop by drop, until they are practically free from mother water, and afterward wash them, drop by drop, "from a pipette, with alcohol previously satu- rated with powdered morpHine. When this has passed through, displa"ce the remaining alcohol by ether, using about 10Cc.,or more if necessary. Allow the filter to dry in a moderately warm ))lace, at a temperature not exceeding 60° C. (140° F.), until its weight remains constant, then carefully transfer the crystals to a tared watch-glass, and weigh them. •• The weight found, multijilied by 10. represents the percentage of crystallized morphine obtained from the opium " — (U. S. P.). The characteristic feature of the foregoing process, which is practically that of Dr. E. R. Squibb (see Eplicmeris. 1888, p. 0G7), consists in precipitating the mor- phine, l>y aqua ammonia', from a hydro-alcoholic .solution of about 30 i>er cent alcohol. "The addition of the latter h"as the purpose of keejjing the coloring matter dissolved. The addition of alcohol is objected to, by E. Dietrich and others, because alcoholized mother liquors will retain a certain quantity of morphine in solution, at least more than an aqueous mother licjuor would hold ; tlie addition of alcohol also facilitates the precipitation of calcium meconate which will i)e added to the weiglit of, and counted as, morphine. It is believed, however, that these oppf)site sources of error about balance each other. Ether is used in the assay in order to remove narcotine, which is soluble, while morphine is nearly insoluble, in this solvent (.see Morphiiui)- Tlie U. S. P. assay process lacks directions for testing the i)urity of the mor- phine ol)tained. Tlie degree of its purity may be judged by several nuthods: (1) Titration with volumetric acid solutions ; (2) incinerating the assay morphine, calculating the weight of the ash as calcium meconate, and deducting this value 1410 OPIUM. from the weight of morphine employed ; (3) treating the assay-morphine with 100 parts of lime-water and weighing the non-morphine residue; (4» separating the morphine from inorganic salts by means of alcohol. Regarding th<--e methods, and the desirability of perfecting the U. S. P. as.=av method in general, see L. F. Kebler, Amer. Jmir. Pharm., 1895, j). 398, and 1896, p. 257 ; al^o F. X. Moerk, ihul., 1894, pp. 433-446, and 1897, pp. 343-.350. The German Pharmnro,.^nn. following Dieterich's process (see Pharm. Cmtrnih., 1886, p. 541, and 1890, p. 597;, avoids the use of alcohol. An aqueous infusion of opium (which contains the morphine as sulphate and meconate) is first treated with just sufficient diluted ammonia water to precipitate the bulk of narcotine ; the filtrate is then treated with ether and sufficient ammonia water to precipitate the morphine. Among the recently proposed methods for the assay of opium, the volu- metric method of H. M. Gordin and A. B. Prescott (Pharm. Arrhiv€'<, 1S98, p. 121) stands conspicuous. Its principle is as follows : The opium alkaloids are set free by trituration of the opium samjile with a mixture of stronger ammonia water and alcohol, of each 1 part, ether 4 parts, and chloroform 2 parts. The free nar- cotine, papaverine, codeine, and theba'ine, are then removed by percolation with benzol, after which the morphine is taken out by percolation with acetone or pure amyl alcohol. This solvent is evaporated, the residue taken up with lime- water which completely dissolves and purifies the morphine. Filter the lime solution, acidulate it, to a very slight excess, with hydrochloric acid, and deter- mine the morphine as periodide (CjjHuNOj.HI.Ij) by adding an excess of deci- normal iodine volumetric solution, shaking thoroughly until the precipitate has subsided and the liquid is clear ; the excess of iodine is then titrated back in an aliquot part of the liquid, with decinormal sodium thiosulphate solution. One Co. of decinormal iodine solution corresponds to 0.00947937 gramme of morijhine. This method gives higher results than the U. S. P. assay method (see Pror. Amer. PA«rm.4^«"-.. IWl''^, 1'. o7L>). Chemical Composition. — The characteristic constituents of opium are its alkaloid.-^, of whicli about 20 have been discovered. They occur mostly combined with sulphuric acid and with vieconic arid; narcotine, being a weak base, seems to occur in the free state. Some opiums do not contain all these alkaloids. For example, specimens of French opium, according to Decharnie (1862). were free from narcotine, narce'ine and theba'ine. E. Kauder (^rr/i it) rfo- P/ccih.. 1890, pp. 419-431) found eleven crystnllizdhle alkaloids in opium, viz.: morphine, codeine, narceine, narcotine, papaverine, thebaine, and the rarer alkaloids, cryptopine (70), laudanine (20), protopine (3.5), laudanosine (1), and a new alkaloid, tritnpine (2); the relative proportions of the latter being indicated by the numbers affixed. The alkaloids lanthopine, codaniine, and hydrocotarnine of 0. Hesse (1870 and 1871), were not observed in E. Kauder's opiuiu material. Morphine, however, occurs in all opiums. Indifferent substances in opium are vieconin (C,„H,„0.), and meeo- noiosin (C,H,|,0,). According to Fliickiger (Pharmdcogwisie da jyianzenreirh^", 3d ed., 1891, p. 182), opium contains also small amounts of caoutchouc, wax, and sugar; mucilage, not identical with gum Arabic, albumen, pectin, coloring matter, and inorganic matter (3 to 5 per cent of ash). Starch, fat, and tannin, seem to be absent. The following table enumerates the peculiar constituents of opium ; ALKALOIDAL Xarcotine Morphine Codeine Narceine Thebaine OffiHasXO, ( Matthiessen and Foster, 1863) CkHisXOj + HjO (Laurent) CsHjiNOj + H.O (Gerhardtl CaiHjsNO, 1 .Vnderson) Cl...H;,N03. I .Xnilcrson) Perosne, 1.S03 Robiciui't, 1817 Sertiirner, 1811 Robiqnot, 1S.S1' Pelletier, 1832 Thibounu^rv, ls:V> •2 to 10 ■2.7 to 22.8 0.2 to 0.75 O.l to 0.4 0.2 to 1 Ofylaiiiiif of Ilinterber- ger; weak base. (See Murfthi lui. I Methvl-niorphine (see OxfrinnK WeAk basn'; not very jHiisonous. Strongly luisic. Name. Formula. Iliseoverer. Kt «nt. Nolc- Alkaloidai. rseu.lomorphine I'apaveiiue Kl'.ea.line Cryptopiue Codaiuine Lau.lanine I^mthopine Meconuline Protopine Hydrocotarnine •Laiulanosine Oxy-narootine Gnoscopine Tritopiue Xanthaline Xox-Alkaloidal Meconif acid Meconin Meconoiosin Opionin C«H3sX,0, CjoHoiXO, C-,H.,XO, CsiHaXOj .0. Hesse, 1871) CooHaXO^ Ca,HaXO, CaHr.XO, C-iHoaXO, Ca,H,sX0t CiiHuXOa + JHjO CiiH^XO, C-H-sXO, CffiHssXO, C«H«X,0, C37H=6X,0, C,H,0,+3HjO Ck.H,oO« C,H,0, Xitrogen free Pelletior and Thiboinn^rv, is:!5 Merck, 1S48 Hesse, 18(i5 T.vt H.Smith 1S117 O.He.sso,lS70 O.Hegse,1870 0. Hesse,1870 O.Hesse, 1870 O.Hesse,1871 O.He68e,1871 O.Hesse, 1871 Beckett and Wriiiht. 1S7.-S T.itH..>^iiiitli 187S, 18ii;5 E. Kauder, 181I0 T.& H.Smith 1881,1893 Serturner, 180.i Dublanc,1828 Couerbe,1832 T.& H.Smith, 1878 O.Hesse, 1885 0.02 or traces 0.5 to 1 0.0(13 hydro- chloride IdenticalwithPolstorff's O.iH-itimorchiiu' (1880) (see J/o)7. 511, and Pharm. Jour. Trnn.^.,Vol XVIII, "l888, j). 692). I. X.\RCOTiNE (Niurotia) (C„Hj,N0„Matthies8en and Foster) may be obtained by extracting opium, first with cold ether, \vhich removes wax and fatty matter, then with warm ether, and recrysta-llizing tiie narcotine from alcohol. It crystal- izes in rhombic prisms, is tasteless and odorless, little soluble in iioiling water, .soluble in 100 parts of cold, in 20 parts of boiling 85 jier cent alcohol, in 166 parts of cold, in 48 parts of warm ether, and in 2.69 parts of chloroform, in 60 parts of acetic ether, in 22 parts of benzol, and 300 parts of aniyl alcohol: ins^oluble in cold, but soluble in hot solution of caustic potash or lime. Narcotine is a weak base, forming with acids uncrystallizable, bitter, and soluble salts of acid reaction, decomposable by excess of water, or by evain. ration if combined with a volatile acid. Concentrated sulphuric acid di.^.-^olves narco- tine first colorless and then yellow, and later reddish-yellow; the colorless suliition, gradually heated, turns orange-red and exhibits beautiful blue-violet streaks, finally a red-violet color. Neutral narcotine solutions, e. 9., in chloroform, are optically hevo-rotatory ; in acid solution the rotation is reversed to the right. .Xonnline, when oxidized with sulphuric acid and manganese dioxide, yields needles of r»/<(riuW (C,,H„NO,+ H,0), little solulde in water, and crystallizal)le, bitter ofjtnnir (irid (0,^11,^0^), soluble in hot water (\V(>hler, 1844). The hitler acid vields upon further oxidation A((i/V -.•/./ (C,„H,„(),), and upon reduction with nascent hydrogen meconin (C,(,H,„0,). Cotnrnine is a soporific, and is also a motor paralyzant. The coinplete graphic formula of narcotine is now known; according to Roser, it is closely related to hydrastine (see A. R. L. Dohme's report in Western Dnujgist, 1895, p. 58). The effects oi narcotine upon the system are but imperfectly kno'wn. Magendie states that a grain of it dissolved in olive oil and adniini.stered to a dog, wr.s followed by death in about 24 hours, while 24 grain.*, dis-solved in acelic acid, diluted, produced no effect. It is very probable that i)ure narcotine does not possess any very active narcotic powers, and that the firi^t experiments were made with an impure article. Undoubtedly, some morphine is often present ill narcotine. Three grains of narcotine, dissolved in diluted hydrochloric acid, and repeated 3 times daily, have been strongly recommended as a powerful anti- l)eriodic, acting without occasioning constipation, uneasiness, and cephalalgia, but frequently causing copious diaphoresis {Br. and For. Med. /2<'i;.,Vol. VIII, p. 263). Upon animals narcotine exhibits convulsive effects, but not upon man. Bar- tholow compares its action upon man to the actions of the alkaloids of the ber- berine class; upon animals to those of strychnine, etc. II. Morphine (Morphia) (CiiHisNOj) (see Morphina). — Aj)omorphine (Apomor- p/iiii) (C^H.jNO^) is the name given to an artificial base derived from morphine by Matthiessen and Wright. It is white or grayish-white, non-crystalline, but soon turns green when exposed to the air, is partly soluble in water, soluble in alcohol, ether and chloroform, yielding different colored solutions with each menstruum, and in very small doses is a powerful, non-irritant emetic and con- trastimulant. Its crystallized hydrochlorate is now official (see Apomorphina; Hydrochloras). III. Codeine (Codeia, Methyl-morphine) (C,8H„N0,.H,0). (See Codeina.) IV. Narceine (Narceia) (Cj^H^aNOs). — It is obtained from the mother liquors remaining from the preparation of morphine. It crystallizes in rhombic prisms or needles, is first bitter, afterward styptic, and without odor. Very divergent melting points have been found. The crystals contain some water which it is difficult to expel at 100° C. (212° F.). They are soluble in boiling water and boil- ing alcohol, insoluble in ether, benzol, petroleum ether, slightly soluble in amyl alcohol and chloroform. Narceine is more soluble in diluted alkalies and ammo- nia water than in cold water. Narceine is a weak base, but forms with diluted acids crystallizable and soluble salts. When exposed to heat, a smell resembling that of herring-brine {trimethylamine) is evolved. Concentrated sulphuric acid colors pure narceine brown, but the solution is light-yellow, and changes to deep red. If rhoeadine, thebaine, or papaverine are present, a blood-red or blue color will result. Narceine dissolves in concentrated nitric acid with blood-red color. Diluted solution of iodine colors it blue. If narceine is treated with a little con- centrated sulphuric acid, and a small amount of sodium nitrite is added, a brown- green coloration is formed, turning blue at the edges; upon heating, a blue-violet color arises. The therapeutical properties of narceine are not well known; it is supposed, however, to influence the inferior part of the spinal marrow, dimin- ishing sensation and mobility in the inferior extremities. It was once thouglit to be eciual to morphine, but free from the unpleasant effects of the latter. Five grains or more of it act as a feeble hypnotic in man. It is not convulsant. and by some is regarded as whollj' inert. V. Theb.\un"k {Thehaina of Couerbe, 1835; pnrnmorjihia of Pelletier, I832» (C.gH.iNOs), was discovered by Thiboumery. in 1832, in I'elletier's chemical estal)- lishmeiit. It may occur in rectangular scales or needles, or crystalline granuK's. It has an acrid, styptic taste, and is of a strong alkaline reaction, forming water- soluble salts with acids, crj'stallizable from alcohol and ether. Thebaine melts at li)3° C. (379.4° F.), and becomes negatively electric upon friction. It is insolubl>» in water and diluted alkalies; soluble in boiling alcohol, and ether, in about l!' parts of benzol and 60 parts of aniyl alcohol ; little soluble in cliloroform, insoluble in petroleum ether. Boiling with diluted hydrochloric acid converts thebaine into the amorphous h-d^es thcbcnitic nnd tlicha'irinc. Both turn blue with conc-on- trated sulphuric acid. Thebaine is dissolved by concentrated sulphuric acid witii blood-red color, changing to yellow-red. (See additional reactions of this and all other opium buses in Charles E. Sohn, Diet i,>,uini of the Active Princlpl,.-< •>/ Pianl.-). London. 1894; also see discussion of the jirobable graphic formula <«!" W., /....„.• oi-ii M. 1413 bv Prof. Freund. in C/,em. Ccntrnll>latt,\'u\. II, 1897, i.. 314.) T/iebenine ha.-; the fonmihi C,.H„y03 (Freund). Tliebaine is considered to be a poison analogous to strychnine, occasioning, in a small do.*e. tetanic symptoms resembling those produced by that alkaloid. One and one-half grains, hypodermatically, produce in man anodyne and hypnotic effects without nausea or headache, being equal in power to } grain of morpiiine. VI. P.\p.\VERi.\E (jiapaverinii) (C.,,H,|NO,). — Pure papaverine crystallizes from alcohol in the form of a network of acicular, white crystals, insoluble in water, but readily soluble in boiling alcohol or ether, in 37 parts of benzol and 76 parts of amyl alcohol; also soluble in warm petroleum ether. Chloroform abstracts it both from acid and alkaline solutions (Dragendorff). It melts at 147° C. (291.4° F.). Papaverine forms crj-stallizable salts with acids, soluble with diffi- culty in water. From solution of papaverine in diluted hydrochloric acid addi- tion of strong hydrochloric acid precipitates a heavy oil, thehydrochloride, which soon solidifies to a crystallized mass. Papaverine is colored "a deep blue by con- centrated sulphuric acid; the solution becomes violet and slowly fades. Potas- sium permanganate colors this solution green, which changes to a slate color. Strong sulphuric acid containing 0.1 per cent of sodium molybdate, jiroduces with papaverine a beautiful violet coloration changing to blue, and fading within 24 hours. Papaverine has been recommended as a sedative and soporific in mental affections, mania, etc., by certain physicians; while on the other hand, others state that it does not pos.«ess any therapeutical virtues. The graphic for- mula of papaverine has been elucidated by Goldschmidt (.^^ee Dohiue. (or. cit.). VII. Rhceadixe (C,,H,,NOs) was discovered by Hesse in 1865. Besides being a constituent of opium, and the ripe capsules ofPapaver somniferum, it is found in all parts of Papaver rhaens. It forms tasteless, non-poisonous, white, prismatic crystals, melting at 232° C. (449.6° F.), and sublimes in the form of long crystals at a slightly higher heat. It is indistinctly alkaline, almost insoluble in water, alco- hol, ether, benzene, chloroform, and ammonia water. Moderately strong hydro- chloric or sulphuric acids dissolve rhcendine with a deep purple-red color. This alkaloid is thereby differentiated into a colorless, crystallizable isomer of rhoeadin called rhieagenine. and a red coloring matter. Rhtngenine is distinctly basic to lit- mus, and forms salts with acids. The coloring matter is sufficiently "intense to be still visible in a dilution of 1 in 8(X),(X)0. Rhmidine is dissolved by concentrated sulphuric acid with olive-green, bv concentrated nitric acid with yellow color. _ VIII. Crvptopixe (Ci-yplopia) {C.,,U,^'SO,) was discovered, in 1867, by T. & H. Smith, of Edinburgh (see process in Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1867, p. 421), in minute, silky, white, hexagonal prisms or plates, inodorous, slightly bitter, but soon fol- lowed by a peculiar sense of coolness recalling the taste of oil of peppermint. When heated it is %'olatile without residue; it fuses at 217.3° C. (422° F.). It is decidedly alkaline, perfectl}' neutralizing the strongest acids, and forming salts, of which the sulphate, acetate, hydrochlorate, etc., have been obtained in distinct crystals ; however, they all have a tendency to form a jelly. Cryptopine is almost insoluble in water, ether, and benzol; it is soluble in alcohol, or chloroform; insoluble in benzin, oil of turpentine, ammonia water, and caustic mineral alka- lies, but readily .soluble in diluted acetic, nitric, sulphuric, or hydrochloric acids. Concentrated sulphuric acid gives a blue color with it; but the slightest tinge of purple (or blood-red) indicates the presence of thebaVne. A small particle of niter (potassium nitrate) added to the blue acid solution produces a permanent green color. Papaverine would change through green to orange-red. Cryptopine is anodyne and hypnotic, acting upon man similarly to morphine without tiie dis- advantages of the latter. Said to be four times weaker than morphine; upon the lower animals it is reputed tetanizing and convulsant. As regards the rarer opium bases, lini.htniiu\ laudnnosine. cndamine, ^votopiue, etc., see O. Hesse (Liebig's Ai)iiiilfii,\'o\. CLIII, p. 47, and Supplement, \ ol.N III, p. 261): and O. Kauder (ylrcAiiu/cr P/irtDH., 1890, p. 419), as well as the references given in the aliove table. IX. MEfo.Nic A( ID (C,H,0,.3H,0). — This acid may be obtained from an ai|ue- OU8 infusion of opium by precii)itating it with calcium or barium cliloride, aa calcium or barium meconate, and decomposing these salts by means of sulphuric or oxalic acids (compare Mnip}iin,i\. Meconic acid crystallizes from water in the 1414 OPll'M. form of micaceous scales or rhombic prisms, which lose their water of crystalli- zation at 100° C. (212° F.). Meconic acid tastes sour, and reddens blue litmus paper. It is little soluble in cold water, easily soluble in 4 parts of boiling water, also in alcohol; insoluble in chloroform, not easily soluble in ether. Meconic acid is dibasic, and accordingly forms two series of salts with bases ; only the neutral alkali and ammonium meconates are soluble in water; the salts of other metals are insoluble. Thus meconic acid forms insoluble white meconates with silver nitrate, barium chloride, and lead acetate, the precipitates being soluble in nitric acid. A green precipitate of copper meconate is formed when solution of meconic acid is mixed with solution of ammoniated copper sulphate. Morphine seems to combine with meconic acid only in one proportion, forming the neutral dimor- phine meconate ([C,;H,<,N03],.C,H,0;.5H,,0) (nee Morphinfp Binieconas). A characteristic reaction for meconic acid consists in the blood-red coloration it yields with a neutral solution, of ferric chloride. This reaction is similar to that produced when ferric chloride is mixed with potassium sulphocyanate {rhnrhuiate). The ferric meconate, however, is insoluble in ether, while the ferric rhodaiiate is soluble; solution of corrosive sublimate destroys the rhodanate of iron, while it does not affect the meconate. Boiling the solution of ferric meconate does not cause a precipitate or discoloration ; while solution of ferric acetate which i.< of a similar color, would precipitate brown ferric oxyacetate, while the solution would become colorless. When exposed to about 120° C. (248° F.), meconic acid is decomposed into carbonic dioxide and crystallizable comenic acid (CgH.Oj), upon further heating, sublimable ■pyromeconic acid (CjH^Oj) is formed, with additional loss of carbon dioxide, water, acetic acid, and benzol. Meconic acid parti}' undergoes the first- named decomposition even when heated in aqueous solution. Action and Toxicology. — Opium is narcotic and stimulant, acting under various circumstances as a sedative, antispasmodic, febrifuge, diaphoretic, and an inspissant of the mucous secretions. Topically, it is a direct stimulant and indi- rect sedative of the nervous, muscular, and vascular S3-stems. A medium dose, taken while in health, augments the volume and velocity of the pulse, increases the heat of the surface, gives energy to the muscles, renders the mind more acute, and produces a general excitement of the whole system: the brain is especially acted upon, the faculties becoming more clear, the ideas more brilliant, precise, and under control, the power of application more intense, the conversational ener- gies augmented, and frequently a state of frenzy or hallucination is induced. After a time this stimulation abates, leaving a calm, careless, indilft-rent, pleasur- able sensation, with a series of obscure Ueeting ideas, which is succeeded, after a longer or shorter period, by sleep, which may continue for .several hours, and is followed by giddiness, languid pulse, sickness'at stomach, cephalalgia, tremblings, want of ajipetite, and other indications of derangement of the nervous system. Other effects likewise occur during the period of its influence upon the system, thus — the mucous secretions become suspended, constipation is induced, the cuta- neous secretion is increased, and the urinarj- and biliary secretions may be un- affected, or merely inspissated, in consequence of their discharges being impeded. The retention of urine and constipation, sometimes exist for several days. Gener- ally, no serious results occur from this action of opium, except from a repetition of the dose, so often as to impair the vital jwwers by continuous over-stimulation. The unpleasant symptoms following the sleep caused by opium may be removed by lemon-juice, strong coffee, or a cathartic. The effects of opium vary in different persons, and not unfrequently in the same individual under dissimilar circumstivnces. In some persons the smallest dose will cause nausea, emesis, and gastro-intestinal spasm; in others it will occasion feverishness, headache, watchfulness, restlessness, startling, disagreeable visions, delirium, anxiety, and afterward, an aggravated degree of the more familiar sub- sequent effects of this drug; these phenomena con.-titute what is calletl the iWio s7/tirnitic action of opium. Though commonly the result of idiosyncrasy, yet these symptoms are often induced in persons with whom oi>iura in general agrees, simply because the siH-citic indications for the druo; are unheeded. Lt-mon-juice or vinegar renders the action of opium more favorable and less liable to produce the above disagreeable consequences. An unpleasant prickling sensation on the ul'ITM. 1415 surface of the body, or a trouhlesome itching, occasionallj" accompanied with a slight eruption, is sometimes produced by opium, or more readily by salts of nior- jihine. Occasionally, the rash resembles that produced by scarlatina, and desqua- mation follows. Again, the efflorescence may be of an urticarial nature. The narcotic power of opium is lessened liy certain states of disease, as in the advanced stage of pneumonia, or peritonitis, by piofuse hcmorrliage, especially uterine, by severe dysentery, delirium tremens, some varieties of mania, tetanus, and severe pain or spasm of anj' kind. It is also modified by the conjunction of other reme- dies; camphor is thought to diminish the chance of its subsequent or idiosyn- cratic effects; and given with ipecacuanha, three or four times the ordinary hyp- notic dose may be administered without inducing sleep, but with the effect of bringing on sweating with much greater certainty. Belladonna is antagonistic in its etiects to those of opium and has been used in cases of poi.soning by the latter agent, as an antidote; but when used for this purpose the means hereafter named must not be omitted. Persons who are ordinarily very nervous are very susceptible to the effects of opium. Females are more easily impressed by it than males, and it should be remembered that infants are extremely susceptible to it, even very small doses having been energetic enough to produce death. Nursing inf:\nts may be narcotized by the mother's milk while opiates are being taken. On account of the imperfect eliminative powers, opium and its deriva- tives should be cautiously used upon the aged. Through whatever channel opium is introduced into the body — the stomach, the rectum, a wound, vein, excoriation, blistered surface, etc. — its remote action is exerted on the brain. It acts most energetically when it is promptly absorbed. When opium, or any of its preparations, is applied freely to a blistered, excoriated, or inflamed surface, its effects should be attentively watched, for dangerous acci- dents have occasionally happened in this way. In large doses, opium is a poison, producing death if the proper remedies are not promptly and unremittingly resorted to. The state of stimulation and vivacity, if caused at all, is of short duration, being speedily followed by depression of the circulation, and of the functions of the brain, as manifested by diminu- tion of the freiiuency of the jmlse, but not of force, prostration of muscular power, slow, stertorous, and afterward soft or almost imperceptible respiration, fiaccidity of the extremities, languor, drowsiness, torpor, or coma, first livid or turgid, after- ward pale features, livid lips, excessively contracted ])upils, coldness of the limbs, generally retention of the urine, and freq'uently profuse, cold perspiration, together with an" almost entire apathy to external agencies. This state ends in death, unless speedily relieved. Convulsions may precede death, especially in children, and the pupils dilate just previous to death. It is said that in children the strong pupillary contraction may persist until dissolution. Death is due to respi- ratory paralysis or asphyxia. Post-mortem examination maj' reveal cerebral con- gestion, the brain sometimes being ecchymosed in spots. The cerebral convolu- tions have been ob.served to be flattened, and serum may or may not be collected in the ventricles and at the ba.«e of the brain, between the membranes. Extra- vasation of blood on the brain is rarely found, but ujion cutting the cerebral sub- stance minute drops of dark blood may ooze from the divided capillaries. The vessels of the spinal cord may be engorged with blackish blood. The spleen, liver, heart, and lungs are sometimes filled to distension with dark blood, and this is especially true when convulsions have preceded death. Great lividity of the skin is frequently observed, and the pupils are often dilated. Taylor observes ( .!/(?'-/. Jurisprudence, p. 180) that there is nothing specially indicative of opium poisoning but "fullness of the vessels of the brain;" and this is not always |)resent. If vomiting freely occurs before stujuir supervenes, there is a fair chance of recovery. Four grains of opium killed a man of thirty-two, convulsions pre- ceding death, while 2 drachms of laudanum have proilile to do iiiorL- hure than mention the most important of them. In aU febrile and injlnnuimtory dm-ase-'', it was formerly given either alone, or in com- bination with ipecacuanha to produce diaphoresis. While, in some instances, it will j)rove useful, as a rule it is now seldom used in fevers, as we possess better agents to accomplish the results formerly sought from the use of opium. In cases (){ j"i infill iiifhiiniiKilnr;/ afferli'ins, however, it is of considerable value. But to pre- scribe opium ami its clerivatives intelligently, it is necessary to understand the con- ditions which are benefited liy them, and "those in which they produce harmful effects. The patient with the /((in/, small pulse, the dry tongue, dry. contracted skin, the flushed face, bright eye, and contracted pupil, "is always injured by the administration of opium. On the contrary, the patient will be beuefiteil when the pulse is ti'ft and open, or when small, the waves are short and give a sensation of fullness and always lacking hardness, the .*kin is soft, the tongue moist, the face pale, and the eyes dull, expressionle.-^s, immobile, or dilated. In the last case the drugwill act kindly, both in relieving p(i/»i and .«/"i.<)ii, as a cerebral and spinal stimulant, and as a stimulant to the vegetative processes, and one need not fear the untoward effects usually attributed to idiosyncrasy. When, in ry;>/i"iJ and other lotpfev€r>>, an exhausted state of tlu- nervous system supervenes, then oiduni, in stimulant doses only, may be employtd. In intermiltcnls, it sometimes aids tlie action of quinine. While it has been u.sed in the exaiitfu'iiuUoii-n (//«''(.«'.«, to liasten the appearance of the eruptions, this ue-', in nervous irrUability, viorbid vigilnnci; refl!<8-^iie''i<, tiuinhced, and (h/senten/. Opium, as a pain-reliever, is of inestimable value when properly used, while, when improperly administered, it still relieves the pain, but may mask conditions of disease so that the physician may be unable to properly watch the progress of the case, the amount of pain often being his best guide to the seriousness and extent of the trouble. When opium, in stimulant doses, relieves pain, no untoward results need be expected, for, in these cases, it does not relieve the pain unless indicated. The danger lies in its employment as a seda- tive and narcotic. Fortunately, ueumlgia, in which opium is so extensively and beneticially used, depends, as a rule, upon a state, the symptoms of which are those in which the drug is specifically indicated. There is nervous debility and often anemia, and opium or morphine acts kindly. As an antispasmodic, opium is valuable in asthma, colic, cholera, hysteria, tetanus, some forms of dyspepsia, spasmodic and convulsive affectionx, especially in spasms accompanying the pa.ssage of biliary and other rd/rn/i, or which are present during an attack of nephritis or gout. Not only does opium relieve the pain, but it also relaxes the spasm attending the passage of the concretions. Here large doses may be necessary. In fact, when no contraindications are jtresent, it is one of our most valued agents in spasmodic disorders. Morphine is generally employed in place of opium where pain and spasm are very severe. Hypodermatic injec- tions of full doses of morphine form the best known treatment of puerperal eclampsia; it'' action may be assisted by the inhalation of chloroform and other internal treatment as indicated. When opium or morphine are previously admin- istered, ana-sthetization is more easily accomplished with chloroform, and much less of the latter is required. Opium is often useful after severe surgical operations to prevent shock and irritative febrile reaction. In respiratory and digestive affec- tions opium, when indicated, will allay cough, soothe pain, relieve nausea, over- come tenesmus, and calm nervous irritability. It is of much utility in checking abnormal and increased discharges, as in chronic catarrh, excessive secretions from the pulmonary murous memhranes, diarrhua, uterine and other hemorrhages, etc. In those painful conditions of the digestive tract, in which the food acts as an irritant and causes distress, bismuth or nux with opium generallj' relieves. Morphine with bismuth subnitrate is frequently demanded in gustralgia. In diarrhcea, opium is frequently indicated, and its tincture injected into the rectum, with starch-water, is the only agent, sometimes, that will give relief from tenesmus in acute dysentery. At the same time, the proper internal treatment must be pursued. An injection of morphine is the promptest agent for the relief of rAo/ent morbus. In the exhausting choleraic diarrhea, rendering one liable to an attack of ivwe Aiartake largely of the nervovs element. In- deed, it will be found valuable in all .symptoms or forms ofdisea.se characterized by pain, wakefulness, inflammation, increased nervous excitability, increased mucous secretions, or spasmodic action. 1418 OPIUM. Probably opium foiiut-rly killed more individuals sufiFering from delirium tre- mensi\\a.n all otherageiits cuinbined. This was owing to theenormous dosesadmin- istered without regard to conditions. If the patient can not .sleep or can not take food, he will die ; if there is kidney disease, opium will probably kill the patient ; if there is a flushed countenance, bloodshot eyes, wild and furious delirium, pain in the head, red and turgid tongue, and full, bounding jjulse, opium will kill the delirium tremens patient; if, on the contrary, the skin is relaxed and moist, the circulation feeble, the face pale, and the tongue moist and dirty, opium is a safe remedy, for here it stimulates and sustains the nervous powers,'and favors sleep. Here morphine is generally employed in a ^ or not more than \ grain do.se, every 3 or 4 hours until sleep is induced' (Locke, j)/r(<. TIM.,]). 241;. In traumatic tetanus, opium is less valuable than morphine ; the patient should be kept fully under the influence of the latter until the spasms are over. Though opium and its prepara- tions should be carefully used in affections of the heart, it is one of the very best agents for the relief of angina pectoris. Here it, or morph ine, which is usually pre- ferred, is to be given in stimulant doses only. Under its use the pain and dysp- noea are relieved, and the action of the heart strengthened. Opium is not a remedy for continuous and persistent (li/-^]/nufa, but that form which is paroxysmal anil occurring particularly upon going to bed. In a.-ably any other stimulant ■ would have answered the same jnirpose (see also :V'i?7<, irritnhle blistered yiirfdcei:, dLfai-icd iitucoit'< f:urf(ict'!<, and in rn)!lished. Sometimes larger quantities are given, as in severe tetanic, or other nervous affections, and in cases of severe pain. The medium dose to ease pain and produce sleep, is I grain. The dose of the tincture is from 10 to 50 drops. When it can not be taken by mouth, as in cases of persu^tent vomiting, and in stningtiri/, severe pain accompanying diseases of the kidneys, bowels, or uteinis, and painful ienesnius, it may be injected into the rectum with much benefit, adding to it a" small quantity of water, flaxseed or elm infusion, stanh-wattr, mucilage of gum Arabic, etc. When thus given the quantity may be twice that exhibited by the mouth — yet the practitioner should be cautious, as some patients are more jiowerfully influenced by it than others. (For the action of the opium constitu- ents, see respective alkaloids under the chemical composition of opium, and under MOKPHINA and CoDEINA.) Specific Indications and Uses. — To give rest from pain and spasm, and to stimulate tlie veiietative functions and restrain secretions when the pulse is soft and open, or with short waves, the skin soft and moist, and the tongue moist and sometimes dirty. Some Opium Preparations.— Poppy capsules are luucli weaker in their action than opium ; tliey are occa.sionally u.^ed iu the form of syrup or decoction among children, hut are in every way inferior to opium itself prepared similarly. The decoction, or the poppy capsules, are usell for emollient and anodyne fomentations (see Papaverin t'<(;«i(/;t). Syrcp of Poppie-s. — X si/nip of jWjipii's raay he made by depriving of their seeds, poppy- heads, 9 ounces; reduce them to a coarse jiowder, moisten them thoroughly with dilutcil alco- hol and digist lor 4.S hours; then transfer the whole to a percolator, and gradually jniur upon it diluted alcohol until 2 ))intsof the filtered liquor are obtained; then evaporate by niean.'^ of a water-bath to 8 fluid ounces, filter, add sugar, 1.5 ounces; proceed in the manner directed for simple syrup. When cool, add best French brandy, 2 fluid ounces, and mix (C.W. Kptingi. (See also S;ii-)ijiu.< I'ajxnvris.) Svi)f.nha.m"s I,ACi).\xfM. — .Sydaiham's laudanum is a vinous tincture of opium, made accord- ing to the I'ai-ifiiin Cwlix, bv macerating for 2 weeks in 1 pint of .sherry wine, 2 ounces of opiuin. 1 ounce of saffron, and 1 drachm each of bruised cinnamon and cloves; then filter. .\ fluid drachm of this laudanum is equivalent to 3 grains of opium (see also Tinrliiru OjtiiK Riii'vsEAc's Lai'daxcm. — Roiutxenu'^ ItiKilmiitm is maile by e.xposing a ve.«sel, in which G ounces of honey have been dissolved in U jjounds of hot water, to a temperature of alxmt 26.6° C.sO°F.), until fermentation commences; then a.ld 2 ounces of goRop. — Jiliirk, OT Qii'iker's ilinp, is variously made; the Eilinburgh formula is: " Take of opium, 4 ounces; diistilled vinegar, Hi fluiil tiunces. Cut the opium into small frag- ments, triturate it into a pulp with a littl<' of the vineg-ar, add the rest <>f th.' vin.-uar, macerate 14-20 ORIGANUM. in a closed vessel for 7 days, and agitate occasionally. Then strain and express strongly, and filter." Tlif aromatics added in some formulee are unnecessary (see also Acetum Opii). Related Preparation. — Papixe. A specialty of Battle & Co., of 8t. Louis, Mo., contain- ing the ;uii"l\ 111- iniiiiiiplc "1 opium without the narcotic and convulsive constituents. Used to control /""/< iiml >" "/< inil'iiimudory disorders. One fluid drachm, the dose for an adult, equals in pain-o licviiit.' i"iw«r 1 .nain of morphine; for infants under 1 year, from 2 to 10 drops. Related Species and Product.— £8cfec/io/(2io caii>Vnica,' Chamisso; California popptf. This papavi iar((ins plant, tin- a'tcptcd flower of the state of California, is reputed analgesic and .sop(jrilic « ith..ut tin- ilaiiKirs attending opiates. Prof. G. F. Walz years ago 1 1844) found in it two alkaloids, one acrid, the other hitter, besides sanguinarine and some succinic acid. Bardet and Adrian, in 1888, found in it a glucosid and two alkaloids, one of which gave the reactions for morphine. According to E. Schmidt and L. Renter {Pliarm. CentralhaUe, 1889, pp. 590 and Oil ), the morphine-like body is protopitje, one of the alkaloids of opium. By some the alcohcilir . \ti;i.t li i* been used to the extent of 1S.5 grains in a day, commencing with a 12-graii! ! . tion is pronounced valuable, quieting pain and'jiroducine calm sleep. Kespir;ii ■ —111 by large doses, while toxic quantities impress the spinal cord. .Mini,; I Mil; , i \ i: iCsoHosNOa), a derivative of thebaine, found by physiological teste to act similarly to, Iput k-ss energetically, than tlieliaine. ORIGANUM.— ORIGANUM. The plant Origanum vulr/are, Linne. Nat. Orel. — Labiatie. Common Name: Wild marjoram. Botanical Source. — Origanum vulgare, or Wild marjoram, is a perennial herb, with erect, Icaty, liairy, purple, quadrangular, corymbose stems, from 6 inches to 2 feet in height. The leaves are opjjosite, petiolate, broad-ovate, obtu.se. subser- rate, hirsute, rounded at the base, green on both sides, sprinkled with resinous dots, and paler beneath; the petioles hairy, and one-fourth as long a.< the leaves. The flowers are numerous, purplish-while, in smooth, erect, roundish, panicled, and fasciculate spike.s, accompanied with ovate, purplish bracts longer than the calyx. Calyx ovate-tubular, striated, with 5 nearly equal teetli, and hairy in the throat. Corolla funnel-shaped, about the length of the calyx, and slightly 2-lip- ped; upper lip suberect, flat, and emarginate, the lower tritid, with lobes "nearly equal. Stamens 4, exserted, .somewhat didynamous, with double anthers ; stigma bifid and reflexed. Aclienia dry and somewhat smooth (G. — W. — L.). History and Chemical Composition.— Wild marjoram is common to Europe and America. It is found in limestone regions, on dry banks, and in dry fields and woods, flowering from May to October. The whole herl) is medicinal, but it is seldom collected, except for the purpose of procuring its volatile oil (^see Oleum Origuni), on which its virtues depend, and which may be separated by distilla- tion with water. The plant has a strong, peculiar, rather agreeable balsamic odor, and a warm, bitterish, aromatic taste, which properties are imparted to alcohol, or boiling water by infusion. This plant contains a bitter body and some tannin. Action and Medical Uses.— Origanum is gently stimulant, tonic, and em- menagoguc. A warm inl'iision jiroduces diaphoresis, and tends to promote men- struation, when recently suppressed from cold. It is sometimes employed exteiv nally in fonicntation. Related Species. — Origanum Majorana, Linn^ ( Majorana hortemif, Moench , or Sitrrt mar- jdniiii, p.issrsscs properties similar to the above species. It is a native of Portugal, but cul- tivatekery nml for the same purposes as origanum. Ongitnum creliciiin, ]Ann6. — South Kurope. Leaves pungent and aromatic. Kluwers whitish. It yields a volatile oil, used like tho.se above. Oritiniiiiiii hirlKiii, Link.— This plant yields an essential oil. often substituted in iinuuierce for the oil of the preceding species isee under HUiiin Origniii^. OrigiiDiiin liiitaiiuins, Linne, Levant. — l>eep-purple flowers. Plant pungent and aromatic Lipiiia origoiiuidr.i, Kunth i Xul. On/.— Verhenaceie). Jlexico. This plant is known among tlie native Mexicans as origano. Lippia Mt:cini mi. —.\i\ evergreen shrub of Mexico. In J to 1 drachm iloses a .sjilurated tincture ( 1 in 4) of the stalks and leaves has been used as a denuilivnt ex|>ectonint. OlIYZA— (iSMiiKKUl/.A 1421 ORYZA— RICE. Tlie seeds, deprived of their husk^. ol (Jn/za mtiva, Liniie. X,ii. Old. — Graminea>. Cmmmon Name: Rirc. Botanical Source. — Rice is an annual plant, with several jointed culms or Ptfiu-. iVoin J to lU feet in height. The leaves are long, slender, and clasping. 'I'lie iiunick' is tirminal, diffuse, and bowing when the seed is' weighty. The >|iikeltt is hermajihrodite and ]-tiowcred. Glumes 2, and small. Palea- 2, and adlu'iing to the ovary. Scales 2, smooth; stamens 6; ovaries sessile; styles 2; .-tigma leathery. Caryo]isis compresseil, and inclosed by the ]>alea» (W. — G. — P.). History and Chemical Composition.— Rice is sujiposed to liave been origi- nally a native of China. I'nim whi-me it came to the East Indies; it is at present cultivated in nearly all i>arts of the world where the soil and climate are favor- able. The harvesting of the new rice in India is introduced by religious worship. Rice, in order to thrive, requires a marshy, moist soil, and is accordingly now grown with success in Florida. Several species of cultivated rice are recognized. The husked seeds of the plant constitute the ordinary commercial rice. When boiled with water, the grains swell up, become soft, and absorb about twice their weight of water. Carolina rice, on analysis, has been found to consist of 85.07 l)er cent of starch, 3.60 of nitrogenous matter. 0.71 of gum, 0.29 of uncrystallizable sugar. 0.13 rpf fattv oil,4.S0 of woodv fiber,5.00 of water, and 0.40 of saline matters (Braconnot, Jo>„-. P/^yrm. Chim., 18lt, p. 314). J. Konig i^Die Meiurhl. Nahrungs-'uiid Genu$smitt€l,Sd ed.,1893, p. 527) records the average of 35 analyses of ordinary cooking rice as follows: Water, 12.55 per cent; nitrogenous matter, mostly albuminous substance, 7.88 per cent; fat, 0.53 per cent ; nitrogen-free extractive matter, 77.79 per cent (containing 75.79 per cent of starch. 1.3 i)ercent of sugar, gum, etc.); crude fiber, 0.47 per cent, and ash, 0.78 per cent. Of all cereals, the rice grain is richest in pure starch. The ash of rice grain contains much jjotassium phosphate and magnesium salts. Manganese is also contained in the ash. Rice is used as food by millions of people in China and certain parts of India (see consular report on the rice crop in India. .4//i«7-.Jo7(r. P/tarm., 1898, p. 272). In addition to its employment for culinary and medicinal purposes, it is used in making ardent spirits {Arrack, see Alcohol), or rire hen; \\\ Japan, a wine is made from it, called soke or soki. What is known as Chinese "rice paper." is obtained from the pith of ^Iro/w jua;rt/>-i/e)-n, bv skillfull v slicing it with a shar). knife ( .see Amer. Jmn: Phnrm., 1878, p. 340). Action and Medical Uses. — Rice is nutritious, and boiled in water until per- fectly soft, is verv useful in cases of debilitated stomach or boweh, and diarrhaa; it is likewise reputed a valuable article of food to overcome the diarrhrea so common to those who, for the first time, use the river waters of the western states. It is, by some, considered injurious to the eyes when used in any quantity, but this is aii erroneous opinion, as many nations employ it almost exclusively as a diet, without any such effects. A decoction of rice (rice-water) is an excellent soothing and nutri- tive drink in febrile dimi^ef. and likewise in inflammations of the interna! onvnis. OSMORRHIZA.— SWEET CICELY. The root of Osmorrh izn (ongistylis, DeCandolle ( L'raspermum Clnytoni, Xuttalli. Nat. 0»v/.— Umbellifera". Common Names: Svect cicely. Smoother mrcct cicely. Botanical Source. — This plant has a perennial, thick, fleshy, branching root. of an aLT'ial.li-, aromatic flavor, and an erect, nearly smooth stem, branching aliov.-. and from 2 to 3 feet high. The leaves are large," decompound, the ultimate divisiuns often pinnate; radical leaves on long, slender petioles, cauline -sessile. The leaflets are irregularly divided by clefts and sinuses into lobes and teeth; tlie lolies broadly ovate and slightly pubescent. Tlie flowers are white, in axillary and terminal umbels, about 5-rayed ; central ones barren, outer ones fertile. Calyx- margin obsolete; petals ol)long, nearly entire, with a short inflexed point. In- volucres of linear bracts longer than the rays. The style is as long as the villose 1422 OSMINDA. germ, lilifcirm, erect, and deflexed. The fruit is linear-oblong, about an inn/; also as a tonic during convalescence from exhausting diseases. One root, infused in a pint of hot wiiU'i- for half an hour, will convert the whole into a thick jelly. Very valu- able in leucorrhiva, and other female weaknesses, and said to be an almost certain cure for rickets, in doses of 3 drachms of the root, 3 times a day. The mucilage mixed with brandy is a popular remedy as an external application for *«A/uxa- tions and debility of the vuiscks of the back. For internal use. the roots may be infused in hot water, sweetened, and ginger, cinnamon, brandy, etc., added, if not contraindicated. OSTIIYA -dXAMS. 1423 OSTRYA.— IRON- WOOD. The inner wood and bark of Osln/n (•/;v/i"yar<(,\Vill'• - : tiif fertile aments are 3-parteii, tlie middle segment being much the largiest, obliqu.-, witti a lateral tooth, persi.stent, and becoming foliaceous. Tlie nut small, ovoid, bony, ribbed, with a simple, one-sided, enlarged, and open leaf-like involucre. This tree is not bitter, and must not l>e confounded with tlie OMnja iG. — W.). OXALIS.— WOOD-SORREL. The whole herb ofOxalis AcctoacUa, Linne. Nnt. Ord. — Geraniacea?. Common Name: Wond-sorrel. Botanical Source. — Wood-sorrel is a small, perennial, acaulescent herb, with a creei)ini:. scaly-toothed root-stock. The leaves are numerous, r.idical, ])almately :Vfoliate. on jonj;. weak, hairy stalks; leaflets broadly obcordate, with rounded lobes entire, i)ube.«cent, of a yellowish-green color, but frequently jiurplish beneath; they close and droop at night-fall. The scape is longer than the petioles, and 1-flowered, with 2 scaly bracts near the middle. The flowers are white, yellowish at the base, delicately veined with purple, and scentless. Stamens 10, monadel- jihous at the ba.se, alternately shorter; sepals 5, persistent; style as long as the inner stamens. Capsule 5-lobed,o-celled,and oblong; seeds several, with an elastic testa .G— W.), History and Chemical Composition.— Wood-sorrel is indigenous to Europe and this coiiniry, gn>wiii>^ in w ly and shady plac*-s, and flowering (roxn April to .luiie. It is inodorous and has a pleasantly acid t;iste, which is somewhat im- paired by drying. The acidity is due to the presence ofoxtilu: in-id in combination with potassium forming ncid pntuMtiim ornlate, sometimes called juitaxKhnn hiituxolntc (HKC ,0,). In some parts of Europe this salt was formerly separated from the plant, 1424 OXYDEXDROX. and sold under the name o^ salts of sorrel (sometimes under the name salt of lemons), for the purpose of removing ink spots and iron marks from linen. Tliis salt is _ poisonous when taken interiially. It can now be conveniently piciiared fmm oxalic acid. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— The several varieties of sorrel are cooling and diuretic. Useful in febrile di'-eases, hem- orrhages, gonorrhaia, chronic catarrh, urinary affect ions,'s.nd in scurvy; it may be used in infusion, or it may be infused in milk to form whey, or the herb may be eaten, but in neither case to excess, on account of the potassium binoxalate they contain. Exter- nally, the bruised leaves or inspi-ssated juice have been found useful as an application to srrnfvlous, malignant, and indolent v.h-ers. The Rumcj: Aretosa, or Garden sorrel, R. Acetosella, or Sheep sorrel, and R. resicarius, possess similar i)roperties (which see). The antidote Oxalis Acetosell to jMii.soning by any of the species of Oxalis, or by oxalic acid or potassium binoxalate, is a mixture of chalk with water. Related Species.— There are other species of Oj-alis possessing analogous properties, as the O.mlis niricta, Linne, and 0. vwlaren, Linn^. They all Iiave ternate leaves with obcordate leaflets, and with the exception of 0. riolacea, bear yellow flowers. Oxalis crMKicaulis. — Peru. Root edible; the syrup of an astringent, acidulous juice ex- pressed from the leaves, has been employed in catarrJial troiihl(.'t,(ioiiorr}iaa, and htiiiorrhnijef. Oxalis comiculata, Linne. — Europe. This species has properties similar to Oxalis AcetoieUa. OXYDENDRON.— SOURWOOD TREE. The leaves of Oxydendmn arhorevm, De CandoUe {Andromeda arhorea. Linnej. Nat. Orf?.— Ericaca?. Co:\iMON Names: Sounvood, Sorrel tree. Botanical Source. — Oxydendron arboreum is a tree growing from 40 to 50 feet high, with a trunk from'lO to 15 inches in diameter. The leaves are oblong- lanceolate, acuminate, serrate, petiolate, deciduous, from 5 to 6 inches long, from '*" ^^® 1 to 2 inches broad, villous when young, at length smooth, with a distinctly acid taste, and early in autumn they turn bright scarlet. The flowers are pedicel- late, secund, spreading, at length reflexed; panicles terminal, consisting of numerous spicate racemes. Calyx without bractlets. The corolla is ovate-oblong, narrowed at the summit, 5-toothed, and pubescent ex- ternally. The filaments are thickened; anthers awnless, the cells long and ]iointed. The capsule pyramidal and pentangular; the seeds are ascending from the base, linear, with a loose coat and tajier-pointed at biith ends; and bracts and bractlets minute and deciduous ( \V. — G.). History. — This elegant tree inhabits rich woods from New York to the Gulf of Mexico, and in the Alleghenv valleys, and bears white flowers in July, "the leaves are the parts used. They have an agreeable tartness, and yield their ^u-operties to water. According to Plugge (1889), no andromedotoxin occurs in this plant. Oicyilomln-in «rborenm. OXY(iEXirM. 14'2o Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Sorrel tree leaves are tonic, refVigerant. ami j^troagly iliuretii . Ft-vi-r paiii nts will fiiul a decoction of the leaves a pleas- ant, cooling, and diuretic drink. A tincture of the leaves and twigs in whiskey is said to have been a popular remedy in Kentucky for the kidney ami blmhhroU- «l<'l/^>' of aged men, being employed to increase the renal secretion, and to relieve the unpleasant symi)tonis attending jirnstaHr enlnniemeut, vesical ciilruli, and chronic irril(tlii)ii i if lite neck y Pr. J. W. Davis, of Lewisburg, Ky.,in 18S1 {Ec. Med. Jour., 1881, p. 407). Its strong diuretic jiowers were generally recognized, and several experimenters reported remarkable success from its employment in anasnrca, hi/drorelc, jihurilic effu.-'inth'i, and h i/d roper icurd in m. It was asserted to give marked relief in urinary trouliies. with frequent desire to urinate, with burning pain at urethral outlet, and the urine pa.«sing in drops, mixed with blood. It was subse- quently employed in Imir,! troubles from exposure to cold, as when a determina- tion of blood to the viscera occurred, causing (/wj-r/ffm or fh/.-rd/cn/. It undoubt- edly acts by giving increased tone to relaxed cajjillaries. Pills of a solid extract, containing 8 to 6 grains may be given every 2 hours; sjjecitic oxydendron, 1 to 20 minims cvt-rv 2 or 3 hours. Specific Indications and Uses. — Anasarca, ascites, and other forms of dropsy ; the nrinaiy difficulties of old men; painful micturition, with scanty renal secretion. Related Species.— i Compare Knlmia and Hhododendron.) .Some species oi Andromeda are \Miifiiiuins, i.g., Androin.da nilida, Bartram, an elegant evergreen, known as FelterJnisli ; AiulnniKilii pijlu folia, Linne, tliellVW ro^mani, growing in boggy situations, and containing a)idroiiuJi'tuj:in ; Aiidroiiitda mnrUiiia, Linn^, SUujger-Uush , a. seaboard plant, found also in Ten- nessee and Arkansas, and sjiid to proiluce staggers in calves and lambs (see illustration in Meelian's Xatiie Floiferg and />^l-•!,^ ol. II, p. 1.S.5 1; and Andnimrda an/iwitifuliuiii, Pursh, a swamp growth. The blossoms and leaves of the Andromeda ^eiosa, Michaux, have a pulverulent sub- stance upon their surface, which is reputed a strong sternutatory. OXYGENIUM . —OXYGEN. .SvMBor.: C. Atomh Weh-ht: 1-5.96. History. — Ox\-gen, the most abundant of the elements, was discovered, in 1774, by Priestley, of England, and Scheele, of Sweden, independently of each other. Lavoisier, of France, first recognized its function in the phenomena of combustion. He named it oxygen from two Greek words, meaning " I produce sour" — i.e., a generator of acids. The waters of the globe consist of 88.87 per cent of oxygen. From 33 to 4-5 per cent of the whole weight of the earth has been estimated to consist of this element. It is one of the chief constituents of animal and vegetable structures. In gaseous form, it constitutes about 21 per cent, by volume, of the atmosphere, the balance being nitrogen, argon, ancl a email portion of carbon dioxide. Preparation. — Oxygen is prepared from certain oxides or other oxygen com- pounds, which readily part with their oxvgen under the influence jof heat or re- agents. Thus oxygen may be produced by subjecting mercuric oxide to a red heat in a glass retort: 2HgO=^Hgj+0.,. Likewise manganese dioxide is decom- ]iosed by heat with evolution of oxygen, thus: 3MnO,=Mn30,-^0,. The usual mode of obtaining oxygen is to heat, in a retort, powdered potassium chlorate (KCIO.J, tlie reaction being broadly expressed by the equation : 2KC103=2KC1 -1-30,.' In jiractical operation, the powdered chlorate is mixed with about one- fifth or one-fourth its weight of pure manganese dioxide. This must previously be "ascertained to be free from charcoal or antimony sulphide, else dangerous explosions may occur. The purpose of the addition of manganese dioxide is to bring the temperature at which the oxygen commences to be given ofl, below the melting point of the salt, which is about 350° C. (fi62° F.); tlie gas is then dis- engaged at as low a temperature as 200° C. (392° F.). The manganese dioxide remains unchanged in this process. Otto Brunk has shown (Amer.Jimr. Pharin., 18!)4, p. 144) that the chhirine-like odor observed in this process is due to ozone, the quantity of wiiicii is 0.3 per cent of the oxygen evolved, if equal amounts of l>ota.*sium chlorate and manganese dioxide are taken. Pure potassiuin chlorate, when heated, vields no ozone, Init when it <(>ntain>; traces of impurities, even l)Otassiiiin clihjride, evolution of ozone takes place. The gns must he washed by passing it through a strong solution of caustic soda. Oxj'gen (containing ozone) is also produced by the electroly.'^is of water, being liberated at the positive pole. Other methods of producing oxygen are enumerated in every text-book on chemistry. Several methods, based on the action of hj'dro- gen peroxide upon reducible substances, such as potassium permanganate, or fer- ricyanide, or chlorinated lime, have also been proposed (see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1882, p. 407; 1889, p. 565; 1890, p. 489; also see paper on oxygen and its medicinal applications, by Mr. J. W. England, ibid, 1892, p. 11 ). Description. — Oxygen is a colorle.«s, odorless, and tasteless gas, whose density when compared to air, is 1.1056. The weight of 1 liter oxygen at n°C. (32° F.') and 760 Mm. atmospheric pressure is 1.43028 grammes. Cailletet and Pictet, in 1878, succeeded in condensing oxygen to a liquid, a pressure of 475 atmospheres and a temperature of — 130° C. (—202° F.), being necessary to accomplish it. Met- als in the molten state, especially silver, absorb oxygen, but give it ofl' again upon cooling. It is slightly soluble in water and alcohol With the possible exception of fluorine it combines with all the elements, forming oxides. When a substance combines with oxygen, the process is called oxidatwn. If this process is accom- panied with emission of light or flame, it is termed combv-^tion. Processes of oxidation producing no light or flame, are termed sloiv combristion. An instance of the latter is the chemical change in the human body of venous to arterial blood, effected by the oxygen taken in during respiration. The chief supporter of combustion is oxygen, and substances burn more readily in pure oxygen than in ordinary air. A piece of wood glowing without flame ignites when held into a current or an atmosphere of oxygen. The gas is recognized by this reac- tion. A glowing piece of iron wire held in pure oxygen gas, burns with a display of brilliant sparks. Oxides are of three classes, according to the chemical nature of the element with which the oxygen combines, and according to the combining quantity of the latter. Thus we have: (I) ha sir oxides, mostly those of the metals. c._(/., sodium oxide (Na.,0), calcium oxide (CaO), chromic oxide (Crj03); they form bn.-arches ol Andrews and Tait (ISfiO) have shown that ozone is an allotropic modi- fication of oxygen, I. ».,cousisting of the same substance, but i)o.ssessing different properties. The formation of ozone from oxygen is attended by a condensation of 3 volumes ( or molecules) of oxygen to 2 volumes (or molecules) of ozone, according to the equation : 302=203 ; hence the niolecule of ozone must be regarded as consisting of 3 atoms of oxygen, and has been aptly called prroxiih of o.n/gen (0,0). A ice versa, 2 volumes of ozone, when lieated to about 300° V. (•572°F. 1, yield again 3 volumes of ordinary oxygen. In its chemical reactions, only one-thinl of the oxygen isavailable. Thus, for example, when ozone acts ujion potassium iodide solution only one-third of its oxygen liberates io>ore thront. It is also used as a vehicle for expectorant preparations, such as ipecacuanha, squill, etc., and in feA'er-drinks. OXYMEL SCILL^ffl.— OXYMEL OF SQUILL. Preparation.— Mix 2 pounds (av.) of clarified hone_v, with 1 pint (Imp.j of vinegar of squill. Evaporate, hy means of water-bath, until the product when . old, has a specific gravity of 1.32. This accords with the Br. Phann.. ISSo and 1898. Honey (2 parts), vinegar of squill (1 part). Evaporate to 2 parts and strain (Ger. Pharm.',M ed.). Honey (4 parts), vinegar of squill (1 part). Clarify with pulp of paper and evaporate to specific gravity 1.26 {French Codex). The National Formulary directs: "Vinegar of squill (f. S. P.), fifty grammes (50 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 334 grs.] ; honey, one hundred grammes (100 Gm.) [3 ozs. av., 231 grs.]. Mix them in a tared porcelain capsule or enameled iron vessel, and apply the heat of a water-bath until the mixture has been reduced to the weight of one hundred grammes (100 Gm.) [3 ozs. av.,231 grs.]. Then strain, allow it to cool, and transfer it to liottles, whirli should be well corked "—{Xat. Form.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Used for the same purposes for which squill is employed (see Sril/<(). Dose, as an expectorant, for infants, 1 to 15 drops; for an adult, 20 to 60 drops. P.fflONIA.— PEONY. The root of Pseonia officinalis, Linne. Nat. Ord. — Ranunculacea^. Common N-\mes: Peony, Pin ey. Botanical Source. — Peony has many thick, long-spreading, perennial roote, running deep into the ground, with an erect, herbaceous, large, green, and branch- ing stem, 2 or 3 feet high. The leaves are large; the lower ones bipinnately di- vided; the leaflets ovate-lanceolate, smooth, and variously incised. The flowers are large, red, terminal, and solitary; the sepals 5, find unequal. Petals red. cordi- form ; stamens numerous, mostly changed to petals by cultivation. Carpels 3; sti^'nias double and persistent; follicles fleshy, and many-seeded; seeds black, numenius. dry. and round (W. — R.). History and Description. — This plant is indigenous to southern Europe, and is cultivated in gardens in the United States and elsewhere, on account of the elegance of its large flowers, which appear from May to August. The root is the medicinal part; it consists of a root-stalk, from i to 1 inch in diameter, from wliich proceed fusiform tubers, gradually terminating in delicate fil)ers. These. together with the seeds, have, when recent, a strong, rather unplea.«ant odor, and a sweetish, mawkish taste, succeeded by a sub-acrid bitterishness and slight astrin- gency ; drying nearly removes these properties. The recent flowers have a similar. but feebler, odor, and a more herbaceous taste. They all yield their virtures to diluted spirits. Chemical Composition.— The fresh root has the odor of bitter almonds, and contains starch, fat, sugar, a small quantity of tannin, oxalates, malates, and phos- j)hates (Morin). Wiggers (Handhnch der P/iarmacocinosic, 1864> obtained, l\v distilla- tion of the fresh root with water, a distillate possessing tlie odor of bitter almonds. Ether removed therefrom a small (luantityof an oil having the .same odor, and producing, in aqueous or alcoholic solution, a blood-red ctilor with ferric chloride. Dragendorfl' found in the seeds of Piionia officiiinti.'> tannin and peo»i(i-tiunn\''ci» (see Related ,S'/„r/r..). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Peony is antispasmodic and tonic. I* is asserted to have been successfully emploved in chorea, qiileim;/. *;Hi,aste by means of a suitable chopping machine. Mix it with half its weight of cold water, and knead it thoroughly and frequently during 1 hour, then tnins- fer the mass to a strainer of canton flannel, and add to the filtrate an eijual vol- ume of alcohol. Collect the precipitate, drain it, and free it by i)ressure from as I'AXCREATINIM. 1431 much of the adherent liquid as possible. Then spread it on shallow trays, and dry it by exposure to warm air, at a temperature not exceeding 40° C. (104° F.j. Triturate the dry product, in a mortar, with 4 times its weight of pure benzin; transfer the mass to a dry filter, and when the liquid has ])assed below the sur- face of the j>owder, follow it with enough fresh benzin to disjilace the retained portion. Lastly, dry the powder between bibulous paper. Note.—li larger quan- tities of pancreas are operated upon, and there is risk of its decomposition in presence t>f the water, it is advisable to saturate the latter with chloroform, which will retard, decomposition for a long time. * * * In place of pancreatin, prepared by the formula above given, any other commercial pre{>aration of the pancreas may be used, provided it reaches the standard of peptonizing power prescribed for the former" — {Xii I. Form., 1st ed.). (See also note to Pulvig Pan- crentirm Co)npo.4). i 4) A milhcoagulnting or rennet-Hie ferment, l)robably the s:niie as that runtaincd in the fourth stomach of the calf. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Pancreatin has been recommended in atonic dy--rte>>, rirketn, anemia, leuhtmia, clilorogifi, iiiripimt tuhcrculosis, and dyxpep!?. .— ll i^tncreatin of proper St renfrtli is not available, any other commercial prei>aration of pancreas, as, for instance, the extract, niav be used in place of it, provided it attains the requircil standaril. Twenty-five (25) grains of this powder are sufficient to peptonize 1 pint of fresh cow's milk, by pr.M-eedine in the following manner: Add the coniiMiund pancn-atic jKiwderto 4 fluid oum-es of tepid water contained in a suitable flask, and, afterward, add 1 pint of fresh cow's milk, previously heated to 38° C. ( 100.4° F. K Maintain the iiiixtuix> at this temperature during 30 minutes, then transfer the flask to a cold place. Milk tlius peiitonizcd sliould not be used when it has been kept over 24 houi-s, or when it has devi'lopi'd a bitter taste "^ -Vx/. t'unti.K E.VTRACTUM Pancreatis presents the digestive ferment.s of the pancreas in the form of a dry, whitish powder. It contains these principles in such a degree of activity, that their action upon various food substances can be quickly demonstrateil— viz., the action of tryj^iii upon albumen, of diastase upon starch, of the emulsive ferment upon fats and oiis, and the milk-curdling ferment. Extractum pancreatis is a specialty of Fairchild Bros. A Foster, Xew York, who also offer Triii>.<'tained by dinn't solution from the gastric glands in sterilized and anunatized menstruum. It is practically an artificial gastric juice, intended for external use onlv, being a painless solvent for all dead tissues and septic l'Ai'AVi:i;is cArsiL-E. 1433 matter, and a corrector of offensive oi>ppy- lieiuh. should always be gatiiered before they have ripened; at this time they abound in the juice from which opium is formed, and which becomes greatly diminished when the capsule has fully matured. When dried, the unripe cap- sules po.ssess the peculiar bitterness and narcotic qualities of opium, which are hardly observable in those that are allowed to ripen. The drieil capsules are of various sizes, from that of a small egg to that of a large orange; they are of an ovate or globular form, flattened underneath, and surmounted by the persistent stigma. The cajjsules of the irhite poppy are larger than those of the hhwl:. They owe their virtues entirely to the opium contained in them. The i(7()Vecai>snles are usually devoid of apertures (indehiscent) under the crowning circular disk, gen- erally oblong, though sometimes so depressed as to be broader than long. Some 1434 PARALDEHYDUM. varieties have the lower end narrowed and prolonged. Where the fruit joins the stalk there is a tumid ring. The stigmas are peltate and sessile, from 8 to 20 in number, constituting sharp, angular ridges agreeing in number with the carpels. The placentas are also of the same number, projecting into the 1-celled interior so as to form incomplete partitions. On their faces and edges are borne the minute kidney-shaped seeds in immense numbers. The black capsules are smaller, globular-ovate, broadest below, usuallj' about U inches in diameter, and exhibit underneath the circular disc of stigmas, the apertures (dehiscences) which allow the seeds to be shaken out. Semina Pap.weris. — Poppy-sf'eds or Mcm-secds are verj- numerous, a single capsule containing many thousands. They are reniform, white, bluish, grayish, or blackish, finely net-veined, oleaginous and emulsive, and yield by expression nearly 50 per cent of a yellowish fixed oil (Oleum Pnpaverk, Oil of poppy-mds). Sacc, in 1849, obtained about 55 per cent of oil from the seeds, with 23 per cent of mucilage and 12.6 per cent of protein matter. The oil is odorless, has a pleasant, mucilaginous, bland taste, is pale-yellow and transparent, and destitute of narcotic properties. It has a specific gravity of 0.925, and becomes solid at — 18° C. (0° F.). It is soluble in 25 parts of cold and 6 parts of boiling alcohol, and in ether. Upon saponification it yields 9i per cent of glycerin. Upon exposure to the air for some time it easily dries, forming a varnish; it is therefore used by painters, also for culinary and for burning purposes, and as an adulterant of higher-priced oils, as olive oil. Its chief constituent, according to Hazura and Friedrich (1887), is the glyceride of fnnnahinokir arid {C^^^fi^. Chemical Composition.— The largest quantity of opium alkaloids is formed in the plant at the time when the seeds begin to accumulate oil and albuminous matter. The alkaloids are distributed over all parts of the plant, except the seeds, which, when clean from adhering particles of the capsule, are absolutely free from alkaloids. Young plants do not contain them (Clautrian, Jahre^h. der Pfiarm., 1889, p. 80). The unripe capsules contain the constituents of opium, only in a more diluted form; thus morphine is present to the extent of 1 to 2 per cent, and narcotine, codeine, rhosadine, narceine, and meconic acid in correspondingly less quantities. The capsules also contain ammonium salts, tartaric and citric acids, mineral acids, mucilage and wax (Deschamps d'Avallon, 1864). Ripe capsules dried at 10(1° C. (212° F.) yielded Fliickiger 14.28 per cent of ash, chiefly consist- ing ofehloridps ami sulphates of alkali metals. Action and Medical Uses. — Poppy-heads are occasionally used externally in fomentations, though both for topical and internal use they have been supplanted by opium and its preparations, which are now prepared ofdefinite strengths. PARALDEHYDUM (U. S. P.)— PARALDEHYDE. Formula: C^H.^O^. MoLEcrLAR Weight: 131.7 "A polymeric form of ethylic aldehyde (C.;H,0=43.9). Paraldehyde should be kept in well-stoppered, dark, amber-colored bottles, in a cool place "■^(f'. .9. P.). Preparation. — When hydrochloric acid, zinc chloride, sulphur dioxide, or cail)()nyl chloride (COCl.,) is allowed to act upon ethylic aldehyde at ordinary tcniiK'rature, the liquid becomes heated and paraldehyde is foriiicd by a process of polymerization. The new product is an agglomeration of 3 molecules" of ethylic (acetic) aldehyde, whereby contraction of volume takes place. It is generally pre- pared by acting upon aldehyde with hydrochloric acid gas, or with a small amount of concentrated sulphuric acid, until the liquid no longer dissolves in an equal bulk of water. The product thus obtained is purified bv alternate crvstallization in the cv.M and subsr,iuent distillation. Description and Tests. — Paraldehyde is officially described as "a colorless, transparent liquid, having a strong, characteristic, but not unpleasant or pungent odor, and a burning and cooling taste. Soluble in 8.5 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 16.5 parts of boiling water; miscible, in all propt>rtions, with alco- hol, ether, and fixed or volatile oils. When cooled to near 0° C. (,3-° F.). paral- deiivde solidifies to a crvstalline mass, wiiich becomes liquid again at 10.5° C. (51° F). It boils at 123° to 125° C. (,253.4° to 257° F.). giving otl" inflammable PAl;AI,l>i:HYDrM. 14o". vapors. ParaUlehyde is neutral, or slightly acid, to litmus paper. When distillid with a small portion of sulphuric acid, paraldehyde is converted into ordinary aldehyde, boiling at about 21° C. (70° F.). On warming some silver ammoniuiii nitrate T.S. saturated with paraldehyde, in a test-tube, a silver mirror will form on standing. On heating some paraldehyde on a water-bath, it should completely volatilize without leaving any disagreeable odor (absence of aldehyde derivecl from fusel oil). One Cc. of paraldehyde should form, with 10 Cc. of water, a clear solution, free from oily drops (absence of aniylic alcohol, etc.), and this solution, when acidulated with nitric acid, should not be aflected by silver nitrate T.S. (ab.'sence of hydrochloric acid), or barium chloride T.S. (absence of sulphuric acid). A mixture of 8 Cc. of paraldehyde and 8 Cc. of alcohol with 1 drop of phenolphtalein T.S. should acquire a jiink color upon the addition of 0.5 Cc. of normal potassium hydrate T.S. (limit of free acid)"— (T. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Paraldehyde is soporific rather than anodyne, acting better when wakefulness is pronounced than when a person en- joys the customary sleep. The sleep produced is peaceful and approaches a natu- ral slumber, the individual upon awakening experiencing no headache nor tired sensations. The appetite is not disturbed by it, but the functions of circulation and respiration are slowed and the bodily heat lowered. It is eliminated chiefly by the breathing organs, and to some extent by the kidneys, imparting to both the urine and the breath the characteristic odor of one in drunkenness. It very much resembles chloral in action, though it is less depressing. Pain interferes somewhat with its action, for it is less anodj-ne than soporific. Its long-continued use may produce fatty changes in the liver and heart, and in disorders of the latter with feebleness, and especially cardiac dilatation accompanying emphy- sema, it is contraindicated. Like chloral, it produces disturbances of nutrition, resulting in obstinate nasal ulcerations, scarlatinoid, desquamative eruptions, ocular, faucial, and rectal irritation, and ulcers about the nails. Respiratory par- alysis is the cau.se of death from toxic doses. Paraldehyde has been chiefly used as a hypnotic, being for this purpose comparatively safe, though it is not adapted to bring sleep when pain or fever exists. It is nauseous and apt to disturb the stomach, though the appetite generally remains unaffected. It has been success- fully used to calm and jiroduce sleep in anite mnnin^ melancholia, and other forms of hunniti/.mentol exhmtstinn, and delirium tremens. It is said to be suited to all forms of insanity, and all ages, but appears best adapted to acute cases, exhibiting maniacal excitement and inwmnia vith great agitnticm. It is generally contraindi- cated in cases lacking this excitement. It has been especially used in violent forms of chronir insanity, dementia, etc. The ordinary dose ranges from 5 to 60 grains, in water (sweetened), or flavored whiskey, brandy, or other alcoholic fluid, or masked in some tincture of a bitter drug. An elixir is often prescribed. One after Wearn is prepared as follows: "Take of paraldehyde 3 parts, alcohol 10 parts. Solve. Add orange-flower water 4 parts, simple syruj) 10 parts, and enough distilleH. Ablehyde also has the nrop- erty of reducing metallic silver from its aiiiinoiiiati-d nitr.ite 8. '255). Spurious drugs may be known by their non-conformity to the pharmacopnial requirement*. True pareira brava is olHcially described as follows: "In subcylindrical, somewhat tortuous pieces, about 10 to 15 Cm. (4 to 6 inches) long, varying in thickness from 2 to 10 Cm. (i to 4 inches); externally dark brownish-griiv, with transverse ridges and fissures and longitudinal furrows; internally pale brown, and, when freshly cut, having a waxy lustre; bark thin; wood porous, in 2 or more somewhat irregularly concentric circles, with rather large medullary niys, and no distinct central i)ith; inodorous; taste bitter. Pieces having a bright- vellow color, or tlie woody i)ortion of which is gravish, hard, and iiearlv tiisteless, should be nj.Tt.d ••— , r: .V. />.). Chemical Composition.— F. A. Ringer and E. Brooke (Amer. Jour. Phamu, 1892, ]). 255) made a comparative analysis of true pareira and a spurious variety from Bahia, i^f unknown botanical origin. The distinguishing feature was the l)etroleuni-ctlier extract (fats and fatty acids), which amounted in the truenwt to I'AKEIKA. . lo7 8.67 per tvnt : in the false to onl}- 0.28 per cent. Both diuf.'.- al.le' in alcohol and ether. Charlis Morri.^on i A)mr. Jour. P/mnu., 1N7M. p. 4:>(.ii records the i)re.-;eiice of two alkaloids in a specimen of false pareira hrava, havin>r a bright-yellow wood ; one of the alkaloids was similar to, but not quite identical with lierberine. Wiggers, in ISoO, named an amorphous, white alkaloid, which he found in a probably undetermined species of pareira brava, jielosine; it was insoluble in water, soluble in alcohol and acids, and of an intensely bitter taste. Pcloftitie was subsequently found liy FMwk'iger (Xeuf Jtihrbitrh der P/ummtcie, 1869, pp. 257-276) in notoriously genuine CUitimju-los Pareira, associated with an indifferent hoiXy, deyamittin. Pelo- sine was proven by Fliickiger to be identical with the alkaloids heberine and huxine ( which see). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Tonic, diuretic, and aperient. To the kidneys it is a (biiiied >iinnilant ami tonic, relieving irritation of the urinary tract, l>ein:j indicated i>y aluioiuinal uneasiness, with desire to pass urine fre- quently. I'sed in chronic injluinmntion of the bladder, jit/elitis. and various disorders of the urinary organs. Also recommentfed dn calculous affcctioii>i,leucorrhit.— Tlii^ ums th.>iic;lit inifiinally to be the source of pareira brava. It is also trriucl V,lnt-U'if ami Ic, ri,,, , ainl is a shrub with a round, ligneous root, stems either smooth, or with close-pressed down, and diiuhiiig over trees. Leaves large, nearly orlncular, I)€ltate, aristate at the point, when full grown smooth alxive, underneath covered with silky pubescence, but not truly downy. Flowers dicecious, hispid, in racemes; sepals 8,4 inner united into a cup, with usually an entire margin; peduncles solitary or in pairs, branching from the base, as long as the petiole, or longer, racemose corvmbose, with divaricating, downy ramitications. Racemes, in the female plant, longer than the leaves, bearing the tiowers in spiked fascicles. Bracts sessile, somewhat orbicular, scarcely mucronate. Ovary solitarj-, and surmounted with 3 stigmas. Berries scarlet, round, renifofm, compre.ssed, shriveled, th'inncil to the edge, all over hispid with long hairs (L.I. This plant is a native of the West India Islands ami the Spanish Main. The root and stem seldom attain the diameter of 1 inch, and are more often the size of a quill. Xo concentric rings are shown on cross-section. It is verj- bitter, not sweetish nor astringent. This variety is made up chiefly of stems with some sections of root. II. Common False P.\reir.\ Br.kva.— This is derived from undetermined plants of the natural order .Vmisjtennaceir, and is the drug that yielded pelosiue to AViggers, in 1S39. .\ccord- ing tc) Hanbury, "the ilrug consists of a ponderous, woody, tortuous stem and root, occurring in pieces iroui a few inches to a foot or more in length, anil from 1 to 4 inches in thickness, coateii with a thin, hard, dark-brown bark. The pieces are cvlindrical, 4-sided, or more or less flattened, sometimes even to the extent of becoming ribbon-like. In transverse section, their slnjcture appears very remarkable. Supposing a piece to be stem, a well-defined pith will !« found to occupy the center of the first-formed wood, which is a column about } of an inch in diameter. This is succeeded by 10 or 15 or more concentric, oroftener eccentric, zones. iVto ^V of an inch wiile, each 8e))arated from its neighbor by a layer of parenchyme, the outermost beiuK coated with true bark. In pieces of the Iriie root, the pith is reduced to a mere point. Soiuctiines the de%-elopment of the zones has been so irregular that they have formeil them- selves entirely on one side of the primitive column, the other being coatev numerous small :idullary rays. These do not run from the ci'nter to the circumference, hut traverse only 'lii'lr resp»-i-tive zones, on the outside of which they are arche-hndr"OkniiiioN tomkntosim.— I'v far less i-tlicient than the root (See |-, H. >,,iiil,I, 1,,,., ./.,„r. /'/i((n;l.,1872. J.. lo: . It is :,U',. k,„.vvii as /'„,•, „-,i / „. . J4?.S PARTHE.VIUM. IV. White I'akkira Brava.— Stems and roots of Abuta rufetvn*, Aublet. A tasteless and odorless drug, not found in commerce, whose decoction turns strongly blue when treated with iodine. The root, on transverse section, shows white, amylaceous, concentric zones, marked with han(lsome, dark, wedge-shaped medullarj' rays. V. Yellow Pareira Brava. — Probably derived from Ahula amarn, Aublet, of Guiana. Internally, it is bright-yellow, and has eccentric zones. It is probably the sjjecimen analyzed by Morrison (see above i. PARTHENIUM.— FEVERFEW The flowering herb of Pyrethrum Parthenmm, Smith {Matricaria Pyrethrum, Linne; Chrt/santhemuiii Pai-thenium,PeTsoon; Taruxetum Pyrethrum Schultz). Nat. O/'v/.— Coiupositffi. CoMMiiN Xa.mks: Feverfew, Featherfew. Botanical Source. — Feverfew is a perennial, herbaceous plant, with a taper- ing root, and an erect, branched, leafy, round, furrowed stem, about 2 feet high. The leaves are alternate, petiolate, flat, bipinnate, or tripinnate, hoary green, the segments or leaflets inclining to ovate, decurrent, gashed, and dentate. The flowers are white and compound. The panicle is corymbose, sometimes com- pound; peduncles long-naked, singje-flowered, and swelling upward. Flower- heads erect, about ^ inch broad, with a convex, yellow disk, and numerous short, broad, abrupt, 2-ribbed, white rays; often wanting; sometimes multiplied, and the disk being obliterated, constitutes a double flower. The iiivoluire is hemi- spherical, imbricate, pubescent, with the scales scarious at the edge; the receptacle flat or convex, and naked; the achenia wingless, angular, uniform, crowned by a coronetted pappus, which is usually toothed, and occasionally auriculate ( L. — \\ .). History. — This is a European plant, and is common to the United States; found occasionally in a wild state, but is generally cultivated in gardens, and flowers in June and July. It imparts its virtues to water, but much better to alcohol. Bees are said to dislike this plant very much, and a handful of the flower-heads will cause them to keep at a distance. Chemical Composition.— J. Chautard, in 1863, obtained from this plant, by distillatinii with water, an oil which deposits upon standing in the cold, a lajvo- rotatory (•ann)h()r, j,i/rit/niiin-mvi])hor (C,„H,gO), distinguished from ordinary cam- phor by its opiKisite niitical rotation. Besides, the volatile oil contains an oxy- genated liquid, niit long. Heads manv-flowered, tonientosc. coryiiibed : ray-flowers 5, somewhat ligulate, fertile; disk-Howers tubular, sterile. Invobiirr h. nii<|ilii rical, .Vleaved; scales in 2 series, outer ovate, dilated, inner orbicular ; receptac li' iniiiiu. , c .iiiial, chafly ; achenia .5, obovate, conn)ressed. cohering with 2 ivntiguous paleie. ll is - iinues known ns /Viu'Wc t is the part used. Its growth is singular; i't issues from a heail or caiidex, at first small, but gradually incn-ases in size, and terminates very abruptly, giving oil' other nxtts of a similar form, each being a dis- tinct root, about the size ami shape of a radish, but growing horizontally. anstracting the powdentl drug first with petroleum benzin, which removes a dark-gn-en wax; then with ether, and taking up the ethereal extract with boihug wat.r. The crystals turn .iitp-rerluia, gnnvl, and i/wa*-* 0/ the kidneys and bladder generally. It is highly reconunentieU bv some practitioners ni these diseases. Likewise saiil to be an aromatic bitter and stimulant. The tiowering tops have been used as an antiperiodic. Two fluid ounces of their infusion have no unpleasant influemv on the nervous system, and are said to be equal to L'O grains of sulphate of quinine (Houlton >. Parthmiion Ilysttewphortis, Linn^,is employed like feverfew. It resembles cutting almono, and is indigenous to Louisiana, Florida, and the West Indian Islands. It is a coninion weed in Jamaica. l)r. Jos^ R. Tovar, of Cuba, employed /•■(rll„,iii, obtained from this plant, in cases oi facial )wural(ii, p. 41li I points out the comple.x composition of this active constituent, which he states is not a definite body. Dr. Carlos I'lrici isee .Imtr. Jour. I'hnnn., 1,S86, p. 451, and Merck's i}«//rfiH. Oct., 1888, p. 5.^ r found in the drug five alkaloids, //art/it-HiVo'if being the active, bitter and crystallizable j>rinciple, quite readily soluble in hot water. Uucrystallizable parihtnic acid is likewise present. Dr. Harry V. .\rnv observed that the plant is richest in the active bitter principle in the months of June and July, when about 1 ])er cent may be obtained therefrom in large crystals. It is not a glucosid a.s was first supposed, nor an alkaloid. A volatile oil containing a camphor was obtained by distillation with steam ( .Uncr. Juur. Pharm., 1897, !>. Iti9). Small doses (3 grains) of the tota'l active principle quicken, and larger doses (15 grains! retard cardiac movements. Large doses (50 grains) slow the respiration, reduce arterial tension, and bring down the temperature. PASSIFLORA.— PASSION FLOWER. The root and stem-base of Pa.isiflom incnrnata, Linne. Nat. OriL — Passifloracea'. Common Nam ks : Pa-mon ffou-er, May pops. Botanical Source. — A pubescent, climbing .uhir sheath for the long-stalked ovary, upon which are the 3 club-shaiied styles. The anthers are large and fixed by their middle. The many-seeded, 1-celled berry-like fruit is often edible. The seeds are invested by a pulpy sulxstance (Gray). Two species of this genus have been used to some extent in this country, P. inrnrnatn and P. luten. The former has now become an important remedy. This species is found within our borders, thriving in dry soils from Virginia to Florida, and from thence westward to Mi-ssouri and Arkansas. The common name in our southern states for the fruit is Mmj-popx. The generic name Pns»i- H'lra is, according to Gray, "an adaptation of Jlos fxissionis, a. translation of fior iliila pnxiiiitne. the popular Italian nanie early applied to the flower from a fancied iv-eiiiblance of its parts to the implements of the crucifixion." The fruit i.s urange-colored. about the size of a hen's egg, and filled with a sweetish-yellow jiulp. The juice of the leaves of this species, together with those of Pdxsiflora C'lUlda and Pni<.-'lflorfi iiuilij>,rmi.'<, were long ago u.^ed by the Brazilians for inter- mittent fevers. The entire plant is used in medicine. Prof. Goss, who intro- • lui'ed it to the Eclectic i)rofession, employed the root and its pre]iaratii>ns. We kiii>w of physicians who prefer the tincture of the leaves, and otiiers still, who desire the root with a few inches of the stem attached. Passiflora contains small amounts foften traces only) of an alkaloid. Its constituents seem not to possesa any decided chemical characteristics. 1440 PASSIfLOKA. Passiflora was introduced into medicine in 1839 or 1840 hy Dr. L. Phares, of Mississippi, who, in the Xeir Orleans MedkulJournnI, records some trials of the drug made b}- Dr.W. B. Lindsay, of Bayou Gros Tete, La. The u.se of the remedy has been revived within recent year.<. Prof. I. J. M. Goss, M. D., of Georgia, having intro- duced it into Eclectic ^jractice. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — The physiological action of passiflora has not been well-studied. Medicinal doses produce no special physiological im- pressions, but we have observed even small doses to occasionally provoke emesis. Some individuals appear to be very susceptible to this efifect. Moderate doses act as an antispasmodic and are somew-hat narcotic. Dr. Phares. who introduced the drug, stated that he was satisfied that it possessed no narcotic properties. It is, at least, hypnotic. Excessive doses are said to have produced in animals both spasms and paralysis. The clinical application of passiflora has been with most observers satisfac- tory. Its force is exerted chiefly ujjon the nervous system, the remedy finding a wide application in sjjosmodic disorders and as a rest-producing agent. It is best adapted to debility and does not act so well in sthenic conditions, although not contraindicated in such. It is specially useful to allay restle-^me-'^s and overcome wakejidness, when these are the result of exhaustion, or the nervous excitement of debility. It proves specially useful in the imomnin of infants and old people. It gives sleep to those who are laboring under the efiects of mental worry or from mental overwork. It relieves the nervous symptoms due to reflex .sexual or men- strual disturbances, and the nervous irritabdity resulting from prolonged illness. We have employed it with good results to allay the restlessness of It/j-hoid fercr, although its action appears to be slow, but sure. " The sleep induced by passiflora is a peaceful, restful slumber, and the patient awakens quiet and refreshed. A further study of the drug will undoubtedly give us a better guide to its adaptation as a nerve sedative and hypnotic. An atonic condition appears to be the keynote to its selection. Passiflora is a remedy for convulsive movements. One of its first successful appli- cations in medicine was for the relief of WfDii**, both in man and the horse. l!' given in full doses in epile])'e(sm.s of rhildhofxl, whether from dentition, "on?!*, or undigested aliment; it has also been success- ,fullv emplo3-<'<^l in trismus nascentium. Spasms, dependent upon meningeal iuflnm- ^•nniMn, havB been controlled with it. It appears not to be contraindicatetl in any form of spasm. Dr. Holmes (Ee. Med. Jour. , 1896, p. 55) reports a case of f>ost-}>aiu, facial and other forms of ncurnlgiti, many reflex jxtinful conditions incident to pregneiitry and the menopause, and other forms of pain accompanied or not with spasmodic action. Sick or nervous headache, the headache of debility, or from cerebral fullness are often relieved by passiflora. All such cases show marked atony of some part or function. Passiflora has been employed to relieve many of the nervous phenomena attending la grijjpe, nn<.\ both internally and externally has been given to mitigato the ravages of erysipelii'< (particularly when facial) and syphilis. Prof Scudder long ago characterized passiflora as a remedy to relieve irritation of the nerve centers, and to improve sympathetic innervation, improving the circulation and nutri- tion, and stated that it might be i\»ed '' in torpidity of the liver whh heniorrlioids, and in congelation of ovaries and ntenw." Reemployed for the latter purpose frac- tional doses of the drug {Si'cr. Med.,]i. 197). It has been used to check di/o-rhaa and dysenten/. An aqueous extract has been lauded as an application to recent hums and srald.-<, and to lieinorrhoid.'': also to ulcerating rarcinomala, jtainful ulcfr*. PENTHORVM. 1441 chancres ami rhaiuToidx. A pledget of cotton saturated with pu^siHora ami intro- duced into a earious tooth ha:~ inonijitly allayed violent liMitlmcht'. The ilose of specific- pussillora i;; fmni a t'laclinii of a (lr<)p to 2 fluid drachms. Specific Indications and Uses.— Irritation of brain and nervous system with atony; sleeples-.-^ness from overwork, worry, or from febrile excitement, and in the young and aged; neuralgic pains with debility; exhaustion from cerebral fullness, or from excitement; convult^ive movements; infantile nervous irrita- tion; nervous he:idache; tetanus; hysteria; oppressed breathing; cardiac palpi- tation from excitement or shock. Related Species. — Ai.wirfoi'i /utoi, Linne. Smooth and slender; summit of tin- leaves obtusely ;>-liil)e'l aiitl lobes euiire; glanilless petioles and greenish-yellow tlowers an iuch broad. ' Damp thicket.s from Pennsylvania to Florida, and west to Illinois, Missouri and lx>ui8iana. The fruit* are acidulous and edible. Tsed by Dr. Phares, of >Iissi!-sippi, like PaasiHora iiicanniUi. ' Passijloni lurult'ii, Linne. — Leaves 5-lol)ed and entire; tlowers friogeil and greenish, bluish, purplish, or white; fruit, orange-yellow. .\ native of Brazil, and often cultivated in warm countries for ornamental coverings for walls, houses, and arbors. Tlie fndt is not eaten. '^^- ^^"• Piisflrt'ini hn:iioliu,Tassac. — Leaves unequally 3-cleft at top; flowers red ; fruit like a elierr)-. Ptissijloia rnhrit, Linne.— "Leaves, 2-lobed ; flowers whitish and light red; scarlet berries. Reputeil narcotic by inhabi- tants of Jamaica and the Carihbee Lslamis. Paxsijlurii ,r the tincture freed from tannin, shows the slightest indication of an alkaloid with the ordi- nary reagents. When the herb is distilled with water, the distillate is free from volatile oil. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Dr. Briggs states that '• the older au- thorities gave this agent as a demulcent and laxative, and it does not seem to exert the astringent action common to agents containing tannic acid. The im- pression upon the mouth is that of an astringent, but, on examining the mucous membrane, it does not seem corrugated, but very fresh and rosy, and it would undoubtedly prove a valuable tooth and mouth "wash."' The fluid extract and specific medicine have been employed successfully in the treatment of cholera infantum, lUarrhmi, and hemorrhoids. Prof. J. M. Scudder observes that mucous membranes, especially when they have suffered from inflammatory action, are peculiarly influenced bj^ this agent, which gradually removes irritation, promotes normal functional activity, and restores the tissues to their normal condition. He found it not only an excellent remedy- in dln)-rh/.>-, with increased secretion, and in chronk vayitiitus, with or without leucorrhoeal discharge. He employs it internally and locally, when this can be eflfected, in spray; also as a topical appli- cation to chronic ulcers. It is not, as a rule, as well adapted to acute as to chronic disorders, and must be used for a length of time to obtain its best effects. As a reliever of irritation of mucous surfaces, its best results have been ol>taineil in chronic dffection.^ of (he posterior nares. phan/ngeal rattlf, and Euiitachion tulx.-'. It nniy be used l)(>th internally and by atomization. It has been of benefit in ituiigcslion and )iervints dysjirpsia. Its effects upon the gastric membranes have been com- pared to those of small doses of ipecac. The dose of the fluid extract is from 10 to 60 minims, repeated everj- 3 or 4 hours; of the specific penthorum, 1 to 30 minims, in a teaspoonful of water. Penthorum is a remedy of undoubted power, and deserves a more careful study than hiis been hitherto bestowed upon it. It is best adapted to chronic conditions, being of little service in acute pliases. Specific Indications and Uses. — Pharyngeal and nasjil disorders of a chronic type, witli lulhuss, chyntss, and irritation, with a purplish, congestetl aupearani-e; catarrhal inlhimmations. with profuse secretions; catarrhal gastric disorders; catar- rhal diarrhua: spongy gums. PEPO (U. S. P.I— PUMPKIN SEED. "The -seeil a( Cucudiita J'ijk.. l.imK"'— (T. .'<'. /'.). .Y.(', O,-,/,— Cucurbitacca-. Common NaMK: Fiiinjliil sei'it. Botamical Source.— Ciuurbita Pepo is an annual plant, hispid and scali- rous, with a piocunibent .«teiii and branching tendrils. Its leaves are large, cor- date, pahiiately 5-lobed, or angletl and denticulate. The flowers are yellow, large, axillary, and the males long-pedunculate. Corolla canipanulate ; the "petals united and coherent with the calyx. The calyx of the male flowers is5-toothed; of the female the same, the upper part being deciduous after flowering; the stigmas are 3, thick, and 2-lobed ; the pepo, or fruit, subligneous, very large, roundisii, or oblong, smooth, yellow when rijie, furrowed and torulose, containing yellowisli seeds, somewhat resembling those of the watermelon in form (W.). History. — The pumpkin flowers in July, and matures its fruit in September and October. It is a native of the Levant, and is extensivel}' cultivated as a kitchen vegetable, and for cattle. The seeds of this plant are used in medicine, and have long been popular with the laitj'as a remedy for worms. An oil may be obtained from the pumpkin seeds by expression. The West India seeds are more active as an anthelmintic than our own. Description. — The seeds are "about 2 Cm. (| inch) long, broadly-ovate, flat, white or whitish, nearly smooth, with a shallow groove parallel to the edge; con- taining a short, conical radicle, and 2 flat cotyledons; inodorous; taste bland and oily" — ( ('. S. P.). Chemical Composition. — Pumpkin seeds are composed of 25 per cent of husks and To per cent of kernels, and contain upward of 33 per cent of a red- dish flxed oil, which, according to Kopylow (Avier. Jour. Pharm., 1877, p. 23), con- sists of the glycerides of palmitic, myristic, and oleic acids. These also occur partly in the free state. No alkaloid was found in the seeds, nor the glucosid, cucurbit in, of Dorner and Wolkowitsch (1870). According to Dr. L. Wolff (ylwitr. Jour. Phnrm., 1882, p. 382), the active ( tienifuge) principle is a greenish-brown, acrid, bitter resin (Heckel, 1875) not contained in the petroleum-benzin extract of the seeds, but in the extract obtained with ether. It is also soluble in alcohol and chloroform. Its dose, as a tanifuge, is 15 grains, in pill form. The fatty oil is soluble in absolute, but not in 95 per cent alcohol (W. E. Miller, IhitL, 1891, p. 38.5). Air-dried pumpkin seeds contain about 3.7 per cent of ash. The juice of pumpkin pulp contains 1.6 per cent of dextrose and 0.9 per cent of cane sugar (Mr. Both, in Ftragendorff's Hn7pfJ,nnm, 1899, p. 650). The coloring matter of the pumpkin is diu- to r.n-nim (.h,hr,sh. ,1, r Phnrm., 1896, p. 84). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Mucilaginous, tienicide, and diuretic, and of service in MnuKiKri/ imd uriudri/ (iffectuy7h9,ii\ii() m g(tstriti^,enta-i(is, and febrile (li-iefiiies. The infusion may be drank freely. The expressed oil of the pumpkin .seeds, in doses of 6 to 12 drops, several times a day, is said to be a most cer- tain and eflicient diuretic, giving quick relief in scalding of urine, spasmodic fiffer- tions of the urinart/ passages, and has cured gonorrkna. Half a fluid ounce of oil of i)umpkin seeds, taken upon a fasting stomach, repeated in 2 hours, and in another 2 hours followed by a dose of castor oil containing h fluid ounce of the pumpkin-seed oil, has been effectual in removing tajjciconn. The following mix- ture has been found efficient in the removal of tapeworm: Take of the ethereal oil of pumpkin seeds, 1 fluid ounce; ethereal extract of male fern, 1 fluid drachm; sugar, 2 drachms; water, 4 fluid ounces; rub the oil with the sugar, then the extract, and finally add, gradually, the water. One-fourth of this is a dose, to be repeated every hour. An infusion of the seeds has also been found effectual in removing tapeworm. The method now chiefly i)ursued is to have the patient fast for a day and take a saline cathartic to wa.s"h the intestinal mucus, etc., from the worm. Then, the patient being kept in bed to prevent emesis, administer to him 3 doses of J of a pint each, every 2 hours, of an emulsion prepared from the fresh seeds beaten with pulverized sugar and diluted with milk or water. After a few hours, a purgative, like ca.stor oil, may be administered to aid in the expulsion of till- worm. This is also effectual in removing the roHiiduonii. It was formerly believed that the tfenifuge properties resided in the external covering of the seeds, but latfr invostitrations do not confirm this view. Specific Indications and Uses. — Tapeworm; roundworm; ardor urina;. Related Species.— . ■ 1 - // ' " ' ' : '■■'>"'• L<(./,,/' ( ;/ ^,111 J, ' ' I "•,,ini-iu, Linn^i; Gourd, or Calabash. — Pulp is occasionally bitter "and purgative (A. De Candulle, 1882). Ciicumis satims, Linn^; Cucumber. — This plant is too well known to require description. Both the fruit and seeds are employed. The latter contain, besides mucilage, a bland, fixed oil, of a pale-yellow color, to the amount of about 32 per cent. Prof. Procter proposed, in 1853, acunimbrr ointtnent, prepared as follows: Take green cucumbers, 7 pounds; suet, 15 ounces; lard, 24 ounces. Grate the fruit and express the juice. Then melt together the lanl and suet, and, wlien sufficiently cooled so as to form a semisolid mass, gradually incorporate with it the cucumber juice, adding about one-third of it each time. After some time, melt the whole mixture, strain, and keep in glass containers, covering the ointment with rose-water. Close the jar securely. When needed, take out a portion, and mix it to a white, creamy paste by triturating it with a small amount of rose-water. Cucumber seeds have been used for iliuretic purposes like other seeds of this class. The ointment is emollient, ami may be applied to CK/.s, abrasions, etc. Dr. J. M. Scudder (Spec. .l/erf.,p. 119) advised a tincture of green cucumber, prepared with 98 per cent alcohol for " irritation of tlie urinarj- passages, sliarn pain in the loins, and rheumatic pains in the shoulders." Cramp-like pains in the shoulder and loins, with inability to urinate, are the indications given bv Dr. O. H. Rohde ( Tram, of X. Y. Ec. Med. Assoc, Vol. XVII, p. 165 ). Momordica balsnmina, Linui; Balsam-apple. — This long-ovate fruit, tapering at each ex- tremity, has been used considerably as a vulnerarj-. It is verrucose, orange or bright-red, rather angular and spontaneously divides laterally, displaying an interior containing oval, flat, brown seeds, somewhat rugose, and imbedded in a fleshy ariUus of a red color. The root and fruit are both purgative. Two drachms of balsam-apple are said to have killed a dog. A preparation of the fruit (^^nthout the seeds), infused in almond or olive oil, has been employed considerably in prolapsus ani, hemorrhoids, burns, scalds, chapped hands, and old ulcerations. 'An extract of it has been praised for its curative efiects in dropsi/. Balsam-apple, infuse*! in whiskey, is quite largely employed by the German population of this country as a vulnerary. It is often applied to chilblains. Internally, an alcoholic tincture and a jelly have been em- ployed for the relief of pain in the chest from acute coUl.^. and in imtmonani contiestion. Proper doses relieve gastro-intestinal irritation, and give relief in gastro-intestinal' pains, particu- larly in colic. C((c((rhil(i Mchipepo, Linn^-; .SVy»(((./i. Ciicuiiiif Mill,, I.nui^; ilnskmelon. — The seeds of this and the foregoing species possess similar properties to those of pejio, but in a milder degree. The seetls contain 39 per cent of fatty oil. From the root an emetic principle, iiiWuii-fHirfiiif, was isolateil. in 1887 iP/iarm. C«-ii- tralhalle, p. 600), by Heberger and Jorosiewicz. Cucurbita maxima, Duchesne. — Improperlv called Gourd. See^ls contain sugar, gum. an aromatic body, a soluble organic acid, yellow, hland fixed oil 1 25 jht cent ), and emulsin. but no alkaloiil nor a glucosid (Cadenberj:, f SSI ). The seeds give, on rubbing with w.iter, a bland. white emulsion. PEPSINUM (U. S. P.)— PEPSm. ''A proteolytic ferment or enzyme obtained from the glandular layer of fresli stomachs from healthy pigs, and capable of digesting not less than 30(X) tinies its own weight of freshly coagulated and disintegrated egg albumen, wiien testinl by the process given below. If it be desired to use a diluent for reducing pepsin of "a higher dige.^tive powerto that required bv the Pharmacopoeia, sugar of milk should be employed for this purjiose"— ( T. .•<. P'). Source, History, ajid Preparation. — Pepsin is a peculiar, probably non-albu- niiiious principle, occurring in the ga-^tric juice, and possessing the pow. r ir. ti..' PEPSIXUW 1445 presence of hydrochloric or otheracids, toilisjolveeuagiiLitnl mIIhiiiicu and muscu- lar fiber, converting ihcm into the modilied proteids kuDwn as jm>Ui)ux. The name pepsin was first used about 1836, by Schwann, who obtaineil the "digestive prin- ciple" b}' macerating cleaned stomachs in acid water, precipitating the li<|uid with mercuric chloride, and separating the mercury with sulphide of hydrogen. Com- mercial pepsin was first prepared by drying the granular layer of the stomach of the pig or calf, at low temperatures, and jiowdering the product. Pepsin is not known in the absolutely pure state. Besides being soluble in water, it is also soluble in glycerin; accorcfing to Wittichs, it may be extracted from the mucous membrane of the stomach by means of glycerin acidulated with 0.1 per cent of hydrochloric acid and then precipitated bv alcohol. By the process of the BritM Phurntacopaia ( 188.5 I, the washed mucous lining of the fresh stomach of a sheep, calf, or pig, is scraped with a blunt instrument, the viscid pulp is immediately spread in a thin layer on glass jJates or glazed earthenware, and dried at a temperature not to exceed 37.8° C. (^100° F.). This product is sparingly soluble in water, because it naturally contains much inert animal matter. A more active pepsin may be obtained by this method if the inner coating of the stomach wherein the pepsin glands are imbedded, be utilized, /. c. washed, dried, and powdered. (For .Scheffer's process, based u])on the precipitation of pepsin by sodium chloride solution, see Fepsimnn Siirrfiiti-'ititm; see also an interesting article on the manufacture of pepsin, in Ain>,-. Jour. P/mnn.. 1 s;«. p. 1 to, tVoni /'//,(/•»!. Jnur. Tram., and ibid.. 1892, p. 562.) Description and Chemical Properties.— 'A fine, white, or yellowish-white, amorphous powder, or thin, pale-yellow or yellowish, transparent or translucent grains or scales, free from any oflfeusive odor, and having a mildly acidulous or slightly saline taste, usually "followed by a suggestion of bitterness. It slowly attracts moisture when exposed to the air. Soluble, or for the most part soluble, in about 100 parts of water, with more or less opalescence; more soluble in water acidulated with hydrochloric acid; insoluble in alcohol, ether, or chloroform. On heating a solution of pepsin in acidulated water to 100° C. (212° F.), it becomes milky, or yields a light, flocculent precipitate, and loses all proteolytic power. In a dry state it can bear this temperature without injury. Pepsin usually has a slightly acid reaction. It may be neutral, but should never be alkaline" — (U.S. P.). Pepsin having a foul odor should be rejected. Aqueous solution of pepsin will to a slight extent dissolve coagulated albumen, but the addition of a few drops of hydrochloric acid (about 0.1 to 0.3 per cent) renders it at once an active solvent; while pancreatin is active only in alkaline media. Pepsin is not destroyed by the process of digestion. After it has ceased to act, the addition of another suppl}' of acid apparently regenerates it, and renders it capable of again performing the part of a digestive agent. Pepsin curdles 80,000 parts of milk (Ain^r. Jour. P/inrm., 1872, p. 49). Neutralization sus))ends the action of pep- sin; alkalies and alcohol injure it; boiling destroys it. Precipitated dry pepsin, obtained according to Mr. Scheffer's method, resembles parchment paper, or ''sole leather,"' the color ranging from light-straw to brown. Pejisin, after having been dried, swells in water, dissolves slowly, but in small proportion. When freshly precipitated, it is very soluble. Solution of pepsin is almost neutral, yields a transparent, gelatinous precipitate with alcohol without losing its peptonizing power, and coagulates on boiling. Bichloride of mercury and nitrate of lead give white precipitates with it. Valuation of Pepsin. — ' Prepare, first, the following three solutions: ,4. To 294 Cc. of water add 6 Cc. of diluted hydrochloric acid. B. In 100 Cc. of solution A dissolve 0.II67 Gm. of the pepsin to be tested. C. To 9.5 Cc. of solution ,1. brought to a temperature of 40° C. (104° F,), add 5 Cc. of solution B. The resultinir 100 Cc. of the liquid will contain 2 Cc. of diluted hydrochloric acid, 0.003:W (Jm. of the pepsin to be tested, and 98 Cc. of water. Immerse and keej) a fresh hen's egg during 1-5 minutes in boiling water; then remove it and place it in cold water. When it is cold, separate the white, coagulated albumen, and rub it through a clean sieve having 30 meshes to the linear inch. Reject the first por- tion passing through the sieve. Wei^h offlOGm. of the second cleaner portion, place it in a flask of the capacity ol about 200 Cc.,then adtl one-half of solu- tion C, and shake well, so a.s to distribute the coherent albumen evenly through- out the liquid. Then add the .second half of solution ''', a'ld shake again, guarding 1446 PEPSIXUM. against loss. Place the flask in a water-bath, or thermostat, kept at a tempera- ture of 38° to 40° C. (1C»0.4° to 104° F.), for 6 hours, and shake it gently every 15 minutes. At the expiration of this time the albumen .should have disappeared, leaving at most only a few, thin, insoluble flakes. fTrustwortby results, particu- larly in comparative trials, will be obtained only if the temperature be strictly maintained between the prescribed limits, and if the contents of the flasks be agitated uniformly, and in equal intervals of time.) The relative proteolytic power of pepsin stronger or weaker than that described above may be determined by ascertaining, through repeated trials, how much of solution B made up to 100 Cc. with solution A will be required exactly to dissolve 10 Gm. of coagulated and disintegrated albumen under the conditions given above" — (U. S. P). The Nidioital Formulary (1st ed.) made less strict requirements, demanding only that pepsin should be capable of dissolving not less than 500 times its own weight of hard-l)oiled egg-albumen, giving explicit directions for its valuation. (For the results of the valuatidn of 15 commercial samples of pepsin by the U. S. P. assay ni.-thod. >.-e I'm,: Au„ ,-. Phann. Asgoc, 1895, p. 244.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Previous to the introduction of pepsin, it was a common course among several nations, and in domestic practice, to col- lect the gizzards of chickens, ducks, turkeys, pigeons, and other birds, remove their inner mucous membranes, dry them, and then reduce them to powder; and this powder, now called ingluvin, either alone or in combination with other sub- stances, was administered in derangements of the digestive organs. Pepsin, prop- erly prepared, answers a much better purpose, but to be of efficacy, it must not be united with starch, bismuth, wine, alcohol, or other substances that impair or destroy its peculiar properties. The articles with which it may be combined without injury are, in the form of powder, sugar of milk, or silica, and in fluid form, glycerin", or acidulated water and glycerin, which will preserve it for a con- siderable period. Pepsin, while aiding or correcting digestion, exerts no influence upon the various lesions upon which the impaired digestive process depends ; though it may, in certain cases, afi"ord such relief to this process as to permit the natural recuperative energies of the system to eSiect recovery. It frequently affords relief in various forms of indk/estion, or of dyspepsia. Infants of delicate constitution, suffering from gastric derangements either previous to or during the period of dentition, as manifested by tumid abdomen, emaciation, diarrhoea, and often a tendency to vomit, will derive much benefit from its use, during the administration of which these symptoms will disappear, and the sufferings from dentition will be greatlj' mitigated. Among those infants raised artificially upon cow's milk, and with whom this fluid does not readily digest, pepsin has likewise been recommended; it may be serviceable in some instances of tins kind, though it appears to me that liquid rennet would answer a much better purpose (J. King). It should be remembered tlial its continued use tends to enfeeble gastric digestion, and thus defeats tlie purposes for which it is given. In cases of sick headache due to gastric acidity, large doses of jjepsin, taken shortly after meals, will tend greatly to postpone or prevent the cephalalgic attack. It will also be of value in the feeble or tardy digestion attending convalescence from exhausting febrile or inflammatory di-iordcrs, and that present during long- standing chr(xnic diseases. According to M. Liebreich, pepsin is contraindicated in carcinoma, and ulceration of the stomach, in which its administration would tend to hasten the process of thinning the diseased portion of the gastric walls. JI. Castro (1868) has successfully used hypodermatic injections of an acid solution of pepsin for the removal or diminution of ^(hioo, passing the injection directly into their substance. Pepsin, to be of service, must be pure and reliable, and the more recent its preparation tlie more satisfactory will be its effects. The dose of saicharated pepsin is from 10 to GO grains, takeii shortly after each meal ; it may be taken alone, washed down with "a draught of water, or it may be mixed in eciual parts of water and pure glycerin; of pure pepsin, from 2 to 10 grains; of litpiid pepsin, from 2 fluid drachms to 2 fluid ounces. Related Preparations.— iSee /V/.s/hkhi .iM M SACniAUATlM. 1447 I'epsini-m AROMATicrM (X. F.\ Annnntic pepsin. — " Saccbarateil pepsin ( I'. S. P.), iiinety- sfven grammes (97 Gm.) [3 ozs.av., IS4 grs,]; aromatic fluid extract ( r. *'. P.), six cubie cen- timeters (6Cc.) [97111]; tartaric acid, one nniiiitl }H'mlir of pepsin, I'ulvig digestirtts. — "Saccha- rated pepsin { I'. S. P.), fifteen grammes (1") tim.i [231 grs.1; pancreatin (U.S. P.), fifteen grammes 1 15 t4m.) [231 STs.]; diastase, one grumme d Gm.l [15 grs.]; lactic acid ( C. S. P.), one cubic centimeter (1 Cc.l [10111]; hydrochloric acid i f..S'. /".j.twocubic centimeters (2Cc.l [32 HI]; sugar of milk, sixty-six grammes (Wi Gin.) [2 ozs. av., 143 grs.]. Add the acids gradu- ally to the sugar of milk, and triturate until theyare thoroughly mixed. Mix the pei)siii, pan- creatin, and diastase, and then incorporate this inixture, by trituration, with the sugar of milk. Finally, rub the mixture through a hair-sirvi. and pi-i.^eVve the powder in bottles, yolc— The best commercial variety of dnistase. ( :ii' iln ..n verting the largest comparative amount of starch into dextrin and glucose, shouM i s- I i i i his preparation "—(i\"<(f. /■'(/)■»(.). Gi-YCEHiTiM Pepsi.vi (N. F.,lst ed. . '■ .-III. — Pepsin, 640 grs. ; hydrochloric acid, 80 ITl : purified talcum, 120 grs.; glyceiiu. > il., . ii.iu j, eiiougli to make 16 fluid ounces. Mix the jiepsin with 7 fluid ounces of water auil the hydrochloric acid, and agitate until solution h;is been ellected. Then incorporate the purified "talcum with the liquid, filter, returning the first ]iortious of the filtrate until it runs through clear, and pass enough water through the filter to make the filtrate measure 8 fiuid ounces. To this aild the glycerin, and mix. Each fluiil draelini represents 5 grains of pepsin (N.F.). Xote.— For filtering the aqueous solution of pei)siii first obtained bv the above formula, as well as for filtering other liquids of a viscid char- acter, a filter paper of loose texture (preferably that known as ' Textile Filtering Paper'), or a laver of absorbent cotton placed in a funnel, or percolator, should be eniploved — i A'-ir. Form., Is'ted.'. PEPSINUM SACCHARATUM (U. S. P.)— SACCHARATED PEPSIN. Preparation and History. — "Pepsin, ten grammes (10 Gm.) [154 grs.]; sugar of milk receiitlv dried, and in No. 30 powder, ninety grammes (90 Gm.) [3 ozs. av., 76 grg.]. To niake 100 grammes (100 Gm.) [3 ozs. av., 231 grs.]. Triturate the pepsin with the sugar of milk to a fine, uniform powder. Keep the product in well-stoppered bottles. Saccharated pepsin, when tested by the process given under Pepsin (se<.' Peps tnurn), with the modification that 0.67 Gm. of it are to be taken in jireparing solution B, should digest 300 times its own weight of freshly coagulatelv and disintegrated egg albumen." — (C. S. P.). In 1872 iAmer. Jour. Pharm., 1872, p. 49), Prof. E. Scheffer, of Louisville, an- nounced the formula for making saccharated pepsin now generally used by manufacturers, a process that is easy and practical. It is carried out as follows : Dissect the mucous membrane from well-cleaned hogs' stomachs, chop it fine, and macerate it for several days, in water acidulated with hydrochloric acid; strain the resulting liquid, and mix it with its bulk of saturated solution of chloride of sodium. The pepsin now separates, will rise to the surface, and must be skimmed oflf, drained upon a muslin strainer, and submitted to strong pressure to rid it of salt; then, while still moist, it is to be mixed with milk sugar, in such Eroportion that ten grains dissolved in one fluid ounce of water acidulated with ydrochloric acid, will dissolve one hundred and twenty grains of coagulated albumen, at alMuit 38° C. (100° F.), in from 4 to 6 hours. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Those of Pepsin. (SeePepsinum.) Related Preparations. — The following preparations and plant are emploved as aids to digestion: I.Kii'oK Pei'sixi ( r. .">'. P.) (X. F.), Solution of pepsin. — " Saccharated pepsin ( ('..S'. P.), forty grammes (40 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 180 grs.]; hydrochloric acid ( U. S. P.), twelve grains (12 Gm.i [185 grs.]; glvcerin, three hundred and twentv-five cubic centimeters (325 Cc.) [10 fl,^, 475 in.]; water, .six hundred and fifty cubic eentiiiieters (6.50 Cc.) [21 fl5, 47011^). Dissolve the saccharated pepsin in the water, previously mixed with the hydrochloric acid, add the glycerin, let the mixture stand 24 hours, and filter "- Sut. Form.). Liquor Pei>sixi Aro.matici-s (N. F.i, .1/<../»'0V .•^.^'('"ii o/pe/A»in.—" Pepsim f. .5. P. ), seven- teen and one-half grammes il7.5 Gm.i [27(1 grs.]; oil of cinnamon, four i4i drops; oil of liimenla, four < 4. drops; oil of cloves, eight iSi drops; purified talcum i F. :!!I5. fifteen grammes (15 Gm.) [231 gre.]; alcohol, thirty-five cubic centimeters (.35 Co [1 t\^, ss]]\]; hydrochloric acid ( r. S. P. I, ten cubic centimeters (10 i.'c. ) [1(12 11] ] ; glycerin, two hundred anr. Pharm.): "A colorless or more or less yellowish, oily, transparent liiiuid, witliout odor or tiiste. or giving off when iieated, a faint odor of petroleum. Specific gravity, about 0.875 to 0.!»4.5 at 15° (.'. (59° F.\ Insorubh? in water, scarcely soluble in cold or hot alcohol, or in cold absolute alcohol; but soluble in boiling absolute alcohol, and readily soluble in ether, chloroform, I'KTlIci.ATlM. 1449 carbon ilisulphide, oil of tiupeiitiiu', lunziii. Ix-nznl, and fixed or volalilr oils. Wln-n lifuted on platinum, liquid pi-trolatuni is completely volatilized, without emitting any acrid vapor-;. The alcoholic solution ot" liquid petrolatum is neutral to litmus pa"per. If 5 Gm. of liquid petrohituni I.e digested, for half an hour with ■'> Gm. of sodium hydrate and 25 t'c. of water, the aqueous layer separated, and supersaturated with sulphuric acid, no oily substance should sei)arate (absence of fixed oils or fiits of animal or vegetable origin, or of resin). If 2 volumes of con- centrated sulphuric acid be added to 1 volume of liquid petrolatum, in a test-tube, jilaced in hot water, and the contents occasionally agitated during 15 minutes, the acid should not acquire a deeper tint than brown, nor lose its transparency limit of readily carbonizal)le, organic impurities) " — ( f '. 5. P.). Mr. G. M. Berin- iier {Amfi: Jour. Plidnii., 1894. yi. 15) points out that liquid petrolatum is nearly insoluble in castor oil. The analogous preparation oi the Brilt''h F/inriufiropctia 1S9S) U Punijinum Liquidum,a non-Huorescent liquid of specific gravity 0.88.5 to oint of soft petrolatum ranges between about 4<)°and 45° C. (104° and 113° F.). In other respects soft petrolatum has the characteristics of, and should respond to the tests given under liquiii jietrolatum (see Pt'troldtum Liquidwn)'' — (f. S. P.). None of nine samples of commercial Petrolatum MoUe analyzed by Mr. L. F. Kebler (.4((i(;-. Jour. Plinrm., 1895, p. 142), contained any saponifiable matter, while the melting points conformed more nearly to the requirements of the l'. S. P. (1880) (40° to 51°C.or 104°to 125° F.) than to those of the present Pharmaco- p.eia. P'in,(fin»m Molle of the Britiik Pharmaropoin ( 1898), melts at 35.5° to 38.9° C. (96° to 102* F.), and has a specific gravity of 0.840 to 0.870 at the melting-point. III. PETR0i,.\TrM Spissum (V. S. P.), Hard petrolatum (Petrolatum, {V. S. P., 1880), Hnrd petroleum ointment. — "A fat-like mass, of about the consistence of a cerate, varying from white to yellowish or yellow, more or less fluorescent when yellow, especially after being melted, transparent, in thin layers, completely amor- phous, and without odor or taste, or giving off, when heated, a faint odor of petro- leum. If a portion of hard petrolatum be liquefied, and brought to a temperature of 60°C. (142°F.), it will have a specific gravity of about 0.820 to 0.850. The melting point of hard petrolatum ranges between about 45° and 51°C'.(113° and 12-5° F. ). In other respects hard petrolatum has the characteristics of. and should respond to the tests given under liquid petrolatum (t^ee Petrolatum Lifjuidum)" — (U.S. P.). (For the Pnalfinum Durum of the British Phannacopaia, 1898, see Paraffin, under Prtrolrum.) " Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Petrolatum is employed chiefly as a non-irritating ointment b:i-se, for which it is admirably adapted. It docs not turn raucid like fats. It may be employed wherever an oily (irotective is demanded, and also for lubricating purposes. A semisolid, crude form, known as " /'«/ i/< anil in phthinx. Vaseline, cosmoline, etc., are slightly laxative, and are said to allay gastrointestinal irritation, and even inflammation. Used with a spray .'ipparatus, liquid petrolatum is employed locally to allay iutfammntori/ ronditimoi of l/ic uk.^hI, jJuiri/iKjcdl, tari/ntiKil. and bron- rfiinl mucouji surfares. Soft petrolatum is an excellent agent to prevent /((///ofif qft/ie. /lair, and for that dry condition of the scalp which allows the formation of dan- druff. For this j)urpose it is not sullicient that it be merelv applied to the hairaaa pomade, but it should be rubbed in tipon the scalp, at the roots of the hair, tak- ing small areas that it may be well applied. It should be used about once a week. PETKOLEUM. PETROLEUM.— PETROLEUM. A bituminous, combustible fluid issuing from the earth. Synonyms : Oleum petras, Rock oil, Naphtha. History and Source. — This fluid now so universally used, has come into prominence only since the boring of the first oil well in tiie Penns\-lvania oil fi>'lds, at Titusville, in 1859, although oil had previously been observed in the United States to exude with salt springs. Bituminous exudations from the earth liave been known, moreover, from early historical times. Pliny and Dioscorides report on the use of petroleum in certain parts of Sicily for lighting purposes. It occurs in the earth in all strata, from the lower silurian to the tertiary period, in limestone and sandstone formations, mostly collected in large subterranean cavities. When freshly struck, the oil sometimes gushes forth to a considerable height. American oil fields are those in western Pennsylvania and Xew York (Seneca Lake) ; in Ohio, near Lima; in West Virginia, Kentucky, Tennessee, and California, and the Canadian province of Ontario, near Euniskillen. The Russian petroleum district of Baku, on the Caspian Sea, began to be exploited in 1866, and now ranks second in importance to the Pennsylvania fields. Petroleum is also obtained in large quantities in Galicia, and is found in Hannover, Alsatia, in Italy, Persia, Java, Burmah (Rangoon), Japan, and the West Indies. The geological origin of petroleum is not known with certainty. Some claim that it is formed by the dry distillation of beds of coal, which is disputed by others. Advocates of the chemical theory believe it to be formed by chemical processes, e. jr., the interaction of water and iron carbide at a white heat (Men- delejeff), while others assume it to be formed bv the decompo.^ition of organic bodies. Thus C. Engler, in 1888 and 1889, showed" that by destructive distillation of fish-oils under pressure, a distillate is formed possessing all the qualities of petroleum; accordingly', he believes that petroleum is formed under similar con- ditions from huge fish-like animals. This theory should be enlarged so as to include the possible formation of petroleum from vegetable oils. Prof. S. P. Sadtler (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1896, p. 466) observed in the destructive distillation of lin- seed oil some 40 per cent of a neutral hydrocarbon oil of greenish fluorescence, from which paraffin oil and paraffin could be isolated. Prof. Edward Orton (Pharm. Jour. Truns.,Yo]. XXII, 1891-92, p. 1066) believes the Lima and California oils, which contain nitrogen and sulphur, to be of animal, the Pennsylvania oil of vegetable origin, i. e., indirectly derived from the resinous spores of marine vegetations. Quite recently, G. Kraemer (Chrmtkrr Zeitumj, Xo. 80, 1S99, p. 843) shows the formation of petroleum and paraffin by the vegetative action of diatoms. Petroleum is now extensivelv used in the manufacture of illuminating and lubri- catint: oils and i.aralHn. Description and Chemical Composition.— Crude petroleum is an oily liquid varying iVoni the thinness of water to the consistency of butter, and has all shades of color from light to dark-red and black. It often has a blue fluorescence. The specific gravity of the oil varies from 0.78 to 0.91. The Russian and German oils have a higher specific gravity than the Pennsylvania oil. The American petro- leum is also chemically diti'erent from the Russian oil. It consists chiefly of hydrocarbons of the paraffin series (CnHj^-f-,), which vary from the gaseous meth- ane (CH,), to the solid paraffin (C3(,Hg.;)! Besides, hydrocarbons of the unsiUu- rated series (olefines, C„H.,„) are present. Petroleum, when exposed to the air, loses its volatile constituents; the residue, by partial oxidation, thickens, and is converted into fts;?Ao/?«»i (see below). The oil obtained near Linui, Ohio, has a l)eculiar unpleasant smell, and contains sulphur compounds, on account of which special methods for purification are re(iuired. The Russian petroleum contains 10 j)er cent of benzol hydrocarbons and 90 per cent of peculiar hydrocarbons (C„H,„) calUd nap/itriir.f ( Markownikoff'). (See detailed pai>er on these naphtenes by Dr. R. Wisdiin, Haku, in ChnniWr '/., iUn,p, 1899. pp. 916-926.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Petroleum, or rock oil, is not an active goison, unless it contains suli)hur, which is the case with crude petroleum from anada and Lima, Ohio. Even with chiUlren, the fatal dose must be very lariie. death being due to its secondary gastro intestinal effects, rather than to any results rETROLKlM. 14.51 of alisorjjtioii of the hydrocarbons (Taylor, 3/«/. Jwn«p.)- The toxic effects are vomiting, liizziiiess, a sense of fuUnetiii. pain and constriction in the head, thirst, burning in fauces and stomach, cardiac palpitation, faintness, pallor and coldness of surface, cold sweats, weak pulse and .symptoms of collapse, occasionally fol- lowed by si>ninolence. Sometimes tetanic convulsions take place, and, as a rule, diarrbii-a does not occur. Often vomiting does not ensue. The vapor of the various products included under the name petroleum intoxicate, and various cases of intoxication have lately been recorded from the intentional inhalation of gasoline. The local application of coal oil must be guarded, for, if air be ex- cluded extensive and dangerous blistering and ulceration may result (Felter, Ec.Me/fo, itch, rheumatism, painful affections, sprains, etc.. And has been recommended internally in several diseases. Mecca oil, a. mineral oil from a place named Mecca, Ohio, is said to be useful in bronchial, laryngeal, &nd pidmonary affections, and was formerly sold at most ex- travagant prices for such purpose. The dose varies from 5 to 30 drops, repeated 2 or 3 times a day. Dr. Amlreosky asserts to have used pjetroleum naphtha, in doses of 10 to 20 drops, in 2 or 3 fluid ounces of wine or mint-water, with benefit in Asiatic cholera. Derivatives of Petroleum. — Crude petroleum, by rectification, is differentiated into several constituents of commercial imixirtanee. The most valuable constituent is the l>urniug oil fraction, which formerly, in American oil, amounted to from 3.5 to 5.5 per cent, while from 20 to :iO pt-r cent of lubricating oil was obtained. By niean.s of a peculiar process, whereby the vapors are allowed to Ix-come superheated tcrackimjK the yield of bin-ning oil is increased at the e.\pen.se of tlie lubricating fraction. Thus the yield is "now 75 to 80 per cent of the former and about ij per cent of the latter (Prof. S. P. Sadtler, JlaiidlxHik o/ Lidmt. Org. Chem.,-2d ed.. 1895, p. lit . Tile principal fractions of the crude oil are the betizine (listillale, buniiug uil illg- tiUatf, and rexiduum ; the latter is redistilled in so-called tar-stills, and yields block paraffiu, hihricaliiiij oil, yellow wax and coke. In Baku, distillation is continuous, and is not carried to coking; the residual mass is used in the same process as fuel. Benzink Distillate amounts to 12 per cent of the crude oil, and is separated into a great numl>er of eommercially important fractions— f. ^., (1) ('i/uitigem-, boiling at 0°C. (32° F.), hence a ga.s at ordinary temperature. It is used in the making of artificial ice. (21 Rhli^ulent; boiling at 1H.:;°C. ((^5°'?. i, hence an exceedingly volatile and inflammable liquid, having a specific- gravity of 0.1)0. As it reduces the temperature to — 28.3° C". ( — 1!)° F. i, by evaporation, it is recom'menileil in the form of a .spray by Pr. H. J. Bigelow ( .limr. Jour. I'hnnii., ISWi, p. 363i, as a sulistitute for ether as a local freezing ana?8tiietic. It has not conn- into giiK-raf use. (3) Petroleum ,lher (Sherir<»jaraf)in, shiiiild not reilden blue litmus paper. Paraffin is indittereiit toward acids and alkalies at ■ irdiuary teinperatures, hence its name, from parutn affinis, meaning liqniils, and for many other purpcarlKins and partial oxi<1ation of the resiilue. lit liquid I'onu {nmlllia) it is found in Alsalia. in California, Utah, Kentucky, Tennessee, and Texas. Solid asphalt is chiefly obtained fi..ni the ;uhide, chlori^form, acetone, and ether. The total quantity of bitumen is determineil by extraction with carl><>n disulphide. That part of the extracteil bitumen, soluble in [H'tnilcum naphtha, called ;«(r. J. iif. is tough and elastic, and, for paving purposes, is the only valuable part; the rest is \mu\e nffJinllfff. Trinidad asphalt contains about ;35).8 per cent of bitumen, and 34 }>er cvnt of mineral matter, while Beruiuilez asphalt contains over W per cent of bitumen and only 2.t> jht cent of mineral matlers (,.S 1'. Sailtler, lite. ci(.,p. 17i. For paving purposes, asphalt is mixtnl with limestone PETROSELINl'M. 14o3 mul tiiiiul. This iutilition prevents the nisiss from hi'inj; iiiflaiiinialile, ami, when iiroperly nre- paretl, perniits expansion anil enntractii'n. in lii>t nrcnlil weather, withont eraeking. Asphalt is also iiseil in the luaking ol varni^he?. PETROSELINUM— PARSLEY. The root of Petroselinuin ■-•(i^ci/i/i, IIoliiiKum {^Ajntnii Pctroseliitum. Linne). X,it. 0,v/.— Umbellifera". I'.iMMDN Namk: Pin:oi(lal-ovate, wedge-shaped at the base, deeply incised, the segments niucro- nate and sometimes rounded. The upper leaves gradually become more entire and narrower, till the uppermost are simply ternate with linear segments. Um- bels terminal and axillary, pedunculated, with 5 to 8 rays. General involucre none, or 1 or 2 subulate, minute bracts; partial involucre with 6 or 8 setaceous bracts, much shorter than the pedicels, erect, forming a perfect whorl. The flowers are white or greenish; the petals rounded, incurved, and scarcely emar- ginate; the calyx with the limb obsolete; the disk short, conical, and somewhat crenulate ; the styles diverging. The fruit is ovate, about a line long, compressed, pale greenish-brown, the back occupied by three elevated, pale primary ridges, the two others quite on the margin at the side. The stamens are longer tljan the corolla . L.). History. — Parsley is a European plant, and was known as early as the first century. It is now cultivated in nearly all moderate climates as a culinary vege- table. The plant has a grateful aroma. The seeds, herb, and root, are the medici- nal parts: the root has rather an agreeable odor, and a saccharine, slightly spicy taste, and should be used while fresh. The root and herb contain small quantities of a volatile oil ; larger (quantities are contained in the seeds. Chemical Composition. — The root, besides sugar, starch, mucilage, and 0.08 per cent of e:u'»i (of Braconnot), and an oily sub- stance apio! (.Joret and Homolle, Jour. F/iarm. Chim., 18.55, p. 212). Parsley seeds yield, upon distillation with water about 2.8 per cent (4.27 per cent, H. C. Whit- ney, 1880) of an essential oil (oj7 o//wj-.s/rj/), part of which is heavier than water. Crystals of apiol (formerly called parsley camphor) are formed by exposing the oil to a low temi»erature. Some oils are semisolid, owing to the presence of large quantities of apiol. Apiol (C„H„0,) melts at 30° C. (86° F.), and boils at 294° C. (561.2° F.), hence is not easily volatilized with the vai)ors of boiling water. It has the characteristic taste, but only a faint odor of parsley. Its chemical com- l)Osition was cleared up,by Ciamician and Silber (1888 and 1890). It is solul>le in alcohol and ether; almost insoluble in water. Oil of parsley also contains la;vo- pinene (v. Gerichten, 1876). Apiol, of Joret and Homolle, is an oily liquid which has the odor and taste of parsley; it is not miscible with water, has a specific gravity of 1.078, and was introduced as a febrifuge capable of supplanting quinine. It is probably not a uniform i)ody, and is prepared by abstracting an alcoholic extract of the .seeds, with chloroform or ether, removing fat by triturating the evaporated residue with lead oxide, and after 48 hours filtering through charcoal. The oil thus obtained is probably identical with the heavv part of the volatile oil from the seeds. Also Bee paper <".n this subject by II. C. \Vhitney (AVw Reiimlie-s 1880, p. 7). Apii.n may be isolated from the seeds by extracting them with alcohol and removing apiol from the alcoholic extract by means of ether. The residue is purified by repeated solution in alcohol and precipitation with water. Similarly, apiin may be ol)tained from the herb, wherein it Avas first discovered. It is a white, tasteless, microcrystalline powder, soluble in warm alcohol and boiling water. Tpun cooling it falls out. forming a jelly in as dilute a solution as 1 in 1454 l-HELLAXDKH.M. 1500. It is soluble in alkalies, and is precipitated therefrom h)y acids. Aqueous solutions of apiin produce a deep blood-red coloration with ferric chloride (Bra- connot). It is a glucosid, and is decomposed by the action of diluted acids into dextrose and aj,i£><;.«■.<. Also u.~i-d in rekiUion of urine, strnngury, and gonoirlmfi. Parsley seeds have a (lowerful odor, somewhat like that of turpentine, and a spicy, pungent taste, and have been used as a carminative, and for the same purpose as the root — they are said to be very poisonous to the parrot. The seeds as well as the leaves, sprinkled on the hair^ in powder, or in the form of an ointment, will effectually destroy vermin; the leaves, applied as a fomentation, will, it is asserted, cure the bites or slings of iii-sects. The leaves, bruised, are a good applica- tion to contusions, sioelled brefi-^ts, and enlarged glonds— reputed to •' dry up the milk" of wet-nurses. The oil is efficient as a diuretic, in doses of 3 or 4 drops a day; dose of the infusion, 2 to 4 fluid ounces, 3 or 4 times a day. Apiol. — In doses of from 7 to 15 grains apiol occasions a cerebral excitement similar to that caused by coffee, a sensation of vigor and composure, and warmth about the stomach; in doses of from 30 to 60 grains it causes intoxication, giddi- ness, flashes of light, vertigo and ringing in the ears, etc. It is highly recom- mended as a substitute for quinine in intermittent fevers, and has proved very effi- cient. It has likewise been found valuable in menstrual derangements; us fetid men- struation, neuralgic dysmenorrhcea, neuralgic uterine colic, amenorrhua, etc.: also in the night-siceats of consumption. The dose is 3 to 6 grains, several times a day, begin- ning a couple of days prior to menstruation, given in gelatin capsules, or formed into pills with medicinal amygdalin soap, and magnesia, gum. or yellow of egg. Belated Species. — Apium graveolem, Linn^; Celery. This well-known ganlen plant ia indigenous ter, 1897 i. Both substances are volatilized with difficulty, and the greater part of them may often be obtained from the resiilue of distillation (see Giidemeister and Hoffmann, Dii .IJUtrifi-hru Odt; 1S!»9, p. 713). An infusion of the roots or herbs has been employed for rlifitnutlic cu,iijiliiii>lt,cbrvnic bronchial affecli'in:! and in intermitleuls. The seeds and plant are reputeil nerve tonics, and aro used for about the same purposes as parsley. The seeds enter into the formation of many medicines intended as nerve tonics. Locally, the infusion or the bruiseil plants have been employed as a stimulant, anodyne poultice. Conioselinum canadense [Selimun ranadense, B. and H.). Wet woods of northern I'nited States. Used, under the name Uemlock parsley, in dysentery. PHELLANDRIUM.— WATER FENNEL. The fruit o{ (Emintlie P/icllanilrium. Lamarck i I'ia ilnndriinn nquaticum.hmne). A-,„. 0,.,/._U„ibellilcra'. CoMMo.N Names: ]Vater fennel. Fine-leaved water hemlock, irelliferous herb, having a thick, spindle-shaped root, with many whorled fibers. The stem is hol- low, furrowed, half immersed in the water, very bushy, with numerous spreail- ing, leafy branches, and from 2 to 4 feet in height. The leaves are petioletl, spreading, repeatedlj' pinnate, cut, with innumerable fine, expanded, dark-green, shining, acute segments. The umbels are opposite to the leaves, on shortish stalks, about 5-rayed, without any general bracts. Partial umbels are very dense, of numerous short rays, accompanied by many narrow, taper-pointed bracts. The flowers are white, numerous, all fertile, outer ones largest and most irregular; innermost more certainly prolific. Styles long, filiform, spreading, and capitate. Fruit ovate, rather compressed, purplish, smooth, oblong, cn>wn«>d with the min- ute spreading calyx, and rather short, permanent, slightly spreading styles; the dorsal ridi;es distinct, but little elevateil. the lateral oiies much liroader and thicker: all confluent below the calyx. The pedicels are shorter than the tV>iit i L.). iilKNACETlNl-.M. 14.")0 History and Description.— This jilant is common v< Kiiroiie, growing in ililolies and wet places, and its leaves are reputed harnitul to cattle, causing a species of palsy after eating it. It is poisonous, but not so dangerously so as the (Hnnnthe Cromta (^Dead-tongue, or Hemlock drojiworf; see Rclnlol .S^vfc/o), which is con- siilered the most energetic poison of the narcotico-acrid Umbelliferie. By desic- cation, they lose much of their poisonous properties. The (K Phellainlrimn is occa- sionally found in this country. The seeds are the j.arts used. They are ulnml f>j inch long, of a yellowish-green color, elliptical, slightly curved, flat on one side and gibbous on the other, striated with 10 filiform ribs.'and terminate in small, 5-toothed heads, the remains of the calyx and styles. They have a peculiar, strong odor, .somewhat reseiuhling aiunHca, and an acrid, spic}' taste, owing to a volatile nil. whirli they iDiitain in abundance. Chemical Composition.— The seeds contain about 1.5 per cent of volatile oil and iy.5 i)er cent of fatty oil. Indications of an alkaloid have been variously observed (see Fliickiger, Pharmacoijnosie, 3d ed., 1891, p. 9-53). It is probably the poisonous f//if7/(Oi(/(()i of earlier chemists. The volatile oil has a penetrating, aro- matic odor, a specific gravity of about 0.87, and contains SO percent of the ter- pene iiydrocarlion pficllniidrcnf. It was discovered by Pesci (l'^S3) in tlie seeds of this plant, from which it was named. It is present asi d/'rtro-l>/lellandl■ene,^\■h\^■h also occurs in other oils, while brvophellnndrene is the chief constituent of certain Eucalyptus and other oils — e. g., Eundi/plus ami/gdaliva. Phellandrene forms a characteristic nitrite, melting at 103° 0. ("217.4° F.). It is an unstable teri)ene, capable of polymerization into solid diphellandrene, or of being converted into the optically inactive i-nmpr. 'Uji/nl, ,„:. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Water fennel is a mild narcotic stimu- lant, expectorant, alterative, and tliuretic. In large doses, it produces dizziness, inebriation, and dull i>ains in the head. The seeds have been most success- fully used in chronic affections of the air-passages, as laryiujitiH, adhma^hemojAyxis, ratitrrh, etc.; also in periodictd febrile di.'iea^ei'jdt/speptic (iffectk>ng,iini\ in indolent ulcera- tions. They are given in powder, commencing with 4 or 5 grains, every 1 or 2 hours throughout the day, cautiously increiising the dose to 8 or 10 grains. Two parts each of powdered gum Arabic and sugar of milk may be mixed with 1 part of the powdered seeds, and divided into doses of 2-5 grains each, which may be repeated every 2 or 3 hours. Dr. TurnbuU, of Liverpool, used the following tinc- ture and extract: Take of well-bruised seeds of phellan, to relieve troublesome cough, render expectoration less and easier, and produce sleep at night. He believed the above preparations to contain all the beneficial properties of the seeds, and to act with more certainty and power. Related Species.— fEnntUhe Crocnta, Linn(5 [rtnanthe anii/olia), Xat. Or(7.— Umbellifene; Wilier liniiliH-k, H'liler linage, Wuler drDjrwort, Ilemloek ilrniimnl, Deiiil-loiigue. liuligenous to Kii>;- lantl. Kraiiiv, Spain, and Sweden, thriving in swanip.s and moist situations. The root of this species is medicinal. This is an exceej-)/-iiretiniilid, Pheniiretiiic. History and Preparation.— This compound was introduced to the jirofession by Kast and Hinsberg, in lx.S7. It is proijuced by a series of chemical prcicesses, 1-J56 PHENACETINUM. by which its molecule is gradualij- built up. The successive steps are as follow.*: Phenol (carbolic acid, CgHj.OH) is converted into para-nitro-phenol (C,H,.OH. NOj) by means of nitric acid; of this compound the sodium salt (CeH,.ONa.NO,) is prepared, and converted by double decomposition with cthyl-iudide (CJl-l) into para-nitro-phenetol (CeH^.OCjHj.NO,), which yields, upon reduction, of the nitro-group by means of nascent hydrogen, para-amitJo-jJienetol, or parnetlioxy-ani- Une (CV,Hj.0C,iH5.NHj). Upon boiling this compound with glacial acetic acid (CH,CO.OH), the amido-group is acetvlized, and phenacetin (CsH,.0CMl5.NH. CH3CO) results. Description and Tests. — Phenacetin consists of white, tasteless, inodorous, glistening, scaly crystals, neutral to litmus. It dis.solves in boiling alcohol (1 in 2). cold alcohol (1 in 6j, boiling water (1 in 70), and very sparingly in cold water (1 in 1400); melting point 135° C. (275° F.). When heated on platinum foil, it should volatilize without leaving a residue. It dis.solves withr)ut color in sul- phuric acid. When 0.1 Gm.of phenacetin is boiled with 2 Cc. of hydrochloric acid for half a minute, the liquid diluted with 20 Cc. of water, cooled and filtered, the filtrate assumes a deep-red coloration upon the addition of solution of chromic acid {Br. Pharm., 1898). In this reaction, phenacetin is hydrolyzed into acetic acid and para-phenet id in (CgHj.OCjHj.N'H,,), which yields red color-reactions with oxidizers. This test, slightlj' modified, is also official in the Gennnn Phm-nuico- pveia. To establish the absence of para-phenetidin, the Briti--yed in la firi)tpr, aijuc, tnti.-n water, or preferably, in capsules. If given in powder, in water, it should be lirst moistened with a few drops of some alcoholic fluid to prevent its adherence to the glass or spoon. Owing to its sparing solubility phenacetin is somewliat unmanasiiable ( Murrell). Contraindicated by debility." Specific Indications and Uses. — Sthenic conditions; severe muscular pain; pain tV.'iii roiii;esti~ - - - 1. >. fusing at 127° C. (2t>0.ti° K. i.and vaporizing unchanged a't a greater heat. It ; -- , - i, i.lily in boiling water tl in 12i.bat sparingly in cold water il in 526). Alcohol, chioroinnii, acetone, glycerin, and the tixe^l oils dissolve it n-adily. If heated with less water than is required to dissolve it, it nu'lts t'liiii oily liquid, which hecomi-s solid again when cooled. This serves to distinguish it from phenacetin. which falls out in the form of crystals. Methacetin is reputed antipyretic, antiseptic, and analgesic. It is an unsiuV remedy, however, for it powerfully reduces the tem- l)erature and pulse-rate in febrile conditions, frequently producing excessive sweating, cyano- sis, and dangerous collapse. It lias been employe(H3.NH,.HCl".— Phenocoll results from the interaction of glycocoll (amido-acctic acidl and phenetidin (para-aniidonhenetol) isec Plienacetin). Its hydrochloride forms a verv fine white, crystalline powder soluble in cold water (1 in 20 1 with neutral reaction. .\lcohol anA hot water dissolve it more freely. From liot water it crystallizes in cubical crys- tals; from boiling alcohol in acicular crvstals. It is practically insoluble in benzol, chloro- form, and etiier. Volatile and fixed alkalies and their carbonates precipitate the base pheno- coll from solutions of phenocoll hydrochloride. When anhydrous the base fuses at 100.5° C. (213° F.); the hydrated compound' (with 1 molecule of water) at 95° C. (2a3°F. i. Acetate (soluble in water, 1 in4i, carbonate, and salicylate of phenocoll have also been proiluced. This compound has been employed as an antipyretic and analgesic. It is said to be a fairly safe remedy for rlieumatic anil neuralgic conditions, allaying pain, reducing the temperature, and promoting sleep. The urine becomes dark-colored under its administration. It is apt to pro- duce excessive sweating. Its use in influenza, malarial itiiermitlents, phthisis, and typhoid ferers is hardly justified by results. From 5 to 15 grains, administered in powder, capsules, or in water, from :i to 5 times a day, is the usual dose. loixii'HEXiN, lo'hipUiniiic, loihi-phenacetin. — This product, which contains about 50 per cent (if iodine, is closely related to phenacetin, probably being an iodine addition-compound of the latter i3 atoms of "iodine to 2 molecules of phenacetin). It is prepared by adding an aqueous l>otassium-ioiIide solution of iodine to a mixture of aqueous solution of phenacetin (cold and siturat.d) and hydro<'hloric acid. The presence of the latter is essential. This gives a clioco- late-colored precipitate composeil of tine crystals. Warm glacial acetic acid is substituted for water as a better solvent for phenacetin; in this case, steel-blue crystals result. lodojiheniu has a burning, sharp ta.«te, a faint ioiline oilor, and fuses under decomposition at 1:50° C. i2(>«>° F. '. It imparts a yellow stain to the skin. Water does not dissolve Jt. The compound is readily soluble in alcohol, l>oiling hydrochloric acid, and glacial acetic acid, little soluble in chloroform and benzol. This agent is anti8ej)tic and a topical irritant. It is not of much value in medicine. It is ushale or caustic 8o. 312 ; also compare iUid., p. 40«!). 02 1458 PHOSPHORUS. Hydracetin, Acdylpluiiylhylmzint^CaiiiWS— 'SB.C^H^O).— To prepare tliis comixjiiiid, acetic anhydride and phenylhydraziue are lieated together, the product is dissolved in boiling water, and allowed to crystallize. It forms nearly tasteless, odorless, colorless, prismatic crys- tals, melting between 128° and 129° C. (262.4° and 264.2° F.). Boiling with concentrated acid decomposes it into its constituents, phenylhydrazint- ami acetif acid. The commercial com- pound known ua jiymdin or pyrodine, ia impure hylraiiiiii. It is (soluble in alcohol, cold water (1 in 50), and in boiling water (1 in 8 or 10). Sulpluiiii- :n i.l .li>-..lv(sitcolorles.s,but the solution becomes blood-red when a drop of nitric acid is- li.ldcd tu it 'lill'erence from methacetin and ])li('iKi(etin). Like phenylhydraziue, hydracetin reduces Kehling's solution. It is a cumuhi- tivf ] II lison, destroying the blood-corpuscles. It has nevertheless been employed for a brief l)i'iiiiil in f-grain doses, twice a day, as an antipyretic and antirheumatic agent. Even exter- nally applied, as has been recommended for jji^wiuKis (5 to 1.5 per cent lanolin ointment of hydracetin), it has pinduced deleterious effects. It should have no place in medicine. PHE^vl.H^ id; AziNE (CeHj.NH.NH j). — This is an oily, colorless fluid obtainable by vari- ous methdils, (.;/., Iiy reduction of diazobenzene chloride"(('i,Hs.N:X.l 1), with stannous chlo- ride and livdiiithliiiic acid. The following reaction takes place: CsHJ^■:^'.CH-2SnC"l2-^ 4HCl=CeHsNH.NH2.HCl (phenylhydraziue hydrochloride) +2.SnCl4. Phenylhydrazine Ijoils at 233°C. (4.51.4° F.). At a low temperature it solidifies in the form of tabular crystals, which fuse at 23° C. (73.4° F.). Alcohol and ether ea.sily dissolve it, while it is suluble w'ith difficulty in water. It is a basic substance, forming salts with acids. It has the characteristic property of entering into combination with aldehydes and ketones and their derivatives, notaoly with members of the sugar group. The remarkable achievements in the chemistry of the sugar group by Prof. Emil Fischer are due to the discovery of the characteristic behavior of phenyl- hydrazine toward the sugars. With dextrose it forms a characteristic crj-stallizable yellow compound called phfiiy!-n, formed during the process; to purify it, it is nielteil under water.and while liiiuid, Htpieczed through chamois leather, which separates impurities. It is lastly melted under water and molded into sticks by running it under water inti> glass tubes and allowing to cool. To make the process more economical, the organic matter of the bones is previously utilized (see (rflnU'n) ; or the bones are first subjected to dry distillation whert-hy'lmu-black {anim^il r/tnrcoal) is yielded, which is used on a large scale in sugar refineries; after it has liecome useless for this purpose, it may be completely incinerated and used in the manufacture of phosphorus as described. Wiihler obtained phosphorus bv distilling 2 parts of bone-black with 1 of ijuartz sand at a white heat. The silicic acid of the sand decomposed the phoi*- phate of calcium contained in the bone-black, and disengaged the phosphoric acid which was reduced by the carbon. A. Rossel (1893) prepares phosphorus by reducing glacial phosphoric acid or sodium- or calcium-metaphosphate with aluminum or zinc. This requires a much lower heat for the liberation of phos- phorus than the older method. In recent years, phosphorus is obtained by dis- tilling a mi.Kture of calcium phosphate and coke in an electrical furnace Qlmer. Jniir. Pharm., 1898, p. 595, from S<-ient. Amer.). Description.— Phosphorus exists in three allotropic modifications — namelj', :i.s the Drdinary, octoliedral, poisonous; the red, amorphous, non-poisonous; and the metallic, or rhombohedral phosphorus. Ordinary, or yellow phosphorus is produced in the form of cylindrical sticks of a light-amber color, and a crystalline structure. The V. S. P. describes it as a "translucent, nearly colorless solid, of a waxy lustre, having, at ordinary tempera- tures, about the consistence of beeswax. By long keeping, the surface becomes red, and occ;isionally black. It has a distinctive and disagreeable odor and taste {but should not he tasted, except in a state of great dilution). When exposed to the air, it emits white fumes, which are luminous in the dark, and have an odor some- what resembling that of garlic. On long exposure to the air, it takes fire sponta- neously. Specific gravity 1.830, at 10° C. (,50° F.). Melting point, 44° C. (111.2° F.). Phosphorus is insoluble or nearly so in water, to which, however, it imparts its characteristic, disagreeable odor and taste. Soluble in 350 parts of absolute alco- hol at 15° C. (59° F.), in 240 parts of boiling absolute alcohol, in 80 parts of abso- lute ether, in about 50 parts of any fatty oil, and very soluble in chloroform, or in carbon disulphide, the latter yielding a solution which must be handled with the greatest of care to prevent danger from fire" — (U. S. P.). From solutions in the latter two solvents phosphorus may be obtained in the form of well-developed crystals of the regular system. Phosphorus is somewhat flexible at ordinary temperatures, and maybe easily cut with a knife, but is brittle at 0°C. (32° F.). The presence of 0.3 per cent of sulphur, or even much le.ss, renders it brittle at ordinary temperatures. Friction will cause phosphorus to ignite. When the atmosphere is excluded, phosphorus boils when heated to 290° C. (554° F.), but evaporates and sublimes at a much lower temperature (about 104° C, or 219.2° F.). Phosphorus combines with chlo- rine, bromine, and iodine, spontaneous combustion taking place in the reaction. The luminosity of phosphorus, when exposed to moist air, is due to slow oxida- tion, whereby phosphorous acid (H^PO,) is formed. It is strange, however, that jihosphorus is not in the least oxidized when in contact with pure oxygen even for months. The luminosity produced by phosphorus is destroyed by alkalies, alcohol, carbolic acid, etc. Phosphorus also imparts luminosity to the vapors of water, with which it is distilled, and may thus be identified. Heated in oxygen, pliosphorus burns with a dazzling light. The heavy, white cloud which forms when phosphorus burns in the air, consists of ;'/(os/y/io?-!/.< pmtoridc (P.O5), the anhydride of ],ho.*]>horic acid (P.Oj-f 3H,0=-2PO.H,) (also nee Aridmn Fhof^jihorirvm). Tpon slow oxidation of phosjjhorus, the volatile, white tri-ii.iid< (P.O^) is formed, which is the anhydride r>{ pfio^ihorous acid(PX>,+ZU,0-2?0,B.^). The anhydride "f fioi)>ioxphomic-< arid (PO.H,) fsee^«V/itHi Hi/po]tho»phorosum), which would have tlie formula (P,0), does not exist. Yellow phosphorus is a very dangerous substance to handle, and occasions painful ami slow-nealing sores when in contact with the skin. When small pieces 1460 PHOSPHORUS. are dried between filtering paper, they soon ignite. Phosphorus should be pre- served under water in well-stoppered vessel.*, and kept in a dark place. Phosphorus is used as a poison for rats and vermin, and finds extensive appli- cation in the manufacture of matches. In the laborator}-, it is eniploj-ed for man}' chemical processes, <. fy., the preparation of pure phosphoric acid and other pharinaceuticai ccmi pounds. Impurities and Tests. — Pho.sphorus sometimes contains arsenic or sulphur or botli. "To test for arsenic and sulphur, proceed as follows: Add 3 Gm.of phosphorus to 15 Cc. of nitric acid diluted with 15 Cc. of distilled water in a flask having the capacity of 50 Cc.,and digest the mixture at a gentle heat on a water- bath, until the phosphorus is dissolved. Transfer the solution to a capsule, and evaporate it until no more nitrous vapors are given off, and then dilute the solu- tion to 30 Cc. with distilled water. Heat 20 Cc. of the diluted solution to about 70° C. (158° F.) for half an hour, passing hydrogen sulphide through it during the half-hour's heating, and then until the liquid has become cold. If the liquid be now allowed to stand at rest during 24 hours, not more than a very small quantity of lemon-yellow precipitate should be visible (limit of arsenic). On add- ing barium chloride T.S. to the remainder of the liquid, not more than a slight opalescence should !«• produced (limit of sulphur)"— (f'. & P.). AUotropic Modifications. — Amorphous, or Red Phosphorus. Ordinary, or yellow phosphorus, exposed to sunlight or violet light, turns into red phos- phoru.?. Exposure to temperatures between 240° and 250° C. (464'' and 4S2° F.) accomplishes the same result, while a heat above 260° C. (500° F.) revives ordi- nary phosphorus. The best method to obtain the red modification is to heat ordinary phosphorus in a closed vessel above its boiling point. L e., to 300° C. (572° F.). It forms a deep-reddish powder or mass, having a metallic lustre, is absolutely stable in the atmosphere, does not ignite when rubbed, is insoluble in the solvents for ordinary phosphorus, has a higher specific gravity (2.106). and is non-poisonous, because it is not absorbed bv the system. It is'not fusible, but vaporizes at 260° C. (500° F.). When heated "in the presence of nitrogen to 450° C. (842° F.), it is converted into vitreous (ordinary) phosphorus. Commercial red phosphorus is liable to contain traces of ordinary phosphorus, which should be removed by boiling with caustic soda. The crude article should, therefore, be kept under water. Metallic, or Rhombohedric Phosphorus, is obtained by exposing phos- phorus with metallic lead in closed vessels to a red heat for 40 hours, allowing to cool, and dissolving out the lead with diluted nitric acid. It forms lustrous, dark scales, or microscopic rhombohedra, has a specific gravity of 2.34, and is con- verted into ordinary phosphorus again by heating it to 358° C. (676.4° F.). Bl.\civ Phosphorus. — The so-called black phosjihorus of Theuard, obtained by rapidly cooling melted phosphorus, is due to the probable formation of metal- lic phosphides. Another variety- of " black phosphorus" obtainable by the action of ammonia and heat upon ordinary powdered phosphorus, was shown by Fliicki- ger (1.S92) to be arsenic originating from the sulphuric acid employed, and held dissolved in the ]iho-;phorus. Action and Toxicology. — In minute doses, and properly diluted, phosphorus becomes absorbed and acts as a stimulant and tonic to the nervous, vascular, and scircting oigans. It excites the mental faculties and the sexual feelings, raises the temperature of the skin, increases the frequency and volume of the pulse, and ))romotes the secretions. Cell growth, particularly of the skin, is quicKened by it. In large doses, it operates as a poison, causing gastro-enteritis. becomes absorbed, and produces tissue changes and convulsions, insensibility, and death. Tardieu and Roussin state that phosphorus is poisonous of itself, and acts only on tlie economy in a state of isolation and puritv. Fatly degeneration of the liver and heart, are chief among its results. Accon"ling to Mialbe, the absorptii.n of phosphorus (and also of suljjhur) is due, not to the chemical action of the alkalies present in the intestinal juices, but to the fatty matters continued in the alinunitary substances, which, after ejecting its solution, serve as the vehicle for its introduction into the economy. The phosphorus so absorbed may remain several days within the body without undergoing anv sensible change, as its union witli the fatty matters"enables it to almost completely escape the action of PHOSPHORUS. HGl the cheniiial agents with which it comes in contact, and to dirtuse itsiflf tlirmijjh- out the system in the same manner as poisons soluble in water. Hence, the rea.'iou for the phosphoresence, and the garlicky odor observed at the autopsy of persons who have been poisoned by phosphorus. Phosphoretted hydrogen acts similarly, as when introduced into the blood, it gives rise to the production of water, and t(i a precipitate of phospiiorus in a state of minute division eminently suited for the clevelopment of its deleterious action. As a poison, phosphorus acts both locally (as an irritant) and specifically. The symptoms of acute poisoning from the ingestion of j)hosphorus are as fol- lows: Within a few minutes, or, more generally, after a lew hours, the victim experiences a ilisagreeable, alliaceous, or garlicky taste, and the breath is observed to be alliaceous. Burning pain (not intense) in the stomach, with a sense of oppression in that organ follow-;, and there is general malaise and eructations of garlicky vapors of the drug. The vapors may show luminosity if the room be dark. Vomiting of luminous, coH'ee-colored, yellowish, or bilious material is com- mon, and often violent and frequent. The abdomen is hot, distended, and ten- der upon palpation. Purging is not a common occurrence (constipation at first being the rule), but when taking place the stools are loose, dark, or sanguineous, and painful. The stools are often phosphorescent in the dark. When death occurs early, the symptoms rapidly intensify until collap.-e, followed by death, takes place. Should death be delayed, however, for several days, as is frequently the case, and particularly when active symptoms are late in developing, jaundice supervenes and becomes rapidly progressive. The irritant symptoms usually sub- side, forming an apparent intermission for the better, but the danger is as great as ever. The pulse and temperature, which are at first above normal, soon become subnormal, great prostration ensues, the i)ulse becomes feeble and rapid, and some- times the radial pulse is almost imperceptible, the skin is cold, the urine scanty, albuminous, and contains tube-casts. At this stage the stools are usually abun- dant and dark-greenish or bloody. The skin may show hemorrhagic areas and petechial spots, and wounds or sores upon the surface bleed freel^y and easily. The nervous symptoms follow the establishment of jaundice. Coma ensues, asso- ciated with jactitation or convulsive muscular movements, and death occurs usu- ally about 5 or 6 days after the ingestion of the poison. When phosphorus vapors come in direct contact with bone, necrosis of the part generally results. Formerly, it was quite common for those manufacturing fucifer matches to be thus affected (particular the jaw bones), but improved meth- ods have largely overcome the danger from this source. This necrosed condition is now believed to be rare, unless the phosphorus can come into direct contact with the bare bone, as through carious teeth, or ulcers of the mouth. HOwever, it has been known to produce caries of the teeth, with abscesses, and thus become extended to the alveolar processes. The foregoing bone effects and the following symptoms constitute chronic phosphoms pommitig: Nauseous eructations, vomit- ing, purging, burning pain in the stomach, hyper.sensitiveness to cold, stiffness, numbness, and pain in the limbs and joints, wasting, dyspepsia, straw-colored or grayish skin, and hectic fever, with respiratory irritation and cough. The patient may die of the effects of the phosphorus direct, or he may die of dyspepsia or phthisis. The chief post-mortem changes from phosphorus poisoning are fatty degeneration of the liver, heart, kidneys, and other organs, as well as of the volun- tary muscles; some surface disorganization of tissue may be observed, chiefly in the stomach. The blood is thick and dark-colored. The liver is deep-yellow, inter- spersed with reddish patches, and altogether closely resembles the effects of yellow atrophy of the liver, which disease poisoning by phosphorus nmst nearly resem- bles. The whole interior of the body is phosphorescent, and the lumintisity may persist for months. (For further post-mortem appearances, consult Taylor's ^yet/- iral Jurisprwienre.) In phosphorus poisoning, death does not usuallv take jilace until several days have elapsed. The shortest period on record is one-fialf hour { Habershon, in Tay- lor's Med. Juru^h). Less than 1 grain (J grain, Wurmley ) has caused death. Only white or ordinary phosphorus is poisonous, red or aiuorplious ;)hosphorus being non-to.\ic. Locally, phosphorus produces dangerous burns quite dillicult to heal. The pregnant woman invariably aborts when poisoned by phosphorus. 14C2 PHOSPHORUS. In poisoning by phosphorus the stomacli bhoulil be uvucuated as speedily as possible. For this purpose sulphate of copper, which i.s itself one of its best chemical antidotes (forming the black phosphide of copper), may be given in 2 or 3-grain doses, every 5 minutes, until vomiting ensues. Aponiorphine hydrochlo- rate may be used subcutaneously if desired, to induce emesis. After vomiting lias freely occurred, small doses of the copper sulphate (2 grains) should be con- tinued every half hour, so that any free phosphorus may be converted into the black phosphide, at the same time endeavoring to prevent further vomiting by means of ice or of small doses of morphine sulphate. After full emesis by copper sulphate, copper carbonate followed by vinegar, has been successfully used as an antidote. Following the use of the copper sulphate, administer French oil ol turpentine, 2 fluid drachms of which may be given in mucilage of acacia every 15 minutes until 1 ounce has been taken. Old (ozonized) oil should be prefer- red. Ordinary turpentine is not effective unless old or ozonized. (For Dr. P. E. Andant's use of turpentine, see previous editions of this Dispensatory.) The use of magnesia (Pareira, X. Landerer) has been advised, as has a draught of calcined magnesia, 4 grains; chlorine water, 16 grains, and distilled water, 224 grains. The alkalies, however, are but feebly effective. In phosphorus poisoning no albu- minous or oily bodies (except French oil of turpentine) should be given, lest Ijy their attenuation of the poison they favor its toxic action. Oxygenated water and the inhalation of oxygen have been advised as true antidotes, as has also potassium chlorate. M. Mialhe advised, in cases of poisoning bj' phosphorus, to expel this agent as rapidly as possible from the system by means of acidulated laxative drinks, with abstinence, or, at all events, a prohibition of any kind of food containing fatty matter. He considered the solution of phosphorus in ether or chloroform as more apt to act dangerously than the solution in oil. After the use of the antidote free purgation should be produced by means of magnesium sulphate, magnesium citrate, or Rochelle salts. No remedy is effective as an anti- dote after degeneration of tissue has begun. The best preventives of chronic phosphorus poisoning among those engaged in the manufacture of lucifer matches are a wetted sponge over the mouth, good ventilation of the factory, and per- sonal I'lcanliiicss. Medical Uses and Dosage.— Though accredited with various therapeutical properties, phosphorus may be said to be chiefly a remedy for nerve exhaustion with prostration of the vital powers. Though a powerful nerve stimulant, it is still a question whether its action is temporary, tiding the patient over a critical period, or whether it primarily produces a permanent tonic effect. That its effects are but temporary is the view held by most observers, and tonic efiects fol- low thisireassertion of nerve power. The cases for phosphorus are those of atony, adynamia, debility, low nerve force, or nerve exhaustion. The phosphorus pa- tient is weak, digestion and blood-making are imperfect, the glandular secretions and the excretions are defective, there is languor, lassitude, sexual debility in the adult, brain-fag, and general apathy. Sympathetic innervation is below par, the skin is dull and inactive, the tongue lifeless in appearance, and the whole system shows alack of activity and evidence of imperfect elaboration of the blood, and defective nutrition of the nerve centers. In such conditions, through its primary stimulating power, it may prove tonic and restorative. Prof. Locke says of phos- phorus that "it bears the same relation to the nervous system that iron does to the blood." Bearing in mind the indications above given, phosphorus becomes an impor- tant remedy in many nervous urulent expectoration and chronic l(u-yngitii, with marked dryness and sense of heat in the throat, and associated with nervous depression, call for small doses of phusphorus. Pleurisy, in some subjects, and especially in the chronic form, may require phosphorus to assist in the absorption of the efiFusion. In such cases the patient is extremely weak, the pulse feeble, tongue pasty, and appetite and digestion much impaired. Pho,- toms of derangement of the digestive organs appear, the use of the remedy should be temporarily ceased, and, after 2 or 3 days, be again commenced with the smallest dose, as before. Indeed, when no symptoms whatever manifest themselves, it will be prudent to cease its administration every 15 or 20 days, recommencing its use in 4 or 5 days, and so on. Specific Indications and Uses.— Nervous exhaustion; atony; vesical and prostatic irritation, with mucoid discharges; sense of fullness and dragging in the perineum; sense of weariness in lower extremities; mucoid rectal discharges; ■-.'W muttering delirium in low fevers, with involuntary discharges; chronic bron- chial and pulmonic affections, with heat, dryness, hacking cough, and difficult expectoration of muco-purulent or sanguineous sputa; rust}' sputa; pulmonary hj'peremia; pinkish countenance with staring eyes; expressionless pasty tongue; insufficiency of the internal recti muscle of the eye; sexual debility. Preparations of Phosphorus. — Aqua Fhosvuorica, Phwphorus water. M.Stanislas Mai> tin, has suKcested tlie intenial use of aqua phosphorica, the water which is kept standing over phospliorus. I have derived benefit from it in cases o( iiiifiotenci/, preiitatitre aeminaJ emw- sions, and in some nen-ous afeclions. It maybe taken in doses of from o to 10 minims, repeated 3 times a day, in some syrup of the hypophosphites (J. Kingl. Pii>. .\piiKor)isiACA, or Pil.diimianii cum phosphoro d nuce lomicjc. — This pill is a specialty of Eli Lilly it Co., Indianapolis, Ind., and contains extract of damiana, extract of nux vomica, and phosphorus. It is extensively prescribed as an aphrodisiac and nerve tonic in iinpoteney, sexual (Idiility, nervousness, and mental oienvorh. Phosphorus Paste. — Phosphorus is very useful for destroying rats, mice, cockroaches, bugs, and other vermin; the following paste is considered the best for this purpose, as it does not ferment on keeping: Triturate to liquefaction <> parts of phosphorus and 1 part of pure sulphur, with 0 parts of cold water, that is added in portions; afterward add 2 parts nf mustunl flour, 10 parts of cold water, 8 parts of sugar, and 12 parts of rve flour. Stir it to the i-onsist- ence of a soft paste, and keep it in pots closely covered [Amrr. Jf,ur. Pharm. .Vol. XXVII, p. 473). PHYSALIS.— GROUND CHERRY. The berries oi Physalis viscosn,LimiL Nat. Ord. — Solanacea'. Common Names: Ground cherry, Yellow henbane. Botanical Source. — This plant is indigenous, perennial and pube.road, and 10 to 15 Mm. (f to f inch) thick; oblong, and somewhat reniform; testa granular, chocolate-brown, with a broad, black groove extending over the entire length of the convex edge; embryo with a short, curved radicle, and 2 large, white, con- cavo-convex cotyledons; inodorous; taste bean-like. On moistening the embryo with potassium hydrate T.S., it becomes pale-yellow" — {U. S. P.). The latter test serves to distinguish this bean from that of Pliym.-liseovered, in 1864, by Jobst and Hesse. Vie and Leven (1S6.5) claimed to h;i vc obtained it in crystallized form, and named it e.^ei-ine, from esere, the African term for the ordeal bean. Jobst and Hesse prepared it by treating an alcoholic extract of the seeds with solution of sodium bicarbonate, and shaking out the alkaloid with ether, abstracting it with diluted suli>huric acid and again treating this solution with sodium bicarbonate and ether. The French Codex uses the name e.firine exclusively. FHVsosTUiMiNE (CisHjiNjOj) (Esei~ine) forms colorless, hygroscopic, thin i>lates. sliglitly soluble in water, easily soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, benzol and carl)on disulphide. It is strongly basic, and forms salts with acids, some of which are crystallizable. Physostigmine is an unstable body when exposed to light and air, and especially at a higher temperature (100° C. or 212° P.), it turns red. and is converted into Duquesnel's rubrenerine (C„H„N,0,, Ehrenberg, 1894), a deejvred substance insoluble in ether, but soluble in chloroform. Free alkali and ammo- nia favor this change, while sodium bicarbonate hardly aflects the alkaloid. The salts of physostigmine yield precipitates with alkaloidal reagents (see color re- actions under Phyxnstigmin.r Sulphait and Snlin/lns). Tills alkaloid is too poisonous for general use. It may cause deatli when absorbed by the conjunctiva; thef>r PHYSOSTIGMA. 1467 of a grain injected hypodermaticallj-, or ,'^ of a grain introduced into the stomach, will, with the adult," cause symptoms of intolerance; a larger dose will produce graver symptoms. It is not a counter-poison to strychnine. It merely changes the symptoms of the poisoning and the results of the autopsy without retarding the death. A second alkaloid, calnlxirine, was discovered in Calahar bean, in 1876, by Harnack and Witkowski, distinguished from eserine principallj' by its being in- soluble in ether. It is soluble in alcohol and water, and its toxic power is about one-sixth that of eserine. It resembles strychnine in its physiological action more nearly than physostigmine, producing tetanic movementsin animals of the lower order. Ehrenberg i^C/iem. Cenlnilblutt, 1894, p. 439) believes that calabarine is a decomposition product of phy.sostignia alkaloids. Eber, in 1888, found in the Calabar bean an alkaloid, eserkU'ne (CY^H.^XjO,,), distinguished by its property of liberating iodine from iodic acid. Ehrenl>erg (/oc c//.) finally isolated the crys- tallizable alkaloid, esermnine (C,jH,jNjO,,), which is physiologically inactive. By extracting Calabar bean with petroleum ether, Hesse (1878) ohiaiweA. phytosterin, a substance closely related to the alcohol cholesterin in animal fats. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Calabar bean, when administered in poisonous doses to animals, apiit-ais tn produce a depressing influence, as mani- fested by a slight tremor, followtd by paralysis of the limbs, slow and irregular respiration, with stertor, muscular twitchings, more or less complete loss of sen- sation, contraction of the puiiils. frothy mucus escapes from the mouth, and finally there is only a gasping insjiiration i)revious to death. Consciousness is pre- served during the whole time, until the power of expression is lost. Reflex action can not be produced by either pricking or pinching the skin. Immediately after death the pupils dilate. With 4.5 children who were accidentally poisoned by the Calabar bean and taken to the Southern Hospital of Liverpool, the more prominent symptoms were loss of mobility, extreme prostration, slowness and fee- bleness of pulse, profuse sweats, coldness of the extremities, vomitings, and with some, severe diarrhoea. One of the children died, with whom there was neither nausea nor vomiting. These symptoms, with most of the children, disappeared in the course of 6 or 7 hours. Some look upon Calabar bean as a respiratory poi- son causing asphyxia; others, as interfering with contractions of the heart and producing syncope. Calalnir bean appears to be a spinal paralyzer, lessening excitability of the peripheral extremities of the motor nerves, destroying excita- bility of the muscles, and directly diminishing reflex action. Its action on blood- vessels is, firstly, to contract them; secondly, to dilate them. It diminishes the pulsations of the heart (Eraser). Retention of the urine is sometimes produced owing to the sphincter contraction induced by the drug. There is no known antidote to poisoning by Calabar bean except atropine, which should be injected in ^ grain doses; one indispensable condition is an evacuation of the poison; for, when used as an ordeal among the Calabar negroes, those who vomit do not die; so it was with the children above referred to. As to other measures, they must be based upon general principles according to the symp- toms presenting, such as artificial respiration, electricity, coffee, stimulants, etc. Calabar Ijcan was introduced into medical practic'C as a valuable local agent in certain conditions of the eyes, since which it has been successfully employed internally in certain nervous disorders. The alcoholic extract of the bean was the preparation formerly used in ophthalmic practice as a local application to the eye, while at the present day the alkaloid eserine has largely supplanted the use of the extract; when brought into contact with the conjunctiva, physostigmine causes lachrymation, and in about 5 minutes later contraction of the pupil, fol- lowed by contraction of the ciliary muscles; this contraction reaches its height ill half an hour, and continues for about 12 hours (sometimes less pronounced for days), without, however, producing complete immobility of the jiupil. It counteracts the effect of atropine, and also acts if there is paralysis of the pupil. The contraction of the pupil and ciliary muscle thus produced, generally causes pain, which may be ver}' severe and continue for hours. If the eye be used, or efforts at accommodation be made, the pain increases. It appears, according to the views of some ol)servers, to act by depressing the functions of the spinal cord, and thus preventing the transini—'ion of ncrvnus impul.ses tlirongli the cord to 1468 PHYSOSTIGMA. and from the iris; others, however, believe that it does not primarily affect the spinal axis, but acts directly upon the muscles and their controlling nerves. The pupillary contraction is thought to be due to dilatation of the blood vessels supplying the iris. The effects of physostigmine may be confined to the eye to which it is applied. It has been successfully employed as a local application in mydriasis, from atropine or other cause, in irilii and' inflammations of neighbor- ing structures, when desirable to produce alternate contraction and dilatation of the pupils, thus preventing adhesions; paralysis of the cilidnj mtisde, ret in If i.-< with photophobia, photophobia with strumous ophthalmia, granular and irritable lids, ulcera- tion of the margin of the cornea, prolapsus of the iris, and in all cases where pupillary contraction is indicated, or where it is desired to improve the accommodative power of the eye for distant vision. Glaucoma is palliated by the use of physos- tigmine, especially if it be induced by the use of atropine. It is a remedy for episcleritis. In corneal ulcerations with feeble recuperative powers, in indolent, non- vascular, coriKal ulcers, and in hypopyon ulcers, it is extremely valuable. Physostigmine is the agent to be selected to control excessive ocular tension after traumrltisms. It snhdues neuralgic pains in the eyeball, somei'umes relieves con- vertjent strabismus, and is often employed to overcome spasm of the inusrlcf of accom- modation when persistent. Gelatin discs of physostigmine (Lamella; Physnstigniinas) containing about y^Vr grain of the alkaloid are occasionally used, and readily dissolve when placed upon the conjunctiva of the lower lids. The local efifect^ ceases in from 12 to 24 hours. Generally, the solution (1 in 1000) is employed. A* glycerin solution (1 part in 5) of the extract was formerly, and is still used to some extent. The internal administration of the extract has also been found useful in chorea, centric or eccentric tetanus, epilepsy, reflex neuralgia, reflex paralysis, etc. How- ever, its therapeutical effects in these diseases, are not fully decided. It is, how- ever, a useful remedy in diseases of the brain and spinal cord, when administered in minute doses, the usual prescription being: R Specific })hysostigma gtt. v, aqua siv. Mix. Dose, a teaspoonful every 2 to 4 hours. The indications for its use here are a cool surface, cold extremities, feeble, tremulous pulse, and con- tracted pupils. Occasionally the dilated pupil will lead to its use if the associate symptom is a rapid, small, tense pulse. Dullness of intellect, pupillary contrac- tion, and the small, weak pulse are the symptoms of cerebrospinal menimiitis, which call for its exhibition. The same state of the pulse with a forcible upturning of the eyes, points to its use in puerperal convulsions, which it sometimes relieves. Larger doses than for the above-named nervous conditions are required in tetanus. As large a dose as 5 drops of specific physostigma may be repeated every 1 or 2 hours in this complaint. In one case of traumatic tetamt^, Watson gave 2 grains every hour. Fraser does not think the powder advisable in tetanus, the functions of the stomach being considerably impaired in this disease. The ordinary tincture is an uncertain preparation, and should not be used. The alcoholic extract must be adminis- tered with great care; its commencing dose should not exceed | of a grain in 24 hours, and at no time should its dose exceed 2 grains in 24 hours, "it may be given in pill form, or dissolved in diluted alcohol, spirit, wine, or glycerin. Watson advises a preparation made by dissolving 8 grains of the alcoholic extract in i fluid ounce of boiling water, then gradually adding U fluid ouiuos of alco- hol,and filtering; 10 minims of tiiis contain yV of a grain of the extract, which isa good dose to begin with in an adult. When used in subcutaneous injection the extract may be rubbed up in water, and a little chloride of soilium or a fewdroj>s (if liquor potassa? be added. In a severe case of traumatic tetanus, Ashdown made use of a Hulicutaneous injection of J of a grain of the extract in 18 niininis of wati'r; repeating the injn lion every 2 hours. But great care is requireiite is rmpliiyeil for this purpose, a solution of 1 part to 1000 is amply suflicient, of which a few drojis only should be injected, repeating the operation according to the effects jiroduced. Physostigmine has also been proposed as an antagonist to juufoniiig by bella- dnnna or atropine. I have found its internal use decidedly successful in several cases of imjmlenre. the result of masturbation, also in cases of iin]>erfect erection PHYSOSTIGMIX.E SALICYLAS. 1469 witli prt--inatuie seminal discharge cm attemiiting coition; in which affections I am not aware its use lias been heretofore testtil. Tlie dose of the powder is usu- ally about 4 or 5 grains, during the 24 hours, in water, emulsion, or pill form (J. King). Extract of physostigmine {^ grain) and eserine (^'^ grain) have been successfully employed in exccsice smntinri, ^^yhile the internal use of the former has been suggested in cholera, diai'rfnea,J'eci(lnrruinulalinn due to intfglinal dilatation, and in ga.is or injuries to the eye; iritis, corneal ulcers, iridal prolapse, and ocular iiillaiuiiiaiiniis. Physostigma: Pulse feeble and tremulous, surface cool, extremities cold, and pupils contracted; or pupils dilated with small, rapid, tensive pulse; mental torpor in cerebro-spinal meningitis; breathing difficult with sense of constriction. Related Drugs and Substitutions.— ANTi.vRis,[/>n«an/ia)-. A gummy-resinous exudate from .■l)l^'<^■^< Inxinuia, Lischtnault ( X'll. Onl. — Urticacesei. The tree furnishing this poison is one of the lar^'e forest tives of Java. Celebes, and the islands near by. It is well known on account of the term VeatUij !<;«i.< applied to it, for it is said to exliale, like the poisonous species of Rhus, a VI ilatile matter which ati'eets some iiulividuals, causing swellings and eruptions upon the skin. The milk-white or yellowish exudate flows when the tree is wounded; this upon exposure becomes brownish in color. It forms tlie bulk of tlie Vpa.^ anfun- or so-called Jarmi,.^,- an-oir-iioi.oijii, and is identical with the Ijjuh pn'i^on of the M:ila>> i -. e .V - . T'.,«-Va i. Upns antiar is a waxy, reddisli-hrown body having an acrid, and ex..-~~r,^ \y 1 lur taste. Alcohol and ether partially dissolve it; with water it forms an emul:?i..ii. It c ;it;ili,~ liesidcs aHmnien, wax, and gum, the followina- i..-.iili:ir i.rin.-iiiles: (1 i The tuxic, cr\->t;i!lizalile, glucosid, aii/'ViWii (Cj7H«Hio-r4H20, Kilia; ■ - - • n-l in l.si>4 bv Pelletier'and C'aventou; it is soluble in 27.4 parts of boilint' : , . „ t ■, nt- ..f water a't 22.5° C. {72..5°F.), and in 2792 parts of ether (Mulderi. It has a i. ... i... ..' i.nuit i2l'.5° C.or437°F.,Kilianit. AVhen heated with diluted hydrochloric ai I'i. it is ileoLupuM-d into antiarigenin and autiarose, isomeric with rhamnose'(Kilianii. (2) Autiarol 1C9H12O4, Kiliani), soluble in warm water, melting at 146° C. (294.8° F.K (;5) Jntiare^in (CsiHjeO, Kiliani), crvstalliziug from hot alcoholic solution in long needles, melting at 17;5..5° C. (:544.:r F. ) (see Jaliresb. der Pkarm.. 189(5, p. 4t)). The effects of upas antiar and antiarin are decidedly difleient from those produced by other bo.lies also known as u/his. Thus the I'pas TU»ti 1 which see) gives the tetanizing etiects of strychnine, which it contains. Vp:\s antiar does not appear to act upon the brain or spinal axis, imt upon voluntary and involuntary muscles and the larger nerve trunks. It does not pro. It is distiniiuishcd from the salicvlnte bv not protlucing a violet coloration with I'.'rric cliioride. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Used like the salicylate of physostig- ;iiine, and in the same doses. 1471 PHYTOLACCA.— PHYTOLACCA. Fig. 194. The root, leaves, and berries of I'liijiiihirrn ihraiulrn, Liiine. Sii(. (JM. — Phytolaccacea;. COMMON Xamks: /'ott', etc. (see below). Botanical Source. — Phytolacca is a hand.-^onie plant growing from o t< feet high. It is iiuligenous, with a perennial root of large size, frequently exue ing a man's leg in diameter, usually branched. Meshy, tibrous, whitish within, e;\^ily cut or broken, and covered with a ver^' thin brownish bark or cuticle. When young the stem is green, but as the plant matures it becomes more or less pur- ple. The stem is annual, about 1 inch in diameter, much branched, smooth, stout, and hollow. The leaves are oppo- site, scattered, ovate, entire, 5 inches long by 2 or 3 wide, smooth on both sides, with ribs underneath. The flowers are numerous, arranged in long racemes opposite the leaves. There are no peta)f, but 5 rounded, incurved, petaloid sepals, whitish, or greenish-white in color. Stamens 10, slmrter than the .sepals. Styles 10, recurved. Ovary of 10 carpels, green, and united in" a ring. The fruit is a handsome, flattened, black, or blackish-purple berry, 10-seeded, and contains a beautiful crimson juice. OflScial Parts."— Phytolacca FurcTrs (U. S. P.), Phyto- lacca fciiit (Pln,i,>l„rr;e hacca. Phucm.ASSO; Poke-berrij). "The fruit of Phytolacca dcnuulra, Linn'e {Xat. On/.— Phytolaccacea> )"—({'. S.P.). Phvtolaoc.e Radix (^U. S.' p.), Phi/tnlacca root, Poke-root. — "The root- of Phyto- laccn ilccamha, Linne (Nat. Orrf.- Phytolaccaceic) "— (T. S. P.). History. — Phytolacca is the North American representative of a small family of plants— the Phytolaccacex. The plant also grows in North Africa, China, south- ern Europe, the Azores, and in the Sandwich ^"'^®®' Islands. Phytolacca is known by many com- mon names, as Poke, Poke-weed, Poke-root,Vir- ginian poke, Garget, Garget-weed, .Scoke, Scoke- weed, Coacum, Coakum, Cocum, Meehoacan, I'igeon -berry, Cancer-root, Jalap cancer-root, Red nightshade, American nightshade. Red- weed, and Scoke jalap. The name Phytolacca is M-ived from the (Jreek phyton — a plant — and the modified Latin lacca.ov French lac, meaning ike, having reference to the crimson color of the juice of the berries. Poke is common in the United States, growing in hedges, and along tlie borders of fields and clearings, along roadsides and in un- cultivated fields and moist grounds. Its root is very tenacious of life. In this coun- try it is regarded only as a weed, but in Europe is valued as an ornamental garden plant. The plant flowers from July to Sei)tem- ber, and the berries ripen in autumn. The young, green shoots, as they start in the spring and before the leaves have developed, are used as a table vegetable, being con- sidered the best substitute for asparagus. They become cathartic as they advance to maturity. E. Preston (1884) calls attention to the peculiar and little-known property of phvtolacca leaves to emit, in autumn, a phosphorescent licht in the ■ " Vif. k.s. - - - Pig. 106. .Section of Poke dark, ^r •liiir found the i)henomen(in to be dtie ig enzyme. 1472 PHYTOLACCA. which he succeeded in isolating (see Jahresb. der Pharm., 1896, p. 534j. The official parts of this plant are the root and berries. The roo^, which is more commonly employed, should be gathered in the latter weeks of autumn, cleansed from dirt and impurities, sliced trans verselj', and carefully dried. The leaves, if they are to he used medicinally, should be gathered just previous to the ripening of the ber- ries. The berrie-s must be gathered when they are fully matured ; they have a disagreeable, mawkish taste with a faint degree of acrimony, and are nearly in- odorous. They contain an abundance of a beautiful dark-purple juice, which is turned yellow by an alkali, while an acid reinstates its purple color; the latter is of a very fugitive nature. The juice is said to have been used by the Turks fcr tinting sweetmeats (Landerer). The berries, though poisonous, lose their toxic qualities somewhat when cooked, and some have gone so far as to make pies of the fruit — a practice which, however, should be condemned. Severe purging has fol- lowed the eating of the flesh of pigeons which hatci?<')/i( (/(*'*-, 1879, p. 326' from the seeds of phytolacca berries; it is solulile in chloroform and alcohol. slightly soluble in water. It was also obtained bv Harms (loc. cit.) and analyzed by Haverland (1892), who found it to be free from nitrogen and related to the tannins. The root of phytolacca is remarkable for the great amount of potassium it contains. A splinter of the root imparts to the Bunsen flame a violet coloration. G. B. Frankforter {Amei: Jour. Pharm., 1897, p. 134) found in the dried root 13.3S per cent of ash, of which 41.6 per cent, or 5.56 per cent of the dried root, are potassium oxide. Part of the latter exists in the form of potassium nitrate (Pape. Amer. Jour. Pharm.,\SSl,\^.5d7). A quantitative analysis of poke-root by G. F. Frankforter (;7)«?., p. 281), showed it to liave the following percentage composi- tion: Fatty oil and wax 0.6, bitter resin 1. non-reduoing sugar 9.46, reducing sugar 0.4, proteids 1.94, amido compounds 1.6, proViably free formic acid 0.36, l)otassium formate 1.9, starch 11.68, calcium oxalate 6.2, nitrates 2.4. cellulose 16.4, lignin 3.2. gum coloring matter, a.-^h. moisture 42.75. The absence of acetic, citric. malic, tartaric, benzoic, and salicvlic acids are aflirmcd. likewise the absence of PHYTOLACCA. 1473 tanmn and of chlorides. P/ii/lnlocric tirid is possibly present, but no alkuloid or glucosid (-■oiiUl be isolated, altinuigh reactions were obtained with same alkaloidal reagents. Kdniond Preston (Amer. Jour. Plutrm., 18S4, p. 507) had obtained an alkaloid from the root, wiiicii he named jthi/toliirrini; while N. Coscera (Cfiem. Ceiilatllil.. 1SS7) fmind a LHiuosid. The root contains a substance probably closely allied to s„j,n„n, , -,-,• 11. tiimbh-. .1,,,. ,-. Jour. Pharm., 1893, p. 273). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Physiologically, phytolacca acts upon the skin, the glandular structures, e.-pecially those of the buccal cavity, tliroat, sexual system, and very markedly upon the niainmary glands. It further acts upon the fibrous and serous tissues, and mucous membranes of the digestive and urinary tracts. The drug is principally eliminated by the kidneys. Applied to the skin, either in the form of juice, strong decoction, or poultice of the root, it produces an erythematous, sometimes pustular, eruption. The powdered root when inhaled is very irritating to the respiratory passages, and often produces a severe coryza, with headache and prostration, pain in chest, back, and abdomen, conjunctival injection and ocular irritation, and occasionally causes violent emeto-catharsis. Phytolacca slows the heart's action, reduces the force of the pulse, and lessens the respiratory movements. It is a paralyzer of the spinal cord, acting principally on the medulla. In poisoning by this agent tetanic con- vulsions may ensue. Death results from carbonic acid poisoning, the result of respiratory paralysis. Upon the gastro-intestinal tract doses of from 10 to 30 grains of it act as an emetic and drastic cathartic, producing nausea which comes on slowly, amounting almost to anguish, finally after an hour or so, resulting in emesis. It then continues to act upon the bowels, the purging being prolonged for a considerable length of time. It is seldom used for emeto-cathartic purposes, on account of its tardy action, which, when established, continues for some time. It rarely causes cramps or pain. Large doses produce powerful emeto-catharsis, with loss of muscular power — occasionally spasmodic action takes place, and fre- quently a tingling or prickling sensation over the whole surface. Dimness of vision, dii)lopia, vertigo, and drowsiness are occasioned by large doses not suffi- cient to jjroduce death. Therapeutically, phytolacca is emetic, cathartic, narcotic, and alterative. In certain conditions of the system which might come under the head of di/crasia, it proves a most valuable alterative. Scrofulous, syphilitic, and rheumatic conditions are invariaiily benefited by it. It is best suited to chronic rheumatism, and syphilitic and rheumatic joint affections. As an antirheumatic quite large doses are necessary. The specific phytolacca may be used, or a saturated gin tincture of the berries. Preparati(ms of the root are excellent for the removal of those severe ^>'(/?is attend- ing mercurio-syphilitic affections (osteocopus), often being more beneficial than oi)ium. Phytolacca plays an important part in dermatological practice. It destroys the "i>A" i/i.«''V, consequently it is of value in «>(/))>.<*. The condition which calls for it is one of indolent action of the skin, usually associated with vitiated blood. There is a glandular difficulty — a scrofulous condition. There may he scaly, vesicu- lar, pustular, or tuberculous erujitions, and lymphatic enlargements with pain. The skin maybe inflamed, but does not itch because there is not activity enough in the l)art. It is often indicated in chronic eczenut, syjihilitic eruptions, psoriasi.'<, tinea capitis, /ly in chronic skin diseases. The dose of specific phytojacca ranges from 1 to 10 driijis. Specific Indications and Uses.— Pallid mucous membranes with ulceration ; sore mouth with small blisters on tongue and mucous membrane of cheeks; sore lips, blanclied, with separation of the epidermis; hard, painful, enlarged glands; mastitis; orchitis; parotitis; aphtha;; soreness of mammary glands, with impaired respiration; faucial, tonsillar, or pharyngeal ulceration; pallid sore throat, with cough or respiratory difficulty; secretions of mouth give a white glaze to surface of mouth, especially in children; white pultaceous sloughs at corners of mouth or in the cheek ; and diphtheritic deposits. Related Species and Phannacal Preparations. — P/iyto/occa dioica, Linn^ (Pinunia dioica, Moqiiin-TanJon I. A tri'e about L'.j ftet liigli and from 6 to 10 feet in circumference; native of Brazil or Mexii-o, and naturalized in Algeria. The wood is spongj-. The berries grow in raoenu-s, are yellowish-green, 12 to l.j-eelU'd, each cell containing a flattened seed. According to Balland (Jour. I'hnrm. Chim., 1881, p. 2::!l'l, the berries are sweet and edible, and yield by exjiression 74 per cent of a juice which contains resin, volatile oil, dextrose (3.20 per cent), saccharose (11.2 per cent), an uudeterniined organic acid ( perhaps ;>/ii/les. The stamens are united into a central column dilated at the apex. Anthers numerous, covering the whole globose apex of the column. The drupes, from 1 to 3 in numl)er, are globose, 1-cellcd and l-seeded. The seed is globose and deeply excavated at the hilum. All)umen fleshy. Cotyledons very thin, linear-oblong, distant, diverging, and verv membranous ( L. — W. — A.). 1476 PICROTOXIXCM. Cocculus intlicus inhabits Malabar, the Eastern Islands, etc., of India. Otlier plants, espeeiallv the Coccus lanmosus of Celebes and the Molucca Isles, and a " Malabarspecies,Cwru/«s^)/M/iA-«ieitter, crystallizable alkaloids — menispermine and pnra-meni- spermine (CigH^^NjO,, Pelletier and Couerbe, 1834). The former is soluble in ether, the latter insoluble. Both are insoluble in water, but soluble in warm alcohol. Menispermine is also soluble in diluted acids, forming well-crystallizable salts; it melts at 120° C. (248° F.). The husk also contains a yellow resin, fat. wax, chloro- phj'll, and the problematical hypo-picrotoxic acid of Pelletier and Couerbe, insoluble in boiling water and ether, readily soluble in alkalies with brown color. The seeds, or nuclei, of cocculus grains contain resin, gum, starch, and large amounts of fat (23.6 per cent, Romer, 1882), of which more than one-third consists of free fatty acid, ])rincipally stearic acid. The seeds also contain the very poison- ous, bitter principle, picrotoxin {C^Ji^fit,, Schmidt and Loewenhardt ; Paterno and Oglialoro, 1881; picrotoxic ncid of Pelletier and Couerbe). which was first isolated by P. Boullay (1812). It is accompanied by the crystallizable, tasteless cocculin or annmirtin {C^^.J)^„, E. Schmidt and E. Loewenhardt. 1884), crystallizable from hot water, insoluble in alcohol and ether. The chemical composition of picrotoxin agrees best with the formula C^H^O,,. Barth and Kretschy (1884) asserted that picrotoxin is not a uniform body, being a mixture of the poisonous picrotoxinin {C^^^fi^ and the bitter, non-poisonous picrolin, separation being eflected by boiling with benzol, in which picrotoxinin is soluble, picrotin very little soluble. Schmidt and Loewenhardt (Jahre^b. drr P/irt»-m., 1883-84, p. 774)," on the other hand, maintained that picrotoxin is a defi- nite bodv, being decomposed by boiling benzol into the constituents named, as follows: "C3„H.„0„(picrotoxin)=C,jH,50j(picrotoxinin) + C,iH,.0.( picrotin). Quite recently, Richard Joseph Mever succeeded in obtaining picroK^xin. with all its' characteristics synthetically, liy the mere crystallization of a mixture of 2 molf- cules of picroto.xinin and 1 molecule of picrotin. and concludes that picrotoxin is a mixture of picrotoxinin (C,.H,eO(i-t-H,0) and picrotin (C,5H,jO.) in the approxi- mate proportion of 2 molecules of the former and 1 molecule of the latter (ficnV-/((c rfercolated with alcohol of 80 per cent, containing 1478 PILOCARPUS. about 0.8 per cent of hj-drochloiic acid. Tlie alcohol i.^^ distilled off under reduced pressure, the aqueous hydrochloride .'solution separated IVihu the fatty layer, the Bolution rendered alkaline with aqua ammonia;, and shaken out with chloroforni. The crude bases thus obtained are converted into the nitrates by carefully adding diluted nitric acid to very slight excess, and evaporating the solution to dryness. The crude nitrate is then repeatedly crystallized from alcohol, whereljyjV(6ortTi€, which forms no crystallizable nitrate, and the small quantities of jjiktcorjiidiru present remain in solution. Pilocarpine is then liberated from the purified salt, dissolved in slight excess of hydrochloric acid, and the solution evaporated to crvst;illizntinn. Description and Tests.—" Small, white crystals, odorless, and having a faintly Vjittcr taste; deliquescent on exposure to damp air. Very soluble in water and in alcohol; almost insoluble in ether or chloroform. When heated to 197° C. (386. G° F.), the salt melts, and upon ignition it is consumed, leaving no residue. The aqueous solution (1 in 100) of the salt is neutral, or has a faintly acid reaction upon litmus paper"— (L^. S. P.). It is practically insoluble in carbon disulphide and in benzol. It is soluble in 1^ parts of water, both cold and boiling, the solu- tion remains clear, even after having been kept for some length of time. But 7 parts of cold alcohol and -f part of boiling alcohol are required to dissolve it (Schuchardt). " Concentrated sulphuric acid dissolves the salt to a colorless liquid, ■with evolution of hydrochloric acid vapor. If a small fragment of potassium dichromate be added to a few drops of this solution, on a white porcelain surface, the dichromate will gradually dissolve with a vivid, dark-green color. Fuming nitric acid dissolves the salt with a faintly greenish tint. The aqueous solution (1 in 100) of the salt is precipitated by iotline T.S., bromine water, mercuric chlo- ride T.S., and most other reagents for alkaloids. If the aqueous solution be slightly acidulated, the subsequent addition of ammonia water will produce no precipitate. Sodium hydrate T.S. produces a precipitate only in a concentrated solution of the salt. The aqueous solution yields with silver nitrate T.S. a white ))recipitate insoluble in nitric acid"— ([; S'. P.). (Regarding the melting point of the hydnx hloiide, see paper by Paul and Cownley,.4»if/-. Jmir. Phm-m.. 1897, p. 108.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— (See PfYocarjjw*-.) Dose, i to J grain ; hypoderniatically, ^ to \ grain. Related Compound.— Pilocarpis.« Nitras (CnHieXjOsHXOj). This salt is official in the Bi-itM I'luinintrujuria. According to the BritUh Pharmacopma (18S5>, it is prepared from extract of jaborandi by agitating the latter with chloroform and an alkali, evaporating the chloroform sohition, neutralizing the residue with nitric acid, and recrystallizing. It forms a crystalline, white powder or needles. Nitrate of pilocarpine is soluble in 8 or 9 parta of water, at 15° C. (59°F.K freely soluble in boiling alcohol, but slightly soluble in cold alcohol. The solution of this salt is precipitated bv chloride of gold, in fine needles, and by chloride of plati- num, iu prismatic crystals. It should leave no ash when burned with free access of air. A diluted solution applied to the eye, causes contraction of the pupil. I'ses and doses, same as for Pilocarpine hyurochlorate. PILOCARPUS (U. S. P.)— PILOCARPUS. "The leaflets of Pihrarpvs .SeWoantw, Engler (Rio Janeiro Jaborandi). and of Pilocarpus Jaborandi, Holmes (Pernambuco Jaborandi)" — (T. S. P.). Nat. Orrf.— Rutacea\ Co.MMON Name: Jaborandi. Illustrations: Pilocarpus Jaborandi— Plinrm. Jour. Trans., M series, Vol. V, 187 1-7.'), p. 582; and H. Geiger, Boirhte dcr Dcuhrh. Pluinn. (tV«.,1897. p. 424, Plates. P..KII,..niii.< and P. j.nii,liiL<—I'lil. I, 189."), p. 541. They are natives of South America and the West Indies. Jabo- randi was introduced to the medical profession by Dr. S. Coutinho, of Pernambuco, in 1S74. The leaves were examined by Prof. Baillon.and the plant referreil to the Pdnrarjiu^pennatifolius of Leniaire, described bv him, in 1S.V2. Engler (1874) states tliat its leaves" are pilose (hairy) beneath, wliile E. M. Holmes (1S75) calls FILOCARPUS. 1479 attention to the fact tliai cimiint'icial leaves are glabrous (devoid of hair). How- ever, not much importance can be attached to this distinction, because Planchoa (187-"> J has observed that the leaves of Pilor(irjjuiiV/..Vol. XXIII, p. KK18; also. jV„W.,Vol. I, 1895, j). 520) establL-hed for the other (Pernambuco jaborandi) a new si>ecies, P/Zordry/K.'* ./(i/yo/vuK/i, Holmes, which he described from a specimen grown in the Cambridge Botanical Garden. Englcr's botanical description of P. Selloanus, as communicated by E. M. Holmes, is as follows: The stem is covered with thin, purple bark, and leafy toward the apex. The leaves are imparipinnate. The petiole of the leaf is semiterete, flattened a little above, quite glabrous. The leaflets are trijugate, oblong, distinct, nearly equal, obtuse, margin rt'Hexed, membranaceous or subcoriaceous, grayish- green, quite glabrous on both sides, pellucid-punctate; mid-rib sulcate above, very prominent beneath; lateral nerves rather prominent beneath; petiole of leaflets short. The racen)e is terminal, nearly three times longer than the leaves, terete, purple, quite glabrous, with slender pedicels, horizontally patent and slightlj- hairy, six times longer than the buds, and furnished at the middle and base with 2-minute, ciliolate bracts. The calyx is very short, with broad, rounded lobes, which are ciliolate. The petals are coriaceous, lanceolate, acute, furnished with a prominent mid-rib, inflexed at the upper margin and at the apiculus. The sta- mens are shorter than the petals. The ovary is depressed, globose, very smooth, half included in the disk, and crowned with a short, rather thick style (Pkarm. Jour. Tr<,ns.,yo\.\\ 1875, p. 641). The new species, P. Jahoramli, Holmes, differs from P. SeUonnm, to which it is most nearly allied, in having 4 pairs of leaflets; in the elliptic-oblong shape of the leaflets and their more fleshy consistence; in the veinlets being more promi- nent on the upper surface; in "the .slender, glabrous pedicels, only three times longer than the leaf-buds; in the minute bracts, being situated near the apex of the pedicel: in the rose color of the ovate petals, pedicels, and upper part of rachis; and in the rugose-crenate disc. The calyx is pentagonal, not lobed {Pharm. Jour. rm/i,'!.,Vol. XXII, 1892, p. 875). The subsequent investigations of E. M. Holmes (ibid., 1895, pp. 520 and 539), and, more lately, those of H. Geiger {Bericfile der DeuUch. Phann. Ga., 1897, pp. 356 and 425), have shown that commercial jaborandi leaves, at present in the market, are to be referred to the following 5 species: (DP. Jahorandi, Holmes (Pernambuco jaborandi), identical with P. offirinuli^ (Poehl, 1879); (2) P.pennatifolius, Lemaire (Paraguay jaborandi), which, according to Geiger, is identical with P. Selloanu-s, Engler; (3) P. trachylophus, Holmes ( Ceara jaborandi); (4) P. microphyllus, Stapf (Maran- ham, or Small jaborandi); and (5) P. s]iiralus, Saint-Hilaire (Aracati jaborandi). In 1896, a spurious jal)orandi was refer- red, by Holmes, to a hitherto unknown plant, Svnrtzin decipi- CDS. The nomenclature, according to the places of export, as adoi>ted by Holmes, is al>andoned by Geiger. because thecom- mercial bab-s rarely even contain leaves of a single species. Description.— "Oflicial jaborandi is thus described by the r. .< P. : -About 10 to 15 Cm. (4 to 6 inches) long, and 4 to 6 Cm. ( 1J5 to 2^ inches) broad, short-stalked, oval or ovate-oblong, entire, and slightly revolute at the margin, obtuse and emarginate, unequal at the base; dull-green, coriaceous, pellucid-punctate, mostly smooth ; when Ijruised slightly aromatic; taste somewhat bitter and pungent" — (f. .S. P.). Commercial jaborandi is usually mixed with leaf-stalks, twigs, and bark. The leaflets are almost odor- less when entire; have a slightly aromatic taste, followed by a persistent acridity. ( For a com])arative histological studv of jaborandi leaves, see Albert i:chu>-\<\i-T. .Ifur,,,,/ ,,{ Pharmarolofjy. 1897, p. 141.) 1480 PILOCARPUS. Chemical Composition. — The active principle of jaborandi leaves is the alkaloid pilocarpine, which was discovered almost simultaneously by E. Hardy, in France, and A. W. Garrard, in England, in 1875. Several other active princi- ples were subsequentl}' isolated from the mother liquors of pilocarpine — namely, the alkaloids jaborine (Hardy, 1875; Harnack and Meyer, 1880 i, pilorarpidine (Merck, 1885), jfl6or(V/M!e (Harnack, 1885), and volatile Ja6o>u'/ie(C,Hj,X„ Hardy and Calmels, 1887), as well asjaboric and pnlocarpic acids; but it is somewhat doubtful whether these derivatives of pilocarpine preexist in the leaves. Other constitu- ents are a volatile oil (0.56 per cent, Hardy), an acrid resin, tannin, and a volatile acid, forming large crystals. Pilocarpine (C„H,eN,Oj, Harnack and Meyer, 1880) may be obtained as de- scribed under pilocarpine hydrochlorate (which see). It forms a viscid liquid, optically dextro-rotatory, soluble in water and alcohol, slightly soluble in cold ether or chloroform, and in acids, forming a series of .salts, of which the acetate is soluble in ether. The nitrate crystallizes well ; the hydrochloride is very deli- quescent. Pilocarpine, boiled with water, is decomposed into trimethylamine (NfCHj],) and beta-pyridine-aljjha-lactic acid (C^H.N.CCOH.CH^J.COOH). Its syn- thesis was effected bv Hardy and Calmels, in 1887 (.see graphic formula in Pharm. Jour. Tram.,Yo\. XVIII, p. 89). These observers, as well as Merck ( I8a5), consider it to be methyl-pilocarpidine (see below). According to J. van de Moer (1895), pilo- carpine also stands in close connection with the alkaloid cytisine (see Baptisid). Jnhorine (C^jHjjN.O,, Hardy and Calmels, 1887) is a strongly basic, amor- phous alkaloid, indicated by Hardy (1875), and shown by Harnack and Meyer (Chetn.Centralblatt. 1880) to correspond in its physiological action with atropine, while pilocarpine in this respect resembles nicotine. It is formed when alcoholic or acid solutions of pilocarpine are concentrated by evaporation, and is not con- tained originally in the fluid extract of jaborandi. Its formation explains the lack of uniformity of the physiological action of pilocarpine as first obtained. When pilocarpine" is rapidly heated to 175° C. (347° F.j, and kept at this tem- perature for half an hour, it is decomposed into ether-soluble jaborine and water- soluble pilocarpidine and jnboric acid (CuHjjNjOj, Hardy and Calmels. Pharm. Jour. Tram., Vol. XVTI, 1887, p. 550). Jaborine is a bri"ttle mass, insoluble in water, soluble in alcohol, ether, and a solution of jaboric acid. Its salts are un- crystallizable. Boiling with aqueous solution of caustic potash, converts it into pilocarpidine. Pilocarpidine (C,„H„NA, Harnack, 1885) was discovered by Merck (1885), and was considered by him and others to be the lower homologue of pilocarpine. This simple relation, however, does not seem to exist between these two bases (E. Merck, Archiv der Pharm.. 1898, p. 141), nor are thev isomers, as was asserted by Petit and Polonowsky {Pharm. Jour. 7'rr()is.,Vol. V, 1897, p. 83). The aqueous solution of its salts is not precipitated by chloride of gold (difference from pilo- carpine). It is a syrupy liquid, forming a well-crystallizable nitrate. The for- mula of 7iM-o<«i« being C,oH„Nj, pilocarpidine maybe regarded as dioxy-nicotine. It has been obtained synthetically as an intermediary product in the synthesis of pilocarpine (see above). It is easily converted into jnhnridinc (C,„H,jN,03. Harnackj Chem. Centralblatt, 1885), which is probably identical with jaborandine of Parodi (1875) from Piper Jaborandi. It may also be formed from pilocarpine by treat- ment with fuming nitric acid (Chastaing, 1S82). The chemistry of pilocarpine and derivatives is held by Petit and Polonowsky (1897) to be still doubtful. The following table states the yield of total alkaloid and nitrate, as recorded by several observers: .\imlyst. Source of Jaborandi. Percent Pilo- carpine. Per cent crystal- Per cent recn-st«l- liiable nitrate. litable nitrate. MelUng point. MeUing point. A. Poehl, 1870 F. Budee, 18.S0 Hairv Non-"hairy I. Hairv 1.97 0.19 1.26 1 0.77 .irfh.d. Pharm., 0.56 1 ISSt), p.25. 0.609 Xon-hairv New lot Stems 1.00 1.01 0.060 FlLULAKl-fS. F. Budee, ISai .\.li<.)lime,lS93 1894 1895 1894 1895 Paul & Cown- lev, 1894 Paul & Cown- lev, 1896 II. Xon-hairv III. Mostly ■ noii-liairv .Miller, 1S80 ! lla Non-hairy J'.jniiiKilifoliiis P. jii'nntitifoliui P. /tenmitifoliiis P. microphylhis P. microphullus P. Jaborandi P. pennatifoliug P. microphijllus . P. microphyllus ' . P. trachuhphus \ I P. spicatns P. trachylophiis ' P. Jaborandi \ P. microphyllui 0.35 0.67 I 1 .21 \1.L'65 (0.87 \0.93 0.33 O.IS 0.19 0.16 0.19 0.02 (new- alkaloid) 0.4 0.72 0.84 Per cent crystal- llzable nitrate. Melting |>oiut. 0.198 0.34 0.5 to 0.8 pil. nitrate 0.18,0.19; 0.38 pil. nitrate 0.16 to 0.19 pil. nitrate UptoO.Salk. nitrate 0.02 0.67atl61°C, 0.45atl60°C. Per cent recrystnl- Uzable nitrate. Melting point. 151 .5° C. , ISO.S'C. 37 at 30 at 23 at 22 at 162.7°C. 158.3°C. 162.7° C. 147.7° C. Proc.A.P..U 24 hours. From the commencement of the perspiration, the face becomes pale, the pulse fuller, and more freipicnt; the i)ulsatioiis of the heart become irregular, and, with persons laboring under some canliac aflTection, a kind of asystoliii is observed. The effects of this agent have been found to occur more readily with ailults than 14r stl)ig.-<. and in ptomaine jioisoning from canned fish and meats. In the latter instances it has no antidotal power, but favors elimination of the offending material. While often failing to counteract the toxic effects of atropine, it nearly always relieves the unpleasant dryness of ti.ssue following the use of that alkaloid or of belladonna. Prof. Foltz is an enthusiastic advocate of the use of jalmrandi in eye, ear, nose, and thriHit disorders, particularly where there is a lack of the natural secretions of these parts. Full doses of jaborandi contract the pupils, impair accommodation, diminish intraocular tension, and increase secretion. Locally applied, the action is similar, the effects upon the pupil, however, being much less pronounced when the drug is internally administered. Dr. Foltz praises it in rheumatic iritis, and for the absorption of "non-organized vitreous oimcities." in iritis he always uses it<, and believes that it shortens the duration of the disease, and if adhesions are jircsent, assists in their absorption. Optic neuritis, retinal detachment, choroiditis, ejiisrieriti.'', tobacco and alcoholic amblyopia, and atrophy of the ofttic nerrc are also conditi(ms in which he advises its use. .After ^-dcmo^/.tHi, with increa.*ed ocular tension, the latter as well as the pain, will be relieved by the local u.-e of pilocar- jiine hydrochlorate. Instilled in the eye the same is useful in kaatitisand vhlyc- ItnHbir'conjunrticitis.hcith in the early .s"tao:e. For ocular affections Foltz advises MS a dose from 3 to 10 drops of specific jaborandi, every 2 or 3 hours; and as a Killyrium, 1 to 2 grains of pilocarpine hydrochlorate to 2 tluid ounces of water. Iiwne (Foltz), and it provi ~ a good drug for nervous deajiiey.'*, thn/neg.'^ fullinrinij scarlet fn'ci' auil dqildhiriu, :nii! with appropriate adjunct treatment, in iiiihi- mr (li^ease^ of xriphilitir oihjin (Foltz . The alkaloidal salts (J to ^ grain subcutaneously) have been enipldved in the.^u disorders, hut the parent drug is to be jjreferred in doses of 3 to 10 drops every 3 or 4 hours. Pilocarpine. — The alkaloid pilocarpine has been used in the forms of hydro- chlorate and nitrate in the same diseases as the infusion and alcoholic prepara- tions of the leaves. The eflects of the alkaloid are said to be more certain than when the leaves are used, and the tendency to nausea and vomiting is greatly diminished. Pilocarpine may be used in many of the aforementioned disorders, although jaborandi is preferred by the Eclectic profession. Outside of the special mentions of the use of the alkaloids giren above, they may be used in the fol- lowing conditions: Yor urainir convulsions and in. puerjicral convuUinns'xX is pre- ferred l)y many to jaborandi. (Edema of the larynx is said to be promptly relieved by pilocarpine. Beranger considers the hydrochlorate of pilocarpine of great value, therapeu- tically, in certain eye di.seases; he uses it in instillations, and in subcutaneous injections, two very distinct effects being obtained, according to the methods em- ployed. By injections, profuse discharges follow, accompanied with a diminution of ocular tension, and a more rapid renovation of the media of the eye; this form of use he considers indicated in acute and chronic glaucoma, iritis, flouting Imdies in the vitreous humor, certain opacities of the cornea, and in poisonings. Some- times complete recovery will ensue; at others, great relief follows. His solution was made by dissolving 3 grains of the hydrochlorate of pilocarpine in 75 nuninis of cherry-laurel water, of which solution from 10 to 15 drops were injected at a time. It must be remembered, however, that pilocarpine injected into a tumor of the eye, has produced great weakness and emaciation, without in the least aflfecting the size of the growth (see Armaingaud, in previous editions of this Di.y- jiensatory). By instillations, he employs it as a powerful myotic in mydriasis, and prefers it to eserine, as it is accompanied with no irritation. He likewise prefers it in instillation, to eserine, in disturbances of vision associated with secondan/ paralysis and characterized by asthenopia, with feeblenesg of the intrinsic muscles of the eye, and also in certain cases of presbyopia which is not constant but returns at different periods. Dr. Landesberg, of Philadelphia, found both the Huid extract of jaborandi, internally, and the hydrochlorate of pilocarpine, by subcutaneous injection, more effective and reliable than any other known remedy, in intraocubrr heniorrhages, and in opacities of the vitreous and aipwous fluiils; but he prefers eserine to pilocarpine, as a myotic, on account of the increased action of the lachrymal and salivary glands occasioned by the latter, when absorbed. Gillet de Grantl- mont, of France, has used the nitrate of pilocarpine, by subcutaneous injection, in the forearm, of from i to i grain, in solution; and has found surprisingly good results to follow in gpjecific or rheumatic iritis, either simple, or complicated with alterations of the cornea, in the keratitis of Hutchinson, in dimness and hemorrhage of the vitreous body, in glaucoma, in atrophy of the choroid, in hemorrhages and plastic exudations of the retina, and in commencing atrophy of the optic nerve. In all the above- named affections, the agent produced its usual results, as sweating, increase of the cardiac pulsations, etc. The dose of jaborandi in infusion (45 grains to 2 fluid ounces of water) is 1 fluid ounce, which may, if necessary, be repeated every 10 or 15 minutes; of the (luid extract, from 10 drops to 1 drachm; of specific jaborandi, 1 to 30 drops; of pilocarpine or its salts, internally, from j to J grain; by subcutaneous injection, Jj to i^ grain, in solution. In cases where the internal exhibition of jaborandi f)y mouth, occasions nausea or vomiting, this may be avoided in giving the dose by reiial enema. Specific Indications and Uses.— Deficient secretion ; marked dryness and heat (if >kin and uiuikus tissues; pulse full, hard, sharp, and strong; muscular pain : iiiu-cul;ir .•-|i:i^m ; urine sujiiiressed, of deep color and high s|H'citic gravity : eleviUe.j iciiipcratur'-. witii deficient secretion : ))ufliness of tissues: rigid, liaril us uteri; marked restlessness; dry, harsh cough; tenacious sputum; oedema; uneinie poisoning and convulsions; "increased ocular tension; itching, with jaundice. Adapted chiefly to sthenic cases. Minute doses relieve colliquative sweating. PILUL.ffl.— PILLS. Preparation and History. — Eclectic physicians'prefer liquid remedies when practicable, objecting to any form of pill, tablet, or confectionary, especially of galenicals. "The points demanded to prepare a proper pill mass are, to obtain suf- ticient consistency that the particles may cohere together, and to have them firm enough to retain a globular form; their component parts should be such as to prevent any tendency to moldiness, or any absorption of moisture when exposed to the atmosphere. Medicines which are deliquescent should never enter into a pill mass, and efflorescent salts should be previously exposed to heat so as to fall to powder, by the removal of their water. Ingredients which have a chemical reaction upon each other should not be added together in a pill mass, unless it be desired to secure the influence of the resulting compound. "Gum-resins and inspissated extracts are sometimes soft enough to be made into pills without addition; where any moisture is requisite, a few drops of alco- hol is more proper than syrups or conserves, as it unites more readily with them, without sensibly increasing their bulk. In some instances, where alcohol will not act upon the mass, water may be substituted" (Coxe). Substances which do not admit of being made into a pill mass by themselve.*, must have certain inert matters added to them, called cxcipknts, and such excipi- ents only should be employed as will give the proper degree of consistence and tenacity to the mass, without interfering in any way with the action of its medici- nal agents or rendering the pills too large or hard. Excipients vary much in their character, according to the nature of the articles to be made into jiill form ; the most common are syrup, glycerin, mucilage, soap, bread-crumb, conserve of roses, water, spirit, gum, sugar, magnesia, starch, molasses, etc. The dry excipi- ents are used to give the required firmness to extracts, confections, oils, and other fluid or soft substances, while the moist excipients are intended for dry medi- cines, or agents which are insoluble, and among these molasses, syrup, and con- serve of roses are the most esteemed, especially when the pills are to be kept for a length of time. The addition of too much gum Arabic or tragacanth to the pill mass, is objec- tionable, as it often causes the pill to become so hard as to materially modify its operation, or perhaps cau-se it to pass through the intestines without being dis- solved. Whenever the excipient is named by the physician in his prescription, the apothecary .should adopt it if practicable"; but, if it be not practicable, then he must follow his own judgment. Indeed, it would always be better in prescrib- ing extemporaneous preparations of pills, if the physician" would omit the excipi- ent, and leave it to the more practical knowledge of the apothecary to supply the appropriate excipient. The best excipients for dry powders, as jalap, rhubarb, ipecacuanha, ginger, digitalis, conium, etc., are molasses or conserve of roses; those for resinous extracts, resins and gum-resins, are soap, proof-spirit, alkaline solutions, and sometimes mucilage; and those for the volatile oils and oleoresins, are soap, magnesia, white wax, etc. The proper .selection of these, however, depends entirely upon the pecu- liar nature of the medicines ordered, and requires a considerable degree of prac- tical knowledge, not expected to be posse.ssed by the jiracticing physician. The medicinal ingredients of the i>ill mass should be perfectly mixed and in- cori)orated, usually combining together the active ingredients first, and afterward the excipient, and" the mass should be worked in the hand, on a pill slab, or in a mortar, until it is thoroughly homogeneous. If the mass be too hard, it may not be dissolved in the juices of the stomach ; if too soft, there will l>e difficulty in forming it into pills. The i>ill mass being properly formed, is now to be divided into pills; certain portions of it are, by means of a spatula, or by the pill-machine, made into long, round, slender rolls, of the desired thickness, wliich are then dU vided into pills. If the pill-machine be used, the pills are accurately divided &m\ iiiaiK- gliibular at tlie Muue lime; if tlie spatula he used, tlie pill.s are to he rounded hy tlie tiiigei-s. Most apothecaries are funushed with the pill-niachiiies, which serve to expedite the process, as well as to secure a greater depree of accuracy. Pills containing vegetable drugs usually weigh from 1 to 5 grains; containing heavy mineral preparations, 5 to lU grains." A larger pill than the.se i.s denomi- nated a holus; a very small, sugar-coated pill, n.ortioiis of each article being the same; the pills to be dipped in a thin syrup, and tlien rolled in the mixture. This process is most applicable to disagreeably odorous substances, as castor, asa- fpetida, valerian, etc., which are comj)letely masked by it. When the gelatin is previously colored with carmine, the pills resemble hawthorn berries. M. Calloud treats of the subject of enveloping medicinal substances in a cov- ering to prevent unpleasant taste, in Jour, de P// «/•»(., Vol. XXIII, ]). oOl. He had recourse to the dried mucilage of flaxseed prei)ared with sugar. His method is: Take of flaxseed, 1 part; white sugar, 3 parts; spring water, a sufficient quantity. A thick mucilage is obtained by carefully boiling the seeds, the sugar is added, and the whole of the moisture evaporated by careful desiccation. The mixture is but slightly hygroscopic, may be reduced to fine powder, and employed for cover- ing pills. This operation is effected extemporaneously with great facility. The pills, slightly moistened, are rolled in the mucilaginous powder, hy which they are coated with a layer of the compound. M. Calloud suggests another process, applicable in certain cases, which is the use of butter of cacao as a covering for pills, where, owing to gastric irritation, the unmasked pills will cause disagreeable symptoms. The process is very simple; the prepared pills are thrown into melted butter of cacao, then removed with a perforated skimmer, and finally rolled in finely-jjowdered sugar, or what is better, sugar of milk. He also prepares a powder, in which the pills, previously damj)- ened externally with water, are agitated until suHiciently coated; it is prepared by mixing a clear mucilage of tiagacanth (made of tragacanth, I part; water, 2 parts) with sugar of milk, 20 parts; spreading this thinly upon ))lates, and, when thoroughly dried, pulverizing it. Blanchard's method, as improved by Baildon, consists of using a solution of balsam of tolu, 1 drachm, in chloroform, 3 drachms. Some of this is placed in a suitable box, the pills agitated in it, then turned upon a slab, and so arranged that they do not touch each other. In about 20 minutes they are dry and non- adhesive, and present a finished appearance. It not onlj' conceals any unpleas- ant taste or smell, but it prevents the pills from becoming too hard (.4ni('/-. Jour. Fharm.yol. XXIX, p. 350;. The foregoing remarks are largely historical, and record the method of pill- coating in the apothecary shops, and may be useful still when it is desirable to coat a few pills extemporaneously. But, at present, the coating of ])ills is done on a large scale by manufacturing pharmacists, who supply not only simi>les, but compounds of every descripti(Mi capable of being made into pills. Two forms of |iill-coating are used — sugar and gelatin — of which we prefer the latter. Sonie- liiiies admixtures of foreign bodies are employed, such as chalk or starch, and, in .>^ome c:ises, the pills are given a coating of shellac or rosin previous to the sugar. This is to prevent coloring of the sugar-coat, and is to be objected to because of its insoluble nature. The methods of each manufacturer are in part peculiar to himself, and are derived from his experience and skill, but all are an outgrowth of the hand-coating processes mentioned in this article. Mr. H. C. Archibald describes the method pursued by manufacturers in sugar- coating pills and granule.'*, in Amrr. Jour. Phiiriii.,\XG7, ]>. 199; 'and, in the same journal, 1867, !>. 12. Prof. E. Parrish makes known a m-w process for preparing 1488 piLUL.E Acoxrri composite. sugar-coaied pills, but which is only practicable on a large scale. (,For other cccipieiits and coatings, see following pill formula'.) Pill-dusting. — Several substances are used for covering pills to prevent them from adhering to each other, as powdered elm-bark, powdered orris or liquorice roots, lycopodiuni, carbonate of magnesium, starch, etc., and the.se powders are also used during the formation of the pill to prevent them from sticking to the fingers or to the apparatus on which they are made. The powders ordinarily used are liquorice, lycopodium, and elm. Carbonate of magnesium can only be used in tho.se instances where it occasions no decomjjosition with one or more active constituents of the pill. GcMPREssED Pills. — This class of preparations is usually prepared by means of a proper instrument, by compression of the desired material, in powder, with- out the addition of an excipient. Powders which are not deliquescent, yet easily soluble in water, are best adapted for compressed pills. Occasionally, for the sake of rendering the substance more easily compressible, or to facilitate the removal of the pills from the mold or instrument employed, very dry materials are combined with a very little of petrolatum, sugar, cacao butter, or alcohol. These pills are generally of lenticular shape. (See Remington's and Cohlentz's Prac. of Pfifirm.) Preservation. — Pills are much better preserved in small, loosely-stoppered glass bottles than in the common wood or pasteboard boxes, and should oe dis- pensed in glass vials by the apothecary. As it is not always convenient to make a large amount of pill mass into pills at one time, the balance may be kept in a bladder, which should be moistened occasionally with some of the same kind of liquid the ma.ss was made up with, or with some aromatic oil. Tablet Triturates. — These are made by compressing mixtures of powders or of simple substances in powder form into discs of variable size and shape They are open to many objections as medicinal representatives of drugs, and car not carry the values of substances which either disintegrate or evaporate on dry ing. For this reason, they can not correctly represent a large class of natural drugs. Tablets are easily" made, and their manufacture, on a large scale, might properly become a part of the confectioners art. In our opinion, for all plant preparations, such as extracts, gelatin-coated pills are preferable and fully as ele- gant. For such simples as chemicals, that do not alter by action of the air, tab- lets are suitable, providing they are not stamped so hard as to prevent them from dissolving. Great discrimination should be employed in the use of tablets, and if the physician is not qualified to judge of the remedy's nature, he sh.nild be very cautious concerning its use in tablet form. Sugar and other inert substances are employed in the making of tablets to give bulk to energetic bodies. In our opinion, much injury has been done by the indiscrete attempt of tablet makers to put into tablet form remedies that deteriorate or are destroyed by drying. These general remarks on tablets are offered in this place because of the fact that we have no special department for them. PiLULiE (N. F.), Pilln. — "In giving the formulas for pills, the quantities of the several ingredients required for one hundred (100) pills are given in metric weights in the first column, while the ijuantities required for each single pill are given in apothecaries' weight in the second column. When it is desirable to pre- pare a number of pills by the proportion given for the single pill, it is recom- mended that, upon multi|)lying by the number of pills require*!, the nearest whole number, or nearest convenient fraction, in each case, be chosen" — (Xal. FormA. This arrangement has been altered in this work so that the figures represent- ing the amount in each pill follow the general formula. Tliis is done to save space. PILUL.ffi ACONITI COMPOSITE.— COMPOUND PILLS OF ACONITE. Preparation. — Take of extract of aconite, A drachm ; extract of stramonium. 4 grains; valerianate of (juinino, '20 •.'rains. Mix thoroughlv, form a pill mass, and divi.lc into GO pills. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— These pills are very etticient m/fbriU and iiijhuiiiiuiluri/ aniijilalnl.wvhviv )iii(utu< //•r(V(j6i7i/i/, restlessness, or wakefulness is ¥UXL£ ALOES.— PILri,.E ALOES ET FERRI. 1489 present ; also iu tterrou^ fienditrhe, iiiul otlier nervous affections. They are but little used at the present time. The close i.< 1 pill every 2, 3, or 4 hours, according to the urgency of the symptoms, and the effect caused by the use of the pills (J.King). PILUL.ffi ALOES U. S. P. i— PILLS OF ALOES. Synonym . /'///.- nj s,n,iri,„ ii(o€.< Preparation. — 'PuriHed aloes, in fine powder, thirteen grammes (13 Gm.) [201 gr.-J; soap, iu fine powder, thirteen grammes (13 Gm.) [201 grs.]; water, a sufficient quaiuitv to uiaki- liKJ pills. Beat the powders together with water, so as to fona a mass" and divid.- it into KX) pills"— (T. 8. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— (See Aloe.-'.) Dose, from 1 to 3 pills. PILULE ALOES CO]yiPOSIT.ffi.— COMPOUND PILLS OF ALOES. Syn(pNY.m : Aiiti-dyspqttir pilU. Preparation. — Take of extracts of boneset, mandrake, and ginseng, each, 2 drachms; alofs. in powder. 8 drachms; gamboge, castile soap, of each, in powder, 4 drachms; capsicum and lobelia seed, of each, in powder, 1 drachm; oil of cloves, 2 minims. Mi.\ the extracts together, then add the soap, beating it well in a mor- tar, and finally thoroughly beat and work in the powders, and when the whole is well incorporated, add the oil of cloves. Divide the mass into pills of 4 grains each (T. V. Morrow, M. D.). This pill is by many considered superior to the one originally given in Beach's Jm«-. Prar., of which the following is the formula: Take of Socotrine aloes, in powder, 4 ounces; castile soap, colocynth, gamboge, of each, 2 ounces; extract of gentian. 4 ounces ; oil of cloves, 2 drachms. Mix as above. Dose, same as above. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— This pill is cathartic in doses of from 2 to 4 pills. It has l)t^fii found very useful in dyspepsia, constipation, jaundice, amen- orrhcea, and in all ordinary cases where cathartics are required. PILUL.ffi ALOES ET ASAFCETID,® lU. S. P. i— PILLS OF ALOES AND ASAFETIDA. Preparation. — "Purified aloes, in fine powder, nine grammes (9 Gm.) [139 grs.]; asat'etida. nine grammes (9 Gm.) [139 grs.]; soap, in fine powder, nine grammes (9 Gm.) [139 grs.] ; water, a sufficient quantity to make 100 pills. Beat the solids together with water, so as to form a mass, and divide it into 1(X) pills'— (f.-S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— This pill is applicable in constipation in nervous and hysterical individuals who suffer from gastric debilitr/ and flatulence. Dose, 2 to .5 pills. PILULE ALOES ET FERRI U. S. P.)— PILLS OF ALOES AND IRON. Preparation. — "Purified aloes, in fine powder, seven grammes (7 Gm.) [108 grs.]; dried ferrous suliihate, seven grammes (7 Gm.) [108 grs.]; aromatic pow- der, seven grammes (7Gm.) [108 grs.]; confection of rose, a sufficient quantity to make liX) pills. Beat the powdei-s together with confection of rose, so as to form a mass,an grs.]. To make 100 pills. Each pill contains 1 grain of aloes, 1 grain of extract of liquorice, 1 grain of soap, and 1 grain of molasses" (see PiluLr, X. F.). Adapted from Sal. Form. PILUL.E Aloes et Podopiiylli Co.mposit.e (N. F.), Cotnpounti pills of aloes and podophyllum, Janeivay's pills. — " Purified aloes i U. S. P.), six and one-half grammes i6.5 Gm. ' [100 grs.]; resin of podophyllum ( U. S. P.), three and one-fourth grammes (3.25 Gm. > [.50 grs.]; alcoholu- extract of belladonna leaves ( f. >. P. >. imo and six-tenths grammes 1 1.6 Gm.' [25 grs.]; ex- tract of nux vomica ( U.S.P.),odi- an.i six-tenths grammes (1.6 Gm.) [25 grs.]. To make 100 pills. Each pill contains 1 grain of aloes. ; LTain i .1 resin of poilophyllum, } grain of extract of bella- donna leaves, and i grain of extract oi mix v. miioa " (see Pilul^, N. F. i. .\dapted from .Y, thir- teen grammes (13 Gm.) [200 grs.J; mass of mercury ( T. .S. P.), six and onelialf gr.tmmes (6.5 Gm.) [100 grs.]; resin of podophyllum (P. S. P.), "one and six-tenths gramme.* il.6Gm.) [25 grs.]. To make 1(K1 pills Each pill contains 2 grains of aloes, 1 grain of blue mass, and } grain of resin d |ioil..|,i,ylhim (see PilnUe, N. F.). .V(rf<'.— When J'ihila trijilej-. under this name or some r.|ui\ al. ni. i- prescribed without further siiecification, it is recommended that the above preparai ion l.c .lispensed. A formula devised by Dr. John W. Francis is also in use: II. Francis' triplet /i/V/.v.— Purified aloes ( U.S. P. i, five and one-half gnimmes lo.o Gni.) [85 grs.]; scammony, five and one-half grammes (5.5 (im.) [85 grs.]; mass of mercurj- 1 I'.S. p. i, five and one-half grammes (5.5 Gm.) [85 grs.]; croton oil, tliirty-two one-lnindrvdths cubic centimeter (0.32 Cc.) [oTTl]; oil of caraway, one and six-tenths cubic centimeters 1 1.6 Co [25 in.]; tincture of aloes and myrrh ( ('. S.'P.\, a sutficient quantity to make UK) pills. Eaih uill contains ^ grain of aloes, | grain of scammony, i grain of blue mass. ^V minim of croton oil, } minim of caraway oil, and a sufficient quantitv of tincture of aloes and mvrrh " (see PiluLr, N. F.). Adapted from Xal. Form. Pn.i 1..K (.JiADiit plices (N. F.I, Qidnlrnple.r pilb<. (inatunr pilh, Pilul.r J,;-ri ,l ,juiniii.-r rum- positx. — " Dried sulphate of iron, six anil one-half grammes (6.5 Urn. i [1IK> grs.l ; quinine sul- phate, six and nne-lialf grammes (l>.5Gm.i [100 grs.]; purified akn-s ( {■.."«. P. '.six and oiK'-lialf grammes (6. .5 (im.) [100 grs.] ; extract of nux vomica ( f '. N. P. >, one and six-tenths grammes (1.6 (im.1 [25 grs.] ; extract of gentian ( f. N. P. i, a sufficient quantity to make 100 nills. Each pill contains 1 grain of sulphate of iron, 1 grain of quinine sulphate, 1 grain of ali>es, J (train of extract of nux vondca, and a sufficient quantity of extract of gentian" s»e Pi7ii/«-, X. F. i. .Vdapted from X^il. Funn. FILri..i; ALOES KT MYRKH.K.— PILIL.E A^A1 'KTllM;. 1491 PILULiE ALOES ET MYRRHiE (U. S. P.)— PILLS OF ALOES AND MYRRH. Sy.nii.nym : Ri(J'h.-<' j'Uls. Preparation.— "riiritied aloet;, in tine powder, thirteen grammes (13 Gm.J [201 ^rs.]; iiiyirli, in fine powder, six grammes (6 Gm.) [93 grs.] ; aromatic pow- iter, four grammes (4 (im.) [(i2 grs.]; syrup, a suHicieiit quantity to make 100 l)ills. Beat the j>owdiis together with svrup, so as to form a mass, and divide it into 100 \M^"—{i:s.l':). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— As a laxative, 1 to 2 pills; purgative, 2 to 6 {lills. Also employed in iUerinc dusorders marked by comtipation and torpor. Related Pill. — I'ilul.e Fekri Compo8it.i:(X. F.), Compouud pilk of iron ( U. S. P., 1880). I'Myrrli. nine ami three-fourtlis grammes (9.75 Gm.) [150 pis.J ; sodium carbonate, four grammes aii'l eiKlity-tive ceiitigi-auimes (4.8o dm.) [75 grs.]; sulphate of iron, 4 grammes and eighty-five eentigrammes (4.85 Gm.) [75 grs.] ; syrup, a sulficieut quantity. To make 100 pills. Each' pill Contains 1 J grains of myrrh, i grain of sodium carbonate, and i grain of sulphate of iron" (see I'iluia:, X. F.K Adapted from Xat. Form. PILUL.E ALOINI, STRYCHNIN-«, ET BELLADONNiE (N. F.) PILLS OF ALOIN, STRYCHNINE, AND BELLADONNA. Preparation.— "Aloin, one and three-tenths grammes (1.3 Gni.) [20 grs.]; strychnine, alkaloid, five centigrammes (0.05 Gm.) [| gr.] ; alcoholic extract of belladonna leaves (f/. S. P.), eight decigrammes (0.8 Gm.) [12.5 grs.]. To make 100 pills. Each pill contains I grain of aloin, ^^ grain of strychnine, and | grain of extract of helladonna leaves (see PiluLr, N. F.). Note. — These iiills are also pre- pared with (loulile the amount of strychnine. It is recommended that the stronger pills be dispensed only when specially demanded." Adapted from Nat. Form. Action, MedicalUses, and Dosage.— These pills are very popular with phy- sicians at the present day for the treatment of fiabitual constipation. Dose, 1 to 2 pills a day. Belated Pills. — Pilule Ai.oini, Strvchn'is^ kt Belladonna Composit.e (N. F.), Com- End piJlA of aloin, sirychniiii', and bill contains -,V grain of strychnine. iV grain of ipecac, ^V grain of extract of belladonna leaves, 2 grains of blue mass, and 2 grains of extract of colocvntb " (see Pilulie, N. F. '. Adapted from Xat. Form. PILUL.ffi ASAF(ETIDiE (U. S. P.)— PILLS OF ASATETIDA. Preparation.— "Asafetida, twenty grammes (20 Gm.) [309 grs.] ; soap, in fine l)0wdtr. -i\ irrammes (6 Gm.) [92 grs.]; water, a sufficient quantity to make 100 pills. HiMt the solids together with water, so as to form a mass, and divide it into 100 iiills"— (r. S. P.). This pill should be coated with sugar. Each pill con- tains 3 grains of a«affrtida. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Same as Amfcrtidn. Dose, 1 to 3 pills. 1492 PILUL-E ASAFCETID.E COMP.-PILUL^ CAMPHORS COMP. PILULJE ASAF(ETID-« COMPOSITE (ECLECTIC i— COMPOUND PILLS OF ASAFETIDA. Preparation. — Take of asafoetida. opium, carbonate of ammonium, each, 1 drachm. Mi.\ tlie asafoetida and opium together by aid of a gentle heat, and, while s^oft, add the ammonium carbonate. Divide the mas.s into 75 pilLs. Medical Uses and Dosage.— This pill is useful in many nervom and hys- teririil disor(lt'i\^. Each pill contains | of a grain of opium. The dose is 1 or 2 pillt-, according to the severity of the case. PILULiE BAPTISI^ COMPOSITE.— COMPOUND PILLS OF WILD INDIGO. Preparation. — Take of extract of leptandra, 4 grains; resin of podophyllum, 8 grains; san>,'uinarine, 1 grain ; alcoholic extract of wild indigo root, a .'^utiicient quantit\- tu foitii a \n\\ mass. Mix thorouglily together, and divide into 16 pills. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— These pills are cholagogue, laxative, and antiseptic; they were formerly considered especially useful \n typhoid fevers, and in all typhoid conditions, where it was required to keep the liowels regular. The dose is 1 pill, to be repeated every 2, 3, or 4 hours until a mild operation ia produced; to be given daily, or every other day (J. King). PILUL.ffl CAMBOGI-ffi COMPOSIT.ffi.— COMPOUND PILLS OF GAMBOGE. Preparation. — Take of gamboge and scannnony, each, in powder, 12 grains; elateriuni, 2 grains; croton oil, 8 minims; extract of hyoscyamus, a sufficient quantity. Mix together, and divide into 12 pills. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— This is a quick and certain cathartic, useful in ill. repeated every 1 or 2 hours, until it (>]>(ratcs. It is contraindicated when inflammation of any of the abdominal viscera is present. PILULiE CAMPHOR-« COMPOSIT-ffi.— COMPOUND PILLS OF CAMPHOR. Synonym : Cholera pill. Preparation. — Take of camphor, opium, kino, of each, in powder, 30 grains; capsicum, 5 grains; conserve of roses, a sufficient quantity. Mix together, and form a pill mass, and divide into 3(1 pills. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — These pills were much employed in Adalir rholera, as a stimulant, antispasmodic, anodyne, and .astringent, and with much success. One ))ill to be given after each discharge from the bowels, or oftener, if the urgency of the case requires it. Wlun powders are preferred, the conserve of roses may be omitted, and the mixture be given in powder. Related Pills.— Pilulje Cm et C.\MrnoR.s (S.TJ.Pilh o/onium aud romphnr. "Pow- dered opium, six and one-half grammes i(i..'> Gm.) [UX) prs.]; camphor, thirtefii grammes (1:: Gm.) [200 grs.]. To make 100 pills. Kacli inll containe 1 grain of opium an.l '2 grains of cam- phor" (sre PiluUi; N. F. I. Adapted from Xal. Form. Uses, similar to those of A.ivrVpomfw. Dose, 1 to 2 pills. I'n.iTL.K .Vntineuk.vloick (N. F.), .4ii/iiiciir570 , three and two-tentlis grammes (3.2 Gm.) [."lO grs.]. To make UK! pills. FjjcIi pill onitains 2 grains of quinine snlphate, j^k grain of morphine snli'liate, j^v gniin of strychnine, jv grain of arscnous acid, iind J grain of extract of .tconite leaves (8«>e PiUiljt. N. F.^. .Vi-*,.— W hen 'anti- PILUL.E CATHARTIC.E COMP.-PILUL^ CATHARTICJi VEQET. 1493 lU'uralfflc pills," or ' neuralgia pills,' without other spocificatiuu, an- prescribt'd, it is rt-com- iiit'udea that the above preparation be dispensed. .Souietiuiee the morphine tiulphate is directed to 1h> omitted. II. Browii-f>^(juard's auliiuuralyic [OT luuralyiu) ^jills. — Extract ui hyoe- cyamus ( I'. >. y'..,iuur and oue-lialf grammes i4.5 Gm.) [67 grs.]; extract of couium \ (..S. I'.), lour and one-hali grammes i4..'> Gm.i [G7 grs.]; extract of iguatia i f. .S. y. , three and two- tenths grammes (3.2 Gni. i [50 grs.] ; extract of opium i ('. S. P. >, three and two-tenths grammes (3.2 Gra. ) [50 gn..] ; extract of aconite leaves ( f '. .S. P.. IS'Ol, two and two-tenths grammes (2.2 Gm.) [33 grs.]: extract of Indian cannabis ( ('. .S. P.), one and six-tenths grammes (1.6 Gm.) [25 grs.]; extract ..f stramonium ( T. .V. />. l, one and three-tenths grammes 1 1.3 Gm.) [20 grs.]; alcoholic extract uf belladonna leaves ( I'.S. P.), one anil one-tenth grammes (1.1 Gm.i[17 gre.]. To make 100 pills. Each pill contains j grain of extract ui hyoscyamus, § grain of extract of conium. 1 grain of extract of ignatia, J grain of extract of opium, | grain of extract of aconite leaves, \ grain of extract of cannabis, i grain of extract of stramonium, and i grain of extract of belladonna leaves" (see Pihtla:, N. F.). Adapted from Xat. Form. PILULE CATHARTIC-ffi COMPOSITJE ECLECTIC).— COMPOUND CATHARTIC PILLS. Preparation. — Take of extract of leptandra, gamboge, scammony, each, in powder, 1 drachm ; resin of podophvlluin, castile soap, each, i drachm. Triturate the powders thoroughly tojiether, tVien add the soap; mix and beat the whole together till they are tliomughlv incorporated. Divide the mass into 100 pills (J. KiiigV Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— This is a valuable pill in all cases where a cathartic is refjuired.as in coiiMijHitionJorpnr nf the biliary apparatus, hepatic disease, inttrmittent and remittent fer<;ri>, jaundice, etc. One pill will generally be found sufficient for a dose, rarely 2 pills will be required. PILUL.ffi CATHARTICffi VEGETABILES (U. S. P.)— VEGETABLE CATHARTIC PILLS. Preparation. — "Compound extract of colocynth, sixty grammes (60 Gm.) [2 ozs. av.,ol grs.]; extract of hyoscyamus, thirty grammes (30 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 25 grs.]; extract of jalap, thirty grammes (30 Gm.) [1 oz. av.,2.5 grs.]; extract of leptandra, fifteen grammes (15 Gm.) [231 grs.]; resin of podophyllum, fifteen grammes (15 Gm.) [231 grs.]; oil of peppermint, eight cubic centimeters (8 Cc.) [130 TTl]; water, a sufficient quantity to make 1000 jiilis. Mix the compound ex- tract oicolocynth intimately with the resin of podophyllum and incorporate the oil of peppermint. Rub the extracts of hyoscyamus, jalap, and leptandra with enough water to render them plastic, then beatthem together with the mixture first prepared, u«in2 a sufficient quantity of water to form a mass, to be divided into 10 pills-— (r..v'. />>. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— As the name indicates, this is a vege- table cathartic. Dose, as a laxative, 1 pill; as a cathartic, 2 to 3 pills. Belated Pills.— PiLri..E C.\thartic.e Composite ( V. S. P.), Compound cathartic pills, AiUi- bilion^ pilh. ■• Compound extract of colocynth, eighty grammes (80 Gm.) [2 ozs. av., 360 grs.] ; mild mercurous chloride, sixty grammes (60 Gra. ) [2 ozs. av., 51 grs.]; extract of jalap, thirty grammes i30owders intimately, then graio.mi CoMI-osiT.E ((". .S'. P. I, ('(impiiuml pilU of anlimonxj, Plummer's pilh, Com- I'liinii pillt of tultchluri'le of nurrcurii, Coinpounii ciil'itiifl pilh. — "8ulphurateil antimony, four -•rammes i4 Gm.) 1^62 grs.]; mild iiiercurtius <'hlorir|e, four grammes 14 Gm. i [62 grs.]; guaiac, 111 fine piw.ler, eight grammes 8 Gm. i [123 grs.] ; castor oil, a sufficient quantity to make 100 pill". I{.-.it the powd.TB together with castor oil, added a few drops at a time, so as to form a m.is8, and .livide u int.. 100 pills "— ( V. .S'. P. i. This pill is not emplovetl bv the Eclectic profes- Sicm. It is u-^ed in ol.l s<-b..(il prai-tice inr rh.innalii- u\\>\ n,l„, i<> ilif.r.i, ,-> ..f fuvhililir nrir^n. Dose, 1 to 4 pills a day. 1494 PILULE CIMICIFUG^ COMPOSITE.— PILUL^E COPAIB.E. PILULE CIMICIFUG-S COMPOSITE— COMPOUND PILLS OF BLACK COHOSH. Preparation. — Take of the alcoholic extract? of black cohosh and Scutellaria, each, 1 drachm ; valerianate of quinine, ^ drachm. Mix thoroughly together, form into a 1)111 mass, and divide into 60 pills. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — These pills will be found very useful in chorea and other derangements of the nervous system, also in fevers or other dis- eases, attended with much restle-'isness or wakefulness, and in several uterine affections. The dose is 1 pill every 1, 2, or 3 hours, daily, according to the urgency of the Bymptoms (J. King). PILUL.ffl COLOCYNTHIDIS COMPOSIT.® (N. F.)— COMPOUND PILLS OF COLOCYNTH. Synonyms : Pilul-ie coccise, Cochia pills. Preparation. — "Extract of colocynth (C S. P.),one and one-tenth grammes (1.1 Gm.) [17 grs.]; purified aloes (T. S. P.), thirteen grammes (13 Gm.; [200 grs.]; resin of scammony (('.& P.), thirteen grammes (13 Gm.) [200 grs.]; oil of cloves, one and one-half cubic centimeters (1.5 Cc.) [25111]. To make 100 pills. Each pill contains ^ grain of extract of colocynth, 2 grains of aloes, 2 grains of scammony, and J minim of oil of cloves (see Pilule, N. F.). Note. — The Pilula Colocynthidis Composita of the British Pharviacopceia, for which the above is an equivalent, is prepared with colocynth pulp, and contains potassium sulphate, which was originallj' added as an aid to reduce the ingredients to powder. With the use of extract of colocynth this becomes unnecessarj'. The British Pharmaco- poeia directs the above to be kept as a pill mass, to be made into pills of such weight as may be prescribed. When such specification is omitted, it is recom- mended to dispense pills containing the quantities above directed." Adapted from Xat. Form. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — This pill is employed as a purgative. Dose, 1 to 2 jiills. Related Pills.— PiLULa: Colocynthidis et Hyoscyami (N. F.), PUU of colocynth and hyo$- cyamm. " Extract of colocynth ( V. S. P.), sixty-five centigrammes i0.65 Gm. i [10 grs.]; puri- fied aloes ( r. N. P.), nine and seven-tenths grammes (9.7 Gm. i [150 grs.]; resin of soamniony {U. S. P.), nine and seven-tenths grammes (9.7 Gm.) [150 grs.]; oil of cloves, one cubic centi- meter (1 Cc.l [17111.]; extract of hyoscyamus ( U. .S'. /'.), nine and seven-tenths gramuips (9.7 Gm.) [150 grs. I. To make 100 pills. Each pill contains iV grain of extract of colocynth, IJ grains of aloes, U grains of scammony, i minim of oil of cloves, and li grains of extract of nyoseyamus (see Puulx, N. F.). Ao(<'.— The Pitnla Colocynthidis et Ifi/o.eful in (lown-rlKea, &nd other attectitins where the medicinal agents are indicated. The dose is 2 to 4 pills, 3 times a day. PILULE COPAIBA COMPOSITJE.— COMPOUND PILLS OF COPAIBA. Preparation. — Take of solidilied copail)a, I drachm ; ethereal extract of cubebs, i draclini ; resin of podophylhuu. 11 iirains; gum myrrh,! drachm; alcoholic extract ot' nux vomica. 15 grains. Mix thoroughly, and divide into o-grain pills. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— These pills are useful in (jonorrhfea, gleet, struiuir. aw\ '■hnmii- injluinination nj l/if jiroKUitc The dose is from 2 to 4 pills, twice a day. For ordinary cases, the following preparation will be found bene- ficial: Take of solidified copail>a, 2 drachms; ethereal extract of cubel)S, 1 drachm ; oil of juniper, a suttieient quantity, not to impair the pilular consistency of the mass. Mix, and divide into pills of 4 grains each. The dose is the same as above. PILULiE FERRI CARBONATIS (U. S. P.)— PILLS OF FERROUS CARBONATE. Synony.ms : Ferruginous pilU, Chalybeate pills, BlauiVs Pills, Pills nf irmi, Grif- fitKs pills. Preparation. — "Ferrous sulphate, in clear crystals, sixteen grammes (16 Gm.) [247 grs.]; potassium carbonate, eight grammes (8 Gm.) [123 grs.]; sugar, four grammes (4 Gm.) [62 grs.]; tragacanth, in fine powder, one gramme (1 Gm.) [15 grs.]; althaia, in ^To. 60 powder, one gramme (1 Gm.) [15 grs.]; glycerin water, each, a sutiieient quantity to make 100 pills. Rub the potassium carbon- ate, in a mortar, with a sufficient quantity (about 10 drops each) of glj'cerin and water, then add the ferrous sulphate and sugar, previously triturated together to a uniform powder, and beat the mass thoroughly, until it assumes a greenish color. When the reaction ajjpears to have terminated, incorporate the tragacanth and althica, and, if necessary, add a little more water, so as to obtain a mass of a pilular consistence. Divide this into 100 pills. These pills should be freshly prepared, when wanted" — (T. S. P.). History. — This pill is the modified Blaud's pill, and has the official name formerly iriven to Vallet's mass {Pihthi Ferri Carbmnitis), and also differs much from the pill of similar name directed by the British Phannacopceia. Hence, a confusion of names and the pills they represent will be likely to occur among physicians. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Its uses are those of compound mix- ture of iron (see Mistura Ferri Coinposita). This pill is a ferruginous tonic, anecially valuable in an/'mia, alonir amenorrha-a, chlorosis, and hysterical affections; also in the hectic fever nf /ihthinis and rhronir mucous catarrhs. It appears to have the usual effects of iron on the blood, increasing its coloring ])articles and rendering it of a more scarlet color. It may be divided into 3 or 5-grain pills, of y\huh from 2 to 6 may be given 3 timesa day, and continued for several weeks, particularly if their use is followed liy an amelioration of the symptoms of disease. Related Pills.— Pi i.ri-.r. Fekri Cakhonatis (N. F.l, Pilh of carbonatt of iron, Ferru- gino'u pill*. lUaml't fiillf. Clitih/hfiile pilh. ' ."S|il))hnte of iron, in dear crystals, 240 prains; tairljonate of potassium, 140 ^raiijs; su^ar. 4K (.'rains; tni>.Meantli, in line |HHViler, HI p-nins; glycerin, 10 minims; water, a sufficient ipiantity. Triturate the Hulpliatc nf inm with the Bn«i\r to a uniform |)Ow•■. P.). Tests. — " Pills of ferrous iodide should be dev.nd of the smell of iodine. If a few of tiie pills be triturated with water, the filtrate should not assume more than a light-blue tint on the addition of starch T.S. (^absence of more than traces of free iodine) "— (f. .<^. P.). PILIL.E GALliAXI COMl'Msrr.K-l-lLl L.E LEPTASDR.E COM POSIT.i:. 1497 Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Thit; pill possesses the same meiliciiial properties as the solution of iodide of iron, ami may he piven in the same diseases. About li grains of the iodide of iron enters into each pill, 1 of which may he given for a dose, and repeated 2 or 3 times a day. The U. S. P. pill contains about I grain of ferrous iodide. PILUL.ffl GALBANI COMPOSURE (N. F.)— COMPOUND PILLS OF GALBAITOM. Preparation.— "Galbanum, nine and three-fourths grammes (9.75 Gm.) [150 grs.]; myrrli, nine and three-fourths grammes (9.75 Gm.) [150 grs.] ; a.-^afietida, three and one-fourth gramme.-; (3.25 Gm.) [50 grs.]; syrup, a suHicient quantity lo make 100 pills. Each pill contains 1^ grains of galbanum, H grains of myrrh, and i grain of asafi^tida " (see Pilule, N. F.). Adapted from Nat. Form. This agrees with'the r. .'.•. /'. , ISSd) formula. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Formerly much employed in hysterical nuinijeitutionn, Mi'l as a stimulant in mucous projiuvia. Dose, 2 to 5 pills. PILULE GLONOINI (N. F.)— PILLS OF GLONOm. Synoxym : Pi/Is of nitroglycerin . Preparation.— "Spirit of glonoin (U. S.P.),six and one-half grammes (6.5 Gm. » [lUU grs.] ; altha;a, in fine powder, six and one-half grammes (6.5 Gm.) [100 grs.]; confection of rose ( U. S. P.). a sufficient quantity. Mix the spirit of glonoin intimately with the powdered althfea, expose the mixture for a short time to the air, so that the alcohol may evaporate, then make a pill mass by means of confec- tion of rose, ami divide it into 100 pills. Each pill contains yj^ grain of glonoin (nitrosrlyceriii i " — < Xat. Form.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dos&ge.—i'^ee .'^piritus Glomini.) PILULiE HYOSCYAMI COMPOSIT^ffi.— COMPOUND PILLS OF HYOSCYAMUS. Preparation. — Take of extract of hyoscyamus. extract of valerian, each, 2 drachms; extract of aconite, sulphate of quinine, of each, 1 drachm. Mix thor- oughly tnu'ethcr. and divide into pills of 3 grains each. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— These pills will be found advantageous in neumlgin, rheumnti-iin, chorea, dysmenorrhasa, and many affections of a similar character. The dose is 1 pill every 2, 3, or 4 hours, according to circumstances. As the virtue of valerian resides in its oil, it is probable the extract is nearly use- less, and one-half the quantity of the oil of valerian, or of valerianic acid, should be substituted for the extract, and forms a much more efficient pill (J. King). PILULE LEONURI COMPOSIT.ffi.— COMPOUND PILLS OF MOTHERWORT. Preparation. — Take of the alcoholic extracts of motherwort and unicorn-root, each, 2 drachms; extract of leptandra, resin of cimicifuga, each, 1 drachm. Mix thoroui.'lily tosrethcr, form a pill mass, and divide into 60 pills. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— These pills are useful in many uterine nffrrtloi,-<, ■.u-{\\\)y a< a utt-riiie tonic and alterative. One pill maj' be given every 1,2, or 4 hou:-, according to the urgency of the case (.1. King). PILUL.« LEPTANDR.® COMPOSITE.— COMPOUND PILLS OF LEPTANDRA. Preparation.— Take of extract of leptandra, 1 drachm; resin of podophyl- lum, A ilracliiii : extract of rhubarb, a sufficient quantity. Mix together, and 1498 PILULJi OLEORESIX.E EUPATOIill COMPOsilTJ:.— PILUL.K PHOiPHOPJ. divide into 60 pills. Some prefer making these pills with extract of dandelion instead of rhubarb. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— TI.Ih is a valuable cholagogue pill, very beneficial in llcrr (iffivlinns. iili.i,>.< lA' & nHirnrial or syphilitic character, and are also beneficial in rh(ti>iutti-'g,-ther, and divide into 4-grain pill.s. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — These pills are tonic and antiperiodic, and maybe employed in inttriniUc'iit (ind remittent farrg, und in all diseases at- tended with symptoms of periodicity. The addition of the tartaric acid renders the quinine more readily solulde in the juices of the stomach. The dose is 1 pill every 1,2, or 3 hours, according to the severity or urgency of the symptoms. A. compound quinine pill \B occasionally employed, which is composed as follows: Take of sulphate of quinine, hydrochlorate of berberine, each, 1 drachm ; resin of podophyllum, 10 grains; extract of nux vomica, 8 grains. Mix, and divide into 60 pills (J. King). PILULE QUININE SULPHATIS.— PILLS OF SULPHATE OF QUININE. Preparation.— Take of sulphate of quinine, 1 drachm ; aromatic sulphuric acid, 45 drops; drop the acid into the quinine on a tile or slab, and triturate with a spatula until it assumes a pilular consistence; then divide into 60 pills. The same can be effected much more readily by substituting a very small quantity of tartaric acid in solution for the aromatic sulphuric acid (J. King). This pill should be coated with either sugar or gelatin. This method of forming quinine into a jiill mass was made known by Mr. E. Parish. The ingredients, when mixed, form a fluid, which soon thickens into a paste, and finally becomes quite solid, and so adhesive as to be readily divided and rolled into pills; care must be taken not to allow the mass to becom"e too dry and brittle before dividing it, as it is liable to do if allowed to remain too long. In this form, a portion of the neutral sulphate being converted into the soluble bisulphate, the preparation more nearly resembles the solutions in composition, and is believed to be more certain and rajiid in its action. When it is desired to incorporate other substances in powder with the quinine thus prepared, as ferro- cyanide of iron, etc., they should be added to the mass when it is just so soft that, upon their addition, it will immediately assume the proper consistence. It is not, however, advisable to employ this process when any considerable quantity of other ingredients are prescribed with the quinine, uidess a little syrup or honey is also added to prevent the too lapid hanlening and consequent crumbling of the mass. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — (For the u.ses of these pills, see Quininse Sulph/if).) Each jiill contains 1 grain of sulj>liate of quinine, and 12 are equivalent to 1 ounce of good Piruvian bark. 'Die above i)ill mass may be made into 2 or 5-grain pills if desired, which will not be found inconveniently large. PILULE. RESIN^ffi PODOPHYLLI COMPOSITE.— COMPOUND PILLS OF RESIN OF PODOPHYLLUM. Preparation. — Take of resin of podophyllum, scammony, gamboge, each, in powder, 1 drachm; castile soap, ^ drachm. 'Triturate the powders thoroughly tiv gether for about half an hour, then add the soap. Mix, and beat the whole together until tiny arc thoroughly incorporated. Divide the mass into 120 pills. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— This is a most valuable ]>ill for all dis- eases where cathartii's are required, and has cured many cases of /ityxi^iV n/?rcf»oii« by a continued use of them. The dose is 1 or 2 pills every night. They have no tendency toward producing constipation, but rather the "reverse, and, after using them for several days in succession, they will generally be found so active that it will be necessary to omit them for a number of days before resuming their admin- PILUL.E KHEI.-l'lLlL.K SCAMMONII COMPOSIT.E. 1501 ietration. Thej' may be safely used in all ordinary cases where purgation is de- sired ; they operate freely and thoroughly, and usually without causing nausea, griping, or deljility. In consequence of the difficulty with which pure scamniony i:< obtained in this country, many practitioners substitute for it, in these pills, extract of aj)Ocy- num, or extract of rhubarb, or oleoresin of iris, either of which will probably be found preferable to an impure or counterfeit scamniony (J. King). A very useful pill for .■"(/'( '-(un^ mn.'^tijtatio)) is the following: Take of resin of podophyllum, 6 grains ; extract of nux vomica, 7 grains ; extract of belladonna, 4^ grains. Mix, and divide into 10 pills. Dose, 2 or 3 pills a day, accompanied with suljihurous baths (Van den Corput). PILUL.ffi RHEI (U. S. P.)— PILLS OF RHUBAEB. Preparation.—" Rhubarb, in No. 60 powder, twenty grammes (20 Gm.) [309 grs.]; soap, in line powder, six grammes (6 Gm.) [93 grs.]; water, a sufficient quan- tity to make 100 pills. Beat the powders together with water so as to form a mass, to be divided intu 100 i>ills"— (f. .S. P.). This pill contains 3 grains of rhubarb. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Mildly laxative in 3-grain doses (1 pill). Of value in mild forms of conMipation {seeK/ieum). Dose, 1 to 3 pills. PILULE RHEI COMPOSIT.« U. S. P.)— COMPOUND PILLS OF RHUBARB. Synonym : Cmnpound rhubarb pills. Preparation.—" Rhubarb, in No. 60 powder, thirteen grammes (13 Gm.) [201 grs.] ; puritied aloes, in fine powder, ten grammes (10 Gm.) [154 grs.] ; myrrh, in fine powder, six grammes (6 Gm.) [93 grs.]; oil of peppermint, one-half cubic centimeter (0.5 Cc.) [8 Til]; water, a sufficient quantity to make KXI pills. Mix the oil of peppermint with the powders, then beat the mixture with water so as to form a mass, to be divided into 100 pills "—{C. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Tonic laxative (see Myi-rh, Aloes, and Rhubnih). U.-^eful in chronic constipation and gastric and iiUestinal flatulence. Dose, 1 to 4 pills. PILULiE SAPONIS COMPOSITE (ECLECTIC).— COMPOUND PILLS OF SOAP. Synonym: Diuretic pills. Preparation — Take of oils of spearmint, juniper, and sassafras, each. 1 fluid drachm; castile soap, H drachms. Beat the soap in an iron mortar, gradually adding ihe oils, and, when the ingredients are thoroughly incorporated, i lis. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Laxative, nauseant, and diuretic. They are of much efficacy in jaundice, hepatic dL?eage.-<, and affrrtinris of the kidneys. The dose is 1 or 2 pills, 3 times a day, sufficient to produce a slight sensation of nausea. This pill is superior to the one made after the old formula (T. V. Morrow, M. D.). PILUL.ffi VALERIANA COMPOSIT.®.— COMPOUND PILLS OF VALERLAJI. Preparation.— Take of the alcoholic extract of scuUcap.and extract of chamo- mile, each, 2 drachms ; extract of boneset, sulphate of quinine, of each. 1 drachm ; capsicum, 20 grains; oil of valerian,^ drachm, by weight. Mix the articles to- gether, liiat tlicm until thoroughly incorporated, and divide into 90 pills. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— These pills are tonic and nervine, and may be used in all cases where such a combination of action is desired. The dose is 1 pill, every 2 or 3 hours. PILULE VIBURNI COMPOSIT.ffi:.— COMPOUND PILLS OF HIGH CRANBERRY. Preparation. — Take of alcoholic extracts of high cranberrv, blue cohosh, and unicorn root, each, ^ drachm ; extract of partridge-berry, 1 drachm. Mix together, and divide into 40 pills. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— These pills are of superior efficacy in uterine ilisen.os. a< mnninrrhn a, ili/s,iitiinrrh(ea, leucorrhmi, etc.; as a uterine tonic in habitual ntiscarriarirs: and may i)e given during pregnancy to relieve cramps and many other unpleasant sensations occurring at that period. The dose is 1 or 2 pills, 3 times a day (J. King.) PIMENTA (U. S. P.)— PIMENTA. "The nearly ripe fruit of Pimenfa officinalis, Lindley" — (f. S.P.). {Eugenia Pimenta, De Candolle; Myrtus Pimenta, Linne ; Pimenta VK/^nr/.s, Wight and Arnott.) Nat. Ord. — Myrtacete. Co.MMON Names : AlUpice, Pimentn, Pimento, Javwica pepper. Illustration : Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, HI. Botanical Source. ^This tree, the Euftenia Pimenta of De Candolle, is an evergreen, reaching to the height of 25 feet, or more. The trunk is erect, with many round brandies toward the summit; twigs compressed, the younger and the pedicles downy. The leaves are opposite, entire, oblong or oval, with pel- lucid dots, and somewhat opaque and smooth. The tiowers are small, in axillary and terminal, trichotomous panicles; some Howers are fourtid and subsessile in the forks of the panicle. Calyx-tube is nearly globose, the limb being divided down to the ovary into 4 roundish segments. Petals 4. greenish-white. Stamens numerous, distinct; ovary 2-celled. Berry globose, i-seeded, black, the sixe of a pea. Embryo roundish, with the cotyledons consolidated (I..). Histonr. — The allspice, or pimento tree, is a native of South America and the West India Islands, especially Jamaica. The tree completes its growth in about seven vears, though fruit mav be had from it in its third voar: it flourishes ni'KR. 1503 best in a limestone soil. The unripe berries are the official part, and are more generally known by the name of All^-jiiir. Other namei^, i\s Jumttira jicppev, Bay- t>rrr}/, etc., have been given to them. They are gathered just before maturity, thoroughh" dried, and then packed for foreign markets. When these trees are in blossom they emit a most delicious fragrance. The pimento tree is not improved by cultivation. After the old groves, or »(•<(//.•.■*, as they are called, are exhausted, a clearing; is made in the forest near the old groves, and, through the agency of birds and the winds, seeds are scattered in this open area, and a new grove springs up. When the young trees are two or three years old the weaker ones are cut down. After thus thinning the grove, it requires no further attention. The fruit is gathered in July and August, the young fruit-laden tips of the branches being broken oft"(^^hich benefits the trees) and thrown upon the ground, where they are stripped of the berries by women and children and placed in bags, carried to a sunny e.xposure and dried, either by solar or artificial heat, and again bagged for the market. The steins of young pimento trees at one time were exported from Jamaica to England and the United States, to be used for umbrella sticks. They came in bundles, containing from 500 to 800 sticks, each representing a young pimento tree ( Aim r. Jour. Phnnii., 1882, p. 11, from S<-ient. Amer., 1881). Description. — Pimento, or allspice, also known as Pipe)- Jnmaicense, and Semen Anurtni, when dried, becomes brownish-black, round, wrinkled, and umbilicate at the apex. Its odor and taste combines that of cinnamon, nutmegs, and cloves; hence its name, cilUpire. Boiling water takes up the aroma, and alcohol all the active properties. The infusion is brown, and has an acid reaction on litmus paper. The I'. S. P. describes pimenta as being "about 5 Mm. (i inch) in diameter, nearly globular, crowned witli the short, 4-parted calvx or its remnants, and a short style; brownish or brownish-gray, granular and glandular, 2-celled ; each cell containing 1 brown, plano-convex, roundish-reniform seed; odor and taste pungently aromatic, clove-like" — (['. .S'. P.). Chemical Composition.— Two-thirds of the fruit consists of the shell, and one-thinl of tlu' si-. .Is. Tiie berries contain a volatile oil (see Oleum Pimenta?), which may be obtiiiiieil by distillation, a green, soft resin, of a burning aromatic taste, a concrete fatty suostance, tannic acid, gum, sugar, malic and gallic acids, etc. (Bonastre). They also loiitain starch (Braconnot). Dragendorff (1871) found a minute portion of an alkaiojil in the fruit. The latter, ujjon incineration, leaves 6 per cent of ash. W.W. Abtll ( Amer. Jour. P/iarm., 1886, p. 163) obtained from the leaves i per cent of an essential oil bearing a close resemblance to oil of bay (J/yrcia nrrig). The leaves also contain 0.4 per cent of tannin and 11.25 per cent of ash. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Pimento is a hot, aromatic stimulant, and carminative, and may be usimI wiuie such agents are indicated. It is seldom employed in medicine, but is usCT-i?if. an amorphous alkaloid chnvicine soluble in alcohol, ether and petroleum ether. Alcoholic caustic alkali decomposes it into the alkali salt of chavicic acid, and piperidine (compare Piperinnm). Adulterations and Tests.— Falsification of the whole pepper fruit is of rare occurrence. It may be found occasionally admixed witii the fruit of cubebs, all- spice, piper longum, etc. A globular iron ore (heon-ore) has been reported as an adulterant of whole pepper (C/iem. Zeitung, 1889, p. 1030). Adulteration of pow- dered pepper may be recognized by the microscope and by chemical methods. The determination of ether extract, representing the piperine and resin, in con- junction with the determination of ash may be useful in deciding the purity of a given sample. Mr. J. E. S. Bell {Amer. Jour. Phnrm., 1888, p. 481) found sixteen out of twenty samples of pepper, mostly from American markets, to be pure. The ether extract in the four impure samples varied from 3.29 to 4.11 per cent, the ash from 7.25 to 8.59 per cent, while in pure pepper it varies from 3 to 5 per cent. The highest yield of ether extract was 7.8o per cent. Genuine black pepper should yield 7.66 per cent piperine (Niederstadt). T. F. Hanausek (1884) men- tions aniong adulterants of powdered peiijier, crust of bread, flour, linseed cake, acorn meal, sawdust, powdered olive kernels; of late (1898), powdered exhausted coriander fruit, less frequentlv mineral matters, such as sand, gypsum, etc. Mr. F. A. Hennessy {Amer.Jour. Pharm. ,IS90, p. 276) reports on the wholes;Ue manu- facture of "spice mixture" from a low grade of wheat flour. Also see an interest- ing article on "p.oivrette," an adulterant of powdered wepper nnule from olive kernels, in Amcr. Jour. Pharm.. 1887, p. 146. (For a detailed consideration of the PIPER .MHTHYSTKIM. 1505 nni:io.s(.ii]>iial and chemical aiialy.>^is of pepper, see J. Ktinig, Die MeimhI. Xahr- uiiri-^- mill (i'tM)(.s.;/;i-w,V, 3d id.. ISyi. p. 914.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Pain and redness are the results of the local ai>plie:itii>M ot" jiuwdered pepper. Internally administered it excites in the moiUli and fauces a burning f^en.sition, warms the stomach and slightly quickens the circulation. Abdominal heat and burning, marked thirst, vomiting, fever, and sometimes convulsions follow an excessive dose. It may produce an urticaria, which, however, soon disappears. Large do.^es increase renal activity and irritate the urinary tract. Black pepper is a gastrointestinal stimulant, and is much used as a condiment to improve the flavor of food, and to favor its digestion by stimulating the stomach. It has been advantageously used as a carminative to remove fidlnltncy, and to correct the nauseating or griping quality of otlier drugs, and is sometimes added to quinine in cases where the stomach, from torpidity or other cause, is not acted upon by the quinine alone. It has been recommended as a remedy in intcrmittenls, but very often fails, though it nearly always mate- rially assists the action of quinine. As a giustric stimulant it is very valuable in rongeMirc rhill. rhnlera m((;-6«,s, and associated with hydrastis, nux vomica, or other stomachic bitters is effectual in utonir dy.viejysia. Combined with macrotys it has rendered good service in atonir nm''norrha'(i and dysmenorrhcea. The unbroken seeds of white pepper taken in teaspoonful doses 2 or 3 times a day, have been recommended to overcome the obstinate constipation of dyspeptics; they are, however, rarely used at present. The dose of black pepper is from 1 to 15 grains. Prof. Scudder, with whom black pepper was a favorite drug, directs from 1 to 10 drops of the following tinc- ture : Take finely ground black pepper, sviii; alcohol, 98 per cent, Oj. Pack the drag in a percolator, moisten with a portion of the alcohol, allow it to stand a day, and then piss through it tlie remaining portion of alcohol. Specific Indications and Uses.— Gastric atony; congestive chills. Related Peppers. — Loxt; Peim-kk. This pepper is derived from two species of Piper, Piper officinitiiitii. 1 ii' ( ';in.i..llr [ Clmrica officinnruin, .Miquel), producing the Java long pepper, and Pi/xr hiujum, l.iiiiu- I '/(.new Kojburyliii. .Miquel' producing the India long pepper. Both species grow in the islands ol the Indian t)i\:in, the latter species also in the Philippine Islands, in southern India. Malabar, Bengal and Cex Ic.n. The ./.(I I hniti jujijier grows in eyiindrioal anients consisting of a multitude of minute ovoid h-riies. each j\rof an inch long, densely arranged in spiral form around a common axis, the whole spike being about li to 2 inches long and } inch thick and of an ashen gray color. When w.ished they are reddish brown. The fruits are collected l^efore maturity, dried" in the sun, and have a mild aromatic odor but a pungent, aromatic taste. Iiulin Iniiij pepi^er is of similar growth, but its spikes are shorli r. only iioin 1 to U inch in length, and the fruits are les-s pungent. Its aromatic taste and i.il.i ;in- ^.'i iliially developed upon drying. It is less esteemed than the Java variety. Lciiil; (.c i |m r . niuains piperine ( Winkler, 1S2S; Fliickiger, Pharmacognoine, 1891), and yiel<38 upon distiUatiuu with watiT, 1 per cent of a bland, thickish, yellow-green oil of specific "gravity 0.8C1, and resembling ginger in odor. Long jiepper is rarely used medicinally in the United States. PifMT Sitrie-HoUumlx. — Australia. The berries of this pepper contain an essential oil reputed useful in gimurrhjcu and relate.l disorders. PIPER METHYSTICUM.— KAVA-KAVA. The root of Piper methysiiniin, Forster {Macropiper methyftirum, Miquel). Nat. Ord. — Piperacea". CoM.Mi).\ Names: Avu, Kara-kavn, Intoxicating long pepper, Aia pepper fhrub. Botanical Source and History.— This is "a shrub about 6 feet high, some- what resembling the bamboo in growth, a native of and common in cultivation in the South 8ea Islands. It was discovered by James Cook, the celebrated ex- plorer, in 1769, in the Tahiti Islands. The leaves (see illustration in Pharm. Jour. Trann.. 1876, p. 149) are alternate, cordate, witli a wavy, entire margin, and an abrupt, acute point. The petiole is about an inch long, dilated at the base, and furnished with linear, erect stipules. The veins are prominent, about 12, diverg- ing from the base of the leaf-blade. Tiie flowers are small, apetalous, and arranged on slender spikes. Tliose bearing male (lowers are axillary and solitary. The female spikes are numerous. This shrub is known in its native rountry under . 150G VlfKR ilETHYSTICUM. the names Kava, Ava, Arwa, Ava-kava, Kava-knvn, etc., and is the "Intoxicating Long Pepper," from which a disgusting drink is prepared l)y the native?, and even by the whites, of these ishinds. This drink is invariably made by chewing the root of the phmt to a pulp, covering this with water, macerating a short time, and then straining it through "fow," a fibrous material obtained from the bark of a certain native tree. The taste is said to resemble soap-suds and tannin. (For the methods of its preparation by the natives and its uses, see an interesting illus- trated paper by Dr. R. H. True, in Pharm. Review, 1896, p. 28; also see T. R. X. Mor- son's abstract from Mariner's History of the Tonga Islands, in Phnnn. Jour. Tram., Vol. Ill, 1844, p. 474; and Dr. Seeman's Letters from the Fiji Islands, in the Althe- nieum, 1861.) The leaf is chewed with the betel-nut, and the dried root, under the name pipula moola, forms an article of commerce in India. Description. — The root is the part recommended for use in medicine. Of the lot inspected by us, the main root seems to have grown horizontally beneath the surface of the ground, sending up stalks at intervals of from 2 to 4 inches. Each stalk is from ^ to 3 inches in diameter at the base, and is hollow. The cavity extends through the main root, thus giving to a longitudinal section of the root the appearance of several separate roots having grown together. Externally, the main root is brown, and covered with a thin bark. From the sides and lower part are secondary roots, about ^ to f of an inch in diameter. These appear to be arranged about the bases of the stalks ; in some cases they are quite long, and com- mence to send out rootlets at a distance of 6 inches from "the main root. Inter- nally, the large root is covered with a network of fibers beneath the bark. Coarse medullary rays compose the body. The root breaks with a fibrous fracture; it is frequently much worm-eaten internally, though, to an external examination, apparently sound. After chewing a little of it, a peculiar, acrid, benumbing sen- sation is im|iartt'd to the parts of the mouth with which the pulp comes in con- tact. This innprrty is possessed in a much greater degree by the small rootlets. Chemical Composition.— The chief constituent of kava-kava root, amount- ing to 49 per cent, is starch (Gobley, 1860). It also contains about 1 per cent of a neutral, tasteless, crystallizable principle called karahin or methy.'^) which stands in close relation- ship io piperic arid of Fittig and Mielck (see Piper cent, Gobley, 1857) which was differentiated by Lewin {Phnmi. Centralhalle,lSSii,p. 72) into alpha-rc.-tin, which is a strong local anaesthetic, and the less active (xta-refin. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— The root of Piper methysticum has a pleasant, sunn what lilac cidor, and a sliiihtly pungent, bitter and aj?tringent taste, which augments the salivary discharge. It has marked general and local ana'S- thetic properties. It has been employed as a pleasant remedy in hr^'urhiti-'', rheu- matism, gout, (jonnn-ha^n, and gleet, und has also been recommended as a powerful sudorific. It appears to exert its influence more especially upon disea.^ed mucous membranes, and may be found useful in rhronir catarrhal affotimxs of various organs, and in chronic wJUunmatioii of the neck of the bladder. The action of the root varies, according to the amount taken; in small doses.it is tonic and stimulant: while in large doses it produces an intoxication, which, unlike that from alcolml. is of a reserved, drowsy character, and attended with confu.resent some other active principle, not yet detected, to account for cer- tain other influences following its employment. Piper methysticum has been suc- cessfully em])ioyed in nionir (h/sjiepsia and in nenrnhjir or sixuitiwiUr (h/s)iu'nori-hce(i. Prof. Webster (lh/n;iam betel oil also contains the sesquiterpene rrKlincne (C'liHm). (For interesting details, see • iildi-meister and Ilotrniann, Die J-kheritchrti Oele, 1899, p. 426; also see Dymock, Mat. Med.<^ W'iUtii India; and article under .Ireca). PIPERAZINUM.— PIPERAZINE. FoK.Mri.A: C,H,„N\. MoiKn i. ah Wkicht : ^''.'X Syno.nyms: Piperazidinc, Dielhylene-diamine, Klhi/lnic-imine, Difjtermine. Hexa- hydro-pyrazine. li)08 PU'KniNUM. Preparation.— This substance, once thought to be identical, chemically, with speniiiiic, may Ik- produced when ethylene bromide (or chloride; is acted upon by auiuiuiiia, and the product of the reaction subjected to fractional distillation. The fraction, distilling between 130° and 180° C. (266° to 356° F.), deposits, on cooling, crystals of piperazine (A.W. Hofmann). (For the process ofW.Majert and A. Schmidt, see Amer. Jour. Fhnrm., 1893, p. 188.) Description. — Piperazine, a patented preparation of R. Schering, forms crys- talline, colorless masses; when crystallized from water, it forms lustrous, gla.ss- iik(^ tabular crystals. Exposed to the atmosphere, it rapidlj' absorbs carbon di- o.Kide, and is very deliquescent. It fuses between 104° to 107° C. (219.2° to 224.6° F.), although the true melting point seems to be 112° C. (233.6° F.). It boil.-; at about 145° C. (293° F.). Alcohol does not dissolve it as readily as water, in which it is very soluble. Its aqueous solution has a distinctly alkaline reaction. Chem- ically, it stands in close relation to piperidine (see Piperinum). as the two formula- here given will show: CH,:(CH,.CH,)j:NH (piperidine); NH:(CH,.CHj,:NH (piperazine). It forms a characteristic, insoluble, red double salt with bismuth iodide. It unites with uric acid to form a compound soluble in 50 parts of water, hence is thought to be more valuable than lithium carbonate, for the removal of uric acid in excess from the body, on account of its greater solvent action. Its hydroclilorati' forms lustrous, silky needles, and is likewise very soluble in water. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Marked physiological effects are not produced Ijy '.inliiiary doses i)f j)ij)<'razine. This agent appears to be a solvent of great power for uric acid, and is, therefore, a remedy for the conditions hinging upon a, uric acid diathesis. It also dissolves phosphntk and oxalic conrrctiom. The cases for its exhibition are those in which there is a persistent oversecretion of uric acid and urates, with dry skin, sickening backache and general muscular aching, and scanty secretion of urine of high specific gravity and with brick-dust deposits. With such conditions, it relieves acute rheumati.-^m, rlieuiiKilic /n ricardtti^, gout, and chronic rheumatic arthritis. It has recently been found of mucli value in acute and chronic gonorrhoea, and in purulent cystiti-'^, daily doses of 10 grains having been employed in carbonated water (Tison and Attaix, Gaz. Med. dc Stntsbourg, 1896V For ordinary use, about 3 grains every 3 hours, or 5 grains 3 times a day, in water or carbonated water, will be the proper dosage (EUingwood). Belated Preparations. — Lycetoi., Diiniitttiliilpirazme imimtf. A permanent white pow- der, raehing at 243° C. (4(i9.4° F.), and obtainfd by uxpellin*; the water of crystallization (.3 molecules) from the well-crystallizable salt; it is ri-adily sohible in water, with a pleasant, acidulous taste (For its preparation and properties in detail, see Phann. Ce>Uralhall(, 1894, p. 180.) This remedy, in doses of 15 to 30 grains, well diluted, daily, is praised as a decided uric acid solvent, and of therapeutic value in the various phases of tjuul, litliainia, chronic rheuma- tism, renal calculus, and reual colic. Ukdtkopix, Hcramfthylfne tetramine (CjHuN,). — Tliis agent is produced by the action of ammonia upon formaldehyde. It forms white crystals, readily soluble in water, but diffi- cultly soluble in alcohol. The aqueous solution has a pleasant, sweetish taste, and the drug is excreted by the kidneys unchanged. This agent, in doses of 15 to .'JO grains, is said to Ix- a very positive remedy in phufphitturia, and pundcnl ci/.^lilis and pyflitif. .Sixty grains, well diluted with water, may be given in a day. PIPERINUM (U. S. P.)— PIPERIN. Formula: C„H,5N0,. Molecular Weight: 284.38. "A neutral principle obtained from pepper, and obtainable also from other plants of the natural order Plj^rrnrr;,-"—! . S. P.). Source, History, and Preparation.— Piperin, the active principle of pepper (.see J'i/nr}, exists in tiie black, white and long pepper, and in tlie berries o( CuMfi Clmii, Miquel. It was first obtained by Oersted, of Copenhagen, in 1819, who believed it to bean organic ba.lves out tlie resinou.< portion by mean;* of pota.-^iiiuni car- bonate; the residual piperin is washed with water and recrystallizeii from alcohol. Description and Chemical Composition. ~Pi>e/t/i (C,.1I,„N0,) is tlescribed by the I '. S. P. as forming " lolorless or puk' yellowish, shining, prismatic crystals, odorless, and almost tasteless when fust put in the mouth, but on prolonged con- tact producing a sharp and biting sensation. Permanent in the air. Almost insoluble in water; soluble in 30 parts of alcohol at 15° C. (51)° F.), and in 1 part of boiling alcohol ; very soluble in hot acetic acid; only slightly soluble in ether. When heated to 130° C. {'HM° F.) piperin melts; upon ignition it emits alkaline vapors, and is consumed, leaving no residue. The alcoholic solution of piperin is neutral to litmus paper. Concentrated sulphuric acid dissolves j)iperin with a ilark blood-reil color, which di-sappears on dilution with water. When treated with nitric acid, piperin turns rapidly first orange and then red, and the acid acquires a yellow color, dee|>ening to reddish as the crystals di.ssolve. On adding to this solution an excess of potassium hydrate T.S.,the color is at first yellow, but upon boiling it becomes blood-red ' — {U.S. P.). Piperin is also soluble in chloroform, benzol, carbon disulphide, but almost insoluble in petroleum ether. Piperin has only weak l)asic properties, being hardly soluble in dilute acids. With hydrochloric acid and platinic chloride, however, it forms a well crystal- lizable double salt. Piperin is not decomposable even by boiling solution of caustic potash (Gerhardt); but prolonged heating with alcoholic solution of caustic potash decomposes it into pipei'idine and the pntassium salt of piperir acid (v. Babo and Keller), according to the following equation: CpHj^NOj+KOH^ CijHjO.K+CjHi.N. Piperin, reversedly, was synthetized from these constituents by L. Riigheimer (1882). Piperic aridXC^M^fi',), being nearly insoluble in water, may be precipitated from the solution of its potassium salt by the addition of hydrochloric acid, and recrystallized from alcohol. The acid forms vellow crystals, melting at 150° C. (302° F.). According to Fittig and Mielck (1869), it has the formula: CH,:0,:C,H3.CH:CH.CH:CH.C00H. The potassium salt by oxi- dation yields piperon a! (whith see). Pijjeridine (C'^HuN) is a volatile, strong base, which may be separated in the above reaction by distillation with steam and col- lecting the vapors in dilute acid. It has the odor of ammonia and pepper, and forms well crystallizable salts with acids. Ladenburg, in 1885, succeeded in obtaining.' |.i pyridine by synthesis, jiroving it to be hexu-/i>/dro-iiyridine (C.H-^ .li- Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Formerly this agent was frequently substituted for or used in conjunction with the cinchona alkaloids in the treat- ment of uialarial fevers. Piperin is now occasionally employed in intermittent fever, but will be found less efficient than the alcoholic extract of black pej)per. Its use has also been advised in colir, diarrhoea, cholera, scarlatina, chronic gonorrhira, and in solution as a wash for tinea capiti.'i. Piperin should not be administered with a.stringents, as it is thereby rendered nearly inert. The dose is 1 to 8 grains, 3 or 4 times a day (see Piper). Derivative of Piperin. — I'iperoxal, or Hkliotropis (CsHdOs). This compouiul ia an alJeliyili-, the luethvlene ether of protocatehuic aldelivtle, and has the formula: Cn5:0j:Cj H3.CIIO. Its correspuiiding acid (CH2:0,:C,H3.COOHi is called ;>i>itated, apparently unchanged, bv tlie addition of water. Its melting point is 192° C. (377.6° F.). These results were fully confirmed more recently by H. Berberich (^Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1898, p. 424), who made a com- l)lete analysis of the bark. Beside the active principle, ;)i".sri(/iVi (pisriditi), ^ome resin, caoutchouc, wax and fat, starch (1.34 per cent), were present; tannin was not found. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Jamaica dogwood possesses active properties, its chief uses being to control pain and to produce sleep. Dr. Isaac Ott (see Phamiacoloijij of Ncuyr Mntcrm MaUra. p. 597), who made extensive exi)eriments with the drug, declares its physiological efl'ects to be essentially as follows: It increases the salivary and cutaneous secretions; slows the pulse, increases the arterial tension, succeeded bv a fall of tension due to a weakening of the heart; dilates the pui)ils, except wlien passing into a state of asphyxia. when contraction takes nlace; it does not afli^wt the irritability of the motor nerve it attack the peripheral sensory nerve endings ; it reiluees retiex fibei FIX lURGlXDRA. 1511 action by stimiiliiting Setsclienow's centers, and induces a tetanoid condition by stimulation of the spinal marrow; finally, lie pronounces it narcotic to frogs, rabbits, and men. Piscidia destroys life by causing heart failure or by arresting respiratory iii'tion. Unpleasant results have been occasioned by even small doses of piscidia; among these are nausea, vomiting, headache, etc. Convulsions were provoked ill the case of a woman who had been given a i-drachra dose for hemicrania. The drug is recommended to replace opium, chloral, and similar narcotics. Dr. Ham- ilton (Burnett's Outlines, p. 684) states that a tincture of the bark of this tree is, the same as the bark itself, astringent and irritating. He also observes that it is most powerfully and remarkably narcotic and diaphoretic, and that its local application is a specific in removing toothache. For the latter purpose it has also been applied locally and given internally at the same time, in irritatuni of the dentid pidjK inflamiiintion of the peridental membrane, alveolar abscess, as well as in other painful affections of the mouth. Burns, scalds and hemorrhoids have been relieved by it, while a solution of it has been recommended as an injection in gonorrhira (Fearn). Internally administered, it relieves pain, overcomes spasm, allays nervous e.xcitabiliti-. and induces sleep. It is a favorite remedy in pro- longed insomnin. particularly in the aged, and in those of an excessively nervous tem|>ernment. It should at least be given the preference over opiates until its utility or non-utility is established. It has rendered good service in nein-nlgm — particularly sciaiica, abdominal neuralgia, renal neuralgia, migraine, and tic-doulou- reux. It allays the pain o{ cholera morbus, a.nA the pas^ro-ai^fra/^ja sometimes fol- lowing enteric fever. It also relieves painful spasms of the muscles and acute artindar and other forms of rheumatism. In the disorders of women it has rendered excel- lent service in alleviating neuralgic and other forms of dysmenorrhaa and in \&T\o\i8 pelvic neuroses. With viburnum, it has been administered to check /atee labor-pnins and threatened abortion. Hysterical convulsions, delirium tremens and the imomnia of insanity have yielded to it. In the pain of carcinoma and that attend- ing fractures, it has been preferred by some to opium and other anodynes. It relieves the spasmodic element of pertussis und a-ithmn, a.nd has been lauded for reflex coughs and the cough of sptismodic and chronic bronchitis, and pulmonary con- sumption. Foltz (Webster's Dynam. Therap.,p. 595) praises it in neuralgia of the eyeball (where opium was not tolerated) and in supraorbital neuralgia, the dose given being from 10 to 20 drops of the fluid extract every 2 or 3 hours. He speaks lightly of it for the relief of pain in acute catarrh of the tympanum. Others speak highly of it in acute abscess of the external auditory canal and in iritis, panophthal- mitis, and other inflammatory and painful affections of the eye. The dose of the fluid extract ranges from 10 drops to 2 fluid drachms; of specific Jamaica dog- wood, 10 to GO drops. Specific Indications and Uses. — Insomnia and nervous unrest; to allay spasm, control jniin and allay nervous excitability: migraine; neuralgia. PIX BURGUNDICA (U. S. P.)— BURGUNDY PITCH. "The prepared, resinous exudation of Abies excelsa, Poiret " — {U. S. P.). (Abies excelsa, De CandoUe; Pinus excetea, Lamarck; Picea excelsa. Link; Pinus Picea, Du Roi; Pinus Abies, Linne.) Nat. Ord. — Coniferaj. Common Names: Nonray pine, Spruce fir, Norway sjimre fir. Illtstrations : Bentleyand Trinien, Med. Plants, 261 ; Woodville, Med. Bnt.,208. Botanical Source.— This tree inhabits northern Germany, the Alps, Russia, Norway, and ntlier northern parts of Europe, as well as of Asia, and also grows now in this country. It is a large tree, often having a diameter exceeding 4 feet, and attaining an altitude of 140 feet. The leaves are somewhat tetragonal, short, scattered, mucronate, dark-green, and glo.ssy above. The male catkins are soli- tary, growing out of the axils, and purplish ; the scales staminiferous at the apex. The female catkins are sim))le, purple, growing from the summit; the ovaries 2; the cones cylindrical, pendent, with oval, imbricated, slightly indented scales. The Pnh/pnrus officlmdis, or Larch agaric, is a fungus nourished on this tree. 1.j1-2 fix canadensis. Though only the Alms exceha, Poiret, is given as the official source of this drug, it is also prepared from the concretions formed upon Abie-^ Ficen (Piini^ Piren, Linne; Pinw< pecllnata, De CandoUe) (see below). The term Burgundy pitch is a misnomer, since no such substance has ever been produced in Burgundj'. In France, resin is produced from Pinus marUima, Poiret {P. PinaMer, Aiton and Lam- bert). The bulk of true Burgundy pitch comes from Finland, and smaller quan- tities at one time came from the Black Forest in Germany, and from Vienna (see D. Hanhnry, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1867, p. 547). The resin from which Burgundy pitch is prepared, is collected by making longitudinal incisions into the bark of the trees. The exudate is called Abietis renna, Thus, or FrankinceMe (a term al.«o applied to OUbnnuni),a.nA forms concrete tears, consisting of resin and volatile oil similar to oil of turpentine. An exudate, formerly collected in Alsatia from the same tree, and known under the name of Stmssburg turpentine, is now obtained on a small scale only (see Terebinthina). Burgundy pitch proper is prepared from the exudate by boiling it in water and straining it. In composition, it largely consists oi ahietic acid. Description. — Burgundy pitch is officially described as being ''hard, yet gradually taking the form of the vessel in which it is kept; brittle, with a shin- ing, conchoidal fracture, opaque or translucent, reddish-brown or j'ellowi.;!<;' K. . It is n.i soluble in water, hut is itself a solvent for many substances, such as numemus alkaloids, pirns phorus, phenol, iodol, cocaine, aristol, salol, etc'. It is a non-irritating antis*'i>lic, and in S-grain doses, in capsule, it has been used in gonorrhaa. Besides being a vehicle lor the appliiiitioii of the substances named above, it has been injected (3 to 10 per cent solution) in cytlitit, and used locally in raginili.i. PIX CANADENSIS.— CANADA PITCH. The prepared juice or resinous exudation from Abic< cnnndnuoi.'i. Michaux {Tsuc/n canndensiji, Carri&re; Pinus canadensis, Linne; P/coi f. Ci>MMo.\ N.\Mi:s : (^tuiidit pilch. Hrmlork pilch, Gum ht'inlock (^improperlyV I'lx i.uoriDA. 1513 Botanical Source and Preparation.— Canada pitch is ohtained from the oleorfsinoiLs exudate 'if tlit- hcmh)ck spruce tree {ifC(.' Al>u-^ caruulensii for botanical source). It is sometimes improperly termed gum hemlork. Mr. F. Stearns (l.'^^iO) reports that the resin is collected by two methods — either by cutting a cup-like cavity in the tree, allowing the oleoresin to accumu- late therein, from which it is then collected; the more common method of pro- ducing pitch, however, is that of removing the bark and wood around the pitch- laden knots anl;ice-, in lieMs, Ky tlie roadsides, and in grass plats, and is common in Europe ancl America. It flowers from May to Octoi)er. The root has a some- what sweetish, salty taste; the leaves are bitterish and unsavory. The plant loses its medicinal activity by drying. All its ])reparations should be made from the freshly-gathered roots and tops. Water or alcohol extracts the virtues of the plant. The leaves contain chlorophvU, resin, wax, albumin, pectin, citric and oxalic acids (Th. Koller, X. Jahrh. f. 'Phm^m., 1868, p. 139). Upon incineration, they leave 12.8 percent ash. Sugar is present, while alkaloids and glucosids are absent (D. Rosenbaum, Amer. Jour. Phnnn., 1886, p. 418). The root, according to Strawinsky ijbid., 1898, p. 189), contains starch, wax, fatty matter, dextrose, sac- charose, mucilage, traces of tannin, but no alkaloid or glucosid. The ash was 24.7 per cent, moist n re 6.9 per cent. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Plantain is alterative, diuretic, and antiseptic, once considered vulnerary. The tops and roots, in strong decoction, have been highly recommended in s;/philitic, mercurial, a.na scrofulous diseases, in the dose of from"2 to 4 fluid ounces, 3 or 4 times a day. It is "likewise reputed beneficial in menorrhagia, leucorrhtxa, hematuria, colir, cholera infantum, aphihse, diar- rhiva, dysentery, incipient phthisis, pulmonary hemorrhage, dysuria, and hemorrhoids. The specific medicine may be erajjloyed in these disorders. The juice taken in- ternally, in doses of 1 fluid ounce every hour, and also applied to the wound, is in high repute as an antidote to the bites of venomous serpents, spiders, a.nd insects. It is a remedy for toothache from dental caries, the cavity being cleansed and spe- cific plantago major applied on cotton to the sensitive pulp, renewing every half hour. Its internal use is said to control toothache through its effects upon the trifacial, t if -douloureux being benefited in the same manner. The same prepara- tion, locally ap|)lied, often relieves earache. Bedwetting in children, due to relaxed vesical sphincter, with profuse colorless discharge of urine, is said to be relieved by plantago. Externally, the bruised leaves, or an ointment made with them, is useful in wound.s, idrers, ophthalmia, eczema, erysipelax, and some other cutaneous affections. The best forms of administration are the juice dissolved in diluted alcohol, and evajiorated by gentle heat to the consistence of an extract; and spe- cific plantaL'" major, the d.ise of which is from 1 to 5 drops. Specific Indications and Uses.— Locally, toothache and earache. Belated Species. — I'lantiujo lanceolaia, Linn6; Lanc^-Uared plantain, has properties simi- lar to comiunu plantain. Its leaves contain much bitter matter. Locally applied, it has proved a luemostatic for small bleedimj wrfares. PloiUd'/i) rordala, Lamarck. — This is an indigenous perennial plant, known likewise as the Heart-leaved pin litain. It is an acaulescent herb, with stout, naked scapes, 1 or 2 feet in height. I.*aves radical, cordate-ovate, broad, smooth, somewhat toothed, thickish. about 6 inches long, (> or 8-riblK-d below, with a thick miiirib, on long, stout petioles. Flowers small, whitish, somewhat imbricate, the lower one scattered, and on elongated spikes whicli are from 6 to 8 inches \i>n)i\ bracts ovate, obtuse. Calyx and corolla lobes very obtuse. Pyxis a third longer than the calyx, 2-relled, with 2 seeds in each cell (G.— W.i. This plant grows in moist places, and along the liaiiks of rivers, from New York and New Jersey to Tennes.see, also frt)m Ohio to Wisconsin, and Howers I'rum .\pril to August. The root is'the part useil, and it yields its properties to water. The root of Plantago cordata is astringent, anodyne, antispasmoilic, and antiemetic. The decoction and extract have been successfully used iu'.-l)tia(icc/io^(i, checking the disease in a short time ; they have likewise proveil beneticial ill di/aeiUery. The plant is certainly deserving of more extended investigation, f( ir it directly influences the ner^-ous system, controlling irritation. A poultice of the roots is reconimended as an application to old, indo- lent idrerf. I.niif,^, iniundu, etc. It allays inflammation and reduces swelling. I'ldiitnif, /V////iu»i, Linne; Flen-vort, Flea-need ]ilant.~i''Oynh Europe and Barbary. The Hee>eds. in tablespoonful doses, in a glass of water, before dinner, liave been successfully employed to relieve chronic con/liixiliun. The I'laiitago arenaria, Waldstein and Kittail>el, and Plnutnijn Ci/iuipt, Linne. also contain mucilage. f'tniiliKjo hpaijUuln, Hoxburgh i I'lmilaijo denimlMim, Korskal), Spogel or I»paghul teed — This little plant is common throughout northwestern India, .\rabia, and neighboring countries. 1516 PLASMA.— PLASMA ACIDI CARBOLICI. The seeds are the parts used. They are about J of an inch in length, and half as broad, concave on one side, convex upon the opposite, and according to the Pharmarogmphia, are so light as to require 100 to weigh a single grain. Spogel seed have long been employed in India, and, in 1868, were admitted to a position in the Pharmaaipitia of that countrj-. "For an illus- tration of this plant, see New Remedies, 1878, p. 68.) Spogel seed are \ery mucilaginous, and form a thick jelly with water. They are employed, either in substance or in decoction, in India, for the treatment of diarrhoea and dysentery,. In chronic diarrhcea, they are often given whole, in doses of from 1 to 2 drachms, mixed with a little syrup, or powdered and mixed with sugar and water. When bruised and moistened with water, the seeds are often used by physicians, in India, as an emollient poultice. Dr. O. S. Laws [Calif. Med. Jour., 1899) calls attention to a plant of the Plantago family, growing in damp situations in southern California and Arizona, as a valuable local remedy for nasal, catarrh. He applies equal parts of the tincture of the root.s, water and glycerin, on cotton placed in the nasal fossae. He calls it Plantago aquatica; it is probably Alisma Plantago. PLASM.ffi:.— PLASMAS. History. — In 1858, G. F. Schacht proposed glycerin a.s a substitute for oils and fats in ointments, the glycerin being heated with starch, and the compounds thus formed being termed "Plasmas." Tliis term we propose to employ here forall solid or semisolid preparations for external use, excepting glycerite.% in which glycerin forms an important basis. These preparations are more costly than the ordinary fatty ointments, but there are certain cases in which the latter irritate the parts to which they are applied, and, consequently, aggravate the disorders tor which they are used, which is not the case with the plasmas, the glycerin being compara- tively unirritating, not possessed of any rancidity, nor of any irritating fatty acids, etc. In addition to these advantages, it can be removed at any time with- out the use of soap and friction, and its application does not involve soiling and greasing the garments or bed-clothing (see Glycerifa). The formula of Mr. Schacht is to take powdered starch, 70 grains; glycerin, 1 fluid ounce; mix the ingredients and heat to 115.5° C. (240° F.), constantly stirring. If a large quantity (6 or 8 pounds) is to be prepared, he advises that the starch be triturated witli one-twelfth of the glycerin, placing the remainder on the fire, heating it to 1 26.6° C. 1 260° F.), and then stirring it thoroughly into the mixture previously made. By this means much time is saved, as well as labor, in stirring the mass. He states that the plasma does not mold by keeping. Other formulae besides that of Mr. Schacht's have, at various times, been of- fered to the profession, thus : Mr. H. Seymour has offered the following : ( 1 ) Take of Fuller's earth, iounce; palm oil, 2 drachms. (2) Take of Fuller's earth, i ounce; oil of sweet almonds, 2 fluid drachms; water, 2 fluid drachms; glycerin. 1 fluid drachm. More recently, Mr. T. B. Groves has proposed a new basis for ointments, which he calls Glycclamm. It is made by triturating together almond meal (^from oil-cake, or decorticated pressed sweet almonds), ^ ounce; glycerin, 1 ounce; olive oil, 3 ounces. Mix by trituration in a mortar. It forms a si>rt. semi-izelatinous paste, which, when mixed gradually with water or a watery fluid, readily forms an emulsion. As it remains unattected by the ordinary temperatures of the body, its softness is not an objection to its use, which, in fact, is an advantage, as it leaves plenty of room for powdery admixtures ol everv kind (Trans. Brit. Conf., 1867; Chem. and Drug.. Sept. 14). PLASMA ACIDI CARBOLICI.— PLASMA OF CARBOLIC ACID. Preparation.— Take of carbolic acid 6| parts: glycerin, 27^ parts: prepared chalk, lincly powdered, 94 parts. Mix ti\getlier the carbolic acid and glycerin, and then add the i lialk; mix thoroughly by kneading, and enclose in closely stopped jars (Tlionias E. .Jenkins, Amer. Jour. P'/i(inn.. 18t50, p. 292). This gives a prepara- tion possessing the projter consistence, and preserving its properties unimpaired for a long time, when kept in closed jars. It is oflered a.« a substitute for Dr. Lister's preparation made with putty, which dries very rapidly and bei-onie hard. Action and Medical Uses.— This plasma is used as a surgical dressing to wounds, ttr.ell'ii tually excluding the action of tiie air and other external agencies, and at the same time i)reventing any tendency to gangrene or putrefaction. PLASMA Cl'VRl SULFHATIS.-PI.ATINIM. 1517 PLASMA CUPRI SULPHATIS— PLASMA OF COPPER SULPHATE. Preparation. -T.ike n[ linily powilfivil sulphate of ooppfr, 20 grains; glyofiiu. 1 tluiil oiiiii.e; finely powdered stareli, 70 grains. Dissolve the eopper palt in ihe glycerin, then add the starch ; heat the mixture to 115.o°C. (210° F.), constantly stirring, and continue the heat and stirring until the consistence of a soft ointment is uc(|uiie(l. Keep in closely stopped jars. Action and Medical Uses. — This forms an excellent local application to (jrnimliit,!! liii.-^. -.iwd in <,n\\ev npfilliiilinir (ifftctimis; also as a stimulant to chancren, ulrers, etc. PLASMA PETROLEI.— PLASMA OF PETROLEUM. Preparation. — Take of finely powdered starch, 70 grains; petroleum, 1 fluid drachm: -.'lycerin, 1 fluid ounce. Triturate the starch and petroleum together until ciuite smooth, gradually add the glycerin, and heat to 11&.5° C. (240° F.), constantly stirring {(}. F. Schucht). Action and Medical Uses.— This is very valuable as a local application in many ciUaneoiu^ (li.-<(aH)<, and in /iimorrfioi;he form of platinum-asbestos (finely diviiled jilatinuni deposited upon asbes- tos fibre), platinum black is being used with success in organic analysis in the place of oxide of copper; likewise in the manufacture of sulphuric acid by a new Srocess, which consists in conducting an absolutely dust-free mixture of sulphur ioxide and oxygen over jtlatinum asbestos at a /oir temperature (see Von Warthn, C/it'Hi. /f((7 !«»(/, 1S!)1), p. 977). Platinum black also has the property of oxidizing alcohol, forming acetic acid, a reaction that might lu- carried out on a larger scale. PLUMBI ACETAS. LJUJ Two oxides of platinum are known — the wflnor/f/e (,PlO), forming with atiils tin- brownish-green />/(ia'««i«f salts, and the (//"j/i/c ( I'tO,), which furnif* tlie yellow or Lirown ;rms}il(ilinir rA/ori'./f, supposed to be PlC'l„hut in reality a double compound (PtClsHj+Gll.O^. Platiuio chloride causes insoluble crystalline precipitates in solutions of pot:!.--- sium, rubidium, ca?siuni or ammonium ^alts (c. werful caustic poison. It was formerly often recommended, in doses of from i to i of a Krain, 3 or 4 times a day, in secondary si/pliilit. It may be administered in aqueous solution, or in |)ill form. An ointment, composed of 5 grains of the bichloride, 10 grains of extract of bella- donna, and 160 grains of lard, has been applied to indvUiil and gyphililic uk-trs (Hafen. By evaporation of the platinic chloride solution on the water-bath, brown-red delique- scent crystals of the comix)8ition (PtCljHj^-OHjO) are obtained. By precipitating from tlii.s compound the excess of HCI by means of silver nitrate, and evaporating the supernatant liquid, non-deliquescent crystals of the composition (PtClj+oHjO) result. The compound PtCljlIj-^tjHjO has action and uses similar to the bichloride, being employed in doses about one-half the size of those of the latter. Platini it Sodu Chloridcm, .SoUM, Platinic iodide (PtI,).— A blackish or brown-black non-crystalline tasteless powder, not soluble in water, but dissolving with a light-red color, in either potas- sium iodide, or carbonate. Platini et Potas,sii Cvanidum, Potassium platitio-cyanide (2KCN.Pt[CN]2.3H20).— In long acicular or prismatic crystals, yellow, with a handsome blue surface reflection. Exposed to air they become rose-colored and opaque. Hot water freely dissolves it. In solution it precipitates ferrous salts blue-white, cupric salts, green-blue, and mercurous nitrate, blue. Its barium compound (BaPt[CN]4-f 4H2O) is sensitive to the Koentgen rays, and is used in the preparaticm of the fluoroscope by means of which the effects of the rays'are reniler<-d visible. None of the platinum compounds, which are said to resemble therapeutically the salts of gold, are employed in Eclectic practice. Platinum forms an excellent material for laboratorv utensils. PLUMBI ACETAS (U. S. P.)— LEAD ACETATE. Formula: Pb(C,HA),+3H,0. Molecular Weight: 378.0. Synonym : Sugar of lead, Aretas plumhinui, Cerui^sa acetata, Son the gums. For acute poisoning the soluble sulphates mentioned below, under Lend Acetate, are the proper antidotes. When the system is impregnated with lead (chronic lead poisoning) it is said to jiroduce a leaden discoloratii)n of the gums, teeth, and mucous nunibrane of the month, a jK-cuiiar lead taste and odor, jaundice, emaciation, and a feeble, irregular, state of the cir- culation, the pulse being often reduced to 40 or 45 beats per minute. In large doses, or when continued for some time in small doses, lead gives rise to certiun abdominal pains, termed leml rolir; sharp pains in the limbs, unaccompanied by either redness or swelling, and \vlii<'b are increased bv motion, ami dimiuisho*l l>y PLl-Ml'.I ACKTAS. 1521 pressure, and are frequently accoMipaniicl by hardness, and cramps in the affected parts, and which condition is tcrniid laid orthralyiu; lead paralysis, which attacks the extremities, more commonly the sui)erior, and whicli appears to affect the extensor muscles principally, the hands l)tin>; hint or dropped {wri.'aralysis allowing the hands to drop (wri.-j,X» Q\\ec\i. excessive secretion in /ir'xicAtVw, to remove obstinate »Hfrct/rin/ ptynlivm, and in gastric irritability attending certain forms of /crer. In pn^xive hem- orrhages, the following has been found eflicient: Take of acetate of lead, 2 grains; opium, \ to 1 grain; capsicum, 2 grains; form into a pill with conserve of roses, and give I every hour or two, in urgent cases every 10 minutes. While adminis- tering this agent, the gums should be frequently examined, and as soon as a blue line is observed along their edge, indicative of its constitutional influence, its use should be stopped. Many practitioners, however, denounce its internal adniinis- 1521 PLUMBI CAKBUXA.S. tration, and employ it occasionally, in solution, as an external application, in cases oi superficial inflammations, as in erythema, erysipelas, spreading inflammation of the subcutaneous cellular tissue, and in many cutaneous diseases. The solution may be made by dissolving 1 drachm of the salt in 5 or 8 fluid ounces of distilled water, to which 1 fluid drachm of distilled vinegar may be added to prevent the oxide from being thrown down; 1 or 2 grains dissolved in 1 fluid ounce of pure water forms a common collyrium, but should not be used when the cornea is ulcerated, lest a deposit of lead leave an opacity after the parts are healed. In in- flammations, opium is often conjoined with it, 4 grains of each being added to every fluid ounce of water. So much improvement has been recently made in American practice, that we believe even the external use of this agent can be, in a great measure, dispensed with. It forms a favorite injection among the laity for the cure of gonorrhoia, and is undoubtedly the most universally successful application, when used in alcoholic solution, for the relief of pouioning by Rhus Toxicodendron. PLUMBI CARBONAS (U. S. P.)— LEAD CARBONATE. Formula: (PbC03),Pb(0H),. Molecular Weight : 772.82. Synonyms: White lead, Cerussa, Fluke xchite, Magistery of lead. Plumbum carbon- icum, Carbonas plumbicus, Plumbum hydrico-carbonieum. Lead carbonate should be kept in well-closed vessels. Preparation. — Lead carbonate is found in nature in the form of certain rare minerals, and may be prepared artificially by causing a current of carbonic acid ga.s to pass through a certain quantity of solution of subacetate of lead, prepared by boiling solution of acetate of lead with litharge. This is Thhiard's process, oiv;h\ch Benson's process is a modification. Washed litharge, with a little acetate of lead, is made into a thin paste with water, and, with continual stirring, a current of carbon dioxide is conducted into the mixture until absorption ceases. The best mode of preparation, even at this day, and yielding a product of great "covering power" for the purposes of painting, is the olditime Dutch process. This consist.s in placing rows of earthenware j)ots under sheds, pouring into each pot a little acetic acid, placing above this, inside of each i)ot, a roll of sheet lead, and cover- ing the entire arrangement with tan-bark. The heat of the decomposing bark causes evaporation of the vinegar, this unites with the lead to form basic acetate of lead, and the carb(Mi dioxide supplied from the decomposing organic matter of the bark converts this into white lead. Description and Tests.— Carbonate of lead is described by the f. 5. P. a.s "a heavy, white, opaque powder, or a pulverulent ma.ss, without odor or taste. Permanent in the air. Insoluble in water or alcohol, but soluble in acetic or diluted nitric acid, with efiervescence. When strongly heated, the salt turns yel- low without charring, and, if heated in contact with charcoal, it isTeduced to me- tallic lead" — (('. S. P.). In the latter case, the metallic globule is surrounded by a volatile zone (Beschlag) of the yellow oxide. The salt parts with its combined water at 15.5° C. (311' F.), but Soes not lose weight at 100° C. (-212° F.). The salt is somewhat soluble in water containing carbonic acid. It is blackened by sulphide of hydrogen, and by ammonium sulphide. The composition of white lead is variable, but should correspond to an oxycarbonateof lead(,Pl>CO, >;Pb(,OH\. This formula allows for a loss in weight of about 14 per cent upon igniting the salt, while the official requirements (see below) fixes the limit at 15 per cent. Barytes (barium sulphate) is a common adulterant of the white lead employee boiled for a few minutes with 20 C'c. of water, the mixture then cooled and filtered, the lead removed from thi- filtrate by hydrogen sulphide, and the new filtiate somewhat concentrated by evaporation, a portion of this liquid when mixed with a little sul- phuric acid, and tinted with a drop of indigo T.S., should not liecome decolorized on heating (absence of nitrate). If another jiortion of the liquid be carefully neu- Malized with ammonia water, it should not become colored red by a drop of ferric liloride T.S. (alis< nee of acetate). If the remainder of the filtrate be evaporated • dryness, it should leave no residue (absence of soluble foreign salts)" — (CS.P.). \s to the cheinistrv of the ntictjon between lead iodide and ammonium chloride, H.C.C. M:ii>.-lK .\m.r..In„r. /'/<./,■»,., 1 SS4, p. 91 . Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Lead iodide has been used both inter- nally and externally in the treatment of iirriyfulon.t and syphiliiic tunwrii. indolent 1524 rUMBI NITRAS. ulcers, periostitis, etc. It is now seldom used internally, except by a few, who believe it efficient in reducing splenic hypertrophy of malariul origin. The dose in- ternally is from ^ to i grain, cautiously increased to 3 or 4 grains, in pill form, with confection of rose.s. Externally, an ointment may be used, composed of 1 part of iodide of lead and 8 parts of lard; to be applied to the tumors by friction. The application of the ointment is reported to have cured & dermoid cyst of the nrbit (Foltz, in Webster's [hjnnm. Therap.). It is liable to produce the ordinary effects of the lead preparations, in consequence of which, as an external appli- cation, iodide of cadmium has been preferred. PLUMBI NITRAS (U. S. P.)— LEAD NITRATE. Formula: Pb(N03)j. Molecitlar Weight: 330.18. Synonyms : Normal lead nitrate, Plumbum nitricum, Nitras plumhicus, Azotasplum^ bicus. Lead xnltpetre. Preparation. — This salt may be obtained by dissolving litharge (PbO), in fine powder, 4i ounces, in diluted nitric acid, 1 pint, by the aid of a sand-bath hiat. Filter, and set the liquor aside to crystallize, concentrate the residual liquid to obtain more crystals. Dry the crystals, on bibulous paper, in a warm atmos- phen-, and jireserve in a well-closed bottle. Description and Tests. — " Colorless, transparent, octahedral crystals, when obtained by the spontaneous evaporation of cold solutions, or white, nearl^Vopaque crystals, when formed by the cooling of hot solutions; without odur, and having a sweetish, astringent, afterward metallic taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in 2 parts of water at 15" C. (59° F.), and in 0.75 part of boiling water; almost insoluble in alcohol. When strongly heated, the salt decrepitates, emits nitrous vapors, and finally leaves a residue of lead oxide. The aqueous solulion has an acid reaction, and yields a black precipitate with hydrogen sulphide T.S., a yel- low one with potassium iodide T.S., and a white one with diluted sulphuric acid" — {U.S. P.). Lead nitrate is almost insoluble in strong nitric acid. Diluted alcoholic liquids dissolve it. Triturated with sulphur in a hot mortar, a feeble detonation is produced, and the lead is reduced to the metallic state. Trituration of this salt with oxidizable substances should, therefore, be avoided. Iron occa- sions no precipitate when kept in solution of nitrate of lead. It forms a precipi- tate with fibrin and albumen, also with sul])hates, chlorides, and sulphides. This compound is largely employed in the arts, in making chrome yeliotc and chrome red (neutral and basic lead chromate), in preparing mordants for dyeing purposes, and in the preparation of iodide of lead for medicinal use. "A 10 per cent aqueous solution of the salt should give, with potassium ferro- cyanide T.S., a pure white precipitate (absence of iron or copper). If hydro- chloric acid be added to the aqueous solutii>n until no further precipitate is pro- duced, and the remainder of the lead be removed from tlie filtrate bv hydrogen sulphide, a portion of the new filtrate should not be affected by the aildition of a slight excess of ammonia water (absence of zinc or iron). If another portion be evaporated to dryness, it should leave no residue (absence of the salts of tlie alka- lies, or of zinc)" — (f. S. P.). The presence of copper would also be indicated by the blue solution produced by the addition of excess of aqua ammonia? to the aqueous solution of the salt, after the white precipitate of lead hvdroxide (Pb [OH],) has subside.]. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Lead nitrate produces tlie general ef- fects of the soluble salts of had. It is rarely used internally, though recom- mended, in doses of ^ to 1 grain, in pill or solution, many vears since, in nsthmo, q)ilepsy, and to check hcmoirhiigcs. Externally, a solution has bwn employed as a topical application to wounds, ulcers, sore nipples, rrtiiced hands, niliuienus (iffcctiniis, and phagedaiic ulcers; also as an injection in offcu-^'iir discharqfs from the viKjiiui, urcthro, etc. It destroys the odor of gangrenous affo-tiong. Tne powder is a good application to destroy tbe/Kiij/o/'W t(/crni^(o»i,<, witli Sitneous dis- cbarges, arising from oiD/chia, and is accredited with the cure of rjiilhcHumn, When applied to .f the lead is carried out at a temperature above the melting point of the resultant oxide, the latter, upon cooling, solidifies in the form of a brick-red mass, called litharge, consisting of crystalline scales. It is largely obtained in the process of cupellation, i. c., the obtaining of silver from argen- tiferous galena. Pure lead oxide may be obtained by igniting pure lead carbonate or oxalate to constant weight in a porcelain crucible. Description. — The official requirements for lead oxide are : "A heav^', yellow- ish or reddish-yellow powder, or minute scales, without odor or taste. On expo- sure to the air it slowly absorbs moisture and carbon dioxide. Almost insolu- ble in water, to which it, however, imparts a faintly alkaline reaction ; insoluble in alcohol; but soluble in acetic or diluted nitric acid, and in warm .solutions of the fixed alkalies. When heated, the oxide assumes a brownish-red color, be- coming yellow again on cooling. It fuses at a red heat. When heated in contact with charcoal, it is reduced to metallic lead" — {_U. S. P.). It is likewise reduced to metallic lead at a dull-red heat by hydrogen and by carbon monoxide gaa. Litharge is commercially distinguished by its color, as yellow or .niver litharge, and red or gold litharge. Oxide of lead is soluble in water to the extent of only 1 in about 7000 parts (A. M. Comey, Dift. Inorg. Solubilities, 1892). Glycerin and sugar solutions also slightly dissolve it, and acquire the odor of caramel and a brownish color upon being digested with it. Lead oxide is also soluble in warm solution of lead acetate, basic lead acetate being formed (see Limior Plumbi Suharetati--<). Lead oxide dissolves in caustic alkali with formation of a plumbite, e.g., PhOJ^. The specific gravity of oxide of lead is about 9.5. Tests. — Litharge is liable to contain, among other impurities, the following: Metallic lead, minium (red lead), iron, copper, oxide of antimony, silicic and carbonic acids, etc. Brick dust and yellow ochre (an earthy iron silicate) have been used as adulterants. A pure article conforms to the following pharmaciv preial requirements : " Lead oxide should be soluble in diluted nitric acid with but little eServescence (limit of carbonate), and without the development of the odor of nitrous acid, leaving not more than a trifling residue (absence of silicate, barium sulphate, etc.). The solution, which should be colorless, yields with hydrogen sulphide T.S. a black precipitate, with potassium iodide T.S. a yellow one, and with diluted sulphuric acid a white precipitate, the latter being .soluble in a strong solution of sodium hydrate. If from the solution in diluted nitric acid the lead be precipitated by sulphuric acid, the filtrate, after the addition of an excess of ammonia water, should not a.ssume more than a slight bluish tint (limit of copper), nor yield more than traces of a reddish-yellow precipitate (limit of iron). If 5 (im.of the oxide contained in a small flask be shaken with 5 Cc. of water, then 20 Cc. of acetic acid added, and the mixture boiled for a few minutes and filtered, the insoluble residue, when well washed and drietl, should not weigh more than 0.075 Gm. (absence of more than 1.5 percent of insoluble impurities). When strongly heated, in a porcelain crucible, the oxide should not 1526 PLUMBI OXIDUM. lose more than 2 per cpnt of its weight (limit of carbonate and of moisture)" — ([/. S. P.). Mr. F. W. Haussmann {Amer. Jour. PJiann., 1897, p. 572j found nearly all of 25 commercial specMinens examined tolerably pure. Action and Medical Uses. — Oxide of lead "is u.'^ed in the preparation of lead plaster and otlier compounds of lead. It is sometimes employed, sprinkled on ulcers, etc , as an astringent and desiccative, though, as a rule, care should be taken not to use it where the skin is broken. It enters into the composition of several plasters and ointments. A mixture of sweet oil and litharge may be applied to burTis, provided the skin is intact, and a superficial caustic, prepared of litharge and caustic potash, is sometimes employed to destroy genital tcnrtx. When boiled with cream of lime, it forms a plumbite of calcium, which has been em- ployed as a hair-dye. Lead and Its Compounds.— Plumbi-m, i>ad. Symlx)l: Pb. Atomic Weight : 20r).4. This metal lias been known from earliest antiquity, and is frequently mentioned in the Bible. It exists in nature occasionally as an oxide ; and in the form of normal lead carln^nate ( irhite lead ore) it constitutes the mineral ceruggite. Its most common ore is, however, sulphide of lead, termed galena (galenite, PbS), from which it is extracted by roasting the sidpbide in a reverberatory furnace, which drives off the greater part of the sulphur in the form of sulphurous acid (sulphur dioxide gasi; it is then smelted with coal and lime, the lead collected and cast into large ingots, called " pigit." By another method, galena is roasted so aa to convert part of it into load oxide (PbO), another into lead sulphate (PbSO,'. By now elevating the heat the remaining lead sulphide acts on these oxygenated ores, wherebv sulphurous acid escapes and metallic lead melts out. The reaction is as fol- lows: 2Pb^PbSO=Pb3+SO,, and PbS04-|-PbS=Pbj-i-2SOj. When silver is present in galena it is separated by cupellation (see Argentum). Lead is of a bluish-white color, and when newly scraped is very bright, but soon tarnishes (oxidizes) when exposed to the air. It is almo.st tasteless, and emits a peculiar odor on friction. It is one of the softest of the metals, is malleable, but not very ductile, and has the specific gravity 11.35. It enters into alloys with other metals. It fuses at 334° C. (633.2° F.) and at a very strong heat boils and evapo- rates. The vapors ignite when in contact with air, lead oxide being formed. The fused metal crystallizes upon slowly cooling. Tlie beautiful phenomenon known as the ''lead trc-e"is produced by the action of zinc upon a solution of acetate of lead ( for directions see, e.p., Merck's Report, 1898, p. 17). Lead drawn across paper produces a gray streak, thus, by pnor use, leading up to the term " lead pencil," although this is now made from graphite (see Carbon), not from lead. This metal forms several oxides: (1 1 Lead suboxide (rbjOi ; (2) lead oxide (PbO) (see Plumhi Oxiclum) ; (3) lead sesquioxide (PhjOa); (4) red lead or minium (PbaO, ) ; (5) lead dioxide or peroxide ( PbOa) (see below). Dilute acids and concentrated nitric acid scarcely affect lead; it is dissolved, however, by diluted nitric acid with evolution of nitrous vapors. It is also, though slowly, dissolved by strong sulphuric, hvdrochloric and hydriodic acids when warm. Organic acids, e. g., acetic, tartaric and citric acids, in a strength of about G per cent, at temperatures between 25° and 35° C. ( 77° and 95° F.), will dissolve lead suflSciently to make the use of lead utensils for cooking purposes dangerous to health (see experiments by F. P. Hall, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1884, p. 115). The corrosive action oi water on lead pipes seems to depend on the simultaneous presence of oxygen and carbon dioxide. Small quantities of chlorides, nitrates, ammonia and organic matter in wattr free from these gases do not attack lead. A trace of sodium, or calcium bicarbonate added to distilled water, completely prevents the solution of lead, a protecting crust being formed on the metal. Like- wise, a bard white crust (basic lead sulphate) is formed in solution of calcium sulphate, if free from an excess of carbon dioxide. No lead is then dissolved (see M. MuUer, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1888, p. 250). The presence of ammonium nitrate especially induces corrosion of le.ad (see M. M. P. Jluir, in Roscoe and Schorlemmer's Chemigtri/, p. 2!H>i. These ami other exnerimenta tend to show that for hard water, not liable to contjiiu inucli free carbonic acid gas, lead pipes are a safe hydrant material for potable waters. I^ad in solution may be detected by the black precipitate of lead sulphide, yieldeil in acid or neutral .solution, by hydrogen sulphide g-.us; by the white, insoluble precipitate of lead sulphate produced when diluted sulnhuric acid or a solu- ble sulphate is added; the precipitate is somewhat soluble in hydrochloric or nitric acids, and readily soluble in ammonium tartrate or acetate; from this solution yellow (H^tafsium chromate preciiiitates lead chromate (Pbt'rO, K Lead sul)>hate is ct^loretl black by ammonium sulphide or hydrogen sulphide, which is not the case with barium sulphate. Iodide of potassium, with soluble lead salts, prinluces a vellow precipitate (see Pliimbi Jo,pp.801-S03K Medicinally, the preparations of lead are rarely used internally, excent as sedatives and astringents" in hemorrhages and dysaiierii:i. The acetate is more "generally eniployei(i/i'(iii.'!, coii- liiiiiom.friirliinn.rrriirlalioii.t (rarely), etc., and some forms of cutaiieoiig (li.vafe. (For action of lead anil lead poisoniiii; see, Pliimhi Acelas.'i PiiMm (HnuM UrnmM (PbjO,), TJfrf on'./,- Of" /(•sing il, with the ajt-ess of air, to a temperature just short of what is n-quired to cause fusion, stirring it occasionally, for a day and a h:ilf or pi.r.Miii (ixiDi-M. 1527 upwartl, anil allowing the product to cool slowly. A fino crade of reil load is procured by cal- cining till' oxide of lead oUtained from the ear'lwnate, and is known as J'aris nd. It is not so densf as the common red lead, and hia a vivid, orange-red color. It is also known as Hatidix Kid Irad is a tasteless powder, of an intense scarlet-red color, often inclining to orange, and very heavy, its specific gravity being ".t.O'.iO. It does not sensibly lose weight at 400°F.,bit when heated to redness, it gives out oxygen gsis, ami gradually runs into a dark-brown glass tf consiilerable hardness. Red lead is used in the manufacture of flint glass, which is a «i7(ca<* o/Uiitl, and which is an exceedinglv brilliant and fusible glass. Ued lead is insoluble in water. Nitrous acid dissolves it entirely, forming nitrite of lead. Diluted acetic acid, or nitric acid, also a solution of Icail acetate, instantly render it dark-brown, resolving it into two oxides, one of them, the lead oxide (PbOt, wliidi is dissolved, and the other, the peroxide or dioxide ( PbO; t. which remains. Addition of oxalic acid or sug-ar will effect complete solution by these acids (ir lead acetate. Any insoluble foreign matter that may be present — C..7., brick dust, Dxi.le of iron, etc. — is thus' left as residue. Dilntid .sulphuric acid does not afl'ect minium. The only pharmaceutical purposes for which this article is used, is in plasters, as, for instance, the liliir'l: jiltu^ter or Jihick- so/iv.a useful and efficient agent in cuts, troimd.i, ulcers, some cutaneous iijectioiia, vtc. It is u.sed in the arts for fine painting, for coating metals, cementing joints in metals, and, as stated above, in preparing flint glass. Plimbi DioxiniM iPbO, ), lA'ad dUuiilf, J^ad peroxide, I'uce oxide of lead. — ^This is a dark or flea-bMwn, insoluble powder. When red lead is treated with diluted nitric acid, lead per- nxide is left undissolved. It is also obtained by adding to solution ol a lead salt solution of chlorinateil soda or chlorinateriatiuns,sluuijh(ng bed siirrs, chronic ulcers of the feet, sure nipples, eti-. It may be (lusted on tlie parts, applieil in the form of liniment, composed of ?> ounces of the siilt moistened with 2 fluid drachms of alcohol, and applied while moist; or used in oint- ment. 2 part.'* of the tannate to .'> parts of lard. The '.■.,).(. (II I'harmaropaiit directs the extemporaneous preparation of UN(iUKNTiM I'i.umri Tannki {iiil'i/ihtsina ad I>ecubilum, or I'lunibum Tannicum t'ulttforme) : Tannin (I parti, lead subacetate solution (2 partsi, lard ( 17 jiarts). I.FAO CnuoMATKiPbCrO,), Chrome yelhne. t.em.n, ,,.lhne, Paris i/elhae, hipsic uell.ae, Chro- male if had, I.eiwiii chrome. — .K neutral had compoiind formed when a solution of lead salt, usually till- nitrate, is precipitated with potassiiiiii chroiiiate or bichromate. It is a beautiful canary or lemon-yellow powder. If digested with a weak potjish solution, or with solution of potassium ciiroiiiate, alxiut half its chromic acid is taken up aud a basic lead chromate I I'bO, 1528 PODOPHYLLUM. PbCrO,) results. This is a brigbt-red compound, which is used alone or mixed with varying quantities of neutral lead chromate (chrome yellow), producing the pigment known as Chrome red, Chrome orange, and American vermilion. Chrome green is a mixture of Prussian blue and chrome yellow. Chrome yellow must not be used for coloring food materials. Ijeeause of its poisonous nature. Fatalities have resulted from its use by bakers to give color to cakes and pastries (see Amer.Jour. Pharm. ,\8SS, p. 151). Naples Yellow. — A yellow pigment consisting of lead stibiate. It may be obtained by fusing a mixture of tartar emetic (1 part), nitrate of lead (2 parts), and sodium chloride (4 parts), or by roasting a mixture of litharge and antimony trioxide. Mineral Yellow, Patent yellow. — A pigment containing principally lead oxvchloride (see Plumbi Chlorldum). PODOPHYLLUM (U. S. P.)— PODOPHYLLUM. "The rhizome and rootlets of Podophyllum peltatum, Linne" — {U.S. P.). Nat. Orel. — Berberidese. Common Names : May apple, Mandrake, Wild lemon, Raccoon-berry. Wild mnn- drake, etc. Illustrations : Bentley and Trimen. Med. Plants, 17 ; Johnson, Med. Bot. of N. A., Plate I. Botanical Source. — May apple is an indigenous, perenniai herb, with a long, jointed, dark-brown rhizome or root, about half the size of the finger, spreading j,^^ gjj^ extensively in rich grounds in which it is introduced, and giving off fibers at the joints; internally, it is yellow- isli. The stem is simple, round, smooth, erect, dividing at top into 2 round petioles, from 3 to 6 inches ong, each petiole supporting a leaf; s about a foot high, and invested at its base by the sheaths which cov- ered it when in bud. The leaves are arge, peltate-palmate, oftener cor- date, in from 5 to 9 wedge-shaped lobes, each lobe 6 inches long from the insertion of tlie petiole, S-lbbed and dentate at the apex; smooth, yel- lowish-green on the upper surface. Podophyllum peltatum ; with rhizome aurl fruit. paler and slightly pubescent beneath. In barren stems which support but one leaf, the peltate character is the most perfect. The flower is solitary in the fork of the stem, on a round, nodding peduncle, 1 to 2 inches long, white, large, about 2 inches in diameter, and somewhat fragrant. The calyx consists of 3 oval, obtuse, concave, caducous sepals, which cohere in the bud by their scarious margins. The corolla is composed of from 6 to 9 white, obovate, obtuse, smooth, concave petals, curiously netted with slight, transparent veins. Stamens from 9 to 20, snorter than the petals, curving upward, with yellow, oblong anthers twice as long as the filaments, not opening by perfect uplifted valves. Ovary oval, compressed, and obscurely angular. Stigma subsessile, convex, its surface rendered irregular by numerous folds and convolutions. The fruit is fieshy, ovoid-oblmig. 1-celled, 1 or 2 inches in lengtli, of a lemon color, with brownish spots when ripe, and crowned with the large, persistent stigma ; the flavor of the mucilaginous pulp is somewhat similar to that of a strawberry, and incloses 12 seeds in pulpy arils (L. — W. — G.). (For paper on microscopical" structure of the rhizome of podophyllum, bv Prof. E. S. Bastin, see ^mer. Jowr. P^arm., 1894, p. 417.) History. — Intimately associated with the ]>rogres8 of Eclecticism is the drue, podophyllum and its re»\u,podojihyllhi. The introduction of the latter to the mea- ical jjrofession by Prof. .lohn King, wlio first prepared it and indicated it.< therany at a time wlien improved and reliable pharmaceuticals were most ur«;ently cio- manded, and when the introduction of indigenous remedies that could l>e admin- istered in small doses, freed from extraneous and inert materials, with certain and definite results, was a necessity, marks an epoch in the history of Ecleetic meina PudophyUi). The root was well known to the Indians as an active cathartic; the proper time for collecting it is in the latter part of October, or early part of November, soon after the ripening of the fruit. The medicinal pro|)erties of the leaves are not satisfactorily determined, though by some deemed poisonous (see Chemical Composition). Podophyllum has been extensively used in domestic practice, oftentimes to the detriment of the patient. The Cherokee Indians, according to Rafinesque, employed the "fresh juice of the root for deafness, putting a few drops of the juice in the ear." Settlers learned from the Wyandottes, that roasting the root deprived it .somewhat of its drastic qualities. The famous "Indian Doctor'" Hough recom- mended the ''powdered root as an escharotic to cleanse foul and ill-conditioned ulcers, and to dispose them to heal and to promote tiie exfoliation or removal of carious or rotten bones."' The powder was sprinkled on the parts once, and again, if necessary, in from 2 to .5 days. In domestic veterinary (?) practice, which often amounts to barl)arity, the driig was emphiyeil to cure ])oll-evil in horses, the root being plunged into the sore and allowed to remain several days. Both Bigelow and Kberie jiraised the purgative qualities of this drug. Description.— The !'.S. P. thus describes the root: "Of horizontal growth, consisting of joints about 5 Cm. (2 inches) long, flattish, cylindrical, about 5 Mm. (4 inch) thick, but somewhat enlarged at the end, which lias a circular scar on the u|>per side, a tuft of aitout ten, nearly simple, fragile roots, on the lower side, and is sometimes l)ranched latterly; smooth or somewhat wrinkled, orange-brown, 1530 PODOPHYLLUM. internally white and mealy, with a circle of small wood-bundles; pith large; nearly inodorous; taste sweetish, somewhat bitter and acrid" — (U.S. P.). It is readily reduced to a grayish powder, having somewhat the odor of ipecacuanha, and breaks with a short fracture. Its active principles are readily taken up by alcohol, or ether; water takes up only a portion of its activitj'. Chemical Composition. — The active principle of the root is a resinous body, soluble in alcohol and practically insoluble in cold water. It wa.s discovered by ])r. Jiiliii King, in 1844 (see historical notes, by J. U. Lloyd, .4»H£T.JbMr. P^«»-ni.. 1890, p. 242j, and named by him "/Zmn of Podophyllum." It was afterward known as poili)phylHn (also see Reslnn Podophylli). Mr. John R. Lewis (ibid., 1847, p. 1&5) found, in addition, gum, starch, albumen, gallic acid, fixed oil, etc. Prof. F. B. Power (Proc. Amer. Pharm. Asgoc, 1877, p. 420) disproved the statement of Prof F. F. Mayer (1863) that berberine and saponine occur in the root. The resin of podophyllum was thoroughly investigated by Podwissotzky (see Prof. F. B. Power's abstract in A?n«r. ,/ow/-."PArtn)i., 1882, pp" 102-115). According to this authority, the resin may be differentiated by ether into the insoluble, inert brown resin podnphyllic cu-id, which is also insoluble in petroleum ether and water, solu- ble in alcohol and chloroform; and the soluble active pT'mc\p\e,podophyllotoxi'n. This substance is a white, resinous, amorphous powder, very bitter, of slightly acid reaction, soluble in diluted alcohol and hot water, completely soluble in chloroform, also soluble in ether when free from the aforenamed podophyllic acid. It is insoluble in petroleum ether; hence pure podophyllotoxin may be obtained by treating a chloroformic extract of the rhizome with ether, and precipitating the ethereal solution with petroleum benzin, which keeps fatty matters dissolved. Both chloroform and ether must be alcohol-free, as far as possible, otherwise the podophyllotoxin will be contaminated with the yellow crystallizable coloring matter, podophyllo-quercetin, which is soluble in alcohol, ether and alkaline solu- tions, sparingly soluble in chloroform, insoluble in water. It produces a dark, greenish-brown coloration, with ferric chloride. R. Kiirsten (Arrhiv der Pharm., 1891, p. 220) obtained 0.2 per cent o^ j)odophiiU'>toxin in well-defined crvstals melting at 93° to 95°C. (199.4° to 203° F.) and having the composition, CaH,.0J-|-2H,0. Podo- phyllotoxin, according to Podwissotzky, is not a uniform body, but is a mixture of inert, resinous pirmpodophyllir acid and the cathartic, crystallizable, bitter principle pirropodnph;iJliii.\\w latter i)eing held in solution by the former and falling out when the solvent is neutralized by an alkali. From the filtrate the acid is pre- cipitated upon the addition of mineral acid. Pirropodophyllin, the active principle, crystallizes in silky needles, and is a neutral body. It shares in general the solu- bilities of podophyllotoxin except that it is insoluble in water. For this reason Podwissotzky prefers the more soluble ]x>d'iphylloto.rin as a therapeutic agent. Pirropodophyllin is soluble in 90 to 95 per cent alcohol, but hardly soluble in alcohol of 50 to 80 per cent. It also dissolves readily in glacial acetic acid. By warming its alcoholic solution or evaporating this solution with excess of ammo- nia, it is converted into an inert, amorphous, acid substance. Podophyllotoxin was found by Dunstan and Henry (see Atmr. Jour. Pharm., 1898, ]). 246) to he the active principle of both the Indian and American podo- phyllum, but these authors consider it to he a well-defined body of the compo- sition C',5H„0j, which difiiers from the formula arriveil at by Kiirsten (ISOH. It is strongly lajvo-rotatory, and acts as a powerful purgative and intestinal irritant. When heated with alkalies it takes water and is converted into the salt of an unstable gelatinous acid {podophyllic acid, CisH^O,). This readily loses water again, being converted into the crystalline picrojmdophyllin of Podwissotzky, which, as Kiirsten (loc.cii.) has ascertained, is an isomer of podophyllotoxin. Warming with aqueous alkalies again converts it into podophyllic acid. Picropodophyilin is claimed by Dunstan and Henry to be thera^)eutically inert. An uncrystalii- zable res-xn, pndophylhnr^in was also isolated and found to be purgative. The leaves of Podoiihyllum jieltatum were analyzed by T. J. Husband {Amfr. Jour. Pharm., 1860, p. 200)," who states that they are devoid'of cathartic properties, and, when dried, are probably non-i)oisonous. B. F. Carter {ibid.. ISSii. ]>. 44!1> ool- lected leaves soon after flowering and found them to contain 6 percent of a green- ish-black hitter resin, all of which was soluble in alkali and alcohol, 90 per cent being soluble in ether, a hard resin remaining; 86 per cent in chloroform, 40 \>er PODOPHYLLUM. 1531 cent in petroleum benzin, etc., and a considerable quantity being soluble in boil- ing water. Tbis resin seems to exert a milder action than tbat from the rhizome. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Physiologically, podophyllum acts as a certain, Init slow cathartic. Small and repeated do.ses short of catharsis may induce ptyalism; on this account both podophyllum and podophyllin have been called "vegetable mercury" and "vegetable calomel." Under the influence of a cathartic dose, the intestinal and hepatic secretions are augmented and after a consiilerable time copious alvine evacuations result. Considerable pain and grip- ing may attend its action, which, however, may be modified by such agents as leptandra, hyoscyamus and belladonna. Common salt increases its purgative power. Unlike other cathartics, its effects are permanent and leave the bowels in an inijiroved condition. If the dose be too large, violent emeto-catharsis may result. Although the cholagogue value of this drug was a.sserted by our prac- titioners for years, it took extensive phy.siological investigations, conducted by Rutherford and Vignal, to convince our regular friends that it really possessed such a property. The green root internally administered, acts as an irritant poi- son, causing hyjiercatharsis, hyperemesis, gripings, and other unpleasant symp- toms; even the recently dried root, in doses of from 30 to 60 grains, is a drastic cathartic and emetic: but the violence of its action is materially modified by age, or roasting. Either the green or the dried root continuously applied to the cuta- neous structure, occasions irritation, followed by suppuration. Irritation of the mucous membrane is the result of contact with the powder, and workers in this drug and its resin are liable to conjunctival intlammation. Overdoses of podo- ])hylUiin have produced death, and the drug, when contraindicated, may give rise to prolonged gastro-intestinal irritation and even inflammation. As a cathartic, very little tormina is produced by it when compared with the completeness of its purgative action. It acts somewhat like jalap, though more slowly. To render Its hydragogue, it should be administered with potassium bitartrate on which account it has been found serviceable in drnpairal affections. Podophyllum may be used in nearly all cases in which podophyllin is useful, though there are some conditions where the former gives better results than the latter. These conditions we will briefly notice. It is conceded that as an altera- tive it is infinitely more decided in its action than the resin. It exerts a powerful influenee upon the whole glandular system. Associated with proper hygienic mea,sures and the indicated tonics and other alterative drugs, it will give good results in cnnstitutional s^yphilis, rheumatism and scrofula. The dose should be small, not sufiie due to portal engorgement. The small dose should be given and continued until the evacuations become regular and normal. Formerly this drug was much employed in bilious, remittent and intermittent fevers. Cathartic and somi'times emeto-cathartic doses were employed with the result of producing K(j profound an impression on the hepatic function and on the jiortal circle and general glandular system that, it is asserted, the disease was often aborted, or at least rendered milder and of short duration. It is never so employed at the present day. As an emeto-catbartic it should be given in warm ginger tea. When a cathartic is needed, which, however, is not often, the specific podojihyllum may be combined with compound syruj) of rbul>arb and pota.ssa (neutralizing cordial), or to riration,and has been found sevvK-nMe in ph'uri.ti/.fihriU aui.\ intiammntory di.-ietukf. The tincture, made of whiskey, in doses of from i to 2 fiuiil ounces. 2 or 0 times a day, has been found valuable in scrofulous di.-<>ut 2 feiH high, stout, hollow, several from the same root, each dividing at top into a corymlx\es.tions, Fig. 1333. Botanical Source. — This is an annual, gUvbrous plant, with a simple or branched, erect stem, of a red, reddish, or i^ometimes greenish color, from 8 inches to 2 feet high. The lanceolate, or olilon<.'-hinceol:ite, leaves are from 1 to 4 inches long, acute or acuminate at apex, cilialL-, undulate, or slightly crisped, punctate, and very acrid. The ocreje are cylindric, fringed with short bristles, or occasion- ally slightly pubescent, generally swollen at the base on account of the develop- ment of flowers within. The flowers are borne in a panicled raceme, which is narrow, drooping, interrupted, and from 1 to 3 inches long. The green calyx is usually 4-parted (3 to 5), and conspicuously punctate; stamens 4, occiisionally 6; style 2 (u- 3-parted, short; fruit a lenticular achene, triangled, broad-oblong or ovoid, slightly gibbous, dull and granular (Britton and Brown). History. — Polygonum Hydropiper is a well-known, intensely acrid plant, found srniwing in nearly all parts of the United States, in ditches, low grounds, aninni: rulitiish, and about brooks and water-courses, flowering in July, August, and September. That growing in our section of the country being naturalized from Europe; Britton and Brown state that it is perhaps indigenous in the far northwest. There are many species of Polygonum (at least 38), some of which, although pos.sessing similar virtues, differ materially in medical potency. The whole plant (P. Hi^dr&piper) is medicinal, and has a biting, pungent, acrid taste. and imparts its virtues to alcohol or water. Age renders it inert, and heat im- pairs it- nit'dicinal qualities. It should be collected and made into a tincture Whilr fv,-h. Chemical Composition.— According to analysis by H. Trimble and H. J. Schuchard > Amer. Jmir. P/tann., 1885, p.2l), the tops and leaves contain 3.46 per cent of tannin, 7.4 per cent of ash, and resin, wax. gum, sugar, etc. The active (pungent) principle was found to di.xappear upon heating; it was contained in he alcoholic extract of the drug, after successive treatment with petroleum spirit and ether. Dr. C. J. Ra.lemaker, however, as.*erted {ibid., 1871, p. 490; and 1886, )>p. 279 and 373) that the active principle consists of crystallizable po/ygrojuV acid, which, when pure, diSers in its reactions from those for tannic or gallic acids. It is soluble in water, less soluble in ether, and insoluble in petroleum spirit. The heat of the watei-liath does not destroy any of its properties. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Water pepper is stimulant, diuretic, emmenagngue, antiseptic, diaphoretic, and vesicant. Dr. Eberle found it very efficient in the dose of a teaspoonful of the saturated tincture, repeated 4 or 5 times a day, or from 2 to 5 grains of the aqueous extract, in amenorrhaa; Y)roh- ably, an alcoholic extract would be found more active. He states that the use of it caused an increase of the heat of the body with a kind of formication, with bearing down and sense of fullness in the pelvic region. The infusion, in cold water, has been found serviceable in gravel, colds, ana roughs, and in m ilk-airkiie-^s, and, mixed with wheat-bran, in Imrel complaints. In A.-iiotic cholera, the patients, wrapped in a sheet moistened with a hot decoction, are said to have been much benefited, and to have recovered. In combination with sulphate of iron and guni myrrh, it is said to have cured <7)(7^/>.f,(/ — probably dei)endent on some uterine derangement. Externally used as fomentation (simmered in water and vinegar) in gdiigirtie. The infusion, or a fomentation of the leaves, has been beneficially ajiplied in chronic ulcers and hemorrhoidul tumors, also as a wash in chronic cn/sijielas and iiiflnmnuitions, and as a foraentaliou in tympanites and flatulent colic. The fresh leaves, bruised with the leaves of Mav-weed, and moistened with the oil of tur- pentine, and applie<'tl(d or Water smart weed. — A smooth annual or perennial, aei id species, found in swamps and other wet places throughout the most of North America. Has been used for similar purposes as smart weed. Polygonum hydropiperoides, Michaux (Polygonum mite, r<>rsoon), is Mild water pep/^r, found in wet soil and swamps throughout the United States, and flowering from June to September. It has decided stimulating properties. Eberle pronounces it a most active and certain em- menagogue (see Amer.Jour. P/iarm., 1,SS3, p. 19.5 1. BisTORTA, Bi.ftorl. — The rhizome of Polygonum Bislorta, Linn^. or Snakeuwd. This plant is found in swampy places throughout the northern countries of the globe, being present in the United States northward from Colorado. The rhizome, which is recognized in some European pharmacopoeias, is blackish-brown, peculiarly distorted, S-shaped, sub-annulate, reddish inter- nally, and breaks with an almost smooth fracture. Wlien broken it exhibits a large pithy center, surrounded by a single circle of many small, woody bundles, enveloped l>y a thicker bark. It is odorless, but powerfully astringent in taste, as it contains tannin to the extent of 21 percent (Bowman, IStlO). P. Krebs found tannin (15 per cent), resin i0.30 per cent\wax and fat, starch, dextrin, dextrose, mucilage, gallic acid, etc. [.imer. Jnur. Pharm. ,1S9\. p. 476i. It is employed where a vegetable astringent such as geranium, is indicated. POLYMNI A. — UVEDALIA- The root of Polymnin Uvedalia, Linne. Nat. Ord. — Composita;. Co.MM(iN Names: Bcarsfoot, Leaf-ntp. Botanical Source.— Tiiis is a large, perennial plant, from 3 to 6 feet in height, and found in ravines, on the edges of woods, etc., in the central states, from Illi- nois to Florida. The stems are erect, stout, branched, and covered with a rough, hoary pubescence. The leaves are large, thin, opposite, deltoid in outline, and abruptly contracted at the base to short dilated leaf-stalks. They are 3-lobed, with acute, sinuate-angled lobes, bright green on both surfaces, and studded below with numerous rough points. The flower heads appear late in summer, and are disposed in loose, corymbose clusters. The involucre is double; the outer consist- ing of about 5 ovate, obtuse, leaf-like scales, which are ciliate on the margin: and the inner, of the smaller thin bracts of tlie pistillate flowers. The flower heads are radiate, and the recej>tacle chalTy. The ray flowers are about 10, in a single row, each being nearlj' 1 inch in length; they are oblong, of a bright-yellow color, and equally 3-toothed at the apex. The ray flowers arc pistillate, and alone fer- roLYMNiA. 1. ■).?.■; tile, as the di:«k-florets, although ptrlVrt, do not produce fruit. The fruit i.-; au nbovoid.blarkadieniiini, slightly llatl^iie,!, an.! rlM^.d l-ngthwise. History, Description, and Chemical Composition. — I'olymnia Uvedalia \v;i;! iiitu)(liued as a medicine, about lS7n, by Dr. .I.W. I'ruilt, the root being the part employed. This, when dry. is from 6 to 12 inches in length, and from ^ inch to i inch in diameter at the base of the plant. It extends downward into the ground, and running parallel with it several small roots springing from the l)n.«e of the plant are often observed. The shape is somewiiat like that of dandelion, hut longer, not so tapering, and more flattened from the efi'ect of drying. Towani he lower end it often divides into several fleshy rootlets, and secondary roots frequently spring from the main root. The outer sur'aee is of a leather-color, and very much wrinkled longitudinallv. Internally, it is white, or of a greenish cast, and soft, with the exception of a few woody fibers near the bark. It contains a large amount of resin, and exhales an unpleasant, animal-like odor when broken. Alcohol extracts from the root ail its medicinal principles, the extractive matter mainly consisting of glucose in considerable proportion; a form of tannin which precipitates ferrous sulphate, black; an odorous principle, soluble iu water and alcohol; and a mixture of two resins, which is present in greater amount than any other of its characteristic constituents; this resinous compound is heavier than water, of a brownish-yellow color, soft and sticky at ordinary temperatures, and possesses the odor of "the root. It dissolves completely in chloroform, ether, and alcohol, imperfectly in benzin, which separates it into: (1) A dark-brown, hard resin, of an acrid t^uste, which remains undissolved; this is insoluble in car- bon disulphide, but freely dissolves in chloroform, ether, and alcohol. (2) A light straw-colored, balsam-like, resinous body, heavier than water, rather thicker than Canada balsam, which it otherwise very nearly resembles; it readily dissolves in ether, alcohol, benzin, chloroform, and carbon disulphide, has the odor of polym- nia root, and likewise an acrid taste. Undoubtedly, polymnia depends upon these resinous bodies for its medicinal virtues. The a(iueous solution of the evaijorated tincture yields a precipitate with phospho-molybdate of ammonium, but not with other alkaloidal reagents, and after precipitation of the tannin with either ferrous sulphate or gelatin, the filtrates give negative results with the pbospho-molybdaie of ammonium. Polymnia Uvedalia is used in medicine in form of tincture and ointment. OiXTMEST OF PoLYMXi.\. — Take of fresh polymnia root S troy ounces; lard or mutton suet 16 troy ounces; cut the root into small ]iieces, and, having added the lard, heat the mixture until water ceases to evaporate, and then strain while hot. The ointment is of a light-greenish color, and possesses the disagreeable odor of the root. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Polymnia was introduced to the med- ical profession, in 1870, l)V Dr. J. W. Pruitt, although it had several years pre- viously been highly lauded, under the name of Bear's foot, as a remedy in rhcumn- tUm. Dr. Pruitt recommended it in the form of ointment, as a local application in inumiiviri/ and other (/hndular (unior.culiar, rather unpleasant odor, and a saccbaronuicilaginous. somewhat sickening t;i.stt\ Wat^^r extracts its proj>erties. Its constituent.*, accord- ing to Hager {Handbiu-h der Pharm. Praris), are fatty oil (about 8 per cent), resin, some tannin, mannit, dextrose, dextrin, starch, malic acid, and a sweet substance resembling glycyrrhizin. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— This plant is pectoral, demulcent, pur- gative, and anthelmintic. \ decoction or syrup nas been found very valuable in pulmonai-ii and hepatic d is,a.-pntation in poLYTKicurM.— roiTi.rs. t:,:',7 tliat ilirection. The Central American feru, I'olypodiumfriedi'richgthalkimim, is said to possess likf virtues, anil to be a reme^2>. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — This is a very valuable and important, but soni'Mvh It ni-irleeted, remedial agent. It is a powerful diuretic in strong infu- sion. In do.-(s of 2 lluid ounces of the infusion, every i hour, it has been known to remove from a dropsical patient from 20 to 40 pounds of water in the space of 24 hours. It ))o.*sesses but very little smell or taste, and never produces any n msi-a or disagreeable sensation in the stomach. It may be used in connection with hydragogue cathartics, or even alone, in dropsies; with the most decided a Ivantag'-; and is a very useful article in uric acid and phoxjihntic gravel, and other iiiiniinj otiMfHftions, and especially urinal suppression from cold. Prof. Jones consid- ered it worthy to be ranked among the first, if not at the head, of the class of iliuretics. Notwithstanding the reputation of this plant, as a diuretic, I have known it frecpiently lo fail in producing the slightest increase of the urinary discharge (.1. King). A strong infusion of the fresh plant should be used when possible to obtain it; give specific polytrichum, 5 to 60 drops, every 1 to 3 hours. POPULUS.— AMEBIOAN POPLAB. The bark of the Populus tremuloides, Michaux. Nat. Ore/.— Salicacea>. Common Nam es : American poplar, American a.'spen, Quakinr/ 0.-7)01, White poplar. Botanical Source and History.— Tliis tree attains the height of 20 to 50 feet, with a diaiiii t' r of N to 12 im h,s. It is covered with a smooth, greenish-white bark, except on the trunks of very old trees. The leaves are orbicular-cordate, abruptly aruminate. dentate-serrate, smooth on both siiles, pubescent at the mar- ;:iiis, dark-green, 3-nerved, 2 to 2i inches long, and \\ as wide, on long, slender, and laterally compressed petioles, which accounts for the continual agitation of the leaves bv the slightest breeze. The aments are plumed with silken hairs, and are about 2 inches long and pendulous, appearing in April, long before the li-aves. The scales are cut into 3 or 4 deep, linear divisions, and fringed with long hairs ( W. — (;.). This tree is conimon in lower Canada and in the northern and mid- dle slates. The bark is the medicinal part, and should he collecteiiiro]ihies. The Larg(! aspen, P. grand idcntata, is said to be the most active and bitter. Dose of the powdered bark, 1 drachm, 2 or 3 times a day ; of a saturated tincture of the fresh bark, from a fnution of a dro]) to 30 drops; of populin, 1 x trituration, 1 grain every 2 or 4 hdurs. Specific Indications and Uses.— Marked debility with impairment of diges- tion ; tenesmic vesical irritation ; tenesmus after micturition. Related Species. — Several species of PopuUis K'sidos Amorioan poplar have been em- ployoil inoro or lis.s in iiiotliciiie, and probably most of them tlopeuil uuon lx)th salicin and popnlin for their virtues. .Vmong those emiiroyed are Populus iiij/ra,OT £iiroifx'n; Populus altia, sil ty r-Uaf iioplar, etc. ^!?ee the alwve-named species fur chemical composition.) Populus baUam if era, hinn^, Baham jioplar. — This tree, also called Tacantahac, or Tammahae poplar, attains the height of 50 to 70 feet, with a trunk about IS inches in diameter. Branches roTASSA. 1539 smooth, ronnd, deep-brown; bmla acuminate, smooth, covered in tlie spring with an almn- dance of fniiiriint, viscid, bMlsaiiiic juice. Leaves ovate, gra,'laudiilar serratures, deei)-green above, whitish and reticulate-veined beneath, on long petioles; sonietiuies 2 glamis at tlie apex of the petiole. Scak-s dilated, slightly hairy (L.— W.). This tree is found in Cana(la,tlie northern parts of the I'nitcd suites, ana in Sil)i'i"ia. In this country it is in blossom in April. The leal-buds arc the medieinal parts, and should be collected in the si>ring; tliey are covereil \\ ith a fragrant resinous matter, which may be separated in boiling water, and upon which tluir virtues depenil. They have an agreeable, incense-like odor, and an unpletisant, bitterish taste. The balsamic juice is col- lected in Canada in slu'lls, and sent to Europe, under the name of tacamaliaca. Alcohol or spirits is the proper solvent. (For chemical composition, see Piccard, loc cil..) Popvlns camlirniis, Alton. — The buds of the Pujnilns candiraiis, Alton, or J?'i'»! of Oilead, po8.se,ss virtues similar to the above. The tree is of less stature than the P. ^'i/.'-vo/(';7Vra,the leaves are broader, and lienrt-shaped, with a distinct sinua at the ba.-,!:uvlli>tij)i,iiiiiimh.> ^i .■■<..<. rlienmulic pciin-^etc. Added to ointments they prevent, in a gn^at meMsu , tl;. ir r i! iliiy !■> lieconie rancid, but in this respect are not equal to parafSn, which will win illy prevent raiicidity in cerates and ointiiunls |)reiiared with it, as discovered by Prof. E. S. Wayne. The bark is said to be tonic and c^ii liMitie, and to have proved of service in'gout&ndrhinmiiiism. Dose of a tincture of the buds, from 1 ti 4 lliiiil drachms; this is excellent for c<>/y dissolving the alkali in alcohol, (b-canting, evaporating the clear fluid to 1540 POTASS A. dryness and melting the dried mass. Mr. Carl E. Smith (Amer. Jour. Pkarm. ,189H, p. 392) calls attention to a probably fraudulent substitution of commercial caustic potash by caustic soda. Both the present U. S. P. and that of 1880 de- mand caustic potash to contain 90 per cent of potassium hydroxide, the remainder to consist of carbonate, water and other impurities, the quantities of which are limited by the pharmacopoeial tests subjoined. This standard, how- ever, has never been attained on a manufacturing scale. E. Goebel (Proc. Amer. Phanii. ^.ssor.,1885,p. 472) reports eight specimens of potassa in sticks to contain 75.5 to 79.5 per cent total and 63.3 to 72.3 caustic alkali. Prof. E. L. Patch (ibid., p. 474) found in seven specimens from 57 to 86 per cent total and from 52 to 81 per cent caustic alkali One specimen of German origin, "purified by alcohol," gave 70 per cent of total al.kali and 8.57 per cent of carbonate, with traces of sulphates, chlorides, silica and iron. As recently as 1892 Prof. J.U. Lloyd found the total alkali (calculated as hydroxide) in 30 casks of crude commercial Ameri- can potash to vary from 16 to 84 per cent. By insisting in his purchases on a minimum amount of 70 per cent total alkali. Prof. Lloyd secured a marked im- provement of the quality (see Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc, 1892, p. 192). Mr. Carl E. Smith reports {lor. cit.) on a sample of the best crude potassa in sticks of the New York market, finding it to be not much below the pharmacopoeial standard. It contained 86.4 per cent of potassium h3'droxide (KOH), 4.85 per cent of potas- sium carbonate (KjCO.,), 1.8 per cent of sodium hydroxide (NaOH), 1.4 per cent of potassium chloride (KCl), 0.1 per cent of potassium silicate (KjSi.O,), and 5.55 per cent of water. The U. S. P. directs for caustic potash the following tests : "The aqueous solution (1 in 20) should be perfectly clear and colorless (absence of organic matter). After acidulation with hydrochloric acid it yields bright yellow precipitates with platinie chloride T.S., and with sodium cobaltic nitrite T.S."— (L'. S. P.). The precipitate with platinie chloride (PtCl.) consists of octa- hedra having the composition PtCljK.;; they are insoluble in alcohol and nearly insoluble in water. The corresponding sodium compound is soluble in water and alcohol. The precipitate with sodium cobaltic nitrate has the composition Co2(NO.^),jK5, combined with varying quantities of water. According to Mr. Carl E. Smith (loc. cit.), a dilution of 0.3 to 0.2 per cent of potassium hydroxide (KOH) is the approximate limit of the sensitiveness of this test. "A concen- trated aqueous solution (1 in 10), when dropped into tartaric acid T.S., pro- duces a white, crystalline precipitate, which redissolves when the potassa is added in excess"— (T. 5. P.). This precipitate (C,H,OjKH) is the well-known c7-eam of tartar or acid potassium tartrate (see Potassii Biturtras). The added excess of potassa produces the soluble neutral tartrate (C,H,OsK,j. "If 1 Gm. of potassa be dissolved in 10 Cc. of water, and slightly supersaturated with acetic acid, 10 Cc. of the solution should not be colored or rendered turbid by the addi- tion of an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide T.S. (absence of arsenic, lead, etc.), nor by the subsequent addition of ammonia water in slight excess (absence of iron, aluminum, etc.). The remainder of the acidulated solution should not be rendered turbid by ammonium oxalate T.S. (absence of calcium). If a solu- tion of 1.5 Gm. of potassa in 10 Cc. of water be slightly supersaturated with nitric acid, then 0.5 Cc. of decinormal silver nitrate V.S. added, and the pre- cipitate, if any, removed by filtration, the clear filtrate should remain unaftected by the addition of more silver nitrate V.S. (limit of chloride). If to a solution of 3.5 Gm. of potassa in 10 Cc. of water, strongly sui>ersatu rated with hydrochloric acid, 0.1 Cc. of barium chloride T.S. be added, and the precipitate, if any, re- moved by filtration, the clear filtrate should remain unaffected by the further addition of barium chloride T.S. (limit of sulphate). If 1 Gm. of pota.e dissolved in 2 Cc. of water, and added to 10 Cc. of alcohol, not more than a slight, colorless precipitate should occur within 10 minutes (limit of silicateY After boiling this alcoholic solution with 5 Cc. of calcium hydrate T.S. and filtering, not the slightest etl'ervescence shouhl take place on a'dding tiie filtrate to an excess of diluted hydrochloric acid (limit of carbonate)" — (C. 5. P.). Mr. Carl E.Smith (/oc. (■(■<.) justly points out that this test for silicate and carbonate is insufficient, because the precipitate produced by alcohol may largely consist of carbonate which may thus be mistaken for silicate and lit'sides "impair the test for carbonate. The author suggests that silica be tested for separately, POTASSA. 1541 hy repeatedly evaporating on the water-bath an aqueous solution of the sample with exce^:^s of hydrochloric acid to perfect dryness, whereby silicic acid becomes insoluble and may be filtered, washed out. ilried and weighed. The carbonate and total alkali may be determined in one operation by titrating a dilute solu- tion of the sample (1 Gm. in 2oO Cc. of water) with normal sulphuric or hydro- chloric acids, employing phenolphtalein as indicator, adding the acid until the purple color disappears, then adding methyl oiaiige and titrating until the color changes to red. The acid consumed with nietbyl orange as indicator is equivalent to half the quantity of carlxniate present, while tiie quantity of acid consumed with phenolphtalein as indicator, minus that consunu'd with methyl orange, is equivalent to the caustic alkali present. Tiiis procedure is based on the fact that potassium carbonate (KjCO,) becomes neutral toward phenolphtalein at the point where it is converted into bicarbonate (KHCO,), i. <■., when half of its potassium is converted into neutral sulphate or chloride. The bicarbonate, how- ever, is still alkaline toward methyl orange; if this be added to the colorless liquid, the change to red takes place at the point where the remaining half, i.e., all of the bicarbonate, is converted into the neutral salt. "If 0.2 Gm.of potassa be dissolved in 2 Cc. of water, and carefully mixed with 4 Cc. of pure sulphuric acid and 2 drops of indigo T.S., the blue color should not be discharged (limit of nitrate). To test for soda, dissolve 0.56 Gm. of potassa in 5 Cc. of water, add a few drops of phenolphtalein T.S., and then, from a burette, enough tartaric acidT.S. (3 Gm. in 20 Cc.) to accurately neutralize the solution. Next add another volume . of the tartaric acid T.S., equal to that first used, and then enough absolute alco- hol to completely precipitate the potassium bitartrate formed. Separate the pre- cipitate by filtration and wash it with a little alcohol. The filtrate should not require more than 0.2 Cc. of normal potassium hydrate V.S. to restore the red color (absence of more than 1.5 per cent of soda). To neutralize 0.56 Gm. of potassa should require not less than 9 Cc. of normal sulphuric acid (each cubic centimeter c<^rrespniuling to 10 per cent of pure potassium hj'drate), phenolphta- lein being used as iiidicatdr" — ( ('. .'^', P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Caustic potash is powerfully corro- sive ; when applied lu soil animal textures, it first attracts their water, and then rapidly disorganizes them, producing with the fatty constituents, a soapy solu- tion, after which extensive inflammation ensues around the part, previous to the separation of a deep slough. It has no action as a poison, except what depends directly on the local injury occasioned ; no direct inlineiice being exerted through the medium of absorption. The symptoms of poisoning from its ingestion are: In- tense burning j>ain from mouth to stomach and bowels; acrid, caustic taste; vomit- ing of alkaline and bloody material, diarrhcea, delirium, convulsions, and cold, clammy surface. If the dose is large and not vomited, death quickly takes place ; if death is not immediate, it may result later from laryngeal and gastro-intestinal in- flammation and ulceration, or, after many months, death may be due to starvation, due to stricture of the cesophagus, produced by the healing of the lesions caused by the poison in passing through that tube. Acids, as vinegar, lemon-juice, etc., and the fixed oils, are antidotes to its injurious action, producing with it harmless salts of pota.«sium or soapy solutions. The long-continued use of liquor potassaj may occasion a cachexia closely resembling scurvy. It is administered internally only when in solution, as an antacid, antilithie, and diuretic (.«ce Liquor Pot(i»!.ri,( NO, i„.ilN(),K -4(1K • 2IU»l J.Nti. Solutions of acid hardly di.<»olve it. It has the llierapeutic innpeities ri l( rred to other nitrites on account of its limited solubility and more j.>er- manent elKu:ii l. r i lil.lisi. l)ose, ', to i grain every 2 hours. I'liTAs-ii I )>MA-> I K,()s(),.2H3()i, PotaKfiinii atmaU: — To a solution of osDiinni tetroxide in caustic 1 iotas h a. Id alcohol; the resulting red liquid, when concentrated, deposits jxitawium osmate as a ciystalline powder. If slowly evaporated, dark-garnet crystals form. This salt is jiernument in" a drv, but deliquescent in a moist atmosphere, at the siune time un>ler>!oing decomposition. Sofutions in water are likewise unstable. It has an a.stringent and sweetisS taste, and is used as a suo.stitute for o«inic acid. It is employed hypodermatioilly chiefly in the form of a 1 per cent solution, or it niav be given by n\outh in doses of j's to j^j- gniin. Ds.Mic .\cii),or yViiwwiV nciil lOsO, — 2.">4.14l i .icitluni (WiinViim.or jKitwiiictiiii >,is tlie ai-O'pted name for (hmiuin telro.ritle, from which potassium inmate mav Ik- prepan'd as statetl ul>ove. Osmic acid ]>roi)er i()s(),ll,i is not known in the free state. Tlie tetroxide is intensely jniison- POTASSA CUM CALCE.— POTASSA SULPHrRATA. 1543 oils. It is prepared by heating metallic and finely divided osmium to a temperature of near 4110° C. (7M' I". . in a current of air, or in the presence of oxyjien. The metal then burns and the tetr.ixiili-, being vaporized, is eolleeteil in a o>oled receiver. Thus sublimed, it loruis ex- Ci'edinxly byj;n>si-opie, yellow neeilles, which lurni neutral, colorless, acrid solutions with water. Osmium' tetruxide boils at about the same temperature as water, and sublimes at somewhat above the ordinary temperature, giving otf intensely poisonous vapors, which attack the lungs and the eyes most' violently. Organic compounds are oxidized by it, and iodides are decom- posed with liberation of icnline. Its solution in alcohol or ether deposits, upon standing for 1 day, all the osmium in the form of the tetrahydroxide (O8O4II4). Sulphurous acid produces with" the aqueous solution a series of colors, changing from yellow to red, green, and blue. A freshly-made, 1 per cent solution is useiii (.'axtii.\rid.\s (CioHijK,Os.2II,Oi, Potaggium roiiJ/iarit/aJf.— Cantharidin (1 part), potitssium hydroxide ( 2 parts), water ( 100 parts). Heat together on a water-bath. By concen- trating the clear solution, the salt may be obtained in the form of crystals. Twenty-five parts of cold water and 12 parts of boiling water dissolve the salt. Acid precipitates cantharidin from the solution 'also compare Cantharis). This compound has, in recent years (1891), been liniposel. l.y l.iebreich. for some varieties of tuberculosis'. It is injected hypodermatically in doses of a solution representing y^-r to y{-j grain of cantharidin. PoTASSii Tei-li-r.^s iKjTeOj-i-aHjO), Potamum <hur" {^mlphuria), and should not be confoun.lrd with the preparation (calcium sulphide) used by homoeopaths under the same name. In large doses it is an energetic, narcotico- acrid poison, causing acrid taste, vomiting, mortal faintness, and convulsions, with an emission of the odor of suli)liurctted hydrogen. In small doses, from 2 tt) 10 grains in solution, or in pill with soap or liquorice, and repeated! 3 or 4 times a day, it acts as a general stimulant, increasing the frequency of the pulse as well as the heat of the body, and promoting the different secretions, especially those of the mucous membranes. It is likewise antacid, alterative, and anti>pas- modic, and has been used in whoopiug-cough, rhronic rheumatisni, a^hmn,ob)^tiiuUe diseases of the skin, jiaintcr.t' colic, gout, etc. (P.) Externally it has been very efficient in chronic diseases of the skin, as eczema, ."cahirs, lehra. pityriasis, etc., in which it is used in the form of ointment, wash, or bath. Haifa dradim of the sulphide to 1 ounce of lard forms an ointment; the same quantity to 1 fluid ounce of water, forms a wash or lotion. One part of the sulphide to iOOO parts of water, lorinsa bath. This bath is employed in Irad pal.fy. It should not be useil when there is fever or hemorrhages. By prolonged use vesicular or papular skin eruptions are apt to occur. Dose, 1 to 10 grains. l'OTA:c(trherg. The salt is prepared simply by dissolving carbonate or bicar- bonate of potassium in solution of acetic acid, keeping the latter in slight excess, and evaporating the solution to dryness by carefully heating it on a sand-bath. Description. — As met with in commerce, the salt often has a foliaceous appearance, not unlike spermaceti, which gave rise to its former name, foliated earth of turtur, acetic and tartaric acids having been at one time believed to be identical. The salt is officially described as "a white powder, or crystalline masses of a satiny lustre, odorless, and having a warming, saline taste. Very deliquescent on exposure to the air. Soluble at 15° C. (59° F.), in 0.36 part of water, and in 1.9 parts of alcohol; with increasing temperature it becomes much more soluble in both liquids. When heated to 292° C. (.557.6° F.),the salt fuses. At a higher temperature it decomjtoses, blackens, and evolves vapors having an empyreumatic odor (an alliaceous odor would indicate the presence of arsenic), and finally leaves a white residue of potassium carbonate, which should be com- pletely soluble in water" — (f. S. P.). Acetone is among the products of volatili- zation. Owing to its ready deliquescence, the salt should be kept in well-stop- pered bottles. The aqueotas solution of the salt soon becomes moldy, and the acetate is converted into carbonate. "The aqueous solution (1 in 20) colors litmus paper blue, but does not redden phenolphtalein T.S. Upon the addition of sodium cobaltic nitrite T.S.,a copious yellow precipitate is formed. The addi- tion of sodium bitartrate T.S. to the aqueous solution causes a white, crystalline l)recipitate. When the salt is heated with a small amount of sulphuric acid, vapors of acetic acid are evolved. The addition of a little ferric chlorideT.S. to a solution of the salt produces a deep red color, and, upon the ai>plication of heat, a pale brown, floceulent precipitate of basic ferric acetate separates" — (f. S. P.). Potas- sium acetate is contained in many vegetable juices, and ui>on incineration i.s found in their ashes in the form of potassium carbonate. Potassium acetate is incom- patil)le with the sulphates of sodium and magnesium, tartaric acid, the stron<:er acids, earths ami tlieir salts, bichloride of mercury, and some other metallic salts. Impurities and Tests.— Impurities are rarely i)resent; the most probable are carboii.ite of iMit.issiiim, if this is left in excess during tiie i)reparation of the salt ; sulphate (d" potassium, cliloride of potassium, alumina, lime, magnesia, iron, lead, copper, tin, etc., which may respectively be detected by the pharmacopoeial tests as given below. If lime is jireseiit, ammonium oxalate will produce, in the aqueous solution of the salt, a white precipitate, insoluble in diluted acetic acid. Magnesium is recognized by adding to the a(|Ueous solution of the salt, ammo- nium chloride, atjua ammonite, and ammonium carbonate, filtering, and adding to tiie filtrate ammonium phosphate. ,\ crystalline inecipitate denotes the pres- ence of n)agnesium. "Having prepared a solution of 2.5 Gm.of tlie salt in 50 Co. l.')46 POTASSII ACETAS. of water, use 10 Cc. of it for each of the following tests : After a portion has been acidulated with a few drops of hj-drochloric acid, the addition of an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide T.S. should produce no precipitate (absence of arsenic, lead, etc.)- In another portion, acidulated with hydrochloric acid, 1 Cc.of barium chlo- ride T.S. should produce no visible change (absence of sulphate). If to a portion of the solution, acidulated with nitric acid, 0.1 Cc. of decinormal silver nitrate V.S. be added, the liquid should, after filtration, show no further change on the addi- tion of more silver nitrate V.S. (limit of chloride). The addition of 0.3 Cc. of potassium ferrocyanide T.S. should effect no change in the solution within 15 minutes (limit of iron). No coloration or precipitate should be produced by add- ing 1 Cc. of ammonium sulphide T.S. (absence of iron, aluminum, etc.). Frag- ments of the salt sprinkled upon sulphuric acid, should produce no effervescence (absence of carbonate), nor impart any color (absence of readily carbonizable, organic impurities). If 1 Gni. of potassium acetate be, by thorough ignition, con- verted into carbonate, the residue should require, for complete neutralization, not less than 10 Cc. of normal sulphuric acid (corresponding to at least 98 per cent of pure potassium acetate), methyl orange being used as indicator" — (['. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Acetate of potassium is one of the most important of the salts cmiilKyed in Eclectic medicine. In the dose of 2 or 3 drachms, it causes mild purging, which is occasionally attended with griping; and, in drops;/, it will often cause copious watery discharges by stool and urine. In doses of from 10 to 40 grains, it causes diuresis, to which eSect is due its for- mer name of Sal Diuretirum. It is the ideal renal depurant, for it not only in- creases the watery constituents of the urine, but, by inducing retrograde meta- morphosis, it augments the solid constituents as well. It acts not only upon the renal organs, but upon the remote parts of the body, serving to eliminate from the system much of the broken-down elements upon which diseased conditions depend. From the fact that it is decomposed before leaving the body, with the formation of potassium carbonate, it has been used in drnpsi/, to render the urine alkaline in uric-arid d-iatfwsid, SLud in other ca.ses where diuresis is indicated. It is a remedy for lithemin. By its depurant action, it has cured intermittent and remit- tent fevers, when the usual treatment has failed. Not only does it remove the mor- bid products of fevers, but it also acts as a refrigerant. It should be well diluted, lest it irritate the gastric membranes. It should be remembered that all of the potassium salts act best when largely diluted, and the acetate is often given best in water to which a little vinegar has been added. In scrofulous conditions, when old and broken-down tissues stand in the way of recovery, this salt acts as a true alterative in ridding the system of these obstruc- tions, and the same is true in all inflammations marked by deposits of cacoplastic material. In chronic diseases of the spleen and liver, especially hepntie congestimi, with limited secretion of bile, it is often the best remedy. In chronic jaundice. 30 or 40 grains of the salt should be given every 4 hours. It is a remedy for dropsies when the liver is inactive, or after scarlatina, but generally not otlierwise, and, to in- crease its diuretic power, it may be given with parsley, spearmint, or queen of the meadow. It has likewise been found beneficial in anite and chronie rheumati^i, cmite vaginitis, gonm-rhosa, and in several obstinate cutaneous affections, when given in doses to increase the urinary discharge. It may be given with confidence in the early stages of ovaritis, mastitis, or orchitis. Prof. Locke recommends the following for acute rheumatism, with increase of temperature, swelling of tlie joints, and dirty tongue: R Potassium acetate, .•5VJ; salicylic acid, .•^ii ; aqua, fl Si v. Mix. Sig. Dose, a teaspoonful in a wineglassful of water, every 3 or 4 hours. It should not be given when the tongue is pointed and red. With the special sedatives, it is often useful in /XK-Hmojua, and, given early, it may influence ;i/iMi>i.< by prevent- ing the dej)ositi(Ui of tubercular matter. In s}fphiiis. it may be administered awhile in alternation with the iodide of potassium. In chronic ague, it maj' be given to assist the antiperiodic. In sicin affections, where the urinary secretion is in) perfect, it aids other remedies, and is of itself often sufticient in pimples. funtn- cuhus eruptions, seal]/ tetter, and psoriasis. It should oe borne in mind that to act properly the kidneys should be in ^od condition, otherwise too much should not be expected of the drug. It aids in curmg carbuncle. Locally, it has been used POTASjSU IUCAKBOXAS. 1.")47 to cure iicne, the pimples being firsit emptied of their contents, and the pai ts touched with tlie deliquesced salt. The us-ual dose of potassium acetate ranges Irom 5 to 40 grains, well diluti'd; as a laxative, 4 drachms, though it is seldom used for this imrpose. From SO grains to 3 drachms may be taken in a day. Specific Indications and Uses. -Retention of worn-out material in the body; imperfect r.'ual txrritions of tlic Kroken-down solids; deposits of cacophistic male- rial, giving ri.'ie to inllanimations and fevers, especially malarial fever; tongue pallid, with light, pasty fur; scanty urine, with dull headache ; sluggish lymphatic action; rheumatism, with swollen joints, dirty tongue, and fever; hepatic torpor anil infnntion. POTASSII BICARBONAS (U. S. P.)— POTASSIUM BICARBONATE. FoRMri.A: KHCO3. Molecular Weight: 99.88. Sy.nonym : Kali airbotikum ncidulum, Arid potassium rarhanate. Hydrogen j)otas- gium rfirhtiiiiiti; Bicdrbonas ])Ota--'.otamum, J/iA/ \.>j,hilU caustic. When a solution of potassium bicarbonate {KHCO3) in water 18 evaporated by Injil- ing, half of its carbonic acid is gradually given off and the normal carbonate (KjCOs 1 results. If evaporation is carried to the point where only one-fourth of its carbonic aciil i? given oS, the solution contains potassium sesquicarbonate, which cry.stallizes out upon standmg. It is claimed by some to be a crystallizable, deliquescent substance of definite composition, while others claim that the product is a mixture of mono- and bicarbonate of potassium. As pre- pared by the process mentioned, this mild caustic ia sold in the form of a white jKiwder, having an alkaline odor, a sharp, strongly alkaline taste, is permanent in dr\- air, ven.- soluble in water, but insoluble in alcohol. Owing to the fact that carbonate of potassium i.sdeliouescent,anure caustic potash, of a ilingy-gray or greenish color very caustic, but less so than the hydroxide of potassium, very deliquescent, and soluble in water. It is more severe in its action than the mild caustic, and "has to be employeil occa.*ionally in cases where the latter exerts but little or no beneficial influence. As it rapidly extracts mois- ture from the atmosphere, it must, as soon as prepared, be placed in glass bottles with go<^>aratinu, says (.*>>■(•. Mnl.): "In chronic (/iVn.v 0/ ftoii^, and in caricf, it exerts a m<-kst fcimily uifluentv upon tlic diseased tissues, promoting the removal of the dead bone, and at the same time stimulating the living. In di.ica.ie of the soft li.i.>e that can be usol i.< oi: rn. .1. Tpon healthy tissues these agi-nis exert hut very I'eehle action ; and in uuhealthy eoi,, ;,!;,. ns they briiig ahout a normal action without excitjni: undue degr<'e ol inllamiualion. li.. v an' agents of great value. 1'0TA.S5^1I liKHltUMAS. 154!) POTASSII BICHROMAS U. S. P.)— POTASSIUM BICHROMATE. Formula: K,Cr,0;. Molkcii-ak Wkkiht : 2!»o.78 Synoyms: Pnta-'^^ium dirhroiuote, Birlnnma.-i kalii^s, Birhromate of potash. Red chronvih ofjintniih, or potdssn. Kali rhromirum rubniin, Knli hichromifum. Source and Preparation. — The chief source of all ehromiuni compoumls is the m\iier:\\ chrome iron ((re which is essentially /wtoms r^nwiiV*', ?.«•., a con) pound of ferrous oxide and chromic oxide (FeO.C'rX),). It occurs in Russia, Sweden, and many parts of the United States. Bichromate of potassium is made on the large scale oy the decomposition and oxidation of chromic iron ore. The latter is mixed with lime, and roasted with free access of air in a reverberatory furnace until decomposition of the ore has taken place.- Formerly nitrate of potassium was employed to oxidize the ore. The mass is then lixiviated with water, and the resultant solution of chromate of calcium (CrO.Ca) decomposed by the addition of carbonate of potassium, and filtered from the calcium carbonate; the yellow, neutral chromate solution is then acidulated with sulphuric acid, and the bichromate solution evaporated to crystallization. Thus it is seen that the bichromate may be obtained from the neutral yellow chromate by acidulating the solution of the latter with sufficient sulphuric or acetic acids to convert half of the potassium of the neutral chromate into sulphate or acetate, as follows: •2K,CrO, + H,SO.=^K,SO.+ H,0+K.,Cr.A- The solution upon sufficient evapora- tion yiciiU larj.'e crystals of bichromate (see 0.1^0 Related CoiDjmunds). Description and Tests. — "Large, orange-red, transparent, triclinic prisms, or 4 sided tables, oilorless, and having a bitter, metallic taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in 10 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 1.5 parts of boiling water; insoluble in alcohol. The salt fu.ses below a red heat, without loss of weight, forming a dark brown liquid. At a white heat it evolves oxygen and leaves a residue of neutral potassium chromate and green chromic oxide. The aqueous solution (1 in 20) has an acid reaction upon litmus paper. On mixing 4 Cc. of the aqueous solution with 0.5 Cc. of alcohol, and then with 1 Cc. of sulphuric acid, the liquid will assume a green color and emit the odor of aldehyde. Sodium cobaltic nitrite T.S. produces in the aqueous solution a copious yellow precipi- tate''— (i'. S. P.). Solutions of potassium bichromate form colored precipitates with salts of the various heavy metals, e. g., salts of lead (chrome yellotc), mer- cury, silver, barium, etc. These precipitates are soluble in diluted nitric acid ; but silver chloride and barium sulphate are insoluble, hence the presence of chlorides or sulphates as impurities may be easily recognized by this test. The orange-red solution of potassium bichromate, especially when acidulated, is reduced to green by orgaTiic substances, e. 17., alcohol (see above), hydrogen sulphide, sulj)hurous acid, ferrous suli)hate,etc. When heated with hydrochloric acid, chlorineisevolved. The chromate in these processes is reduced to salts of the chromic oxide (CrjO,). The British Phnrmaropiieia (1898) directs the following quantitative test for the ]Hirity of pota.ssium bichromate: "5.66 grammes of ferrous sulphate, dissolved in a little water and acidulated with sulphuric acid, should not cease to yield a blue color with solution of potassium ferricyanide until such a quantity of solu- tion as contains 1 gramme of the potassium bichromate has been added "—(/?/•. Phnnn.. 1898). This reaction takes place according to the equation 6(FeS0,+ 7H.,0)4-7H,SO,-fK.,Cr.A=3Fe,(SO,),+K.,SO,+Cr.XSO.),+49H,0. The proportions directed by the British Pharmaropreia correspond to 99.7 per cent of the pure salt. Pota-i,). Molecular Weight : Hi3.9. Tea hot solution of |)..i:issiiiiu ilicliroinnte ailil potassium oarlwnato until ollervi'Si-eniv ct^asifs. The soliitioii hrcoiiKs \ illow, and, upiL>n evaporation, yields canary-yellow, (►^iiini crystals, which nult without ilcVom|K>sition. Two parts, or les.-i. of water effe-l their solution. The salt in solution turns red litnuiB paper blue. It is employed as a hilHiratory roavi'nt. l'OTAt^,
  • tances,c.<7., ammonia water, carbonates of sodium or potassium, ma;uH- sium oxide, with all of whi(.'h it forms soluble compounds; salts of heavy metals, <;.<;., lead acetate, likewise decompose it, insoluble tartiates being formed. Adulterations and Tests.— As found in commerce, bitartrate of potassium is always contaminated with from 3 to 10, or even 14 per cent of tartrate of calcium; also frequently with copper, which gives it a green tint. These impurities nun- be removed, without any great loss of material, by finely powdering the cream of tartar, and digesting it at a gentle heat, with very dilute hydrochloric acid. To detect the tartrate of calcium agitate the cream of tartar with a solution of aqua ammonia^, then filter and add oxalate of ammonium, wiiich causes a white pre- cipitate if a calcium salt 1)6 pre-sent. If a large amount of tartrate of calcium be present, the ammonia will not dissolve all of the powder. If copper be present, ferrocyanide of potassium added to an aqueous solution will give a chocolate or reddish-brown precipitate. The latter is bluish-green when iron is present. Inten- tional adulterations of cream of tartar usually consist of starch, chalk, clay, or 1552 POTA.'.-n Br.OMIDUM. alum. Some samples have been found to consist for the greater part, or almost entirely, of calcium sulphate or phosphate. The presence of carbonate of calcium will cause an effervescence with weak acids; starch may be known by the blue color caused upon the addition of iodine; mineral substances, by their insolu- bility in boiling water; alum, by the white precipitate caused upon "the addition of chloride of barium, and which is insoluble in nitric acid. The tests of the U. S. P., in addition to the characteristics given under De^rrj/^^iwi, are as follows: "If 1.5 Gm. of the salt be shaken with 30Cc. of water and the mixture filtered, 10 Cc. of the filtrate, after being acidulated with nitric acid, should not be rendered turbid by 0.5 Cc. of silver nitrate T.S. (absence of chloride), nor by 0.5 Cc. of barium chloride T.S. (absence of sulphate). A solution of 0.5 Gra. of the salt in 3Cc. of ammonia water should leave no insoluble residue (absence of insoluble matter), nor be affected by ammonium sulphide T.S. (absence of copper, lead, iron, etc.). If 1.2 Gm. of potassium bitartrate be repeated)}' agitated, during half an hour, with a mixture of 5 Cc. of acetic acid and 1 Cc. of water, and the mixture be then diluted with 30 Cc. of water, and filtered, the clear filtrate should not be rendered turbid, within one minute, by the addition of 0.5 Cc. of ammonium oxalate T.S. (limit of calcium salt). The odor of ammonia should not be evolved on heating the salt with a slight excess of potassium or sodium hydrate T.S. If 1.88 Gm. of potassium bitartrate be thoroughly ignited at a red heat, it should require for complete neutralization not less than 9.9 Cc. of normal sulphuric acid (each Cc. corresponding to 10 per cent of the pure salt), phenolphtalein being used as indi- cator"— {U. S. P.). With regard to the last-mentioned test. Mr. Carl E. Smith (^Digest of Criticisms, ('. S. P., Part II, 1898) points out that direct titration of the salt with caustic alkali is preferable to titration with acid after ignition, because in the latter case the presence of calcium tartrate affects the accuracy o'f the result, and because nf tin* crriatcr CDiivenic-nc of the former method. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Bitartrate of potassium is diuretic and laxativf. l)iissical and febrile complaints. Dose, as a cathartic, from 4 to 6 drachms; as an aperient, 1 or 2 drachms; and in dropsy, it may be given in doses of from 1 to 3 drachms, in water, 4 or 5 times a day. POTASSII BROMIDUM (U. S. P.)— POTASSIUM BROMIDE. FoRMiTL.\: KBr. MoLEcri-.-VR Weight: 118.79. Sv.NOXYMs: Bromide of potash, Bromide of potassium, Bromurtium potagsicum. Bromnntiii,, bilicum. Preparation.— Bromide of potassium may be prepared by several niethod- Tho r. S. P.. 1S70, obtained it by double decomposition of pure potassium car- bonate with solution of ferrous bromide previously prepared by the action of bromine upon iron filings in the presente of water. The reaction takes place with precipitation of insoluble ferrous carbonate as follows: FeBr,-|-K,CO,=- FeC03+2KBr. The resulting solution of potassium bromide is then evaporated I'UTASSH BROMIDUM. 1653 to crystalli/.aiion. Tlie process of the Bn'tisfi rhaitnacofain (1885) consists in the action of bromine upon caustic potasli, wlicicKv potassium broniiilt' and bromate are formed, according to the equation : 6Br+6KOH^-5BrK + BrO,K+oH,0. The solution is evaporated to dryness, the salts mixed witli charcoal and exposed to a red heat; the bromate is thus reduced to bromide, carl)onic oxide beine evolved. The fused ma«s, when cold, is dissolved in water, filtered and evaporated to crystallization. Potassium bromide may also be prepared bj' neutralizing hydroliromic acid with caustic potasli. Description. — Hromide of ]»otassium is officially described as occurring in "colorle.-s or wliit' , cubical crystals, or granules, odorless, and having a pungent saline ta.-^tc. I'.rmanent in the air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in about 1.6 parts of water, ami in 200 parts of alcohol : in less than 1 part of boiling water, and in l(i parts of boiling alcohol ; also soluble in 4 parts of glycerin. On heat- ing the salt ui)on platinum foil, it decrepitates; near 700° C. (1290° F.) it fuses without decomposing, and at a bright red heat it volatilizes, communicating a violet color to the flame. The aqueous solution (1 in 20) is neutral, or has, at most, only a scarcely perceptible alkaline reaction upon litmus paper. The addi- tion of tartaric acid T.S., or sodium bitartrate T.S., produces in it, after some time, a white crystalline precipitate. Sodium cobaltic nitrite T.S. produces in it at once a co|)ious yellow precipitate. If to 10 Cc. of the aqueous solution of the salt a few drops of chloroform be added, then 1 Cc. of chlorine water, and the mixture be agitated, the liberated bromine will dissolve in the chloroform, im- parting to it a yellow or browiiish-yellow color without a violet tint" — {U.S. P.). A violet tint would di-note the presence of iodine. Potassium bromide is pre- cipitated also by acetate of lead and by mercurous and mercuric salts. Impurities and Tests. — The commercial article frequently contains iodide of potassium, and the chloride is a regular constituent for which the U. S. P., by the test given below, fixes an upper limit of 3 per cent. Commercial samples have been found to contain as much as 7 or 8 per cent of chloride. The alkaline reac- tion of bromide of potassium is due to adhering carbonate of potassium; if it is present in an appreciable quantity the salt becomes moist in the air, and eflfer- vesces with acid. If bromate of potassium is present, the addition of hydro- chloric acid will liberate both bromic and hydrobromic acids, which at once act upon each other with liberation of bromine; hence a brown color is developed upon the addition of the acid. The reaction takes place as follows: 5BrH-(- BrOjH=^:Br5.-i-3H20. Of eight sam])les of commercial potassium bromide ana- lyzed by Mr. G. H. Charles Klie (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1894, p. 382) none contained bromate, but five failed in the test for chlorides, as given below, and one contained api)reciable quantities of sulphate. The I'. S. P. directs the following tests for impurities: "If 1 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in lOCc. of a mixture of 100 Cc. of water and 0.2 Cc. of normal sulphuric acid, no red tint should be imparted to the solution by the addition of a few drops of phenolphtalein T.S. (limit of potassium carbonate)" — (U.S. P.). These proportions correspond to about 0.138 yier cent of carbonate. Prof. V. Coblentz {Amer. Jour. Pluifm., 1884, p. 548) found the carbonate to vary from O.OI to 3 10 per cent. " If a little of the salt be held in a non-luminous flame on a perfectly clean platinum wire, the flame should be colored violet at once, without anj' api)earance of yellow (absence of sodium). If diluted sulphuric acid be dropped upon crushed crystals of the salt, they should not at once assume a yellow color (absence of bromate). If 10 Cc. of the aqueous solution (1 in 20) of the salt be mixed with a little starch T.S., the addition of a few drops of chlorine water should not produce a blue color (absence of iodine). Ten Cc. of the aqueous solution (1 in 12) should not be rendered turbid by the addition of 0.5 Cc. of ammonia water and of 0.5 Cc. of ammonium sulphide T.S. (ab.sence of iron, aluminum, etc.); nor should 10 Cc, after being slightly acidu- lated with acetic acid, be rendered turbid i)y an equal volume of hydrogen sul- l)liiitn«, Carbonas potasaicus, Carbonai< kaiicufi. Kali Cdrbonicum. Source, History, and Preparation. — Potassium carbonate is a natural con- stituent of the waters of certain mineral springs. It is also one of the ciiief inor- ganic constituents of ashes, from inland plants, while plants growing near the sea yield more sodium carbonate. Other constituents of ashes are sodium, potassium, magnesium, and calcium, in the form of chlorides, sulphates, silicates, and phos- phates. Ferric oxide, alumina, manganese, etc., are often present. In former years, much potash was produced in the United States and Canada, but owing to the destruction of the woods, the manufactun- luis gradually de- clined; thus, the Canadian exports, in 1850, were more than twenty times Uioso of the present day. (In this connection, .«ee an interesting article on Canadian l>otash, by Dr. T. I). Reed, in Proc. Amer. Ph~ rod. The pota.ssium in the above sri/grniiliiiii. Knit o.ri/niuriatiniii>, Hi/peroxi/muriate nfpotdssa. History and Preparation.— this salt wns prei>ared as early as 1786 by Hig- (jins, l)ut its chemical ciiaracter was distinctly pointed out in the same year by JJerthoilet. This author prepared it by the action of chlorine gas upon caustic potash, the following reaction taking place: GKOH + eCUoKCl + KCR^+SH^O. The present methods are modifications of this process, intended to improve the yield, because, as the formula shows, only one-sixth of the potassium is converted into chlorate. According to Liebig's proposition, an aqueous solution of chlo- rinated lime is evaporated to dryness. The calcium hypochlorite which it contains is thereby converted into calcium chlorate as follows: 3Ca(OCl)j=Ca(C103).^-|- 2CaClj. The calcium chlorate is then dissolved in water and treated with potas- sium chloride; bv double decomposition, potassium chlorate results, according to the equation Ca(C10,),-|-2KCl=CaCl.,+2KC10,. The present methods of making potassium chlorate, on a large scale, are based on these reactions. Chlorine gas is conut liiis, at tinieti, led to serious renal disturhanees. When indicated l>y the cadaverous odor of the breath, and bluish, pallid nicnibranes, or ulcerated, foul discharging mucous surfaces, it is an excellent therapeutic agent in respiratory lesions. Und-r these conditions, it may be used locally in influenza, oz:i mi, and in the various forms ai phiinimiitis. Ajiplied early, it often aborts UvmlUtU. In pnmmnnin, with hot, pungent skin, putrid odor of breath, and increased secretion, it may be given in 5 or lO-grain doses, every 3 hours. It is al.so useful \n fetid purulent hronehitix. As a remedy for rough, it is serviceable if the indications are followed, but should not be used when the mucous surfaces are dry, or when the urinary secretion is scanty. In membranous croup, it tends to prevent the formation of the membrane, and to favor its detachment when formed. For the ajihihous roiidition of the vwut/i, with extensive tissue destruction, in p/ithL^i.i, and where the patient can not take food. Prof. Locke recommends (Locke's Syllabus) the following: R Saturated solution of potassium chlorate, siv; colorless hydrastis, glycerin, syrup of mor- phine and simple syrup, aa, si. Mix. Sig. Dose, 1 teaspoonful every 3 hours. In scrofula, it may be given with chloride of iron and syrup; in chronic cystituf, with putrid urine, it may be given in infusion of buchu. Use the drug in ery- sipeku-', threatening (/(in^rf)!?. When large doses are administered, they should be given at meal-time, and in a large quantity of broth or other fluid. JI. Isambert considers it a sedative to the nervous system, and to the circulation; a stimu- lant to the digestive organs and kidneys; and a stimulant and alterative to mu- cous tissues. It certainly proves very useful in leucorrhoea, excoriations of the os uteri, chronic dysentery, nursing sore mouth, some forms of chronic ophthalmia, and gleet. Its solution, used in injection, has effected cures of leurorrhoea, erosion of the os uteri, and gonorrhmi. It controls salivation. Perhaps its most important use is in ob- stetric practice, to correct the tendency to scjitii- conditions, where there is offensive lochia and fetid discharges from retained clots and fragments of placenta. The better practice is to remove these disturbers by curetting and douching, but when this has not been done, the chlorate serves the purposes of controlling the tend- ency to putrescency. The offensive odor, reminding one of the dissecting room, here plainly points to the use of it, as in other conditions. It may be used both locally and internally, well diluted. As a rule, its use should be avoided in scar- latina, lest a nephritic complication should occur, and it is contraindicated when the mucous tissues are dry and secretion scanty. Applied in the form of powder with starch, or oxide of bismuth, it causes but little pain. In gangrene and ulcera- tion of the mmith, it removes the ofiensive odor, lessens the discharge of saliva, and favors granulation. Daily applied, the powder has cured smM epithelial groirths of the eyelid-' ( Fottz). Externally, it may be applied in solution as awash or injec- tion ; from 6 to 15 grains being dissolved in a fluid ounce of water. It answers thus, in aflections of the mouth, aided by its internal administration. The dose ranges from 1 to 30 grains, well diluted with water. Specific Indications and Uses. — The puerperal antiseptic; troubles arising from JfioiMpositinii (,t' fia<;iii( iit< of placenta, blood-clots, and absorption of lochia; fetid loiiiia; fetid biealii ; tlie fetor, as of decaying animal tissues; pallid tongue, pale or Miiish membranes; ulcerated, foul-discharging mucous surfaces; tender mouth and gums, with fetid salivation; tongue coated, dirty, and thick; cough, with i)urulent expectoration; hot. pungent skin; cadaverous odor of discharges. Belated Salts.— Potaswii Perchloras (KC104=138.24i, Pntammn perchlorate, Hyperchlo- rule nf }Kilii!vinin. Mi-lt potas.siiim chlorali-.anil continue heating until the evohitiun of oxygi-u nearly rcasc", anil the niiUvs bcconii-s solid. Tin- following rcactlDn takes phuv: L'KC'rU3 = Kl'lO, -rKC'l-rOj. l)i riiiupiisition of the chlorate is nearly complete when a Bauiple, tnated with Ptrong hydrdclili.ric aiid, produces only a light-yellow <-olor. Remove the chloride formed by washing with icild water, the jierrhlorate heing not easily soluMe, The la.sf traces of eldonite are removid hy warming with livdrochloric acid. When crystallizeil. iwitassiuni perehlorate funu:^ cf>lorle.sH, rhonihie crystals, feebly saline to the taste, insoluble in alcohol, tre.lv soluble in hot water, hut nloyeil in the prei)aration of perchloric aciil, and lis a medicine. Aciording to Rjibuteau (.l/iii'tassiuin nitrate are applicable. It haj- been given in jf-rnxrinm J'errm, and in inhrinillriilf. PoT\s«ri C'ni-oi!ii)f.M (KCf=74.40i, J'uhiK/ium tiiloride, Sal Jigmlimm ti/li-ii, Kalium chloriJtim or chlonitnm, < 'hlnruretuiii }iutntmaim.—'V\\\» salt is U8«'il to a iHjusiderable extent in the preparation 1562 POTASSll CITRAa of potassium compounds. It occurs native abundantly 88 gyhnne (KCl) and camaUUe (KCl- MgClj fGHjO), in tlie Stassfurt deposits, in the form of colorless or white cubes, without odor, but resembling sodium chloride in taste. It is but little soluble in alcohol, and freely so in s' parts of hot and 3 parts of cold water. Care should be taken, on account of its obsolete name. Kalium cfdoraium, not to confuse this salt with Potasnium chlorate. It is said to be a nervous and arterial sedative, and, in large doses, is poisonous. >Sufh doses produce a jaundiced or a slate-hued skin, suppress the urine, which is dark in color and sometimes contains albumen, and also diarrlicea and vomiting. One hundred and fifty grains, in divided doses, killed a strong individual. It is employed as a medicine much as common Kdt is. It is inoperate in epikpsij, for which it has been tried. Potassium chloride is one of the Schuessler tissue salts, and is valued by Schuessler's followers to prevent tlie deposition of plastic exudates in acute disorders, as pneumonia, and in chronic hepatic affections, where fibrous changes are anticipated. It is claimed that it reduces congestion of the Iker, and, if given early, will prevent suppuration in acute hepatitis. It has been overestimated as a remedy to prevent diphtheritic deposits. It is also given in hoUs, pimples, carbuncles, etc. Five grains of the 3x trituration are added to4 fluid ounces of water, and the solution administered in teaspoonful doses, every 2 to 4 hours. POTASSII CITRAS (U. S. P. —POTASSIUM CITRATE. Formula: K3CeH50,+H,,0. Molecular Weight : 323.59. Synonyms : Citrate of potassium, Citrate of potash, Potassae cUrag, Kali citricum, Cilra.i kalicus, Citras potassicus, Kalium citricum. Preparation. — "Take of carbonate of potassium, 8 ounces (av.), or a suflB- ciency; citric acid, in crystals, 6 ounces, or a sufficiencj-; distilled water, 2 pints (Imp.). Dissolve the citric acid in the water, add the carbonate of potassium gradually, and, if the solution be not neutral, make it so by the cautious addition of the acid or the carbonate of potassium. Tlien tiller, and evaporate to dryness, stirring constantlj' after a pellicle has begun to form, til! the salt granulates. Triturate in a drj^ mortar, and preserve the powder in stoppered bottles"' — (Br. Phnnn.,1885}. The process is one of simple neutralization, as follows: 3K,C0j-(- 2HAHA ■■^KAHA+BH.O+SCO,. If evaporation is conducted on a' sand- bath, can • >\tu\\\<\ !..■ tak.n not to burn the salt. Description and Tests. — " Transparent, prismatic crystals, or a white, granu- lar powdur, u(lurk>.<, and having a cooling, saline taste. Deliquescent on exposure to air. Soluble in 0.6 part of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and very soluble in boiling water; sparingly soluble in alcohol. When heated above 1(10° C. (212° F.), the salt begins to lose water; at 200° C. (392° F.), the water of crystallization (5.55 per cent) is completely lost. At 230° C. (446° F.), the salt begins to decompose, turns brown, and, at a higher temperature, carbonizes and emits inflammable gases, which have a very pungent, acid odor. At a red heat, a blackened mass of potassium carbonate and carbon is left, which has an alkaline reaction, and strongly efifervesces with acids. The aqueous solution of the salt is neutral to litmus paper. The salt yields a white, crystalline precipitate with sodium bitar- trate T.S. With sodium cobaltic nitrite T.S.. a yellow precipitate is formed. On mixing 10 Cc. of the aqueous solution (1 in 20) with 2.5 Cc. of calcium chloride T.S., the liquid remains clear until it is boiled, when a white, granular precipitate is produced" — (U. S. P.). This precipitate consists of neutral calcium citrate ([CjHjOjl.t^f^i+^HjO), and is distinguished from the corresponding tartrate by being insoluble in exce.ss of caustic potash. It is soluble in acetic acid (difference from calcium oxalate and racemate) (.see Tartaric Arid). The U. S. P. directs the following tests: "The aqueous solution (1 in 20) should not be colored red by a drop of phenolphtalein T.S., nor effervesce on the addition of an acid (absence of carbonate). Separate portions of this solution acidulated with nitric acid should not be affected by barium chloride T.S. (ab- sence of sulphate), nor by silver nitrate T.S. (absence of chloride). A solution of 1 Gm.of potassium citrate in 1 Cc. of water should not deposit any precipitate on the addition of 1 Cc. of acetic acid (absence of tartrate)" —i ('..'?. /\). This test is liased on the formation of cream of tartar (potassium bitartrate) upon the addition of acetic acid. " If 1.08 (1.079) Gm. of potassium citnite bo thoroughly ignited at a red heat, it should require for complete neutralization not le.*s than 10 Cc. of normal sulphuric acid (corresjionding to UXl per cent of the pure sail), methyl orange being used as indicator " — (T. v>f. P.). POTASSII CITR.VS EFKKUVESCKNS.-POTASSII CYANIDUM. 1563 Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — (See Liquor Potasaii Oitratis.) Dose, 20 in 4ii Lrrains. well ililulr.l with water. POTASSII CITRAS EFFERVESCENS (U. S. P.)— EFFERVESCENT POTASSIUM CITRATE. Preparation. — "Citric acid, sixty-tlm .• uranimes (63Gm.)[2 ozs. av.,97grs.]; pota.^siuiii bicarbonate, ninety grammes (DO (lui.) [3 ozs. av.,76 grs.]; sugar.forty- spven grammes (47 Gm.) [1 oz. av.,'28S grs.]. Powder the ingredients separately, and mix them thomughlj' in a warm mortar. Dry tlie resulting, uniform paste rapidly at a temperature not exceeding 120° C. (248° F.), and, when it is pertectly dry, reduce it to a powder of the desired degree of fineness. Keep the product in well-stoppered bottles "—(U. S. P.). This eflervescing salt, when made into solution, is pleasantly acidulous. Lest decomposition take place, the temperature above directed should not be exceeded, for, under such circumstances, fusion and discoloration of the salt takes place, and an unpleasant, bitter taste develops. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — A pleasant form of administering potas- sium citrate. As a laxative, 100 grains may be dissolved in a glass of water. POTASSII CYANIDUM (U. S. P.)— POTASSIUM CYANIDE. FoRMri..\: K('X. Miii.Kt ti.AU Weight: 6.5.01. SvxONY.Ms : CyauuU ofpotn-th, Potasaii njanurctum, Cyanurel of potassium, Potassii cyanidum, Knlium cynnntum, Cyanvretum l-ali<-itm, Cynnuretum potaasicum. Preparation. — Chemically pure potassium cyanide may be prepared by con- ducting the vapors of hydrocyanic acid into an alcoholic solution of potas.'sium hydroxide. The cyanide, being nearly insoluble in alcohol, is precipitated in the form of a crystalline powder. The hydrocyanic acid is obtained hy the action of diluted sulphuric acid upon potassium ferrocyanide (yellow prussiate of potash) (see U. S. P. process under Aridum Hydroryanirvm Dilutum). Usually i)otassium cyanide is prepared by Liebig's method, which consists in melting together pre- viously dried potassium ferrocyanide (yellow prussiate of potash) 8 parts, with pure potassium carbonate (dried), 3 parts. The T. .9. P. (1870) directs as follows: " Mix the salts intimately, and throw the mixture into a deep, iron crucible, pre- viously heated to redness. Maintain the temperature until effervescence ceases, and a portion of the fused mass, of a pure white color, concretes upon a warm gla-ss rod dipped into it. Then pour the liquid carefully into a shallow dish to solidify, ceasing to pour before the salt becomes contaminated with the precipi- tated iron. Break up the mass while yet warm, and keep the pieces in a well- stoppered bottle"'— (f^. S. P., 1870). The reaction takes place with formation of potassium cyanate(KOCN) and liberati(m of carbonic acid gas and iron, as follows: Fe,_,(CN),,Kj,-|- 2K.;CO,= 10 KCNV2K0CN-!-C0.,+ Fe,. The formation of the cyanate' may be prevented by adding charcoal, or the potassium cyanate may be dissolved out by means of alcohol. The French Codex prepares a purer potassium cyanide by strongly heat- ing potassium ferrocyanide alone, whereby nitrogen is evolved and iron carbide formed, as follows: ■Fe,(CN),,K,=8KCN+2FeC,-f N.. The U. S. P. demands an article of 90 jier cent strength. Description and Tests.— As officially demanded, it forms "white, opaque, amorphous i)ieccs, or a white, granular powder, odorless wlien perfectly dry, but, in moist air. exhaling the odor of hydrocyanic acid. The taste is sharp, and somewhat alkaline, but should be a.scertained with great care, as the salt is very poisonous. In moist air the salt deliquesces. Soluble in about 2 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.). Boiling water dis.solves its own weight of the salt, but rapidlv decom])0.«es it. In alcohol it is but sparingly solul)le. At a low red heat the saft fuses. Its aqueous solution (1 in 20) has a strongly alkaline reaction, and emits the odor of hydrocyanic acid. With an equal volume of sodium bitartrate T.S., it yields a white, crystalline precipitate. With sodium cobaltic nitrite T.S., a coilious yellow precipitate is produced " — (T. S. P.). With soluble salts of heavy metals, potassium cyanide forms jirecipitates of metallic cyanides, soluble, as a 1564 POTASSII ET SODII TARTRAS. rule, ill excess of potassium cyanide, with the formation of double salts (aee Potn.^- sium Ferroryanide) . The salt, when fused with access of air, attracts oxygen, and forms potassium cyanate. The salt is decomposed by the weakest acid?, even carbonic acid, hence its odor of hydrocyanic acid. "Potassium cyanide should be kept in well-stoppered bottles" — (U. S. P.). Possible impurities in potassium cyanide consist in unchanged carbonate, ferrocyanide, potassium cyanate, etc., which are detected by the following official te.sts: A few drops of an aqueou.s solution (1 in 20) "give with silver nitrate T.S., a white precipitate, which is soluble in an excess of the solution of potassium cyanide, also in ammonia water, and in concentrated nitric acid (distinction from silver cidoride). If 5 Co. of the solution be shaken with a few drops of ferrous sulphate T.S., and a slight excess of hydrochloric acid then added, a blue precipitate (Prussian blue) will be produced. The aqueous solution (1 in 20) should not produce more than a slight effervescence on the addition of diluted hydrochloric acid (limit of carbon- ate). After the acid has been added in slight excess, a drop of ferric chloride T.S. should produce neither a blue (absence of ferrocyanide) nor a red color (sul- phocyanate). A solution of 0.65 Gm. of potassium cyanide in 12 Cc. of water should require the addition of at lea.st 45 Cc. of decinormal silver nitrate V.S. before the precipitate, which at first redissolves on agitation, becomes permanent (each cubic centimeter of the volumetric solution indicating 2 per cent of the pure salt) "—(T. S'. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — This salt ranks in activity as a poison next to hydrocyanic acid (see Aridutn Hydrocyanicum for action). Medicinally, it has been preferred to hydrocyanic acid, on account of its not eo readily becoming decomposed, and being more constant in its strength. It is used in all instances where hydrocyanic acid is indicated, in the dose of about ^ of a grain, or less, and should be given in a tablespoonful of pure water, or diluted aromatic syrup. Great care must be employed in using it, if, indeed, it should be used at all. It adds to the efficiency of some cough remedies. Externally, it has been etViciently used in sirk headache, neuralgia, scifitim, rheumatism, etc., being applied to the part on lint or linen, in the proportion of 8 grains of the cj^anide to 2 fluid ounces of distilled water, keeping the part constantly moistened with it. This solution is one of the promptest agents for the removal of silver nitrate stains. The dark spots produced by nitrate of silver on the conjunctiva, are obliterated by dropping the solution of the cyanide into the eye on each alternate day (Guthrie). As this salt is extensively used in photography, silver plating, etc., numberless cases of poisoning have occurred from its use. Three grains internally have produced death. The treatment is the same as for hydrocyanic acid (which see). Atropine may be employed to antagonize its effects. Specific Indications and Uses. — Same as for Hydrocyanic JriV?( which see). POTASSII ET SODII TARTRAS (U. S. P.)— POTASSIUM AND SODIUM TARTRATE. Formula: KNaC,H.O,+-lII,0. Molecil.\h Weight: 281.51. Synonyms : Rnchclle salt. Tart a rated soda. Soda tartarnta, Xatrokali tartarirtim^Tar- tras pntii.-<.--sndicu.-i. Sal poh/chrestuiii Seignetli, S<'igiiette's salt, Sodie et ^w/rt.svs? Uirtrns. History and Preparation. — This salt was introduced as a secret medicine, in 1672, liy Sfii^nctte. an apothecary of Rocheiie, France. Its composition and prepa- ration was made known, in 1731, by Boulduc and Geoffroy. It is a double salt, tartrate of potassium and sodium ((',H,0,KXa+4HjO),and is prepared by neu- tralizing acid potassium tartrate {s^eePotasfii Bitartras) with sodium carbonate. The following jirocess agrees with that of the formula of tiie British Pharmaeoporiii (1808): Takeof bitartrateof i)otassium,in powder, 16 ounces; carbonate of sodium, 12 ounces; boiling water, 4 pint.s (Imp. meas). Dissolve the carbonate in the water, add the bitartrate to neutralization; boil and filter. Concentrate the liouor till a pellicle forms on its surface, and then set it aside to cool and crvstalliie. The residual liquor will vield more crvstals bv further concentration ani^ cooling (Ed.). The r. S. P. (1870) emploved the same "weights (troy) and 5 pints of water; in other respects the jirooess is the same. I'OTASSII KT SODII TAKTRAS. 15C5 Description and Tests.— Tartrate of potassium and sodium often forms crys- tals of a c«>iisi(ieral>ie si/.e. The V. S. P. i]csl-t'\\>vs the salt as in "colorless, trans- parent, rhombic prisms, or a white powder, odorless, and liaving a coolinfi, valine taste. Tin; crystals slightly eflloresce in dry air. Soluble in 1.4 parts of water at 15° C. loO" F.),and in less than 1 \K\Tt of boiling water; almost insoluble in alco- hol. When heated to 74° C. Cl&^).2° F.), the salt fu.ses to a colorless li(|ui(l, which, at a higher temperature, froths, becomes brown, and graduall}' carbonizes, while inflammable vapors are emitted, having the odor of uurning sugar. Finally, a black residue is left, consisting of alkaline carbonate mixed with carbon. The aqueous solution of the salt is neutral to litmus paper. A 10 per cent aqueous solution yields, with an equal volume of acetic acid, a white, crystalline precipi- tate. With sodium cobaltic nitrite T.S., the solution yields a copious yellow pre- cipitate. With silver nitrate T.8., it produces a white precipitate, which becomes black on boiling. To a non-luminous flame it communicates a yellow color (sodium), which, when viewed through a blue glass, appears violet-red (potas- sium)'" — (U. S. P.). Sulphuric acid, ailded to the aqueous solution, combines with the sodium, and replacing it by hydrogen, causes a precipitate of small crys- tals of bitartrate of potassium; perchloric acid precipitates perchlorate of potas- sium; platinum tetrachloride gives a yellow j)recipitate. The solution of the salt is incompatible with acetate of lead, soluble barium and calcium salts, many acids, and salts containing e.xcess of acid. To test for impurities, the U.S. P. directs: "The aqueous solution (1 in 20) shonlii not be rendered turbid by the addition of a small amount of ammonium oxalate T.S. (absence of calcium), nor by an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide T.S., either before or after acidnlation with diluted hydrochloric acid (absence of arsenic, lead, copper, etc.). When heated with potassium hydrate T.S. , the solu- tion should not give oft" the odor of ammonia. If 10 Cc. of the solution (1 in 20) be mixed with 1 Cc. of hydrochloric acid, the addition of 1 Cc. of barium chloride T.S. should produce no turbidity (absence of sulphate). If 0.36 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in 9 Cc. of water, and then 1 Cc. of nitric acid and 0.2 Cc. of deci- normal silver nitrate V.S. be added, and the mixture filtered, the filtrate should remain clear upon the further addition of silver nitrate V.S. (limit of chloride). If 1.41 Gm. of potassium and sodium tartrate be completely decomposed by igni- tion, the alkaline residue should require for complete neutralization not less than 10 Cc. of normal sulphuric acid (corresponding to 100 j>er cent of the pure salt), methyl orange being used as indicator" — ( I'.S. P.). Mr. F. W. Haussmann (Amer. Jour. Phrmii., 1S94, p. 296), reporting on about 10 samples of commercial Rochello salt, both in crystals and powder form, found them to be of a high degree of purity, especially free from lead. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Tartrate of potassium and sodium is a mild, laxative, cuiiiing salt, rather more agreeable than most neutral salts, and adapted for irritable or fastidious stomachs. Its dose is from 2 drachms to an ounce, dis.-olved in 8 to 10 parts of water. When given in the form of dilute solution, and so as not to excite purging, it becomes absorbed, and produces alka- linity of the urine; consequently, its use should be avoided in phosphatic urine, but is of advantage in excesnice acuUty of the urine, and has been employed with success in amte rheumatism, with acidity of the urine. Two drachms of tartrate ol' potassium and sodium added to 40 grains of bicarbonate of sodium, and i)ut up in one (blue) paper, and 35 grains of tartaric acid, placed in the other (white) paper, form the gentle laxative known HHSeiiUilz poirder. Dissolve the contents of each i)aper, separately, in half a tumbler of water, nnx the two solutions, and drink immediately, while it is effervescing. The necessity for using two i)apers mav be otiviated, and a very satisfactory preparation obtained, by mixing 2 part.s of bitartrate of sodium with 1 part of bicarbonate of sodium. Tlie mixture keeps well even in paper, and effervesces briskly when mixed with water. Related Salts.— ■'^onn Citras, .Siwiium citrate (2C,niNa,0,.ll H,Oi. Siitunite a solution of cilrir aciil with Bodiiiiu bicarbonate, evaporate, ami. set. usiile for iTj-stalliz»ti<)n. Forms white, rliombi<' pyramidrt of a non-bitter, wiline taste. \ pleasant cathartic in (loue.s of from 1 to 1* ouriee«. S'stalline salt, nearly laHt^li'.ss, anil acting' as a pleasant iiurgative. Dose, « to 10 ilraclinis. 1666 POTASSII FERROCYAXIDUM. POTASSII FERROCYANIDUM (U. S. P. i— POTASSIUM FERROCYANIDE. Formula: K,Fe(CNX-|-3HjO. Molecular Weight: 421.76. Synonyms: Yellow prunsinte of jiotush, Kalium ferrocynnntuni, Cyanuretum ferrom- potassinnii, Potnssfe 'prumas flavn, Kuliumborxisxicvm, Prus»itcria iij chronic female disorders. Another indication fur its use is a pale, lax condition of the mucous tissue, with over-secretion of mucus,as of chrcmif vaginiti--', i7ite-tjihi.< jiofoMiirun, Kalinin hyjiophoxjihoroisum. 1568 POTASSII HYPOPHOSPHIS. Preparation. — This salt may be produced by neutralizing hypophusphoiou- acid (which t^et-j with potassium carbonate, and carefully evaporating the solu- tion to dryness, or it may be prepared by double decomposition of solutions i>f potassium carbonate and calcium hypophosphite, whereby potassium hypophos- phite goes into solution, while calcium carbonate precipitates as follows: K,CO,-|- Ca(P02H,),=2KP02H3+CaC03. The salt may also be obtained by the action of phosphorus upon a warm, concentrated solution of caustic potash, the following reaction taking place with evolution of inflammable hydrogen phosphide gas: P8-f6KOH+6H.p=2PH,+ 6PO,lI,K. When evaporating a solution of this salt, the temperature should be far h)elow boilinp, lost an explosion occur. Description and Tests. — Potassium hypophosphite forms "white, opaque, hexngonal plates, or crystalline masses, or a granular powder, odorless, and hav- ing a pungent, saline taste; very deliquescent. Soluble at 15° C. (59"" F.), in O.G part of water, and in 7.3 parts of alcohol ; in 0.3 part of boiling water, and in 3.6 parts of boiling alcohol; insoluble in ether. When heated in a dry test-tube, thn salt at first loses moisture, and then evolves spontaneously inflammable hydro- gen phosphide gas, which burns with a bright-yellow flame. On triturating or heating the salt with nitrates, chlorates, or other oxidizing agents, it detonates violently. The aqueous solution (1 in 20) is neutral to litmus paper, and yields, with sodium bitartrateT.S.,a white, crj'Stalline precipitate. \\ ith silver nitrate T.S. a white precipitate is formed, which rapidly turns brown and black, owing to the separation of metallic silver. If a small quantity of an aqueous solution of the salt be acidulated with hydrochloric acid, and mercuric chloride T.S. added, so that the latter remain in excess, a white precipitate of mercurous chloride will at first be produced, which, upon further addition of the acidulated solution, is reduced to metallic mercury" — (U. S. P.). The latter two reactions are in conse- quence of the reducing qualities of potassium hypophosphite. The second reac- tion takes place, with the formation of phosphoric acid, as follows: 4HgCl.— HPO,H,+ 2H,0 = 4HgCl+4HCH-H3PO, and 4HgCl + HPO,H,-f-2H,0 = 2Hg;-i- 4HCI+H3PO,. The salt should be kept in close-stoppered bottles, and, owing t^ the danger involved in mixing it with oxidizers, should not be used in combi- nation with the latter class of bodies. The r. .9. P. directs the following tests for this salt: "The aqueous solution of the salt (1 in 20) should not eftervesce on the addition of an acid (absence of carbonate), nor should it be rendered turbid by ammonium oxalate T.S. (absence of calcium). Separate portions of 5 Cc. of the aqueous solution (1 in 20), heated with I Cc. of nitric acid, should remain clear upon the addition of silver nitrate T.S. (absence of chloride), or of barium chloride T.S. (absence of sulphate). Not more than a slight cloudiness should be produced in the aqueous solution of the salt by the addition of magnesia mixture (limit of phosphate). If 0.1 Gm. of dry potassium hypophosphite be dissolved in 10 Cc. of water, then mixed with 7.5 Cc. of sulphuric acid and 40 Cc. of decinormal potassium permanganate V.S.,and the mixture be boiled for 15 minutes, it should not require more than 2 Cc. of deci- normal oxalic acid V.S. to discharge the red color (corresponding to at lea^t 98.7 per cent of the pure salt)" — {U.S. P.). Mr. Frank X. Moerk found one of two samjile;; of ]iotassium hvpophosphite to contain over 13 per cent of pot^assium phosphite (I'O IlK,) {Ani,r.'.Jn,n-. ^arm., 1SS9. p. 391). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— This salt is usually prescribed in the combination known as the comjwund svrup of the hyp- phosphites are particularly useful in allaying pi(/i?irt)i(i)7/ //ti/hNVxi in atonic sub- jects, and in controlling roKpA and giving incresised freedom of respiration. At the same time, the digestion, blood-making, and the nutrition of the body are improved by it. They are useful in phtht'.iis, bronchitis, convalescence from debili- tating diseases, the disorders produced by mcutnl strnini',»rTiial eicejtxes, eXc. The salt under consideration is especially u.«eful in rAroHir roiij/A, with thoracic paii . and in the neurnkiia following 7)/. Dose, 1 to 25 grains, Specific Indications and Uses.— Atony, with pallid tonjtue and membranes; muscular soreness, tenderness, pain, or lameness; chronic cough, with irritation and pain in the chest, pulse weak and rapid: emaciation. roTASsii KiniprM. 1569 Related Salt. — Potassh Phosimias (KjUPO^), Potum'ium phosjihnte, Dipotamc urlhupliof- phtiU. Tlii.s salt may hi- i>rrpiireil by 8,iliinitiiif; solution ol" orthophosphoric acid witli potas- Biiiio carbonate until effervescence ceases, filterinj;. ami allowing to crvstallize. It forms a white, deliquescent |)o»der, which crystallizes with ditricully. Potassium phosniiate, from 10 to 30 prains, in water, 3 times a day, is employed in /.'./', w.-.i/ and scrofulous ilineaxeD as an alterative. Aeconling to the Sehuessler treatiin iii. it i^ .1 t imdy for mental depreiisiun, tiene fj-haitition, ami in brain ami cord lesions. KxcessiM |.i..-ii;!ii..ii iiio'rbi. liliing it is to add o pruins of the 3 X trituration to 4 ouncvs of water, the dose of whidi is a teasj.oonful every 2 hours in acute troubles, and every 4 hours in chronic affections. POTASSII lODIDUM (U. S. P.)— POTASSIUM IODIDE. Formila: KI. Moi.eci-lak Weight: 165.o6. Syxo.vy.ms: Iodide of pi>ta.i.'f notassium graduallv pass away upy the air passages, it .sets uji a severe coryza, with bronchor- rha'a, and swelling, congestion or even inflammation of the jiharyngeal, larvn- geal, and conjunctival membranes. The skin and kidneys are al.-;"o more or le-^^s irritated. The action may be so severe a.* to inflame the antrum of Highmon* and the frontal ^inus. to cause hoarseness, dyspn«i>a, ipdenia of .the larynx, im- POTASSII lODIDl'M. 1071 pairiueiit of sight and speech, and a iwresis of the organs of speech. Even viry small doses, in susceptible individuals, have produced symptoms of iodism. It is not uncommon for the iodide to produce an indurated form of acne, and, less commonly, urticaria, watery or bloody blisters, and iodic purpura. The latter consists of purple spots, chiefly upon the legs, which disappear after a short time. Rarely, large blebs form, which are extremely painful to the touch, and are filled with watery or bloody serum. These are termed hydnni. and have produced death. Tiie indides pa.«s with exceeding rapidity into the blood, and are elimi- nated by the faucial, salivary, and broncho-pulmonary glands, but chiefly by tiie renal organs, the urine having been known to contain at least 90 per cent of the amount ingested. That it contaminates the milk of nursing mothers, is proven by its emaciating effects upon suckling infants. Iodide of potassium is more liTkely to do mischief when the kidneys are inactive; it should be very cautiously used, if at all, when the kidneys are diseased. As small a dose as 5 grains have Produced decided iodic symptoms, while, as above stated, very large doses have een taken without apparent harm. It should always be given largely diluted with water, and the initial doses of the salt should always be small lest laryngeal oedema should result. As a therapeutical agent, iodide of pota.«8ium has been widely and variously used. Properly employed, it is an agent capable of great good, but if improperly ailministered, may do irreparable harm. It increases retrograde metamorphosis, and the detritus is eliminated with the salt. If given beyond this action, it attacks the healthy tissues. Prof. Scudder has laid down the indication for its selection as "a broad, pallid, leaden-colored tongue, rather full. With this indi- cation, it is a very certain antisyphilitic, whilst, with a red and contracted tongue, it is pretty sure to do the patient injury" {Spec. Med., 159). Iodide of pota.ssiuni is usually given in all cases where iodine is indicated, being less irritating in its action. It appears to be more especially useful in goitre, strn7nous enlnif/ciufnt of the glands, stniinous sores and eruptions, gtrumons npihthalmia, syphilitic (iffertions, iiuimmary tumors, enlargement of the liver, amenorrhan , leueorrhaa, meretirio-syphilitic sore throat, mercurial cachexia, and tubercular affections of setvus tissues. It is extensively employed in the above forms of disease, alone, or in com- bination with the compound syrup of stillingia, in the proportion of 4 drachms of the salt to a pint of the syrup. Owing to its chemical action, it is the remedy relied upon in chronic lead, inernirial, and arsenical poisoning. It must, however, be very cautiously used, lest in its union with these minerals it aggravates so as to renew the poisonous effects of the original poisons. Not more than 20 grains should be given during the day. It is regarded as a singular fact that some cases of mercurieU sore-mouth are relieved by it, while others are not; but, in the light of specific indications, this is not at all surpri.--ing. As an agent for syphilis, it is one of the most important remedies for the tertiary stage. It does harm, and is never indicated in the primary stage. Gooii hygienic and dietetic care are required in the first stage; small doses of the iodide in syrup of stillingia, as mentioned above, may be given in the second stage; but in the third stage, when the ulcerative proces.ses, and the periosteal and bone complications ensue, the drug may be given in heavy doses with the greatest «pf benefit. Its efficiency in ulcerative syphilitic destruction, caries, periostitis, nocturnal hone-pain.*, nnrturnal tri-facial neuralgia, all due to the syphilitic infection, is promntly ami thnroughly declared. While large doses may here be exhibited, care snoiild be taken nut to produce iodism, lest a worse than the syphilitic con- dition be provoked. The vegetable alteratives, as phvtolacca, berberis ai|uifo- lium, etc., are sometimes given with it. Potassium iodide has a marked action in reducing enlargements, and especially when due to hyyxrcmin of the part. Hnincho- ccle has been cured by it. A ityphititic or scrofu'ous cachexia is usually behind these troubles when so relieved, for it does not affect solid growths unaccompanied with a cachectic state. The many nervous disorders experienced by those affected by syphilis at the time or some remote period, are benefited by the iodide. Thus ejiilepsy, severe neuralgia, headache, arthritic pains, chronic rheumatism, and gout are relieved by it. Lumbago, parapti gin, and sciatica have been cured by it, when due to syphilis or chronic mineral poisoning. In scrofulous conditions, give it with cod- liver oil. The eye disorders of syphilis, rhcum'ilijtm. and scrofula, such as scrofuloua 1572 POTASSII NITRAS. corneal ulceration and opacity, scrofulous conjunctivitis, and rheum/itic or syphilitir iritis, are well treated with 5-grain doses after each meal. The lacteal secretions are dried by this salt, and though in health not a pronounced diuretic, and ordi- narily harmful, where the kidneys are diseased it appears to relieve the dropsy of BriyhVs disease by acting efficiently as a diuretic, washing away the morbid prod- ucts, though it does not cure or lessen the amount of albumen excreted. Owing to its action upon the mucous tissues in increasing secretion, it is of value in dry asthma, dry cough, and chroi\ic bronchitis of a congestive or purulent type. As soon as its effect of increasing secretion is observed, it should be lessened in dose or withdrawn, so that it will not prove too debilitating. It has been thought of value to prevent the formation of the diphtheritic membrane, where there is marked dryness of the membranes. It has been used successfully in curing (ineurufm, by inducing thrombosis in the aneurismal sac. As a remedy for skin di-->easei, it is useful, when dependent upon a scrofulous or syphilitic taint. Upon a like cachexia probably depend those fibrous thickenings and deposit^, inflammatory in character, which take place about joints, upon nerve-trunks and tendons, and the periosteal membranes, which are also relieved by the drug. Syphililir gummata of the brain and elsewhere are often promptly dissipated by its use. It should be remembered that, when taken for a length of time, and especially if used in rather large doses, it will excite ptyalism, and frequently an aflection of the mucous membranes of the air passages, very much resembling a cold in the head. The dose of it is from 2 to 30 grains, 3 times a day; the larger doses being employed in ulcerative syi)hilitic disorders. It should always be given in solution (water or milk) and well diluted, and should also be prescribed in the simplest possible form, on account of its numerous chemical relations with other bodies, many of which (lecomjiose it, and form insoluble iodides. Specific Indications and Uses. — Pale, leaden-colored, rather full tongue; dryness of iniicdu^ nunihranes; nocturnal pains; scrofulous and syphilitic (ter- tiary) iiiaiiit'istations, with the above-mentioned tongue; blue line on the gums (chronic lead pDisoning). Related Compounds. — Potassii Iodas (KI03=213.44), Poe prepared by the action of iodine (in the form of its chlorine com- pound, ICl) upon potassium chlorate, as follows: ICl-|-KCK)3=Cl2-hKI03. The salt forms translucent or porcelain-like, cubical crystals, soluble in cold |13 partsi and boiling (3.1 part.":) water. Alcohol does not dissolve it, but it is freely soluble in solution of pot;issiuni iodide: This solution, acidulated,- sets iodine free (see I'oUmii lodidum). The salt is fusible, and when strongly heated, gives off oxygen, while potassium iodide remains. This agent has been sub- stituted for potassium chlorate in tucerated cotiditiotn of the mouth and fauces. Gatigrenuus iluma- iilis, mlivatioH, and diphtheria have been treated with it, the usual dose being 4 to 8 grains. It appears to restrain the secretions of the mucous surfaces. loDiA. — X combination of the active constituents of the green roots of stillingia, helonias, saxifraga. and menispermum ; iodide of potassium, phosphate of iron, and aroniatics. Em- ployed in uterine debility and menstrual derangemenls, and in syphUitic, cutaneous, and scrofulnus diseases. Dose, 1 to 2 fluid drachms, 3 times a day, before meals. lodia is a specialty of Battle & Co., of St. Louis, Mo. Ei.ixiR Salicylic Compound. — A specialty of Wm. R. Warner & Co. (Philadelphia and New York), containing salicylic acid, gelsemium, sodium bicarbonate, and p<^tassium iodide. It is designed for use in rheu'matigm, lumbago, goiU, and like diseases. Poe»>. 1 to •_' teas^toonfuls. POTASSII NITRAS (U. S. P.)— POTASSIUM NITRATE. Formula; KNO,. Molectlar Weight: IOtl.92. Synonyms : Saltpetre, Sdltpeter. Xiler, Xitre, yUnite ofpokuJi, XUras kalictin, Xitrnn pota^sicu.-<. Xitriim depurnlum, Sal iwtr.r, .'vi/ )>itri,iim\ Sriii)elle or Cn/Mal iniiu'ral. Saltpetre, obtained by agitating the solu- tion from which it crystallizes, recurs in the form of fine crystals, and is called saltpetre flour. Saltpetre, being a powerful oxidizer, should not be triturated to- gether with easily combustible substances. Its most important use is in the manufacture of gunpowder, and of nitric acid. Tests. — The presence of chloride of sodium or common salt renders nitre unfit as a constituent of gunpowder, owing to its tendency to absorb moisture from the air. When nitre is fused and allowed to cool, it assumes a radiated texture; the broader the.se radii, the purer the salt. If mixed with 3^ part of common salt, the radiated appearance is completely destroyed. Commercial sam- ples of saltpetre have been found to contain, occasionally, as much as 75 per cent of sodium chloride (see Amer. Jour. Phann., 1886, p. 288). " The f. .'^. /*. gives the following tests for potassium nitrate: "With sodium bitartrate T.S., the aqueous solution (1 in 20) yields a white, crystalline precipi- tate; with sodium cobaltic nitrite T.S., a yellow precipitate. If a small crystal of ferrous sulphate be dissolved in the aqueous solution (1 in 20), and then concen- trated sulphuric acid be poured in, so as to form a separate layer, a dark-brown color will appear at the line of contact" — (U.S. P.). This is a general test for nitric acid and its salts, and is based upon the reduction of nitric acid by ferrous sulphate with evolution of nitric oxide, which dissolves in unattacked ferrous sul- phate solution with brown color. The reaction takes place as follows: 6FeSO,-|- 3H,S0.-f 2H.\0,=3Fe,(SO,),,+ H,0+2NO. "If a drop of diphenylamine T.S. be mixed with the a(iueous solution, and concentrated sulphuric acid be poured in, as in the jjreccding test, a deip-blue color will appear at the line of contact" — (U. S. P.). This test is biused upon the formation of diphenylnmine blue. "The aqueous solution (1 in 20) should remain unaH'ected by the addition of a few drops of potassium ferrocyanide T.S. (absence of iron) ; or of barium chloride T.S. (sulphate), or of silver nitrate T.S. (chloride); or of ammonium airbonate T.S., 1574 i'uTASSlI NITRAS. ammonium oxalate T.S., or ammonium sulphide T.S. (absence of calcium, zinc, etc.); or by the addition of an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide T.S. , either before or after acidulation with hydrochloric acid (ab.sence of arsenic, lead, copper, etc.). If to 5 Cc. of the aqueous solution of the salt, 1 Cc. of chlorine water and a few drops of starch T.S. be added, no blue color should appear (absence of iodine). No yellow color .sliuuld ajipcar whiii 1 Cc. of pure, concentrated sulphuric acid is added to 0.1 Gni. ..f the dry salt (:il)>ence of chlorate)"— ( U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Nitrate of potassium is irritant, cathar- tic, refrigerant, and diuretic. If the body be kept cool, it acts chiefly as a diu- retic; if warm, as a diaphoretic. In doses of from ^ to 2 ounces, in s'olution, it occasions heat and pain in the stomach, vomiting, excessive nervous depression, and sinking of the pulse, and has proved fatal in a few hours ; some of the effects being purging, bloody stools, cold extremities, and convulsions. On account of the uncertainty of its cathartic effects, it is seldom used for that purpose. Its most comnKjn actions are to increase the cutaneous and renal secretions; to diminish the temperature of the system, and the frequency of the pulse; to keep the bowels gently open, and, in consequence of these influences, to lessen febrile and inflam- matory action. In the A))ier.Jour. Med. Sci.,Yo\. XVIII, p. 204, an account is given of experi- ments by five students on their own persons while in health. The salt was taken in .solution, with the addition of a little mucilage, in quantities increasing gradually from 1 to 5 drachms daily; the proportion for each day being divided into 5 doses. After from 8 to 12 days' use of it in this manner, it was found to produce general weakness, indisposition to mental or physical exertion, fatigue from the least exer- tion, low spirits, a bruised sensation of the muscles and joints, constant disposi- tion to sleep, slow and weak pulse. The appetite continued good, and digestion was not disordered; occasionally pain in the bowels, with purging. Blood drawn from the veins at this time had the color and density of cherry -juice, the white blood-corpuscles were increased in number and size, the blood-globules were paler, and the blood coagulated very quickly. There was an increase of the water, and a decrease of the solids of the blood, with a dimunition of its fat and an increased proportion of ash in the serum. The pulse did not assume its natural strength and frequenc)' for several days after the discontinuance of the medicine. Potas- sium nitrate is extensively employed as a diuretic, and especially in dropsical affections. It has also been found beneficial in acute rheumati»in and in actire hemor- rhages; and in these cases it may be given to the amount of 1 or 2 ounces in the course of 24 hours, dissolved in 2 quarts of cold water, and flavored with lemon- peel, and which must be divided into several doses. In acute inflammatory rheu- matism, with excessive tenderness, from 5 to 20 grains, well diluted, may be given 4 times a day. In some cases of acute dysenteiy, given in association with resin of podophyllum and leptandra, it will be found very valuable in facilitating the cure. From 3 to 5 grains of nitre, dissolved in a little water, and this dose re- peated 3 times a day, I have found very efticient in removing the achiitfj }>ain in the testicles, complained of by onanists and persons who commit excessive venery. I am not aware that this action is named in any other medical work (J. King). In sore throat, mtK mixed with white sugar, and gradually swallowed, has given great relief; it also forms a useful addition to gargles m quinsy, and, in 3-grain doses, well diluted, it sometimes aborts this trouble. A mixture of nitre and gum Arabic lessens the scalding of j70Hor?-/Vea. Urinal incontinence is relieved by nitre. The fiiiacs produced by the deflagration of nitrate of potassium with paper, have been iiitiale(l with i)cnefit in spasmodic asthma. To obtain tiieni, blotting paper must !)(■ moistened with a saturated solution of the salt, and then dried; by burning the ])aper or smoking it in a pipe, the fumes maj' be inhaled ; relief usually follows in about 15 minutes. It is frequently substituted for the bitartrate of potassium in our powder of ipecacuanha and opium. Sal prunelle (fused nitrate of potassium) has i)een found useful as an application to cracked lips. The dose of nitre as a seda- tive refrigerant, is from 10 to 20 grains, well diluted; as a diuretic. fn>m 20 to 60 grains. There is no certain antidote known to tlie more serious influences of nitre. The treatin(>nt generally pursued is to evacuate the stomach by free emesis, giving water freely, and to combat gastric irritation by external counter-irritanta, mucilage and opiates internally, and stimulants to overcome any tendency to POTASSII I'KltMAXGAXAS. lOVO Erostration. When used as a medicine, nitre should be largely diluted with water, arge doses, or a continued use of it for some time, will cause gastro-intestinal pain. .V paste of the powder, prepared with a little water, is said to remove /rerites, if ai>]ilii(l to the face twice a day. Specific Indications and Uses.— Renal atony ; scanty urine, with diflScult breathing; dysphagia, as if from paralysis of the throat muscles; acute inflamma- tory rheumatism, with excessive tenderness; spasmodic asthma (vapor); tonsillar hypertrojiliy; aching testicular pain. Belated Preparations. — CJixpowder (Pulris pyriusi, PuMsnilrali»\. Gunpowder is pre- pared !)>• lornliiiiiiii; tojfetlier, 5 or 6 parts of nitre, witli 1 part, each, of charcoal and Bulpliur. However, these proporliuns vary with the diflferent manufacturers of the article, so that there is no rt'gular or otlieial nietliod for its preparation. Tlie uses of gunpowder, aside from medi- cine, are too well known to require description. Recommended as a detergent and alterative in chlorosis and dii/prpsin, also as a corrective of morbid s»HTetions of the p-astro-mucous mem- brane, depemlent on, or accompanied with subacule inflatnmalion. Dose, 10 grains, 3 or 4 times a day, gradually increased, occasionally using a mild laxative. Externally, applied in powder or ointment to'imlolint ulcerx, and several forms of cutan^owi difeages. Gunpowder, dissolved in water, and tlie solution taken in teaspoonful doses, 3 or 4 times in 24 hours, and continued daily, iii- i ;; ^ ! /«ia. Dr. Bone and Dr. Henry, two celebrated Iwtanic practitioners of the 'e:i : i 1 ' ' : t ; - century, made considerable use of this article in the treatment of some forms . ! i.-v, iiululeiil ii/cers, and even cancers. (For the formula they employed, see i>ri \ i - i !;ii iis of American Digpensatory.) The ointment applied twice a day, was re- puted t') d.-^tn.y C'liKVi: PoTAssii NiTRis ( Ky 0^^84.96), Potas-iium nitrite. — This salt is obtained by heating potas- sium nitrate, either alone, or with addition of lead, copper, or iron (N03K=N0^K+<)i. When lead is used, the liberated oxygen oxidizes the metal, forming litharge. It is amorphous and fusible, and often is put on the market in the form of white sticks, resembling those of caustic potasli; also in cr>'.=talline, granular form. Besides being exceedingly deliquescent, it also absorbs carbonic acid pis from the atmosphere. It is readily soluble in water, insoluble in alcohol. The salt is used in the testing for potassium or cobalt by the formation of potassium cobaltic nitrite isee Pola»sa}, also in the preparation of diazo compound.^ (see ,l»i7!)ii(»i). Its physiological and therapeutical effects are those common to the nitrites, particularly those of amy] nitrite. The usual dose is 3 grains, doses of 10 grains ha^nng produced dangerous toxic symptoms. POTASSII PERMANGANAS lU. S. P.)— POTASSIUM PERMANGANATE. Formula: KMnO.. Molkcil.\r Weight: 157.67. Synonyms : Pi'i-mnnganate ofjwta.sh, Fota-'mx permangaTias, Kali hypermangcmicum crystaUiziihnn. Hiijicrpcnnnwinnas hiliens, Hyperpermanganas potasmnis. History and Preparation.— As early as 1659, this salt was produced by Glauber, while fusing together caustic potash and black oxide of manganese. The Bn'ti.'otas.'. F. describes potassium permanganate as "slender, monoclinic prisms, of a dark-purnle color, almost opaque by trans- mitted, and of a blue, metallic lustre by reflected light, odorless, and having a taste at first sweet, but afterward disagreeable and astringent. Permanent in the air. Siduble in 16 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 3 parts of boiling water. In contaparent injury. Permanganate of potassium, in powder or a concentrated solution, is a caustic, stimulant, and disinfectant. In weak solutions, it is a stimulant and disinfectant. It has proved very useful in the treatment of various offensive and infectious dis- eases, as in foul, indolent, and gangrenous ulrcrs, or abgirsses, Ifucorrhaa, <^orrhear- ance of ulcerated surfaces. It has likewise been found a very efficient local a j>- plication in pkkffmmwiis en/^iju'Utu, hoxpUal gangrctit, and ctjrbtnicU. In these affec- POTASSII rKRMANOANAS. 1577 tions it may be applied locally, as a wash, by injection, or by means of spray, and lit" difl'ereiit strengths, varying from 10 prains to 2 drachms or more to a i)iMt of water, ao<'/ii-ntiim. Neutral sulphate of fjotnssium. Source and Preparation. — Potassium sulphate occurs in volcanic lava, in sea-water, and the water of mineral springs, and in the a.shes of plants. In com- bination with magnesium salts, it forms the mineral kainile in the Stassfurt salt deposits. The salt has, at different times, been known as Vitriolated tartar, Sal polychrestum, Sal de duobus, etc. The medicinal salt may be prepared in difierent ways, either by neutralizing diluted sulphuric acid with caustic potash or potas- sium carbonate, and evaporating to crystallization, or by exposing to a red heat potassium bisulphate (KHSO,), obtained as a by-product in the manufacture of nitric acid (see Acidum Nitrim m ^ Sulphuric acid is expelled, and neutral sul- phate remains, as follows: 2K11SO, K S0,4-H,S0i. Potassium sulphate may also be prepared on a large scale IVoiu kauiiU' CK,S6,.MgSO..MgCL,+ 6HjOj by several methods, one of which consists in boiling a solution of this salt with a calculated quantity of potassium chloride, whereby potassium sulphate crystallizes upon cooling, and rnrnallite CMgClj.KCl + eH^O) remains in solution. Description and Tests. — Pota.ssium sulphate forms " hard, colorless, trans- parent, 6-siili(l, ihi)niliic piisms, terminated by pyramids, or a white powder, odor- less, and having a somewliat bitter, saline taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in about 9.5 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 4 parts of boiling water; insoluble in alcohol. When heated, the crystals decrepitate. At a bright-red heat they fuse, and at a white heat the salt suffers partial decomposition. The aque- ous" solution is neutral to litmus paper. The aqueous solution of the salt yields a copious yellow precipitate with sodium cobaltic nitrite T.S., and a white! crys- talline precipitate with excess of tartaric acid T.S."— (P. 8. P.). Heated with car- bonaceous matter, the salt is deoxidized, and sulphide of potassium is formed. A solution of sulphate of potassium, slightly acidulated with nitric acid, yields a white precipitate with chloride of barium, consisting of barium sulphate, insolu- ble in water and acids. Potassium sulphate is seldom adulterated, though it may contain impurities from carelessness in preparation. The U. S. P. directs the following tests: "When held in a non-luminous flame on a clean platinum wire, the .salt should at once impart to the flame a violet color (absence of sodium). The aqueous solution (1 in 20) should remain unaf- fected by the addition of an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide T.S., either before or after acidulation with hydrochloric acid (absence iif arsenic, lead, copper, etc.); or by the addition of a small amount of ammonium sulphide T.S. (absence of zinc, iron, aluminum, etc.). Other portions of the aqueous solution should not he renilercd turbid by the addition of ammonium oxalate T.S. (absence of calcium); or of sodium phosphate T.S. and ammonia water (magnesium); or of silver nitrate T.S. (chloride). The addition of potassium ferrocyanide T.S. should produce neither a blue (absence of iron") nor a red color (copper)" — (T. .*?. P.\ Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Sulphate of potassium is a mild, un- irritating tathartic, in do^ies of 1.") to 30 grains, when sufliciently diluted with water. In 1 or 2-ounce doses, it acts as a powerful irritant, and has given rise to fatal accidents. It has been used as an aperient after delivery, in pmrixrul frvrr, to remove intestinal accumulations in children, in dt/ffteima, and in jonndiff. Combined with 5 or 10 grains of rhubarb, it is useful in hqxUic di.hility and muscular soreness. Five grains of the triturat* roTAssii srLPHAS. I.";:;) are added to 4 fluid ounces of water, the dose of which is a teaspoonful every 2 or 8 hours. Specific Indications and Uses. — Dr. Bcudder recommended this salt in doses ofo to 10 j;riiiii.~, :> liims a day in a glass of water when the skin is dirty, tissues full and sotldeii.aiul skin scaly; wounds heal slowly, inflame, and suppurate. Related Salts. — Potassh BisrLPH.\s, Polnnsium bisulphate, Potas.ve bisulphas, Bixitlpliale of piiki»'ti. l:isiilf_,h,ii,- ,,/ fHila.tsium, Acid iiotasfium mlphate. Formula: KHSO,. Molei'iihir Weight: 13.>.S5. This salt iiiay he prepared as follows: Take of sulphate of putassiuui, in powder, 3 oiiiiees; pure sulphuric aciii, 1 fluiil ouiiee. Haoe the acid and the salt in a small porcelain capsule, and to tills apply a heat capable of li(^uefyiug its contents; the heat should he con- tinued until acid va|Kirs cease to be given oB. The Insulphate, which concretes as it cools, shoul,; K,80,- kll-o,; KIISO.; KI1SU,^1I,80^. Bisulphate ut i)"tassiuin, loriiu rly called Sil eiiixum, forms a white, crj'stalline powder, or small, obliipie, Uibular, 4-sidcd piisius; or, when obtained by extreme concentration and cooliufr, it forms an apparently firm, fibrous mass. It is cnlorless, of a very acid taste, is per- manent in the air (but the concreted, fibrous mass effloresces), and is soluble in 2 parts of cold and A part of boiling water. Alcohol decomposes it into the neutral salt, which is insoluble, and sulphuric acid, which is soluble in alcohol. Exposed to a moderate heat the salt fuses; at a red heat it loses half its acid, and neutral sulphate of potassium remains (which see). It Ls incompatible with aiustic soda and ammonia, the carbonates of these bases, earths and earthy salts, ami most metals and their oxides. Bisulphate of potassium is laxative and tonic, and is verv useful to keep the bowels regular during recovery from acute attacks, as well as to improve the appetite. Conjoined with rhubarb, it covers the bitter taste of the latter without injuring its medicinal properties. Seventy-two grains, each, of the bisulphate of potassium and carbonate of sodium, separately dissolved in 2 fluid ounces of water, form, when com- bineil, a cheap efTervescing purgative. Bisulphate of potassium may be taken in doses of from 20 grains to 2 drachms, properly diluted. PoT.vssii .Si-Li>HAS CUM ^vu'uvRE, Sulphate of potansiiim with sulphur.— Take of nitrate of potassium, in powder, and of sublimed sulphur, equal weights. Mix them well together, and throw the mixture, by small portions at a time, into a reut may con- tain accidental impurities. Mr. Haiissmann {Amer. Jour. Phurm.. 1894, p. 297) found several commercial specimens to contain appreciable quantities of lead. If the salt does not yield a perfectlj' clear solution with water, tjirtrate of calcium is to be suspected ; the filtered liquid, which will still retain a portion of the calcium salt, gives in this case a precipitate with oxalate of ammonium ; if, when filtered from this, a fresh [irecipitate is caused by phosphate of ammonium, magnesium .salts are pre-ent. If the residue, after dissolving the salt in water, is not entirely soluble in hyilrochloric acid, silica is probably present. The presence of heavy metals, such as lead and copper, may be detected by the brown or black colora- tion or precipitate produced with hydrogen sulphide T.S. in an aqueous solution of the salt. Copper gives a reddish-brown, iron a blue precipitate or color with ferrocyanide of pota.ssium; alumina may be detected by carbonizing the salt, boil- ing the residue with excess of diluted sulphuric acid, filtering, and then super- saturing with ammonia, when a white, Hoceulent precipitate occurs, which, being washed, dried, and heated with soluticm of cobaltous nitrate, on charcoal, acquires a blue color {Tliinanrs blue). Sulphuric and hydrochloric acids are also liable to be present in the form of salts. The r. .9. P., 18S0, directed for this salt the following testes: "A 10 per cent aqueous solution should yield no iirecipitate with test solution of oxalate of am- PKIMILA. l.")Sl raonium (absence of oalciuniV Ou ;i(l ac(V/ dty/osfV."!, and sometimes as an adjunct to other more active purgatives, as infusion of senna. It may be given in doses varying from 1 or 2 drachms to ^ ounce, or even an ounce, in sufficient water. PRIMULA.— PRIMROSE Primula officinalis, Jacquin {Primula veris, Linue). Xat. Ord. — Primulaceie. CoM.Mo.N N.\.\ie: Primro.'^e. Botanical Source.— The primrose is a perennial, stemless plant, having a short. u|irii.'bt. scaly root-stalk, of a brownish color, and giving oil' numerous fleshy roots, wliicli contain a yellow medituUium and are covered with a thick and mealy bark. The pendulous flowers (fores primuhr) are borne in umbels of 10 or 12 upon scapes, which are either short or long. The 5-angled caly.x is pale-yellow, while the corolla is of a lemon-yellow hue, and is marked in the throat with 5 blotches of a safiFron color. The fresh root is slightly sweet in odor, while the taste, at first sweetish, is afterward acrid and bitterish. "The flowers, when fresh, have a sweet- ish taste, and an odor suggestive of honey. When dry they have a deep-greenish color. Primrose is well known as a garden plant, and is native to the grassy and wooded lands of Europe and north Asia. Chemical Composition. — The root of Primula veris, according to Saladin (1830), contains an acrid, neutral principle, which he called a»-H«i CT()o^;ri(»i, Linne. Buchner and Herberger {kepert. f. d. Pharm.,Xo\. XXXVI. 1831, p. 36) named it njdnmin (C,.„H„0,o, Hilger and Mutsehler). It is a white, cry.stallizable powder, soluble in alcohol, insoluble in ether, chloroform, and oils; soiuble, with difficulty, in water. The aqueous solution foams upon shaking. Upon drying the root, cyclamin de- composes to some extent. De Luca and Hilger found this substance to be a glu- cosid. By boiling with diluted acids, it splits into sugar and cyrlamiretin (C,5H.,.,0j). Saladin also found the root to contain a semisolid, yellowish essential oil, having the odor of fennel. It deposits primula camphor (C„H,j05, Hilger and Mutsehler), melting at 49° C. (120.2° F.), soluble in alcohol, ether, benzol, soluble with diffi- culty in water, and producing a violet color with ferric chloride. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — This plant constituted an important remedy in the early days of nudiiine. Under the names Radii jynralyseos and Radix nrtlirid'-ti, it was formerly in great repute in pnr-8, been used in certain parts of Gerninny as a remedy tor jiUtliinii jjiiliiKmalU. Other plants rclati-d to piiniroee are: 1582 PRINOS. Pniifdn eliitinr, .lacciuin. — Europe. I^irge odorless flowers. LyfiiiKU'liiii tjiiciili-ifdllK, Linne, (.'mmv-ort. — North Aineric-a. Flowers yellow. Lijxiiiiiirliin uKiniiiiiliiiid. Linne, Moneywort. — Europe, and naturalized in North Aiueiic-j. Flower lartri- an.l bri^'hf y.-llow. Priinulu ubcwiica, Kiif;land, is said to produce an eruption similar to that produced by poi- son ivy (Hhus Toxicodendron ). Dr. J. H. Neale {eeeAmer. HomcopalltistfVec.. 1897, p. 429) reports an interesting severe case of poisoninK by this plant. Lotions of glycerin and alcohol (contain- ing tincture of belladonna i gave relief. PRINOS.— BLACK ALDER. The l)ai-k and berries of Prhws vertirillatm, Linne ( Ilex vertu-illdUi, Gray). Nat. Ord. — Aquifoliacese. Common Na.mes: Black alder, Wint£rberry, Feverbush. Botanical Source. — This is an indigenous shrub of irregular growth, some- times known as winterberry, having a .stem 6 or 8 feet in height, with a graj'ish bark, and alternate branches. The leaves are alternate or scattered, on short peti- oles, oval, acute at the base, pointed, sharply serrate, of an olive-green color, smooth above, and downy beneath, particularly on the veins. The fluwers are small, white, dioecious, on very short peduncles; the fertile ones .sonjewhat clus- tered or solitary; the sterile ones sub-umbellate, and sometimes the flowers are monoecious. Calyx small, 6-cleft, and persistent. Corolla nionopetalous, spreading, without a tube, the border divided into 6 obtuse segments. Stamens equal in number to the segments of the corolla, erect, with oblong anthers; in the fertile flowers they are shorter than the corolla, in the sterile they are equal in length to it. The ovary is large, green, and roundish, with a short style and obtuse stigma. The fruit consists of bright-scarlet, globular berries, about the size of a i)ea, sap- ported by the persistent calyx, and crowned with the stigma. They are 6-celled, containing 6 long seeds, which are convex outwardly, and sharp-edged within. The berries are in scattered groups on the stem, forming small, aj)parently verti- cillate bunches (L. — W.i. History, Description, and Chemical Composition.— Black alder is common througliout the United Statet>, growing in moist woods, swamps, edges of streams, etc., flowering from May to July, and maturing its fruit in the latter part of autumn. Tiie bark and berries are medicinal. The dried bark of commerce is in pieces, either flat or slightly quilled, thin, white, with a greenish tint within, brownish-gray externally, readily pulverizable, inodorous, but of a bitterish, sub- astringent taste. It yields its properties to water by infusion or decoction. The berries h.nve a saccharine, bitterish taste, and yield "their virtues to water or alco- hol. They should not be substituted, in practice, for the bark. They have not been analyzed. The bark contains, according to L.C.Collier (.■l»i<»r. ./our. Phorm., 1880, p. 437), resin, wax, tannin, chlorophyll, starch, sugar, albumen, and a yellow, amorphous, bitter princi])le. (For a (juantitative analysis of the bark of this shrub, by .J. Stewart Smitli. ia. Externally, the decoction forms an excellent local application to (latupote, to indoleut ulcern, some offcctwiig of the Kk hi, etc. The berries are cathartic ami vermifuge, and form, with cedar- apples, a pleasant and effectual worm medicine for children (see ■/hh/;«thj» I'lr- ghiiann). Dose, of the powdered bark, from A to 1 drachm ; of the decoction, 4 fluid ounces, 3 or 4 times a day. A tincture o"f the recent bark i ^viii to alcohol, 76 per cent, Oj) may be given in doses of from 5 to 30 drops. Black alder bark is an ingredient of several alterative syrups. Related S'peciea.--Prin<» glaber.}.\nn6 { Ili.r (ilahm.Oray^. Tnkbfny. This !>i>^ei<>s )(mw8 alonj; the .\tlantio .seaboard, from Massachusetts sduth, beinii most abuudtuit in the southern states. Its berries are black. PRUNUM -PRINTS VIRGINIANA. 158r5 PriiioK hriiiiulii.-. Pnrsli i f/i:r ^i riest solvent. It is when dried, of a light, brownish-vellow Ptelea trifoliate. ^^,,,,^ externally, in cylindrical rolls or quills, 1 or 2 lines in thickness, and from 1 to several inches in length, irregularly wrinkled and furrowed externally, with broad, transverse lines or rings at short but irregular intervals, and is covered with a thin epidermis: internally it is vel- lowish-white, but becomes darker on exposure, anil is wrinkled longitudina'lly. PTERIS. lo87 It is brittle, with an almost smooth, resinous fracture ; granular umler the miuro- scope, resemliling wax. It has a peculiar sur-II, somewhat similar to that of liquorice root, and a peculiar, bitter, resinous, pungent, acrid, and rather disagret-- able taste, speedily and powerfullj' acting upon the mouth and fauces, and of per- sistent pungt-ncy, which is probably owing to its oleoresin. The leaves and fruit have also liei'ii ustd in medicine. A related i^pucies, Ptelea anguMifoli(i,Bentham, is indigciMus to Colorado. Chemical Composition. — Mr. George M. Smyzer (Amer. Jour. Phnrm., 1862, p. 200) found the bark of the root to contain gum, albumen, starch, volatile oil, of disagreeable ta^^te and odor, fi.\ed oil, and probably potassium nitrate. No tan- nin was present. The active properties of the root he believes to be due both to the volatile oil and an acrid, soft resin, soluble in alcohol and ether; another brit- tle resin, soluble in elher, but insoluble in alcohol, is inert. The leaves yield to water a bitter infusion, resembling in taste that of hops, and containing tannic and gallic acids. The fruit is likewise bitter, and yields the same resins as the root. Justin Steer {ibid., 1867, p. 337) believes the bitterness of the root-bark and its virtues, as a tonic, to be due to berbcrine. More recently (Jahre.sb. der Pharm., 1896, J). 510), E. 8chulze found the root of Ptekn trifoliata, to contain the base arginine (.CjH„N,0.,), a constituent of germinating Lapinus luteus, and other plants, and one of the decomposition products of horn, obtained when treating it with hvdrochloric acid and stannous chloride (S. G. Hedin,C/if»j. CnUralblntt, Vol. II, 1894. p. 993; and Vol. I, 1896, p. 118). It is characterized by a dark-blue crystal- lizable compound with copper nitrate ([C5H|,N,OJj.Cu[NOJ,.3H,0). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Ptelea is tonic, and surpassed in this line only by hydnuitis. Usoil alter iiitrnnittent fevers, remittent ferers, and all cases of debUity where tonics are indit'ated. .'^aid also to be anthelmintic. Equal parts of ptelea and Euonymus atropurpureus, have been found very useful in pulinoiiar;/ 'iffectioivi. A tincture of ptelea, made in whiskey, is reputed to have cured sev- eral cases of ««t^mrt, and is said to cause, in many instances where it has been used, a troublesome external erysipelatom inflommation, either general or local, but which, if the use of the tincture be persisted in, finally disappears, and the patient becomes, at the same time, permanently cured of the disease for which he was treated. This would certainly indicate other valuable properties in this plant, than those with which we are acquainted, which deserve a further and thorough investigation. Prof I. G. .Jones stated that this bark is a pure, unirritating tonic, having rather a soothing influence when applied to irritated mucous membranes. He h:xs employed it advantageously in convalescence after fevers, and in debility connected with gastro-enteric irritation. It promotes the appetite, enables the stomach to endure suitable nourishment, favors the early reestablishment of digestion, and will be tolerated by the stomach when other tonics are rejected. He employed it in cold infusion! of which ^ fluid ounce may be given every 2, 3, or 4 hours, according to circumstances. It is also said to cure intermittent fever, and is considered by some to be equal to quinine. It may be used in pow- der, tincture, or extract. Dose of the powder, 10 to 30 grains, 3"or 4 times a day; of the tincture, 1 or 2 fluid drachms; of the extract, 5 to 10 grains ; specific ptelea, 1 to20.1r,,ps. Specific Indications and Uses. — Asthmatic breathing; chronic diseases, with sense of constriction in the chest, and short breathing. PTERIS.— PTERIS. The whole plants of PteriK atropiirpurea, Linne, and other species of Pterin. X'lt. Orints of strong alcohol, then expressing and filtering. It has a brownish-green color, and an acrid, pungent taste. Even fluid prepara- tions.of Pulsatilla become altered with age, consequently the physician should frequently renew his stock. Description.— The U. S. P. thus describes the drug: "Leaves radical, petiolate, silky-vilhius, twice or thrice deeply 3-parted, or pinnately -cleft, with linear,acute lobes, ap])iaring after the large, purple flowers; inodorous, very acrid" — {C. S. P.). Chemical Composition. — Pulsatilla, in fresh condition, yields upon distilla- tion with water, a culorkss to yellow, acrid oil, from which chloroform abstracts crystallizable, acrid, vesicating anemone camphor. It is an unstable body and readily decomposes into anemonin a-nA. honnemftnic acjV?, especially when in moist condition. (For further details, see Anemone patens var. Xuttalliana.) The formula (Cn,H,0,) given to anemonin by Beckurts (1892) was confirmed by Hans Meyer (Jnhresb. der Pharm., 1896, p. 509), who believes it to be related to cantharklin (C,|,H„0,>. Pulsatilla also contains iron-greening tannin. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Topically applied, the fresh plant of Pulsatilla is irritant, and, if kept lonj; in contact with the skin, may produce vesi- cation. When chewed, it produces a benumbing sensation and tingling formica- tion, somewhat like that produced by aconiie or prickly ash. Taken internally in overdoses, it acts as a gastric irritant, producing a sense of rawness, burning, pain in stomach, with endeavors to vomit, all accompanied with marked prostra- tion. A case of poisoning with these symptoms is on record in the Medical Gleaner, Vol. IV, p. 173. A sense of constriction and tightness of the chest, with chilliness, marked weakness, and some congestion, has been produced by large doses. Full doses depress the action of the heart, lower arterial tension, and re- duce temperature. Sensory and motor paralyses have followed large doses of Pul- satilla, while toxic doses may produce mydriasis, stupor, coma, and convulsions. In medicinal doses, pulsatiliii increases the power and regulates tiie action of the heart, and gives a better ciiaracter to the pulse rate, particularly slowing the irri- table, rapid and feeble pulse due to nervous depression. It improves tlie sym- pathetic system and cerel)ral functions, and especially strengthens sympathetic innervation, this action being very marked in troubles of the reproductive organs of male and female. Pulsatilla forms an important remedy with the Eclectic physicians as well as with the Honiipopaths, who make extensive use of it. According to t lie late Prof. J. M. Scudder, M. I)., who used it largely in his practice, its nsost important use is to allay irritation of the nervous system in persons of feeble healtii, thus 1590 PULSATILLA. giving sleep and rest, preventing unnecessary expenditure of nerve force, and, by this means, facilitating the action of tonics and restoratives. In feeble women, and men who have become nervous from sedentary habits or mental over-exer- tion, as well as in the nervousness and restlessness of masturbators, or persons addicted to the excessive use of tobacco, he has found it very certain in its action. It is t/ie remedy for nervous women, when there is debility and faulty nutrition of the nerve centers. Pul.satilla is a remedy of wide applicability, but more particularly for those conditions in which the mind is a prominent factor. A gloomy mentality, a state of nerve depression and unrest, a disposition to brood over real or imagined trouble, a tendency to look on the dark side of life, sadness, mild restlessness, and a state of mental unrest generally denominated in broad terms "nervousness," are factors in the condition of the patient requiring Pulsatilla. A Pulsatilla patient weeps easily, and the mind is inclined to wander — to be unsettled. The pulse requiring Pulsatilla is weak, soft, and open, and the tissues have a tendency to dryness (except when the mucous tissues are discharging a thick, bland material), and, about the orbits the parts appear contracted, sunken, and dark in color. The whole countenance and movements of the body depict sadness, moroseness, des- pondency, and lack of tone. Hysteria of the mild and weeping form may be a symptom. The whole condition is one of nervous depression, the nutrition of the nerve centers are at fault. With such symptoms, Pulsatilla may be confi- dently prescribed in the conditions and disorders enumerated in this article. Pulsatilla may be given to produce sleep, when there is great exhaustion and opiates are inadmissible. If the insomnia depends upon determination of blood to the brain, Pulsatilla will not relieve, but when due to nervous exhaustion it is a prompt remedy to give rest, after which sleep obtains. Where sleep is disturbed by unpleasant dreams, and the patient awakens sad and languid, pul.^atilla should be given. Pulsatilla has a large field in troubles incident to the reproductive organs of both sexes. As an emmenagogue, it serves a useful purpose in amenorrhcea in nervous and anemic subjects, with chilliness a pirominent symptom. When mei struation is suppressed, tardy or scanty from taking cold, or from emotional causes, Pulsatilla is the reined}'. In dysmenorrhmt, not due to mechanical causes, and with the above-named nervous symptoms, no remedy is more eflective. Leuror- rh(va,\\ith a free, thick, milky, or yellow, bland discharge and pain in the loin;-, and particularly in scrofulous individuals, calls for Pulsatilla. It is a remedy for mild forms of hysteria, -where the patient is weak and weeps easily, has fears of impending danger, and passes large quantities of clear, limpid urine, and men- struation is suppressed. The long-continued use of Pulsatilla as an intercurrent remedy, is accredited with curative effects in uterine colic, but it is of no value during an attack. Pulsa- tilla fn(iuently proves a good remedy in ovaritis and ovaralgin with tensive, tear- ing pain. Sluggish, ineffectual, and weak labor-pains are sometimes remeilied by this drug. It is frequently a remedy for ;>««!, when dependent on or associated with debility, and sometimes when due to acute inflammation. It is a leading remedy in epididymitis and orchitis, wheXhex due to gonorrhipal infection or to metastasis from mumps. The dark-red, congested, enlarged, and sensitive testicle indicates it. It relieves the pains of orrhialgin, and subdues mnrnmar;^ strellinff from the metastasis of mumps. Pulsatilla increases sexual power, but lessens iiKirliidsi.nutlcrritcment. It is especially valuable in relieving urethral irritation :u\d vni\!ivqufut spermntorrhaa and pro.statorrha'a. In these troubles it overcomes tlie nervous apprehensions so frequently a troublesome feature. It also alleviates the nervous irritability accompanying or produced by rnricordc. In gonorrhim. particularly of the chronic tvpe, Pulsatilla is of value, when the urethral mem- brane is swollen. Pulsatilla Vias been used by some for the relief of hydroi-elf, but for this affection we possess better remedies. Many unpleasant conditions of the urinary apparatus are relieved by Pulsatilla, as frequent but ineff.etual attempts at urination, the bladder giving a sensation as if bloated; dribbling of urine from movement, the dymria of preyimncy, and in involuntary micturition from colds or from nervous debility. Pulsatilla frequen relieves the frontnl headac, tly proves a useful remedy in htn^arhe of various types. It dnche from 7ifl.''fi/ citarrh, ucrvous hemlnche, particularly when PULSATILLA. 1 -Di due to gastric disturbances, with greasy taste, menstrual headache, with chilliness and suppressed menses, bilu)us and ga.', cataract, and opa<-ily of the cornea," conditions in which the reputed value of pulsatilla is very much overrated. There is a condition, sometimes known as "H/rmu-s- blindness," which has been benefited by pulsatilla, and this is probably the condition for- merly referred to under the elastic term amaurosis. Pulsatilla stands out promi- nently as a remedy for hordeolum or ".'>tye." It is also a prompt remedy when the conjunctiva is hyperemic and the vision weakened, es))ecially after reading, or from sexual abuse or sexual excesses, and in profttJic lachrymation from exposure to winds or when in the wind. It should be used locally (gtt. x to a()ua sij) and also given internally in small dases. In chronic conjuncticitis, with bland, yellow discharges, in scrofulous individuals, or due to the exanthemata, and in ophthalmia 1592 PULVERES. neonatorum, with like discharge, Pulsatilla has been used with signal success. It relieves deep-seated, heavy pain in the globe of the eye, and has been recom- mended in inflammation of the lachrymal snc. Storek, who was one of the first to use ])ulsatill!i, considered it useful in secondary syiihilis, and in some forms of <-w^- neous diseases, as well as in amaurosis and other ocular affections. This drug has been used with much succes.s in rheumatism, when the pains were shifting and relieved by cold and aggravated by warmth. Depression of spirits is here a prominent feature. It has also aided in restoring the flow of milk in af/alactin in nervous and fear-depressed women, whose breasts wore painful and swollen. Prof. W. E. Bloyer emphasizes its value in ^'jerking'' or'" jumjAng'' tooth- ache, usually due to the formation of a pus cavity near the nerve. He applied the full strength specific pulsatilla, or diluted one-half with water, besides giving the drug internally. He also recommends this treatment as "especially useful in inflammntion 8 canseA by dead teeth, and the inflammatory, painful, and unjileasant conditions of the pulp cavity in those in which the nerve has been destroyed" {Ec. Med. Jour., 1895, p. 248). The dose of specific pulsatilla is from a fraction of a drop to 10 drops, administered in water; of the fluid extract, from 1 to 15 drops; of the extract, from ^ to 1 grain ; of anemonin, ^ to J grain. Specific Indications and Uses.— Nervousness and despondency, sadness, unnatural tVar, tcndeiK y to weep, morbid mental excitement, marked dejiression of spirits; pain, with dt-iiility, nervousness, headache, not dependent on determi- nation of blood to the head; insomnia, from nervous exhaustion; neuralgia in anemic, debilitated subjects; pasty, white, or creamy, thick coating uj>on the tongue, with greasy taste; stomach disorders from indulgence in fats and pastries; thick, bland, inoffensive discharges from mucous surfaces; alternating diarrhoea and constipation, with venous congestion; amenorrlia»a and dysnienorrha'a. with gloomy mentality and chilliness; severe pains in the ear, non-inflammatory and evidently neuralgic; pain from exposure to wind ; jumping toothache, from abscess near the dental pulp ; styes. PULVERES.— POWDERS, Medicines which have no nauseous or unpleasant taste, no acrid or destruc- tive action, which are not deliquescent, and which can be given in not too bulk}- doses, are usually more advantageously administered in tine powder. When an article is reduced to powder, it has a much greater surface exposed to the influ- ence of light and of the atmosphere than when in the crude, aggregate mass; and as most, if not all vegetable powders, are injured by the action of these agents, it is always better to keep them in well-closed tin cans, or in well-stoppered bot- tles, which are covered externally with a coat of black paint, varnish, or black paper. Some agents become damp or lose their virtues rapidly when in the state of powder; such should be pulverized in small quantities at a time, and only as they are required. As a general rule, the finer the powder, or the longer it is triturated, the more active it becomes. M. Dorvault think.s that the operation of pulverization effect.* an actual change in the chemical and therapeutical properties of many agents. Sugar is less soluble in water, and less sweet, when long pulverized or" triturated, and, he inquires, is this to be referred to an altered electrical condition of the sugar, as the phosphorescence developed during the act of pulverization in the dark would lead us to suppose? Gum Arabic, powdered, lias not the s;»nie tat-te. nor the same solubility as when in the entire state, if a given quantity of water may Im> made to dissolve 40 parts of arsenous acid in the vitreou," state, the same quan- tity of water can be made to dissolve only 14 parts after pulverization {Ai>uaUof Pharmacy, May, 1852). Changes of this kind may ensue from tlie action of light, the oxygen of the atmospiieie, its nitrogen, or its electricity, etc., upon matter reduced to a state of great fineness. When but one article is reduced to powder, it is termetl a simple y>omler,yi\\en several articles in powder are rubbed together, the mixture is termed a r>w\]mutd powder. As the substances entering into the formation of a compound powder may be of various textures and densities, it is generally preferable to reduce each, separately, to a powder, and then mix and triturate them thoroughly together. Some articles, however, reouire the intervention of another before they can be reduced to powder, as camphor, which is pulverized by the addition of a few drops of aKohol; others, again, are powdered with facility by the aid of a harder sub- stance. Medicines that contain consiileral)le fixed oil, or which are deliiiuescent, should never be prescribed in the form of powders, more especially when they aro to be retained for any length of time, as the former may injure the powder in consequence of rancidity, wliile the latter may render it ilamp, moldy, and inert. Articles which are inrom/iitliblr should never be united together, unless the decom- position product is required. When volatile or deliquescent sul)Stances are pre- scribed in powders, as camphor, carbonate of ammonium, or carbonate of potas- sium, they should be wrapped in wax papers, and enclosed in tin-foil, a tin box, or a wide-mouth vial. The paper used for powders of ordinary character, should be very smooth, or glazed, to prevent the powder from adhering to it, ami suffi- ciently soft and yielding to be opened ami closed readily, without s[iringing, .so as to throw out any portion of the powder. Some apothecaries fold their powders in foolscap jiaper, and these, when opened by the patient, in consequence of their stitthess, spill or throw out a very material proportion of the medicine. When a powder is prescribed in bulk, leaving it to the patient to apportion the dose, unless otherwise desired, it should always be j>ut into a wide-mouthed vial. The old absurd and unscientific style of combining eight or ten articles in one preparation is fortunately becoming unpopular, and, though a few prepara- tions of the kind are retained, yet the major amount of our present compounds consist of but two or three, and rarely exceeding four substances. In the former the articles were too frequently thrown together without any guide or rule, or any regard to compatibilities, and, though benefit might have been, haphazardly, derived from these heterogeneous mixtures, it was always diflicult to ascertain upon which article or articles the effect depended, or whether it was owing to ;i third agent, the result of decomposition. In preparing powders, it will be best to dry the article, beat it in an iron oi brass mortar for a time, then sift it through a fine sieve; again beat the coarser l)arts in a mortar for a short time, sift again; and so continue alternately pulver- izing and sifting until the whole is reduced to fine powder, the product beingwell mixed. When very active articles, such as strychnine, chloride of gold, atropine, etc., are to be given in tlie form of powders, gum, sugar, sugar of milk, starch, or marsh-mallow should be triturated with them, in order to facilitate their reduc- tion to minute division. Milk sugar is the most desirable diluent. The usual vehicle for taking the lighter powders is an agreeable, thin liquid, as water, gruel, milk, -etc. Heavy powders require a more consistent vehicle, as syrup, molasses, thick mucilage, etc. ; always bearing in mind whether the vehicle be compatil)le with the active ingredients of the powder. Small amounts of pow- ders of a disagreeable taste, may be conveniently administered in gelatin capsules. An elegant form of administration is that proposed, in 1862. by Limousin. This is ijy means nf imfer c(t}mde.'<, or Cachctn de Pain. These are wafers of unleavened bread, into which has been pressed a concavity. One wafer is filletl with the powder, and the second wafer, wetted upon the inner surface, is pressed down upon the first with sufficient force to cause them to adhere. To adminitter, wet the capsiili', ]ilai e it upon the tongue posteriorly, and wash it down with a drink of water or other desired fluid. Similar recept.acles are also made of rice flour. Granular Powders. — Many methods have been suggested for the prei)arati()n of granular jjowders. (Granules of vegetable and like powders were introduced by Dr. Thomas Skinner, in 1S62. They were prepared by rubbing the desired l)owder with mucilage to form a non-adhesive, crummy mass, which, after drying and bruising, could he passed through sieves of any desired size. Th(se granules were sometimes cojxted. (inundar iffri-ve-'ressure through a sieve having suitable sized me.shcs. After drying, the granules are again passed through sieves of different sizes, to obtain the various size■, because in this condition they can be made extemporaneously and with assurance of their freshness and efficiency. The popular demand, however, seems to be for granular effervescent powders, the ]»reparation of which requires certain modifications of the formulas, important only in so far as they enable the dispenser to granulate the powder in a conve- nient and expeditious manner. Gener.\l Observ.\tio.n3 and Directions. — "Effervescent powders are com- posed of the medicinal agent in admixture with an alkaline bicarlxmate, an or- ganic acid, and sugar. The proportion of the medicinal agent is dependent ujHin its dose, that of the alkaline bicarbonate and of the organic acid is dependent upon their molecular relation to each other, while the projwrtion of sugar is dependent ujion the quantity necessary as a sweetening agent and diluent. The ingredients lor making the fine pulveriil^ut form of eSi-r\ei>cent po\vdei-s are: The medicinal agent, sodium bicarbonate, tartaric acid, and sugar, and it is necessary that these be well dried before mixing them. To nuike the grni)ulnrjnnn of effer- vescent powders the ingredients need not be dried, unless sj>ecially directeil, and the ingredients are the same as for the pulverulent form, with the single exception that one-hiilf the molecule of turtarir acid in 7-cplaced by one-half a molecule of cn/stnllizcd citric acid.' With the view to simplifying the formulas of efl'ervescent powders, three new preparations have heen embodied in this Formulary, viz.: Acidum Cilriciim Slilied by the following (ieiieral ForiniiUi.'::'' Efifervescent Powders of the National Formulary.— Pilvis Ferri et Qui.\ik.«; Citra- TIS Efkervescexs (N. K. 1. Kfirtexctnt jtinidtr nj cili'ili: of trim and quinine, EffervegcenI citrate of iron ami giiiiiiiir. ".^olublo' citrate of iron aiiil quiuine (T. S. P.), in very fine powder, ten grammes (10 Cim. i [1.54 grs.]; saccharated sodium bicarbonate (F. 3411, four hundred and ninety-five grammes (495 Gm.) [17 ozs. av., 202 gi-s.]; saccharated tartaric acid (F. 8), four liundred and ninety-five grammes (49.5 Uiii.) [17 ozs. av., 202 grs.]. Mix the ingredients, pre- viously well dried, "and triturate them until a uniform powder is obtained. To make Granular EffiTttsctnl Cili'ite of Iron and Quiiiin<-, substitute saccharated citric acid I F. ,3), not dried, two hundred and forty-seven and one-half grummes (247.-5 Cim.) [8 ozs. av., 320 grs.] for an equal weight of the saccharated tartaric acid, and |)repare the granulated compound as directed under the general formula ( F. 319, B. i. Ninety (9u) grains (nr about a heaped teaspoonful) of this preparation represent about one (1) grain of citrate of iron and quinine" — (SaLFonn.). Pii.vis Ferri Phosph.\tis Effervesckxs (X. F. l, EJ'frii scent powder of phosphate of iron, Efferrescent plia^phate of iron.— " Phosphate of iron ( U. S. J'.), in very fine powder, twenty-four grammes 1 24 Gm.) [370 grs.]; saccharated sodium bicarbonate (F. 341), four hundred and eighty-eight grammes (488 Gm.) [17 ozs. av., 93 grs.]; saccharated tartaric acid (F. 8), four hundred and eighty-eight grammes (488 Gm.) [17 ozs. av., 93 grs.]. Mix the ingredients, pre- viously well dried, and triturate them until a uniform powder is obtained. To make Granular Effereenrent Phosphate of Iron, substitute saccharated citric acid (F. 5), not dried, two hundred and forty-four grammes (244 Gm.) [8 ozs. av., 206 grs.] for an equal weight of the saccharated tartaric acid, and prepare the granulated compound as directed under the general formula (F. 319, B. I. Ninety (90) grains (or about a heaped teaspoonful) of this preparation represent about two (2) grains of phosphate of iron " — \ Sat. Form. I. Pfl.vis PoT.\s.sii Bromidi V.r¥V.i\\v.iiQ)c.iiS {'S. v.). Efferrencenl powder of potassium bromide, Efferivscenl potas.-!iuin bromide. — " Potassium bromide, in very fine powder, one hundred and ten grammes 1 110 Gm.) [3 ozs. av., 38.5 grs.]; saccharated sodium bicarbonate (F. 341 ), four hun- dnni and forty-five grammes (445 Gm.) [15 ozs. av.,305 grs.]; saccharated tartaric acid (F. 8), four hundred 'and forty-five grammes (445 Gm.) [15 ozs. av.,305 grs.]. Mix the ingredients, previouslv well dried, and triturate them until a uniform powder is obtained. To make Groiinlar'Efen-eKent PoUissiiim Bromide, substitute saccharated citric acid ( F. 5), not dried, two hundred and twenty-two and one-half grammes (222.5 (ini.) [7 ozs. av.. 370 grs.] for an equal weight of the saccharated tartaric acid, jind iirepare tlii> >j':inninted compound as directed under tlie general formula (F. 319 R.). Xiii. ly "ii jruin^ r :\1> .nt a heaped teaspoonful) of this preparation rejiresent aliout ten do /iims ..i |.ui;, — lum In imlc" — (iV<((. Form.). Pci.vis PoTASsii Bromidi Efkervk-i i n~ i i m ( afi-i;i n a yi.lJleerencentpou-derofjMtat-- rium bromide with caffeine, Effeneseeul ;<..M,wi»)/i bromide inih rtn/eiiie.—-- Potassium bromide, in very fine powder, one hundred and ten grammes (110 lim.i [3 ozs. av.,3.S5 grs.]; cafleine, in verv fine powder, eleven grammes (11 (im.) [170 grs.]; saccharated sodium bicarbonate ( F. 341' I, four hundred and forty grammes ( 440 Gm. I [15 oz.«. av., 228 grs.] ; saccharated tartaric acid (F. 8', four hundred and forty grammes (440 Gm.) [15 ozs. av., 228 gn<.]. Mix the ingre- dients, previously well dried, and triturate them until a uniform powder is obtained. To make Granular Efferrescetd Pobmium Bromide vilh rn/",-iiie, substitute saccharated citric acid (F. 5), not dried, two hundred and twenty grammes (220 Gm.) [7 ozs. av.,:;33 grs.] for an equal weight of the saccharated tartaric acid, and prepare the granulate with a perf"ora;ed cover, and raise it gradually to red heat, which must be maintained fnr '_' h ims. Iteduce the product, when cold, to fine powder. It forms a white, gritty, odork'.- pnsv.ler, partially soluble in boiling water, and which solution gives an orange-yellfiw ]iii'( ipitati- with sulphuretted hydrogen. It pos- sesses the general properties of the antimuiiials according to the doses in which it is adminis- tered, and, like them, is very uncertain in its operation. It was principally used as a sedative and diaphoretic in febrile diseaaes, in doses of from 1 to 4 grains, in powder or bolus, repeating them every 3 or 4 hours, as required. It is not employed in Eclectic practice. PULVIS ACETANILIDI COMPOSITUS iN. F.i— COMPOUND POWDER OF ACETANILED. Preparation. — "Acetanilid, fifty grammes (50 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 334 grs.]; caf- feine, two grammes (2 Gm.) [31 grs.]; tartaric acid, three gram lies (3 Gm.) [46 grs.]; sodium bicarbonate, forty-five grammes (45 Gm.) [1 oz. av.. 2-57 grs.]. Re- duce the ingredients, separately, to a fine powder, and mix them thoroughly. Xoie. — This preparation is popularly prescribed in New Orleans, under the name of 'Kanina-Fniia,' as an antii>yretic, and is claimed to have some advantages over acetaniliil it.-pH'" — f .V"/. Fnnn.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Analgesic and antipyretic. Consider- ably employed in headache {megriin), in doses of 5 to 10 grains. Uses practically those enumerated respectively under acetanilid and caffeine. PULVIS AMYGDALAE COMPOSITUS (N. F.)— COMPOUND POWDER OF ALMOND. Preparation. — "Sweet almond, sixty grammes (60 Gm.) [2 ozs.av.,51 grs.]; sugar, in fine powder, thirty grammes (30 Gm.) [1 oz. av.,25 grs.]; acacia, in fine powder, ten grammes (10 Gm.) [154 grs.]. Blanch the sweet almond, then dry them thoroughly with a soft cloth, and rub them lightly in a mortar, until they form a mass of smooth consistence. Mix the acacia and sugar, add them to the mass previously prepared, and rub the whole to a coarse powder, wliich is to be preserved in a lightly-covered jar. Xote. — If 820 grains of this preparation be tho.-jughly triturated with 17 fluid ounces of water, gradually added, and the mixcare finally strained, the product will be about 16 fluid ounces of Mistura Amycidalw (U. S. /".)" — (j\'((/. Form.). Uses. — To prepare almond mixtures. For almond mixture use 2i ounces (av.) to 1 pint of water. PULVIS ANTICATARRHALIS [N. F.)— CATARRH POWDER. Synony.m : Catarrl, .-otiiff. Preparation. — " Morphine hydrochloraie, forty-one centipramints ^0.41 Gm.) [6.8 grs.J; acacia, in fine powder, twenty-five grammes (25 Cim.) [3S6 prs.]; bis- muth sul)nitrate, seventy-five grammes (75 Gm.) [2 ozs. av., 282 grs.]. Mix them intimately by trituration '" — (Xat. Form.). Action and Medical Uses.— As its name indicates, this powder is designed by the framers of the fonnnla, as a soothing snuff for i)oi«i( citanh. PULVIS AROMATICUS (U. S. P.)— AROMATIC POWDER. Synonyms: Pulris rinnainiiml compn.-'ilu.-', (\>iii}iouihI /oiahr nj i-ii,iuni>ot>. Preparation. — 'Ceylon cinnamon, in No. 60 powder, thirty-five grammes (35 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 103 grs.] ; ginger, in No. 60 powder, thirty-five gramnus (35 Gm.) [1 i)z. av., 103 grs.]; cardamom, deprived of the capsules and crusinil tifti. m PCLVI8 ASCLKI'I.VDIS LOMl'.-riLVlS (.AlUiuMri LU.Nl ( ii.Ml'. 1597 grammes (15 Gm.) [231 grs.]; nutmeg, in No. 20 powder, fifteen grammes (15 Gm.) [231 grs.]; to make one huiulred grammes (100 Gm.) [3 ozs. av., 231 gr.'*.]. Tritu- rate the canlamom ami nutmeg witli a portion of tlie Ceylon cinnamon, until tliey are reduietl to tine powder; then add tlie remainder of the cinnamon and the ginger, ami rub them together until they are thoroughly mixed." (U. S.P.). CoNFEcTio AKOMATUA,or AROMATIC Co.NFEiTioN (Ekctuariuin aruiiiallnim). — The f '. .^. P., 1870, directed to rub with aromatic powder an equal quantity (or sufficient) of honey to obtain a uniform mass of proper consistence for confections. This is siiniewJKit In moscoiiio, and slowly becomes granular. It may be restored by the incori..Mati.ui of additional honey. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — These preparations are employed tor the n-lief of fl'idtient rolir, nnu.-ien, and didrrlnm. Dose, 5 to 20 grains. The powdei'. enclosed in a bag and moistened with hot whiskey or other alcoholic liijuids, may be employed as a fomentation in painful affrrtiuns of the bowels. It indelibly stains the linen if allowed to come in contact with it. PULVIS ASCLEPIADIS COMPOSITUS.— COMPOUND POWDER OF PLEURISY ROOT. Preparation. — Take of jilt-urisy root, spearmint, and sumach berries, each, in powder. 2 numts: baybcrry liark,an|uired. 1 or 2 grains of cap.sicum may be added to each dose (J. King). Belated Powders. — Pui.vis C.\tbchu Compositus (X. F.), Compoioid powder of catechu. "Catechu, in tiue powder, forty grammes (40 Gm.) [I oz. av., ISO grs.]; kino, in fine powder, twenty granunes (20 Gm.) [309 grs.]; krameria, in fine powder, twenty grammes (20 Gm.) [309 grs.]; cinnamon, in fine powiler, ten grammes { 10 Gm.) [1.54 grs.]; nutmeg, in fine pon- der, ten grammes (10 Gm.) [1.14 grs.J. Mix them intimately, pass the powder through a fine sieve, and afterward rub it lightly m a mortar. Keep it in a stoppert'd bottle. Xote. — This preparation is otBcial in the Br. Phnrm." — i Nat. Form.). Dose, 10 to tiO grains. Pui.vis Kixo Compositcs (N. F.), Compouyid ponder of kino, PulrU kiuo cum onio.—" Kino, in fine powder, seventy-live grammes (75 Gm.) ['2 ozs. av,, 282 grs.]; powilereo opium, five grammes (-i (im.i [77 grs.]; cinnamon, in fine powiler. twenty grammes (20 (iiii.i [30it grs.]. Mix them intimately, pass the mixeil powder through a inoilerati'ly fine sieve, and afterward rub it lightly in a mortar. Kei-p it in a stopi)ered Imttle. Every 20 grains of this prepi.ration contain 1 grain of powilenvl (i|iiiiin. .V.i/<. — 'I'lii.s |ire|iai'aliiin i.'j otru'ial in t\tr llr. I'litirm." — [Sat. Fonn.}. I '".-^i . .') til -O •.'rain-. PULVIS CARBONIS LIGNI COMPOSITUS.— COMPOUND POWDER OF CHARCOAL. Preparation. Take of charcoal, 2 ounces; rhubarb, in powder, 1 ounce; bicar- bonate of sodium, bounce. Mix t(Jgether. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — This preparation is very beneficial in di/.ular as a laxative, oiu'cially where there is a slight rise of tem])crature, and particularly in warm weather. Tluy should be used with care in very young children and the aged and debilitated. Preferably, the powders should be dis- solved in separate glasses, using about 5 or 6 ffuid ounces of water for the saline powder, and 1 or 2 fluid ounces for the acid powder. The two solutions should then be gradually mixed together and taken whilfe effervescing. Under no cir- cumstances should one solution be swallowed after the other, lest the liberation of carbon dioxide in the stomach should give rise to serious distension, if not rupture, of that organ. The usual dose for an adult is the contents of a white and blue pajjer (see also Potassii et Sodii Tartras). Belated Powder. — Pulvkkes Effervescentes ( I'. S. P., 1870), Efferresci.i^ pmi'ders, Soda pou'derx. "Take of bicarbonate of soiliuin, in fine powder, 3t>0 grains; tart.inc acid, in fine powder, 300 grains. Divide each of the powders into 12 equal parts, and kt-ep the parts, severally, of the bicarl)f)nate and of the and in separate papers of different colors ' — ( U. i>. 1'., 1870). Each acid powder contains 2.t grains; each alkaline powder 30 grains. They may be administered in water, l)oth being dissolved at one time in one solution, or separate solutions may be prepared and mixed. Tlie acid reacts upon the alkaline compound, producing sodium tartrate, while carbon dioxide escapes. PULVIS GLYCYRRHIZ.ffi COMPOSITUS (U. S. P.)— COMPOUND POWDER OF GLYCYRRHIZA. Sy.no.nvm: Compound liquorue powder. Preparation. — 'Senna, iu No. 80 powder, one hundred and eighty grammes (ISOGm.) [ortion of li()Uorice is increa-eil over that of the ['. S. P. (1880) formula, giving ■<■ pleasanter and more easily pre- pared preparation. ](iUU I'lLVIS HYDRASTIS COM POSITrS— PULVIS IPECACUAXH.'E ET OPII. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— A very efficient laxative, operating kindly in doses ofSd tecarueristaltic movements, while in irritative diarrhcea, after a mild laxative, it controls any spasmodic bowel complications that may supervene. It may be used in enteritis, both to control the inflammation and the movements of the bowels. It is useful in the early stage of renal catarrhal inflammations and \n gramdar degen- eration of the kidneys, chiefly for the purpose of maintaining a good circulation and a moist condition of the skin. Dose, 2 to 10 grains, preferably in capsules. PULVIS IPECACUANH.*: ET OPII COMPOSITUS.— COMPOUND POWDER OF IPECACUANHA AND OPIUM. Sy.nony.m : Diaplioretic pou-dcr. Preparation.— Take of opium, in powder, lU grains; camphor, in powder, 40 grains : iiiecacuanha, in powder, 20 grains; bitartrate of potassium, 160 grains; Mix them ( Beach's Amcr. Frac). In jjreparing the powder, the camphor must first be reduced to powder by trituration with a few drops of alcohol, then add a small portion of the bitartrate of potassium, continue the trituration until the camjihor has been still further divided, add tlie oi)ium in powder, then the ipecacuanha, and, lastly, the remain- der of til'' bitartr.ite, and triturate all together for 15 or 20 minutes. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — This powder is an excellent anodyne and diaphonlie, and is, perluqis, sniH-rior to any other prejiaration in its diapho- letic efl'ects upon the system. It is of great efficiency in Mfchrile and inttammatmy diseases, diarrhcea. dysentcn/, cholera morbus, gout, rheuiiuitisin, aftcr-iniins, all cases of nervous irritability or exmltT of jalap, Pulfiii pniynHK, I'u!ci)< oilliarticu^, Puli'is jalnpie tartaraiws. "Jalap, in No. BO powder, thirty-five gramiUfB lo.") Gm.) [1 oz. av., lOSgrs.]; potassium bitartrate, in tine powder, sixty-five grammes (65 Gm.) [2ozs. av., 128 ers.]; to make one hundred grammes (100 »r. Form.). Dose, 3 to 12 grains. ' PULVIS LEPTANDR^ COMPOSITUS —COMPOUND POWDER OF LEPTANDRA. Preparation. — Take of dried alcoholic extract of leptandra, in powder, 1 drachm; resin of podophyllum, in powder, i drachm ; sugar of milk, 5 drachms. Mix and triturate well torrether. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — This preparation is a cholagogue cathar- tic, and was lornierly regarded of immense benefit in epidemic dysoilen/, in doses of 8 grains, repeated every 1 or 2 hours, until it operates freely, after which it may be given 2 or 3 times a day. It was also used with asserted advantage in typhoid, remittent, and intermittent fevers, with or witiiout tlie addition of quinine sulphate; also in biliary derangements. The addition of 3 grains of santonin to each dose, and given twice a day, forms an admirable anthelmintic (J.King). PULVIS LOBELIA COMPOSITUS— COMPOUND POWDER OF LOBELIA. SYN0NY.^f : Emetic powdtr. Preparation.— Take of lobelia, in powder, 6 drachms; bloodroot and skunk cabbage, in powder, each, 3 draciims; ipecacuanha, 4 drachms; capsicum, in pow-' der, 1 draclim. Mi.x them. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Tliis is an excellent emetic, and may be employed in all cases where an emetic is indicated. It vomits easily and promptly. I'l I.VIS MOKI'lllN.K tU.Ml'USlTl-.S.-l'ri,VI8 NUiKl M. lCO.i without causing cramps or excessive prostration. The dose is 2 drachms, i^uf which (i drachm) must be given every 15 minutes, in an infusion of Loneset. Warm boneset, drank freely during the time of taking it, will very much facili- tate its operation, and it will also be found that, in many cases, teniperati- water fat 6(.)° F.) will be equally as effective in assisting the induction ofemesisasan infusion, and much more agreea!)le (J. King). Compound powder of lobelia is an exceedingly efficient local application to the chest in cnlds and bmnrho-puhnonu- trouble^ in general. For this |)urpose it should be sprinkled ui)(>n a larded or j)etro- latcd cloth and applii d warm. PULVIS MORPHIN.ffi COMPOSITUS (U. S. P. i— COMPOUND POWDEE OF MORPHINE. Sv.soNYMS: Tulli/'.'i pDirdtr, Paid.-' aunjihonv coniptmtm Tully. Preparation and History. — "Morphine sulphate, one gramme (1 Gm.j [b5.4 grs.]; camphor, niiietten grammes (19 Gm.) [293 grs.]; glycyrrhiza, in No. 60 powder, twenty grammes (20 Gm.) [309 grs.]; precipitated calcium carbonate, twenty grammes (20 Gm.) [o09 grs.]; alcohol, a sufficient quantity to make sixty grammes (60 Gm.) [2 ozs. av.,51 grs.]. Rub the camphor with a little alcohol, and afterward with the glycyrrhiza and precipitated calcium carbonate, until a uniform powder is produced. Then rnb the morphine sulphate with this powder, gradually added, until the whole is thoroughly mixed. Finally, pass the powder through a No. 40 sieve, and transfer it to well-stoppered bottles" — (U. S. P.). One grain of this powder contains j^ grain of sulphate of morphine and about J grain of camplior. It was introduced by Dr. William Tully, of New Haven, Conn., as a substitute for Dover's powder. The directions of the formula should be rigidly followed, as great care is necessary that the morphine salt ma\' be uni- formly distributed. It is best to prepare sjnall amounts only, as by age'the vola- tile camphor is likely to become dissipated, leaving the powder of uncertain strength. Keep in well-closed bottle, in a cool situation. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — This powder is used for the same pur- poses a- I ii.vii '■- powder and morpiiine sulphate. The dose is from 5 to 10 grains, represt iitiii:: r< -ut-ctively yVand ^ grain of morphine sulphate. PULVIS MYRICfi COMPOSITUS (ECLECTIC).— COMPOUND POWDER OF BAYBERRY. Synonym : Cep/mlic powder. Preparation. — Take of liavberrv bark and bloodroot, each, in powder, 1 drachm. Mix th,-m - HeaoKiliiin jKiiiihr. " BayU'rry, bark of the roi>t, sixty grammes (60 Gm.) [2 ozs. av., 5l"grs.); ginger, tfiirty gramme.s ('.W (Jm.i [1 oz. av., 2-i grs.]; capsicum, five grammes i5 Gm.) [77 grs.]; rlove.s, five graaimes (.5 Gm.) [77 grs.l. Keiliii'e the substjinces tea iiuxlerately fine jxiwdiT. Xotf. — Bayberry root l)ark is derived from Myrica ccri/crd, I,in lie i Wax myrtle, Oamlli-lierry)" — ( Xat. Form. ). Tliis powiler i.s practically tlie same as the Thomson Com/iOKilion Powder, or .Vmiiifr Sic. It is a valuable diaphoretic when given in teaspoonful doses, in warm infusion. Useful in br>--aking up aciUe colfh and in the consequences arising tlierefrom. PULVIS NIGRUM.— BLACK POWDER. SvNO.NYM : Emmenngogu, poirder. Preparation. — Take of flowers of sulphur, myrrh, steel filings, loaf sugar, each, in lim.- powder, 1 ounce; white wine, A pint. Mix together, and, by means 1604 I'ULVIS OPII COMP.— PULVIS KESIX.E PODOPHYLLI COMP. of a gentle heat, evaporate till nearly dry. Pulverize the mass when cold, and keep it in well-stoppered bottles (Beach's Avier. Prac). Reduced iron may be substitutiMl f,,r the st<-el filings. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — This not very scientific compound has been used witli much succtss in the treatment of primary or idiojiathic a»(i«ior- rhosn, chlorosis, etc. The dose is i drachm, to be repeated 3 times a day; it may be taken in syrup, or molasses, or in the form of pills. It will also be found an excellent remedy in several forms of cutaneous disease. PULVIS OPII COMPOSITUS.— COMPOUND POWDER OF OPIUM. Preparation. — "Take of opium, in powder, 1^ ounces (av.); black pepper, in powder, 2 ounces (av.); ginger, in powder, 5 ounces (av.); caraway fruit, in pow- der, 6 ounces (av.) ; tragacanth, in powder, \ ounce. Mix them thoroughly, pass the powder through a fine sieve, and finally rub it lightly in a mortar. Keep it in a stoppered bottle" — {Br. Phnrin., 1885 and 1898). This contains the dry con- stituents of confection of opium, 10 per cent of the latter being pre.sent. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Used like confection of opium. Dose, 2 to 5 grains. PULVIS PODOPHYLLI COMPOSITUS.— COMPOUND POWDER OF MANDRAKE. Preparation. — Take of blue flag, mandrake, bitter root, swamp milkweed, each, in powder, 1 ounce; bloodroot, A ounce. Mix together. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— This powder is cathartic and altera- tive, and is useful in cases of obstinate constipation, liepatic derangements, di/spepsia, worms, and in scrofulous, rheuvuUic, and si/philidc affe/:tions. The dose is ^ or 1 drachm, repeated 3 times a day. It may be administered in water or tea (J. King). PULVIS QUININE COMPOSITUS.— COMPOUND POWDER OF QUININE. Preparation. — Take of sulphate of quinine, ferrocyanide of iron, each, 1 drachm. Mix thoroughly together. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — This powder is tonic, febrifuge, and antiperiodic. It was formerly much employed by American practitioners in febrile and infinmmatory diseases, and in all diseases in which there is a least tendency to periodicity. As a tonic, it is either used alone, or frequently in combination with other tonics, as hydrochlorate of berberine, etc. The dose is from 3 to 6 grains of the powder, repeated 2, 3, or 4 times a day, according to symptoms. It was introduced to the profession, as an agent in the above diseases, by the late Prof. I. G. Jones, M. D., of Columbus, Ohio. PULVIS RESINS PODOPHYLLI COMPOSITUS.— COMPOUND POWDER OF RESIN OF PODOPHYLLUM. Synonym : Hi/dragogne powder. Preparation.— Take of resin of podophvllum. 4 giains; bitartrate of potas- sium, ."^ (Iraclims. Mix intimately together. ' Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — This is an active hydragogue, and may be emiiloyeil in ilropsi/, ohstrnrtal m, nstrtnition, etc. Do.'^e. 20 grains, administered every 2 hours, until it operates sulliciently. The addition of about 1 or 2 gniins of capsicum to each dose, will render it much more speedy in its operation. Related Powder.— Sweet's Red Powper. A prt>pnration tonned Sirrri'.t n-/ i»>inrfrr. has been consid. i:il)lv einployeil liy iiuiny iiriietitioiiers. It causes eiiiesisas well asoatharsis. and, a.s an :ill(r:iti\ >. is fcpnti'il rrnare»i as follows: Take of mandrake root, iu line jiowder, o oilnw-B; bloodroot, in tine i>owder, PULVIS UHEI COMl'OSrns.-PULVIS STYI'TICL-S. 1605 1 ounce. Place the powders in u percolator and tliorouehly exhaust with alcohol. Evaporate the tincture oUtainea to the consistence of molasses, and, while hot, add to it finely-powdered white sugar, 6 ounces; croton oil, to which a little salt of tartar has been added to neutralize tlie acrid principle, 1 drachm ; and oil of cloves, J drachm. Mix thoroughly together, spread on glass or on a plate to dry, finely powder, and bottle. The dose is from 5 to 30 grains. I'robubly this powder might be prepared as follows: To 6 ounces of finely-powdered white sugar, add 1 drachm of croton oil, prepared as above, and J drachm of oil of cloves; mix, triturate thor- oughly together, and, continuing the trituration, add, gradually, 160 grains of resin of podophyl- lum and 4»i grains of sanguinarine. PULVIS RHEI COMPOSITUS (ECLECTIC).— COMPOUND POWDER OF RHUBARB. Synony.m : Xeutralizing pouder. Preparation. — Take of rhubarb, bicarbonate of potassium, and peppermint leaves, each, in powder. 1 oiince. Mix together (Beach's Amer. Prac). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — This powder is an invaluable remedy in diari/ia'(i.chol(>-a morhu--', ili/.0 [Miwders. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— This is a valuable stimulating tonic and alterative, and may be enniloyed in cases requiring such action, as in rfeftiVi'/y of the digestive functions, dyspepsia, convalescence from fevers, diarrhcva, and dysentery, hepatic torpor, periodical headache, scrofula, and other chronic dise;ises accompanied with excessive debility. The dose is 1 powder, to be repeated 3 or 4 times a day. It may be given in water, milk, molasses, syrup, or wine, as symptoms may indicate. One jiowder contains a grain, each, of the three medicinal agents entering into it* composition (J. King). PYCNANTHEMUM.— PYCNANTHEMUM. The \>\i\nt Pi/cnanthemum piUmim. Xuttall. ^ Nat. On/.— Labiatie. Common N.\mks: Basil, ot Wild basil. Botanical Source.— This is an indigenous perennial plant, with long and soft whitish hairs, and a subsimple stem, from 1 to 2 feet in height. The leaves are sessile, nearly entire, lanceolate, acute at both ends, pilose beneath ; floral ones PYKETHIMM. 1607 not whitened. The flowers are white, in large, terminal, sessile heads. Calyx teeth ovate-lanceolate, acute, and with the lanceolate bracts canescently villous and awnless. Corolla pubescent; stamens exsertcd (G. — W.). History. — This plant is found in low grounds, dry hills, and plains, from Ohio and Illinois extending southward, and flowering in July and August. The whole ]ilant i< used, and yields its virtues to boiling water. It has the taste and odor iv.nliar to the mint "faiiiily. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Pycnanthemum is diaphoretic, stimu- lant, antisiiasmodic, carminative, and tonic. A warm infusion is very useful in puerperal, remittent, and other forms of Jeier, coughs, colds, catarrhs, etc., and is of much benefit in spasmodic diseases, especially colic, cramp of the stomach, and s]mm)< of infants. The cold infusion is a good tonic and stimulant during convalescence from exhausting diseases. Dose of the infusion, either warm or cold, from 1 to 4 fluid ounces, 3 or more times a day. Related Species. — There are several species of this genus, which possess similar medici- nal iin'|i,Ttii s, as tlu' Pt/cnanthemuin clinopoioilt'S, Turrey and Gray; Narroiv-lenf Virginian alea3; ray sterile, ligulate, and white; of the disk, fertile, with 5 callous teeth, and yellow (L.). Pellitory of Spain, or Spanish chamomile, inhabits Barbary, Arabia, Syria, etc. The root is the official part, and is officially described as "from 5 to 10 Cm. (2 to 4 inches) long, and 1 to 2 Cm. (J to f inch) thick, somewhat fusi- form, nearly simple, annulate above, wrinkled below; externally dark grayish- brown; internally brownish-white; fracture short; bark rather thick, containing 2 circles of resin cells, and surrounding the slender wood-bundles and medullary rays, the latter having about 4 circles of shining resin-cells; inodorous, pungent, and very acrid'" — (U. S.P.). The root, when chewed, produces a peculiar sensa- tion of pricking in the lips and tongue, and a glow of heat, with an increase of the salivary discharge. It maybe readily distinguished from False pellitory root, identified by Mr. E. M. Holmes (Amer. Jour. Pharm.,1892, p. 90), as derived from Corriciiolii tr'ephii folia, a. 'Morocco plant, chiefly by the appearance of its cross-sec- tion (see illustration, lor.cil.). Chemical Composition.— In 183.5, Koene found it to contain a brown acrid resin, iii-olulile in cau.-lic potash; an acrid, brown fixed oil, soluble in caustic 1G08 PYRETHRUM. potash; a yellow, acrid oil, also soluble in this solvent; a trace of tannic acid; gum, inulin, various salts, and lignin. Alcohol or ether dissolves its active prin- ciple. This is claimed by Buchheim (1876) to be an a,\ka\oid, pyrethrine, a. hody splitting into piperidine and an acid, resembling piperlc add, called pyrethric acid, when treated with alcoholic solution of caustic potai^h (nee Piperinum). The py- rdhrin of Thompson {Pharm. Jour. Tram., Vol. XVII, 1887, p. 567) is an ether- extract, composed of acrid fat and resin. This author found the cortical portion of the root to contain 5 per cent of pyrethrin. Volatile oil is likewise present. Dunstan and Garnett (Jahresb. der Phann., 1895, p. 64) isolated from the resin crystallizable pellitorin, insoluble in water, diluted acids, and alkalies, soluble in alcohol. It resembles j9tp«-oyairethrum. Its action is the same as, but weaker than, the latter. Sweet Pellitory, ascertained by Dr. Dymock to be derived from Tanacetum umMliferum, Boissier, is a Persian drug, imported into Bombay, of a sweetish taste and an cuXot resembling that of Chaulmoogra oil. It contains only a small amount of />yrf;/iriii (see D. Hooper, .4m*r. Jour. Pharm., 1890, p. 504). Insect Powders. — These are yellowish or drab-colored powders, obtained i-hiefly from the flowers of two plants — Chrysanthemum (Pyrelhrum) roseum, with rosy flowers, a native of the Caucasus, and yielding the'Pergianingect poivder {Persian pellilory,GvLiT\\&r, and Chryxinthemuin cinerariicfolium, Visiani, with white flowers, yielding Dalmatian insect pvicder. The Persian insect powder is now almost entirely displaced in commerce by the superior Dalmatian powder, which is exported from Trieste. "When well kepL free from" moist are, the powder retains its activity for years. The mode of its cultivation and collection, in Dalmatia, is jealously guarded as a secret. The powder destroys aphides, house flies, mosquitoes, and, in the form of a dust spray, is applied to keep insects from hot-house plants. The powder, in order to be effectual, must come into actual contact with the insect. The class of liemipttra ( true bugs) spiders, hairy caterpillars, and other insects,are proof against it ( A'dcBii/ZtYiii, through Pharm. Jour. Trans.,Xo\. VII, 1898, p. 505). Insect powdere are considerably subject to adul- terations. A bright-yellow color indicates the presence of curcuma, fustic, chrome vellow, etc. ( For detection, see W. L. Howie, .\mer. Jour. Pharm., 1883, p. 3til. ) The addition of 10 per cent of powdered quillaja bark in commercial powder, while it produces sneezing in man, merely dilutes the powder with inert matter iis far as its action on insects is concerneil (Ca>sar and Loretz, 1898). Another adulteration consists in substitution by the Hungarian daisy. The latter yields 9.30 per cent of ash, while the flowors of ('. cinerariirfulium vield only 6.5 per cent. (For botanical and chemical distinctions, see H. M. Beringer, .^»l(T. ./our. PAiirm., 1885), p. 1 ; also J. Schrenk, ibid., p. 295.) According to tJeorge K. Durrant i il>le assjiyed by iletciuiiiiiiii; the weight of ether-extract obtainable therefrom ; good jwwders should yield not less than ,S.75 per cent of a pure yellow color and the pleasant and dianicteristic odor of the flowers. The nest powders examined yielded 5.5 wr cent of pure extract. Prof. J. M. Francis (Pharm. Jour. Trails., from Bull, of Pharm. ,\'o\. XII, 1,S98, p. 5) contends that this standard of purity, while correct, is too strict, and would have the effect of incn.>asiiig the price of tlie powders. Samjiles, of which one-third consists of stems, are stated to yielil practicjilly the same effect, (I'ora n^ume of the chemical history of the powders, which is cmitradictory, probably owing to the dilliculty of obtaining pure' specimens, see tJ. R. Durnim, i'-r.cit.) A tincture" of the flowers is said, by JIaisch, to cause vesication like Khus Toxiixxli-uilmn. Insert powder is not poisonous to man", but, as .stated above, is destructive to certain insect j>ests. It maybe used in nowder, in aqueous solution, and in fumigations. (For a list of less ai-tive plants, see H. Kaibruner, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1875, pp. L'5 and 399.) PYROGALLOL (U. S. P. PYROGALLOL. Formula: C'^HjIOHIj. Molkiilak Wkkiht : Ti.j.T. "A triatomic plu'iiol obtained cluefly by tlie dry distillntion of pallic acid. Pyroixallic acid s)iould be kejit in dark aiubercoiored bottles" — {U. S. P.). Synoky.m.s: Pi/riifiallic arid, Ariilitm pi/rn(inllirum. Preparation. — Pyrogallol was first obtained by Scheele, in 1786, by the dry distillation of gallic acid, hence the name pyrogallic acid. Upon heating well- dried gallic acid, in a retort, to a temperature of from 200° to 210° C. (892° to 410° F.), by means of an oil-bath, the yield will be onl}- 30 per cent, while the theoretical yield should be 74 per cent, according to the equation: CsHj(OH),. C0,H-|-CjHJ(0H)3-|-C0,,. A quantitative yield is obtained on heating gallic acid with water, for half an hour, to the temperature of from 210° to 220° C. (410° to 42S° F.), in a closed vessel, with provision for the carbon dioxide to escape. The resultant solution of pyrogallol is purified by boiling with animal charcoal; it is then filtered and evaporated to crystallization. An absolutely pure product is obtained by sublimation under reduced pressure. Prof. T. E. Thorp's j)rocesa (Amrr. Jour. P/mrm. ,\8Sl, p. 236) consists in heating 10 Gm. of gallic acid with 30 Cc. of i)ure glycerin, on a sand-bath, to a temperature of from 190° to 200° C. (374° to 392° F.). When carbonic acid gas is no longer given oS", all the gallic acid will be quantitatively converted into pyrogallol. This method is especially adapted for photographic needs; the final product, when diluted with water, to make one liter, is ready for use. P. Cazeneuve (ibid., 1892, p. 604) heats a mixture of gallic acid (1 part) a"nd aniline (2 parts) to 120° C. (248° F.) until carbonic acid gas ceases to be given ofi"; on cooling, aniline pyrogallate crystallizes. Benzol or toluol di.ssolves its aniline constituent, while pyrogallol remains. Description and Tests. — Pyrogallol consistsof" light white, shining laraina>, or fine needles, odorless, and having a bitter taste; acquiring a gray or darker tint on exposure to air and light. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 1.7 parts of water, and in 1 i>art of alcohol; very soluble in boiling water, and in boiling alcohol; also soluble in 1.2 parts of etlier. When heated to 131° C. (267.8° F. ), pyrogallol melts, and may be sublimed unchanged. When ignited, it is consumed, leaving no residue. The aqueous solution, wliich is at first neutral and colorless, gradu- ally acijuires, by exposure to the air, a brown color and an acid reaction, due to absorption of oxygen. The same change of color takes place very rapidly if the solution contains a caustic alkali"— (('. S. P.). On account of this propertj-, an alkaline solution of pyrogallol is made use of in gas analysis, for the purpose of absorbing oxygen. "The aqueous solution (1 in 10) of pyrogallol reduces solu- tions of the salts of silver, gold, and mercury, even in the cold. When ireshly prepared, 1 Cc. of the aqueous solution (1 in 20) is colored brownish-red by a few drops of ferric chloride T.S., and this color is changed to deep bluish-black on the addition of 1 or 2 drops of ammonia water. A bluish-black color is also pro- duced in the aqueous solution of pyrogallol by freshly prepared ferrous sulphate T.S." — (I'.S.P.). By the latter reaction, pyrogallol is distinguished from gallic acid, which remains unaltered by ferrous sulpl)ate, if the air be excluded. Agi- tated with lime-water, pyrogallol' gives a purple coloration, changing to brown and, finally, to black, at the same time becoming turbid. Chemically, pyrogallol is a triatomic phenol, the three hydroxyl groups being in consecutive position, while in its isomer, phloroglucin, these groups are symmetrically arranged. As stated above, pyrogallol is distinguished by its affinity for oxygen, to which is due its reducing action upon salts of metals. It is much used in photographv to develop the latent imago upon the collodion film after it has been exposed to the action of light. It is also employed in dyeing hair black. Pyrogallol is intensely poisonous. Action and Medical Uses. — That pyrogallol is an intense jioison, has been demonstrated by cxinriments upon animals and acciilenlal poisoning by its ab- sorption when useed in decoction, both internally and cxter- Pyrola PYKOXYLINIM. UUl nally, in various cutaiieous eruptions, likewise in & carcinanuitous or scrofulous taiiU of the system, a.\id in /«t<:o»*rA3TTl]: sulphuric acid, twenty-two hundred cubic centimeters (2200 Cc.) [74 fls, 187 Til] ; alcohol, ether, water, each, a sufficient quantity. Mix the acids gradu- ally in a glass or porcelain vessel, and, when the temperature of the mixture has fallen to 32^ C. (90° F.), add the purified cotton. By means of a glass rod imbue it thoroughly with the acids, and allow it to macerate, until a sample of it, taken out, thoroughly washed with a large quantity of water, and subsequently with alcohol, and pressed, is found to be soluble in a mixture of one (1) volume of alcohol and three (3) volumes of ether. Then remove the cotton from the acids, transfer it to a larger vessel, and wash it, first, with cold water, until the wash- ings cease to have an acid taste, and then with boiling water, until they cease to redden blue litmus paper. Finally, drain the pyroxylin on filtering paper, and dry it in small, detached pellets, by means of a water-bath or steam-bath, at a temperature not exceeding 60° C. (140° F.). Keep the pyroxylin, loosely packed, in well-closed vessels containing not more than about 25 Gm., in a cool and dry place, remote from lights or fire" — (f. S. P.). In this process, the cellulose of the cotton is converted into cellulose nitrates of variable composition. If nitric acid of the highest concentration (specific gravity 1.4S to"1..5) be used, a rcllulose hern-nitrate (C,,H„[N03]jO|(,) is formed, which, together with the penta-nitratr, constitutes gun-cotton proper. These nitrates are insoluble in a mixture of alcohol and ether, also in methyl alcohol and acetic ether, hence can not be used in the preparation of co/to/Zwm (which see). When the nitric acid is allowed to act upon the cotton for a shorter time, or if a weaker acid be used for a correspondingly longer time, as in the above U. S. P. process, the di-.tri-. and tetra-n it rates of cellulose are formed, which are soluble in the above alcohol-fther mixture, also in acetic ether and in methyl alcohol. It is important regarding the keeping qualities of both gun-cotton and" pyroxylin, that the nitric acid or the pota-ssium nitrate (which is sometimes employed in the place of the acid) be free from chlorides, and the cotton be absolutely deprived of its fatty and waxy matter previously, otherwise slow decomposition, with evolution of red, nitrous vapors, or even dangerous explosions will occur. For the same reason the finisheil jiroduct must be absolutely freed from its adhering acid by thorough washing. Description and Uses. — Pyroxylin does not materially differ in appearance from ordinary cotiim. It is, perhap.s^ somewhat rougher to the touch. Pyroxylin and gunrotton were formerly termed 7i(7;v>c<'//«/o.-<(', which name is inappropriate, because these products do not contain the nitro group (NO,) as does, for example, nitrobeiizol (C.HjNOJ. They are cellulose ethers of nitric acid— 2, 3, or 4 atoms of hydrogen of the cellulose molecule (C„II,„0,„) i)eing replaced by the nitric radi- cal; "thus the tri-nitrate has the formula C„H„(NOj)30,o. Cellufose hexa-nitrate differs from cellulose also by being insoluble in cupric ammonium sulphate (Schweitzer's reagent). 1612 PYRUS. The various cellulose nitrates, when treated with warm alkalies, are gradu- ally deprived of their nitric acid. Cold, concentrated sulphuric acid also expels nearly all nitric acid. Treatment of these nitrates with reducing agents, such as potassium sulphydrate (KSH) or ferrous acetate, etc., likewise denitrates these compounds with regeneration of cellulose (see Durand Woodman, Amer. Jour. Phdrm., 1892, p. 481). When the nitrate is boiled with ferrous suli)hate and hydrochloric acid, all of the nitrogen is expelled in the form of nitric oxide (NO), the volume of which maybe measured (Schloesing's method) by means of this reaction; the degree of nitration of pyroxylin or gun-cotton may, therefore, be determined. Pyroxylin should be kept free from moisture, and should be put loosely into the container. Gun-cotton, when subjected to a sudden percussion, especially by the intervention of fulminating mercury, explodes violently. When ignited in small quantities, it quietly, although rapidly, burns off; when thoroughly satu- rated with water, it is perfectly harmless. The chief products of its combustion are nitrogen, nitric o.xide, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, water vapor, meth- ane, etc. As it leaves no residue upon burning, the combustion may be said to be practically smokeless; for this reason gun-cotton is used in the preparation of smokeless powder. Gun-cotton has also been recommended as a filtering medium for strong oxidizers, such as solution of potassium permanganate, nitric acid, chromic acid, etc. Pyroxylin is not used in medicine, but is chieflj' employed in preparing collodion (which see). PYRUS.— APPLE TEEE. The bark of F;/rus mnlus. Nat. Onl. — Rosacea?. Common N.ame: Common apple tree. Botanical Source. — This is a well-known tree, growing from 20 to 40 feet high, with rigid, crooked, spreading branches, and a rough, blackish bark. The leaves are from 2 to 3 inches long, about f as wide, ovate, or oblong-ovate, serrate, acute, or short-acuminate, pubescent above, tomentose beneath, and on petioles from i to 1 inch in length. The flowers are large, fragrant, expanding with the leaves, of pale-rose color, and borne in subumbellate corymbs. The calyx-tube is urn-shaped, with limb 5-cleft; the pedicels and calyx villose-tonientose. Petals 5, roundish, or obovate, with short claws. Stamens numerous; styles 5, united, and villose at base. Fruit or pome globose (W.). History and Chemical Composition. — The apple tree is a native of Europe, naturalized in this country, and flowers from April to June. There are. prob- ably, nearly 1000 varieties cultivated in the United States, and all of which are said to be derived from the Wild crah (Pi/rus coronaria, Linne). From the fruit cider is manufactured, and both the fruit and its cider are much used for domestic and medicinal purposes. The percentage composition of non-dried apples, accord- ing to the average of 36 analyses communicated by J.Kon\g(Chemie d II.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Apple tree bark is tonic and febrifuge, and a decmlinii of it has been ust-d with advantage in intermittent, remittent, and biliou.7ii'.i'i/ /i.i//«(Ymm is associaleil witli the latter, when both are oaiil to be relieved by the drug. The ilrug should be studied with a view to its adaptability to cases "characterized by pain, pneeonlial oppression, dyspuiea, rapid and feeble heart-action, evidence of cardiac hyper- trophy, valvular insufliciency, and uuirked anemia" 1 ICc. Med. Jour., 18118, p. 17()). I'rof. ,1. A. Jean(;ou, .M. 1)., employs it for iv/iotot slimi. The dose is from 1 to 20 drops, 3 or 4 times a day. 1614 QUASSIA (U. S. P.)— QUASSIA. r. S. r.) (Picrcusma excelm, Picnena excelsa. " Tlie wood oi Picntna exceha (Swartz), Lindley Planchon). Nat. Ord. — Simarubeae. Common Names: Quassia wood, Bitter tvood, Bitter ash, etc. iLi.rsTRATiON : Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 57. Botanical Source. — This is the Quassia exeelm of Linnseus, and the Sima- ruba cxceUa of De l';indolle, and is known by the various names of Lofty qufUffia, Bitter vood, Bitter a.s7(, etc. This is a tree, growing from 50 to 100 feet high, with an erect stem, 3 feet or more in diameter at the base, gradual!}' becoming smaller as it ascends. The bark is grayish and smooth. Leaves alternate and unequally pinnate; leaflets opjtosite, short-petioled, oblong, acuminate, unequal at the base, blunt at the apex, and veiny-glabrous. Flowers small, pale or yellowish-green, polygamous ; racemes toward the end of the branchlets, axillary, very compound, panicled, sub-corymbose, dichotouiously "iranched, spreading, and many-flowered. Peduncles compressed, downy, and rufes- cent. Sepals 5, minute. Petals 5, longer than the sepals. Filaments of the male flowers much longer than the petals ; in the fertile of the same length. In the male, merely the rudiments of the pis- til; in the fertile, ovaries 3 ; style longer than the stamens, triquetrous, and trifid. Anthers roundish. Stigmas simple and spreading. Fruit, 3 drupes, one only being perfected, size of a pea, black, shining, fixed on a hemispherical receptacle; nut solitary and globose, with the shell fragile (L.). History and Description. — Picrsena excelsa is common on the plains and lower mountains of Jamaica and other neighboring islands. It flowers in Octo- ber and November, and in the two succeeding numths matures its fruit. The wood of this tree furnishes the' quassia of commerce, being substituted for the true Surinam qnas^ia, ( Qiuuisia amara) . Though the Pharmacopana retains the genus name, Pirr;ena, the latter has now been united to the genus Simantba (Lloyd, IfVsi. /)ru(7., Jan.,lS97, p. 7). It is imported in logs and sticks, varying from 2 inches to 1 foot in diameter, and from 1 to 6 or 8 feet in length, occasion- ally larger than a man's body, and split into quarters, and frequently retaining a friable and feebly attached cortex, which has similar medicinal powers with tlie wood. These are undoubtedly obtained from portions of the tree it.self, instead of from its root. The wood is white, but changes to yellow under the action of the air. The bark is thin, dark-brown, or thick, grayish-brown, wrinkltHl, and trav- ersed by reticulating lines. The wood is often turned into cups and sold as qiia.isia or bitter cups, for when water is poured into them, it partakes of tlie bitter- ness of the wood. Tiie U. S. P. descril>es it as occurring "in billets of various sizes, dense, tough, of medium hardness, porous, with a minute pitli, and narrow, medullary rays; inodorous, and intensely bitter. In the shops it is u>ually met with in the form of chips or raspings "of a vellowish-white color" — (I'.S.P.). Quassia was introduced into medicine by Dr. John Lindsay, of Jamaicji, in 1791. It was used on that island as a domestic remedy for fluxes and fevers, and }'ields its medicinal virtues to water and alcohol. Chemical Composition. — The chief constituent of quassia is the bitter qun-^siin or (yua.-.M/i. It was first obtainetl by Winckler, in 1835. from the wckkI of Qiui.isia amara. Subsequently, it was studieil by Wigpers (1^7) who ^»ve a detailed metliod for its j)reparation (see this A>;xii#«/<)ri/, preceding edition). A. Christensen {Arc/iiv der Phnrm., 1S82, p. 481) obtained pure quas.-iiin l)y pre- cipitating an aqueous infusion, concentrated by evaporation, with tannic acid, decomposing tlie precipitate with lead carbonate, and extracting with alcohol. The yield troni Pimma excelm, in one instance, was 0.06 [kt cent. Qunnfiiu thus ob- tained, crystallizes in thin, rectangular scales, of an intensely bitter taste, pernia- nent in the air, and forming neutral solutions with water. It melts at 205°C. (401° F.), and is soluble in 735 parts of water, at lo° C. (o!)^ F.), when saturated at a higher temi)erature. It is more soluble in boiling water, easily soluble in boiling alcohol, and in warm alkalies, also in chloroform, in 30 parts of 84 per cent alcohol at 15" C. (59° F.), soluble, with difficulty, in ether and petroleum ether. It is notaglucosid. Pure solutions of quassiin "are not fluorescent. Fried. Massute {An-hicdtrP/turm., 1890, pp. 147-171 ) pronounces the qua.ssiins of different observers, including those obtained by himself, to constitute an homologous series, the bitter principles of Qfw.^xiVi aiiuirn [(lud-i.-^iiii) and of Pirrasiiid ezceUa {jticmsmin) probably belonging to different groups. Both are mi.xtures of several quassiins (see also formulas in .4»icr. Joi/r. /Vi0 grains; of the infusion, from 1 to 3 fluid punces; of the tincture, 1 or 2 fluid drachms: of the extract, from 2 to in irrains; and of quassiin, i to 1 grain. 16U, i^UASSIA. Related Species and Drugs.— Qwis-<'« ("'""-a, Liun6, fitter 9«tted yellow. Leaves alternate and abruptly pinnate, with a loiig, naked petiole, sometimes nearly 14 inches long; leaflets alternate, 2 to 9 on each side, about 2 inches long, oval, smooth, firm, mucronate, on sliort foot.stalks, and whitish underneath. Flowers yellowish-white, some male, others female, mixed upon branched, scattered panicles, very small (Dr. Wright states that the iiialr and female flowers, in Jamaica, are on different trees, or diceciousi. Calyx small, ciip-sliaiird, .")-]>artcd. Petals stiff, sharp-pointed, whitish, fixed between a membnuio'ua disk and tlie calyx. Stamens 10, nearly equal ; filaments each arising out of a small, rounded, velvety scale; anthers oblong, iiunimhent. Capsules 5, ovate, blackish, disjointed.. placed on >a fleshy disk, with a rather tlisby pericarp 1 1-. — Wi.). Simaruba grows in Jamaica. Guiana, /and other parts of Sonth Anurica. It is found in SJindy platvs, flowering from Octol>er to 'January. 1 he root bark is the medicinal part. The bark is rough, s«-aly. luberciilated, light, tough, yellowish-brown in its substance, but tinged with gray externally, odorless, not easily powdered, and intensely bitter (C.—/X). Water or alcohol 'takes up its properties. Morin found it to contain bitter 7ii(iA«ioi. gummy matter, resin, and traces of a volatile oil. having a benzoic odor. .SV/m/i-ufca nudiciuali.t, Kndl'icher, has a similar mot bark, and is similarly em- ployed. Simaruba is apt to excite vomiting and purging when taken in larve diises. In smaller doses it is tonic, and may be used in infusion in all cases where simple bitter tonics are indicated. It may be used in all cases as a sul>stitute for quassia. It was at firsit intru- dui'ed to the profession as a calmative astringent in rhroiiic di/iniiliry anil (finrr/iiru. However, it merely acts as a tonic, proving very useful in weakened conditions of the *ubstanee, probably the amorphous quassiin of Adrian and Moivaux i./'ihresl,.,!, ,- /7i.(r;)i., 1.SS3, p. L'ys . Tlie wood yielded 1.7 per cent of ash. They also inlimateil tlie probable presence ot an alkaloid. The bark has been suggested as a substi- tute for quasisia. Cascaka Amarga.— This is the Honduras Bark, supposed to come from a species of Picrasnui. Mr. V. A. Thompson i r/im(/«-i(/iV Ga:elle, 18S4, p. S ; also see J. Moeller and A. Atkin- son, in Jiilu-tgl,. ,1a- Phnnv., 1S8:;-S4, p. 209) found it to eontain 3 per cent of a brownish-yellow, amorphous alkaloid of a sweetish, afterward bitter, taste. He gave it the name picramnine. Honiluras bai k has been rei'i>mmended lor si/filillilic dlliriiinis. Bi/IUki j,biijii,jix,0T BiUti- utsh, of M. l}i'lauger,\Vest Indies, is now thought to be the Quatsia excel.w of Liiine. Cliapiirm iim )u nd the dried inner bark of white oak, collected in March, to contain 6.96 per cent of tannin, while a specimen of galls from leaves of. the same species yielded 17.89 percent. The highest percentage of oak-bark tannin recorded is 14.21, found in the bark oi Qitrrnis },!<;,U,r. (.\lsn f^ct' investigation on the tannin oi Qucrcus alba, by Prof Henry, Kiacnj.-r, .1 nu ,: Jcudder valueii a combination of rumex, red-oak bark, and alnus, both locally and internally, in rccfiim, and obstinate tcrofuhi, with " old ulcers, feeble tissues, and cicatrices. Qneiru.t tincloria, Bartram I (?. nlntiua, Laman-k», Qufrritnv), or lilark oak. is one of the loftiest trees in the forest, frequently attaining the height of 80 to 100 feet, with a diameter of 4 or .5 feet. Bark deeply furrowed, lilack or deep-brown. lA>aves l> to S inclu-s long, obovate, oblong, more or less riisty-pubescent bcnealli, finally glabmus, slightly or .'ouutimes deeply sinuate-lobed, with oblong, obtuse, mucronate, somewhat tootheil lol>es. .AcMrns brown, nearly spherical or ilepressed-globose, about one-half immersed in a deep, thick, flat, o>nspicii- ously" scaly cup, which is sulisessile. The leaves turn dark-n-d after frost i ti. — \V. >. This sih"- cies was regarded by Prof. Asa Gray as a vari<>ty of the .Scarlet (Kit i <^. nicciiiB; the bark of this forest tree is much useil in tanniii); ami for dyeiiit;. ll lias a strong odor, a wry bitter, styptic taste, and whrii niasticatetl im- parts a yel'low tinge to the salivii i compare Ui'urrtis alba). It is sehlom employed internally on account of its g,jr graphic formula of quercitrin given by J, Herzig, in t'/icHi. r«i/n(///./,7. 1^'i I ; /oi is likewise frequently found in nature,..;/,, in the horse-chestnut, in i''^h,,.i, • ,i , i ^ . i, in the outer skin of tlie onion (Perkin and Hummel, 1893), in fustic \\ 1 n ,' >, in the bark of the apple tree, in Ganibier catechu (A. G.Perkin, ('/(...( ' \ 1 I >'>7, p. 1047),etc. Qttercus Jfcfcur, Linn6, is the species official in thi' / ! s,S5, the bark being collected in the spring time. QioTCi'ii, a neutral Inn. i i im i|.i ,. i i:,iii..i irom the Euro- pean oak bark ( Quercus Robtir), by Gerber (1831), wa- pr. il. n ii\ impm e 7"- int, i »t'vQiurcit.t alba). Qiiercm subtr, Linn6. — The Live oak; growinj m tin Miditerranean region, especially Algeria and Spain. Its suberous laver furnishes . nmi. n lal n,rk. According to K. Kiigler {Disseii.; see Amer. Jour. Pliarm., 1884", p. 240; also Ar.hu- .1. ,• I'htinn., 1884, pp. 217-230), air-dry cork leaves about 0.58 per cent of ash, one-fourth of which is manganese, and another fourth is lime. Chloroform extracts about 12.5 percent of soluble matter, of which one-third con- sists of omu (C'ajIIssO) (not the cerotic acid or cerin of beeswax). It is imbedded in the cork- cells in the form of small prisms (HiJhnel, 1877). Boiling alcohol now takes up from 5 to 6 I" 1 ■ III '! ' '» and /)/i/()/ii(/)/;.;i/' (coloring matters due to altered tannin). Alcoholic caustic ]' ' "lives the peculiar fat, »!(6erm, which is saponifiable, upon heating the solvent, ): - : 1-.'.;") i)tr cent I and fatty acids (30 per cent"), the latter consisting of stearic and y:. , . I' I [J I; i; a little eorii/ifrm wasalso extra. ted ;\nd converted into vanillin. Water nowe.\;i ; I the cork8 per cent of /110//0. , and left 22 per cent of cellulose. Gilson I- - I ki.'er, vlm^r. 7o«r. P,'>anH., l-- I .: iiils that solution of sodium car- bonate al-i i - tia .loringmatter of cork, while n a m . ~ < . ,.» unatlecteil. The latter may then be e.Miacie.) oy a hot, 3 per cent alcoholic pola.-ii soluuun. By oxidation of cork with nitric acid, a mixtun- of acids, possessing a waxy appearance, is obtained (co/iiic nc/i/). from which mheric acl,l (C<,Hu[C'00H]2) was isolated by Brugnatelli. The fat, ^iibfrh,. should not be confoundeil with the cork, reduced to a fine powder, sold under the name suberlti. This tree has been introfluced into our southern states. Suberin has been used as a dusting pow- der for intmtrigo, chapiied surfacei, etc. Quercm vireius, Alton, Live oak, and Quercus falcaia, Michaux, Spanish oak, yield bsrk very rich in tannin. Qitfrciig agrifolia, N^e ; Quercua chrysolepsit, Liebman ; and Quercus oblmigifolius, Torrey, all of the Pacific slope, are known as Lire oaks. Semen Qi'erci's, .Icorn^,— Contain fixed oil, volatile oil, bitter substance, starch (alxwt 38 per rent ), citric acid, uncrystallizable sugar, and a crystallizable sugar, called by Dess;tignes ( 18.51 ) quercit ( CjH,[OH]s), Koasted acorns (Semen Quercus Tostum) were formerly used to check Iwmor- rlux'je, and to cure scrofula and indigestion. QUILLAJA (U. S. P.)— QUILLAJA. '•The inner bark of Quillajn Saponaria, Molina" — {U. S. P.). Nut. Ord. — Ro.saceiP, CoMMo.v N'.\MKs AND Sy.nonym: Sonp-tree bark, Sonpbark; Quillaia (Phami., 1880). Botanical Source. — The soap-bark tree is a medium-sized tree, bearing alter- nate, ent in-, or subdenticulate, oval, or oblong leaves. The flowers are pedunculate and axillary, have no corolla, the same branch bearing both male and female flowers. Thick bark and a very hard wood are furnished by it. History and Description.— This tree is a native of Chili, and is known as Cullay, Q«illilia,(iuillaja, and Soap tree. The bark is the part employed; it is rough, dark-colored externally, and very tough. It has no odor, but workmen 1620 QUINIDIN^E SULPHAS. dislike to powder it, in consequence of the irritating properties of the dust. The taste is acrid and disagreeable. Quillaja bark is said to be used in its native country for washing clothes, and removing grease spots, and in this country it is employed for cleaning delicate ribbons, garments, and wool. It depends upon saponin for its value in this respect, foaming when rubbed with water. It is also used by the natives of Chili and Peru for washing the hair, thus: Soap-tree bark, in powder, 100 i)arts; alcoljiil. 400 parts; essence of bergamot, 20 drops. Mix. Saponin is a ver^' energetic .■^ternutatury, and acts as an emeto-cathartic and diuretic. This tree has l)een introduced in Hindustan. The U.S. P. describes the bark as in " flat, large pieces, about 5 Mm. (iinch) thick; outer surface brownish-white, often with small patches of brown cork attached, otherwise smooth; inner surface whitish, smooth; fracture splintery, checkered with pale-brownish bast fibers imbedded in white tissue; inodorous; taste persistently acrid; the dust very .sternutatory. The infusion of quillaja foams like soap-water"— (T. .S. P.). (On the microscopical appearance of powdered quillaja, see L. E. Sayre, ^»Her. Jour. Pharm.,189~, p. 438.) Chemical Composition. — The foaming properties of an aqueous infusion of quillaja Kaik arc partly due to saponin (C„B.j:>,„ E. Stutz, 1884). It is a non- poisonous, tasteless, amorphous, white powder, and does not cause sneezing. It is readily soluble in water, insoluble in pure ether and alcohol. It is a glucosid, and is decomposed into sugar and crystallizable sapogen in, upon boiling with di- luted acids. Stiitz found 2 per cent of saponin in the bark. The poisonous irri- tant and sternutatory properties of the latter are due to amorphous quillujic acid (also C,9H.,|,0,o, R. Kobert, Amer. Jour. Pharm. ,1889. p. 142) and snpotoxin (Robert and Pachorukow, 1888). Quillajic ncid is insoluble in ether, quite soluble in cold alcohol and in chloroform, soluble in water. It is precipitated from solution both by neutral and basic lead acetate, while sapotoxin is precipitated only by basiclead acetate. The latter constituent is soluble in water, insoluble in ether, and soluble only in boiling alcohol. Its aqueous solution foams upon shaking. The total quantity of saponin-like bodies is about 8.8 per cent. The bark also contains small quantities oi tannic acid and a bitter principle. Upon incineration, the bark yields not less than 13 per cent of ash, the wood onl}' 1.48 per cent ; the bark con- tains 11.5 per cent of calcium oxalate with some tartrate (Fliickiger, Pharmacog- nosie des Pflanzenreichs, 3d ed.,1891, p. 616). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Powdered soap bark, when inhaled, provokes violent sneezing. Internally, it acts somewhat like senega, rendering expectoration easy, while upon the gastro-intestinal tract, it does not produce irritating effects. Being less acrid than senega, it is more agreeable to administer, and may be used in infusion or syrup (fluid extract, 2 parts; syrup, 10 parts). It has been employed to quiet coitq'h, with tenacious secretions; in chronic bronchitis, with bronchial dilatation ; emphy-iema, etc. Dropsy is also reputed to have been cured with it. Locally, a saponaceous aqueous solution is valued for use upon the skin where soap is objectionable, to correct fetid exhalations of the axilla, feet, etc., and to remove the greasiness of the skin in treating ri/?(ijifo!(.< i(/f QUINIDIN.E t;lLl'llAS. 1621 Cinchona. The alkaloid was discovered by Henry and Delondre, in 1833, but was subsequently regarded by them as a hydrate of quinine. Later (1847), Winckler applied the name quinidine to a base which, through the researches of Pasteur (18-53), is now known as cinrhon'uUne. Pasteur also established the physical and chemical characteristics oi quinidine, pronouncing it isomeric with quinine. It was j)reviou.^ly (1849) called hetn-chinin by van Heijningen, and subsequently received the names rj/i'7(o^»e (Hlasiwetz), 6<'((-fW)i ('(//»<• (G.Kerner), and the much - contested name conchinine (Hesse, 1865). (For interesting historical details, see G. Kerner, Airhiv ,kr Phurm., 1880, p. 259.) The sulphate of this base is the oflicial .salt. The oKler Chinidinum siilp/turirum of commerce was a variable mixture, mostly containing cinchoniiline sulphate. Preparation.— Quinidine is prepared from the mother liquors resulting from the pre}>aration of quinine sulphate, especially from the mixture of alkaloids known as c/iinoidine {see Chinoidinum). DeVrij (1857) isolated it by means of the characteristic hydriodate, which is little soluble in alcohol, and very little in water (1 in 1200 at ordinary temperature). O. Hesse (1865) removed quinine and cinchonidine by means of the insoluble tartrate, and precipitated ([uinidine from the filtrate in the form of the hydriodate. (For details, see Husemanu and Hilger, /^^u,:,,/.^^./?;^ 1SS4, p. 1467.) Description and Tests.— Quinidine (C.„Hj,N.jO,) crystallizes from alcohol with 2^ nioKcules of water, in the form of monoclinic prisms, which effloresce upon exposure to the air, losing i molecule of water. From ether, quinidine crystallizes with 2 molecules of water, in the form of rhombohedra, which are permanent in the air. From a hot, aqueous solution, it also falls out in the form of efflorescent crystals (DeVrij, 18-56). Tlie water of crystallization is expelled at a temperature of 120° C. (248° F.). Quinidine is bitter to the taste, and has an alkaline reaction. It has the same formula as quinine, and, like the latter, forms a fluorescent solution with diluted sulphuric acid; but is optically dextro- rotatorv, while quinine is Iffivo-rotatory. It is soluble in 2000 parts of water at 15° C. (5i1° F.), and in 750 parts at 100° C. (212° F.); it is likewi.se dissolved by 26 parts of 80 per cent alcohol, by 22 parts of ether at 20° C. (68° F.),and by ?,.7 parts of boiling absolute alcohol. It is hardly soluble in chloroform. With acids it forms two series of crystallizable salts, viz. : neutral and acid salts. They arc, as a rule, more soluble than the quinine salts. With chlorine water, followed by ammonia, it gives the green Ihalleioquin reaction like quinine (see Tests below), but it differs from the latter by forming a rather soluble mono-tartrate, and a characteristic, nearly insoluble hydriodate (see Preparation above). QriNiDiNE Sulphate (the neutral salt) is oflicially described as follows: "White, silky needles, odorless, and having a very bitter taste; permanent in the air. Soluble", at 15° C. (59° F.), in 100 parts of water, and in 8 parts of alcohol; in 7 parts of boiling water, and very soluble in boiling alcohol ; also in 1 4 jiarts of chloroform, and in acidulated water; almost insoluble in ether. When heated to 120° C. (248° F.), the salt lo.ses its \yater of crystallization (4.6 per cent). Upon ignition, it is slowly consumed, leaving no residue. The salt is neutral or faintly alkaline to litmus paper. An aqueous solution of the salt, when acidulated with sulphuric acid, has a decided blue fluorescence. On treating 10 Cc. of an aque- ous solution (about 1 in 1600) of the salt with 2 drops of bromine water, and tlien with'an excess of ammonia water, the liquid will ac(|uire an emerald-green color. With proper adjustment of the reagents, more dilute solutions will give a paler tint, while more concentrated ones will acquire a deeper color, or dejto.sit a green precipitate. A cold, saturated, aqueous solution of the salt yields a white j)re-stallization (14.5 \>er cent) at a teraperature near 120°C. (248° F.). QiixiDi.v^ Hydriod.^s (C20H24N2O2.HI I, Quinidine hydr^odate.—lSeutnl soltitions of potas- sium iodide and quinidine sulphate react upon each other, producing a crystalline, white pre- cipitate; or, if the solutions be dilute and warm, scale-like, colorless prisms. Cold water spar- ingly dissolves it (1 in 1270, at 10° C. [50° F.]), hot water and alcohol but little more freely. It does" not crystallize with water, and the proportion of iodine is a little over 28 per cent. QiixiDixiE BiHYDRiODAS (C2oH24N202.[HI]2..3H20), Quinidine hihydriodaie.—\ salt con- taining nearly 44 per cent of iodine and 8..5 per cent of water, produced like the preceding, excepting that the quinidine sulphate is employed warm and acidulated with diluted sulphuric acid. It forms an orange-colored, crystalline powder, or shining, crystalline prisms of a golden- yellow color. It is quite freely soluble in hot water and alcohol, and in cold water (90 parts). When heated to 120° C. (248° F. ), the water of crystallization is expelled, and the color clianges to brownish-yellow. If the salt be exposed to inoist air, part of the water will be reabsorbed. QUININA (U. S. P.)— QxnNINE. Formula: CjoH,,NA+3H,0. Molecular Weight : 377.22. "An alkaloid obtained from the bark of various species of Cinchona {Nat. o?(?.— Rubiaceaj). Quinine should be kept in weU-stoppered bottles, in a dark place"'— (t'..'^. P.). Source, History, and Preparation.- Quinine was first identified and differ- entiated from cinchonine by Pelletier and Caventou, in 1820. It always occurs together with cinchonine, and frequently also with quinidine and cinchonidine. in the barks of all species of Cinchona, especially C. Calisnya, C. officinalis, and C. Ledcjeriana. ■ A hybrid of the latter species, and C.mccirubra, grown in Java, are remarkably rich in quinine (see J. B. Nagelvoort, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1898, pp. 345 and 424; also see table, p. 549). The alkaloids are combined in the bark with kinotannic acid, and can not be extracted bj' means of a cold, aqueous infusion (see Qaininx Sulphas for the isolation of quinine from Cinchona barks). From aqueous solutions of quinine salts, the anhydrous base may be precipitated in the form of a curdy, amorphous mass, by the careful addition of aqua ammonia^; when allowed to remain in contact with the precipitant fluid, the amorphous precipitate absorbs 3 molecules of water, and becomes crystalline. From solution in diluted alcohol, quinine likewise crystallizes with combination of water in the form of tine needles. Description. — Quinine, as demanded by the U. S. P., is "a white, flaky, amor- phous, or crystalline powder, odorles.s, and having a very bitter taste; permanent in the air. "Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 1670 parts of water, and in 6 parts of alcohol; in 760 parts of Ijoiling water, and in 2 parts of boiling alcohol; in 23 pints of ether, 5 parts of chloroform, and 2(X) parts of glycerin; also soluble in enrboii (lisulphide, benzin, benzol, ammonia water and diluted acid.s" — {U.S. P.). (Quinine is less soluble in diluted fixed alkalies than in water, which is shown by the turbidity produced when a solution of sodium hydroxide is added to a satu- rated Sdlution of quinine in water. It dissolves in about 2150 parts of lime-water, and crystallizes from benzol solution with benzol chemically combined. The r.S.P. makes for quinine the further requirements: "When heated to about 57° C. (134.6° F.), it melts; at 100° C. (212° F. ), il loses about 9 per cent (^or alwut 2 molecules) of its water of crystallization, the remainder being expelled at 125° C> (257° F.). The anhydrous alkaloid, when pure, melts at 173° C. (,343.4° F.). Ujwn ignition, it is consumed, leaving no residue" — {U.S. P.). When heattd in a dry glas.s tube, either by itself, or together with sugar, starch, etc., quinine salts yielil quixi:;a. 1G23 a tar of carmine-red color (compare Grahe's test,p.550; also see Fliickiger, Phnrm. r/icHiiV, Vol. II, 18S8, p. 5-58). "Quinine has an alkaline ivattion upon litmus ]>aper. A eolution of quinine in diluted sulphuric acid has a vivid, blue fluores- cence"— (f'.S.P.). The Huorescence is probahlj' the most delicate test for quinine, and may still 1)6 observed in a solution of 1 in 50,(X)0 e'f. G. Wormley, Amcr. Jour. Pli,um.,\%M, ]i.570); but its sensitiveness is impaired by the presence of small quantities of sodium chloride or hydrochloric acid, also by. potassium ferrocyanide, potassium thiocyanate, sodium hyposulphite, and by phenacetine (Sestini and Campani 1892). Solutions of quinine are optically laivo-rotatory, the rotation being in- creased bv acids. Chemically, quinine (C,H,[OCH,,]N.C,H„[OH]N.CH0 is a derivative of the base quinoline ((7//»(>/<>if,C5H,N), -com prising 2 molecules of the latter, both of un- equal basicity. As a strongly diacid base, quinine forms, with acids, two series of salts — neutral (in reaction) and acid salts— or, according to the French nomen- clature, which assumes two equally basic nitrogen atoms in the quinine mole- cule—ftds/c and neutral (the really acid) salts. Thus the normal quinine sulphate of the V. S. P. (which see) is called basic quinine sulphate, or quinine sub-sulphate in the Fn nrh Coder. At water-bath heat, quinine expels ammonia from ammo- nium sulphate with formation of quinine sulphate. Some of the quinine salts, '■."/., the neutral tartrate, are characterized by being sparingly soluble in water. Tiie neutral quinine sulphate is less soluble in water than the sulphates of the related alkaloids {^ee table, p. 1625). Quinine solutions exposed to direct sunlight, (juickly turn yellow, and gradually deposit a brown flocculent body, which is de- void of alkaloidal characteristics. Fliickiger, who first, observed it, named this precipitate (/((//iiVrfj*!. Heated with glj-cerin to 190°-C. (374° F.), quinine is con- verted into an isomeric, amorphous body, quinicine. Its solutions are dextro- rotatory. By distilling quinine or cinchonine with caustic potash, quinoline, pyri- dine, its homologues are formed. By oxidation of quinine with chromic acid or potassium permanganate, a series of compounds is formed, viz.: the weak base ijuitc»ine (C,5Hj,XjO,), (juinunc acid (CnHgNOj), and, ultimatelv, cincliomvronic acid (C,H,N-0.), which is a dibasic pyridine acid (C5H3X[COOH],)." Tests. — Quinine and quinine salts, in aqueous solution, form amorphous precipitates with alkaloidal reagents, e.t/., tannin, iodine.in solution of potassium iodide, Mayer's solution, picric acid, phosphomolybdic 'acid, etc. A characteristic te.«t for quinine, which, however, is also given by quinidine, consists in the forma- tion of hen I pi I til He, or iodo-sidphate of quinine, discovered byBouchardat (1845), and further studied by Dr. W. B. Herapath, in England (1852). It is obtained by add- ing an alcoholic solution of iodine, drop by drop, to a warm solution of quinine sulphate in glacial acetic acid. A black jtrecipitate is formed, which, when washed with ciild alcohol and recrystallizetl from warm alcohol, is'deposited in large, rect- angular plates, which are brilliant green and of a metallic lustre by reflected light, and olive-green by transmitted light. They have the property possessed by tour- maline, of polarizing the light passing through it. Its composition, according to .Iorgensen,is (C„H,,N,0,),.3H,S0..2IH.4I. It is "soluble in acetic acid, and in 650 parts of cold, and 50 parts of hot alcohol. A. Christeiisen finds that quinine ma^' be determined quantitatively by converting it into this compound, as suggested by De Vrij {Amer. Jour. Phnrm., 1882, p. 58). Another characteristic test for quinine, which, however, is also obtained with quinidine, consists in the formation of the emerald-green compound, //»i//<'(o(/itni, by the action of chlorine, followed by ammonia, upon quinine. Tiie reaction was first ooserved by Alexander Roper, in London (1832), and rediscovered by .1. J. Andre, in Metz (1835), and by II. A. Mee.'ion, in London (1835). Brandes and Leber (1838) gave it the above' name (Fliickiger, Phami. Chemie, Vol. II, 1888, p. 564). The test was modified by Fliickiger (bromine being used instead of chlorine^ and is given by the ('. S. P. as follows: "On treating 10 Cc. of an a(iueous, acidulated solution (about 1 in 1500) of quinine with 2 drops of bromine water, and tiien with an excess of ammonia water, the liquid will acquire an emerald-green color. With proper adjustment of the reagents, more dilute solu- tions will give a paler tint, while more concentrated ones will acquire a deeper color, nr ilejiosit a green i)recipitaUi" — {^U.a.P.). Prof. Fliickiger (A/crtV ) places the sensitiveness of this test at more than 1 in 20,000. This test is interfered with by phenacetine (Sestini and Campani, 1892). Vogel's test consists in the formation of a rich-red color, which is obtained when chlorine water is added to the quinine solution, followed by potassium ferrocyanide, and, hi.etly, aqua ammoniie. (For further details regaVclingthe.se tests, see T. G.Wormley, /or. rt<.) The r. S. P. further directs : "Quinine should not impart more than a faintly yel- lowish tint to concentrated sulphuric acid (limit of readily carbonizable, organic impurities), nor produce a red color with nitric acid (difference from morphine)" — (f. S. P.). The absence of morphine may al.so be e.stablished by allowing the sub- stance to act upon a mixture of potassium ferricyanide and ferric chloride; if no blue precipitate (Prussian blue) is formed, morphine can not be present. How- ever, the formation of a blue precipitate may be due to the presence of some re- ducing substances other than morphine; therefore, additional tests for morphine must be ai>])\ied (Amer. Jour. Pkarm., 1^72, \k 5^0). To test quinine for the pres- ence of other Cinchona alkaloids, the f '. S. P. gives the following directions, which are based on Kerner's trst for Cinchona alkaloids : " If 2 Gm. of quinine be mixed, in a small mortar, with 1 Gm. of ammonium suli)hate and 10 Cc. of distilled water, the mixture thoroughly dried on a water-bath, the residue (which should be strictly neutral to test-paper) agitated with 20 Cc. of water, then allowed to macerate for half an hour at 1-5° C. (59° F.), with occasional agitation, and filtered through a pellet of glass-wool, 5 Cc. of the filtrate, transferred to a test-tube, and gently mixed, without shaking, with 7 Cc. of ammonia water (specific gravity 0.960), should produce a clear fiquid. If the temperature during the maceration has been 16° C. (60.8° F.), 7.5 Cc. of ammonia water may be added; if 17° C. (62.8° F.), 8 Cc. In each case, a clear liquid indicates the absence of more than small proportions of other Cinchona alkaloids "— (f '. S. P.). This test depends on the fact that those Cinchona alkaloids whose sulphates are soluble in water, are themselves insoluble, or nearly so, in ammcjnia water; quinine, which forms a very little soluble, neutral sulphate, is quite soluble in ammonia water. The .above directions, especially with regard to the tem|)eratures and the strength of ammonia, must be strictly observed, in order to arrive at trustworthy results (see comment on Kerner's as well as other tests, bv E. Jungfleisch, Amer. Jour. Phnnn., 1887, pp. 136-146; and O. Hesse, ibid., pp. 404-414). Hesse's te.*t differs from Kerner's in the employment of e»her, instead of ammonia, as a precipitant of the Cinchona alkaloids other than quinine. Sh imoy am a (^m^r. joio. /"/(on?!., 1885, p. 630) and L. Bchaefer (ihid., IS87,1>. 153) make use of the comparative insolu- bility of quinine oxalate in water, in order to determine the quantity of the latter alkaloid. (See review of this and other processes, by W, Lenz, ibiJ., 1889, p. 146.) The following table (page 1625) gives the principal distinctive characteristics of the alkaloids quinine, quinidine, cinehonine, and cinchonidine. Uses.— (See Qidnime Sulphas.) The alkaloid quinine is used in practical medi- cine in the form of its salts, the sulphate and hydrochlorate being mostly employed. Quinine Salts,— Qrixis-je Acet.xs, Quinine acetate (CjoHmNjOj.CjH.Oj . Mix a hot solution of 17 part*) of quinine sulphate (dried bv spontaneous efflorescence i with a hot solu- tion of 0 parts of sodium acetate, and allow to cool. Long, wliite needles of tin- salt will foru. containing 84 per cent of quinine. They are freely soluble in hot water and dihited acids, but not readily soluble in colil water. The sjilt loses aci-tie acid when warnuil on the water-bath. (See also remarks on quinine acetate, bv Prof. Maiscli, .inter. Jour. I'hann.. 18.58, p. :t'en:'i(iie (CooHjiNjOj. 0^11, 0, >.— Obtained by allrwing a hot alcoholic solution of (juinine (8 parts) and btMizoic acid (S parts 1 to crj-stalliie. .^mall pris- matic crystals, containing about 72.5 per cent of base, and sparingly soluble in water 1 in .S7:? part8,at"lO°C. [oO-'F.]). QuiNiN.B AR.SENAS, Qiiiniue arsenate, Qiiini.r ameniaf, Arseniate of quinia ([l"aiH«NiOjLH, A804,8Il20).— In a glass vessel place arsenic acid, IJ drachms; quinine, 5 drachms; distilleil water, (> fluid ounces. Boil till all is dissolved, tilter, and allow to cr\-stallizo siHintaneonsly. To purify, redissolve, and again crystallize. This salt was introduce*!, in l.'vTi.liy Bourieres, and rfcoin mended in/cccr «/irf oi/iie", and other /x-n'ix/iVn/i/i.sr'd.v.*,- also used in (•/•s/n, ii/< ni(((ii«ii) obtains this salt in the lorm of white needles by digesting, for 24 hours, a mixtnn' of quinine hydro«'hloride S |\arlsl I n^ 1 r- 1=5 s ;§■ 9 ■r ■:=3 u 1 J iii -1 = J o < ^ s s -1 -X- 1 13 r^i -==a 1?- M -^ X S. a .s? = o _^i ^ 22 3 3 1=2 4£-g i c. 3 1 -=22. ]E 3 - g2 :;: = cri K ^ » s 3 essl--;- _= 1 1 1 1 1^ i ^ 5 3 J 00 ? 51-1 5 |3 ^ s a =^ h — t. z. 1 1 e 1 lltiij Shifts' till c -2 a'i: < 5 a^^ ~S£ pr?<2 = fe = ii ^i 11 1 1 3 =1 ^ _3 11 1 c -y. ■- 1 t >• CO in fx o £; p> « t- S ^^ s i 1 1 II s. 5 5 c ?5g r = a> x^ . ~ S Ik b a t 3 1 iill 1 ■ i 1 -' •* ~ 5 1 il' h M' C IP I w 1G26 QTIXIXA. and silver arsenite (I part), in the presence of diluted alcohol (of 70 per cent). This com- pound is soluble in alcohol (cold, 15; hot, 6), chloroform (8), benzene (20), ether (25), and boiling water (150 parts). Quinine Citras, Quinine citrate ([C-jM,,^ ' it, II .O.j.THjO, O. Hesse).— This salt may be obtained either bydoubledeconipositi'ii i cjuinine hydrochlorate and an acidu- lated solution of sodium citrate, or by sisn; -a heated, aqueous solution of citric acid with the theoretical quantity of q'uinim . L i-.;; i ...ling, white, prismatic cry.stals are ol> tjiined, which are very sparingly soluble in coUl water i see K. F. Mandelin, on the citrates of quinine, Archiv der Pharm., ]879, pp. 129-144). Qii.NiN-.E Lactas, Quinine hiclaie. — Obtained by dissolving quinine in lactic acid to satura- tion, ancl evaporating the solution. Silky, acicular crystals are proiluced, soluble in water and alculiol (see Vigier, Pharm. Jour. Tmm., Vol. XIX, iss'j, ]>. 8t>2). This salt is adapted for hypo- dermatic uses, and has been used locally in qon'irrha'i. QiiNix.E PiiospnAS, Quinine phoipUate ([(:,, II.mN,< i2],H3P04.8H20, O. Hesse).— Prepared by saturatinj warm, ililuted phosphoric acid with <4iiiiiiue, or by double decomposition between sodium pliii-phiti' aii'i quinine nydrochlorate. From hot, aqueous solution, it. forms long, silky, aciculai c r\ -talf, containing 72.7 per cent of base, and is very sparingly soluble in water. QiiNiN i: I'liiNvi.-SiLPHAS, Phenylaled or Cnrbolated quinine sulphate ([CaiHaiNjOjlj.SOj. C6He0.2M20, O.Hesse, 1889).— Dissolve crystallized quinine sulphate (10 parts) in alcohol, and add to the solution carbolic acid (nearly 1 part), also dissolved in alcohol. Colorless needles are precipitated which contain over 75 per cent of base. By washing with alcohol and ether, the taste and odor of phenol may be entirely removed. The salt is somewhat solu- ble in cold water, but insoluble in alcohol. An acid phenol-sulphate (C2oH24N202.S03.C,H, O.SHoO) was similarly obtained by O. Hesse, by adding to a hot, aqueous solution ol quinine bisulphate CooH24N262.H2S04+7H20) an equivalent quantity of carbolic acid. QuiNiN.E Carboi.as, Carbolate of quinine (CaoHsiNBOj.CjHjO), was prepared by J. Jobst (1875), by bringing together molecular quantities of quinine and carbolic acid in aqueous or alcoholic solution. Crystals are obtained, which, when dried at 130° C. ( 266° F. i, have the above composition. It dissolves in 400 parts of water at 16°C. (60.8°F.), in 80 parts of 90 per cent alcohol at 13° C. (55.4° F.),and slightly in ether. By an earlier formula, a carbolate in pills was made as follows: Twelve pai-ts of carbolic acid and 20 parts of quinine are dissolved in 60 parts of stronger alcohol. The solution is then filtered, distilled, and evaporate*! to the consistence of turpentine, when some extract of acorus, or gentian, and some pulveria-d cin- namon may be added to it, to form it into a pill mass. This may be made into pills contain- ing, each, 1 grain of carbolic acid and ^ of a grain of quinine, of which from 3 to 6 pills may be given daily in puerperal disea^s,furunfuli, carbuncles, typhous cotulitiom, and pyxinia ( Braun). It is found that the irritating properties of carbolic acid are much diminished when iii com- bination with bases, and even when combined with a base as weak as quinine, it can be given in much larger relative doses than when administered in its isolated form [JahrbUcher der Geaaiiiiiiti'n Medizin, Aug., 1867). Iodide of Quinine. — The iodide of quinine is obtained by adding a solution of 24 parts of iodide of potassium (4 molecules) in 8 parts of water, by drops, to a stiong solution of 20 parts (1 molecule) of bisulphate of quinine (Ca)H24X202.H2SO,-!-7H20i. Wash the precipi- tate quickly, and dry it, avoiding operation iu the light. It is topic, alterative, and resolvent, and has been found efficient, in doses of from i to 2 grains, iu scrofulous enlargements of the tjhdtih; or it may be made by decomposing a solution of 1 molecule of hydrochlorate of quinine with a solution of 4 molecules of iodide of potassium. When dry, iodide of quinine, thus pre- jparcil, has the properties of a resin, is easily reduced to a white, inodorous powder, extremely liitttr, and permanent in the air. It is soluble in warm water, alcohol, orether, forming clcsu- anil colorless solutions, which deposit the iodide of quinine on 'jvaporation. Concentrated sul- phuric and nitric acids, and chlorine, decompose it instantly, with elimination of iodine icom- 1 .are Amir. Jour. Pharm. ,\'n\ . I \ . 1 s:'.7-:;.s, p. 853 1. The compiwition of these iodides is variable. The substance known as \\< i \i >.!m i -.e (^iiiinHfj), is reKited to this class. QuiNiN.E loDAS, Q"'^ ' II iN^Oa.HlOj).— To a warm, aqueous solution (1 in 10) of iodic acid, add the iil.K n n ii , riion of freshly precipitated, moist qtiinine, with con- tinued agitation. Evaporate tin- mass at a temperature not exceeding l.i.o°C. it)0° F.).and place it in a vacuum over sulphuric acid to dry. AN hite, pearly needles, soluble in boiling water without decomposition, sparingly soluble in'cold water (1 in 70Oi. in ether and chloroform. rcadilv dissolved by alcohol (C. A. Cameron, .luur.Jour. Pharm., 1SS2, p.417i. A bijodate (CjoHn >;.,0,.[111(V,1,), prepared by E.Mcr k, i> . .MI^ -oUible iu water (./.(/„■,■»/-. (/«T/'A.ir)/,..lS't7'. t^i iM.s E llvoRioDAS AciDis, I / /../.if- ( Ca,Hs,N.A).[l 1 Ijj.oHjO).— Transi^r- ent, f,'lossv, prismatic, or scale-lik' i i m n~ i rmed when (mtassium iodide is ndde agsiin taken up. The salt niav also' he olitaiiu'd liv dissolvina; (piinini' in exces,s ,,1' aqueous hvdriodic acid. t^-iNiN K llvDKioiiAs, Qniiiiiie hii,irin,bil,- ( C,vl UjN -O , . 1 1 1 ).— This salt may lx> obtaimnl by di8.solving (pniiine in the molecular .]nai\tiiv ..f :i,|iri-..ii- hydriinlic acid, ami allowing the solu- tion to evaporate spontaneoiLsly. r 1. -. ix I I, 1 — v.lricHlates) must not Ih' confused with the io(/il. Yvon prepares the salt by dissolving 1.6 Gm. of sodium s;dicylate in 50 Co. of wau-r. heating to boil- IJUIXIX.K Blsil^LrilAS. 1(!27 injr, ami additiK 4.36 Gm. of quinine siilpliate. After boiling a few minutes, decomposition is ccimulete. Cool to 35° C. (9o°F. i.anil filter rapidly, wash with luke-warm, then with cold water, until all sodium sulphate is washed out {Jahresli. 'der J'harm., 1879, p. 174). (ji iNiN.F. QiiNAS, (^ii'm'df qiilimle [hitialfK — Obtained by double decomposition of liarium kinate and qiiiniue sulphate, and evaporatiu;; to dryness. It is neutral, non-crystallin<, and nadilv solubK' in water. A solution m water (1 in 4) has been recommended by Collier for liyi>odVriiiatif use ( Aiiii-r. Juur. I'honn.. 1S7S, p. 4S7). Qri.vix.F. ."^ii.PMoviN AS, Quinine siilpluniiuUi: — Prepared by mixing asolution of sodium sul- phovinate ( Iti.d parts i in 90 per cent alcohol i '200 parts), and asolution of quinine sulphate (42.8 partsi in alcohol of the same strenfrth ilKK) parts). Filter from the precipitated sodium sul- phate, and evaporate, it forms, with dithcuUy, prismatic crystals, very bitter, readilv soluble in alcohol and water (1 in 3 1, as well as in glycerin and acetic ether, insoluble in ether, ben- zol, and fixeil oils, and perfectly neutral (P. Carles, --Imf/-.. /our. /"/larm., 1878, p. 34:>). The sul- pliovinate of s, and contains about 22..5 percent of quinine, while a neutral tannate, prepared by the autiiof. hail 31 per cent of quinine, corresiwnding to the formula CaiH24N2*J2.2CnHioO,-|- 4H2O. .V tasteless quinine tannate was introduceil by M. Kozsnyay (1875). It is prepared by dissolving the quinine sulphate in boiling water, and adding to the solution the tannin, neutralized with diluted ammonia. The pro'.>'2, p. 142) obtains quinine tannate, containing 20 per cent of quinine, by triturating pure quinine (1 i)arti with tannic acid (4 parts), and water 1 10 parts), and evaporating to dryness at a tiiopeiature not exceeding (iO°C.(140°F.) (also see R. Rother, .1hi«t. Jour. Phnrm., 1883, p. 173). Quinine tannate is much less bitter than the other quinine salts. Its administration should be at once followed by some acidulous draught, as lemonade, etc., in order to insure its solution in the stomach. It is subastringent. Qfixix.E Ferrocvasas, Quinine ferrocyanale. — Four parts of quinine sulphate and enough distilled water to form not too thick a mixture, are mixeil with a concentrated solution of one part of potassium ferrocyanide ; the whole is heated to boiling for a few seconds, then allowed to cool. The mother liquor, which yields more of the salt upon concentration, is poured off from the resin-like mass, the latter washed with hot water anil crystallized from boiling alco- hol. Siiiiil], vellowish needles, bitter, slightlv soluble in water, freely in alcohol, efliorescent in the ail- .T.'M. Mais.Ii, Amer. Jour. Phwm., 1877, p. 442). Allied Principles.— I^AXTAXIXE, an alkaloid from Ijontana brasiliensi^, Brazilian verbena, Yirliii fi'ioi,hi, i;;iid t" resemble quinine in action, has been isolated from this plant by Negrete (ls,S.Ti. 'Fn.m 15 to :!0 grains are administered in a day as an antiperiodic, preferably imme- diattdy after a paroxysm. ViEiRiN. — A lx>dy obtainetl from the bark of a Brazilian tree. Remijia veUuzii. Substi- tuted, in doses of 1 to 4 grains, in Brazil, for quinine as an antiperioilic and tmiic. Beki;exix, a crystallizable, bitter principle, has been isolati H fi. in > /,/<( cordifoUa, .S'.»t5inVa, and.S'.C)-ajwyo/i«, byGarreau and Machelart (1881). Il i^~l 1 i _: ; I. !i- in alcohol (165 parts I and water ( 830 parts, at 15" C. [59° F.]). Said to be a v.il . ; k i. 1 nie. its action Ix-ing intermediate between quinine and salicin. It occurs togetlui uiiii t.iuuiu ami starch. Siixifraiju llgulata contains an abundance of tannic and gallic acids (Hooper). In India, it is used as a remedy for dytenlery. QUININJE BISULPHAS (U. S. P.)— QUnnNE BISULPHATE. FoKMiL.v: C„H,.N'X)JI,S0.-j-7H,0. Molecit.ar Wkkuit: 54(J..sS. Syno.n VMS : Acid quiniup .iiilplidtc, Qicinmas sulphas acidm, Chiniiium bi.-h. Ann., 1S7.3), has the composition CajHsiNjOjiHjSOj i2'~H,(>. When exposed to light tin ct ystals assume a brownish-red color. Water n-adily dissolves them with marked blue flunnsc curr. When boiled in alcohol and the solution cooled a ifclatinous magma is formed, wbicli, wlieu dried, produces verj' small prismatic crystals cmtaining 5 molecules of water. QUININ.ffl HYDROBROMAS (U. S. P.)— QUININE HYDROBROMATE. Formula: C,oH„NAHBr4-H,0. Molecular Weight: 422.06. Synonyms: Chininum hydrohron}icun), Chininum hydrobrovuitum. "Quinine hydrobromate should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a dark place -(r'..^'. P.). Preparation. — Tiiis salt, the neutral hydrobromate of quinine, mav be pre- pared liyaddiiigten grammes(10Gm. )[154 grs.] of quinine sulphate to eiglity cubic centimeters (SO Cc.) [2 flg, 339111] of water, boiling, and slowly adding a solution of three and four-tenths grammes (3.4 Gm.) [54 grs.] of barium bromide in twenty cubic centimeters (20 Cc.) [325111] of water. A precipitate of barium sulphate is formed.according to the equation: (C«H,,N,OJ,H..SO,-|-7H,0-hBaBr.=-2C„H„X.Or HBr+lI,0+RaS0,-h6H,0. The supernatant solution which should -al her con- tain a very slight excess of quinine sulphate than barium bromide (.tested by quinine sulphate solution), is then evaporated to crystallization. M. Boille (,.4m«T. Jouf. /Vkuhk, 1874, p. 563) obtains the salt in the same manner, except by operating with alcoholic instead of aqueous solutions: barium bromide is solubUMn alcohol wliile any admixid chloride would remain undissolved. Description and Tests. — This salt is oflicially descrilied as occurine in "white, light, silky needles, odorle.ss, and iiaving a very bitter ta^te. The salt is (iUIXIN'.K HYDRdfllLOKAS. 1G29 liable to lose water on exposure to warm or dry air. Soluble at 15° C. (59°F. i, ill 54 parts of water, and in 0.6 part of alcohol; very soluble in boiling water ami in boiling alcohol; also soluble in 6 parts of ether, and in 12 parts of chloroform. When heated at 100° C. (212° F.), the salt loses its water of crystallization (4.25 per cent). At 152° C. (305.6° F.), it begins to fuse, and becomes a syrupy liquid at 2tX)° C. (392 F.). Upon ignition, it is slowly consumed, leaving no "residue. The salt is neutral or faintly alkaline to litmus paper. An aqueous solution, when acidulated with sulphuric acid, has a vivid, blue fiuoreseence'' — (U. S. P.). "On treating 10 Cc. of an aqueous solution (about 1 in 13U0) with 2 drops of bromine water, and then with an excess of ammonia water, the liquid will ac- quire an emerald-green color. With proper adjustment of the reagents, more diluted solutions will give a paler tint, while more concentrated ones will acquire a deeper color, or throw down a green precipitate" — (T. S. J'.). (See Tliullcioquin reaction, under Quinine.) "Ammonia water added to the aqueous solution throws down a white precipitate, soluble in an excess of ammonia water, and also in about 20 times its weight of ether. On precii)itating a saturat<'d aqueous solu- tion of the salt with sodium hydrate T.S., filtering, supersaturating the filtrate with acetic acid, adding chloroform and a little chlorine water, and shaking, the chloroform will separate with a yellow color. If 1 Gra. of the salt be dried at 100° C. (212° F.) until it ceases to lose weight, the residue should not weigh less than 0.957 Cim. (corresponding to 1 molecule, or 4.24 per ceni of water of crystalli- zation). Quinine hydrobromate should not impart more than a faintly yellowish tint to concentrated sulphuric acid (limit of readily carbouizable, organic impu- rities), nor produce a red color with nitric acid (difference from morphine). If 3 Gm. of the salt (which must have been previously ascertained to be strictly neutral, or have been rendered so) be mixed, in a small capsule, with 1.2 Gm. of crystallized sodium sulphate and 30 Cc. of water, the mixture thoroughly dried on a water-bath, the residue agitated with 30 Cc. of water, and allowed to macer- ate for half an hour at 15° C. (59° F.),with occasional agitation, upon proceeding further as directed under Quinine (see Quinind) the results there given should be obtained"— (r..S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— This salt may be administered in neu- rulgin of congestive form, with tendency to congestion of the brain, and especially to females during the menstrual period. The dose is from 4 to 6 grains, in pill form, given 6 hours before the expected paroxysm ; or 1 grain every hour. The dose of this salt is the same as that of the sulpnate. Belated Salts.— Quinix.e Hydrobbom.\.s Acidus, ^Icirf quinine hydrobromate (C'm'R'u'Sfi^ [nBr]2.:;H,()i. Di.«solvf quinine sulpliate (10 Gm.) in water (80 Cc.),addof a 10 per cent sul- phuric aoiilasufficient quantity I alxjut 11.8 Gm.) to convert the neutral into the acid sulphate; then precipitate witli solution of 6.80 Gm. of barium bromide in 25 Cc.of water. Care must be taken that barium bromide be not iu excess (see Quinine hydrobromas) . Filter out the barium sulphate formed anJ evaporate the solution to crystallization. The crystals are freely soluble in alcohol ami in water (1 in 6). This salt was introhs, Qxiinine bromale (Ca)H2ct("ding further as directed uiuler Quinine (see Qiiininn). tli.' results their L'lvni should be obtained"— (T. .'^•. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— On account of its ready .«olubilitv this agent is eligible lor liypodermatic employment, the dose so administered Wing from 1 to 4 grains. For general use by uiouth it is not inferior to quinine sul- phate and may be given in about i lesJ dose than that salt. Related Salts. — Quinin-.E Hvdrochix)B.vs Acidi-s, Acid ouhiiiu' hydrochloratf, BimuriaU of quinine [Vj,ilateil in the above process upon cooling the solution of the crude bases in 85 to 90 per cent alcohol. The mother liquor, upon distilling off part of the alcohol, yields an additional quantity of cinchonine; the mother liquor now resulting, is treated as above. In order to obtain quinine as much as possible free from quinidine, the latter is precipitated from alcoholic solution by means of hydriodic acid (see table under Quininn). Other iiHt!i m!s of obtainingquinine sulphate are detailed in Huseniann and Hilger, /7/''/'> /(',;;/' .Vol. II, 1884, p. 1421, and the preceding edition of this Digpenmtory. la iiioie recent years, preference is given to the following process: The powdered bark is intimately mixed with caustic lime, the mixture moistened with water, and the liberated bases extracted with such solvents as amyl alcohol, petroleum hydrocarbons and parafBn oils. These solvents do not take up the coloring and tannin substances of the barks. From the solution thus obtained, diluted acid abstracts the cinchona bases which are then precipitated by sodium carbonate, and subjected to further purification (see B. Hirsch and A. Schneider, Commentar f. d. Arzneibuch, Gottingen, 1895; also Fliickiger and Power, Cinchona Barks, 1884, p. 79). Description. — Two sulphates of quinine are official, that under present con- sideration being the neutral salt, or diquinine .sulphate (compare Quinina). Pure. 'luinine sulphate forms hard, heavy crystals, while the commercially preferred ■ juinine sulphate occurs in feathery, light crystals, a quality which was long be- lieved to be due to the presence of a small quantity of cinchonidine sulphate. P. Carles (Anier.Jnur. Phnrm., 1892, p. 314) finds, however, that the salt may also be obtained in the feathery form by allowing it to crystallize in the presence of ammonium sulphate. The official salt is described as occuring in "white, silky, light and fine, needle-shaped crystals, fragile and somewhat flexible, making a very light and easily compressible mass, lustreless from suj)erficial efflorescence after being for some time exposed to the air, odorless, and having a persistent, very bitter taste. The salt is liable to lose water on exposure to warm air, to absorb moisture in damp air, and to become colored by exposure to light. Solu- ble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 740 parts of water, and in 6-5 parts of alcohol; in 30 parts of boiling water, and in 3 parts of boiling alcohol; also in 40 parts of L'lycerin, in about 680 parts of chloroform, and freely in dilute acids. When long exposed to the air, or when kept at 50° to 60° C. (122° to 140° F.) for some li')urs, it loses most of its water of crystallization (all except 2 to 3 molecules, or about 4.1 to 6.2 per cent), the last portion being slowly expelled at 100° C. .212° F.), more rapidly at 115° C. (239^ F.). Upon ignition, the salt is slowly lonsunied, leaving no residue'' — (U. S. P.). Mr. A. J. Cownley {Pharm. Jour. Trnn-H., Vol. III. 1896, p. 52-5) recommends that the air-dry (effloresced) salt {"„H„Np,),HjS0,.2H,0, containing 4.6 |)er cent of water, be recognized as the official salt; a definite standard would thus be established. "The aqueous solu- tion of the salt is neutral to litmus paper, and has, especially when acidulated with sulphuric acid, a vivid, blue fluorescence" — (I'. S. P.). (See also Quinina.) 1632 QVINIX.K SULPHAS. Quinine sulphate is incompatible with alkalies and alkaline earths, such as caustic potash and soda, aqua ammonise, lime-water, magnesia, etc., on account of the precipitation of quinine produced bj-^ these agencies. It is also precipitated by the carbonates of alkalies and alkaline earths; by soluble barium and lead salts (insoluble sulphates being formed); it is likewise incompatible with potas- sium iodide, potassium chromate, oxalate, and all soluble tartrates, mercuric chloride (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1887, p. 403), tannic and gallic acids and a number of other com])Ounds. (See enumeration in E. A. Ruddiman, Incompatibilities in Prescrij.'i',,,... New York, 1897.) ' Adulterations and Tests. — The former high price of quinine sulphate (see interesting list of prices since 1823 in Druggists'' Circular, 1896, p. 32) has occasion- ally led to adulterations or substitutions, such as the addition of sugar, starch, salicin, or inorganic material such as calcium phosphate, gypsum ("tasteless quinine." Druggists' Circular, 1896, p. 297), magnesia, potassium nitrate (Avw. Jour. Pharm.,i876, p. 571), sodium sulphate (J. Biel, *jd.,1872, p. 540), etc. Substitu- tion by cinchonine hydrochlorate has been repeatedly noted (ibid. ,1871, p. 92; 1880, p. 473). The presence of inorganic impurities is readily recognized by the residue left upon incineration. Treatment with boiling alcohol likewise leaves them undissolved, as well as sugar and starch. The latter is recognized by the iodine test, the former by precipitating the quinine with ammonia; the filtrate upon concentration should not possess a sweet taste. Starch and sugar also would carbonize with concentrated sulphuric acid. Salicin if present, would form a blood-red solution with the latter reagent (see U.S. P. Tests below). The presence of other cinchona bases (cinchonine and quinidine) may be ascertained by the tests of the U. S. P. subsequently given, in conjunction with those under Quinina. "On treating 10 Cc. of an aqueous solution (about 1 in 1300) of the salt with 2 drops of bromine water, then with an excess of ammonia water, the liquid will acquire an emerald-green color. With proper adjustment of the re- agents, more dilute solutions will give a paler tint, while more concentrated ones will acquire a deeper color, or throw down a green precipitate" — (C. .S'. P.). This is the-thnlleioquin test already recorded under Quinina. According to Hyde, this reaction succeeds best when calcium hypochlorite is used instead of bromine or chlorine. Acidulate the quinine solution with 1 drop of dilute sulphuric acid (1:4), filter the hypochlorite solution into the quinine solution until the blue fluorescence is just discharged. Now add to the faintly golden-yellow liquid a few drops of dilute ammonia (1:3); a brilliant emerald color will then appear (Digest of Criticisms on the U. S. P., Part II, 1898). The U. S. P. further directs for quinine sulphate: "A cold, saturated aqueous solution of the salt remains un- afiected by potassium iodide T.S. (difference from quinidine sulphate)" — (U.S.P.). (Compare table under Quinina.) "Ammonia water added to the aqueous solu- tion of the salt throws down a white precipitate, soluble in an excess of ammo- nia water, and also in about 20 times its weight of ether. The aqueous solu- tion of the salt yields, with barium chloride T.S., a white precijntate insoluble in hydrochloric acid. Quinine sulphate should not impart more than a faintly yel- lowish tint to concentrated sulphuric acid (limit of readily carbonizable, organic impurities), nor produce a red color with nitric acid (diflierence from morphine)" — ((7. S. P.). (Also see Quinina.) "If 1 Gm. of the salt be dried at a temperature of 115° C. (239° F. ), until it ceases to lose weight, the residue should not weigh less than 0.838 Gm. (absence of more than 8 molecules, or 16.18 per cent of water)" — (U. S.P.). Tliis test for the presence of water is quite necessary j^ because the light powder, even when effloresced and seemingly dry, is capable ofineohan- ically holding quite large quantities of water; thus Dr. Kerner records 18 per cent in an apparently dry sample {s^ee Amer. Jcntr. Pharm. .1S80, y>. 425). "If 2 Gm. of the salt (which must have been previously ascertained to be strictly neutral to litmus paper, or have been rendered so) be dried, as far as possible, at 100° C. (212°F.\the residue then agitated with 20 Cc. of wa^er, and the mixture mac- erated fori an hour at 15° C. (59° F.), witli occasional agitation, ujK>n proceeding further as directed under Quinine (see Quinina) the results there given should he obtained"— (r. .9. P.). B. Hirscli {Pharm. Rund.^rhnu. 1893. p. 240^ p.unts out that the employment of 7 Cc. of ammonia in this test indicates an allowance of aKmt 4 per cent of alkaloids other than "-'tii)- (^ iNiN.r. siLi'iiAs. • 1633 copoeia (1898) ikinaiuls the absence of more than traces of ciaclionine, quinidine, cupreine, ami amorphous alkaloid, and makes an allowance of 3 per cent of total bases, chiefly cinchonidine, as obtained by Liebig's test (precipitation with ether and amnioiiia) for which detailed directions are given, as well as for the determi- nation of quinidine, cinehonine, amorphous alkaloid, and cupreine (see Cinchona). In this eonni cti'iii, see scheme of analysis of rjuiuine sulphate and hj'droclilorate, l.yC. Hielbii.', in .\„i, ,: .hnn. Phnrm.. ISSS, 1..411. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— (.Compare Cinchmn.) To the taste, quinine sulphate is extremely bitter. It does not fully represent Cinchona, whose as.sociated principles possess properties not present in quinine alone. In small doses, quinine is a nervous and vascular stimulant. In large doses, it is a seda- tive and muscular and cardiac depressant, and, if given in suflieient amounts, which, however, must be very large, it is capable of producing death. Upon de- nuded surfaces, quinine acts as an irritant. It is antiseptic and antiputrefactive, and for these purposes Cinchona bark was applied to ulcers by Sir John Pringle as early as 1765. In variwus strengths, quinine checks fermentation in milk, urine, alcoholic fluids, etc., and prevents decomposition of the same. Upon enter- ing the stomach, quinine is dissolved by the gastric fluid, such portions as are not dissolved passing into the intestines, where the alkaline juices also precipi- tate suereniic state of the brain induced. Large doses, however, produce a partial anemia of the organ, due to contraction of the arteries and feeble heart-action. After death, however, the brain is found to be engorged with blood. Deafness is a common result after the injudicious use of quinine, but it is seldom permanent. The optic nerve and retina, through ischsemia, become perfectly white, resem- bling white atrophy, and temporary blindness results. Occasionally, permanent atrophy of the nerve, with blindness, remains. Upon the spinal cord, the chief I'ffects are a lessening or abolishment of reflex excitability. This is attributed, not to a primary action upon the cord, but to stimulation of Setschenow's center of inhiliition, situated at the base of the brain. Quinine first stimulates the lungs, increasing the respiratory functions. Toxic doses, however, produce dysp- noea and a variety of abnormal respiratory movements, finally ending in death, with symptoms of asphyxiation. The spleen is contracted by quinine, and, upon the uterus, it probably has no ])ower to originate contractions, though it appears to assist normal uterine contractions when they have once begun. For this pur- ])ose it is valued in feeble and intermittent uterine action during labor. Notwith- standing this, it is the general opinion that it is a perfectly safe agent to admin- ister in threatened abort ion , due to miasmatic influence, or occurring in malarial districts. Quinine rapidly diffuses itself into the blood in jjroportion to the quantity taken. It is found in all the secretions, the tears, the saliva, milk, sweat, and urine. Though some of it is probably eliminated by the bowels, the chief amount —at least one-half — pa.sses out by way of the kidneys, hence the irritant effects sometimes proiluced upon the urinary tract. In acute inflammation of the renal organs, it increases the difficulty and may give rise to complete suppression, or to retention of urine. Small doses increase the elimination of urea, uric acid, and 10:! 1634 . QUIXIN.E SULPHAS. creatinin, while the excretion of these products is diminished by larger doses. Quinine occasionallj- produces skin eruptions, among which maj' be mentioned erythema, urticaria, herpes, roseola, and rarely purpura. The physiological action of quinine throws but little light upon the practical applications of the drug. No absolute explanation can be given of its mode of action in malarial and other periodical fevers. That it antagonizes the miasmatic poison is accepted, this poison probably consisting of low forms of organic life — micro-organi.'^ms (P/ft*- vwdmm malaria;) — the multiplication of which it prevents, and the destruction of which it accomplishes. Quite recent investigations give weight to the opinion that it destroys the plasmodium in the system, for, when isolated, these micro- organisms have been destroyed by so dilute a solution as 1 part of quinine in 20,000 parts of water. _ Sulpbate of quinine is febrifuge, tonic, and antiperiodic. Small doses-, fre- quently repeated, act as a stimulant tonic, strengthening the pulse, increasing muscular force, and invigorating the tone of the nervous system. In some per- sons it induces headache, sickness, or irregular action of the bowels, which efiFects are generally obviated by combining it with morphine, extract of stramonium, or both, and these effects will be almost certain to follow if gastro-enteritic irrita- tion preexists. Large doses, as 20 grains, or h drachm, produce many unpleasant symptoms, and ought never to be used, except in the malignant conditions here- after mentioned. Among these may be named sickness and pain at the stomach, mental confusion, giddiness, flushed countenance, palpitation, a sense of fullness, throbbing, and distension in the head, intense weighty headache, ringing in the ears, vomiting, numbness in the feet, twitchings of the limbs, deafness, blindness, delirium, and nervous excitation and restlessness. If this amount be adminis- tered for several days, muscular debility, with tremulousness, uhsteadv gait, som- nolence or apathy, obtuse sensibility, and dilated pujiils, may also te present. In toxic doses, deafness and blindness may be complete, the limbs become .power- less, and unconsciousness supervenes. Upon discontinuing the u.~e of the salt, the effects gradually pass off, occasionally, however, the aural and ocular disturb- ances persist for some time if the drug has been long administered. It is seldom that the severer symptoms, above mentioned, are observed, for, as soon as slight cinchonism has been produced, known by giddiness, a buzzing or ringing in the ears, slight headache, etc, the drug is usually discontinued. "The evil results following large doses, or the injudicious administration of quinine, has caused many physicians to reject it altogether in their practice. This is wrong. Quinine is a safe and very superior remedy, in proper hands, and when the specific indications are observed. As well might we reject all active and useful agents, because, when improperly used, they produce deleterious con- .sequences. It must also be remembered, that many of the symptoms following the use of quinine, are the legitimate results of disease itself, as an enlarged spleen, a deranged condition of the nervous system, etc., or were formerly the deplorable consequences of a combined mercurial treatment, which has been and still con- tinues to be a fashionable practice in many portions of this section of the coun- try. No sensible or well educated physician will ever object to the proper em- ployment of the pure sulphate of quinine'' (J. King"). Since the development of specific medication, a better understanding of the uses of quinine has been established. While the earlier Eclet'tic physicians recognized /ie)-Wf/(V% as its unquestionable indication, and, while they recognized the fact that "symptoms of irritability, wakefulness, or restlessness, must be first subdued,"' they carried the eflect of tfie drug to such an extent as to "affect the head" daily. This would indicate that they did not always employ it in the same conditions in which it is now recognized with us as a specific agent. When quinine is specifically indicated, it will act kindly, and the head need not nec- essarily be impressedi. The indications for tlie agent, and which they closely approached, as now understood by us, and followed with prompt resultfs, are: Periodic it I/, the fever taking the form of reiniltntt or ititermittetit; the pul.'f m oprn (Did soft, the skin soft mid moi.tl, the toiujue inol.it nnd elcnnini). and the nerrous gi/sfem free from marked irritation. To act kindly, the stomach must not be irritable, and must be in a condition to receive and absorb the drug. If the general condition of the system be such that there is marked nervous excitation, as dry tongue and QriNiN.K sri.piiAS. 1G:15 skin, and a frequent, hard pulse, an aggravation of the existing condition is likcljr to take place under the use of quinine and its salts. When, however, these un- favorahle conditions can be rectified by other agents, then the quinine salt will be kindly received, and will do good work. Generally, when such untoward con- ditions are present, there is some unrecognizcil complication of the liver, spleen, or stomach. The following exceri>t from the last edition of this work, will serve to illustrate the manner in which the drug was usctl by the earlier Eclectics: "Sulphate of quinine, in American practice, is used in all febrile diseases, without regard to the violence of the fever, or the degree of congestive cnlarg« - nient of tiie liver or spleen; it is usually given during the intermissions or re- missions, in doses sufficient to affect the head, each day; when, for that day, its administration is omitted ; but should there be no aiiparent remi.s.'rions, it is then given daily to produce the same influence upon the head, without, as before said, regard to the violence of the fever, etc. Previous to its administration, however, any symptoms of irritability, wakefulness, or restlessness, must l)c first subdued. It is frequently given in the.se cases, as well as in many other forms ofdisea.se, in combination witii ferrocyanide of iron; which was first introduced to the profesr sion, as a safe and elhcient remedy in this class of maladies, by Prof. I. (i. .Jones. In typhus and typhoid fevers, it will be found of much service, in conjunction with small doses of extract of leptandra, or resin of podophyllum, sufficient to produce a daily alvine evacuation. In febrile relapses, acute rheumatism, neu- ralgia, dyspepsia, debility, convalescence from most acute and chronic diseases, dysentery, and in all epidemic diseases, and every disease characterized by perio- dicity, it may be given with every expectation of success. Combined with mor- phine, 1 have used it successfully in epilepsy, delirium tremens, and the convul.s- ive diseases of intemperate persons. In dysmenorrha'a, in conjunction with ex- tract of stramonium or belladonna, and resin of black cohosh, it proves almost a specific. It is generally contraindicated during the presence of gastric inflamma- tion, or unusual irritation of the stomach, though the addition of morphine, in such ca.ses, will sometimes prevent any hurtful consequences" (J. King). Quinine is the great remedy for vinlarinl fevers. It is seldom now employed in other fevers without periodicity, excejjt as a tonic to prevent prostration. The. rule for the administration of quinine, as an antiperiodic, is as follows: "When- ever an acute disease exhibits periodicity, we administer the agent during the intermission, or when there is the least excitement of the circulation ; but if this can not be done, owing to the shortness of the intermission, we give it during the reaction" (Scudder, Materia Medica, p. 436). In all cases the specific indications, as given above, are to be observed. If given when a chill is on, it is likely to aggra- vate it, while, during the sweating stage, it is neither necessary nor productive of much good. As to the manner of administration, there is some difference of opinion — S(jme preferring broken doses, others the single dose. Probably, if the indications are correct, tiie manner of administering it does not make any mate- rial difference, as the effect of the drug seems to have been as certain when given in either manner. Prof. Scudder, after getting the patient in the proper condition, jireferred to give a single dose of 10 grains in 1 or 2 ounces of water, using sufficient sulphuric acid to effect a .solution. This he believed to be the most certain and ))leasantest mode of administration. Prof. Locke advises from 15 to 30 grains, depending upon the condition of the patient, 5-grain doses being admini!hthena. It is particu- larly useful for the debility following surginil (/(Ueate6. Ext<>rnally, suli>li,ite of quinine, in solution, has formed a valuable application to iiiihilcit ulcers, btihn,.-:. rhrinccs. and chronic i}iiirnii.-< i}ilhi}iim,itiints. QriXlN.r. VALKKIAXAS. 1637 We have received good results in the treatment of hay fever, by the internal administration of a solution of quinine in water and hydrochloric acid, each dose containing 2 grains of the salt, and being administered 4 times a da j-. A solu- tion of ^ grain of quinine sulphate in an ounce of water, is recommended by some as a douche in this aflection. Quinine solution is often of service in drph- tfieria, being applied locally to the membrane, and in gonorrhoea, it has done good service by injecting it into the urethra. Many times quinine, even when indicated, is not well borne by the stomach. In such cases, and particularly in children's diseases, most excellent results are obtainable from an inunction of quinine and lard or petrolatum, applied to the abdomen, groin, and arm-pits. Some physicians never employ it in any other manner in the disorders of childhood. The dose of quinine sulphate, internally, is from ^ to 3 grains, repeated every 1, 2, 3, or 4 hours, as the urgency of the case may require. Large doses are im- proper, except in remittent and intermittent fevers, when the dose may range from 5 to 20 grains. A popular mode of administering quinine is in capsules. This, while pleasanter, is less etl'ectual than the acidulated solutions. A solution of quinine sulphate may be made by adding 20 grains of the salt to 1 fluid drachm of elixir of vitriol, and, when dissolved, add 2 fluid ounces of water. The dose of this solution is 20 drops every hour, in about i ounce of water, or syrup of ginger. Another solution may Ite made by dis.solving sulphate of quinine, tartaric acid, of each, 20 grains, in 2 fluid ounces of water. The dose is as above. A number of agents have been employed to mask the taste of quinine. Among these are liquorice, yerba santa, and yerbazin. The practice of using tannic acid is to be condemned, as it converts the most of the quinine into an insoluble and practi- cally inert quinine tannate. The acetate, nitrate, phosphate, ferrocyanide, citrate, and hydrochlorate of quinine, possess similar properties, but are not usually pre- ferred in iiraetiee. Specific Indications and Uses. — Periodicity, pulse soft and open, tongue moist and cleaning; skin soft and moist, and nervous system free from irritation; intermittent and remittent fevers; periodical neuralgia; enfeebled innervation. Yerb.\zin, a preparation prepared by Eli Lilly & Co., is said to be free from many of the objection.s of other quinine maskers. It is a syrupy prop.Tnitinn, containing the quinine mask- ing principle of yerba santa. It perfectly disgui.-^is tli' l.iit. r ta.ste of quinine without decom- posin]^' that salt, or converting it into a tannate. Twi r.ty nr moii' grains of quinine are rendered palatable by a fluid ounce of yerbazin, the .salt hi-im: .siisp. iiird in the latter by rubbing in a mrirtar, or violentlv shaking in a partially tilled vial. Virliazin is a specialtv of the above- named drni. QUININiE VALERIANAS (U. S. P.)— QUININE VALERIANATE. Formula: C„H„NAC5H,oO,-|-H,0. Molecular Weight: 443.07. Synonyms : Chininum vnlerianicum, Qiiinue valerianns. Valerianate ofquinia. "Quinine valerianate should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a dark place"— (r..?. P.). Preparation. — Quinine valerianate may be prepared by warming moist quinine with a solution of valerianic acid in water (for Wittstein's directions, see this Di.-'pen.-.oO). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— The above-named plants are too acrid to use internally, especially when fresh ; but when applied externally, are power- fully rubefacient and epispastic. Rnnuncuhis bulbosus is employed, in its recent state, in rhetimntic, ncuntlgu; and other dUeciaes where vesication and counter-irri- tation are indicated. Its action, however, is so uncertain, and sometimes so vio- lent, causing very obstinate ulcers, that it is seldom used. It is sometimes used by the beggars of Europe to produce and keep open sores, for the purpose of ex- citing sympathy. "I have cured two obstinate cases of nursing sore-mouth, with an infusion made by adding 2 drachms of the recent root, cut into small pieces, to 1 pint of hot water; when cold, a tablespoonful was given 3 or 4 times a day, and the mouth frequently washed with a much stronger infusion" (J. King). Prof. Scudder suggested a fraction of a drop largely diluted of a tincture of the fresh root (sviii to alcohol, 76 per cent, Oj) as a stimulant to the vegetative pro- cess. Acting upon homoeopathic principles it has been employed with asserted benefit in herpes .-vod eczema. The dose is a fraction of a drop, well diluted, every 2 to 4 hours. RESINA (U. S. P.)— RESIN. Synoxy.ms : Crlophony, Rosin. Source. — The term Renn (see Re»inas) here has a special meaning, being ap- plied to "the residue left after distilling off the volatile oil from turpentine" — {U. S. P.). It is better known by the names of Rosin or Colophony. The manu- facture of this artich is one of the leading industries of the southern states (see Terehinthinn and Olerm Terebinthinas). Resina fiava, or Yellow rosin, contains some moisture, in consequence of the distillation not being carried to dryness; if this, while in a melted state, be shaken with water, it forms a lighter colored resin, termed Resinn nlha, or White redn. Fiddlers' rosin, or Colophony, is a translucent, brownish-yellow substance, the result of the distillation being continued until all water is exi)pUed, or without the use of water. Description and Chemical Composition.— As officially required, resin is "a transparent, amber-colored substance, lianl. brittle, pulverizable; fracture glossy and shallow-conchoidal; odor and taste faintly terebinthinate. Specific gravity 1.070 to 1.080. Soluble in alcohol, ether, and fixed or volatile oils; also in solution of jjotassiura or sodium hydrate" — (f'..S'. P.). It is heavier than water and melts at a moderate heat. When kept in powdered condition, it is liable to undergo spontaneous combustion (H. Hager, Amer. Jour. Phartn., 1888, p. 455). When melted, it can be united with wax, fats, spermaceti, etc. Prof OJmstead (Amer. Jour. Phtirm.. 1850, p. 325) states that rosin added to lard gives it a degree of fluidity not before possessed by the lard, and also prevents the latter from form- ing those aciils which corrode metals. A compound of 1 part of rosin to 4 of lard, may be used for various purposes; by incorporating a certain amount of black-lead, and applying a thin coating to iron stoves and grates it prevents tlieni from rusting, forming a complete protection. The principal constituent of rosin is abietic anhydride (C„Hj„0,, Maly, 1861-64) which dissolves in warm 70 per alcohol with alxsorption of water and formation of abietic acid (C^H^Pj), which falls out upim cooling. This acid forms colorless small crystals soluble in alco- hol, wood alcohol, chloroform, ether, benzene, carbon disulphide and glacial acetic acid. It also dissolves readily in caustic alkali with formation of a resin soap (f. 51. .sodium al)ietate). The acid absorbs oxygen upon exposure to the air. A series of esters (ethyl, methyl and glyceryl esters) of abietic acid has been pre- pared which have been used in the preparation of varnishes. By destructive 1640 RESIN.E.— RESINA CATLOPHYLLI. distillation of the acid with reducing agents (zinc dust;, homologues of benzene, naphtalene, and anthracene are formed. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Rosin is seldom given internally. Its principal u.-e is to Un-xi jila-lcr.- and ointments, to which it is an excitant ingre- dient, and renikr.s tlieni more adhesive. Internally, pulverized rosin will be found very useful in do.ies of 30 to 60 grains in molasse.?, or linseed oil, 3 or 4 times a day, in bleed in// piles. Applied locally, on lint or cotton, it will be found a very valuable styptic. The vapor from rosin has been inhaled in chronic bronchiiui, and certain atonic affections of the lungs -with benefit; and the fumes of burning rosin, if received upon the parts, will, it is said, remove the irritation attending piles and prolapsus ani. Half a drachm of powdered rosin, dissolved in a suffi- cient quantity of chloroform, so as to make a thick solution, will relieve neumlgia of the teeth, or toothache, by introducing a piece of cotton, which has been impreg- nated with the solution, into the hollow teeth. RESIN.*:.— RESINS. Medicinal resins, sometimes termed resinoids or concentraiirms, are a class of agents obtained from medicinal plants or roots, etc., by precipitation from their alcoholic tinctures, either by means of water alone, or aided by distillation. Those at present in use are generally impure, and contain one or more, but not all, of the therapeutic virtues of the plants from which they are made. .Vo/f .— The "Strong Tincture" of the different resins, referred to in their preparation, is usu- ally made by exhausting any quantity of the root, or bark, etc., of the crude agent, by percolation with official alcohol. The subsequent evaporation is to be car- ried on by distillation until the residue is of a syrupy consistence. Most of the Eclectic resinoids are now discarded in favor of liquid preparations of the drugs yielding them, but, for obvious reasons, it is best to record again the processes to be found in former editions of this work. Resinoids, as a rule, are no longer of importance to Eclectic phy.sicians. The exceptions to the above remarks are resins of cimicifuga and podophyllum, and the alkaloids found in hydrastis and sanguinaria, which were introduced originally as Eclectic resinoids. RESINA CAULOPHYLLI.— RESIN OF CAULOPHYLLUM. Synonym : Caulojyhyllin. Preparation. — Take of strong tincture of blue cohosh root, 1 pint; water, 1 gallon. Distill oil the alcohol, and pour the syrupy residue into the water, allow the mixture to stand for 24 hours, or until there is no further precipitate, collect the precipitate on a filter, and then allow it to dry in a moderately warm place. History, Description, and Chemical Composition.— As blue cohosh root contains but very little resin, this preparation is not deserving the name of resin, but as it has been heretofore considered the resinous principle of the root, I give it a place, for the present, among the resins. Mr. \V. 8. Merrell first manufactured this article. Mr. A. E. Ebert found it to consist of two resins, both soluble in alcohol, but one only of them soluble in ether, and an extractive body analogous to saponin, which, when shaken with water, jiroduced a very thick and persistent froth, was freely soluble in alcohol and in alkaline solutions, and tlie aqueous solution of which reddened litmus (Amn: Jour. Pharm. ,IS64, p. 206). Dr. T. L. A. Greve states in relation to this agent: "Cauloi>hyllin is th< name given by our pharmaceutists to the dried and powdered alcoholic extract c; blue cohosh root. It can hardly be termed a resinoid.as the root contains bui little, if any, resin, nor would it be proper to name it the active principle in the sense that this term is api>lied to strychnine, santonin, and other proxinmte prin ciples of a definite chemical constitution. It is simply a coiweittrtUed uifdiciiu. representing the medicinal activity of the crude drug in a condensed and con- venient form." It will be seen from these remarks, coming from a reliable source, that the article now jjrejiared for the profession as" Canlophi/lUn," is fimytly the dry alcoholic extract of the root (J. King). KKSINA (.IMICirrCE. 1641 Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Resin of caulophyllum appears to exert a dinct inHueiice upon tlie uterus, aetiuj^ a< an alterative, uterine tonic, and jtarturient, according to the pi-riods in which it is employed, in the more com- mon unhealt'ny conditions ot" tliis organ and its appendages, known as am^nor- r/uea, dysmennn-hitn, jKi.-mire mennrrhaffin, leurorrliiKi, rnngcKled cervix, etc., it it- equal to, if not surpai-sinsr, the re.ilep»ii, hysteria, in which diseases it is recommended as an antispa.tYj.«f.<, accompanied with pains of a spasmodic character (J. King). It is Imt little used at the i>resent time. RESINA CIMICIFUGiE.— RESIN OF CIMICIFUGA. Sy.nonvms : Rejortive. Ovary oval; style short; stigmas 3-cleft; divisions revolute and glan- dular on the inside. The berrv is round, i)ointed, and of the size of a cherry (L.-Roxb.). History and Description.— Dragon's blood is a dark-red substance, which is imported from the Kast Indies, and wliich is procured from tlie berries of the Calamus Draco, hy rubliing or agitating them in a bag, .softening by heat the RESIXA JALAP.E. lti4o resinous exudation obtained, and making this up into masses. An inferior grade is obtained by boiling the crushed fruits in water (/'Al and ether with red color, less so in chloroform; if tne article is derived from P'crnnirpus Draco of the West Indies, it will be but little soluble in chloro- form. Petroleum ether abstracted only from 1 to 7 per cent of soluble matter. Dragon's blood, in connection with other resins, was investigated in recent years by Prof.Tschirch and his pupils. K. Dieterich (Jahre-fb. der Pf)arm.,189&,p. 159) examined a specimen derived from Divmonornpn Draco (.Java and Sumatra) and found it to contain: (1) DracnalhanQl.o percent) an amorphous indifferent, not fusible body, abstracted by ether and precipitated by alcohol; it has the formula, C„H„0,; (2) dracoresin (13.58 per cent) soluble in petroleum. ether, alcohol, and ether, of the formula. C,,H„0.,, fusing at 74° C. (165.2° F.); (3) red resin (56.8 per cent), a mixture of two esters, namely, comjiounds of the alcohol, CgH,,,©^ {draco- res inn-tan no!) with benzoic acid (CjHj.COOH) and with benzoyl acetic acid (Cji^.CO. CH,.COOH); (4) a renin soluble in alcohol, insoluble in ether (0.33 per cent); (5) phlnhapficnes (0.03 per cent); (6) woody fragments, etc. (18.40 per cent); (7) ash (8.30 )>er cent). Draco-resino-tannol yields, uj>on dry distillation, benzene (benzol), toluene, styrol, phenyl acetylene, phenol, resorcin, pyrogallol, phloroglucin, acetic acid and creo.=ote. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Dragon's blood was formerly consid- ered an astringent, and used in doses of from 10 to 30 grains in passive hemorrhages, dinrrlfin, etc. Its principal use is to color tooth powders, plasters, tinctures and varnishes, and to produce a mahogany wood-stain (aloes 1 part, dragon's blood 1 part, alcohol 15 parts). Belated Drags. — Socotr.^ Dbagos-'s Blood, or .Srn/iV,is the product ol Dracsma Schi^anlha, Baker, or, a,' to Hunter, the Dracxna Ombet of Kotscby. It is produced in Soeotra. It differs from tin- .Sumatra drug in the absence of scales, and in not evolving benzoic acid vapors when heatfd i Phunitacographia ■. C.\x.\RV LsL.v.Mj 1)h.\gox'.s Blood is the product obtained by incising tbe stem of Dracxna Draco, Linne, of tbe Canary Isles. Pterocarpus Draco, Linne, of West Indies and South America, yields a resin known also as dragon's blood, as does Vrolon Draco, 8chlecbtendal, the product of the lattir, however, b<'ing more of the nature of kino {Pltnrmanyraphin). According to Prof. H. Trimble { Amer. Jour. Phnrm.,\Si)b, p. 5161, a speiimiii received from Jamaica was for the most part soluble in warm water and containeil 4H.7 percent of tannin, n-ferred to dry substance, hence it closely resembled kino. The foregoing are not in general commerce, i For an analvtical study of the various red resins known as dragon's blood, see J. J. Dobbie and G. G. Henderson, Amer. Jour. Phartn.. 1884, p. 3L>7). RESINA JALAP.« (U. S. P.)— RESIN OF JALAP. Preparation. ■. I alap, in No. GO powder, one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av.,3 ozs., 120 grs.]; alcohol, water, each, a sufhcient (luantity. Moisten the powder with three hundred (300) cubic centimeters [10 fl.s. GillTl] of alco- hol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough alcohol to 1644 KESINA PODOPHYLLI. saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closelj- covered the percolator, macerate for 48 hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradu- allj' adding alcohol, until twenty-five hundred (2500) cubic centimeters [84 flg, 257 TH] of tincture are obtained, or until the tincture ceases to produce more than a slight turbidity when dropped into water. Distill off the alcohol, by means of a water-bath, until the tincture is reduced to four hundred (400; grammes [14 ozs. av.,48 grs.], and add the latter, with constant stirring, to nine thousand (9000) cubic centimeters [304 flg, 155 TTL] of water. When the precipitate has subsided, decant the supernatant liquid, and wash the precipitate twice, by de- cantation, with fresh portions of water. Place it upon a strainer, and, having pressed out the liquid, dry the resin with a gentle heat, stirring occasionally until the moisture has evaporated" — (U.S. P.). The yield by this process is oHicially required to be not less than 12 per cent (see Jalapa), but this figure is now seldom attained with jalap imported from Mexico, about 7 to 8 per cent being the average yield. Prof. Fliickiger ascribes the decrease in yield to fraudulent abstraction of resin by means of alcohol, probably practiced by some Mexican dealers. He advocates the cultivation of jalap in Europe, pointing out that the tubers in one instance where jalap was cultivated, yielded 22.7 per cent of resin, referred to dry material (Amer. Jour. Pharm.,l8Q0, p. 141; also see E. R. Squibb, Eijhemeri-gjXol. Ill, pp. 1095 and 1248). Mr. F. H. Alcock proposes an assay of jalap for resin by means of ainyl alcohol (AnK-r. Jmir. Phnmi., 1892, p. 534). Description and Tests.— As officially demanded resin of jalap should be in "yellowish-brown, or brown masses or fragments, breaking with a resinous, glossy fracture, translucent at the edges, or a yellowish-gray or yellowish-brown powder, having a slight, jieculiar odor, and a somewhat acrid taste. Permanent in the air. Its alcoholic solution has a faintly acid reaction. Soluble in alcohol in all proportions; insoluble in carbon disulphide, benzol, and fixed or volatile oils. Not more than about 10 per cent of it is soluble in ether. On evaporating the ethereal solution, and dissolving the residue in potassium hydrate T.S.. a red- dish-brown liquid is formed, from which the resin is reprecipitated by acids. If that portion of resin of jalap which remained undissolved by ether be dissolved in potassium hydrate T.S., the addition of an acid does not precipitate it" — (U.S. P.). The resinous portion, not soluble in ether, is usually called omvolrulin (W. Mayer). (For details regarding the chemistry of the resin, see Jalapn.) " Resin of jalap should not suffer any material loss of weight when heated at 100° C. (212° F.) (absence of water). Water triturated with it should neither become colored, nor take up anything soluble from it (absence of soluble impurities). On digesting 1 Gm. of resin of jalap for about an hour, with frequent agitation, in a glass-stoppered vial, with 10 Cc. of ammonia water, at a temperature of about 80'' C. (176° F.), it should yield a solution which does not gelatinize on cooling (absence of common resin)" — (U.S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Jalap owes its cathartic powers to its resin; while its unioilage or gum has been reputed diuretic. The dose of the resin prepared, as stated above, is from 1 to 6 or 8 grains; it is apt to occasion much pain and griping, which maybe frequently obviated by trituration with castile soap, resin of caulophyllum, or loaf-sugar. RESINA PODOPHYLLI (U. S. P.)— RESIN OF PODOPHYLLUM. Synonyms: Pnd'jp/it/llin. Risiii qfmnniirdkc, P(.-^in of Majz-dpf,!,-. Preparation.— The r. S. P. process for preparing poc'lophylliu is jis follows: "Podophyllum, in No. (50 powder, one thousand grammes (KXXHJni.^ [2 11^. av., 3ozs., 120 grs.]; bydrocliloric acid, ten cubic centimeters (lOCo. ) [1(52 lUJ : alcohol, water, each, a sufiicient quantity. Moisten the powder with four hundred and eighty cubic centimeters (480 Cc.) [16 tij,. 111 ITIJ of alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for 48 hours. Then allmv the percolation to proceed, gradually adding alcohol, until RESINA PODOPHYLLI. 1645 sixteen hundred cubic centimeters (1600 Cc.) [54 fig, 49111] of tincture are ob- tained, or until the tincture ceases to produce more than a slight turbidity when dropped into water. Distill off the alcohol, by means of a water-bath, until tlie tincture is reduced to a syrupy consistence, and pour it slowly, with constant stirring, into one thousand cubic centimeters (,1000 C'c.) [33 Hg, 391 111] of water, previously cooled to a temperature below 10° C. (50° F.), and mixed with the hydrochloric acid. When tne precipitate has subsided, decant the supernatant liquid, and wash the precipitate twice, by decantalion, with fresh portions of cold water. Spread it, in a thin layer, upon a strainer, and dry the resin by exposure to the air in a cool place. Should it coalesce during the drying, or aggregate into lumps having a varnish-like surface, it should be removed, broken in pieces, and rubbed in a mortar. As this is liable to happen during warm weather, resin of podophyllum is preferably made during the cold season" — {U. S. P.). The original process of this Z>/>7)fH.«(i/on/ directs us to take of strong tincture of mandrake root (see Ret:in;i-), 1 pint; water, acidulated with 18 fluid drachms of hydrochloric acid, 1 gallon. Mix the tincture and the acidulated water to- gether, allow the mixture to stand for 24 hours, or until there is no further pre- cipitate, collect the precipitate on a filter, wash it with water, and then allow it to dry in a warm place not exceeding 26.6° or 29.4° C. (80° or 85° F.). Or, the alco- hol maj' first be removed by evaporation in a warm bath; and the resin then be allowed to precipitate. The resin has also been obtained by precipitation without heat, by adding a solution of alum to a saturated tincture of the root. This makes a yellow alum lake. Podophyllin prepared by means of alum has never been popular with Eclectic physicians. History. — The resin of podophyllum has enjoyed a far more extensive use in medicine tlian the crude drug from which it is prepared. Though official in the U. S. P., and, strange to saj', now more extensively used by members of the regu- lar school of medicine than by our own practitioners, ^^(/opAi/Wtn is an Eclectic drug, having been first discovered and introduced to the profession by Prof. John King.* The practitioners of the old school employ this resin in nearly all of their vegetable cathartic pills. Of its introduction. Prof. John King says : '"This valu- able agent I had the honor of introducing to the profession 26 years since. In 1835, 1 was first leu to an examination of the resinous principle of this plant, as well as of the iris, cimicifuga, aletris, and several other plants, in consequence of some information given me by Prof. Tully, of Yale College, New Haven, Conn., relative to the resinous constituent of the Cimicifuga racemosa. And since August, 1835, I have prepared and used, more or less in my practice, in the treat- ment of various forms of disease, the resins of podophyllum, iris, cimicifuga, alco- holic extract of aletris, and several other medicinal plants. In July, 1844, 1 first called public attention to the resins of podophyllum and iris, in the New York Philosophiral MedicalJmimal, Vol. I, No. 7, pp. 157-161, in which I recommended the mandrake resin in combination with an alkali, for hepatic diseases, scrofula, dropsy, leucorrhoea, syphilis, gonorrhoea, gleet, obstructed menstruation, etc., but of which it appears but little notice was taken by the profession. In April, 1846, 1 again called the attention of the profession to this, as well as many other concen- trated prejiarations, in the Western Medical Reformer, Vol. V, No. 12, pp. 175-178. Now, as dates are the only reliable source of correct information in such mattere, unless some one can show an earlier notice of these articles, and of their prac- tical utility, than the al)ove, their claims will naturally be considered doubtful. The credit of first preparing resin of podophyllum, and other concentrated prepa- rations, for the use of the profession generally, it being part of his avocation, be- longs to Mr. W.S. Merrell, druggist and chenii.st, of Cincinnati, who first manu- factured it in June, 1847, since which time it has become an indispensable and highly important American remedy, and is used by all classes of uhysicians, being generally preferred to mercurials by those who have fairly tested it" (J. King, in College Jounuil, 1857, p. 557). ^J p^ 1 . 1...,,,.. ..,,,, ,,,,. f.^. ,,, ,,,,, ., I-, , .,; . ,., ,;,„,i,i„ iM-ing lUsrovertvl by I'rot Jobn Kin(!. iii 18.V., and ■ I . 1 lAi'h iMh ti iii I ii ...r.sina of Iris oiul all-iris. Thi-sc substniuis wiTO iniro- 1 liiiia to at oiirc brliiK them before thf comiiuTclnl wiirlil. I ' I uiuilcaspcclalty ofrenlnofdB." (JroverCoeoomrlbiiii-)! t ■ I II, VII ii-Mi 111 1 I .1, ■ unlnilai Orgiinic Mnliciiin. But the hintoryof ".Vmericmi r. -.1 i ,. 1 i.,„k. a \ 1... . Ml. I . .Ill I...I I.. I, riiikeii hcri'lii. We hove, therefore. carried from former 164G r.ESIXA PODOPHYLLI. Pruf. King further adds: "I am indebted to the late F. D.Hill & Co., of Cin- cinnati (A. D., 1852), for the following process of manufacturing resin of podo- phyllum. Exhaust coarsely powdered mandrake root with alcohol, b}' percola- tion. Place the saturated tincture in a still, and distill off the alcohol; the resi- due will be a dark fluid of the consistence of molasses; sometimes it i.s thicker, and when this is the case add a small portion of it to some water, and if it does not form a yellow-whitish precipitate, a small quantity of alcohol must be added to it, or enough to cause the light precipitate. Then warm the thick residual fluid, and slowly pour it into three times its volume of cold water, which mu.ortion of the solvent, and pouring tlie solution into 20 volumes of petroleum ether. The podophyllotoxin is col- lected on a tared filter, dried, and weighed. A. Kremel found commercial sam- ples of resin of podophvlluni to vield from 20 to 30 per cent of podophyllotoxin {Amer. Jour. Plmrm.. iss'i), p. 177 ,. " Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Podophyllin possesses the cathartic properties of the crude drug in an exalted degree. While it is slow in action, it is certain in its results. Some persons are so susceptible to the action of the drug, that a dose of i grain will actively purge them. The ordinary cathartic dose of this resin generally requires i'rom 4 to 8 hours to act, but this action is quite persistent, often producing copious alvine discharges for 1 or 2 day.s, and when over leaves the intestines in a normal condition, seldom being followed by the after-constipation so common from the use of ordinary purgatives. As with the crude drug the cathartic action of podophyllin is increased by common salt. From 4 to 8 grains operate as an active emeto-cathartic, with griping, nausea, prostration, and watery stools; from 2 to 4 grains, as a drastic cathartic, with nausea and griping; from A to 2 grains generally operates as an active cathartic, leaving the bowels in a soluble condition; in verj' small doses, it is gently aperi- ent and alterative. In doses of ^ or 1 grain, it is one of our most valuable chola- gogue cathartics, operating mildly, yet effectually, arousing the whole biliary and digestive apjiaratus to a normal action, and which is very persistent in its char- acter. "The action of this resin in affections of the liver has been doubted or denied by some practitioners, but, as we think, on erroneous grounds, judging from the beneficial results following its use in these affections, whether those results be due to direct influence upon the liver, or to an indirect one. Certainly, its effects in this class of diseases, are superior to those of the so-termed cholagogue mercu- rials" (.J. King). It likewise exerts a favorable influence on the cutaneous func- tions, producing and maintaining a constant moisture on the skin. In doses of from J to ^ grain, or rather in sufficient doses not to purge, it acts as a powerful alterative, and will induce ptyalism in some persons. This drug should not be given in bulk, but should be combined with ginger, hyoscyamus, leptandra, or resin of caulophj-Uum, or some form of alkali, which renders it less liable to nauseate or gripe. Should catharsis be too severe, an alkaline solution, with aromatics, by mouth or enema, will check it. A popular and good method of pre- paration is that of triturating it with milk sugar (Imiin). This not only obviates, to a certain extent, its irritant action, but singularly increases its purgative quali- ties. During its administration, all articles of food difficult of digestion should be avoided. According to Prof. Locke, podophyllin prepared by alum water is apt to gripe. Eclectics long made use of this agent in those cases where mercurials were used by other practitioners, and found the result vastly in favor of resin of podophyllum. It appeared to fulfil all the indications for which mercurials were recommended and used. It is not, however, for its cathartic u.se that podophyllin is most valued by the Eclectic profession, but rather for its specific effect when given in small doses. Properly administered it is a stimulant to the sympathetic nervous system, act- ing principally upon the parts supplied by the solar plexus. It improves diges- tion and blood-making and stimulates normal excretion. For its action upon the liver, rejjeated small doses of the trituration (1 to 100), or a daily ]iill of podu- phyllin (j'f grain) and hydrastin (J grain) is much to be preferred to its cathartic dose. It should be given in the same manner when its action on the pancreas and spleen is desired. Few physicians appreciate the action of this drug, in small doses, in gastric and intfuliiKil disorders. It exerts a peculiarly sjjecific action on all forms of stom- ach and bowel trouble with atony, characterized by full and relaxed tissues, with mucous discharge. The case is never one of loss of function from irrital)ility,but from atony. In the summer dUorders of children, especially rfiaki-a iiunvlmn, it will be often indicated, and is quick to restore normal action when the bowels are loose, with pa.ssages of mucoid, slimy material. The movements of the child are sluggish, the tongue is coated a dirty yellowish-white, the superficial veins are full, and the countenance is dull and expressionless. In many cases of chronic RESINA PODOPHYLLI. i, associated with feeole digestive power, which is but little improved by the ordinary stomach tonic, this remedy will render excellent service. The trouble is usually atony of the upper part of the small intestines, and the stimu- lant dose of triturated podophyllin overcomes the difficulty. Fodophyllin is a favorite anti-constipation remedy. It is equally valuable in costiveness of the y»ung child and in the aged. In very young babies this trouble will yield to: R Podophyllin, 2d dec. trit., grs. xxx; brown sugar, gii; aqua, giv. Mix. Sig. Teaspoonful, 4 times a day. For adults the daily use of from 1 to 2 of the podo- phyllin and hydrastin pills (^and J grain) will generally be sufficient to over- come the trouble. The cathartic dose should never be employed for the relief of costiveness, or when a cholagogue action is required. When the stools are hard and grayish-white or clay-colored, and float upon water, the remed}' is peculiarly effective, as it is also in drv stools, with tympanitic abdomen and wandering, colicky pains. Flatulent colic of children, when associated with constipation, will readily yield to small doses of this drug, while, as a remedy for dysentery and both acute and chrmiic diarrhoea, accompanied by portal sluggishness and hepatic torpor, few remedies will excel it. Dyspepsia, with atony and thickened mucous mem- branes secreting abundantly, calls for stimulant doses of podophyllin. The head feels full, the tissues and veins appear full and doughy, the skin is sodden, and a dirty coating covers the tongue from tip to base. R Podophyllin,^ grain. 3 times a day. Cardialgia, accompanied with constipation, yields to the trituration (1 to 100). This drug has been justly valued in hepatic disorders. In that state ordinarily known as ^' biliousness," this drug or specific iris can usually be de- pended upon. Indeed, they act very nicely in combination. There is dizzines,-:;. a bitter taste, the stools show an absence of bile, and greenish, bitter material i.< vomited. The remedy is often indicated in both acxite and chronic hepatitis, though usually contraindicated in inflammations of the gastro-intestinal tract. Fullnes.< in the region of the liver, with aching under the scapula and in the back of the neck, with dizziness, usually calls for this drug. In icteric states, with clay -colored stools, it may be alternated with chionanthus. The unpleasantness attendant upon the retention or passage of biliary calculi, is frequentlj' relieved by tlii- agent. There is great pain in the region of the gall bladder coursing to the left and downward. Sometimes there is constipation, as often diarrhoea. There is a bad taste, and the patient is often jaundiced. R Podophyllin, gr. ij, at night, followed in the morning with a large quantity of olive oil. In hemorrhoids, de- pendent on biliary insufficiency with portal inactivity, it may be given in alter- nation with sulphur, the podophyllin being particularly desired when there is constipation with tenesmus. The small dose alone is required, from ^^ to ^V grain. 3 or 4 times a day, Podophyllin may do good service in those forms of cough characterized by hrnnchorrhiea, especially if it be associated with gastric catarrh. Here minute doses of sulphur are also valuable. In heart di''ra.. the mirf resin beintr aliout twice the strength of the latter. Dose, 3 to 8 grains, rubbed up with milk, or in combination in pills. RESORCINUM (U. S. P.)— RESOECIN. F<)KMUL.\: C,H.(OHj,. M()I.kci'l.\r Weight: 109.74. Synonyms: Remrciiiol, Metadioj-yhenzol. "A diatomic phenol. Resorcin should be kept in dark amber-colored vials" — (r..s. />,. Source, History, and Preparation. — This suKstance was discovered in 1864 byHla^iwetz and Barth in the ))roce.ss of fusing galV)anum resin {»ee (ralbtinum) with caustic pota.^h, neutralizing with sulphuric acid and extracting with ether. The ethereal extract yielded upon di.stillation besides fatty acids an oily body which crystallized in'the retort. Owing to its similarity "to Orciv, the mother substance of several lichen coloring matters (see fAimm.'*), discovered in 1829 by Robiquet, the authors named the new suV>stance rei»>rrin. This process yielded 104 1660 RESORCINITM. 6 per cent. Similarly, resorcin may be obtained from other resins, such as ammo- niacum, guaiacum, sagapenum, asafretida, acaroid,etc.,and b\' the dry distillation of brfusilin or dry extract of brazil wood. It is now prepared on a large scale by fusing the sodium salt of benzene-meta-disulphonic acid (CsH,[SO,,HJj) "ith caus- tic soda, neutralizing with acid and extracting with ether. The following reaction takes place: C,H,('S03Na),+2NaOH=CeH,(OH),+2S03Na., (sodium sulphite). Description and Tests. — Resorcin forms "colorless or faintly reddi^h, needle- shaped crystals or rhombic plates, having a faint, peculiar odor, and a disagree- able, sweetish and afterward pungent taste. Re.«orcin acquires a reddish or brownish tint by exposure to light and air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.j, in 0.6 part of water, and in 0.5 part of alcohol; very soluble in boiling water, or in boil- ing alcohol; also readily soluble in ether o"r glycerin; very slightly soluble in chloroform. When heated to a temperature between 110° and 119° C. (230° and 246.2° F.), resorcin melts, a higher melting point indicating a greater degree of purity. At a higher heat it is completely volatilized. The aqueous solution is neutral or only faintly acid to litmus paper "—(['. .*?. P.). Resorcin is meta- diphenol, i.e., benzene, substituted by two hydroxyl groups in the meta position (1,3). It is isomeric with pyrocntechin (ortho-diphenol, 1, 2) and hytlmquinone (para-diphenol, 1, 4). The name resorcinol was also given to resorcin to indicate its phenol nature; it must not be confused, however, with the noncrystalline, brown substance introduced by Bielaiew (see Pharm. Centralhalle, 1892, p. 714) under the same name. This new resorcinol is obtained by heating together resorcin and iodoform, to the point of fusion. It has an unpleasant taste, and somewhat the odor of iodine, and is said to be efficient in certain skin diseases, etc. Resorcin is chemically very active. It reduces both silver nitrate and Fehling's solution upon boiling. When bromine water is added to its aqueous solution, small colorless needles of trihromremrrin (C6HBr,[0H],) are precipitated, which are sparingly soluble in cold, more readily in hot water and in alcohol (see analogous reaction with phenol under Acidum CarboUrum). Unlike jiyrogallol (which see), resorcin is not precipitated by ferrous sulphate, or by neutral lead acetate; it is precipitated, however, by basic lead acetate. Resorcin blnrk, a dye for wool and silk, is obtained in the form of a black solution by adding sulphate of copper to an aqueous solution of resorcin, then sufficient ammonia to redissolve the precipitate. Lacmoid, a possible substitute for litmus as indicator, is obtained by heating resorcin with sodium nitrite; for use as indicator, di,<.*olve lacmoid (0.5 Gm.) in water (100 Cc.) and alcohol (100 Cc). Resorcin produces some char- acteristic color reactions. The f. i'^. P. enumerates the following: '"On adding a few drops of ferric chloride T.S. to 10 Cc. of a diluted aqueous solution ( 1 in 200) of resorcin, the liquid assumes a bluish-violet color. If 0.1 Gm. of resorcin be dissolved in 1 Cc. of potassium hydrate T.S. and a drop of chloroform added, the mixture, upon being heated, will assume an intense crimson color. If a slight excess of hydrochloric acid be then added, the color will change to a pale straw- yellow. On cautiously heating 0.0.5 Gm. of resorcin with 0.1 Gm.of tartaric acid and 10 drops of concentrated sulphuric acid, a thick, carmine-red liquid will be formed, becoming pale yellow when diluted with water" — {V.S.P.y Wlien the latter test is carried out with oxalic acid, a blue mixture is obtained which turns red upon dilution with 10 Cc. of water and 20 Cc. of alcohol of 91 per cent (by volume). Upon now adding aqua ammonia?, the solution is c;>rmine-red in trans- parent light, and greenish-yellow in reflected light. Citric acid gives a blue-green fluorescence (Fliicfciger, Pharm. Chsmie.Vo]. II, 1SS8, p. 329). These coloring mat- ters are analogous to those known as plilnleiix-': (si-e Anilhir Di/e^ nnd Fluore^rin, page 16.52). Resorcin should wholly volatilize, witliout residue, when lieated in a platinum or porcelain vessel. "A concentrated aqueous solution (1 in 2)of re.')1 tiiiH'S follow ihe K)cul use of carbolic acid. It may also be applied to conual wounds, the conjunctiva and gums and favors the union of wounds by first intention. Upon animals it has proved a narcotic and convulsive poison pro- ducing death. No lethal eflects have been reported from its use upon man, though it has induced decided narcosis and convulsions. In the case of a woman who took 120 grains (Murrell, 1S81) no spasms occurred, the patient first becom- ing dizzy, and then losing consciousness. Relaxation of the limbs, almost im- perceptible pulse and respiration, subnormal temperature, pallor, olive-green urine, and excessive cold sweating were the other synij)toms. Complete recovery took place in a day's time. The larger therapeutic doses may occasion a flushed face, tinnitus aureum, dizziness, acceleration of the pulse and respiration, and pro- fuse sweating. Sixty grains have produced the added symptoms of collapse and insensibility. Andeer's two experiments distinctly show the effects of the drug. Deep narcosis was produced by 160 grains of resorcin, in a quart of water, taken in the course of a couple of hours. Upon a second trial a like amount was dissolved in 1 pint of water and taken within 15 minutes. He experienced ocular tlisturb- ances, such as light flashes with dimness of sight and palpebral heaviness. Loss of smell and hearing followed; the tongue became thick, extremities cold, a profuse cold sweat bathed his body and he fell in epileptiform convulsions, with irregular respiratorj' movements; the limbs flexed spasmodically, and finally opis- thotonos occurred. Deep unconsciousness prevailed from which he was aroused after five hours' treatment, with the result of absolute lapse of memory as to what had taken place. No after-effects were observed after 24 hours. Alcohol is the antidote for poisoning by resorcin. Resorcin has been used as an antipyretic but has been abandoned for the purpose by the majority of physicians as a dangerous agent. It is, however, at the present day, given for its antiseptic and healing effects in destructive diseases of the stomach, such as gastric ulcer, cancer, etc. It is also said to control vomiting l)roduced by various causes, such as sea-sickness, gastric ulcers, jiregnancy, drunken- ness, metisti-unl disorders and renal and hepatic colic. It has also been used in ti/phoid fever, pneumonia, inflammatory fevei's during the pus-forming stage, in 6ron- chorrhcea, gastric catarrh, and advised in diphtheria (Andeer). These uses of the drug (except in gastric ulcer) have not been generally imitated by eclectic prac- titioners, and about the only internal use of the drug made by them has been the following: In 1 to 2-grain doses every 6 hours in gastric irritation from fermenta- tion, in ^ grain doses in cholera infantum, and in 2 grain doses in gastric ulcer, the drug always being administered well diluted with water. Locally, however, resorcin is a valued remedy. In spray it may be used in whooping-cough, hay fever, laryngeal tuberculosis and ulceration of the larynx. Washes of from 1 to 3 per cent strength have proved useful in catarrhal profluvia, as nzcena, otorrhoea, fetid leucorrhwa and gonorrhoea. A 10 per cent solution applied directly to the membrane has been lauded in non-lnnjngeal diphtheria, but prob- ably it possesses no marked advantages over other antiseptic applications, none of which can be relied upon to the exclusion of internal treatment. In eye di.'hur, or a 1 to 3 percent solution is useful in nnn-dlrertitive bleji/iariti.i, in cornea! wounds, and in conjunctivitis in both the acute and chronic forms. The solutions are beneficial in suppuration of the middl£ ear and have the advantage over many other agents in not causing maceration of the drum membrane (Foltz). A petrolatum resorcin ointment (equal parts) has been reported efficient in car- cinomn. The chief use that has been made of resorcin is in xkln disea.^cs. Here it gives its best results. It is used very much in the same disorders as those bene- fited by carbolic acid. In from 5 to 30 per cent ointment it has Vieen success- fully applied in pityriasis capitis^ alopecia pityroides, squamous ecwma of the scalp and "chorrhieal eczenui. A 10 to 20 i)er cent ointment has acted well in psoriasis. It is useful \nparasUic eczema, resembling psoriasis and pityriasis versicolor, the papules being depressed and itching severely. Arnciform eczema, eczetna flam in and lichen rircumscriptus, particularly if facial, are well treated with a weak ointment of resorcin (Thin s Report; see Eclertic Medical Journal, 1888, p. 37). Prosl-hite.fl.isures, erythema, iind erysipelas are conditions relieved by resorcin, applied in .solution or ointment. 1652 EESORCINUM. The internal dose of pure resorcin should range from 1 to 5 grains well diluted with water, though larger doses have been given without danger. As a rule its internal employment is contraindicated by cardiac afiections, diphtheria, men- strual disorders, pneumonia, pulmonary cedema, last stages of continued fevers, typhoid fever, tuberculosis (last stages), arterio-sclerosis, and all exhaustive and d'ebilitating diseases (Blake, Ec. Annual,\o\. lY, p. 18j. Solutions may be used from 1 to 20 per cent in strength; ointment, 2 to 50 per cent. Res'iroin, in the form of ointment orsolution, has been successfully employed .upon (list-ast's aV)Out the feet of horses. Specific Indications and Uses. — Gastric irritation from fermentative food- change.s; gastric ulcer. Locally in fetid mucous profiuvia; eczematous and para- sitic skin affections, with pruritis, and in papules with depressed center and much itching. Related Compounds. — Thioresorcix (0511402821, a yellowish amorphous powder solu- ble in taiwtic alkalii'S, ami their carbonates and sulphides. It is prepared by lieating resorcin (1 moll (ule , sulphur I ! ,and sodium hydroxide (3 1, in the presence of water." It is precipitated from this bulutiun by an acid. This agent is used like iodoform but has not superseded that article, and it is reputed not wholly innocuous. Resopybine. — Rhombic crystals produced by severally dissolving antipyrine (30 parts) and resorcin (11 parts) in water (3 parts in each case). A crystalline ma.ss results which is dissolved in alcohol and crystallized. It is odorless and has a feebly pungent taste. Alcoliol (5 parts), chloroform (30), and etlu r (imi, .li^^solve it; it is insoluble in water. Pyroc.\techin, Catechol, Orthmi:,,., u-i'f n:, ». . — This substance occurs in the products of the dry distillation of wood and of in'n-giiiiiiiig tannins, e. <7.,catechtn. kino, while the iron- bluing tannins yield dioxy-benzene, or pvrogallol. It cri-stallizes in needles, soluble in alco- hol, water and ether. It inelts at 104°O."(219.2°F.), and "boils at 245°C. (473°F.). It is best prepared from its methvl ether gnaiacol (which see) bv heating it witli hvdriodic acid. The reaction is as follows: 08H4(OCH3).OH-f-IH=C,H4dH.OH+ICH3 (methyl iodide). Pyro- catechin strikes emerald-green with ferric chloride, the color changing to a handsome violet- red upon treatment with sodium bicarbonate. Introduced as an antipyretic but discarded on account of its pernicious effects. HvDRocHixoN'E, Hydroquintme, Hydroquinol, Paradioxy-hemene . This body is generaUv prepared by oxidizing aniline with a mixture of potassium bichromate and sulphuric acid, whereby quinone (CjHiO.O) is formed. The latter is then reduced to hydroquinone by means of sulphurous acid. It was first obtained in 1844 by Wohler by destructive distillation of quinic (kinic) acid and maybe prepared in like manner from oxvsalicylic and succinic acids. It is isomeric with resorcin and pyrocatechin. It forms long, dimor"phous crystalline leaflets without color or odor. Alcohol, ether and hot water readily dissolve it : cold water less readily. In concentrated solution it forms dark green crystals of quinhydrone when ferric chloride is added ; if the latter be in excess yellow quinone results, the crystals lieiugredis- Bolved. Hydrochinone is largely employed to develop photographic plates. A 1 per cent solu- tion checks alcoholic fermentation and putrefactive processes. Upon man the symptoms pro- duced by doses of 40 or more grains are cerebral fullness, giddiness and ringing in the ears, accompanied with a reduction of the frequency and force of the heart action. It is decidedly antipyretic in the smaller doses (3 to 10 grains), but larger amounts tend to protlui-e nervous phenomena, chills, and profuse perspiration. Its power of quickly reducing tlie temperature is marked and has been taken advantage of in the febrile exacerbations of ^/i//ii>i« and in the excessive temperature of septicemia, erysipelas, acute rheumatism of the joints and ijeneral tnheivtilar affectiotis. Its employment in pneumonia, pleurisy, scarlatiua, etc., is not to be commended. Occa- sionally it is used as" a gastro-intestinal antiseptic. The urine is colored deep brown or green- ish-brown by hydrochinone taken internally, and the drug, when mixed with solution ol urea rapidly decomposes the latter. Dose, 2 to 2"0 grains. Fluorescein, Fluorescin (CsoHuOi), Resorcio-phtalein.— This body is formed when phtalic anhydride (5 parts) and resorcin (7 parts) are melted together. It forms a deep rv>l or brown- ish powder or crystals. It is not easily soluble in cold water, but dissolves in alivhol with a yellowish-red color and in ammonia with a red color, both solutions exhibitina a beautifnl green fluorescence. This substance is analogous to phenolphtalein (see Aitiliuel>yfs; also se^ Eosin, below). Used in ophthalmic practice to diagnose oonK-n/ o?le in di- luted and strong alcohol, insoluble in chloroform and ether, nearly so in water, and possessing strongly laxative properties in 3-grain doses. The resin, held in solution by the fluid extract, differed from that mentioned, by being soluble in ether and chloroform. Rharnnotannw arid -was also isolated from the berries by Binswanger. The coloring matters of the berries were frequently investigated, and consist of the crystallizable glucosid rhnmnin (Stein, 1868 and 1869; rhumncqin of Lefort and Schutzenl)erger), and especially its decomposition product, ?-/((i/»Hrfm (rhamnin of Fleury and Lefort), which is also crystallizable. This substance is likewise a constituent of the unripe berries of Rhamnus wfertoria (see Related Species). Rhamnin cry siaWizes in pale-yellow, or golden-yellow, tasteless needles, readily soluble in water, diluted alcohol, and boiling alcohol, nearly insoluble in ether, chloroform, benzol, and carbon disulphide. Soluble, with yellow color, in caustic alkalies. Rhnmnetin (methyl querniin, J. Herzig, 1891) crystallizes in small, golden-yellow plates, nearly tasteless, hardly soluble in water, soluble in boiling alcohol' (58.5 parts), and iii ether (76 parts). It is soluble, with yellow color, in alkalies, and reduces Fehling's solution and silver nitrate solution in the cold. (For details regarding the earlier ch(>mistry of the constituents of rhamnus, see Husemann an.l Ililgcr, lyianznislnff,-. Vol. if, 1884, pp. 889-896.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Buckthorn berries (Rhnmni bnrrse) are powerfully catliartii-; 2<> of tin- recint berries cause brisk, watery purging, with nausea, dryness of the throat, thirst, and tormina. These eflTects are partly 16.54 KHAMNUS PUESHIANA. removed by giving the juice (Rhamni succus) in the form of syrup, and which for- merly enjoyed much reputation as a hydragogue in gout, rheumatism, and dropsy; at present it is seldom employed in practice, but is occasionally employed as an adjunct to other cathartic and diuretic mixtures. Prof. Scudder suggests a trial of small doses of a tincture (berries, gviii, to alcohol, 76 per cent, Oj) as a stimu- lant to the vegetative processes, for its influence on the digestive tract, and in disemes of the nose, throat, and lungs. Dose of the syrup, from i to 1 fluid ounce. Dose of the tincture, 2 to 30 drops, well diluted with water. A tincture of the bark, made in the same proportions as that of the berries, may be given in doses of from 6 to 30 drops. Belated Species. — Rhamnus infectoria, Linn^. Berries resemble in appearance buck- thorn berries, except that their color is green-brown or brown. They are Icnown as French berries, and yield several vellow coloring matters. According to Liebermann and Hermann (/((/(/vs/*. (/f,"p/irt)-ni., 1878, p. 433; and 1879, p. 195) the berries oi R. infectoria and R.tinctoria contain about 12 per cent of g:lucosidal coloring matters. One of these glucosids is Kane's xanthorhamnm (rhamnin of Stein; see R. cathartica). Diluted acids split it into rhamnetin (Ci2Hiii<-l5) and isodulcit (CsHuOio). The decomposition is also brought about by ferments ex- isting in tlie berries, hence rhamnetin is a prominent constituent of the latter. More recently, J. Herzig ( C/i«m. Centralblai(,Yo\. n,18i)l, p. 306) established rhamnetin to be the methyl ether of quercetin, and to have the formula C16H12O7, or CisHgOei OCH3 ). Persian Berries, the fruit of several species of Rhamnus (iJ.nnii/pdo/iiM, Desfontaines; R. saxatalis, Linn^, etc.) skirting the Mediterranean, also yield these color pigments. RHAMNUS PURSHIANA (U. S. P.)— CASCARA SAGRADA. The bark of Rhamnus Purshiana, De Candolle (Rhamnus alnifolius, Pursh ; Frangiiln Purshiana, Cooper). Nat. Ord. — Rhamnacese. Common Names : Chiftem bark, Sacred bark. Illustration: Hooker, Flora Bor. Amer.,Yo\. I, Plate 43. Botanical Source and History. — This is a small tree, found in the Rocky Mountains, and westwardly to the Pacific Ocean, and extending north into Brit- Pig 207 '^'^ America. According to Mr. James G. Steele, the country producing the tree extends over 1000 miles in length. The branches are round and pubescent. The leaves are from 3 to 5 inches long, about one-half as broad, and are borne on leaf- stalks nearly an inch in length. When young they are cov- ered with a dense pubescence on the under surface, but become glabrous and bright-green when old. In outline, they are broadly elliptical, obtuse, and entire at the base, and generally with a blunt, acute apex. The margin of the leaf is regularly dentate, with numerous small, serrate teeth, except at the base. The lateral veins are many, subparallel, prominent un- derneath, and proceed from the midrib at an acute angle. The leaves closely resemble, but are not so slender as those of the Alder buckthorn, or Southern buckthorn, of our southern states (Frangula caroliniana. Gray, or Rhamnus caroliniaiia, Wal- ter). The flowers are small, white, and appear after the leaves have matured; they are borne in close, unibellar clusters, on pubescent peduncles, slightly longer than the leaf-stalks. The pedicels are short, about } inch in length when in flower, but, in fruit, elongate to an inch or more. The calyx is small, 5-cleft, and pubescent on the outer surface. The petals are 5, minute, white, shorter than the calyx lobes, and 2-cleft at the apex. The stamens are 5, opposite, and embraced by the con- cave petals. The pistil, which is much shorter than the calyx- tube, consists of a free, IVcelled, and 3-ovuled ovary, a short Mi/rn.iii .style, and a 3-lobed stigma. The fruit is a small black drupe, obtusely o-angled, about the size of a large pea, and contains 3 black, shining seeds. The genus Rhamnus is represented by 6 native species, and all, excepting R. lanceolatn, Pursh, and R. alnifolia, L'Heritier, are found on the Pacific coast Ck!nuine Cascara RHAMXUS PURSHIANA. 1655 A few of the western species have evergreen coriaceous leaves. Rhamnus call- /o)-)!/fetToit, 1877. Parke, Davis A Go. introduced the fluid extract to the medical profession and gave it great conspicuity. It may be confidently said that to their efforts is due the wide- spread celebrity of tlus drug and its preparations. Description. — The bark is the part used in medicine, and has long been known in domestic practice among western people as a mild cathartic. Cascara sagrada is officially described as " in quills or curved pieces, about 3 to 10 Cm. (l| to 4 inches) long, and about 2 Mm. (-^ inch) thick; outer surface brownish- graj'and whitish; the young bark having numerous, rather broad, pale-colored warts; inner surface yellowish to light brownish, becoming dark brown by age; smooth or finely striate; fracture short, yellowish, in the inner layer of thick bark sonu'wh;it tilinuis; inodorous; taste hitter"— {U.S. P.). Chemical Composition. — Prof. Prescott (Amer. Jour. Phami., 1879, p. 165) de- scribed the Miicro!;ct>pical structure and the chemical composition of the bark, which he finds to contain: (1) A brotcn rciiin, bitter to the taste, soluble in alcohol, chloroform, benzol, and carbon disulphide; insoluble in ether; slightly soluble in water. Solution of caustic alkalies dissolve it with purple-red color, from which solution acids precipitate it. Charcoal removes it from its alcoholic solution. It occurs chiefly in the middle and inner layers of the bark. (2) A red resin, nearly tasteless, insoluble in water; slightly soluble in ether, chloroform, and carbon disulphide; soluble in alcohol, and in caustic alkali with a brown color. Animal charcoal does not remove it from its solution in alcohol. It occurs in the corky layer of the bark. (3) A light-yellow resin, neutral, tasteless, insoluble in water; soluble in hot alcohol, chloroform, and carbon disulphide; not colored by potassium hydroxide solution. In addition, Prof. Pre.«cott obtained a tannic acid, oxalic acid, malic acid, a yellow fixed oil, volatile oil, wax, starch, and a neutral crystallizable body. The latter substance, from solution in absolute alcohol, crystallized in the form of white, double pyramids, which were almost insoluble in ether, chloroform, and petroleum ether; soluble in benzol. They melt and sublime, unchanged, at a temperature little above the heat of a water-bath, condensing into crystalline form. The substance does not give alkaloidal reactions. Prof. Prtsci'tt believes that some of these substances are closely related to constituents of AVi(u/(/i((.>//((7i(7M/fl. P. Schwabe {Archiv dcr Pharm., 1888, p. 591) found the bark to contain emodin (CyU,„llJ (see Rhubarb), but was unable to confirm the statement of Prof. W. T. Wenzell (1886), that a crystallizable glucosid (not identical with frangulin) is present in the bark (see Frangula). A. R. L. Dohme and H. Engelharilt (Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc, 1897, p. 198) succeeded, however, in isolating from cascara sagrada a glucosid, which they named purghianin. Leprince, in 1892, obtained an orange-red substance, which he named cascarin (C„H,oOs), and which F. L. Phipson {Comptes Rendus, 1892) believes identical with rhamnoxanthin of Buchner (see Frangula). Messrs. H. F. Meier and J. LeRoy Webber (Pharmacology of the Neirrr Materia Medlca, Detroit, 1892) found the bark to contain a ferment, occur- ring especially in recent bark, and being destroyed by heat. To this principle, it is claimed, the unpleasant griping and vomiting effects of recent bark are due. The authors also state that a glucosid is present, which is not bitter, but yields a bitter principle upon hydrolysis with acids or the gastric juice. Dr. R. G. Eccles (Pruggi.ft«' Cirndur, 1888, p. 54) reported the presence of an alkaloid in ca.>icara bark. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — Cascara sagrada, when introduced as a medicine, wms highly reconimendeil as a certain remedy in cases of habitual con- 8tipatit>ii,m^d in some forms of indigr^timi. Further trial has substantially sus- tained these assertions, and it is, undoubtedly, a valuable addition to our list of therapeutical agents. It does not. however, succeed in all ca.^es, but acts best where a tonic to the intestines is required. As it tones the whole intestinal tract, 1C56 RHAMXUS PIRSHIAXA. it is valuable in doses of 10 drops, after meals, for that dyspeptic condition which depends most largely upon constipation, and is due to intestinal weakness. Ad- ministered in large doses, it has served us nicely in sick headache, due to like causes. Loss of tone in the rectum, with constipation, giving rise to hemorrhoids, is benefited by it. In chronic constipation it may be necessary to begin with the larger doses, and gradually reduce the quantity to a few drops, 3 times a day, though, as a rule, it is better to give repeated small doses, gradually increased, until the desired action is obtained, and then to graduall\' withdraw the drug. It acts kindly without irritating or griping, and produces stools of a semifluid consistence. Occasionally, but rarely, have reports of harsh action been m«de, such as cramps, colic, vomiting, and inordinate catharsis, while a sorene-ss of the bowels, persistent in character, has been attributed to it. These efifects, however, are not common. The remedy, in 10 to 15-drop doses, has been u.sed with asserted success in rheumatism. Chronic diarrhoea, when due to hepatic sluggishness, has been checked by this agent, and it is said to be of some value in gastric, duode- nal, and biliary catarrh, with jawndice. It is commonly prepared in the form of a fluid extract, the dose of which is from 10 to 60 minims, repeated, as required, 2 or 3 times a day. The powder may be given in 5-grain doses; the solid extract in 2 or 3-grain doses. Specific Indications and Uses. — Constipation, due to neglect or to nervous and nui.scular atony of the intestinal tract; lesser ailments, depending solely upon constipation, with intestinal atonj'. Related Species and Pharmaceutical Preparations.— iyjamniw califomica, Eschscholtz (Framjula califomica, Gray), California coffee tree, California buckthorn. This agent constitutes a portion of sotne commercial lots of cascara sagrada. (For its differentiation from other species of Rhamnus, in powder, see Amer. Jour. Phnrm., 1897.) It was introduced as a remedy for rheu- matism by Prof. H. T. Webster, M. D., of California, who contributed an article — '■ Rhamnug Califomica in Rheumatism " — to the Eclectic Medical Journal, in July, 1895. Prof. Webster ( Ec. Ann. of Med. and Stirg., 1895, p. 30) says of it: "Rhamnus califomica is commonly known as the Califomia coffee tree. It is a shrub, which grows to the height of 20 feet in som'e instances, and bears a berry which is first green, then red, and finally, when ripened, black in color. This berry contains 2 seeds, resembling coflee-beans in shape, the flattened and grooved sides 'of the two lying in apposition, and being covered with a thin, swfeetish-bitter pulp, resembling the choke cherry in taste, though the berry is as large as a marrowfat pea. It grows in the Sierras, in the coast range, and along the coast from Santa Barbara as far north as southern Oregon." In this connection, Dr. Rusby states [Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1890, p. 532) that Rhamnut califomica grows sparingly in northern Califomia, but becomes more abundant southward and eastward, through JNIexico and Arizona, while Rhamnus Purshiaua is abundant fri.>m northern California northward, so that the place of collection forms presumptive evidence of the botan- ical origin of the bark. "It has been used in domestic practice as a substitute iorKhammts Purshiana, and it has, doubtless, been a common practice to sophisticate the latter with the bark of Rhamnus califomica, the resemblance between the two barks being very great, except that the bark of Rhamnus califomica is thinner. California wholesale druggists designate the bark of the Rhamnus califomica as 'thin cascara bark'.' Rhamnus califomica (the bjirk) seems to me to be the most positive remedy for rheumatism and muscular pain of rheumatoid rhnractrr that I have ever employed. A saturated tincture of the fresh bark, made in alcohol, may be administered in 1.5 or 20-e admin- istered every 3 or 4 hours. If a laxative effect follows this dose, the amount to be administered must afterward be reduced until the cathartic ettect is avoided. Catharsis is not neoessarj- for its effective action. I have found it very effectual in long-standing and obstinate di/fmenor- rhira (not requiring surgical interference). It may l)e administered in the manner already ilescribed, and should be continued 3 or 4 months," about 4 times a day. The dose i>f sjHH-ific Rhamnus califomica ranges from 10 to 30 drops. .V variety of this plant, with white, tomen- tose leaves, is said to grow in New Mexico ana Arizona" ( Wel>8teri. K.\s.\GRA. — This is a palatable preparation of cascara sagrada (a mild laxative), prepared exclusively by Messrs. Frederick Stearns & Co., Detroit, and was introtlueetl by this firm nnder the name of "'Oa.scara Aromatic." Elixir Pi-k(.!.\.ns.— This compound is prepared exclusively bv Eli Lilly & Co., Indiana- polis, Ind., and is extensively used as a pleasant purgative and laxative. It contains and fully represents Rhamnus Purshiana, Euonymus atropurpun-us. Cassia acutifolia (purified), Iris versicolor, and Hyoscyaiuus leaves combined with aroiualics. CoUilirina clliinla, Bron^. . Mal>ee Mr*.— South America. Contains 9.7 per cent of a bit- ter gluc.»iid (W. KUxirne and H. Wilson, /Vmrm. ^tmr. Trtiiui., Vol. XV, 1885, p. 831), and ia employed in the West Indies as a gastric stimulant. RHEL'M. 1657 Colubrinaasialica, Brongn. (Ceanothiigofidlica, Linn^; Hhamntu Ixfigatui, Sol.). — Fiji iRlnncIs and Australia. The leaves are uaed by natives of the Fijis to cleanse the hair annrb, has disap])eared from commerce. It was collected in Chinese Tartary and sold to the Russian government, at the frontier town of Kiachta, where it was sorted by especially ajipointed apothecaries, and only the best grade accepted, the inferior grade being destroyed. It came to Eurojie by way of Asia Minor, and for this reason the term, Tiirke)/ rAi«i(ir6, established itself. KHKIM. 16.59 Since the opening of the Chinese ports to European commerce in the "GOs, the trade via Kiachta rapidly declined. (For interesting details regarding Russian rhubarb and its trade, see A. Fero, Ainer. Jour. Phanu., 1867, j). 212 ; also Dnir/gists^ Circuliir. \S97.\i.27S.) Chinese or Eiv species of rhubarb, partly historical specimens, and found them to contain uiuislure (S.7 lo 11.3 per cent), ash (3.2 to 24 per cent), mucilaginous matters (11 to 17 per cent), starch (6.2 to 16.5 per cent), sugar (3.7 to 5.5 per cent), cellulose, pectose, lignin, etc. (21 to 30 per cent), cathartic acid (2.03 to 5.25 per cent), oxalic acid (occurring as calcium oxalate, 1.12 to 4.6 per cent), malic acid (a trace to 1.24 per ceni), free chrysophanic acid soXuhla in petroleum ether, absent or traces — in one instance 1.01 per cent — chrymphan and tannin (4.8 to 17.1 per cent), emodia, and resins soluble in alcohol, c (/., ei-ythroretin, phxoretin, etc. (1.15 to 6.29 per cent), white crystalline resin soluble in ether, in.soluble in alco- hol (IM5 to 2.32 per cent), fatty matter (traces, to 0.32 per cent), albuminous bodies (3.17 to 4.39 per cent). The results of an analysis of the species Rheum officinale, R.rh'iponticum (both being English rhubarbs) and Ea-H Indian and Russian rhubarbs, by Mr. William Elborne (Pharm. Jour. Tran.'^.,\o\. XV, 1884, p. 137) prac- tically agree with those of Dragendorfif. The latter considers cathartic acid, a glu- cosidal, nitrogenous substance, to be the purgative principle of rhubarb, greatly resembling that occurring in the leaves of senna and the bark of frangula. Quite recently, A. B. Stevens (Pror. Amer. Phnrm. ^««or., 1898, ]i. 339) again laid stress upon cathartic acid, and gave a method for its preparation. The tonic action of rhubarb, Dragendorfi" considers due to the tannin present {rheo-tannic acid [C^jHjg 0„] of Kubli ), and the unmistakable antiseptic action, in cases of catarrhal affec- tions of the intestines, due to the coloring matters chn/.<:ophanic acid, emodin and allied substances. Tschirch, however, finds the action of even chrysophanic acid to be decidedlv purgative (Archiv dcr Pharm., 1899, p. 632). Chrysophanic acid (C,jH,„0.j was first isolated by Rochleder and Heldt, in 1843, from the wall-lichen ParmeUa parielinn. In 1844 its presence in rhubarb was recognized by Schloss- berger and Drepping, who also isolated several resins, apnretin, phaorctin, and en/thrnrrtin, all solulile in alkalies. Chrysophanic acid likewise occurs in the roots of certain species of Rumex (which see) and in goa powder (see Acidum Chryso/jhanicuin). It crystallizes from alcohol in orange-yellow needles, soluble with yellow color in ether, alcohol (in 224 parts of 86 percent); in petroleum benzin ami amylic alcohol, almost insoluble in cold water. It dissolves in caustic alkali with beautiful dark-red color, but is insoluble in .oolution of .«odium car- bonate. According to M. Kubli (Amer. Join: I'harm.. 1SS.5, \\. (il4 V chrysophanic acid usually does not exist as such in rhubarb, but occurs in the form of a gluco- sid called chrysophan (also see Dragendorfif, previous page). Treatment of rhubarb with water seems to dissolve a ferment capable of converting chrysophan into chrysophanic acid. The same conversion with liberation of sugar in both cases, takes place upon boiling with diluted acids. Chry.sophan is soluble in warm water, insoluble in ether and benzin. Chrysophanic acid is gradually deposited when a tincture of rhubarb weak in alcohol is allowed to stand. Warren de la Rue and Midler, in 1857, discovered in rhubarb a substance analogous to chryso- phanic acid which they called emodin (compare Frangula and Rhamnus Purshiana). It crystallizes in long, red, monoclinic prisms, more easily soluble in alcohol than chrysophanic acid, but less soluble in benzol. It also differs by being soluble in solution of sodium carbonate. It has the formula C,3H,(,0=,, and is trioxy-methyl- anthrn-quinone, while chr3'sophanic acid is dioxy-nvethyl-anthra-quinone, both deriva- tives of the hydrocarbon anthracene (C„H,(,) (Liebermann and Waldstein, 1876). In addition, J. O. Hesse {A-mer. Jour. Pharm., 1895, p. 615) obtained a third crystallizable principle 7-Aem (CisHioOg), which seems to he tetra-ory-methyl-anthra- quinone. Like emodin, it dissolves in sodium carbonate solution at ordinary temperature with deep purple-red color, but dififers from it in being insoluble in hot toluene. It is physiologically inert. Hesse finds the purgative principle of rhubarb to reside in that portion of its ether extract which is dissolved by 80 per cent alcohol and from the latter extract dissolved by a weaker alcohol. The prin- ciple thus obtained is resinous, non-glucosidal, not yielding chrysophanic acid upon boiling with acids. It is somewhat acrid and bitter, acid in alcoholic solu- tion, and strongly purgative. These results, however, do not seem to be final (see J. O. Hesse, Lieb. Annnlen Vol. CCCIX, 1899, p. 32 ; also A. Tschirch, Archiv drr Pharm., 1899, p. 632). Tschirch takes the ground that in the group of Frangula, Rheum, Senna and Aloe the pur- gative action is due to the presence of glucosids which are decomposed by the alkaline fluid of the intestines, whereby sugar and oxy-methyl-anthraquinonea are formed. Of the latter, emodin in particular is decidedly active. In rhubarb, this glucosid is chrysophan (see above), the presence of which is confirmed also by Gilson (1898). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Rhubarb is cathartic, astringent and tonic; as a cathartic, it acts by increasing the muscular action of the intestines, rather than by augmenting their secretions, and affects the whole intestinal canal, especially the duodenum. Its cathartic eflect is succeeded by a mild astringency, which has gained for rhubarb the reputation of being secondarily a calmative, as well as a stimulant of the digestive canal; with its astringent inflmnce, it like- wise exerts for the most part, a tonic action on the stomach, improving the appe- tite and digestive powers. It is absorbed in the course of its operation, making the serum of the blood yellow, the sweat tawny, and the urine red, which may be distinguished from bloody urine by heating it. If blood be present it will coagulate, and remove the red color, which will not happen if the tint be owing to rhubarb. Rhubarb applied moist to the skin, or wlien used to dress ulcers, as it sometimes is, has produced its peculiar purgative ettects. Rliubarb is much used as a laxative for infants, in many infantile diseases; its mildness and tonic qualities rendering it peculiarly applicable, especially when enfeebled digestion and irritation of the aliraentarv canal are present. In acute or chnutir dinrrhaa or dysentery, in convalescence from exhausting diseases, and in some irritable habits, where the mildest of all other laxatives are apt to e.Kcite hyj>en\atharsis, rhubarb is an appropriate medicine. Its combination with soap or an alkali tends to counteract its astringent eflects, and it thus becomes valuable in cases of constipation. It is useful in all cases of feral acrumulntions, as it produces fecal, more than watery discharges. Sometimes it produces griping, which may be obviated by aromatics. The following pill I have found very beneficial in dy$- pcp.tia attcndoil with constipation, cAronic diarrhaa and dysentert/, hahitunl cou^i- ])ntion,hrj> recjuired daily, they should Vie given in doses of 1 pill at a time at regular KHEUM. 1661 intervals through the day (J. King). Prof. Locke recommends it in the ron at ipa- tion of dy.tpeptirs with hepatic torpor, combining the neutralizing cordial with specifac podophyllum or aloes. He also recommend.s it in gout and rheuvintma with constipation, and as a gentle la.xativo after parturition. The cordial is rec- ommended in the nursing sore viouth of inf